Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login
to enable hyperlinks.
Changes In Branch core-8-6-branch Excluding Merge-Ins
This is equivalent to a diff from 32a9cba038 to 9986fdc267
|
2025-03-17
| ||
| 10:12 | Add [91d0e9d8] to changes Leaf check-in: 9986fdc267 user: oehhar tags: core-8-6-branch | |
| 10:04 | Ticket [91d0e9d8] MS-Win: Withdrawn Tk transient windows can reappear in Windows taskbar preview check-in: eff58ccd7f user: oehhar tags: core-8-6-branch | |
|
2020-10-27
| ||
| 07:08 | Rename "trunk" to "main". Add "trunk" propagating tag for backwards compatibility check-in: 0f77b70d50 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main | |
| 01:25 | Merge 8.6 Closed-Leaf check-in: 32a9cba038 user: marc_culler tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-26
| ||
| 08:58 | Merge 8.6 check-in: 88e0ce578b user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-25
| ||
| 20:11 | Adjustment for Sierra. Closed-Leaf check-in: 77a51c320b user: culler tags: bug-5cc72e002c | |
Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.vc win/rules-ext.vc win/rules.vc win/targets.vc win/rc/*.bmp win/rc/*.cur win/rc/*.ico win/rc/*.rc | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.vc win/mkd.bat win/rmd.bat win/rules-ext.vc win/rules.vc win/targets.vc win/rc/*.bmp win/rc/*.cur win/rc/*.ico win/rc/*.rc |
Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | */Makefile */autom4te.cache */config.cache */config.log */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* | | | > > > | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | */Makefile */autom4te.cache */config.cache */config.log */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs */libtk*.zip */tkUuid.h doc/man.macros html macosx/configure win/Debug* win/Release* win/*.manifest win/nmhlp-out.txt win/nmakehlp.out unix/tk.pc unix/Tk-Info.plist unix/Wish-Info.plist unix/Credits.html |
Added .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md.
> > > | 1 2 3 | Important Note ========== Please do not file issues with Tk on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tk issues are hosted in the [tk fossil repository on core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktnew); please post them there. |
Added .github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md.
> > > | 1 2 3 | Important Note ========== Please do not file pull requests with Tk on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tk issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tk fossil repository on core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktnew); please post them there. |
Added .github/workflows/linux-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
name: Linux
on:
push:
branches:
- "main"
- "core-8-6-branch"
tags:
- "core-**"
permissions:
contents: read
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
- "clang"
config:
- ""
- "--disable-shared"
- "--disable-xft"
- "--disable-xss"
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.6
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install tcl8.6-dev libxss-dev libxft-dev
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT --with-tcl=/usr/lib/tcl8.6" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "TOOL_DIR=$(cd tcl/tools;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "BUILD_CONFIG_ID=$OPTS" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.config }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
OPTS: ${{ matrix.compiler }}${{ matrix.config }}
- name: Configure (opts=${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Build Test Harness
run: |
make tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Test-Drive Installation
run: |
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
- name: Create Distribution Package
run: |
make dist || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
run: |
make html-tk TOOL_DIR=$TOOL_DIR || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Discover Version ID
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
run: |
cd /tmp/dist
echo "VERSION=`ls -d tk* | sed 's/tk//'`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Upload Source Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} Source distribution (snapshot)
path: |
/tmp/dist/tk*
!/tmp/dist/tk*/html/**
- name: Upload Documentation Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} HTML documentation (snapshot)
path: /tmp/dist/tk*/html
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
config:
- ""
- "--disable-xft"
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
path: tk
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install tcl8.6-dev libxss-dev libxft-dev xvfb
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT --with-tcl=/usr/lib/tcl8.6" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.config }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
- name: Configure ${{ matrix.config }}
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
timeout-minutes: 10
|
Added .github/workflows/mac-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
name: macOS
on:
push:
branches:
- "main"
- "core-8-6-branch"
tags:
- "core-**"
permissions:
contents: read
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
xcode:
runs-on: macos-15
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/macosx
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare checked out repositories
run: |
touch tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
mkdir build
echo "BUILD_DIR=`cd build && pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "DESTDIR=`cd build && pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: .
- name: Build Tcl
run: |
make all
working-directory: tcl/macosx
- name: Build
run: |
make all install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
make TK_NO_STDERR=1 test | tee out.txt
nmatches=$( grep -c "Failed 0" out.txt )
if [ $nmatches -lt 4 ]
then
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
fi
timeout-minutes: 30
clang:
runs-on: macos-15
strategy:
matrix:
symbols:
- 'no'
- 'mem'
options:
- '--enable-aqua'
- '--disable-aqua'
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare checked out repositories
env:
SET_DISPLAY: ${{ contains(matrix.options, '--disable-aqua') }}
run: |
touch ../generic/tkStubInit.c ../doc/man.macros
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
echo "USE_XVFB=$SET_DISPLAY" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Add X11 (if required)
if: ${{ env.USE_XVFB == 'true' }}
run: |
brew install --cask xquartz
sudo /opt/X11/libexec/privileged_startx || true
working-directory: .
- name: Build Tcl
# Note that macOS is always a 64 bit platform
run: |
./configure --enable-64bit $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all || {
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Install"
exit 1
}
working-directory: tcl/unix
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }}
- name: Configure (symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }} ${{matrix.options }})
# Note that macOS is always a 64 bit platform
run: |
./configure --enable-64bit $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" --disable-xft || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }} ${{matrix.options }}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
if [ $USE_XVFB == true ]; then
function runXvfb {
PATH=$PATH:/opt/X11/bin
Xvfb $1 &
XVFB_PID=$!
echo Launched Xvfb $1 as process $XVFB_PID >&2
trap "echo killing process $XVFB_PID... >&2; kill $XVFB_PID" 0
export DISPLAY=$1
sleep 2
}
else
function runXvfb {
echo Xvfb not used, this is a --enable-aqua build
export TK_NO_STDERR=1
}
fi
( runXvfb :0; make test-classic; exit $? ) | tee out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test (classic)"
exit 1
}
( runXvfb :0; make test-ttk; exit $? ) | tee out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test (ttk)"
exit 1
}
cat out-classic.txt | grep -q "Failed 0" || {
echo "::error::Failure in classic test results"
exit 1
}
cat out-ttk.txt | grep -q "Failed 0" || {
echo "::error::Failure in ttk test results"
exit 1
}
timeout-minutes: 20
- name: Carry out trial installation
run: |
make install || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
|
Added .github/workflows/win-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
name: Windows
on:
push:
branches:
- "main"
- "core-8-6-branch"
tags:
- "core-**"
permissions:
contents: read
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
msvc:
runs-on: windows-2022
defaults:
run:
shell: powershell
working-directory: tk/win
# Using powershell means we need to explicitly stop on failure
strategy:
matrix:
config:
- ""
- "OPTS=symbols"
- "OPTS=static"
- "OPTS=static,staticpkg"
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.6
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Init MSVC
uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1
- name: Make Install Location
working-directory: tcl
run: |
echo "TCLDIR=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
cd ..
mkdir install
cd install
echo "INSTALLDIR=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Build Tcl (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc release install ${{ matrix.config }}
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Build Tk (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc all ${{ matrix.config }}
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Build Test Harness (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc tktest ${{ matrix.config }}
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Run Tk Tests (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
nmake -f makefile.vc test-classic ${{ matrix.config }} | tee out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
nmake -f makefile.vc test-ttk ${{ matrix.config }} | tee out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
env:
CI_BUILD_WITH_MSVC: 1
shell: bash
timeout-minutes: 10
- name: Build Help (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc htmlhelp ${{ matrix.config }}
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Install (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc install ${{ matrix.config }}
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
gcc:
runs-on: windows-2019
defaults:
run:
shell: msys2 {0}
working-directory: win
strategy:
matrix:
config:
- ""
- "--enable-symbols=mem"
- "--enable-symbols=all"
- "--disable-shared"
steps:
- name: Install MSYS2
uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
with:
msystem: MINGW64
install: git mingw-w64-x86_64-toolchain make
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.6
uses: actions/checkout@v4
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare
run: |
touch tkStubInit.c
touch "${HOME}/forWinDialog-5.12.7"
mkdir "${HOME}/install_dir"
echo "INSTALL_DIR=${HOME}/install_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: generic
- name: Configure and Build Tcl (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$INSTALL_DIR" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-64bit ${{ matrix.config }}
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Configure Tk (${{ matrix.config }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/INSTALL_DIR" "--with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-64bit ${{ matrix.config }}
- name: Build Tk
run: |
make all tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tk Tests
run: |
make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
timeout-minutes: 10
|
Changes to .gitignore.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | *.res *.sl *.so .fslckout Makefile Tk-Info.plist Wish-Info.plist autom4te.cache config.cache config.log config.status config.status.lineno html manifest.uuid _FOSSIL_ */tkConfig.sh */wish* | > > | | | > | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | *.res *.sl *.so .fslckout Makefile Tk-Info.plist Wish-Info.plist Credits.html autom4te.cache config.cache config.log config.status config.status.lineno doc/man.macros html manifest.uuid _FOSSIL_ */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs */libtk*.zip */tkUuid.h libtommath/bn.ilg libtommath/bn.ind libtommath/pretty.build libtommath/tommath.src libtommath/*.log libtommath/*.pdf libtommath/*.pl |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to .project.
1 2 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <projectDescription> | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <projectDescription> <name>tk8.6</name> <comment></comment> <projects> </projects> <buildSpec> </buildSpec> <natures> </natures> |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted .travis.yml.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to ChangeLog.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
710 711 712 713 714 715 716 | * generic/tkObj.c (GetPixelsFromObjEx): [Bug 3431491]: Use a bit of type hackery to allow numbers to be interpreted as coordinates (most notably on a canvas) without reinterpreting via a string. 2011-10-27 Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org> * generic/tkInt.h: [Bug 3410609]: Change the event mechanism | | | 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 | * generic/tkObj.c (GetPixelsFromObjEx): [Bug 3431491]: Use a bit of type hackery to allow numbers to be interpreted as coordinates (most notably on a canvas) without reinterpreting via a string. 2011-10-27 Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org> * generic/tkInt.h: [Bug 3410609]: Change the event mechanism * unix/tkUnixEvent.c: for <KeyPress> events to use the keysym * unix/tkUnixKey.c: returned by XLookupString in preference to the one that appears in the raw X event at any level. This change allows binding to ISO_Level3_Shift-ed characters, composed characters, and similar beasts. KeyRelease events still work as they did before, as does Tk with input methods disabled. 2011-10-13 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 | * library/demos/mclist.tcl: Added support for arrow indicators to show which way a column is being sorted. Corrected determination of which fonts to use for measurements. 2009-03-25 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> * doc/wish.1: Bring doc and demos in line with | | | 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 | * library/demos/mclist.tcl: Added support for arrow indicators to show which way a column is being sorted. Corrected determination of which fonts to use for measurements. 2009-03-25 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> * doc/wish.1: Bring doc and demos in line with * library/demos/hello: https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/page/exec+magic * library/demos/rmt * library/demos/square * library/demos/tcolor * library/demos/timer * library/demos/widget * win/tkWinMenu.c: Eliminate a few compiler warnings on mingw * win/ttkWinXPTheme.c: Spacing |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 | 2008-01-30 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> * doc/canvas.n, doc/listbox.n, doc/message.n: [Bug 1882495]: Fix erroneous listing of "standard" options. 2008-01-29 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> | | | 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 | 2008-01-30 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> * doc/canvas.n, doc/listbox.n, doc/message.n: [Bug 1882495]: Fix erroneous listing of "standard" options. 2008-01-29 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> * library/treeview.tcl: Fix bug in Shift-ButtonPress-1 binding (error if no current focus item; reported on c.l.t.) 2008-01-29 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> * doc/ttk_*.n: [Bug 1876493]: Adjusted handling of the standard options part of the Ttk manual pages so that they are documented in the correct location. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to ChangeLog.2002.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 | Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it was redundant. * unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of inputContext to null. * win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build | | | 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 | Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it was redundant. * unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of inputContext to null. * win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occured). 2002-03-28 David Gravereaux <davygrvy@pobox.com> * win/.cvsignore (new): * win/lamp.bmp (new): * win/makefile.vc: * win/nmakehlp.c (new): |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to ChangeLog.2004.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
807 808 809 810 811 812 813 | * doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the default canvas origin. [Bug 956681] 2004-07-05 George Peter Staplin <GeorgePS@XMission.com> * generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified | | | 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 | * doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the default canvas origin. [Bug 956681] 2004-07-05 George Peter Staplin <GeorgePS@XMission.com> * generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified slightly to fix a bug that occured when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0. Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug. 2004-07-05 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION * tests/bind.test: Allow Win apps to distinguish keys |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 | * win/configure.in: * unix/tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags 2003-02-13 Kevin Kenny <kennykb@users.sourceforge.net> * doc/wish.n: Added language to describe the handling of the | | | 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 |
* win/configure.in:
* unix/tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags
2003-02-13 Kevin Kenny <kennykb@users.sourceforge.net>
* doc/wish.n: Added language to describe the handling of the
end-of-file character \u001a in script files. [Bug 685505]
2003-02-10 Jim Ingham <jingham@apple.com>
* macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c (TkMacOSXInstallCursor): Set all theme
cursors using SetThemeCursor or SetAnimatedThemeCursors.
(TkGetCursorByName): Use the theme cursors for arrow, ibeam, etc. Allow
animatedCursor{NUM} form for an animated cursor with count.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to README.md.
1 2 | # README: Tk | | > > > > > > > > > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | # README: Tk This is the **Tk 8.6.17** source distribution. You can get any source release of Tk from [our distribution site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/). 9.0 (production release, daily build) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/linux-build.yml?query=branch%3Amain) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/win-build.yml?query=branch%3Amain) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/mac-build.yml?query=branch%3Amain) <br> 8.6 (this release, daily build) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/linux-build.yml?query=branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/win-build.yml?query=branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions/workflows/mac-build.yml?query=branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) ## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, a cross-platform GUI toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with this release, see [the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page](https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.6.html) or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a historical record of all changes to Tk. Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests take place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/). Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at [www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org). Tk is a freely available open-source package. You can do virtually anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it, and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file `license.terms` for complete information. ## <a id="tcl">2.</a> See Tcl README.md Please see the README.md file that comes with the associated Tcl release |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to changes.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 | 10/18/96 (new features) A -menu option has been added to the toplevel widget command, which allows a menu to operate as a menubar. On the Macintosh, the menubar is displayed accross the top of the main monitor, just like with other applications. Under Windows and Unix, the menu is attached to the toplevel window. Also, changed some semantics. Tearoff menus will now reflect changes to the menu it was | | | 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 | 10/18/96 (new features) A -menu option has been added to the toplevel widget command, which allows a menu to operate as a menubar. On the Macintosh, the menubar is displayed accross the top of the main monitor, just like with other applications. Under Windows and Unix, the menu is attached to the toplevel window. Also, changed some semantics. Tearoff menus will now reflect changes to the menu it was torn off from, and are deleted when the master menu is deleted. Tearoffs also reflect more look-and-feel of the platforms they are running on. (SRP) 10/31/96 (bug fix) Under Windows, missing system cursors would generate an error instead of falling through to the Tk cursor of the same name. (SS) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 | 2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko) 2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer) --- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 | 2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko) 2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer) --- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details 2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3) 2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Report [console] init errors (the) 2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Improve history visibility in [console] (goth) 2017-08-24 (bug) canvas closed polylines fully honor -joinstyle (vogel) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 | 2019-11-17 [90d555] workaround NSFontManager bad selections (culler) 2019-11-19 (new) Partial Emoji support in text displays (nijtmans,culler) - Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > | > > > > | > > > > | > > > | > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > | 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 8211 8212 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8238 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261 8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267 |
2019-11-17 [90d555] workaround NSFontManager bad selections (culler)
2019-11-19 (new) Partial Emoji support in text displays (nijtmans,culler)
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2019-11-25 (bug)[a95373] TkKeyEvent platform variations (werner)
2019-11-26 (bug) workaround Win bug so test bind-34.3 passes (nijtmans)
2019-12-03 Aqua: white cursors in dark mode (culler)
2019-12-04 (bug)[749bd9] Aqua: systemControlAccentColor (bll,culler)
2019-12-14 (bug)[b3b56a] ttk respect -cursor option (vogel)
2019-12-14 (bug)[b094cb] Win: $tv -show grows widget width 1 pixel (vogel)
2019-12-14 (bug)[02a694] spinbox options used wrong db names (vogel)
2020-01-11 (bug)[2b8fa6] MouseWheel for ttk::scrollbar (oehlmann)
2020-01-18 (bug)[1771594] icursor and scrollregion, canvText-14.7 (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[587937] tag list ops preserve list order (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[2830360] lose invalid state at focus event, entry-10.1 (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[077d49] string table options support null ok (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[bf93d0] Aqua: unresponsive menubar (culler)
2020-01-31 (bug)[a196fb] restore support for unthreaded Tcl (porter,sebres)
2020-02-09 (bug)[90a4d7] fontconfig crash when no font installed (vogel)
2020-02-24 (bug) Aqua: incomplete floating window display (walzer)
2020-03-11 (bug)[fb2ec3] OSX 10.15+: full screen options (nicolas,walzer)
2020-03-12 (bug)[08e2f8] focus on unmapped windows, focus-7.1 (vogel)
2020-03-12 (bug)[2edd84] [$c postscript] result management (gavilan)
2020-03-22 (bug)[98662d] restore TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING build (chavez)
2020-03-29 (bug)[655fe2] tearoff menu redraw artifacts (vogel)
2020-04-03 (bug)[efbedd] Aqua: compund button-like widget appearance (chavez)
2020-04-14 (bug)[87bade] Aqua: improved dealing with PressAndHold (culler)
2020-04-14 (bug)[376788] X: stop crash w/Noto Color Emoji font (nijtmans)
2020-04-15 (bug)[89354d] Aqua: text color w/o clipping (culler)
2020-04-15 (new) Aqua: assign Button 3 to the middle button (chavez)
2020-04-25 (bug)[3519111] treeview horizontal scroll, entry-2.1.1 (vogel)
2020-04-25 (bug)[141881] treeview vertical scroll, treeview-9.2 (vogel)
2020-05-01 (bug)[2712f4] X: crash angled text w/o Xft, canvText-20.2 (vogel)
2020-05-01 (bug)[cd8714] Win: long angled text (chavez)
2020-05-09 (bug)[88c9e0] treeview -selectmode none focus ring (gavilan)
2020-05-12 (new) Aqua: Rewrite of the Key event system (culler)
2020-05-12 (bug)[411359] Aqua: stop crashes/zombies related to TouchBar (culler)
2020-05-12 (new) Aqua: systemLinkColor (chavez)
2020-05-16 (bug)[40ada9] crash when active button is destroyed (chavez)
2020-05-28 (bug)[3c6660,601cea,4b50b7] Win10: ttk scale (nemethi,lanam)
2020-06-08 (bug)[2790615] Some callbacks not eval'd in global scope (nijtmans)
2020-06-25 Aqua: Update OSX version tests to support Big Sur (culler)
2020-06-27 (bug)[6920b2] dup in spinbox -values causes trouble (lanam)
2020-06-27 (bug)[5c51be] invalid mem read buffer in Tk_PhotoPut* (chavez)
2020-06-27 (bug)[16ef16] restore bind sequence support, bind-33.(16-21) (vogel)
2020-07-02 (bug)[2d2459] default style for combobox (bll)
2020-07-06 (bug)[40e4bf] double free, entry-19.21 (vogel)
2020-07-06 (bug)[e3888d] grab & warp, bind-36.1 (vogel)
2020-07-12 (bug)[2442314] fontchooser i18n (nijtmans)
2020-07-13 (bug)[7655f6] [*entry]: selected text drawing reform (chavez)
2020-07-14 (bug)[09abd7] workaround invalid key codes from Debian 10 (vogel)
2020-07-20 (bug)[cf3853] Aqua: improve bounds on non-Retina displays (chavez)
2020-08-01 Aqua: [winfo rgb] light and dark mode support (culler)
2020-08-15 (bug)[315104] Aqua: appearance change virtual events (culler)
2020-08-21 (bug)[291699] mouse binding for scrollbar grip (bll)
2020-09-08 (bug)[6c2425] buffer bounds violation (chavez)
2020-09-08 (bug)[2a6d63] OSX 10.6 crash (hellstrom,culler)
2020-09-08 (bug)[420feb] undefined behavior due to alignment (chavez,nijtmans)
2020-09-10 (bug)[ab1fea] Aqua init issues (culler)
2020-09-14 (bug)[71e18c] Aqua: crash in full screen toggle (culler)
2020-09-18 (bug)[4f4f03] Aqua: mouse drags across title bar (nab,culler)
2020-09-21 (bug)[d91e05] select/copy in disabled text (bll)
2020-09-27 (TIP #581) disfavor Master/Slave terminology (nijtmans)
2020-09-30 (bug)[59cba3] win: improve theme detection (bll,nijtmans)
2020-10-06 (bug)[175a6e] Aqua: support tiled windows (culler)
2020-10-07 (bug)[1fa8c3] Aqua: crash on resize during display (nab,culler)
2020-10-16 (bug)[c2483b] Aqua: consistent finalization (culler,nijtmans)
2020-11-06 (bug)[c9ebac] Aqua: use standard about dialog (culler)
2020-11-07 (bug)[4ebcc0] sticky fontchooser options (roseman,vogel)
2020-11-10 (bug)[f9fa92] Aqua: crash in color caching scheme (culler)
2020-11-20 (bug)[7185d2] Aqua: fixes to special menu support (culler)
2020-11-24 (bug)[4a40c6] Aqua: [wm manage] frame offset (chavez)
2020-12-04 (bug)[3ef77f] Aqua dark mode combobox focus ring (walzer,culler)
2020-12-15 (bug)[80e4c6] Aqua: progressbar animation (nab,culler)
2020-12-24 (bug)[6157a8] Aqua: file dialog -filetypes (davis,culler)
- Released 8.6.11, Dec 31, 2020 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2021-01-04 (bug)[19fb7a] Mac: [tk_messageBox] use proper icons (ericwb,culler)
2021-01-11 (bug)[7beaed] ttk::bindMouseWheel syntax error (nemethi)
2021-01-15 (new) support 4 new keycodes: CodeInput, SingleCandidate,
MultipleCandidate, PreviousCandidate (nijtmans)
2021-01-18 (new) Portable keycodes: OE, oe, Ydiaeresis (nijtmans)
2021-01-27 (bug)[bdcab8] Mac crash on non-BMP menu label (nab,culler)
2021-02-07 (bug)[9e1312] <Enter> to parent after child destroyed (leunissen)
2021-02-10 (bug)[d3cd4c] more robust notebook processing (nemethi)
2021-02-25 (bug)[234ee4] crash in [clipboard get] invalid encoding (nijtmans)
2021-02-25 (bug)[be9cad] Poor trace housekeeping -> tkwait segfault (michael)
2021-03-02 (bug)[1626ed] Mac: crash with dead key as menu accelerator (culler)
2021-03-22 (bug)[9b6065] restore Tcl [update], see window-2.12 (leunissen)
2021-04-07 (bug)[58222c] Mac: entry and spinbox bg colors (chavez,culler)
2021-04-18 (bug)[34db75,ea876b] cursor motion in peer text (vogel)
2021-04-26 (bug)[c97464] memleak in TkpDrawAngledChars (nab,culler)
2021-04-29 Mac: explicit backing CALayer to fix rendering issues (culler)
2021-05-02 Mac: respect key repeat system setting (culler)
2021-05-10 (bug)[171ba7] crash when grab and focus are not coordinated (culler)
2021-05-24 crash due to failed transient record housekeeping (culler)
2021-05-25 (bug)[7bda98] Mac: <Double-1> bindings fire twice on app activation
2021-06-03 (bug)[4401d3] Mac: improved support of pixel formats (chavez,culler)
2021-06-03 (bug)[8ecc3e] Mac: window exposed by Mission Control (chavez,culler)
2021-06-04 (bug)[099109] segfault reusing a container toplevel (culler)
2021-06-22 (bug)[4efbfe] static package init order in wish (werner)
2021-09-21 (bug)[033886] Win: hang in font loading (e-paine,vogel)
2021-10-14 (bug)[8ebed3] multi-thread safety in Xft use (werner)
2021-10-22 (new)[TIP 608] New virtual event <<TkWorldChanged>> (griffin)
2021-10-27 (bug) file dialog compatibility with Mac OS 12 (culler)
2021-10-29 (bug) Mac: stop crash when non-Tk windows go full screen (werner)
2021-10-30 (bug)[6ea0b3] Mac: grab from menu makes dead window (culler)
- Released 8.6.12, Nov 5, 2021 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2021-11-09 (bug)[e699a7] Fix build on macOS < 10.12 (culler)
2021-11-10 (bug)[8aebca,ce5d98] Mac: fix minimize button details (culler)
2021-11-24 (bug)[18682c,733dae] Mac: Enter/Leave events for toplevels (culler)
2021-11-29 (bug)[4ac9d2] Mac: canvas screenshot with Img package position
correction (chavez)
2021-11-30 (documentation cleanup) [bad305] improve wm protocol
WM_DELETE_WINDOW documentation (culler)
2021-11-30 (new) Mac: new color index "SelectedMenuItemTextColor".
2021-12-01 (new)[TIP 599] Extended build information (nijtmans)
2021-12-04 (bug)[440c52] fix PPM/PGM read with graylevel > 255 (vogel)
2021-12-04 (bug)[5fb814] canvas redraw region for lines/polygones (vogel)
2021-12-04 (new)[631a0b] text widget: direct mouse events to insert mark, not
current (vogel)
2021-12-06 (bug)[b164ef] fix mouse events for multiple toplevels (culler)
2021-12-07 (bug)[be8f5b] crash setting -type empty for a menu (vogel)
2021-12-10 (bug)[50fc02,50fc02,25894d,156e58] ImgPhoto pointer issues (chavez)
2021-12-20 (bug)[617861] -justify/-anchor defaults for ttk::label (nijtmans)
2021-12-20 (bug)[6be8b0] Mac: crash on drag and Cmd-w (culler)
2021-12-22 (bug)[a132b5] Mac: esc on combobox menu influences click reopening
(culler)
2021-12-24 (bug)[915316] Mac: drag events not to initial widget (culler)
2021-12-27 (bug)[eb26d4] Mac: wrong beep when clicking outside a combobox
(culler)
2021-12-30 (bug)[822450] Mac: crash on exit (culler)
2022-01-06 (bug)[b7d851] Mac: crash on tkdnd drop and window close (culler)
2022-01-09 (bug)[40bc81] embedding error test failure (vogel)
2022-01-16 (bug)[b1d115] No <Enter> event on new toplevel on current toplevel
destruction (vogel)
2022-02-03 (bug)[3fefb3] crash in empty ttk::combobox when end index requested
(vogel)
2022-02-07 (new)[247d80] Chinese message file (NewbieXvwu)
2022-02-07 (new) Support Windows ARM platform (nijtmans)
2022-02-11 (bug)[e331bc] NULL to memset in photo blank (chavez)
2022-02-12 (bug)[fc5073] Mac: crash on native file dialog and tooltip (walzer)
2022-02-17 (bug)[864b06] PNG photo image color numeric issue (chavez)
2022-02-24 (bug)[141a11] Mac: dialog box with global grab inresponsive on
click in other toplevel (walzer)
2022-02-25 (bug)[f75190] tk_fontchooser: multiple font families, locale
change, button activation (holger,vogel)
2022-02-25 (bug)[ce6b42] (in TCL bug tracker) ttk::spinbox increment event
endless invokation (vogel)
2022-02-26 (bug)[c7052d] Win: middle mouse click blocks system clipbord
(vogel)
2022-02-27 (bug)[292598,01acde,e02fc96,0c3dbe,ee49f3,d175bb] Mac: memory leaks
(images, focus ring) (chavez)
2022-03-07 (bug)[2a6c62] Avoid invalid <<TreeviewSelect>> events
(vogel,spjuth)
2022-03-16 (new)[f47920] Updates to Finnish message catalog (hippelainen)
2022-03-16 (bug)[424773] crash in test canvPs-5.1 (chavez,vogel)
2022-03-19 (bug)[5412c6] crash in test canvWind-2.1 (SVID,vogel,griffin)
2022-03-19 (bug)[54fe7a] crash in test textWind-18.3 (akuli,vogel)
2022-04-04 (bug)[29b5c2] error in tk_popup with separator entry selected
(griffin)
2022-04-07 (bug)[415415] scale advances multiple steps on single click (vogel)
2022-04-10 (bug)[dc4c55] tk_popup entry index (mcdonald)
2022-04-15 (bug)[c0bf1b] XVirtualEvent buffer overflows (chavez)
2022-04-19 (new)[8dd3d5] Mac : use Fn + e to access Emoji (nijtmans)
2022-05-11 (bug)[88cfdc] Mac: dialog memory, avoid use after free (chavez)
2022-04-21 (new)[bf0f48] Mac: Optimization for compilation is now -O2
(nijtmans)
2022-05-08 (bug)[eedd79] potential crashes in option parsing when sizeof(enum)
not equal to int (nijtmans)
2022-05-08 (bug)[0ce975] panedwindow calls memcpy with NULL pointer (chavez)
2022-05-22 (bug)[bee96b] Win: cursor warp, [tk busy] (mcdonald)
2022-06-07 (bug) GIF with multiple images may reuse transparent color (oehhar)
2022-06-12 (bug)[e4a051] Mac: map embedded window immediately (vogel)
2022-06-15 (bug)[b18434] cygwin path compiling issues (fassel)
2022-06-27 [aefdb8,be29f7] Updates to Russian message catalog (pylypenko)
2022-07-04 Updates to Esperanto message catalog (ender)
2022-07-19 (bug)[91ca77] Mac: map event handling (rosenburger,culler,landers)
2022-07-20 (bug)[40bc81,17f44d,150174,61e0bb] embedding error test failures
(vogel)
2022-07-25 (bug)[a3b03f] Linux, Windows: improve (ttk) menubutton menu
position (danckaert,vogel)
2022-07-29 Update keysym tables to latest X11R6 (nijtmans)
2022-08-22 [f6e4d4] consistent cross-platform polygon fill (akuli,chavez)
2022-09-04 (bug)[bc6020] test treeview-bc602049ab (bende,spjuth)
2022-09-08 (bug)[e17b6f] Mac: crash in test unixW-50.4 (chavez)
2022-09-20 [33de84] Mac: handle Apple deprecation of OSTypes (culler)
2022-09-20 (bug)[412b80] Mac menu: arrow key and menu selection (nab,culler)
2022-09-22 (bug)[1a46d8,1fa325] Mac: memleak, crash safety in color (chavez)
2022-10-17 [d93c81] Workaround faulty compiler optimization in VS 2022 (vogel)
2022-10-26 (bug)[435739] crash in test bind-37.1 (csok,vogel)
2022-10-28 (bug)[5e4e44] ttk::panedwindow drag robust wrt orientation variants
(xolodho,vogel)
- Released 8.6.13, Nov 22, 2022 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2022-12-12 Windows binaries licence metadata changed to University of
California to match licence (nadkarni)
2022-12-12 (bug)[6ee162] crash in [ttk::style configure] (vogel)
2022-12-14 Permit [tk scaling] to return scale factor in safe interp (nijtmans)
2023-01-05 Correct rounding of [nsFont pointSize] (nijtmans)
2023-01-08 (bug)[cee095] X error handler management in Tk_MeasureChars (kechel)
2023-01-18 macOS 13 SDK deprecates sprintf() (vogel)
2023-02-12 (bug)[170551] crash in [tk busy forget]
2023-02-27 (bug)[6cd476] crash using [tk busy hold] (vogel)
2023-03-04 (bug)[93fe36] Fix <<MenuSelect>> with -tearoff (mcdonald)
2023-03-30 (bug)[15c685] menu clones, tests menu-20.1[2-6] (bron)
2023-04-10 (bug)[f4d9d7] canvas items ignored -disabledwidth (chavez,vogel)
2023-04-30 (bug)[a9cf21] Text selection omits first character (moosems)
2023-05-03 (bug)[310c74] No theme change attempts after Tk finalize (chavez)
2023-05-13 (bug)[3414695] Dialogs robust against parent destruction (vogel)
2023-05-23 (bug)[ab9581] Guard against use-after-free crashes (chavez)
2023-05-23 (bug)[f40d9d] Aqua: FourCC bitmaps (chavez)
2023-05-25 (bug)[7447ed] [tk_chooseColor] handle grab fail (leunissen)
2023-05-31 (bug)[4666f2] Protect aganst NULL windows (nab,vogel)
2023-06-06 (bug)[a418aa] bogus @x,y menu entry indices, menu-22.[6-9] (vogel)
2023-06-11 (bug)[578441] memleak in TkScrollWindow (chavez)
2023-06-13 (bug)[228476] link wish to correct libtk (root)
2023-07-09 (bug)[a526d4] Aqua: memleak in TkpOpenDisplay (chavez)
2023-07-10 (bug)[fa4694,0502c1] Aqua: memleaks in TkpConfigureMenuEntry (chavez)
2023-07-17 (bug)[f9eddb] region clip & copy better OS implementations (chavez)
2023-07-18 (bug)[2cb602] Aqua: memleak in TkCreateRegion (chavez)
2023-07-19 (bug)[edb769] Aqua: memleak in XGetImage (chavez)
2023-07-19 (bug)[c35c34] memleak in Initialize (chavez)
2023-07-20 (bug)[deca94] memleak in TkpMakeMenuWindow (chavez)
2023-07-23 (bug)[f24725] crash using Aqua pre-defined bitmap names (chavez)
2023-07-24 (feature) better solve Y2038 on most systems (chavez,nijtmans)
2023-07-26 (bug)[ed9b28] Aqua: memleak in GetWidgetDemoPath (chavez)
2023-08-02 (bug)[2a3222] navigation exposed clues about masked entry
2023-08-04 Update [trace] subcommands for Tcl 9 compat
2023-08-29 (bug)[e42eef] memory issues interfacing with XIM (goodward)
2023-08-30 (bug)[ef5d3e] Aqua: crash after first toplevel destroyed (chavez)
2023-09-01 (bug)[6cc800] Harmonize number parsing with Tcl (nijtmans)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2023-09-03 (bug)[4468ed] Iconlist no fg text color from options db (chavez)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2023-09-04 (bug)[d2396a] error reporting from [send -option] (emanuele,nijtmans)
2023-10-11 (bug)[9675dd] wrong free() call from Tk_ConfigureValue (nijtmans)
2023-10 (bug) Many revisions to satisfy -fsanitize=function (chavez)
[d96974,04d3e5,84fe25,bb8041]
2023-10-16 (bug)[22eefb] unixWm-45.[24] (vogel)
2023-10-18 (bug)[10b38a] Silence macOS 14 warning about secure restorable state
2023-10-28 (bug)[198376] move notebook tabs to position s (rozenberg,vogel)
2023-11-06 (bug)[499f8e] eliminate undefined realloc() calls (chavez)
2023-11-07 (bug)[09a11f] crash menu-40.[12] (chavez,culler)
2023-11-13 (bug)[eedd2e] ttk::notebook looks bad when tabs are positioned on
edges other than the top (nemethi,werner)
2023-11-15 (bug)[61550f] font-44.1 with Xft (vogel)
2023-11-22 (bug)[22a4ad] Aqua: CoreGraphics manages memory for pixmaps (chavez)
2023-11-28 (bug)[900f23] PNG encoder missed 0xFF entry (obermeier)
2023-12-03 Aqua: Update handling of Apple FourCC creator codes (chavez)
2023-12-03 (bug)[fe9423] Aqua: XPutImage() swap red and blue (chavez)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2023-12-09 (bug)[1d8b71] X: Photo color drawing for 32-bit visuals (warnholz)
2023-12-12 Update to latest X11 headers
2023-12-22 (bug)[9c5742] Fix handling of abbreviated -relief args (nijtmans)
2024-01-03 (bug)[52df66] nonXft: [font measure] results inconsistent (vogel)
2024-01-05 (bug)[a9e637] treeview display partial final line (bron)
2024-01-09 (bug)[b7abf0] treeview destruction from O(N^2) to O(N) (emiliano)
2024-01-12 (bug)[737abf] text image insertion from O(N^2) to O(N)
2024-01-27 (bug)[8da7af] font caching performance issues (thraen,vogel)
2024-02-08 (bug)[57b821] see test textIndex-22.16 (vogel)
- Released 8.6.14, Feb 28, 2024 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2024-03-15 (bug)[47d4f2] Invoke binding scripts for events with detail field
NotifyInferior (leunissen, vogel)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2024-03-19 (bug) [fdc0ed] Fix segfault on [focus -force] with xvfb (vogel)
2024-04-21 (bug) [ab839e] Fix [text undo] clearingdata
2024-05-01 (change) [e30699] Fix appearence of arrows in ttk widgets
(nemethi)
2024-05-03 (change) Add keycodes ISO_Group_Shift and dead_hamza (nijtmans)
2024-05-10 (change) Improve look of the classic theme (gavilan)
2024-05-11 (change) Improved focus ring for ttk (nemethi)
2024-05-13 (bug) [treeview identify] now point aware (vogel)
2024-05-29 (bug) Fix default font detection for high DPI (vogel,nemethi)
2024-06-02 (bug) Fix [ttk::combobox] covering down arrow (vogel,gavilan)
2024-06-09 (bug) [a0241c] Fix performance of image copy (vogel)
2024-06-11 (bug) [157652] Fix image read with -from option for gif/png
(vogel)
2024-06-18 (bug) [865af0] Throw error message on corrupt gif file
(obermeier)
2024-07-06 (bug) [51ece3] Fix crash on [canvas dchars] (vogel)
2024-07-22 (bug)[2d3a81] fix segfault on menubutton destroy (MS-Win only)
(oehlmann)
2024-07-31 (bug) [0d4879,089da4,f569b9] Improve focus ring for ttk widgets
(nemethi)
2024-08-28 (bug) [d82fa2] [ttk::treview] painting/clipping/scrolling of last
item (bron,nemethi,werner)
- Released 8.6.15, Sep 13, 2024 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2024-09-19 (bug) [18e984] Assignment of invalid symbolic constant
NotifyNormal (vogel)
2024-09-20 (bug) [398109] Segmentation fault with bogus resource value
(X11) (emiliano)
2024-09-21 [ttk] Improved the appearance of the Treeitem.indicator element
(nemethi)
2024-09-27 (bug) [265d4e] macOS Sequoia: warning: 'setShowsResizeIndicator:'
is deprecated (vogel)
2024-10-09 (bug) [eb3328] [grid] and [pack] with half-dead argument can cause
hangup or even crash (vogel)
2024-10-11 (bug) [f52986] SIGABRT from Tk_DeleteErrorHandler() (vogel)
2024-11-13 (bug) [36e379] [macOS Ventura] Workaround for X11 build with
XQuartz: crash in XLoadQueryFont (vogel)
2024-11-25 (bug) [bcbf4c] Tk intialization overwrites thread specific data
(emiliano)
- Released 8.6.16, Dec 11, 2024 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2024-12-19 (bug) [844c0b] Menu entry underline does not consider
activeborderwidth (vogel)
2025-01-03 (bug) [13ac26] wm iconbitmap does not correctly set the icon
pixmap hint on macOS (serhiy.storchaka)
2025-03-17 (bug) [159aa5] MS-Win: Incorrect system menu entries for transient
toplevels (cjmcdonald)
2025-03-17 (bug) [91d0e9] MS-Win: Withdrawn Tk transient windows can reappear in
Windows taskbar preview (cjmcdonald)
|
Deleted compat/stdbool.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted compat/stdint.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added compat/stdlib.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | /* * stdlib.h -- * * Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library. * This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things * that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with * their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare * all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul). * * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _STDLIB #define _STDLIB extern void abort(void); extern double atof(const char *string); extern int atoi(const char *string); extern long atol(const char *string); extern void * calloc(unsigned long numElements, unsigned long size); extern void exit(int status); extern void free(void *blockPtr); extern char * getenv(const char *name); extern void * malloc(unsigned long numBytes); extern void qsort(void *base, unsigned long n, unsigned long size, int (*compar)( const void *element1, const void *element2)); extern void * realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long numBytes); extern char * realpath(const char *path, char *resolved_path); extern int mkstemps(char *templ, int suffixlen); extern int mkstemp(char *templ); extern char * mkdtemp(char *templ); extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base); extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base); #endif /* _STDLIB */ |
Added compat/unistd.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | /* * unistd.h -- * * Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance. * * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use, * copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above * copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes * no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. * It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. */ #ifndef _UNISTD #define _UNISTD #include <sys/types.h> #ifndef NULL # define NULL 0 #endif /* * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef * _POSIX_SOURCE section. */ extern void _exit(int status); extern int access(const char *path, int mode); extern int chdir(const char *path); extern int chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group); extern int close(int fd); extern int dup(int oldfd); extern int dup2(int oldfd, int newfd); extern int execl(const char *path, ...); extern int execle(const char *path, ...); extern int execlp(const char *file, ...); extern int execv(const char *path, char *const argv[]); extern int execve(const char *path, char *const argv[], char *const *envp); extern int execvp(const char *file, char *const argv[]); extern pid_t fork(void); extern char * getcwd(char *buf, size_t size); extern gid_t getegid(void); extern uid_t geteuid(void); extern gid_t getgid(void); extern int getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer); extern pid_t getpid(void); extern uid_t getuid(void); extern int isatty(int fd); extern long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence); extern int pipe(int *fildes); extern int read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size); extern int setgid(gid_t group); extern int setuid(uid_t user); extern unsigned sleep(unsigned seconds); extern char * ttyname(int fd); extern int unlink(const char *path); extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size); #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE extern char * crypt(const char *, const char *); extern int fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group); extern int flock(int fd, int operation); extern int ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length); extern int ioctl(int fd, int request, ...); extern int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize); extern int setegid(gid_t group); extern int seteuid(uid_t user); extern int setreuid(int ruid, int euid); extern int symlink(const char *, const char *); extern int ttyslot(void); extern int truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length); extern int vfork(void); #endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */ #endif /* _UNISTD */ |
Changes to doc/3DBorder.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR | | | | | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | | > | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR Tk_3DBorder \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp Tk_3DBorder \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, colorName\fR) .sp Tk_3DBorder \fBTk_Get3DBorderFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_Draw3DRectangle\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, borderWidth, relief\fR) .sp \fBTk_Fill3DRectangle\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, borderWidth, relief\fR) .sp \fBTk_Draw3DPolygon\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, pointPtr, numPoints, polyBorderWidth, leftRelief\fR) .sp \fBTk_Fill3DPolygon\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, pointPtr, numPoints, polyBorderWidth, leftRelief\fR) .sp \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, leftBevel, relief\fR) .sp \fBTk_3DHorizontalBevel\fR(\fItkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, leftIn, rightIn, topBevel, relief\fR) .sp \fBTk_SetBackgroundFromBorder\fR(\fItkwin, border\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOf3DBorder\fR(\fIborder\fR) .sp XColor * \fBTk_3DBorderColor\fR(\fIborder\fR) .sp GC * \fBTk_3DBorderGC\fR(\fItkwin, border, which\fR) .sp \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR(\fIborder\fR) .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tk_3DBorder" borderWidth .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window (for all procedures except \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR, must be the window for which the border was allocated). .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in Pointer to value whose value describes color corresponding to background (flat areas). Illuminated edges will be brighter than this and shadowed edges will be darker than this. .AP "const char" *colorName in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except value is supplied as a string rather than a value. .AP Drawable drawable in X token for window or pixmap; indicates where graphics are to be drawn. Must either be the X window for \fItkwin\fR or a pixmap with the same screen and depth as \fItkwin\fR. .AP Tk_3DBorder border in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 | \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are the dimensions of the window), and \fIborderWidth\fR specifies the number of pixels actually occupied by the border. The \fIrelief\fR argument indicates which of several three-dimensional effects is desired: \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR means that the interior of the rectangle should appear raised relative to the exterior of the rectangle, and \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR means that the interior should appear depressed. | | | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 | \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are the dimensions of the window), and \fIborderWidth\fR specifies the number of pixels actually occupied by the border. The \fIrelief\fR argument indicates which of several three-dimensional effects is desired: \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR means that the interior of the rectangle should appear raised relative to the exterior of the rectangle, and \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR means that the interior should appear depressed. \fBTK_RELIEF_GROOVE\fR and \fBTK_RELIEF_RIDGE\fR mean that there should appear to be a groove or ridge around the exterior of the rectangle. .PP \fBTk_Fill3DRectangle\fR is somewhat like \fBTk_Draw3DRectangle\fR except that it first fills the rectangular area with the background color (one corresponding to the color used to create \fIborder\fR). Then it calls \fBTk_Draw3DRectangle\fR to draw a border just inside the outer edge of the rectangular area. The argument \fIrelief\fR indicates the desired |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | with the window and color name used to create the border; for \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR the border to release is specified with the Tk_3DBorder token for the border. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR for each call to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. .SH KEYWORDS | | > | 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 | with the window and color name used to create the border; for \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR the border to release is specified with the Tk_3DBorder token for the border. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR for each call to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. .SH KEYWORDS 3D, background, border, color, depressed, illumination, value, polygon, raised, shadow, three-dimensional effect |
Changes to doc/AddOption.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. \fIName\fR contains the option being specified and consists of names and/or classes separated by asterisks or dots, in the usual X format. \fIValue\fR contains the text string to associate with \fIname\fR; this value will be returned in calls to \fBTk_GetOption\fR. \fIPriority\fR specifies the priority of the value; when options are queried using \fBTk_GetOption\fR, the value with the highest priority | | | | | | | | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. \fIName\fR contains the option being specified and consists of names and/or classes separated by asterisks or dots, in the usual X format. \fIValue\fR contains the text string to associate with \fIname\fR; this value will be returned in calls to \fBTk_GetOption\fR. \fIPriority\fR specifies the priority of the value; when options are queried using \fBTk_GetOption\fR, the value with the highest priority is returned. \fIPriority\fR must be between 0 and \fBTK_MAX_PRIO\fR (100). Some common priority values are: .IP \fBTK_WIDGET_DEFAULT_PRIO\fR (20) Used for default values hard-coded into widgets. .IP \fBTK_STARTUP_FILE_PRIO\fR (40) Used for options specified in application-specific startup files. .IP \fBTK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO\fR (60) Used for options specified in user-specific defaults files, such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, resource databases loaded into the X server, or user-specific startup files. .IP \fBTK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO\fR (80) Used for options specified interactively after the application starts running. .SH KEYWORDS class, name, option, add |
Changes to doc/ConfigWidg.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | .SH NAME Tk_ConfigureWidget, Tk_ConfigureInfo, Tk_ConfigureValue, Tk_FreeOptions \- process configuration options for widgets .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int | | | | | > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .SH NAME Tk_ConfigureWidget, Tk_ConfigureInfo, Tk_ConfigureValue, Tk_FreeOptions \- process configuration options for widgets .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, argc, argv, widgRec, flags\fR) .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, widgRec, argvName, flags\fR) .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureValue\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, widgRec, argvName, flags\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeOptions\fR(\fIspecs, widgRec, display, flags\fR) .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS char *widgRec in/out .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for returning error messages. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Window used to represent widget (needed to set up X resources). .AP "const Tk_ConfigSpec" *specs in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | options. .AP Display *display in Display containing widget whose record is being freed; needed in order to free up resources. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | options. .AP Display *display in Display containing widget whose record is being freed; needed in order to free up resources. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Note that \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR should be replaced with the new \fBTcl_Obj\fR based API, \fBTk_SetOptions\fR. The old interface is retained for backward compatibility. .PP \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is called to configure various aspects of a widget, such as colors, fonts, border width, etc. It is intended as a convenience procedure to reduce the amount of code that must be written in individual widget managers to handle configuration information. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
.CS
typedef struct {
int \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIargvName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
| | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
.CS
typedef struct {
int \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIargvName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
int \fIoffset\fR;
int \fIspecFlags\fR;
const Tk_CustomOption *\fIcustomPtr\fR;
} \fBTk_ConfigSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what type of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR for
an integer value). The \fItype\fR field indicates how to use the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 | form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR. This value is then stored in the record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR. This record is assumed to contain information relevant to the manager of the widget; its exact type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. The \fIoffset\fR field of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store the information about this configuration option. You should use the | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > | > > > | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR. This value is then stored in the record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR. This record is assumed to contain information relevant to the manager of the widget; its exact type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. The \fIoffset\fR field of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store the information about this configuration option. You should use the \fBTk_Offset\fR macro to generate \fIoffset\fR values (see below for a description of \fBTk_Offset\fR). The location indicated by \fIwidgRec\fR and \fIoffset\fR will be referred to as the .QW target in the descriptions below. .PP The \fItype\fR field of each entry in \fIspecs\fR determines what to do with the string value of that configuration option. The legal values for \fItype\fR, and the corresponding actions, are: .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a cursor in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The value is converted to a \fBTk_Cursor\fR by calling \fBTk_GetCursor\fR and the result is stored in the target. In addition, the resulting cursor is made the active cursor for \fItkwin\fR by calling \fBXDefineCursor\fR. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target and \fItkwin\fR's active cursor will be set to \fBNone\fR. If the previous value of the target was not \fBNone\fR, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_ANCHOR\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying an anchor point in one of the ways accepted by \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR. The string is converted to a \fBTk_Anchor\fR by calling \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR and the result is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_BITMAP\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a bitmap in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. The value is converted to a \fBPixmap\fR by calling \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR and the result is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target is set to \fBNone\fR. If the previous value of the target was not \fBNone\fR, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTk_FreeBitmap\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN\fR . The value must be an ASCII string specifying a boolean value. Any of the values .QW true , .QW yes , .QW on , or .QW 1 , or an abbreviation of one of these values, means true; any of the values .QW false , .QW no , .QW off , or .QW 0 , or an abbreviation of one of these values, means false. The target is expected to be an integer; for true values it will be set to 1 and for false values it will be set to 0. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_BORDER\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a border color in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. The value is converted to a (\fBTk_3DBorder *\fR) by calling \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR and the result is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target will be set to NULL. If the previous value of the target was not NULL, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a cap style in one of the ways accepted by \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR. The string is converted to an integer value corresponding to the cap style by calling \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR and the result is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a color in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. The value is converted to an (\fBXColor *\fR) by calling \fBTk_GetColor\fR and the result is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target will be set to \fBNone\fR. If the previous value of the target was not NULL, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTk_FreeColor\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_CURSOR\fR . This option is identical to \fBTK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR\fR except that the new cursor is not made the active one for \fItkwin\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_CUSTOM\fR . This option allows applications to define new option types. The \fIcustomPtr\fR field of the entry points to a structure defining the new option type. See the section \fBCUSTOM OPTION TYPES\fR below for details. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_DOUBLE\fR . The value must be an ASCII floating-point number in the format accepted by \fBstrtol\fR. The string is converted to a \fBdouble\fR value, and the value is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_END\fR . Marks the end of the table. The last entry in \fIspecs\fR must have this type; all of its other fields are ignored and it will never match any arguments. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_FONT\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a font in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. The value is converted to a \fBTk_Font\fR by calling \fBTk_GetFont\fR and the result is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target will be set to NULL. If the previous value of the target was not NULL, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTk_FreeFont\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR . The value must be an ASCII integer string in the format accepted by \fBstrtol\fR (e.g. .QW 0 and .QW 0x prefixes may be used to specify octal or hexadecimal numbers, respectively). The string is converted to an integer value and the integer is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a join style in one of the ways accepted by \fBTk_GetJoinStyle\fR. The string is converted to an integer value corresponding to the join style by calling \fBTk_GetJoinStyle\fR and the result is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a justification method in one of the ways accepted by \fBTk_GetJustify\fR. The string is converted to a \fBTk_Justify\fR by calling \fBTk_GetJustify\fR and the result is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_MM\fR . The value must specify a screen distance in one of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetScreenMM\fR. The string is converted to double-precision floating-point distance in millimeters and the value is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_PIXELS\fR . The value must specify screen units in one of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. The string is converted to an integer distance in pixels and the value is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_RELIEF\fR . The value must be an ASCII string identifying a relief in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetRelief\fR. The value is converted to an integer relief value by calling \fBTk_GetRelief\fR and the result is stored in the target. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_STRING\fR . A copy of the value is made by allocating memory space with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and copying the value into the dynamically-allocated space. A pointer to the new string is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target will be set to NULL. If the previous value of the target was not NULL, then it is freed by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_SYNONYM\fR . This \fItype\fR value identifies special entries in \fIspecs\fR that are synonyms for other entries. If an \fIargv\fR value matches the \fIargvName\fR of a \fBTK_CONFIG_SYNONYM\fR entry, the entry is not used directly. Instead, \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR searches \fIspecs\fR for another entry whose \fIargvName\fR is the same as the \fIdbName\fR field in the \fBTK_CONFIG_SYNONYM\fR entry; this new entry is used just as if its \fIargvName\fR had matched the \fIargv\fR value. The synonym mechanism allows multiple \fIargv\fR values to be used for a single configuration option, such as .QW \-background and .QW \-bg . .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_UID\fR . The value is translated to a \fBTk_Uid\fR (by passing it to \fBTk_GetUid\fR). The resulting value is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR and the value is an empty string then the target will be set to NULL. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_WINDOW\fR . The value must be a window path name. It is translated to a \fBTk_Window\fR token and the token is stored in the target. .SH "GROUPED ENTRIES" .PP In some cases it is useful to generate multiple resources from a single configuration value. For example, a color name might be used both to generate the background color for a widget (using |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 | The \fIflags\fR argument passed to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is used in conjunction with the \fIspecFlags\fR fields in the entries of \fIspecs\fR to provide additional control over the processing of configuration options. These values are used in three different ways as described below. .PP First, if the \fIflags\fR argument to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR has | | > > > > > | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 | The \fIflags\fR argument passed to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is used in conjunction with the \fIspecFlags\fR fields in the entries of \fIspecs\fR to provide additional control over the processing of configuration options. These values are used in three different ways as described below. .PP First, if the \fIflags\fR argument to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR has the \fBTK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY\fR bit set (i.e., \fIflags\fR | \fBTK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY\fR != 0), then the option database and \fIdefValue\fR fields are not used. In this case, if an entry in \fIspecs\fR does not match a field in \fIargv\fR then nothing happens: the corresponding target is not modified. This feature is useful when the goal is to modify certain configuration options while leaving others in their current state, such as when a \fBconfigure\fR widget command is being processed. .PP Second, the \fIspecFlags\fR field of an entry in \fIspecs\fR may be used to control the processing of that entry. Each \fIspecFlags\fR field may consists of an OR-ed combination of the following values: .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY\fR . If this bit is set then the entry will only be considered if the display for \fItkwin\fR has more than one bit plane. If the display is monochromatic then this \fIspecs\fR entry will be ignored. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY\fR . If this bit is set then the entry will only be considered if the display for \fItkwin\fR has exactly one bit plane. If the display is not monochromatic then this \fIspecs\fR entry will be ignored. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR . This bit is only relevant for some types of entries (see the descriptions of the various entry types above). If this bit is set, it indicates that an empty string value for the field is acceptable and if it occurs then the target should be set to NULL or \fBNone\fR, depending on the type of the target. This flag is typically used to allow a feature to be turned off entirely, e.g. set a cursor value to \fBNone\fR so that a window simply inherits its parent's cursor. If this bit is not set then empty strings are processed as strings, which generally results in an error. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT\fR . If this bit is one, it means that the \fIdefValue\fR field of the entry should only be used for returning the default value in \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR. In calls to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR no default will be supplied for entries with this flag set; it is assumed that the caller has already supplied a default value in the target location. This flag provides a performance optimization where it is expensive |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 | for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will be used. Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types for which this entry is valid. When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR, \fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the entries for the desired widget type. For a working example of this feature, see the code in tkButton.c. .SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO .PP The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain information about one or all of the options for a given widget. Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a pointer to a widget record containing the current information for | > > > > > > > | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 | for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will be used. Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types for which this entry is valid. When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR, \fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the entries for the desired widget type. For a working example of this feature, see the code in tkButton.c. .SH TK_OFFSET .PP The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating the \fIoffset\fR values for entries in Tk_ConfigSpec structures. It takes two arguments: the name of a type of record, and the name of a field in that record. It returns the byte offset of the named field in records of the given type. .SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO .PP The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain information about one or all of the options for a given widget. Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a pointer to a widget record containing the current information for |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
539 540 541 542 543 544 545 |
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
} \fBTk_CustomOption\fR;
typedef int \fBTk_OptionParseProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
| | | 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
} \fBTk_CustomOption\fR;
typedef int \fBTk_OptionParseProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
const char *\fIvalue\fR,
char *\fIwidgRec\fR,
int \fIoffset\fR);
typedef const char *\fBTk_OptionPrintProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
char *\fIwidgRec\fR,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CrtImgType.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_GetImageModelData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR(\fItypePtr\fR) .sp ClientData \fBTk_GetImageMasterData\fR(\fIinterp, name, typePtrPtr\fR) .sp .VS "TIP 581" ClientData \fBTk_GetImageModelData\fR(\fIinterp, name, typePtrPtr\fR) .VE "TIP 581" .sp \fBTk_InitImageArgs\fR(\fIinterp, argc, argvPtr\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "const Tk_ImageType" *typePtrPtr .AP "const Tk_ImageType" *typePtr in Structure that defines the new type of image. For Tk 8.4 and earlier this must be static: a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_ImageCreateProc\fR(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIname\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[],
const Tk_ImageType *\fItypePtr\fR,
| | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_ImageCreateProc\fR(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIname\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[],
const Tk_ImageType *\fItypePtr\fR,
Tk_ImageMaster \fImodel\fR,
ClientData *\fImodelDataPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the \fBimage\fR
command was invoked, and \fIname\fR is the name for the new image,
which was either specified explicitly in the \fBimage\fR command
or generated automatically by the \fBimage\fR command.
The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments describe all the configuration
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 | The \fImodelData\fR argument will be the same as the value stored in \fI*modelDataPtr\fR by \fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created. \fIdeleteProc\fR should release any resources associated with the image. .SH TK_GETIMAGEMODELDATA .PP | | > > > > | > > > > | 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
The \fImodelData\fR argument will be the same as the value
stored in \fI*modelDataPtr\fR by \fIcreateProc\fR when the
image was created.
\fIdeleteProc\fR should release any resources associated with
the image.
.SH TK_GETIMAGEMODELDATA
.PP
The procedure \fBTk_GetImageMasterData\fR may be invoked to retrieve
information about an image. For example, an image manager can use this
procedure to locate its image model data for an image.
If there exists an image named \fIname\fR
in the interpreter given by \fIinterp\fR, then \fI*typePtrPtr\fR is
filled in with type information for the image (the \fItypePtr\fR value
passed to \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR when the image type was registered)
and the return value is the ClientData value returned by the
\fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created (this is typically a
pointer to the image model data structure). If no such image exists
then NULL is returned and NULL is stored at \fI*typePtrPtr\fR.
.PP
.VS "TIP 581"
\fBTk_GetImageModelData\fR is synonym for \fBTk_GetImageMasterData\fR
.VE "TIP 581"
.SH "LEGACY INTERFACE SUPPORT"
.PP
In Tk 8.2 and earlier, the definition of \fBTk_ImageCreateProc\fR
was incompatibly different, with the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_ImageCreateProc\fR(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
char *\fIname\fR,
int \fIargc\fR,
char **\fIargv\fR,
Tk_ImageType *\fItypePtr\fR,
Tk_ImageMaster \fImodel\fR,
ClientData *\fImodelDataPtr\fR);
.CE
Legacy programs and libraries dating from those days may still
contain code that defines extended Tk image types using the old
interface. The Tk header file will still support this legacy
interface if the code is compiled with the macro \fBUSE_OLD_IMAGE\fR
defined.
.PP
.VS "TIP 581"
\fITk_ImageModel\fR is synonym for \fITk_ImageMaster\fR
.VE "TIP 581"
.PP
When the \fBUSE_OLD_IMAGE\fR legacy support is enabled, you may
see the routine \fBTk_InitImageArgs\fR in use. This was a migration
tool used to create stub-enabled extensions that could be loaded
into interps containing all versions of Tk 8.1 and later. Tk 8.5 no longer
provides this routine, but uses a macro to convert any attempted
calls of this routine into an empty comment. Any stub-enabled
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CrtItemType.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
The first data structure is a Tk_ItemType; it contains
information such as the name of the type and pointers to
the standard procedures implemented by the type manager:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
const char *\fIname\fR;
| | < < < | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
The first data structure is a Tk_ItemType; it contains
information such as the name of the type and pointers to
the standard procedures implemented by the type manager:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
const char *\fIname\fR;
int \fIitemSize\fR;
Tk_ItemCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
const Tk_ConfigSpec *\fIconfigSpecs\fR;
Tk_ItemConfigureProc *\fIconfigProc\fR;
Tk_ItemCoordProc *\fIcoordProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDisplayProc *\fIdisplayProc\fR;
int \fIalwaysRedraw\fR;
Tk_ItemPointProc *\fIpointProc\fR;
Tk_ItemAreaProc *\fIareaProc\fR;
Tk_ItemPostscriptProc *\fIpostscriptProc\fR;
Tk_ItemScaleProc *\fIscaleProc\fR;
Tk_ItemTranslateProc *\fItranslateProc\fR;
Tk_ItemIndexProc *\fIindexProc\fR;
Tk_ItemCursorProc *\fIicursorProc\fR;
Tk_ItemSelectionProc *\fIselectionProc\fR;
Tk_ItemInsertProc *\fIinsertProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *\fIdCharsProc\fR;
Tk_ItemType *\fInextPtr\fR;
} \fBTk_ItemType\fR;
.CE
.PP
The fields of a Tk_ItemType structure are described in more detail
later in this manual entry.
When \fBTk_CreateItemType\fR is called, its \fItypePtr\fR
argument must point to a structure with all of the fields initialized
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 | .CE .PP The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning, and \fIdeltaX\fR and \fIdeltaY\fR give the amounts that should be added to each x and y coordinate within the item. The type manager should adjust the item's coordinates and update the bounding box in the item's header. | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | .CE .PP The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning, and \fIdeltaX\fR and \fIdeltaY\fR give the amounts that should be added to each x and y coordinate within the item. The type manager should adjust the item's coordinates and update the bounding box in the item's header. .SS INDEXPROC .PP \fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR is invoked by Tk to translate a string index specification into a numerical index, for example during the \fBindex\fR widget command. It is only relevant for item types that support indexable text or coordinates; \fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/EventHndlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR(\fItkwin, mask, proc, clientData\fR) .sp \fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR(\fItkwin, mask, proc, clientData\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "unsigned long" clientData .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window in which events may occur. .AP "unsigned long" mask in Bit-mask of events (such as \fBButtonPressMask\fR) for which \fIproc\fR should be called. .AP Tk_EventProc *proc in Procedure to invoke whenever an event in \fImask\fR occurs |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | When a window is deleted all of its handlers will be deleted automatically; in this case there is no need to call \fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR. .PP If multiple handlers are declared for the same type of X event on the same window, then the handlers will be invoked in the order they were created. | < < < < < | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | When a window is deleted all of its handlers will be deleted automatically; in this case there is no need to call \fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR. .PP If multiple handlers are declared for the same type of X event on the same window, then the handlers will be invoked in the order they were created. .SH KEYWORDS bind, callback, event, handler |
Changes to doc/FindPhoto.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 | .SH BUGS The \fBTk_PhotoImageBlock\fR structure used to provide image data to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR promises great flexibility in the layout of the data (e.g. separate planes for the red, green, blue and alpha channels). Unfortunately, the implementation fails to hold this promise. The problem is that the \fIpixelSize\fR field is (incorrectly) used to determine whether the image has an alpha channel. | | | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 | .SH BUGS The \fBTk_PhotoImageBlock\fR structure used to provide image data to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR promises great flexibility in the layout of the data (e.g. separate planes for the red, green, blue and alpha channels). Unfortunately, the implementation fails to hold this promise. The problem is that the \fIpixelSize\fR field is (incorrectly) used to determine whether the image has an alpha channel. Currently, if the offset for the alpha channel is greater than or equal to \fIpixelSize\fR, \fBtk_PhotoPutblock\fR assumes no alpha data is present and makes the image fully opaque. This means that for layouts where the channels are separate (or any other exotic layout where \fIpixelSize\fR has to be smaller than the alpha offset), the alpha channel will not be read correctly. In order to be on the safe side if this issue will be corrected in a future release, it is strongly recommended you always provide alpha data - even if the image has no |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/FreeXId.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated. .AP XID id in Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics context, or colormap) that is no longer in use. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated. .AP XID id in Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics context, or colormap) that is no longer in use. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used. If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash. Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which allows identifiers to be reused. In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to tell the allocator about resources that have been freed. Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR, \fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR. However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as \fBXFreePixmap\fR. If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough to lose all of the available identifiers. .SH KEYWORDS resource identifier |
Changes to doc/GetColor.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | .SH NAME Tk_AllocColorFromObj, Tk_GetColor, Tk_GetColorFromObj, Tk_GetColorByValue, Tk_NameOfColor, Tk_FreeColorFromObj, Tk_FreeColor \- maintain database of colors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp XColor * | | | | | | | | | > | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | .SH NAME Tk_AllocColorFromObj, Tk_GetColor, Tk_GetColorFromObj, Tk_GetColorByValue, Tk_NameOfColor, Tk_FreeColorFromObj, Tk_FreeColor \- maintain database of colors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp XColor * \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp XColor * \fBTk_GetColor\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, name\fR) .sp XColor * \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp XColor * \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR(\fItkwin, prefPtr\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfColor\fR(\fIcolorPtr\fR) .sp GC \fBTk_GCForColor\fR(\fIcolorPtr, drawable\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeColorFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeColor\fR(\fIcolorPtr\fR) .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *colorPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window in which color will be used. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value describes desired color; internal rep will be modified to cache pointer to corresponding (XColor *). .AP "const char" *name in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of color is passed as a string and resulting (XColor *) is not cached. .AP XColor *prefPtr in Indicates red, green, and blue intensities of desired color. .AP XColor *colorPtr in Pointer to X color information. Must have been allocated by previous |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | .PP Given a textual description of a color, \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR locates a pixel value that may be used to render the color in a particular window. The desired color is specified with a value whose string value must have one of the following forms: .TP 20 \fIcolorname\fR Any of the valid textual names for a color defined in the server's color database file, such as \fBred\fR or \fBPeachPuff\fR. .TP 20 \fB#\fIRGB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRRGGGBBB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRRRGGGGBBBB\fR A numeric specification of the red, green, and blue intensities to use to display the color. Each \fIR\fR, \fIG\fR, or \fIB\fR represents a single hexadecimal digit. The four forms permit colors to be specified with 4-bit, 8-bit, 12-bit or 16-bit values. When fewer than 16 bits are provided for each color, they represent the most significant bits of the color, while the lower unfilled bits will be repeatedly replicated from the available higher bits. | > > | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | .PP Given a textual description of a color, \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR locates a pixel value that may be used to render the color in a particular window. The desired color is specified with a value whose string value must have one of the following forms: .TP 20 \fIcolorname\fR . Any of the valid textual names for a color defined in the server's color database file, such as \fBred\fR or \fBPeachPuff\fR. .TP 20 \fB#\fIRGB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRRGGGBBB\fR .TP 20 \fB#\fIRRRRGGGGBBBB\fR . A numeric specification of the red, green, and blue intensities to use to display the color. Each \fIR\fR, \fIG\fR, or \fIB\fR represents a single hexadecimal digit. The four forms permit colors to be specified with 4-bit, 8-bit, 12-bit or 16-bit values. When fewer than 16 bits are provided for each color, they represent the most significant bits of the color, while the lower unfilled bits will be repeatedly replicated from the available higher bits. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetCursor.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | .SH NAME Tk_AllocCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursor, Tk_GetCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursorFromData, Tk_NameOfCursor, Tk_FreeCursorFromObj, Tk_FreeCursor \- maintain database of cursors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Cursor | | | | | | | | > | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | .SH NAME Tk_AllocCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursor, Tk_GetCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursorFromData, Tk_NameOfCursor, Tk_FreeCursorFromObj, Tk_FreeCursor \- maintain database of cursors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Cursor \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp Tk_Cursor \fBTk_GetCursor\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, name\fR) .sp Tk_Cursor \fBTk_GetCursorFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp Tk_Cursor \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, fg, bg\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfCursor\fR(\fIdisplay, cursor\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeCursorFromObj\fR(\fItkwin, objPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR(\fIdisplay, cursor\fR) .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "unsigned long" *pixelPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window in which the cursor will be used. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out Description of cursor; see below for possible values. Internal rep will be modified to cache pointer to corresponding Tk_Cursor. .AP "const char" *name in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of cursor is passed as a string and resulting Tk_Cursor is not cached. .AP "const char" *source in Data for cursor cursor, in standard cursor format. .AP "const char" *mask in Data for mask cursor, in standard cursor format. .AP "int" width in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | \fBTk_GetCursorFromObj\fR. If an error occurs in creating the cursor, such as when \fIobjPtr\fR refers to a non-existent file, then \fBNone\fR is returned and an error message will be stored in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fIObjPtr\fR must contain a standard Tcl list with one of the following forms: .TP \fIname\fR\0[\fIfgColor\fR\0[\fIbgColor\fR]] \fIName\fR is the name of a cursor in the standard X cursor cursor, i.e., any of the names defined in \fBcursorcursor.h\fR, without the \fBXC_\fR. Some example values are \fBX_cursor\fR, \fBhand2\fR, or \fBleft_ptr\fR. Appendix B of .QW "The X Window System" by Scheifler & Gettys has illustrations showing what each of these cursors looks like. If \fIfgColor\fR and \fIbgColor\fR are both | > | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | \fBTk_GetCursorFromObj\fR. If an error occurs in creating the cursor, such as when \fIobjPtr\fR refers to a non-existent file, then \fBNone\fR is returned and an error message will be stored in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fIObjPtr\fR must contain a standard Tcl list with one of the following forms: .TP \fIname\fR\0[\fIfgColor\fR\0[\fIbgColor\fR]] . \fIName\fR is the name of a cursor in the standard X cursor cursor, i.e., any of the names defined in \fBcursorcursor.h\fR, without the \fBXC_\fR. Some example values are \fBX_cursor\fR, \fBhand2\fR, or \fBleft_ptr\fR. Appendix B of .QW "The X Window System" by Scheifler & Gettys has illustrations showing what each of these cursors looks like. If \fIfgColor\fR and \fIbgColor\fR are both |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 | name of the resource. The application and all its open dynamic library's resource files will be searched for the named cursor. If there are conflicts color cursors will always be loaded in preference to black and white cursors. .RE .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0maskName\0fgColor\0bgColor\fR In this form, \fIsourceName\fR and \fImaskName\fR are the names of files describing cursors for the cursor's source bits and mask. Each file must be in standard X11 cursor format. \fIFgColor\fR and \fIbgColor\fR indicate the colors to use for the cursor, in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. This form of the command will not work on Macintosh or Windows computers. .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0fgColor\fR This form is similar to the one above, except that the source is used as mask also. This means that the cursor's background is transparent. This form of the command will not work on Macintosh or Windows computers. .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\fR This form only works on Windows, and will load a Windows system cursor (\fB.ani\fR or \fB.cur\fR) from the file specified in \fIsourceName\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetCursor\fR is identical to \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR except that the description of the cursor is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_GetCursor\fR from caching the | > > > | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | name of the resource. The application and all its open dynamic library's resource files will be searched for the named cursor. If there are conflicts color cursors will always be loaded in preference to black and white cursors. .RE .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0maskName\0fgColor\0bgColor\fR . In this form, \fIsourceName\fR and \fImaskName\fR are the names of files describing cursors for the cursor's source bits and mask. Each file must be in standard X11 cursor format. \fIFgColor\fR and \fIbgColor\fR indicate the colors to use for the cursor, in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. This form of the command will not work on Macintosh or Windows computers. .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0fgColor\fR . This form is similar to the one above, except that the source is used as mask also. This means that the cursor's background is transparent. This form of the command will not work on Macintosh or Windows computers. .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\fR . This form only works on Windows, and will load a Windows system cursor (\fB.ani\fR or \fB.cur\fR) from the file specified in \fIsourceName\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetCursor\fR is identical to \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR except that the description of the cursor is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_GetCursor\fR from caching the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 | The procedure \fBTk_NameOfCursor\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. If its \fIcursor\fR argument was created by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, then the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that was passed to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR to create the cursor. If \fIcursor\fR was created by a call to \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR, or by any other mechanism, then the return value is a hexadecimal string giving the X identifier for the cursor. | | | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 | The procedure \fBTk_NameOfCursor\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. If its \fIcursor\fR argument was created by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, then the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that was passed to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR to create the cursor. If \fIcursor\fR was created by a call to \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR, or by any other mechanism, then the return value is a hexadecimal string giving the X identifier for the cursor. Note that the string returned by \fBTk_NameOfCursor\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the next call to \fBTk_NameOfCursor\fR. Also, this call is not portable except for cursors returned by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. .PP When a cursor returned by \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, or \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR is no longer needed, \fBTk_FreeCursorFromObj\fR or |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetFont.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocFontFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocFontFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocFontFromObj, Tk_GetFont, Tk_GetFontFromObj, Tk_NameOfFont, Tk_FreeFontFromObj, Tk_FreeFont \- maintain database of fonts .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_GetFont(\fIinterp, tkwin, string\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_GetFontFromObj(\fItkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfFont(\fItkfont\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj(\fItkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp void |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetFont\fR maintain a database of all fonts they have allocated. If the same font is requested multiple times (e.g. by different windows or for different purposes), then a single Tk_Font will be shared for all uses. The underlying resources will be freed automatically when no-one is using the font anymore. .PP | < < < | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetFont\fR maintain a database of all fonts they have allocated. If the same font is requested multiple times (e.g. by different windows or for different purposes), then a single Tk_Font will be shared for all uses. The underlying resources will be freed automatically when no-one is using the font anymore. .PP The procedure \fBTk_NameOfFont\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTk_GetFont\fR. Given a \fItkfont\fR that was created by \fBTk_GetFont\fR (or \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR), the return value is the \fIstring\fR argument that was passed to \fBTk_GetFont\fR to create the font. The string returned by \fBTk_NameOfFont\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the \fItkfont\fR is deleted. The caller must not modify this string. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetPixels.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetPixels(\fIinterp, tkwin, string, intPtr\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetMMFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr, doublePtr\fB)\fR .sp int |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | by a character that is not one of the ones above) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP | < < < | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | by a character that is not one of the ones above) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetPixels\fR is identical to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR except that the screen distance is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_GetPixels\fR from caching the return value, so \fBTk_GetPixels\fR is less efficient than \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetMMFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetScreenMM\fR are similar to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetPixels\fR (respectively) except that they convert the screen distance to millimeters and store a double-precision floating-point result at \fI*doublePtr\fR. .SH KEYWORDS centimeters, convert, inches, millimeters, pixels, points, screen units |
Changes to doc/GetRelief.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | .SH NAME Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int | | | | > | < < | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | .SH NAME Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetReliefFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, reliefPtr\fR) .sp int \fBTk_GetRelief\fR(\fIinterp, name, reliefPtr\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfRelief\fR(\fIrelief\fR) .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *reliefPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of relief, one of .QW \fBflat\fR , .QW \fBgroove\fR , .QW \fBraised\fR , .QW \fBridge\fR , .QW \fBsolid\fR , or .QW \fBsunken\fR (or any unique abbreviation thereof on input); the internal rep will be modified to cache corresponding relief value. .AP "const char" *name in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of relief is passed as a string. .AP int *reliefPtr out Pointer to location in which to store relief value corresponding to \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIname\fR. .AP int relief in Relief value (one of \fBTK_RELIEF_FLAT\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_GROOVE\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_SOLID\fR, or \fBTK_RELIEF_RIDGE\fR). .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetScroll.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR parses the arguments expected by widget scrolling commands such as \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR. It receives the entire list of words that make up a widget command and parses the words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2]. The words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2] must have one of the following forms: .CS \fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR | | | | | | | < | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR parses the arguments expected by widget scrolling commands such as \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR. It receives the entire list of words that make up a widget command and parses the words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2]. The words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2] must have one of the following forms: .CS \fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR \fBscroll \fInumber\fB units\fR \fBscroll \fInumber\fB pages\fR .CE .LP Any of the \fBmoveto\fR, \fBscroll\fR, \fBunits\fR, and \fBpages\fR keywords may be abbreviated. If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBmoveto\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_MOVETO\fR is returned as result and \fI*fractionPtr\fR is filled in with the \fIfraction\fR argument to the command, which must be a proper real value. If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBscroll\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_UNITS\fR or \fBTK_SCROLL_PAGES\fR is returned and \fI*stepsPtr\fR is filled in with the \fInumber\fR value, which must be a proper integer. If an error occurs in parsing the arguments, \fBTK_SCROLL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in interpreter \fIinterp\fR's result. .PP \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR is identical in function to \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR. However, \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR accepts string arguments, making it more appropriate for use with legacy |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ImgChanged.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR(\fImodel, x, y, width, height, imageWidth, imageHeight\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS | | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR(\fImodel, x, y, width, height, imageWidth, imageHeight\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_ImageMaster imageHeight .AP Tk_ImageMaster model in Token for image, which was passed to image's \fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created. .AP int x in X-coordinate of upper-left corner of region that needs redisplay (measured from upper-left corner of image). .AP int y in Y-coordinate of upper-left corner of region that needs redisplay (measured |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | the image are notified so that they can redisplay themselves appropriately. The \fImodel\fR argument identifies the image, and \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR specify a rectangular region within the image that needs to be redrawn. \fIimageWidth\fR and \fIimageHeight\fR specify the image's (new) size. .PP An image manager should call \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR during its \fIcreateProc\fR to specify the image's initial size and to force redisplay if there are existing instances for the image. If any of the pixel values in the image should change later on, \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR should be called again with \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR values that cover all the pixels | > > > > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | the image are notified so that they can redisplay themselves appropriately. The \fImodel\fR argument identifies the image, and \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR specify a rectangular region within the image that needs to be redrawn. \fIimageWidth\fR and \fIimageHeight\fR specify the image's (new) size. .PP .VS "TIP 581" \fITk_ImageModel\fR is synonym for \fITk_ImageMaster\fR .VE "TIP 581" .PP An image manager should call \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR during its \fIcreateProc\fR to specify the image's initial size and to force redisplay if there are existing instances for the image. If any of the pixel values in the image should change later on, \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR should be called again with \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR values that cover all the pixels |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ManageGeom.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fImgrPtr\fR contains information about
the geometry manager:
.CS
typedef struct {
const char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_GeomRequestProc *\fIrequestProc\fR;
| | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fImgrPtr\fR contains information about
the geometry manager:
.CS
typedef struct {
const char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_GeomRequestProc *\fIrequestProc\fR;
Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *\fIlostSlaveProc\fR;
} \fBTk_GeomMgr\fR;
.CE
The \fIname\fR field is the textual name for the geometry manager,
such as \fBpack\fR or \fBplace\fR; this value will be returned
by the command \fBwinfo manager\fR.
.PP
\fIrequestProc\fR is a procedure in the geometry manager that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | .CE The parameters to \fIrequestProc\fR will be identical to the corresponding parameters passed to \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR. \fIclientData\fR usually points to a data structure containing application-specific information about how to manage \fItkwin\fR's geometry. .PP | | | | | | | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
.CE
The parameters to \fIrequestProc\fR will be identical to the
corresponding parameters passed to \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR.
\fIclientData\fR usually points to a data
structure containing application-specific information about
how to manage \fItkwin\fR's geometry.
.PP
The \fIlostSlaveProc\fR field of \fImgrPtr\fR points to another
procedure in the geometry manager.
Tk will invoke \fIlostSlaveProc\fR if some other manager
calls \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR to claim
\fItkwin\fR away from the current geometry manager.
\fIlostSlaveProc\fR is not invoked if \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR is
called with a NULL value for \fImgrPtr\fR (presumably the current
geometry manager has made this call, so it already knows that the
window is no longer managed), nor is it called if \fImgrPtr\fR
is the same as the window's current geometry manager.
\fIlostSlaveProc\fR should have
arguments and results that match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void \fBTk_GeomLostSlaveProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR);
.CE
The parameters to \fIlostSlaveProc\fR will be identical to the
corresponding parameters passed to \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, geometry, managed, request, unmanaged
|
Changes to doc/NameOfImg.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | .SH NAME Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp const char * | | | | > > > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .SH NAME Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fIimageMaster\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster .AP Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster in Token for image, which was passed to image manager's \fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked by image managers to find out the name of an image. Given the token for the image, it returns the string name for the image. .PP .VS "TIP 581" \fITk_ImageModel\fR is synonym for \fITk_ImageMaster\fR .VE "TIP 581" .SH KEYWORDS image manager, image name |
Changes to doc/ParseArgv.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
.PP
The \fIargTable\fR array specifies the kinds of arguments that are
expected; each of its entries has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
const char *\fIkey\fR;
int \fItype\fR;
| | | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
.PP
The \fIargTable\fR array specifies the kinds of arguments that are
expected; each of its entries has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
const char *\fIkey\fR;
int \fItype\fR;
char *\fIsrc\fR;
char *\fIdst\fR;
const char *\fIhelp\fR;
} \fBTk_ArgvInfo\fR;
.CE
The \fIkey\fR field is a string such as
.QW \-display
or
.QW \-bg
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;
/*
* Define option descriptions.
*/
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
| | | | | | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;
/*
* Define option descriptions.
*/
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
{"\-X", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &debugFlag,
"Turn on debugging printfs"},
{"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, NULL, (char *) &numReps,
"Number of repetitions"},
{"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &fileName,
"Name of file for output"},
{"x", TK_ARGV_REST, NULL, (char *) &exec,
"File to exec, followed by any arguments (must be last argument)."},
{NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL,
NULL}
};
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/SetClassProcs.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
.PP
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR is called to register a set of procedures that
are used as callbacks in different places.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR contains the following:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
| | | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
.PP
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR is called to register a set of procedures that
are used as callbacks in different places.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR contains the following:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
unsigned int \fIsize\fR;
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *\fIworldChangedProc\fR;
Tk_ClassCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
Tk_ClassModalProc *\fImodalProc\fR;
} \fBTk_ClassProcs\fR;
.CE
The \fIsize\fR field is used to simplify future expansion of the
structure. It should always be set to (literally) \fBsizeof(Tk_ClassProcs)\fR.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/SetOptions.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue, Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_OptionTable \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR(\fIinterp, templatePtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_DeleteOptionTable\fR(\fIoptionTable\fR) .sp int \fBTk_InitOptions\fR(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_SetOptions\fR(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, objc, objv, tkwin, savePtr, maskPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeSavedOptions\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR) .sp \fBTk_RestoreSavedOptions\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR) .sp Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fR) .sp Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionInfo\fR(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fR) .sp \fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR(\fIrecordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_Offset(\fItype, field\fB)\fR .fi .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_SavedOptions "*const objv[]" in/out .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in A Tcl interpreter. Most procedures use this only for returning error messages; if it is NULL then no error messages are returned. For \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR the value cannot be NULL; it gives the interpreter in which the option table will be used. .AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration options that are supported. Used to build a Tk_OptionTable. The information pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable. .AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in Token for an option table. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR. .AP char *recordPtr in/out Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored; fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates the window in which the option will be used. If \fIoptionTable\fR uses no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | .QW widget will be used to refer to the object whose options are being managed; in practice the object may not actually be a widget. The term .QW "widget record" is used to refer to the C-level structure in which information about a particular widget or object is stored. .PP | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | .QW widget will be used to refer to the object whose options are being managed; in practice the object may not actually be a widget. The term .QW "widget record" is used to refer to the C-level structure in which information about a particular widget or object is stored. .PP Note that the easiest way to learn how to use these procedures is to look at a working example. In Tk, the simplest example is the code that implements the button family of widgets, which is in \fBtkButton.c\fR. Other examples are in \fBtkSquare.c\fR and \fBtkMenu.c\fR. .PP In order to use these procedures, the code that implements the widget must contain a static array of Tk_OptionSpec structures. This is a template that describes the various options supported by that class of |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 | class. A Tk_OptionTable may be used only in a single interpreter, given by the \fIinterp\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR. When an option table is no longer needed \fBTk_DeleteOptionTable\fR should be called to free all of its resources. All of the option tables for a Tcl interpreter are freed automatically if the interpreter is deleted. .PP \fBTk_InitOptions\fR is invoked when a new widget is created to set the | | < | < | > > | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 | class. A Tk_OptionTable may be used only in a single interpreter, given by the \fIinterp\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR. When an option table is no longer needed \fBTk_DeleteOptionTable\fR should be called to free all of its resources. All of the option tables for a Tcl interpreter are freed automatically if the interpreter is deleted. .PP \fBTk_InitOptions\fR is invoked when a new widget is created to set the default values. \fBTk_InitOptions\fR is passed a token for an option table (\fIoptionTable\fR) and a pointer to a widget record (\fIrecordPtr\fR), which is the C structure that holds information about this widget. \fBTk_InitOptions\fR uses the information in the option table to choose an appropriate default for each option, then it stores the default value directly into the widget record, overwriting any information that was already present in the widget record. \fBTk_InitOptions\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If an error occurred while setting the default values (e.g., because a default value was erroneous) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. For any widget's configuration option that has \fBTK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT\fR set in its \fIflags\fR field, the above initialization is fully skipped, see below. .PP \fBTk_SetOptions\fR is invoked to modify configuration options based on information specified in a Tcl command. The command might be one that creates a new widget, or a command that modifies options on an existing widget. The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments describe the values of the arguments from the Tcl command. \fIObjv\fR must contain an even number of objects: the first object of each pair gives the name of |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.
.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets. Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
| > > > > > > | | | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.
.PP
The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating the
\fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR values for entries in
Tk_OptionSpec structures. It takes two arguments: the name of a type
of record, and the name of a field in that record. It returns the byte
offset of the named field in records of the given type.
.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets. Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
int \fIobjOffset\fR;
int \fIinternalOffset\fR;
int \fIflags\fR;
const void *\fIclientData\fR;
int \fItypeMask\fR;
} \fBTk_OptionSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what kind of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 | \fIdbName\fR is NULL then the option database is not used by \fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option. The \fIdefValue\fR field specifies a default value for this configuration option if no value is specified in the option database. The \fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields indicate where to store the value of this option in widget records (more on this below); values for the \fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields should always be generated with the | | | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 | \fIdbName\fR is NULL then the option database is not used by \fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option. The \fIdefValue\fR field specifies a default value for this configuration option if no value is specified in the option database. The \fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields indicate where to store the value of this option in widget records (more on this below); values for the \fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields should always be generated with the \fBTk_Offset\fR macro. The \fIflags\fR field contains additional information to control the processing of this configuration option (see below for details). \fIClientData\fR provides additional type-specific data needed by certain types. For instance, for \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR types, \fIclientData\fR is a string giving the default value to use on monochrome displays. See the descriptions of the different types |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
297 298 299 300 301 302 303 | \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR then the internal form is an integer. If the \fIobjOffset\fR or \fIinternalOffset\fR field is negative then the value is not stored in that form. At least one of the offsets must be greater than or equal to zero. .PP The \fIflags\fR field consists of one or more bits ORed together. The following flags are supported: | < | < | > | | < | < | | < > > | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | | < | < | | | | < | | | < | < | < | < | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 | \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR then the internal form is an integer. If the \fIobjOffset\fR or \fIinternalOffset\fR field is negative then the value is not stored in that form. At least one of the offsets must be greater than or equal to zero. .PP The \fIflags\fR field consists of one or more bits ORed together. The following flags are supported: .IP \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR If this bit is set for an option then an empty string will be accepted as the value for the option and the resulting internal form will be a NULL pointer, a zero value, or \fBNone\fR, depending on the type of the option. If the flag is not set then empty strings will result in errors. \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR is typically used to allow a feature to be turned off entirely, e.g. set a cursor value to \fBNone\fR so that a window simply inherits its parent's cursor. Not all option types support the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag; for those that do, there is an explicit indication of that fact in the descriptions below. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT\fR If this bit is set for an option then no default value will be set in \fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option. Neither the option database, nor any system default value, nor \fIoptionTable\fR are used to give a default value to this option. Instead it is assumed that the caller has already supplied a default value in the widget code. .RS .PP The \fItype\fR field of each Tk_OptionSpec structure determines how to parse the value of that configuration option. The legal value for \fItype\fR, and the corresponding actions, are described below. If the type requires a \fItkwin\fR value to be passed into procedures like \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, or if it uses the \fIclientData\fR field of the Tk_OptionSpec, then it is indicated explicitly; if not mentioned, the type requires neither \fItkwin\fR nor \fIclientData\fR. .RE .IP \fBTK_OPTION_ANCHOR\fR The value must be a standard anchor position such as \fBne\fR or \fBcenter\fR. The internal form is a Tk_Anchor value like the ones returned by \fBTk_GetAnchorFromObj\fR. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_BITMAP\fR The value must be a standard Tk bitmap name. The internal form is a Pixmap token like the ones returned by \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, and it supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_BOOLEAN\fR The value must be a standard boolean value such as \fBtrue\fR or \fBno\fR. The internal form is an integer with value 0 or 1. Note that if the \fIobjOffset\fR field is not used, information about the original value of this option will be lost. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_BORDER\fR The value must be a standard color name such as \fBred\fR or \fB#ff8080\fR. The internal form is a Tk_3DBorder token like the ones returned by \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, and it supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR The value must be a standard color name such as \fBred\fR or \fB#ff8080\fR. The internal form is an (XColor *) token like the ones returned by \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, and it supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_CURSOR\fR The value must be a standard cursor name such as \fBcross\fR or \fB@foo\fR. The internal form is a Tk_Cursor token like the ones returned by \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, and when the option is set the cursor for the window is changed by calling \fBXDefineCursor\fR. This option type also supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_CUSTOM\fR This option allows applications to define new option types. The clientData field of the entry points to a structure defining the new option type. See the section \fBCUSTOM OPTION TYPES\fR below for details. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_DOUBLE\fR The string value must be a floating-point number in the format accepted by \fBstrtol\fR. The internal form is a C \fBdouble\fR value. This option type supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag; if a NULL value is set, the internal representation is set to zero. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_END\fR Marks the end of the template. There must be a Tk_OptionSpec structure with \fItype\fR \fBTK_OPTION_END\fR at the end of each template. If the \fIclientData\fR field of this structure is not NULL, then it points to an additional array of Tk_OptionSpec's, which is itself terminated by another \fBTK_OPTION_END\fR entry. Templates may be chained arbitrarily deeply. This feature allows common options to be shared by several widget classes. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_FONT\fR The value must be a standard font name such as \fBTimes 16\fR. The internal form is a Tk_Font handle like the ones returned by \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR, and it supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR The string value must be an integer in the format accepted by \fBstrtol\fR (e.g. \fB0\fR and \fB0x\fR prefixes may be used to specify octal or hexadecimal numbers, respectively). The internal form is a C \fBint\fR value. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_JUSTIFY\fR The value must be a standard justification value such as \fBleft\fR. The internal form is a Tk_Justify like the values returned by \fBTk_GetJustifyFromObj\fR. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_PIXELS\fR The value must specify a screen distance such as \fB2i\fR or \fB6.4\fR. The internal form is an integer value giving a distance in pixels, like the values returned by \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR. Note that if the \fIobjOffset\fR field is not used, information about the original value of this option will be lost. See \fBOBJOFFSET VS. INTERNALOFFSET\fR below for details. This option type supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag; if a NULL value is set, the internal representation is set to INT_MIN. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_RELIEF\fR The value must be standard relief such as \fBraised\fR. The internal form is an integer relief value such as \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR. This option type supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag; if a NULL value is set, the internal representation is set to \fBTK_RELIEF_NULL\fR. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_STRING\fR The value may be any string. The internal form is a (char *) pointer that points to a dynamically allocated copy of the value. This option type supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE\fR For this type, \fIclientData\fR is a pointer to an array of strings suitable for passing to \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR. The value must be one of the strings in the table, or a unique abbreviation of one of the strings. The internal form is an integer giving the index into the table of the matching string, like the return value from \fBTcl_GetStringFromObj\fR. This option type supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag; if a NULL value is set, the internal representation is set to -1. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_SYNONYM\fR This type is used to provide alternative names for an option (for example, \fB\-bg\fR is often used as a synonym for \fB\-background\fR). The \fBclientData\fR field is a string that gives the name of another option in the same table. Whenever the synonym option is used, the information from the other option will be used instead. .IP \fBTK_OPTION_WINDOW\fR The value must be a window path name. The internal form is a \fBTk_Window\fR token for the window. This option type requires \fItkwin\fR to be supplied to procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR (in order to identify the application), and it supports the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .SH "STORAGE MANAGEMENT ISSUES" .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
491 492 493 494 495 496 497 | the original screen-independent value. Thus for \fBTK_OPTION_PIXELS\fR options it is better to use the \fIobjOffset\fR field. In this case the original value of the option is retained in the object and can be returned when the option is retrieved. In most cases it is convenient to use the \fIinternalOffset\fR field as well, so that the integer value is immediately available for use in the widget code (alternatively, \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR can be used to extract the integer value from | | | > > > > | | 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
the original screen-independent value. Thus for \fBTK_OPTION_PIXELS\fR options
it is better to use the \fIobjOffset\fR field. In this case the original
value of the option is retained in the object and can be returned when
the option is retrieved. In most cases it is convenient to use the
\fIinternalOffset\fR field as well, so that the integer value is
immediately available for use in the widget code (alternatively,
\fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR can be used to extract the integer value from
the object whenever it is needed). Note that the problem of losing
information on retrievals exists only for \fBTK_OPTION_PIXELS\fR options.
.PP
The second reason to use the \fIobjOffset\fR field is in order to
implement new types of options not supported by these procedures.
To implement a new type of option, you can use \fBTK_OPTION_STRING\fR as
the type in the Tk_OptionSpec structure and set the \fIobjOffset\fR field
but not the \fIinternalOffset\fR field. Then, after calling
\fBTk_SetOptions\fR, convert the object to internal form yourself.
.PP
Ttk widgets do not support the \fIinternalOffset\fR machinery.
Option values of Ttk widgets are always stored as (Tcl_Obj *), meaning that
the \fIobjOffset\fR field must be used.
.SH "CUSTOM OPTION TYPES"
.PP
Applications can extend the built-in configuration types with
additional configuration types by writing procedures to parse, print,
free, and restore saved copies of the type and creating a structure
pointing to those procedures:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ObjCustomOption {
const char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_CustomOptionSetProc *\fIsetProc\fR;
Tk_CustomOptionGetProc *\fIgetProc\fR;
Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc *\fIrestoreProc\fR;
Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
} \fBTk_ObjCustomOption\fR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 | may be NULL, indicating that no function should be called for those operations. .PP The \fIsetProc\fR procedure is invoked by \fBTk_SetOptions\fR to convert a Tcl_Obj into an internal representation and store the resulting value in the widget record. The arguments are: .RS | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 | may be NULL, indicating that no function should be called for those operations. .PP The \fIsetProc\fR procedure is invoked by \fBTk_SetOptions\fR to convert a Tcl_Obj into an internal representation and store the resulting value in the widget record. The arguments are: .RS .IP \fIclientData\fR A copy of the \fIclientData\fR field in the Tk_ObjCustomOption structure. .IP \fIinterp\fR A pointer to a Tcl interpreter, used for error reporting. .IP \fITkwin\fR A copy of the \fItkwin\fR argument to \fBTk_SetOptions\fR .IP \fIvaluePtr\fR A pointer to a reference to a Tcl_Obj describing the new value for the option; it could have been specified explicitly in the call to \fBTk_SetOptions\fR or it could come from the option database or a default. If the objOffset for the option is non-negative (the option value is stored as a (Tcl_Obj *) in the widget record), the Tcl_Obj pointer referenced by \fIvaluePtr\fR is the pointer that will be stored at the objOffset for the option. \fISetProc\fR may modify the value if necessary; for example, \fIsetProc\fR may change the value to NULL to support the \fBTK_OPTION_NULL_OK\fR flag. .IP \fIrecordPtr\fR A pointer to the start of the widget record to modify. .IP \fIinternalOffset\fR Offset in bytes from the start of the widget record to the location where the internal representation of the option value is to be placed. .IP \fIsaveInternalPtr\fR A pointer to storage allocated in a Tk_SavedOptions structure for the internal representation of the original option value. Before setting the option to its new value, \fIsetProc\fR should set the value referenced by \fIsaveInternalPtr\fR to the original value of the option in order to support \fBTk_RestoreSavedOptions\fR. .IP \fIflags\fR A copy of the \fIflags\fR field in the Tk_OptionSpec structure for the option .RE .PP \fISetProc\fR returns a standard Tcl result: \fBTCL_OK\fR to indicate successful processing, or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR to indicate a failure of any kind. An error message may be left in the Tcl interpreter given by \fIinterp\fR in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/WindowId.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_WindowId 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_WindowId 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_WindowId, Tk_Parent, Tk_Display, Tk_DisplayName, Tk_ScreenNumber, Tk_Screen, Tk_X, Tk_Y, Tk_Width, Tk_Height, Tk_Changes, Tk_Attributes, Tk_IsContainer, Tk_IsEmbedded, Tk_IsMapped, Tk_IsTopLevel, Tk_ReqWidth, Tk_ReqHeight, Tk_MinReqWidth, Tk_MinReqHeight, Tk_InternalBorderLeft, Tk_InternalBorderRight, Tk_InternalBorderTop, Tk_InternalBorderBottom, Tk_Visual, Tk_Depth, Tk_Colormap, Tk_Interp \- retrieve information from Tk's local data structure .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Window \fBTk_WindowId\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_Parent\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Display * \fBTk_Display\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_DisplayName\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Screen * \fBTk_Screen\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_X\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | \fBTk_Depth\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Colormap \fBTk_Colormap\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tcl_Interp * \fBTk_Interp\fR(\fItkwin\fR) | < < < | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 | \fBTk_Depth\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Colormap \fBTk_Colormap\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tcl_Interp * \fBTk_Interp\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window tkwin .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | .PP \fBTk_Display\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib display structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR. \fBTk_DisplayName\fR returns an ASCII string identifying \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR returns the index of \fItkwin\fR's screen among all the screens of \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_Screen\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR's screen. | < < | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 | .PP \fBTk_Display\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib display structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR. \fBTk_DisplayName\fR returns an ASCII string identifying \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR returns the index of \fItkwin\fR's screen among all the screens of \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_Screen\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR's screen. .PP \fBTk_X\fR, \fBTk_Y\fR, \fBTk_Width\fR, and \fBTk_Height\fR return information about \fItkwin's\fR location within its parent and its size. The location information refers to the upper-left pixel in the window, or its border if there is one. The width and height information refers to the interior size of the window, not including any border. \fBTk_Changes\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | information about the visual characteristics of a window. \fBTk_Visual\fR returns the visual type for the window, \fBTk_Depth\fR returns the number of bits per pixel, and \fBTk_Colormap\fR returns the current colormap for the window. The visual characteristics are normally set from the defaults for the window's screen, but they may be overridden by calling \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR. | < < | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | information about the visual characteristics of a window. \fBTk_Visual\fR returns the visual type for the window, \fBTk_Depth\fR returns the number of bits per pixel, and \fBTk_Colormap\fR returns the current colormap for the window. The visual characteristics are normally set from the defaults for the window's screen, but they may be overridden by calling \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR. .SH KEYWORDS attributes, colormap, depth, display, height, geometry manager, identifier, mapped, requested size, screen, top-level, visual, width, window, x, y |
Changes to doc/bind.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | the window. Although the \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to assign an arbitrary set of binding tags to a window, the default binding tags provide the following behavior: .IP \(bu 3 If a tag is the name of an internal window the binding applies to that window. .IP \(bu 3 If the tag is the name of a toplevel window the binding applies to the toplevel window and all its internal windows. .IP \(bu 3 | > > > < < < | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 | the window. Although the \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to assign an arbitrary set of binding tags to a window, the default binding tags provide the following behavior: .IP \(bu 3 If a tag is the name of an internal window the binding applies to that window. .IP \(bu 3 If the tag is the name of a class of widgets, such as \fBButton\fR, the binding applies to all widgets in that class. .IP \(bu 3 If the tag is the name of a toplevel window the binding applies to the toplevel window and all its internal windows. .IP \(bu 3 If \fItag\fR has the value \fBall\fR, the binding applies to all windows in the application. .SH "EVENT PATTERNS" .PP The \fIsequence\fR argument specifies a sequence of one or more event patterns, with optional white space between the patterns. Each event pattern may take one of three forms. In the simplest case it is a single printing ASCII character, such as \fBa\fR or \fB[\fR. The character may not be a space character or the character \fB<\fR. This form of pattern matches a \fBKeyPress\fR event for the particular character. The second form of pattern is longer but more general. It has the following syntax: .CS \fB<\fImodifier\-modifier\-type\-detail\fB>\fR .CE The entire event pattern is surrounded by angle brackets. Inside the angle brackets are zero or more modifiers, an event |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
164 165 166 167 168 169 170 | .PP The \fItype\fR field may be any of the standard X event types, with a few extra abbreviations. The \fItype\fR field will also accept a couple non-standard X event types that were added to better support the Macintosh and Windows platforms. Below is a list of all the valid types; where two names appear together, they are synonyms. .DS | | | | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 | .PP The \fItype\fR field may be any of the standard X event types, with a few extra abbreviations. The \fItype\fR field will also accept a couple non-standard X event types that were added to better support the Macintosh and Windows platforms. Below is a list of all the valid types; where two names appear together, they are synonyms. .DS .ta \w'\fBButtonPress, Button\0\0\0\fR'u +\w'\fBKeyPress, Key\0\0\0\fR'u \fBActivate\fR \fBDestroy\fR \fBMap\fR \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButton\fR \fBEnter\fR \fBMapRequest\fR \fBButtonRelease\fR \fBExpose\fR \fBMotion\fR \fBCirculate\fR \fBFocusIn\fR \fBMouseWheel\fR \fBCirculateRequest\fR \fBFocusOut\fR \fBProperty\fR \fBColormap\fR \fBGravity\fR \fBReparent\fR \fBConfigure\fR \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKey\fR \fBResizeRequest\fR \fBConfigureRequest\fR \fBKeyRelease\fR \fBUnmap\fR \fBCreate\fR \fBLeave\fR \fBVisibility\fR \fBDeactivate\fR .DE Most of the above events have the same fields and behaviors as events in the X Windowing system. You can find more detailed descriptions of these events in any X window programming book. A couple of the events |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | value determines which direction your widget should scroll. Positive values should scroll up and negative values should scroll down. .RS .PP Horizontal scrolling uses \fBShift-MouseWheel\fR events, with positive \fB%D\fR \fIdelta\fR substitution indicating left scrolling and negative right scrolling. | > > > > | < < < | | | | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 | value determines which direction your widget should scroll. Positive values should scroll up and negative values should scroll down. .RS .PP Horizontal scrolling uses \fBShift-MouseWheel\fR events, with positive \fB%D\fR \fIdelta\fR substitution indicating left scrolling and negative right scrolling. Only Windows and macOS Aqua typically fire \fBMouseWheel\fR and \fBShift-MouseWheel\fR events. On X11 vertical scrolling is rather supported through \fBButton-4\fR and \fBButton-5\fR events, and horizontal scrolling through \fBShift-Button-4\fR and \fBShift-Button-5\fR events. Horizontal scrolling events may fire from many different hardware units such as tilt wheels or touchpads. Horizontal scrolling can also be emulated by holding Shift and scrolling vertically. .RE .IP "\fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR" 5 The \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events are generated whenever a key is pressed or released. \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events are sent to the window which currently has the keyboard focus. .IP "\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR" 5 The \fBButtonPress\fR and \fBButtonRelease\fR events are generated when the user presses or releases a mouse button. \fBMotion\fR events are generated whenever the pointer is moved. \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events are normally sent to the window containing the pointer. .RS .PP When a mouse button is pressed, the window containing the pointer automatically obtains a temporary pointer grab. Subsequent \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events will be sent to that window, regardless of which window contains the pointer, until all buttons have been released. .RE .IP \fBConfigure\fR 5 A \fBConfigure\fR event is sent to a window whenever its size, position, or border width changes, and sometimes |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 | This event type is included only for completeness; there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's position in the stacking order. .RE .SS "EVENT DETAILS" .PP The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR. In the | | | | | | | | | 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 | This event type is included only for completeness; there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's position in the stacking order. .RE .SS "EVENT DETAILS" .PP The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR. In the case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the number of a button (1\-5). If a button number is given, then only an event on that particular button will match; if no button number is given, then an event on any button will match. Note: giving a specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier; in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released, while in the second it refers to some other button that is already depressed when the matching event occurs. If a button number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted: if will default to \fBButtonPress\fR. For example, the specifier \fB<1>\fR is equivalent to \fB<ButtonPress\-1>\fR. .PP If the event type is \fBKeyPress\fR or \fBKeyRelease\fR, then \fIdetail\fR may be specified in the form of an X keysym. Keysyms are textual specifications for particular keys on the keyboard; they include all the alphanumeric ASCII characters (e.g. .QW a is the keysym for the ASCII character .QW a ), plus descriptions for non-alphanumeric characters .PQ comma "is the keysym for the comma character" , plus descriptions for all the non-ASCII keys on the keyboard (e.g. .QW Shift_L is the keysym for the left shift key, and .QW F1 is the keysym for the F1 function key, if it exists). The complete list of keysyms is not presented here; it is available in other X documentation and may vary from system to system. If necessary, you can use the \fB%K\fR notation described below to print out the keysym name for a particular key. If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the \fItype\fR field may be omitted; it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR. For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to \fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR. .SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS" .PP The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script, called the .QW "binding script", which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs. \fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the \fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | formatted as a hexadecimal number. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR events. Indicates the sibling window immediately below the receiving window in the stacking order, or \fB0\fR if the receiving window is at the bottom. .IP \fB%b\fR 5 The number of the button that was pressed or released. Valid only | | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 | formatted as a hexadecimal number. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR events. Indicates the sibling window immediately below the receiving window in the stacking order, or \fB0\fR if the receiving window is at the bottom. .IP \fB%b\fR 5 The number of the button that was pressed or released. Valid only for \fBButtonPress\fR and \fBButtonRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%c\fR 5 The \fIcount\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBExpose\fR events. Indicates that there are \fIcount\fR pending \fBExpose\fR events which have not yet been delivered to the window. .IP \fB%d\fR 5 The \fIdetail\fR or \fIuser_data\fR field from the event. The \fB%d\fR is replaced by |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
477 478 479 480 481 482 483 | \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. Indicates the new or requested height of the window. .IP \fB%i\fR 5 The \fIwindow\fR field from the event, represented as a hexadecimal integer. Valid for all event types. .IP \fB%k\fR 5 | | | | | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 | \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. Indicates the new or requested height of the window. .IP \fB%i\fR 5 The \fIwindow\fR field from the event, represented as a hexadecimal integer. Valid for all event types. .IP \fB%k\fR 5 The \fIkeycode\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%m\fR 5 The \fImode\fR field from the event. The substituted string is one of \fBNotifyNormal\fR, \fBNotifyGrab\fR, \fBNotifyUngrab\fR, or \fBNotifyWhileGrabbed\fR. Valid only for \fBEnter\fR, \fBFocusIn\fR, \fBFocusOut\fR, and \fBLeave\fR events. .IP \fB%o\fR 5 The \fIoverride_redirect\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBMap\fR, \fBReparent\fR, and \fBConfigure\fR events. .IP \fB%p\fR 5 The \fIplace\fR field from the event, substituted as one of the strings \fBPlaceOnTop\fR or \fBPlaceOnBottom\fR. Valid only for \fBCirculate\fR and \fBCirculateRequest\fR events. .IP \fB%s\fR 5 The \fIstate\fR field from the event. For \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events, a decimal string is substituted. For \fBVisibility\fR, one of the strings \fBVisibilityUnobscured\fR, \fBVisibilityPartiallyObscured\fR, and \fBVisibilityFullyObscured\fR is substituted. For \fBProperty\fR events, substituted with either the string \fBNewValue\fR (indicating that the property has been created or modified) or \fBDelete\fR (indicating that |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 | The \fIwidth\fR field from the event. Indicates the new or requested width of the window. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. .IP "\fB%x\fR, \fB%y\fR" 5 The \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR fields from the event. | | | | | | | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 | The \fIwidth\fR field from the event. Indicates the new or requested width of the window. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. .IP "\fB%x\fR, \fB%y\fR" 5 The \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR fields from the event. For \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, and \fBMouseWheel\fR events, \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR indicate the position of the mouse pointer relative to the receiving window. For key events on the Macintosh these are the coordinates of the mouse at the moment when an X11 KeyEvent is sent to Tk, which could be slightly later than the time of the physical press or release. For \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events, the position where the mouse pointer crossed the window, relative to the receiving window. For \fBConfigure\fR and \fBCreate\fR requests, the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates of the window relative to its parent window. .IP \fB%A\fR 5 Substitutes the UNICODE character corresponding to the event, or the empty string if the event does not correspond to a UNICODE character (e.g. the shift key was pressed). On X11, \fBXmbLookupString\fR (or \fBXLookupString\fR when input method support is turned off) does all the work of translating from the event to a UNICODE character. On X11, valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR event. On Windows and macOS/aqua, valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%B\fR 5 The \fIborder_width\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, and \fBCreate\fR events. .IP \fB%D\fR 5 This reports the \fIdelta\fR value of a \fBMouseWheel\fR event. The \fIdelta\fR value represents the rotation units the mouse wheel has been moved. The sign of the value represents the direction the mouse wheel was scrolled. .IP \fB%E\fR 5 The \fIsend_event\fR field from the event. Valid for all event types. \fB0\fR indicates that this is a .QW normal event, \fB1\fR indicates that it is a .QW synthetic event generated by \fBSendEvent\fR. .IP \fB%K\fR 5 The keysym corresponding to the event, substituted as a textual string. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%M\fR 5 The number of script-based binding patterns matched so far for the event. Valid for all event types. .IP \fB%N\fR 5 The keysym corresponding to the event, substituted as a decimal number. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%P\fR 5 The name of the property being updated or deleted (which may be converted to an XAtom using \fBwinfo atom\fR.) Valid only for \fBProperty\fR events. .IP \fB%R\fR 5 The \fIroot\fR window identifier from the event. Valid only for events containing a \fIroot\fR field. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the \fIwindow\fR field from the event). Valid for all event types. .IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5 The \fIx_root\fR and \fIy_root\fR fields from the event. If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root. Valid only for | | | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 | The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the \fIwindow\fR field from the event). Valid for all event types. .IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5 The \fIx_root\fR and \fIy_root\fR fields from the event. If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root. Valid only for \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR and \fBMotion\fR events. Same meaning as \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR, except relative to the (virtual) root window. .LP The replacement string for a %-replacement is formatted as a proper Tcl list element. This means that spaces or special characters such as \fB$\fR and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
646 647 648 649 650 651 652 | The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of several matching sequences is more specific: .RS .IP (a) an event pattern that specifies a specific button or key is more specific than one that does not; .IP (b) | | | < | 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 | The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of several matching sequences is more specific: .RS .IP (a) an event pattern that specifies a specific button or key is more specific than one that does not; .IP (b) a longer sequence (in terms of number of events matched) is more specific than a shorter sequence; .IP (c) if the modifiers specified in one pattern are a subset of the modifiers in another pattern, then the pattern with more modifiers is more specific; .IP (d) a virtual event whose physical pattern matches the sequence is less specific than the same physical pattern that is not associated with a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 | An unbound event is not considered to be an error. .SH "MULTI-EVENT SEQUENCES AND IGNORED EVENTS" .PP When a \fIsequence\fR specified in a \fBbind\fR command contains more than one event pattern, then its script is executed whenever the recent events (leading up to and including the current event) match the given sequence. This means, for example, that if button 1 is | | | | | | | | 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 | An unbound event is not considered to be an error. .SH "MULTI-EVENT SEQUENCES AND IGNORED EVENTS" .PP When a \fIsequence\fR specified in a \fBbind\fR command contains more than one event pattern, then its script is executed whenever the recent events (leading up to and including the current event) match the given sequence. This means, for example, that if button 1 is clicked repeatedly the sequence \fB<Double\-ButtonPress\-1>\fR will match each button press but the first. If extraneous events that would prevent a match occur in the middle of an event sequence then the extraneous events are ignored unless they are \fBKeyPress\fR or \fBButtonPress\fR events. For example, \fB<Double\-ButtonPress\-1>\fR will match a sequence of presses of button 1, even though there will be \fBButtonRelease\fR events (and possibly \fBMotion\fR events) between the \fBButtonPress\fR events. Furthermore, a \fBKeyPress\fR event may be preceded by any number of other \fBKeyPress\fR events for modifier keys without the modifier keys preventing a match. For example, the event sequence \fBaB\fR will match a press of the \fBa\fR key, a release of the \fBa\fR key, a press of the \fBShift\fR key, and a press of the \fBb\fR key: the press of \fBShift\fR is ignored because it is a modifier key. Finally, if several \fBMotion\fR events occur in a row, only the last one is used for purposes of matching binding sequences. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/bitmap.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | .PP When a bitmap image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | .PP When a bitmap image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS \fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for bitmap images: .TP \fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/busy.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | .TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions .SH SYNOPSIS | > | < < < | < < | < < > | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | .TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBtk busy\fI window \fR?\fIoptions\fR? \fBtk busy hold\fI window \fR?\fIoptions\fR? \fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... \fBtk busy forget\fI window \fR?\fIwindow \fR?... \fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? \fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to the widgets made busy. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 | \fBtk busy\fR forget .top .CE .PP The busy window has a configurable cursor. You can change the busy cursor using the \fBconfigure\fR operation. .PP .CS | | < < | < < < | > | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | \fBtk busy\fR forget .top .CE .PP The busy window has a configurable cursor. You can change the busy cursor using the \fBconfigure\fR operation. .PP .CS \fBtk busy\fR configure .top -cursor "watch" .CE .PP Destroying the widget will also clean up any resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command. .PP .SH OPERATIONS .PP The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command: .TP \fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... . Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command. .\" METHOD: cget .TP \fBtk busy cget \fIwindow option\fR . Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR. \fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the \fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBhold\fR operation. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... . Queries or modifies the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR. \fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the \fBhold\fR operation. If no options are specified, a list describing all of the available options for \fIwindow\fR (see |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 | specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command: .PP .CS option add *frame.busyCursor gumby option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby .CE .RE .TP \fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR? . Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a \fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching \fIpattern\fR are returned. .TP \fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?... . Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR, including the transparent window. User events will again be received by \fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed. \fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR operation, otherwise an error is reported. .TP \fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... . Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget. A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally \fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The | > > > < < | > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE
.\" METHOD: current
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.\" METHOD: forget
.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.\" METHOD: hold
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.\" OPTION: -cursor
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.\" METHOD: status
.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle
events in the busy window:
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
window is
.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
of the widget named
.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .
bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | .PP The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the \fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of its descendants. It also makes sure it's not possible to leave button \fB.cancel\fR using the keyboard. .SH PORTABILITY .PP | | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 | .PP The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the \fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of its descendants. It also makes sure it's not possible to leave button \fB.cancel\fR using the keyboard. .SH PORTABILITY .PP Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on macOS when Tk is built using Aqua support. .SH "SEE ALSO" grab(n) .SH KEYWORDS busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/button.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH button n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME button \- Create and manipulate 'button' action widgets .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH button n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME button \- Create and manipulate 'button' action widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbutton\fI pathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-font \-relief \-activeforeground \-foreground \-repeatdelay \-anchor \-highlightbackground \-repeatinterval \-background \-highlightcolor \-takefocus \-bitmap \-highlightthickness \-text \-borderwidth \-image \-textvariable |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for button widgets: .TP | > | > > > > > > > | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for button widgets: .\" METHOD: cget .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fI option\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBbutton\fR command. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBbutton\fR command. .\" METHOD: flash .TP \fIpathName \fBflash\fR . Flash the button. This is accomplished by redisplaying the button several times, alternating between the configured activebackground and background colors. At the end of the flash the button is left in the same normal/active state as when the command was invoked. This command is ignored if the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .\" METHOD: invoke .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR . Invoke the Tcl command associated with the button, if there is one. The return value is the return value from the Tcl command, or an empty string if there is no command associated with the button. This command is ignored if the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for buttons that give them |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | If the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above actions occur: the button is completely non-responsive. .PP The behavior of buttons can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "PLATFORM NOTES" .PP | | | | | | | | 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
If the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above
actions occur: the button is completely non-responsive.
.PP
The behavior of buttons can be changed by defining new bindings for
individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings.
.SH "PLATFORM NOTES"
.PP
On Aqua/macOS, some configuration options are ignored for the purpose of
drawing of the widget because they would otherwise conflict with platform
guidelines. The \fBconfigure\fR and \fBcget\fR subcommands can still
manipulate the values, but do not cause any variation to the look of the
widget. The options affected notably include \fB\-background\fR and
\fB\-relief\fR.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This is the classic Tk
.QW "Hello, World!"
demonstration:
.PP
.CS
\fBbutton\fR .b -text "Hello, World!" -command exit
pack .b
.CE
.PP
This example demonstrates how to handle button accelerators:
.PP
.CS
\fBbutton\fR .b1 -text Hello -underline 0
\fBbutton\fR .b2 -text World -underline 0
bind . <Key-h> {.b1 flash; .b1 invoke}
bind . <Key-w> {.b2 flash; .b2 invoke}
pack .b1 .b2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::button(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
button, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/canvas.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 | It is possible to adjust the origin of the canvas coordinate system relative to the origin of the window using the \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR widget commands; this is typically used for scrolling. Canvases do not support scaling or rotation of the canvas coordinate system relative to the window coordinate system. .PP | | < < < < | | 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 | It is possible to adjust the origin of the canvas coordinate system relative to the origin of the window using the \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR widget commands; this is typically used for scrolling. Canvases do not support scaling or rotation of the canvas coordinate system relative to the window coordinate system. .PP Individual items may be moved or scaled using widget commands described below, but they may not be rotated. .PP Note that the default origin of the canvas's visible area is coincident with the origin for the whole window as that makes bindings using the mouse position easier to work with; you only need to use the \fBcanvasx\fR and \fBcanvasy\fR widget commands if you adjust the origin of the visible area. However, this also means that any focus ring (as controlled by the \fB\-highlightthickness\fR option) and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 | .PP The second possible syntax is a character list containing only 5 possible characters .QW "\fB.,-_ \fR" . The space can be used to enlarge the space between other line elements, and cannot occur as the first position in the string. Some examples: | < | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
.PP
The second possible syntax is a character list containing only
5 possible characters
.QW "\fB.,-_ \fR" .
The space can be used
to enlarge the space between other line elements, and cannot
occur as the first position in the string. Some examples:
.CS
\-dash . \(-> \-dash {2 4}
\-dash - \(-> \-dash {6 4}
\-dash -. \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4}
\-dash -.. \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4 2 4}
\-dash {. } \(-> \-dash {2 8}
\-dash , \(-> \-dash {4 4}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
344 345 346 347 348 349 350 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcanvas\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcanvas\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following widget commands are possible for canvas widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBaddtag \fItag searchSpec \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . For each item that meets the constraints specified by \fIsearchSpec\fR and the \fIarg\fRs, add \fItag\fR to the list of tags associated with the item if it is not already present on that list. It is possible that no items will satisfy the constraints given by \fIsearchSpec\fR and \fIarg\fRs, in which case the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 | If both \fIcommand\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagOrId\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, | | | 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 | If both \fIcommand\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagOrId\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR) or virtual events. The handling of events in canvases uses the current item defined in \fBITEM IDS AND TAGS\fR above. \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events trigger for an item when it becomes the current item or ceases to be the current item; note that these events are different than \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events for windows. Mouse-related events are directed to the current item, if any. Keyboard-related events are directed to the focus item, if |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
598 599 600 601 602 603 604 | tag given by \fItagToDelete\fR from the list of those associated with the item. If an item does not have the tag \fItagToDelete\fR then the item is unaffected by the command. If \fItagToDelete\fR is omitted then it defaults to \fItagOrId\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP | | | 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 | tag given by \fItagToDelete\fR from the list of those associated with the item. If an item does not have the tag \fItagToDelete\fR then the item is unaffected by the command. If \fItagToDelete\fR is omitted then it defaults to \fItagOrId\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBfind \fIsearchCommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command returns a list consisting of all the items that meet the constraints specified by \fIsearchCommand\fR and \fIarg\fR's. \fISearchCommand\fR and \fIargs\fR have any of the forms accepted by the \fBaddtag\fR command. The items are returned in stacking order, with the lowest item first. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
659 660 661 662 663 664 665 | legal forms for \fIindex\fR. Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget command, above), but the cursor position may be set even when the item does not have the focus. This command returns an empty string. .TP | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 | legal forms for \fIindex\fR. Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget command, above), but the cursor position may be set even when the item does not have the focus. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR .VS 8.6 This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR). Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line and polygon items may have their coordinates relocated this way. .VE 8.6 .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fItagOrId index\fR . This command returns a decimal string giving the numerical index within \fItagOrId\fR corresponding to \fIindex\fR. \fIIndex\fR gives a textual description of the desired position as described in \fBINDICES\fR above. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 | Move each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate space by adding \fIxAmount\fR to the x-coordinate of each point associated with the item and \fIyAmount\fR to the y-coordinate of each point associated with the item. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBmoveto \fItagOrId xPos yPos\fR | | > | 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 | Move each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate space by adding \fIxAmount\fR to the x-coordinate of each point associated with the item and \fIyAmount\fR to the y-coordinate of each point associated with the item. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBmoveto \fItagOrId xPos yPos\fR .VS 8.6 Move the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate space so that the first coordinate pair (the upper-left corner of the bounding box) of the first item (the lowest in the display list) with tag \fItagOrId\fR is located at position (\fIxPos\fR,\fIyPos\fR). \fIxPos\fR and \fIyPos\fR may be the empty string, in which case the corresponding coordinate will be unchanged. All items matching \fItagOrId\fR remain in the same positions relative to each other. This command returns an empty string. .VE 8.6 .TP \fIpathName \fBpostscript \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? . Generate a Postscript representation for part or all of the canvas. If the \fB\-file\fR option is specified then the Postscript is written to a file and an empty string is returned; otherwise the Postscript is returned as the result of the command. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
960 961 962 963 964 965 966 | Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is determined by the \fBraise\fR command and \fBlower\fR command, not the \fBraise\fR widget command and \fBlower\fR widget command for canvases. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBrchars \fItagOrId first last string\fR | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 | Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is determined by the \fBraise\fR command and \fBlower\fR command, not the \fBraise\fR widget command and \fBlower\fR widget command for canvases. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBrchars \fItagOrId first last string\fR .VS 8.6 This command causes the text or coordinates between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR for each of the items indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be replaced by \fIstring\fR. Each item interprets \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR independently according to the rules described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, text items support this operation by altering their text as directed, and line and polygon items support this operation by altering their coordinate list (in which case \fIstring\fR should be a list of coordinates to use as a replacement). The other items ignore this operation. .VE 8.6 .TP \fIpathName \fBscale \fItagOrId xOrigin yOrigin xScale yScale\fR . Rescale the coordinates of all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in canvas coordinate space. \fIXOrigin\fR and \fIyOrigin\fR identify the origin for the scaling operation and \fIxScale\fR and \fIyScale\fR identify the scale |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 | total width of the canvas is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | | < | > > > < < < | 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 | total width of the canvas is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right in units of the \fBxScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero, or in units of one-tenth the window's width otherwise. If \fIwhat is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's width. If \fInumber\fR is negative then information farther to the left becomes visible; if it is positive then information farther to the right becomes visible. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fByview ?\fIargs\fR? . This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the information displayed in the canvas's window. It can take any of the following forms: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 | \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. | | > > > < < < | 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 | \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down in units of the \fByScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero, or in units of one-tenth the window's height otherwise. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's height. If \fInumber\fR is negative then higher information becomes visible; if it is positive then lower information becomes visible. .RE .SH "OVERVIEW OF ITEM TYPES" .PP The sections below describe the various types of items supported by canvas widgets. Each item type is characterized by two things: first, the form of the \fBcreate\fR command used to create instances of the type; and second, a set of configuration options |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 | \fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activefill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledfill \fIcolor\fR . Specifies the color to be used to fill item's area. | | > | 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 | \fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activefill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledfill \fIcolor\fR . Specifies the color to be used to fill item's area. in its normal, active, and disabled states. The even-odd fill rule is used. \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. For the line item, it specifies the color of the line drawn. For the text item, it specifies the foreground color of the text. If \fIcolor\fR is an empty string (the default for all canvas items except line and text), then the item will not be filled. .TP \fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 | For arcs, wide outlines will be drawn centered on the edges of the arc's region. .SH "STANDARD ITEM TYPES" .SS "ARC ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBarc\fR appear on the display as arc-shaped regions. An arc is a section of an oval delimited by two angles (specified | | | | < < | 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 | For arcs, wide outlines will be drawn centered on the edges of the arc's region. .SH "STANDARD ITEM TYPES" .SS "ARC ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBarc\fR appear on the display as arc-shaped regions. An arc is a section of an oval delimited by two angles (specified by the \fB\-start\fR and \fB\-extent\fR options) and displayed in one of several ways (specified by the \fB\-style\fR option). Arcs are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of a rectangular region enclosing the oval that defines the arc. After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. An arc item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 | modulo 360 is used as the extent. .TP \fB\-start \fIdegrees\fR Specifies the beginning of the angular range occupied by the arc. \fIDegrees\fR is given in units of degrees measured counter-clockwise from the 3-o'clock position; it may be either positive or negative. | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 | modulo 360 is used as the extent. .TP \fB\-start \fIdegrees\fR Specifies the beginning of the angular range occupied by the arc. \fIDegrees\fR is given in units of degrees measured counter-clockwise from the 3-o'clock position; it may be either positive or negative. .TP \fB\-style \fItype\fR Specifies how to draw the arc. If \fItype\fR is \fBpieslice\fR (the default) then the arc's region is defined by a section of the oval's perimeter plus two line segments, one between the center of the oval and each end of the perimeter section. If \fItype\fR is \fBchord\fR then the arc's region is defined |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 | and third, and so on. Straight-line segments can be generated within a curve by duplicating the end-points of the desired line segment. If the smoothing method is \fBraw\fR, this indicates that the polygon should also be drawn as a curve but where the list of coordinates is such that the first coordinate pair (and every third coordinate pair thereafter) is a knot point on a cubic Bezier curve, and the other coordinates are control points on the cubic Bezier curve. Straight | | | 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 | and third, and so on. Straight-line segments can be generated within a curve by duplicating the end-points of the desired line segment. If the smoothing method is \fBraw\fR, this indicates that the polygon should also be drawn as a curve but where the list of coordinates is such that the first coordinate pair (and every third coordinate pair thereafter) is a knot point on a cubic Bezier curve, and the other coordinates are control points on the cubic Bezier curve. Straight line segments can be generated within a curve by making control points equal to their neighbouring knot points. If the last point is not the second point of a pair of control points, the point is repeated (one or two times) so that it also becomes the second point of a pair of control points (the associated knot point will be the first control point). .TP \fB\-splinesteps \fInumber\fR Specifies the degree of smoothness desired for curves: each spline |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 | \fB\-stipple\fR \fB\-activestipple\fR \fB\-disabledstipple\fR \fB\-state\fR \fB\-tags\fR .DE The following extra options are supported for text items: .TP \fB\-angle \fIrotationDegrees\fR | | > | 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 | \fB\-stipple\fR \fB\-activestipple\fR \fB\-disabledstipple\fR \fB\-state\fR \fB\-tags\fR .DE The following extra options are supported for text items: .TP \fB\-angle \fIrotationDegrees\fR .VS 8.6 \fIRotationDegrees\fR tells how many degrees to rotate the text anticlockwise about the positioning point for the text; it may have any floating-point value from 0.0 to 360.0. For example, if \fIrotationDegrees\fR is \fB90\fR, then the text will be drawn vertically from bottom to top. This option defaults to \fB0.0\fR. .VE 8.6 .TP \fB\-font \fIfontName\fR Specifies the font to use for the text item. \fIFontName\fR may be any string acceptable to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. If this option is not specified, it defaults to a system-dependent font. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/checkbutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcheckbutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcheckbutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for checkbutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/chooseDirectory.n.
1 | '\" | | > | > | > | > > | > | > | > > | > | > | > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH tk_chooseDirectory n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseDirectory \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a directory.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk_chooseDirectory \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.\" OPTION: -command
.TP
\fB\-command\fI string\fR
.
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on macOS.
.\" OPTION: -initialdir
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fI dirname\fR
.
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.\" OPTION: -message
.TP
\fB\-message\fI string\fR
.
Specifies a message to include in the client area of the dialog.
This is only available on macOS.
.\" OPTION: -mustexist
.TP
\fB\-mustexist\fI boolean\fR
.
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories. If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist. The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.\" OPTION: -parent
.TP
\fB\-parent\fI window\fR
.
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog
is displayed on top of its parent window. On macOS, this
turns the file dialog into a sheet attached to the parent window.
.\" OPTION: -title
.TP
\fB\-title\fI titleString\fR
.
Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this
option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
.CS
set dir [\fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR \e
-initialdir ~ -title "Choose a directory"]
if {$dir eq ""} {
label .l -text "No directory selected"
} else {
label .l -text "Selected $dir"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tk_getOpenFile(n), tk_getSaveFile(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
directory, selection, dialog, platform-specific
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/clipboard.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH clipboard n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME clipboard \- Manipulate Tk clipboard .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH clipboard n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME clipboard \- Manipulate Tk clipboard .SH SYNOPSIS \fBclipboard \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command provides a Tcl interface to the Tk clipboard, which stores data for later retrieval using the selection mechanism (via the \fB\-selection CLIPBOARD\fR option). In order to copy data into the clipboard, \fBclipboard clear\fR must |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/colors.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows '\" .TH colors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
778 779 780 781 782 783 784 | yellow2 238 238 0 yellow3 205 205 0 yellow4 139 139 0 YellowGreen 154 205 50 .DE .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP | | | 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 | yellow2 238 238 0 yellow3 205 205 0 yellow4 139 139 0 YellowGreen 154 205 50 .DE .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP \fBmacOS\fR . On macOS, the following additional system colors are available. This first group contains all of the HIBrush colors available in the HIToolbox library. Note that on macOS 10.14 (Mojave) and later these colors are unlikely to match the color actually used for the purpose suggested by the color name. .RS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 | systemWhite systemWindowBody .DE .RE . Tk supports all of the NSColors in the macOS System ColorList. The convention for naming these colors is that the Tk name is generated by | | | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 | systemWhite systemWindowBody .DE .RE . Tk supports all of the NSColors in the macOS System ColorList. The convention for naming these colors is that the Tk name is generated by capitalizing the macOS name and adding the prefix "system". On macOS 10.14 (Mojave) and later many of these "semantic" colors will appear differently depending on whether the NSWindow in which they are used has the Aqua or DarkAqua appearance. The System ColorList differs between releases of macOS and some colors, such as systemLinkColor and systemControlAccentColor, are simulated on older systems which did not provide them. All of the colors below are available on all supported macOS releases, but newer systems will support additional colors. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
892 893 894 895 896 897 898 | systemTextBackgroundColor systemTextColor .DE .RE . The numbered systemWindowBackgroundColors below are used in the \fBttk::notebook\fR and \fBttk::labelframe\fR widgets | | < | | | | | | | | | < | 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 | systemTextBackgroundColor systemTextColor .DE .RE . The numbered systemWindowBackgroundColors below are used in the \fBttk::notebook\fR and \fBttk::labelframe\fR widgets to provide a contrasting background. Each numbered color contrasts with its predecessor. .RS .DS systemWindowBackgroundColor systemWindowBackgroundColor1 systemWindowBackgroundColor2 systemWindowBackgroundColor3 systemWindowBackgroundColor4 systemWindowBackgroundColor5 systemWindowBackgroundColor6 systemWindowBackgroundColor7 .DE .RE .TP \fBWindows\fR . On Windows, the following additional system colors are available (note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme): .RS .DS .ta 6c system3dDarkShadow systemHighlight system3dLight systemHighlightText systemActiveBorder systemInactiveBorder systemActiveCaption systemInactiveCaption systemAppWorkspace systemInactiveCaptionText systemBackground systemInfoBackground systemButtonFace systemInfoText systemButtonHighlight systemMenu systemButtonShadow systemMenuText systemButtonText systemScrollbar systemCaptionText systemWindow systemDisabledText systemWindowFrame systemGrayText systemWindowText .DE .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" options(n), Tk_GetColor(3) .SH KEYWORDS color, option '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/cursors.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" .TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | xterm .CE .PP The \fBnone\fR cursor can be specified to eliminate the cursor. .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP \fBWindows\fR On Windows systems, the following cursors are mapped to native cursors: .RS .CS arrow center_ptr crosshair fleur | > | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | xterm .CE .PP The \fBnone\fR cursor can be specified to eliminate the cursor. .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP \fBWindows\fR . On Windows systems, the following cursors are mapped to native cursors: .RS .CS arrow center_ptr crosshair fleur |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | size_nw_se size_we uparrow wait .CE .RE .TP | | > | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | size_nw_se size_we uparrow wait .CE .RE .TP \fBmacOS\fR . On macOS, the following cursors are mapped to native cursors: .RS .CS arrow top_left_arrow left_ptr cross crosshair |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/entry.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | \-borderwidth \-insertbackground \-selectborderwidth \-cursor \-insertborderwidth \-selectforeground \-exportselection \-insertofftime \-takefocus \-font \-insertontime \-textvariable \-foreground \-insertwidth \-xscrollcommand \-highlightbackground \-justify \-highlightcolor \-relief | < | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | \-borderwidth \-insertbackground \-selectborderwidth \-cursor \-insertborderwidth \-selectforeground \-exportselection \-insertofftime \-takefocus \-font \-insertontime \-textvariable \-foreground \-insertwidth \-xscrollcommand \-highlightbackground \-justify \-highlightcolor \-relief .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled. If this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used. .OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled. If |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | entry widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBentry\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 | entry widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBentry\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName subcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fISubcommand\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .SS INDICES .PP Many of the widget commands for entries take one or more indices as arguments. An index specifies a particular character in the entry's |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | | < | > > | | | < < | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for entries that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/event.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH event n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME event \- Miscellaneous event facilities: define virtual events and generate events .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH event n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME event \- Miscellaneous event facilities: define virtual events and generate events .SH SYNOPSIS \fBevent\fI option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBevent\fR command provides several facilities for dealing with window system events, such as defining virtual events and synthesizing events. The command has several different forms, determined by the first argument. The following forms are currently supported: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIborder_width\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%B\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-button\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIdetail\fR field | | | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIborder_width\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%B\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-button\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIdetail\fR field for a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, overriding any button number provided in the base \fIevent\fR argument. Corresponds to the \fB%b\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-count\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIcount\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBExpose\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%c\fR substitution for binding scripts. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIheight\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%h\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keycode\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIkeycode\fR field for the event. | | | | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIheight\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%h\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keycode\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIkeycode\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%k\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keysym\fI name\fR \fIName\fR must be the name of a valid keysym, such as \fBg\fR, \fBspace\fR, or \fBReturn\fR; its corresponding keycode value is used as the \fIkeycode\fR field for event, overriding any detail specified in the base \fIevent\fR argument. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%K\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-mode\fI notify\fR \fINotify\fR specifies the \fImode\fR field for the event and must be one of \fBNotifyNormal\fR, \fBNotifyGrab\fR, \fBNotifyUngrab\fR, or \fBNotifyWhileGrabbed\fR. Valid for \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBFocusIn\fR, and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | either \fBPlaceOnTop\fR or \fBPlaceOnBottom\fR. Valid for \fBCirculate\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%p\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-root\fI window\fR \fIWindow\fR must be either a window path name or an integer window identifier; it specifies the \fIroot\fR field for the event. | | | | | | | | | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 | either \fBPlaceOnTop\fR or \fBPlaceOnBottom\fR. Valid for \fBCirculate\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%p\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-root\fI window\fR \fIWindow\fR must be either a window path name or an integer window identifier; it specifies the \fIroot\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%R\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-rootx\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx_root\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%X\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-rooty\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIy_root\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%Y\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-sendevent\fI boolean\fR \fIBoolean\fR must be a boolean value; it specifies the \fIsend_event\fR field for the event. Valid for all events. Corresponds to the \fB%E\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-serial\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIserial\fR field for the event. Valid for all events. Corresponds to the \fB%#\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-state\fI state\fR \fIState\fR specifies the \fIstate\fR field for the event. For \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events it must be an integer value. For \fBVisibility\fR events it must be one of \fBVisibilityUnobscured\fR, \fBVisibilityPartiallyObscured\fR, or \fBVisibilityFullyObscured\fR. This option overrides any modifiers such as \fBMeta\fR or \fBControl\fR specified in the base \fIevent\fR. Corresponds to the \fB%s\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-subwindow\fI window\fR \fIWindow\fR specifies the \fIsubwindow\fR field for the event, either as a path name for a Tk widget or as an integer window identifier. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Similar to \fB%S\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-time\fI integer\fR \fIInteger\fR must be an integer value; it specifies the \fItime\fR field for the event. Additonally the special value \fBcurrent\fR is allowed, this value will be substituted by the current event time. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBProperty\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%t\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-warp\fI boolean\fR \fIboolean\fR must be a boolean value; it specifies whether the screen pointer should be warped as well. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. The pointer will only warp to a window if it is mapped. .TP \fB\-width\fI size\fR \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIwidth\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 | This option is useful when generating a series of events that should be processed in order but at the front of the queue. .RE .TP \fB\-x\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx\fR field for the event. | | | | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 | This option is useful when generating a series of events that should be processed in order but at the front of the queue. .RE .TP \fB\-x\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBExpose\fR, \fBConfigure\fR, \fBGravity\fR, and \fBReparent\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%x\fR substitution for binding scripts. If \fIWindow\fR is empty the coordinate is relative to the screen, and this option corresponds to the \fB%X\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-y\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIy\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBExpose\fR, \fBConfigure\fR, \fBGravity\fR, and \fBReparent\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%y\fR substitution for binding scripts. If \fIWindow\fR is empty the coordinate is relative to the screen, and this option corresponds to the \fB%Y\fR substitution for binding scripts. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 | This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is changed. .TP \fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR This is sent to all widgets when the ttk theme changed. The ttk widgets listen to this event and redisplay themselves when it fires. The legacy widgets ignore this event. .TP \fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a user-driven .QW "tab to widget" action. .TP | > > > > > > > > > | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 | This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is changed. .TP \fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR This is sent to all widgets when the ttk theme changed. The ttk widgets listen to this event and redisplay themselves when it fires. The legacy widgets ignore this event. .TP \fB<<TkWorldChanged>>\fR . This event is sent to all widgets when a font is changed, for example, by the use of [font configure]. The user_data field (%d) will have the value "FontChanged". For other system wide changes, this event will be sent to all widgets, and the user_data field will indicate the cause of the change. NOTE: all tk and ttk widgets already handle this event internally. .TP \fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a user-driven .QW "tab to widget" action. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
.PP
When a definition of a virtual event changes at run time, all windows
will respond immediately to the new definition.
Starting from the preceding example, if the following code is executed:
.PP
.CS
bind Entry <Control-y> {}
| | | 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
.PP
When a definition of a virtual event changes at run time, all windows
will respond immediately to the new definition.
Starting from the preceding example, if the following code is executed:
.PP
.CS
bind Entry <Control-y> {}
\fBevent add\fR <<Paste>> <Key-F6>
.CE
.PP
the behavior will change such in two ways. First, the shadowed
\fB<<Paste>>\fR binding will emerge.
Typing Control-y will no longer invoke the \fB<Control-y>\fR binding,
but instead invoke the virtual event \fB<<Paste>>\fR. Second,
pressing the F6 key will now also invoke the \fB<<Paste>>\fR binding.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/focus.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME focus \- Manage the input focus .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBfocus\fR \fBfocus \fIwindow\fR | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME focus \- Manage the input focus .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBfocus\fR \fBfocus \fIwindow\fR \fBfocus \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBfocus\fR command is used to manage the Tk input focus. At any given time, one window on each display is designated as the \fIfocus window\fR; any key press or key release events for the |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/font.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBfont\fR command provides several facilities for dealing with fonts, such as defining named fonts and inspecting the actual attributes of a font. The command has several different forms, determined by the first argument. The following forms are currently supported: .TP \fBfont actual \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fIchar\fR? . Returns information about the actual attributes that are obtained when \fIfont\fR is used on \fIwindow\fR's display; the actual attributes obtained may differ from the attributes requested due to platform-dependent limitations, such as the availability of font families and point sizes. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that attribute; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the attributes and their values. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. If the \fIchar\fR argument is supplied, it must be a single character. The font attributes returned will be those of the specific font used to render that character, which will be different from the base font if the base font does not contain the given character. If \fIchar\fR may be a hyphen, it should be preceded by \fB\-\|\-\fR to distinguish it from a misspelled \fIoption\fR. .TP \fBfont configure \fIfontname\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the desired attributes for the named font called \fIfontname\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all the options and their values for \fIfontname\fR. If a single \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then returns the current value of that attribute. If one or more \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given named font to have the given values; in this case, all widgets using that font will redisplay themselves using the new attributes for the font. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. .RS .PP | > > | > > | > > > > > | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBfont\fR command provides several facilities for dealing with fonts, such as defining named fonts and inspecting the actual attributes of a font. The command has several different forms, determined by the first argument. The following forms are currently supported: .\" METHOD: actual .TP \fBfont actual \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fIchar\fR? . Returns information about the actual attributes that are obtained when \fIfont\fR is used on \fIwindow\fR's display; the actual attributes obtained may differ from the attributes requested due to platform-dependent limitations, such as the availability of font families and point sizes. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that attribute; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the attributes and their values. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. If the \fIchar\fR argument is supplied, it must be a single character. The font attributes returned will be those of the specific font used to render that character, which will be different from the base font if the base font does not contain the given character. If \fIchar\fR may be a hyphen, it should be preceded by \fB\-\|\-\fR to distinguish it from a misspelled \fIoption\fR. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fBfont configure \fIfontname\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the desired attributes for the named font called \fIfontname\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all the options and their values for \fIfontname\fR. If a single \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then returns the current value of that attribute. If one or more \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given named font to have the given values; in this case, all widgets using that font will redisplay themselves using the new attributes for the font. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. .RS .PP Note that on Aqua/macOS, the system fonts (see \fBPLATFORM SPECIFIC FONTS\fR below) may not be actually altered because they are implemented by the system theme. To achieve the effect of modification, use \fBfont actual\fR to get their configuration and \fBfont create\fR to synthesize a copy of the font which can be modified. .RE .\" METHOD: create .TP \fBfont create\fR ?\fIfontname\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? . Creates a new named font and returns its name. \fIfontname\fR specifies the name for the font; if it is omitted, then Tk generates a new name of the form \fBfont\fIx\fR, where \fIx\fR is an integer. There may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, which provide the desired attributes for the new named font. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. .\" METHOD: delete .TP \fBfont delete\fI fontname\fR ?\fIfontname ...\fR? . Delete the specified named fonts. If there are widgets using the named font, the named font will not actually be deleted until all the instances are released. Those widgets will continue to display using the last known values for the named font. If a deleted named font is subsequently recreated with another call to \fBfont create\fR, the widgets will use the new named font and redisplay themselves using the new attributes of that font. .\" METHOD: families .TP \fBfont families\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? . The return value is a list of the case-insensitive names of all font families that exist on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. .\" METHOD: measure .TP \fBfont measure \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? \fItext\fR . Measures the amount of space the string \fItext\fR would use in the given \fIfont\fR when displayed in \fIwindow\fR. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. The return value is the total width in pixels of \fItext\fR, not including the extra pixels used by highly exaggerated characters such as cursive .QW f . If the string contains newlines or tabs, those characters are not expanded or treated specially when measuring the string. .\" METHOD: metrics .TP \fBfont metrics \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIoption\fR? . Returns information about the metrics (the font-specific data), for \fIfont\fR when it is used on \fIwindow\fR's display. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that metric; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the metrics and their values. See \fBFONT METRICS\fR below for a list of the possible metrics. .\" METHOD: names .TP \fBfont names\fR . The return value is a list of all the named fonts that are currently defined. .SH "FONT DESCRIPTIONS" .PP The following formats are accepted as a font description anywhere \fIfont\fR is specified as an argument above; these same forms are also permitted when specifying the \fB\-font\fR option for widgets. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 | font. In the following definitions, the .QW baseline of a font is the horizontal line where the bottom of most letters line up; certain letters, such as lower-case .QW g stick below the baseline. .TP | > | > | > > | > > > > > > > > > < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < > > | > | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 | font. In the following definitions, the .QW baseline of a font is the horizontal line where the bottom of most letters line up; certain letters, such as lower-case .QW g stick below the baseline. .\" OPTION: -ascent .TP \fB\-ascent\fR . The amount in pixels that the tallest letter sticks up above the baseline of the font, plus any extra blank space added by the designer of the font. .\" OPTION: -descent .TP \fB\-descent\fR . The largest amount in pixels that any letter sticks down below the baseline of the font, plus any extra blank space added by the designer of the font. .\" OPTION: -linespace .TP \fB\-linespace\fR . Returns how far apart vertically in pixels two lines of text using the same font should be placed so that none of the characters in one line overlap any of the characters in the other line. This is generally the sum of the ascent above the baseline line plus the descent below the baseline. .\" OPTION: -fixed .TP \fB\-fixed\fR . Returns a boolean flag that is .QW \fB1\fR if this is a fixed-width font, where each normal character is the same width as all the other characters, or is .QW \fB0\fR if this is a proportionally-spaced font, where individual characters have different widths. The widths of control characters, tab characters, and other non-printing characters are not included when calculating this value. .SH "FONT OPTIONS" .PP The following options are supported on all platforms, and are used when constructing a named font or when specifying a font using style [5] as above: .\" OPTION: -family .TP \fB\-family \fIname\fR . The case-insensitive font family name. Tk guarantees to support the font families named \fBCourier\fR (a monospaced .QW typewriter font), \fBTimes\fR (a serifed .QW newspaper font), and \fBHelvetica\fR (a sans-serif .QW European font). The most closely matching native font family will automatically be substituted when one of the above font families is used. The \fIname\fR may also be the name of a native, platform-specific font family; in that case it will work as desired on one platform but may not display correctly on other platforms. If the family is unspecified or unrecognized, a platform-specific default font will be chosen. .\" OPTION: -size .TP \fB\-size \fIsize\fR . The desired size of the font. If the \fIsize\fR argument is a positive number, it is interpreted as a size in points. If \fIsize\fR is a negative number, its absolute value is interpreted as a size in pixels. If a font cannot be displayed at the specified size, a nearby size will be chosen. If \fIsize\fR is unspecified or zero, a platform-dependent default size will be chosen. .RS .PP Sizes should normally be specified in points so the application will remain the same ruler size on the screen, even when changing screen resolutions or moving scripts across platforms. However, specifying pixels is useful in certain circumstances such as when a piece of text must line up with respect to a fixed-size bitmap. The mapping between points and pixels is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be overridden by calling the \fBtk scaling\fR command. .RE .\" OPTION: -weight .TP \fB\-weight \fIweight\fR . The nominal thickness of the characters in the font. The value \fBnormal\fR specifies a normal weight font, while \fBbold\fR specifies a bold font. The closest available weight to the one specified will be chosen. The default weight is \fBnormal\fR. .\" OPTION: -slant .TP \fB\-slant \fIslant\fR . The amount the characters in the font are slanted away from the vertical. Valid values for slant are \fBroman\fR and \fBitalic\fR. A roman font is the normal, upright appearance of a font, while an italic font is one that is tilted some number of degrees from upright. The closest available slant to the one specified will be chosen. The default slant is \fBroman\fR. .\" OPTION: -underline .TP \fB\-underline \fIboolean\fR . The value is a boolean flag that specifies whether characters in this font should be underlined. The default value for underline is \fBfalse\fR. .\" OPTION: -overstrike .TP \fB\-overstrike \fIboolean\fR . The value is a boolean flag that specifies whether a horizontal line should be drawn through the middle of characters in this font. The default value for overstrike is \fBfalse\fR. .SH "STANDARD FONTS" .PP The following named fonts are supported on all systems, and default to values that match appropriate system defaults. .IP \fBTkDefaultFont\fR This font is the default for all GUI items not otherwise specified. .IP \fBTkTextFont\fR This font should be used for user text in entry widgets, listboxes etc. .IP \fBTkFixedFont\fR This font is the standard fixed-width font. .IP \fBTkMenuFont\fR This font is used for menu items. .IP \fBTkHeadingFont\fR This font should be used for column headings in lists and tables. .IP \fBTkCaptionFont\fR This font should be used for window and dialog caption bars. .IP \fBTkSmallCaptionFont\fR This font should be used for captions on contained windows or tool dialogs. .IP \fBTkIconFont\fR This font should be used for icon captions. .IP \fBTkTooltipFont\fR This font should be used for tooltip windows (transient information windows). .LP It is \fInot\fR advised to change these fonts, as they may be modified by Tk itself in response to system changes. Instead, make a copy of the font and modify that. .SH "PLATFORM SPECIFIC FONTS" .PP The following system fonts are supported: .TP \fBX Windows\fR . All valid X font names, including those listed by xlsfonts(1), are available. .TP \fBMS Windows\fR . The following fonts are supported, and are mapped to the user's style defaults. .RS .DS .ta 3c 6c \fBsystem\fR \fBansi\fR \fBdevice\fR \fBsystemfixed\fR \fBansifixed\fR \fBoemfixed\fR .DE .RE .TP \fBmacOS\fR . The following fonts are supported, and are mapped to the user's style defaults. .RS .DS .ta 3c 6c \fBsystem\fR \fBapplication\fR \fBmenu\fR .DE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 | .DE .RE .SH EXAMPLE .PP Fill a text widget with lots of font demonstrators, one for every font family installed on your system: .CS | | | | | | | | | | 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
.DE
.RE
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Fill a text widget with lots of font demonstrators, one for every font
family installed on your system:
.CS
pack [text .t -wrap none] -fill both -expand 1
set count 0
set tabwidth 0
foreach family [lsort -dictionary [\fBfont families\fR]] {
.t tag configure f[incr count] -font [list $family 10]
.t insert end ${family}:\et {} \e
"This is a simple sampler\en" f$count
set w [\fBfont measure\fR [.t cget -font] ${family}:]
if {$w + 5 > $tabwidth} {
set tabwidth [expr {$w + 5}]
.t configure -tabs $tabwidth
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
options(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
font
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/fontchooser.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME fontchooser \- control font selection dialog .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? | > < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBshow\fR
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBhide\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk fontchooser\fR command controls the Tk font selection dialog. It uses
the native platform font selection dialog where available, or a dialog
implemented in Tcl otherwise.
.PP
Unlike most of the other Tk dialog commands, \fBtk fontchooser\fR does not
return an immediate result, as on some platforms (macOS) the standard font
dialog is modeless while on others (Windows) it is modal. To accommodate this
difference, all user interaction with the dialog will be communicated to the
caller via callbacks or virtual events.
.PP
The \fBtk fontchooser\fR command can have one of the following forms:
.\" METHOD: configure
.TP
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure \fR?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
.
Set or query one or more of the configurations options below (analogous to Tk
widget configuration).
.\" METHOD: show
.TP
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBshow\fR
.
Show the font selection dialog. Depending on the platform, may return
immediately or only once the dialog has been withdrawn.
.\" METHOD: hide
.TP
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBhide\fR
.
Hide the font selection dialog if it is visible and cause any pending
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBshow\fR command to return.
.PP
.SH "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
.\" OPTION: -parent
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR
.
Specifies/returns the logical parent window of the font selection dialog
(similar to the \fB\-parent\fR option to other dialogs). The font selection
dialog is hidden if it is visible when the parent window is destroyed.
.\" OPTION: -title
.TP
\fB\-title\fR
.
Specifies/returns the title of the dialog. Has no effect on platforms where the
font selection dialog does not support titles.
.\" OPTION: -font
.TP
\fB\-font\fR
.
Specifies/returns the font that is currently selected in the dialog if it is
visible, or that will be initially selected when the dialog is shown (if
supported by the platform). Can be set to the empty string to indicate that no
font should be selected. Fonts can be specified in any form given by the "FONT
DESCRIPTION" section in the \fBfont\fR manual page.
.\" OPTION: -command
.TP
\fB\-command\fR
.
Specifies/returns the command prefix to be called when a font selection has
been made by the user. The command prefix is evaluated at the global level
after having the specification of the selected font appended. On platforms
where the font selection dialog offers the user control of further font
attributes (such as color), additional key/value pairs may be appended before
evaluation. Can be set to the empty string to indicate that no callback should
be invoked. Fonts are specified by a list of form [3] of the "FONT DESCRIPTION"
section in the \fBfont\fR manual page (i.e. a list of the form
\fI{family size style ?style ...?}\fR).
.\" OPTION: -visible
.TP
\fB\-visible\fR
.
Read-only option that returns a boolean indicating whether the font selection
dialog is currently visible. Attempting to set this option results in an error.
.PP
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.TP
\fB<<TkFontchooserVisibility>>\fR
.
Sent to the dialog parent whenever the visibility of the font selection dialog
changes, both as a result of user action (e.g. disposing of the dialog via
OK/Cancel button or close box) and of the \fBtk fontchooser\fR
\fBshow\fR/\fBhide\fR commands being called. Binding scripts can determine the
current visibility of the dialog by querying the \fB\-visible\fR configuration
option.
.TP
\fB<<TkFontchooserFontChanged>>\fR
.
Sent to the dialog parent whenever the font selection dialog is visible and the
selected font changes, both as a result of user action and of the \fB\-font\fR
configuration option being set. Binding scripts can determine the currently
selected font by querying the \fB\-font\fR configuration option.
.PP
.SH NOTES
.PP
Callers should not expect a result from \fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBshow\fR and may
not assume that the dialog has been withdrawn or closed when the command
returns. All user interaction with the dialog is communicated to the caller via
the \fB\-command\fR callback and the \fB<<TkFontchooser*>>\fR virtual events.
It is implementation dependent which exact user actions result in the callback
being called resp. the virtual events being sent. Where an Apply or OK button
is present in the dialog, that button will trigger the \fB\-command\fR callback
and \fB<<TkFontchooserFontChanged>>\fR virtual event. On some implementations
other user actions may also have that effect; on macOS for instance, the
standard font selection dialog immediately reflects all user choices to the
caller.
.PP
In the presence of multiple widgets intended to be influenced by the font
selection dialog, care needs to be taken to correctly handle focus changes: the
font selected in the dialog should always match the current font of the widget
with the focus, and the \fB\-command\fR callback should only act on the widget
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
to ensure its selected font matches the new value of the named font.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
.CS
proc fontchooserDemo {} {
wm title . "Font Chooser Demo"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
to ensure its selected font matches the new value of the named font.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
.CS
proc fontchooserDemo {} {
wm title . "Font Chooser Demo"
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR -parent .
button .b -command fontchooserToggle -takefocus 0
fontchooserVisibility .b
bind . \fB<<TkFontchooserVisibility>>\fR \e
[list fontchooserVisibility .b]
foreach w {.t1 .t2} {
text $w -width 20 -height 4 -borderwidth 1 -relief solid
bind $w <FocusIn> [list fontchooserFocus $w]
$w insert end "Text Widget $w"
}
.t1 configure -font {Courier 14}
.t2 configure -font {Times 16}
pack .b .t1 .t2; focus .t1
}
proc fontchooserToggle {} {
\fBtk fontchooser\fR [expr {
[\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR -visible] ?
"\fBhide\fR" : "\fBshow\fR"}]
}
proc fontchooserVisibility {w} {
$w configure -text [expr {
[\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR -visible] ?
"Hide Font Dialog" : "Show Font Dialog"}]
}
proc fontchooserFocus {w} {
\fBtk fontchooser\fR \fBconfigure\fR -font [$w cget -font] \e
-command [list fontchooserFontSelection $w]
}
proc fontchooserFontSelection {w font args} {
$w configure -font [font actual $font]
}
fontchooserDemo
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
font(n), tk(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
dialog, font, font selection, font chooser, font panel
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/frame.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. | < < < < < < < < < < | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame. | < < < < < < < < < | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame. .OP \-visual visual Visual Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | or in the option database to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color and relief. The \fBframe\fR command returns the path name of the new window. .PP A frame is a simple widget. Its primary purpose is to act as a spacer or container for complex window layouts. The only features | | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | or in the option database to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color and relief. The \fBframe\fR command returns the path name of the new window. .PP A frame is a simple widget. Its primary purpose is to act as a spacer or container for complex window layouts. The only features of a frame are its background color and an optional 3-D border to make the frame appear raised or sunken. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the frame's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .PP .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE .PP \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the frame widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for frame widgets: .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/getOpenFile.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | The \fBtk_getSaveFile\fR command is usually associated with the \fBSave as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation whether the existing file should be overwritten or not. .PP The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line arguments to these two commands: .TP | > | > | > | > > | | > | > | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
The \fBtk_getSaveFile\fR command is usually associated with the \fBSave
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.\" OPTION: -command
.TP
\fB\-command\fI string\fR
.
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on macOS.
.\" OPTION: -confirmoverwrite
.TP
\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fI boolean\fR
.
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it. A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user. A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation. Default value is true.
.\" OPTION: -defaultextension
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fI extension\fR
.
Specifies a string that will be appended to the filename if the user
enters a filename without an extension. The default value is the empty
string, which means no extension will be appended to the filename in
any case. This option is ignored on macOS, which
does not require extensions to filenames,
and the UNIX implementation guesses reasonable values for this from
the \fB\-filetypes\fR option when this is not supplied.
.\" OPTION: -filetypes
.TP
\fB\-filetypes\fI filePatternList\fR
.
If a \fBFile types\fR listbox exists in the file dialog on the particular
platform, this option gives the \fIfiletype\fRs in this listbox. When
the user choose a filetype in the listbox, only the files of that type
are listed. If this option is unspecified, or if it is set to the
empty list, or if the \fBFile types\fR listbox is not supported by the
particular platform then all files are listed regardless of their
types. See the section \fBSPECIFYING FILE PATTERNS\fR below for a
discussion on the contents of \fIfilePatternList\fR.
.\" OPTION: -initialdir
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fI directory\fR
.
Specifies that the files in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.\" OPTION: -initialfile
.TP
\fB\-initialfile\fI filename\fR
.
Specifies a filename to be displayed in the dialog when it pops up.
.\" OPTION: -message
.TP
\fB\-message\fI string\fR
.
Specifies a message to include in the client area of the dialog.
This is only available on macOS.
.\" OPTION: -multiple
.TP
\fB\-multiple\fI boolean\fR
.
Allows the user to choose multiple files from the Open dialog.
.\" OPTION: -parent
.TP
\fB\-parent\fI window\fR
.
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the file dialog. The file
dialog is displayed on top of its parent window. On macOS, this
turns the file dialog into a sheet attached to the parent window.
.\" OPTION: -title
.TP
\fB\-title\fI titleString\fR
.
Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this
option is not specified, then a default title is displayed.
.\" OPTION: -typevariable
.TP
\fB\-typevariable\fI variableName\fR
.
The global variable \fIvariableName\fR is used to preselect which filter is
used from \fIfilterList\fR when the dialog box is opened and is
updated when the dialog box is closed, to the last selected
filter. The variable is read once at the beginning to select the
appropriate filter. If the variable does not exist, or its value does
not match any filter typename, or is empty (\fB{}\fR), the dialog box
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
{{Text Files} {.txt} }
{{TCL Scripts} {.tcl} }
{{C Source Files} {.c} TEXT}
{{GIF Files} {.gif} }
{{GIF Files} {} GIFF}
{{All Files} * }
}
| | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
{{Text Files} {.txt} }
{{TCL Scripts} {.tcl} }
{{C Source Files} {.c} TEXT}
{{GIF Files} {.gif} }
{{GIF Files} {} GIFF}
{{All Files} * }
}
set filename [\fBtk_getOpenFile\fR -filetypes $types]
if {$filename ne ""} {
# Open the file ...
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tk_chooseDirectory
.SH KEYWORDS
file selection dialog
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/grab.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrab \fR?\fB\-global\fR? \fIwindow\fR .sp | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrab \fR?\fB\-global\fR? \fIwindow\fR .sp \fBgrab \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg \fR...? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command implements simple pointer and keyboard grabs for Tk. Tk's grabs are different than the grabs described in the Xlib documentation. When a grab is set for a particular window, Tk restricts all pointer |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/grid.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 | .TP \fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR . If a content's cell is larger than its requested dimensions, this option may be used to position (or stretch) the content within its cell. \fIStyle\fR is a string that contains zero or more of the characters \fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR. | | | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | .TP \fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR . If a content's cell is larger than its requested dimensions, this option may be used to position (or stretch) the content within its cell. \fIStyle\fR is a string that contains zero or more of the characters \fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR. The string can optionally contains spaces or commas, but they are ignored. Each letter refers to a side (north, south, east, or west) that the content will .QW stick to. If both \fBn\fR and \fBs\fR (or \fBe\fR and \fBw\fR) are specified, the content will be stretched to fill the entire height (or width) of its cavity. The \fB\-sticky\fR option subsumes the combination of \fB\-anchor\fR and \fB\-fill\fR that is used by \fBpack\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 | . Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from grid for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager. The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the window is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial default settings are used. | < < < < < < < < | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 | . Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from grid for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager. The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the window is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial default settings are used. .TP \fBgrid info \fIwindow\fR . Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of the content given by \fIwindow\fR in the same option-value form that might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR. The first two elements of the list are |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 | \fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled for \fIwindow\fR. Propagation is enabled by default. .TP \fBgrid rowconfigure \fIwindow index \fR?\fI\-option value...\fR? . Query or set the row properties of the \fIindex\fR row of the | | | 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 | \fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled for \fIwindow\fR. Propagation is enabled by default. .TP \fBgrid rowconfigure \fIwindow index \fR?\fI\-option value...\fR? . Query or set the row properties of the \fIindex\fR row of the geometry window, \fIwindow\fR. The valid options are \fB\-minsize\fR, \fB\-weight\fR, \fB\-uniform\fR and \fB\-pad\fR. If one or more options are provided, then \fIindex\fR may be given as a list of row indices to which the configuration options will operate on. Indices may be integers, window names or the keyword \fIall\fR. For \fIall\fR the options apply to all rows currently occupied by content windows. For a window name, that window must be a content window of this container and the options |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
281 282 283 284 285 286 287 | . Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from grid for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager. However, the configuration options for that window are remembered, so that if the content window is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous values are retained. | < < < < < < < < | | > | | > | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 | . Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from grid for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager. However, the configuration options for that window are remembered, so that if the content window is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous values are retained. .TP \fBgrid size \fIcontainer\fR . Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fIcontainer\fR. The size is determined either by the \fIcontent\fR occupying the largest row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fB\-minsize\fR, \fB\-weight\fR, or \fB\-pad\fR that is non-zero. .TP \fBgrid slaves \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR? . If no options are supplied, a list of all of the content in \fIwindow\fR are returned, most recently managed first. \fIOption\fR can be either \fB\-row\fR or \fB\-column\fR which causes only the content in the row (or column) specified by \fIvalue\fR to be returned. .VS "TIP 581" .TP \fBgrid content \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR? . Synonym for \fBgrid slaves \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR?. .VE "TIP 581" .SH "RELATIVE PLACEMENT" .PP The \fBgrid\fR command contains a limited set of capabilities that permit layouts to be created without specifying the row and column information for each content. This permits content to be rearranged, added, or removed without the need to explicitly specify row and column information. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/image.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME image \- Create and manipulate images .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME image \- Create and manipulate images .SH SYNOPSIS \fBimage\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBimage\fR command is used to create, delete, and query images. It can take several different forms, depending on the \fIoption\fR argument. The legal forms are: .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/keysyms.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH keysyms n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 | currency 164 0xA4 yen 165 0xA5 brokenbar 166 0xA6 section 167 0xA7 diaeresis 168 0xA8 copyright 169 0xA9 ordfeminine 170 0xAA | | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | currency 164 0xA4 yen 165 0xA5 brokenbar 166 0xA6 section 167 0xA7 diaeresis 168 0xA8 copyright 169 0xA9 ordfeminine 170 0xAA guillemetleft 171 0xAB notsign 172 0xAC hyphen 173 0xAD registered 174 0xAE macron 175 0xAF degree 176 0xB0 plusminus 177 0xB1 twosuperior 178 0xB2 threesuperior 179 0xB3 acute 180 0xB4 mu 181 0xB5 paragraph 182 0xB6 periodcentered 183 0xB7 cedilla 184 0xB8 onesuperior 185 0xB9 ordmasculine 186 0xBA guillemetright 187 0xBB onequarter 188 0xBC onehalf 189 0xBD threequarters 190 0xBE questiondown 191 0xBF Agrave 192 0xC0 Aacute 193 0xC1 Acircumflex 194 0xC2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 | ugrave 249 0xF9 uacute 250 0xFA ucircumflex 251 0xFB udiaeresis 252 0xFC yacute 253 0xFD thorn 254 0xFE ydiaeresis 255 0xFF Aogonek 417 0x1A1 breve 418 0x1A2 Lstroke 419 0x1A3 Lcaron 421 0x1A5 Sacute 422 0x1A6 Scaron 425 0x1A9 Scedilla 426 0x1AA Tcaron 427 0x1AB Zacute 428 0x1AC | > > < < > > < < > > > > < < > > | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 | ugrave 249 0xF9 uacute 250 0xFA ucircumflex 251 0xFB udiaeresis 252 0xFC yacute 253 0xFD thorn 254 0xFE ydiaeresis 255 0xFF .CE .CS Aogonek 417 0x1A1 breve 418 0x1A2 Lstroke 419 0x1A3 Lcaron 421 0x1A5 Sacute 422 0x1A6 Scaron 425 0x1A9 Scedilla 426 0x1AA Tcaron 427 0x1AB Zacute 428 0x1AC Zcaron 430 0x1AE Zabovedot 431 0x1AF aogonek 433 0x1B1 ogonek 434 0x1B2 lstroke 435 0x1B3 lcaron 437 0x1B5 sacute 438 0x1B6 caron 439 0x1B7 scaron 441 0x1B9 scedilla 442 0x1BA tcaron 443 0x1BB zacute 444 0x1BC doubleacute 445 0x1BD zcaron 446 0x1BE zabovedot 447 0x1BF Racute 448 0x1C0 Abreve 451 0x1C3 Lacute 453 0x1C5 Cacute 454 0x1C6 Ccaron 456 0x1C8 Eogonek 458 0x1CA Ecaron 460 0x1CC Dcaron 463 0x1CF Dstroke 464 0x1D0 Nacute 465 0x1D1 Ncaron 466 0x1D2 Odoubleacute 469 0x1D5 Rcaron 472 0x1D8 Uring 473 0x1D9 Udoubleacute 475 0x1DB Tcedilla 478 0x1DE racute 480 0x1E0 abreve 483 0x1E3 lacute 485 0x1E5 cacute 486 0x1E6 ccaron 488 0x1E8 eogonek 490 0x1EA ecaron 492 0x1EC dcaron 495 0x1EF dstroke 496 0x1F0 nacute 497 0x1F1 ncaron 498 0x1F2 odoubleacute 501 0x1F5 rcaron 504 0x1F8 uring 505 0x1F9 udoubleacute 507 0x1FB tcedilla 510 0x1FE abovedot 511 0x1FF Hstroke 673 0x2A1 Hcircumflex 678 0x2A6 Iabovedot 681 0x2A9 Gbreve 683 0x2AB Jcircumflex 684 0x2AC hstroke 689 0x2B1 hcircumflex 694 0x2B6 idotless 697 0x2B9 gbreve 699 0x2BB jcircumflex 700 0x2BC Cabovedot 709 0x2C5 Ccircumflex 710 0x2C6 Gabovedot 725 0x2D5 Gcircumflex 728 0x2D8 Ubreve 733 0x2DD Scircumflex 734 0x2DE cabovedot 741 0x2E5 ccircumflex 742 0x2E6 gabovedot 757 0x2F5 gcircumflex 760 0x2F8 ubreve 765 0x2FD scircumflex 766 0x2FE kra 930 0x3A2 Rcedilla 931 0x3A3 Itilde 933 0x3A5 Lcedilla 934 0x3A6 Emacron 938 0x3AA Gcedilla 939 0x3AB Tslash 940 0x3AC rcedilla 947 0x3B3 itilde 949 0x3B5 lcedilla 950 0x3B6 emacron 954 0x3BA gcedilla 955 0x3BB tslash 956 0x3BC ENG 957 0x3BD eng 959 0x3BF Amacron 960 0x3C0 Iogonek 967 0x3C7 Eabovedot 972 0x3CC Imacron 975 0x3CF Ncedilla 977 0x3D1 Omacron 978 0x3D2 Kcedilla 979 0x3D3 Uogonek 985 0x3D9 Utilde 989 0x3DD Umacron 990 0x3DE amacron 992 0x3E0 iogonek 999 0x3E7 eabovedot 1004 0x3EC imacron 1007 0x3EF ncedilla 1009 0x3F1 omacron 1010 0x3F2 kcedilla 1011 0x3F3 uogonek 1017 0x3F9 utilde 1021 0x3FD umacron 1022 0x3FE overline 1150 0x47E kana_fullstop 1185 0x4A1 kana_openingbracket 1186 0x4A2 kana_closingbracket 1187 0x4A3 kana_comma 1188 0x4A4 kana_conjunctive 1189 0x4A5 kana_WO 1190 0x4A6 kana_a 1191 0x4A7 kana_i 1192 0x4A8 kana_u 1193 0x4A9 kana_e 1194 0x4AA kana_o 1195 0x4AB kana_ya 1196 0x4AC kana_yu 1197 0x4AD kana_yo 1198 0x4AE kana_tsu 1199 0x4AF prolongedsound 1200 0x4B0 kana_A 1201 0x4B1 kana_I 1202 0x4B2 kana_U 1203 0x4B3 kana_E 1204 0x4B4 kana_O 1205 0x4B5 kana_KA 1206 0x4B6 kana_KI 1207 0x4B7 kana_KU 1208 0x4B8 kana_KE 1209 0x4B9 kana_KO 1210 0x4BA kana_SA 1211 0x4BB kana_SHI 1212 0x4BC kana_SU 1213 0x4BD kana_SE 1214 0x4BE kana_SO 1215 0x4BF kana_TA 1216 0x4C0 kana_CHI 1217 0x4C1 kana_TSU 1218 0x4C2 kana_TE 1219 0x4C3 kana_TO 1220 0x4C4 kana_NA 1221 0x4C5 kana_NI 1222 0x4C6 kana_NU 1223 0x4C7 kana_NE 1224 0x4C8 kana_NO 1225 0x4C9 kana_HA 1226 0x4CA kana_HI 1227 0x4CB kana_FU 1228 0x4CC kana_HE 1229 0x4CD kana_HO 1230 0x4CE kana_MA 1231 0x4CF kana_MI 1232 0x4D0 kana_MU 1233 0x4D1 kana_ME 1234 0x4D2 kana_MO 1235 0x4D3 kana_YA 1236 0x4D4 kana_YU 1237 0x4D5 kana_YO 1238 0x4D6 kana_RA 1239 0x4D7 kana_RI 1240 0x4D8 kana_RU 1241 0x4D9 kana_RE 1242 0x4DA kana_RO 1243 0x4DB kana_WA 1244 0x4DC kana_N 1245 0x4DD voicedsound 1246 0x4DE semivoicedsound 1247 0x4DF .CE .CS Arabic_comma 1452 0x5AC Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x5BB Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x5BF Arabic_hamza 1473 0x5C1 Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x5C2 Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x5C3 Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x5C4 Arabic_hamzaunderalef 1477 0x5C5 Arabic_hamzaonyeh 1478 0x5C6 Arabic_alef 1479 0x5C7 Arabic_beh 1480 0x5C8 Arabic_tehmarbuta 1481 0x5C9 Arabic_teh 1482 0x5CA Arabic_theh 1483 0x5CB Arabic_jeem 1484 0x5CC Arabic_hah 1485 0x5CD Arabic_khah 1486 0x5CE Arabic_dal 1487 0x5CF Arabic_thal 1488 0x5D0 Arabic_ra 1489 0x5D1 Arabic_zain 1490 0x5D2 Arabic_seen 1491 0x5D3 Arabic_sheen 1492 0x5D4 Arabic_sad 1493 0x5D5 Arabic_dad 1494 0x5D6 Arabic_tah 1495 0x5D7 Arabic_zah 1496 0x5D8 Arabic_ain 1497 0x5D9 Arabic_ghain 1498 0x5DA Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x5E0 Arabic_feh 1505 0x5E1 Arabic_qaf 1506 0x5E2 Arabic_kaf 1507 0x5E3 Arabic_lam 1508 0x5E4 Arabic_meem 1509 0x5E5 Arabic_noon 1510 0x5E6 Arabic_ha 1511 0x5E7 Arabic_waw 1512 0x5E8 Arabic_alefmaksura 1513 0x5E9 Arabic_yeh 1514 0x5EA Arabic_fathatan 1515 0x5EB Arabic_dammatan 1516 0x5EC Arabic_kasratan 1517 0x5ED Arabic_fatha 1518 0x5EE Arabic_damma 1519 0x5EF Arabic_kasra 1520 0x5F0 Arabic_shadda 1521 0x5F1 Arabic_sukun 1522 0x5F2 Serbian_dje 1697 0x6A1 Macedonia_gje 1698 0x6A2 Cyrillic_io 1699 0x6A3 Ukrainian_ie 1700 0x6A4 Macedonia_dse 1701 0x6A5 Ukrainian_i 1702 0x6A6 Ukrainian_yi 1703 0x6A7 Cyrillic_je 1704 0x6A8 Cyrillic_lje 1705 0x6A9 Cyrillic_nje 1706 0x6AA Serbian_tshe 1707 0x6AB Macedonia_kje 1708 0x6AC Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn 1709 0x6AD Byelorussian_shortu 1710 0x6AE Cyrillic_dzhe 1711 0x6AF numerosign 1712 0x6B0 Serbian_DJE 1713 0x6B1 Macedonia_GJE 1714 0x6B2 Cyrillic_IO 1715 0x6B3 Ukrainian_IE 1716 0x6B4 Macedonia_DSE 1717 0x6B5 Ukrainian_I 1718 0x6B6 Ukrainian_YI 1719 0x6B7 Cyrillic_JE 1720 0x6B8 Cyrillic_LJE 1721 0x6B9 Cyrillic_NJE 1722 0x6BA Serbian_TSHE 1723 0x6BB Macedonia_KJE 1724 0x6BC Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN 1725 0x6BD Byelorussian_SHORTU 1726 0x6BE Cyrillic_DZHE 1727 0x6BF Cyrillic_yu 1728 0x6C0 Cyrillic_a 1729 0x6C1 Cyrillic_be 1730 0x6C2 Cyrillic_tse 1731 0x6C3 Cyrillic_de 1732 0x6C4 Cyrillic_ie 1733 0x6C5 Cyrillic_ef 1734 0x6C6 Cyrillic_ghe 1735 0x6C7 Cyrillic_ha 1736 0x6C8 Cyrillic_i 1737 0x6C9 Cyrillic_shorti 1738 0x6CA Cyrillic_ka 1739 0x6CB Cyrillic_el 1740 0x6CC Cyrillic_em 1741 0x6CD Cyrillic_en 1742 0x6CE Cyrillic_o 1743 0x6CF Cyrillic_pe 1744 0x6D0 Cyrillic_ya 1745 0x6D1 Cyrillic_er 1746 0x6D2 Cyrillic_es 1747 0x6D3 Cyrillic_te 1748 0x6D4 Cyrillic_u 1749 0x6D5 Cyrillic_zhe 1750 0x6D6 Cyrillic_ve 1751 0x6D7 Cyrillic_softsign 1752 0x6D8 Cyrillic_yeru 1753 0x6D9 Cyrillic_ze 1754 0x6DA Cyrillic_sha 1755 0x6DB Cyrillic_e 1756 0x6DC Cyrillic_shcha 1757 0x6DD Cyrillic_che 1758 0x6DE Cyrillic_hardsign 1759 0x6DF Cyrillic_YU 1760 0x6E0 Cyrillic_A 1761 0x6E1 Cyrillic_BE 1762 0x6E2 Cyrillic_TSE 1763 0x6E3 Cyrillic_DE 1764 0x6E4 Cyrillic_IE 1765 0x6E5 Cyrillic_EF 1766 0x6E6 Cyrillic_GHE 1767 0x6E7 Cyrillic_HA 1768 0x6E8 Cyrillic_I 1769 0x6E9 Cyrillic_SHORTI 1770 0x6EA Cyrillic_KA 1771 0x6EB Cyrillic_EL 1772 0x6EC Cyrillic_EM 1773 0x6ED Cyrillic_EN 1774 0x6EE Cyrillic_O 1775 0x6EF Cyrillic_PE 1776 0x6F0 Cyrillic_YA 1777 0x6F1 Cyrillic_ER 1778 0x6F2 Cyrillic_ES 1779 0x6F3 Cyrillic_TE 1780 0x6F4 Cyrillic_U 1781 0x6F5 Cyrillic_ZHE 1782 0x6F6 Cyrillic_VE 1783 0x6F7 Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN 1784 0x6F8 Cyrillic_YERU 1785 0x6F9 Cyrillic_ZE 1786 0x6FA Cyrillic_SHA 1787 0x6FB Cyrillic_E 1788 0x6FC Cyrillic_SHCHA 1789 0x6FD Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x6FE Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x6FF Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x7A1 Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x7A2 Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x7A3 Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x7A4 Greek_IOTAdieresis 1957 0x7A5 Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis 1958 0x7A6 Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x7A7 Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x7A8 Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x7A9 Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis 1962 0x7AA Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x7AB Greek_accentdieresis 1966 0x7AE Greek_horizbar 1967 0x7AF Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x7B1 Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x7B2 Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x7B3 Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x7B4 Greek_iotadieresis 1973 0x7B5 Greek_iotaaccentdieresis 1974 0x7B6 Greek_omicronaccent 1975 0x7B7 Greek_upsilonaccent 1976 0x7B8 Greek_upsilondieresis 1977 0x7B9 Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis 1978 0x7BA Greek_omegaaccent 1979 0x7BB Greek_ALPHA 1985 0x7C1 Greek_BETA 1986 0x7C2 Greek_GAMMA 1987 0x7C3 Greek_DELTA 1988 0x7C4 Greek_EPSILON 1989 0x7C5 Greek_ZETA 1990 0x7C6 Greek_ETA 1991 0x7C7 Greek_THETA 1992 0x7C8 Greek_IOTA 1993 0x7C9 Greek_KAPPA 1994 0x7CA Greek_LAMDA 1995 0x7CB Greek_MU 1996 0x7CC Greek_NU 1997 0x7CD Greek_XI 1998 0x7CE Greek_OMICRON 1999 0x7CF Greek_PI 2000 0x7D0 Greek_RHO 2001 0x7D1 Greek_SIGMA 2002 0x7D2 Greek_TAU 2004 0x7D4 Greek_UPSILON 2005 0x7D5 Greek_PHI 2006 0x7D6 Greek_CHI 2007 0x7D7 Greek_PSI 2008 0x7D8 Greek_OMEGA 2009 0x7D9 Greek_alpha 2017 0x7E1 Greek_beta 2018 0x7E2 Greek_gamma 2019 0x7E3 Greek_delta 2020 0x7E4 Greek_epsilon 2021 0x7E5 Greek_zeta 2022 0x7E6 Greek_eta 2023 0x7E7 Greek_theta 2024 0x7E8 Greek_iota 2025 0x7E9 Greek_kappa 2026 0x7EA Greek_lamda 2027 0x7EB Greek_mu 2028 0x7EC Greek_nu 2029 0x7ED Greek_xi 2030 0x7EE Greek_omicron 2031 0x7EF Greek_pi 2032 0x7F0 Greek_rho 2033 0x7F1 Greek_sigma 2034 0x7F2 Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x7F3 Greek_tau 2036 0x7F4 Greek_upsilon 2037 0x7F5 Greek_phi 2038 0x7F6 Greek_chi 2039 0x7F7 Greek_psi 2040 0x7F8 Greek_omega 2041 0x7F9 .CE .CS leftradical 2209 0x8A1 topleftradical 2210 0x8A2 horizconnector 2211 0x8A3 topintegral 2212 0x8A4 botintegral 2213 0x8A5 vertconnector 2214 0x8A6 topleftsqbracket 2215 0x8A7 botleftsqbracket 2216 0x8A8 toprightsqbracket 2217 0x8A9 botrightsqbracket 2218 0x8AA topleftparens 2219 0x8AB botleftparens 2220 0x8AC toprightparens 2221 0x8AD botrightparens 2222 0x8AE leftmiddlecurlybrace 2223 0x8AF rightmiddlecurlybrace 2224 0x8B0 topleftsummation 2225 0x8B1 botleftsummation 2226 0x8B2 topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x8B3 botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x8B4 toprightsummation 2229 0x8B5 botrightsummation 2230 0x8B6 rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x8B7 lessthanequal 2236 0x8BC notequal 2237 0x8BD greaterthanequal 2238 0x8BE integral 2239 0x8BF therefore 2240 0x8C0 variation 2241 0x8C1 infinity 2242 0x8C2 nabla 2245 0x8C5 approximate 2248 0x8C8 similarequal 2249 0x8C9 ifonlyif 2253 0x8CD implies 2254 0x8CE identical 2255 0x8CF radical 2262 0x8D6 includedin 2266 0x8DA includes 2267 0x8DB intersection 2268 0x8DC union 2269 0x8DD logicaland 2270 0x8DE logicalor 2271 0x8DF partialderivative 2287 0x8EF function 2294 0x8F6 leftarrow 2299 0x8FB uparrow 2300 0x8FC rightarrow 2301 0x8FD downarrow 2302 0x8FE blank 2527 0x9DF soliddiamond 2528 0x9E0 checkerboard 2529 0x9E1 ht 2530 0x9E2 ff 2531 0x9E3 cr 2532 0x9E4 lf 2533 0x9E5 nl 2536 0x9E8 vt 2537 0x9E9 lowrightcorner 2538 0x9EA uprightcorner 2539 0x9EB upleftcorner 2540 0x9EC lowleftcorner 2541 0x9ED crossinglines 2542 0x9EE horizlinescan1 2543 0x9EF horizlinescan3 2544 0x9F0 horizlinescan5 2545 0x9F1 horizlinescan7 2546 0x9F2 horizlinescan9 2547 0x9F3 leftt 2548 0x9F4 rightt 2549 0x9F5 bott 2550 0x9F6 topt 2551 0x9F7 vertbar 2552 0x9F8 emspace 2721 0xAA1 enspace 2722 0xAA2 em3space 2723 0xAA3 em4space 2724 0xAA4 digitspace 2725 0xAA5 punctspace 2726 0xAA6 thinspace 2727 0xAA7 hairspace 2728 0xAA8 emdash 2729 0xAA9 endash 2730 0xAAA signifblank 2732 0xAAC ellipsis 2734 0xAAE doubbaselinedot 2735 0xAAF onethird 2736 0xAB0 twothirds 2737 0xAB1 onefifth 2738 0xAB2 twofifths 2739 0xAB3 threefifths 2740 0xAB4 fourfifths 2741 0xAB5 onesixth 2742 0xAB6 fivesixths 2743 0xAB7 careof 2744 0xAB8 figdash 2747 0xABB leftanglebracket 2748 0xABC decimalpoint 2749 0xABD rightanglebracket 2750 0xABE marker 2751 0xABF oneeighth 2755 0xAC3 threeeighths 2756 0xAC4 fiveeighths 2757 0xAC5 seveneighths 2758 0xAC6 trademark 2761 0xAC9 signaturemark 2762 0xACA trademarkincircle 2763 0xACB leftopentriangle 2764 0xACC rightopentriangle 2765 0xACD emopencircle 2766 0xACE emopenrectangle 2767 0xACF leftsinglequotemark 2768 0xAD0 rightsinglequotemark 2769 0xAD1 leftdoublequotemark 2770 0xAD2 rightdoublequotemark 2771 0xAD3 prescription 2772 0xAD4 permille 2773 0xAD5 minutes 2774 0xAD6 seconds 2775 0xAD7 latincross 2777 0xAD9 hexagram 2778 0xADA filledrectbullet 2779 0xADB filledlefttribullet 2780 0xADC filledrighttribullet 2781 0xADD emfilledcircle 2782 0xADE emfilledrect 2783 0xADF enopencircbullet 2784 0xAE0 enopensquarebullet 2785 0xAE1 openrectbullet 2786 0xAE2 opentribulletup 2787 0xAE3 opentribulletdown 2788 0xAE4 openstar 2789 0xAE5 enfilledcircbullet 2790 0xAE6 enfilledsqbullet 2791 0xAE7 filledtribulletup 2792 0xAE8 filledtribulletdown 2793 0xAE9 leftpointer 2794 0xAEA rightpointer 2795 0xAEB club 2796 0xAEC diamond 2797 0xAED heart 2798 0xAEE maltesecross 2800 0xAF0 dagger 2801 0xAF1 doubledagger 2802 0xAF2 checkmark 2803 0xAF3 ballotcross 2804 0xAF4 musicalsharp 2805 0xAF5 musicalflat 2806 0xAF6 malesymbol 2807 0xAF7 femalesymbol 2808 0xAF8 telephone 2809 0xAF9 telephonerecorder 2810 0xAFA phonographcopyright 2811 0xAFB caret 2812 0xAFC singlelowquotemark 2813 0xAFD doublelowquotemark 2814 0xAFE cursor 2815 0xAFF leftcaret 2979 0xBA3 rightcaret 2982 0xBA6 downcaret 2984 0xBA8 upcaret 2985 0xBA9 overbar 3008 0xBC0 downtack 3010 0xBC2 upshoe 3011 0xBC3 downstile 3012 0xBC4 underbar 3014 0xBC6 jot 3018 0xBCA quad 3020 0xBCC uptack 3022 0xBCE circle 3023 0xBCF upstile 3027 0xBD3 downshoe 3030 0xBD6 rightshoe 3032 0xBD8 leftshoe 3034 0xBDA lefttack 3036 0xBDC righttack 3068 0xBFC hebrew_doublelowline 3295 0xCDF hebrew_aleph 3296 0xCE0 hebrew_bet 3297 0xCE1 hebrew_gimel 3298 0xCE2 hebrew_dalet 3299 0xCE3 hebrew_he 3300 0xCE4 hebrew_waw 3301 0xCE5 hebrew_zain 3302 0xCE6 hebrew_chet 3303 0xCE7 hebrew_tet 3304 0xCE8 hebrew_yod 3305 0xCE9 hebrew_finalkaph 3306 0xCEA hebrew_kaph 3307 0xCEB hebrew_lamed 3308 0xCEC hebrew_finalmem 3309 0xCED hebrew_mem 3310 0xCEE hebrew_finalnun 3311 0xCEF hebrew_nun 3312 0xCF0 hebrew_samech 3313 0xCF1 hebrew_ayin 3314 0xCF2 hebrew_finalpe 3315 0xCF3 hebrew_pe 3316 0xCF4 hebrew_finalzade 3317 0xCF5 hebrew_zade 3318 0xCF6 hebrew_qoph 3319 0xCF7 hebrew_resh 3320 0xCF8 hebrew_shin 3321 0xCF9 hebrew_taw 3322 0xCFA .CE .CS Thai_kokai 3489 0xDA1 Thai_khokhai 3490 0xDA2 Thai_khokhuat 3491 0xDA3 Thai_khokhwai 3492 0xDA4 Thai_khokhon 3493 0xDA5 Thai_khorakhang 3494 0xDA6 Thai_ngongu 3495 0xDA7 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
990 991 992 993 994 995 996 | Hangul_J_PanSios 3832 0xEF8 Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung 3833 0xEF9 Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh 3834 0xEFA Korean_Won 3839 0xEFF OE 5052 0x13BC oe 5053 0x13BD Ydiaeresis 5054 0x13BE | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 | Hangul_J_PanSios 3832 0xEF8 Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung 3833 0xEF9 Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh 3834 0xEFA Korean_Won 3839 0xEFF OE 5052 0x13BC oe 5053 0x13BD Ydiaeresis 5054 0x13BE .CE .CS ISO_Lock 65025 0xFE01 ISO_Level2_Latch 65026 0xFE02 ISO_Level3_Shift 65027 0xFE03 ISO_Level3_Latch 65028 0xFE04 ISO_Level3_Lock 65029 0xFE05 ISO_Group_Latch 65030 0xFE06 ISO_Group_Lock 65031 0xFE07 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 | dead_E 65155 0xFE83 dead_i 65156 0xFE84 dead_I 65157 0xFE85 dead_o 65158 0xFE86 dead_O 65159 0xFE87 dead_u 65160 0xFE88 dead_U 65161 0xFE89 | | | > | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 | dead_E 65155 0xFE83 dead_i 65156 0xFE84 dead_I 65157 0xFE85 dead_o 65158 0xFE86 dead_O 65159 0xFE87 dead_u 65160 0xFE88 dead_U 65161 0xFE89 dead_schwa 65162 0xFE8A dead_SCHWA 65163 0xFE8B dead_greek 65164 0xFE8C dead_hamza 65165 0xFE8D dead_lowline 65168 0xFE90 dead_aboveverticalline 65169 0xFE91 dead_belowverticalline 65170 0xFE92 dead_longsolidusoverlay 65171 0xFE93 ch 65184 0xFEA0 Ch 65185 0xFEA1 CH 65186 0xFEA2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 | Pointer_Drag3 65271 0xFEF7 Pointer_Drag4 65272 0xFEF8 Pointer_EnableKeys 65273 0xFEF9 Pointer_Accelerate 65274 0xFEFA Pointer_DfltBtnNext 65275 0xFEFB Pointer_DfltBtnPrev 65276 0xFEFC Pointer_Drag5 65277 0xFEFD BackSpace 65288 0xFF08 Tab 65289 0xFF09 Linefeed 65290 0xFF0A Clear 65291 0xFF0B Return 65293 0xFF0D Pause 65299 0xFF13 Scroll_Lock 65300 0xFF14 | > > | 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 | Pointer_Drag3 65271 0xFEF7 Pointer_Drag4 65272 0xFEF8 Pointer_EnableKeys 65273 0xFEF9 Pointer_Accelerate 65274 0xFEFA Pointer_DfltBtnNext 65275 0xFEFB Pointer_DfltBtnPrev 65276 0xFEFC Pointer_Drag5 65277 0xFEFD .CE .CS BackSpace 65288 0xFF08 Tab 65289 0xFF09 Linefeed 65290 0xFF0A Clear 65291 0xFF0B Return 65293 0xFF0D Pause 65299 0xFF13 Scroll_Lock 65300 0xFF14 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 | Down 65364 0xFF54 Prior 65365 0xFF55 Next 65366 0xFF56 End 65367 0xFF57 Begin 65368 0xFF58 Win_L 65371 0xFF5B Win_R 65372 0xFF5C | < < | 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 | Down 65364 0xFF54 Prior 65365 0xFF55 Next 65366 0xFF56 End 65367 0xFF57 Begin 65368 0xFF58 Win_L 65371 0xFF5B Win_R 65372 0xFF5C App 65373 0xFF5D Select 65376 0xFF60 Print 65377 0xFF61 Execute 65378 0xFF62 Insert 65379 0xFF63 Undo 65381 0xFF65 Redo 65382 0xFF66 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 | braille_dot_5 65525 0xFFF5 braille_dot_6 65526 0xFFF6 braille_dot_7 65527 0xFFF7 braille_dot_8 65528 0xFFF8 braille_dot_9 65529 0xFFF9 braille_dot_10 65530 0xFFFA Delete 65535 0xFFFF | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 | braille_dot_5 65525 0xFFF5 braille_dot_6 65526 0xFFF6 braille_dot_7 65527 0xFFF7 braille_dot_8 65528 0xFFF8 braille_dot_9 65529 0xFFF9 braille_dot_10 65530 0xFFFA Delete 65535 0xFFFF .CE .CS SunFA_Grave 268828416 0x1005FF00 SunFA_Circum 268828417 0x1005FF01 SunFA_Tilde 268828418 0x1005FF02 SunFA_Acute 268828419 0x1005FF03 SunFA_Diaeresis 268828420 0x1005FF04 SunFA_Cedilla 268828421 0x1005FF05 SunF36 268828432 0x1005FF10 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 | SunAudioLowerVolume 268828535 0x1005FF77 SunAudioMute 268828536 0x1005FF78 SunAudioRaiseVolume 268828537 0x1005FF79 SunVideoDegauss 268828538 0x1005FF7A SunVideoLowerBrightness 268828539 0x1005FF7B SunVideoRaiseBrightness 268828540 0x1005FF7C SunPowerSwitchShift 268828541 0x1005FF7D XF86Switch_VT_1 269024769 0x1008FE01 XF86Switch_VT_2 269024770 0x1008FE02 XF86Switch_VT_3 269024771 0x1008FE03 XF86Switch_VT_4 269024772 0x1008FE04 XF86Switch_VT_5 269024773 0x1008FE05 XF86Switch_VT_6 269024774 0x1008FE06 XF86Switch_VT_7 269024775 0x1008FE07 XF86Switch_VT_8 269024776 0x1008FE08 XF86Switch_VT_9 269024777 0x1008FE09 XF86Switch_VT_10 269024778 0x1008FE0A XF86Switch_VT_11 269024779 0x1008FE0B XF86Switch_VT_12 269024780 0x1008FE0C XF86Ungrab 269024800 0x1008FE20 XF86ClearGrab 269024801 0x1008FE21 XF86Next_VMode 269024802 0x1008FE22 XF86Prev_VMode 269024803 0x1008FE23 XF86LogWindowTree 269024804 0x1008FE24 XF86LogGrabInfo 269024805 0x1008FE25 XF86ModeLock 269025025 0x1008FF01 | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 | SunAudioLowerVolume 268828535 0x1005FF77 SunAudioMute 268828536 0x1005FF78 SunAudioRaiseVolume 268828537 0x1005FF79 SunVideoDegauss 268828538 0x1005FF7A SunVideoLowerBrightness 268828539 0x1005FF7B SunVideoRaiseBrightness 268828540 0x1005FF7C SunPowerSwitchShift 268828541 0x1005FF7D XF86BrightnessAuto 268964084 0x100810F4 XF86DisplayOff 268964085 0x100810F5 XF86Info 268964198 0x10081166 XF86AspectRatio 268964215 0x10081177 XF86DVD 268964229 0x10081185 XF86Audio 268964232 0x10081188 XF86ChannelUp 268964242 0x10081192 XF86ChannelDown 268964243 0x10081193 XF86Break 268964251 0x1008119B XF86VideoPhone 268964256 0x100811A0 XF86ZoomReset 268964260 0x100811A4 XF86Editor 268964262 0x100811A6 XF86GraphicsEditor 268964264 0x100811A8 XF86Presentation 268964265 0x100811A9 XF86Database 268964266 0x100811AA XF86Voicemail 268964268 0x100811AC XF86Addressbook 268964269 0x100811AD XF86DisplayToggle 268964271 0x100811AF XF86SpellCheck 268964272 0x100811B0 XF86ContextMenu 268964278 0x100811B6 XF86MediaRepeat 268964279 0x100811B7 XF8610ChannelsUp 268964280 0x100811B8 XF8610ChannelsDown 268964281 0x100811B9 XF86Images 268964282 0x100811BA XF86NotificationCenter 268964284 0x100811BC XF86PickupPhone 268964285 0x100811BD XF86HangupPhone 268964286 0x100811BE XF86Fn 268964304 0x100811D0 XF86Fn_Esc 268964305 0x100811D1 XF86FnRightShift 268964325 0x100811E5 XF86Numeric0 268964352 0x10081200 XF86Numeric1 268964353 0x10081201 XF86Numeric2 268964354 0x10081202 XF86Numeric3 268964355 0x10081203 XF86Numeric4 268964356 0x10081204 XF86Numeric5 268964357 0x10081205 XF86Numeric6 268964358 0x10081206 XF86Numeric7 268964359 0x10081207 XF86Numeric8 268964360 0x10081208 XF86Numeric9 268964361 0x10081209 XF86NumericStar 268964362 0x1008120A XF86NumericPound 268964363 0x1008120B XF86NumericA 268964364 0x1008120C XF86NumericB 268964365 0x1008120D XF86NumericC 268964366 0x1008120E XF86NumericD 268964367 0x1008120F XF86CameraFocus 268964368 0x10081210 XF86WPSButton 268964369 0x10081211 XF86CameraZoomIn 268964373 0x10081215 XF86CameraZoomOut 268964374 0x10081216 XF86CameraUp 268964375 0x10081217 XF86CameraDown 268964376 0x10081218 XF86CameraLeft 268964377 0x10081219 XF86CameraRight 268964378 0x1008121A XF86AttendantOn 268964379 0x1008121B XF86AttendantOff 268964380 0x1008121C XF86AttendantToggle 268964381 0x1008121D XF86LightsToggle 268964382 0x1008121E XF86ALSToggle 268964400 0x10081230 XF86Buttonconfig 268964416 0x10081240 XF86Taskmanager 268964417 0x10081241 XF86Journal 268964418 0x10081242 XF86ControlPanel 268964419 0x10081243 XF86AppSelect 268964420 0x10081244 XF86Screensaver 268964421 0x10081245 XF86VoiceCommand 268964422 0x10081246 XF86Assistant 268964423 0x10081247 XF86EmojiPicker 268964425 0x10081249 XF86Dictate 268964426 0x1008124A XF86BrightnessMin 268964432 0x10081250 XF86BrightnessMax 268964433 0x10081251 XF86KbdInputAssistPrev 268964448 0x10081260 XF86KbdInputAssistNext 268964449 0x10081261 XF86KbdInputAssistPrevgroup 268964450 0x10081262 XF86KbdInputAssistNextgroup 268964451 0x10081263 XF86KbdInputAssistAccept 268964452 0x10081264 XF86KbdInputAssistCancel 268964453 0x10081265 XF86RightUp 268964454 0x10081266 XF86RightDown 268964455 0x10081267 XF86LeftUp 268964456 0x10081268 XF86LeftDown 268964457 0x10081269 XF86RootMenu 268964458 0x1008126A XF86MediaTopMenu 268964459 0x1008126B XF86Numeric11 268964460 0x1008126C XF86Numeric12 268964461 0x1008126D XF86AudioDesc 268964462 0x1008126E XF863DMode 268964463 0x1008126F XF86NextFavorite 268964464 0x10081270 XF86StopRecord 268964465 0x10081271 XF86PauseRecord 268964466 0x10081272 XF86VOD 268964467 0x10081273 XF86Unmute 268964468 0x10081274 XF86FastReverse 268964469 0x10081275 XF86SlowReverse 268964470 0x10081276 XF86Data 268964471 0x10081277 XF86OnScreenKeyboard 268964472 0x10081278 XF86PrivacyScreenToggle 268964473 0x10081279 XF86SelectiveScreenshot 268964474 0x1008127A XF86Macro1 268964496 0x10081290 XF86Macro2 268964497 0x10081291 XF86Macro3 268964498 0x10081292 XF86Macro4 268964499 0x10081293 XF86Macro5 268964500 0x10081294 XF86Macro6 268964501 0x10081295 XF86Macro7 268964502 0x10081296 XF86Macro8 268964503 0x10081297 XF86Macro9 268964504 0x10081298 XF86Macro10 268964505 0x10081299 XF86Macro11 268964506 0x1008129A XF86Macro12 268964507 0x1008129B XF86Macro13 268964508 0x1008129C XF86Macro14 268964509 0x1008129D XF86Macro15 268964510 0x1008129E XF86Macro16 268964511 0x1008129F XF86Macro17 268964512 0x100812A0 XF86Macro18 268964513 0x100812A1 XF86Macro19 268964514 0x100812A2 XF86Macro20 268964515 0x100812A3 XF86Macro21 268964516 0x100812A4 XF86Macro22 268964517 0x100812A5 XF86Macro23 268964518 0x100812A6 XF86Macro24 268964519 0x100812A7 XF86Macro25 268964520 0x100812A8 XF86Macro26 268964521 0x100812A9 XF86Macro27 268964522 0x100812AA XF86Macro28 268964523 0x100812AB XF86Macro29 268964524 0x100812AC XF86Macro30 268964525 0x100812AD XF86MacroRecordStart 268964528 0x100812B0 XF86MacroRecordStop 268964529 0x100812B1 XF86MacroPresetCycle 268964530 0x100812B2 XF86MacroPreset1 268964531 0x100812B3 XF86MacroPreset2 268964532 0x100812B4 XF86MacroPreset3 268964533 0x100812B5 XF86KbdLcdMenu1 268964536 0x100812B8 XF86KbdLcdMenu2 268964537 0x100812B9 XF86KbdLcdMenu3 268964538 0x100812BA XF86KbdLcdMenu4 268964539 0x100812BB XF86KbdLcdMenu5 268964540 0x100812BC XF86Switch_VT_1 269024769 0x1008FE01 XF86Switch_VT_2 269024770 0x1008FE02 XF86Switch_VT_3 269024771 0x1008FE03 XF86Switch_VT_4 269024772 0x1008FE04 XF86Switch_VT_5 269024773 0x1008FE05 XF86Switch_VT_6 269024774 0x1008FE06 XF86Switch_VT_7 269024775 0x1008FE07 XF86Switch_VT_8 269024776 0x1008FE08 XF86Switch_VT_9 269024777 0x1008FE09 XF86Switch_VT_10 269024778 0x1008FE0A XF86Switch_VT_11 269024779 0x1008FE0B XF86Switch_VT_12 269024780 0x1008FE0C .CE .CS XF86Ungrab 269024800 0x1008FE20 XF86ClearGrab 269024801 0x1008FE21 XF86Next_VMode 269024802 0x1008FE22 XF86Prev_VMode 269024803 0x1008FE23 XF86LogWindowTree 269024804 0x1008FE24 XF86LogGrabInfo 269024805 0x1008FE25 XF86ModeLock 269025025 0x1008FF01 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 | XF86TouchpadOff 269025201 0x1008FFB1 XF86AudioMicMute 269025202 0x1008FFB2 XF86Keyboard 269025203 0x1008FFB3 XF86WWAN 269025204 0x1008FFB4 XF86RFKill 269025205 0x1008FFB5 XF86AudioPreset 269025206 0x1008FFB6 XF86RotationLockToggle 269025207 0x1008FFB7 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), event(n) .SH KEYWORDS bind, binding, event, keysym '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: | > | 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 | XF86TouchpadOff 269025201 0x1008FFB1 XF86AudioMicMute 269025202 0x1008FFB2 XF86Keyboard 269025203 0x1008FFB3 XF86WWAN 269025204 0x1008FFB4 XF86RFKill 269025205 0x1008FFB5 XF86AudioPreset 269025206 0x1008FFB6 XF86RotationLockToggle 269025207 0x1008FFB7 XF86FullScreen 269025208 0x1008FFB8 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), event(n) .SH KEYWORDS bind, binding, event, keysym '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/label.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for label widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/labelframe.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabelframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the labelframe's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabelframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the labelframe's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the labelframe widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for frame widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/listbox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlistbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlistbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for listbox widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate\fR \fIindex\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | total width of the listbox text is off-screen to the left. \fIfraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | | < | > > | < < < | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 | total width of the listbox text is off-screen to the left. \fIfraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR character units (the width of the \fB0\fR character) on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR? . This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
429 430 431 432 433 434 435 | way through the listbox, and so on. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. | | | > < < | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | way through the listbox, and so on. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by \fInumber\fR lines; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier elements become visible; if it is positive then later elements become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for listboxes that give them Motif-like behavior. Much of the behavior of a listbox is determined by its \fB\-selectmode\fR option, which selects one of four ways of dealing with the selection. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted doc/man.macros.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to doc/menu.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menu, tk_menuSetFocus \- Create and manipulate 'menu' widgets and menubars .SH SYNOPSIS .nf | | | > | | | | | | | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menu, tk_menuSetFocus \- Create and manipulate 'menu' widgets and menubars .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBmenu\fI pathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? \fBtk_menuSetFocus\fI pathName\fR .fi .SO \-activebackground \-borderwidth \-foreground \-activeborderwidth \-cursor \-relief \-activeforeground \-disabledforeground \-takefocus \-background \-font .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-postcommand postCommand Command If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute each time the menu is posted. The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any of those menus are posted. This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers. .OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button or radio button is selected. .OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other entries will number starting at 1. The default menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry is invoked. This option is ignored under Aqua/macOS, where menus cannot be torn off. .OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command to invoke whenever the menu is torn off. The actual command will consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by the name of the name of the torn off menu window. For example, if the option's value is .QW "\fBa b\fR" and menu \fB.x.y\fR is torn off to create a new menu \fB.x.tearoff1\fR, then the command .QW "\fBa b .x.y .x.tearoff1\fR" will be invoked. This option is ignored under Aqua/macOS, where menus cannot be torn off. .OP \-title title Title The string will be used to title the window created when this menu is torn off. If the title is NULL, then the window will have the title of the menubutton or the text of the cascade item from which this menu was invoked. .OP \-type type Type |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 | (hidden from Tk) will be inserted into the menubar at that time and subsequent addition of a .apple menu will no longer result in it becoming the Application menu. .PP When Tk sees a .menubar.window menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents are inserted into the standard Window menu of the user's menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in | | | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | (hidden from Tk) will be inserted into the menubar at that time and subsequent addition of a .apple menu will no longer result in it becoming the Application menu. .PP When Tk sees a .menubar.window menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents are inserted into the standard Window menu of the user's menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in the menu are provided by macOS, and the names of the current toplevels are automatically appended after all the Tk-defined items and a separator. The Window menu on the Mac also allows toggling the window into a fullscreen state, and managing a tabbed window interface (multiple windows grouped into a single window) if supported by that version of the operating system. .PP When Tk sees a .menubar.help menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents are appended to the standard Help menu of the user's menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in the menu are provided by macOS. .PP When Tk sees a System menu on Windows, its items are appended to the system menu that the menubar is attached to. This menu is tied to the application icon and can be invoked with the mouse or by typing Alt+Spacebar. Due to limitations in the Windows API, any font changes, colors, images, bitmaps, or tearoff images will not appear in the system menu. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
299 300 301 302 303 304 305 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < | | < > | < < | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | > > > | > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .PP Many of the widget commands for a menu take as one argument an indicator of which entry of the menu to operate on. These indicators are called \fIindex\fRes and may be specified in any of the following forms: .IP \fBactive\fR 12 Indicates the entry that is currently active. If no entry is active then this form is equivalent to \fBnone\fR. This form may not be abbreviated. .IP \fBend\fR 12 Indicates the bottommost entry in the menu. If there are no entries in the menu then this form is equivalent to \fBnone\fR. This form may not be abbreviated. .IP \fBlast\fR 12 Same as \fBend\fR. .IP \fBnone\fR 12 Indicates .QW "no entry at all" ; this is used most commonly with the \fBactivate\fR option to deactivate all the entries in the menu. In most cases the specification of \fBnone\fR causes nothing to happen in the widget command. This form may not be abbreviated. .IP \fB@\fIx\fB,\fIy\fR 12 Indicates the entry that covers the point in the menu's window specified by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR (in pixel coordinates). If no entry covers that point, then this form is equivalent to \fBnone\fR. If only a single number is specified, it is treated as the y-coordinate. .IP \fInumber\fR 12 Specifies the entry numerically, where 0 corresponds to the top-most entry of the menu, 1 to the entry below it, and so on. .IP \fIpattern\fR 12 If the index does not satisfy one of the above forms then this form is used. \fIPattern\fR is pattern-matched against the label of each entry in the menu, in order from the top down, until a matching entry is found. The rules of \fBstring match\fR are used. .PP If the index could match more than one of the above forms, then the form earlier in the above list takes precedence. .PP The following widget commands are possible for menu widgets: .\" METHOD: activate .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate \fIindex\fR . Change the state of the entry indicated by \fIindex\fR to \fBactive\fR and redisplay it using its active colors. Any previously-active entry is deactivated. If \fIindex\fR is specified as \fBnone\fR, or if the specified entry is disabled, then the menu ends up with no active entry. Returns an empty string. .\" METHOD: add .TP \fIpathName \fBadd \fItype \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? . Add a new entry to the bottom of the menu. The new entry's type is given by \fItype\fR and must be one of \fBcascade\fR, \fBcheckbutton\fR, \fBcommand\fR, \fBradiobutton\fR, or \fBseparator\fR, or a unique abbreviation of one of the above. If additional arguments are present, they specify the options listed in the \fBMENU ENTRY OPTIONS\fR section below. The \fBadd\fR widget command returns an empty string. .\" METHOD: cget .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenu\fR command. .\" METHOD: clone .TP \fIpathName \fBclone \fInewPathname\fR ?\fIcloneType\fR? . Makes a clone of the current menu named \fInewPathName\fR. This clone is a menu in its own right, but any changes to the clone are propagated to the original menu and vice versa. \fIcloneType\fR can be \fBnormal\fR, \fBmenubar\fR, or \fBtearoff\fR. Should not normally be called outside of the Tk library. See the \fBCLONES\fR section for more information. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenu\fR command. .\" METHOD: delete .TP \fIpathName \fBdelete \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2\fR? . Delete all of the menu entries between \fIindex1\fR and \fIindex2\fR inclusive. If \fIindex2\fR is omitted then it defaults to \fIindex1\fR. Attempts to delete a tear-off menu entry are ignored (instead, you should change the \fB\-tearoff\fR option to remove the tear-off entry). .\" METHOD: entrycget .TP \fIpathName \fBentrycget \fIindex option\fR . Returns the current value of a configuration option for the entry given by \fIindex\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the names described in the \fBMENU ENTRY OPTIONS\fR section below. .\" METHOD: entryconfigure .TP \fIpathName \fBentryconfigure \fIindex \fR?\fIoptions...\fR? . This command is similar to the \fBconfigure\fR command, except that it applies to the options for an individual entry, whereas \fBconfigure\fR applies to the options for the menu as a whole. \fIOptions\fR may have any of the values described in the \fBMENU ENTRY OPTIONS\fR section below. If \fIoptions\fR are specified, options are modified as indicated in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no \fIoptions\fR are specified, returns a list describing the current options for entry \fIindex\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). .\" METHOD: index .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR . Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR, or \fBnone\fR if \fIindex\fR was specified as \fBnone\fR. .\" METHOD: insert .TP \fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex type \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? . Same as the \fBadd\fR widget command except that it inserts the new entry just before the entry given by \fIindex\fR, instead of appending to the end of the menu. The \fItype\fR, \fIoption\fR, and \fIvalue\fR arguments have the same interpretation as for the \fBadd\fR widget command. It is not possible to insert new menu entries before the tear-off entry, if the menu has one. .\" METHOD: invoke .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke \fIindex\fR . Invoke the action of the menu entry. See the sections on the individual entries above for details on what happens. If the menu entry is disabled then nothing happens. If the entry has a command associated with it then the result of that command is returned as the result of the \fBinvoke\fR widget command. Otherwise the result is an empty string. Note: invoking a menu entry does not automatically unpost the menu; the default bindings normally take care of this before invoking the \fBinvoke\fR widget command. .\" METHOD: post .TP \fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR ?\fIindex\fR? . Arrange for the menu to be displayed on the screen at the root-window coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR. If an index is specified the menu will be located so that the entry with that index is displayed at the point. These coordinates are adjusted if necessary to guarantee that the entire menu is visible on the screen. This command normally returns an empty string. If the \fB\-postcommand\fR option has been specified, then its value is executed as a Tcl script before posting the menu and the result of that script is returned as the result of the \fBpost\fR widget command. If an error returns while executing the command, then the error is returned without posting the menu. .\" METHOD: postcascade .TP \fIpathName \fBpostcascade \fIindex\fR . Posts the submenu associated with the cascade entry given by \fIindex\fR, and unposts any previously posted submenu. If \fIindex\fR does not correspond to a cascade entry, or if \fIpathName\fR is not posted, the command has no effect except to unpost any currently posted submenu. .\" METHOD: type .TP \fIpathName \fBtype \fIindex\fR . Returns the type of the menu entry given by \fIindex\fR. This is the \fItype\fR argument passed to the \fBadd\fR or \fBinsert\fR widget command when the entry was created, such as \fBcommand\fR or \fBseparator\fR, or \fBtearoff\fR for a tear-off entry. .\" METHOD: unpost .TP \fIpathName \fBunpost\fR . Unmap the window so that it is no longer displayed. If a lower-level cascaded menu is posted, unpost that menu. Returns an empty string. This subcommand does not work on Windows and the Macintosh, as those platforms have their own way of unposting menus. .\" METHOD: xposition .TP \fIpathName \fBxposition \fIindex\fR . Returns a decimal string giving the x-coordinate within the menu window of the leftmost pixel in the entry specified by \fIindex\fR. .\" METHOD: yposition .TP \fIpathName \fByposition \fIindex\fR . Returns a decimal string giving the y-coordinate within the menu window of the topmost pixel in the entry specified by \fIindex\fR. .SH "MENU ENTRY OPTIONS" The following options are allowed on menu entries. Most options are not supported by all entry types. .\" OPTION: -activebackground .TP \fB\-activebackground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-activebackground\fR option for the overall menu is used. If the \fBtk_strictMotif\fR variable has been set to request strict Motif compliance, then this option is ignored and the \fB\-background\fR option is used in its place. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -activeforeground .TP \fB\-activeforeground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-activeforeground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -accelerator .TP \fB\-accelerator \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a string to display at the right side of the menu entry. Normally describes an accelerator keystroke sequence that may be used to invoke the same function as the menu entry. This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command). This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -background .TP \fB\-background \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-background\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -bitmap .TP \fB\-bitmap \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a bitmap to display in the menu instead of a textual label, in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. This option overrides the \fB\-label\fR option (as controlled by the \fB\-compound\fR option) but may be reset to an empty string to enable a textual label to be displayed. If a \fB\-image\fR option has been specified, it overrides \fB\-bitmap\fR. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -columnbreak .TP \fB\-columnbreak \fIvalue\fR . When this option is zero, the entry appears below the previous entry. When this option is one, the entry appears at the top of a new column in the menu. This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS, where menus are always a single column. .\" OPTION: -command .TP \fB\-command \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a Tcl command to execute when the menu entry is invoked. Not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -compound .TP \fB\-compound \fIvalue\fR . Specifies whether the menu entry should display both an image and text, and if so, where the image should be placed relative to the text. Valid values for this option are \fBbottom\fR, \fBcenter\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBnone\fR, \fBright\fR and \fBtop\fR. The default value is \fBnone\fR, meaning that the button will display either an image or text, depending on the values of the \fB\-image\fR and \fB\-bitmap\fR options. .\" OPTION: -font .TP \fB\-font \fIvalue\fR . Specifies the font to use when drawing the label or accelerator string in this entry. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default) then the \fB\-font\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -foreground .TP \fB\-foreground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-foreground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -hidemargin .TP \fB\-hidemargin \fIvalue\fR . Specifies whether the standard margins should be drawn for this menu entry. This is useful when creating palette with images in them, i.e., color palettes, pattern palettes, etc. 1 indicates that the margin for the entry is hidden; 0 means that the margin is used. .\" OPTION: -image .TP \fB\-image \fIvalue\fR . Specifies an image to display in the menu instead of a text string or bitmap. The image must have been created by some previous invocation of \fBimage create\fR. This option overrides the \fB\-label\fR and \fB\-bitmap\fR options (as controlled by the \fB\-compound\fR option) but may be reset to an empty string to enable a textual or bitmap label to be displayed. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -indicatoron .TP \fB\-indicatoron \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. \fIValue\fR is a boolean that determines whether or not the indicator should be displayed. .\" OPTION: -label .TP \fB\-label \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a string to display as an identifying label in the menu entry. Not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -menu .TP \fB\-menu \fIvalue\fR . Available only for cascade entries. Specifies the path name of the submenu associated with this entry. The submenu must be a child of the menu. .\" OPTION: -offvalue .TP \fB\-offvalue \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is deselected. .\" OPTION: -onvalue .TP \fB\-onvalue \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is selected. .\" OPTION: -selectcolor .TP \fB\-selectcolor \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies the color to display in the indicator when the entry is selected. If the value is an empty string (the default) then the \fB\-selectcolor\fR option for the menu determines the indicator color. .\" OPTION: -selectimage .TP \fB\-selectimage \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies an image to display in the entry (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option) when it is selected. \fIValue\fR is the name of an image, which must have been created by some previous invocation of \fBimage create\fR. This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been specified. .\" OPTION: -state .TP \fB\-state \fIvalue\fR . Specifies one of three states for the entry: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the entry is displayed using the \fB\-foreground\fR option for the menu and the \fB\-background\fR option from the entry or the menu. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the entry. In active state the entry is displayed using the \fB\-activeforeground\fR option for the menu along with the \fB\-activebackground\fR option from the entry. Disabled state means that the entry should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate or invoke the entry. In this state the entry is displayed according to the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR option for the menu and the \fB\-background\fR option from the entry. This option is not available for separator entries. .\" OPTION: -underline .TP \fB\-underline \fIvalue\fR . Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the entry. This option is also queried by the default bindings and used to implement keyboard traversal. 0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in the entry, 1 to the next character, and so on. If a bitmap or image is displayed in the entry then this option is ignored. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .\" OPTION: -value .TP \fB\-value \fIvalue\fR . Available only for radiobutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is selected. If an empty string is specified, then the \fB\-label\fR option for the entry as the value to store in the variable. .\" OPTION: -variable .TP \fB\-variable \fIvalue\fR . Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies the name of a global variable to set when the entry is selected. For checkbutton entries the variable is also set when the entry is deselected. For radiobutton entries, changing the variable |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/menubar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_menuBar \fIframe \fR?\fImenu menu ...\fR? .sp | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_menuBar \fIframe \fR?\fImenu menu ...\fR? .sp \fBtk_bindForTraversal \fIarg arg ... \fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures were used in Tk 3.6 and earlier releases to help manage pulldown menus and to implement keyboard traversal of menus. In Tk 4.0 and later releases they are no longer needed. Stubs for these procedures have been retained for |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/menubutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets .SH SYNOPSIS | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmenubutton\fI pathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-disabledforeground \-padx \-activeforeground \-font \-pady \-anchor \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-takefocus \-bitmap \-highlightcolor \-text \-borderwidth \-highlightthickness \-textvariable \-cursor \-image \-underline \-compound \-justify \-wraplength .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-direction direction Direction Specifies where the menu is going to be popup up. \fBabove\fR tries to pop the menu above the menubutton. \fBbelow\fR tries to pop the menu below the menubutton. \fBleft\fR tries to pop the menu to the left of the menubutton. \fBright\fR tries to pop the menu to the right of the menu button. \fBflush\fR pops the menu directly over the menubutton. In the case of \fBabove\fR or \fBbelow\fR, the direction will be reversed if the menu would show offscreen. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | be posted just underneath the menubutton. If the mouse is moved over the menu before releasing the mouse button, the button release causes the underlying menu entry to be invoked. When the button is released, the menu is unposted. .PP Menubuttons are used to construct a \fBtk_optionMenu\fR, which is the preferred mechanism for allowing a user to select one item from a list | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | be posted just underneath the menubutton. If the mouse is moved over the menu before releasing the mouse button, the button release causes the underlying menu entry to be invoked. When the button is released, the menu is unposted. .PP Menubuttons are used to construct a \fBtk_optionMenu\fR, which is the preferred mechanism for allowing a user to select one item from a list on macOS. .PP Menubuttons were also typically organized into groups called menu bars that allow scanning: if the mouse button is pressed over one menubutton (causing it to post its menu) and the mouse is moved over another menubutton in the same menu bar without releasing the mouse button, then the menu of the first menubutton is unposted and the menu of the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for menubutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenubutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified | > > | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for menubutton widgets: .\" METHOD: cget .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenubutton\fR command. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/message.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for message widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/messageBox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | .PP The following option-value pairs are supported: .TP \fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR followed by a space and the name of the button clicked by the user to close the dialog. This | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | .PP The following option-value pairs are supported: .TP \fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR followed by a space and the name of the button clicked by the user to close the dialog. This is only available on macOS. .TP \fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR . \fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for this message window ( .QW ok , .QW cancel , |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | \fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR . Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the message box. The message box is displayed on top of its parent window. .TP \fB\-title\fR \fItitleString\fR . | | < | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | \fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR . Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the message box. The message box is displayed on top of its parent window. .TP \fB\-title\fR \fItitleString\fR . Specifies a string to display as the title of the message box. The default value is an empty string. .TP \fB\-type\fR \fIpredefinedType\fR . Arranges for a predefined set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible for \fIpredefinedType\fR: .RS .TP 18 \fBabortretryignore\fR . Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are \fBabort\fR, \fBretry\fR and \fBignore\fR. .TP 18 \fBok\fR . Displays one button whose symbolic name is \fBok\fR. This is the default. .TP 18 \fBokcancel\fR . Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are \fBok\fR and \fBcancel\fR. .TP 18 \fBretrycancel\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/options.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | definition of active elements. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons). .OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements. See above for definition of active elements. | < < < | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | definition of active elements. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons). .OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements. See above for definition of active elements. .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap) is to be displayed in the widget. Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR. For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | all the time. .OP \-insertontime insertOnTime OnTime Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain .QW on in each blink cycle. .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth | | | 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 | all the time. .OP \-insertontime insertOnTime OnTime Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain .QW on in each blink cycle. .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth Specifies a non-negative value indicating the total width of the insertion cursor. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If a border has been specified for the insertion cursor (using the \fB\-insertborderwidth\fR option), the border will be drawn inside the width specified by the \fB\-insertwidth\fR option. .OP \-jump jump Jump For widgets with a slider that can be dragged to adjust a value, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 | this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by the height of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra internal space above and/or below what it displays inside. Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding options. | < < < < < < < | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 | this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by the height of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra internal space above and/or below what it displays inside. Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding options. .OP \-relief relief Relief Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR. The value indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative to its exterior; for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/pack.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 | than receiving default values. .RE .TP \fBpack forget \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow ...\fR? Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from the packing order for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the packer. | < < < < < < < < | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | than receiving default values. .RE .TP \fBpack forget \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow ...\fR? Removes each of the \fIwindow\fRs from the packing order for its container and unmaps their windows. The content will no longer be managed by the packer. .TP \fBpack info \fIwindow\fR Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of the window given by \fIwindow\fR in the same option-value form that might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR. The first two elements of the list are .QW "\fB\-in \fIcontainer\fR" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 | disabled for \fIcontainer\fR. In either of these cases an empty string is returned. If \fIboolean\fR is omitted then the command returns \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled for \fIcontainer\fR. Propagation is enabled by default. .TP | | > | | > | 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 | disabled for \fIcontainer\fR. In either of these cases an empty string is returned. If \fIboolean\fR is omitted then the command returns \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled for \fIcontainer\fR. Propagation is enabled by default. .TP \fBpack slaves \fIwindow\fR Returns a list of all of the content windows in the packing order for \fIwindow\fR. The order of the content windows in the list is the same as their order in the packing order. If \fIwindow\fR has no content then an empty string is returned. .VS "TIP 581" .TP \fBpack content \fIwindow\fR . Synonym for \fBpack slaves \fIwindow\fR. .VE "TIP 581" .SH "THE PACKER ALGORITHM" .PP For each container the packer maintains an ordered list of content windows called the \fIpacking list\fR. The \fB\-in\fR, \fB\-after\fR, and \fB\-before\fR configuration options are used to specify the container for each content and the content's position in the packing list. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/panedwindow.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBpanedwindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the panedwindow's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBpanedwindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the panedwindow's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the panedwindow widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for panedwindow widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBadd \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow ...\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/photo.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | \fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? \fIimageName \fBblank\fR \fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR \fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? | | | | | | | | | > | | < | | | | < < < < | > | | | | | | < < < | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | \fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? \fIimageName \fBblank\fR \fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR \fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR \fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBredither\fR \fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be transparent. A photo image is stored internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary. Image data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a procedural interface. At present, only .VS 8.6 PNG, .VE 8.6 GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional image file formats to be added easily. A photo image is transparent in regions where no image data has been supplied or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand. .SH "CREATING PHOTOS" .PP Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR command. Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR: .TP \fB\-data \fIstring\fR . Specifies the contents of the image as a string. The string should contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image file format handler that will accept string data. If both the \fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes precedence. .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR . Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the \fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option. .TP \fB\-file \fIname\fR . \fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data for the photo image. The file format must be one of those for which there is an image file format handler that can read data. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 | .PP When a photo image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | .PP When a photo image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS \fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .PP Those options that write data to the image generally expand the size of the image, if necessary, to accommodate the data written to the image, unless the user has specified non-zero values for the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 | is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and the source image is used as-is. The default compositing rule is \fIoverlay\fR. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < > < | | < < < < < | > | | > > > | | | < < < < < < | | | < < < < | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 | is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and the source image is used as-is. The default compositing rule is \fIoverlay\fR. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-background\fI color\fR . If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP \fB\-format\fI format-name\fR . Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used. Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string containing this image data. If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per pixel/column) of colors in .QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue). .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of \fIimageName\fR. If all four coordinates are given, they specify diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1 and excluding x2,y2. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR . Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the red, green and blue components respectively. .TP \fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR. This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see \fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.) Every scan-line must be of the same length. Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with that color. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR . Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR? . Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be copied. The default position is (0,0). If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the entire destination rectangle. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image. This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR . Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied to the destination image. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right corner of the image in the image file. If all four coordinates are |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 | quantization errors from one pixel to its neighbors. If the image data for \fIimageName\fR is supplied in pieces, the dithered image may not be exactly correct. Normally the difference is not noticeable, but if it is a problem, this command can be used to recalculate the dithered image in each window where the image is displayed. .TP | | < | | < < < | < | | < < | < < < | < | | | | | | < < < | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | quantization errors from one pixel to its neighbors. If the image data for \fIimageName\fR is supplied in pieces, the dithered image may not be exactly correct. Normally the difference is not noticeable, but if it is a problem, this command can be used to recalculate the dithered image in each window where the image is displayed. .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in the photo image. Several subcommands are available: .RS .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR . Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is transparent. .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR . Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-background\fI color\fR . If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP \fB\-format\fI format-name\fR . Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to write the data to the file. Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image file. If this option is not given, the format is guessed from the file extension. If that cannot be determined, this subcommand uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the image file. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of \fIimageName\fR. If all four coordinates are given, they specify |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 | .SH "IMAGE FORMATS" .PP The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF | < < < < < | | | > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 | .SH "IMAGE FORMATS" .PP The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF formats, which are automatically registered on initialization. .PP When reading an image file or processing string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string. Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use. In fact the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive). For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been registered). .PP When writing image data to a file, the processing of the \fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the requested handler, and may contain additional information following that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant to use of the formats supported by the handler. Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data to a file, even where the target image format does. .SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS" .PP .VS 8.6 Some image formats support sub-options, which are specified at the time that the image is loaded using additional words in the \fB\-format\fR option. At the time of writing, the following are supported: .TP \fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR . When parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th value may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer from 0 up to the number of image parts in the GIF data. .TP \fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR . An additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the background on which the image is displayed to show through. This usually also has the effect of desaturating the image. The \fIalphaValue\fR must be between 0.0 and 1.0. .VE 8.6 .SH "COLOR ALLOCATION" .PP When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using the colors that are available. The colors are allocated as a color cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
\-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
\-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6
.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/place.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | .TP \fBplace info \fIwindow\fR Returns a list giving the current configuration of \fIwindow\fR. The list consists of \fIoption\-value\fR pairs in exactly the same form as might be specified to the \fBplace configure\fR command. .TP | | > | | > | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 | .TP \fBplace info \fIwindow\fR Returns a list giving the current configuration of \fIwindow\fR. The list consists of \fIoption\-value\fR pairs in exactly the same form as might be specified to the \fBplace configure\fR command. .TP \fBplace slaves \fIwindow\fR Returns a list of all the content windows for which \fIwindow\fR is the container. If there is no content for \fIwindow\fR then an empty string is returned. .VS "TIP 581" .TP \fBplace content \fIwindow\fR . Synonym for \fBplace slaves \fIwindow\fR. .VE "TIP 581" .PP If the configuration of a window has been retrieved with \fBplace info\fR, that configuration can be restored later by first using \fBplace forget\fR to erase any existing information for the window and then invoking \fBplace configure\fR with the saved information. .SH "FINE POINTS" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/popup.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | $m add command \-label "Example 1" \-command bell $m add command \-label "Example 2" \-command bell # Create something to attach it to pack [label .l \-text "Click me!"] # Arrange for the menu to pop up when the label is clicked | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
$m add command \-label "Example 1" \-command bell
$m add command \-label "Example 2" \-command bell
# Create something to attach it to
pack [label .l \-text "Click me!"]
# Arrange for the menu to pop up when the label is clicked
bind .l <1> {\fBtk_popup\fR .popupMenu %X %Y}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n), menu(n), tk_optionMenu(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
menu, popup
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/radiobutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBradiobutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBradiobutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for radiobutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/scale.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscale\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscale\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for scale widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBscrollbar\fI pathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-highlightcolor \-repeatdelay \-background \-highlightthickness \-repeatinterval \-borderwidth \-jump \-takefocus \-cursor \-orient \-troughcolor \-highlightbackground \-relief .SE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | Scrollbars can be used to adjust the view in the associated window by clicking or dragging with the mouse. See the \fBBINDINGS\fR section below for details. .SH "ELEMENTS" .PP A scrollbar displays five elements, which are referred to in the widget commands for the scrollbar: | < | < | < | < | < | > > > > > > > > | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | Scrollbars can be used to adjust the view in the associated window by clicking or dragging with the mouse. See the \fBBINDINGS\fR section below for details. .SH "ELEMENTS" .PP A scrollbar displays five elements, which are referred to in the widget commands for the scrollbar: .IP \fBarrow1\fR 10 The top or left arrow in the scrollbar. .IP \fBtrough1\fR 10 The region between the slider and \fBarrow1\fR. .IP \fBslider\fR 10 The rectangle that indicates what is visible in the associated widget. .IP \fBtrough2\fR 10 The region between the slider and \fBarrow2\fR. .IP \fBarrow2\fR 10 The bottom or right arrow in the scrollbar. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscrollbar\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for scrollbar widgets: .\" METHOD: activate .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate \fR?\fIelement\fR? . Marks the element indicated by \fIelement\fR as active, which causes it to be displayed as specified by the \fB\-activebackground\fR and \fB\-activerelief\fR options. The only element values understood by this command are \fBarrow1\fR, \fBslider\fR, or \fBarrow2\fR. If any other value is specified then no element of the scrollbar will be active. If \fIelement\fR is not specified, the command returns the name of the element that is currently active, or an empty string if no element is active. .\" METHOD: cget .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscrollbar\fR command. .\" METHOD: configure .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscrollbar\fR command. .\" METHOD: delta .TP \fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR . Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in the scrollbar setting that corresponds to a given change in slider position. For example, if the scrollbar is horizontal, the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change to move the slider \fIdeltaX\fR pixels to the right (\fIdeltaY\fR is ignored in this case). If the scrollbar is vertical, the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change to move the slider \fIdeltaY\fR pixels down. The arguments and the result may be zero or negative. .\" METHOD: fraction .TP \fIpathName \fBfraction \fIx y\fR . Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating where the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. The value 0 corresponds to the top or left of the trough, the value 1 corresponds to the bottom or right, 0.5 corresponds to the middle, and so on. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR must be pixel coordinates relative to the scrollbar widget. If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR refer to a point outside the trough, the closest point in the trough is used. .\" METHOD: get .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR . Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command. .\" METHOD: identify .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR . Returns the name of the element under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR (such as \fBarrow1\fR), or an empty string if the point does not lie in any element of the scrollbar. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR must be pixel coordinates relative to the scrollbar widget. .\" METHOD: set .TP \fIpathName \fBset \fIfirst last\fR . This command is invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget to tell the scrollbar about the current view in the widget. The command takes two arguments, each of which is a real fraction between 0 and 1. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 | the slider, the scrollbar notifies the associated widget that it must change its view. The scrollbar makes the notification by evaluating a Tcl command generated from the scrollbar's \fB\-command\fR option. The command may take any of the following forms. In each case, \fIprefix\fR is the contents of the \fB\-command\fR option, which usually has a form like | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 | the slider, the scrollbar notifies the associated widget that it must change its view. The scrollbar makes the notification by evaluating a Tcl command generated from the scrollbar's \fB\-command\fR option. The command may take any of the following forms. In each case, \fIprefix\fR is the contents of the \fB\-command\fR option, which usually has a form like .QW "\fB.t yview\fR" . .\" METHOD: moveto .TP \fIprefix \fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR . \fIFraction\fR is a real number between 0 and 1. The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .\" METHOD: scroll .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR . The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units. The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget, such as characters or lines in a text widget. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit should scroll off the bottom or right of the window. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR . The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. .SH "OLD COMMAND SYNTAX" .PP In versions of Tk before 4.0, the \fBset\fR and \fBget\fR widget commands used a different form. This form is still supported for backward compatibility, but it is deprecated. In the old command syntax, the \fBset\fR widget command has the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
344 345 346 347 348 349 350 | .IP [14] The End key adjusts the view to the bottom (right edge) of the document. .SH EXAMPLE .PP Create a window with a scrollable \fBtext\fR widget: .CS toplevel .tl | | | | | | | | 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 |
.IP [14]
The End key adjusts the view to the bottom (right edge) of the document.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Create a window with a scrollable \fBtext\fR widget:
.CS
toplevel .tl
text .tl.t -yscrollcommand {.tl.s set}
\fBscrollbar\fR .tl.s -command {.tl.t yview}
grid .tl.t .tl.s -sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure .tl 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .tl 0 -weight 1
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/selection.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH selection n 8.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME selection \- Manipulate the X selection .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH selection n 8.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME selection \- Manipulate the X selection .SH SYNOPSIS \fBselection \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command provides a Tcl interface to the X selection mechanism and implements the full selection functionality described in the X Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM). .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/send.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME send \- Execute a command in a different application .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME send \- Execute a command in a different application .SH SYNOPSIS \fBsend ?\fIoptions\fR? \fIapp cmd \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command arranges for \fIcmd\fR (and \fIarg\fRs) to be executed in the application named by \fIapp\fR. It returns the result or error from that command execution. \fIApp\fR may be the name of any application whose main window is |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/spinbox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | \-borderwidth \-insertborderwidth \-selectborderwidth \-cursor \-insertontime \-selectforeground \-exportselection \-insertwidth \-takefocus \-font \-insertofftime \-textvariable \-foreground \-justify \-xscrollcommand \-highlightbackground \-relief \-highlightcolor \-repeatdelay | < | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | \-borderwidth \-insertborderwidth \-selectborderwidth \-cursor \-insertontime \-selectforeground \-exportselection \-insertwidth \-takefocus \-font \-insertofftime \-textvariable \-foreground \-justify \-xscrollcommand \-highlightbackground \-relief \-highlightcolor \-repeatdelay .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background The background color to be used for the spin buttons. .OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons. If this is empty (the default), a default cursor will be used. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR, as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-from from From A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its | | < | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR, as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-from from From A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its contents. This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option. .OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0. Setting it to an empty string disables this feature (the default). The best use of this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information. .OP \-increment increment Increment |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-to to To A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control | | < | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-to to To A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its contents. This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option. .OP \-validate validate Validate Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR. It defaults to \fBnone\fR. When you want validation, you must explicitly state which mode you wish to use. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more. .OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 | then the \fB-validate\fR option will be automatically set to \fBnone\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 | then the \fB-validate\fR option will be automatically set to \fBnone\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .SS INDICES .PP Many of the widget commands for spinboxes take one or more indices as arguments. An index specifies a particular character in the spinbox's |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | | < | > > | | < < | 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for spinboxes that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/text.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 | .TP 12 \fBend\fR . Indicates the end of the text (the character just after the last newline). .TP 12 \fImark\fR . | | > | 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | .TP 12 \fBend\fR . Indicates the end of the text (the character just after the last newline). .TP 12 \fImark\fR . Indicates the character just after the mark whose name is \fImark\fR (see \fBMARKS\fR for details). .TP 12 \fItag\fB.first\fR . Indicates the first character in the text that has been tagged with \fItag\fR. This form generates an error if no characters are currently tagged with \fItag\fR. .TP 12 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 | .IP [3] If the selection is claimed away by another application or by another window within this application, then the \fBsel\fR tag will be removed from all characters in the text. .IP [4] Whenever the \fBsel\fR tag range changes a virtual event \fB<<Selection>>\fR is generated. .PP The \fBsel\fR tag is automatically defined when a text widget is created, and it may not be deleted with the .QW "\fIpathName \fBtag delete\fR" widget command. Furthermore, the \fB\-selectbackground\fR, \fB\-selectborderwidth\fR, and \fB\-selectforeground\fR options for the text widget are tied to the \fB\-background\fR, \fB\-borderwidth\fR, and | > > > | 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 | .IP [3] If the selection is claimed away by another application or by another window within this application, then the \fBsel\fR tag will be removed from all characters in the text. .IP [4] Whenever the \fBsel\fR tag range changes a virtual event \fB<<Selection>>\fR is generated. It might also be generated when selection is affected but not actually changed. Further, multiple selection changes could happen before events can be processed leading to multiple events with the same visible selection. .PP The \fBsel\fR tag is automatically defined when a text widget is created, and it may not be deleted with the .QW "\fIpathName \fBtag delete\fR" widget command. Furthermore, the \fB\-selectbackground\fR, \fB\-selectborderwidth\fR, and \fB\-selectforeground\fR options for the text widget are tied to the \fB\-background\fR, \fB\-borderwidth\fR, and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 | .CE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBtext\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the text's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 | .CE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBtext\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the text's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the text widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for text widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBbbox \fIindex\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 | . Include information about embedded windows in the dump results. The value of a window is its Tk pathname, unless the window has not been created yet. (It must have a create script.) In this case an empty string is returned, and you must query the window by its index position to get more information. .RE .TP | | | 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 | . Include information about embedded windows in the dump results. The value of a window is its Tk pathname, unless the window has not been created yet. (It must have a create script.) In this case an empty string is returned, and you must query the window by its index position to get more information. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBedit \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command controls the undo mechanism and the modified flag. The exact behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBedit\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 | The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag of the widget to \fIboolean\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR . When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided | | < | | < | | | 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 | The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag of the widget to \fIboolean\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR . When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR . Clears the undo and redo stacks. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR . Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR . Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR? . Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 | ranges of text will be returned in a list. Invalid ranges will not be represented with empty strings in the list. The ranges are returned in the order passed to \fIpathName \fBget\fR. If the \fB\-displaychars\fR option is given, then, within each range, only those characters which are not elided will be returned. This may have the effect that some of the returned ranges are empty strings. .TP | | | | 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 | ranges of text will be returned in a list. Invalid ranges will not be represented with empty strings in the list. The ranges are returned in the order passed to \fIpathName \fBget\fR. If the \fB\-displaychars\fR option is given, then, within each range, only those characters which are not elided will be returned. This may have the effect that some of the returned ranges are empty strings. .TP \fIpathName \fBimage \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate embedded images. The behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBimage\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBimage cget \fIindex option\fR . Returns the value of a configuration option for an embedded image. \fIIndex\fR identifies the embedded image, and \fIoption\fR specifies a particular |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 | characters will receive all of the tags in this list and no others, regardless of the tags present around the insertion point. If multiple \fIchars\fR\-\fItagList\fR argument pairs are present, they produce the same effect as if a separate \fIpathName \fBinsert\fR widget command had been issued for each pair, in order. The last \fItagList\fR argument may be omitted. .TP | | | 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 | characters will receive all of the tags in this list and no others, regardless of the tags present around the insertion point. If multiple \fIchars\fR\-\fItagList\fR argument pairs are present, they produce the same effect as if a separate \fIpathName \fBinsert\fR widget command had been issued for each pair, in order. The last \fItagList\fR argument may be omitted. .TP \fIpathName \fBmark \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate marks. The exact behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBmark\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBmark gravity \fImarkName\fR ?\fIdirection\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 | \fIpathName \fBsync -command \fIcommand\fR Schedules \fIcommand\fR to be executed (by the event loop) exactly once as soon as all line heights are up-to-date. If there are no pending line metrics calculations, the scheduling is immediate. The command returns the empty string. \fBbgerror\fR is called on \fIcommand\fR failure. .RE .TP | | | 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 | \fIpathName \fBsync -command \fIcommand\fR Schedules \fIcommand\fR to be executed (by the event loop) exactly once as soon as all line heights are up-to-date. If there are no pending line metrics calculations, the scheduling is immediate. The command returns the empty string. \fBbgerror\fR is called on \fIcommand\fR failure. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate tags. The exact behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBtag\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBtag add \fItagName index1 \fR?\fIindex2 index1 index2 ...\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 | the command returns the \fIscript\fR associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (an error occurs if there is no such binding). If both \fIscript\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the | | | > | | > | | 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 | the command returns the \fIscript\fR associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (an error occurs if there is no such binding). If both \fIscript\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR) or virtual events. Mouse and keyboard event bindings for a text widget respectively use the \fBcurrent\fR and \fBinsert\fR marks described under \fBMARKS\fR above. An \fBEnter\fR event triggers for a tag when the tag first becomes present on the current character, and a \fBLeave\fR event triggers for a tag when it ceases to be present on the current character. \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events can happen either because the \fBcurrent\fR mark moved or because the character at that position changed. Note that these events are different than \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events for windows. Mouse events are directed to the current character, while keyboard events are directed to the insert character. If a virtual event is used in a binding, that binding can trigger only if the virtual event is defined by an underlying mouse-related or keyboard-related event. .PP It is possible for the current character to have multiple tags, and for each of them to have a binding for a particular event sequence. When this occurs, one binding is invoked for each tag, in order from lowest-priority to highest priority. If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 | \fIindex1\fR\-\fIindex2\fR pairs. If the last \fIindex2\fR is omitted then the tag is removed from the single character at \fIindex1\fR. If there are no characters in the specified range (e.g. \fIindex1\fR is past the end of the file or \fIindex2\fR is less than or equal to \fIindex1\fR) then the command has no effect. This command returns an empty string. .RE .TP | | | 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 | \fIindex1\fR\-\fIindex2\fR pairs. If the last \fIindex2\fR is omitted then the tag is removed from the single character at \fIindex1\fR. If there are no characters in the specified range (e.g. \fIindex1\fR is past the end of the file or \fIindex2\fR is less than or equal to \fIindex1\fR) then the command has no effect. This command returns an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBwindow \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate embedded windows. The behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBwindow\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBwindow cget \fIindex option\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 | Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the horizontal span of the text is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to | | | | | | < < | > > | 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 | Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the horizontal span of the text is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or \fBpixels\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR must be an integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as .QW 2.0c or .QW 1i (the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given, pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR pixels. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR? . This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the text in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 | the widget will never scroll beyond the last pixel, and so a value of 1 will effectively be rounded back to whatever fraction ensures the last pixel is at the bottom of the window, and some other pixel is at the top. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to | | | | | | 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 | the widget will never scroll beyond the last pixel, and so a value of 1 will effectively be rounded back to whatever fraction ensures the last pixel is at the bottom of the window, and some other pixel is at the top. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR . This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or \fBpixels\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR must be an integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as .QW 2.0c or .QW 1i (the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given, pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by \fInumber\fR lines on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 | Tk automatically creates class bindings for texts that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word is dependent on the value of the \fBtcl_wordchars\fR variable. See \fBtclvars\fR(n). .IP [1] | | | 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 | Tk automatically creates class bindings for texts that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word is dependent on the value of the \fBtcl_wordchars\fR variable. See \fBtclvars\fR(n). .IP [1] Clicking mouse button 1 positions the insertion cursor at the closest edge of the character underneath the mouse cursor, sets the input focus to this widget, and clears any selection in the widget. Dragging with mouse button 1 strokes out a selection between the insertion cursor and the character under the mouse. .IP [2] Double-clicking with mouse button 1 selects the word under the mouse and positions the insertion cursor at the start of the word. Dragging after a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 | .IP [28] Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor. .IP [29] Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion cursor. .IP [30] | < < < > > > | 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 | .IP [28] Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor. .IP [29] Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion cursor. .IP [30] Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to the clipboard. .IP [31] Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the insertion cursor. .IP [32] Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise. .IP [33] Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise. .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tk.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state .SH SYNOPSIS | | > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | .TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk\fI option \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtk\fR command provides access to miscellaneous elements of Tk's internal state. Most of the information manipulated by this command pertains to the application as a whole, or to a screen or display, rather than to a particular window. The command can take any of a number of different forms depending on the \fIoption\fR argument. The legal forms are: .\" METHOD: appname .TP \fBtk appname \fR?\fInewName\fR? . If \fInewName\fR is not specified, this command returns the name of the application (the name that may be used in \fBsend\fR commands to communicate with the application). If \fInewName\fR is specified, then the name of the application |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | \fInewName\fR should not start with a capital letter. This will interfere with option processing, since names starting with capitals are assumed to be classes; as a result, Tk may not be able to find some options for the application. If sends have been disabled by deleting the \fBsend\fR command, this command will reenable them and recreate the \fBsend\fR command. .TP \fBtk busy \fIsubcommand\fR ... . This command controls the marking of window hierarchies as .QW busy , rendering them non-interactive while some other operation is proceeding. For more details see the \fBbusy\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk caret \fIwindow \fR?\fB\-x \fIx\fR? ?\fB\-y \fIy\fR? ?\fB\-height \fIheight\fR? . Sets and queries the caret location for the display of the specified Tk window \fIwindow\fR. The caret is the per-display cursor location used for indicating global focus (e.g. to comply with Microsoft Accessibility guidelines), as well as for location of the over-the-spot XIM (X Input Methods) or Windows IME windows. If no options are specified, the last values used for setting the caret are return in option-value pair format. \fB\-x\fR and \fB\-y\fR represent window-relative coordinates, and \fB\-height\fR is the height of the current cursor location, or the height of the specified \fIwindow\fR if none is given. .TP \fBtk inactive \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fBreset\fR? . Returns a positive integer, the number of milliseconds since the last time the user interacted with the system. If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is given then the return value refers to the display of \fIwindow\fR; otherwise it refers to the display of the application's main window. .RS .PP \fBtk inactive\fR will return \-1, if querying the user inactive time is not supported by the system, and in safe interpreters. .PP If the literal string \fBreset\fR is given as an additional argument, the timer is reset and an empty string is returned. Resetting the inactivity time is forbidden in safe interpreters and will throw an error if tried. .RE .TP \fBtk fontchooser \fIsubcommand\fR ... Controls the Tk font selection dialog. For more details see the \fBfontchooser\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk scaling \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fInumber\fR? . Sets and queries the current scaling factor used by Tk to convert between physical units (for example, points, inches, or millimeters) and pixels. The \fInumber\fR argument is a floating point number that specifies the number of pixels per point on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is | > > > > > > | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | \fInewName\fR should not start with a capital letter. This will interfere with option processing, since names starting with capitals are assumed to be classes; as a result, Tk may not be able to find some options for the application. If sends have been disabled by deleting the \fBsend\fR command, this command will reenable them and recreate the \fBsend\fR command. .\" METHOD: busy .TP \fBtk busy \fIsubcommand\fR ... . This command controls the marking of window hierarchies as .QW busy , rendering them non-interactive while some other operation is proceeding. For more details see the \fBbusy\fR manual page. .\" METHOD: caret .TP \fBtk caret \fIwindow \fR?\fB\-x \fIx\fR? ?\fB\-y \fIy\fR? ?\fB\-height \fIheight\fR? . Sets and queries the caret location for the display of the specified Tk window \fIwindow\fR. The caret is the per-display cursor location used for indicating global focus (e.g. to comply with Microsoft Accessibility guidelines), as well as for location of the over-the-spot XIM (X Input Methods) or Windows IME windows. If no options are specified, the last values used for setting the caret are return in option-value pair format. \fB\-x\fR and \fB\-y\fR represent window-relative coordinates, and \fB\-height\fR is the height of the current cursor location, or the height of the specified \fIwindow\fR if none is given. .\" METHOD: inactive .TP \fBtk inactive \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fBreset\fR? . Returns a positive integer, the number of milliseconds since the last time the user interacted with the system. If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is given then the return value refers to the display of \fIwindow\fR; otherwise it refers to the display of the application's main window. .RS .PP \fBtk inactive\fR will return \-1, if querying the user inactive time is not supported by the system, and in safe interpreters. .PP If the literal string \fBreset\fR is given as an additional argument, the timer is reset and an empty string is returned. Resetting the inactivity time is forbidden in safe interpreters and will throw an error if tried. .RE .\" METHOD: fontchooser .TP \fBtk fontchooser \fIsubcommand\fR ... . Controls the Tk font selection dialog. For more details see the \fBfontchooser\fR manual page. .\" METHOD: scaling .TP \fBtk scaling \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fInumber\fR? . Sets and queries the current scaling factor used by Tk to convert between physical units (for example, points, inches, or millimeters) and pixels. The \fInumber\fR argument is a floating point number that specifies the number of pixels per point on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | displayed 1.25 times as large as normal. The initial value for the scaling factor is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be changed at any time. Measurements made after the scaling factor is changed will use the new scaling factor, but it is undefined whether existing widgets will resize themselves dynamically to accommodate the new scaling factor. .RE .TP \fBtk useinputmethods \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIboolean\fR? . Sets and queries the state of whether Tk should use XIM (X Input Methods) for filtering events. The resulting state is returned. XIM is used in some locales (i.e., Japanese, Korean), to handle special input devices. This feature is only significant on X. If XIM support is not available, this will always return 0. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fIboolean\fR argument is omitted, the current state is returned. This is turned on by default for the main display. .TP \fBtk windowingsystem\fR . Returns the current Tk windowing system, one of \fBx11\fR (X11-based), \fBwin32\fR (MS Windows), | > > | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | displayed 1.25 times as large as normal. The initial value for the scaling factor is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be changed at any time. Measurements made after the scaling factor is changed will use the new scaling factor, but it is undefined whether existing widgets will resize themselves dynamically to accommodate the new scaling factor. .RE .\" METHOD: useinputmethods .TP \fBtk useinputmethods \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIboolean\fR? . Sets and queries the state of whether Tk should use XIM (X Input Methods) for filtering events. The resulting state is returned. XIM is used in some locales (i.e., Japanese, Korean), to handle special input devices. This feature is only significant on X. If XIM support is not available, this will always return 0. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fIboolean\fR argument is omitted, the current state is returned. This is turned on by default for the main display. .\" METHOD: windowingsystem .TP \fBtk windowingsystem\fR . Returns the current Tk windowing system, one of \fBx11\fR (X11-based), \fBwin32\fR (MS Windows), or \fBaqua\fR (macOS Aqua). .SH "SEE ALSO" busy(n), fontchooser(n), send(n), winfo(n) .SH KEYWORDS application name, send '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/tk4.0.ps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | % FrameMaker. % NOTE % This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output. % Any questions should be sent to mickey@magickingdom.eng.sun.com % % Known Problems: % Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1 | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to mickey@magickingdom.eng.sun.com
%
% Known Problems:
% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White
/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
% See if we're a NeWSprint printer
/currentcanvas where {
pop systemdict /separationdict known
exit
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
% } if
systemdict /colorimage known
systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def
% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
% /FMPrintInColor false def
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
% } if
systemdict /colorimage known
systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def
% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
% /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put
FrameDict /bug false put
mark
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put
FrameDict /bug get {
/readline {
/gstring exch def
/gfile exch def
/gindex 0 def
{
gfile read pop
dup 10 eq {exit} if
dup 13 eq {exit} if
gstring exch gindex exch put
/gindex gindex 1 add def
} loop
pop
gstring 0 gindex getinterval true
} def
} if
/FMVERSION {
FMversion ne {
/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
100 100 moveto
(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
dup =
show showpage
} if
} def
/FMLOCAL {
FrameDict begin
0 def
end
} def
/gstring FMLOCAL
/gfile FMLOCAL
/gindex FMLOCAL
/orgxfer FMLOCAL
/orgproc FMLOCAL
/organgle FMLOCAL
/orgfreq FMLOCAL
/yscale FMLOCAL
/xscale FMLOCAL
/manualfeed FMLOCAL
/paperheight FMLOCAL
/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT {
array /FMfonts exch def
/#copies exch def
FrameDict begin
0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
/manualfeed exch def
/paperheight exch def
/paperwidth exch def
/yscale exch def
/xscale exch def
currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
setpapername
manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse
{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse
{desperatepapersize} if
end
} def
/pagesave FMLOCAL
/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE {
FrameDict begin
/pagesave save def
3.86 setmiterlimit
/landscape exch 0 ne def
landscape {
90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop
}
{pop pop}
ifelse
xscale yscale scale
/orgmatrix matrix def
gsave
} def
/FMENDPAGE {
grestore
pagesave restore
end
showpage
} def
/FMFONTDEFINE {
FrameDict begin
findfont
ReEncode
1 index exch
definefont
FMfonts 3 1 roll
put
end
} def
/FMFILLS {
FrameDict begin
array /fillvals exch def
end
} def
/FMFILL {
FrameDict begin
fillvals 3 1 roll put
end
} def
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS {
newpath
0.0 0.0 moveto
1 setlinewidth
0 setlinecap
0 0 0 sethsbcolor
0 setgray
} bind def
/fx FMLOCAL
/fy FMLOCAL
/fh FMLOCAL
/fw FMLOCAL
/llx FMLOCAL
/lly FMLOCAL
/urx FMLOCAL
/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF {
end
/FMEPSF save def
/showpage {} def
FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall
fx fy translate
rotate
fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale
llx neg lly neg translate
} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
FMEPSF restore
FrameDict begin
} bind def
FrameDict begin
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen {
paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch
paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
} def
/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername {
/papersizedict 14 dict def
papersizedict begin
/papername /unknown def
/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
/A4 {a4tray a4} def
/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
/B4 {b4tray b4} def
/B5 {b5tray b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
| | | | | | | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
/A4 {a4tray a4} def
/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
/B4 {b4tray b4} def
/B5 {b5tray b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
statusdict begin stopped end
countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
} def
/manualpapersize {
papersizedict begin
/Letter {letter} def
/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
/Tabloid {11x17} def
/Ledger {ledger} def
/Legal {legal} def
/Statement {statement} def
/Executive {executive} def
/A3 {a3} def
/A4 {a4} def
/A4Small {a4small} def
/B4 {b4} def
/B5 {b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
stopped
} def
/desperatepapersize {
statusdict /setpageparams known
{
paperwidth paperheight 0 1
statusdict begin
{setpageparams} stopped pop
end
} if
} def
/savematrix {
orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
} bind def
/restorematrix {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 | /fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl /periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand /Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron ] def | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode {
dup
length
dict begin
{
1 index /FID ne
{def}
{pop pop} ifelse
} forall
0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if
currentdict
end
} bind def
/graymode true def
/bwidth FMLOCAL
/bpside FMLOCAL
/bstring FMLOCAL
/onbits FMLOCAL
/offbits FMLOCAL
/xindex FMLOCAL
/yindex FMLOCAL
/x FMLOCAL
/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
/bwidth exch def
/bpside exch def
/bstring exch def
/onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
freq sangle landscape {90 add} if
{/y exch def
/x exch def
/xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
/yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
{/onbits onbits 1 add def 1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
366 367 368 369 370 371 372 | orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen } if } bind def /HUE FMLOCAL /SAT FMLOCAL /BRIGHT FMLOCAL /Colors FMLOCAL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
} if
} bind def
/HUE FMLOCAL
/SAT FMLOCAL
/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor
{
/HUE 0 def
/SAT 0 def
/BRIGHT 0 def
% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
/Colors
[[0 0 ] % black
[0 0 ] % white
[0.00 1.0] % red
[0.37 1.0] % green
[0.60 1.0] % blue
[0.50 1.0] % cyan
[0.83 1.0] % magenta
[0.16 1.0] % comment / yellow
] def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
BITMAPCOLOR} def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
BITMAPCOLORc} def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
/K {
Colors exch get dup
0 get /HUE exch store
1 get /BRIGHT exch store
HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
ifelse
} def
/FMsetgray {
/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store
HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
ifelse
} bind def
}
{
/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
BITMAPGRAY} def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
BITMAPGRAYc} def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
/K {
pop
} def
}
ifelse
/normalize {
transform round exch round exch itransform
} bind def
/dnormalize {
dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
} bind def
/lnormalize {
0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
} bind def
/H {
lnormalize setlinewidth
} bind def
/Z {
setlinecap
} bind def
/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X {
fillvals exch get
dup type /stringtype eq
{8 1 setpattern}
{grayness}
ifelse
} bind def
/V {
gsave eofill grestore
} bind def
/N {
stroke
} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
/n FMLOCAL
/L {
/n exch def
newpath
normalize
moveto
2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
} bind def
/Y {
L
closepath
} bind def
/x1 FMLOCAL
/x2 FMLOCAL
/y1 FMLOCAL
/y2 FMLOCAL
/rad FMLOCAL
/R {
/y2 exch def
/x2 exch def
/y1 exch def
/x1 exch def
x1 y1
x2 y1
x2 y2
x1 y2
4 Y
} bind def
/RR {
/rad exch def
normalize
/y2 exch def
/x2 exch def
normalize
/y1 exch def
/x1 exch def
newpath
x1 y1 rad add moveto
x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
closepath
16 {pop} repeat
} bind def
/C {
grestore
gsave
R
clip
} bind def
/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F {
FMfonts exch get
FMpointsize scalefont
setfont
} bind def
/Q {
/FMpointsize exch def
F
} bind def
/T {
moveto show
} bind def
/RF {
rotate
0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
} bind def
/TF {
gsave
moveto
RF
show
grestore
} bind def
/P {
moveto
0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
} bind def
/PF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
grestore
} bind def
/S {
moveto
0 exch ashow
} bind def
/SF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 exch ashow
grestore
} bind def
/B {
moveto
0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
} bind def
/BF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
grestore
} bind def
/G {
gsave
newpath
normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto
dnormalize scale
0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
closepath fill
grestore
} bind def
/A {
gsave
savematrix
newpath
2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch
normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch
translate
scale
0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
restorematrix
stroke
grestore
} bind def
/x FMLOCAL
/y FMLOCAL
/w FMLOCAL
/h FMLOCAL
/xx FMLOCAL
/yy FMLOCAL
/ww FMLOCAL
/hh FMLOCAL
/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
/FMoptop FMLOCAL
/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE {
/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
/FMoptop count 4 sub def
/FMsaveobject save def
userdict begin
/showpage {} def
FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
3 index neg 3 index neg translate
} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for
countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
FMsaveobject restore
} bind def
/gn {
0
{ 46 mul
cf read pop
32 sub
dup 46 lt {exit} if
46 sub add
} loop
add
} bind def
/str FMLOCAL
/cfs {
/str sl string def
0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for
str def
} bind def
/ic [
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
0
{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 | /val FMLOCAL /ws FMLOCAL /im FMLOCAL /bs FMLOCAL /cs FMLOCAL /len FMLOCAL /pos FMLOCAL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
/val FMLOCAL
/ws FMLOCAL
/im FMLOCAL
/bs FMLOCAL
/cs FMLOCAL
/len FMLOCAL
/pos FMLOCAL
/ms {
/sl exch def
/val 255 def
/ws cfs
/im cfs
/val 0 def
/bs cfs
/cs cfs
} bind def
400 ms
/ip {
is
0
cf cs readline pop
{ ic exch get exec
add
} forall
pop
} bind def
/wh {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
pos len
} bind def
/bl {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
pos len
} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
pos len
} bind def
/hx {
3 copy getinterval
cf exch readhexstring pop pop
} bind def
/h FMLOCAL
/w FMLOCAL
/d FMLOCAL
/lb FMLOCAL
/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
/is FMLOCAL
/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes {
dup
8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc {
1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc {
8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc {
2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc {
/r exch def
/d exch def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/lb w d wbytes def
sl lb lt {lb ms} if
/bitmapsave save def
r
/is im 0 lb getinterval def
ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW {
1 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY {
8 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT {
2 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP {
/r exch def
/d exch def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
r
/is w d wbytes string def
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{cf is readhexstring pop} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/proc1 FMLOCAL
/proc2 FMLOCAL
/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
/proc2 exch cvlit def
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
setcolortransfer
{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
{} setblackgeneration
} bind def
/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
/tran 256 string def
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 |
setcolortransfer
{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
{} setblackgeneration
} bind def
/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
/tran 256 string def
0 1 255 {/indx exch def
tran indx
red indx get 77 mul
green indx get 151 mul
blue indx get 28 mul
add add 256 idiv put} for
currenttransfer
{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR {
/d 8 def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
colorsetup
/is w d wbytes string def
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc {
/d 8 def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/lb w d wbytes def
sl lb lt {lb ms} if
/bitmapsave save def
colorsetup
/is im 0 lb getinterval def
ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
/gis w string def
/bis w string def
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ cf is readhexstring pop }
{ cf gis readhexstring pop }
{ cf bis readhexstring pop }
true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip gip bip w gray} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray {
/ww exch def
/b exch def
/g exch def
/r exch def
0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
r
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
/gis w string def
/bis w string def
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ cf is readhexstring pop
cf gis readhexstring pop
cf bis readhexstring pop w gray} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPGRAY {
8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc {
8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
} bind def
end
/ALDsave FMLOCAL
/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
/ALDsave save def
savematrix
ALDmatrix setmatrix
} bind def
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 | -0.27 ( binding, and) 457.95 580 P (a binding on) 152.1 567.89 T 5 F (<Control-a>) 204.57 567.89 T 3 F ( takes precedence over a binding on) 270.54 567.89 T 5 F | | | 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 | -0.27 ( binding, and) 457.95 580 P (a binding on) 152.1 567.89 T 5 F (<Control-a>) 204.57 567.89 T 3 F ( takes precedence over a binding on) 270.54 567.89 T 5 F (<KeyPress>.) 416.24 567.89 T 3 F -0.26 (The mechanism for con\337ict resolution is similar in Tk 4.0 except that one binding can) 170.1 555.89 P -0.35 (trigger for) 152.1 543.78 P 2 F -0.35 (each) 194.7 543.78 P 3 F -0.35 ( binding tag on the window where the event occurs. The bindings trigger in) 213.57 543.78 P |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 | 5 F (Control) 391.17 608.33 T 3 F (, or any combina-) 433.15 608.33 T (tion of them. If you wish for a binding not to trigger when a modi\336er is present, you can) 152.1 596.33 T (just de\336ne an empty binding for that modi\336er combination. For example,) 152.1 584.33 T 5 9 Q | | | | 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 |
5 F
(Control) 391.17 608.33 T
3 F
(, or any combina-) 433.15 608.33 T
(tion of them. If you wish for a binding not to trigger when a modi\336er is present, you can) 152.1 596.33 T
(just de\336ne an empty binding for that modi\336er combination. For example,) 152.1 584.33 T
5 9 Q
(bind .b <Control-ButtonPress-1> {# this script is a no-op}) 179.1 570 T
3 10 Q
(creates a binding that will trigger on mouse button presses when the) 152.1 556.33 T
5 F
(Control) 426.36 556.33 T
3 F
( key is) 468.34 556.33 T
-0.22 (down. If there is also a) 152.1 544.33 P
5 F
-0.52 (<ButtonPress-1>) 244.35 544.33 P
3 F
-0.22 ( binding for) 334.3 544.33 P
5 F
-0.52 (.b) 383.35 544.33 P
3 F
-0.22 (, it will no longer be invoked) 395.34 544.33 P
-0.02 (if the) 152.1 532.33 P
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer. '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer. '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on macOS from Tk .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR \fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR \fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR \fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR \fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR \fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR \fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR | < | > > > > > | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
\fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR
\fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR
\fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR
\fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR
\fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR
\fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH "EVENT HANDLER CALLBACKS"
.PP
The Aqua/macOS application environment defines a number of additional
events that applications should respond to. These events are mapped by Tk to
calls to commands in the \fB::tk::mac\fR namespace; unless otherwise noted, if
the command is absent, no action will be taken.
.\" COMMAND: DoScriptFile
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command
executes a Tcl file when an AppleScript sends a
.QW "do script"
command to Wish with a file path as a parameter.
.\" COMMAND: DoScriptText
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command
executes Tcl code when an AppleScript sends a
.QW "do script"
command to Wish with Tcl code or a Tcl procedure as a parameter.
.\" COMMAND: ShowPreferences
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for kAEShowPreferences,
.QW pref .
The application menu
.QW "Preferences"
menu item is only enabled when this proc is defined. Typically this command is
used to wrap a specific own preferences command, which pops up a preferences
window. Something like:
.RS
.PP
.CS
proc ::tk::mac::ShowPreferences {} {
setPref
}
.CE
.RE
.\" COMMAND: OpenApplication
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application
is initially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEOpenApplication,
.QW oapp .
.\" COMMAND: ReopenApplication
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEReopenApplication,
.QW rapp ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is opened when it is already
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
} else {
wm deiconify .
}
raise .
}
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OpenDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEOpenDocuments,
.QW odoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to open one or more
documents (e.g., by drag & drop onto the app or by opening a document of a
type associated to the app). The proc should take as arguments paths to the
files to be opened, like so:
.RS
.PP
.CS
proc ::tk::mac::OpenDocument {args} {
foreach f $args {my_open_document $f}
}
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEPrintDocuments,
.QW pdoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print a
document. It takes a single absolute file path as an argument.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEQuitApplication,
.QW quit ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to be quit, e.g. via the
quit menu item in the application menu, the quit menu item in the Dock menu,
or during a logout/restart/shutdown etc. If this is not defined, \fBexit\fR is
called instead.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR
.
If defined, this is called when your application receives a kEventAppHidden
event, e.g. via the hide menu item in the application or Dock menus.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR
.
If defined, this is called when your application receives a kEventAppShown
event, e.g. via the show all menu item in the application menu, or by clicking
the Dock icon of a hidden application.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR
.
Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the
platform-specific standard Help menu item
.QW "YourApp Help"
performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is
set).
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR
.
Executes a Tcl procedure called from the macOS
.QW Services
menu in the Application menu item. The
.QW Services
| > > > > > > > | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
} else {
wm deiconify .
}
raise .
}
.CE
.RE
.\" COMMAND: OpenDocument
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OpenDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEOpenDocuments,
.QW odoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to open one or more
documents (e.g., by drag & drop onto the app or by opening a document of a
type associated to the app). The proc should take as arguments paths to the
files to be opened, like so:
.RS
.PP
.CS
proc ::tk::mac::OpenDocument {args} {
foreach f $args {my_open_document $f}
}
.CE
.RE
.\" COMMAND: PrintDocument
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEPrintDocuments,
.QW pdoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print a
document. It takes a single absolute file path as an argument.
.\" COMMAND: Quit
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEQuitApplication,
.QW quit ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to be quit, e.g. via the
quit menu item in the application menu, the quit menu item in the Dock menu,
or during a logout/restart/shutdown etc. If this is not defined, \fBexit\fR is
called instead.
.\" COMMAND: OnHide
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR
.
If defined, this is called when your application receives a kEventAppHidden
event, e.g. via the hide menu item in the application or Dock menus.
.\" COMMAND: OnShow
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR
.
If defined, this is called when your application receives a kEventAppShown
event, e.g. via the show all menu item in the application menu, or by clicking
the Dock icon of a hidden application.
.\" COMMAND: ShowHelp
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR
.
Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the
platform-specific standard Help menu item
.QW "YourApp Help"
performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is
set).
.\" COMMAND: PerformService
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR
.
Executes a Tcl procedure called from the macOS
.QW Services
menu in the Application menu item. The
.QW Services
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 | the application's Info.plist file. The underlying code supporting this command also allows the text, entry and ttk::entry widgets to access services from other applications via the Services menu. The NSPortName key in Wish's Info.plist file is currently set as .QW "Wish" ; if a developer changes the name of the Wish executable to something else, this key should be modified with the same name. .TP \fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR . If defined, launches a URL within Tk. This would be used if a Tk application wants to handle a URL itself, such as displaying data from an RSS feed, rather than launching a default application to handle the URL, although it can defined as such. Wish includes a stub URL scheme of .QW foo:// | > | | | < < | > | | | > > > > | < > > > > > > > > | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 | the application's Info.plist file. The underlying code supporting this command also allows the text, entry and ttk::entry widgets to access services from other applications via the Services menu. The NSPortName key in Wish's Info.plist file is currently set as .QW "Wish" ; if a developer changes the name of the Wish executable to something else, this key should be modified with the same name. .\" COMMAND: LaunchURL .TP \fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR . If defined, launches a URL within Tk. This would be used if a Tk application wants to handle a URL itself, such as displaying data from an RSS feed, rather than launching a default application to handle the URL, although it can defined as such. Wish includes a stub URL scheme of .QW foo:// in the CFBundleURLSchemes key of its Info.plist file; this should be customized for the specific URL scheme the developer wants to support. .TP \fB::tk::mac::GetAppPath\fR . Returns the current applications's file path. .PP .SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS" .PP Aqua/macOS defines additional dialogs that applications should support. .\" COMMAND: standardAboutPanel .TP \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR . Brings the standard Cocoa about panel to the front with information filled in from the application bundle files. The panel displays the application icon and the values associated to the info.plist keys named CFBundleName, CFBundleShortVersionString, NSAboutPanelOptionVersion and NSHumanReadableCopyright. If a file named \fICredits.html\fR or \fICredits.rtf\fR exists in the bundle's Resources directory then its contents will be displayed in a scrolling text box at the bottom of the dialog. See the documentation for -[NSApplication orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:] for more details. A hook is also provided for a custom About dialog. If a Tcl proc named tkAboutDialog is defined in the main interpreter then that procedure will be called instead of opening the standardAboutPanel. .SH "SYSTEM CONFIGURATION" .PP There are a number of additional global configuration options that control the details of how Tk renders by default. .\" COMMAND: useCompatibilityMetrics .TP \fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR . Preserves compatibility with older Tk/Aqua metrics; set to \fBfalse\fR for more native spacing. .\" COMMAND: CGAntialiasLimit .TP \fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR . Sets the antialiasing limit; lines thinner that \fIlimit\fR pixels will not be antialiased. Integer, set to 0 by default, making all lines be antialiased. .\" COMMAND: antialiasedtext .TP \fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR . Sets anti-aliased text. Controls text antialiasing, possible values for \fInumber\fR are -1 (default, use system default for text AA), 0 (no text AA), 1 (use text AA). .\" COMMAND: useThemedToplevel .TP \fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR . Sets toplevel windows to draw with the modern grayish/ pinstripe Mac background. Equivalent to configuring the toplevel with .QW "\fB\-background systemWindowHeaderBackground\fR" , or to using a \fBttk::frame\fR. .SH "SUPPORT COMMANDS" .\" COMMAND: iconBitmap .TP \fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR . Renders native icons and bitmaps in Tk applications (including any image file readable by NSImage). A native bitmap name is interpreted as follows (in order): .RS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 | .IP \(bu 3 NSImage url string .IP \(bu 3 4-char OSType of IconServices icon .PP The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR arguments to \fBtk::mac::iconBitmap\fR define the dimensions of the image to create, and \fI\-kind\fR must be one of: .TP \fB\-file\fR . icon of file at given path .TP \fB\-fileType\fR . icon of given file type .TP \fB\-osType\fR . icon of given 4-char OSType file type .TP \fB\-systemType\fR . icon for given IconServices 4-char OSType .TP \fB\-namedImage\fR . named NSImage for given name .TP \fB\-imageFile\fR . image at given path .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), wm(n) .SH KEYWORDS about dialog, antialiasing, Apple event, icon, NSImage '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: | > > > > > > | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 | .IP \(bu 3 NSImage url string .IP \(bu 3 4-char OSType of IconServices icon .PP The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR arguments to \fBtk::mac::iconBitmap\fR define the dimensions of the image to create, and \fI\-kind\fR must be one of: .\" OPTION: -file .TP \fB\-file\fR . icon of file at given path .\" OPTION: -fileType .TP \fB\-fileType\fR . icon of given file type .\" OPTION: -osType .TP \fB\-osType\fR . icon of given 4-char OSType file type .\" OPTION: -systemType .TP \fB\-systemType\fR . icon for given IconServices 4-char OSType .\" OPTION: -namedImage .TP \fB\-namedImage\fR . named NSImage for given name .\" OPTION: -imageFile .TP \fB\-imageFile\fR . image at given path .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), wm(n) .SH KEYWORDS about dialog, antialiasing, Apple event, icon, NSImage '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/tkvars.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | This variable holds the file name for a directory containing a library of Tcl scripts related to Tk. These scripts include an initialization file that is normally processed whenever a Tk application starts up, plus other files containing procedures that implement default behaviors for widgets. .RS .PP | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | This variable holds the file name for a directory containing a library of Tcl scripts related to Tk. These scripts include an initialization file that is normally processed whenever a Tk application starts up, plus other files containing procedures that implement default behaviors for widgets. .RS .PP The initial value of \fBtk_library\fR is set when Tk is added to an interpreter; this is done by searching several different directories until one is found that contains an appropriate Tk startup script. If the \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR environment variable exists, then the directory it names is checked first. If \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR is not set or does not refer to an appropriate directory, then Tk checks several other directories based on a compiled-in default location, the location of the Tcl library directory, |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/toplevel.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. Some window managers display the class name for windows in their dock while some others display the window title. The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-colormap colormap Colormap Specifies a colormap to use for the window. The value may be either \fBnew\fR, in which case a new colormap is created for the window and its children, or the name of another window (which must be on the same screen and have the same visual |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | Specifies the screen on which to place the new window. Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a different display. Defaults to the same screen as its parent. This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. | < < < < < < < < < | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 | Specifies the screen on which to place the new window. Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a different display. Defaults to the same screen as its parent. This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-use use Use This option is used for embedding. If the value is not an empty string, it must be the window identifier of a container window, specified as a hexadecimal string like the ones returned by the \fBwinfo id\fR command. The toplevel widget will be created as a child of the given container instead of the root window for the screen. If the container window is in a Tk application, it must be a frame or toplevel widget for |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 | path name of the new window. .PP A toplevel is similar to a \fBframe\fR except that it is created as a top-level window: its X parent is the root window of a screen rather than the logical parent from its Tk path name. The primary purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes and other collections of widgets. The only visible features | | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 | path name of the new window. .PP A toplevel is similar to a \fBframe\fR except that it is created as a top-level window: its X parent is the root window of a screen rather than the logical parent from its Tk path name. The primary purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes and other collections of widgets. The only visible features of a toplevel are its background color and an optional 3-D border to make the toplevel appear raised or sunken. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the toplevel's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .PP .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE .PP \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the toplevel widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for toplevel widgets: .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | \fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image, and evaluates a command when pressed. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | \fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image, and evaluates a command when pressed. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked. .OP \-default default Default |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values; the user may select the value of the text field from among the values in the list. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values; the user may select the value of the text field from among the values in the list. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .\" ALSO: Other entry widget options .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection Boolean value. If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection. .OP \-justify justify Justify |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
146 147 148 149 150 151 152 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br | < < | 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br \fB\-postoffset\fP \fIpadding\fP .br \fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP .RS Text entry select background. .RE \fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option. Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-font \-foreground \-style | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option. Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-font \-foreground \-style \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection A boolean value specifying whether or not a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection. If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
452 453 454 455 456 457 458 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br | < < | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br \fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP .br \fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-selectborderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | \fBttk::frame\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::frame\fR widget is a container, used to group other widgets together. .SO ttk_widget | | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | \fBttk::frame\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::frame\fR widget is a container, used to group other widgets together. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-padding \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth The desired width of the widget border. Defaults to 0. May be ignored depending on the theme used. .OP \-relief relief Relief One of the standard Tk border styles: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_image.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | or vertically (\fB\-sticky ns\fR), subregions of the image are replicated to fill the parcel based on the \fB\-border\fR option. The \fB\-border\fR divides the image into 9 regions: four fixed corners, top and left edges (which may be tiled horizontally), left and right edges (which may be tiled vertically), and the central area (which may be tiled in both directions). .SH "EXAMPLE" .PP .CS set img1 [image create photo \-file button.png] set img2 [image create photo \-file button-pressed.png] set img3 [image create photo \-file button-active.png] | > > > | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
or vertically (\fB\-sticky ns\fR),
subregions of the image are replicated to fill the parcel
based on the \fB\-border\fR option.
The \fB\-border\fR divides the image into 9 regions:
four fixed corners, top and left edges (which may be tiled horizontally),
left and right edges (which may be tiled vertically),
and the central area (which may be tiled in both directions).
.PP
An image element that is not meant to claim any space (for example when used
as a background image) should use \fB\-width 0\fR and \fB\-height 0\fR.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP
.CS
set img1 [image create photo \-file button.png]
set img2 [image create photo \-file button-pressed.png]
set img3 [image create photo \-file button-active.png]
ttk::style element create Button.button image \e
[list $img1 pressed $img2 active $img3] \e
\-border {2 4} \-sticky we
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::intro(n), ttk::style(n), ttk_vsapi(n), image(n), photo(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
style, theme, appearance, pixmap theme, image
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_intro.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
.PP
For example, the class bindings for the \fBttk::button\fR
widget are:
.PP
.CS
bind TButton <Enter> { %W state active }
bind TButton <Leave> { %W state !active }
| | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
.PP
For example, the class bindings for the \fBttk::button\fR
widget are:
.PP
.CS
bind TButton <Enter> { %W state active }
bind TButton <Leave> { %W state !active }
bind TButton <ButtonPress-1> { %W state pressed }
bind TButton <Button1-Leave> { %W state !pressed }
bind TButton <Button1-Enter> { %W state pressed }
bind TButton <ButtonRelease-1> \e
{ %W instate {pressed} { %W state !pressed ; %W invoke } }
.CE
.PP
This specifies that the widget becomes \fBactive\fR when
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image. The label may be linked to a Tcl variable to automatically change the displayed text. .SO ttk_widget | | | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image. The label may be linked to a Tcl variable to automatically change the displayed text. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-padding \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned relative to the inner margins. Legal values are \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR. See also \fB\-justify\fR. .OP \-background frameColor FrameColor The widget's background color. If unspecified, the theme default is used. .OP \-font font Font Font to use for label text. .OP \-foreground textColor TextColor The widget's foreground color. If unspecified, the theme default is used. .OP \-justify justify Justify If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how the lines are laid out relative to one another. One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. See also \fB\-anchor\fR. .OP \-relief relief Relief .\" Rewrite this: Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border. Valid values are \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBsunken\fR. .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget is a container used to group other widgets together. It has an optional label, which may be a plain text string or another widget. .SO ttk_widget | | | | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget is a container used to group other widgets together. It has an optional label, which may be a plain text string or another widget. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-padding \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .\" XXX: Currently included, but may go away: .\" XXX: .OP -borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth .\" XXX: The desired width of the widget border. Default is theme-dependent. .\" XXX: .OP -relief relief Relief .\" XXX: One of the standard Tk border styles: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 | .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br \fB\-tabmargins\fP \fIpadding\fP .br | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabmargins\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabposition\fP \fIposition\fP
.RS
Specifies the position of the tab row or column as a string of length
1 or 2. The first character indicates the side as \fBn\fP, \fBs\fP,
\fBw\fP, or \fBe\fP, while the second character (if present) is the
sticky bit (specified as \fBw\fP, \fBe\fP, \fBn\fP, or \fBs\fP) within
the tab position. The default position is \fBn\fP for the \fBaqua\fP
theme and \fBnw\fP for all the other built-in themes.
.RE
.br
.PP
\fBTNotebook.Tab\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP
.br
\fB\-expand\fP \fIpadding\fP
.RS
Defines how much the tab grows in size. Usually used with the
\fBselected\fP dynamic state. \fB\-tabmargins\fP should be
set appropriately so that there is room for the tab growth.
For example, the Ttk library file \fBvistaTheme.tcl\fP contains
the lines
.CS
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
.CE
which are valid for the default value \fBnw\fP of the \fB\-tabposition\fP
style option. For a \fBttk::notebook\fP style \fBnbStyle\fP defined by
.CS
set nbStyle SW.TNotebook
ttk::style configure $nbStyle -tabposition sw
.CE
you will have to adapt the above settings as follows:
.CS
ttk::style configure $nbStyle -tabmargins {2 0 2 2}
ttk::style map $nbStyle.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
.CE
The easiest way to do this is to invoke the library procedure
\fBttk::configureNotebookStyle\fP with \fB$nbStyle\fP as argument, after
setting the style's \fB\-tabposition\fP option.
.RE
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.RS
Some themes use a different \fIpadding\fP for the selected tab. For example,
the Ttk library file \fBclamTheme.tcl\fP contains the lines
.CS
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -padding {selected {6 4 6 2}}
.CE
which are valid for the default value \fBnw\fP of the \fB\-tabposition\fP
style option. For a \fBttk::notebook\fP style having a different tab position
you will have to adapt the above settings accordingly. Again, the easiest way
to do this is to invoke the library procedure \fBttk::configureNotebookStyle\fP
with the style name as argument, after setting the style's \fB\-tabposition\fP
option.
.RE
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), grid(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
pane, tab
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | .ta 5.5c 11c \fBcget\fR \fBconfigure\fR \fBinstate\fR \fBstate\fR .DE .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on | | < < | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | .ta 5.5c 11c \fBcget\fR \fBconfigure\fR \fBinstate\fR \fBstate\fR .DE .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::panedwindow\fP is \fBTPanedwindow\fP. The sash has a class name of \fBSash\fP. .PP \fBTPanedwindow\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP are: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running operation. They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and \fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know that something is happening. | < < < < < < | | < | < | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running operation. They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and \fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know that something is happening. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-length length Length Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar (width if horizontal, height if vertical). .OP \-maximum maximum Maximum A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR. Defaults to 100. .OP \-mode mode Mode One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR. .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | is omitted. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP. .PP Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP. .PP | | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | is omitted. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP. .PP Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP. .PP \fBTScale\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP are: .PP \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. | > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units. The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget, such as characters or lines in a text widget. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit should scroll off the bottom or right of the window. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP The scrollbar automatically sets the \fBdisabled\fR state bit. when the entire range is visible (range is 0.0 to 1.0), and clears it otherwise. It also sets the \fBactive\fR and \fBpressed\fR state flags of individual elements, based on the position and state of the mouse pointer. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Sizegrip widgets support the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR methods. No other widget methods are used. .SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES" .PP | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Sizegrip widgets support the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR methods. No other widget methods are used. .SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES" .PP On macOS, toplevel windows automatically include a built-in size grip by default. Adding a \fBttk::sizegrip\fR there is harmless, since the built-in grip will just mask the widget. .SH EXAMPLES .PP Using pack: .CS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the \fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget to a Tcl variable. .SO ttk_widget | | | | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the \fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget to a Tcl variable. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-state \-style \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand .SE .SO ttk_entry \-validate \-validatecommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br | < < | 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 | .br \fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP .br \fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP .PP Some options are only available for specific themes. .PP See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window) of the specified \fIitem\fR in the form \fIx y width height\fR. If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell. If the \fIitem\fR is not visible (i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen), returns the empty list. .TP \fIpathname \fBcget \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR? If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified, returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR. | > > | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window) of the specified \fIitem\fR in the form \fIx y width height\fR. If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell. If the \fIitem\fR is not visible (i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen), returns the empty list. If the element is partially visible, the result gives the full area of the element, including any parts that are not visible. .TP \fIpathname \fBcget \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR? If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified, returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 | Use \fIpathname heading #0\fR to configure the tree column heading. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify \fIcomponent x y\fR Returns a description of the specified \fIcomponent\fR under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or the empty string if no such \fIcomponent\fR is present at that position. The following subcommands are supported: .RS .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify region \fIx y\fR .RS Returns one of: .IP heading | > > | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 | Use \fIpathname heading #0\fR to configure the tree column heading. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify \fIcomponent x y\fR Returns a description of the specified \fIcomponent\fR under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or the empty string if no such \fIcomponent\fR is present at that position. The values \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. The following subcommands are supported: .RS .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify region \fIx y\fR .RS Returns one of: .IP heading |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 | .TP \fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR .RS .TP | < < < < < | | < < < < < < > > > > > | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | .TP \fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBtag bind \fItagName \fR?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIscript\fR? Add a Tk binding script for the event sequence \fIsequence\fR to the tag \fItagName\fR. When an X event is delivered to an item, binding scripts for each of the item's \fB\-tags\fR are evaluated in order as per \fIbindtags(n)\fR. .RS .PP \fB<KeyPress>\fR, \fB<KeyRelease>\fR, and virtual events are sent to the focus item. \fB<ButtonPress>\fR, \fB<ButtonRelease>\fR, and \fB<Motion>\fR events are sent to the item under the mouse pointer. No other event types are supported. .PP The binding \fIscript\fR undergoes \fB%\fR-substitutions before evaluation; see \fBbind(n)\fR for details. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBtag configure \fItagName\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? Query or modify the options for the specified \fItagName\fR. If one or more \fIoption/value\fR pairs are specified, sets the value of those options for the specified tag. If a single \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that option (or the empty string if the option has not been specified for \fItagName\fR). With no additional arguments, returns a dictionary of the option settings for \fItagName\fR. See \fBTAG OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag has \fItagName\fR ?\fIitem\fR? If \fIitem\fR is specified, returns 1 or 0 depending on whether the specified item has the named tag. Otherwise, returns a list of all items which have the specified tag. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag names\fR Returns a list of all tags used by the widget. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag add \fItag items\fR Adds the specified \fItag\fR to each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fItag\fR is already present for a particular item, then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR? Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree. If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item, then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .RE .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 | then data column \fIn\fR is displayed in display column \fB#\fIn+1\fR. Again, \fBcolumn #0 always refers to the tree column\fR. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The treeview widget generates the following virtual events. .IP <<TreeviewSelect>> Generated whenever the selection changes. .IP <<TreeviewOpen>> Generated just before setting the focus item to \fB\-open true\fR. .IP <<TreeviewClose>> Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR. .PP The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used to determine the affected item or items. | > > > | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 | then data column \fIn\fR is displayed in display column \fB#\fIn+1\fR. Again, \fBcolumn #0 always refers to the tree column\fR. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The treeview widget generates the following virtual events. .IP <<TreeviewSelect>> Generated whenever the selection changes. It might also be generated when selection is affected but not actually changed. Further, multiple selection changes could happen before events can be processed leading to multiple events with the same visible selection. .IP <<TreeviewOpen>> Generated just before setting the focus item to \fB\-open true\fR. .IP <<TreeviewClose>> Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR. .PP The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used to determine the affected item or items. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP .br \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-rowheight\fP \fIamount\fP .RS | > > > > > > > > | > | > > | | 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP .br \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-indent\fP \fIamount\fP .RS Specifies how far items are indented from their parents. Defaults to 20 pixels. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .RE .br \fB\-rowheight\fP \fIamount\fP .RS This is the standard height for an item. Defaults to 20 pixels. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If \fB\-rowheight\fP is not set by the style, it is set by measuring an item and a cell layout with the style's settings. This thus picks up the font and any focus ring or padding from the theme's layout. The \fB\-rowheight\fP may need to be set to make sure that a row is large enough to contain any images. .PP To adjust the \fB\-rowheight\fP for the Treeview style, use the following code after \fBtk scaling\fP has been applied. Note that even if you do not support or change \fBtk scaling\fP in your program, your users may have it set in their .wishrc. .RE .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 | .RE .OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars. See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details. .SH "LABEL OPTIONS" The following options are supported by labels, buttons, and other button-like widgets: | < < < < < < | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | .RE .OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars. See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details. .SH "LABEL OPTIONS" The following options are supported by labels, buttons, and other button-like widgets: .OP \-compound compound Compound Specifies how to display the image relative to the text, in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present. If set to the empty string (the default), the rules described in the "Elements" section of \fIttk::intro(n)\fR explain which value is actually used. The other valid values are: .RS .IP text Display text only. .IP image Display image only. .IP center Display text centered on top of image. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 | Specifies an image to display. This is a list of 1 or more elements. The first element is the default image name. The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when the widget is in a particular state or combination of states. All images in the list should have the same size. | < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | < | | > < < > > > | > > > | | > < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < > > | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right
padding; a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget (unless overridden
by \fB\-textvariable\fR for the widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.
.SH COMMANDS
.\" METHOD: cget
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
.
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
.\" METHOD: configure
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
.
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
then the command modifies the given widget option(s)
to have the given value(s);
in this case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR,
then the command returns a list describing the named option:
the elements of the list are the
option name, database name, database class, default value,
and current value.
.\" Note: Ttk widgets don't use TK_OPTION_SYNONYM.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR.
.\" METHOD: identify
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR
.
Returns the name of the element under the point given
by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or an empty string if the point does
not lie within any element.
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the widget.
Some widgets accept other \fBidentify\fR subcommands described
in these widgets documentation.
.\" METHOD: instate
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
.
Test the widget's state.
If \fIscript\fR is not specified, returns 1 if
the widget state matches \fIstatespec\fR and 0 otherwise.
If \fIscript\fR is specified, equivalent to
.CS
if {[\fIpathName\fR instate \fIstateSpec\fR]} \fIscript\fR
.CE
.\" METHOD: state
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
.
Modify or inquire widget state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is present, sets the widget state:
for each flag in \fIstateSpec\fR, sets the corresponding flag
or clears it if prefixed by an exclamation point.
.RS
Returns a new state spec indicating which flags were changed:
.CS
set changes [\fIpathName \fRstate \fIspec\fR]
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.\" METHOD: xview
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
.
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
content in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
.
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the horizontal span that is visible in the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the right.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fI index\fR
.
Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR
is displayed at the left edge of the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
.
Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the
way through the content appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.
'\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
.RE
.\" METHOD: yview
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
content in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview\fR
.
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the vertical span that is visible in the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the top, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the bottom.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview\fI index\fR
.
Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR
is displayed at the top edge of the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR
.
Adjusts the view in the window so that the item \fIfraction\fR of the
way through the content appears at the top edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.
'\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then items farther to the top
become visible; if it is positive then items farther to the bottom
become visible.
.RE
.SH "WIDGET STATES"
The widget state is a bitmap of independent state flags.
Widget state flags include:
.IP \fBactive\fR
The mouse cursor is over the widget
and pressing a mouse button will cause some action to occur. (aka
.QW prelight
(Gnome),
.QW hot
(Windows),
.QW hover ).
.IP \fBdisabled\fR
Widget is disabled under program control (aka
.QW unavailable ,
.QW inactive ).
.IP \fBfocus\fR
Widget has keyboard focus.
.IP \fBpressed\fR
Widget is being pressed (aka
.QW armed
in Motif).
.IP \fBselected\fR
.QW On ,
.QW true ,
or
.QW current
for things like checkbuttons and radiobuttons.
.IP \fBbackground\fR
Windows and the Mac have a notion of an
.QW active
or foreground window.
The \fBbackground\fR state is set for widgets in a background window,
and cleared for those in the foreground window.
.IP \fBreadonly\fR
Widget should not allow user modification.
.IP \fBalternate\fR
A widget-specific alternate display format.
For example, used for checkbuttons and radiobuttons in the
.QW tristate
or
.QW mixed
state, and for buttons with \fB\-default active\fR.
.IP \fBinvalid\fR
The widget's value is invalid.
(Potential uses: scale widget value out of bounds,
entry widget value failed validation.)
.IP \fBhover\fR
The mouse cursor is within the widget.
This is similar to the \fBactive\fP state;
it is used in some themes for widgets that
provide distinct visual feedback for
the active widget in addition to the active element
within the widget.
.IP \fBuser1\fR-\fBuser3\fR
Freely usable for other purposes
.PP
A \fIstate specification\fR or \fIstateSpec\fR is a list
of state names, optionally prefixed with an exclamation point (!)
indicating that the bit is off.
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS
set b [ttk::button .b]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/winfo.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME winfo \- Return window-related information .SH SYNOPSIS | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | .TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME winfo \- Return window-related information .SH SYNOPSIS \fBwinfo\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBwinfo\fR command is used to retrieve information about windows managed by Tk. It can take any of a number of different forms, depending on the \fIoption\fR argument. The legal forms are: .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/wish.1.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME wish \- Simple windowing shell .SH SYNOPSIS | | > > > > > > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | .TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME wish \- Simple windowing shell .SH SYNOPSIS \fBwish\fR ?\fBoptions\fR? ?\fIfileName arg ...\fR? .SH OPTIONS .\" OPTION: -encoding .IP "\fB\-encoding \fIname\fR" 20 Specifies the encoding of the text stored in \fIfileName\fR. This option is only recognized prior to the \fIfileName\fR argument. .\" OPTION: -colormap .IP "\fB\-colormap \fInew\fR" 20 Specifies that the window should have a new private colormap instead of using the default colormap for the screen. .\" OPTION: -display .IP "\fB\-display \fIdisplay\fR" 20 Display (and screen) on which to display window. .\" OPTION: -geometry .IP "\fB\-geometry \fIgeometry\fR" 20 Initial geometry to use for window. If this option is specified, its value is stored in the \fBgeometry\fR global variable of the application's Tcl interpreter. .\" OPTION: -name .IP "\fB\-name \fIname\fR" 20 Use \fIname\fR as the title to be displayed in the window, and as the name of the interpreter for \fBsend\fR commands. .\" OPTION: -sync .IP "\fB\-sync\fR" 20 Execute all X server commands synchronously, so that errors are reported immediately. This will result in much slower execution, but it is useful for debugging. .\" OPTION: -use .IP "\fB\-use\fR \fIid\fR" 20 Specifies that the main window for the application is to be embedded in the window whose identifier is \fIid\fR, instead of being created as an independent toplevel window. \fIId\fR must be specified in the same way as the value for the \fB\-use\fR option for toplevel widgets (i.e. it has a form like that returned by the \fBwinfo id\fR command). .RS Note that on some platforms this will only work correctly if \fIid\fR refers to a Tk \fBframe\fR or \fBtoplevel\fR that has its \fB\-container\fR option enabled. .RE .\" OPTION: -visual .IP "\fB\-visual \fIvisual\fR" 20 Specifies the visual to use for the window. \fIVisual\fR may have any of the forms supported by the \fBTk_GetVisual\fR procedure. .\" OPTION: -- .IP "\fB\-\|\-\fR" 20 Pass all remaining arguments through to the script's \fBargv\fR variable without interpreting them. This provides a mechanism for passing arguments such as \fB\-name\fR to a script instead of having \fBwish\fR interpret them. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | .PP The class of the application, which is used for purposes such as specifying options with a \fBRESOURCE_MANAGER\fR property or .Xdefaults file, is the same as its name except that the first letter is capitalized. .SH "VARIABLES" .PP | | > > > > > > > > > > | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 | .PP The class of the application, which is used for purposes such as specifying options with a \fBRESOURCE_MANAGER\fR property or .Xdefaults file, is the same as its name except that the first letter is capitalized. .SH "VARIABLES" .PP \fBWish\fR sets the following global Tcl variables: .\" VARIABLE: argc .TP 15 \fBargc\fR . Contains a count of the number of \fIarg\fR arguments (0 if none), not including the options described above. .\" VARIABLE: argv .TP 15 \fBargv\fR . Contains a Tcl list whose elements are the \fIarg\fR arguments that follow a \fB\-\|\-\fR option or do not match any of the options described in \fBOPTIONS\fR above, in order, or an empty string if there are no such arguments. .\" VARIABLE: argv0 .TP 15 \fBargv0\fR . Contains \fIfileName\fR if it was specified. Otherwise, contains the name by which \fBwish\fR was invoked. .\" VARIABLE: geometry .TP 15 \fBgeometry\fR . If the \fB\-geometry\fR option is specified, \fBwish\fR copies its value into this variable. If the variable still exists after \fIfileName\fR has been evaluated, \fBwish\fR uses the value of the variable in a \fBwm geometry\fR command to set the main window's geometry. .\" VARIABLE: tcl_interactive .TP 15 \fBtcl_interactive\fR . Contains 1 if \fBwish\fR is reading commands interactively (\fIfileName\fR was not specified and standard input is a terminal-like device), 0 otherwise. .SH "SCRIPT FILES" .PP If you create a Tcl script in a file whose first line is .CS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/wm.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | .TH wm n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME wm \- Communicate with window manager .SH SYNOPSIS | | > > > > | > > > > | > > > | | > | > < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < > | > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
.TH wm n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wm \- Communicate with window manager
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBwm\fI option window \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBwm\fR command is used to interact with window managers in
order to control such things as the title for a window, its geometry,
or the increments in terms of which it may be resized. The \fBwm\fR
command can take any of a number of different forms, depending on
the \fIoption\fR argument. All of the forms expect at least one
additional argument, \fIwindow\fR, which must be the path name of a
top-level window.
.PP
The legal forms for the \fBwm\fR command are:
.\" METHOD: aspect
.TP
\fBwm aspect \fIwindow\fR ?\fIminNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom\fR?
.
If \fIminNumer\fR, \fIminDenom\fR, \fImaxNumer\fR, and \fImaxDenom\fR
are all specified, then they will be passed to the window manager
and the window manager should use them to enforce a range of
acceptable aspect ratios for \fIwindow\fR. The aspect ratio of
\fIwindow\fR (width/length) will be constrained to lie
between \fIminNumer\fR/\fIminDenom\fR and \fImaxNumer\fR/\fImaxDenom\fR.
If \fIminNumer\fR etc. are all specified as empty strings, then
any existing aspect ratio restrictions are removed.
If \fIminNumer\fR etc. are specified, then the command returns an
empty string. Otherwise, it returns
a Tcl list containing four elements, which are the current values
of \fIminNumer\fR, \fIminDenom\fR, \fImaxNumer\fR, and \fImaxDenom\fR
(if no aspect restrictions are in effect, then an empty string is
returned).
.\" METHOD: attributes
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR ?\fBoption\fR?
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR ?\fBoption value option value...\fR?
.
This subcommand returns or sets platform specific attributes associated
with a window. The first form returns a list of the platform specific
flags and their values. The second form returns the value for the
specific option. The third form sets one or more of the values. The
values are as follows:
.RS
.PP
All platforms support the following attributes (though X11 users
should see the notes below):
.\" OPTION: -alpha
.TP
\fB\-alpha\fR
.
Specifies the alpha transparency level of the toplevel. It accepts a value
from \fB0.0\fR (fully transparent) to \fB1.0\fR (opaque). Values outside that
range will be constrained. Where not supported, the \fB\-alpha\fR value
remains at \fB1.0\fR.
.\" OPTION: -fullscreen
.TP
\fB\-fullscreen\fR
.
Places the window in a mode that takes up the entire screen, has no
borders, and covers the general use area (i.e. Start menu and taskbar on
Windows, dock and menubar on macOS, general window decorations on X11).
.\" OPTION: -topmost
.TP
\fB\-topmost\fR
.
Specifies whether this is a topmost window (displays above all other windows).
.PP
On Windows, the following attributes may be set.
.\" OPTION: -disabled
.TP
\fB\-disabled\fR
.
Specifies whether the window is in a disabled state.
.\" OPTION: -toolwindow
.TP
\fB\-toolwindow\fR
.
Specifies a toolwindow style window (as defined in the MSDN).
.\" OPTION: -transparentcolor
.TP
\fB\-transparentcolor\fR
.
Specifies the transparent color index of the toplevel. It takes any color
value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If the empty string is specified
(default), no transparent color is used. This is supported on Windows
2000/XP+. Where not supported, the \fB\-transparentcolor\fR value remains
at \fB{}\fR.
.PP
On macOS, the following attributes may be set.
.\" OPTION: -modified
.TP
\fB\-modified\fR
.
Specifies the modification state of the window (determines whether the
window close widget contains the modification indicator and whether the
proxy icon is draggable).
.\" OPTION: -notify
.TP
\fB\-notify\fR
.
Specifies process notification state (bouncing of the application dock icon).
.\" OPTION: -titlepath
.TP
\fB\-titlepath\fR
.
Specifies the path of the file referenced as the window proxy icon
(which can be dragged and dropped in lieu of the file's finder icon).
.\" OPTION: -transparent
.TP
\fB\-transparent\fR
.
Makes the window content area transparent and turns off the window shadow. For
the transparency to be effective, the toplevel background needs to be set to a
color with some alpha, e.g.
.QW systemTransparent .
.PP
On X11, the following attributes may be set. These are not supported by all
window managers, and will have no effect under older WMs.
.\" See https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec/
.\" OPTION: -type
.TP
\fB\-type\fR
.VS 8.6
Requests that the window should be interpreted by the window manager as being
of the specified type(s). This may cause the window to be decorated in a
different way or otherwise managed differently, though exactly what happens is
entirely up to the window manager. A list of types may be used, in order of
preference. The following values are mapped to constants defined in the EWMH
specification (using others is possible, but not advised):
.RS
.IP \fBdesktop\fR
indicates a desktop feature,
.IP \fBdock\fR
indicates a dock/panel feature,
.IP \fBtoolbar\fR
indicates a toolbar window that should be acting on behalf of another window,
as indicated with \fBwm transient\fR,
.IP \fBmenu\fR
indicates a torn-off menu that should be acting on behalf of another window,
as indicated with \fBwm transient\fR,
.IP \fButility\fR
indicates a utility window (e.g., palette or toolbox) that should be acting on
behalf of another window, as indicated with \fBwm transient\fR,
.IP \fBsplash\fR
indicates a splash screen, displayed during application start up,
.IP \fBdialog\fR
indicates a general dialog window, that should be acting on behalf of another
window, as indicated with \fBwm transient\fR,
.IP \fBdropdown_menu\fR
indicates a menu summoned from a menu bar, which should usually also be set to
be override-redirected (with \fBwm overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBpopup_menu\fR
indicates a popup menu, which should usually also be set to be
override-redirected (with \fBwm overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBtooltip\fR
indicates a tooltip window, which should usually also be set to be
override-redirected (with \fBwm overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBnotification\fR
indicates a window that provides a background notification of some event,
which should usually also be set to be override-redirected (with \fBwm
overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBcombo\fR
indicates the drop-down list of a combobox widget, which should usually also
be set to be override-redirected (with \fBwm overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBdnd\fR
indicates a window that represents something being dragged, which should
usually also be set to be override-redirected (with
\fBwm overrideredirect\fR),
.IP \fBnormal\fR
indicates a window that has no special interpretation.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.\" OPTION: -zoomed
.TP
\fB\-zoomed\fR
.
Requests that the window should be maximized. This is the same as \fBwm state
zoomed\fR on Windows and macOS.
.PP
On X11, changes to window attributes are performed asynchronously. Querying
the value of an attribute returns the current state, which will not be the
same as the value most recently set if the window manager has not yet
processed the request or if it does not support the attribute.
.RE
.\" METHOD: client
.TP
\fBwm client \fIwindow\fR ?\fIname\fR?
.
If \fIname\fR is specified, this command stores \fIname\fR (which
should be the name of
the host on which the application is executing) in \fIwindow\fR's
\fBWM_CLIENT_MACHINE\fR property for use by the window manager or
session manager.
The command returns an empty string in this case.
If \fIname\fR is not specified, the command returns the last name
set in a \fBwm client\fR command for \fIwindow\fR.
If \fIname\fR is specified as an empty string, the command deletes the
\fBWM_CLIENT_MACHINE\fR property from \fIwindow\fR.
.\" METHOD: colormapwindows
.TP
\fBwm colormapwindows \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindowList\fR?
.
This command is used to manipulate the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR
property, which provides information to the window managers about
windows that have private colormaps.
.RS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 | If \fBwm colormapwindows\fR is not invoked, Tk will automatically set the property for each top-level window to all the internal windows whose colormaps differ from their parents, followed by the top-level itself; the order of the internal windows is undefined. See the ICCCM documentation for more information on the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR property. .RE .TP \fBwm command \fIwindow\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? . If \fIvalue\fR is specified, this command stores \fIvalue\fR in \fIwindow\fR's \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property for use by the window manager or session manager and returns an empty string. \fIValue\fR must have proper list structure; the elements should contain the words of the command used to invoke the application. If \fIvalue\fR is not specified then the command returns the last value set in a \fBwm command\fR command for \fIwindow\fR. If \fIvalue\fR is specified as an empty string, the command deletes the \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property from \fIwindow\fR. .TP \fBwm deiconify \fIwindow\fR . Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be displayed in normal (non-iconified) form. This is done by mapping the window. If the window has never been mapped then this command will not map the window, but it will ensure that when the window is first mapped it will be displayed in de-iconified form. On Windows, a deiconified window will also be raised and be given the focus (made the active window). Returns an empty string. .TP \fBwm focusmodel \fIwindow\fR ?\fBactive\fR|\fBpassive\fR? . If \fBactive\fR or \fBpassive\fR is supplied as an optional argument to the command, then it specifies the focus model for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the command returns an empty string. If no additional argument is supplied, then the command returns the current focus model for \fIwindow\fR. .RS .PP An \fBactive\fR focus model means that \fIwindow\fR will claim the input focus for itself or its descendants, even at times when the focus is currently in some other application. \fBPassive\fR means that \fIwindow\fR will never claim the focus for itself: the window manager should give the focus to \fIwindow\fR at appropriate times. However, once the focus has been given to \fIwindow\fR or one of its descendants, the application may re-assign the focus among \fIwindow\fR's descendants. The focus model defaults to \fBpassive\fR, and Tk's \fBfocus\fR command assumes a passive model of focusing. .RE .TP \fBwm forget \fIwindow\fR . The \fIwindow\fR will be unmapped from the screen and will no longer be managed by \fBwm\fR. Windows created with the \fBtoplevel\fR command will be treated like \fBframe\fR windows once they are no longer managed by \fBwm\fR, however, the \fB\-menu\fR configuration will be remembered and the menus will return once the widget is managed again. .TP \fBwm frame \fIwindow\fR . If \fIwindow\fR has been reparented by the window manager into a decorative frame, the command returns the platform specific window identifier for the outermost frame that contains \fIwindow\fR (the window whose parent is the root or virtual root). If \fIwindow\fR has not been reparented by the window manager then the command returns the platform specific window identifier for \fIwindow\fR. .TP \fBwm geometry \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewGeometry\fR? . If \fInewGeometry\fR is specified, then the geometry of \fIwindow\fR is changed and an empty string is returned. Otherwise the current geometry for \fIwindow\fR is returned (this is the most recent geometry specified either by manual resizing or | > > > > > > | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 | If \fBwm colormapwindows\fR is not invoked, Tk will automatically set the property for each top-level window to all the internal windows whose colormaps differ from their parents, followed by the top-level itself; the order of the internal windows is undefined. See the ICCCM documentation for more information on the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR property. .RE .\" METHOD: command .TP \fBwm command \fIwindow\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? . If \fIvalue\fR is specified, this command stores \fIvalue\fR in \fIwindow\fR's \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property for use by the window manager or session manager and returns an empty string. \fIValue\fR must have proper list structure; the elements should contain the words of the command used to invoke the application. If \fIvalue\fR is not specified then the command returns the last value set in a \fBwm command\fR command for \fIwindow\fR. If \fIvalue\fR is specified as an empty string, the command deletes the \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property from \fIwindow\fR. .\" METHOD: deiconify .TP \fBwm deiconify \fIwindow\fR . Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be displayed in normal (non-iconified) form. This is done by mapping the window. If the window has never been mapped then this command will not map the window, but it will ensure that when the window is first mapped it will be displayed in de-iconified form. On Windows, a deiconified window will also be raised and be given the focus (made the active window). Returns an empty string. .\" METHOD: focusmodel .TP \fBwm focusmodel \fIwindow\fR ?\fBactive\fR|\fBpassive\fR? . If \fBactive\fR or \fBpassive\fR is supplied as an optional argument to the command, then it specifies the focus model for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the command returns an empty string. If no additional argument is supplied, then the command returns the current focus model for \fIwindow\fR. .RS .PP An \fBactive\fR focus model means that \fIwindow\fR will claim the input focus for itself or its descendants, even at times when the focus is currently in some other application. \fBPassive\fR means that \fIwindow\fR will never claim the focus for itself: the window manager should give the focus to \fIwindow\fR at appropriate times. However, once the focus has been given to \fIwindow\fR or one of its descendants, the application may re-assign the focus among \fIwindow\fR's descendants. The focus model defaults to \fBpassive\fR, and Tk's \fBfocus\fR command assumes a passive model of focusing. .RE .\" METHOD: forget .TP \fBwm forget \fIwindow\fR . The \fIwindow\fR will be unmapped from the screen and will no longer be managed by \fBwm\fR. Windows created with the \fBtoplevel\fR command will be treated like \fBframe\fR windows once they are no longer managed by \fBwm\fR, however, the \fB\-menu\fR configuration will be remembered and the menus will return once the widget is managed again. .\" METHOD: frame .TP \fBwm frame \fIwindow\fR . If \fIwindow\fR has been reparented by the window manager into a decorative frame, the command returns the platform specific window identifier for the outermost frame that contains \fIwindow\fR (the window whose parent is the root or virtual root). If \fIwindow\fR has not been reparented by the window manager then the command returns the platform specific window identifier for \fIwindow\fR. .\" METHOD: geometry .TP \fBwm geometry \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewGeometry\fR? . If \fInewGeometry\fR is specified, then the geometry of \fIwindow\fR is changed and an empty string is returned. Otherwise the current geometry for \fIwindow\fR is returned (this is the most recent geometry specified either by manual resizing or |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 | actual size and location of \fIwindow\fR, whereas \fBwm geometry\fR allows both setting and querying of the \fIwindow manager\fR's understanding of the size and location of the window. This can vary significantly, for example to reflect the addition of decorative elements to \fIwindow\fR such as title bars, and window managers are not required to precisely follow the requests made through this command. .RE .TP \fBwm grid \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbaseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc\fR? . This command indicates that \fIwindow\fR is to be managed as a gridded window. It also specifies the relationship between grid units and pixel units. \fIBaseWidth\fR and \fIbaseHeight\fR specify the number of grid | > | 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 | actual size and location of \fIwindow\fR, whereas \fBwm geometry\fR allows both setting and querying of the \fIwindow manager\fR's understanding of the size and location of the window. This can vary significantly, for example to reflect the addition of decorative elements to \fIwindow\fR such as title bars, and window managers are not required to precisely follow the requests made through this command. .RE .\" METHOD: grid .TP \fBwm grid \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbaseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc\fR? . This command indicates that \fIwindow\fR is to be managed as a gridded window. It also specifies the relationship between grid units and pixel units. \fIBaseWidth\fR and \fIbaseHeight\fR specify the number of grid |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
387 388 389 390 391 392 393 | .PP Otherwise the return value is a Tcl list containing four elements corresponding to the current \fIbaseWidth\fR, \fIbaseHeight\fR, \fIwidthInc\fR, and \fIheightInc\fR; if \fIwindow\fR is not currently gridded, then an empty string is returned. .PP | | > > | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 | .PP Otherwise the return value is a Tcl list containing four elements corresponding to the current \fIbaseWidth\fR, \fIbaseHeight\fR, \fIwidthInc\fR, and \fIheightInc\fR; if \fIwindow\fR is not currently gridded, then an empty string is returned. .PP Note that this command should not be needed very often, since the \fBTk_SetGrid\fR library procedure and the \fBsetGrid\fR option provide easier access to the same functionality. .RE .\" METHOD: group .TP \fBwm group \fIwindow\fR ?\fIpathName\fR? . If \fIpathName\fR is specified, it gives the path name for the leader of a group of related windows. The window manager may use this information, for example, to unmap all of the windows in a group when the group's leader is iconified. \fIPathName\fR may be specified as an empty string to remove \fIwindow\fR from any group association. If \fIpathName\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string; otherwise it returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current group leader, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not part of any group. .\" METHOD: iconbitmap .TP \fBwm iconbitmap \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? . If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be displayed in \fIwindow\fR's icon, and the command returns an empty string. If |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 | any file which contains a valid Windows icon is also accepted (usually .ico or .icr files), or any file for which the shell has assigned an icon. Tcl will first test if the file contains an icon, then if it has an assigned icon, and finally, if that fails, test for a bitmap. .RE .TP \fBwm iconify \fIwindow\fR . Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be iconified. It \fIwindow\fR has not yet been mapped for the first time, this command will arrange for it to appear in the iconified state when it is eventually mapped. .TP \fBwm iconmask \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? . If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be used as a mask in conjunction with the \fBiconbitmap\fR option: where the mask has zeroes no icon will be displayed; where it has ones, the bits from the icon bitmap will be displayed. If an empty string is specified for \fIbitmap\fR then any current icon mask is cancelled for \fIwindow\fR (this is equivalent to specifying a bitmap of all ones). If \fIbitmap\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns the name of the current icon mask associated with \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no mask is in effect. .TP \fBwm iconname \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewName\fR? . If \fInewName\fR is specified, then it is passed to the window manager; the window manager should display \fInewName\fR inside the icon associated with \fIwindow\fR. In this case an empty string is returned as result. If \fInewName\fR is not specified then the command returns the current icon name for \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no icon name has been specified (in this case the window manager will normally display the window's title, as specified with the \fBwm title\fR command). .TP \fBwm iconphoto \fIwindow\fR ?\fB\-default\fR? \fIimage1\fR ?\fIimage2 ...\fR? . Sets the titlebar icon for \fIwindow\fR based on the named photo images. If \fB\-default\fR is specified, this is applied to all future created toplevels as well. The data in the images is taken as a snapshot at the time of invocation. If the images are later changed, this is not | > > > > | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 | any file which contains a valid Windows icon is also accepted (usually .ico or .icr files), or any file for which the shell has assigned an icon. Tcl will first test if the file contains an icon, then if it has an assigned icon, and finally, if that fails, test for a bitmap. .RE .\" METHOD: iconify .TP \fBwm iconify \fIwindow\fR . Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be iconified. It \fIwindow\fR has not yet been mapped for the first time, this command will arrange for it to appear in the iconified state when it is eventually mapped. .\" METHOD: iconmask .TP \fBwm iconmask \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? . If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be used as a mask in conjunction with the \fBiconbitmap\fR option: where the mask has zeroes no icon will be displayed; where it has ones, the bits from the icon bitmap will be displayed. If an empty string is specified for \fIbitmap\fR then any current icon mask is cancelled for \fIwindow\fR (this is equivalent to specifying a bitmap of all ones). If \fIbitmap\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns the name of the current icon mask associated with \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no mask is in effect. .\" METHOD: iconname .TP \fBwm iconname \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewName\fR? . If \fInewName\fR is specified, then it is passed to the window manager; the window manager should display \fInewName\fR inside the icon associated with \fIwindow\fR. In this case an empty string is returned as result. If \fInewName\fR is not specified then the command returns the current icon name for \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no icon name has been specified (in this case the window manager will normally display the window's title, as specified with the \fBwm title\fR command). .\" METHOD: iconphoto .TP \fBwm iconphoto \fIwindow\fR ?\fB\-default\fR? \fIimage1\fR ?\fIimage2 ...\fR? . Sets the titlebar icon for \fIwindow\fR based on the named photo images. If \fB\-default\fR is specified, this is applied to all future created toplevels as well. The data in the images is taken as a snapshot at the time of invocation. If the images are later changed, this is not |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | vice versa. .PP On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which most modern window managers support. A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist simultaneously. It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing the larger icon first. .PP | | > > | > > > > > > | 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 | vice versa. .PP On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which most modern window managers support. A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist simultaneously. It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing the larger icon first. .PP On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OS-native icon format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and other contexts. At the script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support (preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. .RE .\" METHOD: iconposition .TP \fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR? . If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR. In this case an empty string is returned. If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified as empty strings then any existing icon position hint is cancelled. If neither \fIx\fR nor \fIy\fR is specified, then the command returns a Tcl list containing two values, which are the current icon position hints (if no hints are in effect then an empty string is returned). .\" METHOD: iconwindow .TP \fBwm iconwindow \fIwindow\fR ?\fIpathName\fR? . If \fIpathName\fR is specified, it is the path name for a window to use as icon for \fIwindow\fR: when \fIwindow\fR is iconified then \fIpathName\fR will be mapped to serve as icon, and when \fIwindow\fR is de-iconified then \fIpathName\fR will be unmapped again. If \fIpathName\fR is specified as an empty string then any existing icon window association for \fIwindow\fR will be cancelled. If the \fIpathName\fR argument is specified then an empty string is returned. Otherwise the command returns the path name of the current icon window for \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if there is no icon window currently specified for \fIwindow\fR. Button press events are disabled for \fIwindow\fR as long as it is an icon window; this is needed in order to allow window managers to .QW own those events. Note that not all window managers support the notion of an icon window, and the concept is entirely meaningless on non-X11 platforms. .\" METHOD: manage .TP \fBwm manage \fIwidget\fR . The \fIwidget\fR specified will become a stand alone top-level window. The window will be decorated with the window managers title bar, etc. Only \fIframe\fR, \fIlabelframe\fR and \fItoplevel\fR widgets can be used with this command. Attempting to pass any other widget type will raise an error. Attempting to manage a \fItoplevel\fR widget is benign and achieves nothing. See also \fBGEOMETRY MANAGEMENT\fR. .\" METHOD: maxsize .TP \fBwm maxsize \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? . If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they give the maximum permissible dimensions for \fIwindow\fR. For gridded windows the dimensions are specified in grid units; otherwise they are specified in pixel units. The window manager will restrict the window's dimensions to be less than or equal to \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns a Tcl list with two elements, which are the maximum width and height currently in effect. The maximum size defaults to the size of the screen. See the sections on geometry management below for more information. .\" METHOD: minsize .TP \fBwm minsize \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? . If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they give the minimum permissible dimensions for \fIwindow\fR. For gridded windows the dimensions are specified in grid units; otherwise they are specified in pixel units. The window manager will restrict the window's dimensions to be greater than or equal to \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns a Tcl list with two elements, which are the minimum width and height currently in effect. The minimum size defaults to one pixel in each dimension. See the sections on geometry management below for more information. .\" METHOD: overrideredirect .TP \fBwm overrideredirect \fIwindow\fR ?\fIboolean\fR? . If \fIboolean\fR is specified, it must have a proper boolean form and the override-redirect flag for \fIwindow\fR is set to that value. If \fIboolean\fR is not specified then \fB1\fR or \fB0\fR is returned to indicate whether or not the override-redirect flag is currently set for \fIwindow\fR. Setting the override-redirect flag for a window causes it to be ignored by the window manager; among other things, this means that the window will not be reparented from the root window into a decorative frame and the user will not be able to manipulate the window using the normal window manager mechanisms. .RS .PP Note that the override-redirect flag is only guaranteed to be taken notice of when the window is first mapped or when mapped after the state is changed from withdrawn to normal. Some, but not all, platforms will take notice at additional times. .RE .\" METHOD: positionfrom .TP \fBwm positionfrom \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwho\fR? . If \fIwho\fR is specified, it must be either \fBprogram\fR or \fBuser\fR, or an abbreviation of one of these two. It indicates whether \fIwindow\fR's current position was requested by the program or by the user. Many window managers ignore program-requested |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 | source of the window's current position, or an empty string if no source has been specified yet. Most window managers interpret .QW "no source" as equivalent to \fBprogram\fR. Tk will automatically set the position source to \fBuser\fR when a \fBwm geometry\fR command is invoked, unless the source has been set explicitly to \fBprogram\fR. .TP \fBwm protocol \fIwindow\fR ?\fIname\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? . | > | < | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | | < > | > > | > > | > > > > | > > | > > | > | > > > > > | | > > > | | 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 | source of the window's current position, or an empty string if no source has been specified yet. Most window managers interpret .QW "no source" as equivalent to \fBprogram\fR. Tk will automatically set the position source to \fBuser\fR when a \fBwm geometry\fR command is invoked, unless the source has been set explicitly to \fBprogram\fR. .\" METHOD: protocol .TP \fBwm protocol \fIwindow\fR ?\fIname\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? . This command is used to manage window manager protocols. The \fIname\fR argument in the \fBwm protocol\fR command is the name of an atom corresponding to a window manager protocol. Examples include \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR or \fBWM_SAVE_YOURSELF\fR or \fBWM_TAKE_FOCUS\fR. .RS .PP A \fIwindow manager protocol\fR is a class of messages sent from a window manager to a Tk application outside of the normal event processing system. The main example is the \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR protocol; these messages are sent when the user clicks the close widget in the title bar of a window. Handlers for window manager protocols are installed with the \fBwm protocol\fR command. As a rule, if no handler has been installed for a protocol by the \fBwm protocol\fR command then all messages of that protocol are ignored. The \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR protocol is an exception to this rule. At start-up Tk installs a handler for this protocol, which responds by destroying the window. The \fBwm protocol\fR command can be used to replace this default handler by one which responds differently. .RE .RS .PP The list of available window manager protocols depends on the window manager, but all window managers supported by Tk provide \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR. On the Windows platform, a \fBWM_SAVE_YOURSELF\fR message is sent on user logout or system restart. .RE .RS .PP If both \fIname\fR and \fIcommand\fR are specified, then \fIcommand\fR becomes the handler for the protocol specified by \fIname\fR. The atom for \fIname\fR will be added to \fIwindow\fR's \fBWM_PROTOCOLS\fR property to tell the window manager that the application has a handler for the protocol specified by \fIname\fR, and \fIcommand\fR will be invoked in the future whenever the window manager sends a message of that protocol to the Tk application. In this case the \fBwm protocol\fR command returns an empty string. If \fIname\fR is specified but \fIcommand\fR is not, then the current handler for \fIname\fR is returned, or an empty string if there is no handler defined for \fIname\fR (as a special case, the default handler for \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR is not returned). If \fIcommand\fR is specified as an empty string then the atom for \fIname\fR is removed from the \fBWM_PROTOCOLS\fR property of \fIwindow\fR and the handler is destroyed; an empty string is returned. Lastly, if neither \fIname\fR nor \fIcommand\fR is specified, the \fBwm protocol\fR command returns a list of all of the protocols for which handlers are currently defined for \fIwindow\fR. .RE .\" METHOD: resizable .TP \fBwm resizable \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? . This command controls whether or not the user may interactively resize a top-level window. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they are boolean values that determine whether the width and height of \fIwindow\fR may be modified by the user. In this case the command returns an empty string. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are omitted then the command returns a list with two 0/1 elements that indicate whether the width and height of \fIwindow\fR are currently resizable. By default, windows are resizable in both dimensions. If resizing is disabled, then the window's size will be the size from the most recent interactive resize or \fBwm geometry\fR command. If there has been no such operation then the window's natural size will be used. .\" METHOD: sizefrom .TP \fBwm sizefrom \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwho\fR? . If \fIwho\fR is specified, it must be either \fBprogram\fR or \fBuser\fR, or an abbreviation of one of these two. It indicates whether \fIwindow\fR's current size was requested by the program or by the user. Some window managers ignore program-requested sizes and ask the user to manually size the window; if \fBuser\fR is specified then the window manager should give the window its specified size without asking the user for assistance. If \fIwho\fR is specified as an empty string, then the current size source is cancelled. If \fIwho\fR is specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns \fBuser\fR or \fBwindow\fR to indicate the source of the window's current size, or an empty string if no source has been specified yet. Most window managers interpret .QW "no source" as equivalent to \fBprogram\fR. .\" METHOD: stackorder .TP \fBwm stackorder \fIwindow\fR ?\fBisabove\fR|\fBisbelow \fIwindow\fR? . The \fBstackorder\fR command returns a list of toplevel windows in stacking order, from lowest to highest. When a single toplevel window is passed, the returned list recursively includes all of the window's children that are toplevels. Only those toplevels that are currently mapped to the screen are returned. The \fBstackorder\fR command can also be used to determine if one toplevel is positioned above or below a second toplevel. When two window arguments separated by either \fBisabove\fR or \fBisbelow\fR are passed, a boolean result indicates whether or not the first window is currently above or below the second window in the stacking order. .\" METHOD: state .TP \fBwm state \fIwindow\fR ?newstate? . If \fInewstate\fR is specified, the window will be set to the new state, otherwise it returns the current state of \fIwindow\fR: either \fBnormal\fR, \fBiconic\fR, \fBwithdrawn\fR, \fBicon\fR, or (Windows and macOS only) \fBzoomed\fR. The difference between \fBiconic\fR and \fBicon\fR is that \fBiconic\fR refers to a window that has been iconified (e.g., with the \fBwm iconify\fR command) while \fBicon\fR refers to a window whose only purpose is to serve as the icon for some other window (via the \fBwm iconwindow\fR command). The \fBicon\fR state cannot be set. .\" METHOD: title .TP \fBwm title \fIwindow\fR ?\fIstring\fR? . If \fIstring\fR is specified, then it will be passed to the window manager for use as the title for \fIwindow\fR (the window manager should display this string in \fIwindow\fR's title bar). In this case the command returns an empty string. If \fIstring\fR is not specified then the command returns the current title for the \fIwindow\fR. The title for a window defaults to its name. .\" METHOD: transient .TP \fBwm transient \fIwindow\fR ?\fIcontainer\fR? . If \fIcontainer\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed that \fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working on behalf of \fIcontainer\fR (where \fIcontainer\fR is the path name for a top-level window). If \fIcontainer\fR is specified as an empty string then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not being a transient window any more. Otherwise the command returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current container, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a transient window. A transient window will mirror state changes in the container and inherit the state of the container when initially mapped. The directed graph with an edge from each transient to its container must be acyclic. In particular, it is an error to attempt to make a window a transient of itself. The window manager may also decorate a transient window differently, removing some features normally present (e.g., minimize and maximize buttons) though this is entirely at the discretion of the window manager. .\" METHOD: widthdraw .TP \fBwm withdraw \fIwindow\fR . Arranges for \fIwindow\fR to be withdrawn from the screen. This causes the window to be unmapped and forgotten about by the window manager. If the window has never been mapped, then this command causes the window to be mapped in the withdrawn state. Not all window managers appear to know how to handle windows that are mapped in the withdrawn state. Note that it sometimes seems to be necessary to withdraw a window and then re-map it (e.g. with \fBwm deiconify\fR) to get some window managers to pay attention to changes in window attributes such as group. .SH "GEOMETRY MANAGEMENT" .PP By default a top-level window appears on the screen in its \fInatural size\fR, which is the one determined internally by its |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
828 829 830 831 832 833 834 | \fBwm resizable\fR .fixed 0 0 .CE .PP A simple dialog-like window, centred on the screen: .CS # Create and arrange the dialog contents. toplevel .msg | | | | | | | | > | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 |
\fBwm resizable\fR .fixed 0 0
.CE
.PP
A simple dialog-like window, centred on the screen:
.CS
# Create and arrange the dialog contents.
toplevel .msg
label .msg.l -text "This is a very simple dialog demo."
button .msg.ok -text OK -default active -command {destroy .msg}
pack .msg.ok -side bottom -fill x
pack .msg.l -expand 1 -fill both
# Now set the widget up as a centred dialog.
# But first, we need the geometry managers to finish setting
# up the interior of the dialog, for which we need to run the
# event loop with the widget hidden completely...
\fBwm withdraw\fR .msg
update
set x [expr {([winfo screenwidth .] - [winfo width .msg]) / 2}]
set y [expr {([winfo screenheight .] - [winfo height .msg]) / 2}]
\fBwm geometry\fR .msg +$x+$y
\fBwm transient\fR .msg .
\fBwm title\fR .msg "Dialog demo"
\fBwm deiconify\fR .msg
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
toplevel(n), winfo(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
aspect ratio, deiconify, focus model, geometry, grid, group, icon, iconify,
increments, position, size, title, top-level window, units, window manager
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to generic/ks_names.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
{ "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
{ "Scroll_Lock", 0xFF14 },
{ "Sys_Req", 0xFF15 },
{ "Escape", 0xFF1B },
| < < < < < > > > > > > | > > > > > | | > | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
{ "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
{ "Scroll_Lock", 0xFF14 },
{ "Sys_Req", 0xFF15 },
{ "Escape", 0xFF1B },
{ "Multi_key", 0xFF20 },
{ "Kanji", 0xFF21 },
{ "Muhenkan", 0xFF22 },
{ "Henkan_Mode", 0xFF23 },
{ "Henkan", 0xFF23 },
{ "Romaji", 0xFF24 },
{ "Hiragana", 0xFF25 },
{ "Katakana", 0xFF26 },
{ "Hiragana_Katakana", 0xFF27 },
{ "Zenkaku", 0xFF28 },
{ "Hankaku", 0xFF29 },
{ "Zenkaku_Hankaku", 0xFF2A },
{ "Touroku", 0xFF2B },
{ "Massyo", 0xFF2C },
{ "Kana_Lock", 0xFF2D },
{ "Kana_Shift", 0xFF2E },
{ "Eisu_Shift", 0xFF2F },
{ "Eisu_toggle", 0xFF30 },
{ "Hangul", 0xFF31 },
{ "Hangul_Start", 0xFF32 },
{ "Hangul_End", 0xFF33 },
{ "Hangul_Hanja", 0xFF34 },
{ "Hangul_Jamo", 0xFF35 },
{ "Hangul_Romaja", 0xFF36 },
{ "Codeinput", 0xFF37 },
{ "Hangul_Jeonja", 0xFF38 },
{ "Hangul_Banja", 0xFF39 },
{ "Hangul_PreHanja", 0xFF3A },
{ "Hangul_PostHanja", 0xFF3B },
{ "SingleCandidate", 0xFF3C },
{ "MultipleCandidate", 0xFF3D },
{ "PreviousCandidate", 0xFF3E },
{ "Hangul_Special", 0xFF3F },
{ "Home", 0xFF50 },
{ "Left", 0xFF51 },
{ "Up", 0xFF52 },
{ "Right", 0xFF53 },
{ "Down", 0xFF54 },
{ "Prior", 0xFF55 },
{ "Page_Up", 0xFF55 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
{ "Menu", 0xFF67 },
{ "Find", 0xFF68 },
{ "Cancel", 0xFF69 },
{ "Help", 0xFF6A },
{ "Break", 0xFF6B },
{ "Mode_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "script_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Num_Lock", 0xFF7F },
{ "KP_Space", 0xFF80 },
{ "KP_Tab", 0xFF89 },
{ "KP_Enter", 0xFF8D },
{ "KP_F1", 0xFF91 },
{ "KP_F2", 0xFF92 },
{ "KP_F3", 0xFF93 },
| > > > > | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
{ "Menu", 0xFF67 },
{ "Find", 0xFF68 },
{ "Cancel", 0xFF69 },
{ "Help", 0xFF6A },
{ "Break", 0xFF6B },
{ "Mode_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "script_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "kana_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Arabic_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Greek_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Num_Lock", 0xFF7F },
{ "KP_Space", 0xFF80 },
{ "KP_Tab", 0xFF89 },
{ "KP_Enter", 0xFF8D },
{ "KP_F1", 0xFF91 },
{ "KP_F2", 0xFF92 },
{ "KP_F3", 0xFF93 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
{ "KP_Page_Up", 0xFF9A },
{ "KP_Next", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_Page_Down", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_End", 0xFF9C },
{ "KP_Begin", 0xFF9D },
{ "KP_Insert", 0xFF9E },
{ "KP_Delete", 0xFF9F },
| < > | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
{ "KP_Page_Up", 0xFF9A },
{ "KP_Next", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_Page_Down", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_End", 0xFF9C },
{ "KP_Begin", 0xFF9D },
{ "KP_Insert", 0xFF9E },
{ "KP_Delete", 0xFF9F },
{ "KP_Multiply", 0xFFAA },
{ "KP_Add", 0xFFAB },
{ "KP_Separator", 0xFFAC },
{ "KP_Subtract", 0xFFAD },
{ "KP_Decimal", 0xFFAE },
{ "KP_Divide", 0xFFAF },
{ "KP_0", 0xFFB0 },
{ "KP_1", 0xFFB1 },
{ "KP_2", 0xFFB2 },
{ "KP_3", 0xFFB3 },
{ "KP_4", 0xFFB4 },
{ "KP_5", 0xFFB5 },
{ "KP_6", 0xFFB6 },
{ "KP_7", 0xFFB7 },
{ "KP_8", 0xFFB8 },
{ "KP_9", 0xFFB9 },
{ "KP_Equal", 0xFFBD },
{ "F1", 0xFFBE },
{ "F2", 0xFFBF },
{ "F3", 0xFFC0 },
{ "F4", 0xFFC1 },
{ "F5", 0xFFC2 },
{ "F6", 0xFFC3 },
{ "F7", 0xFFC4 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
{ "ISO_Lock", 0xFE01 },
{ "ISO_Level2_Latch", 0xFE02 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Shift", 0xFE03 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Latch", 0xFE04 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Lock", 0xFE05 },
| > > > > > > > > > > > < < < > > > | 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
{ "braille_dot_1", 0xFFF1 },
{ "braille_dot_2", 0xFFF2 },
{ "braille_dot_3", 0xFFF3 },
{ "braille_dot_4", 0xFFF4 },
{ "braille_dot_5", 0xFFF5 },
{ "braille_dot_6", 0xFFF6 },
{ "braille_dot_7", 0xFFF7 },
{ "braille_dot_8", 0xFFF8 },
{ "braille_dot_9", 0xFFF9 },
{ "braille_dot_10", 0xFFFA },
{ "Delete", 0xFFFF },
{ "ISO_Lock", 0xFE01 },
{ "ISO_Level2_Latch", 0xFE02 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Shift", 0xFE03 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Latch", 0xFE04 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Lock", 0xFE05 },
{ "ISO_Group_Shift", 0xFF7E },
{ "ISO_Group_Latch", 0xFE06 },
{ "ISO_Group_Lock", 0xFE07 },
{ "ISO_Next_Group", 0xFE08 },
{ "ISO_Next_Group_Lock", 0xFE09 },
{ "ISO_Prev_Group", 0xFE0A },
{ "ISO_Prev_Group_Lock", 0xFE0B },
{ "ISO_First_Group", 0xFE0C },
{ "ISO_First_Group_Lock", 0xFE0D },
{ "ISO_Last_Group", 0xFE0E },
{ "ISO_Last_Group_Lock", 0xFE0F },
{ "ISO_Level5_Shift", 0xFE11 },
{ "ISO_Level5_Latch", 0xFE12 },
{ "ISO_Level5_Lock", 0xFE13 },
{ "ISO_Left_Tab", 0xFE20 },
{ "ISO_Move_Line_Up", 0xFE21 },
{ "ISO_Move_Line_Down", 0xFE22 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Line_Up", 0xFE23 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Line_Down", 0xFE24 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Space_Left", 0xFE25 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Space_Right", 0xFE26 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
{ "dead_belowcircumflex", 0xFE69 },
{ "dead_belowtilde", 0xFE6A },
{ "dead_belowbreve", 0xFE6B },
{ "dead_belowdiaeresis", 0xFE6C },
{ "dead_invertedbreve", 0xFE6D },
{ "dead_belowcomma", 0xFE6E },
{ "dead_currency", 0xFE6F },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
{ "dead_belowcircumflex", 0xFE69 },
{ "dead_belowtilde", 0xFE6A },
{ "dead_belowbreve", 0xFE6B },
{ "dead_belowdiaeresis", 0xFE6C },
{ "dead_invertedbreve", 0xFE6D },
{ "dead_belowcomma", 0xFE6E },
{ "dead_currency", 0xFE6F },
{ "AccessX_Enable", 0xFE70 },
{ "AccessX_Feedback_Enable", 0xFE71 },
{ "RepeatKeys_Enable", 0xFE72 },
{ "SlowKeys_Enable", 0xFE73 },
{ "BounceKeys_Enable", 0xFE74 },
{ "StickyKeys_Enable", 0xFE75 },
{ "MouseKeys_Enable", 0xFE76 },
{ "MouseKeys_Accel_Enable", 0xFE77 },
{ "Overlay1_Enable", 0xFE78 },
{ "Overlay2_Enable", 0xFE79 },
{ "AudibleBell_Enable", 0xFE7A },
{ "dead_a", 0xFE80 },
{ "dead_A", 0xFE81 },
{ "dead_e", 0xFE82 },
{ "dead_E", 0xFE83 },
{ "dead_i", 0xFE84 },
{ "dead_I", 0xFE85 },
{ "dead_o", 0xFE86 },
{ "dead_O", 0xFE87 },
{ "dead_u", 0xFE88 },
{ "dead_U", 0xFE89 },
{ "dead_schwa", 0xFE8A },
{ "dead_small_schwa", 0xFE8A },
{ "dead_SCHWA", 0xFE8B },
{ "dead_capital_schwa", 0xFE8B },
{ "dead_greek", 0xFE8C },
{ "dead_hamza", 0xFE8D },
{ "dead_lowline", 0xFE90 },
{ "dead_aboveverticalline", 0xFE91 },
{ "dead_belowverticalline", 0xFE92 },
{ "dead_longsolidusoverlay", 0xFE93 },
{ "ch", 0xFEA0 },
{ "Ch", 0xFEA1 },
{ "CH", 0xFEA2 },
{ "c_h", 0xFEA3 },
{ "C_h", 0xFEA4 },
{ "C_H", 0xFEA5 },
{ "First_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED0 },
{ "Prev_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED1 },
{ "Next_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED2 },
{ "Last_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED4 },
{ "Terminate_Server", 0xFED5 },
{ "Pointer_Left", 0xFEE0 },
{ "Pointer_Right", 0xFEE1 },
{ "Pointer_Up", 0xFEE2 },
{ "Pointer_Down", 0xFEE3 },
{ "Pointer_UpLeft", 0xFEE4 },
{ "Pointer_UpRight", 0xFEE5 },
{ "Pointer_DownLeft", 0xFEE6 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 |
{ "Pointer_DblClick4", 0xFEF2 },
{ "Pointer_DblClick5", 0xFEF3 },
{ "Pointer_Drag_Dflt", 0xFEF4 },
{ "Pointer_Drag1", 0xFEF5 },
{ "Pointer_Drag2", 0xFEF6 },
{ "Pointer_Drag3", 0xFEF7 },
{ "Pointer_Drag4", 0xFEF8 },
| < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
{ "Pointer_DblClick4", 0xFEF2 },
{ "Pointer_DblClick5", 0xFEF3 },
{ "Pointer_Drag_Dflt", 0xFEF4 },
{ "Pointer_Drag1", 0xFEF5 },
{ "Pointer_Drag2", 0xFEF6 },
{ "Pointer_Drag3", 0xFEF7 },
{ "Pointer_Drag4", 0xFEF8 },
{ "Pointer_EnableKeys", 0xFEF9 },
{ "Pointer_Accelerate", 0xFEFA },
{ "Pointer_DfltBtnNext", 0xFEFB },
{ "Pointer_DfltBtnPrev", 0xFEFC },
{ "Pointer_Drag5", 0xFEFD },
{ "space", 0x20 },
{ "exclam", 0x21 },
{ "quotedbl", 0x22 },
{ "numbersign", 0x23 },
{ "dollar", 0x24 },
{ "percent", 0x25 },
{ "ampersand", 0x26 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
{ "currency", 0xA4 },
{ "yen", 0xA5 },
{ "brokenbar", 0xA6 },
{ "section", 0xA7 },
{ "diaeresis", 0xA8 },
{ "copyright", 0xA9 },
{ "ordfeminine", 0xAA },
{ "guillemotleft", 0xAB },
{ "notsign", 0xAC },
{ "hyphen", 0xAD },
{ "registered", 0xAE },
{ "macron", 0xAF },
{ "degree", 0xB0 },
{ "plusminus", 0xB1 },
{ "twosuperior", 0xB2 },
{ "threesuperior", 0xB3 },
{ "acute", 0xB4 },
{ "mu", 0xB5 },
{ "paragraph", 0xB6 },
{ "periodcentered", 0xB7 },
{ "cedilla", 0xB8 },
{ "onesuperior", 0xB9 },
{ "masculine", 0xBA },
{ "guillemotright", 0xBB },
{ "onequarter", 0xBC },
{ "onehalf", 0xBD },
{ "threequarters", 0xBE },
{ "questiondown", 0xBF },
{ "Agrave", 0xC0 },
{ "Aacute", 0xC1 },
| > > > | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
{ "currency", 0xA4 },
{ "yen", 0xA5 },
{ "brokenbar", 0xA6 },
{ "section", 0xA7 },
{ "diaeresis", 0xA8 },
{ "copyright", 0xA9 },
{ "ordfeminine", 0xAA },
{ "guillemetleft", 0xAB },
{ "guillemotleft", 0xAB },
{ "notsign", 0xAC },
{ "hyphen", 0xAD },
{ "registered", 0xAE },
{ "macron", 0xAF },
{ "degree", 0xB0 },
{ "plusminus", 0xB1 },
{ "twosuperior", 0xB2 },
{ "threesuperior", 0xB3 },
{ "acute", 0xB4 },
{ "mu", 0xB5 },
{ "paragraph", 0xB6 },
{ "periodcentered", 0xB7 },
{ "cedilla", 0xB8 },
{ "onesuperior", 0xB9 },
{ "ordmasculine", 0xBA },
{ "masculine", 0xBA },
{ "guillemetright", 0xBB },
{ "guillemotright", 0xBB },
{ "onequarter", 0xBC },
{ "onehalf", 0xBD },
{ "threequarters", 0xBE },
{ "questiondown", 0xBF },
{ "Agrave", 0xC0 },
{ "Aacute", 0xC1 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
510 511 512 513 514 515 516 |
{ "Ograve", 0xD2 },
{ "Oacute", 0xD3 },
{ "Ocircumflex", 0xD4 },
{ "Otilde", 0xD5 },
{ "Odiaeresis", 0xD6 },
{ "multiply", 0xD7 },
{ "Oslash", 0xD8 },
| < < | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
{ "Ograve", 0xD2 },
{ "Oacute", 0xD3 },
{ "Ocircumflex", 0xD4 },
{ "Otilde", 0xD5 },
{ "Odiaeresis", 0xD6 },
{ "multiply", 0xD7 },
{ "Oslash", 0xD8 },
{ "Ooblique", 0xD8 },
{ "Ugrave", 0xD9 },
{ "Uacute", 0xDA },
{ "Ucircumflex", 0xDB },
{ "Udiaeresis", 0xDC },
{ "Yacute", 0xDD },
{ "THORN", 0xDE },
{ "Thorn", 0xDE },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
{ "ograve", 0xF2 },
{ "oacute", 0xF3 },
{ "ocircumflex", 0xF4 },
{ "otilde", 0xF5 },
{ "odiaeresis", 0xF6 },
{ "division", 0xF7 },
{ "oslash", 0xF8 },
| < < | 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 |
{ "ograve", 0xF2 },
{ "oacute", 0xF3 },
{ "ocircumflex", 0xF4 },
{ "otilde", 0xF5 },
{ "odiaeresis", 0xF6 },
{ "division", 0xF7 },
{ "oslash", 0xF8 },
{ "ooblique", 0xF8 },
{ "ugrave", 0xF9 },
{ "uacute", 0xFA },
{ "ucircumflex", 0xFB },
{ "udiaeresis", 0xFC },
{ "yacute", 0xFD },
{ "thorn", 0xFE },
{ "ydiaeresis", 0xFF },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
{ "cabovedot", 0x2E5 },
{ "ccircumflex", 0x2E6 },
{ "gabovedot", 0x2F5 },
{ "gcircumflex", 0x2F8 },
{ "ubreve", 0x2FD },
{ "scircumflex", 0x2FE },
{ "kra", 0x3A2 },
| < < < < | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
{ "cabovedot", 0x2E5 },
{ "ccircumflex", 0x2E6 },
{ "gabovedot", 0x2F5 },
{ "gcircumflex", 0x2F8 },
{ "ubreve", 0x2FD },
{ "scircumflex", 0x2FE },
{ "kra", 0x3A2 },
{ "kappa", 0x3A2 },
{ "Rcedilla", 0x3A3 },
{ "Itilde", 0x3A5 },
{ "Lcedilla", 0x3A6 },
{ "Emacron", 0x3AA },
{ "Gcedilla", 0x3AB },
{ "Tslash", 0x3AC },
{ "rcedilla", 0x3B3 },
{ "itilde", 0x3B5 },
{ "lcedilla", 0x3B6 },
{ "emacron", 0x3BA },
{ "gcedilla", 0x3BB },
{ "gacute", 0x3BB },
{ "tslash", 0x3BC },
{ "ENG", 0x3BD },
{ "eng", 0x3BF },
{ "Amacron", 0x3C0 },
{ "Iogonek", 0x3C7 },
{ "Eabovedot", 0x3CC },
{ "Imacron", 0x3CF },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
676 677 678 679 680 681 682 |
{ "imacron", 0x3EF },
{ "ncedilla", 0x3F1 },
{ "omacron", 0x3F2 },
{ "kcedilla", 0x3F3 },
{ "uogonek", 0x3F9 },
{ "utilde", 0x3FD },
{ "umacron", 0x3FE },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 |
{ "imacron", 0x3EF },
{ "ncedilla", 0x3F1 },
{ "omacron", 0x3F2 },
{ "kcedilla", 0x3F3 },
{ "uogonek", 0x3F9 },
{ "utilde", 0x3FD },
{ "umacron", 0x3FE },
{ "OE", 0x13BC },
{ "oe", 0x13BD },
{ "Ydiaeresis", 0x13BE },
{ "overline", 0x47E },
{ "kana_fullstop", 0x4A1 },
{ "kana_openingbracket", 0x4A2 },
{ "kana_closingbracket", 0x4A3 },
{ "kana_comma", 0x4A4 },
{ "kana_conjunctive", 0x4A5 },
{ "kana_middledot", 0x4A5 },
{ "kana_WO", 0x4A6 },
{ "kana_a", 0x4A7 },
{ "kana_i", 0x4A8 },
{ "kana_u", 0x4A9 },
{ "kana_e", 0x4AA },
{ "kana_o", 0x4AB },
{ "kana_ya", 0x4AC },
{ "kana_yu", 0x4AD },
{ "kana_yo", 0x4AE },
{ "kana_tsu", 0x4AF },
{ "kana_tu", 0x4AF },
{ "prolongedsound", 0x4B0 },
{ "kana_A", 0x4B1 },
{ "kana_I", 0x4B2 },
{ "kana_U", 0x4B3 },
{ "kana_E", 0x4B4 },
{ "kana_O", 0x4B5 },
{ "kana_KA", 0x4B6 },
{ "kana_KI", 0x4B7 },
{ "kana_KU", 0x4B8 },
{ "kana_KE", 0x4B9 },
{ "kana_KO", 0x4BA },
{ "kana_SA", 0x4BB },
{ "kana_SHI", 0x4BC },
{ "kana_SU", 0x4BD },
{ "kana_SE", 0x4BE },
{ "kana_SO", 0x4BF },
{ "kana_TA", 0x4C0 },
{ "kana_CHI", 0x4C1 },
{ "kana_TI", 0x4C1 },
{ "kana_TSU", 0x4C2 },
{ "kana_TU", 0x4C2 },
{ "kana_TE", 0x4C3 },
{ "kana_TO", 0x4C4 },
{ "kana_NA", 0x4C5 },
{ "kana_NI", 0x4C6 },
{ "kana_NU", 0x4C7 },
{ "kana_NE", 0x4C8 },
{ "kana_NO", 0x4C9 },
{ "kana_HA", 0x4CA },
{ "kana_HI", 0x4CB },
{ "kana_FU", 0x4CC },
{ "kana_HU", 0x4CC },
{ "kana_HE", 0x4CD },
{ "kana_HO", 0x4CE },
{ "kana_MA", 0x4CF },
{ "kana_MI", 0x4D0 },
{ "kana_MU", 0x4D1 },
{ "kana_ME", 0x4D2 },
{ "kana_MO", 0x4D3 },
{ "kana_YA", 0x4D4 },
{ "kana_YU", 0x4D5 },
{ "kana_YO", 0x4D6 },
{ "kana_RA", 0x4D7 },
{ "kana_RI", 0x4D8 },
{ "kana_RU", 0x4D9 },
{ "kana_RE", 0x4DA },
{ "kana_RO", 0x4DB },
{ "kana_WA", 0x4DC },
{ "kana_N", 0x4DD },
{ "voicedsound", 0x4DE },
{ "semivoicedsound", 0x4DF },
{ "Arabic_comma", 0x5AC },
{ "Arabic_semicolon", 0x5BB },
{ "Arabic_question_mark", 0x5BF },
{ "Arabic_hamza", 0x5C1 },
{ "Arabic_maddaonalef", 0x5C2 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonalef", 0x5C3 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonwaw", 0x5C4 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaunderalef", 0x5C5 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
850 851 852 853 854 855 856 |
{ "Arabic_feh", 0x5E1 },
{ "Arabic_qaf", 0x5E2 },
{ "Arabic_kaf", 0x5E3 },
{ "Arabic_lam", 0x5E4 },
{ "Arabic_meem", 0x5E5 },
{ "Arabic_noon", 0x5E6 },
{ "Arabic_ha", 0x5E7 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
{ "Arabic_feh", 0x5E1 },
{ "Arabic_qaf", 0x5E2 },
{ "Arabic_kaf", 0x5E3 },
{ "Arabic_lam", 0x5E4 },
{ "Arabic_meem", 0x5E5 },
{ "Arabic_noon", 0x5E6 },
{ "Arabic_ha", 0x5E7 },
{ "Arabic_heh", 0x5E7 },
{ "Arabic_waw", 0x5E8 },
{ "Arabic_alefmaksura", 0x5E9 },
{ "Arabic_yeh", 0x5EA },
{ "Arabic_fathatan", 0x5EB },
{ "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5EC },
{ "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ED },
{ "Arabic_fatha", 0x5EE },
{ "Arabic_damma", 0x5EF },
{ "Arabic_kasra", 0x5F0 },
{ "Arabic_shadda", 0x5F1 },
{ "Arabic_sukun", 0x5F2 },
{ "Serbian_dje", 0x6A1 },
{ "Macedonia_gje", 0x6A2 },
{ "Cyrillic_io", 0x6A3 },
{ "Ukrainian_ie", 0x6A4 },
{ "Ukranian_je", 0x6A4 },
{ "Macedonia_dse", 0x6A5 },
{ "Ukrainian_i", 0x6A6 },
{ "Ukranian_i", 0x6A6 },
{ "Ukrainian_yi", 0x6A7 },
{ "Ukranian_yi", 0x6A7 },
{ "Cyrillic_je", 0x6A8 },
{ "Serbian_je", 0x6A8 },
{ "Cyrillic_lje", 0x6A9 },
{ "Serbian_lje", 0x6A9 },
{ "Cyrillic_nje", 0x6AA },
{ "Serbian_nje", 0x6AA },
{ "Serbian_tshe", 0x6AB },
{ "Macedonia_kje", 0x6AC },
{ "Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn", 0x6AD },
{ "Byelorussian_shortu", 0x6AE },
{ "Cyrillic_dzhe", 0x6AF },
{ "Serbian_dze", 0x6AF },
{ "numerosign", 0x6B0 },
{ "Serbian_DJE", 0x6B1 },
{ "Macedonia_GJE", 0x6B2 },
{ "Cyrillic_IO", 0x6B3 },
{ "Ukrainian_IE", 0x6B4 },
{ "Ukranian_JE", 0x6B4 },
{ "Macedonia_DSE", 0x6B5 },
{ "Ukrainian_I", 0x6B6 },
{ "Ukranian_I", 0x6B6 },
{ "Ukrainian_YI", 0x6B7 },
{ "Ukranian_YI", 0x6B7 },
{ "Cyrillic_JE", 0x6B8 },
{ "Serbian_JE", 0x6B8 },
{ "Cyrillic_LJE", 0x6B9 },
{ "Serbian_LJE", 0x6B9 },
{ "Cyrillic_NJE", 0x6BA },
{ "Serbian_NJE", 0x6BA },
{ "Serbian_TSHE", 0x6BB },
{ "Macedonia_KJE", 0x6BC },
{ "Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN", 0x6BD },
{ "Byelorussian_SHORTU", 0x6BE },
{ "Cyrillic_DZHE", 0x6BF },
{ "Serbian_DZE", 0x6BF },
{ "Cyrillic_yu", 0x6C0 },
{ "Cyrillic_a", 0x6C1 },
{ "Cyrillic_be", 0x6C2 },
{ "Cyrillic_tse", 0x6C3 },
{ "Cyrillic_de", 0x6C4 },
{ "Cyrillic_ie", 0x6C5 },
{ "Cyrillic_ef", 0x6C6 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 |
{ "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7F3 },
{ "Greek_tau", 0x7F4 },
{ "Greek_upsilon", 0x7F5 },
{ "Greek_phi", 0x7F6 },
{ "Greek_chi", 0x7F7 },
{ "Greek_psi", 0x7F8 },
{ "Greek_omega", 0x7F9 },
| < | 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 |
{ "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7F3 },
{ "Greek_tau", 0x7F4 },
{ "Greek_upsilon", 0x7F5 },
{ "Greek_phi", 0x7F6 },
{ "Greek_chi", 0x7F7 },
{ "Greek_psi", 0x7F8 },
{ "Greek_omega", 0x7F9 },
{ "leftradical", 0x8A1 },
{ "topleftradical", 0x8A2 },
{ "horizconnector", 0x8A3 },
{ "topintegral", 0x8A4 },
{ "botintegral", 0x8A5 },
{ "vertconnector", 0x8A6 },
{ "topleftsqbracket", 0x8A7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 |
{ "rightshoe", 0xBD8 },
{ "leftshoe", 0xBDA },
{ "lefttack", 0xBDC },
{ "righttack", 0xBFC },
{ "hebrew_doublelowline", 0xCDF },
{ "hebrew_aleph", 0xCE0 },
{ "hebrew_bet", 0xCE1 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 |
{ "rightshoe", 0xBD8 },
{ "leftshoe", 0xBDA },
{ "lefttack", 0xBDC },
{ "righttack", 0xBFC },
{ "hebrew_doublelowline", 0xCDF },
{ "hebrew_aleph", 0xCE0 },
{ "hebrew_bet", 0xCE1 },
{ "hebrew_beth", 0xCE1 },
{ "hebrew_gimel", 0xCE2 },
{ "hebrew_gimmel", 0xCE2 },
{ "hebrew_dalet", 0xCE3 },
{ "hebrew_daleth", 0xCE3 },
{ "hebrew_he", 0xCE4 },
{ "hebrew_waw", 0xCE5 },
{ "hebrew_zain", 0xCE6 },
{ "hebrew_zayin", 0xCE6 },
{ "hebrew_chet", 0xCE7 },
{ "hebrew_het", 0xCE7 },
{ "hebrew_tet", 0xCE8 },
{ "hebrew_teth", 0xCE8 },
{ "hebrew_yod", 0xCE9 },
{ "hebrew_finalkaph", 0xCEA },
{ "hebrew_kaph", 0xCEB },
{ "hebrew_lamed", 0xCEC },
{ "hebrew_finalmem", 0xCED },
{ "hebrew_mem", 0xCEE },
{ "hebrew_finalnun", 0xCEF },
{ "hebrew_nun", 0xCF0 },
{ "hebrew_samech", 0xCF1 },
{ "hebrew_samekh", 0xCF1 },
{ "hebrew_ayin", 0xCF2 },
{ "hebrew_finalpe", 0xCF3 },
{ "hebrew_pe", 0xCF4 },
{ "hebrew_finalzade", 0xCF5 },
{ "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xCF5 },
{ "hebrew_zade", 0xCF6 },
{ "hebrew_zadi", 0xCF6 },
{ "hebrew_qoph", 0xCF7 },
{ "hebrew_kuf", 0xCF7 },
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xCF8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xCF9 },
{ "hebrew_taw", 0xCFA },
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xCFA },
{ "Thai_kokai", 0xDA1 },
{ "Thai_khokhai", 0xDA2 },
{ "Thai_khokhuat", 0xDA3 },
{ "Thai_khokhwai", 0xDA4 },
{ "Thai_khokhon", 0xDA5 },
{ "Thai_khorakhang", 0xDA6 },
{ "Thai_ngongu", 0xDA7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 |
{ "Thai_leksam", 0xDF3 },
{ "Thai_leksi", 0xDF4 },
{ "Thai_lekha", 0xDF5 },
{ "Thai_lekhok", 0xDF6 },
{ "Thai_lekchet", 0xDF7 },
{ "Thai_lekpaet", 0xDF8 },
{ "Thai_lekkao", 0xDF9 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 |
{ "Thai_leksam", 0xDF3 },
{ "Thai_leksi", 0xDF4 },
{ "Thai_lekha", 0xDF5 },
{ "Thai_lekhok", 0xDF6 },
{ "Thai_lekchet", 0xDF7 },
{ "Thai_lekpaet", 0xDF8 },
{ "Thai_lekkao", 0xDF9 },
{ "Hangul_Kiyeog", 0xEA1 },
{ "Hangul_SsangKiyeog", 0xEA2 },
{ "Hangul_KiyeogSios", 0xEA3 },
{ "Hangul_Nieun", 0xEA4 },
{ "Hangul_NieunJieuj", 0xEA5 },
{ "Hangul_NieunHieuh", 0xEA6 },
{ "Hangul_Dikeud", 0xEA7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 |
{ "Hangul_YeorinHieuh", 0xEF5 },
{ "Hangul_AraeA", 0xEF6 },
{ "Hangul_AraeAE", 0xEF7 },
{ "Hangul_J_PanSios", 0xEF8 },
{ "Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung", 0xEF9 },
{ "Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh", 0xEFA },
{ "Korean_Won", 0xEFF },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 |
{ "Hangul_YeorinHieuh", 0xEF5 },
{ "Hangul_AraeA", 0xEF6 },
{ "Hangul_AraeAE", 0xEF7 },
{ "Hangul_J_PanSios", 0xEF8 },
{ "Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung", 0xEF9 },
{ "Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh", 0xEFA },
{ "Korean_Won", 0xEFF },
{ "XF86ModeLock", 0x1008FF01 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF02 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF03 },
{ "XF86KbdLightOnOff", 0x1008FF04 },
{ "XF86KbdBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF05 },
{ "XF86KbdBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF06 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessCycle", 0x1008FF07 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 |
{ "XF86TouchpadOff", 0x1008FFB1 },
{ "XF86AudioMicMute", 0x1008FFB2 },
{ "XF86Keyboard", 0x1008FFB3 },
{ "XF86WWAN", 0x1008FFB4 },
{ "XF86RFKill", 0x1008FFB5 },
{ "XF86AudioPreset", 0x1008FFB6 },
{ "XF86RotationLockToggle", 0x1008FFB7 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_1", 0x1008FE01 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_2", 0x1008FE02 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_3", 0x1008FE03 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_4", 0x1008FE04 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_5", 0x1008FE05 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_6", 0x1008FE06 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_7", 0x1008FE07 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_8", 0x1008FE08 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_9", 0x1008FE09 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_10", 0x1008FE0A },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_11", 0x1008FE0B },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_12", 0x1008FE0C },
{ "XF86Ungrab", 0x1008FE20 },
{ "XF86ClearGrab", 0x1008FE21 },
{ "XF86Next_VMode", 0x1008FE22 },
{ "XF86Prev_VMode", 0x1008FE23 },
{ "XF86LogWindowTree", 0x1008FE24 },
{ "XF86LogGrabInfo", 0x1008FE25 },
{ "SunFA_Grave", 0x1005FF00 },
{ "SunFA_Circum", 0x1005FF01 },
{ "SunFA_Tilde", 0x1005FF02 },
{ "SunFA_Acute", 0x1005FF03 },
{ "SunFA_Diaeresis", 0x1005FF04 },
{ "SunFA_Cedilla", 0x1005FF05 },
{ "SunF36", 0x1005FF10 },
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 |
{ "XF86TouchpadOff", 0x1008FFB1 },
{ "XF86AudioMicMute", 0x1008FFB2 },
{ "XF86Keyboard", 0x1008FFB3 },
{ "XF86WWAN", 0x1008FFB4 },
{ "XF86RFKill", 0x1008FFB5 },
{ "XF86AudioPreset", 0x1008FFB6 },
{ "XF86RotationLockToggle", 0x1008FFB7 },
{ "XF86FullScreen", 0x1008FFB8 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_1", 0x1008FE01 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_2", 0x1008FE02 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_3", 0x1008FE03 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_4", 0x1008FE04 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_5", 0x1008FE05 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_6", 0x1008FE06 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_7", 0x1008FE07 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_8", 0x1008FE08 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_9", 0x1008FE09 },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_10", 0x1008FE0A },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_11", 0x1008FE0B },
{ "XF86Switch_VT_12", 0x1008FE0C },
{ "XF86Ungrab", 0x1008FE20 },
{ "XF86ClearGrab", 0x1008FE21 },
{ "XF86Next_VMode", 0x1008FE22 },
{ "XF86Prev_VMode", 0x1008FE23 },
{ "XF86LogWindowTree", 0x1008FE24 },
{ "XF86LogGrabInfo", 0x1008FE25 },
{ "XF86BrightnessAuto", 0x100810F4 },
{ "XF86DisplayOff", 0x100810F5 },
{ "XF86Info", 0x10081166 },
{ "XF86AspectRatio", 0x10081177 },
{ "XF86DVD", 0x10081185 },
{ "XF86Audio", 0x10081188 },
{ "XF86ChannelUp", 0x10081192 },
{ "XF86ChannelDown", 0x10081193 },
{ "XF86Break", 0x1008119B },
{ "XF86VideoPhone", 0x100811A0 },
{ "XF86ZoomReset", 0x100811A4 },
{ "XF86Editor", 0x100811A6 },
{ "XF86GraphicsEditor", 0x100811A8 },
{ "XF86Presentation", 0x100811A9 },
{ "XF86Database", 0x100811AA },
{ "XF86Voicemail", 0x100811AC },
{ "XF86Addressbook", 0x100811AD },
{ "XF86DisplayToggle", 0x100811AF },
{ "XF86SpellCheck", 0x100811B0 },
{ "XF86ContextMenu", 0x100811B6 },
{ "XF86MediaRepeat", 0x100811B7 },
{ "XF8610ChannelsUp", 0x100811B8 },
{ "XF8610ChannelsDown", 0x100811B9 },
{ "XF86Images", 0x100811BA },
{ "XF86NotificationCenter", 0x100811BC },
{ "XF86PickupPhone", 0x100811BD },
{ "XF86HangupPhone", 0x100811BE },
{ "XF86Fn", 0x100811D0 },
{ "XF86Fn_Esc", 0x100811D1 },
{ "XF86FnRightShift", 0x100811E5 },
{ "XF86Numeric0", 0x10081200 },
{ "XF86Numeric1", 0x10081201 },
{ "XF86Numeric2", 0x10081202 },
{ "XF86Numeric3", 0x10081203 },
{ "XF86Numeric4", 0x10081204 },
{ "XF86Numeric5", 0x10081205 },
{ "XF86Numeric6", 0x10081206 },
{ "XF86Numeric7", 0x10081207 },
{ "XF86Numeric8", 0x10081208 },
{ "XF86Numeric9", 0x10081209 },
{ "XF86NumericStar", 0x1008120A },
{ "XF86NumericPound", 0x1008120B },
{ "XF86NumericA", 0x1008120C },
{ "XF86NumericB", 0x1008120D },
{ "XF86NumericC", 0x1008120E },
{ "XF86NumericD", 0x1008120F },
{ "XF86CameraFocus", 0x10081210 },
{ "XF86WPSButton", 0x10081211 },
{ "XF86CameraZoomIn", 0x10081215 },
{ "XF86CameraZoomOut", 0x10081216 },
{ "XF86CameraUp", 0x10081217 },
{ "XF86CameraDown", 0x10081218 },
{ "XF86CameraLeft", 0x10081219 },
{ "XF86CameraRight", 0x1008121A },
{ "XF86AttendantOn", 0x1008121B },
{ "XF86AttendantOff", 0x1008121C },
{ "XF86AttendantToggle", 0x1008121D },
{ "XF86LightsToggle", 0x1008121E },
{ "XF86ALSToggle", 0x10081230 },
{ "XF86Buttonconfig", 0x10081240 },
{ "XF86Taskmanager", 0x10081241 },
{ "XF86Journal", 0x10081242 },
{ "XF86ControlPanel", 0x10081243 },
{ "XF86AppSelect", 0x10081244 },
{ "XF86Screensaver", 0x10081245 },
{ "XF86VoiceCommand", 0x10081246 },
{ "XF86Assistant", 0x10081247 },
{ "XF86EmojiPicker", 0x10081249 },
{ "XF86Dictate", 0x1008124A },
{ "XF86BrightnessMin", 0x10081250 },
{ "XF86BrightnessMax", 0x10081251 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistPrev", 0x10081260 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistNext", 0x10081261 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistPrevgroup", 0x10081262 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistNextgroup", 0x10081263 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistAccept", 0x10081264 },
{ "XF86KbdInputAssistCancel", 0x10081265 },
{ "XF86RightUp", 0x10081266 },
{ "XF86RightDown", 0x10081267 },
{ "XF86LeftUp", 0x10081268 },
{ "XF86LeftDown", 0x10081269 },
{ "XF86RootMenu", 0x1008126A },
{ "XF86MediaTopMenu", 0x1008126B },
{ "XF86Numeric11", 0x1008126C },
{ "XF86Numeric12", 0x1008126D },
{ "XF86AudioDesc", 0x1008126E },
{ "XF863DMode", 0x1008126F },
{ "XF86NextFavorite", 0x10081270 },
{ "XF86StopRecord", 0x10081271 },
{ "XF86PauseRecord", 0x10081272 },
{ "XF86VOD", 0x10081273 },
{ "XF86Unmute", 0x10081274 },
{ "XF86FastReverse", 0x10081275 },
{ "XF86SlowReverse", 0x10081276 },
{ "XF86Data", 0x10081277 },
{ "XF86OnScreenKeyboard", 0x10081278 },
{ "XF86PrivacyScreenToggle", 0x10081279 },
{ "XF86SelectiveScreenshot", 0x1008127A },
{ "XF86Macro1", 0x10081290 },
{ "XF86Macro2", 0x10081291 },
{ "XF86Macro3", 0x10081292 },
{ "XF86Macro4", 0x10081293 },
{ "XF86Macro5", 0x10081294 },
{ "XF86Macro6", 0x10081295 },
{ "XF86Macro7", 0x10081296 },
{ "XF86Macro8", 0x10081297 },
{ "XF86Macro9", 0x10081298 },
{ "XF86Macro10", 0x10081299 },
{ "XF86Macro11", 0x1008129A },
{ "XF86Macro12", 0x1008129B },
{ "XF86Macro13", 0x1008129C },
{ "XF86Macro14", 0x1008129D },
{ "XF86Macro15", 0x1008129E },
{ "XF86Macro16", 0x1008129F },
{ "XF86Macro17", 0x100812A0 },
{ "XF86Macro18", 0x100812A1 },
{ "XF86Macro19", 0x100812A2 },
{ "XF86Macro20", 0x100812A3 },
{ "XF86Macro21", 0x100812A4 },
{ "XF86Macro22", 0x100812A5 },
{ "XF86Macro23", 0x100812A6 },
{ "XF86Macro24", 0x100812A7 },
{ "XF86Macro25", 0x100812A8 },
{ "XF86Macro26", 0x100812A9 },
{ "XF86Macro27", 0x100812AA },
{ "XF86Macro28", 0x100812AB },
{ "XF86Macro29", 0x100812AC },
{ "XF86Macro30", 0x100812AD },
{ "XF86MacroRecordStart", 0x100812B0 },
{ "XF86MacroRecordStop", 0x100812B1 },
{ "XF86MacroPresetCycle", 0x100812B2 },
{ "XF86MacroPreset1", 0x100812B3 },
{ "XF86MacroPreset2", 0x100812B4 },
{ "XF86MacroPreset3", 0x100812B5 },
{ "XF86KbdLcdMenu1", 0x100812B8 },
{ "XF86KbdLcdMenu2", 0x100812B9 },
{ "XF86KbdLcdMenu3", 0x100812BA },
{ "XF86KbdLcdMenu4", 0x100812BB },
{ "XF86KbdLcdMenu5", 0x100812BC },
{ "SunFA_Grave", 0x1005FF00 },
{ "SunFA_Circum", 0x1005FF01 },
{ "SunFA_Tilde", 0x1005FF02 },
{ "SunFA_Acute", 0x1005FF03 },
{ "SunFA_Diaeresis", 0x1005FF04 },
{ "SunFA_Cedilla", 0x1005FF05 },
{ "SunF36", 0x1005FF10 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted generic/nanosvg.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted generic/nanosvgrast.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tk.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
| | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
CONST86 char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
Tk_Window Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
| | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
int flags)
}
declare 30 {
void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
declare 53 {
void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
| | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
declare 53 {
void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
}
declare 75 {
void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
| | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
}
declare 75 {
void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
| | | | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
GC Tk_GetGC(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr)
}
declare 97 {
Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
| | | | 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
GC Tk_GetGC(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr)
}
declare 97 {
Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
declare 115 {
void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 116 {
Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window)
}
declare 117 {
| | | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
declare 115 {
void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 116 {
Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window)
}
declare 117 {
void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
}
declare 118 {
int Tk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 119 {
Atom Tk_InternAtom(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
declare 128 {
void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
declare 128 {
void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster model)
}
declare 138 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {
void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {
void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {
void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {
void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
declare 193 {
void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
| | | 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 |
declare 193 {
void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
void Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
void Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
void Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 |
XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 |
XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
int Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
| | | | | 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
int Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {
void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
void Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
int Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
939 940 941 942 943 944 945 |
}
# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
| | | | 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 |
}
# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {
void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {
void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 |
}
declare 260 {
Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
| | | | | | 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
}
declare 260 {
Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int state)
}
# TIP#116
declare 265 {
int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
# build against legacy sources.
declare 272 {
void Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr)
}
declare 273 {
void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
}
| < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 |
# build against legacy sources.
declare 272 {
void Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr)
}
declare 273 {
void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
}
declare 290 {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
# Define the platform specific public Tk interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
interface tkPlat
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 |
declare 5 win {
int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd,
UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result)
}
################################
# Aqua specific functions
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < > | < | | < > | | 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 |
declare 5 win {
int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd,
UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result)
}
################################
# Aqua specific functions
declare 0 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc)
}
declare 1 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void)
}
declare 2 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(int tkOwnsIt)
}
declare 3 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInitMenus(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 4 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 5 aqua {
void TkGenWMConfigureEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int flags)
}
declare 6 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 7 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 8 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXGetRootControl(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 9 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
}
declare 11 aqua {
Tk_Window Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(void *w)
}
declare 12 aqua {
void *Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable)
}
# Replaces TkMacOSXDrawable
declare 13 aqua {
void *Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 16 aqua {
void TkGenWMConfigureEvent_(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int flags)
}
##############################################################################
# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK #define _TK #include <tcl.h> | | | > > > > > > > | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK #define _TK #include <tcl.h> #if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6) # error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better #endif #ifndef CONST84 # define CONST84 const # define CONST84_RETURN const #endif #ifndef CONST86 # define CONST86 CONST84 #endif #ifndef EXTERN # define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #endif /* * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | #endif /* * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files * and update the version numbers: * * library/tk.tcl (1 LOC patch) | | | | | | | | | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | #endif /* * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files * and update the version numbers: * * library/tk.tcl (1 LOC patch) * unix/configure.in (2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch) * win/configure.in (as above) * README (sections 0 and 1) * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC * win/README (not patchlevel) * unix/README (not patchlevel) * unix/tk.spec (1 LOC patch) * win/tcl.m4 (not patchlevel) * * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against. */ #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8 #define TK_MINOR_VERSION 6 #define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_FINAL_RELEASE #define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 17 #define TK_VERSION "8.6" #define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.6.17" /* * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information. * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set * for macintosh. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
|| defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ICC)
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
| < < < < | | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
|| defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ICC)
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Decide whether or not to use input methods.
*/
#if defined(XNQueryInputStyle) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#define TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
#endif
/*
* Dummy types that are used by clients:
*/
#define Tk_ImageModel Tk_ImageMaster
typedef struct Tk_BindingTable_ *Tk_BindingTable;
typedef struct Tk_Canvas_ *Tk_Canvas;
typedef struct Tk_Cursor_ *Tk_Cursor;
typedef struct Tk_ErrorHandler_ *Tk_ErrorHandler;
typedef struct Tk_Font_ *Tk_Font;
typedef struct Tk_Image__ *Tk_Image;
typedef struct Tk_ImageMaster_ *Tk_ImageMaster;
typedef struct Tk_OptionTable_ *Tk_OptionTable;
typedef struct Tk_PostscriptInfo_ *Tk_PostscriptInfo;
typedef struct Tk_TextLayout_ *Tk_TextLayout;
typedef struct Tk_Window_ *Tk_Window;
typedef struct Tk_3DBorder_ *Tk_3DBorder;
typedef struct Tk_Style_ *Tk_Style;
typedef struct Tk_StyleEngine_ *Tk_StyleEngine;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
const char *optionName; /* Name used to specify option in Tcl
* commands. */
const char *dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
const char *dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
const char *defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line, the option database, or
* the system. */
| < | | | | | | | | | < < < < | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
const char *optionName; /* Name used to specify option in Tcl
* commands. */
const char *dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
const char *dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
const char *defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line, the option database, or
* the system. */
int objOffset; /* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
* holds the value of this option, specified
* as an offset in bytes from the start of the
* record. Use the Tk_Offset macro to generate
* values for this. -1 means don't store the
* Tcl_Obj in the record. */
int internalOffset; /* Where in record to store the internal
* representation of the value of this option,
* such as an int or XColor *. This field is
* specified as an offset in bytes from the
* start of the record. Use the Tk_Offset
* macro to generate values for it. -1 means
* don't store the internal representation in
* the record. */
int flags; /* Any combination of the values defined
* below. */
const void *clientData; /* An alternate place to put option-specific
* data. Used for the monochrome default value
* for colors, etc. */
int typeMask; /* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
* manager; typically bits correspond to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 | /* * The following structure and function types are used by TK_OPTION_CUSTOM * options; the structure holds pointers to the functions needed by the Tk * option config code to handle a custom option. */ | < < < < < < < < | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
/*
* The following structure and function types are used by TK_OPTION_CUSTOM
* options; the structure holds pointers to the functions needed by the Tk
* option config code to handle a custom option.
*/
typedef int (Tk_CustomOptionSetProc) (ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *widgRec,
int offset, char *saveInternalPtr, int flags);
typedef Tcl_Obj *(Tk_CustomOptionGetProc) (ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef void (Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc) (ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr, char *saveInternalPtr);
typedef void (Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr);
typedef struct Tk_ObjCustomOption {
const char *name; /* Name of the custom option. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | } Tk_ObjCustomOption; /* * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure. * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field. */ | < | < | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | } Tk_ObjCustomOption; /* * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure. * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field. */ #define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field)) /* Workaround for platforms missing offsetof(), e.g. VC++ 6.0 */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field)) #endif /* * The following two structures are used for error handling. When config |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
* option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; /* The old value of the option, in the form of
* a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
* not saved as an object. */
double internalForm; /* The old value of the option, in some
* internal representation such as an int or
* (XColor *). Valid only if the field
| | | < | < < < | 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
* option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; /* The old value of the option, in the form of
* a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
* not saved as an object. */
double internalForm; /* The old value of the option, in some
* internal representation such as an int or
* (XColor *). Valid only if the field
* optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is < 0. The
* space must be large enough to accommodate a
* double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
* looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
* enough. Also, using a double guarantees
* that the field is properly aligned for
* storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
# define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
# define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif
typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
char *recordPtr; /* The data structure in which to restore
* configuration options. */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
* restore certain options. */
int numItems; /* The number of valid items in items field. */
Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
/* Items used to hold old values. */
struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
* too many options changed to hold all the
* old values in a single structure. NULL
* means no more structures. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 | /* * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in * development. */ #ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG | < < < < < < | | < | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
/*
* This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
* development.
*/
#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG
typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef CONST86 char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) (ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
* store it in converted form. */
Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;
/* Procedure to return a printable string
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
* database, etc.
*/
typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
int type; /* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
* see definitions below. Last option in table
* must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
| | < | | < < < | | 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
* database, etc.
*/
typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
int type; /* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
* see definitions below. Last option in table
* must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
CONST86 char *argvName; /* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
* means this spec is part of a group. */
Tk_Uid dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
Tk_Uid dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
Tk_Uid defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line or database. */
int offset; /* Where in widget record to store value; use
* Tk_Offset macro to generate values for
* this. */
int specFlags; /* Any combination of the values defined
* below; other bits are used internally by
* tkConfig.c. */
CONST86 Tk_CustomOption *customPtr;
/* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
* pointer to info about how to parse and
* print the option. Otherwise it is
* irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
442 443 444 445 446 447 448 | * (internal-use-only flags are defined there). */ #define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0) #define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1) #define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2) #define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3) | < | < | | | | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
* (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
*/
#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3)
#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED (1 << 4)
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT 0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
/*
* Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
*/
typedef struct {
CONST86 char *key; /* The key string that flags the option in the
* argv array. */
int type; /* Indicates option type; see below. */
char *src; /* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
* depends on type. */
char *dst; /* Address of value to be modified; usage
* depends on type. */
CONST86 char *help; /* Documentation message describing this
* option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;
/*
* Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
* documentation for details.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
605 606 607 608 609 610 611 |
typedef Window (Tk_ClassCreateProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassModalProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
| < < < < | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
typedef Window (Tk_ClassCreateProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassModalProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
unsigned int size;
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *worldChangedProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when the widget needs
* to respond in some way to a change in the
* world (font changes, etc.) */
Tk_ClassCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when the platform-
* dependent window needs to be created. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
634 635 636 637 638 639 640 | * (or NULL if the structure is NULL). * * A more general version of this function may be useful if other * size-versioned structure pop up in the future: * * #define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \ * (((who) == NULL) ? NULL : | | | | | | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
* (or NULL if the structure is NULL).
*
* A more general version of this function may be useful if other
* size-versioned structure pop up in the future:
*
* #define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \
* (((who) == NULL) ? NULL :
* (((who)->size <= Tk_Offset(name, which)) ? NULL :(name)->which))
*/
#define Tk_GetClassProc(procs, which) \
(((procs) == NULL) ? NULL : \
(((procs)->size <= Tk_Offset(Tk_ClassProcs, which)) ? NULL:(procs)->which))
/*
* Each geometry manager (the packer, the placer, etc.) is represented by a
* structure of the following form, which indicates procedures to invoke in
* the geometry manager to carry out certain functions.
*/
#define Tk_GeomLostContentProc Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc
typedef void (Tk_GeomRequestProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
typedef void (Tk_GeomLostContentProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
typedef struct Tk_GeomMgr {
const char *name; /* Name of the geometry manager (command used
* to invoke it, or name of widget class that
* allows embedded widgets). */
Tk_GeomRequestProc *requestProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when a content's
* requested geometry changes. */
Tk_GeomLostContentProc *lostSlaveProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when content is taken
* away from one geometry manager by another.
* NULL means geometry manager doesn't care
* when content lost. */
} Tk_GeomMgr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
| | < | 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 |
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
Tk_Uid classUid;
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int dummy6; /* dirtyChanges */
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
unsigned long dummy7; /* dirtyAtts */
unsigned int flags;
char *dummy8; /* handlerList */
| | | < < < < | 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
Tk_Uid classUid;
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int dummy6; /* dirtyChanges */
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
unsigned long dummy7; /* dirtyAtts */
unsigned int flags;
char *dummy8; /* handlerList */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIC dummy9; /* inputContext */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
ClientData *dummy10; /* tagPtr */
int dummy11; /* numTags */
int dummy12; /* optionLevel */
char *dummy13; /* selHandlerList */
char *dummy14; /* geomMgrPtr */
ClientData dummy15; /* geomData */
int reqWidth, reqHeight;
int internalBorderLeft;
char *dummy16; /* wmInfoPtr */
char *dummy17; /* classProcPtr */
ClientData dummy18; /* instanceData */
char *dummy19; /* privatePtr */
int internalBorderRight;
int internalBorderTop;
int internalBorderBottom;
int minReqWidth;
int minReqHeight;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
int dummy20;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
char *dummy21; /* geomMgrName */
Tk_Window dummy22; /* maintainerPtr */
} Tk_FakeWin;
/*
* Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
*
* TK_MAPPED: 1 means window is currently mapped,
* 0 means unmapped.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
typedef enum {
TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;
typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
| | < | < < < < | | < < < | 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 |
typedef enum {
TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;
typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
CONST86 char *name;
int (*coordProc) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints,
int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
void (*postscriptProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
double *coordPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps);
} Tk_SmoothMethod;
/*
* For each item in a canvas widget there exists one record with the following
* structure. Each actual item is represented by a record with the following
* stuff at its beginning, plus additional type-specific stuff after that.
*/
#define TK_TAG_SPACE 3
typedef struct Tk_Item {
int id; /* Unique identifier for this item (also
* serves as first tag for item). */
struct Tk_Item *nextPtr; /* Next in display list of all items in this
* canvas. Later items in list are drawn on
* top of earlier ones. */
Tk_Uid staticTagSpace[TK_TAG_SPACE];
/* Built-in space for limited # of tags. */
Tk_Uid *tagPtr; /* Pointer to array of tags. Usually points to
* staticTagSpace, but may point to malloc-ed
* space if there are lots of tags. */
int tagSpace; /* Total amount of tag space available at
* tagPtr. */
int numTags; /* Number of tag slots actually used at
* *tagPtr. */
struct Tk_ItemType *typePtr;/* Table of procedures that implement this
* type of item. */
int x1, y1, x2, y2; /* Bounding box for item, in integer canvas
* units. Set by item-specific code and
* guaranteed to contain every pixel drawn in
* item. Item area includes x1 and y1 but not
* x2 and y2. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 | #define TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW 2 /* * Records of the following type are used to describe a type of item (e.g. * lines, circles, etc.) that can form part of a canvas widget. */ | | < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < > > > > > > > > > > < | < | < < < | | 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 |
#define TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW 2
/*
* Records of the following type are used to describe a type of item (e.g.
* lines, circles, etc.) that can form part of a canvas widget.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef int (Tk_ItemCreateProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, char **argv);
typedef int (Tk_ItemConfigureProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, char **argv, int flags);
typedef int (Tk_ItemCoordProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, char **argv);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ItemCreateProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
typedef int (Tk_ItemConfigureProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
int flags);
typedef int (Tk_ItemCoordProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void (Tk_ItemDeleteProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Display *display);
typedef void (Tk_ItemDisplayProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width,
int height);
typedef double (Tk_ItemPointProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *pointPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ItemAreaProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *rectPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ItemPostscriptProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
typedef void (Tk_ItemScaleProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double originX, double originY, double scaleX,
double scaleY);
typedef void (Tk_ItemTranslateProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double deltaX, double deltaY);
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef int (Tk_ItemIndexProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, char *indexString, int *indexPtr);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ItemIndexProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexString, int *indexPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void (Tk_ItemCursorProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int index);
typedef int (Tk_ItemSelectionProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef void (Tk_ItemInsertProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int beforeThis, char *string);
#else
typedef void (Tk_ItemInsertProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *string);
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void (Tk_ItemDCharsProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int first, int last);
#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
CONST86 char *name; /* The name of this type of item, such as
* "line". */
int itemSize; /* Total amount of space needed for item's
* record. */
Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to create a new item of this
* type. */
CONST86 Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
* this type. Used for returning configuration
* info. */
Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
/* Procedure to call to change configuration
* options. */
Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
* coordinates. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 |
Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
/* Procedure to insert something into an
* item. */
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
/* Procedure to delete characters from an
* item. */
struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */
| < < | | 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 |
Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
/* Procedure to insert something into an
* item. */
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
/* Procedure to delete characters from an
* item. */
struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */
char *reserved1; /* Reserved for future extension. */
int reserved2; /* Carefully compatible with */
char *reserved3; /* Jan Nijtmans dash patch */
char *reserved4;
} Tk_ItemType;
/*
* Flag (used in the alwaysRedraw field) to say whether an item supports
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 |
int selBorderWidth; /* Width of border around selection. Read-only
* to items. */
XColor *selFgColorPtr; /* Foreground color for selected text.
* Read-only to items. */
Tk_Item *selItemPtr; /* Pointer to selected item. NULL means
* selection isn't in this canvas. Writable by
* items. */
| < | | < < < < | < < < | 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 |
int selBorderWidth; /* Width of border around selection. Read-only
* to items. */
XColor *selFgColorPtr; /* Foreground color for selected text.
* Read-only to items. */
Tk_Item *selItemPtr; /* Pointer to selected item. NULL means
* selection isn't in this canvas. Writable by
* items. */
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected
* character. Writable by items. */
int selectLast; /* Character index of last selected character.
* Writable by items. */
Tk_Item *anchorItemPtr; /* Item corresponding to "selectAnchor": not
* necessarily selItemPtr. Read-only to
* items. */
int selectAnchor; /* Character index of fixed end of selection
* (i.e. "select to" operation will use this
* as one end of the selection). Writable by
* items. */
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion
* cursor. Read-only to items. */
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insertion cursor. Read-only
* to items. */
int insertBorderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around insert cursor.
* Read-only to items. */
Tk_Item *focusItemPtr; /* Item that currently has the input focus, or
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 | * * Procedure prototypes and structures used for managing images: * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType; | | | | | | 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 | * * Procedure prototypes and structures used for managing images: * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType; #ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc, char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster model, ClientData *clientDataPtr); #else typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST86 char *name, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], CONST86 Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster model, ClientData *clientDataPtr); #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData); typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData clientData, Display *display, Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, int drawableX, int drawableY); typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData clientData, Display *display); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 |
* image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
* such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
* that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
* these structures.
*/
struct Tk_ImageType {
| | | 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 |
* image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
* such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
* that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
* these structures.
*/
struct Tk_ImageType {
CONST86 char *name; /* Name of image type. */
Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
* this type. */
Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc; /* Procedure to call the first time
* Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
* visual or screen). */
Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 |
/*
* The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
* images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
* files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
| | | 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 |
/*
* The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
* images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
* files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
CONST86 char *name; /* Name of image file format */
Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
* image file matches this format. */
Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
* data in a string matches this format. */
Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 | * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to * Tcl. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < | 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 | * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to * Tcl. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #define TK_READABLE TCL_READABLE #define TK_WRITABLE TCL_WRITABLE #define TK_EXCEPTION TCL_EXCEPTION #define TK_DONT_WAIT TCL_DONT_WAIT #define TK_X_EVENTS TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS #define TK_WINDOW_EVENTS TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 | /* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */ #define Tk_EventuallyFree Tcl_EventuallyFree #define Tk_FreeProc Tcl_FreeProc #define Tk_Preserve Tcl_Preserve #define Tk_Release Tcl_Release | < | 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 | /* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */ #define Tk_EventuallyFree Tcl_EventuallyFree #define Tk_FreeProc Tcl_FreeProc #define Tk_Preserve Tcl_Preserve #define Tk_Release Tcl_Release /* Removed Tk_Main, use macro instead */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) #define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \ (Tcl_FindExecutable(0), (Tcl_CreateInterp)())) #else #define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 | */ typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, | | < < < < < | 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 | */ typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST86 char *portion); typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) (ClientData clientData); typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) (ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Platform independent exported procedures and variables. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 | #define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra | | < | 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 | #define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK. * * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations * of what is actually there can be correct. */ #ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK # ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # endif # define Tk_PhotoPutBlock Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite # ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock # undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 | # endif # define Tk_PhotoExpand Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic # ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize # undef Tk_PhotoSetSize # endif # define Tk_PhotoSetSize Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */ | < | 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 | # endif # define Tk_PhotoExpand Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic # ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize # undef Tk_PhotoSetSize # endif # define Tk_PhotoSetSize Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* RC_INVOKED */ /* |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk3d.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 | * Tk_GetRelief -- * * Parse a relief description and return the corresponding relief value, * or an error. * * Results: * A standard Tcl return value. If all goes well then *reliefPtr is | | < > | | < | | | > | | > | | > | > | | | | > > > > | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
* Tk_GetRelief --
*
* Parse a relief description and return the corresponding relief value,
* or an error.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return value. If all goes well then *reliefPtr is
* filled in with one of the values TK_RELIEF_*
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetRelief(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
const char *name, /* Name of a relief type. */
int *reliefPtr) /* Where to store converted relief. */
{
char c;
size_t length;
int relief;
c = name[0];
length = strlen(name);
if ((c == 'f') && (strncmp(name, "flat", length) == 0)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else if ((c == 'g') && (strncmp(name, "groove", length) == 0)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_GROOVE;
} else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(name, "raised", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
} else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(name, "ridge", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_RIDGE;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(name, "solid", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_SOLID;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(name, "sunken", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
} else {
if (interp) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad relief \"%.50s\": must be %s",
name, "flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "RELIEF", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reliefPtr) {
*reliefPtr = relief;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfRelief --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 |
if (borderPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBorder found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 |
if (borderPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBorder found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tk3d.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tk3d.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border module. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tk3d.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border module. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK3D #define _TK3D |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
Screen *screen; /* Screen on which the border will be used. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
* the border. */
int depth; /* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
* the border will be used. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap out of which pixels are
* allocated. */
| | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
Screen *screen; /* Screen on which the border will be used. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
* the border. */
int depth; /* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
* the border will be used. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap out of which pixels are
* allocated. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
* If this count is 0, then this structure is
* no longer valid and it isn't present in
* borderTable: it is being kept around only
* because there are objects referring to it.
* The structure is freed when objRefCount and
* resourceRefCount are both 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity between
* lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
XColor *darkColorPtr; /* Color for darker areas (must free when
* deleting structure). NULL means shadows
* haven't been allocated yet.*/
XColor *lightColorPtr; /* Color used for lighter areas of border
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkArgv.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
if (length > 0) {
c = curArg[1];
} else {
c = 0;
}
/*
| | | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
if (length > 0) {
c = curArg[1];
} else {
c = 0;
}
/*
* Loop through the argument descriptors searching for one with the
* matching key string. If found, leave a pointer to it in matchPtr.
*/
matchPtr = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
if (i == 0) {
infoPtr = argTable;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, const char *, const char *);
| | | | | | | | 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, const char *, const char *);
ArgvFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvFunc *) infoPtr->src;
if (handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) {
srcIndex++;
argc--;
}
break;
}
case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: {
typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, const char *, int,
const char **);
ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvGenFunc *) infoPtr->src;
argc = handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key, argc,
argv+srcIndex);
if (argc < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
case TK_ARGV_HELP:
PrintUsage(interp, argTable, flags);
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "ARG", "HELP", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
case TK_ARGV_CONST_OPTION:
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->src,
TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO);
break;
case TK_ARGV_OPTION_VALUE:
if (argc < 1) {
goto missingArg;
}
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, infoPtr->dst, argv[srcIndex],
TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO);
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_OPTION_NAME_VALUE:
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkArray.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkArray.h -- * * An array is a sequence of items, stored in a contiguous memory region. * Random access to any item is very fast. New items can be either appended * or prepended. An array may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkArray.h -- * * An array is a sequence of items, stored in a contiguous memory region. * Random access to any item is very fast. New items can be either appended * or prepended. An array may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ /* * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkAtom.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
if (mustFree) {
XFree(mustFree);
}
name = (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
| | | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
if (mustFree) {
XFree(mustFree);
}
name = (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
}
return (const char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 | } name = atomNameArray[atom - 1]; hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew); Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom)); name = (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr); hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew); | | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
}
name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
name = (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkBind.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkBind.c -- * * This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events * or sequences of X events. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkBind.c -- * * This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events * or sequences of X events. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998 Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkDList.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | #ifdef NDEBUG # define DEBUG(expr) #else # define DEBUG(expr) expr #endif | < < < < < < < < | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | #ifdef NDEBUG # define DEBUG(expr) #else # define DEBUG(expr) expr #endif #define SIZE_OF_ARRAY(arr) (sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0])) /* * File structure: * * Structure definitions and static variables. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | */ /* * In old implementation (the one that used an event ring), <Double-1> and <1><1> were * equivalent sequences. However it is logical to give <Double-1> higher precedence * since it is more specific. Indeed <Double-1> includes time and space requirements, * which is not the case for <1><1>. | | | | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | */ /* * In old implementation (the one that used an event ring), <Double-1> and <1><1> were * equivalent sequences. However it is logical to give <Double-1> higher precedence * since it is more specific. Indeed <Double-1> includes time and space requirements, * which is not the case for <1><1>. * This can be achieved by setting PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT to 1. */ #ifndef PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT # define PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT 0 #endif /* * Traditionally motion events can be combined with buttons in this way: <B1-B2-Motion>. * However it should be allowed to express this as <Motion-1-2> in addition. This can be * achieved by setting SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1. */ #ifndef SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX # define SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX 0 /* set to 1 if wanted */ #endif /* * The output for motion events is of the type <B1-Motion>. This can be changed to become * <Motion-1> instead by setting PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1, however this would be a * backwards incompatibility. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
struct PatSeq; /* forward declaration */
/* We need this array for bookkeeping the last matching modifier mask per pattern. */
TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(PSModMaskArr, unsigned);
typedef struct PSEntry {
| | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
struct PatSeq; /* forward declaration */
/* We need this array for bookkeeping the last matching modifier mask per pattern. */
TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(PSModMaskArr, unsigned);
typedef struct PSEntry {
TK_DLIST_LINKS(PSEntry); /* Makes this struct a doubly linked list; must be first entry. */
Window window; /* Window of last match. */
struct PatSeq* psPtr; /* Pointer to pattern sequence. */
PSModMaskArr *lastModMaskArr;
/* Last matching modifier mask per pattern (except last pattern).
* Only needed if pattern sequence is not single (more than one
* pattern), and if one of these patterns contains a non-zero
* modifier mask. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 | * binding tables may exist at once, either because there are multiple * applications open, or because there are multiple domains within an * application with separate event bindings for each (for example, each canvas * widget has a separate binding table for associating events with the items * in the canvas). */ | | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
* binding tables may exist at once, either because there are multiple
* applications open, or because there are multiple domains within an
* application with separate event bindings for each (for example, each canvas
* widget has a separate binding table for associating events with the items
* in the canvas).
*/
/* Defining the whole PromArr_* stuff (array of PSList entries) */
TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(PromArr, PSList);
typedef struct Tk_BindingTable_ {
Event eventInfo[TK_LASTEVENT];
/* Containing the most recent event for every event type. */
PromArr *promArr; /* Contains the promoted pattern sequences. */
Event *curEvent; /* Pointing to most recent event. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
*
* The same key is used for both types of pattern tables so that the helper
* functions that traverse and match patterns will work for both binding
* tables and virtual event tables.
*/
typedef struct {
| | | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
*
* The same key is used for both types of pattern tables so that the helper
* functions that traverse and match patterns will work for both binding
* tables and virtual event tables.
*/
typedef struct {
void *object; /* For binding table, identifies the binding tag of the object
* (or class of objects) relative to which the event occurred.
* For virtual event table, always NULL. */
unsigned type; /* Type of event (from X). */
Detail detail; /* Additional information, such as keysym, button, Tk_Uid, or zero
* if nothing additional. */
} PatternTableKey;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 | * Compute memory size of struct PatSeq with given pattern size. * The caller must be sure that pattern size is greater than zero. */ #define PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(numPats) (sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats - 1)*sizeof(TkPattern)) /* * Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds | | | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 | * Compute memory size of struct PatSeq with given pattern size. * The caller must be sure that pattern size is greater than zero. */ #define PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(numPats) (sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats - 1)*sizeof(TkPattern)) /* * Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds * or pixels to be considered close in space or time. */ #define NEARBY_PIXELS 5 #define NEARBY_MS 500 /* * The following structure is used in the nameTable of a virtual event table |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
415 416 417 418 419 420 421 | /* * Flags for ModInfo structures: * * DOUBLE - Non-zero means duplicate this event, e.g. for double-clicks. * TRIPLE - Non-zero means triplicate this event, e.g. for triple-clicks. * QUADRUPLE - Non-zero means quadruple this event, e.g. for 4-fold-clicks. | | | 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 | /* * Flags for ModInfo structures: * * DOUBLE - Non-zero means duplicate this event, e.g. for double-clicks. * TRIPLE - Non-zero means triplicate this event, e.g. for triple-clicks. * QUADRUPLE - Non-zero means quadruple this event, e.g. for 4-fold-clicks. * MULT_CLICKS - Combination of all the above. */ #define DOUBLE (1<<0) #define TRIPLE (1<<1) #define QUADRUPLE (1<<2) #define MULT_CLICKS (DOUBLE|TRIPLE|QUADRUPLE) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
{"Button2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"B3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"Button3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"B4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"Button4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"B5", Button5Mask, 0},
{"Button5", Button5Mask, 0},
| < < < < < < < < | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 |
{"Button2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"B3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"Button3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"B4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"Button4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"B5", Button5Mask, 0},
{"Button5", Button5Mask, 0},
{"Mod1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"M1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Command", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Mod2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"M2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Option", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Mod3", Mod3Mask, 0},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
560 561 562 563 564 565 566 | #define MAPREQ (1<<20) #define CONFIGREQ (1<<21) #define RESIZEREQ (1<<22) #define CIRCREQ (1<<23) /* * These structs agree with xkey for the fields type, serial, send_event, display, | | | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | #define MAPREQ (1<<20) #define CONFIGREQ (1<<21) #define RESIZEREQ (1<<22) #define CIRCREQ (1<<23) /* * These structs agree with xkey for the fields type, serial, send_event, display, * window, root, subwindow, time, x, y, x_root, and y_root. So when accessing * these fields we may pretend that we are using a struct xkey. */ #define HAS_XKEY_HEAD (KEY|BUTTON|MOTION|VIRTUAL|CROSSING|WHEEL) /* * The xcrossing struct puts the state field in a different location, but the other |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
709 710 711 712 713 714 715 | char *virtString, const char *eventString); static int DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString, const char *eventString); static void DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr); static void ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, Event *eventPtr, unsigned scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); static PatSeq * FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, LookupTables *lookupTables, | | | > | | | | | | | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static int DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static void DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static void ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, Event *eventPtr,
unsigned scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static PatSeq * FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, LookupTables *lookupTables,
void *object, const char *eventString, int create,
int allowVirtual, unsigned *maskPtr);
static void GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static const char * GetField(const char *p, char *copy, unsigned size);
static Tcl_Obj * GetPatternObj(const PatSeq *psPtr);
static int GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
Tcl_Obj *virtName);
static Tk_Uid GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *virtString);
static int HandleEventGenerate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void InitVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static PatSeq * MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PSList *psList,
PSList *psSuccList, unsigned patIndex, const Event *eventPtr,
void *object, PatSeq **physPtrPtr);
static int NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
static unsigned ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char **eventStringPtr,
TkPattern *patPtr, unsigned *eventMaskPtr);
static void DoWarp(void *clientData);
static PSList * GetLookupForEvent(LookupTables* lookupPtr, const Event *eventPtr,
Tcl_Obj *object, int onlyConsiderDetailedEvents);
static void ClearLookupTable(LookupTables *lookupTables, void *object);
static void ClearPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, void *object);
static PSEntry * MakeListEntry(PSList *pool, PatSeq *psPtr, int needModMasks);
static void RemovePatSeqFromLookup(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
static void RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr);
static PatSeq * DeletePatSeq(PatSeq *psPtr);
static void InsertPatSeq(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
void TkpDumpPS(const PatSeq *psPtr);
void TkpDumpPSList(const PSList *psList);
#endif
/*
* Some useful helper functions.
*/
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
static int BindCount = 0; /* Can be set or queried from Tcl through 'event debug' subcommand. Otherwise not used. */
#endif
static unsigned Max(unsigned a, unsigned b) { return a < b ? b : a; }
static int Abs(int n) { return n < 0 ? -n : n; }
static int IsOdd(int n) { return n & 1; }
static int TestNearbyTime(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_MS; }
static int TestNearbyCoords(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_PIXELS; }
static int
IsSubsetOf(
unsigned lhsMask, /* Is this a subset... */
unsigned rhsMask) /* ...of this bit field? */
{
return (lhsMask & rhsMask) == lhsMask;
}
static const char*
SkipSpaces(
const char* s)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
return s;
}
static unsigned
GetButtonNumber(
const char *field)
{
| < | < > | 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
return s;
}
static unsigned
GetButtonNumber(
const char *field)
{
assert(field);
return (field[0] >= '1' && field[0] <= '5' && field[1] == '\0') ? field[0] - '0' : 0;
}
static Time
CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(void)
{
Tcl_Time now;
Tcl_GetTime(&now);
return ((Time) now.sec)*1000 + ((Time) now.usec)/1000;
}
static Info
GetInfo(
const PatSeq *psPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
if (GetInfo(sndMatchPtr, i)) { sndCount += GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i); }
}
return sndCount - fstCount;
}
| | | | | | | | | 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
if (GetInfo(sndMatchPtr, i)) { sndCount += GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i); }
}
return sndCount - fstCount;
}
static int
IsKeyEventType(
int eventType)
{
return eventType == KeyPress || eventType == KeyRelease;
}
static int
IsButtonEventType(
unsigned eventType)
{
return eventType == ButtonPress || eventType == ButtonRelease;
}
static int
MatchEventNearby(
const XEvent *lhs, /* Previous button event */
const XEvent *rhs) /* Current button event */
{
assert(lhs);
assert(rhs);
assert(IsButtonEventType(lhs->type));
assert(lhs->type == rhs->type);
/* assert: lhs->xbutton.time <= rhs->xbutton.time */
return TestNearbyTime(rhs->xbutton.time, lhs->xbutton.time)
&& TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.x_root, lhs->xbutton.x_root)
&& TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.y_root, lhs->xbutton.y_root);
}
static int
MatchEventRepeat(
const XKeyEvent *lhs, /* Previous key event */
const XKeyEvent *rhs) /* Current key event */
{
assert(lhs);
assert(rhs);
assert(IsKeyEventType(lhs->type));
assert(lhs->type == rhs->type);
/* assert: lhs->time <= rhs->time */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
PSList_Append(pool, psEntry);
}
static void
ClearList(
PSList *psList,
PSList *pool,
| | | 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 |
PSList_Append(pool, psEntry);
}
static void
ClearList(
PSList *psList,
PSList *pool,
void *object)
{
assert(psList);
assert(pool);
if (object) {
PSEntry *psEntry;
PSEntry *psNext;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
989 990 991 992 993 994 995 |
unsigned state)
{
if (!(state & ALL_BUTTONS)) { return 0; }
if (state & Button1Mask) { return 1; }
if (state & Button2Mask) { return 2; }
if (state & Button3Mask) { return 3; }
if (state & Button4Mask) { return 4; }
| < < < < | | 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 |
unsigned state)
{
if (!(state & ALL_BUTTONS)) { return 0; }
if (state & Button1Mask) { return 1; }
if (state & Button2Mask) { return 2; }
if (state & Button3Mask) { return 3; }
if (state & Button4Mask) { return 4; }
return 5;
}
static void
SetupPatternKey(
PatternTableKey *key,
const PatSeq *psPtr)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
{
PatternTableKey key;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
assert(lookupTables);
assert(eventPtr);
| | | 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
{
PatternTableKey key;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
assert(lookupTables);
assert(eventPtr);
/* Otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes. */
memset(&key, 0, sizeof(PatternTableKey));
if (onlyConsiderDetailedEvents) {
switch (eventPtr->xev.type) {
case ButtonPress: /* fallthru */
case ButtonRelease: key.detail.info = eventPtr->xev.xbutton.button; break;
case MotionNotify: key.detail.info = ButtonNumberFromState(eventPtr->xev.xmotion.state); break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClearLookupTable(
LookupTables *lookupTables,
| | | 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClearLookupTable(
LookupTables *lookupTables,
void *object)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr;
PSList *pool = &lookupTables->entryPool;
assert(lookupTables);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClearPromotionLists(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,
| | | < | 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClearPromotionLists(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,
void *object)
{
size_t i, newArraySize = 0;
assert(bindPtr);
for (i = 0; i < PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); ++i) {
PSList *psList = PromArr_Get(bindPtr->promArr, i);
ClearList(psList, &bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, object);
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psList)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 | * Side effects: * Memory allocated. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 |
* Side effects:
* Memory allocated.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Windows compiler does not allow the definition of these static variables inside a function,
* otherwise this should belong to function TkBindInit().
*/
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex);
static int initialized = 0;
void
TkBindInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The newly created application. */
{
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
assert(mainPtr);
/* Otherwise virtual events can't be supported. */
assert(sizeof(XEvent) >= sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
/* Is type of TkPattern.info well defined? */
assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(KeySym));
assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(unsigned));
/* Ensure that our matching algorithm is working (when testing detail). */
assert(sizeof(Detail) == sizeof(Tk_Uid));
/* Test expected indices of Button1..Button5, otherwise our button handling is not working. */
assert(Button1 == 1 && Button2 == 2 && Button3 == 3 && Button4 == 4 && Button5 == 5);
assert(Button2Mask == (Button1Mask << 1));
assert(Button3Mask == (Button1Mask << 2));
assert(Button4Mask == (Button1Mask << 3));
assert(Button5Mask == (Button1Mask << 4));
/* Test expected values of button motion masks, otherwise our button handling is not working. */
assert(Button1MotionMask == Button1Mask);
assert(Button2MotionMask == Button2Mask);
assert(Button3MotionMask == Button3Mask);
assert(Button4MotionMask == Button4Mask);
assert(Button5MotionMask == Button5Mask);
/* Because we expect zero if keySym is empty. */
assert(NoSymbol == 0L);
/* This must be a union, not a struct, otherwise comparison with NULL will not work. */
assert(Tk_Offset(Detail, name) == Tk_Offset(Detail, info));
/* We use some constraints about X*Event. */
assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, border_width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, border_width));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, width));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XCirculateRequestEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XMapEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XReparentEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XUnmapEvent, window));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, x));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, x));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, y));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, y));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XEnterWindowEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XLeaveWindowEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, state));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, state));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, subwindow));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, subwindow));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, subwindow));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y_root));
assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root));
/*
* Initialize the static data structures used by the binding package. They
* are only initialized once, no matter how many interps are created.
*/
if (!initialized) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to create binding. */
| | | 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to create binding. */
void *object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */
const char *eventString, /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */
const char *script, /* Contains Tcl script to execute when binding triggers. */
int append) /* 0 means replace any existing binding for eventString;
* 1 means append to that binding. If the existing binding is
* for a callback function and not a Tcl command string, the
* existing binding will always be replaced. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_DeleteBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete binding. */
| | | 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_DeleteBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete binding. */
void *object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */
const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */
{
PatSeq *psPtr;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(object);
assert(eventString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_GetBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for binding. */
| | | 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_GetBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for binding. */
void *object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */
const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */
{
const PatSeq *psPtr;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(object);
assert(eventString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_GetAllBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result or error. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
| | | 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_GetAllBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result or error. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
void *object) /* Token for object. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(object);
if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 |
*/
static void
RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PatSeq *psPtr) /* Remove this pattern sequence. */
{
| | | 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
*/
static void
RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PatSeq *psPtr) /* Remove this pattern sequence. */
{
size_t i;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(psPtr);
for (i = 0; i < PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); ++i) {
PSList *psList = PromArr_Get(bindPtr->promArr, i);
PSEntry *psEntry;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteAllBindings(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete bindings. */
| | | 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteAllBindings(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete bindings. */
void *object) /* Token for object. */
{
PatSeq *psPtr;
PatSeq *nextPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(object);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 |
void
Tk_BindEvent(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on display where event occurred (needed in order to
* locate display information). */
int numObjects, /* Number of objects at *objArr. */
| | | 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 |
void
Tk_BindEvent(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on display where event occurred (needed in order to
* locate display information). */
int numObjects, /* Number of objects at *objArr. */
void **objArr) /* Array of one or more objects to check for a matching binding. */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp;
ScreenInfo *screenPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
TkDisplay *oldDispPtr;
Event *curEvent;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 |
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
curEvent = bindPtr->eventInfo + eventPtr->type;
/*
| < < < < < < < | > < < < < < < < < < | | | | 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 |
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
curEvent = bindPtr->eventInfo + eventPtr->type;
/*
* Compute current time needed for "event generate",
* and reset counters for Key and Button events.
*/
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case EnterNotify:
case LeaveNotify:
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.time) {
bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xcrossing.time;
}
break;
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease: {
int reset = 1;
if (eventPtr->xkey.time) {
bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xkey.time;
}
/* Modifier keys should not influence button events. */
for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; ++i) {
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
reset = 0;
}
}
if (reset) {
/* Reset repetition count for button events. */
bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countAny = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countDetailed = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countAny = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countDetailed = 0;
}
break;
}
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
/* Reset repetition count for key events. */
bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyPress].countAny = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyPress].countDetailed = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyRelease].countAny = 0;
bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyRelease].countDetailed = 0;
/* fallthru */
case MotionNotify:
if (eventPtr->xmotion.time) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 |
bindPtr->curEvent = curEvent;
physTables = &bindPtr->lookupTables;
scriptCount = 0;
arraySize = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts);
if ((size_t) numObjects > SIZE_OF_ARRAY(matchPtrBuf)) {
| | | 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 |
bindPtr->curEvent = curEvent;
physTables = &bindPtr->lookupTables;
scriptCount = 0;
arraySize = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts);
if ((size_t) numObjects > SIZE_OF_ARRAY(matchPtrBuf)) {
/* It's unrealistic that the buffer size is too small, but who knows? */
matchPtrArr = (PatSeq **)ckalloc(numObjects*sizeof(matchPtrArr[0]));
}
memset(matchPtrArr, 0, numObjects*sizeof(matchPtrArr[0]));
if (!PromArr_IsEmpty(bindPtr->promArr)) {
for (k = 0; k < (unsigned) numObjects; ++k) {
psl[1] = PromArr_Last(bindPtr->promArr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 |
* usually this list only contains one or two patterns.
*/
for (i = PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); i > 0; --i, --psl[0], --psl[1]) {
psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psl[1], i, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
if (IsBetterMatch(matchPtrArr[k], psPtr[0])) {
| | | | 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 |
* usually this list only contains one or two patterns.
*/
for (i = PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); i > 0; --i, --psl[0], --psl[1]) {
psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psl[1], i, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
if (IsBetterMatch(matchPtrArr[k], psPtr[0])) {
/* We will process it later, because we still may find a pattern with better match. */
matchPtrArr[k] = psPtr[0];
}
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psl[1])) {
/* We have promoted sequences, adjust array size. */
arraySize = Max(i + 1, arraySize);
}
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 |
assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);
psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
psPtr[1] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psSuccList)) {
| | | 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 |
assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);
psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
psPtr[1] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psSuccList)) {
/* We have promoted sequences, adjust array size. */
arraySize = Max(1u, arraySize);
}
bestPtr = psPtr[0] ? psPtr[0] : psPtr[1];
if (matchPtrArr[k]) {
if (IsBetterMatch(matchPtrArr[k], bestPtr)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 |
matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr;
}
}
}
if (matchPtrArr[k]) {
ExpandPercents(winPtr, matchPtrArr[k]->script, curEvent, scriptCount++, &scripts);
| | | 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 |
matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr;
}
}
}
if (matchPtrArr[k]) {
ExpandPercents(winPtr, matchPtrArr[k]->script, curEvent, scriptCount++, &scripts);
/* Null is added to the scripts string to separate the various scripts. */
Tcl_DStringAppend(&scripts, "", 1);
}
}
PromArr_SetSize(bindPtr->promArr, arraySize);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 |
}
break;
}
}
}
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psList)) {
| | | | 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 |
}
break;
}
}
}
if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psList)) {
/* We still have promoted sequences, adjust array size. */
newArraySize = Max(i + 1, newArraySize);
}
}
PromArr_SetSize(bindPtr->promArr, newArraySize);
if (matchPtrArr != matchPtrBuf) {
ckfree(matchPtrArr);
}
if (Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts) == 0) {
return; /* Nothing to do. */
}
/*
* Now go back through and evaluate the binding for each object, in order,
* dealing with "break" and "continue" exceptions appropriately.
*
* There are two tricks here:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 |
* something that destroys ".", bindInfoPtr would have been freed, but we
* can tell that by first checking to see if winPtr->mainPtr == NULL.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(bindInfoPtr);
for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&scripts), end = p + Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts); p < end; ) {
| | | 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 |
* something that destroys ".", bindInfoPtr would have been freed, but we
* can tell that by first checking to see if winPtr->mainPtr == NULL.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(bindInfoPtr);
for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&scripts), end = p + Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts); p < end; ) {
size_t len = strlen(p);
int code;
if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) {
++screenPtr->bindingDepth;
}
Tcl_AllowExceptions(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 |
*/
/* helper function */
static int
VirtPatIsBound(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PatSeq *psPtr, /* Test this pattern. */
| | | | | 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 |
*/
/* helper function */
static int
VirtPatIsBound(
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PatSeq *psPtr, /* Test this pattern. */
void *object, /* Check for this binding tag. */
PatSeq **physPtrPtr) /* Input: the best physical event.
* Output: the physical event associated with matching virtual event. */
{
PatternTableKey key;
const struct VirtOwners *owners;
unsigned i;
assert(bindPtr);
assert(psPtr);
assert(!psPtr->object);
assert(physPtrPtr);
if (*physPtrPtr) {
const TkPattern *physPatPtr = (*physPtrPtr)->pats;
const TkPattern *virtPatPtr = psPtr->pats;
if (physPatPtr->info || !virtPatPtr->info) {
if (IsSubsetOf(virtPatPtr->modMask, physPatPtr->modMask)) {
return 0; /* We cannot surpass this match. */
}
}
}
/* Otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes. */
memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));
key.object = object;
key.type = VirtualEvent;
owners = psPtr->ptr.owners;
for (i = 0; i < VirtOwners_Size(owners); ++i) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 |
return 0;
}
/* helper function */
static int
Compare(
const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
| | | 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 |
return 0;
}
/* helper function */
static int
Compare(
const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) /* Most recent match. */
{
int diff;
if (!fstMatchPtr) { return +1; }
assert(sndMatchPtr);
diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr);
return diff ? diff : (int) sndMatchPtr->count - (int) fstMatchPtr->count;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 |
/* Finally compare modifier masks of last pattern. */
if (IsSubsetOf(fstModMask, sndModMask)) { ++sndCount; }
if (IsSubsetOf(sndModMask, fstModMask)) { ++fstCount; }
return fstCount - sndCount;
}
static PatSeq *
MatchPatterns(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which the event came. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PSList *psList, /* List of potentially matching patterns, can be NULL. */
PSList *psSuccList, /* Add all matching higher-level pattern sequences to this list.
* Can be NULL. */
unsigned patIndex, /* Match only this tag in sequence. */
const Event *curEvent, /* Match this event. */
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 |
/* Finally compare modifier masks of last pattern. */
if (IsSubsetOf(fstModMask, sndModMask)) { ++sndCount; }
if (IsSubsetOf(sndModMask, fstModMask)) { ++fstCount; }
return fstCount - sndCount;
}
/* helper function */
static int
IsPSInPSList(
const PatSeq *psPtr, /* Is this pattern sequence... */
const PSList *psList) /* ...an element of this list of patterns sequence? */
{
PSEntry *psEntry;
TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) {
if (psEntry->psPtr == psPtr) { return 1; }
}
return 0;
}
static PatSeq *
MatchPatterns(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which the event came. */
Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */
PSList *psList, /* List of potentially matching patterns, can be NULL. */
PSList *psSuccList, /* Add all matching higher-level pattern sequences to this list.
* Can be NULL. */
unsigned patIndex, /* Match only this tag in sequence. */
const Event *curEvent, /* Match this event. */
void *object, /* Check for this binding tag. */
PatSeq **physPtrPtr) /* Input: the best physical event; NULL if we test physical events.
* Output: the associated physical event for the best matching virtual
* event; NULL when we match physical events. */
{
Window window;
PSEntry *psEntry;
PatSeq *bestPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 |
assert(psPtr->numPats > patIndex);
if (psPtr->object
? psPtr->object == object
: VirtPatIsBound(bindPtr, psPtr, object, physPtrPtr)) {
TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + patIndex;
| | | | | | 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 |
assert(psPtr->numPats > patIndex);
if (psPtr->object
? psPtr->object == object
: VirtPatIsBound(bindPtr, psPtr, object, physPtrPtr)) {
TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + patIndex;
/* Ignore modifier key events, and KeyRelease events if the current event
* is of a different type (e.g. a Button event)
*/
psEntry->keepIt = isModKeyOnly || \
((patPtr->eventType != (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type) && curEvent->xev.type == KeyRelease);
if (patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type
&& (curEvent->xev.type != CreateNotify
|| curEvent->xev.xcreatewindow.parent == window)
&& (!patPtr->name || patPtr->name == curEvent->detail.name)
&& (!patPtr->info || patPtr->info == curEvent->detail.info)) {
/*
* Resolve the modifier mask for Alt and Mod keys. Unfortunately this
* cannot be done in ParseEventDescription, otherwise this function would
* be the better place.
*/
unsigned modMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, patPtr->modMask);
unsigned curModMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, bindPtr->curModMask);
psEntry->expired = 1; /* Remove it from promotion list. */
psEntry->keepIt = 0; /* Don't keep matching patterns. */
if (IsSubsetOf(modMask, curModMask)) {
unsigned count = patPtr->info ? curEvent->countDetailed : curEvent->countAny;
if (patIndex < PSModMaskArr_Size(psEntry->lastModMaskArr)) {
PSModMaskArr_Set(psEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask);
}
/*
* This pattern is finally matching.
*/
if (psPtr->numPats == patIndex + 1) {
if (patPtr->count <= count) {
/*
* This is also a final pattern (i.e. the pattern sequence is complete).
* We always prefer the pattern with better match.
* If completely equal than prefer most recently defined pattern.
*/
int cmp = Compare(bestPtr, psPtr);
if (cmp == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 |
bestModMaskArr = psEntry->lastModMaskArr;
if (physPtrPtr) {
bestPhysPtr = *physPtrPtr;
}
}
} else {
DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;)
| | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > | 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 |
bestModMaskArr = psEntry->lastModMaskArr;
if (physPtrPtr) {
bestPhysPtr = *physPtrPtr;
}
}
} else {
DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;)
psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* Don't remove it from promotion list. */
}
} else if (psSuccList) {
/*
* Not a final pattern, but matching (i.e. successive patterns match the pattern sequence so far),
* so promote the pattern sequence to next level if not already promoted in the success list.
* But do not promote if count of current pattern is not yet reached.
*/
if (!IsPSInPSList(psPtr, psSuccList)) {
if (patPtr->count == psEntry->count) {
PSEntry *psNewEntry;
assert(!patPtr->name);
psNewEntry = MakeListEntry(
&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psPtr, psPtr->modMaskUsed);
if (!PSModMaskArr_IsEmpty(psNewEntry->lastModMaskArr)) {
PSModMaskArr_Set(psNewEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask);
}
assert(psNewEntry->keepIt);
assert(psNewEntry->count == 1u);
PSList_Append(psSuccList, psNewEntry);
psNewEntry->window = window; /* Bind to current window. */
} else {
assert(psEntry->count < patPtr->count);
DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;)
psEntry->count += 1;
psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* Don't remove it from promotion list. */
}
} else {
/*
* Pattern sequence is already present in the success list.
*/
DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;)
psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* Don't remove it from promotion list. */
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_EventObjCmd( | | | > > > > > | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < | 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_EventObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index, i;
char *name;
const char *event;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkBindInfo bindInfo;
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "add",
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
"debug",
#endif
"delete", "generate", "info", NULL
};
enum options { EVENT_ADD,
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
EVENT_DEBUG,
#endif
EVENT_DELETE, EVENT_GENERATE, EVENT_INFO
};
assert(clientData);
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
interp, objv[1], optionStrings, sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
bindInfo = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->bindInfo;
vetPtr = &bindInfo->virtualEventTable;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 |
for (i = 3; i < objc; ++i) {
event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (!CreateVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
break;
case EVENT_DELETE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "virtual ?sequence ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (objc == 3) {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 |
for (i = 3; i < objc; ++i) {
event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (!CreateVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
break;
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
case EVENT_DEBUG:
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "debug number");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(BindCount));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &BindCount) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
#endif
case EVENT_DELETE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "virtual ?sequence ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (objc == 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 |
assert(eventString);
if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) {
return 0;
}
/*
| | | 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 |
assert(eventString);
if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) {
return 0;
}
/*
* Find/create physical event.
*/
if (!(psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->lookupTables, NULL, eventString, 1, 0, NULL))) {
return 0;
}
assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 |
assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
if (!eventPSPtr || psPtr == eventPSPtr) {
VirtOwners *owners = psPtr->ptr.owners;
int iVirt = VirtOwners_Find(owners, vhPtr);
| | | 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 |
assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
if (!eventPSPtr || psPtr == eventPSPtr) {
VirtOwners *owners = psPtr->ptr.owners;
int iVirt = VirtOwners_Find(owners, vhPtr);
assert(iVirt != -1); /* Otherwise we couldn't find owner, and this should not happen. */
/*
* Remove association between this physical event and the given
* virtual event that it triggers.
*/
if (VirtOwners_Size(owners) > 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 |
synch = 1;
warp = 0;
pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL;
for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) objc; i += 2) {
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
int badOpt = 0;
int index;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
| > > > > > | 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 |
synch = 1;
warp = 0;
pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL;
for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) objc; i += 2) {
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
/* Work around MSVC compiler optimization bug, see [d93c8175fd]. */
volatile int badOpt = 0;
#else
int badOpt = 0;
#endif
int index;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 |
}
break;
case EVENT_BUTTON:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & BUTTON) {
| < < < | 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 |
}
break;
case EVENT_BUTTON:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & BUTTON) {
event.general.xbutton.button = number;
} else {
badOpt = 1;
}
break;
case EVENT_COUNT:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 | } dispPtr->warpWindow = warpWindow; } dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin; dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x; dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y; | < < < < < < < < | < | | | | 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 |
}
dispPtr->warpWindow = warpWindow;
}
dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin;
dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x;
dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y;
if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}
}
/*
* Now we have constructed the event, inject it into the event handling
* code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 |
*tkwinPtr = tkwin;
return 1;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | | | < < < < | < | | < | | < > > | > | | | | > > | | > | 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 |
*tkwinPtr = tkwin;
return 1;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoWarp --
*
* Perform warping of mouse pointer. Executed as an idle handler only.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* Mouse pointer moves to a new location.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DoWarp(
void *clientData)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *)clientData;
assert(clientData);
/*
* DoWarp was scheduled only if the window was mapped. It needs to be
* still mapped at the time the present idle callback is executed. Also
* one needs to guard against window destruction in the meantime.
* Finally, the case warpWindow == NULL is special in that it means
* the whole screen.
*/
if (!dispPtr->warpWindow ||
(Tk_IsMapped(dispPtr->warpWindow) && Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow) != None)) {
TkpWarpPointer(dispPtr);
XForceScreenSaver(dispPtr->display, ScreenSaverReset);
}
if (dispPtr->warpWindow) {
Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow);
dispPtr->warpWindow = NULL;
}
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetVirtualEventUid --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static PatSeq *
FindSequence(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
LookupTables *lookupTables, /* Tables used for lookup. */
| | | 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static PatSeq *
FindSequence(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
LookupTables *lookupTables, /* Tables used for lookup. */
void *object, /* For binding table, token for object with which binding is
* associated. For virtual event table, NULL. */
const char *eventString, /* String description of pattern to match on. See user
* documentation for details. */
int create, /* 0 means don't create the entry if it doesn't already exist.
* 1 means create. */
int allowVirtual, /* 0 means that virtual events are not allowed in the sequence.
* 1 otherwise. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 |
unsigned count = 1;
assert(eventStringPtr);
assert(patPtr);
assert(eventMaskPtr);
p = *eventStringPtr;
| | | 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 |
unsigned count = 1;
assert(eventStringPtr);
assert(patPtr);
assert(eventMaskPtr);
p = *eventStringPtr;
memset(patPtr, 0, sizeof(TkPattern)); /* Otherwise memcmp doesn't work. */
/*
* Handle simple ASCII characters.
*/
if (*p != '<') {
char string[2];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 |
}
if (*field) {
unsigned button = GetButtonNumber(field);
if ((eventFlags & BUTTON)
|| (button && eventFlags == 0)
|| (SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX && (eventFlags & MOTION) && button == 0)) {
| | | 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 |
}
if (*field) {
unsigned button = GetButtonNumber(field);
if ((eventFlags & BUTTON)
|| (button && eventFlags == 0)
|| (SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX && (eventFlags & MOTION) && button == 0)) {
/* This must be a button (or bad motion) event. */
if (button == 0) {
return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
interp,
patPtr, 0,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON");
}
patPtr->info = button;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 |
return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
interp,
patPtr, 0,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", field),
"NON_BUTTON");
}
#if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
| | | | 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 |
return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
interp,
patPtr, 0,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", field),
"NON_BUTTON");
}
#if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
p = SkipFieldDelims(p);
while (*p && *p != '>') {
p = SkipFieldDelims(GetField(p, field, sizeof(field)));
if ((button = GetButtonNumber(field)) == 0) {
return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
interp,
patPtr, 0,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON");
}
patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
}
patPtr->info = ButtonNumberFromState(patPtr->modMask);
#endif
} else {
return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
interp,
patPtr, 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1); Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1); } break; } case ButtonPress: case ButtonRelease: | | | | | | 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 |
Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1);
Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1);
}
break;
}
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
assert(patPtr->info <= Button5);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%u", (unsigned) patPtr->info);
break;
#if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX
case MotionNotify: {
unsigned mask = patPtr->modMask;
while (mask & ALL_BUTTONS) {
unsigned button = ButtonNumberFromState(mask);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%u", button);
mask &= ~TkGetButtonMask(button);
}
break;
}
#endif
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 |
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable;
return &bindPtr->curEvent->xev;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDumpPS --
*
* Dump given pattern sequence to stdout.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 |
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable;
return &bindPtr->curEvent->xev;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCancelWarp --
*
* This function cancels an outstanding pointer warp and
* is called during tear down of the display.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpCancelWarp(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
assert(dispPtr);
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DoWarp, dispPtr);
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDumpPS --
*
* Dump given pattern sequence to stdout.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkBitmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * The includes below are for pre-defined bitmaps. * * Platform-specific issue: Windows complains when the bitmaps are included, * because an array of characters is being initialized with integers as * elements. For lint purposes, the following pragmas temporarily turn off * that warning message. | > > > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * The includes below are for pre-defined bitmaps. * * Platform-specific issue: Windows complains when the bitmaps are included, * because an array of characters is being initialized with integers as * elements. For lint purposes, the following pragmas temporarily turn off * that warning message. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknown:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
| | | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknown:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto unknown;
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
return bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr->key.string;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknownBitmap:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
| | | 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknownBitmap:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto unknownBitmap;
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
*widthPtr = bitmapPtr->width;
*heightPtr = bitmapPtr->height;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
}
| | | 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
FreeBitmap((TkBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
830 831 832 833 834 835 836 |
nameKey.height = height;
dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapDataTable,
(char *) &nameKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
name = (char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
} else {
dispPtr->bitmapAutoNumber++;
| | | 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 |
nameKey.height = height;
dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapDataTable,
(char *) &nameKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
name = (char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
} else {
dispPtr->bitmapAutoNumber++;
snprintf(string, sizeof(string), "_tk%d", dispPtr->bitmapAutoNumber);
name = string;
Tcl_SetHashValue(dataHashPtr, name);
if (Tk_DefineBitmap(interp, name, source, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(dataHashPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 |
* or NULL if unavailable. */
{
Tcl_Interp *dummy;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
| | | 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
* or NULL if unavailable. */
{
Tcl_Interp *dummy;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* First initialize the data in the ThreadSpecificData structure, if
* needed.
*/
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
dummy = Tcl_CreateInterp();
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkReadBitmapFile -- * * Loads a bitmap image in X bitmap format into the specified drawable. | | | 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkReadBitmapFile -- * * Loads a bitmap image in X bitmap format into the specified drawable. * This is equivalent to the XReadBitmapFile in X. * * Results: * Sets the size, hotspot, and bitmap on success. * * Side effects: * Creates a new bitmap from the file data. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBitmap found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (bitmapPtr != NULL); bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | | 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 |
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBitmap found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (bitmapPtr != NULL); bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetBitmapPredefTable --
*
* This function is used by tkMacOSXBitmap.c to access the thread-specific
* predefBitmap table that maps from the names of the predefined bitmaps
* to data associated with those bitmaps. It is required because the
* table is allocated in thread-local storage and is not visible outside
* this file.
* Results:
* Returns a pointer to the predefined bitmap hash table for the current
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"
/*
* Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
* platforms this may or may not have an effect.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
| > > > > | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
* platforms this may or may not have an effect.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
*/
static void BusyEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void BusyGeometryProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void BusyCustodyProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static int ConfigureBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp, Busy *busyPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static Busy * CreateBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkRef);
static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyBusy;
static void DoConfigureNotify(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr);
static inline Tk_Window FirstChild(Tk_Window parent);
static Busy * GetBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr,
Tcl_Obj *const windowObj);
static int HoldBusy(Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *const windowObj,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
{
Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *)clientData;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(busyPtr->tkBusy, StructureNotifyMask, BusyEventProc,
busyPtr);
TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
| | | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
{
Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *)clientData;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(busyPtr->tkBusy, StructureNotifyMask, BusyEventProc,
busyPtr);
TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* BusyGeometryProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case ReparentNotify:
case DestroyNotify:
/*
* Arrange for the busy structure to be removed at a proper time.
*/
| | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case ReparentNotify:
case DestroyNotify:
/*
* Arrange for the busy structure to be removed at a proper time.
*/
Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
break;
case ConfigureNotify:
if ((busyPtr->width != Tk_Width(busyPtr->tkRef)) ||
(busyPtr->height != Tk_Height(busyPtr->tkRef)) ||
(busyPtr->x != Tk_X(busyPtr->tkRef)) ||
(busyPtr->y != Tk_Y(busyPtr->tkRef))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
325 326 327 328 329 330 331 | * Memory and resources are released and the Tk event handler is removed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyBusy( | | | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
* Memory and resources are released and the Tk event handler is removed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyBusy(
char *data) /* Busy window structure record */
{
Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *)data;
if (busyPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(busyPtr->hashPtr);
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(busyPtr->tkRef, StructureNotifyMask,
RefWinEventProc, busyPtr);
if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)data, busyPtr->optionTable, busyPtr->tkBusy);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(busyPtr->tkBusy, StructureNotifyMask,
BusyEventProc, busyPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, busyPtr);
Tk_DestroyWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
}
ckfree(data);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
ClientData clientData, /* Busy window record */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event which triggered call to routine */
{
Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
| | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
ClientData clientData, /* Busy window record */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event which triggered call to routine */
{
Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MakeTransparentWindowExist --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
y += Tk_Y(tkwin) + Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
}
}
for (tkChild = FirstChild(tkParent); tkChild != NULL;
tkChild = NextChild(tkChild)) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkChild);
}
| | | | 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 |
y += Tk_Y(tkwin) + Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
}
}
for (tkChild = FirstChild(tkParent); tkChild != NULL;
tkChild = NextChild(tkChild)) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkChild);
}
snprintf(name, length + 6, fmt, Tk_Name(tkRef));
tkBusy = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, tkParent, name, NULL);
ckfree(name);
if (tkBusy == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkRef);
busyPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkRef);
busyPtr->interp = interp;
busyPtr->tkRef = tkRef;
busyPtr->tkParent = tkParent;
busyPtr->tkBusy = tkBusy;
busyPtr->width = Tk_Width(tkRef);
busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef);
busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef);
busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef);
busyPtr->cursor = NULL;
Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy");
busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable,
tkBusy) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkBusy);
return NULL;
}
SetWindowInstanceData(tkBusy, busyPtr);
winPtr = (Tk_FakeWin *) tkRef;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Busy *busyPtr,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;
| | | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Busy *busyPtr,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, objc,
objv, busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) {
if (busyPtr->cursor == NULL) {
Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to look up main window of. */
Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr,/* Busy hash table */
Tcl_Obj *const windowObj) /* Path name of parent window */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
| | | | | 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to look up main window of. */
Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr,/* Busy hash table */
Tcl_Obj *const windowObj) /* Path name of parent window */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (!tkwin || (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObj, &tkwin) != TCL_OK)) {
return NULL;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(busyTablePtr, (char *) tkwin);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't find busy window \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(windowObj)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "BUSY",
Tcl_GetString(windowObj), NULL);
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 |
&tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(busyTablePtr, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
busyPtr = CreateBusy(interp, tkwin);
if (busyPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, busyPtr);
busyPtr->hashPtr = hPtr;
} else {
busyPtr = (Busy *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
| > | 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
&tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(busyTablePtr, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
busyPtr = CreateBusy(interp, tkwin);
if (busyPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, busyPtr);
busyPtr->hashPtr = hPtr;
} else {
busyPtr = (Busy *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
756 757 758 759 760 761 762 |
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
} else {
TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
}
| < < < | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 |
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
} else {
TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_BusyObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
Busy *busyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int index, result = TCL_OK;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
| | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
Busy *busyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int index, result = TCL_OK;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL
};
enum options {
BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD,
BUSY_STATUS
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* [tk busy <window>] command shortcut.
*/
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[1])[0] == '.') {
if (objc%2 == 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return HoldBusy(busyTablePtr, interp, objv[1], objc-2, objv+2);
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case BUSY_CGET:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
if (busyPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) busyPtr,
busyPtr->optionTable, objv[3], busyPtr->tkBusy);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
Tcl_Release(busyPtr);
return result;
case BUSY_CONFIGURE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option? ?value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
if (busyPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
if (objc <= 4) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *)busyPtr,
busyPtr->optionTable, (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
busyPtr->tkBusy);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
892 893 894 895 896 897 898 |
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(busyTablePtr, &cursor); hPtr != NULL;
hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
busyPtr = (Busy *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (pattern == NULL ||
Tcl_StringCaseMatch(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkRef), pattern, 0)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
| | | | | 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 |
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(busyTablePtr, &cursor); hPtr != NULL;
hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
busyPtr = (Busy *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (pattern == NULL ||
Tcl_StringCaseMatch(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkRef), pattern, 0)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
TkNewWindowObj(busyPtr->tkRef));
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
case BUSY_FORGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
if (busyPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
return TCL_OK;
case BUSY_HOLD:
if (objc < 3 || objc%2 != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return HoldBusy(busyTablePtr, interp, objv[2], objc-3, objv+3);
case BUSY_STATUS:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkButton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
* Class names for buttons, indexed by one of the type values defined in
* tkButton.h.
*/
static const char *const classNames[] = {"Label", "Button", "Checkbutton", "Radiobutton"};
/*
| | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
* Class names for buttons, indexed by one of the type values defined in
* tkButton.h.
*/
static const char *const classNames[] = {"Label", "Button", "Checkbutton", "Radiobutton"};
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -default/-state options.
* It is used together with the "enum defaultValue/state" declarations in tkButton.h.
*/
const char *const tkStateStrings[] = {
"active", "disabled", "normal", NULL
};
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -compound option.
* It is used with the "enum compound" declaration in tkButton.h
*/
const char *const tkCompoundStrings[] = {
"bottom", "center", "left", "none", "right", "top", NULL
};
char tkDefButtonHighlightWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH;
char tkDefButtonPadx[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_BUTTON_PADX;
char tkDefButtonPady[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_BUTTON_PADY;
char tkDefButtonBorderWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH;
char tkDefLabelHighlightWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH;
char tkDefLabelPadx[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX;
char tkDefLabelPady[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There is a
* separate table for each of the four widget classes.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec labelOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound),
0, tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_LABEL_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefLabelHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec buttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound),
0, tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, defaultState),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefButtonPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefButtonPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec checkbuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound),
0, tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec radiobuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound),
0, tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "value", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following table maps from one of the type values defined in tkButton.h,
* such as TYPE_LABEL, to the option template for that class of widgets.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ButtonCreate( | | < | 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ButtonCreate(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument values. */
int type) /* Type of button to create: TYPE_LABEL,
* TYPE_BUTTON, TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON, or
* TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON. */
{
TkButton *butPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->defaultsInitialized) {
TkpButtonSetDefaults();
tsdPtr->defaultsInitialized = 1;
}
if (objc < 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
746 747 748 749 750 751 752 |
butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
butPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ButtonEventProc, butPtr);
| | | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 |
butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
butPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ButtonEventProc, butPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(butPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ButtonWidgetCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
| | | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 |
switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
butPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
| | | 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
}
if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr;
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 |
}
if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr;
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_Name(butPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->selVarNamePtr);
}
namePtr = butPtr->selVarNamePtr;
/*
* Select the button if the associated variable has the
* appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't exist,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 |
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
const char *value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
| < < | | | 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 |
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
const char *value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
/*
* If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
* the whole interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);
if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
void *probe = NULL;
do {
probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonVarProc, probe);
if (probe == (void *)butPtr) {
break;
}
} while (probe);
if (probe) {
/*
* We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
* selVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
| < < | | | 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
/*
* An unset trace on some variable brought us here, but is it
* the variable we have stored in butPtr->textVarNamePtr ?
*/
void *probe = NULL;
do {
probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonTextVarProc, probe);
if (probe == (void *)butPtr) {
break;
}
} while (probe);
if (probe) {
/*
* We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
* textVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
| < < < < < < | 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
if (butPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
if (Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
| < < < < < < | 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
if (butPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
}
#else
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
| < < < < < < | 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 |
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
if (butPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
}
#else
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkButton.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkButton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement button-like * widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkButton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement button-like * widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKBUTTON #define _TKBUTTON |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvArc.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #include "default.h" | < < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include "default.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each arc item.
*/
typedef enum {
PIESLICE_STYLE, CHORD_STYLE, ARC_STYLE
} Style;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
Style style; /* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
* pieslice. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
double center1[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
double center2[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */
| < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | < | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
Style style; /* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
* pieslice. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
double center1[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
double center2[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */
} ArcItem;
/*
* The definitions below define the sizes of the polygons used to display
* outline information for various styles of arcs:
*/
#define CHORD_OUTLINE_PTS 7
#define PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS 6
#define PIE_OUTLINE2_PTS 7
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static int StyleParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value,
char *widgRec, int offset);
static const char * StylePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption styleOption = {
StyleParseProc, StylePrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
TkCanvasDashParseProc, TkCanvasDashPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-extent", NULL, NULL,
"90", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, extent), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-start", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, start), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, style), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&styleOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 | static void ComputeArcOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr); static int HorizLineToArc(double x1, double x2, double y, double rx, double ry, double start, double extent); static int VertLineToArc(double x, double y1, double y2, double rx, double ry, double start, double extent); | < < | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
static void ComputeArcOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int HorizLineToArc(double x1, double x2,
double y, double rx, double ry,
double start, double extent);
static int VertLineToArc(double x, double y1,
double y2, double rx, double ry,
double start, double extent);
/*
* The structures below defines the arc item types by means of functions that
* can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkArcType = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
TranslateArc, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
TranslateArc, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateArc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;
| < | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 | "wrong # coordinates: expected 4, got %d", objc)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0], | | < < < < < < < < < < < | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
"wrong # coordinates: expected 4, got %d", objc));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0],
&arcPtr->bbox[0]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&arcPtr->bbox[1]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[2],
&arcPtr->bbox[2]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[3],
&arcPtr->bbox[3]) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got %d", objc));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
tsoffset = &arcPtr->outline.tsoffset;
flags = tsoffset->flags;
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[0] + 0.5);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[0]+arcPtr->bbox[2]+1)/2);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
}
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[1] + 0.5);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[1]+arcPtr->bbox[3]+1)/2);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
}
i = (int) (arcPtr->start/360.0);
arcPtr->start -= i*360.0;
if (arcPtr->start < 0) {
arcPtr->start += 360.0;
}
i = (int) (arcPtr->extent/360.0);
arcPtr->extent -= i*360.0;
mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline));
if (mask) {
gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
mask |= GCCapStyle;
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[3] + 0.5);
}
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[3] + 0.5);
}
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteArc --
*
* This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 |
arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 |
arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslateArc --
*
* This function is called to move an arc by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 | Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "0 0 moveto ", -1); } Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc closepath\nsetmatrix\n", ang1, ang2); Tcl_ResetResult(interp); | | > > | > > | 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 |
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "0 0 moveto ", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc closepath\nsetmatrix\n",
ang1, ang2);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 | (arcPtr->bbox[0] + arcPtr->bbox[2])/2, (y1 + y2)/2, (arcPtr->bbox[2] - arcPtr->bbox[0])/2, (y1 - y2)/2); Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc\nsetmatrix\n0 setlinecap\n", ang1, ang2); Tcl_ResetResult(interp); | | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > > > > > > | 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 |
(arcPtr->bbox[0] + arcPtr->bbox[2])/2, (y1 + y2)/2,
(arcPtr->bbox[2] - arcPtr->bbox[0])/2, (y1 - y2)/2);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc\nsetmatrix\n0 setlinecap\n",
ang1, ang2);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &arcPtr->outline) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (arcPtr->style != ARC_STYLE) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (arcPtr->style == CHORD_STYLE) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr,
CHORD_OUTLINE_PTS);
} else {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr,
PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) !=TCL_OK){
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas,
arcPtr->outlinePtr + 2*PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS,
PIE_OUTLINE2_PTS);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
}
}
/*
* Plug the accumulated postscript back into the result.
*/
(void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StyleParseProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 |
static int
StyleParseProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
| | | 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 |
static int
StyleParseProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) (widgRec + offset);
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*stylePtr = PIESLICE_STYLE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 |
*/
static const char *
StylePrintProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Ignored. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Ignored. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
| | | 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 |
*/
static const char *
StylePrintProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Ignored. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Ignored. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_FreeProc **)) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) (widgRec + offset);
if (*stylePtr == ARC_STYLE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvBmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVBMAP_FG, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
&stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); | < < | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 | Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void ScaleBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY, double scaleX, double scaleY); static void TranslateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkcCreateBitmap --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
static void
DeleteBitmap(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
static void
DeleteBitmap(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if (bmapPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(display, bmapPtr->bitmap);
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(display, bmapPtr->activeBitmap);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeBitmapBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
BitmapItem *bmapPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
| > | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeBitmapBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
BitmapItem *bmapPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
BitmapToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| > < | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
BitmapToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = bmapPtr->header.x1;
y1 = bmapPtr->header.y1;
x2 = bmapPtr->header.x2;
y2 = bmapPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
BitmapToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
| > < | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
BitmapToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= bmapPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= bmapPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= bmapPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= bmapPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslateBitmap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
int curRow;
XColor *fgColor;
XColor *bgColor;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_Obj *psObj;
Tcl_InterpState interpState;
| < | 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
int curRow;
XColor *fgColor;
XColor *bgColor;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_Obj *psObj;
Tcl_InterpState interpState;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor;
bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor;
bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
if (bgColor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"%.15g %.15g moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 %d rlineto "
"%d 0 rlineto closepath\n",
x, y, width, height, -width);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > | > > | 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 |
if (bgColor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"%.15g %.15g moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 %d rlineto "
"%d 0 rlineto closepath\n",
x, y, width, height, -width);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, bgColor) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
/*
* Draw the bitmap, if there is a foreground color. If the bitmap is very
* large, then chop it up into multiple bitmaps, each consisting of one or
* more rows. This is needed because Postscript can't handle single
* strings longer than 64 KBytes long.
*/
if (fgColor != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fgColor) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (width > 60000) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't generate Postscript for bitmaps more than 60000"
" pixels wide", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "PS", "MEMLIMIT", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 |
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"0 -%.15g translate\n%d %d true matrix {\n",
(double) rowsThisTime, width, rowsThisTime);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | | > > | 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj,
"0 -%.15g translate\n%d %d true matrix {\n",
(double) rowsThisTime, width, rowsThisTime);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsBitmap(interp, canvas, bitmap,
0, curRow, width, rowsThisTime) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "\n} imagemask\n", -1);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvImg.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, activeImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(ImageItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, disabledImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ImageChangedProc(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
static int ImageCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int ImageToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double ImageToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
static int ImageToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void ComputeImageBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ImageItem *imgPtr);
static int ConfigureImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int CreateImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void ScaleImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 | NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0], &imgPtr->x) != TCL_OK) || (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1], | | | 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0],
&imgPtr->x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&imgPtr->y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "IMAGE", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
static void
DeleteImage(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
| < < | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
static void
DeleteImage(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if (imgPtr->imageString != NULL) {
ckfree(imgPtr->imageString);
}
if (imgPtr->activeImageString != NULL) {
ckfree(imgPtr->activeImageString);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeImageBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ImageItem *imgPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
| > | 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeImageBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ImageItem *imgPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
image = imgPtr->image;
if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
ImageToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| < | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 |
ImageToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = imgPtr->header.x1;
y1 = imgPtr->header.y1;
x2 = imgPtr->header.x2;
y2 = imgPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= imgPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= imgPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= imgPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= imgPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
722 723 724 725 726 727 728 |
}
}
if (image == NULL) {
/*
* Image item without actual image specified.
*/
| | | 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
}
}
if (image == NULL) {
/*
* Image item without actual image specified.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &width, &height);
/*
* Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the image, taking
* into account the anchor position for the image.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y);
}
return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, 0, 0, width, height, prepass);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y);
}
return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, 0, 0, width, height, prepass);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleImage --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale an item.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
888 889 890 891 892 893 894 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = clientData;
/*
* If the image's size changed and it's not anchored at its northwest
* corner then just redisplay the entire area of the image. This is a bit
* over-conservative, but we need to do something because a size change
* also means a position change.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvLine.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkCanvLine.c -- * * This file implements line items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
/*
* tkCanvLine.c --
*
* This file implements line items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include "default.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each line item.
*/
typedef enum {
ARROWS_NONE, ARROWS_FIRST, ARROWS_LAST, ARROWS_BOTH
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | static void DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static int GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, | | | | | | | | < < | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 | static void DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static int GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr); static int LineCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void LineDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last); static void LineInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj); static int LineToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr); static double LineToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr); static int LineToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static int ArrowParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); static const char * ArrowPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static int ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); static const char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static void ScaleLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY, double scaleX, double scaleY); static void TranslateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
static const Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
TkSmoothParseProc, TkSmoothPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
static const Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
TkSmoothParseProc, TkSmoothPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
TkCanvasDashParseProc, TkCanvasDashPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc,
INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE|TK_OFFSET_INDEX)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", NULL, NULL,
"none", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrow),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", NULL, NULL,
"8 10 3", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowShapeOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL,
"butt", Tk_Offset(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(LineItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(LineItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* The structures below defines the line item type by means of functions that
* can be invoked by generic item code.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
TranslateLine, /* translateProc */
GetLineIndex, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
LineInsert, /* insertProc */
LineDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
TranslateLine, /* translateProc */
GetLineIndex, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
LineInsert, /* insertProc */
LineDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
* The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
* spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
* malloc-ed).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, coordPtr);
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
| | | | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, coordPtr);
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_LAST && linePtr->firstArrowPtr) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST && linePtr->lastArrowPtr) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
}
}
tsoffset = &linePtr->outline.tsoffset;
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Describes region of canvas that must be */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* redisplayed (not used). */
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
| | | 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Describes region of canvas that must be */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* redisplayed (not used). */
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
XPoint staticPoints[MAX_STATIC_POINTS*3];
XPoint *pointPtr;
double linewidth;
int numPoints;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (!linePtr->numPoints || (linePtr->outline.gc == NULL)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
| | | > > | | > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > | | | | | < | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | > | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
* be inserted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int length, oriNumPoints, objc, nbInsPoints, i;
double *newCoordPtr, *coordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
oriNumPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
length = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
nbInsPoints = objc / 2;
if (beforeThis < 0) {
beforeThis = 0;
}
if (beforeThis > length) {
beforeThis = length;
}
/*
* With arrows, the end points of the line are adjusted so that a thick
* line doesn't stick out past the arrowheads (see ConfigureArrows).
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[length-2] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[length-1] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[1];
}
newCoordPtr = (double *)ckalloc(sizeof(double) * (length + objc));
for (i=0; i<beforeThis; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i],
&newCoordPtr[i + beforeThis]) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(Canvas(canvas)->interp);
ckfree(newCoordPtr);
return;
}
}
for (i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i+objc] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
if (linePtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree(linePtr->coordPtr);
}
linePtr->coordPtr = newCoordPtr;
length += objc ;
linePtr->numPoints = length / 2;
if ((length > 3) && (state != TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the line that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
* to do it here.
* Rationale for the optimization code can be found in Tk ticket
* [5fb8145997].
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
/*
* Include one point at left of the left insert position, and one
* point at right of the right insert position.
*/
beforeThis -= 2;
objc += 4;
if (linePtr->smooth) {
if (!strcmp(linePtr->smooth->name, "true")) {
/*
* Quadratic Bezier splines. A second point must be included at
* each side of the insert position.
*/
beforeThis -= 2;
objc += 4;
/*
* Moreover, if the insert position is the first or last point
* of the line, include a third point.
*/
if (beforeThis == -4) {
objc += 2;
}
if (beforeThis + 4 == length - (objc - 8)) {
beforeThis -= 2;
objc += 2;
}
} else if (!strcmp(linePtr->smooth->name, "raw")) {
/*
* Cubic Bezier splines. See details in ticket [5fb8145997].
*/
if (((oriNumPoints - 1) % 3) || (nbInsPoints % 3)) {
/*
* No optimization for "degenerate" lines or when inserting
* something else than a multiple of 3 points.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
} else {
beforeThis -= beforeThis % 6;
objc += 4;
}
} else {
/*
* Custom smoothing method. No optimization is possible.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
}
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
if (beforeThis < 0) {
beforeThis = 0;
}
if (beforeThis + objc > length) {
objc = length - beforeThis;
}
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis < 2)) {
/*
* Include old first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis+objc >= length)) {
/*
* Include old last arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + beforeThis;
for (i=0; i<objc; i+=2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
coordPtr += 2;
}
}
}
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
int intWidth;
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis < 2)) {
/*
* Include new first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis+objc >= length)) {
/*
* Include new last arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | > > | | | | | > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > | > | > > > > > > > | | > > > > | | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | | 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i, first1, last1, nbDelPoints;
int oriNumPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
int canOptimize = 1;
int length = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
double *coordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
first &= -2; /* If odd, make it even. */
last &= -2;
if (first < 0) {
first = 0;
}
if (last >= length) {
last = length - 2;
}
if (first > last) {
return;
}
/*
* With arrows, the end points of the line are adjusted so that a thick
* line doesn't stick out past the arrowheads (see ConfigureArrows).
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[length-2] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[length-1] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[1];
}
first1 = first;
last1 = last;
nbDelPoints = (last - first) / 2 + 1;
/*
* Include one point at left of the left delete position, and one
* point at right of the right delete position.
*/
first1 -= 2;
last1 += 2;
if (linePtr->smooth) {
if (!strcmp(linePtr->smooth->name, "true")) {
/*
* Quadratic Bezier splines. A second point must be included at
* each side of the delete position.
*/
first1 -= 2;
last1 += 2;
/*
* If the delete position is the first or last point of the line,
* include a third point.
*/
if (first1 == -4) {
last1 += 2;
}
if (last1 - 4 == length - 2) {
first1 -= 2;
}
} else if (!strcmp(linePtr->smooth->name, "raw")) {
/*
* Cubic Bezier splines. See details in ticket [5fb8145997].
*/
if (((oriNumPoints - 1) % 3) || (nbDelPoints % 3)) {
/*
* No optimization for "degenerate" lines or when deleting
* something else than a multiple of 3 points.
*/
canOptimize = 0;
}
else {
first1 -= first1 % 6;
last1 = last + 6 - last % 6;
}
} else {
/*
* Custom smoothing method. No optimization is possible.
*/
canOptimize = 0;
}
}
if (first1 < 0) {
first1 = 0;
}
if (last1 >= length) {
last1 = length - 2;
}
if (canOptimize && ((first1 >= 2) || (last1 < length-2))) {
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the line that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is set, the redrawing has to be done here, otherwise the
* general Canvas code will take care of it.
* Rationale for the optimization code can be found in Tk ticket
* [5fb8145997].
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[first1];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[first1+1];
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (first1 < 2)) {
/*
* Include old first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (last1 >= length - 2)) {
/*
* Include old last arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
int intWidth;
| | | | | 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
int intWidth;
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (first1 < 2)) {
/*
* Include new first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (last1 >= length - 2)) {
/*
* Include new last arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 |
GetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
| | < | < < | < < > | < < < < < | < | | | 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 |
GetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
if (string[0] == 'e') {
if (strncmp(string, "end", obj->length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
} else {
goto badIndex;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x, y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end;
const char *p;
p = string+1;
x = strtod(p, &end);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 |
if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
| > > | > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > | | | < < | 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 |
if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr &= -2; /* If index is odd, make it even. */
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > (2*linePtr->numPoints)) {
*indexPtr = (2*linePtr->numPoints);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we have to
* clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM_INDEX", "LINE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslateLine --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 |
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 |
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseArrowShape --
*
* This function is called back during option parsing to parse arrow
* shape information.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means that the arrow
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 |
ParseArrowShape(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Not used. */
const char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record in which to store
* arrow information. */
| | | | 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 |
ParseArrowShape(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Not used. */
const char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record in which to store
* arrow information. */
int offset) /* Offset of shape information in widget
* record. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
double a, b, c;
int argc;
const char **argv = NULL;
if (offset != Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) {
Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset");
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
goto syntaxError;
} else if (argc != 3) {
goto syntaxError;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 |
static const char *
PrintArrowShape(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window associated with linePtr's widget. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record containing current
* shape information. */
| | | | 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 |
static const char *
PrintArrowShape(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window associated with linePtr's widget. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record containing current
* shape information. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Offset of arrow information in record. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Store address of function to call to free
* string here. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
char *buffer = (char *)ckalloc(120);
snprintf(buffer, 120, "%.5g %.5g %.5g", linePtr->arrowShapeA,
linePtr->arrowShapeB, linePtr->arrowShapeC);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return buffer;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 |
static int
ArrowParseProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
| | | 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 |
static int
ArrowParseProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
Arrows *arrowPtr = (Arrows *) (widgRec + offset);
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_NONE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 |
*/
static const char *
ArrowPrintProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Ignored. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
| | | 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 |
*/
static const char *
ArrowPrintProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Ignored. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_FreeProc **)) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Arrows *arrowPtr = (Arrows *) (widgRec + offset);
switch (*arrowPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g", linePtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr[1]), width/2.0, width/2.0); Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, " scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", -1); Tcl_ResetResult(interp); | | > > | > > | 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 |
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g",
linePtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr[1]),
width/2.0, width/2.0);
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
" scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 |
style = 2;
} else {
style = 0;
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%d setlinejoin\n", style);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > | | > > | | > > > > > > > | 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 |
style = 2;
} else {
style = 0;
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%d setlinejoin\n", style);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &linePtr->outline) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
/*
* Output polygons for the arrowheads, if there are any.
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->firstArrowPtr, psObj) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->lastArrowPtr, psObj) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
/*
* Plug the accumulated postscript back into the result.
*/
done:
(void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ArrowheadPostscript --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 |
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > | 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 |
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvPoly.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
static const Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
TkSmoothParseProc, TkSmoothPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
static const Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
TkSmoothParseProc, TkSmoothPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
TkCanvasDashParseProc, TkCanvasDashPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc,
INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE|TK_OFFSET_INDEX)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.offset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
/* Remark: Default for -fill should be NULL, see [2860519]. Will be fixed in Tk 8.7 */
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 | static void DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static int GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, | | | | < < | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | static void DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static int GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr); static int PolygonCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void PolygonDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last); static void PolygonInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj); static int PolygonToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr); static double PolygonToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); static int PolygonToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static void ScalePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY, double scaleX, double scaleY); static void TranslatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
TranslatePolygon, /* translateProc */
GetPolygonIndex, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
PolygonInsert, /* insertProc */
PolygonDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
TranslatePolygon, /* translateProc */
GetPolygonIndex, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
PolygonInsert, /* insertProc */
PolygonDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
* The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
* spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
* malloc-ed).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
index = 0;
}
}
index %= (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
if (index < 0) {
index += (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
}
| | | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
index = 0;
}
}
index %= (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
if (index < 0) {
index += (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
}
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index] + 0.5);
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index+1] + 0.5);
} else {
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = polyPtr->header.x1;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (polyPtr->header.x1 + polyPtr->header.x2)/2;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
| | | > > | | | | | 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
* be inserted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int length, oriNumPoints, objc, nbInsPoints, i;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
double *newCoordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
oriNumPoints = polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed;
length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
nbInsPoints = objc / 2;
while (beforeThis > length) {
beforeThis -= length;
}
while (beforeThis < 0) {
beforeThis += length;
}
newCoordPtr = (double *)ckalloc(sizeof(double) * (length + 2 + objc));
for (i=0; i<beforeThis; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i],
&newCoordPtr[i+beforeThis]) != TCL_OK){
ckfree(newCoordPtr);
return;
}
}
for (i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i+objc] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
if (polyPtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree(polyPtr->coordPtr);
}
length += objc;
polyPtr->coordPtr = newCoordPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 | /* * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of * the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with * that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs * the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this * flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have * to do it here. */ | > > | > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 |
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
* to do it here.
* Rationale for the optimization code can be found in Tk ticket
* [5fb8145997].
*/
double width;
int j;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
/*
* The header elements that normally are used for the bounding box,
* are now used to calculate the bounding box for only the part that
* has to be redrawn. That doesn't matter, because afterwards the
* bounding box has to be re-calculated anyway.
*/
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
beforeThis -= 2;
objc += 4;
if (polyPtr->smooth) {
if (!strcmp(polyPtr->smooth->name, "true")) {
/*
* Quadratic Bezier splines.
*/
beforeThis -= 2;
objc += 4;
} else if (!strcmp(polyPtr->smooth->name, "raw")) {
/*
* Cubic Bezier splines.
*/
if ((oriNumPoints % 3) || (nbInsPoints % 3)) {
/*
* No optimization for "degenerate" polygons or when inserting
* something else than a multiple of 3 points.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
} else {
beforeThis -= abs(beforeThis) % 6;
objc += 4;
}
} else {
/*
* Custom smoothing method. No optimization is possible.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
}
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
/*
* Be careful; beforeThis could now be negative
*/
for (i=beforeThis; i<beforeThis+objc; i+=2) {
j = i;
if (j < 0) {
j += length;
} else if (j >= length) {
j -= length;
}
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j);
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
itemPtr->x1 -= (int) width;
itemPtr->y1 -= (int) width;
itemPtr->x2 += (int) width;
itemPtr->y2 += (int) width;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(canvas,
itemPtr->x1, itemPtr->y1, itemPtr->x2, itemPtr->y2);
}
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | | | | | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i;
int length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
while (first >= length) {
first -= length;
}
while (first < 0) {
first += length;
}
while (last >= length) {
last -= length;
}
while (last < 0) {
last += length;
}
first &= -2;
last &= -2;
count = last + 2 - first;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
}
if (last >= first) {
for (i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
} else {
| | | 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
}
if (last >= first) {
for (i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
} else {
for (i=last; i<=first; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-last] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
}
polyPtr->coordPtr[length-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0];
polyPtr->coordPtr[length-count+1] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1];
polyPtr->numPoints -= count/2;
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
GetPolygonIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
| | < | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
GetPolygonIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
if (string[0] == 'e') {
if (strncmp(string, "end", obj->length) != 0) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x, y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end;
const char *p;
p = string+1;
x = strtod(p, &end);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 |
if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
int count = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr &= -2; /* if odd, make it even */
if (!count) {
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > 0) {
*indexPtr = ((*indexPtr - 2) % count) + 2;
} else {
*indexPtr = -((-(*indexPtr)) % count);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we have to
* clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM_INDEX", "POLY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslatePolygon --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 | width/2.0, width/2.0); /* * Color it in. */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); | | > > | > > | > > | > > | 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 |
width/2.0, width/2.0);
/*
* Color it in.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
goto done;
}
/*
* Fill the area of the polygon.
*/
if (fillColor != NULL && polyPtr->numPoints > 3) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (!polyPtr->smooth || !polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints);
} else {
polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "eoclip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "eofill\n", -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 |
style = 2;
} else {
style = 0;
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%d setlinejoin 1 setlinecap\n", style);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > > > > > > | 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 |
style = 2;
} else {
style = 0;
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%d setlinejoin 1 setlinecap\n", style);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &polyPtr->outline) != TCL_OK){
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
}
/*
* Plug the accumulated postscript back into the result.
*/
done:
(void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvPs.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
/*
* The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
* canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
/*
* The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
* canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorVar), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorMode), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fileName), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, channelName), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fontVar), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, height), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageAnchor), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageHeightString), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageWidthString), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageXString), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageYString), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, prolog), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, rotate), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, width), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, x), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, y), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about canvas widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
* this command enough to know that argv[1] is
| > | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about canvas widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
* this command enough to know that argv[1] is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
/*
* Insert the prolog
*/
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
| | | 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
/*
* Insert the prolog
*/
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
channelWriteFailed:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"problem writing postscript data to channel: %s",
Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
| | | 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
goto channelWriteFailed;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
}
result = itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"\n (generating Postscript for item %d)",
| | | | | 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
}
result = itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"\n (generating Postscript for item %d)",
itemPtr->id));
goto cleanup;
}
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "gsave\n", -1);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore\n", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
goto channelWriteFailed;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
}
/*
* Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
* document trailer stuff.
*/
if (psInfo.prolog) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
"restore showpage\n\n"
"%%Trailer\n"
"end\n"
"%%EOF\n", -1);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
goto channelWriteFailed;
}
}
}
if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, psObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 |
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
(int *) &dummyX, (int *) &dummyY, (unsigned int *) &totalWidth,
(unsigned int *) &totalHeight, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
imagePtr = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, 0, 0,
totalWidth, totalHeight, 1, XYPixmap);
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "<", -1);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine = 0;
lastX = startX + width - 1;
lastY = startY + height - 1;
for (y = lastY; y >= startY; y--) {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
(int *) &dummyX, (int *) &dummyY, (unsigned int *) &totalWidth,
(unsigned int *) &totalHeight, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
imagePtr = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, 0, 0,
totalWidth, totalHeight, 1, XYPixmap);
if (!imagePtr) {
/*
* The XGetImage() function is apparently not implemented on this
* system. Just skip the pixels, the Postscript will still be
* syntactically correct.
*/
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "<>", -1);
return;
}
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "<", -1);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine = 0;
lastX = startX + width - 1;
lastY = startY + height - 1;
for (y = lastY; y >= startY; y--) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 |
static void
TkImageGetColor(
TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
double *red, double *green, double *blue)
/* Color data to return */
{
| < < | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
static void
TkImageGetColor(
TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
double *red, double *green, double *blue)
/* Color data to return */
{
*red = (double) GetRValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*green = (double) GetGValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*blue = (double) GetBValue(pixel) / 255.0;
}
#else /* ! (_WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK) */
static void
TkImageGetColor(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
int bytesPerLine = 0, maxWidth = 0;
int level = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
Colormap cmap;
int i, ncolors;
Visual *visual;
TkColormapData cdata;
Tcl_Obj *psObj;
| < | | 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 |
int bytesPerLine = 0, maxWidth = 0;
int level = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
Colormap cmap;
int i, ncolors;
Visual *visual;
TkColormapData cdata;
Tcl_Obj *psObj;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
cmap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin);
/*
* Obtain information about the colormap, ie the mapping between pixel
* values and RGB values. The code below should work for all Visual types.
*/
ncolors = visual->map_entries;
cdata.colors = ckalloc(sizeof(XColor) * ncolors);
cdata.ncolors = ncolors;
if (visual->c_class == DirectColor || visual->c_class == TrueColor) {
cdata.separated = 1;
cdata.red_mask = visual->red_mask;
cdata.green_mask = visual->green_mask;
cdata.blue_mask = visual->blue_mask;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvText.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* (and shared with) the generic canvas
* code. */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
double x, y; /* Positioning point for text. */
| | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
* (and shared with) the generic canvas
* code. */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
double x, y; /* Positioning point for text. */
int insertPos; /* Character index of character just before
* which the insertion cursor is displayed. */
/*
* Configuration settings that are updated by Tk_ConfigureWidget.
*/
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor text relative to (x,y). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
* at. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
| | | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
* at. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
int numChars; /* Length of text in characters. */
int numBytes; /* Length of text in bytes. */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
int actualWidth; /* Width of text as computed. Used to make
* selections of wrapped text display
* right. */
double drawOrigin[2]; /* Where we start drawing from. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing text. */
GC selTextGC; /* Graphics context for selected text. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(TextItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-angle", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, angle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, Tk_Offset(TextItem, tkfont), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
"left", Tk_Offset(TextItem, justify), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TextItem, text), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
"-1", Tk_Offset(TextItem, underline), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeTextBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, TextItem *textPtr);
static int ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int CreateText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DeleteText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayCanvText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static int GetSelText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int offset, char *buffer,
int maxBytes);
static int GetTextIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
static void ScaleText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void SetTextCursor(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
static int TextCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void TextDeleteChars(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
static void TextInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int TextToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double TextToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int TextToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void TranslateText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
* The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types by means of
* functions that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
TranslateText, /* translateProc */
GetTextIndex, /* indexProc */
SetTextCursor, /* icursorProc */
GetSelText, /* selectionProc */
TextInsert, /* insertProc */
TextDeleteChars, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
TranslateText, /* translateProc */
GetTextIndex, /* indexProc */
SetTextCursor, /* icursorProc */
GetSelText, /* selectionProc */
TextInsert, /* insertProc */
TextDeleteChars, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
#define ROUND(d) ((int) floor((d) + 0.5))
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
506 507 508 509 510 511 512 |
* keep them inside the item.
*/
textPtr->numBytes = strlen(textPtr->text);
textPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(textPtr->text, textPtr->numBytes);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
| | | | | | 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
* keep them inside the item.
*/
textPtr->numBytes = strlen(textPtr->text);
textPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(textPtr->text, textPtr->numBytes);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst >= textPtr->numChars) {
textInfoPtr->selItemPtr = NULL;
} else {
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= textPtr->numChars) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor >= textPtr->numChars)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos >= textPtr->numChars) {
textPtr->insertPos = textPtr->numChars;
}
/*
* Restrict so that 0.0 <= angle < 360.0, and then recompute the cached
* sine and cosine of the angle. Note that fmod() can produce negative
* results, and we try to avoid negative zero as well.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 | * Resources associated with itemPtr are released. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DeleteText( | | < | 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 |
* Resources associated with itemPtr are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteText(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (textPtr->color != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(textPtr->color);
}
if (textPtr->activeColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(textPtr->activeColor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
static void
ComputeTextBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
TextItem *textPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
| | | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
static void
ComputeTextBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
TextItem *textPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
int width, height, fudge, i;
Tk_State state = textPtr->header.state;
double x[4], y[4], dx[4], dy[4], sinA, cosA, tmp;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
}
/*
* Use overall geometry information to compute the top-left corner of the
* bounding box for the text item.
*/
| < < | | | < | | < < < | | | | < | < < < | | | 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
}
/*
* Use overall geometry information to compute the top-left corner of the
* bounding box for the text item.
*/
for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
dx[i] = dy[i] = 0.0;
}
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
case TK_ANCHOR_N:
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
case TK_ANCHOR_S:
case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
dy[i] = -height;
}
break;
default:
for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
dy[i] = -height / 2;
}
break;
}
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
case TK_ANCHOR_W:
case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
case TK_ANCHOR_E:
case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
dx[i] = -width;
}
break;
default:
for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
dx[i] = -width / 2;
}
break;
}
textPtr->actualWidth = width;
sinA = textPtr->sine;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
| | | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
int selFirstChar, selLastChar;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
* read-only.
*/
if (stipple != None) {
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, textPtr->gc, &textPtr->tsoffset);
}
| | | | | 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
* read-only.
*/
if (stipple != None) {
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, textPtr->gc, &textPtr->tsoffset);
}
selFirstChar = -1;
selLastChar = 0;
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, textPtr->drawOrigin[0],
textPtr->drawOrigin[1], &drawableX, &drawableY);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
selFirstChar = textInfoPtr->selectFirst;
selLastChar = textInfoPtr->selectLast;
if (selLastChar > textPtr->numChars) {
selLastChar = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if ((selFirstChar >= 0) && (selFirstChar <= selLastChar)) {
int xFirst, yFirst, hFirst;
int xLast, yLast, wLast;
/*
* Draw a special background under the selection.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
* there is selected text and the foregrounds differ, draw the regular
* text up to the selection, draw the selection, then draw the rest of the
* regular text. Drawing the regular text and then the selected text over
* it would causes problems with anti-aliased text because the two
* anti-aliasing colors would blend together.
*/
| | | 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
* there is selected text and the foregrounds differ, draw the regular
* text up to the selection, draw the selection, then draw the rest of the
* regular text. Drawing the regular text and then the selected text over
* it would causes problems with anti-aliased text because the two
* anti-aliasing colors would blend together.
*/
if ((selFirstChar >= 0) && (textPtr->selTextGC != textPtr->gc)) {
if (0 < selFirstChar) {
TkDrawAngledTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->gc,
textPtr->textLayout, drawableX, drawableY, textPtr->angle,
0, selFirstChar);
}
TkDrawAngledTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->selTextGC,
textPtr->textLayout, drawableX, drawableY, textPtr->angle,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item to be modified. */
| | | | | | | | 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item to be modified. */
int index, /* Character index before which string is to
* be inserted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New characters to be inserted. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, charsAdded;
int byteCount;
char *newStr, *text;
const char *string;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);
text = textPtr->text;
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
index = textPtr->numChars;
}
byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(text, index) - text;
byteCount = strlen(string);
if (byteCount == 0) {
return;
}
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1);
memcpy(newStr, text, byteIndex);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates indices such as those for the
* selection and cursor. Update the indices appropriately.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
| | | | | | 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 |
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates indices such as those for the
* selection and cursor. Update the indices appropriately.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded;
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= index) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast += charsAdded;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor >= index)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded;
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos >= index) {
textPtr->insertPos += charsAdded;
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextDeleteChars(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextDeleteChars(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Character index of first character to
* delete. */
int last) /* Character index of last character to delete
* (inclusive). */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, byteCount, charsRemoved;
char *newStr, *text;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
text = textPtr->text;
if (first < 0) {
first = 0;
}
if (last >= textPtr->numChars) {
last = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (first > last) {
return;
}
charsRemoved = last + 1 - first;
byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(text, first) - text;
byteCount = TkUtfAtIndex(text + byteIndex, charsRemoved)
- (text + byteIndex);
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount);
memcpy(newStr, text, byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, text + byteIndex + byteCount);
ckfree(text);
textPtr->text = newStr;
textPtr->numChars -= charsRemoved;
textPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;
/*
* Update indexes for the selection and cursor to reflect the renumbering
* of the remaining characters.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst > first) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst < first) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst = first;
}
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= first) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast < first - 1) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast = first - 1;
}
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst > textInfoPtr->selectLast) {
textInfoPtr->selItemPtr = NULL;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor > first)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor < first) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor = first;
}
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos > first) {
textPtr->insertPos -= charsRemoved;
if (textPtr->insertPos < first) {
textPtr->insertPos = first;
}
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 | (int) (rectPtr[3] - rectPtr[1] + 0.5), textPtr->angle); } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 | (int) (rectPtr[3] - rectPtr[1] + 0.5), textPtr->angle); } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * ScaleText -- * * This function is invoked to rescale a text item. * * Results: * None. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 |
GetTextIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular character in
* itemPtr's text. */
| | | | < < | < < | > | < < < < < < | | 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 |
GetTextIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular character in
* itemPtr's text. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted character
* index. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
int c;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
c = string[0];
if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0)) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
} else if ((c == 'i')
&& (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0)) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->insertPos;
} else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
&& (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0)) {
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"selection isn't in item", -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 |
goto badIndex;
}
y = (int) ((tmp < 0) ? tmp - 0.5 : tmp + 0.5);
x -= (int) textPtr->drawOrigin[0];
y -= (int) textPtr->drawOrigin[1];
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(textPtr->textLayout,
(int) (x*cs - y*s), (int) (y*cs + x*s));
} else {
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, so we
* have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
| > > > > > > | 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 |
goto badIndex;
}
y = (int) ((tmp < 0) ? tmp - 0.5 : tmp + 0.5);
x -= (int) textPtr->drawOrigin[0];
y -= (int) textPtr->drawOrigin[1];
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(textPtr->textLayout,
(int) (x*cs - y*s), (int) (y*cs + x*s));
} else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, obj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
if (*indexPtr < 0) {
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > textPtr->numChars) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
}
} else {
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, so we
* have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 |
*/
static void
SetTextCursor(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Record describing canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item in which cursor position is to be
* set. */
| | | | 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 |
*/
static void
SetTextCursor(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Record describing canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item in which cursor position is to be
* set. */
int index) /* Character index of character just before
* which cursor is to be positioned. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (index < 0) {
textPtr->insertPos = 0;
} else if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
textPtr->insertPos = textPtr->numChars;
} else {
textPtr->insertPos = index;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | | < < < > > > | | 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetSelText(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Canvas), /* Canvas containing selection. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item containing selection. */
int offset, /* Byte offset within selection of first
* character to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteCount;
char *text;
const char *selStart, *selEnd;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
if ((textInfoPtr->selectFirst < 0) ||
(textInfoPtr->selectFirst > textInfoPtr->selectLast)) {
return 0;
}
text = textPtr->text;
selStart = TkUtfAtIndex(text, textInfoPtr->selectFirst);
selEnd = TkUtfAtIndex(selStart,
textInfoPtr->selectLast + 1 - textInfoPtr->selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 |
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (prepass != 0) {
goto done;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > < | < > | 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 |
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (prepass != 0) {
goto done;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "/StippleText {\n %s} bind def\n",
Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
}
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW: x = 0; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_N: x = 1; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x = 2; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_E: x = 2; y = 1; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x = 2; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x = 1; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: x = 0; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: x = 0; y = 1; break;
default: x = 1; y = 1; break;
}
switch (textPtr->justify) {
case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5"; break;
case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break;
default: justify = "0"; break;
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(textPtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g %.15g [\n",
textPtr->angle, textPtr->x, Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, textPtr->y));
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* Structures defined only in this file.
*/
typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to next SmoothAssocData. */
| > > > > | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Structures defined only in this file.
*/
typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to next SmoothAssocData. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_CanvasGetCoord( | | < < | 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasGetCoord(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */
const char *string, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
* form may be used here). */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */
{
if (Tk_GetScreenMM(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, string,
doublePtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*doublePtr *= Canvas(canvas)->pixelsPerMM;
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj( | | < < | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
* form may be used here). */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */
{
return Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, obj, doublePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | * The tags for a given item get replaced by those indicated in the value * argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int | | | | < < < | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
* The tags for a given item get replaced by those indicated in the value
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option (list of tag names). */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item (ignored). */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
int argc, i;
const char **argv;
Tk_Uid *newPtr;
/*
* Break the value up into the individual tag names.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Make sure that there's enough space in the item to hold the tag names.
*/
if (itemPtr->tagSpace < argc) {
newPtr = (Tk_Uid *)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
for (i = itemPtr->numTags - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
newPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
}
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree(itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
itemPtr->tagPtr = newPtr;
itemPtr->tagSpace = argc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 | * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * | | | | < < < | 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Ignored. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
if (itemPtr->numTags == 0) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
if (itemPtr->numTags == 1) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkCanvasDashParseProc( | | | < < < | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkCanvasDashParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCanvasDashPrintProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkCanvasDashPrintProc( | | | < < | | | | | 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset in record for item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Tk_Dash *dash = (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset);
char *buffer, *p;
int i = dash->number;
if (i < 0) {
i = -i;
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
buffer = ckalloc(i + 1);
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
memcpy(buffer, p, (unsigned int) i);
buffer[i] = 0;
return buffer;
} else if (!i) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
buffer = ckalloc(4 * i);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
snprintf(buffer, 4 * i, "%d", *p++ & 0xff);
while (--i) {
snprintf(buffer + strlen(buffer), 4 * i - strlen(buffer), " %d", *p++ & 0xff);
}
return buffer;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
static SmoothAssocData *
InitSmoothMethods(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *ptr;
| | | | 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
static SmoothAssocData *
InitSmoothMethods(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *ptr;
methods = ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
methods->smooth.name = tkRawSmoothMethod.name;
methods->smooth.coordProc = tkRawSmoothMethod.coordProc;
methods->smooth.postscriptProc = tkRawSmoothMethod.postscriptProc;
ptr = methods->nextPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
ptr->smooth.name = tkBezierSmoothMethod.name;
ptr->smooth.coordProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.coordProc;
ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.postscriptProc;
ptr->nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,methods);
return methods;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
void
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
| | | 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 |
void
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL);
/*
* Initialize if we were not previously initialized.
*/
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = typePtr2->nextPtr;
}
ckfree(typePtr2);
break;
}
}
| | | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = typePtr2->nextPtr;
}
ckfree(typePtr2);
break;
}
}
ptr = ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
ptr->smooth.name = smooth->name;
ptr->smooth.coordProc = smooth->coordProc;
ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = smooth->postscriptProc;
ptr->nextPtr = methods;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc, ptr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to "smoothMethod" AssocData for the
* interpreter. */
| | | < | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to "smoothMethod" AssocData for the
* interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
{
SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = clientData;
while (methods != NULL) {
ptr = methods;
methods = methods->nextPtr;
ckfree(ptr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
738 739 740 741 742 743 744 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkSmoothParseProc( | | | < < | | | 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkSmoothParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
const Tk_SmoothMethod **smoothPtr =
(const Tk_SmoothMethod **) (widgRec + offset);
const Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth = NULL;
int b;
size_t length;
SmoothAssocData *methods;
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*smoothPtr = NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
length = strlen(value);
methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL);
/*
* Not initialized yet; fix that now.
*/
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
}
/*
* Backward compatibility hack.
*/
if (strncmp(value, "bezier", length) == 0) {
smooth = &tkBezierSmoothMethod;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkSmoothPrintProc( | | | < < < | 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkSmoothPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
const Tk_SmoothMethod *smoothPtr =
* (Tk_SmoothMethod **) (widgRec + offset);
return smoothPtr ? smoothPtr->name : "0";
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetDash
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
894 895 896 897 898 899 900 |
case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_':
i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
if (i <= 0) {
goto badDashList;
}
i = strlen(value);
if (i > (int) sizeof(char *)) {
| | | | 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_':
i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
if (i <= 0) {
goto badDashList;
}
i = strlen(value);
if (i > (int) sizeof(char *)) {
dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc(strlen(value));
} else {
pt = dash->pattern.array;
}
memcpy(pt, value, (unsigned) i);
dash->number = -i;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
goto badDashList;
}
if ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree(dash->pattern.pt);
}
if (argc > (int) sizeof(char *)) {
dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc(argc);
} else {
pt = dash->pattern.array;
}
dash->number = argc;
largv = argv;
while (argc > 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 |
if ((dash->number<-1) ||
((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
char *q;
int i = -dash->number;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
| | | 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 |
if ((dash->number<-1) ||
((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
char *q;
int i = -dash->number;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
q = ckalloc(2 * i);
i = DashConvert(q, p, i, width);
XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, q,i);
ckfree(q);
} else if (dash->number>2 || (dash->number==2 &&
(dash->pattern.array[0]!=dash->pattern.array[1]))) {
p = (dash->number > (int) sizeof(char *))
? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, outline->gc, tsoffset);
tsoffset->xoffset += w;
tsoffset->yoffset += h;
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ResetOutlineGC
*
* Restores the GC to the situation before Tk_ChangeOutlineGC() was
| > | 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 |
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, outline->gc, tsoffset);
tsoffset->xoffset += w;
tsoffset->yoffset += h;
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ResetOutlineGC
*
* Restores the GC to the situation before Tk_ChangeOutlineGC() was
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 |
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, " ", -1);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, converted);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(converted);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
} else if (dash->number < 0) {
if (dash->number < -5) {
| | | > > > > > > | > > | 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, " ", -1);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, converted);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(converted);
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
} else if (dash->number < 0) {
if (dash->number < -5) {
lptr = ckalloc(1 - 2*dash->number);
}
i = DashConvert(lptr, ptr, -dash->number, width);
if (i > 0) {
char *p = lptr;
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%d", *p++ & 0xff);
for (; --i>0 ;) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, " %d", *p++ & 0xff);
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "] 0 setdash\n", -1);
}
if (lptr != pattern) {
ckfree(lptr);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "] 0 setdash\n", -1);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Note that psObj might hold an invalid reference now.
*/
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(GetPostscriptBuffer(interp), "StrokeClip ", -1);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(GetPostscriptBuffer(interp), "stroke\n", -1);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
double top, btm; /* Top and bottom sizes of the bounding box */
double *tempArr; /* Temporary storage used by the clipper */
double *a, *b, *t; /* Pointers to parts of the temporary
* storage */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
double limit[4]; /* Boundries at which clipping occurs */
double staticSpace[480]; /* Temp space from the stack */
| < | 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 |
double top, btm; /* Top and bottom sizes of the bounding box */
double *tempArr; /* Temporary storage used by the clipper */
double *a, *b, *t; /* Pointers to parts of the temporary
* storage */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
double limit[4]; /* Boundries at which clipping occurs */
double staticSpace[480]; /* Temp space from the stack */
/*
* Constrain all vertices of the path to be within a box that is no larger
* than 32000 pixels wide or height. The top-left corner of this clipping
* box is 1000 pixels above and to the left of the top left corner of the
* window on which the canvas is displayed.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 |
* coordArr[] requires. Divide this space into two separate arrays a[] and
* b[]. Initialize a[] to be equal to coordArr[].
*/
if (numVertex*12 <= (int) (sizeof(staticSpace) / sizeof(double))) {
tempArr = staticSpace;
} else {
| | | 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 |
* coordArr[] requires. Divide this space into two separate arrays a[] and
* b[]. Initialize a[] to be equal to coordArr[].
*/
if (numVertex*12 <= (int) (sizeof(staticSpace) / sizeof(double))) {
tempArr = staticSpace;
} else {
tempArr = ckalloc(numVertex * 12 * sizeof(double));
}
for (i=0; i<numVertex*2; i++){
tempArr[i] = coordArr[i];
}
a = tempArr;
b = &tempArr[numVertex*6];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 |
TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, a[i*2], a[i*2+1], outArr, i);
}
if (tempArr != staticSpace) {
ckfree(tempArr);
}
return numOutput;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 |
TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, a[i*2], a[i*2+1], outArr, i);
}
if (tempArr != staticSpace) {
ckfree(tempArr);
}
return numOutput;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvWind.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | < < | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
WindowItem *winItemPtr);
static int ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void ScaleWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
static int WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
* The structure below defines the official type record for the canvas (as
* geometry manager):
*/
static const Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
"canvas", /* name */
WinItemRequestProc, /* requestProc */
WinItemLostContentProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateWinItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
DeleteWinItem(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Overall info about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
| < | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
DeleteWinItem(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Overall info about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (winItemPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, winItemPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int width, height;
short x, y;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < < < < < > > > > | 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int width, height;
short x, y;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
Tcl_Preserve(canvas);
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
}
/*
* A drawable of None is used by the canvas UnmapNotify handler
* to indicate that we should no longer display ourselves.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || drawable == None) {
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
Tcl_Release(canvas);
return;
}
Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(canvas, (double) winItemPtr->header.x1,
(double) winItemPtr->header.y1, &x, &y);
width = winItemPtr->header.x2 - winItemPtr->header.x1;
height = winItemPtr->header.y2 - winItemPtr->header.y1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
if (((x + width) <= 0) || ((y + height) <= 0)
|| (x >= Tk_Width(canvasTkwin)) || (y >= Tk_Height(canvasTkwin))) {
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
return;
}
/*
* Reposition and map the window (but in different ways depending on
* whether the canvas is the window's parent).
*/
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
if ((x != Tk_X(winItemPtr->tkwin)) || (y != Tk_Y(winItemPtr->tkwin))
|| (width != Tk_Width(winItemPtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_Height(winItemPtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
}
| > > > | > > > | 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
if (((x + width) <= 0) || ((y + height) <= 0)
|| (x >= Tk_Width(canvasTkwin)) || (y >= Tk_Height(canvasTkwin))) {
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
Tcl_Release(canvas);
return;
}
/*
* Reposition and map the window (but in different ways depending on
* whether the canvas is the window's parent).
*/
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
if ((x != Tk_X(winItemPtr->tkwin)) || (y != Tk_Y(winItemPtr->tkwin))
|| (width != Tk_Width(winItemPtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_Height(winItemPtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
}
if (winItemPtr->tkwin) {
Tk_MapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
}
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin, x, y,
width, height);
}
Tcl_Release(canvas);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WinItemToPoint --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
WinItemToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| < | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
WinItemToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = winItemPtr->header.x1;
y1 = winItemPtr->header.y1;
x2 = winItemPtr->header.x2;
y2 = winItemPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
718 719 720 721 722 723 724 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= winItemPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= winItemPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= winItemPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= winItemPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 | * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifdef X_GetImage static int xerrorhandler( | | < < < | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef X_GetImage
static int
xerrorhandler(
ClientData clientData,
XErrorEvent *e)
{
return 0;
}
#endif /* X_GetImage */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x, y;
int width, height;
Tk_Window tkwin = winItemPtr->tkwin;
if (prepass || winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
| | | 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 |
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x, y;
int width, height;
Tk_Window tkwin = winItemPtr->tkwin;
if (prepass || winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
/*
* Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the window, taking
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleWinItem --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale a window item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
*/
static void
WinItemStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
| | | 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 |
*/
static void
WinItemStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*/
static void
WinItemRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
| | < | 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
*/
static void
WinItemRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData;
ComputeWindowBbox(winItemPtr->canvas, winItemPtr);
/*
* A drawable argument of None to DisplayWinItem is used by the canvas
* UnmapNotify handler to indicate that we should no longer display
* ourselves, so need to pass a (bogus) non-zero drawable value here.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 | * * Side effects: * Forgets all canvas-related information about the content window. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void WinItemLostContentProc( | > | | < | 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 |
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all canvas-related information about the content window.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
WinItemLostContentProc(
ClientData clientData, /* WindowItem structure for content window that
* was stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the content window. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, winItemPtr);
if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkCanvas.c -- * * This module implements canvas widgets for the Tk toolkit. A canvas * displays a background and a collection of graphical objects such as * rectangles, lines, and texts. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
/*
* tkCanvas.c --
*
* This module implements canvas widgets for the Tk toolkit. A canvas
* displays a background and a collection of graphical objects such as
* rectangles, lines, and texts.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
/* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
/*
* See tkCanvas.h for key data structures used to implement canvases.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
* progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than StartTagSearch
* and NextItem.
*/
typedef struct TagSearch {
TkCanvas *canvasPtr; /* Canvas widget being searched. */
Tk_Uid tag; /* Tag to search for. 0 means return all
* items. */
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
} TagSearch;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
* progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than TagSearchScan,
* TagSearchFirst, TagSearchNext, TagSearchScanExpr, TagSearchEvalExpr,
* TagSearchExprInit, TagSearchExprDestroy, TagSearchDestroy.
* (
* Not quite accurate: the TagSearch structure is also accessed from:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
int type; /* Search type (see #defs below) */
| | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | < < < | < > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 |
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
int type; /* Search type (see #defs below) */
int id; /* Item id for searches by id */
const char *string; /* Tag expression string */
int stringIndex; /* Current position in string scan */
int stringLength; /* Length of tag expression string */
char *rewritebuffer; /* Tag string (after removing escapes) */
unsigned int rewritebufferAllocated;
/* Available space for rewrites. */
TagSearchExpr *expr; /* Compiled tag expression. */
} TagSearch;
/*
* Values for the TagSearch type field.
*/
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EMPTY 0 /* Looking for empty tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ID 1 /* Looking for an item by id */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ALL 2 /* Looking for all items */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_TAG 3 /* Looking for an item by simple tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR 4 /* Compound search */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Custom option for handling "-state" and "-offset"
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc,
NULL /* Only "normal" and "disabled". */
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-closeenough", "closeEnough", "CloseEnough",
DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, closeEnough), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-confine", "confine", "Confine",
DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, confine), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, height), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness",
DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorder), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOffTime), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOnTime), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", "offset", "Offset", "0,0",
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, tsoffset),TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, relief), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scrollregion", "scrollRegion", "ScrollRegion",
DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, regionString),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, canvas_state), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, takeFocus),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, width), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollCmd),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-xscrollincrement", "xScrollIncrement",
"ScrollIncrement",
DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollIncrement),
0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollCmd),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-yscrollincrement", "yScrollIncrement",
"ScrollIncrement",
DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollIncrement),
0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* List of all the item types known at present. This is *global* and is
* protected by typeListMutex.
*/
static Tk_ItemType *typeList = NULL;
/* NULL means initialization hasn't been done
* yet. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(typeListMutex)
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Uids for operands in compiled advanced tag search expressions.
* Initialization is done by GetStaticUids()
*/
typedef struct {
Tk_Uid allUid;
Tk_Uid currentUid;
Tk_Uid andUid;
Tk_Uid orUid;
Tk_Uid xorUid;
Tk_Uid parenUid;
Tk_Uid negparenUid;
Tk_Uid endparenUid;
Tk_Uid tagvalUid;
Tk_Uid negtagvalUid;
} SearchUids;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static SearchUids * GetStaticUids(void);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void CanvasBindProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void CanvasBlinkProc(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasDoEvent(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void CanvasEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int CanvasFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset,
char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static Tk_Item * CanvasFindClosest(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
double coords[2]);
static void CanvasFocusProc(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int gotFocus);
static void CanvasLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasSelectTo(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
static void CanvasSetOrigin(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int xOrigin, int yOrigin);
static void CanvasUpdateScrollbars(TkCanvas *canvasPtr);
static int CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static void CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyCanvas;
static void DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first,
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *const *objv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
static double GridAlign(double coord, double spacing);
static const char** TkGetStringsFromObjs(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static void InitCanvas(void);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static Tk_Item * NextItem(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static void PickCurrentItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Tcl_Obj * ScrollFractions(int screen1,
int screen2, int object1, int object2);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, Tk_Item *prevPtr);
static Tk_Item * StartTagSearch(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch *searchPtr);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Obj *tag,
Tk_Item *prevPtr, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static void TagSearchExprInit(TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr);
static void TagSearchExprDestroy(TagSearchExpr *expr);
static void TagSearchDestroy(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static int TagSearchScan(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static int TagSearchScanExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TagSearch *searchPtr, TagSearchExpr *expr);
static int TagSearchEvalExpr(TagSearchExpr *expr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr);
static Tk_Item * TagSearchFirst(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static Tk_Item * TagSearchNext(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* The structure below defines canvas class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static const Tk_ClassProcs canvasClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
CanvasWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*
* Macros that significantly simplify all code that finds items.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
itemPtr = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr,(objPtr),&search)
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
for (itemPtr = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr, (objPtr), &search); \
itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = NextItem(&search))
#define FIND_ITEMS(objPtr, n) \
FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, (objPtr), (n))
#define RELINK_ITEMS(objPtr, itemPtr) \
RelinkItems(canvasPtr, (objPtr), (itemPtr))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
errorExitClause; \
} \
itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr));
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
errorExitClause; \
} \
for (itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr)); \
itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = TagSearchNext(*(searchPtrPtr)))
#define FIND_ITEMS(objPtr, n) \
FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, (objPtr), (n), &searchPtr)
#define RELINK_ITEMS(objPtr, itemPtr) \
result = RelinkItems(canvasPtr, (objPtr), (itemPtr), &searchPtr)
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AlwaysRedraw, ItemConfigure, ItemCoords, etc. --
*
* Helper functions that make access to canvas item functions simpler.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
}
static int
ItemIndex(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
| | | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
}
static int
ItemIndex(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
int *indexPtr)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = canvasPtr->interp;
if (itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
} else if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
return itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double xDelta,
double yDelta)
{
itemPtr->typePtr->translateProc((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
xDelta, yDelta);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double xDelta,
double yDelta)
{
itemPtr->typePtr->translateProc((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
xDelta, yDelta);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "canvas" Tcl command. See the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
677 678 679 680 681 682 683 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
| | | | | | | 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
TkCanvas *canvasPtr;
Tk_Window newWin;
if (typeList == NULL) {
InitCanvas();
}
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,tkwin,Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),NULL);
if (newWin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Initialize fields that won't be initialized by ConfigureCanvas, or
* which ConfigureCanvas expects to have reasonable values (e.g. resource
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
canvasPtr->bgBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
canvasPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->inset = 0;
canvasPtr->pixmapGC = NULL;
| | | | | | 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 |
canvasPtr->bgBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
canvasPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->inset = 0;
canvasPtr->pixmapGC = NULL;
canvasPtr->width = 0;
canvasPtr->height = 0;
canvasPtr->confine = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selBorderWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selFgColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = -1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = -1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorderWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
canvasPtr->flags = 0;
canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
Tk_SetClassProcs(canvasPtr->tkwin, &canvasClass, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
CanvasEventProc, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
CanvasBindProc, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
CanvasFetchSelection, canvasPtr, XA_STRING);
| > > | | | 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 |
canvasPtr->flags = 0;
canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;
#endif
Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
Tk_SetClassProcs(canvasPtr->tkwin, &canvasClass, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
CanvasEventProc, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
CanvasBindProc, canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
CanvasFetchSelection, canvasPtr, XA_STRING);
if (ConfigureCanvas(interp, canvasPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(canvasPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tk_DestroyWindow(canvasPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
int c, result;
Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
TagSearch *searchPtr = NULL;/* Allocated by first TagSearchScan, freed by
* TagSearchDestroy */
| > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
int c, result;
Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
TagSearch *searchPtr = NULL;/* Allocated by first TagSearchScan, freed by
* TagSearchDestroy */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
int index;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"addtag", "bbox", "bind", "canvasx",
"canvasy", "cget", "configure", "coords",
"create", "dchars", "delete", "dtag",
"find", "focus", "gettags", "icursor",
"imove", "index", "insert", "itemcget",
"itemconfigure",
"lower", "move", "moveto", "postscript",
"raise", "rchars", "scale", "scan",
"select", "type", "xview", "yview",
NULL
};
enum options {
CANV_ADDTAG, CANV_BBOX, CANV_BIND, CANV_CANVASX,
CANV_CANVASY, CANV_CGET, CANV_CONFIGURE, CANV_COORDS,
CANV_CREATE, CANV_DCHARS, CANV_DELETE, CANV_DTAG,
CANV_FIND, CANV_FOCUS, CANV_GETTAGS, CANV_ICURSOR,
CANV_IMOVE, CANV_INDEX, CANV_INSERT, CANV_ITEMCGET,
CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
CANV_LOWER, CANV_MOVE, CANV_MOVETO, CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
CANV_RAISE, CANV_RCHARS, CANV_SCALE, CANV_SCAN,
CANV_SELECT, CANV_TYPE, CANV_XVIEW, CANV_YVIEW
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(canvasPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
switch ((enum options)index) {
case CANV_ADDTAG:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tag searchCommand ?arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
result = FIND_ITEMS(objv[2], 3);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
}
}
}
}
if (gotAny) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObjs[4];
| | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 |
}
}
}
}
if (gotAny) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObjs[4];
resultObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x1);
resultObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y1);
resultObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x2);
resultObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y2);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resultObjs));
}
break;
}
case CANV_BIND: {
void *object;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?sequence? ?command?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
/*
* Figure out what object to use for the binding (individual item vs.
* tag).
*/
object = NULL;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))) {
int id;
char *end;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
id = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &end, 0);
if (*end != 0) {
goto bindByTag;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char *) id);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
object = itemPtr;
}
if (object == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
bindByTag:
object = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = TagSearchScan(canvasPtr, objv[2], &searchPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_ID) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
| | > > | | 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 |
"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
object = (void *)searchPtr->expr->uid;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Make a binding table if the canvas doesn't already have one.
*/
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
canvasPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
}
if (objc == 5) {
int append = 0;
unsigned int mask;
const char *argv4 = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
if (argv4[0] == 0) {
result = Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
goto done;
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR) {
/*
* If new tag expression, then insert in linked list.
*/
TagSearchExpr *expr, **lastPtr;
lastPtr = &(canvasPtr->bindTagExprs);
while ((expr = *lastPtr) != NULL) {
if (expr->uid == searchPtr->expr->uid) {
break;
}
lastPtr = &(expr->next);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 |
* Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
* that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
*/
searchPtr->expr = NULL;
}
}
if (argv4[0] == '+') {
argv4++;
append = 1;
}
mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
if (mask == 0) {
| > | 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
* Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
* that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
*/
searchPtr->expr = NULL;
}
}
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (argv4[0] == '+') {
argv4++;
append = 1;
}
mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
if (mask == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 |
* Make a temporary object here that we can reuse for all the
* modifications in the loop.
*/
tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
| < | 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 |
* Make a temporary object here that we can reuse for all the
* modifications in the loop.
*/
tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
int x1, x2, y1, y2;
int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;
/*
* The TK_MOVABLE_POINTS flag should only be set for types that
* support the same semantics of index, dChars and insert methods
* as lines and canvases.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 |
}
case CANV_CREATE: {
Tk_ItemType *typePtr;
Tk_ItemType *matchPtr = NULL;
int isNew = 0;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
const char *arg;
| | | > | 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 |
}
case CANV_CREATE: {
Tk_ItemType *typePtr;
Tk_ItemType *matchPtr = NULL;
int isNew = 0;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
const char *arg;
size_t length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
length = objv[2]->length;
c = arg[0];
/*
* Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
* updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
* impossible.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 |
} else {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
}
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
| | | | 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 |
} else {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
}
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
break;
}
case CANV_DCHARS: {
int first, last;
int x1, x2, y1, y2;
if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 |
}
if (objc == 4) {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
} else {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 |
}
if (objc == 4) {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
} else {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == tag) {
/*
* Don't shuffle the tags sequence: memmove the tags.
*/
memmove((void *)(itemPtr->tagPtr + i),
itemPtr->tagPtr + i + 1,
(itemPtr->numTags - (i+1)) * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
itemPtr->numTags--;
/*
* There must be no break here: all tags with the same name must
* be deleted.
*/
}
}
}
break;
}
case CANV_FIND:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "searchCommand ?arg ...?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tagOrId?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
| | | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tagOrId?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
}
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 |
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
int i;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
| | < | 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 |
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
int i;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < itemPtr->numTags; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(itemPtr->tagPtr[i], -1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
case CANV_ICURSOR: {
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
&& (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
}
break;
}
case CANV_INDEX: {
| < | 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 |
&& (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
}
break;
}
case CANV_INDEX: {
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId string");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
result = ItemIndex(canvasPtr, itemPtr, objv[3], &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
| | | | 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
result = ItemIndex(canvasPtr, itemPtr, objv[3], &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
break;
}
case CANV_INSERT: {
int beforeThis;
int x1, x2, y1, y2;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 |
*/
if (objc == 3) {
itemPtr = NULL;
} else {
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
goto done;
}
itemPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
}
RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], itemPtr);
break;
}
| > > > > > | 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 |
*/
if (objc == 3) {
itemPtr = NULL;
} else {
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"tagOrId \"%s\" doesn't match any items",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
}
RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], itemPtr);
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 |
prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
} else {
prevPtr = NULL;
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done) {
prevPtr = itemPtr;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
goto done;
}
}
RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
break;
}
case CANV_RCHARS: {
| > > > > > | | 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 |
prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
} else {
prevPtr = NULL;
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done) {
prevPtr = itemPtr;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"tagOrId \"%s\" doesn't match any items",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
}
RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
break;
}
case CANV_RCHARS: {
int first, last;
int x1, x2, y1, y2;
int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first last string");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 | * Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the * TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done. */ x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1; x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2; | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 |
* Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the
* TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
*/
x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
dontRedraw1 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, objv[5]);
dontRedraw2 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
x1, y1, x2, y2);
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
}
break;
}
case CANV_SCALE: {
double xOrigin, yOrigin, xScale, yScale;
if (objc != 7) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 |
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings,
| | | | | | 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 |
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings,
"scan option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((objc != 5) && (objc != 5+index)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, index?"x y ?gain?":"x y");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((objc == 6) &&
(Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &gain) != TCL_OK)) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (!index) {
canvasPtr->scanX = x;
canvasPtr->scanXOrigin = canvasPtr->xOrigin;
canvasPtr->scanY = y;
canvasPtr->scanYOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin;
} else {
int newXOrigin, newYOrigin, tmp;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 |
- canvasPtr->scrollY1;
newYOrigin = canvasPtr->scrollY1 + tmp;
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newXOrigin, newYOrigin);
}
break;
}
case CANV_SELECT: {
| < | 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 |
- canvasPtr->scrollY1;
newYOrigin = canvasPtr->scrollY1 + tmp;
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newXOrigin, newYOrigin);
}
break;
}
case CANV_SELECT: {
int optionindex;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"adjust", "clear", "from", "item", "to", NULL
};
enum options {
CANV_ADJUST, CANV_CLEAR, CANV_FROM, CANV_ITEM, CANV_TO
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 |
case CANV_ADJUST:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
| | | | 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 |
case CANV_ADJUST:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (index < (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst
+ canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast)/2) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor =
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast + 1;
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor =
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
| | | 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->id));
}
break;
case CANV_TO:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 |
}
break;
case CANV_XVIEW: {
int count, type;
int newX = 0; /* Initialization needed only to prevent gcc
* warnings. */
double fraction;
| < < | < < < < < < > > > < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 |
}
break;
case CANV_XVIEW: {
int count, type;
int newX = 0; /* Initialization needed only to prevent gcc
* warnings. */
double fraction;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ScrollFractions(
canvasPtr->xOrigin + canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- canvasPtr->inset, canvasPtr->scrollX1,
canvasPtr->scrollX2));
break;
}
type = Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count);
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
newX = canvasPtr->scrollX1 - canvasPtr->inset
+ (int) (fraction * (canvasPtr->scrollX2
- canvasPtr->scrollX1) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
newX = (int) (canvasPtr->xOrigin + count * .9
* (Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (canvasPtr->xScrollIncrement > 0) {
newX = canvasPtr->xOrigin + count*canvasPtr->xScrollIncrement;
} else {
newX = (int) (canvasPtr->xOrigin + count * .1
* (Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
}
break;
default:
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newX, canvasPtr->yOrigin);
break;
}
case CANV_YVIEW: {
int count, type;
int newY = 0; /* Initialization needed only to prevent gcc
* warnings. */
double fraction;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ScrollFractions(
canvasPtr->yOrigin + canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->scrollY1, canvasPtr->scrollY2));
break;
}
type = Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count);
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
newY = canvasPtr->scrollY1 - canvasPtr->inset + (int) (
fraction*(canvasPtr->scrollY2-canvasPtr->scrollY1) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
newY = (int) (canvasPtr->yOrigin + count * .9
* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (canvasPtr->yScrollIncrement > 0) {
newY = canvasPtr->yOrigin + count*canvasPtr->yScrollIncrement;
} else {
newY = (int) (canvasPtr->yOrigin + count * .1
* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
}
break;
default:
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
break;
}
}
done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 | * Everything associated with the canvas is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyCanvas( | | > > | 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 |
* Everything associated with the canvas is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyCanvas(
char *memPtr) /* Info about canvas widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)memPtr;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchExpr *expr, *next;
#endif
/*
* Free up all of the items in the canvas.
*/
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 |
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable);
if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC);
}
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
next = expr->next;
TagSearchExprDestroy(expr);
expr = next;
}
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(canvasPtr->bindingTable);
}
| > > | | 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 |
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable);
if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC);
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
next = expr->next;
TagSearchExprDestroy(expr);
expr = next;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(canvasPtr->bindingTable);
}
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *)canvasPtr, canvasPtr->display, 0);
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree(canvasPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 |
*/
if ( old_canvas_state != canvasPtr->canvas_state ) {
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
int result;
for ( itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
| | | 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 |
*/
if ( old_canvas_state != canvasPtr->canvas_state ) {
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
int result;
for ( itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if ( itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL ) {
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0, NULL,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 |
if (Tcl_SplitList(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->regionString,
&argc2, &argv2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (argc2 != 4) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad scrollRegion \"%s\"", canvasPtr->regionString));
| | | 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 |
if (Tcl_SplitList(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->regionString,
&argc2, &argv2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (argc2 != 4) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad scrollRegion \"%s\"", canvasPtr->regionString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "SCROLL_REGION", (char *)NULL);
badRegion:
ckfree(canvasPtr->regionString);
ckfree(argv2);
canvasPtr->regionString = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tk_GetPixels(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 | canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin), canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 | canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin), canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * DisplayCanvas -- * * This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked * as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else * for the application to do. * * Results: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 |
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int screenX1, screenX2, screenY1, screenY2, width, height;
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
* clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
| > > > > | | | 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 |
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int screenX1, screenX2, screenY1, screenY2, width, height;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
TkWindow *winPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin;
#endif
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
* clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
winPtr = (TkWindow *)(canvasPtr->tkwin);
macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
canvasPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
return;
}
#endif
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), canvasPtr->bgBorder, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->borderWidth, canvasPtr->relief); } | | | | | 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 |
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
canvasPtr->bgBorder, canvasPtr->highlightWidth,
canvasPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth,
canvasPtr->borderWidth, canvasPtr->relief);
}
if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
GC fgGC, bgGC;
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr,
Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) {
fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr,
Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC,
canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
} else {
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC,
canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
}
}
}
done:
canvasPtr->flags &= ~(REDRAW_PENDING|BBOX_NOT_EMPTY);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 |
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(canvasPtr->interp,
canvasPtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr);
}
| | | 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 |
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(canvasPtr->interp,
canvasPtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(canvasPtr, DestroyCanvas);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
canvasPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBARS;
/*
* The call below is needed in order to recenter the canvas if it's
* confined and its scroll region is smaller than the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 |
*/
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((x1 >= x2) || (y1 >= y2) ||
| | | 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 |
*/
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((x1 >= x2) || (y1 >= y2) ||
(x2 < canvasPtr->xOrigin) || (y2 < canvasPtr->yOrigin) ||
(x1 >= canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)) ||
(y1 >= canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if (canvasPtr->flags & BBOX_NOT_EMPTY) {
if (x1 <= canvasPtr->redrawX1) {
canvasPtr->redrawX1 = x1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 |
Tk_Item *itemPtr) /* Item to be redrawn. May be NULL, in which
* case nothing happens. */
{
if (itemPtr == NULL || canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) ||
| | | 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 |
Tk_Item *itemPtr) /* Item to be redrawn. May be NULL, in which
* case nothing happens. */
{
if (itemPtr == NULL || canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) ||
(itemPtr->x2 < canvasPtr->xOrigin) ||
(itemPtr->y2 < canvasPtr->yOrigin) ||
(itemPtr->x1 >= canvasPtr->xOrigin+Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)) ||
(itemPtr->y1 >= canvasPtr->yOrigin+Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin))) {
if (!AlwaysRedraw(itemPtr)) {
return;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 |
tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetStaticUids --
*
* This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
* used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 |
tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StartTagSearch --
*
* This function is called to initiate an enumeration of all items in a
* given canvas that contain a given tag.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the first item in canvasPtr that
* matches tag, or NULL if there is no such item. The information at
* *searchPtr is initialized such that successive calls to NextItem will
* return successive items that match tag.
*
* Side effects:
* SearchPtr is linked into a list of searches in progress on canvasPtr,
* so that elements can safely be deleted while the search is in
* progress. EndTagSearch must be called at the end of the search to
* unlink searchPtr from this list.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tk_Item *
StartTagSearch(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
Tcl_Obj *tagObj, /* Object giving tag value. */
TagSearch *searchPtr) /* Record describing tag search; will be
* initialized here. */
{
int id;
Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
Tk_Uid uid;
char *tag = Tcl_GetString(tagObj);
int count;
TkWindow *tkwin = (TkWindow *) canvasPtr->tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = tkwin->dispPtr;
/*
* Initialize the search.
*/
searchPtr->canvasPtr = canvasPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 0;
/*
* Find the first matching item in one of several ways. If the tag is a
* number then it selects the single item with the matching identifier.
* In this case see if the item being requested is the hot item, in which
* case the search can be skipped.
*/
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*tag))) {
char *end;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
dispPtr->numIdSearches++;
id = strtoul(tag, &end, 0);
if (*end == 0) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->hotPtr;
lastPtr = canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != id) || (lastPtr == NULL)
|| (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
dispPtr->numSlowSearches++;
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char*) id);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
} else {
lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = lastPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->tag = uid = Tk_GetUid(tag);
if (uid == Tk_GetUid("all")) {
/*
* All items match.
*/
searchPtr->tag = NULL;
searchPtr->lastPtr = NULL;
searchPtr->currentPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
return canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
}
/*
* None of the above. Search for an item with a matching tag.
*/
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NextItem --
*
* This function returns successive items that match a given tag; it
* should be called only after StartTagSearch has been used to begin a
* search.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the next item that matches the tag
* specified to StartTagSearch, or NULL if no such item exists.
* *SearchPtr is updated so that the next call to this function will
* return the next item.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tk_Item *
NextItem(
TagSearch *searchPtr) /* Record describing search in progress. */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
int count;
Tk_Uid uid;
Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
/*
* Find next item in list (this may not actually be a suitable one to
* return), and return if there are no items left.
*/
lastPtr = searchPtr->lastPtr;
if (lastPtr == NULL) {
itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
} else {
itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
}
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (searchPtr->searchOver)) {
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
if (itemPtr != searchPtr->currentPtr) {
/*
* The structure of the list has changed. Probably the previously-
* returned item was removed from the list. In this case, don't
* advance lastPtr; just return its new successor (i.e. do nothing
* here).
*/
} else {
lastPtr = itemPtr;
itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Handle special case of "all" search by returning next item.
*/
uid = searchPtr->tag;
if (uid == NULL) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
/*
* Look for an item with a particular tag.
*/
for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
#else /* !USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetStaticUids --
*
* This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
* used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 |
*/
static void
TagSearchExprDestroy(
TagSearchExpr *expr)
{
if (expr != NULL) {
| | | 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 |
*/
static void
TagSearchExprDestroy(
TagSearchExpr *expr)
{
if (expr != NULL) {
if (expr->uids) {
ckfree(expr->uids);
}
ckfree(expr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 | uid = expr->uids[expr->index++]; result = 0; /* * set result 1 if tag is found in item's tags */ | | | | 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 |
uid = expr->uids[expr->index++];
result = 0;
/*
* set result 1 if tag is found in item's tags
*/
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
} else if (uid == searchUids->negtagvalUid) {
negate_result = ! negate_result;
/*
* assert(expr->index < expr->length);
*/
uid = expr->uids[expr->index++];
result = 0;
/*
* set result 1 if tag is found in item's tags.
*/
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 |
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr=itemPtr, itemPtr=itemPtr->nextPtr) {
| | | 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 |
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr=itemPtr, itemPtr=itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
| | | 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 |
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoItem --
*
* This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds
| > | 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 |
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoItem --
*
* This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 |
int count;
/*
* Handle the "add-to-result" case and return, if appropriate.
*/
if (tag == NULL) {
| | | | | 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 |
int count;
/*
* Handle the "add-to-result" case and return, if appropriate.
*/
if (tag == NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, accumObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
return;
}
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (tag == *tagPtr) {
return;
}
}
/*
* Grow the tag space if there's no more room left in the current block.
*/
if (itemPtr->tagSpace == itemPtr->numTags) {
Tk_Uid *newTagPtr;
itemPtr->tagSpace += 5;
newTagPtr = (Tk_Uid *)ckalloc(itemPtr->tagSpace * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
memcpy(newTagPtr, itemPtr->tagPtr,
itemPtr->numTags * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree(itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
itemPtr->tagPtr = newTagPtr;
tagPtr = &itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 |
Tcl_Obj *newTag, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
* found items; if NULL, then ids of found
* items are returned in the interp's
* result. */
int first /* For error messages: gives number of
* elements of objv which are already
* handled. */
,TagSearch **searchPtrPtr /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars*/
)
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Tk_Uid uid;
int index, result;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"above", "all", "below", "closest",
"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL
| > > > > > | 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 |
Tcl_Obj *newTag, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
* found items; if NULL, then ids of found
* items are returned in the interp's
* result. */
int first /* For error messages: gives number of
* elements of objv which are already
* handled. */
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
,TagSearch **searchPtrPtr /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars*/
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
)
{
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Tk_Uid uid;
int index, result;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"above", "all", "below", "closest",
"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 |
* The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
* in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
* moved items relative to each other is not changed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr, /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
int result;
/*
* Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
* an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
* their areas for redisplay.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 |
* The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
* in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
* moved items relative to each other is not changed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr) /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr, /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
int result;
/*
* Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
* an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
* their areas for redisplay.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 |
/*
* Insert the list of to-be-moved items back into the canvas's at the
* desired position.
*/
if (firstMovePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr != NULL) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = firstMovePtr;
} else {
if (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
if (firstMovePtr != NULL) {
firstMovePtr->prevPtr = prevPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = firstMovePtr;
}
if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == prevPtr) {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasBindProc --
*
| > > > > > > | 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 |
/*
* Insert the list of to-be-moved items back into the canvas's at the
* desired position.
*/
if (firstMovePtr == NULL) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
return;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
return TCL_OK;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr != NULL) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = firstMovePtr;
} else {
if (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
if (firstMovePtr != NULL) {
firstMovePtr->prevPtr = prevPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = firstMovePtr;
}
if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == prevPtr) {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
return TCL_OK;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasBindProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 |
* canvasPtr>state. This information is used to defer repicks of the
* current item while buttons are down.
*/
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
| | | 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 |
* canvasPtr>state. This information is used to defer repicks of the
* current item while buttons are down.
*/
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
/*
* For button press events, repick the current item using the button
* state before the event, then process the event. For button release
* events, first process the event, then repick the current item using
* the button state *after* the event (the button has logically gone
* up before we change the current item).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 |
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
* Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
double coords[2];
unsigned int buttonDown;
Tk_Item *prevItemPtr;
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
/*
* Check whether or not a button is down. If so, we'll log entry and exit
* into and out of the current item, but not entry into any other item.
* This implements a form of grabbing equivalent to what the X server does
* for windows.
*/
| > > | 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 |
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
* Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
double coords[2];
unsigned int buttonDown;
Tk_Item *prevItemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif
/*
* Check whether or not a button is down. If so, we'll log entry and exit
* into and out of the current item, but not entry into any other item.
* This implements a form of grabbing equivalent to what the X server does
* for windows.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 | Tk_Item *itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr; int i; event = canvasPtr->pickEvent; event.type = LeaveNotify; /* | > | | | > > > > > > > | > > > > | | | | 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 |
Tk_Item *itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
int i;
event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = LeaveNotify;
/*
* Behaviour before ticket #47d4f29159:
* If the event's detail happens to be NotifyInferior the binding
* mechanism will discard the event. To be consistent, always use
* NotifyAncestor.
*
* Behaviour after ticket #47d4f29159:
* The binding mechanism doesn't discard events with detail field
* NotifyInferior anymore. It would be best to base the detail
* field on the ancestry relationship between the old and new
* canvas items. For the time being, retain the choice from before
* ticket #47d4f29159, which doesn't harm.
*/
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_IN_PROGRESS;
CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, &event);
canvasPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_IN_PROGRESS;
/*
* The check below is needed because there could be an event handler
* for <LeaveNotify> that deletes the current item.
*/
if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && !buttonDown) {
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == Tk_GetUid("current"))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == searchUids->currentUid)
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/* then */ {
memmove((void *)(itemPtr->tagPtr + i),
itemPtr->tagPtr + i + 1,
(itemPtr->numTags - (i+1)) * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
itemPtr->numTags--;
break;
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 |
(prevItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr);
ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr, 0, NULL);
}
if (canvasPtr->currentItemPtr != NULL) {
XEvent event;
DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);
if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT
&& prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL);
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr);
}
event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = EnterNotify;
| > > > > | 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 |
(prevItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr);
ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr, 0, NULL);
}
if (canvasPtr->currentItemPtr != NULL) {
XEvent event;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, Tk_GetUid("current"));
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT
&& prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL);
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr);
}
event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = EnterNotify;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 |
* processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
void *staticObjects[NUM_STATIC];
void **objectPtr;
int numObjects, i;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
TagSearchExpr *expr;
int numExprs;
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
return;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
* event. The relevant objects are:
* (a) the event's item,
* (b) the tags associated with the event's item,
* (c) the expressions that are true for the event's item's tags, and
* (d) the tag "all".
*
* If there are a lot of tags then malloc an array to hold all of the
* objects.
*/
/*
* Flag and count all expressions that match item's tags.
*/
numExprs = 0;
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
expr->index = 0;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | | > | > | 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 |
* processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
void *staticObjects[NUM_STATIC];
void **objectPtr;
int numObjects, i;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchExpr *expr;
int numExprs;
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
return;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
* event. The relevant objects are (a) the event's item, (b) the tags
* associated with the event's item, and (c) the tag "all". If there are a
* lot of tags then malloc an array to hold all of the objects.
*/
numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + 2;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
* event. The relevant objects are:
* (a) the event's item,
* (b) the tags associated with the event's item,
* (c) the expressions that are true for the event's item's tags, and
* (d) the tag "all".
*
* If there are a lot of tags then malloc an array to hold all of the
* objects.
*/
/*
* Flag and count all expressions that match item's tags.
*/
numExprs = 0;
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
expr->index = 0;
expr->match = TagSearchEvalExpr(expr, itemPtr);
if (expr->match) {
numExprs++;
}
expr = expr->next;
}
numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + numExprs + 2;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (numObjects <= NUM_STATIC) {
objectPtr = staticObjects;
} else {
objectPtr = (void **)ckalloc(numObjects * sizeof(void *));
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
objectPtr[0] = (void *)Tk_GetUid("all");
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
objectPtr[0] = (void *)searchUids->allUid;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
for (i = itemPtr->numTags - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
objectPtr[i+1] = (void *)itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
}
objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags + 1] = itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Copy uids of matching expressions into object array
*/
i = itemPtr->numTags+2;
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
if (expr->match) {
objectPtr[i++] = (int *) expr->uid;
}
expr = expr->next;
}
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Invoke the binding system, then free up the object array if it was
* malloc-ed.
*/
if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasSelectTo(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is to hold selection. */
| | | | 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasSelectTo(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is to hold selection. */
int index) /* Index of element that is to become the
* "other" end of the selection. */
{
int oldFirst, oldLast;
Tk_Item *oldSelPtr;
oldFirst = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst;
oldLast = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast;
oldSelPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 |
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = itemPtr;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr != itemPtr) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = index;
}
| | | | 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 |
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = itemPtr;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr != itemPtr) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = index;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor <= index) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = index;
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = index;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor - 1;
}
if ((canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst != oldFirst)
|| (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast != oldLast)
|| (itemPtr != oldSelPtr)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CanvasFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about canvas widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first character
* to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
return ItemSelection(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr, offset,
buffer, maxBytes);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkCanvas.h -- * * Declarations shared among all the files that implement canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvas.h -- * * Declarations shared among all the files that implement canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCANVAS #define _TKCANVAS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
* of the previous current item. */
double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
* if it is this close to it. */
XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice of
* currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
* if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
* another. */
| | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
* of the previous current item. */
double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
* if it is this close to it. */
XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice of
* currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
* if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
* another. */
int state; /* Last known modifier state. Used to defer
* picking a new current object while buttons
* are down. */
/*
* Information used for managing scrollbars:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
* C code, but used by keyboard traversal
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels; used
* when converting coordinates. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
| | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
* C code, but used by keyboard traversal
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels; used
* when converting coordinates. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
int nextId; /* Number to use as id for next item created
* in widget. */
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Pointer to information used for generating
* Postscript for the canvas. NULL means no
* Postscript is currently being generated. */
Tcl_HashTable idTable; /* Table of integer indices. */
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | } TkCanvas; /* * Flag bits for canvases: * * REDRAW_PENDING - 1 means a DoWhenIdle handler has already been * created to redraw some or all of the canvas. | | | 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 | } TkCanvas; /* * Flag bits for canvases: * * REDRAW_PENDING - 1 means a DoWhenIdle handler has already been * created to redraw some or all of the canvas. * REDRAW_BORDERS - 1 means that the borders need to be redrawn * during the next redisplay operation. * REPICK_NEEDED - 1 means DisplayCanvas should pick a new * current item before redrawing the canvas. * GOT_FOCUS - 1 means the focus is currently in this widget, * so should draw the insertion cursor and * traversal highlight. * CURSOR_ON - 1 means the insertion cursor is in the "on" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 | /* * Canvas-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported * to the outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvPostscriptCmd(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); | | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 | /* * Canvas-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported * to the outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvPostscriptCmd(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvTranslatePath(TkCanvas *canvPtr, int numVertex, double *coordPtr, int closed, XPoint *outPtr); /* * Standard item types provided by Tk: */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ItemType tkArcType, tkBitmapType, tkImageType, tkLineType; |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkClipboard.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" /* * Prototypes for functions used only in this file: */ | | | | | | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" /* * Prototypes for functions used only in this file: */ static int ClipboardAppHandler(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static int ClipboardHandler(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static int ClipboardWindowHandler(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static void ClipboardLostSel(ClientData clientData); static int ClipboardGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *portion); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about data to fetch. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget *)clientData;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
char *srcPtr, *destPtr;
size_t count = 0;
int scanned = 0;
size_t length, freeCount;
/*
* Skip to buffer containing offset byte
*/
for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; ; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
srcPtr = cbPtr->buffer;
length = cbPtr->length;
}
| | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
srcPtr = cbPtr->buffer;
length = cbPtr->length;
}
return (int)count;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClipboardAppHandler --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardAppHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *)clientData;
int length;
const char *p;
p = dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr->winPtr->nameUid;
length = strlen(p);
if (length <= offset) {
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardWindowHandler(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
buffer[0] = '.';
buffer[1] = 0;
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
const char *targetName = NULL;
const char *formatName = NULL;
const char *string;
static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
};
enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
| | < | | 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
const char *targetName = NULL;
const char *formatName = NULL;
const char *string;
static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
};
enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
int subIndex, length;
for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
/*
* If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
705 706 707 708 709 710 711 |
ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
const char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
| > > > > | > > | 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
const char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, portion, -1, &ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
* Return all the current values
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-height", 7));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
| | | | | > | | 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
* Return all the current values
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-height", 7));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->height));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-x", 2));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-y", 2));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->y));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else if (objc == 3) {
int value;
/*
* Return the current value of the selected option
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], caretStrings,
"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == TK_CARET_X) {
value = caretPtr->x;
} else if (index == TK_CARET_Y) {
value = caretPtr->y;
} else /* if (index == TK_CARET_HEIGHT) -- last case */ {
value = caretPtr->height;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
} else {
int i;
int value, x = 0, y = 0, height = -1;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], caretStrings,
"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) ||
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
806 807 808 809 810 811 812 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Screen *screenPtr;
int skip, width, height;
double d;
| < < < < < < < > > > > > | 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Screen *screenPtr;
int skip, width, height;
double d;
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 1, objv + 1, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
screenPtr = Tk_Screen(tkwin);
if (objc - skip == 1) {
d = 25.4 / 72;
d *= WidthOfScreen(screenPtr);
d /= WidthMMOfScreen(screenPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(d));
} else if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"setting the scaling not accessible in a safe interpreter", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "SCALING", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc - skip == 2) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1+skip], &d) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
d = (25.4 / 72) / d;
width = (int) (d * WidthOfScreen(screenPtr) + 0.5);
if (width <= 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 |
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc-1, objv+1, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if ((objc - skip) == 2) {
int boolVal;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1+skip],
&boolVal) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| > > > > > > | > | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 |
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc-1, objv+1, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if ((objc - skip) == 2) {
/*
* In the case where TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS is not defined, this
* will be ignored and we will always return 0. That will indicate
* to the user that input methods are just not available.
*/
int boolVal;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1+skip],
&boolVal) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (boolVal) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM;
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} else if ((objc - skip) != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
"?-displayof window? ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
return code;
}
static char *
WaitVariableProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
| | | > > | 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 |
return code;
}
static char *
WaitVariableProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *), /* Second part of variable name. */
TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* Information about what happened. */
{
int *donePtr = (int *)clientData;
*donePtr = 1;
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, name1, TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
WaitVariableProc, clientData);
return NULL;
}
static void
WaitVisibilityProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event (not used). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 |
}
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WIN_CELLS:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
| | | 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 |
}
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WIN_CELLS:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Visual(tkwin)->map_entries));
break;
case WIN_CHILDREN: {
Tcl_Obj *strPtr, *resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
winPtr = winPtr->childList;
for ( ; winPtr != NULL; winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_Class(tkwin), -1));
break;
case WIN_COLORMAPFULL:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,Tk_Colormap(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_DEPTH:
| | | | 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_Class(tkwin), -1));
break;
case WIN_COLORMAPFULL:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,Tk_Colormap(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_DEPTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Depth(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_GEOMETRY:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d+%d+%d",
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_HEIGHT:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Height(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_ID: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 |
y = -1;
} else {
TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
}
if (useX & useY) {
Tcl_Obj *xyObj[2];
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 |
y = -1;
} else {
TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
}
if (useX & useY) {
Tcl_Obj *xyObj[2];
xyObj[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
xyObj[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, xyObj));
} else if (useX) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
}
break;
case WIN_REQHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_REQWIDTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_ROOTX:
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
break;
case WIN_ROOTY:
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
break;
case WIN_SCREEN:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s.%d",
Tk_DisplayName(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENCELLS:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(CellsOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENDEPTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(DefaultDepthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENWIDTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENMMHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(HeightMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENMMWIDTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_SCREENVISUAL:
c_class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->c_class;
goto visual;
case WIN_SERVER:
TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
break;
case WIN_VISUALID:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned)
XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_VROOTHEIGHT:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
| | | | | | | | | 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 |
break;
case WIN_VISUALID:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned)
XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin))));
break;
case WIN_VROOTHEIGHT:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
break;
case WIN_VROOTWIDTH:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
break;
case WIN_VROOTX:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
break;
case WIN_VROOTY:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
break;
case WIN_WIDTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Width(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_X:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_X(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_Y:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Y(tkwin)));
break;
/*
* Uses -displayof.
*/
case WIN_ATOM:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 |
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &pixels) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 |
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &pixels) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pixels));
break;
}
case WIN_RGB: {
XColor *colorPtr;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window colorName");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
* destroyed when we are through with it, so we do not get stale RGB
* values next time.
*/
{
Colormap temp = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
Tk_Colormap(tkwin) = TK_DYNAMIC_COLORMAP;
| | | | 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 |
* destroyed when we are through with it, so we do not get stale RGB
* values next time.
*/
{
Colormap temp = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
Tk_Colormap(tkwin) = TK_DYNAMIC_COLORMAP;
colorPtr = Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3]);
Tk_Colormap(tkwin) = temp;
}
#else
colorPtr = Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3]);
#endif
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d %d",
colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue));
Tk_FreeColor(colorPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 |
}
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, visInfoPtr[i].c_class);
if (string == NULL) {
strcpy(buf, "unknown");
} else {
| | | | 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 |
}
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, visInfoPtr[i].c_class);
if (string == NULL) {
strcpy(buf, "unknown");
} else {
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %d", string, visInfoPtr[i].depth);
}
if (includeVisualId) {
snprintf(visualIdString, sizeof(visualIdString), " 0x%lx",
(unsigned long) visInfoPtr[i].visualid);
strcat(buf, visualIdString);
}
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 |
* application associated with interp. On
* output, filled with window specified as
* option to "-displayof" argument, or
* unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
* present. */
{
const char *string;
| | | | 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 |
* application associated with interp. On
* output, filled with window specified as
* option to "-displayof" argument, or
* unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
* present. */
{
const char *string;
int length;
if (objc < 1) {
return 0;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
if ((length >= 2) &&
(strncmp(string, "-displayof", length) == 0)) {
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
return -1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkColor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
/*
* Structures of the following following type are used as keys for
* colorValueTable (in TkDisplay).
*/
typedef struct {
int red, green, blue; /* Values for desired color. */
| > > > > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Structures of the following following type are used as keys for
* colorValueTable (in TkDisplay).
*/
typedef struct {
int red, green, blue; /* Values for desired color. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
367 368 369 370 371 372 373 |
if (tkColPtr->magic==COLOR_MAGIC && tkColPtr->type==TK_COLOR_BY_NAME) {
return tkColPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
} else {
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
if (tkColPtr->magic==COLOR_MAGIC && tkColPtr->type==TK_COLOR_BY_NAME) {
return tkColPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
} else {
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
snprintf(tsdPtr->rgbString, sizeof(tsdPtr->rgbString), "#%04x%04x%04x", colorPtr->red,
colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue);
/*
* If the string has the form #RSRSTUTUVWVW (where equal letters
* denote equal hexdigits) then this is equivalent to #RSTUVW. Then
* output the shorter form.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
#ifndef _WIN32
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkColor.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkColor.h -- * * Declarations of data types and functions used by the Tk color module. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkColor.h -- * * Declarations of data types and functions used by the Tk color module. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCOLOR #define _TKCOLOR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
* color and all other fields defaulted. May
* be NULL. */
Screen *screen; /* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
* delete it, and to find its display. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap from which this entry was
* allocated. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual associated with colormap. */
| | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
* color and all other fields defaulted. May
* be NULL. */
Screen *screen; /* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
* delete it, and to find its display. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap from which this entry was
* allocated. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual associated with colormap. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
* this count is 0, then this TkColor
* structure is no longer valid and it isn't
* present in a hash table: it is being kept
* around only because there are objects
* referring to it. The structure is freed
* when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
* both 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
int type; /* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Pointer to hash table entry for this
* structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
struct TkColor *nextPtr; /* Points to the next TkColor structure with
* the same color name. Colors with the same
* name but different screens or colormaps are
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
#define __NO_OLD_CONFIG
#endif
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
/*
* The following definition keeps track of all of
* the option tables that have been created for a thread.
*/
typedef struct {
int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
#define __NO_OLD_CONFIG
#endif
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following encoding is used in TYPE_FLAGS:
*
* if sizeof(type) == sizeof(int) => TYPE_FLAGS(type) = 0
* if sizeof(type) == 1 => TYPE_FLAGS(type) = 64
* if sizeof(type) == 2 => TYPE_FLAGS(type) = 128
*/
#define TYPE_FLAGS(type) (((int)(sizeof(type)&(sizeof(int)-1))<<6))
#define TYPE_MASK (((((int)sizeof(int)-1))|3)<<6)
/*
* The following definition keeps track of all of
* the option tables that have been created for a thread.
*/
typedef struct {
int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
/*
* One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
* passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
*/
typedef struct OptionTable {
| | | | | | | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
/*
* One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
* passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
*/
typedef struct OptionTable {
int refCount; /* Counts the number of uses of this table
* (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
* has returned it). This can be greater than
* 1 if it is shared along several option
* table chains, or if the same table is used
* for multiple purposes. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
* used to delete the entry. */
struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
* templates, this points to the table
* corresponding to the next template in the
* chain. */
int numOptions; /* The number of items in the options array
* below. */
Option options[1]; /* Information about the individual options in
* the table. This must be the last field in
* the structure: the actual size of the array
* will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
char *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj * GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj * GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option * GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option * GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
* options. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
OptionTable *tablePtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
Option *optionPtr;
| | | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
* options. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
OptionTable *tablePtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
Option *optionPtr;
int numOptions, i;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
* all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
* used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions. */ optionPtr->extra.custom = (const Tk_ObjCustomOption *)specPtr->clientData; } } if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING) | | | 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 |
* Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
*/
optionPtr->extra.custom = (const Tk_ObjCustomOption *)specPtr->clientData;
}
}
if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
&& (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0))
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* The option table to delete. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
| | | 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* The option table to delete. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
return;
}
if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_InitOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
* don't leave an error message. */
| | | 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_InitOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
* don't leave an error message. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
* the caller should have properly initialized
* the record with NULL pointers for each
* option value. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* The token which matches the config specs
* for the widget in question. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Certain options types (such as
* TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
if (DoObjConfig(interp, recordPtr, optionPtr, valuePtr, tkwin,
NULL) != TCL_OK) {
if (interp != NULL) {
char msg[200];
switch (source) {
case OPTION_DATABASE:
| | | | | | 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
if (DoObjConfig(interp, recordPtr, optionPtr, valuePtr, tkwin,
NULL) != TCL_OK) {
if (interp != NULL) {
char msg[200];
switch (source) {
case OPTION_DATABASE:
snprintf(msg, 200, "\n (database entry for \"%.50s\")",
optionPtr->specPtr->optionName);
break;
case SYSTEM_DEFAULT:
snprintf(msg, 200, "\n (system default for \"%.50s\")",
optionPtr->specPtr->optionName);
break;
case TABLE_DEFAULT:
snprintf(msg, 200, "\n (default value for \"%.50s\")",
optionPtr->specPtr->optionName);
}
if (tkwin != NULL) {
snprintf(msg + strlen(msg) - 1, 200 - (strlen(msg) - 1), " in widget \"%.50s\")",
Tk_PathName(tkwin));
}
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
*/
static int
DoObjConfig(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no message is left if an error
* occurs. */
| | | | | | | | | | 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 |
*/
static int
DoObjConfig(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no message is left if an error
* occurs. */
char *recordPtr, /* The record to modify to hold the new option
* value. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information about the option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, /* New value for option. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which option will be used (needed
* to allocate resources for some options).
* May be NULL if the option doesn't require
* window-related resources. */
Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
* be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
* be stored here, and it becomes the property
* of the caller (the caller must eventually
* free the old value). */
{
Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
char *internalPtr; /* Points to location in record where internal
* representation of value should be stored,
* or NULL. */
char *oldInternalPtr; /* Points to location in which to save old
* internal representation of value. */
Tk_SavedOption internal; /* Used to save the old internal
* representation of the value if
* savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
int nullOK;
/*
* Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
*/
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
} else {
slotPtrPtr = NULL;
oldPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
* object and internal forms, if they exist.
*/
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;
} else {
oldInternalPtr = (char *) &internal.internalForm;
}
nullOK = (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|32 /* TCL_NULL_OK */));
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN: {
int newBool;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &newBool) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
*((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
char *newStr;
const char *value;
| | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
*((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
char *newStr;
const char *value;
int length;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(newStr, value);
} else {
newStr = NULL;
}
*((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
*((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE: {
int newValue;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
newValue = -1;
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, valuePtr,
optionPtr->specPtr->clientData, sizeof(char *),
optionPtr->specPtr->optionName+1, 0, &newValue) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) {
if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(char)) {
*((char *) oldInternalPtr) = *((char *) internalPtr);
*((char *) internalPtr) = newValue;
} else if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(short)) {
*((short *) oldInternalPtr) = *((short *) internalPtr);
*((short *) internalPtr) = newValue;
} else {
Tcl_Panic("Invalid flags for %s", "TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE");
}
} else {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = newValue;
}
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_COLOR: {
XColor *newPtr;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
845 846 847 848 849 850 851 |
}
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS: {
int newPixels;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
newPixels = 0;
| < | | | < < | | | < | | 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 |
}
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS: {
int newPixels;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
newPixels = 0;
} else if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr,
&newPixels) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = newPixels;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: {
Tk_Window newWin;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
newWin = NULL;
} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr,
&newWin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((Tk_Window *) oldInternalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = newWin;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (custom->setProc(custom->clientData, interp, tkwin,
&valuePtr, recordPtr, optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset,
(char *)oldInternalPtr, optionPtr->specPtr->flags) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
default:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
975 976 977 978 979 980 981 |
const char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option
* table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */
{
Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr2;
const char *p1, *p2;
| | | 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 |
const char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option
* table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */
{
Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr2;
const char *p1, *p2;
int count;
/*
* Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
* match. Some tricky aspects:
*
* 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
* 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SetOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is returned.*/
| | | 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SetOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is returned.*/
char *recordPtr, /* The record to configure. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes valid options. */
int objc, /* The number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window associated with the thing being
* configured; needed for some options (such
* as colors). */
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, /* If non-NULL, the old values of modified
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 |
*/
void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Holds saved option information; must have
* been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | > | 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 |
*/
void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Holds saved option information; must have
* been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int i;
Option *optionPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newPtr; /* New object value of option, which we
* replace with old value and free. Taken from
* record. */
char *internalPtr; /* Points to internal value of option in
* record. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
/*
* Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
* This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
* used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
*/
if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
/*
* First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
* record.
*/
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
} else {
newPtr = NULL;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
}
if (newPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
}
/*
* Now restore the old value of the option.
*/
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
*((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
= savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;
CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
case TK_OPTION_INT:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
*((double *) internalPtr) = *((double *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
*((char **) internalPtr) = *((char **) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE:
if (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) {
if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(char)) {
*((char *) internalPtr) = *((char *) ptr);
} else if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(short)) {
*((short *) internalPtr) = *((short *) ptr);
} else {
Tcl_Panic("Invalid flags for %s", "TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE");
}
} else {
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_COLOR:
*((XColor **) internalPtr) = *((XColor **) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_FONT:
*((Tk_Font *) internalPtr) = *((Tk_Font *) ptr);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 |
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (custom->restoreProc != NULL) {
custom->restoreProc(custom->clientData, savePtr->tkwin,
| | | 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 |
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (custom->restoreProc != NULL) {
custom->restoreProc(custom->clientData, savePtr->tkwin,
internalPtr, ptr);
}
break;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad option type in Tk_RestoreSavedOptions");
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 |
*/
void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Contains options saved in a previous call
* to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
| | | 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 |
*/
void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Contains options saved in a previous call
* to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int count;
Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;
if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
}
for (count = savePtr->numItems; count > 0; count--) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 | * options in optionTable are freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_FreeConfigOptions( | | | | | | | | | 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 |
* options in optionTable are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes legal options. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
* for freeing some options. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
char *oldInternalPtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
continue;
}
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
} else {
oldPtr = NULL;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
oldInternalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
oldInternalPtr = NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
}
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
*/
static void
FreeResources(
Option *optionPtr, /* Description of the configuration option. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The current value of the option, specified
* as an object. */
| | | | | 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 |
*/
static void
FreeResources(
Option *optionPtr, /* Description of the configuration option. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The current value of the option, specified
* as an object. */
char *internalPtr, /* A pointer to an internal representation for
* the option's value, such as an int or
* (XColor *). Only valid if
* optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window in which this option is used. */
{
int internalFormExists;
/*
* If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
* resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
* form, then use the object form.
*/
internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
if (internalFormExists) {
if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 |
} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (internalFormExists && custom->freeProc != NULL) {
| | | 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 |
} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (internalFormExists && custom->freeProc != NULL) {
custom->freeProc(custom->clientData, tkwin, internalPtr);
}
break;
}
default:
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is created. */
| | | | 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is created. */
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes all the legal options. */
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, /* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
* single option whose info is to be returned.
* Otherwise info is returned for all options
* in optionTable. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
* compute correct default value for some
* options. */
{
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
/*
* If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
* handle that one spec specially.
*/
if (namePtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 | * Memory is allocated. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetConfigList( | | | 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 |
* Memory is allocated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* configuration options. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information describing a
* particular option. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 |
} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
} else {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);
| | | | 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 |
} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
} else {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);
if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr
+ optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
if (elementPtr == NULL) {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
} else {
elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetObjectForOption( | | | | < < | | > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* configuration options. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information describing an option
* whose internal value is stored in
* *recordPtr. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
char *internalPtr; /* Points to internal value of option in record. */
if (optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_INT:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **)internalPtr), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE: {
int value = 0;
if (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) {
if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(char)) {
value = *((signed char *)internalPtr);
} else if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_FLAGS(short)) {
value = *((short *)internalPtr);
} else {
Tcl_Panic("Invalid flags for %s", "TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE");
}
} else {
value = *((int *)internalPtr);
}
if (value >= 0) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(((char **) optionPtr->specPtr->clientData)[
value], -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_COLOR: {
XColor *colorPtr = *((XColor **)internalPtr);
if (colorPtr != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), -1);
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 |
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_BITMAP: {
Pixmap pixmap = *((Pixmap *)internalPtr);
if (pixmap != None) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | | | | | | | 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 |
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_BITMAP: {
Pixmap pixmap = *((Pixmap *)internalPtr);
if (pixmap != None) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_NameOfBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_BORDER: {
Tk_3DBorder border = *((Tk_3DBorder *)internalPtr);
if (border != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOf3DBorder(border), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_RELIEF:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfRelief(*((int *)internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CURSOR: {
Tk_Cursor cursor = *((Tk_Cursor *)internalPtr);
if (cursor != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_NameOfCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), cursor), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfJustify(
*((Tk_Justify *)internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_ANCHOR:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(
*((Tk_Anchor *)internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: {
tkwin = *((Tk_Window *)internalPtr);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
const Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
objPtr = custom->getProc(custom->clientData, tkwin, recordPtr,
optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset);
break;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad option type in GetObjectForOption");
}
}
if (objPtr == NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
return objPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
* then no messages are provided for
* errors. */
| | | | | 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 |
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
* then no messages are provided for
* errors. */
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes legal options. */
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, /* Gives the command-line name for the option
* whose value is to be returned. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
if (optionPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
/*
* This option has a null value and is represented by a null
* object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
* would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 |
for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
hashEntryPtr != NULL;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 |
for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
hashEntryPtr != NULL;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
}
break;
}
}
return objPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
* console. A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
* by commands and by channels.
*/
typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp; /* Interpreter displaying the console. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter controlled by console. */
| | | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* console. A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
* by commands and by channels.
*/
typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp; /* Interpreter displaying the console. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter controlled by console. */
int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;
/*
* Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
* its instance data. It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
* with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
* the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/*
* This structure describes the channel type structure for file based IO:
*/
static const Tcl_ChannelType consoleChannelType = {
"console", /* Type name. */
TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5, /* v5 channel */
| | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
/*
* This structure describes the channel type structure for file based IO:
*/
static const Tcl_ChannelType consoleChannelType = {
"console", /* Type name. */
TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5, /* v5 channel */
ConsoleClose, /* Close proc. */
ConsoleInput, /* Input proc. */
ConsoleOutput, /* Output proc. */
NULL, /* Seek proc. */
NULL, /* Set option proc. */
NULL, /* Get option proc. */
ConsoleWatch, /* Watch for events on console. */
ConsoleHandle, /* Get a handle from the device. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
ConsoleInfo *info;
Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
| | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
ConsoleInfo *info;
Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
return;
}
consoleInitPtr = (int *)Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
if (*consoleInitPtr) {
/*
* We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
if (mainWindow) {
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
ConsoleEventProc, info);
info->refCount++;
}
Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
| | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
if (mainWindow) {
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
ConsoleEventProc, info);
info->refCount++;
}
Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "source -encoding utf-8 $tk_library/console.tcl",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
}
Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * A TkCursor structure exists for each cursor that is currently active. Each * structure is indexed with two hash tables defined below. One of the tables * is cursorIdTable, and the other is either cursorNameTable or * cursorDataTable, each of which are stored in the TkDisplay structure for * the current thread. */ | > > > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * A TkCursor structure exists for each cursor that is currently active. Each * structure is indexed with two hash tables defined below. One of the tables * is cursorIdTable, and the other is either cursorNameTable or * cursorDataTable, each of which are stored in the TkDisplay structure for * the current thread. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
printid:
| | | | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
printid:
snprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, sizeof(dispPtr->cursorString), "cursor id 0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)cursor);
return dispPtr->cursorString;
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto printid;
}
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) {
goto printid;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
}
| | | 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument");
}
FreeCursor((TkCursor *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
858 859 860 861 862 863 864 |
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 |
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkDList.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkDList.h -- * * A list is headed by pointers to first and last element. The elements * are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without * a need to traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list * before or after an existing element or at the head/tail of the list. * A list may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkDList.h -- * * A list is headed by pointers to first and last element. The elements * are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without * a need to traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list * before or after an existing element or at the head/tail of the list. * A list may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * * Copyright (c) 2018 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ /* * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform independent public Tcl API. * | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | /* * tkDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform independent public Tcl API. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKDECLS #define _TKDECLS #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif /* * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl * script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made * in the generic/tk.decls script. */ /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | /* 17 */ EXTERN void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 18 */ EXTERN int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 19 */ | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | /* 17 */ EXTERN void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 18 */ EXTERN int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 19 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 20 */ EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 21 */ EXTERN void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 29 */ EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 29 */ EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 30 */ EXTERN void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 31 */ EXTERN Tk_TextLayout Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, const char *str, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
219 220 221 222 223 224 225 | EXTERN void Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 53 */ EXTERN void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 54 */ EXTERN void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */ | | | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 | EXTERN void Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 53 */ EXTERN void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 54 */ EXTERN void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 56 */ EXTERN int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 57 */ EXTERN void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
285 286 287 288 289 290 291 | char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 75 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 76 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 77 */ | < | | | | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 | char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 75 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 76 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 77 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid); /* 78 */ EXTERN GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 79 */ EXTERN void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 80 */ EXTERN Tk_3DBorder Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 81 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 82 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 83 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 84 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 85 */ EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 86 */ EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 | XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 97 */ EXTERN Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 98 */ | | | | 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 | XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 97 */ EXTERN Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 98 */ EXTERN ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 99 */ EXTERN Tk_ItemType * Tk_GetItemTypes(void); /* 100 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 101 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 | EXTERN int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 107 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 108 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, | | | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 | EXTERN int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 107 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 108 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 109 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 110 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | EXTERN int Tk_Grab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 115 */ EXTERN void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); /* 116 */ EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window); /* 117 */ | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 | EXTERN int Tk_Grab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 115 */ EXTERN void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); /* 116 */ EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window); /* 117 */ EXTERN void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* 118 */ EXTERN int Tk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 119 */ EXTERN Atom Tk_InternAtom(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 120 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 | EXTERN void Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 128 */ EXTERN void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */ EXTERN void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 130 */ | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < | < | < | < | | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 | EXTERN void Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 128 */ EXTERN void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */ EXTERN void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 130 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border); /* 131 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 132 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 133 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap); /* 134 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr); /* 135 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 136 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font); /* 137 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster model); /* 138 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join); /* 139 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify); /* 140 */ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief); /* 141 */ EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 142 */ EXTERN void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 143 */ EXTERN int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 144 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 145 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite( Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 146 */ EXTERN int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 147 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 148 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 149 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 150 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 151 */ EXTERN int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 152 */ EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 153 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 195 */ | | | 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 195 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 196 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 197 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 | /* 201 */ EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */ EXTERN XColor * Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */ EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 204 */ | | | | | | 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 | /* 201 */ EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */ EXTERN XColor * Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */ EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 204 */ EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */ EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 206 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 207 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 208 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 209 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 210 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 211 */ EXTERN int Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 212 */ EXTERN void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 213 */ EXTERN void Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 214 */ EXTERN int Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 215 */ EXTERN void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */ EXTERN int Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 | /* 244 */ EXTERN void Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 245 */ EXTERN void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 246 */ | < | < | | 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 | /* 244 */ EXTERN void Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 245 */ EXTERN void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 246 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 247 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 248 */ EXTERN int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse); /* 249 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
828 829 830 831 832 833 834 | /* 259 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 260 */ EXTERN Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 261 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, | | | | | | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 | /* 259 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 260 */ EXTERN Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 261 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */ EXTERN void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 263 */ EXTERN int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 264 */ EXTERN void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 265 */ EXTERN int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 266 */ EXTERN int Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
874 875 876 877 878 879 880 | /* 271 */ EXTERN Tcl_Interp * Tk_Interp(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 272 */ EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 273 */ EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat( const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); | | < | < | > > | | | | | | | | > > > | | | 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 |
/* 271 */
EXTERN Tcl_Interp * Tk_Interp(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 272 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr);
/* 273 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr);
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* Slot 277 is reserved */
/* Slot 278 is reserved */
/* Slot 279 is reserved */
/* Slot 280 is reserved */
/* Slot 281 is reserved */
/* Slot 282 is reserved */
/* Slot 283 is reserved */
/* Slot 284 is reserved */
/* Slot 285 is reserved */
/* Slot 286 is reserved */
/* Slot 287 is reserved */
/* Slot 288 is reserved */
/* Slot 289 is reserved */
/* 290 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
typedef struct {
const struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntStubs *tkIntStubs;
const struct TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubs;
} TkStubHooks;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
| | | | 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
CONST86 char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, const char *buffer); /* 25 */
int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr, const char *script, int append); /* 33 */
Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
| | | 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 |
void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 |
void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 85 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const void *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 90 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 93 */
Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, const char *className); /* 103 */
int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (const char *str); /* 111 */
Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */
Tk_Window (*tk_IdToWindow) (Display *display, Window window); /* 116 */
void (*tk_ImageChanged) (Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* 117 */
int (*tk_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 118 */
Atom (*tk_InternAtom) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 119 */
int (*tk_IntersectTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 120 */
void (*tk_MaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window window, Tk_Window container, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 121 */
Tk_Window (*tk_MainWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 122 */
void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster model); /* 137 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 |
Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
| | | | | | | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 |
Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
void (*reserved218)(void);
void (*reserved219)(void);
int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 |
void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 |
void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
const char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
void (*tk_CreateOldImageType) (const Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 272 */
void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
void (*reserved274)(void);
void (*reserved275)(void);
void (*reserved276)(void);
void (*reserved277)(void);
void (*reserved278)(void);
void (*reserved279)(void);
void (*reserved280)(void);
void (*reserved281)(void);
void (*reserved282)(void);
void (*reserved283)(void);
void (*reserved284)(void);
void (*reserved285)(void);
void (*reserved286)(void);
void (*reserved287)(void);
void (*reserved288)(void);
void (*reserved289)(void);
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 290 */
} TkStubs;
extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 | (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontFromObj) /* 94 */ #define Tk_GetFontMetrics \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontMetrics) /* 95 */ #define Tk_GetGC \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetGC) /* 96 */ #define Tk_GetImage \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetImage) /* 97 */ | | | | 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 | (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontFromObj) /* 94 */ #define Tk_GetFontMetrics \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontMetrics) /* 95 */ #define Tk_GetGC \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetGC) /* 96 */ #define Tk_GetImage \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetImage) /* 97 */ #define Tk_GetImageMasterData \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetImageMasterData) /* 98 */ #define Tk_GetItemTypes \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetItemTypes) /* 99 */ #define Tk_GetJoinStyle \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetJoinStyle) /* 100 */ #define Tk_GetJustify \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetJustify) /* 101 */ #define Tk_GetNumMainWindows \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 | (tkStubsPtr->tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) /* 270 */ #define Tk_Interp \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_Interp) /* 271 */ #define Tk_CreateOldImageType \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldImageType) /* 272 */ #define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) /* 273 */ | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < > > | 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 |
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) /* 270 */
#define Tk_Interp \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Interp) /* 271 */
#define Tk_CreateOldImageType \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldImageType) /* 272 */
#define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) /* 273 */
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* Slot 277 is reserved */
/* Slot 278 is reserved */
/* Slot 279 is reserved */
/* Slot 280 is reserved */
/* Slot 281 is reserved */
/* Slot 282 is reserved */
/* Slot 283 is reserved */
/* Slot 284 is reserved */
/* Slot 285 is reserved */
/* Slot 286 is reserved */
/* Slot 287 is reserved */
/* Slot 288 is reserved */
/* Slot 289 is reserved */
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 290 */
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow
#define Tk_GetImageModelData Tk_GetImageMasterData
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
# define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr) ((void)(objPtr))
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#undef TkUnusedStubEntry
#endif /* _TKDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkEntry.h" #include "default.h" /* * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of * the text in the entry. */ #define XPAD 1 #define YPAD 1 | > > > > | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkEntry.h" #include "default.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of * the text in the entry. */ #define XPAD 1 #define YPAD 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
/*
* Information used for Entry objv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
/*
* Information used for Entry objv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
0, stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
0, validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Information used for Spinbox objv parsing.
*/
#define DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY "400"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP "0"
static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP "0"
static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, activeBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-buttonbackground", "buttonBackground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buttonBorder),
0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-buttoncursor", "buttonCursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bCursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttondownrelief", "buttonDownRelief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bdRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttonuprelief", "buttonUpRelief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SPINBOX_CMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, command),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, reqFormat),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
DEF_SPINBOX_FROM, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
DEF_SPINBOX_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, increment), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
0, stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
DEF_SPINBOX_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
0, validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, valueStr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, wrap), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub-commands)
* and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
* dispatch the entry widget command.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 | /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static int ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static int ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count); static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyEntry; static void DisplayEntry(void *clientData); static void EntryBlinkProc(void *clientData); static void EntryCmdDeletedProc(void *clientData); static void EntryComputeGeometry(Entry *entryPtr); static void EntryEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void EntryFocusProc(Entry *entryPtr, int gotFocus); static int EntryFetchSelection(void *clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static void EntryLostSelection(void *clientData); static void EventuallyRedraw(Entry *entryPtr); static void EntryScanTo(Entry *entryPtr, int y); static void EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value); static void EntrySelectTo(Entry *entryPtr, int index); static char * EntryTextVarProc(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, const char *name2, int flags); static void EntryUpdateScrollbar(Entry *entryPtr); static int EntryValidate(Entry *entryPtr, char *cmd); static int EntryValidateChange(Entry *entryPtr, const char *change, const char *newStr, int index, int type); static void ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, const char *before, const char *change, const char *newStr, int index, int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); static int EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr, const char *newValue); static void EntryVisibleRange(Entry *entryPtr, double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr); static int EntryWidgetObjCmd(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void EntryWorldChanged(void *instanceData); static int GetEntryIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexObj, int *indexPtr); static int InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, const char *string); /* * These forward declarations are the spinbox specific ones: */ static int SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GetSpinboxElement(Spinbox *sbPtr, int x, int y); static int SpinboxInvoke(Tcl_Interp *interp, Spinbox *sbPtr, int element); static int ComputeFormat(Spinbox *sbPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
480 481 482 483 484 485 486 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_EntryObjCmd( | | < | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_EntryObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
char *tmp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, entryPtr,
EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_ENTRY;
tmp = (char *)ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
| | | < < | | | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, entryPtr,
EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_ENTRY;
tmp = (char *)ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
entryPtr->cursor = NULL;
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1;
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->inset = XPAD;
entryPtr->textGC = NULL;
entryPtr->selTextGC = NULL;
entryPtr->highlightGC = NULL;
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int EntryWidgetObjCmd( | | | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EntryWidgetObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
switch ((enum entryCmd) cmdIndex) {
case COMMAND_BBOX: {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
switch ((enum entryCmd) cmdIndex) {
case COMMAND_BBOX: {
int index;
int x, y, width, height;
Tcl_Obj *bbox[4];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
bbox[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
bbox[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
bbox[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
bbox[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
break;
}
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case COMMAND_DELETE: {
int first, last;
int code;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3],
&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_GET:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(entryPtr->string, -1));
break;
case COMMAND_ICURSOR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&entryPtr->insertPos) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
break;
}
case COMMAND_INSERT: {
int index;
int code;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
790 791 792 793 794 795 796 |
minorCmd, NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_SELECTION: {
| | | 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
minorCmd, NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_SELECTION: {
int index, index2;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?");
goto error;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
| | | | | | | | | 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
int half1, half2;
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast)/2;
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2;
if (index < half1) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast;
} else if (index > half2) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst;
} else {
/*
* We're at about the halfway point in the selection; just
* keep the existing anchor.
*/
}
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
case SELECTION_CLEAR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
goto done;
case SELECTION_FROM:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
877 878 879 880 881 882 883 |
case SELECTION_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
| | | | | | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 |
case SELECTION_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0));
goto done;
case SELECTION_RANGE:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3],
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[4],
&index2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index >= index2) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
}
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
&& (entryPtr->exportSelection)
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(code == TCL_OK));
break;
}
case COMMAND_XVIEW: {
| | | 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 |
entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(code == TCL_OK));
break;
}
case COMMAND_XVIEW: {
int index;
if (objc == 2) {
double first, last;
Tcl_Obj *span[2];
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
span[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(first);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
967 968 969 970 971 972 973 |
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
index = entryPtr->leftIndex;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction,
&count)) {
| < < > > | | | 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 |
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
index = entryPtr->leftIndex;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction,
&count)) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
index = (int) ((fraction * entryPtr->numChars) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: {
int charsPerPage;
charsPerPage = ((Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
- 2 * entryPtr->inset) / entryPtr->avgWidth) - 2;
if (charsPerPage < 1) {
charsPerPage = 1;
}
index += count * charsPerPage;
break;
}
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index += count;
break;
default:
goto error;
}
}
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) {
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 | * Everything associated with the entry is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyEntry( | | | 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 |
* Everything associated with the entry is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyEntry(
char *memPtr) /* Info about entry widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)memPtr;
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
char *oldFormat = NULL;
int error;
int oldExport = 0;
int valuesChanged = 0;
double oldFrom = 0.0;
double oldTo = 0.0;
int code;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry.
*/
if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
| > | 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
char *oldFormat = NULL;
int error;
int oldExport = 0;
int valuesChanged = 0;
double oldFrom = 0.0;
double oldTo = 0.0;
int code;
size_t formatSpace = TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry.
*/
if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
| | | 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
}
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
| < > | < | < | < > | | | | 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
}
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"-to value must be greater than -from value",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SPINBOX", "RANGE_SANITY",
NULL);
continue;
}
if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
/*
* Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
* calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
* strings.
*/
int min, max;
size_t formatLen;
char fbuf[4], *fmt = sbPtr->reqFormat;
formatLen = strlen(fmt);
if ((fmt[0] != '%') || (fmt[formatLen-1] != 'f')) {
badFormatOpt:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad spinbox format specifier \"%s\"",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
}
sbPtr->listObj = NULL;
if (sbPtr->valueStr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr;
int nelems;
| | | 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
}
sbPtr->listObj = NULL;
if (sbPtr->valueStr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr;
int nelems;
newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(sbPtr->valueStr, -1);
if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, newObjPtr, &nelems)
!= TCL_OK) {
valuesChanged = -1;
continue;
}
sbPtr->listObj = newObjPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 | /* * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it. */ if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp)) | | | 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 |
/*
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 |
/* Scan failure */
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
} else if (dvalue > sbPtr->toValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->toValue;
} else if (dvalue < sbPtr->fromValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
}
| | | 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 |
/* Scan failure */
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
} else if (dvalue > sbPtr->toValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->toValue;
} else if (dvalue < sbPtr->fromValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
}
snprintf(sbPtr->formatBuf, formatSpace, sbPtr->valueFormat, dvalue);
/*
* No check for error return here as well, because any possible
* error will be trapped below when attempting tracing.
*/
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 | * Entry will be relayed out and redisplayed. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EntryWorldChanged( | | | 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 |
* Entry will be relayed out and redisplayed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryWorldChanged(
void *instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_3DBorder border;
XColor *colorPtr;
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)instanceData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
}
entryPtr->textGC = gc;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 |
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
}
entryPtr->textGC = gc;
if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
}
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus( | | | | < < < < | 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(
TCL_UNUSED(Entry *),
TCL_UNUSED(Drawable),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawSpinboxButtons --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpDrawSpinboxButtons( | | | < < < | 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
TCL_UNUSED(Spinbox *),
TCL_UNUSED(Pixmap))
{
return 0;
}
#endif /* Not MAC_OSX_TK */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 | * Information appears on the screen. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayEntry( | | | 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 |
* Information appears on the screen.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayEntry(
void *clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin;
int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX;
int showSelection, xBound;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Pixmap pixmap;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 |
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth;
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2;
/*
* Hide the selection whenever we don't have the focus, unless we
* always want to show selection.
*/
| | | 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 |
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth;
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2;
/*
* Hide the selection whenever we don't have the focus, unless we
* always want to show selection.
*/
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)) {
showSelection = 1;
} else {
showSelection = (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS);
}
/*
* Draw the background in three layers. From bottom to top the layers are:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 |
} else {
border = entryPtr->normalBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
| | | 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 |
} else {
border = entryPtr->normalBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
&& (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->leftIndex)) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst <= entryPtr->leftIndex) {
selStartX = entryPtr->leftX;
} else {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectFirst,
&selStartX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
selStartX += entryPtr->layoutX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 |
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) && (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX;
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth == 1) ? 1 : (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
Tk_SetCaretPos(entryPtr->tkwin, cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent,
fm.ascent + fm.descent);
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 |
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) && (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX;
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth == 1) ? 1 : (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
Tk_SetCaretPos(entryPtr->tkwin, cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent,
fm.ascent + fm.descent);
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= entryPtr->leftIndex && cursorX < xBound) {
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->insertBorder,
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth,
fm.ascent + fm.descent, entryPtr->insertBorderWidth,
TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (entryPtr->insertBorder == entryPtr->selBorder) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, cursorX,
baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth,
fm.ascent + fm.descent, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
}
}
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
&& (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
/*
* Draw the selected and unselected portions separately.
*/
int selFirst;
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
selFirst = entryPtr->leftIndex;
} else {
selFirst = entryPtr->selectFirst;
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex < selFirst) {
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
entryPtr->leftIndex, selFirst);
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->selTextGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
selFirst, entryPtr->selectLast);
if (entryPtr->selectLast < entryPtr->numChars) {
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
entryPtr->selectLast, entryPtr->numChars);
}
} else {
/*
* Draw the entire visible text
*/
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
int startx, height, inset, pad, tHeight, xWidth;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) entryPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 |
*/
static void
EntryComputeGeometry(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Widget record for entry. */
{
int totalLength, overflow, rightX;
| | | 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 |
*/
static void
EntryComputeGeometry(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Widget record for entry. */
{
int totalLength, overflow, rightX;
int maxOffScreen;
int height, width, i;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
char *p;
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) {
ckfree((char *)entryPtr->displayString);
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 | TkUtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch); size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf); entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size; p = (char *)ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1); entryPtr->displayString = p; | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 |
TkUtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
p = (char *)ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1);
entryPtr->displayString = p;
for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
memcpy(p, buf, size);
p += size;
}
*p = '\0';
}
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);
entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 |
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0);
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen,
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (rightX < overflow) {
maxOffScreen++;
}
| | | 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 |
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0);
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen,
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (rightX < overflow) {
maxOffScreen++;
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > maxOffScreen) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = maxOffScreen;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->leftIndex, &rightX,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset;
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX - rightX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
| | > | > | | 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Add the new elements before this character
* index. */
const char *value) /* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
* string). */
{
ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
size_t byteCount, newByteCount;
int oldChars, charsAdded;
const char *string;
char *newStr;
string = entryPtr->string;
byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = strlen(value);
if (byteCount == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1;
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(newByteCount);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 |
return TCL_OK;
}
ckfree((char *)string);
entryPtr->string = newStr;
/*
* The following construction is used because inserting improperly formed
* UTF-8 sequences between other improperly formed UTF-8 sequences could
* result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; the number of
* characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), because of
* context. The actual number of characters added is how many characters
* are in the string now minus the number that used to be there.
*/
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars;
| > > | | | | | | | 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 |
return TCL_OK;
}
ckfree((char *)string);
entryPtr->string = newStr;
/*
* ??? Is this construction still needed with Tcl_NumUtfChars ???
*
* The following construction is used because inserting improperly formed
* UTF-8 sequences between other improperly formed UTF-8 sequences could
* result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; the number of
* characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), because of
* context. The actual number of characters added is how many characters
* are in the string now minus the number that used to be there.
*/
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars;
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(newStr, -1);
charsAdded = entryPtr->numChars - oldChars;
entryPtr->numBytes += byteCount;
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) {
entryPtr->displayString = newStr;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates all indexes into the string. Touch up
* the indexes so that they still refer to the same characters (at new
* positions). When updating the selection end-points, don't include the
* new text in the selection unless it was completely surrounded by the
* selection.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
entryPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast > index) {
entryPtr->selectLast += charsAdded;
}
if ((entryPtr->selectAnchor > index) || (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index)) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) {
entryPtr->leftIndex += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) {
entryPtr->insertPos += charsAdded;
}
return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
| | | | | | | | 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
int index, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int count) /* How many characters to delete. */
{
int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount;
const char *string;
char *newStr, *toDelete;
if (index + count > entryPtr->numChars) {
count = entryPtr->numChars - index;
}
if (count <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
string = entryPtr->string;
byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = TkUtfAtIndex(string + byteIndex, count) - (string+byteIndex);
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount;
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(newByteCount);
memcpy(newStr, string, (size_t) byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount);
toDelete = (char *)ckalloc(byteCount + 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 |
/*
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect this
* change.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 |
/*
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect this
* change.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index + count) {
entryPtr->selectFirst -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= index + count) {
entryPtr->selectLast -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectLast = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast <= entryPtr->selectFirst) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
}
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= index + count) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) {
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= index + count) {
entryPtr->leftIndex -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) {
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index + count) {
entryPtr->insertPos -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->insertPos = index;
}
}
return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 |
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, valueLen);
if (entryPtr->displayString == oldSource) {
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
| | | | | | | | | | 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 |
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, valueLen);
if (entryPtr->displayString == oldSource) {
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else if (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectLast = entryPtr->numChars;
}
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) {
if (entryPtr->numChars > 0) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
} else {
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0;
}
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->insertPos = entryPtr->numChars;
}
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 | * When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EntryEventProc( | | | 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 |
* When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryEventProc(
void *clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
if ((entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) && (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify)) {
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *)clientData;
int elem;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 |
case DestroyNotify:
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) {
entryPtr->flags |= (ENTRY_DELETED | VALIDATE_ABORT);
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd);
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, clientData);
}
| | | 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 |
case DestroyNotify:
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) {
entryPtr->flags |= (ENTRY_DELETED | VALIDATE_ABORT);
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd);
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, clientData);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyEntry);
}
break;
case ConfigureNotify:
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 | * The widget is destroyed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EntryCmdDeletedProc( | | | 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 |
* The widget is destroyed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryCmdDeletedProc(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 |
static int
GetEntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies character in entryPtr. */
| | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > | | 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 |
static int
GetEntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies character in entryPtr. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted character index */
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
size_t length = indexObj->length;
switch (string[0]) {
case 'a':
if (strncmp(string, "anchor", length) != 0) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
break;
case 'e':
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) != 0) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars;
break;
case 'i':
if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) != 0) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = entryPtr->insertPos;
break;
case 's':
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"selection isn't in widget %s",
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK",
(entryPtr->type == TK_ENTRY) ? "ENTRY" : "SPINBOX",
"NO_SELECTION", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 | /* * Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right, round * the index up to refer to the character just after the last visible * one on the screen. This is needed to enable the last character to * be selected, for example. */ | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < < | 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 |
/*
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right, round
* the index up to refer to the character just after the last visible
* one on the screen. This is needed to enable the last character to
* be selected, for example.
*/
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->numChars)) {
*indexPtr += 1;
}
break;
}
default:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, indexObj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->numChars) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
badIndex:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad %s index \"%s\"",
(entryPtr->type == TK_ENTRY) ? "entry" : "spinbox", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK",
(entryPtr->type == TK_ENTRY) ? "ENTRY" : "SPINBOX",
"BAD_INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryScanTo --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 |
*/
static void
EntryScanTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x) /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
{
| | | | | 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 |
*/
static void
EntryScanTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x) /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
{
int newLeftIndex;
/*
* Compute new leftIndex for entry by amplifying the difference between
* the current position and the place where the scan started (the "mark"
* position). If we run off the left or right side of the entry, then
* reset the mark point so that the current position continues to
* correspond to the edge of the window. This means that the picture will
* start dragging as soon as the mouse reverses direction (without this
* reset, might have to slide mouse a long ways back before the picture
* starts moving again).
*/
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex
- (10 * (x - entryPtr->scanMarkX)) / entryPtr->avgWidth;
if (newLeftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) {
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
}
if (newLeftIndex < 0) {
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0;
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
}
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = newLeftIndex;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntrySelectTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
| | | | | | | | 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntrySelectTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int index) /* Character index of element that is to
* become the "other" end of the selection. */
{
int newFirst, newLast;
/*
* Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
*/
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
/*
* Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->numChars;
}
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor <= index) {
newFirst = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
newLast = index;
} else {
newFirst = index;
newLast = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
if (newLast < 0) {
newFirst = newLast = -1;
}
}
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst == newFirst)
&& (entryPtr->selectLast == newLast)) {
return;
}
entryPtr->selectFirst = newFirst;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | | < < < > > > | 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
void *clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */
int offset, /* Byte offset within selection of first
* character to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NUL character. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
int byteCount;
const char *string;
const char *selStart, *selEnd;
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || (!entryPtr->exportSelection)
|| Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp)) {
return -1;
}
string = entryPtr->displayString;
selStart = TkUtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
selEnd = TkUtfAtIndex(selStart,
entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 | * not containing a selection. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EntryLostSelection( | | | | | | | 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 |
* not containing a selection.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryLostSelection(
void *clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
/*
* On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
* next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
* selection since it is always visible.
* This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
*/
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 |
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) {
*firstPtr = 0.0;
*lastPtr = 1.0;
} else {
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout,
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
- entryPtr->xWidth - entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0);
| | | 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 |
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) {
*firstPtr = 0.0;
*lastPtr = 1.0;
} else {
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout,
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
- entryPtr->xWidth - entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0);
if (charsInWindow < entryPtr->numChars) {
charsInWindow++;
}
charsInWindow -= entryPtr->leftIndex;
if (charsInWindow == 0) {
charsInWindow = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 |
interp = entryPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr);
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
| | | | | | | | 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 |
interp = entryPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr);
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, entryPtr->scrollCmd, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, firstStr, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, lastStr, -1);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by %s)",
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 | * function reschedules itself. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EntryBlinkProc( | | | 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 |
* function reschedules itself.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryBlinkProc(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) ||
(entryPtr->state == STATE_READONLY) ||
!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) || (entryPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 | * The text displayed in the entry will change to match the variable. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * EntryTextVarProc( | | | | < < | | | 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 |
* The text displayed in the entry will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
void *clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *),
TCL_UNUSED(const char *),
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
const char *value;
if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
/*
* Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
*/
return NULL;
}
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && entryPtr->textVarName) {
void *probe = NULL;
do {
probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
entryPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
EntryTextVarProc, probe);
if (probe == (void *)entryPtr) {
break;
}
} while (probe);
if (probe) {
/*
* We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
* textVarName, which means it is not unset and not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 |
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
char *cmd) /* Validation command (NULL-terminated
* string). */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->interp;
int code, isOK;
| | | 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 |
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
char *cmd) /* Validation command (NULL-terminated
* string). */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->interp;
int code, isOK;
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
/*
* We accept TCL_OK and TCL_RETURN as valid return codes from the command
* callback.
*/
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_RETURN) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 |
static int
EntryValidateChange(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *change, /* Characters to be added/deleted
* (NUL-terminated string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
| | | 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 |
static int
EntryValidateChange(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *change, /* Characters to be added/deleted
* (NUL-terminated string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */
int type) /* forced, delete, insert, focusin or
* focusout */
{
int code, varValidate = (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR);
char *p;
Tcl_DString script;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 |
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *before,
/* Command containing percent expressions to
* be replaced. */
const char *change, /* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated
* string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
| | | 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 |
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *before,
/* Command containing percent expressions to
* be replaced. */
const char *change, /* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated
* string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int type, /* INSERT or DELETE */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new
* command. */
{
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
* list element. */
int number, length;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 | case VALIDATE_DELETE: number = 0; break; default: number = -1; break; } | | | | 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 | case VALIDATE_DELETE: number = 0; break; default: number = -1; break; } snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%d", number); string = numStorage; break; case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */ snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%d", index); string = numStorage; break; case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */ string = newValue; break; case 's': /* Current string value of spinbox */ string = entryPtr->string; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( | | < | 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr;
Spinbox *sbPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
char *tmp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 |
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd, sbPtr,
EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_SPINBOX;
tmp = (char *)ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
| | | | 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 |
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd, sbPtr,
EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_SPINBOX;
tmp = (char *)ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
entryPtr->cursor = NULL;
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1;
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 |
sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0;
sbPtr->toValue = 100.0;
sbPtr->increment = 1.0;
sbPtr->formatBuf = (char *)ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
sbPtr->bdRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
sbPtr->buRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
| < < | | | 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 |
sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0;
sbPtr->toValue = 100.0;
sbPtr->increment = 1.0;
sbPtr->formatBuf = (char *)ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
sbPtr->bdRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
sbPtr->buRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( | | | 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Information about spinbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *)clientData;
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
switch ((enum sbCmd) cmdIndex) {
case SB_CMD_BBOX: {
| | | | | | | | | | | | 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
switch ((enum sbCmd) cmdIndex) {
case SB_CMD_BBOX: {
int index;
int x, y, width, height;
Tcl_Obj *bbox[4];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
bbox[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
bbox[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
bbox[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
bbox[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case SB_CMD_DELETE: {
int first, last;
int code;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else {
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3],
&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(selElementNames[elem], -1));
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_INDEX: {
| | | | | 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(selElementNames[elem], -1));
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_INSERT: {
int index;
int code;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 |
minorCmd, NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_SELECTION: {
| | | 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 |
minorCmd, NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_SELECTION: {
int index, index2;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?");
goto error;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
| | | | | | | | | 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
int half1, half2;
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast)/2;
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2;
if (index < half1) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast;
} else if (index > half2) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst;
} else {
/*
* We're at about the halfway point in the selection; just
* keep the existing anchor.
*/
}
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
case SB_SEL_CLEAR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
goto done;
case SB_SEL_FROM:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 |
case SB_SEL_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
| | | | | | 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 |
case SB_SEL_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0));
goto done;
case SB_SEL_RANGE:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
objv[4],& index2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index >= index2) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
}
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
&& entryPtr->exportSelection
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 |
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(code == TCL_OK));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_XVIEW: {
| | | 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 |
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(code == TCL_OK));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_XVIEW: {
int index;
if (objc == 2) {
double first, last;
Tcl_Obj *span[2];
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
span[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(first);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 |
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
index = entryPtr->leftIndex;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction,
&count)) {
| < < | > > | | | 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 |
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
index = entryPtr->leftIndex;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction,
&count)) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
index = (int) ((fraction * entryPtr->numChars) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: {
int charsPerPage;
charsPerPage = ((Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
- 2 * entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth)
/ entryPtr->avgWidth) - 2;
if (charsPerPage < 1) {
charsPerPage = 1;
}
index += count * charsPerPage;
break;
}
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index += count;
break;
default:
goto error;
}
}
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) {
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 | /* * Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's * do a search on the list to see if the current value is * there. If not, move to the first element of the list. */ int i, listc; | | | | 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 |
/*
* Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
* do a search on the list to see if the current value is
* there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
*/
int i, listc;
int elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
const char *bytes;
Tcl_Obj **listv;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
if ((length == elemLen) &&
(memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
length) == 0)) {
sbPtr->eIndex = i;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 | * greater than the toValue, because the user may have * manipulated the value by hand. */ dvalue = sbPtr->toValue; } } | | | 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 |
* greater than the toValue, because the user may have
* manipulated the value by hand.
*/
dvalue = sbPtr->toValue;
}
}
snprintf(sbPtr->formatBuf, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, sbPtr->valueFormat, dvalue);
code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
}
}
if (code != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 |
if (afterDecimal > 0) {
fDigits++; /* Decimal point. */
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
| | | | 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 |
if (afterDecimal > 0) {
fDigits++; /* Decimal point. */
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
snprintf(sbPtr->digitFormat, sizeof(sbPtr->digitFormat), "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
} else {
snprintf(sbPtr->digitFormat, sizeof(sbPtr->digitFormat), "%%.%de", numDigits-1);
}
sbPtr->valueFormat = sbPtr->digitFormat;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
const char *string; /* Pointer to storage for string;
* NULL-terminated; malloc-ed. */
| | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
const char *string; /* Pointer to storage for string;
* NULL-terminated; malloc-ed. */
int insertPos; /* Character index before which next typed
* character will be inserted. */
/*
* Information about what's selected, if any.
*/
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected character
* (-1 means nothing selected. */
int selectLast; /* Character index just after last selected
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */
int selectAnchor; /* Fixed end of selection (i.e. "select to"
* operation will use this as one end of the
* selection). */
/*
* Information for scanning:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* command to issue. */
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
* character is used for displaying all
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
* only used by the Entry widget. */
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* command to issue. */
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
* character is used for displaying all
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
* only used by the Entry widget. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
const char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying. This may be
* a pointer to string, or a pointer to
* malloced memory with the same character
* length as string but whose characters are
* all equal to showChar. */
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. Both string
* and displayString have the same character
* length, but may have different byte lengths
* due to being made from different UTF-8
* characters. */
int numDisplayBytes; /* Length of displayString in bytes. */
int inset; /* Number of pixels on the left and right
* sides that are taken up by XPAD,
* borderWidth (if any), and highlightWidth
* (if any). */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
int layoutX, layoutY; /* Origin for layout. */
int leftX; /* X position at which character at leftIndex
* is drawn (varies depending on justify). */
int leftIndex; /* Character index of left-most character
* visible in window. */
Tcl_TimerToken insertBlinkHandler;
/* Timer handler used to blink cursor on and
* off. */
GC textGC; /* For drawing normal text. */
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */
GC highlightGC; /* For drawing traversal highlight. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 |
double fromValue; /* Value corresponding to left/top of dial */
double toValue; /* Value corresponding to right/bottom of
* dial */
double increment; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
char *formatBuf; /* string into which to format value.
* Malloc'ed. */
| | | | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
double fromValue; /* Value corresponding to left/top of dial */
double toValue; /* Value corresponding to right/bottom of
* dial */
double increment; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
char *formatBuf; /* string into which to format value.
* Malloc'ed. */
char *reqFormat; /* Snprintf conversion specifier used for the
* value that the users requests. Malloc'ed */
char *valueFormat; /* Snprintf conversion specifier used for the
* value. */
char digitFormat[16]; /* Snprintf conversion specifier computed from
* digits and other information; used for the
* value. */
char *valueStr; /* Values List. Malloc'ed. */
Tcl_Obj *listObj; /* Pointer to the list object being used */
int eIndex; /* Holds the current index into elements */
int nElements; /* Holds the current count of elements */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkError.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
* codes). */
int minorCode, /* Consider only errors with this minor
* request code (-1 means consider all minor
* codes). */
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, /* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
* occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
* errors. */
| | | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
* codes). */
int minorCode, /* Consider only errors with this minor
* request code (-1 means consider all minor
* codes). */
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, /* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
* occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
* errors. */
void *clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
/*
* Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
* error: panic.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
/*
* Create the handler record.
*/
errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkErrorHandler));
errorPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
errorPtr->firstRequest = NextRequest(display);
| | | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
/*
* Create the handler record.
*/
errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkErrorHandler));
errorPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
errorPtr->firstRequest = NextRequest(display);
errorPtr->lastRequest = (unsigned long) -1;
errorPtr->error = error;
errorPtr->request = request;
errorPtr->minorCode = minorCode;
errorPtr->errorProc = errorProc;
errorPtr->clientData = clientData;
errorPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
dispPtr->errorPtr = errorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
* return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;
errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;
/*
* Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
* probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
* to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
* there may be previously-deleted handlers that are now ready for garbage
* collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
* pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
| > > > > > | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
* return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;
errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;
/*
* Ensure that no user callback for this handler is invoked any further.
*/
errorPtr->errorProc = NULL;
/*
* Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
* probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
* to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
* there may be previously-deleted handlers that are now ready for garbage
* collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
* pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < < < < < < < < | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * There's a potential problem if a handler is deleted while it's current * (i.e. its function is executing), since Tk_HandleEvent will need to read * the handler's "nextPtr" field when the function returns. To handle this * problem, structures of the type below indicate the next handler to be * processed for any (recursively nested) dispatches in progress. The * nextHandler fields get updated if the handlers pointed to are deleted. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | static int InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static Window ParentXId(Display *display, Window w); static int RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr); static int TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); static int WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); static void CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * InvokeFocusHandlers -- * * Call focus-related code to look at FocusIn, FocusOut, Enter, and Leave | > > | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | static int InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static Window ParentXId(Display *display, Window w); static int RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr); static int TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); static int WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); #ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS static void CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr); #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * InvokeFocusHandlers -- * * Call focus-related code to look at FocusIn, FocusOut, Enter, and Leave |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
*
* Create the X input context for our winPtr.
* XIM is only ever enabled on Unix.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CreateXIC(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
long im_event_mask = 0L;
const char *preedit_attname = NULL;
| > | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
*
* Create the X input context for our winPtr.
* XIM is only ever enabled on Unix.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void
CreateXIC(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
long im_event_mask = 0L;
const char *preedit_attname = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
*/
XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkWindowFromXEvent --
*
* Attempt to find which TkWindow is associated with an event. If it
| > | 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
*/
XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask);
}
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkWindowFromXEvent --
*
* Attempt to find which TkWindow is associated with an event. If it
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | < < < | < | | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetButtonMask --
*
* Return the proper Button${n}Mask for the button.
*
* Results:
* A button mask.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static const unsigned buttonMasks[] = {
0, Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};
unsigned
TkGetButtonMask(
unsigned button)
{
return (button > Button5) ? 0 : buttonMasks[button];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InvokeClientMessageHandlers --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
988 989 990 991 992 993 994 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkXErrorHandler --
*
* TkXErrorHandler is an error handler, to be installed via
* Tk_CreateErrorHandler, that will set a flag if an X error occurred.
*
* Results:
* Always returns 0, indicating that the X error was handled.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 |
TkWindow *winPtr;
unsigned long mask;
InProgress ip;
Tcl_Interp *interp = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < | < < < | | < | < < | < < | 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 |
TkWindow *winPtr;
unsigned long mask;
InProgress ip;
Tcl_Interp *interp = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) && !defined(_WIN32)
if (((eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) || (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease))
&& ((eventPtr->xbutton.button - 6) < 2)) {
eventPtr->xbutton.button -= 2;
eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= ShiftMask;
}
#endif
/*
* If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 |
/*
* Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
* (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
* set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
* ever active for X11.
*/
/*
* If the XIC has been invalidated, it must be recreated.
*/
if (winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration != winPtr->ximGeneration) {
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_CHECKED_IC;
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
}
| > | 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 |
/*
* Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
* (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
* set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
* ever active for X11.
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
/*
* If the XIC has been invalidated, it must be recreated.
*/
if (winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration != winPtr->ximGeneration) {
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_CHECKED_IC;
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 |
}
if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) &&
(winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) &&
(winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) {
XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
}
}
/*
* For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time
* in the display.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) {
| > | 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 |
}
if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) &&
(winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) &&
(winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) {
XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
}
}
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/
/*
* For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time
* in the display.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkFinalize -- * * Runs our private exit handlers and removes itself from Tcl. This is | | | 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkFinalize -- * * Runs our private exit handlers and removes itself from Tcl. This is * beneficial should we want to protect from dangling pointers should the * Tk shared library be unloaded prior to Tcl which can happen on windows * should the process be forcefully exiting from an exception handler. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
/*
* Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
| | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
/*
* Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
int len;
const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
/*
* If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
* we need to use the macRoman encoding to determine the correct
* length (assuming there may be non-ascii characters, e.g.,
* embedded nulls or accented characters in the string, the
* macRoman length will be different).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
}
}
/*
* Add the clause into the list of clauses
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
}
}
/*
* Add the clause into the list of clauses
*/
clausePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause));
clausePtr->patterns = NULL;
clausePtr->patternsTail = NULL;
clausePtr->macTypes = NULL;
clausePtr->macTypesTail = NULL;
if (filterPtr->clauses == NULL) {
filterPtr->clauses = filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
} else {
filterPtr->clausesTail->next = clausePtr;
filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
}
clausePtr->next = NULL;
if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
GlobPattern *globPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
int len;
const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);
len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
/*
* Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
*/
globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(len + 1);
globPtr->pattern[0] = '*';
strcpy(globPtr->pattern+1, str);
} else if (isWindows) {
if (strcmp(str, "*") == 0) {
globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(4);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.*");
} else if (strcmp(str, "") == 0) {
/*
* An empty string means "match all files with no
* extensions"
* TODO: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95
*/
globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(3);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.");
} else {
globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(len);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
}
} else {
globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(len);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
}
/*
* Add the glob pattern into the list of patterns.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
}
if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
| | | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
}
if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
int len;
MacFileType *mfPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
char *string;
/*
* Convert utf to macRoman, since MacOS types are defined to be 4
* macRoman characters long
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
for (; filterPtr; filterPtr=filterPtr->next) {
if (strcmp(filterPtr->name, name) == 0) {
return filterPtr;
}
}
| | | | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
for (; filterPtr; filterPtr=filterPtr->next) {
if (strcmp(filterPtr->name, name) == 0) {
return filterPtr;
}
}
filterPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilter));
filterPtr->clauses = NULL;
filterPtr->clausesTail = NULL;
len = strlen(name) + 1;
filterPtr->name = ckalloc(len);
memcpy(filterPtr->name, name, len);
if (flistPtr->filters == NULL) {
flistPtr->filters = flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr;
} else {
flistPtr->filtersTail->next = filterPtr;
flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK_FILE_FILTER #define _TK_FILE_FILTER | < < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TK_FILE_FILTER
#define _TK_FILE_FILTER
#define OSType long
typedef struct GlobPattern {
struct GlobPattern *next; /* Chains to the next glob pattern in a glob
* pattern list */
char *pattern; /* String value of the pattern, such as
* "*.txt" or "*.*" */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkInitFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp,
FileFilterList *flistPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
int isWindows);
| < < < < | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkInitFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp,
FileFilterList *flistPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
int isWindows);
#endif /* _TK_FILE_FILTER */
|
Changes to generic/tkFocus.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
/*
* Debugging support...
*/
#define DEBUG(dispPtr, arguments) \
if ((dispPtr)->focusDebug) { \
| | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
/*
* Debugging support...
*/
#define DEBUG(dispPtr, arguments) \
if ((dispPtr)->focusDebug) { \
printf arguments; fflush(stdout); \
}
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static DisplayFocusInfo*FindDisplayFocusInfo(TkMainInfo *mainPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
* If invoked with no arguments, just return the current focus window.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window) TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
if (focusWin != NULL) {
| | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
* If invoked with no arguments, just return the current focus window.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window) TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
if (focusWin != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(focusWin));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If invoked with a single argument beginning with "." then focus on that
* window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
newPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, windowName, tkwin);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newPtr = TkGetFocusWin(newPtr);
if (newPtr != NULL) {
| | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
newPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, windowName, tkwin);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newPtr = TkGetFocusWin(newPtr);
if (newPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) newPtr));
}
break;
case 1: /* -force */
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
/*
* The empty string case exists for backwards compatibility.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
continue;
}
for (tlFocusPtr = newPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
| | | | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
continue;
}
for (tlFocusPtr = newPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window)
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr));
return TCL_OK;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) topLevelPtr));
return TCL_OK;
}
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad const entries to focusOptions in focus command");
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
311 312 313 314 315 316 317 | * Skip FocusIn events that cause confusion * NotifyVirtual and NotifyNonlinearVirtual - Virtual events occur on * windows in between the origin and destination of the focus * change. For FocusIn we may see this when focus goes into an * embedded child. We don't care about this, although we may end * up getting a NotifyPointer later. * NotifyInferior - focus is coming to us from an embedded child. When | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 | * Skip FocusIn events that cause confusion * NotifyVirtual and NotifyNonlinearVirtual - Virtual events occur on * windows in between the origin and destination of the focus * change. For FocusIn we may see this when focus goes into an * embedded child. We don't care about this, although we may end * up getting a NotifyPointer later. * NotifyInferior - focus is coming to us from an embedded child. When * focus is on an embedded focus, we still think we have the * focus, too, so this message doesn't change our state. * NotifyPointerRoot - should never happen because this is sent to the * root window. * * Interesting FocusIn events are * NotifyAncestor - focus is coming from our parent, probably the root. * NotifyNonlinear - focus is coming from a different branch, probably |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
retValue = 1;
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior) {
return retValue;
}
}
/*
| | | 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
retValue = 1;
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior) {
return retValue;
}
}
/*
* If winPtr isn't a top-level window then just ignore the event.
*/
winPtr = TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return retValue;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
497 498 499 500 501 502 503 |
* dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events because
* the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when we focus on
* the root.
*/
if ((dispPtr->implicitWinPtr != NULL)
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
| | > | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
* dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events because
* the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when we focus on
* the root.
*/
if ((dispPtr->implicitWinPtr != NULL)
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("Defocussed implicit Async from %s\n", displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr->pathName));
GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr, NULL);
XSetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, PointerRoot, RevertToPointerRoot,
CurrentTime);
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = NULL;
dispPtr->implicitWinPtr = NULL;
dispPtr->focusPtr = NULL;
}
}
return retValue;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) {
/*
* We are assigning focus to an embedded toplevel. The platform
* specific function TkpClaimFocus needs to handle the job of
* assigning focus to the container, since we have no way to find the
| | | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) {
/*
* We are assigning focus to an embedded toplevel. The platform
* specific function TkpClaimFocus needs to handle the job of
* assigning focus to the container, since we have no way to find the
* container.
*/
TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force);
} else if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr != NULL) || force) {
/*
* If we are forcing removal of focus from a container hosting a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 |
TkFocusDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Information about the window that is being
* deleted. */
{
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr, *prevPtr;
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
/*
* Certain special windows like those used for send and clipboard have no
* mainPtr.
*/
if (winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) {
| > | 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 |
TkFocusDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Information about the window that is being
* deleted. */
{
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr, *prevPtr;
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
int noMatch = 1;
/*
* Certain special windows like those used for send and clipboard have no
* mainPtr.
*/
if (winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 |
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree(tlFocusPtr);
break;
} else if (winPtr == tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr) {
/*
* The deleted window had the focus for its top-level: move the
* focus to the top-level itself.
*/
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == winPtr)
&& !(tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("forwarding focus to %s after %s died\n",
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr->pathName, winPtr->pathName));
GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr,
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr);
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
dispPtr->focusPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
}
break;
}
}
/*
* Occasionally, things can become unsynchronized. Move them back into
* synch now. [Bug 2496114]
*/
if (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == winPtr) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("focus cleared after %s died\n", winPtr->pathName));
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr == winPtr) {
displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateFocusEvents --
*
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 |
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree(tlFocusPtr);
noMatch = 0;
break;
} else if (winPtr == tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr) {
/*
* The deleted window had the focus for its top-level: move the
* focus to the top-level itself.
*/
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == winPtr)
&& !(tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("forwarding focus to %s after %s died\n",
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr->pathName, winPtr->pathName));
GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr,
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr);
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
dispPtr->focusPtr = tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr;
}
noMatch = 0;
break;
}
}
/*
* Occasionally, things can become unsynchronized. Move them back into
* synch now. [Bug 2496114]
*/
if (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == winPtr) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("focus cleared after %s died\n", winPtr->pathName));
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr == winPtr) {
displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* It may happen that the search above for focus records that refer
* to this window did not find any match. In such a case, when the
* dead window had the focus, release it.
*/
if (noMatch && (dispPtr->focusPtr == winPtr)) {
dispPtr->focusPtr = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateFocusEvents --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 | * * Free resources associated with maintaining the focus. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: | | | 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 |
*
* Free resources associated with maintaining the focus.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* This mainPtr should no longer access focus information.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFocusFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* Record that identifies a particular
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkFocusJoin -- * | | | 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkFocusJoin -- * * Remove the focus record for this window that is no longer managed * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * A tlFocusPtr record is removed * |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h" /* Defines TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
#endif
/*
* The following structure is used to keep track of all the fonts that exist
* in the current application. It must be stored in the TkMainInfo for the
* application.
*/
typedef struct TkFontInfo {
| > > > > | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h" /* Defines TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
#endif
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following structure is used to keep track of all the fonts that exist
* in the current application. It must be stored in the TkMainInfo for the
* application.
*/
typedef struct TkFontInfo {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
/*
* The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
* for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
* when the last reference to it goes away.
*/
typedef struct NamedFont {
| | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
/*
* The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
* for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
* when the last reference to it goes away.
*/
typedef struct NamedFont {
int refCount; /* Number of users of named font. */
int deletePending; /* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
* last reference goes away. */
TkFontAttributes fa; /* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;
/*
* The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
*/
const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
"font", /* name */
FreeFontObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupFontObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
| | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
*/
const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
"font", /* name */
FreeFontObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupFontObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetFontFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFontPkgInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
void
TkFontPkgFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *searchPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
int fontsLeft = 0;
for (searchPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
searchPtr != NULL;
searchPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
fontsLeft++;
#ifdef DEBUG_FONTS
fprintf(stderr, "Font %s still in cache.\n",
(char *) Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->fontCache, searchPtr));
#endif
}
#ifdef PURIFY
| > > > > | 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
void
TkFontPkgFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *searchPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
#ifdef PURIFY
int fontsLeft = 0;
#endif
for (searchPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
searchPtr != NULL;
searchPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
#ifdef PURIFY
fontsLeft++;
#endif
#ifdef DEBUG_FONTS
fprintf(stderr, "Font %s still in cache.\n",
(char *) Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->fontCache, searchPtr));
#endif
}
#ifdef PURIFY
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 | return TCL_ERROR; } /* * Next parameter may be an option. */ | | | 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Next parameter may be an option.
*/
n = 3 + skip;
optPtr = NULL;
charPtr = NULL;
if (n < objc) {
s = Tcl_GetString(objv[n]);
if (s[0] == '-' && s[1] != '-') {
optPtr = objv[n];
n++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
/*
* If there were fewer than 3 args, or args remain, that's an error.
*/
if (objc < 3 || n < objc) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
| | | | | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
/*
* If there were fewer than 3 args, or args remain, that's an error.
*/
if (objc < 3 || n < objc) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
*/
if (charPtr != NULL) {
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(charPtr);
int len = TkUtfToUniChar(string, &uniChar);
if (len != charPtr->length) {
resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, string,
-1, 40, "...");
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
}
if (name == NULL) {
/*
* No font name specified. Generate one of the form "fontX".
*/
for (i = 1; ; i++) {
| | | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
}
if (name == NULL) {
/*
* No font name specified. Generate one of the form "fontX".
*/
for (i = 1; ; i++) {
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "font%d", i);
namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, buf);
if (namedHashPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
}
name = buf;
skip = 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
}
case FONT_FAMILIES: {
int skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | | | | | 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
}
case FONT_FAMILIES: {
int skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc != 2 + skip) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
break;
}
case FONT_MEASURE: {
const char *string;
Tk_Font tkfont;
int length = 0;
int skip = 0;
if (objc > 4) {
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc != 4 + skip) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"font ?-displayof window? text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
break;
}
case FONT_METRICS: {
Tk_Font tkfont;
int skip, i;
const TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
static const char *const switches[] = {
"-ascent", "-descent", "-linespace", "-fixed", NULL
};
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4 + skip)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"font ?-displayof window? ?option?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc -= skip;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
777 778 779 780 781 782 783 |
i = 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
switch (index) {
case 0: i = fmPtr->ascent; break;
case 1: i = fmPtr->descent; break;
case 2: i = fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent; break;
case 3: i = fmPtr->fixed; break;
}
| | | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
i = 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
switch (index) {
case 0: i = fmPtr->ascent; break;
case 1: i = fmPtr->descent; break;
case 2: i = fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent; break;
case 3: i = fmPtr->fixed; break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
}
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
break;
}
case FONT_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
static void
RecomputeWidgets(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */
{
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc =
Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
if (proc != NULL) {
proc(winPtr->instanceData);
}
/*
* Notify all the descendants of this window that the world has changed.
*
* This could be done recursively or iteratively. The recursive version is
* easier to implement and understand, and typically, windows with a -font
| > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
static void
RecomputeWidgets(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */
{
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc =
Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
TkWindow *tkwinPtr;
if (proc != NULL) {
proc(winPtr->instanceData);
}
/*
* Notify all the descendants of this window that the world has changed.
*
* This could be done recursively or iteratively. The recursive version is
* easier to implement and understand, and typically, windows with a -font
* option will be leaf nodes in the widget hierarchy (buttons, labels,
* etc.), so the recursion depth will be shallow.
*
* However, the additional overhead of the recursive calls may become a
* performance problem if typical usage alters such that -font'ed widgets
* appear high in the hierarchy, causing deep recursion. This could happen
* with text widgets, or more likely with the labelframe
* widget. With these widgets it is possible, even likely, that a
* -font'ed widget (text or labelframe) will not be a leaf node, but
* will instead have many descendants. If this is ever found to cause a
* performance problem, it may be worth investigating an iterative version
* of the code below.
*/
for (tkwinPtr=winPtr->childList ; tkwinPtr!=NULL ; tkwinPtr=tkwinPtr->nextPtr) {
RecomputeWidgets(tkwinPtr);
}
/*
* Broadcast font change virtually for mega-widget layout managers.
* Do this after the font change has been propagated to core widgets.
*/
TkSendVirtualEvent((Tk_Window)winPtr, "TkWorldChanged",
Tcl_NewStringObj("FontChanged",-1));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateNamedFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
upper = 1;
for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
src++;
upper = 1;
}
src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
| > | | | | | > > > | 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 |
upper = 1;
for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
src++;
upper = 1;
}
src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
if (ch <= 0xffff) {
if (upper) {
ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
upper = 0;
} else {
ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
}
} else {
upper = 0;
}
dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
}
*dest = '\0';
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 |
* newline characters should not cause a line
* break. */
int *widthPtr, /* Filled with width of string. */
int *heightPtr) /* Filled with height of string. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
const char *start, *endp, *special;
| > | | 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 |
* newline characters should not cause a line
* break. */
int *widthPtr, /* Filled with width of string. */
int *heightPtr) /* Filled with height of string. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
const char *start, *endp, *special;
int n;
int y, bytesThisChunk, maxChunks, curLine, layoutHeight;
int baseline, height, curX, newX, maxWidth, *lineLengths;
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
const TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
Tcl_DString lineBuffer;
Tcl_DStringInit(&lineBuffer);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 |
}
if (wrapLength == 0) {
wrapLength = -1;
}
maxChunks = 1;
| | | | 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 |
}
if (wrapLength == 0) {
wrapLength = -1;
}
maxChunks = 1;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)ckalloc(Tk_Offset(TextLayout, chunks)
+ maxChunks * sizeof(LayoutChunk));
layoutPtr->tkfont = tkfont;
layoutPtr->string = string;
layoutPtr->numChunks = 0;
baseline = fmPtr->ascent;
maxWidth = 0;
/*
* Divide the string up into simple strings and measure each string.
*/
curX = 0;
endp = TkUtfAtIndex(string, numChars);
special = string;
flags &= TK_IGNORE_TABS | TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES;
flags |= TK_WHOLE_WORDS | TK_AT_LEAST_ONE;
for (start = string; start < endp; ) {
if (start >= special) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 |
* means to draw all characters. */
{
#if 0
/* Use TkDrawAngledTextLayout() implementation - testing purposes at this point */
TkDrawAngledTextLayout(display, drawable, gc, layout, x, y, 0.0, firstChar, lastChar);
#else
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
| > | | | | 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 |
* means to draw all characters. */
{
#if 0
/* Use TkDrawAngledTextLayout() implementation - testing purposes at this point */
TkDrawAngledTextLayout(display, drawable, gc, layout, x, y, 0.0, firstChar, lastChar);
#else
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
int i, drawX;
int numDisplayChars;
const char *firstByte, *lastByte;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
if (layoutPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (lastChar < 0) {
lastChar = 100000000;
}
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
numDisplayChars = chunkPtr->numDisplayChars;
if ((numDisplayChars > 0) && (firstChar < numDisplayChars)) {
if (firstChar <= 0) {
drawX = 0;
firstChar = 0;
firstByte = chunkPtr->start;
} else {
firstByte = TkUtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, firstChar);
Tk_MeasureChars(layoutPtr->tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &drawX);
}
if (lastChar < numDisplayChars) {
numDisplayChars = lastChar;
}
lastByte = TkUtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars);
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
TkpDrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont,
chunkPtr->start, chunkPtr->numBytes,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, lastByte - firstByte,
x+chunkPtr->x, y+chunkPtr->y);
#else /* !TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont, firstByte,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 |
double dx, dy;
if (firstChar <= 0) {
drawX = 0;
firstChar = 0;
firstByte = chunkPtr->start;
} else {
| | | | 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 |
double dx, dy;
if (firstChar <= 0) {
drawX = 0;
firstChar = 0;
firstByte = chunkPtr->start;
} else {
firstByte = TkUtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, firstChar);
Tk_MeasureChars(layoutPtr->tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &drawX);
}
if (lastChar < numDisplayChars) {
numDisplayChars = lastChar;
}
lastByte = TkUtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars);
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
dx = cosA * (chunkPtr->x) + sinA * (chunkPtr->y);
dy = -sinA * (chunkPtr->x) + cosA * (chunkPtr->y);
if (angle == 0.0) {
TkpDrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc,
layoutPtr->tkfont, chunkPtr->start, chunkPtr->numBytes,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, lastByte - firstByte,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 |
* non-NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Filled with the width and height of the
* bounding box for the character specified by
* index, if non-NULL. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
| | > | | 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 |
* non-NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Filled with the width and height of the
* bounding box for the character specified by
* index, if non-NULL. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
int i, x = 0, w;
Tk_Font tkfont;
TkFont *fontPtr;
const char *end;
if (index < 0) {
return 0;
}
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
tkfont = layoutPtr->tkfont;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
if (chunkPtr->numDisplayChars < 0) {
if (index == 0) {
x = chunkPtr->x;
w = chunkPtr->totalWidth;
goto check;
}
} else if (index < chunkPtr->numChars) {
end = TkUtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, index);
if (xPtr != NULL) {
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
end - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &x);
x += chunkPtr->x;
}
if (widthPtr != NULL) {
int ch;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 |
Tk_TextLayout layout) /* The layout to be rendered. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
int i, j;
| | | 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 |
Tk_TextLayout layout) /* The layout to be rendered. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
int i, j;
int len;
const char *p, *glyphname;
char uindex[5], c, *ps;
int ch;
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 |
* Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
* international postscript fonts.
*/
p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
/*
| | | 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 |
* Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
* international postscript fonts.
*/
p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
/*
* Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the snprintf below,
* so that a full three digits of octal are always generated.
* Without the "03", a number following this sequence could be
* interpreted by Postscript as part of this sequence.
*/
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "\\%03o", ch);
continue;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 |
* This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
* use the full glyph name.
*/
if (ch > 0xffff) {
goto noMapping;
}
| | | | 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 |
* This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
* use the full glyph name.
*/
if (ch > 0xffff) {
goto noMapping;
}
snprintf(uindex, sizeof(uindex), "%04X", ch); /* endianness? */
glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
if (glyphname) {
ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
/*
* In-place edit. Ewww!
*/
ps[len-1] = '/';
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 |
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* For display on which font will be used. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Command line options. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Font attributes structure whose fields are
* to be modified. Structure must already be
* properly initialized. */
{
| > | | 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 |
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* For display on which font will be used. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Command line options. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Font attributes structure whose fields are
* to be modified. Structure must already be
* properly initialized. */
{
int i;
int n, index;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
const char *value;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i += 2) {
optionPtr = objv[i];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, fontOpt, "option", 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 |
case FONT_FAMILY:
str = faPtr->family;
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
break;
case FONT_SIZE:
if (faPtr->size >= 0.0) {
| | | | 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 |
case FONT_FAMILY:
str = faPtr->family;
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
break;
case FONT_SIZE:
if (faPtr->size >= 0.0) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(faPtr->size + 0.5));
} else {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(-(int)(-faPtr->size + 0.5));
}
break;
case FONT_WEIGHT:
str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(fontOpt[i], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, valuePtr);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(fontOpt[i], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, valuePtr);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseFontNameObj --
*
* Converts a object into a set of font attributes that can be used to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Parseable font description object. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Filled with attributes parsed from font
* name. Any attributes that were not
* specified in font name are filled with
* default values. */
{
const char *dash;
| > | | 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Parseable font description object. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Filled with attributes parsed from font
* name. Any attributes that were not
* specified in font name are filled with
* default values. */
{
const char *dash;
int result, n;
int objc, i;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
const char *string;
TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
if (*string == '-') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 |
int maxChunks, numChars;
size_t s;
layoutPtr = *layoutPtrPtr;
maxChunks = *maxPtr;
if (layoutPtr->numChunks == maxChunks) {
maxChunks *= 2;
| | | 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 |
int maxChunks, numChars;
size_t s;
layoutPtr = *layoutPtrPtr;
maxChunks = *maxPtr;
if (layoutPtr->numChunks == maxChunks) {
maxChunks *= 2;
s = Tk_Offset(TextLayout, chunks) + (maxChunks * sizeof(LayoutChunk));
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)ckrealloc(layoutPtr, s);
*layoutPtrPtr = layoutPtr;
*maxPtr = maxChunks;
}
numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(start, numBytes);
chunkPtr = &layoutPtr->chunks[layoutPtr->numChunks];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the font will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | | | | 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the font will be used
* (not currently used). */
const char *name) /* Name of the desired font. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *objPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(
&((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr->fontCache, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
fontPtr = (TkFont *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (fontPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFont.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKFONT #define _TKFONT | < < < < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TKFONT
#define _TKFONT
/*
* The following structure keeps track of the attributes of a font. It can be
* used to keep track of either the desired attributes or the actual
* attributes gotten when the font was instantiated.
*/
struct TkFontAttributes {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
*/
typedef struct TkFont {
/*
* Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
*/
| | | | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
*/
typedef struct TkFont {
/*
* Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
*/
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this font (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
* this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
* is no longer valid and it isn't present in
* a hash table: it is being kept around only
* because there are objects referring to it.
* The structure is freed when
* resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
* 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
* used when deleting it. */
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
* corresponds to the named font that the
* tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
* was not based on a named font. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFontPkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(TkFont *tkFontPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, const TkFontAttributes *faPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetFontFamilies(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); | < < < < | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFontPkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(TkFont *tkFontPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, const TkFontAttributes *faPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetFontFamilies(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); #endif /* _TKFONT */ |
Changes to generic/tkFrame.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
* pixels of extra space to leave on left and
* right of child area. */
int padX; /* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padYPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave above and
* below child area. */
int padY; /* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
| < < < < < < < < < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
* pixels of extra space to leave on left and
* right of child area. */
int padX; /* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padYPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave above and
* below child area. */
int padY; /* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
} Frame;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each labelframe widget
* managed by this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There are one common
* table used by all and one table for each widget class.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec commonOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | < < | | | < < < < < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There are one common
* table used by all and one table for each widget class.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec commonOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, border),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-colormap", "colormap", "Colormap",
DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, colormapName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
/*
* Having -container is useless in a labelframe since a container has
* no border. It should be deprecated.
*/
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-container", "container", "Container",
DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, isContainer), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_FRAME_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_FRAME_PADX, Tk_Offset(Frame, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(Frame, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_FRAME_PADY, Tk_Offset(Frame, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(Frame, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-visual", "visual", "Visual",
DEF_FRAME_VISUAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, visualName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_FRAME_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec frameOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_FRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec toplevelOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, menuName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-screen", "screen", "Screen",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, screenName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-use", "use", "Use",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, useThis),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec labelframeOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_LABELFRAME_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelAnchor),
0, labelAnchorStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelWin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};
/*
* Class names for widgets, indexed by FrameType.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
325 326 327 328 329 330 331 | /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static void ComputeFrameGeometry(Frame *framePtr); static int ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void ComputeFrameGeometry(Frame *framePtr);
static int ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int CreateFrame(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
enum FrameType type, const char *appName);
static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyFrame;
static void DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
static void DisplayFrame(void *clientData);
static void FrameCmdDeletedProc(void *clientData);
static void FrameEventProc(void *clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void FrameLostContentProc(void *clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void FrameRequestProc(void *clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void FrameStructureProc(void *clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int FrameWidgetObjCmd(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void FrameWorldChanged(void *instanceData);
static void MapFrame(void *clientData);
/*
* The structure below defines frame class behavior by means of functions that
* can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static const Tk_ClassProcs frameClass = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 | * call CreateFrame to do all of the real work. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_FrameObjCmd( | | | | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
* call CreateFrame to do all of the real work.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_FrameObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_FRAME, NULL);
}
int
Tk_ToplevelObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, NULL);
}
int
Tk_LabelframeObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_LABELFRAME, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkCreateFrame( | | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkCreateFrame(
void *clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char *const *argv, /* Argument strings. */
int toplevel, /* Non-zero means create a toplevel window,
* zero means create a frame. */
const char *appName) /* Should only be non-NULL if there is no main
* window associated with the interpreter.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
}
ckfree(objv);
return result;
}
int
TkListCreateFrame(
| | | 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
}
ckfree(objv);
return result;
}
int
TkListCreateFrame(
void *clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
Tcl_Obj *listObj, /* List of arguments. */
int toplevel, /* Non-zero means create a toplevel window,
* zero means create a frame. */
Tcl_Obj *nameObj) /* Should only be non-NULL if there is no main
* window associated with the interpreter.
* Gives the base name to use for the new
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
498 499 500 501 502 503 504 |
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
toplevel ? TYPE_TOPLEVEL : TYPE_FRAME,
nameObj ? Tcl_GetString(nameObj) : NULL);
}
static int
CreateFrame(
| | | < | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
toplevel ? TYPE_TOPLEVEL : TYPE_FRAME,
nameObj ? Tcl_GetString(nameObj) : NULL);
}
static int
CreateFrame(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */
enum FrameType type, /* What widget type to create. */
const char *appName) /* Should only be non-NULL if there are no
* Main window associated with the
* interpreter. Gives the base name to use for
* the new application. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
Frame *framePtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window newWin;
const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
const char *arg, *useOption;
int i, depth;
int length;
unsigned int mask;
Colormap colormap;
Visual *visual;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
543 544 545 546 547 548 549 |
* be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
* Tk mechanisms.
*/
className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
colormap = None;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
| | | 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
* be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
* Tk mechanisms.
*/
className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
colormap = None;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0)) {
className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);
mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
mask |= ActivateMask;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
| | | | 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 |
Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);
mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
mask |= ActivateMask;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
if (framePtr->isContainer) {
if (framePtr->useThis != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"windows cannot have both the -use and the -container"
" option set", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FRAME", "CONTAINMENT", NULL);
goto error;
}
TkpMakeContainer(framePtr->tkwin);
}
if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, framePtr);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(newWin));
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (newWin != NULL) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(newWin);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
758 759 760 761 762 763 764 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FrameWidgetObjCmd( | | | | | | | | 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FrameWidgetObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Information about frame widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *const frameOptions[] = {
"cget", "configure", NULL
};
enum options {
FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
};
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
int result = TCL_OK, index;
int c, i;
int length;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case FRAME_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
framePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
/*
* Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
* -use, or -visual to be changed.
*/
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
c = arg[1];
if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-container", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 's') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'u') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'v')
&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", length) == 0))) {
#ifdef _WIN32
if (c == 'u') {
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
string) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
886 887 888 889 890 891 892 | * Everything associated with the frame is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyFrame( | | < < < < < < < < | 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 |
* Everything associated with the frame is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyFrame(
char *memPtr) /* Info about frame widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)memPtr;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *)memPtr;
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC);
}
}
if (framePtr->colormap != None) {
Tk_FreeColormap(framePtr->display, framePtr->colormap);
}
ckfree(framePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyFramePartly --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
982 983 984 985 986 987 988 |
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
char *oldMenuName;
Tk_Window oldWindow = NULL;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
| < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
char *oldMenuName;
Tk_Window oldWindow = NULL;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
/*
* Need the old menubar name for the menu code to delete it.
*/
if (framePtr->menuName == NULL) {
oldMenuName = NULL;
} else {
oldMenuName = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
}
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
}
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
ckfree(oldMenuName);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing.
*/
if ((((oldMenuName == NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL))
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 | * Frame will be relayed out and redisplayed. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameWorldChanged( | | < < < < < < < < < | 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 |
* Frame will be relayed out and redisplayed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameWorldChanged(
void *instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)instanceData;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *)instanceData;
Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
int anyTextLabel, anyWindowLabel;
int bWidthLeft, bWidthRight, bWidthTop, bWidthBottom;
const char *labelText;
anyTextLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
(labelframePtr->textPtr != NULL) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL);
anyWindowLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL);
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
/*
* The textGC is needed even in the labelWin case, so it's always
* created for a labelframe.
*/
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(labelframePtr->tkfont);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 | * Commands are output to X to display the frame in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayFrame( | | | | 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 |
* Commands are output to X to display the frame in its current mode.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayFrame(
void *clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
int bdX1, bdY1, bdX2, bdY2, hlWidth;
Pixmap pixmap;
Bool useClipping = False;
framePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((framePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 |
* If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
*/
if (framePtr->border == NULL) {
return;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
* If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
*/
if (framePtr->border == NULL) {
return;
}
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
/*
* Pass to platform specific draw function. In general, it just draws
* a simple rectangle, but it may "theme" the background.
*/
noLabel:
TkpDrawFrame(tkwin, framePtr->border, hlWidth,
framePtr->borderWidth, framePtr->relief);
} else {
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
if ((labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL)) {
goto noLabel;
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the frame
* into off-screen memory, then copies it back on-screen in a single
* operation. This means there's no point in time where the on-screen
* image has been cleared.
*/
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(framePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
#else
pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
/*
* Clear the pixmap.
*/
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, framePtr->border, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
* Draw label. If there is not room for the entire label, use
* clipping to get a nice appearance.
*/
if ((labelframePtr->labelBox.width < labelframePtr->labelReqWidth)
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.height <
labelframePtr->labelReqHeight)) {
| < < | | < > | < | 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 |
* Draw label. If there is not room for the entire label, use
* clipping to get a nice appearance.
*/
if ((labelframePtr->labelBox.width < labelframePtr->labelReqWidth)
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.height <
labelframePtr->labelReqHeight)) {
useClipping = True;
XSetClipRectangles(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC, 0, 0,
&labelframePtr->labelBox, 1, Unsorted);
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(framePtr->display, pixmap,
labelframePtr->textGC, labelframePtr->textLayout,
labelframePtr->labelTextX + LABELSPACING,
labelframePtr->labelTextY + LABELSPACING, 0, -1);
if (useClipping) {
XSetClipMask(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC, None);
}
} else {
/*
* Reposition and map the window (but in different ways depending
* on whether the frame is the window's parent).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin,
labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
}
}
| | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 |
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin,
labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen
* and free up the pixmap.
*/
XCopyArea(framePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
labelframePtr->textGC, hlWidth, hlWidth,
(unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
(unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
hlWidth, hlWidth);
Tk_FreePixmap(framePtr->display, pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FrameEventProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 | * When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameEventProc( | | | 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 |
* When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameEventProc(
void *clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 |
framePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(framePtr->interp, framePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, framePtr);
| | | 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 |
framePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(framePtr->interp, framePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, framePtr);
Tcl_EventuallyFree(framePtr, DestroyFrame);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
framePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
if (framePtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
goto redraw;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 | * The widget is destroyed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameCmdDeletedProc( | | | 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 |
* The widget is destroyed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameCmdDeletedProc(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) {
TkSetWindowMenuBar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin,
framePtr->menuName, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 | * The frame given by the clientData argument is mapped. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void MapFrame( | | | 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 |
* The frame given by the clientData argument is mapped.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MapFrame(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to frame structure. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
/*
* Wait for all other background events to be processed before mapping
* window. This ensures that the window's correct geometry will have been
* determined before it is first mapped, so that the window manager
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 | * The window is disassociated from the frame when it is deleted. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameStructureProc( | | | 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 |
* The window is disassociated from the frame when it is deleted.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameStructureProc(
void *clientData, /* Pointer to record describing frame. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
/*
* This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 | * on the options specified for the frame. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameRequestProc( | | | < | 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 |
* on the options specified for the frame.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameRequestProc(
void *clientData, /* Pointer to record for frame. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
FrameWorldChanged(framePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 | * Forgets all frame-related information about the content window. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FrameLostContentProc( | | | < | 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 |
* Forgets all frame-related information about the content window.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameLostContentProc(
void *clientData, /* Frame structure for content window that was
* stolen away. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Tk's handle for the content window window. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)clientData;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *)clientData;
/*
* This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be
* careful.
*/
if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 |
}
framePtr = (Frame *)cmdInfo.objClientData;
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
return NULL;
}
return framePtr->tkwin;
}
/*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 |
}
framePtr = (Frame *)cmdInfo.objClientData;
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
return NULL;
}
return framePtr->tkwin;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkGC.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
* values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
* identifier.
*/
typedef struct {
GC gc; /* Graphics context. */
Display *display; /* Display to which gc belongs. */
| | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
* values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
* identifier.
*/
typedef struct {
GC gc; /* Graphics context. */
Display *display; /* Display to which gc belongs. */
int refCount; /* Number of active uses of gc. */
Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
* this structure). */
} TkGC;
typedef struct {
XGCValues values; /* Desired values for GC. */
Display *display; /* Display for which GC is valid. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
* This may still get called by other things shutting down, but the
* GCs should no longer be in use.
*/
return;
}
| | | 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
* This may still get called by other things shutting down, but the
* GCs should no longer be in use.
*/
return;
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
}
gcPtr = (TkGC *)Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGeometry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | * None. * * Side effects: * Proc becomes the new geometry manager for tkwin, replacing any * previous geometry manager. The geometry manager will be notified (by * calling procedures in *mgrPtr) when interesting things happen in the * future. If there was an existing geometry manager for tkwin different | | | | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Proc becomes the new geometry manager for tkwin, replacing any
* previous geometry manager. The geometry manager will be notified (by
* calling procedures in *mgrPtr) when interesting things happen in the
* future. If there was an existing geometry manager for tkwin different
* from the new one, it is notified by calling its lostSlaveProc.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ManageGeometry(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose geometry is to be managed by
* proc. */
const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, /* Static structure describing the geometry
* manager. This structure must never go
* away. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* geometry manager procedures. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != NULL) && (mgrPtr != NULL)
&& ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != mgrPtr)
|| (winPtr->geomData != clientData))
&& (winPtr->geomMgrPtr->lostSlaveProc != NULL)) {
winPtr->geomMgrPtr->lostSlaveProc(winPtr->geomData, tkwin);
}
winPtr->geomMgrPtr = mgrPtr;
winPtr->geomData = clientData;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, name) == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, name) == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"cannot use geometry manager %s inside %s which already"
" has slaves managed by %s",
name, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geomMgrName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "FIGHT", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr->geomMgrName = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 | * container, then this procedure has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_UnmaintainGeometry( | | | 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 |
* container, then this procedure has no effect.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
Tk_Window window, /* Window for geometry management. */
Tk_Window container) /* Container for window; must be a descendant of
* window's parent. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
MaintainContainer *containerPtr;
MaintainContent *contentPtr, *prevPtr;
Tk_Window ancestor;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGet.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
Tk_Justify justify) /* Justification style for which identifying
* string is desired. */
{
switch (justify) {
case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: return "left";
case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: return "right";
case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: return "center";
}
return "unknown justification style";
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| > | 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
Tk_Justify justify) /* Justification style for which identifying
* string is desired. */
{
switch (justify) {
case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: return "left";
case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: return "right";
case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: return "center";
default: break;
}
return "unknown justification style";
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
* units. */
const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
d = strtod((char *) string, &end);
if (end == string) {
goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
| > > > > > | 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 |
* units. */
const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
if (!tkwin) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad screen"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FRACTIONAL_PIXELS", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
d = strtod((char *) string, &end);
if (end == string) {
goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGrab.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * The grab state machine has four states: ungrabbed, button pressed, grabbed, * and button pressed while grabbed. In addition, there are three pieces of * grab state information: the current grab window, the current restrict * window, and whether the mouse is captured. * | > > | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #else #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif /* * The grab state machine has four states: ungrabbed, button pressed, grabbed, * and button pressed while grabbed. In addition, there are three pieces of * grab state information: the current grab window, the current restrict * window, and whether the mouse is captured. * * The current grab window specifies the point in the Tk window hierarchy * above which pointer events will not be reported. Any window within the * subtree below the grab window will continue to receive events as normal. * Events outside of the grab tree will be reported to the grab window. * * If the current restrict window is set, then all pointer events will be * reported only to the restrict window. The restrict window is normally set * during an automatic button grab. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int globalGrab;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
const char *arg;
int index;
| | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int globalGrab;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
const char *arg;
int index;
int len;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
};
static const char *const flagStrings[] = {
"-global", NULL
};
enum options {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
*/
| | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
*/
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
if (arg[0] == '.') {
/* [grab window] */
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, (Tk_Window)clientData);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window)clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window)clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window)
dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr));
}
} else {
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, TkNewWindowObj(
(Tk_Window) dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr));
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkPointerEvent -- * * This function is called for each pointer-related event, before the * event has been processed. It does various things to make grabs work * correctly. | < < < < | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPointerEvent --
*
* This function is called for each pointer-related event, before the
* event has been processed. It does various things to make grabs work
* correctly.
*
* Results:
* If the return value is 1 it means the event should be processed (event
* handlers should be invoked). If the return value is 0 it means the
* event should be ignored in order to make grabs work correctly. In some
* cases this function modifies the event.
*
* Side effects:
* Grab state information may be updated. New events may also be pushed
* back onto the event queue to replace or augment the one passed in
* here.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPointerEvent(
XEvent *eventPtr, /* Pointer to the event. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
&& (winPtr != dispPtr->buttonWinPtr)) {
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 |
&& (winPtr != dispPtr->buttonWinPtr)) {
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
if (!appGrabbed) {
return 1;
}
if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
/*
* When grabs are active, X reports motion events relative to the
* window under the pointer. Instead, it should report the events
* relative to the window the button went down in, if there is a
* button down. Otherwise, if the pointer window is outside the
* subtree of the grab window, the events should be reported relative
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0;
}
| < < < < < < < | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/*
* Process ButtonPress and ButtonRelease events:
* 1. Keep track of whether a button is down and what window it went down
* in.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
892 893 894 895 896 897 898 |
}
dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
return 1;
}
} else {
if (eventPtr->xbutton.button != AnyButton &&
((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS)
| | | 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 |
}
dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
return 1;
}
} else {
if (eventPtr->xbutton.button != AnyButton &&
((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS)
== TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button))) {
ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr); /* Note 4. */
}
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0; /* Note 3. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkGrid.c -- * * Grid based geometry manager. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkGrid.c -- * * Grid based geometry manager. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 | static int AdjustOffsets(int width, int elements, SlotInfo *slotPtr); static void ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData); static int CheckSlotData(Gridder *containerPtr, int slot, int slotType, int checkOnly); static int ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 | static int AdjustOffsets(int width, int elements, SlotInfo *slotPtr); static void ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData); static int CheckSlotData(Gridder *containerPtr, int slot, int slotType, int checkOnly); static int ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyGrid; static Gridder * GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin); static int GridAnchorCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridBboxCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridForgetRemoveCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void GridLostContentProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); static void GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); static void InitContainerData(Gridder *containerPtr); | | | | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void GridLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void InitContainerData(Gridder *containerPtr);
static Tcl_Obj * NewPairObj(int, int);
static Tcl_Obj * NewQuadObj(int, int, int, int);
static int ResolveConstraints(Gridder *gridPtr, int rowOrColumn,
int maxOffset);
static void SetGridSize(Gridder *gridPtr);
static int SetContentColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *contentPtr,
int column, int numCols);
static int SetContentRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *contentPtr,
int row, int numRows);
static Tcl_Obj * StickyToObj(int flags);
static int StringToSticky(const char *string);
static void Unlink(Gridder *gridPtr);
static const Tk_GeomMgr gridMgrType = {
"grid", /* name */
GridReqProc, /* requestProc */
GridLostContentProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GridCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure",
"content", "forget", "info", "location", "propagate",
"remove", "rowconfigure", "size", "slaves", NULL
};
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure",
"content", "forget", "info", "location", "propagate",
"remove", "rowconfigure", "size", "slaves", NULL
};
enum options {
GRID_ANCHOR, GRID_BBOX, GRID_COLUMNCONFIGURE, GRID_CONFIGURE,
GRID_CONTENT, GRID_FORGET, GRID_INFO, GRID_LOCATION, GRID_PROPAGATE,
GRID_REMOVE, GRID_ROWCONFIGURE, GRID_SIZE, GRID_SLAVES
};
int index;
if (objc >= 2) {
const char *argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if ((argv1[0] == '.') || (argv1[0] == REL_SKIP) ||
(argv1[0] == REL_VERT)) {
return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case GRID_ANCHOR:
return GridAnchorCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_BBOX:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?anchor?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?anchor?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc == 3) {
gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_NameOfAnchor(gridPtr?gridPtr->anchor:GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR),
-1));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
int row, column; /* origin for bounding box */
int row2, column2; /* end of bounding box */
int endX, endY; /* last column/row in the layout */
int x=0, y=0; /* starting pixels for this bounding box */
int width, height; /* size of the bounding box */
if (objc!=3 && objc != 5 && objc != 7) {
| | | > > | 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
int row, column; /* origin for bounding box */
int row2, column2; /* end of bounding box */
int endX, endY; /* last column/row in the layout */
int x=0, y=0; /* starting pixels for this bounding box */
int width, height; /* size of the bounding box */
if (objc!=3 && objc != 5 && objc != 7) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master ?column row ?column row??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc >= 5) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &column) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &row) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
char c = string[0];
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
char c = string[0];
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetGrid(content))) {
continue;
}
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
/*
* For "forget", reset all the settings to their defaults
*/
if (c == 'f') {
contentPtr->column = -1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | | | | | | 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetGrid(content))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-column", -1),
Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->column));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-row", -1),
Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->row));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-columnspan", -1),
Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->numCols));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-rowspan", -1),
Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->numRows));
TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", contentPtr->iPadX/2, contentPtr->iPadX);
TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", contentPtr->iPadY/2, contentPtr->iPadY);
TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", contentPtr->padLeft, contentPtr->padX);
TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", contentPtr->padTop, contentPtr->padY);
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-sticky", -1),
StickyToObj(contentPtr->sticky));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 |
GridContainer *gridPtr; /* Pointer to grid data. */
SlotInfo *slotPtr;
int x, y; /* Offset in pixels, from edge of container. */
int i, j; /* Corresponding column and row indeces. */
int endX, endY; /* End of grid. */
if (objc != 5) {
| | | > > | 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
GridContainer *gridPtr; /* Pointer to grid data. */
SlotInfo *slotPtr;
int x, y; /* Offset in pixels, from edge of container. */
int i, j; /* Corresponding column and row indeces. */
int endX, endY; /* End of grid. */
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(-1, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
897 898 899 900 901 902 903 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 |
enum options {
ROWCOL_MINSIZE, ROWCOL_PAD, ROWCOL_UNIFORM, ROWCOL_WEIGHT
};
int index;
Tcl_Obj *listCopy;
if (((objc % 2 != 0) && (objc > 6)) || (objc < 4)) {
| | | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 |
enum options {
ROWCOL_MINSIZE, ROWCOL_PAD, ROWCOL_UNIFORM, ROWCOL_WEIGHT
};
int index;
Tcl_Obj *listCopy;
if (((objc % 2 != 0) && (objc > 6)) || (objc < 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master index ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("no %s indices specified",
(slotType == COLUMN) ? "column" : "row"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "NO_INDEX", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("no %s indices specified",
(slotType == COLUMN) ? "column" : "row"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "NO_INDEX", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
first = 0;
last = 0;
if ((objc == 4) || (objc == 5)) {
if (lObjc != 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"must specify a single element on retrieval", -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 |
pad = slotPtr[slot].pad;
weight = slotPtr[slot].weight;
uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
| | | | | | | | 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 |
pad = slotPtr[slot].pad;
weight = slotPtr[slot].weight;
uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(minsize));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-pad", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(pad));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-uniform", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj(uniform == NULL ? "" : uniform, -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-weight", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(weight));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If only one option is given, with no value, the current value is
* returned.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
(ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].minSize : 0));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_WEIGHT) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
(ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].weight : 0));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_UNIFORM) {
Tk_Uid value = (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].uniform : "";
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(value == NULL) ? "" : value, -1));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
(ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].pad : 0));
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_OK;
}
for (j = 0; j < lObjc; j++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 |
allContent = 1;
} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(NULL, tkwin, lObjv[j], &content)
== TCL_OK) {
/*
* Is it gridded in this container?
*/
| | > > | | 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
allContent = 1;
} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(NULL, tkwin, lObjv[j], &content)
== TCL_OK) {
/*
* Is it gridded in this container?
*/
if (!(contentPtr = GetGrid(content))) {
continue;
}
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"the window \"%s\" is not managed by \"%s\"",
Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "NOT_MASTER", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"illegal index \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID_INDEX", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr != NULL) {
SetGridSize(containerPtr);
gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(
MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax),
MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax)));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 |
row = value;
}
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | | 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 |
row = value;
}
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
res = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((column >= 0) && (contentPtr->column > column
|| contentPtr->column+contentPtr->numCols-1 < column)) {
continue;
}
if ((row >= 0) && (contentPtr->row > row ||
contentPtr->row+contentPtr->numRows-1 < row)) {
continue;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,res, TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * GetGrid -- * * This internal procedure is used to locate a Grid structure for a given | | > | > > > > | 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetGrid --
*
* This internal procedure is used to locate a Grid structure for a given
* window, creating one if one doesn't exist already, except if the window
* is already dead.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the Grid structure corresponding to
* tkwin, or NULL when tkwin is already dead.
*
* Side effects:
* A new grid structure may be created. If so, then a callback is set up
* to clean things up when the window is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Gridder *
GetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window for which grid structure
* is desired. */
{
Gridder *gridPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
return NULL;
}
if (!dispPtr->gridInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->gridInit = 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 |
gridPtr->iPadY = 0;
gridPtr->doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
gridPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->flags = 0;
gridPtr->sticky = 0;
gridPtr->size = 0;
gridPtr->in = NULL;
| < | 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 |
gridPtr->iPadY = 0;
gridPtr->doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
gridPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->flags = 0;
gridPtr->sticky = 0;
gridPtr->size = 0;
gridPtr->in = NULL;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, gridPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
GridStructureProc, gridPtr);
return gridPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 |
SetGridSize(contentPtr->containerPtr);
contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
/*
* If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
* handling it and should mark it as free.
| < < < < | 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 |
SetGridSize(contentPtr->containerPtr);
contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
/*
* If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
* handling it and should mark it as free.
*/
if ((containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) && (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER)) {
TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "grid");
containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyGrid --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 | * Everything associated with the grid is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyGrid( | | > > > | 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 |
* Everything associated with the grid is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyGrid(
char *memPtr) /* Info about window that is now dead. */
{
Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *)memPtr;
if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
}
if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr != NULL) {
if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(gridPtr->containerDataPtr -> rowPtr);
}
if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(gridPtr->containerDataPtr -> columnPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 | Tk_ManageGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL); Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin); contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL; nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr; contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL; } Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, | | | | 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 |
Tk_ManageGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
(char *)gridPtr->tkwin));
if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
}
gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, DestroyGrid);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
if ((gridPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 |
/*
* Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
*/
firstChar = 0;
for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
| | | | > > | > > | > > | 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 |
/*
* Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
*/
firstChar = 0;
for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
int length;
char prevChar = firstChar;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
firstChar = string[0];
if (firstChar == '.') {
/*
* Check that windows are valid, and locate the first content's
* parent window (default for -in).
*/
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Is there any saved -in from a removed content?
* If there is, it becomes default for -in.
* If the stored container does not exist, just ignore it.
*/
if (!(contentPtr = GetGrid(content))) {
continue;
}
if (contentPtr->in != NULL) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, content, contentPtr->in, &parent)
== TCL_OK) {
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(parent))) {
continue;
}
InitContainerData(containerPtr);
}
}
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
parent = Tk_Parent(content);
if (parent != NULL) {
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(parent))) {
continue;
}
InitContainerData(containerPtr);
}
}
numWindows++;
continue;
}
if (length > 1 && i == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == CONF_IN) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other) !=
TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == CONF_IN) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other) !=
TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(other))) {
continue;
}
InitContainerData(containerPtr);
} else if (index == CONF_ROW) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
|| tmp < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad row value \"%s\": must be a non-negative integer",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1])));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 |
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't manage \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 |
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't manage \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetGrid(content))) {
continue;
}
/*
* The following statement is taken from tkPack.c:
*
* "If the content isn't currently managed, reset all of its
* configuration information to default values (there could be old
* values left from a previous packer)."
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 |
if (other == content) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"window can't be managed in itself", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
positionGiven = 1;
| | > > | 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 |
if (other == content) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"window can't be managed in itself", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
positionGiven = 1;
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(other))) {
continue;
}
InitContainerData(containerPtr);
break;
case CONF_STICKY: {
int sticky = StringToSticky(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]));
if (sticky == -1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 |
* Make sure we have a geometry container. We look at:
* 1) the -in flag
* 2) the parent of the first content.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(content);
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
| | > > | 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 |
* Make sure we have a geometry container. We look at:
* 1) the -in flag
* 2) the parent of the first content.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(content);
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
if (!(containerPtr = GetGrid(parent))) {
continue;
}
InitContainerData(containerPtr);
}
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL && contentPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) {
if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 |
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 |
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't put %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
Unlink(contentPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Check for management loops.
*/
for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL;
container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) {
if (container == (TkWindow *)content) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
Unlink(contentPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(content)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 |
}
if (firstChar != REL_VERT) {
continue;
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 |
}
if (firstChar != REL_VERT) {
continue;
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't use '^', cant find master", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "SHORTCUT_USAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Count the number of consecutive ^'s starting from this position.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 |
*/
if (lastWindow == NULL) {
lastRow = defaultRow - 1;
lastColumn = 0;
} else {
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, lastWindow, tkwin);
| | > > | 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 |
*/
if (lastWindow == NULL) {
lastRow = defaultRow - 1;
lastColumn = 0;
} else {
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, lastWindow, tkwin);
if (!(otherPtr = GetGrid(other))) {
continue;
}
lastRow = otherPtr->row + otherPtr->numRows - 2;
lastColumn = otherPtr->column + otherPtr->numCols;
}
lastColumn += numSkip;
match = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 |
numSkip = 0;
break;
}
}
}
if (!match) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | < < < < | 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 |
numSkip = 0;
break;
}
}
}
if (!match) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't find slave to extend with \"^\"", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "SHORTCUT_USAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't determine master window", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "SHORTCUT_USAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
SetGridSize(containerPtr);
/*
* If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
* handling it and should mark it as free.
*/
if (containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL && containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER) {
TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "grid");
containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * NewPairObj( | | | | | 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
NewPairObj(
int val1, int val2)
{
Tcl_Obj *ary[2];
ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
return Tcl_NewListObj(2, ary);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NewQuadObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * NewQuadObj( | | | | | | | 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
NewQuadObj(
int val1, int val2, int val3, int val4)
{
Tcl_Obj *ary[4];
ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
ary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val3);
ary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val4);
return Tcl_NewListObj(4, ary);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* Each call to Tk_GetImage returns a pointer to one of the following
* structures, which is used as a token by clients (widgets) that display
* images.
*/
typedef struct Image {
| > > > > | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Each call to Tk_GetImage returns a pointer to one of the following
* structures, which is used as a token by clients (widgets) that display
* images.
*/
typedef struct Image {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
ClientData instanceData; /* One word argument to pass to image manager
* when dealing with this image instance. */
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc;
/* Code in widget to call when image changes
* in a way that affects redisplay. */
ClientData widgetClientData;/* Argument to pass to changeProc. */
struct Image *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all image instances
* associated with the same name. */
} Image;
/*
* For each image model there is one of the following structures, which
* represents a name in the image table and all of the images instantiated
* from it. Entries in mainPtr->imageTable point to these structures.
| > > | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
ClientData instanceData; /* One word argument to pass to image manager
* when dealing with this image instance. */
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc;
/* Code in widget to call when image changes
* in a way that affects redisplay. */
ClientData widgetClientData;/* Argument to pass to changeProc. */
struct Image *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all image instances
* associated with the same name. */
struct Image *prevPtr; /* Previous in list of all image instances
* associated with the same name. */
} Image;
/*
* For each image model there is one of the following structures, which
* represents a name in the image table and all of the images instantiated
* from it. Entries in mainPtr->imageTable point to these structures.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* * Prototypes for local functions: */ static void ImageTypeThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); | | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* * Prototypes for local functions: */ static void ImageTypeThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); static Tcl_FreeProc DeleteImage; static void EventuallyDeleteImage(ImageModel *modelPtr, int forgetImageHashNow); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ImageTypeThreadExitProc -- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
char idString[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
const char *arg, *name;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
| | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
char idString[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
const char *arg, *name;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?args?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], imageOptions,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
/*
* Figure out a name to use for the new image.
*/
if ((objc == 3) || (*(arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[3])) == '-')) {
do {
dispPtr->imageId++;
| | | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
/*
* Figure out a name to use for the new image.
*/
if ((objc == 3) || (*(arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[3])) == '-')) {
do {
dispPtr->imageId++;
snprintf(idString, sizeof(idString), "image%d", dispPtr->imageId);
name = idString;
} while (Tcl_FindCommand(interp, name, NULL, 0) != NULL);
firstOption = 3;
} else {
TkWindow *topWin;
name = arg;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
args = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
args[i] = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
}
args[objc] = NULL;
}
Tcl_Preserve(modelPtr);
| > > > > > > > | | > > | 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
args = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
args[i] = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
}
args[objc] = NULL;
}
Tcl_Preserve(modelPtr);
if (oldimage) {
typedef int (OldCreateProc)(Tcl_Interp*, char*, int, char**,
Tk_ImageType*, Tk_ImageModel, ClientData*);
i = ((OldCreateProc*)typePtr->createProc)(interp,
(char*)name, objc, (char**)args, typePtr,
(Tk_ImageModel)modelPtr, &modelPtr->modelData);
} else {
i = typePtr->createProc(interp, name, objc, args, typePtr,
(Tk_ImageModel)modelPtr, &modelPtr->modelData);
}
if (i != TCL_OK){
EventuallyDeleteImage(modelPtr, 0);
Tcl_Release(modelPtr);
if (oldimage) {
ckfree(args);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
if (hPtr == NULL) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (modelPtr->deleted) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
| | | 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
if (hPtr == NULL) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (modelPtr->deleted) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
DeleteImage((char *)modelPtr);
}
break;
case IMAGE_NAMES:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
/*
* Now we read off the specific piece of data we were asked for.
*/
switch ((enum options) index) {
case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
| | | | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
/*
* Now we read off the specific piece of data we were asked for.
*/
switch ((enum options) index) {
case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(modelPtr->height));
break;
case IMAGE_INUSE:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
modelPtr->typePtr && modelPtr->instancePtr));
break;
case IMAGE_TYPE:
if (modelPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(modelPtr->typePtr->name, -1));
}
break;
case IMAGE_WIDTH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(modelPtr->width));
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("can't happen");
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 |
imagePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
imagePtr->modelPtr = modelPtr;
imagePtr->instanceData =
modelPtr->typePtr->getProc(tkwin, modelPtr->modelData);
imagePtr->changeProc = changeProc;
imagePtr->widgetClientData = clientData;
imagePtr->nextPtr = modelPtr->instancePtr;
modelPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr;
return (Tk_Image) imagePtr;
noSuchImage:
if (interp) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image \"%s\" doesn't exist", name));
| > > > > | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
imagePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
imagePtr->modelPtr = modelPtr;
imagePtr->instanceData =
modelPtr->typePtr->getProc(tkwin, modelPtr->modelData);
imagePtr->changeProc = changeProc;
imagePtr->widgetClientData = clientData;
imagePtr->nextPtr = modelPtr->instancePtr;
if (imagePtr->nextPtr) {
imagePtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = imagePtr;
}
imagePtr->prevPtr = NULL;
modelPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr;
return (Tk_Image) imagePtr;
noSuchImage:
if (interp) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image \"%s\" doesn't exist", name));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
void
Tk_FreeImage(
Tk_Image image) /* Token for image that is no longer needed by
* a widget. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
ImageModel *modelPtr = imagePtr->modelPtr;
| < | | | > > | > | < | 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
void
Tk_FreeImage(
Tk_Image image) /* Token for image that is no longer needed by
* a widget. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
ImageModel *modelPtr = imagePtr->modelPtr;
/*
* Clean up the particular instance.
*/
if (modelPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
modelPtr->typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
imagePtr->display);
}
if (imagePtr->prevPtr) {
imagePtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
if (imagePtr->nextPtr) {
imagePtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = imagePtr->prevPtr;
}
} else {
modelPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
if (modelPtr->instancePtr) {
modelPtr->instancePtr->prevPtr = NULL;
}
}
ckfree(imagePtr);
/*
* If there are no more instances left for the model, and if the model
* image has been deleted, then delete the model too.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
| | | 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 |
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
DeleteImage((char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
950 951 952 953 954 955 956 | * existing instances will not be deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DeleteImage( | | > | 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 |
* existing instances will not be deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteImage(
char *blockPtr) /* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
{
Image *imagePtr;
Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
ImageModel *modelPtr = (ImageModel *)blockPtr;
typePtr = modelPtr->typePtr;
modelPtr->typePtr = NULL;
if (typePtr != NULL) {
for (imagePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData, imagePtr->display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 |
* to vanish. */
{
if (forgetImageHashNow) {
modelPtr->hPtr = NULL;
}
if (!modelPtr->deleted) {
modelPtr->deleted = 1;
| | | 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 |
* to vanish. */
{
if (forgetImageHashNow) {
modelPtr->hPtr = NULL;
}
if (!modelPtr->deleted) {
modelPtr->deleted = 1;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(modelPtr, DeleteImage);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDeleteAllImages --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkImgBmap.c -- * * This procedure implements images of type "bitmap" for Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
/*
* tkImgBmap.c --
*
* This procedure implements images of type "bitmap" for Tk.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The following data structure represents the model for a bitmap
* image:
*/
typedef struct BitmapModel {
Tk_ImageModel tkModel; /* Tk's token for image model. NULL means the
* image is being deleted. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application that is using
* image. */
Tcl_Command imageCmd; /* Token for image command (used to delete it
* when the image goes away). NULL means the
* image command has already been deleted. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of image. */
char *data; /* Data comprising bitmap (suitable for input
* to XCreateBitmapFromData). May be NULL if
* no data. Malloc'ed. */
char *maskData; /* Data for bitmap's mask (suitable for input
* to XCreateBitmapFromData). Malloc'ed. */
Tk_Uid fgUid; /* Value of -foreground option. */
Tk_Uid bgUid; /* Value of -background option. */
char *fileString; /* Value of -file option (malloc'ed). */
char *dataString; /* Value of -data option (malloc'ed). */
char *maskFileString; /* Value of -maskfile option (malloc'ed). */
char *maskDataString; /* Value of -maskdata option (malloc'ed). */
struct BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
/* First in list of all instances associated
* with this model. */
} BitmapModel;
/*
* The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
* that lie within a particular window:
*/
typedef struct BitmapInstance {
int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data
* structure. */
BitmapModel *modelPtr; /* Pointer to model for image. */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which the instances will be
* displayed. */
XColor *fg; /* Foreground color for displaying image. */
XColor *bg; /* Background color for displaying image. */
Pixmap bitmap; /* The bitmap to display. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | /* * The type record for bitmap images: */ static int GetByte(Tcl_Channel chan); static int ImgBmapCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, | | | | | | | | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
/*
* The type record for bitmap images:
*/
static int GetByte(Tcl_Channel chan);
static int ImgBmapCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
const Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageModel model,
void **clientDataPtr);
static void *ImgBmapGet(Tk_Window tkwin, void *clientData);
static void ImgBmapDisplay(void *clientData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable,
int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
int drawableX, int drawableY);
static void ImgBmapFree(void *clientData, Display *display);
static void ImgBmapDelete(void *clientData);
static int ImgBmapPostscript(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int prepass);
Tk_ImageType tkBitmapImageType = {
"bitmap", /* name */
ImgBmapCreate, /* createProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-background", NULL, NULL,
| | | | | | | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-background", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, bgUid), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, dataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
"#000000", Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, fgUid), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskdata", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, maskDataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskfile", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapModel, maskFileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* The following data structure is used to describe the state of parsing a
* bitmap file or string. It is used for communication between TkGetBitmapData
* and NextBitmapWord.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
int wordLength; /* Number of non-NULL bytes in word. */
} ParseInfo;
/*
* Prototypes for procedures used only locally in this file:
*/
| | | | | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
int wordLength; /* Number of non-NULL bytes in word. */
} ParseInfo;
/*
* Prototypes for procedures used only locally in this file:
*/
static int ImgBmapCmd(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(void *clientData);
static void ImgBmapConfigureInstance(BitmapInstance *instancePtr);
static int ImgBmapConfigureModel(BitmapModel *modelPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int NextBitmapWord(ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapCreate --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
*/
static int
ImgBmapCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
const char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
| | | | | < | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
*/
static int
ImgBmapCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
const char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_ImageType *),/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageModel model, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
void **clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)ckalloc(sizeof(BitmapModel));
modelPtr->tkModel = model;
modelPtr->interp = interp;
modelPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgBmapCmd,
modelPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc);
modelPtr->width = modelPtr->height = 0;
modelPtr->data = NULL;
modelPtr->maskData = NULL;
modelPtr->fgUid = NULL;
modelPtr->bgUid = NULL;
modelPtr->fileString = NULL;
modelPtr->dataString = NULL;
modelPtr->maskFileString = NULL;
modelPtr->maskDataString = NULL;
modelPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
if (ImgBmapConfigureModel(modelPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
ImgBmapDelete(modelPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*clientDataPtr = modelPtr;
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
int objc, /* Number of entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
int maskWidth, maskHeight, dummy1, dummy2;
| < < < < < < | < < | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
int objc, /* Number of entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
int maskWidth, maskHeight, dummy1, dummy2;
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(modelPtr->interp, Tk_MainWindow(modelPtr->interp),
configSpecs, objc, (const char **) objv, (char *) modelPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the bitmap and/or mask to create binary data. Make sure that the
* bitmap and mask have the same dimensions.
*/
if (modelPtr->data != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
if ((interp != NULL) && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't get bitmap data from a file in a safe interpreter",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "BITMAP_FILE", NULL);
return NULL;
}
| | | > > < < < < | 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
if ((interp != NULL) && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't get bitmap data from a file in a safe interpreter",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "BITMAP_FILE", NULL);
return NULL;
}
expandedFileName = Tcl_TranslateFileName(NULL, fileName, &buffer);
if (expandedFileName == NULL) {
Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
goto cannotRead;
}
pi.chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, expandedFileName, "r", 0);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
if (pi.chan == NULL) {
cannotRead:
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"couldn't read bitmap file \"%s\": %s",
fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
}
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, pi.chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
} else {
pi.chan = NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgBmapCmd( | | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapCmd(
void *clientData, /* Information about the image model. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *const bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)clientData;
int index;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 |
switch (index) {
case 0: /* cget */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
| | | | | 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 |
switch (index) {
case 0: /* cget */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
(char *)modelPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
case 1: /* configure */
if (objc == 2) {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *)modelPtr, NULL, 0);
} else if (objc == 3) {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *)modelPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
} else {
return ImgBmapConfigureModel(modelPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad const entries to bmapOptions in ImgBmapCmd");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
808 809 810 811 812 813 814 | * Side effects: * A data structure is set up for the instance (or, an existing instance * is re-used for the new one). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
* Side effects:
* A data structure is set up for the instance (or, an existing instance
* is re-used for the new one).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void *
ImgBmapGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
void *modelData) /* Pointer to our model structure for the
* image. */
{
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)modelData;
BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
/*
* See if there is already an instance for this window. If so then just
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
879 880 881 882 883 884 885 | * A portion of the image gets rendered in a pixmap or window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgBmapDisplay( | | | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 |
* A portion of the image gets rendered in a pixmap or window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapDisplay(
void *clientData, /* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw image. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to draw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
940 941 942 943 944 945 946 | * Internal data structures get cleaned up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgBmapFree( | | | 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 |
* Internal data structures get cleaned up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapFree(
void *clientData, /* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used image. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *)clientData;
BitmapInstance *prevPtr;
if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 | * Resources associated with the image get freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgBmapDelete( | | | | 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
* Resources associated with the image get freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapDelete(
void *modelData) /* Pointer to BitmapModel structure for
* image. Must not have any more instances. */
{
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)modelData;
if (modelPtr->instancePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("tried to delete bitmap image when instances still exist");
}
modelPtr->tkModel = NULL;
if (modelPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(modelPtr->interp, modelPtr->imageCmd);
}
if (modelPtr->data != NULL) {
ckfree(modelPtr->data);
}
if (modelPtr->maskData != NULL) {
ckfree(modelPtr->maskData);
}
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *)modelPtr, NULL, 0);
ckfree(modelPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 | * The image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc( | | | 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 |
* The image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to BitmapModel structure for
* image. */
{
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)clientData;
modelPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
if (modelPtr->tkModel != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteImage(modelPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(modelPtr->tkModel));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 |
*/
static int
GetByte(
Tcl_Channel chan) /* The channel we read from. */
{
char buffer;
| < | < | 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 |
*/
static int
GetByte(
Tcl_Channel chan) /* The channel we read from. */
{
char buffer;
if (Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1) != 1) {
return EOF;
} else {
return buffer;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgBmapPostscript( | | | 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapPostscript(
void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo,
int x, int y, int width, int height,
int prepass)
{
BitmapModel *modelPtr = (BitmapModel *)clientData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
* state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
*/
typedef struct mFile {
unsigned char *data; /* mmencoded source string */
int c; /* bits left over from previous character */
int state; /* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
| | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
* state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
*/
typedef struct mFile {
unsigned char *data; /* mmencoded source string */
int c; /* bits left over from previous character */
int state; /* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
int length; /* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;
/*
* Non-ASCII encoding support:
* Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
* key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
* char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 | } GIFImageConfig; /* * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when * serializing in the GIF format. */ | | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | } GIFImageConfig; /* * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when * serializing in the GIF format. */ typedef int (WriteBytesFunc) (void *clientData, const char *bytes, int byteCount); /* * The format record for the GIF file format: */ static int FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 | Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); static int FileWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *filename, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int StringWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); | | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
int srcX, int srcY);
static int FileWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int StringWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int CommonWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF = {
"gif", /* name */
FileMatchGIF, /* fileMatchProc */
StringMatchGIF, /* stringMatchProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX, int srcY, int interlace, int transparent); /* * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only */ | | | | | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 | unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX, int srcY, int interlace, int transparent); /* * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only */ static int Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan); static int Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count, MFile *handle); static int Mgetc(MFile *handle); static int char64(int c); static void mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle, int length); /* * Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF. */ #define LSB(a) ((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF)) #define MSB(a) ((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8)) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
* codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated
* for the decompressor. Late addition: construct the table according to
* file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files. Please
* direct questions about this implementation to ames!jaw.
*/
int initialBits;
| | | 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
* codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated
* for the decompressor. Late addition: construct the table according to
* file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files. Please
* direct questions about this implementation to ames!jaw.
*/
int initialBits;
void *destination;
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc;
int clearCode;
int eofCode;
unsigned long currentAccumulated;
int currentBits;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 | /* * Definition of new functions to write GIFs */ static int ColorNumber(GifWriterState *statePtr, int red, int green, int blue); | | | 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 | /* * Definition of new functions to write GIFs */ static int ColorNumber(GifWriterState *statePtr, int red, int green, int blue); static void Compress(int initBits, void *handle, WriteBytesFunc *writeProc, ifunptr readValue, GifWriterState *statePtr); static int IsNewColor(GifWriterState *statePtr, int red, int green, int blue); static void SaveMap(GifWriterState *statePtr, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int ReadValue(GifWriterState *statePtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
FileMatchGIF(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw GIF file. */
| | < < < | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
FileMatchGIF(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw GIF file. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
{
GIFImageConfig gifConf;
memset(&gifConf, 0, sizeof(GIFImageConfig));
return ReadGIFHeader(&gifConf, chan, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
sizeof(char *), "option name", 0, &optionIdx) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i == (argc-1)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"no value given for \"%s\" option",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
| | > | > | > > > > > > > > | | > | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
sizeof(char *), "option name", 0, &optionIdx) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i == (argc-1)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"no value given for \"%s\" option",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "OPT_VALUE",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[++i], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Read the GIF file header and check for some sanity.
*/
if (!ReadGIFHeader(gifConfPtr, chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"couldn't read GIF header from file \"%s\"", fileName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "HEADER",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((fileWidth <= 0) || (fileHeight <= 0)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"GIF image file \"%s\" has dimension(s) <= 0", fileName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "BOGUS_SIZE",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Get the general colormap information.
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 3, chan) != 3) {
/*
* Bug [865af0148c]: 3 bytes should be there, but data ended before
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"GIF file truncated", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "TRUNCATED",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
bitPixel = 2 << (buf[0] & 0x07);
if (BitSet(buf[0], LOCALCOLORMAP)) { /* Global Colormap */
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading color map", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "COLOR_MAP",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
width = fileWidth - srcX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
512 513 514 515 516 517 518 | /* * Premature end of image. */ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "premature end of image data for this index", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "PREMATURE_END", | | | > | | | | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
/*
* Premature end of image.
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"premature end of image data for this index", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "PREMATURE_END",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
switch (buf[0]) {
case GIF_TERMINATOR:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"no image data for this index", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "NO_DATA",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
case GIF_EXTENSION:
/*
* This is a GIF extension.
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 1, chan) != 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading extension function code in GIF image",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "BAD_EXT",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
if (DoExtension(gifConfPtr, chan, buf[0],
gifConfPtr->workingBuffer, &transparent) < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading extension in GIF image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "BAD_EXT",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
continue;
case GIF_START:
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 9, chan) != 9) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"couldn't read left/top/width/height in GIF image",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "DIMENSIONS",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
default:
/*
* Not a valid start character; ignore it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading color map", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF",
| | | 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading color map", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF",
"COLOR_MAP", (char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
}
/*
* If we've not yet allocated a trash buffer, do so now.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
* common case.
*/
if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, trashBuffer, chan, imageWidth,
imageHeight, colorMap, 0, 0, 0, -1) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
continue;
}
break;
}
/*
* Found the frame we want to read. Next, check for a local color map for
* this frame.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading color map", -1));
| > > > > > > > | > | 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
* common case.
*/
if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, trashBuffer, chan, imageWidth,
imageHeight, colorMap, 0, 0, 0, -1) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
/*
* This extension starts a new scope, so Graphic control Extension
* data should be cleared
*/
transparent = -1;
continue;
}
break;
}
/*
* Found the frame we want to read. Next, check for a local color map for
* this frame.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading color map", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "COLOR_MAP",
(char *) NULL);
goto error;
}
}
/*
* Extract the location within the overall visible image to put the data
* in this frame, together with the size of this frame.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 |
srcY = 0;
}
if (height > imageHeight) {
height = imageHeight;
}
if ((width > 0) && (height > 0)) {
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
/*
* Read the data and put it into the photo buffer for display by the
* general image machinery.
*/
| > | 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
srcY = 0;
}
if (height > imageHeight) {
height = imageHeight;
}
if ((width > 0) && (height > 0)) {
unsigned char* pixelPtr;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
/*
* Read the data and put it into the photo buffer for display by the
* general image machinery.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
691 692 693 694 695 696 697 |
goto error;
}
block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth;
if (imageHeight > (int)(UINT_MAX/block.pitch)) {
goto error;
}
nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight;
| | | | > | > | | | 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
goto error;
}
block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth;
if (imageHeight > (int)(UINT_MAX/block.pitch)) {
goto error;
}
nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight;
pixelPtr = (unsigned char*)ckalloc(nBytes);
if (pixelPtr) {
memset(pixelPtr, 0, nBytes);
}
block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, block.pixelPtr, chan, imageWidth,
imageHeight, colorMap, srcX, srcY, BitSet(buf[8], INTERLACE),
transparent) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(pixelPtr);
goto error;
}
block.pixelPtr += srcX * block.pixelSize + srcY * block.pitch;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(pixelPtr);
goto error;
}
ckfree(pixelPtr);
}
/*
* We've successfully read the GIF frame (or there was nothing to read,
* which suits as well). We're done.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
753 754 755 756 757 758 759 |
static int
StringMatchGIF(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* the object containing the image data */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* the image format object, or NULL */
int *widthPtr, /* where to put the string width */
int *heightPtr, /* where to put the string height */
| | | < < | | 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
static int
StringMatchGIF(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* the object containing the image data */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* the image format object, or NULL */
int *widthPtr, /* where to put the string width */
int *heightPtr, /* where to put the string height */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* not used */
{
unsigned char *data, header[10];
int got, length;
MFile handle;
data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
/*
* Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
*/
if (length < 10) {
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
int srcX, int srcY)
{
MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
| | | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
int srcX, int srcY)
{
MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
int length;
const char *xferFormat;
unsigned char *data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);
/*
* Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
* charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
* never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
918 919 920 921 922 923 924 |
int number,
unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
int i;
unsigned char rgb[3];
for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
| | | 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
int number,
unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
int i;
unsigned char rgb[3];
for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) <= 0) {
return 0;
}
if (buffer) {
buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
unsigned char *buf,
int *transparent)
{
int count;
switch (label) {
case 0x01: /* Plain Text Extension */
break;
case 0xff: /* Application Extension */
break;
case 0xfe: /* Comment Extension */
do {
| > > > > > | 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
unsigned char *buf,
int *transparent)
{
int count;
switch (label) {
case 0x01: /* Plain Text Extension */
/*
* This extension starts a new scope, so Graphic control Extension
* data should be cleared
*/
*transparent = -1;
break;
case 0xff: /* Application Extension */
break;
case 0xfe: /* Comment Extension */
do {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
GetDataBlock(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
unsigned char *buf)
{
unsigned char count;
| | | | 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
GetDataBlock(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
unsigned char *buf)
{
unsigned char count;
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
return -1;
}
if ((count != 0) && (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) <= 0)) {
return -1;
}
return count;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 |
ReadImage(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
unsigned char *imagePtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
| | > < < | | > | 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 |
ReadImage(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
unsigned char *imagePtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
int interlace,
int transparent)
{
unsigned char initialCodeSize;
int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i, count;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 };
static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 };
unsigned short prefix[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char append[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char stack[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)*2];
unsigned char *top;
int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
int code, firstCode, v;
/*
* Initialize the decoder
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("malformed image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "MALFORMED",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (transparent != -1) {
cmap[transparent][CM_RED] = 0;
cmap[transparent][CM_GREEN] = 0;
cmap[transparent][CM_BLUE] = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 | */ *top++ = append[code]; code = prefix[code]; } firstCode = append[code]; | | | | | | | | | | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 |
*/
*top++ = append[code];
code = prefix[code];
}
firstCode = append[code];
/*
* Push the head of the code onto the stack.
*/
*top++ = firstCode;
if (maxCode < (1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)) {
/*
* If there's still room in our codes table, add a new entry.
* Otherwise don't, and keep using the current table.
* See DEFERRED CLEAR CODE IN LZW COMPRESSION in the GIF89a
* specification.
*/
prefix[maxCode] = oldCode;
append[maxCode] = firstCode;
maxCode++;
}
/*
* maxCode tells us the maximum code value we can accept. If
* we see that we need more bits to represent it than we are
* requesting from the unpacker, we need to increase the
* number we ask for.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
mInit(
unsigned char *string, /* string containing initial mmencoded data */
MFile *handle, /* mmdecode "file" handle */
| | | 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
mInit(
unsigned char *string, /* string containing initial mmencoded data */
MFile *handle, /* mmdecode "file" handle */
int length) /* Number of bytes in string */
{
handle->data = string;
handle->state = 0;
handle->c = 0;
handle->length = length;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 | * * Side effects: * The base64 handle will change state. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 |
*
* Side effects:
* The base64 handle will change state.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Mread(
unsigned char *dst, /* where to put the result */
size_t chunkSize, /* size of each transfer */
size_t numChunks, /* number of chunks */
MFile *handle) /* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
int i, c;
int count = chunkSize * numChunks;
for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
*dst++ = c;
}
return i;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 | * a base64 encoded string. * * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read() * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
* a base64 encoded string.
*
* Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Fread(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
unsigned char *dst, /* where to put the result */
size_t hunk, size_t count, /* how many */
Tcl_Channel chan)
{
if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
}
if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;
if ((handle->length <= 0) || ((size_t)handle->length < hunk * count)) {
return -1;
}
memcpy(dst, handle->data, hunk * count);
handle->data += hunk * count;
handle->length -= hunk * count;
return hunk * count;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 |
Tcl_Channel chan = NULL;
int result;
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, (char *) filename, "w", 0644);
if (!chan) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 |
Tcl_Channel chan = NULL;
int result;
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, (char *) filename, "w", 0644);
if (!chan) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = CommonWriteGIF(interp, chan, WriteToChannel, format, blockPtr);
if (Tcl_Close(interp, chan) == TCL_ERROR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 |
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
return result;
}
| | | | | | | | < | 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 |
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
return result;
}
static int
WriteToChannel(
void *clientData,
const char *bytes,
int byteCount)
{
Tcl_Channel handle = (Tcl_Channel)clientData;
return Tcl_Write(handle, bytes, byteCount);
}
static int
WriteToByteArray(
void *clientData,
const char *bytes,
int byteCount)
{
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = (Tcl_Obj *)clientData;
Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((unsigned char *) bytes, byteCount);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objPtr, tmpObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
return byteCount;
}
static int
CommonWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
void *handle,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
GifWriterState state;
int resolution;
long width, height, x;
unsigned char c;
unsigned int top, left;
top = 0;
left = 0;
memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
state.pixelSize = blockPtr->pixelSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 |
width = blockPtr->width;
height = blockPtr->height;
state.pixelOffset = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
state.pixelPitch = blockPtr->pitch;
SaveMap(&state, blockPtr);
if (state.num >= MAXCOLORMAPSIZE) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("too many colors", -1));
| | > | 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 |
width = blockPtr->width;
height = blockPtr->height;
state.pixelOffset = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
state.pixelPitch = blockPtr->pitch;
SaveMap(&state, blockPtr);
if (state.num >= MAXCOLORMAPSIZE) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("too many colors", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "COLORFUL",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (state.num<2) {
state.num = 2;
}
c = LSB(width);
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 |
* James A. Woods (decvax!ihnp4!ames!jaw)
* Joe Orost (decvax!vax135!petsd!joe)
*/
static void
Compress(
int initialBits,
| | | 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 |
* James A. Woods (decvax!ihnp4!ames!jaw)
* Joe Orost (decvax!vax135!petsd!joe)
*/
static void
Compress(
int initialBits,
void *handle,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc,
ifunptr readValue,
GifWriterState *statePtr)
{
long fcode, ent, disp, hSize, i = 0;
int c, hshift;
GIFState_t state;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted generic/tkImgListFormat.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #define PNG_UINT32(a,b,c,d) \ (((unsigned long)(a) << 24) | ((unsigned long)(b) << 16) | ((unsigned long)(c) << 8) | (unsigned long)(d)) #define PNG_BLOCK_SZ 1024 /* Process up to 1k at a time. */ #define PNG_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) /* * Every PNG image starts with the following 8-byte signature. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | /* * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they * are officially deprecated). */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
/*
* Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
* others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they
* are officially deprecated).
*/
#define CHUNK_IDAT PNG_UINT32('I','D','A','T') /* Pixel data. */
#define CHUNK_IEND PNG_UINT32('I','E','N','D') /* End of Image. */
#define CHUNK_IHDR PNG_UINT32('I','H','D','R') /* Header. */
#define CHUNK_PLTE PNG_UINT32('P','L','T','E') /* Palette. */
#define CHUNK_bKGD PNG_UINT32('b','K','G','D') /* Background Color */
#define CHUNK_cHRM PNG_UINT32('c','H','R','M') /* Chroma values. */
#define CHUNK_gAMA PNG_UINT32('g','A','M','A') /* Gamma. */
#define CHUNK_hIST PNG_UINT32('h','I','S','T') /* Histogram. */
#define CHUNK_iCCP PNG_UINT32('i','C','C','P') /* Color profile. */
#define CHUNK_iTXt PNG_UINT32('i','T','X','t') /* Internationalized
* text (comments,
* etc.) */
#define CHUNK_oFFs PNG_UINT32('o','F','F','s') /* Image offset. */
#define CHUNK_pCAL PNG_UINT32('p','C','A','L') /* Pixel calibration
* data. */
#define CHUNK_pHYs PNG_UINT32('p','H','Y','s') /* Physical pixel
* dimensions. */
#define CHUNK_sBIT PNG_UINT32('s','B','I','T') /* Significant bits */
#define CHUNK_sCAL PNG_UINT32('s','C','A','L') /* Physical scale. */
#define CHUNK_sPLT PNG_UINT32('s','P','L','T') /* Suggested
* palette. */
#define CHUNK_sRGB PNG_UINT32('s','R','G','B') /* Standard RGB space
* declaration. */
#define CHUNK_tEXt PNG_UINT32('t','E','X','t') /* Plain Latin-1
* text. */
#define CHUNK_tIME PNG_UINT32('t','I','M','E') /* Time stamp. */
#define CHUNK_tRNS PNG_UINT32('t','R','N','S') /* Transparency. */
#define CHUNK_zTXt PNG_UINT32('z','T','X','t') /* Compressed Latin-1
* text. */
/*
* Color flags.
*/
#define PNG_COLOR_INDEXED 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
/*
* PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
*/
Tcl_Channel channel; /* Channel for from-file reads. */
Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
unsigned char *strDataBuf; /* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
| | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
/*
* PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
*/
Tcl_Channel channel; /* Channel for from-file reads. */
Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
unsigned char *strDataBuf; /* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
int strDataLen; /* Length of source data. */
unsigned char *base64Data; /* base64 encoded string data. */
unsigned char base64Bits; /* Remaining bits from last base64 read. */
unsigned char base64State; /* Current state of base64 decoder. */
double alpha; /* Alpha from -format option. */
/*
* Image header information.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 | static int CheckColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int CheckCRC(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, | | > | | | | | 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 | static int CheckColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int CheckCRC(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); static int EncodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int FileMatchPNG(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int FileReadPNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); static int FileWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *filename, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int InitPNGImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int dir); static inline unsigned char Paeth(int a, int b, int c); static int ParseFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int ReadBase64(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int ReadByteArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int ReadData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int ReadChunkHeader(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, int *sizePtr, unsigned long *typePtr, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int ReadIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, int chunkSz, unsigned long crc); static int ReadIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int ReadInt32(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long *resultPtr, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int ReadPLTE(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 | static int StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr); static inline int WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long chunkType, | | | | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | static int StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr); static inline int WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long chunkType, const unsigned char *dataPtr, int dataSize); static int WriteData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, const unsigned char *srcPtr, int srcSz, unsigned long *crcPtr); static int WriteExtraChunks(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int WriteIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int WriteIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
* reading with ReadData().
*/
if (objPtr) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
pngPtr->strDataBuf =
| | | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
* reading with ReadData().
*/
if (objPtr) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
pngPtr->strDataBuf =
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &pngPtr->strDataLen);
}
/*
* Initialize the palette transparency table to fully opaque.
*/
memset(pngPtr->palette, 255, sizeof(pngPtr->palette));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
*/
static int
ReadBase64(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
| | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
*/
static int
ReadBase64(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
int destSz,
unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
static const unsigned char from64[] = {
0x82, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80, 0x80,
0x83, 0x80, 0x80, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x3e,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
453 454 455 456 457 458 459 | 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, | | | 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 |
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
0x83, 0x83, 0x83
};
/*
* Definitions for the base-64 decoder.
*/
#define PNG64_SPECIAL 0x80 /* Flag bit */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
*/
static int
ReadByteArray(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
| | | | | 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
*/
static int
ReadByteArray(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
int destSz,
unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
/*
* Check to make sure the number of requested bytes are available.
*/
if (pngPtr->strDataLen < destSz) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"unexpected end of image data", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EARLY_END", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (destSz) {
int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);
memcpy(destPtr, pngPtr->strDataBuf, blockSz);
pngPtr->strDataBuf += blockSz;
pngPtr->strDataLen -= blockSz;
if (crcPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
*/
static int
ReadData(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
| | | | | 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
*/
static int
ReadData(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned char *destPtr,
int destSz,
unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
if (pngPtr->base64Data) {
return ReadBase64(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
} else if (pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
return ReadByteArray(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
}
while (destSz) {
int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);
blockSz = Tcl_Read(pngPtr->channel, (char *)destPtr, blockSz);
if (blockSz == -1) {
/* TODO: failure info... */
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"channel read failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
{
unsigned char p[4];
if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, p, 4, crcPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 |
{
unsigned char p[4];
if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, p, 4, crcPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*resultPtr = PNG_UINT32(p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3]);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
854 855 856 857 858 859 860 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ReadChunkHeader(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
| | | 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ReadChunkHeader(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
int *sizePtr,
unsigned long *typePtr,
unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
unsigned long chunkType = 0;
int chunkSz = 0;
unsigned long crc = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
882 883 884 885 886 887 888 |
* maximum size for Tcl_Read, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, etc.
*/
if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, pc, 4, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 |
* maximum size for Tcl_Read, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, etc.
*/
if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, pc, 4, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
temp = PNG_UINT32(pc[0], pc[1], pc[2], pc[3]);
if (temp > INT_MAX) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"chunk size is out of supported range on this architecture",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "OUTSIZE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
907 908 909 910 911 912 913 | return TCL_ERROR; } /* * Convert it to a host-order integer for simple comparison. */ | | | 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 | return TCL_ERROR; } /* * Convert it to a host-order integer for simple comparison. */ chunkType = PNG_UINT32(pc[0], pc[1], pc[2], pc[3]); /* * Check to see if this is a known/supported chunk type. Note that the * PNG specs require non-critical (i.e., ancillary) chunk types that * are not recognized to be ignored, rather than be treated as an * error. It does, however, recommend that an unknown critical chunk * type be treated as a failure. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
972 973 974 975 976 977 978 |
default:
/*
* Unknown chunk type. If it's critical, we can't continue.
*/
if (!(chunkType & PNG_CF_ANCILLARY)) {
| | | 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 |
default:
/*
* Unknown chunk type. If it's critical, we can't continue.
*/
if (!(chunkType & PNG_CF_ANCILLARY)) {
if (chunkType & PNG_UINT32(128,128,128,128)) {
/*
* No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
* we'll be doubly careful.
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"encountered an unsupported critical chunk type",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
static int
ReadIHDR(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
unsigned long chunkType;
| | | 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 |
static int
ReadIHDR(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
unsigned long chunkType;
int chunkSz;
unsigned long crc;
unsigned long width, height;
int mismatch;
/*
* Read the appropriate number of bytes for the PNG signature.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);
/*
* If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
*/
if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
| | | 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 |
mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);
/*
* If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
*/
if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
pngPtr->strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr,
&pngPtr->strDataLen);
pngPtr->base64Data = pngPtr->strDataBuf;
if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, sigBuf, PNG_SIG_SZ, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 |
static int
UnfilterLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
unsigned char *thisLine =
| | | | 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 |
static int
UnfilterLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
unsigned char *thisLine =
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, (int *)NULL);
unsigned char *lastLine =
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->lastLineObj, (int *)NULL);
#define PNG_FILTER_NONE 0
#define PNG_FILTER_SUB 1
#define PNG_FILTER_UP 2
#define PNG_FILTER_AVG 3
#define PNG_FILTER_PAETH 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 |
int haveBits = 0; /* Number of bits remaining in current byte */
unsigned char pixBits = 0; /* Extracted bits for current channel */
int shifts = 0; /* Number of channels extracted from byte */
int offset = 0; /* Current offset into pixelPtr */
int colStep = 1; /* Column increment each pass */
int pixStep = 0; /* extra pixelPtr increment each pass */
unsigned char lastPixel[6];
| | | 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 |
int haveBits = 0; /* Number of bits remaining in current byte */
unsigned char pixBits = 0; /* Extracted bits for current channel */
int shifts = 0; /* Number of channels extracted from byte */
int offset = 0; /* Current offset into pixelPtr */
int colStep = 1; /* Column increment each pass */
int pixStep = 0; /* extra pixelPtr increment each pass */
unsigned char lastPixel[6];
unsigned char *p = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, (int *)NULL);
p++;
if (UnfilterLine(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (pngPtr->currentLine >= pngPtr->block.height) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 |
unsigned long crc)
{
/*
* Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
*/
while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
| | | 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 |
unsigned long crc)
{
/*
* Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
*/
while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
int len1, len2;
/*
* Read another block of input into the zlib stream if data remains.
*/
if (chunkSz) {
Tcl_Obj *inputObj = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 |
/*
* Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
* until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
*/
getNextLine:
| | | | | 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 |
/*
* Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
* until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
*/
getNextLine:
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len1);
if (Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, pngPtr->thisLineObj,
pngPtr->phaseSize - len1) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len2);
if (len2 == pngPtr->phaseSize) {
if (pngPtr->phase > 7) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"extra data after final scan line of final phase",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EXTRA_DATA",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 |
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
Tcl_Obj **objv = NULL;
int objc = 0;
static const char *const fmtOptions[] = {
"-alpha", NULL
};
| | | 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 |
PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
Tcl_Obj **objv = NULL;
int objc = 0;
static const char *const fmtOptions[] = {
"-alpha", NULL
};
enum fmtOptions {
OPT_ALPHA
};
/*
* Extract elements of format specification as a list.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "value"); return TCL_ERROR; } objc--; objv++; | | | 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "value");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc--;
objv++;
switch ((enum fmtOptions) optIndex) {
case OPT_ALPHA:
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[0],
&pngPtr->alpha) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((pngPtr->alpha < 0.0) || (pngPtr->alpha > 1.0)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 | * dimensions and contents may change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DecodePNG( | | | | | | > > > > | > | | 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 |
* dimensions and contents may change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DecodePNG(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
PNGImage *pngPtr, /* PNG image information record. */
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
unsigned long chunkType;
int result;
int chunkSz;
unsigned long crc;
/*
* Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk.
*/
if (ReadIHDR(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 |
/*
* Expand the photo size (if not set by the user) to provide enough space
* for the image being parsed. It does not matter if width or height wrap
* to negative here: Tk will not shrink the image.
*/
| | | | 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 |
/*
* Expand the photo size (if not set by the user) to provide enough space
* for the image being parsed. It does not matter if width or height wrap
* to negative here: Tk will not shrink the image.
*/
if (Tk_PhotoExpand(interp, imageHandle, destX + width,
destY + height) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A scan line consists of one byte for a filter type, plus the number of
* bits per color sample times the number of color samples per pixel.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 |
pngPtr->thisLineObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pngPtr->thisLineObj);
pngPtr->block.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)attemptckalloc(pngPtr->blockLen);
if (!pngPtr->block.pixelPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"memory allocation failed", -1));
| | | 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 |
pngPtr->thisLineObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pngPtr->thisLineObj);
pngPtr->block.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)attemptckalloc(pngPtr->blockLen);
if (!pngPtr->block.pixelPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"memory allocation failed", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Determine size of the first phase if interlaced. Phase size should
* always be <= line size, so probably not necessary to check for
* arithmetic overflow here: should be covered by line size check.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 |
ApplyAlpha(pngPtr);
/*
* Copy the decoded image block into the Tk photo image.
*/
| > | < | | | < | | 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 |
ApplyAlpha(pngPtr);
/*
* Copy the decoded image block into the Tk photo image.
*/
pngPtr->block.pixelPtr += srcX * pngPtr->block.pixelSize + srcY * pngPtr->block.pitch;
result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &pngPtr->block, destX, destY,
width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
pngPtr->block.pixelPtr -= srcX * pngPtr->block.pixelSize + srcY * pngPtr->block.pitch;
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FileMatchPNG --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 |
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
PNGImage png;
int match = 0;
| < < | 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 |
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
PNGImage png;
int match = 0;
InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, chan, NULL, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
*widthPtr = png.block.width;
*heightPtr = png.block.height;
match = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 | * image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FileReadPNG( | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 |
* image given by imageHandle.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileReadPNG(
Tcl_Interp* interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char* fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
result = InitPNGImage(interp, &png, chan, NULL, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
if (TCL_OK == result) {
result = DecodePNG(interp, &png, fmtObj, imageHandle, destX, destY, width, height, srcX, srcY);
}
CleanupPNGImage(&png);
return result;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 |
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
PNGImage png;
int match = 0;
| < | | 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 |
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
PNGImage png;
int match = 0;
InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
png.strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);
if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
*widthPtr = png.block.width;
*heightPtr = png.block.height;
match = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 | * New data is added to the image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int StringReadPNG( | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 |
* New data is added to the image given by imageHandle.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringReadPNG(
Tcl_Interp* interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Obj *pObjData,
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
result = InitPNGImage(interp, &png, NULL, pObjData,
TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
if (TCL_OK == result) {
result = DecodePNG(interp, &png, fmtObj, imageHandle, destX, destY, width, height, srcX, srcY);
}
CleanupPNGImage(&png);
return result;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 |
*/
static int
WriteData(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
const unsigned char *srcPtr,
| | | | | | | | 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 |
*/
static int
WriteData(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
const unsigned char *srcPtr,
int srcSz,
unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
if (!srcPtr || srcSz <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (crcPtr) {
*crcPtr = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(*crcPtr, srcPtr, srcSz);
}
/*
* TODO: is Tcl_AppendObjToObj faster here? i.e., does Tcl join the
* objects immediately or store them in a multi-object rep?
*/
if (pngPtr->objDataPtr) {
int objSz;
unsigned char *destPtr;
Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr, &objSz);
if (objSz > INT_MAX - srcSz) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"image too large to store completely in byte array", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "TOO_LARGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
destPtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(pngPtr->objDataPtr, objSz + srcSz);
if (!destPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"memory allocation failed", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memcpy(destPtr+objSz, srcPtr, srcSz);
} else if (Tcl_Write(pngPtr->channel, (const char *) srcPtr, srcSz) == -1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"write to channel failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 |
static inline int
WriteChunk(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned long chunkType,
const unsigned char *dataPtr,
| | | 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 |
static inline int
WriteChunk(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
unsigned long chunkType,
const unsigned char *dataPtr,
int dataSize)
{
unsigned long crc = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(0, NULL, 0);
int result = TCL_OK;
/*
* Write the length field for the chunk.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, result;
Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
unsigned char *outputBytes;
| | | 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
PNGImage *pngPtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, result;
Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
unsigned char *outputBytes;
int outputSize;
/*
* Filter and compress each row one at a time.
*/
for (rowNum=0 ; rowNum < blockPtr->height ; rowNum++) {
int colNum;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 |
/*
* Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
*/
outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
(void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
| | | 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 |
/*
* Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
*/
outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
(void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
outputBytes = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(outputObj, &outputSize);
result = WriteChunk(interp, pngPtr, CHUNK_IDAT, outputBytes, outputSize);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(outputObj);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 |
const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan;
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
| < | 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 |
const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan;
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Open a Tcl file channel where the image data will be stored. Tk ought
* to take care of this, and just provide a channel, but it doesn't.
*/
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, filename, "w", 0644);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 |
*/
if (InitPNGImage(interp, &png, chan, NULL,
TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_DEFLATE) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto cleanup;
}
| < < < < < | | | 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 |
*/
if (InitPNGImage(interp, &png, chan, NULL,
TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_DEFLATE) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto cleanup;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Write the raw PNG data out to the file.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
| < | 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
PNGImage png;
int result = TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Initalize PNGImage instance for encoding.
*/
if (InitPNGImage(interp, &png, NULL, resultObj,
TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_DEFLATE) == TCL_ERROR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgPPM.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | * Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * The maximum amount of memory to allocate for data read from the file. If we * need more than this, we do it in pieces. */ #define MAX_MEMORY 10000 /* don't allocate > 10KB */ | > > > > | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | * Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * The maximum amount of memory to allocate for data read from the file. If we * need more than this, we do it in pieces. */ #define MAX_MEMORY 10000 /* don't allocate > 10KB */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
int nLines, h, type, bytesPerChannel = 1;
| | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
int nLines, h, type, bytesPerChannel = 1;
int nBytes, count;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
if (type == 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"%s\"", fileName));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count--, p++) {
*p = (((int) *p) * 255)/maxIntensity;
}
} else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
unsigned char *p;
unsigned int value;
| | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count--, p++) {
*p = (((int) *p) * 255)/maxIntensity;
}
} else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
unsigned char *p;
unsigned int value;
for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count -= 2, p += 2) {
value = ((unsigned int) p[0]) * 256 + ((unsigned int) p[1]);
value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
}
}
block.height = nLines;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
FileWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *fileName,
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *),
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan;
| | < < < < < | < | | | | | | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
FileWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *fileName,
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *),
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan;
int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset, nBytes;
unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
if (chan == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
snprintf(header, sizeof(header), "P6\n%d %d\n255\n", blockPtr->width, blockPtr->height);
Tcl_Write(chan, header, -1);
pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
&& (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
if (Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
goto writeerror;
}
} else {
for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
if (Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == -1 ||
Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1) == -1 ||
Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) == -1) {
goto writeerror;
}
pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int w, h, size, greenOffset, blueOffset;
unsigned char *pixLinePtr, *byteArray;
char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
Tcl_Obj *byteArrayObj;
| | | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int w, h, size, greenOffset, blueOffset;
unsigned char *pixLinePtr, *byteArray;
char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
Tcl_Obj *byteArrayObj;
snprintf(header, sizeof(header), "P6\n%d %d\n255\n", blockPtr->width, blockPtr->height);
/*
* Construct a byte array of the right size with the header and
* get a pointer to the data part of it.
*/
size = strlen(header);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
for (p=pixelPtr,count=nBytes ; count>0 ; count--,p++,dataBuffer++) {
*p = (((int) *dataBuffer) * 255)/maxIntensity;
}
} else {
unsigned int value;
| | | | 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 |
if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
for (p=pixelPtr,count=nBytes ; count>0 ; count--,p++,dataBuffer++) {
*p = (((int) *dataBuffer) * 255)/maxIntensity;
}
} else {
unsigned int value;
for (p = pixelPtr,count=nBytes; count > 1; count-=2, p += 2, dataBuffer += 2) {
value = ((unsigned int)dataBuffer[0]) * 256 + ((unsigned int)dataBuffer[1]);
value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
}
}
dataSize -= nBytes;
block.height = nLines;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
* is stored here. */
unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
int i, numFields, type = 0;
| | | | 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 |
* is stored here. */
unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
int i, numFields, type = 0;
int dataSize;
unsigned char *dataBuffer;
dataBuffer = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);
/*
* Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
* line that starts with "#").
*/
if (dataSize-- < 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. */ #include "tkImgPhoto.h" #include "tkPort.h" /* * Declaration for internal Xlib function used here: */ | > > > > | < < < < < < < | | | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. */ #include "tkImgPhoto.h" #include "tkPort.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Declaration for internal Xlib function used here: */ extern int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image); /* * Forward declarations */ #ifndef TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA static void BlendComplexAlpha(XImage *bgImg, PhotoInstance *iPtr, int xOffset, int yOffset, int width, int height); #endif static int IsValidPalette(PhotoInstance *instancePtr, const char *palette); static int CountBits(pixel mask); static void GetColorTable(PhotoInstance *instancePtr); static void FreeColorTable(ColorTable *colorPtr, int force); static void AllocateColors(ColorTable *colorPtr); static void DisposeColorTable(ClientData clientData); static int ReclaimColors(ColorTableId *id, int numColors); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr) /* Instance to reconfigure. */
{
| | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr) /* Instance to reconfigure. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
XImage *imagePtr;
int bitsPerPixel;
ColorTable *colorTablePtr;
XRectangle validBox;
/*
* If the -palette configuration option has been set for the model, use
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
|| (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
|| (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
/*
* Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
*/
if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
| | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
|| (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
|| (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
/*
* Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
*/
if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
colorTablePtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
}
GetColorTable(instancePtr);
/*
* Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
* necessary.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
ClientData
TkImgPhotoGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
ClientData modelData) /* Pointer to our model structure for the
* image. */
{
| | > > > | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
ClientData
TkImgPhotoGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
ClientData modelData) /* Pointer to our model structure for the
* image. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr = modelData;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
Colormap colormap;
int mono, nRed, nGreen, nBlue, numVisuals;
XVisualInfo visualInfo, *visInfoPtr;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 3];
XColor *white, *black;
XGCValues gcValues;
#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
int gcmask;
#endif
/*
* Table of "best" choices for palette for PseudoColor displays with
* between 3 and 15 bits/pixel.
*/
static const int paletteChoice[13][3] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
* colormap. If so then just re-use it.
*/
colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
for (instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((colormap == instancePtr->colormap)
| | > > > > | 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
* colormap. If so then just re-use it.
*/
colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
for (instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((colormap == instancePtr->colormap)
&& (Tk_Display(tkwin) == instancePtr->display)
#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
&& (Tk_Visual(tkwin) == instancePtr->visualInfo.visual)
#endif
) {
/*
* Re-use this instance.
*/
if (instancePtr->refCount == 0) {
/*
* We are resurrecting this instance.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
}
/*
* The image isn't already in use in a window with the same colormap. Make
* a new instance of the image.
*/
| | | | 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
}
/*
* The image isn't already in use in a window with the same colormap. Make
* a new instance of the image.
*/
instancePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoInstance));
instancePtr->masterPtr = modelPtr;
instancePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
instancePtr->colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
Tk_PreserveColormap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->colormap);
instancePtr->refCount = 1;
instancePtr->colorTablePtr = NULL;
instancePtr->pixels = None;
instancePtr->error = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
Tcl_Panic("TkImgPhotoGet couldn't find visual for window");
}
nRed = 2;
nGreen = nBlue = 0;
mono = 1;
instancePtr->visualInfo = *visInfoPtr;
switch (visInfoPtr->c_class) {
case DirectColor:
case TrueColor:
nRed = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->red_mask);
nGreen = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->green_mask);
nBlue = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->blue_mask);
mono = 0;
break;
case PseudoColor:
case StaticColor:
if (visInfoPtr->depth > 15) {
nRed = 32;
nGreen = 32;
nBlue = 32;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
Tcl_Panic("TkImgPhotoGet couldn't find visual for window");
}
nRed = 2;
nGreen = nBlue = 0;
mono = 1;
instancePtr->visualInfo = *visInfoPtr;
#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
gcmask = 0;
instancePtr->visualInfo.visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin);
#endif
switch (visInfoPtr->c_class) {
case DirectColor:
case TrueColor:
nRed = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->red_mask);
nGreen = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->green_mask);
nBlue = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->blue_mask);
mono = 0;
#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
if (visInfoPtr->depth > 24) {
gcValues.plane_mask = visInfoPtr->red_mask
| visInfoPtr->green_mask
| visInfoPtr->blue_mask;
gcmask = GCPlaneMask;
}
#endif
break;
case PseudoColor:
case StaticColor:
if (visInfoPtr->depth > 15) {
nRed = 32;
nGreen = 32;
nBlue = 32;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
case StaticGray:
nRed = 1 << visInfoPtr->depth;
break;
}
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
if (mono) {
| | | > > > > | > | | 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
case StaticGray:
nRed = 1 << visInfoPtr->depth;
break;
}
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
if (mono) {
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", nRed);
} else {
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d", nRed, nGreen, nBlue);
}
instancePtr->defaultPalette = Tk_GetUid(buf);
/*
* Make a GC with background = black and foreground = white.
*/
white = Tk_GetColor(modelPtr->interp, tkwin, "white");
black = Tk_GetColor(modelPtr->interp, tkwin, "black");
gcValues.foreground = (white != NULL)? white->pixel:
WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
gcValues.background = (black != NULL)? black->pixel:
BlackPixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
Tk_FreeColor(white);
Tk_FreeColor(black);
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
instancePtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
gcmask|GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
#else
instancePtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
#endif
/*
* Set configuration options and finish the initialization of the
* instance. This will also dither the image if necessary.
*/
TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
/*
* If this is the first instance, must set the size of the image.
*/
if (instancePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
}
return instancePtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
412 413 414 415 416 417 418 | * whereas RGB15 is the correct version and works for 15bpp+, but it * slower, so it's only used for 15bpp+. * * Note that Win32 pre-defines those operations that we really need. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | * whereas RGB15 is the correct version and works for 15bpp+, but it * slower, so it's only used for 15bpp+. * * Note that Win32 pre-defines those operations that we really need. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifndef TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA #ifndef _WIN32 #define GetRValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift)) #define GetGValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift)) #define GetBValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift)) #define RGB(r, g, b) ((unsigned)( \ (UCHAR(r) << red_shift) | \ (UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
int xOffset, int yOffset, /* X & Y offset into image instance to
* draw. */
int width, int height) /* Width & height of image to draw. */
{
int x, y, line;
unsigned long pixel;
unsigned char r, g, b, alpha, unalpha, *modelPtr;
| | | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 |
int xOffset, int yOffset, /* X & Y offset into image instance to
* draw. */
int width, int height) /* Width & height of image to draw. */
{
int x, y, line;
unsigned long pixel;
unsigned char r, g, b, alpha, unalpha, *modelPtr;
unsigned char *alphaAr = iPtr->masterPtr->pix32;
/*
* This blending is an integer version of the Source-Over compositing rule
* (see Porter&Duff, "Compositing Digital Images", proceedings of SIGGRAPH
* 1984) that has been hard-coded (for speed) to work with targetting a
* solid surface.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
if (bgImg->depth < 24) {
unsigned char red_mlen, green_mlen, blue_mlen;
red_mlen = 8 - CountBits(red_mask >> red_shift);
green_mlen = 8 - CountBits(green_mask >> green_shift);
blue_mlen = 8 - CountBits(blue_mask >> blue_shift);
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
| | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 |
if (bgImg->depth < 24) {
unsigned char red_mlen, green_mlen, blue_mlen;
red_mlen = 8 - CountBits(red_mask >> red_shift);
green_mlen = 8 - CountBits(green_mask >> green_shift);
blue_mlen = 8 - CountBits(blue_mask >> blue_shift);
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
modelPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
alpha = modelPtr[3];
/*
* Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
538 539 540 541 542 543 544 |
}
}
return;
}
#endif /* !_WIN32 */
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
| | | 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
}
}
return;
}
#endif /* !_WIN32 */
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
modelPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
alpha = modelPtr[3];
/*
* Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
578 579 580 581 582 583 584 |
}
XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
}
}
}
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}
| | | 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 |
}
XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
}
}
}
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}
#endif /* TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA */
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkImgPhotoDisplay --
*
* This function is invoked to draw a photo image.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to
* draw. */
int drawableX,int drawableY)/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
* to imageX and imageY. */
{
| | | | > | | | > | | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to
* draw. */
int drawableX,int drawableY)/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
* to imageX and imageY. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
#ifndef TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA
XVisualInfo visInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo;
#endif
/*
* If there's no pixmap, it means that an error occurred while creating
* the image instance so it can't be displayed.
*/
if (instancePtr->pixels == None) {
return;
}
#ifdef TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA
/*
* We can use TkpPutRGBAImage to render RGBA Ximages directly so there is
* no need to call XGetImage or to do the Porter-Duff compositing by hand.
*/
unsigned char *rgbaPixels = instancePtr->masterPtr->pix32;
XImage *photo = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char*)rgbaPixels,
(unsigned int)instancePtr->width,
(unsigned int)instancePtr->height,
0, (unsigned int)(4 * instancePtr->width));
TkpPutRGBAImage(display, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
photo, imageX, imageY, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height);
photo->data = NULL;
XDestroyImage(photo);
#else
if ((instancePtr->masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)
&& visInfo.depth >= 15
&& (visInfo.c_class == DirectColor || visInfo.c_class == TrueColor)) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
XImage *bgImg = NULL;
/*
* Create an error handler to suppress the case where the input was
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
bgImg, 0, 0, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height);
XDestroyImage(bgImg);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
} else {
/*
| | | | 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 |
TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
bgImg, 0, 0, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height);
XDestroyImage(bgImg);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
} else {
/*
* modelPtr->validRegion describes which parts of the image contain valid
* data. We set this region as the clip mask for the gc, setting its
* origin appropriately, and use it when drawing the image.
*/
fallBack:
TkSetRegion(display, instancePtr->gc,
instancePtr->masterPtr->validRegion);
XSetClipOrigin(display, instancePtr->gc, drawableX - imageX,
drawableY - imageY);
XCopyArea(display, instancePtr->pixels, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
imageX, imageY, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
drawableX, drawableY);
XSetClipMask(display, instancePtr->gc, None);
XSetClipOrigin(display, instancePtr->gc, 0, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
void
TkImgPhotoFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to PhotoInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used
* image. */
{
| | < | | 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 |
void
TkImgPhotoFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to PhotoInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used
* image. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
ColorTable *colorPtr;
if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
return;
}
/*
* There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
* count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
* reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
* structure.
*/
colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
if (colorPtr != NULL) {
colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
}
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
778 779 780 781 782 783 784 |
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr;
schar *newError, *errSrcPtr, *errDestPtr;
int h, offset;
XRectangle validBox;
Pixmap newPixmap;
| | | 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 |
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr;
schar *newError, *errSrcPtr, *errDestPtr;
int h, offset;
XRectangle validBox;
Pixmap newPixmap;
modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
TkClipBox(modelPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
if ((instancePtr->width != modelPtr->width)
|| (instancePtr->height != modelPtr->height)
|| (instancePtr->pixels == None)) {
newPixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(instancePtr->display,
RootWindow(instancePtr->display,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
if (modelPtr->height > 0 && modelPtr->width > 0) {
/*
* TODO: use attemptckalloc() here once there is a strategy that
* will allow us to recover from failure. Right now, there's no
* such possibility.
*/
| | | 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 |
if (modelPtr->height > 0 && modelPtr->width > 0) {
/*
* TODO: use attemptckalloc() here once there is a strategy that
* will allow us to recover from failure. Right now, there's no
* such possibility.
*/
newError = ckalloc(modelPtr->height * modelPtr->width
* 3 * sizeof(schar));
/*
* Zero the new array so that we don't get bogus error values
* propagating into areas we dither later.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
* Copy the common area over to the new array and free the old
* array.
*/
if (modelPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
offset = validBox.y * modelPtr->width * 3;
memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
| | | | 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 |
* Copy the common area over to the new array and free the old
* array.
*/
if (modelPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
offset = validBox.y * modelPtr->width * 3;
memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
(size_t) (validBox.height
* modelPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
} else if (validBox.width > 0 && validBox.height > 0) {
errDestPtr = newError +
(validBox.y * modelPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
errSrcPtr = instancePtr->error +
(validBox.y * instancePtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int CountBits( | | | 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CountBits(
pixel mask) /* Value to count the 1 bits in. */
{
int n;
for (n=0 ; mask!=0 ; mask&=mask-1) {
n++;
}
return n;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 |
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &id, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
/*
* Re-use the existing entry.
*/
| | | | 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &id, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
/*
* Re-use the existing entry.
*/
colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
} else {
/*
* No color table currently available; need to make one.
*/
colorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ColorTable));
/*
* The following line of code should not normally be needed due to the
* assignment in the following line. However, it compensates for bugs
* in some compilers (HP, for example) where sizeof(ColorTable) is 24
* but the assignment only copies 20 bytes, leaving 4 bytes
* uninitialized; these cause problems when using the id for lookups
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 |
static void
FreeColorTable(
ColorTable *colorPtr, /* Pointer to the color table which is no
* longer required by an instance. */
int force) /* Force free to happen immediately. */
{
| > | | 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 |
static void
FreeColorTable(
ColorTable *colorPtr, /* Pointer to the color table which is no
* longer required by an instance. */
int force) /* Force free to happen immediately. */
{
colorPtr->refCount--;
if (colorPtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
if (force) {
if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 |
*/
if (mono) {
numColors = nGreen = nBlue = nRed;
} else {
numColors = MAX(MAX(nRed, nGreen), nBlue);
}
| | | | 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 |
*/
if (mono) {
numColors = nGreen = nBlue = nRed;
} else {
numColors = MAX(MAX(nRed, nGreen), nBlue);
}
colors = ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(XColor));
for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
if (igam == 1.0) {
colors[i].red = CFRAC(i, nRed - 1);
colors[i].green = CFRAC(i, nGreen - 1);
colors[i].blue = CFRAC(i, nBlue - 1);
} else {
colors[i].red = CGFRAC(i, nRed - 1, igam);
colors[i].green = CGFRAC(i, nGreen - 1, igam);
colors[i].blue = CGFRAC(i, nBlue - 1, igam);
}
}
} else {
/*
* PseudoColor, StaticColor, GrayScale or StaticGray visual: we
* have to allocate each color in the color cube separately.
*/
numColors = (mono) ? nRed: (nRed * nGreen * nBlue);
colors = ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(XColor));
if (!mono) {
/*
* Color display using a PseudoColor or StaticColor visual.
*/
i = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 | } } /* * Now try to allocate the colors we've calculated. */ | | | 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 |
}
}
/*
* Now try to allocate the colors we've calculated.
*/
pixels = ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(unsigned long));
for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
if (!XAllocColor(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
&colors[i])) {
/*
* Can't get all the colors we want in the default colormap;
* first try freeing colors from other unused color tables.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 |
*/
static void
DisposeColorTable(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the ColorTable whose
* colors are to be released. */
{
| | | | 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 |
*/
static void
DisposeColorTable(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the ColorTable whose
* colors are to be released. */
{
ColorTable *colorPtr = clientData;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
if (colorPtr->pixelMap != NULL) {
if (colorPtr->numColors > 0) {
XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors, 0);
Tk_FreeColormap(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap);
}
ckfree(colorPtr->pixelMap);
}
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &colorPtr->id);
if (entry == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("DisposeColorTable couldn't find hash entry");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
ckfree(colorPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 |
/*
* First scan through the color hash table to get an upper bound on how
* many colors we might be able to free.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while (entry != NULL) {
| | | 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 |
/*
* First scan through the color hash table to get an upper bound on how
* many colors we might be able to free.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while (entry != NULL) {
colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0 )&& (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
&& ((colorPtr->id.palette != id->palette)
|| (colorPtr->id.gamma != id->gamma))) {
/*
* We could take this guy's colors off him.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 |
/*
* Scan through a second time freeing colors.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while ((entry != NULL) && (numColors > 0)) {
| | | 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 |
/*
* Scan through a second time freeing colors.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while ((entry != NULL) && (numColors > 0)) {
colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0) && (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
&& ((colorPtr->id.palette != id->palette)
|| (colorPtr->id.gamma != id->gamma))) {
/*
* Free the colors that this ColorTable has.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 |
*/
void
TkImgDisposeInstance(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the instance whose resources are
* to be released. */
{
| | | | | | 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 |
*/
void
TkImgDisposeInstance(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the instance whose resources are
* to be released. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
PhotoInstance *prevPtr;
if (instancePtr->pixels != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels);
}
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->gc);
}
if (instancePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
XDestroyImage(instancePtr->imagePtr);
}
if (instancePtr->error != NULL) {
ckfree(instancePtr->error);
}
if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != NULL) {
FreeColorTable(instancePtr->colorTablePtr, 1);
}
if (instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr == instancePtr) {
instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr != instancePtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
}
Tk_FreeColormap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->colormap);
ckfree(instancePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 |
void
TkImgDitherInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr, /* The instance to be updated. */
int xStart, int yStart, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel in the
* block to be dithered. */
int width, int height) /* Dimensions of the block to be dithered. */
{
| | | | 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 |
void
TkImgDitherInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr, /* The instance to be updated. */
int xStart, int yStart, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel in the
* block to be dithered. */
int width, int height) /* Dimensions of the block to be dithered. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
ColorTable *colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
XImage *imagePtr;
int nLines, bigEndian, i, c, x, y, xEnd, doDithering = 1;
int bitsPerPixel, bytesPerLine, lineLength;
unsigned char *srcLinePtr;
schar *errLinePtr;
pixel firstBit, word, mask;
/*
* Turn dithering off in certain cases where it is not needed (TrueColor,
* DirectColor with many colors).
*/
if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == DirectColor)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 |
imagePtr->bytes_per_line = bytesPerLine;
/*
* TODO: use attemptckalloc() here once we have some strategy for
* recovering from the failure.
*/
| | | 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
imagePtr->bytes_per_line = bytesPerLine;
/*
* TODO: use attemptckalloc() here once we have some strategy for
* recovering from the failure.
*/
imagePtr->data = ckalloc(imagePtr->bytes_per_line * nLines);
bigEndian = imagePtr->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst;
firstBit = bigEndian? (1 << (imagePtr->bitmap_unit - 1)): 1;
lineLength = modelPtr->width * 3;
srcLinePtr = modelPtr->pix32 + (yStart * modelPtr->width + xStart) * 4;
errLinePtr = instancePtr->error + yStart * lineLength + xStart * 3;
xEnd = xStart + width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 |
nLines = height;
}
yEnd = yStart + nLines;
for (y = yStart; y < yEnd; ++y) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = srcLinePtr;
schar *errPtr = errLinePtr;
unsigned char *destBytePtr = dstLinePtr;
| | | 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 |
nLines = height;
}
yEnd = yStart + nLines;
for (y = yStart; y < yEnd; ++y) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = srcLinePtr;
schar *errPtr = errLinePtr;
unsigned char *destBytePtr = dstLinePtr;
pixel *destLongPtr = (pixel *) dstLinePtr;
if (colorPtr->flags & COLOR_WINDOW) {
/*
* Color window. We dither the three components independently,
* using Floyd-Steinberg dithering, which propagates errors
* from the quantization of pixels to the pixels below and to
* the right.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 | * image format is different from the pixel format in * Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in * Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This * would speed up the image code for all of the common * sizes. */ | | | 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 | * image format is different from the pixel format in * Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in * Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This * would speed up the image code for all of the common * sizes. */ case NBBY * sizeof(pixel): *destLongPtr++ = i; break; #endif default: XPutPixel(imagePtr, x - xStart, y - yStart, (unsigned) i); } |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 | * image format is different from the pixel format in * Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in * Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This * would speed up the image code for all of the common * sizes. */ | | | 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 | * image format is different from the pixel format in * Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in * Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This * would speed up the image code for all of the common * sizes. */ case NBBY * sizeof(pixel): *destLongPtr++ = i; break; #endif default: XPutPixel(imagePtr, x - xStart, y - yStart, (unsigned) i); } |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 |
void
TkImgResetDither(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr)
{
if (instancePtr->error) {
memset(instancePtr->error, 0,
| | | | 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 |
void
TkImgResetDither(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr)
{
if (instancePtr->error) {
memset(instancePtr->error, 0,
/*(size_t)*/ (instancePtr->masterPtr->width
* instancePtr->masterPtr->height * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | /* * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option * was specified. * | < < < | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
/*
* Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
* allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
* is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
* set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
* was specified.
*
* OPT_BACKGROUND: Set if -format option allowed/specified.
* OPT_COMPOSITE: Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
* OPT_FORMAT: Set if -format option allowed/specified.
* OPT_FROM: Set if -from option allowed/specified.
* OPT_GRAYSCALE: Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
* OPT_SHRINK: Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
* OPT_SUBSAMPLE: Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
* OPT_TO: Set if -to option allowed/specified.
* OPT_ZOOM: Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
*/
#define OPT_BACKGROUND 1
#define OPT_COMPOSITE 2
#define OPT_FORMAT 4
#define OPT_FROM 8
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE 0x10
#define OPT_SHRINK 0x20
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE 0x40
#define OPT_TO 0x80
#define OPT_ZOOM 0x100
/*
* List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
* of the OPT_* constants above.
*/
static const char *const optionNames[] = {
"-background",
"-compositingrule",
"-format",
"-from",
"-grayscale",
"-shrink",
"-subsample",
"-to",
"-zoom",
NULL
};
/*
* Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
* problems.
*/
#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \
"not enough free memory for image buffer"
/*
* Functions used in the type record for photo images.
*/
static int ImgPhotoCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
const Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageModel model,
void **clientDataPtr);
static void ImgPhotoDelete(void *clientData);
static int ImgPhotoPostscript(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int prepass);
/*
* The type record itself for photo images:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
NULL
};
typedef struct {
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList;
/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
* photo image formats.*/
| < < > > | > > | | | | | | | > > > | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
NULL
};
typedef struct {
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList;
/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
* photo image formats.*/
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *oldFormatList;
/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
* photo image formats.*/
int initialized; /* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
* structure. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Default configuration
*/
#define DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA "1"
#define DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT "0"
#define DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE ""
#define DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH "0"
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specifications:
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PhotoModel, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-format", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-gamma", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA, Tk_Offset(PhotoModel, gamma), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PhotoModel, userHeight), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-palette", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE, Tk_Offset(PhotoModel, palette), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PhotoModel, userWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Forward declarations
*/
static void PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(void *clientData);
static int ImgPhotoCmd(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int ParseSubcommandOptions(
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
int *indexPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(void *clientData);
static int ImgPhotoConfigureModel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
PhotoModel *modelPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoModel *mPtr);
static int ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoModel *modelPtr, int width,
int height);
static int ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static char * ImgGetPhoto(PhotoModel *modelPtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *)) /* not used */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *freePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < < | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *)) /* not used */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *freePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
while (tsdPtr->oldFormatList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = tsdPtr->oldFormatList->nextPtr;
ckfree(freePtr);
}
while (tsdPtr->formatList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->formatList;
tsdPtr->formatList = tsdPtr->formatList->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *)freePtr->name);
ckfree(freePtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | * Side effects: * The new image file format is entered into a table used in the photo * image "read" and "write" subcommands. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < < < | < < | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
* Side effects:
* The new image file format is entered into a table used in the photo
* image "read" and "write" subcommands.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
/* Structure describing the format. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(PhotoFormatThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_PhotoImageFormat));
*copyPtr = *formatPtr;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = copyPtr;
}
void
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(
const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
/* Structure describing the format. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(PhotoFormatThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_PhotoImageFormat));
*copyPtr = *formatPtr;
if (isupper((unsigned char) *formatPtr->name)) {
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = copyPtr;
} else {
/* for compatibility with aMSN: make a copy of formatPtr->name */
char *name = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(formatPtr->name) + 1);
strcpy(name, formatPtr->name);
copyPtr->name = name;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->formatList;
tsdPtr->formatList = copyPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
const char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_ImageType *),/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageModel model, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
| | | | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
const char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_ImageType *),/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageModel model, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
void **clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the photo image model record.
*/
modelPtr = (PhotoModel *)ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoModel));
memset(modelPtr, 0, sizeof(PhotoModel));
modelPtr->tkMaster = model;
modelPtr->interp = interp;
modelPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgPhotoCmd,
modelPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc);
modelPtr->palette = NULL;
modelPtr->pix32 = NULL;
modelPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
modelPtr->validRegion = TkCreateRegion();
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgPhotoCmd( | | | > > > | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoCmd(
void *clientData, /* Information about photo model. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *const photoOptions[] = {
"blank", "cget", "configure", "copy", "data", "get", "put",
"read", "redither", "transparency", "write", NULL
};
enum PhotoOptions {
PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
PHOTO_WRITE
};
PhotoModel *modelPtr = (PhotoModel *)clientData;
int result, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
int index;
struct SubcommandOptions options;
Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
int length;
int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (objc < 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
case PHOTO_CGET: {
const char *arg;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > | | | | | > | | | | | 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 |
case PHOTO_CGET: {
const char *arg;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
length = objv[2]->length;
if (strncmp(arg,"-data", length) == 0) {
if (modelPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, modelPtr->dataString);
}
} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", length) == 0) {
if (modelPtr->format) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, modelPtr->format);
}
} else {
Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
(char *)modelPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_CONFIGURE:
/*
* photo configure command - handle this in the standard way.
*/
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_Obj *obj, *subobj;
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *)modelPtr, NULL, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
obj = Tcl_NewObj();
subobj = Tcl_NewStringObj("-data {} {} {}", 14);
if (modelPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, subobj, modelPtr->dataString);
} else {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(subobj, " {}", (char *)NULL);
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewStringObj("-format {} {} {}", 16);
if (modelPtr->format) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, subobj, modelPtr->format);
} else {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(subobj, " {}", (char *)NULL);
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
length = objv[2]->length;
if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", (char *)NULL);
if (modelPtr->dataString) {
/*
* TODO: Modifying result is bad!
*/
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
modelPtr->dataString);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
} else if (length > 1 &&
!strncmp(arg, "-format", length)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", (char *)NULL);
if (modelPtr->format) {
/*
* TODO: Modifying result is bad!
*/
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
modelPtr->format);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
} else {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *) modelPtr, arg, 0);
}
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
srcHandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(options.name));
if (srcHandle == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image \"%s\" doesn't exist or is not a photo image",
Tcl_GetString(options.name)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO",
| | | < < < | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
srcHandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(options.name));
if (srcHandle == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image \"%s\" doesn't exist or is not a photo image",
Tcl_GetString(options.name)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO",
Tcl_GetString(options.name), (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
if ((options.fromX > block.width) || (options.fromY > block.height)
|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Hack to pass through the message that the place we're coming from
* has a simple alpha channel.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 | options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY; } /* * Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock. */ | > | | | | | | | | | > > > < < < | > | | < < | < | | > > > | > > > < < < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | > | > > > > > | 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
}
/*
* Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
*/
if (block.pixelPtr) {
block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) modelPtr,
&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
options.compositingRule);
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
* This has to be done _after_ copying the data. Otherwise, if source
* and destination are the same image, block.pixelPtr would point to
* an invalid memory block (bug [5239fd749b]).
*/
if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, options.toX2,
options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (block.pixelPtr || (options.options & OPT_SHRINK)) {
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
}
return result;
case PHOTO_DATA: {
char *data;
/*
* photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
*/
Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
options.format = NULL;
options.fromX = 0;
options.fromY = 0;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.fromX > modelPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY > modelPtr->height)
|| (options.fromX2 > modelPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY2 > modelPtr->height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"coordinates for -from option extend outside image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", (char *)NULL);
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
*/
if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
options.fromX2 = modelPtr->width;
options.fromY2 = modelPtr->height;
}
/*
* Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
*/
if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
matched = 0;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
break;
}
}
}
if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
oldformat = 1;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name,
strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image string format \"%s\" is %s",
Tcl_GetString(options.format),
(matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite;
}
/*
* Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
*/
data = ImgGetPhoto(modelPtr, &block, &options);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
}
} else {
typedef int (*NewStringWriteProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | | < | | < < | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > | | < | < < | < > | | < < | < | < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < | > | | | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 |
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
}
} else {
typedef int (*NewStringWriteProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
result = ((NewStringWriteProc)(void *)stringWriteProc)(interp,
options.format, &block);
}
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
if (data) {
ckfree(data);
}
return result;
}
case PHOTO_GET: {
/*
* photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
*/
Tcl_Obj *channels[3];
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= modelPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= modelPtr->height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s get: coordinates out of range",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
(char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a list.
*/
pixelPtr = modelPtr->pix32 + (y * modelPtr->width + x) * 4;
channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(3, channels));
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_PUT:
/*
* photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified.
*/
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL,
options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *format, *data;
if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
}
if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
}
if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
}
format = options.format;
data = objv[2];
if (oldformat) {
if (format) {
format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
}
data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
}
if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
(Tk_PhotoHandle) modelPtr, options.toX, options.toY,
imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
modelPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name,
&dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
block.pixelPtr = NULL;
dataWidth = 0;
pixelPtr = NULL;
for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y],
&listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (y == 0) {
if (listObjc == 0) {
/*
* Lines must be non-empty...
*/
break;
}
dataWidth = listObjc;
/*
* Memory allocation overflow protection.
* May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
*/
if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"OVERFLOW", NULL);
break;
}
pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
} else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"all elements of color list must have the same"
" number of elements", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"NON_RECTANGULAR", NULL);
break;
}
for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) {
const char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]);
XColor color;
int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb;
/*
* We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do
* not want to invoke the fallback code.
*/
if (colorString[0] == '#') {
if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) {
if (colorString[4] == '\0') {
/* Got #rgb */
sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x",
&tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
*pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11;
continue;
} else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) &&
colorString[7] == '\0') {
/* Got #rrggbb */
sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x",
&tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
*pixelPtr++ = tmpr;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpg;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpb;
continue;
}
}
}
if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
colorString, &color)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't parse color \"%s\"", colorString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLOR", NULL);
break;
}
*pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8;
*pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8;
*pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8;
}
if (x < dataWidth) {
break;
}
}
if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) {
if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
}
if (y < dataHeight) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in
* using Tk_PhotoPutBlock.
*/
if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth;
options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight;
}
block.width = dataWidth;
block.height = dataHeight;
block.pitch = dataWidth * 3;
block.pixelSize = 3;
block.offset[0] = 0;
block.offset[1] = 1;
block.offset[2] = 2;
block.offset[3] = 0;
result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, modelPtr, &block,
options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
options.toY2 - options.toY,
TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
return result;
case PHOTO_READ: {
Tcl_Obj *format;
/*
* photo read command - first parse the options specified.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't get image from a file in a safe interpreter", -1));
| | < < < < < | 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 |
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't get image from a file in a safe interpreter", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "PHOTO_FILE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Open the image file and look for a handler for it.
*/
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp,
Tcl_GetString(options.name), "r", 0);
if (chan == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (MatchFileFormat(interp, chan,
Tcl_GetString(options.name), options.format, &imageFormat,
&imageWidth, &imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 |
if ((options.fromX > imageWidth) || (options.fromY > imageHeight)
|| (options.fromX2 > imageWidth)
|| (options.fromY2 > imageHeight)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
-1));
| | | 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 |
if ((options.fromX > imageWidth) || (options.fromY > imageHeight)
|| (options.fromX2 > imageWidth)
|| (options.fromY2 > imageHeight)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", (char *)NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
width = imageWidth - options.fromX;
height = imageHeight - options.fromY;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, options.toX + width,
options.toY + height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
| | | 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 |
if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, options.toX + width,
options.toY + height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Call the handler's file read function to read the data into the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 |
}
if (y < modelPtr->height) {
/*
* Tell the core image code that part of the image has changed.
*/
| | | 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 |
}
if (y < modelPtr->height) {
/*
* Tell the core image code that part of the image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, x, y,
(modelPtr->width - x), (modelPtr->height - y),
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
}
return TCL_OK;
case PHOTO_TRANS: {
static const char *const photoTransOptions[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 |
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
| < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < | < < < < < | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > | > | < | > > > > > > > > > > > | > < | | 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 |
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= modelPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= modelPtr->height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
(char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pixelPtr = modelPtr->pix32 + (y * modelPtr->width + x) * 4;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(pixelPtr[3] == 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
int transFlag;
XRectangle setBox;
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5],
&transFlag) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= modelPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= modelPtr->height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
(char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
setBox.x = x;
setBox.y = y;
setBox.width = 1;
setBox.height = 1;
pixelPtr = modelPtr->pix32 + (y * modelPtr->width + x) * 4;
if (transFlag) {
/*
* Make pixel transparent.
*/
TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion();
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion);
TkSubtractRegion(modelPtr->validRegion, clearRegion,
modelPtr->validRegion);
TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion);
/*
* Set the alpha value correctly.
*/
pixelPtr[3] = 0;
} else {
/*
* Make pixel opaque.
*/
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, modelPtr->validRegion,
modelPtr->validRegion);
pixelPtr[3] = 255;
}
/*
* Inform the generic image code that the image
* has (potentially) changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
modelPtr->flags &= ~IMAGE_CHANGED;
return TCL_OK;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 |
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't write image to a file in a safe interpreter", -1));
| | > > > | > > > | 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't write image to a file in a safe interpreter", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "PHOTO_FILE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* photo write command - first parse and check any options given.
*/
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
options.format = NULL;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fileName ?-option value ...?");
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.fromX > modelPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY > modelPtr->height)
|| (options.fromX2 > modelPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY2 > modelPtr->height)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"coordinates for -from option extend outside image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", (char *)NULL);
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for unspecified parameters. Note that a
* missing -format flag results in us having a guess from the file
* extension. [Bug 2983824]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 |
strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->fileWriteProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
}
| < < | 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 |
strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->fileWriteProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
}
if (imageFormat == NULL) {
oldformat = 1;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((fmtString == NULL)
|| (strncasecmp(fmtString, imageFormat->name,
strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->fileWriteProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
}
}
if (usedExt && !matched) {
/*
* If we didn't find one and we're using file extensions as the
* basis for the guessing, go back and look again without
* prejudice. Supports old broken code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
"image file format \"%s\" is unknown", fmtString));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image file format \"%s\" has no file writing capability",
fmtString));
}
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
| | > > > | 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 |
"image file format \"%s\" is unknown", fmtString));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image file format \"%s\" has no file writing capability",
fmtString));
}
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
fmtString, (char *)NULL);
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Call the handler's file write function to write out the image.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ParseSubcommandOptions -- * * This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be * specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom, | | < < < | < < | 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseSubcommandOptions --
*
* This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
* specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
* -subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Fields in *optPtr get filled in.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
"overlay", "set", /* Note that these must match the
* TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
NULL
};
| | | | | | 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
"overlay", "set", /* Note that these must match the
* TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
NULL
};
int index, length, argIndex;
int c, bit, currentBit;
int values[4], numValues, maxValues;
const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
const char *const *listPtr;
Tcl_Obj *msgObj;
for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
/*
* We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
* optPtr->name.
*/
expandedOption = option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);
if (option[0] != '-') {
if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
optPtr->name = objv[index];
continue;
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 |
* The -background option takes a single XColor value.
*/
if (index + 1 >= objc) {
goto oneValueRequired;
}
*optIndexPtr = ++index;
| | | | 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 |
* The -background option takes a single XColor value.
*/
if (index + 1 >= objc) {
goto oneValueRequired;
}
*optIndexPtr = ++index;
optPtr->background = Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
objv[index]);
if (!optPtr->background) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (bit == OPT_FORMAT) {
/*
* The -format option takes a single string value. Note that
* parsing this is outside the scope of this function.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 |
index++;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
"compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*optIndexPtr = index;
| | < | 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 |
index++;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
"compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*optIndexPtr = index;
} else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {
const char *val;
maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
argIndex = index + 1;
for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
if (argIndex >= objc) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 |
/*
* Exception generation.
*/
oneValueRequired:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"the \"%s\" option requires a value", expandedOption));
| | | | | | 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 |
/*
* Exception generation.
*/
oneValueRequired:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"the \"%s\" option requires a value", expandedOption));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "MISSING_VALUE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
manyValuesRequired:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"the \"%s\" option requires one %s integer values",
expandedOption, (maxValues == 2) ? "or two": "to four"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "MISSING_VALUE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
numberOutOfRange:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value(s) for the %s option must be %s", expandedOption, needed));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_VALUE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
unknownOrAmbiguousOption:
msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("unrecognized option \"%s\": must be ", option);
bit = 1;
for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
if (allowedOptions & bit) {
if (allowedOptions & (bit - 1)) {
if (allowedOptions & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(msgObj, ", ", -1);
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(msgObj, ", or ", -1);
}
}
Tcl_AppendToObj(msgObj, *listPtr, -1);
}
bit <<= 1;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, msgObj);
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoConfigureModel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 |
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
| | | < < | | | | | < < | | | < < | | 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 |
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
int i, length;
int result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
double oldGamma;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if ((length > 1) && (arg[0] == '-')) {
if ((arg[1] == 'd') &&
!strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
if (++i < objc) {
data = objv[i];
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"value for \"-data\" missing", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"MISSING_VALUE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if ((arg[1] == 'f') &&
!strncmp(arg, "-format", length)) {
if (++i < objc) {
format = objv[i];
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"value for \"-format\" missing", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"MISSING_VALUE", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 |
oldGamma = modelPtr->gamma;
/*
* Process the configuration options specified.
*/
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
| | < < | | | 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 |
oldGamma = modelPtr->gamma;
/*
* Process the configuration options specified.
*/
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
objc, (const char **)objv, (char *) modelPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
/*
* Regard the empty string for -file, -data or -format as the null value.
*/
if ((modelPtr->fileString != NULL) && (modelPtr->fileString[0] == 0)) {
ckfree(modelPtr->fileString);
modelPtr->fileString = NULL;
}
if (data) {
/*
* Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
* use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
*/
int bytesize;
(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &bytesize);
if (bytesize) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
} else {
data = NULL;
}
if (modelPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(modelPtr->dataString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 |
* is correctly allocated for this image.
*/
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
| | | < < < < | | | | 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 |
* is correctly allocated for this image.
*/
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
/*
* Read in the image from the file or string if the user has specified the
* -file or -data option.
*/
if ((modelPtr->fileString != NULL)
&& ((modelPtr->fileString != oldFileString)
|| (modelPtr->format != oldFormat))) {
/*
* Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't get image from a file in a safe interpreter",
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "PHOTO_FILE", (char *)NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, modelPtr->fileString, "r", 0);
if (chan == NULL) {
goto errorExit;
}
if ((Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) ||
(MatchFileFormat(interp, chan, modelPtr->fileString,
modelPtr->format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK)) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
goto errorExit;
}
result = ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, imageWidth, imageHeight);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
tempformat = modelPtr->format;
if (oldformat && tempformat) {
tempformat = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(tempformat);
}
result = imageFormat->fileReadProc(interp, chan,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 |
modelPtr->format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, imageWidth, imageHeight) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
| | | 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 |
modelPtr->format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, imageWidth, imageHeight) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
tempformat = modelPtr->format;
tempdata = modelPtr->dataString;
if (oldformat) {
if (tempformat) {
tempformat = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(tempformat);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 |
TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
}
/*
* Inform the generic image code that the image has (potentially) changed.
*/
| | | 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 |
TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
}
/*
* Inform the generic image code that the image has (potentially) changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height, modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
modelPtr->flags &= ~IMAGE_CHANGED;
if (oldData != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldData);
}
if (oldFormat != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 |
static int
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
PhotoModel *mPtr)
{
size_t len = (size_t)MAX(mPtr->userWidth, mPtr->width) *
(size_t)MAX(mPtr->userHeight, mPtr->height) * 4;
unsigned char *c = mPtr->pix32;
| | > | | 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 |
static int
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
PhotoModel *mPtr)
{
size_t len = (size_t)MAX(mPtr->userWidth, mPtr->width) *
(size_t)MAX(mPtr->userHeight, mPtr->height) * 4;
unsigned char *c = mPtr->pix32;
unsigned char *end;
/*
* Set the COMPLEX_ALPHA flag if we have an image with partially
* transparent bits.
*/
mPtr->flags &= ~COMPLEX_ALPHA;
if (c == NULL) {
return 0;
}
end = c + len;
c += 3; /* Start at first alpha byte. */
for (; c < end; c += 4) {
if (*c && *c != 255) {
mPtr->flags |= COMPLEX_ALPHA;
break;
}
}
return (mPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 | * Resources associated with the image get freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgPhotoDelete( | | | | 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 |
* Resources associated with the image get freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoDelete(
void *modelData) /* Pointer to PhotoModel structure for image.
* Must not have any more instances. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr = (PhotoModel *)modelData;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
while ((instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr) != NULL) {
if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
Tcl_Panic("tried to delete photo image when instances still exist");
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
TkImgDisposeInstance(instancePtr);
}
modelPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
if (modelPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(modelPtr->interp, modelPtr->imageCmd);
}
if (modelPtr->pix32 != NULL) {
ckfree(modelPtr->pix32);
}
if (modelPtr->validRegion != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 | * The image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc( | | | | | 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 |
* The image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to PhotoModel structure for
* image. */
{
PhotoModel *modelPtr = (PhotoModel *)clientData;
modelPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
if (modelPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteImage(modelPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(modelPtr->tkMaster));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoSetSize --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 |
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"-file option isn't supported for %s images",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
| | < | | < | | | 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 |
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"-file option isn't supported for %s images",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"NOT_FILE_FORMAT", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc != NULL) {
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc(chan, fileName, formatObj,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
if (*widthPtr < 1) {
*widthPtr = 1;
}
if (*heightPtr < 1) {
*heightPtr = 1;
}
break;
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
useoldformat = 1;
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatString != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"-file option isn't supported for %s images",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"NOT_FILE_FORMAT", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc != NULL) {
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc(chan, fileName, (Tcl_Obj *)
formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
if (*widthPtr < 1) {
*widthPtr = 1;
}
if (*heightPtr < 1) {
*heightPtr = 1;
}
break;
}
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image file format \"%s\" is not supported",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
formatString, (char *)NULL);
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"couldn't recognize data in image file \"%s\"",
fileName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PHOTO", "IMAGE",
"UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
*oldformat = useoldformat;
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 |
* is returned here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
| | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < | 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 |
* is returned here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
const char *formatString = NULL;
if (formatObj) {
formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
}
/*
* Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
* handle the image.
*/
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatObj != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
break;
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
useoldformat = 1;
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatObj != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(
(Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
(Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
formatString, (char *)NULL);
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"couldn't recognize image data", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
*oldformat = useoldformat;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FindPhoto --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 |
Tk_PhotoHandle
Tk_FindPhoto(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter (application) in which image
* exists. */
const char *imageName) /* Name of the desired photo image. */
{
const Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
| | | | 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 |
Tk_PhotoHandle
Tk_FindPhoto(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter (application) in which image
* exists. */
const char *imageName) /* Name of the desired photo image. */
{
const Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
void *clientData =
Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr);
if ((typePtr == NULL) || (typePtr->name != tkPhotoImageType.name)) {
return NULL;
}
return clientData;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 |
*
* To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
* different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
* if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
*/
sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
memToFree = NULL;
| | | | | | | 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 |
*
* To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
* different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
* if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
*/
sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
memToFree = NULL;
if (modelPtr->pix32 && (sourceBlock.pixelPtr >= modelPtr->pix32)
&& (sourceBlock.pixelPtr < modelPtr->pix32 + modelPtr->width
* modelPtr->height * 4)) {
/*
* Fix 5c51be6411: avoid reading
*
* (sourceBlock.pitch - sourceBlock.width * sourceBlock.pixelSize)
*
* bytes past the end of modelPtr->pix32[] when
*
* blockPtr->pixelPtr > (modelPtr->pix32 +
* 4 * modelPtr->width * modelPtr->height -
* sourceBlock.height * sourceBlock.pitch)
*/
unsigned int cpyLen = (sourceBlock.height - 1) * sourceBlock.pitch +
sourceBlock.width * sourceBlock.pixelSize;
sourceBlock.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)attemptckalloc(cpyLen);
if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memToFree = sourceBlock.pixelPtr;
memcpy(sourceBlock.pixelPtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr, cpyLen);
}
xEnd = x + width;
yEnd = y + height;
if ((xEnd > modelPtr->width) || (yEnd > modelPtr->height)) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, MAX(xEnd, modelPtr->width),
MAX(yEnd, modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
goto errorExit;
}
}
if ((y < modelPtr->ditherY) || ((y == modelPtr->ditherY)
&& (x < modelPtr->ditherX))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 |
/*
* Add this new block to the region which specifies which data is valid.
*/
if (alphaOffset) {
/*
* This block is grossly inefficient. For each row in the image, it
| | | 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 |
/*
* Add this new block to the region which specifies which data is valid.
*/
if (alphaOffset) {
/*
* This block is grossly inefficient. For each row in the image, it
* finds each contiguous string of nontransparent pixels, then marks
* those areas as valid in the validRegion mask. This makes drawing
* very efficient, because of the way we use X: we just say, here's
* your mask, and here's your data. We need not worry about the
* current background color, etc. But this costs us a lot on the image
* setup. Still, image setup only happens once, whereas the drawing
* happens many times, so this might be the best way to go.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 |
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle)modelPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
| | | 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 |
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle)modelPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height,
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);
return TCL_OK;
errorExit:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 |
*
* To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
* different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
* if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
*/
sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
memToFree = NULL;
| | | | | | | 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 |
*
* To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
* different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
* if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
*/
sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
memToFree = NULL;
if (modelPtr->pix32 && (sourceBlock.pixelPtr >= modelPtr->pix32)
&& (sourceBlock.pixelPtr < modelPtr->pix32 + modelPtr->width
* modelPtr->height * 4)) {
/*
* Fix 5c51be6411: avoid reading
*
* (sourceBlock.pitch - sourceBlock.width * sourceBlock.pixelSize)
*
* bytes past the end of modelPtr->pix32[] when
*
* blockPtr->pixelPtr > (modelPtr->pix32 +
* 4 * modelPtr->width * modelPtr->height -
* sourceBlock.height * sourceBlock.pitch)
*/
unsigned int cpyLen = (sourceBlock.height - 1) * sourceBlock.pitch +
sourceBlock.width * sourceBlock.pixelSize;
sourceBlock.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)attemptckalloc(cpyLen);
if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memToFree = sourceBlock.pixelPtr;
memcpy(sourceBlock.pixelPtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr, cpyLen);
}
xEnd = x + width;
yEnd = y + height;
if ((xEnd > modelPtr->width) || (yEnd > modelPtr->height)) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, MAX(xEnd, modelPtr->width),
MAX(yEnd, modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
goto errorExit;
}
}
if ((y < modelPtr->ditherY) || ((y == modelPtr->ditherY)
&& (x < modelPtr->ditherX))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 |
if (!alphaOffset || (alpha == 255)) {
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[0];
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[greenOffset];
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[blueOffset];
*destPtr++ = 255;
continue;
| | | 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 |
if (!alphaOffset || (alpha == 255)) {
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[0];
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[greenOffset];
*destPtr++ = srcPtr[blueOffset];
*destPtr++ = 255;
continue;
}
if (compRule==TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET || !destPtr[3]) {
/*
* Either this is the SET rule (we overwrite
* whatever is there) or the destination is
* entirely blank. In both cases, we just set the
* destination to the source.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 |
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle) modelPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
| | | 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 |
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle) modelPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height);
if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);
return TCL_OK;
errorExit:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 |
modelPtr->validRegion = TkCreateRegion();
/*
* Clear out the 32-bit pixel storage array. Clear out the dithering error
* arrays for each instance.
*/
| > | | > | | 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 |
modelPtr->validRegion = TkCreateRegion();
/*
* Clear out the 32-bit pixel storage array. Clear out the dithering error
* arrays for each instance.
*/
if (modelPtr->pix32) {
memset(modelPtr->pix32, 0,
((size_t)modelPtr->width * modelPtr->height * 4));
}
for (instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
TkImgResetDither(instancePtr);
}
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height, modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoExpand --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 |
}
if ((width != modelPtr->width) || (height != modelPtr->height)) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, MAX(width, modelPtr->width),
MAX(height, modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
| | | | 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 |
}
if ((width != modelPtr->width) || (height != modelPtr->height)) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, MAX(width, modelPtr->width),
MAX(height, modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0, modelPtr->width,
modelPtr->height);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 |
modelPtr->userWidth = width;
modelPtr->userHeight = height;
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, ((width > 0) ? width: modelPtr->width),
((height > 0) ? height: modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
| | | | 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 |
modelPtr->userWidth = width;
modelPtr->userHeight = height;
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(modelPtr, ((width > 0) ? width: modelPtr->width),
((height > 0) ? height: modelPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", (char *)NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 |
srcPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
destPtr += newPixelSize;
}
srcPtr += blockPtr->pitch -
blockPtr->width * blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
} else {
| | | 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 |
srcPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
destPtr += newPixelSize;
}
srcPtr += blockPtr->pitch -
blockPtr->width * blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
} else {
int gray = (unsigned char) (((optPtr->background->red>>8) * 11
+ (optPtr->background->green>>8) * 16
+ (optPtr->background->blue>>8) * 5 + 16) >> 5);
for (y = blockPtr->height; y > 0; y--) {
for (x = blockPtr->width; x > 0; x--) {
destPtr[0] += ((255 - *srcPtr) *
(gray-destPtr[0])) / 255;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 |
blockPtr->offset[2] = 0;
blockPtr->offset[3]= 1;
}
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoGetImage --
*
* This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 |
blockPtr->offset[2] = 0;
blockPtr->offset[3]= 1;
}
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgStringWrite --
*
* Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default
* format as accepted by the "<img> put" command.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgStringWrite(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int greenOffset, blueOffset;
Tcl_Obj *data;
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
data = Tcl_NewObj();
if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
int row, col;
for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj();
unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
+ row * blockPtr->pitch;
for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x",
col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr,
pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line);
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoGetImage --
*
* This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgPhotoPostscript( | | | | | 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoPostscript(
void *clientData, /* Handle for the photo image. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* (unused) */
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
int x, int y, /* First pixel to output. */
int width, int height, /* Width and height of area. */
TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* (unused) */
{
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
Tk_PhotoGetImage(clientData, &block);
block.pixelPtr += y * block.pitch + x * block.pixelSize;
return Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, &block, psInfo, width, height);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite --
*
* These backward-compatibility functions just exist to fill slots in stubs
* table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
* function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
* always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
* failure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic, * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic * | | | 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic, * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic * * Backward compatibility functions for preserving the old behaviour (i.e. * panic on memory allocation failure) so that extensions do not need to be * significantly updated to take account of TIP #116. These call the new * interface (i.e. the interface without the extra suffix), but panic if an * error condition is returned. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 |
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
}
}
| < | 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 |
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* tab-width: 8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * Forward declarations of the structures we define. */ | | | > > > > > > > | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Forward declarations of the structures we define.
*/
#define PhotoModel PhotoMaster
typedef struct ColorTableId ColorTableId;
typedef struct ColorTable ColorTable;
typedef struct PhotoInstance PhotoInstance;
typedef struct PhotoMaster PhotoMaster;
/*
* A signed 8-bit integral type. If chars are unsigned and the compiler isn't
* an ANSI one, then we have to use short instead (which wastes space) to get
* signed behavior.
*/
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_AIX)
typedef signed char schar;
#else
# ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
typedef char schar;
# else
typedef short schar;
# endif
#endif
/*
* An unsigned 32-bit integral type, used for pixel values. We use int rather
* than long here to accommodate those systems where longs are 64 bits.
*/
typedef unsigned int pixel;
/*
* The maximum number of pixels to transmit to the server in a single
* XPutImage call.
*/
#define MAX_PIXELS 65536
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
* structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
* and other information:
*/
struct ColorTable {
ColorTableId id; /* Information used in selecting this color
* table. */
| < < < < < < | | < | | | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
* structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
* and other information:
*/
struct ColorTable {
ColorTableId id; /* Information used in selecting this color
* table. */
int flags; /* See below. */
int refCount; /* Number of instances using this map. */
int liveRefCount; /* Number of instances which are actually in
* use, using this map. */
int numColors; /* Number of colors allocated for this map. */
XVisualInfo visualInfo; /* Information about the visual for windows
* using this color table. */
pixel redValues[256]; /* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
* pixel value or index in pixelMap. */
pixel greenValues[256]; /* Ditto for green intensity. */
pixel blueValues[256]; /* Ditto for blue intensity. */
unsigned long *pixelMap; /* Actual pixel values allocated. */
unsigned char colorQuant[3][256];
/* Maps 8-bit intensities to quantized
* intensities. The first index is 0 for red,
* 1 for green, 2 for blue. */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | #define DISPOSE_PENDING 4 #define MAP_COLORS 8 /* * Definition of the data associated with each photo image model. */ | | | | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
#define DISPOSE_PENDING 4
#define MAP_COLORS 8
/*
* Definition of the data associated with each photo image model.
*/
struct PhotoMaster {
Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster; /* Tk's token for image model. NULL means the
* image is being deleted. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with the application
* using this image. */
Tcl_Command imageCmd; /* Token for image command (used to delete it
* when the image goes away). NULL means the
* image command has already been deleted. */
int flags; /* Sundry flags, defined below. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
TkRegion validRegion; /* Tk region indicating which parts of the
* image have valid image data. */
PhotoInstance *instancePtr; /* First in the list of instances associated
* with this model. */
};
/*
| | | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
TkRegion validRegion; /* Tk region indicating which parts of the
* image have valid image data. */
PhotoInstance *instancePtr; /* First in the list of instances associated
* with this model. */
};
/*
* Bit definitions for the flags field of a PhotoMaster.
* COLOR_IMAGE: 1 means that the image has different color
* components.
* IMAGE_CHANGED: 1 means that the instances of this image need
* to be redithered.
* COMPLEX_ALPHA: 1 means that the instances of this image have
* alpha values that aren't 0 or 255, and so need
* the copy-merge-replace renderer .
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
/*
* The following data structure represents all of the instances of a photo
* image in windows on a given screen that are using the same colormap.
*/
struct PhotoInstance {
| | < | < < < | 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
/*
* The following data structure represents all of the instances of a photo
* image in windows on a given screen that are using the same colormap.
*/
struct PhotoInstance {
PhotoMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to model for image. */
Display *display; /* Display for windows using this instance. */
Colormap colormap; /* The image may only be used in windows with
* this particular colormap. */
PhotoInstance *nextPtr; /* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
* instances associated with this model. */
int refCount; /* Number of instances using this structure. */
Tk_Uid palette; /* Palette for these particular instances. */
double gamma; /* Gamma value for these instances. */
Tk_Uid defaultPalette; /* Default palette to use if a palette is not
* specified for the model. */
ColorTable *colorTablePtr; /* Pointer to information about colors
* allocated for image display in windows like
* this one. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted generic/tkImgSVGnano.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkImgUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
*/
dataWidth = image->bytes_per_line;
if (dataWidth % alignment) {
dataWidth += (alignment - (dataWidth % alignment));
}
| | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
*/
dataWidth = image->bytes_per_line;
if (dataWidth % alignment) {
dataWidth += (alignment - (dataWidth % alignment));
}
data = ckalloc(dataWidth * image->height);
destPtr = data;
for (i = 0; i < image->height; i++) {
srcPtr = &image->data[i * image->bytes_per_line];
for (j = 0; j < dataWidth; j++) {
if (j >= image->bytes_per_line) {
*destPtr = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
| | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
CONST86 char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
| | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
CONST86 char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
declare 78 {
int TkReadBitmapFile(Display *display, Drawable d, const char *filename,
unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return)
}
declare 79 {
int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y,
| | | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
declare 78 {
int TkReadBitmapFile(Display *display, Drawable d, const char *filename,
unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return)
}
declare 79 {
int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int dx, int dy, TkRegion damageRgn)
}
declare 80 {
void TkSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 81 {
void TkSelEventProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
| | | | | | | | | | | 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
CONST86 char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *dbName, const char *className)
}
declare 112 {
void TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
}
declare 113 {
int TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return)
}
declare 114 {
TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void)
}
declare 115 {
int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn)
}
declare 116 {
int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 117 {
int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
}
declare 118 {
int TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn)
}
declare 119 {
int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect,
TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 121 aqua {
Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Display *display, const void *source)
}
declare 122 aqua {
void TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
declare 138 {
KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 139 {
void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 140 {
| | | | 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
declare 138 {
KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 139 {
void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 140 {
TkRegion TkPhotoGetValidRegion(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 141 {
TkWindow **TkWmStackorderToplevel(TkWindow *parentPtr)
}
declare 142 {
void TkFocusFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 143 {
void TkClipCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 144 {
void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 145 {
int TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 146 {
void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 147 {
void TkStylePkgFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
}
declare 162 {
struct TkTextIndex *TkTextMakeByteIndex(TkTextBTree tree,
const struct TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex,
int byteIndex, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr)
}
declare 163 {
| | | 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
}
declare 162 {
struct TkTextIndex *TkTextMakeByteIndex(TkTextBTree tree,
const struct TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex,
int byteIndex, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr)
}
declare 163 {
int TkTextPrintIndex(const struct TkText *textPtr,
const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string)
}
declare 164 {
struct TkTextSegment *TkTextSetMark(struct TkText *textPtr,
const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr)
}
declare 165 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y,
int height, int baseline, Display *display,
Drawable dst, int screenY)
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y,
int height, int baseline, Display *display,
Drawable dst, int screenY)
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
CONST86 char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
CONST86 char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
CONST86 char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
CONST86 char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
CONST86 char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
CONST86 char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
# Angled text API, exposed for Emiliano Gavilán's RBC work.
declare 181 {
void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar,
int lastChar)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
# Support for aqua's inability to draw outside [NSView drawRect:]
declare 185 macosx {
void TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 186 macosx {
int TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
| < < < < > | 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
# Support for aqua's inability to draw outside [NSView drawRect:]
declare 185 macosx {
void TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 186 macosx {
int TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 187 {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
##############################################################################
# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
}
declare 9 aqua {
void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index)
}
| < | | < > | 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 |
}
declare 9 aqua {
void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index)
}
declare 11 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInstallCursor(int resizeOverride)
}
declare 12 aqua {
void TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu(void)
}
declare 14 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDoHLEvent(void *theEvent)
}
declare 16 aqua {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
989 990 991 992 993 994 995 |
#declare 33 aqua {
# void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr)
#}
declare 34 aqua {
int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID)
}
declare 35 aqua {
| | | 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 |
#declare 33 aqua {
# void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr)
#}
declare 34 aqua {
int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID)
}
declare 35 aqua {
TkRegion TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 36 aqua {
void TkMacOSXWinBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry)
}
declare 37 aqua {
void TkMacOSXWindowOffset(void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 |
declare 45 aqua {
void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void)
}
declare 46 aqua {
int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window)
}
declare 47 aqua {
| | | | 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 |
declare 45 aqua {
void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void)
}
declare 46 aqua {
int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window)
}
declare 47 aqua {
Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
}
declare 49 aqua {
Tk_Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 50 aqua {
int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state)
}
declare 51 aqua {
void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
KeySym *k, Status *s)
}
declare 80 win {
int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display,
Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
| < | | | < | | 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 |
KeySym *k, Status *s)
}
declare 80 win {
int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display,
Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 81 win {
int XSetClipRectangles(Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin,
int clip_y_origin, XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering)
}
declare 82 win {
Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map,
_Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 83 win {
GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d,
unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 |
int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < > | 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 |
int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
declare 158 win {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
################################
# X functions for Aqua
declare 0 aqua {
int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
_Xconst char *dash_list, int n)
}
declare 1 aqua {
XModifierKeymap *XGetModifierMapping(Display *d)
}
declare 2 aqua {
XImage *XCreateImage(Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1,
int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3,
int i4)
}
declare 3 aqua {
XImage *XGetImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3)
}
declare 4 aqua {
char *XGetAtomName(Display *d, Atom a)
}
declare 5 aqua {
char *XKeysymToString(KeySym k)
}
declare 6 aqua {
Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i)
}
declare 7 aqua {
GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g)
}
declare 8 aqua {
KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, KeyCode k, int i)
}
declare 9 aqua {
KeySym XStringToKeysym(_Xconst char *c)
}
declare 10 aqua {
Window XRootWindow(Display *d, int i)
}
declare 11 aqua {
XErrorHandler XSetErrorHandler(XErrorHandler x)
}
declare 12 aqua {
Status XAllocColor(Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp)
}
declare 13 aqua {
int XBell(Display *d, int i)
}
declare 14 aqua {
int XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1,
int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3)
}
declare 15 aqua {
int XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul,
XSetWindowAttributes *x)
}
declare 16 aqua {
int XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i,
XWindowChanges *x)
}
declare 17 aqua {
int XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 18 aqua {
int XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 19 aqua {
Pixmap XCreateBitmapFromData(Display *display, Drawable d,
_Xconst char *data, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 20 aqua {
int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c)
}
declare 21 aqua {
int XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 22 aqua {
int XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 23 aqua {
int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2)
}
declare 24 aqua {
int XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 25 aqua {
int XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 26 aqua {
int XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x,
int i1, int i2, int i3)
}
declare 27 aqua {
int XFillRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XRectangle *x, int i)
}
declare 28 aqua {
int XFreeColormap(Display *d, Colormap c)
}
declare 29 aqua {
int XFreeColors(Display *d, Colormap c,
unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 30 aqua {
int XFreeModifiermap(XModifierKeymap *x)
}
declare 31 aqua {
Status XGetGeometry(Display *d, Drawable dr, Window *w, int *i1,
int *i2, unsigned int *ui1, unsigned int *ui2, unsigned int *ui3,
unsigned int *ui4)
}
declare 32 aqua {
int XGetWindowProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, long l1, long l2,
Bool b, Atom a2, Atom *ap, int *ip, unsigned long *ulp1,
unsigned long *ulp2, unsigned char **cpp)
}
declare 33 aqua {
int XGrabKeyboard(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1, int i2, Time t)
}
declare 34 aqua {
int XGrabPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Bool b, unsigned int ui,
int i1, int i2, Window w2, Cursor c, Time t)
}
declare 35 aqua {
KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k)
}
declare 36 aqua {
int XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 37 aqua {
int XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 38 aqua {
int XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2)
}
declare 39 aqua {
Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3,
int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, int *i4, unsigned int *ui)
}
declare 40 aqua {
int XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 41 aqua {
int XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x)
}
declare 42 aqua {
int XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 43 aqua {
int XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l)
}
declare 44 aqua {
Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, XEvent *x)
}
declare 45 aqua {
int XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c)
}
declare 46 aqua {
int XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t)
}
declare 47 aqua {
int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w, Time t)
}
declare 48 aqua {
int XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 49 aqua {
int XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p)
}
declare 50 aqua {
int XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 51 aqua {
int XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p)
}
declare 52 aqua {
int XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui)
}
declare 53 aqua {
int XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c)
}
declare 54 aqua {
int XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t)
}
declare 55 aqua {
int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t)
}
declare 56 aqua {
int XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 57 aqua {
int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display,
Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 58 aqua {
Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map,
_Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 59 aqua {
GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d,
unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values)
}
declare 60 aqua {
int XFreeGC(Display *display, GC gc)
}
declare 61 aqua {
Atom XInternAtom(Display *display, _Xconst char *atom_name,
Bool only_if_exists)
}
declare 62 aqua {
int XSetBackground(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground)
}
declare 63 aqua {
int XSetForeground(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground)
}
declare 64 aqua {
int XSetClipMask(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 65 aqua {
int XSetClipOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin)
}
declare 66 aqua {
int XSetTSOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int ts_x_origin, int ts_y_origin)
}
declare 67 aqua {
int XChangeGC(Display *d, GC gc, unsigned long mask, XGCValues *values)
}
declare 68 aqua {
int XSetFont(Display *display, GC gc, Font font)
}
declare 69 aqua {
int XSetArcMode(Display *display, GC gc, int arc_mode)
}
declare 70 aqua {
int XSetStipple(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap stipple)
}
declare 71 aqua {
int XSetFillRule(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_rule)
}
declare 72 aqua {
int XSetFillStyle(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_style)
}
declare 73 aqua {
int XSetFunction(Display *display, GC gc, int function)
}
declare 74 aqua {
int XSetLineAttributes(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width,
int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style)
}
declare 75 aqua {
int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image)
}
declare 76 aqua {
XIC XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...)
}
declare 77 aqua {
XVisualInfo *XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return)
}
declare 78 aqua {
void XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
int XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
int x2, int y2)
}
declare 83 aqua {
int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
int XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
int XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}
declare 88 aqua {
int XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out)
}
declare 89 aqua {
int XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap,
XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors)
}
declare 90 aqua {
Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3,
Window **w4, unsigned int *ui)
}
declare 91 aqua {
int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 106 aqua {
int XSetClipRectangles(Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin,
int clip_y_origin, XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering)
}
declare 107 aqua {
int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 aqua {
int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 aqua {
int XUngrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 110 aqua {
int XFree(void *data)
}
declare 111 aqua {
int XNoOp(Display *display)
}
declare 112 aqua {
XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff)
}
declare 114 aqua {
VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
}
declare 120 aqua {
int XOffsetRegion(void *rgn, int dx, int dy)
}
declare 129 aqua {
int XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 137 aqua {
int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
declare 144 aqua {
void XDestroyIC(XIC xic)
}
declare 145 aqua {
Cursor XCreatePixmapCursor(Display *d, Pixmap p1, Pixmap p2,
XColor *x1, XColor *x2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 146 aqua {
Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor(Display *d, Font f1, Font f2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, XColor _Xconst *x1,
XColor _Xconst *x2)
}
declare 157 aqua {
KeySym XkbKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, unsigned int k, int g, int i)
}
declare 158 aqua {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to generic/tkInt.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkInt.h -- * * Declarations for things used internally by the Tk functions but not * exported outside the module. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | /* * tkInt.h -- * * Declarations for things used internally by the Tk functions but not * exported outside the module. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKINT #define _TKINT #ifndef _TKPORT #include "tkPort.h" #endif #define TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR ((int)(sizeof(Tk_OptionType)&(sizeof(int)-1))<<6) /* * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly: * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures). */ #include <stdio.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # include <sys/param.h> #endif #ifdef BYTE_ORDER |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | # elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2) # define TCL_UNUSED(T) T JOIN(dummy, __LINE__) __attribute__((unused)) # else # define TCL_UNUSED(T) T JOIN(dummy, __LINE__) # endif #endif | | | > | | < < < < < | | < < > > > | | | | | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 | # elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2) # define TCL_UNUSED(T) T JOIN(dummy, __LINE__) __attribute__((unused)) # else # define TCL_UNUSED(T) T JOIN(dummy, __LINE__) # endif #endif #if defined(_WIN32) && (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 7) # if TCL_UTF_MAX > 3 # define Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(a,b,c) Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *)(a),(b)*sizeof(WCHAR),c) # define Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(a,b,c) (WCHAR *)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(a,b,c) # else # define Tcl_WCharToUtfDString ((char * (*)(const WCHAR *, int len, Tcl_DString *))Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString) # define Tcl_UtfToWCharDString ((WCHAR * (*)(const char *, int len, Tcl_DString *))Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString) # endif #endif #if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) # define TKFLEXARRAY #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2) # define TKFLEXARRAY 0 #else # define TKFLEXARRAY 1 #endif #ifndef Tcl_GetParent # define Tcl_GetParent Tcl_GetMaster #endif /* * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size". */ #if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT) # if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t) # define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p)) # define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(intptr_t)(p)) # else # define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p)) # define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(p)) # endif #endif #if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT) # if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t) # define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p)) # define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(uintptr_t)(p)) # else # define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p)) # define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p)) # endif #endif #ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER # if defined(_WIN64) # define TCL_Z_MODIFIER "I" # elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | * Opaque type declarations: */ typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap; typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes; typedef struct TkGrabEvent TkGrabEvent; typedef struct TkpCursor_ *TkpCursor; | | | | | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
* Opaque type declarations:
*/
typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;
typedef struct TkGrabEvent TkGrabEvent;
typedef struct TkpCursor_ *TkpCursor;
typedef struct TkRegion_ *TkRegion;
typedef struct TkStressedCmap TkStressedCmap;
typedef struct TkBindInfo_ *TkBindInfo;
typedef struct Busy *TkBusy;
/*
* One of the following structures is maintained for each cursor in use in the
* system. This structure is used by tkCursor.c and the various system-
* specific cursor files.
*/
typedef struct TkCursor {
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* System specific identifier for cursor. */
Display *display; /* Display containing cursor. Needed for
* disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
* this count is 0, then this structure is no
* longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
* table: it is being kept around only because
* there are objects referring to it. The
* structure is freed when resourceRefCount
* and objRefCount are both 0. */
int objRefCount; /* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
* structure.. */
Tcl_HashTable *otherTable; /* Second table (other than idTable) used to
* index this entry. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in otherTable for this structure
* (needed when deleting). */
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr; /* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
* when deleting). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 | /* * One of the following structures is maintained for each display containing a * window managed by Tk. In part, the structure is used to store thread- * specific data, since each thread will have its own TkDisplay structure. */ | < < | 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
/*
* One of the following structures is maintained for each display containing a
* window managed by Tk. In part, the structure is used to store thread-
* specific data, since each thread will have its own TkDisplay structure.
*/
typedef struct TkDisplay {
Display *display; /* Xlib's info about display. */
struct TkDisplay *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all displays. */
char *name; /* Name of display (with any screen identifier
* removed). Malloc-ed. */
Time lastEventTime; /* Time of last event received for this
* display. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
* modifier, than this is zero. */
unsigned int metaModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
unsigned int altModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
| | | 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
* modifier, than this is zero. */
unsigned int metaModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
unsigned int altModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
enum {LU_IGNORE, LU_CAPS, LU_SHIFT} lockUsage;
/* Indicates how to interpret lock
* modifier. */
int numModKeyCodes; /* Number of entries in modKeyCodes array
* below. */
KeyCode *modKeyCodes; /* Pointer to an array giving keycodes for all
* of the keys that have modifiers associated
* with them. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
* Information used by tkError.c only:
*/
struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
/* First in list of error handlers for this
* display. NULL means no handlers exist at
* present. */
| | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
* Information used by tkError.c only:
*/
struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
/* First in list of error handlers for this
* display. NULL means no handlers exist at
* present. */
int deleteCount; /* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
* time inactive handlers were garbage-
* collected. When this number gets big,
* handlers get cleaned up. */
/*
* Used by tkEvent.c only:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
/* Hash table that maps from a container's
* Tk_Window token to a list of windows managed
* by that container. */
int geomInit;
| > > > > > > | | | 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
/* Hash table that maps from a container's
* Tk_Window token to a list of windows managed
* by that container. */
int geomInit;
/*
* Information used by tkGrid.c, tkPack.c, tkPlace.c, tkPointer.c,
* and ttkMacOSXTheme.c:
*/
#define TkGetContainer(tkwin) (Tk_TopWinHierarchy((TkWindow *)tkwin) ? NULL : \
(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr != NULL ? \
((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr : ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->parentPtr))
/*
* Information used by tkGet.c only:
*/
Tcl_HashTable uidTable; /* Stores all Tk_Uid used in a thread. */
int uidInit; /* 0 means uidTable needs initializing. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
* Packer structures. */
/*
* Information used by tkPlace.c only.
*/
int placeInit; /* 0 means tables below need initializing. */
| | | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 |
* Packer structures. */
/*
* Information used by tkPlace.c only.
*/
int placeInit; /* 0 means tables below need initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable masterTable; /* Maps from Tk_Window toke to the Master
* structure for the window, if it exists. */
Tcl_HashTable slaveTable; /* Maps from Tk_Window toke to the Slave
* structure for the window, if it exists. */
/*
* Information used by tkSelect.c and tkClipboard.c only:
*/
struct TkSelectionInfo *selectionInfoPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
TkColormap *cmapPtr; /* First in list of all non-default colormaps
* allocated for this display. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information:
*/
| | | < < < < < < < > < < < < > > > > | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
TkColormap *cmapPtr; /* First in list of all non-default colormaps
* allocated for this display. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information:
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIM inputMethod; /* Input method for this display. */
XIMStyle inputStyle; /* Input style selected for this display. */
XFontSet inputXfs; /* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
Tcl_HashTable winTable; /* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */
int refCount; /* Reference count of how many Tk applications
* are using this display. Used to clean up
* the display when we no longer have any Tk
* applications using it. */
/*
* The following field were all added for Tk8.3
*/
int mouseButtonState; /* Current mouse button state for this
* display. NOT USED as of 8.6.10 */
Window mouseButtonWindow; /* Window the button state was set in, added
* in Tk 8.4. */
Tk_Window warpWindow;
Tk_Window warpMainwin; /* For finding the root window for warping
* purposes. */
int warpX;
int warpY;
/*
* The following field(s) were all added for Tk8.4
*/
unsigned int flags; /* Various flag values: these are all defined
* in below. */
TkCaret caret; /* Information about the caret for this
* display. This is not a pointer. */
int iconDataSize; /* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
unsigned char *iconDataPtr; /* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
int ximGeneration; /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} TkDisplay;
/*
* Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
* TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS: (default on)
* Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
* TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM: (default on, set via tk.tcl)
* Whether to use input methods for this display
* TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING: (default off)
* Whether we should do wm tracing on this display.
* TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP: (default off)
* Indicates that we are in a pointer warp
*/
#define TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS (1 << 0)
#define TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM (1 << 1)
#define TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING (1 << 3)
#define TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP (1 << 4)
#define TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB (1 << 5)
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each error handler created by a
* call to Tk_CreateErrorHandler. The structure is managed by tkError.c.
*/
typedef struct TkErrorHandler {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
* by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
* all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
*/
typedef struct TkMainInfo {
| | < | < < < | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
* by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
* all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
*/
typedef struct TkMainInfo {
int refCount; /* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
* point here. When this becomes zero, can
* free up the structure (the reference count
* is zero because windows can get deleted in
* almost any order; the main window isn't
* necessarily the last one deleted). */
struct TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main window. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with application. */
Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
* structs for all windows related to this
* main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */
long deletionEpoch; /* Incremented by window deletions. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
* bind events to Tcl commands. */
TkBindInfo bindInfo; /* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
* application basis. */
struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 |
int strictMotif; /* This is linked to the tk_strictMotif global
* variable. */
int alwaysShowSelection; /* This is linked to the
* ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection variable. */
struct TkMainInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all main windows managed by
* this process. */
Tcl_HashTable busyTable; /* Information used by [tk busy] command. */
} TkMainInfo;
/*
* Tk keeps the following data structure for each of it's builtin bitmaps.
* This structure is only used by tkBitmap.c and other platform specific
* bitmap files.
*/
typedef struct {
const void *source; /* Bits for bitmap. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
int native; /* 0 means generic (X style) bitmap, 1 means
| > > > > > > | | 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 |
int strictMotif; /* This is linked to the tk_strictMotif global
* variable. */
int alwaysShowSelection; /* This is linked to the
* ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection variable. */
struct TkMainInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all main windows managed by
* this process. */
Tcl_HashTable busyTable; /* Information used by [tk busy] command. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *tclUpdateObjProc;
/* Saved Tcl [update] command, used to restore
* Tcl's version of [update] after Tk is shut
* down */
unsigned int ttkNbTabsStickBit;
/* Information used by ttk::notebook. */
} TkMainInfo;
/*
* Tk keeps the following data structure for each of it's builtin bitmaps.
* This structure is only used by tkBitmap.c and other platform specific
* bitmap files.
*/
typedef struct {
const void *source; /* Bits for bitmap. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
int native; /* 0 means generic (X style) bitmap, 1 means
* native style bitmap. */
} TkPredefBitmap;
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following structures for each window. Some of the
* information (like size and location) is a shadow of information managed by
* the X server, and some is special information used here, such as event and
* geometry management information. This information is (mostly) managed by
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
/*
* Information kept by the event manager (tkEvent.c):
*/
TkEventHandler *handlerList;/* First in list of event handlers declared
* for this window, or NULL if none. */
| | | 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
/*
* Information kept by the event manager (tkEvent.c):
*/
TkEventHandler *handlerList;/* First in list of event handlers declared
* for this window, or NULL if none. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIC inputContext; /* XIM input context. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
/*
* Information used for event bindings (see "bind" and "bindtags" commands
* in tkCmds.c):
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
/* The remaining fields of internal border. */
int internalBorderRight;
int internalBorderTop;
int internalBorderBottom;
int minReqWidth; /* Minimum requested width. */
int minReqHeight; /* Minimum requested height. */
| | < < < < > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < | 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
/* The remaining fields of internal border. */
int internalBorderRight;
int internalBorderTop;
int internalBorderBottom;
int minReqWidth; /* Minimum requested width. */
int minReqHeight; /* Minimum requested height. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
int ximGeneration; /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
char *geomMgrName; /* Records the name of the geometry manager. */
struct TkWindow *maintainerPtr;
/* The geometry container for this window. The
* value is NULL if the window has no container or
* if its container is its parent. */
} TkWindow;
/*
* String tables:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkStateStrings[];
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkCompoundStrings[];
/*
* Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
* but have internally generated pieces added to them.
*/
typedef struct {
XKeyEvent keyEvent; /* The real event from X11. */
#ifdef _WIN32
char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
/* translated characters */
unsigned char nbytes;
#elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
char *charValuePtr; /* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
* %A substitution text (before backslash
* adding), or NULL if that has not been
* computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
* allocated with ckalloc(). */
int charValueLen; /* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
* is non-NULL. */
KeySym keysym; /* Key symbol computed after input methods
* have been invoked */
#endif
} TkKeyEvent;
/*
* Flags passed to TkpMakeMenuWindow's 'transient' argument.
*/
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF 0 /* Only non-transient case. */
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP 1
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN 2
/*
* The following structure is used with TkMakeEnsemble to create ensemble
* commands and optionally to create sub-ensembles.
*/
typedef struct TkEnsemble {
const char *name;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 |
* representation of a clip_mask in a GC.
*/
typedef struct TkpClipMask {
int type; /* TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP or TKP_CLIP_REGION. */
union {
Pixmap pixmap;
| | | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 |
* representation of a clip_mask in a GC.
*/
typedef struct TkpClipMask {
int type; /* TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP or TKP_CLIP_REGION. */
union {
Pixmap pixmap;
TkRegion region;
} value;
} TkpClipMask;
#define TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP 0
#define TKP_CLIP_REGION 1
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 | * bits. */ #define META_MASK (AnyModifier<<1) #define ALT_MASK (AnyModifier<<2) #define EXTENDED_MASK (AnyModifier<<3) | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 | * bits. */ #define META_MASK (AnyModifier<<1) #define ALT_MASK (AnyModifier<<2) #define EXTENDED_MASK (AnyModifier<<3) /* * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus * masks that select individual buttons' bits: */ #define ALL_BUTTONS \ (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask) MODULE_SCOPE unsigned TkGetButtonMask(unsigned); /* * Object types not declared in tkObj.c need to be mentioned here so they can * be properly registered with Tcl: */ MODULE_SCOPE const Tcl_ObjType tkBorderObjType; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 | * outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkBitmapImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF; MODULE_SCOPE void (*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr); | < < | | 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 | * outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkBitmapImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF; MODULE_SCOPE void (*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM; MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo *tkMainWindowList; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkPhotoImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable tkPredefBitmapTable; MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20]; /* * The definition of pi, at least from the perspective of double-precision * floats. */ #ifndef PI #ifdef M_PI #define PI M_PI #else #define PI 3.14159265358979323846 #endif #endif /* * Support for Clang Static Analyzer <https://clang-analyzer.llvm.org/> */ #if defined(PURIFY) && defined(__clang__) #if __has_feature(attribute_analyzer_noreturn) && \ !defined(Tcl_Panic) && defined(Tcl_Panic_TCL_DECLARED) void Tcl_Panic(const char *, ...) __attribute__((analyzer_noreturn)); #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 |
#include "tkIntDecls.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
| | > | 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 |
#include "tkIntDecls.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Themed widget set init function, and handler called when Tk is destroyed.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_TkDestroyedHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
* Internal functions shared among Tk modules but not exported to the outside
* world:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_BellObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SelectionObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SendObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | < < < | 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SelectionObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SendObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_TextObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(ClientData clientData, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WmObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkSetGeometryContainer(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeGeometryContainer(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); | > > > > > < | < < < < < < < < < | | > | < < > > > > < < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | | | > | | < | < < < < < < < < < | 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WmObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
double *doublePtr);
#define TkSetGeometryContainer TkSetGeometryMaster
MODULE_SCOPE int TkSetGeometryContainer(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name);
#define TkFreeGeometryContainer TkFreeGeometryMaster
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeGeometryContainer(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkRegisterObjTypes(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkDeadAppObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvasGetCoordObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tcl_Obj *obj,
double *doublePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetDoublePixels(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *string, double *doublePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostscriptImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, XImage *ximage,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMapTopFrame(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE XEvent * TkpGetBindingXEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkCreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkDeleteExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ExitProc TkFinalize;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ExitProc TkFinalizeThread;
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(TkRegion region,
unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned width,
unsigned height, unsigned char *dataPtr,
unsigned pixelStride, unsigned lineStride);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkAppendPadAmount(Tcl_Obj *bufferObj,
const char *buffer, int pad1, int pad2);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkParsePadAmount(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
int *pad1Ptr, int *pad2Ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFocusSplit(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFocusJoin(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkpAlwaysShowSelection(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawCharsInContext(Display * display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,
int rangeLength, int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawAngledCharsInContext(Display * display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,
int rangeLength, double x, double y, double angle);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMeasureCharsInContext(Tk_Font tkfont,
const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,
int rangeLength, int maxLength, int flags,
int *lengthPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y,
int firstByte, int lastByte);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont,
int c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkNewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpShowBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpHideBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin,
Window parent);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpCreateBusy(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, Tk_Window tkRef,
Window *parentPtr, Tk_Window tkParent,
TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin,
const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkDrawDottedRect(Display *disp, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TkMakeEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *nsname, const char *name,
ClientData clientData, const TkEnsemble *map);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkInitTkCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpCancelWarp(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkListCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listObj,
int toplevel, Tcl_Obj *nameObj);
#ifdef _WIN32
#define TkParseColor XParseColor
#else
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
Colormap map, const char* spec,
XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpCopyRegion(TkRegion dst, TkRegion src);
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(c_plusplus)
# define c_class class
#endif
/* Tcl 8.6 has a different definition of Tcl_UniChar than other Tcl versions for TCL_UTF_MAX > 3 */
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > (3 + (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION == 6))
# define TkUtfToUniChar Tcl_UtfToUniChar
# define TkUniCharToUtf Tcl_UniCharToUtf
# define TkUtfPrev Tcl_UtfPrev
# define TkUtfAtIndex Tcl_UtfAtIndex
#else
MODULE_SCOPE int TkUtfToUniChar(const char *, int *);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkUniCharToUtf(int, char *);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *TkUtfPrev(const char *, const char *);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *TkUtfAtIndex(const char *src, int index);
#endif
/*
* Unsupported commands.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkIntDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkIntDecls.h -- * * This file contains the declarations for all unsupported * functions that are exported by the Tk library. These * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between * versions. Use at your own risk. * | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | /* * tkIntDecls.h -- * * This file contains the declarations for all unsupported * functions that are exported by the Tk library. These * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between * versions. Use at your own risk. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKINTDECLS #define _TKINTDECLS #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif struct TkText; typedef struct TkTextBTree_ *TkTextBTree; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 21 */ EXTERN int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 22 */ | | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 | int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 21 */ EXTERN int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 22 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 23 */ EXTERN void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 24 */ EXTERN int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | /* 44 */ EXTERN void TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 45 */ EXTERN void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 46 */ | | | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | /* 44 */ EXTERN void TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 45 */ EXTERN void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 46 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym); /* 47 */ EXTERN int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 48 */ EXTERN double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 49 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 | unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return, Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return); /* 79 */ EXTERN int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y, int width, int height, int dx, int dy, | | | 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 | unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return, Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return); /* 79 */ EXTERN int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y, int width, int height, int dx, int dy, TkRegion damageRgn); /* 80 */ EXTERN void TkSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 81 */ EXTERN void TkSelEventProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 82 */ EXTERN void TkSelInit(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 83 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 | /* 107 */ EXTERN TkMainInfo * TkGetMainInfoList(void); /* 108 */ EXTERN int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 109 */ | | | | | | | | | | | | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 | /* 107 */ EXTERN TkMainInfo * TkGetMainInfoList(void); /* 108 */ EXTERN int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 109 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 110 */ EXTERN void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 111 */ EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 112 */ EXTERN void TkpMenuThreadInit(void); /* 113 */ EXTERN int TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 114 */ EXTERN TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void); /* 115 */ EXTERN int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn); /* 116 */ EXTERN int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 117 */ EXTERN int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 118 */ EXTERN int TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 119 */ EXTERN int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* Slot 120 is reserved */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ /* 121 */ EXTERN Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Display *display, const void *source); #endif /* AQUA */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
388 389 390 391 392 393 394 | EXTERN void TkpSetKeycodeAndState(Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 138 */ EXTERN KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 139 */ EXTERN void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 140 */ | | | | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 | EXTERN void TkpSetKeycodeAndState(Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 138 */ EXTERN KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 139 */ EXTERN void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 140 */ EXTERN TkRegion TkPhotoGetValidRegion(Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 141 */ EXTERN TkWindow ** TkWmStackorderToplevel(TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 142 */ EXTERN void TkFocusFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 143 */ EXTERN void TkClipCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 144 */ EXTERN void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 145 */ EXTERN int TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 146 */ EXTERN void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 147 */ EXTERN void TkStylePkgFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 148 */ EXTERN Tk_Window TkToplevelWindowForCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 | const struct TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, struct TkTextIndex *dstPtr); /* 162 */ EXTERN struct TkTextIndex * TkTextMakeByteIndex(TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int byteIndex, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 163 */ | | | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 | const struct TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, struct TkTextIndex *dstPtr); /* 162 */ EXTERN struct TkTextIndex * TkTextMakeByteIndex(TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int byteIndex, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 163 */ EXTERN int TkTextPrintIndex(const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 164 */ EXTERN struct TkTextSegment * TkTextSetMark(struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 165 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | EXTERN void TkTextInsertDisplayProc(struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 169 */ EXTERN int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 | EXTERN void TkTextInsertDisplayProc(struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 169 */ EXTERN int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 170 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 171 */ EXTERN int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 172 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 173 */ EXTERN int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 174 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 175 */ EXTERN int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 176 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 177 */ EXTERN int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 178 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 179 */ EXTERN int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 180 */ EXTERN CONST86 char * TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 181 */ EXTERN void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 182 */ EXTERN void TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout(Display *display, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
563 564 565 566 567 568 569 | EXTERN void TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin); #endif /* MACOSX */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */ /* 186 */ EXTERN int TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin); #endif /* MACOSX */ /* 187 */ | | < < | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
EXTERN void TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif /* MACOSX */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
/* 186 */
EXTERN int TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif /* MACOSX */
/* 187 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
typedef struct TkIntStubs {
int magic;
void *hooks;
TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
| | | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
CONST86 char * (*tkFindStateString) (const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
| | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
CONST86 char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
int (*tkPositionInTree) (TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *treePtr); /* 72 */
void (*tkpRedirectKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 73 */
void (*tkpSetMainMenubar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *menuName); /* 74 */
int (*tkpUseWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *string); /* 75 */
void (*reserved76)(void);
void (*tkQueueEventForAllChildren) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 77 */
int (*tkReadBitmapFile) (Display *display, Drawable d, const char *filename, unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return, Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return); /* 78 */
| | | 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
int (*tkPositionInTree) (TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *treePtr); /* 72 */
void (*tkpRedirectKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 73 */
void (*tkpSetMainMenubar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *menuName); /* 74 */
int (*tkpUseWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *string); /* 75 */
void (*reserved76)(void);
void (*tkQueueEventForAllChildren) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 77 */
int (*tkReadBitmapFile) (Display *display, Drawable d, const char *filename, unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return, Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return); /* 78 */
int (*tkScrollWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y, int width, int height, int dx, int dy, TkRegion damageRgn); /* 79 */
void (*tkSelDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 80 */
void (*tkSelEventProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 81 */
void (*tkSelInit) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 82 */
void (*tkSelPropProc) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 83 */
void (*reserved84)(void);
void (*tkSetWindowMenuBar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *oldMenuName, const char *menuName); /* 85 */
KeySym (*tkStringToKeysym) (const char *name); /* 86 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
| | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 |
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
CONST86 char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */
void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
int (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
int (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
int (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */
int (*tkRectInRegion) (TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 117 */
int (*tkSetRegion) (Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 118 */
int (*tkUnionRectWithRegion) (XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* 119 */
void (*reserved120)(void);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
void (*reserved121)(void);
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
void (*reserved121)(void);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
void (*reserved121)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
Pixmap (*tkpCreateNativeBitmap) (Display *display, const void *source); /* 121 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
void (*reserved122)(void);
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
void (*reserved122)(void);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
void (*reserved122)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
void (*tkpDefineNativeBitmaps) (void); /* 122 */
#endif /* AQUA */
void (*reserved123)(void);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
void (*reserved124)(void);
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
void (*reserved124)(void);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
void (*reserved124)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
Pixmap (*tkpGetNativeAppBitmap) (Display *display, const char *name, int *width, int *height); /* 124 */
#endif /* AQUA */
void (*reserved125)(void);
void (*reserved126)(void);
void (*reserved127)(void);
void (*reserved128)(void);
void (*reserved129)(void);
void (*reserved130)(void);
void (*reserved131)(void);
void (*reserved132)(void);
void (*reserved133)(void);
void (*reserved134)(void);
void (*tkpDrawHighlightBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC fgGC, GC bgGC, int highlightWidth, Drawable drawable); /* 135 */
void (*tkSetFocusWin) (TkWindow *winPtr, int force); /* 136 */
void (*tkpSetKeycodeAndState) (Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 137 */
KeySym (*tkpGetKeySym) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 138 */
void (*tkpInitKeymapInfo) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 139 */
TkRegion (*tkPhotoGetValidRegion) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 140 */
TkWindow ** (*tkWmStackorderToplevel) (TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 141 */
void (*tkFocusFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 142 */
void (*tkClipCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 143 */
void (*tkGCCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 144 */
int (*tkSubtractRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 145 */
void (*tkStylePkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 146 */
void (*tkStylePkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 147 */
Tk_Window (*tkToplevelWindowForCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName); /* 148 */
const Tk_OptionSpec * (*tkGetOptionSpec) (const char *name, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 149 */
int (*tkMakeRawCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 150 */
void (*tkMakeRawCurvePostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 151 */
void (*tkpDrawFrame) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border, int highlightWidth, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 152 */
void (*tkCreateThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 153 */
void (*tkDeleteThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 154 */
void (*reserved155)(void);
int (*tkpTestembedCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 156 */
int (*tkpTesttextCmd) (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 157 */
int (*tkSelGetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 158 */
int (*tkTextGetIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct TkText *textPtr, const char *string, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 159 */
int (*tkTextIndexBackBytes) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, struct TkTextIndex *dstPtr); /* 160 */
int (*tkTextIndexForwBytes) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, struct TkTextIndex *dstPtr); /* 161 */
struct TkTextIndex * (*tkTextMakeByteIndex) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int byteIndex, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 162 */
int (*tkTextPrintIndex) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 163 */
struct TkTextSegment * (*tkTextSetMark) (struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 164 */
int (*tkTextXviewCmd) (struct TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 165 */
void (*tkTextChanged) (struct TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const struct TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); /* 166 */
int (*tkBTreeNumLines) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr); /* 167 */
void (*tkTextInsertDisplayProc) (struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 168 */
int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
CONST86 char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
CONST86 char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
CONST86 char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
CONST86 char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
CONST86 char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
void (*reserved185)(void);
#endif /* UNIX */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 |
#endif /* UNIX */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
void (*reserved186)(void);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
int (*tkpWillDrawWidget) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 186 */
#endif /* MACOSX */
| | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
#endif /* UNIX */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
void (*reserved186)(void);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
int (*tkpWillDrawWidget) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 186 */
#endif /* MACOSX */
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 187 */
} TkIntStubs;
extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 | (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetString) /* 109 */ #define TkpGetSubFonts \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSubFonts) /* 110 */ #define TkpGetSystemDefault \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSystemDefault) /* 111 */ #define TkpMenuThreadInit \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMenuThreadInit) /* 112 */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 | (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetString) /* 109 */ #define TkpGetSubFonts \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSubFonts) /* 110 */ #define TkpGetSystemDefault \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSystemDefault) /* 111 */ #define TkpMenuThreadInit \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMenuThreadInit) /* 112 */ #define TkClipBox \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipBox) /* 113 */ #define TkCreateRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateRegion) /* 114 */ #define TkDestroyRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkDestroyRegion) /* 115 */ #define TkIntersectRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectRegion) /* 116 */ #define TkRectInRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkRectInRegion) /* 117 */ #define TkSetRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkSetRegion) /* 118 */ #define TkUnionRectWithRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnionRectWithRegion) /* 119 */ /* Slot 120 is reserved */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ #define TkpCreateNativeBitmap \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpCreateNativeBitmap) /* 121 */ #endif /* AQUA */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ #define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 | (tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmStackorderToplevel) /* 141 */ #define TkFocusFree \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusFree) /* 142 */ #define TkClipCleanup \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipCleanup) /* 143 */ #define TkGCCleanup \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkGCCleanup) /* 144 */ | | | | 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 | (tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmStackorderToplevel) /* 141 */ #define TkFocusFree \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusFree) /* 142 */ #define TkClipCleanup \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipCleanup) /* 143 */ #define TkGCCleanup \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkGCCleanup) /* 144 */ #define TkSubtractRegion \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkSubtractRegion) /* 145 */ #define TkStylePkgInit \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkStylePkgInit) /* 146 */ #define TkStylePkgFree \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkStylePkgFree) /* 147 */ #define TkToplevelWindowForCommand \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkToplevelWindowForCommand) /* 148 */ #define TkGetOptionSpec \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 | #define TkpRedrawWidget \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpRedrawWidget) /* 185 */ #endif /* MACOSX */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */ #define TkpWillDrawWidget \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpWillDrawWidget) /* 186 */ #endif /* MACOSX */ | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 | #define TkpRedrawWidget \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpRedrawWidget) /* 185 */ #endif /* MACOSX */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */ #define TkpWillDrawWidget \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkpWillDrawWidget) /* 186 */ #endif /* MACOSX */ #define TkUnusedStubEntry \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 187 */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT /* * On X11, these macros are just wrappers for the equivalent X Region calls. */ #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */ #undef TkClipBox #undef TkCreateRegion #undef TkDestroyRegion #undef TkIntersectRegion #undef TkRectInRegion #undef TkSetRegion #undef TkSubtractRegion #undef TkUnionRectWithRegion #undef TkpCmapStressed_ #undef TkpSync_ #undef TkUnixContainerId_ #undef TkUnixDoOneXEvent_ #undef TkUnixSetMenubar_ #undef TkWmCleanup_ #undef TkSendCleanup_ #undef TkpTestsendCmd_ #define TkClipBox(rgn, rect) XClipBox((Region) rgn, rect) #define TkCreateRegion() (TkRegion) XCreateRegion() #define TkDestroyRegion(rgn) XDestroyRegion((Region) rgn) #define TkIntersectRegion(a, b, r) XIntersectRegion((Region) a, \ (Region) b, (Region) r) #define TkRectInRegion(r, x, y, w, h) XRectInRegion((Region) r, x, y, w, h) #define TkSetRegion(d, gc, rgn) XSetRegion(d, gc, (Region) rgn) #define TkSubtractRegion(a, b, r) XSubtractRegion((Region) a, \ (Region) b, (Region) r) #define TkUnionRectWithRegion(rect, src, ret) XUnionRectWithRegion(rect, \ (Region) src, (Region) ret) #endif /* UNIX */ #if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # undef TkpWillDrawWidget # undef TkpRedrawWidget # define TkpWillDrawWidget(w) 0 # define TkpRedrawWidget(w) #endif #undef TkUnusedStubEntry #endif /* _TKINTDECLS */ |
Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkIntPlatDecls.h -- * * This file contains the declarations for all platform dependent * unsupported functions that are exported by the Tk library. These * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between * versions. Use at your own risk. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkIntPlatDecls.h -- * * This file contains the declarations for all platform dependent * unsupported functions that are exported by the Tk library. These * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between * versions. Use at your own risk. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * All rights reserved. */ #ifndef _TKINTPLATDECLS #define _TKINTPLATDECLS #ifdef BUILD_tk |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | EXTERN void TkAboutDlg(void); /* 8 */ EXTERN unsigned int TkMacOSXButtonKeyState(void); /* 9 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void); /* 10 */ EXTERN int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index); | | > | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 | EXTERN void TkAboutDlg(void); /* 8 */ EXTERN unsigned int TkMacOSXButtonKeyState(void); /* 9 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void); /* 10 */ EXTERN int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index); /* 11 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXInstallCursor(int resizeOverride); /* 12 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu(void); /* Slot 13 is reserved */ /* 14 */ EXTERN int TkMacOSXDoHLEvent(void *theEvent); /* Slot 15 is reserved */ /* 16 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc, void *destPort); /* 32 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr); /* Slot 33 is reserved */ /* 34 */ EXTERN int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID); /* 35 */ | | | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 | EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc, void *destPort); /* 32 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr); /* Slot 33 is reserved */ /* 34 */ EXTERN int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID); /* 35 */ EXTERN TkRegion TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 36 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXWinBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry); /* 37 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXWindowOffset(void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset); /* 38 */ EXTERN int TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | /* 44 */ EXTERN MacDrawable * TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 45 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void); /* 46 */ EXTERN int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window); /* 47 */ | | | | 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 | /* 44 */ EXTERN MacDrawable * TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 45 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void); /* 46 */ EXTERN int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window); /* 47 */ EXTERN Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void); /* Slot 48 is reserved */ /* 49 */ EXTERN Tk_Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr); /* 50 */ EXTERN int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 51 */ EXTERN void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin); /* 52 */ EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
void (*tkpSetCapture) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 4 */
void (*tkpSetCursor) (TkpCursor cursor); /* 5 */
void (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 6 */
void (*tkAboutDlg) (void); /* 7 */
unsigned int (*tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) (void); /* 8 */
void (*tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) (void); /* 9 */
int (*tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) (int menuID, int index); /* 10 */
| | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
void (*tkpSetCapture) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 4 */
void (*tkpSetCursor) (TkpCursor cursor); /* 5 */
void (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 6 */
void (*tkAboutDlg) (void); /* 7 */
unsigned int (*tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) (void); /* 8 */
void (*tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) (void); /* 9 */
int (*tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) (int menuID, int index); /* 10 */
void (*tkMacOSXInstallCursor) (int resizeOverride); /* 11 */
void (*tkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu) (void); /* 12 */
void (*reserved13)(void);
int (*tkMacOSXDoHLEvent) (void *theEvent); /* 14 */
void (*reserved15)(void);
Window (*tkMacOSXGetXWindow) (void *macWinPtr); /* 16 */
int (*tkMacOSXGrowToplevel) (void *whichWindow, XPoint start); /* 17 */
void (*tkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect) (short theMenu, unsigned short theItem, int optionKeyPressed); /* 18 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
void (*tkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount) (void); /* 28 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 29 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn) (Drawable drawable); /* 30 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) (GC gc, void *destPort); /* 31 */
void (*tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 32 */
void (*reserved33)(void);
int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
| | | | | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
void (*tkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount) (void); /* 28 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 29 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn) (Drawable drawable); /* 30 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) (GC gc, void *destPort); /* 31 */
void (*tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 32 */
void (*reserved33)(void);
int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
TkRegion (*tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 35 */
void (*tkMacOSXWinBounds) (TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry); /* 36 */
void (*tkMacOSXWindowOffset) (void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset); /* 37 */
int (*tkSetMacColor) (unsigned long pixel, void *macColor); /* 38 */
void (*tkSetWMName) (TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid); /* 39 */
void (*reserved40)(void);
int (*tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) (void *whichWindow, short zoomPart); /* 41 */
Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */
Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */
void (*reserved48)(void);
Tk_Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */
int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */
void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */
unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 53 */
void * (*tkMacOSXDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 54 */
int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
623 624 625 626 627 628 629 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkAboutDlg) /* 7 */ #define TkMacOSXButtonKeyState \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) /* 8 */ #define TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) /* 9 */ #define TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) /* 10 */ | | > | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkAboutDlg) /* 7 */ #define TkMacOSXButtonKeyState \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) /* 8 */ #define TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) /* 9 */ #define TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) /* 10 */ #define TkMacOSXInstallCursor \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInstallCursor) /* 11 */ #define TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu) /* 12 */ /* Slot 13 is reserved */ #define TkMacOSXDoHLEvent \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDoHLEvent) /* 14 */ /* Slot 15 is reserved */ #define TkMacOSXGetXWindow \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
687 688 689 690 691 692 693 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXContainerId) /* 43 */ #define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) /* 44 */ #define TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) /* 45 */ #define TkpIsWindowFloating \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpIsWindowFloating) /* 46 */ | | | | | | 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXContainerId) /* 43 */ #define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) /* 44 */ #define TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) /* 45 */ #define TkpIsWindowFloating \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpIsWindowFloating) /* 46 */ #define TkMacOSXGetCapture \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetCapture) /* 47 */ /* Slot 48 is reserved */ #define TkGetTransientMaster \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGetTransientMaster) /* 49 */ #define TkGenerateButtonEvent \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenerateButtonEvent) /* 50 */ #define TkGenWMDestroyEvent \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMDestroyEvent) /* 51 */ #define TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled \ (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) /* 52 */ #define TkpGetMS \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
787 788 789 790 791 792 793 | #undef TkUnixContainerId_ #undef TkUnixDoOneXEvent_ #undef TkUnixSetMenubar_ #undef TkWmCleanup_ #undef TkSendCleanup_ #undef TkpTestsendCmd_ #undef TkGenerateActivateEvents_ | > > | > < < < | 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 | #undef TkUnixContainerId_ #undef TkUnixDoOneXEvent_ #undef TkUnixSetMenubar_ #undef TkWmCleanup_ #undef TkSendCleanup_ #undef TkpTestsendCmd_ #undef TkGenerateActivateEvents_ #define TkMacOSXGetContainer TkGetTransientMaster #undef TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing #define TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing(tkfont) ((void)tkfont, 0) #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */ |
Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkIntXlibDecls.h -- * * This file contains the declarations for all platform dependent * unsupported functions that are exported by the Tk library. These * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between * versions. Use at your own risk. * | | | > | < | > > | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
/*
* tkIntXlibDecls.h --
*
* This file contains the declarations for all platform dependent
* unsupported functions that are exported by the Tk library. These
* interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between
* versions. Use at your own risk.
*
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
* All rights reserved.
*/
#ifndef _TKINTXLIBDECLS
#define _TKINTXLIBDECLS
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
* in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
*/
#ifndef _TCL
# include <tcl.h>
#endif
/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
two functions, so move them out of the way temporarily. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
typedef int (*XAfterFunction) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
Display* /* display */
);
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 80 */ EXTERN int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); | | > > > | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 | char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 80 */ EXTERN int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 81 */ EXTERN int XSetClipRectangles(Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin, XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering); /* 82 */ EXTERN Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map, _Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr); /* 83 */ EXTERN GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d, unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values); /* 84 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
415 416 417 418 419 420 421 | /* 136 */ EXTERN int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 137 */ EXTERN int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); | | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < | < | < < < < < | < | < < | < < | | 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 | /* 136 */ EXTERN int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 137 */ EXTERN int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* Slot 138 is reserved */ /* Slot 139 is reserved */ /* Slot 140 is reserved */ /* Slot 141 is reserved */ /* Slot 142 is reserved */ /* Slot 143 is reserved */ /* Slot 144 is reserved */ /* Slot 145 is reserved */ /* Slot 146 is reserved */ /* Slot 147 is reserved */ /* Slot 148 is reserved */ /* Slot 149 is reserved */ /* Slot 150 is reserved */ /* Slot 151 is reserved */ /* Slot 152 is reserved */ /* Slot 153 is reserved */ /* Slot 154 is reserved */ /* Slot 155 is reserved */ /* Slot 156 is reserved */ /* Slot 157 is reserved */ /* 158 */ EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void); #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ /* 0 */ EXTERN int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 1 */ EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d); /* 2 */ EXTERN XImage * XCreateImage(Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 | EXTERN char * XKeysymToString(KeySym k); /* 6 */ EXTERN Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i); /* 7 */ EXTERN GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g); /* 8 */ | | | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 | EXTERN char * XKeysymToString(KeySym k); /* 6 */ EXTERN Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i); /* 7 */ EXTERN GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g); /* 8 */ EXTERN KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, KeyCode k, int i); /* 9 */ EXTERN KeySym XStringToKeysym(_Xconst char *c); /* 10 */ EXTERN Window XRootWindow(Display *d, int i); /* 11 */ EXTERN XErrorHandler XSetErrorHandler(XErrorHandler x); /* 12 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
732 733 734 735 736 737 738 | EXTERN int XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 90 */ EXTERN Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 91 */ EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard); | | < < < | < | < | < | < < | < | < | < | < | < < | < < | < | < | < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < | < | < < < < < | < | < < | | 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
EXTERN int XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap,
XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors);
/* 90 */
EXTERN Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2,
Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui);
/* 91 */
EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
/* Slot 92 is reserved */
/* Slot 93 is reserved */
/* Slot 94 is reserved */
/* Slot 95 is reserved */
/* Slot 96 is reserved */
/* Slot 97 is reserved */
/* Slot 98 is reserved */
/* Slot 99 is reserved */
/* Slot 100 is reserved */
/* Slot 101 is reserved */
/* Slot 102 is reserved */
/* Slot 103 is reserved */
/* Slot 104 is reserved */
/* Slot 105 is reserved */
/* 106 */
EXTERN int XSetClipRectangles(Display *display, GC gc,
int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin,
XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering);
/* 107 */
EXTERN int XFlush(Display *display);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int XGrabServer(Display *display);
/* 109 */
EXTERN int XUngrabServer(Display *display);
/* 110 */
EXTERN int XFree(void *data);
/* 111 */
EXTERN int XNoOp(Display *display);
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
/* Slot 113 is reserved */
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* 120 */
EXTERN int XOffsetRegion(void *rgn, int dx, int dy);
/* Slot 121 is reserved */
/* Slot 122 is reserved */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* 129 */
EXTERN int XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
/* Slot 133 is reserved */
/* Slot 134 is reserved */
/* Slot 135 is reserved */
/* Slot 136 is reserved */
/* 137 */
EXTERN int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/* Slot 138 is reserved */
/* Slot 139 is reserved */
/* Slot 140 is reserved */
/* Slot 141 is reserved */
/* Slot 142 is reserved */
/* Slot 143 is reserved */
/* 144 */
EXTERN void XDestroyIC(XIC xic);
/* 145 */
EXTERN Cursor XCreatePixmapCursor(Display *d, Pixmap p1, Pixmap p2,
XColor *x1, XColor *x2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2);
/* 146 */
EXTERN Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor(Display *d, Font f1, Font f2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
XColor _Xconst *x1, XColor _Xconst *x2);
/* Slot 147 is reserved */
/* Slot 148 is reserved */
/* Slot 149 is reserved */
/* Slot 150 is reserved */
/* Slot 151 is reserved */
/* Slot 152 is reserved */
/* Slot 153 is reserved */
/* Slot 154 is reserved */
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
/* Slot 156 is reserved */
/* 157 */
EXTERN KeySym XkbKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, unsigned int k, int g,
int i);
/* 158 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif /* AQUA */
typedef struct TkIntXlibStubs {
int magic;
void *hooks;
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
979 980 981 982 983 984 985 |
int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 74 */
int (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 75 */
int (*xWindowEvent) (Display *d, Window w, long l, XEvent *x); /* 76 */
void (*xDestroyIC) (XIC x); /* 77 */
Bool (*xFilterEvent) (XEvent *x, Window w); /* 78 */
int (*xmbLookupString) (XIC xi, XKeyPressedEvent *xk, char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 79 */
int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 80 */
| | | 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 |
int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 74 */
int (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 75 */
int (*xWindowEvent) (Display *d, Window w, long l, XEvent *x); /* 76 */
void (*xDestroyIC) (XIC x); /* 77 */
Bool (*xFilterEvent) (XEvent *x, Window w); /* 78 */
int (*xmbLookupString) (XIC xi, XKeyPressedEvent *xk, char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 79 */
int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 80 */
int (*xSetClipRectangles) (Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin, XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering); /* 81 */
Status (*xParseColor) (Display *display, Colormap map, _Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr); /* 82 */
GC (*xCreateGC) (Display *display, Drawable d, unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values); /* 83 */
int (*xFreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 84 */
Atom (*xInternAtom) (Display *display, _Xconst char *atom_name, Bool only_if_exists); /* 85 */
int (*xSetBackground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 86 */
int (*xSetForeground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 87 */
int (*xSetClipMask) (Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap); /* 88 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 |
int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
void (*reserved138)(void);
void (*reserved139)(void);
void (*reserved140)(void);
void (*reserved141)(void);
void (*reserved142)(void);
void (*reserved143)(void);
void (*reserved144)(void);
void (*reserved145)(void);
void (*reserved146)(void);
void (*reserved147)(void);
void (*reserved148)(void);
void (*reserved149)(void);
void (*reserved150)(void);
void (*reserved151)(void);
void (*reserved152)(void);
void (*reserved153)(void);
void (*reserved154)(void);
void (*reserved155)(void);
void (*reserved156)(void);
void (*reserved157)(void);
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 158 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
char * (*xKeysymToString) (KeySym k); /* 5 */
Colormap (*xCreateColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i); /* 6 */
GContext (*xGContextFromGC) (GC g); /* 7 */
KeySym (*xKeycodeToKeysym) (Display *d, KeyCode k, int i); /* 8 */
KeySym (*xStringToKeysym) (_Xconst char *c); /* 9 */
Window (*xRootWindow) (Display *d, int i); /* 10 */
XErrorHandler (*xSetErrorHandler) (XErrorHandler x); /* 11 */
Status (*xAllocColor) (Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp); /* 12 */
int (*xBell) (Display *d, int i); /* 13 */
int (*xChangeProperty) (Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3); /* 14 */
int (*xChangeWindowAttributes) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x); /* 15 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
int (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
int (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 91 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 |
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
int (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
int (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 91 */
void (*reserved92)(void);
void (*reserved93)(void);
void (*reserved94)(void);
void (*reserved95)(void);
void (*reserved96)(void);
void (*reserved97)(void);
void (*reserved98)(void);
void (*reserved99)(void);
void (*reserved100)(void);
void (*reserved101)(void);
void (*reserved102)(void);
void (*reserved103)(void);
void (*reserved104)(void);
void (*reserved105)(void);
int (*xSetClipRectangles) (Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin, XRectangle rectangles[], int n, int ordering); /* 106 */
int (*xFlush) (Display *display); /* 107 */
int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */
int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
void (*reserved113)(void);
VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */
void (*reserved115)(void);
void (*reserved116)(void);
void (*reserved117)(void);
void (*reserved118)(void);
void (*reserved119)(void);
int (*xOffsetRegion) (void *rgn, int dx, int dy); /* 120 */
void (*reserved121)(void);
void (*reserved122)(void);
void (*reserved123)(void);
void (*reserved124)(void);
void (*reserved125)(void);
void (*reserved126)(void);
void (*reserved127)(void);
void (*reserved128)(void);
int (*xLowerWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 129 */
void (*reserved130)(void);
void (*reserved131)(void);
void (*reserved132)(void);
void (*reserved133)(void);
void (*reserved134)(void);
void (*reserved135)(void);
void (*reserved136)(void);
int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
void (*reserved138)(void);
void (*reserved139)(void);
void (*reserved140)(void);
void (*reserved141)(void);
void (*reserved142)(void);
void (*reserved143)(void);
void (*xDestroyIC) (XIC xic); /* 144 */
Cursor (*xCreatePixmapCursor) (Display *d, Pixmap p1, Pixmap p2, XColor *x1, XColor *x2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 145 */
Cursor (*xCreateGlyphCursor) (Display *d, Font f1, Font f2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, XColor _Xconst *x1, XColor _Xconst *x2); /* 146 */
void (*reserved147)(void);
void (*reserved148)(void);
void (*reserved149)(void);
void (*reserved150)(void);
void (*reserved151)(void);
void (*reserved152)(void);
void (*reserved153)(void);
void (*reserved154)(void);
void (*reserved155)(void);
void (*reserved156)(void);
KeySym (*xkbKeycodeToKeysym) (Display *d, unsigned int k, int g, int i); /* 157 */
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 158 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;
extern const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyIC) /* 77 */ #define XFilterEvent \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFilterEvent) /* 78 */ #define XmbLookupString \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xmbLookupString) /* 79 */ #define TkPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkPutImage) /* 80 */ | | > | 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyIC) /* 77 */ #define XFilterEvent \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFilterEvent) /* 78 */ #define XmbLookupString \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xmbLookupString) /* 79 */ #define TkPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkPutImage) /* 80 */ #define XSetClipRectangles \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipRectangles) /* 81 */ #define XParseColor \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xParseColor) /* 82 */ #define XCreateGC \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateGC) /* 83 */ #define XFreeGC \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeGC) /* 84 */ #define XInternAtom \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */ #define XDrawPoints \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */ #define XReparentWindow \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */ #define XPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */ | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < < > > | < | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */ #define XDrawPoints \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */ #define XReparentWindow \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */ #define XPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */ /* Slot 138 is reserved */ /* Slot 139 is reserved */ /* Slot 140 is reserved */ /* Slot 141 is reserved */ /* Slot 142 is reserved */ /* Slot 143 is reserved */ /* Slot 144 is reserved */ /* Slot 145 is reserved */ /* Slot 146 is reserved */ /* Slot 147 is reserved */ /* Slot 148 is reserved */ /* Slot 149 is reserved */ /* Slot 150 is reserved */ /* Slot 151 is reserved */ /* Slot 152 is reserved */ /* Slot 153 is reserved */ /* Slot 154 is reserved */ /* Slot 155 is reserved */ /* Slot 156 is reserved */ /* Slot 157 is reserved */ #define TkUnusedStubEntry \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 158 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ #define XSetDashes \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */ #define XGetModifierMapping \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */ #define XCreateImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateImage) /* 2 */ #define XGetImage \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColor) /* 88 */ #define XQueryColors \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColors) /* 89 */ #define XQueryTree \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryTree) /* 90 */ #define XSync \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 91 */ | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < < > > | < | < | < | < | < | | | | < < < < > > | 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColor) /* 88 */ #define XQueryColors \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColors) /* 89 */ #define XQueryTree \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryTree) /* 90 */ #define XSync \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 91 */ /* Slot 92 is reserved */ /* Slot 93 is reserved */ /* Slot 94 is reserved */ /* Slot 95 is reserved */ /* Slot 96 is reserved */ /* Slot 97 is reserved */ /* Slot 98 is reserved */ /* Slot 99 is reserved */ /* Slot 100 is reserved */ /* Slot 101 is reserved */ /* Slot 102 is reserved */ /* Slot 103 is reserved */ /* Slot 104 is reserved */ /* Slot 105 is reserved */ #define XSetClipRectangles \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipRectangles) /* 106 */ #define XFlush \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFlush) /* 107 */ #define XGrabServer \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabServer) /* 108 */ #define XUngrabServer \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabServer) /* 109 */ #define XFree \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFree) /* 110 */ #define XNoOp \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */ #define XSynchronize \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */ /* Slot 113 is reserved */ #define XVisualIDFromVisual \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */ /* Slot 115 is reserved */ /* Slot 116 is reserved */ /* Slot 117 is reserved */ /* Slot 118 is reserved */ /* Slot 119 is reserved */ #define XOffsetRegion \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xOffsetRegion) /* 120 */ /* Slot 121 is reserved */ /* Slot 122 is reserved */ /* Slot 123 is reserved */ /* Slot 124 is reserved */ /* Slot 125 is reserved */ /* Slot 126 is reserved */ /* Slot 127 is reserved */ /* Slot 128 is reserved */ #define XLowerWindow \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xLowerWindow) /* 129 */ /* Slot 130 is reserved */ /* Slot 131 is reserved */ /* Slot 132 is reserved */ /* Slot 133 is reserved */ /* Slot 134 is reserved */ /* Slot 135 is reserved */ /* Slot 136 is reserved */ #define XPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */ /* Slot 138 is reserved */ /* Slot 139 is reserved */ /* Slot 140 is reserved */ /* Slot 141 is reserved */ /* Slot 142 is reserved */ /* Slot 143 is reserved */ #define XDestroyIC \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyIC) /* 144 */ #define XCreatePixmapCursor \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreatePixmapCursor) /* 145 */ #define XCreateGlyphCursor \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateGlyphCursor) /* 146 */ /* Slot 147 is reserved */ /* Slot 148 is reserved */ /* Slot 149 is reserved */ /* Slot 150 is reserved */ /* Slot 151 is reserved */ /* Slot 152 is reserved */ /* Slot 153 is reserved */ /* Slot 154 is reserved */ /* Slot 155 is reserved */ /* Slot 156 is reserved */ #define XkbKeycodeToKeysym \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xkbKeycodeToKeysym) /* 157 */ #define TkUnusedStubEntry \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 158 */ #endif /* AQUA */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #undef TkUnusedStubEntry #endif /* _TKINTXLIBDECLS */ |
Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | < < < | < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;
/* Table defining configuration options
* available for the listbox. */
Tk_OptionTable itemAttrOptionTable;
/* Table defining configuration options
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
* below.
*/
enum state {
STATE_DISABLED, STATE_NORMAL
};
| < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
* below.
*/
enum state {
STATE_DISABLED, STATE_NORMAL
};
enum activeStyle {
ACTIVE_STYLE_DOTBOX, ACTIVE_STYLE_NONE, ACTIVE_STYLE_UNDERLINE
};
static const char *const activeStyleStrings[] = {
"dotbox", "none", "underline", NULL
};
/*
* The optionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for the
* listbox widget.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-activestyle", "activeStyle", "ActiveStyle",
DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, activeStyle),
0, activeStyleStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, normalBorder),
0, DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_LISTBOX_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_LISTBOX_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorder),
0, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selectMode),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_LISTBOX_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, state),
0, &tkStateStrings[1], 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, xScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, yScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-listvariable", "listVariable", "Variable",
DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, listVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The itemAttrOptionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for
* listbox items.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, border),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, fgColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selFgColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub-commands)
* and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
* dispatch the listbox widget command.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
enum scancommand {
SCAN_MARK, SCAN_DRAGTO
};
static const char *const indexNames[] = {
| | | | | | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
enum scancommand {
SCAN_MARK, SCAN_DRAGTO
};
static const char *const indexNames[] = {
"active", "anchor", "end", NULL
};
enum indices {
INDEX_ACTIVE, INDEX_ANCHOR, INDEX_END
};
/*
* Declarations for procedures defined later in this file.
*/
static void ChangeListboxOffset(Listbox *listPtr, int offset);
static void ChangeListboxView(Listbox *listPtr, int index);
static int ConfigureListbox(Tcl_Interp *interp, Listbox *listPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int ConfigureListboxItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Listbox *listPtr, ItemAttr *attrs, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int index);
static int ListboxDeleteSubCmd(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last);
static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyListbox;
static void DestroyListboxOptionTables(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void DisplayListbox(ClientData clientData);
static int GetListboxIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Listbox *listPtr,
Tcl_Obj *index, int endIsSize, int *indexPtr);
static int ListboxInsertSubCmd(Listbox *listPtr,
int index, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ListboxCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void ListboxComputeGeometry(Listbox *listPtr,
int fontChanged, int maxIsStale, int updateGrid);
static void ListboxEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ListboxFetchSelection(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static void ListboxLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static void GenerateListboxSelectEvent(Listbox *listPtr);
static void EventuallyRedrawRange(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last);
static void ListboxScanTo(Listbox *listPtr, int x, int y);
static int ListboxSelect(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last, int select);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
469 470 471 472 473 474 475 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_ListboxObjCmd( | | < | | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ListboxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Listbox *listPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
ListboxOptionTables *optionTables;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
optionTables = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "ListboxOptionTables", NULL);
if (optionTables == NULL) {
/*
* We haven't created the option tables for this widget class yet. Do
* it now and save the a pointer to them as the ClientData for the
* command, so future invocations will have access to it.
*/
optionTables = ckalloc(sizeof(ListboxOptionTables));
/*
* Set up an exit handler to free the optionTables struct.
*/
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "ListboxOptionTables",
DestroyListboxOptionTables, optionTables);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureListbox, or that ConfigureListbox requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers).
*/
| | | | | 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureListbox, or that ConfigureListbox requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers).
*/
listPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Listbox));
memset(listPtr, 0, sizeof(Listbox));
listPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
listPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
listPtr->interp = interp;
listPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(listPtr->tkwin), ListboxWidgetObjCmd, listPtr,
ListboxCmdDeletedProc);
listPtr->optionTable = optionTables->listboxOptionTable;
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable = optionTables->itemAttrOptionTable;
listPtr->selection = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(listPtr->selection, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
listPtr->itemAttrTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(listPtr->itemAttrTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
listPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
listPtr->textGC = NULL;
listPtr->selFgColorPtr = NULL;
listPtr->selTextGC = NULL;
listPtr->fullLines = 1;
listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
| | | | 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 |
Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)listPtr,
optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(listPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ListboxWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
static int
ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments as Tcl_Obj's. */
{
| | | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
static int
ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments as Tcl_Obj's. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
int cmdIndex, index;
int result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
| | | | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 |
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
725 726 727 728 729 730 731 |
* the indices in order, adding them to the result if they are
* selected.
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i))) {
| | | 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
* the indices in order, adding them to the result if they are
* selected.
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i))) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
| | | 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case COMMAND_INSERT:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?element ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
}
case COMMAND_ITEMCONFIGURE: {
ItemAttr *attrPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
| | | | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
}
case COMMAND_ITEMCONFIGURE: {
ItemAttr *attrPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"index ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (index < 0 || index >= listPtr->nElements) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"item number \"%s\" out of range",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LISTBOX", "ITEM_INDEX", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
if (objc <= 4) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) attrPtr,
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
}
result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
| | | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 |
}
result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_SCAN: {
int x, y, scanCmdIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 |
break;
case COMMAND_SIZE:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
| | | 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 |
break;
case COMMAND_SIZE:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(listPtr->nElements));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case COMMAND_XVIEW:
result = ListboxXviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case COMMAND_YVIEW:
result = ListboxYviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 |
/*
* Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
*/
if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
const char *stringRep;
| | < | | | | | | 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 |
/*
* Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
*/
if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
const char *stringRep;
int pixelWidth, stringLen, x, y, result;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
/*
* Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
*/
result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);
if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
} else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
- pixelWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
} else {
x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - pixelWidth)/2
- listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
}
y = ((index - listPtr->topIndex)*listPtr->lineHeight)
+ listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelWidth);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(fm.linespace);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 |
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxOffset(listPtr, index*listPtr->xScrollUnit);
} else {
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count)) {
| < < > > | 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 |
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxOffset(listPtr, index*listPtr->xScrollUnit);
} else {
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count)) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
offset = (int) (fraction*listPtr->maxWidth + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
windowUnits = windowWidth / listPtr->xScrollUnit;
if (windowUnits > 2) {
offset = listPtr->xOffset
+ count*listPtr->xScrollUnit*(windowUnits-2);
} else {
offset = listPtr->xOffset + count*listPtr->xScrollUnit;
}
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
offset = listPtr->xOffset + count*listPtr->xScrollUnit;
break;
default:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxOffset(listPtr, offset);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 |
} else {
index = listPtr->topIndex + count;
}
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index = listPtr->topIndex + count;
break;
| < | 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
} else {
index = listPtr->topIndex + count;
}
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index = listPtr->topIndex + count;
break;
default:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, index);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 |
{
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ItemAttr *attrs;
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
if (isNew) {
| | | | | 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 |
{
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ItemAttr *attrs;
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
if (isNew) {
attrs = ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
attrs->border = NULL;
attrs->selBorder = NULL;
attrs->fgColor = NULL;
attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
listPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, attrs);
} else {
attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
}
return attrs;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 | * Everything associated with the listbox is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyListbox( | | | 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 |
* Everything associated with the listbox is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListbox(
char *memPtr) /* Info about listbox widget. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *)memPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
/*
* If we have an internal list object, free it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListboxOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
| | < < | 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListboxOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Pointer to the calling interp */
{
ckfree(clientData);
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
| | | 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 |
ItemAttr *attrs, /* Information about the item to configure */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */
int index) /* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
| | | 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
ItemAttr *attrs, /* Information about the item to configure */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */
int index) /* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)attrs,
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
&savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 |
static void
ListboxWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
| | | 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 |
static void
ListboxWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
Listbox *listPtr = instanceData;
if (listPtr->state & STATE_NORMAL) {
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
} else if (listPtr->dfgColorPtr != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->dfgColorPtr->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayListbox(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | > | < | 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayListbox(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
Display *disp = listPtr->display;
GC gc;
int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC, stringLen;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tcl_Obj *curElement;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
const char *stringRep;
ItemAttr *attrs;
Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
XGCValues gcValues;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 |
* Redrawing is done in a temporary pixmap that is allocated here and
* freed at the end of the procedure. All drawing is done to the pixmap,
* and the pixmap is copied to the screen at the end of the procedure.
* This provides the smoothest possible visual effects (no flashing on the
* screen).
*/
| | | 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 |
* Redrawing is done in a temporary pixmap that is allocated here and
* freed at the end of the procedure. All drawing is done to the pixmap,
* and the pixmap is copied to the screen at the end of the procedure.
* This provides the smoothest possible visual effects (no flashing on the
* screen).
*/
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(disp, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
#else
pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, listPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 |
}
prevSelected = 0;
for (i = listPtr->topIndex; i <= limit; i++) {
int width = Tk_Width(tkwin); /* zeroth approx to silence warning */
x = listPtr->inset;
| | | 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
}
prevSelected = 0;
for (i = listPtr->topIndex; i <= limit; i++) {
int width = Tk_Width(tkwin); /* zeroth approx to silence warning */
x = listPtr->inset;
y = (i - listPtr->topIndex) * listPtr->lineHeight + listPtr->inset;
gc = listPtr->textGC;
freeGC = 0;
/*
* Lookup this item in the item attributes table, to see if it has
* special foreground/background colors.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 |
/*
* If there is attribute information for this item, adjust the
* drawing accordingly.
*/
if (entry != NULL) {
| | | 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 |
/*
* If there is attribute information for this item, adjust the
* drawing accordingly.
*/
if (entry != NULL) {
attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
/*
* Default GC has the values from the widget at large.
*/
if (listPtr->selFgColorPtr) {
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 |
} else {
/*
* If there is an item attributes record for this item, draw
* the background box and set the foreground color accordingly.
*/
if (entry != NULL) {
| | | 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 |
} else {
/*
* If there is an item attributes record for this item, draw
* the background box and set the foreground color accordingly.
*/
if (entry != NULL) {
attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(listPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
/*
* If the item has its own background color, draw it now.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 |
}
/*
* Draw the actual text of this item.
*/
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | | 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 |
}
/*
* Draw the actual text of this item.
*/
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
} else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
- textWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
} else {
x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - textWidth)/2
- listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
}
Tk_DrawChars(disp, pixmap, gc, listPtr->tkfont,
stringRep, stringLen, x, y);
/*
* If this is the active element, apply the activestyle to it.
*/
if ((i == listPtr->active) && (listPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
if (listPtr->activeStyle == ACTIVE_STYLE_UNDERLINE) {
/*
* Underline the text.
*/
Tk_UnderlineChars(disp, pixmap, gc, listPtr->tkfont,
stringRep, x, y, 0, stringLen);
} else if (listPtr->activeStyle == ACTIVE_STYLE_DOTBOX) {
/*
* Draw a dotted box around the text.
*/
x = listPtr->inset;
y = (i - listPtr->topIndex) * listPtr->lineHeight
+ listPtr->inset;
width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset;
TkDrawDottedRect(disp, pixmap, gc, x, y,
width, listPtr->lineHeight);
if (!freeGC) {
/*
* Don't bother changing if it is about to be freed.
*/
gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
XChangeGC(disp, gc, GCLineStyle, &gcValues);
}
}
}
if (freeGC) {
Tk_FreeGC(disp, gc);
}
}
/*
* Redraw the border for the listbox to make sure that it's on top of any
* of the text of the listbox entries.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 |
listPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
} else {
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC,
listPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
| | | < | | 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 |
listPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
} else {
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC,
listPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
XCopyArea(disp, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), listPtr->textGC, 0, 0,
(unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
Tk_FreePixmap(disp, pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ListboxComputeGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 |
* longer be up-to-date and must be
* recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
* must be 1. */
int updateGrid) /* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
* Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
* window. */
{
| | < | | 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 |
* longer be up-to-date and must be
* recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
* must be 1. */
int updateGrid) /* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
* Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
* window. */
{
int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, textLength, i, result;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tcl_Obj *element;
const char *text;
if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
}
listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
/*
* Compute the pixel width of the current element.
*/
result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
&element);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
text = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 |
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Add the new elements before this
* element. */
int objc, /* Number of new elements to add. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* New elements (one per entry). */
{
| | < | | 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 |
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Add the new elements before this
* element. */
int objc, /* Number of new elements to add. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* New elements (one per entry). */
{
int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result, length;
Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
const char *stringRep;
oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
/*
* Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
* if so, update our notion of "widest."
*/
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 |
static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox widget to modify. */
int first, /* Index of first element to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last element to delete. */
{
| | < | 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 |
static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox widget to modify. */
int first, /* Index of first element to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last element to delete. */
{
int count, i, widthChanged, length, result, pixelWidth;
Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
const char *stringRep;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
/*
* Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
* and make sure there's something to delete.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 |
* Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
* has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
* element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
*/
if (widthChanged == 0) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
| | | 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 |
* Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
* has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
* element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
*/
if (widthChanged == 0) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &length);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
widthChanged = 1;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 |
*/
static void
ListboxEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 |
*/
static void
ListboxEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr,
NearestListboxElement(listPtr, eventPtr->xexpose.y),
NearestListboxElement(listPtr, eventPtr->xexpose.y
+ eventPtr->xexpose.height));
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (!(listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED)) {
listPtr->flags |= LISTBOX_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(listPtr->interp, listPtr->widgetCmd);
if (listPtr->setGrid) {
Tk_UnsetGrid(listPtr->tkwin);
}
if (listPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayListbox, clientData);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyListbox);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
int vertSpace;
vertSpace = Tk_Height(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset;
listPtr->fullLines = vertSpace / listPtr->lineHeight;
if ((listPtr->fullLines*listPtr->lineHeight) < vertSpace) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 |
static int
GetListboxIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies an element in the listbox. */
| | < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 |
static int
GetListboxIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies an element in the listbox. */
int endIsSize, /* If 1, "end" refers to the number of entries
* in the listbox. If 0, "end" refers to 1
* less than the number of entries. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
int result, index;
const char *stringRep;
/*
* First see if the index is one of the named indices.
*/
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, indexObj, indexNames, "", 0, &index);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
switch (index) {
case INDEX_ACTIVE:
/* "active" index */
*indexPtr = listPtr->active;
break;
case INDEX_ANCHOR:
/* "anchor" index */
*indexPtr = listPtr->selectAnchor;
break;
case INDEX_END:
/* "end" index */
if (endIsSize) {
*indexPtr = listPtr->nElements;
} else {
*indexPtr = listPtr->nElements - 1;
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* The index didn't match any of the named indices; maybe it's an @x,y
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 |
y = strtol(start, &end, 0);
if ((start == end) || (*end != '\0')) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Everything failed, nothing matched. Throw up an error message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| > > > > > > > > | 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 |
y = strtol(start, &end, 0);
if ((start == end) || (*end != '\0')) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Maybe the index is just an integer.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, indexObj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Everything failed, nothing matched. Throw up an error message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < | 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ListboxFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first byte to be
* returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
Tcl_DString selection;
int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
Tcl_Obj *curElement;
const char *stringRep;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 |
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
if (needNewline) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
}
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
&curElement);
| | | > < | | | | 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 |
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
if (needNewline) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
}
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
&curElement);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
needNewline = 1;
}
}
length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
if (length == 0) {
return -1;
}
/*
* Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
*/
count = length - offset;
if (count <= 0) {
count = 0;
} else {
if (count > maxBytes) {
count = maxBytes;
}
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, (size_t) count);
}
buffer[count] = '\0';
Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
return count;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about listbox widget. */
{
| | | 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about listbox widget. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
&& (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(
Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(
Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkSendVirtualEvent(listPtr->tkwin, "ListboxSelect", NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EventuallyRedrawRange --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 |
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int first, /* Index of first element in list that needs
* to be redrawn. */
int last) /* Index of last element in list that needs to
* be redrawn. May be less than first; these
* just bracket a range. */
{
| < < < | | 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 |
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int first, /* Index of first element in list that needs
* to be redrawn. */
int last) /* Index of last element in list that needs to
* be redrawn. May be less than first; these
* just bracket a range. */
{
/*
* We don't have to a redraw callback if one is already pending,
* or if the window doesn't exist, or if the window isn't mapped.
*/
if ((listPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)
|| (listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED)
|| !Tk_IsMapped(listPtr->tkwin)) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 |
ListboxListVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| | < < | 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 |
ListboxListVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
int oldLength, i;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
/*
* Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMacWinMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the common elements of the Mac and Windows * specific features of menus. This file is not used for UNIX. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkMacWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the common elements of the Mac and Windows * specific features of menus. This file is not used for UNIX. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
*/
static int
PreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
int index, result, finished;
| | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
*/
static int
PreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
int index, result, finished;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
/*
* First, let's process the post command on ourselves. If this command
* destroys this menu, or if there was an error, we are done.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
* Now, we go through structure and process all of the commands. Since the
* structure is changing, we stop after we do one command, and start over.
* When we get through without doing any, we are done.
*/
do {
finished = 1;
| | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* Now, we go through structure and process all of the commands. Since the
* structure is changing, we stop after we do one command, and start over.
* When we get through without doing any, we are done.
*/
do {
finished = 1;
for (index = 0; index < menuPtr->numEntries; index++) {
TkMenuEntry *entryPtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
if ((entryPtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
&& (entryPtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
| | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->postCommandGeneration++;
menuPtr->postCommandGeneration = tsdPtr->postCommandGeneration;
return PreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMain.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | > | > > | | | | < | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(UNICODE) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
MODULE_SCOPE void TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
#endif
/*
* The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it.
*/
static const char DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT[] = "% ";
static const char ENCODING_ERROR[] = "\n\t(encoding error in stderr)";
/*
* This file can be compiled on Windows in UNICODE mode, as well as on all
* other platforms using the native encoding. This is done by using the normal
* Windows functions like _tcscmp, but on platforms which don't have <tchar.h>
* we have to translate that to strcmp here.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Little hack to eliminate the need for "tclInt.h" here:
Just copy a small portion of TclIntPlatStubs, just
enough to make it work. See [600b72bfbc] */
typedef struct {
int magic;
void *hooks;
void (*dummy[16]) (void); /* dummy entries 0-15, not used */
int (*tclpIsAtty) (int fd); /* 16 */
} TclIntPlatStubs;
extern const TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
static inline Tcl_Obj *
NewNativeObj(
TCHAR *string)
{
Tcl_Obj *obj;
Tcl_DString ds;
| > | > | | | | 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
static inline Tcl_Obj *
NewNativeObj(
TCHAR *string)
{
Tcl_Obj *obj;
Tcl_DString ds;
const char *str;
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(string, wcslen(string), &ds);
str = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
#else
str = Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *)string, strlen(string), &ds);
#endif
obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return obj;
}
/*
* Declarations for various library functions and variables (don't want to
* include tclInt.h or tclPort.h here, because people might copy this file out
* of the Tk source directory to make their own modified versions). Note: do
* not declare "exit" here even though a declaration is really needed, because
* it will conflict with a declaration elsewhere on some systems.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define isatty WinIsTty
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | || (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN) || (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_CHAR); } #else extern int isatty(int fd); #endif | | | | > > > > > > | | < | < | | | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
|| (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN)
|| (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_CHAR);
}
#else
extern int isatty(int fd);
#endif
typedef struct {
Tcl_Channel input; /* The standard input channel from which lines
* are read. */
int tty; /* Non-zero means standard input is a
* terminal-like device. Zero means it's a
* file. */
Tcl_DString command; /* Used to assemble lines of terminal input
* into Tcl commands. */
Tcl_DString line; /* Used to read the next line from the
* terminal input. */
int gotPartial;
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter that evaluates interactive
* commands. */
} InteractiveState;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file.
*/
static void Prompt(Tcl_Interp *interp, InteractiveState *isPtr);
static void StdinProc(void *clientData, int mask);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MainEx --
*
* Main program for Wish and most other Tk-based applications.
*
* Results:
* None. This function never returns (it exits the process when it's
* done).
*
* Side effects:
* This function initializes the Tk world and then starts interpreting
* commands; almost anything could happen, depending on the script being
* interpreted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TCL_NORETURN1 void
Tk_MainEx(
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
TCHAR **argv, /* Array of argument strings. */
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
/* Application-specific initialization
* function to call after most initialization
* but before starting to execute commands. */
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
int i=0; /* argv[i] index */
Tcl_Obj *path, *argvPtr, *appName;
const char *encodingName;
int code, nullStdin = 0;
Tcl_Channel chan;
InteractiveState is;
if (0 < argc) {
--argc; /* "consume" argv[0] */
++i;
}
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
abort();
} else {
Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
}
}
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(UNICODE) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/* We are running win32 Tk under Cygwin, so let's check
* whether the env("DISPLAY") variable or the -display
* argument is set. If so, we really want to run the
* Tk_MainEx function of libtk8.?.dll, not this one. */
if (Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)) {
loadCygwinTk:
TkCygwinMainEx(argc, argv, appInitProc, interp);
/* Only returns when Tk_MainEx() was not found */
} else {
int j;
for (j = 1; j < argc; ++j) {
if (!strcmp(argv[j], "-display")) {
goto loadCygwinTk;
}
}
}
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 | * -encoding ENCODING FILENAME * or like * FILENAME * or like * -file FILENAME (ancient history support only) */ | > | | | | | | | | < < | | | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
* -encoding ENCODING FILENAME
* or like
* FILENAME
* or like
* -file FILENAME (ancient history support only)
*/
/* mind argc is being adjusted as we proceed */
if ((argc >= 3) && (0 == _tcscmp(TEXT("-encoding"), argv[1]))
&& ('-' != argv[3][0])) {
Tcl_Obj *value = NewNativeObj(argv[2]);
Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[3]), Tcl_GetString(value));
Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
argc -= 3;
i += 3;
} else if ((argc >= 1) && ('-' != argv[1][0])) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[1]), NULL);
argc--;
i++;
} else if ((argc >= 2) && (length = _tcslen(argv[1]))
&& (length > 1) && (0 == _tcsncmp(TEXT("-file"), argv[1], length))
&& ('-' != argv[2][0])) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[2]), NULL);
argc -= 2;
i += 2;
}
}
path = Tcl_GetStartupScript(&encodingName);
if (path == NULL) {
appName = NewNativeObj(argv[0]);
} else {
appName = path;
}
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv0", NULL, appName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL, Tcl_NewIntObj(argc), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
argvPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
while (argc--) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, NewNativeObj(argv[i++]));
}
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL, argvPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
/*
* Set the "tcl_interactive" variable.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
if (!is.tty) {
struct stat st;
nullStdin = fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !st.st_blocks);
}
#endif
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL,
| | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
if (!is.tty) {
struct stat st;
nullStdin = fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !st.st_blocks);
}
#endif
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!path && (is.tty || nullStdin)), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
/*
* Invoke application-specific initialization.
*/
if (appInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) {
TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | * Could be almost arbitrary, depending on the command that's typed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void StdinProc( | | | | > | | > > > > > > < < > | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
* Could be almost arbitrary, depending on the command that's typed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
StdinProc(
void *clientData, /* The state of interactive cmd line */
int mask) /* Not used. */
{
char *cmd;
int code;
int length;
InteractiveState *isPtr = (InteractiveState *)clientData;
Tcl_Channel chan = isPtr->input;
Tcl_Interp *interp = isPtr->interp;
(void)mask;
length = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line);
if ((length < 0) && !isPtr->gotPartial) {
if (isPtr->tty) {
/*
* Would be better to find a way to exit the mainLoop? Or perhaps
* evaluate [exit]? Leaving as is for now due to compatibility
* concerns.
*/
Tcl_Exit(0);
}
Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, isPtr);
return;
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(&isPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue(&isPtr->line), -1);
cmd = Tcl_DStringAppend(&isPtr->command, "\n", -1);
Tcl_DStringFree(&isPtr->line);
if (!Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
* otherwise if the command re-enters the event loop we might process
* commands from stdin before the current command is finished. Among other
* things, this will trash the text of the command being evaluated.
*/
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, isPtr);
code = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
| < | | | < | | > | | > > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
* otherwise if the command re-enters the event loop we might process
* commands from stdin before the current command is finished. Among other
* things, this will trash the text of the command being evaluated.
*/
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, isPtr);
code = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
isPtr->input = chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
if (chan != NULL) {
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, isPtr);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&isPtr->command);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
if (chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(chan, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)) < 0) {
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, ENCODING_ERROR, -1);
}
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, "\n", 1);
}
} else if (isPtr->tty) {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(resultPtr);
(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(resultPtr, &length);
if ((length > 0) && (chan != NULL)) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(chan, resultPtr) < 0) {
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, "\n\t(encoding error in stdout)", -1);
}
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, "\n", 1);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
}
/*
* If a tty stdin is still around, output a prompt.
*/
prompt:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
506 507 508 509 510 511 512 |
}
}
} else {
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, promptCmdPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (script that generates prompt)");
| < | | | | | > | 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
}
}
} else {
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, promptCmdPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (script that generates prompt)");
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
if (chan != NULL) {
if (Tcl_WriteObj(chan, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)) < 0) {
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, ENCODING_ERROR, -1);
}
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, "\n", 1);
}
goto defaultPrompt;
}
}
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
if (chan != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
static const char *const menuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", NULL};
static const char *const menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {
"cascade", "checkbutton", "command", "radiobutton", "separator", NULL
};
| < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
static const char *const menuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", NULL};
static const char *const menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {
"cascade", "checkbutton", "command", "radiobutton", "separator", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, compound), 0,
tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state),
0, menuStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, underline), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state),
0, menuStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec *specsArray[] = {
tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs, tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs
};
/*
* Menu type strings for use with Tcl_GetIndexFromObj.
*/
static const char *const menuTypeStrings[] = {
"normal", "tearoff", "menubar", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MENU_CURSOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MENU_FONT, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENU_FG, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command",
DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MENU_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff",
DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoff), 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand",
"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
DEF_MENU_TITLE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type",
DEF_MENU_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1,
0, menuTypeStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/*
* Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them along
* with MenuWidgetObjCmd.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
341 342 343 344 345 346 347 | static int ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr, int first, int last); static void DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static void DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr); | | | | | | < < | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 | static int ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr, int first, int last); static void DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static void DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr); static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyMenuEntry; static int GetIndexFromCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, const char *string, int *indexPtr); static int MenuDoYPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); static int MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); static int MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static TkMenuEntry * MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type); static char * MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, const char *name2, int flags); static int MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int PostProcessEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); static void RecursivelyDeleteMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void UnhookCascadeEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); static void TkMenuCleanup(ClientData unused); /* * The structure below is a list of procs that respond to certain window * manager events. One of these includes a font change, which forces the * geometry proc to be called. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Tk_Window newWin;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
| > | | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Tk_Window newWin;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
int i;
int index, toplevel;
const char *windowName;
static const char *const typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL};
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
memset(menuPtr, 0, sizeof(TkMenu));
menuPtr->tkwin = newWin;
menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
menuPtr->interp = interp;
menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr,
MenuCmdDeletedProc);
| | | | | 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
memset(menuPtr, 0, sizeof(TkMenu));
menuPtr->tkwin = newWin;
menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
menuPtr->interp = interp;
menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr,
MenuCmdDeletedProc);
menuPtr->active = -1;
menuPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE;
TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);
Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
* points to this menu in a cascade entry, we have to clone the
* new menu and point the entry to the clone instead of the menu
* we are creating. Otherwise, ConfigureMenuEntry will hook up the
* platform-specific cascade linkages now that the menu we are
* creating exists.
*/
| | | | | 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 |
* points to this menu in a cascade entry, we have to clone the
* new menu and point the entry to the clone instead of the menu
* we are creating. Otherwise, ConfigureMenuEntry will hook up the
* platform-specific cascade linkages now that the menu we are
* creating exists.
*/
if ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr)
|| ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr)
&& ((cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr
== cascadeListPtr->menuPtr)))) {
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin),-1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin;
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
| | | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin;
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(menuPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
switch ((enum options) option) {
case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
| | | | | | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 |
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
switch ((enum options) option) {
case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (menuPtr->active == index) {
goto done;
}
if ((index >= 0) && ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type==SEPARATOR_ENTRY)
|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state == ENTRY_DISABLED))) {
index = -1;
}
result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
break;
}
case MENU_ADD:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type ?-option value ...?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
case MENU_CGET: {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
| | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 |
case MENU_CGET: {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
break;
}
case MENU_CLONE:
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
goto error;
}
result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
break;
case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
break;
}
case MENU_DELETE: {
int first, last;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "first ?last?");
goto error;
}
/*
* If 'first' explicitly refers to past the end of the menu, we don't
* do anything. [Bug 220950]
*/
if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))
&& Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], &first) == TCL_OK) {
if (first >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
goto done;
}
} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],0,&first) != TCL_OK){
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first;
} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[3],0,&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (first == 0)) {
/*
* Sorry, can't delete the tearoff entry; must reconfigure the
* menu.
*/
first = 1;
}
if ((first == -1) || (last < first)) {
goto done;
}
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last);
break;
}
case MENU_ENTRYCGET: {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index option");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release(mePtr);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
break;
}
case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?-option value ...?");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
if (objc == 3) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index,
objc-3, objv+3);
}
Tcl_Release(mePtr);
break;
}
case MENU_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("none", -1));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
}
break;
}
case MENU_INSERT:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"index type ?-option value ...?");
goto error;
}
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
break;
case MENU_INVOKE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index);
break;
}
case MENU_POST: {
int x, y;
int index = -1;
if (objc != 4 && objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?index?");
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
if (objc == 5) {
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[4], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
/*
* Tearoff menus are the same as ordinary menus on the Mac and are
* posted differently on Windows than non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
} else {
result = TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
}
break;
}
case MENU_POSTCASCADE: {
| | | | | | | | 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 |
result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
} else {
result = TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
}
break;
}
case MENU_POSTCASCADE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index < 0) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, NULL);
} else {
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[index]);
}
break;
}
case MENU_TYPE: {
int index;
const char *typeStr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
typeStr = "tearoff";
} else {
typeStr = menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
992 993 994 995 996 997 998 | * associated with that index. * * Results: * Standard Tcl result. * * Side effects: * Commands may get excecuted; variables may get set; sub-menus may get | | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | < > | > | 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 |
* associated with that index.
*
* Results:
* Standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Commands may get excecuted; variables may get set; sub-menus may get
* posted, the passed menu may be destroyed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkInvokeMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp that the menu lives in. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are invoking. */
/* Must be protected by Tcl_Preserve
* against freeing by the caller.
* Tk Bug [2d3a81c0].
*/
int index) /* The zero based index of the item we are
* invoking. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
Tcl_Obj *commandPtr = NULL, *namePtr = NULL;
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
goto done;
}
if (mePtr->commandPtr != NULL) {
commandPtr = mePtr->commandPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(commandPtr);
}
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) ||
(mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
namePtr = mePtr->namePtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(namePtr);
}
}
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tk::TearOffMenu ", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
&& (namePtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) {
valuePtr = mePtr->offValuePtr;
} else {
valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr;
}
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr);
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, namePtr, NULL, valuePtr,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr);
} else if ((mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)
&& (namePtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr;
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr);
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, namePtr, NULL, valuePtr,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr);
}
/*
* We check numEntries in addition to whether the menu entry has a command
* because that goes to zero if the menu gets deleted (e.g., during
* command evaluation).
*/
if ((menuPtr->numEntries != 0) && (result == TCL_OK)
&& (commandPtr != NULL)) {
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
if (commandPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr);
}
if (namePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(namePtr);
}
done:
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 |
if (TkFreeMenuReferences(menuPtr->menuRefPtr)) {
menuPtr->menuRefPtr = NULL;
}
for (; cascadePtr != NULL; cascadePtr = nextCascadePtr) {
nextCascadePtr = cascadePtr->nextCascadePtr;
| | | | 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
if (TkFreeMenuReferences(menuPtr->menuRefPtr)) {
menuPtr->menuRefPtr = NULL;
}
for (; cascadePtr != NULL; cascadePtr = nextCascadePtr) {
nextCascadePtr = cascadePtr->nextCascadePtr;
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
parentMainMenuPtr = cascadePtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
parentMainEntryPtr =
parentMainMenuPtr->entries[cascadePtr->index];
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr;
newObjv[1] = parentMainEntryPtr->namePtr;
/*
* It is possible that the menu info is out of sync, and these
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
}
} else {
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 0, NULL);
}
}
| | | | 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
}
} else {
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 0, NULL);
}
}
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
for (menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
menuInstancePtr != NULL;
menuInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if (menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr == menuPtr) {
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr =
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr;
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 | /* * As each menu entry is deleted from the end of the array of entries, * decrement menuPtr->numEntries. Otherwise, the act of deleting menu * entry i will dereference freed memory attempting to queue a redraw * for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries. */ | | > > < | | | | | 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 |
/*
* As each menu entry is deleted from the end of the array of entries,
* decrement menuPtr->numEntries. Otherwise, the act of deleting menu
* entry i will dereference freed memory attempting to queue a redraw
* for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries.
*/
Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuPtr->entries[i], DestroyMenuEntry);
menuPtr->numEntries = i;
}
menuPtr->active = -1;
if (menuPtr->entries != NULL) {
ckfree(menuPtr->entries);
menuPtr->entries = NULL;
}
TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(menuPtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) menuPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin);
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
menuPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDestroyMenu --
*
* This function is invoked to clean up the internal structure of a menu
* at a safe time (when no-one is using it anymore). If called on a main
* instance, destroys all of the instances. If called on a non-main
* instance, just destroys that instance.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr;
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL);
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr;
}
}
| | | 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 |
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr;
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL);
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr;
}
}
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) {
while (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) {
menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr;
if (menuInstancePtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_Window tkwin = menuInstancePtr->tkwin;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 | * Everything associated with the menu entry is freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyMenuEntry( | | | | | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 |
* Everything associated with the menu entry is freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuEntry(
char *memPtr) /* Pointer to entry to be freed. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)memPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) {
/*
* Ignore errors while unposting the menu, since it's possible that
* the menu has already been deleted and the unpost will generate an
* error.
*/
TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr, NULL);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
TkMenu *destroyThis = NULL;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr;
/*
* The menu as a whole is a clone. We must delete the clone of the
* cascaded menu for the particular entry we are destroying.
*/
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) {
destroyThis = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
/*
* But only if it is a clone. What can happen is that we are
* in the middle of deleting a menu and this menu pointer has
* already been reset to point to the original menu. In that
* case we have nothing special to do.
*/
if ((destroyThis != NULL)
&& (destroyThis->masterMenuPtr == destroyThis)) {
destroyThis = NULL;
}
}
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr);
menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr;
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) {
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr == destroyThis) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
*/
static void
MenuWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)instanceData;
| | | 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 |
*/
static void
MenuWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)instanceData;
int i;
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i],
menuPtr->entries[i]->index);
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 |
{
int i;
TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr;
int result;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | | 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 |
{
int i;
TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr;
int result;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = (Tk_SavedOptions *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr,
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 |
* an initial tear-off entry at the beginning of the menu.
*/
if (menuListPtr->tearoff) {
if ((menuListPtr->numEntries == 0)
|| (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type != TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
if (MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, 0, TEAROFF_ENTRY) == NULL) {
| | | | | | | 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 |
* an initial tear-off entry at the beginning of the menu.
*/
if (menuListPtr->tearoff) {
if ((menuListPtr->numEntries == 0)
|| (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type != TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
if (MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, 0, TEAROFF_ENTRY) == NULL) {
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree(menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0)
&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], DestroyMenuEntry);
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
}
if (--menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
}
}
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr);
/*
* After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the
* entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children (such
* as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes in the
* parent.
*/
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i];
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, NULL);
}
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
}
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; cleanupPtr != NULL;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 |
* Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
* strings, graphics contexts, etc.
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->labelLength = 0;
} else {
| | | | 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
* Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
* strings, graphics contexts, etc.
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->labelLength = 0;
} else {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
}
if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->accelLength = 0;
} else {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
}
/*
* If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
* menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
* cascades have to be updated.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 |
Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, mePtr);
}
result = TCL_OK;
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
| | | 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 |
Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, mePtr);
}
result = TCL_OK;
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 | * mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ConfigureMenuCloneEntries( | | < | | 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 |
* mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about whole menu. */
int index, /* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's entries. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int cascadeEntryChanged = 0;
TkMenuReferences *oldCascadeMenuRefPtr, *cascadeMenuRefPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *oldCascadePtr = NULL;
const char *newCascadeName;
/*
* Cascades are kind of tricky here. This is special case #3 in the
* comment at the top of this file. Basically, if a menu is the main
* menu of a clone chain, and has an entry with a cascade menu, the clones
* of the menu will point to clones of the cascade menu. We have to
* destroy the clones of the cascades, clone the new cascade menu, and
* configure the entry to point to the new clone.
*/
mePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->entries[index];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
oldCascadePtr = mePtr->namePtr;
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldCascadePtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 |
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
newCascadeName);
}
}
| | | 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 |
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
newCascadeName);
}
}
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[index];
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
oldCascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > < > > | | < > | > > > | > > > > > > > | > > | > > | > > > | | < < < | 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetMenuIndex --
*
* Parse a textual index into a menu and return the numerical index of
* the indicated entry.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is filled in
* with the entry index corresponding to string (ranges from -1 to the
* number of entries in the menu minus one). Otherwise an error message
* is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetMenuIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Specification of an entry in menu. See
* manual entry for valid .*/
int lastOK, /* Non-zero means its OK to return index just
* *after* last entry. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
int i;
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) {
*indexPtr = menuPtr->active;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0))
|| ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) {
*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((string[0] == '\0') ||
((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0))) {
*indexPtr = -1;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (string[0] == '@') {
if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr)
== TCL_OK) {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, &i) == TCL_OK) {
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
if (lastOK) {
i = menuPtr->numEntries;
} else {
i = menuPtr->numEntries-1;
}
} else if (i < 0) {
i = -1;
}
*indexPtr = i;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
const char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL : Tcl_GetString(labelPtr);
if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringCaseMatch(label, string, 0))) {
*indexPtr = i;
return TCL_OK;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad menu entry index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MENU", "INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuCmdDeletedProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
| | | | 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
int index, /* Where in the menu the new entry is to
* go. */
int type) /* The type of the new entry. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenuEntry **newEntries;
int i;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the new entry.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 |
mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
mePtr->index = index;
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
| | | 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 |
mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
mePtr->index = index;
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(mePtr);
return NULL;
}
TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 |
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, /* Object describing index at which to insert.
* NULL means insert at end. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
* entry, others are config options. */
{
int type;
| | | | | | | | | < | 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 |
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, /* Object describing index at which to insert.
* NULL means insert at end. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
* entry, others are config options. */
{
int type;
int index;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
if (indexPtr != NULL) {
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
index = menuPtr->numEntries;
}
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad index \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(indexPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MENU", "INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) {
index = 1;
}
/*
* Figure out the type of the new entry.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings,
sizeof(char *), "menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Now we have to add an entry for every instance related to this menu.
*/
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type);
if (mePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) {
TkMenu *errorMenuPtr;
int i;
for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
errorMenuPtr != NULL;
errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index], DestroyMenuEntry);
for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
}
if (--errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree(errorMenuPtr->entries);
errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 |
*/
if ((menuPtr != menuListPtr) && (type == CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr =
| | | 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 |
*/
if ((menuPtr != menuListPtr) && (type == CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr =
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr, *newObjv[2];
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr =
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1);
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 |
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */
int flags) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)clientData;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
const char *value;
const char *name, *onValue;
| < < | 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 |
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */
int flags) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)clientData;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
const char *value;
const char *name, *onValue;
if (Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) || (mePtr->namePtr == NULL)) {
/*
* Do nothing if the interpreter is going away or we have
* no variable name.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkActivateMenuEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu in which to activate. */
| | | | | | 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkActivateMenuEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu in which to activate. */
int index) /* Index of entry to activate, or -1 to
* deactivate all entries. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
int result = TCL_OK;
if (menuPtr->active >= 0) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active];
/*
* Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state might
* already have been changed to disabled).
*/
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
}
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]);
}
menuPtr->active = index;
if (index >= 0) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE;
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr);
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 |
CloneMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are going to clone. */
Tcl_Obj *newMenuNamePtr, /* The name to give the new menu. */
Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypePtr) /* What kind of menu is this, a normal menu a
* menubar, or a tearoff? */
{
int returnResult;
| | > | 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 |
CloneMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are going to clone. */
Tcl_Obj *newMenuNamePtr, /* The name to give the new menu. */
Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypePtr) /* What kind of menu is this, a normal menu a
* menubar, or a tearoff? */
{
int returnResult;
int menuType;
int i;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
Tcl_Obj *menuDupCommandArray[4];
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) {
menuType = MAIN_MENU;
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 |
/*
* Now put this newly created menu into the parent menu's instance
* chain.
*/
if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr == NULL) {
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr;
| | | | | | | | 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 |
/*
* Now put this newly created menu into the parent menu's instance
* chain.
*/
if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr == NULL) {
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
} else {
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr;
masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = masterMenuPtr;
}
/*
* Add the main menu's window to the bind tags for this window after
* this window's tag. This is so the user can bind to either this
* clone (which may not be easy to do) or the entire menu clone
* structure.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 |
for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i,
&elementPtr);
windowName = Tcl_GetString(elementPtr);
if (strcmp(windowName, Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin))
== 0) {
Tcl_Obj *newElementPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 |
for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i,
&elementPtr);
windowName = Tcl_GetString(elementPtr);
if (strcmp(windowName, Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin))
== 0) {
Tcl_Obj *newElementPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
/*
* The newElementPtr will have its refCount incremented
* here, so we don't need to worry about it any more.
*/
Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp); /* * Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to. */ | | | 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp);
/*
* Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to.
*/
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr;
TkMenu *oldCascadePtr;
if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) {
cascadeRefPtr =
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 |
static int
MenuDoXPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 |
static int
MenuDoXPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int index;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->x));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 |
static int
MenuDoYPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 |
static int
MenuDoYPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int index;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y));
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 | * * Side effects: * If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | > | > > > | | 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 |
*
* Side effects:
* If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetIndexFromCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter of menu. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are searching. */
const char *string, /* The @string we are parsing. */
int *indexPtr) /* The index of the item that matches. */
{
int x, y;
int i;
const char *p;
char *end;
int x2, borderwidth, max;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
p = string + 1;
y = strtol(p, &end, 0);
if (end == p) {
goto error;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderwidth);
if (*end == ',') {
x = y;
p = end + 1;
y = strtol(p, &end, 0);
if ((end == p) || (*end != '\0')) {
goto error;
}
} else {
if (*end != '\0') {
goto error;
}
x = borderwidth;
}
*indexPtr = -1;
/* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window
* being aware of windows that may not be mapped yet.
*/
max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
? Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) : Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
max -= borderwidth;
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
x2 = max;
} else {
x2 = menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width;
}
if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y)
&& (x < x2)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
| | | 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
int i;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
/*
* It is not 100% clear that this preserve/release pair is required, but
* we have added them for safety in this very complex code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
if (doDot) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
| | | 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
if (doDot) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
intPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr);
}
destString = Tcl_GetString(resultPtr);
if ((Tcl_FindCommand(interp, destString, NULL, 0) == NULL)
&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL)
|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 |
*/
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) {
TkMenu *instancePtr;
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
| | | 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 |
*/
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) {
TkMenu *instancePtr;
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
for (instancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if (instancePtr->menuType == MENUBAR
&& instancePtr->parentTopLevelPtr == tkwin) {
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(instancePtr);
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuHashTable(
ClientData clientData, /* The menu hash table we are destroying. */
| | < < | 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuHashTable(
ClientData clientData, /* The menu hash table we are destroying. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interpreter we are destroying. */
{
Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *)clientData);
ckfree(clientData);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 |
* entries to delete. */
int last) /* The zero-based last entry. */
{
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int numDeleted, i, j;
numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
| | | | | | | | | | < < | 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 |
* entries to delete. */
int last) /* The zero-based last entry. */
{
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int numDeleted, i, j;
numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], DestroyMenuEntry);
}
for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
j = i - numDeleted;
menuListPtr->entries[j] = menuListPtr->entries[i];
menuListPtr->entries[j]->index = j;
}
menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted;
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
}
if ((menuListPtr->active >= first)
&& (menuListPtr->active <= last)) {
menuListPtr->active = -1;
} else if (menuListPtr->active > last) {
menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted;
}
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMenuCleanup --
*
* Resets menusInitialized to allow Tk to be finalized and reused without
* the DLL being unloaded.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMenuCleanup(
ClientData unused)
{
menusInitialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMenuInit --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 | menusInitialized = 1; } /* * Make sure we cleanup on finalize. */ | | | 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 |
menusInitialized = 1;
}
/*
* Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
*/
TkCreateExitHandler((Tcl_ExitProc *) TkMenuCleanup, NULL);
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&menuMutex);
}
if (!tsdPtr->menusInitialized) {
TkpMenuThreadInit();
tsdPtr->menuOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, tkMenuConfigSpecs);
tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] =
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenu.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMenu.h -- * * Declarations shared among all of the files that implement menu * widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkMenu.h -- * * Declarations shared among all of the files that implement menu * widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMENU #define _TKMENU |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
int type; /* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
* types. */
struct TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu with which this entry is
* associated. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Option table for this menu entry. */
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; /* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
* no label). */
| | | | | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
int type; /* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
* types. */
struct TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu with which this entry is
* associated. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Option table for this menu entry. */
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; /* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
* no label). */
int labelLength; /* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
int state; /* State of button for display purposes:
* normal, active, or disabled. */
int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies index
* of character to underline (<0 means don't
* underline anything). */
Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr; /* Index of character to underline. */
Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr; /* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or NULL.
* If not NULL then label is ignored. */
Tcl_Obj *imagePtr; /* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
* NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
* ignored. */
Tk_Image image; /* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
* none. */
Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr; /* Name of image to display when selected, or
* NULL. */
Tk_Image selectImage; /* Image to display in entry when selected, or
* NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *accelPtr; /* Accelerator string displayed at right of
* menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
* Malloc'ed. */
int accelLength; /* Number of non-NULL characters in
* accelerator. */
int indicatorOn; /* True means draw indicator, false means
* don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
* the entry is a radio or check button. */
/*
* Display attributes
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed, among
* other things, so that resources can be
* freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with menu. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for menu's widget command. */
TkMenuEntry **entries; /* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
* menu. NULL means no entries. */
| | | | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed, among
* other things, so that resources can be
* freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with menu. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for menu's widget command. */
TkMenuEntry **entries; /* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
* menu. NULL means no entries. */
int numEntries; /* Number of elements in entries. */
int active; /* Index of active entry. -1 means nothing
* active. */
int menuType; /* MAIN_MENU, TEAROFF_MENU, or MENUBAR. See
* below for definitions. */
Tcl_Obj *menuTypePtr; /* Used to control whether created tkwin is a
* toplevel or not. "normal", "menubar", or
* "toplevel" */
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
* definition. */
TkMenuEntry *postedCascade; /* Points to menu entry for cascaded submenu
* that is currently posted or NULL if no
* submenu posted. */
struct TkMenu *nextInstancePtr;
/* The next instance of this menu in the
* chain. */
| | | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
* definition. */
TkMenuEntry *postedCascade; /* Points to menu entry for cascaded submenu
* that is currently posted or NULL if no
* submenu posted. */
struct TkMenu *nextInstancePtr;
/* The next instance of this menu in the
* chain. */
struct TkMenu *masterMenuPtr;
/* A pointer to the original menu for this
* clone chain. Points back to this structure
* if this menu is a main menu. */
void *reserved1; /* not used any more. */
Tk_Window parentTopLevelPtr;/* If this menu is a menubar, this is the
* toplevel that owns the menu. Only
* applicable for menubar clones. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
* of options are in this structure. */
Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
* this widget to be extended. */
Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
/* We actually have to allocate these because
* multiple menus get changed during one
* ConfigureMenu call. */
| < | 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
* of options are in this structure. */
Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
* this widget to be extended. */
Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
/* We actually have to allocate these because
* multiple menus get changed during one
* ConfigureMenu call. */
} TkMenu;
/*
* When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
* exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
* particular menu.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 | * configuration information. If the main instance is deleted, all instances * are deleted. If one of the other instances is deleted, only that instance * is deleted. */ #define UNKNOWN_TYPE -1 #define MAIN_MENU 0 #define TEAROFF_MENU 1 #define MENUBAR 2 /* * Various geometry definitions: */ #define CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT 10 #define CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH 8 #define DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH 2 /* * Menu-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported to * the outside world: */ | > | > > | | | | 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
* configuration information. If the main instance is deleted, all instances
* are deleted. If one of the other instances is deleted, only that instance
* is deleted.
*/
#define UNKNOWN_TYPE -1
#define MAIN_MENU 0
#define MASTER_MENU 0
#define TEAROFF_MENU 1
#define MENUBAR 2
/*
* Various geometry definitions:
*/
#define CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT 10
#define CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH 8
#define DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH 2
/*
* Menu-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported to
* the outside world:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TkActivateMenuEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkBindMenu(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkCreateMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkDestroyMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr,
TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferencesObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkFreeMenuReferences(TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable *TkGetMenuHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetMenuIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int lastOK, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkInvokeMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuSelectImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x,
int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkNewMenuName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *parentNamePtr, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostCommand(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostSubmenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
/*
* These routines are the platform-dependent routines called by the common
* code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
536 537 538 539 540 541 542 | int drawingParameters); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpMenuInit(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int x, int y, int index); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, | | | 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 | int drawingParameters); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpMenuInit(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int x, int y, int index); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int x, int y, int index); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpSetWindowMenuBar(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr); #endif /* _TKMENU */ |
Changes to generic/tkMenuDraw.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMenuDraw.c -- * * This module implements the platform-independent drawing and geometry * calculations of menu widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkMenuDraw.c -- * * This module implements the platform-independent drawing and geometry * calculations of menu widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
| | | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
int index)
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC, newActiveGC, newDisabledGC, newIndicatorGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Font tkfont;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
483 484 485 486 487 488 489 |
void
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about menu to redraw. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Entry to redraw. NULL means redraw all the
* entries in the menu. */
{
| | | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
void
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about menu to redraw. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Entry to redraw. NULL means redraw all the
* entries in the menu. */
{
int i;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (mePtr != NULL) {
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeMenuGeometry(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
| | | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeMenuGeometry(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(menuPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = clientData;
if ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)
&& !(mePtr->menuPtr->menuFlags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
mePtr->menuPtr->menuFlags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMenu, mePtr->menuPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | < | | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
int index, strictMotif;
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
int width;
int borderWidth;
Tk_3DBorder border;
int relief;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*/
void
TkMenuEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 |
*/
void
TkMenuEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = ((TkMenuEntry *) clientData)->menuPtr;
if ((menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ComputeMenuGeometry, menuPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);
menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
| | | | 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 |
Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);
menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
subary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
subary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[1]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[2]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[3]);
result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, 4, subary, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[1]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[2]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[3]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
/*
* The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
* procedures that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static const Tk_ClassProcs menubuttonClass = {
| > | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "default.h"
/*
* The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
* procedures that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static const Tk_ClassProcs menubuttonClass = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
* is used together with the "enum direction" declaration in tkMenubutton.h.
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "flush", "left", "right", NULL
};
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
* is used together with the "enum direction" declaration in tkMenubutton.h.
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "flush", "left", "right", NULL
};
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeFg),
0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalBorder),
0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1,
0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1,
0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, direction),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, directionStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL, NULL, 0, -1,
0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, heightString),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, imageString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, indicatorOn),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, menuName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padX),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padY),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, relief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, compound),
0, tkCompoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, takeFocus), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, text), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, textVarName), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, underline),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, widthString),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, wrapLength),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the menubutton widget commands and map the
* indexes into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( | | < | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
mbPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);
| | | | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
mbPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(mbPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
static int
MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
static int
MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
int result, index;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
switch (index) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
| | | | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
switch (index) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
mbPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
| | | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
| | | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
mbPtr->text = ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1);
strcpy(mbPtr->text, value);
}
Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
void
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
| | | 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
void
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = instanceData;
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(mbPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = mbPtr->normalFg->pixel;
gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(mbPtr->normalBorder)->pixel;
/*
* Note: GraphicsExpose events are disabled in GC's because they're used
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Must redraw after size changes, since layout could have changed and
* borders will need to be redrawn.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the menu button will change to match the
* variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
MenuButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | | < < | 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the menu button will change to match the
* variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
MenuButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
const char *value;
unsigned len;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
921 922 923 924 925 926 927 |
value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
| | | | 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 |
value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
len = 1 + (unsigned) strlen(value);
mbPtr->text = ckalloc(len);
memcpy(mbPtr->text, value, len);
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin)
&& !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
if (mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMenubutton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the menubutton * widget. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkMenubutton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the menubutton * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMENUBUTTON #define _TKMENUBUTTON |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
* whether the menubutton should show both an
* image and text, and, if so, how. */
enum direction direction; /* Direction for where to pop the menu. Valid
* directions are "above", "below", "left",
* "right", and "flush". "flush" means that
* the upper left corner of the menubutton is
* where the menu pops up. "above" and "below"
| | | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
* whether the menubutton should show both an
* image and text, and, if so, how. */
enum direction direction; /* Direction for where to pop the menu. Valid
* directions are "above", "below", "left",
* "right", and "flush". "flush" means that
* the upper left corner of the menubutton is
* where the menu pops up. "above" and "below"
* will attempt to pop the menu completely
* above or below the menu respectively.
* "left" and "right" will pop the menu left
* or right, and the active item will be next
* to the button. */
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
* C code, but used by keyboard traversal
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkMessage.c -- * * This module implements a message widgets for the Tk toolkit. A message * widget displays a multi-line string in a window according to a * particular aspect ratio. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
/*
* tkMessage.c --
*
* This module implements a message widgets for the Tk toolkit. A message
* widget displays a multi-line string in a window according to a
* particular aspect ratio.
*
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
* managed by this file:
*/
typedef struct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(Message, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT,
-1, Tk_Offset(Message, aspect), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, border), 0,
DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MESSAGE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MESSAGE_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_MESSAGE_PADX, Tk_Offset(Message, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(Message, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_MESSAGE_PADY, Tk_Offset(Message, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(Message, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, string), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, width), 0, 0 ,0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void MessageCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void MessageEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static char * MessageTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
const char *name2, int flags);
static int MessageWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void MessageWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void ComputeMessageGeometry(Message *msgPtr);
static int ConfigureMessage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Message *msgPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static void DestroyMessage(char *memPtr);
static void DisplayMessage(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The structure below defines message class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_MessageObjCmd( | | < | | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MessageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Message *msgPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
msgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
memset(msgPtr, 0, (size_t) sizeof(Message));
/*
* Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
*/
msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
msgPtr->cursor = NULL;
Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
| | | | 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
msgPtr->cursor = NULL;
Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(msgPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MessageWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
static int
MessageWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
| | | 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
static int
MessageWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Message *msgPtr = clientData;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL };
enum options { MESSAGE_CGET, MESSAGE_CONFIGURE };
int index;
int result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case MESSAGE_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
| | | | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case MESSAGE_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
}
break;
case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
msgPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | * Everything associated with the message is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyMessage( | | | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
* Everything associated with the message is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMessage(
char *memPtr) /* Info about message widget. */
{
Message *msgPtr = (Message *) memPtr;
msgPtr->flags |= MESSAGE_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->widgetCmd);
if (msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
| < | | 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the message.
*/
if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
}
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
| | | 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
msgPtr->string = strcpy(ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1), value);
}
Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
static void
MessageWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
| | | 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
static void
MessageWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Message *msgPtr = instanceData;
if (msgPtr->border != NULL) {
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->border);
}
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(msgPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = msgPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMessage(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMessage(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Message *msgPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin;
int x, y;
int borderWidth = msgPtr->highlightWidth;
msgPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((msgPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
*/
static void
MessageEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 |
*/
static void
MessageEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Message *msgPtr = clientData;
if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0))
|| (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
DestroyMessage(clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MessageCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MessageCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Message *msgPtr = clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the message will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
MessageTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | < < | 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the message will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
MessageTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Message *msgPtr = clientData;
const char *value;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
881 882 883 884 885 886 887 |
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, -1);
| | | 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 |
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, -1);
msgPtr->string = ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1);
strcpy(msgPtr->string, value);
ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr);
if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
&& !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr);
msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkObj.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
* Tcl_ObjTypes that we can use as screen distances without conversion. The
* "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for the current
* thread.
*/
typedef struct {
const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr;
| < < | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
* Tcl_ObjTypes that we can use as screen distances without conversion. The
* "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for the current
* thread.
*/
typedef struct {
const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The following structure is the internal representation for mm objects.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
* NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
*/
typedef struct WindowRep {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
TkMainInfo *mainPtr; /* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
| < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
* A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
* NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
*/
typedef struct WindowRep {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
TkMainInfo *mainPtr; /* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
long epoch; /* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
* successful lookup. */
} WindowRep;
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
static void DupPixelInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj*copyPtr);
static void DupWindowInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,Tcl_Obj*copyPtr);
static void FreeMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void FreePixelInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void FreeWindowInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static ThreadSpecificData *GetTypeCache(void);
static void UpdateStringOfMM(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetMMFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetPixelFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetWindowFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
* object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
* initial display-independent settings.
*/
static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
"pixel", /* name */
FreePixelInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupPixelInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetPixelFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
* object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
* initial display-independent settings.
*/
static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
"mm", /* name */
FreeMMInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupMMInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
UpdateStringOfMM, /* updateStringProc */
SetMMFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
* Tcl object.
*/
static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
"window", /* name */
FreeWindowInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupWindowInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetWindowFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTypeCache --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
/* Smart initialization of doubleTypePtr without
* hash-table lookup or creating complete Tcl_Obj's */
Tcl_Obj obj;
obj.length = 3;
obj.bytes = (char *)"0.0";
obj.typePtr = NULL;
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.doubleValue);
tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
}
return tsdPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPixelsFromObjEx --
*
* Attempt to return a pixel value from the Tcl object "objPtr". If the
* object is not already a pixel value, an attempt will be made to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
int *intPtr,
double *dblPtr) /* Places to store resulting pixels. */
{
int result, fresh;
double d;
PixelRep *pixelPtr;
static const double bias[] = {
| | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
int *intPtr,
double *dblPtr) /* Places to store resulting pixels. */
{
int result, fresh;
double d;
PixelRep *pixelPtr;
static const double bias[] = {
1.0, 10.0, 25.4, 0.35277777777777775 /*25.4 / 72.0*/
};
if (objPtr->typePtr != &pixelObjType) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &d) == TCL_OK) {
if (dblPtr != NULL) {
*dblPtr = d;
}
*intPtr = (int) (d<0 ? d-0.5 : d+0.5);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
retry:
fresh = (objPtr->typePtr != &pixelObjType);
if (fresh) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
*/
static int
SetPixelFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
const char *string;
char *rest;
double d;
int i, units;
| > | | | | < | > | > | > | | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
*/
static int
SetPixelFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *typeCache = GetTypeCache();
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
const char *string;
char *rest;
double d;
int i, units;
if (objPtr->typePtr != typeCache->doubleTypePtr
&& Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &units) == TCL_OK) {
d = (double) units;
units = -1;
/*
* In the case of ints, we need to ensure that a valid string exists
* in order for int-but-not-string objects to be converted back to
* ints again from pixel obj types.
*/
(void) Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
} else if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &d) == TCL_OK) {
units = -1;
} else {
string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
d = strtod(string, &rest);
if (rest == string) {
goto error;
}
while ((*rest != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*rest))) {
rest++;
}
switch (*rest) {
case '\0':
units = -1;
break;
case 'm':
units = 0;
break;
case 'c':
units = 1;
break;
case 'i':
units = 2;
break;
case 'p':
units = 3;
break;
default:
goto error;
}
}
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get mms. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store resulting millimeters. */
{
int result;
double d;
MMRep *mmPtr;
static const double bias[] = {
| | | 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get mms. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store resulting millimeters. */
{
int result;
double d;
MMRep *mmPtr;
static const double bias[] = {
10.0, 25.4, 1.0, 0.35277777777777775 /*25.4 / 72.0*/
};
if (objPtr->typePtr != &mmObjType) {
result = SetMMFromAny(interp, objPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
MMRep *mmPtr;
char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
| | | 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 |
static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
MMRep *mmPtr;
char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
size_t len;
mmPtr = (MMRep *)objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
/* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
static int
SetMMFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *typeCache = GetTypeCache();
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
| | | < < < | > > < < < < < | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 |
static int
SetMMFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *typeCache = GetTypeCache();
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
char *string;
char *rest;
double d;
int units;
MMRep *mmPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != typeCache->doubleTypePtr
&& Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &units) == TCL_OK) {
d = (double) units;
units = -1;
/*
* In the case of ints, we need to ensure that a valid string exists
* in order for int-but-not-string objects to be converted back to
* ints again from mm obj types.
*/
(void) Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
} else if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &d) == TCL_OK) {
units = -1;
} else {
/*
* It wasn't a known int or double, so parse it.
*/
string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
d = strtod(string, &rest);
if (rest == string) {
error:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad screen distance \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "DISTANCE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while ((*rest != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*rest))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 |
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | | 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 |
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkNewWindowObj --
*
* This function allocates a new Tcl_Obj that refers to a particular
* Tk window.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl object reference, with refcount 0.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkNewWindowObj(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
TkMainInfo *mainPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
WindowRep *winPtr;
SetWindowFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkOldConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < < < < < < < < | < | < < | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static int DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value, int valueIsUid, char *widgRec); static Tk_ConfigSpec * FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName, int needFlags, int hateFlags); static char * FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec); static const char * FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec, char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static Tk_ConfigSpec * GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs); static void DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Either we're not really in Tk, or the main window was destroyed and
* we're on our way out of the application
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("NULL main window", -1));
| | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Either we're not really in Tk, or the main window was destroyed and
* we're on our way out of the application
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("NULL main window", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_MAIN_WINDOW", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1);
if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) <= 1) {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
/*
* Process the entry.
*/
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", arg));
| | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
/*
* Process the entry.
*/
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", arg));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE_MISSING", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
arg = Tcl_GetString((Tcl_Obj *) argv[1]);
} else {
arg = argv[1];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
if (specPtr->argvName[length] == 0) {
matchPtr = specPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"ambiguous option \"%s\"", argvName));
| | | | | 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
if (specPtr->argvName[length] == 0) {
matchPtr = specPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"ambiguous option \"%s\"", argvName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "OPTION", argvName, (char *)NULL);
return NULL;
}
matchPtr = specPtr;
}
if (matchPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"unknown option \"%s\"", argvName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "OPTION", argvName, (char *)NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Found a matching entry. If it's a synonym, then find the entry that
* it's a synonym for.
*/
gotMatch:
specPtr = matchPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM) {
for (specPtr = specs; ; specPtr++) {
if (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_END) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"couldn't find synonym for option \"%s\"",
argvName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "OPTION", argvName,
(char *)NULL);
return NULL;
}
if ((specPtr->dbName == matchPtr->dbName)
&& (specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM)
&& ((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) == needFlags)
&& !(specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Specifier to apply. */
Tk_Uid value, /* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
int valueIsUid, /* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
* means it's an ordinary string. */
| | | | > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Specifier to apply. */
Tk_Uid value, /* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
int valueIsUid, /* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
* means it's an ordinary string. */
char *widgRec) /* Record whose fields are to be modified.
* Values must be properly initialized. */
{
char *ptr;
Tk_Uid uid;
int nullValue;
nullValue = 0;
if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & (TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK|32 /* TCL_NULL_OK */))) {
nullValue = 1;
}
if (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
/* Prevent surprises, TK_CONFIG_OBJS is not supported here in 8.6 */
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TK_CONFIG_OBJS not supported", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
do {
if (specPtr->offset < 0) {
break;
}
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_INT:
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, value, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE:
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, value, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_STRING: {
char *oldStr, *newStr;
if (nullValue) {
newStr = NULL;
} else {
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1);
strcpy(newStr, value);
}
oldStr = *((char **)ptr);
if (oldStr != NULL) {
ckfree(oldStr);
}
*((char **)ptr) = newStr;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_UID:
if (nullValue) {
*((Tk_Uid *)ptr) = NULL;
} else {
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid)value : Tk_GetUid(value);
*((Tk_Uid *)ptr) = uid;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_COLOR: {
XColor *newPtr, *oldPtr;
if (nullValue) {
newPtr = NULL;
} else {
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
newPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, uid);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
oldPtr = *((XColor **)ptr);
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(oldPtr);
}
*((XColor **)ptr) = newPtr;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_FONT: {
Tk_Font newFont;
if (nullValue) {
newFont = NULL;
} else {
newFont = Tk_GetFont(interp, tkwin, value);
if (newFont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
Tk_FreeFont(*((Tk_Font *)ptr));
*((Tk_Font *)ptr) = newFont;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_BITMAP: {
Pixmap newBmp, oldBmp;
if (nullValue) {
newBmp = None;
} else {
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
newBmp = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, uid);
if (newBmp == None) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
oldBmp = *((Pixmap *)ptr);
if (oldBmp != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), oldBmp);
}
*((Pixmap *)ptr) = newBmp;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_BORDER: {
Tk_3DBorder newBorder, oldBorder;
if (nullValue) {
newBorder = NULL;
} else {
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
newBorder = Tk_Get3DBorder(interp, tkwin, uid);
if (newBorder == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
oldBorder = *((Tk_3DBorder *)ptr);
if (oldBorder != NULL) {
Tk_Free3DBorder(oldBorder);
}
*((Tk_3DBorder *)ptr) = newBorder;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_RELIEF:
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
if (Tk_GetRelief(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_CURSOR:
case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR: {
Tk_Cursor newCursor, oldCursor;
if (nullValue) {
newCursor = NULL;
} else {
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
newCursor = Tk_GetCursor(interp, tkwin, uid);
if (newCursor == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
oldCursor = *((Tk_Cursor *)ptr);
if (oldCursor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), oldCursor);
}
*((Tk_Cursor *)ptr) = newCursor;
if (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR) {
Tk_DefineCursor(tkwin, newCursor);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY:
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
if (Tk_GetJustify(interp, uid, (Tk_Justify *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR:
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
if (Tk_GetAnchor(interp, uid, (Tk_Anchor *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE:
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
if (Tk_GetCapStyle(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE:
uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value);
if (Tk_GetJoinStyle(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS:
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, value, (int *)ptr)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_MM:
if (Tk_GetScreenMM(interp, tkwin, value, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_WINDOW: {
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (nullValue) {
tkwin2 = NULL;
} else {
tkwin2 = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, value, tkwin);
if (tkwin2 == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
*((Tk_Window *)ptr) = tkwin2;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM:
if (specPtr->customPtr->parseProc(specPtr->customPtr->clientData,
interp, tkwin, value, widgRec, specPtr->offset)!=TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
default:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad config table: unknown type %d", specPtr->type));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "BAD_CONFIG", (char *)NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
specPtr++;
} while ((specPtr->argvName == NULL) && (specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END));
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
if ((argvName != NULL) && (specPtr->argvName != argvName)) {
continue;
}
if (((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags)
|| (specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
continue;
}
| | | | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
if ((argvName != NULL) && (specPtr->argvName != argvName)) {
continue;
}
if (((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags)
|| (specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
continue;
}
if ((specPtr->argvName == NULL) || (specPtr->offset < 0)) {
continue;
}
list = FormatConfigInfo(interp, tkwin, specPtr, widgRec);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, leader, list, "}", (char *)NULL);
ckfree(list);
leader = " {";
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
FormatConfigInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for things like
* floating-point precision. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
/* Pointer to information describing
* option. */
| | | 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
FormatConfigInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for things like
* floating-point precision. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
/* Pointer to information describing
* option. */
char *widgRec) /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* info for widget. */
{
const char *argv[6];
char *result;
char buffer[200];
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
720 721 722 723 724 725 726 |
argv[3] = "";
}
if (argv[4] == NULL) {
argv[4] = "";
}
result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
if (freeProc != NULL) {
| | | | | 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
argv[3] = "";
}
if (argv[4] == NULL) {
argv[4] = "";
}
result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
if (freeProc != NULL) {
if (freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
ckfree((char *)argv[4]);
} else {
freeProc((char *)argv[4]);
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
* Must not point to a synonym option. */
| | > > > | | | 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 |
static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
* Must not point to a synonym option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* info for widget. */
char *buffer, /* Static buffer to use for small values.
* Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
* function to free the result, or NULL if
* result is static. */
{
void *ptr;
const char *result;
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
if (specPtr->offset < 0) {
return NULL;
}
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
result = "";
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
if (*((int *)ptr) == 0) {
result = "0";
} else {
result = "1";
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_INT:
snprintf(buffer, 200, "%d", *((int *)ptr));
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE:
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, *((double *)ptr), buffer);
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_STRING:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
856 857 858 859 860 861 862 |
case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*((int *)ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*((int *)ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS:
| | | | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 |
case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*((int *)ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*((int *)ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS:
snprintf(buffer, 200, "%d", *((int *)ptr));
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_MM:
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, *((double *)ptr), buffer);
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_WINDOW: {
tkwin = *((Tk_Window *)ptr);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
result = Tk_PathName(tkwin);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM:
result = specPtr->customPtr->printProc(specPtr->customPtr->clientData,
tkwin, widgRec, specPtr->offset, freeProcPtr);
break;
default:
result = "?? unknown type ??";
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
if (specPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = FormatConfigValue(interp, tkwin, specPtr, widgRec, buffer,
&freeProc);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(result, -1));
if (freeProc != NULL) {
| | | | | 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
if (specPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = FormatConfigValue(interp, tkwin, specPtr, widgRec, buffer,
&freeProc);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(result, -1));
if (freeProc != NULL) {
if (freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
ckfree((char *)result);
} else {
freeProc((char *)result);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 |
{
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
char *ptr;
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
if ((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags) {
continue;
}
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_STRING:
| > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 |
{
const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
char *ptr;
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
if ((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags) {
continue;
}
if (specPtr->offset < 0) {
continue;
}
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_STRING:
if (*((char **)ptr) != NULL) {
ckfree(*((char **)ptr));
*((char **)ptr) = NULL;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_COLOR:
if (*((XColor **)ptr) != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(*((XColor **)ptr));
*((XColor **)ptr) = NULL;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_FONT:
Tk_FreeFont(*((Tk_Font *)ptr));
*((Tk_Font *)ptr) = NULL;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_BITMAP:
if (*((Pixmap *)ptr) != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(display, *((Pixmap *)ptr));
*((Pixmap *)ptr) = None;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_BORDER:
if (*((Tk_3DBorder *)ptr) != NULL) {
Tk_Free3DBorder(*((Tk_3DBorder *)ptr));
*((Tk_3DBorder *)ptr) = NULL;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_CURSOR:
case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR:
if (*((Tk_Cursor *)ptr) != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursor(display, *((Tk_Cursor *)ptr));
*((Tk_Cursor *)ptr) = NULL;
}
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkOldTest.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * tkOldTest.c -- * * This file contains C command functions for additional Tcl * commands that are used to test Tk's support for legacy * interfaces. These commands are not normally included in Tcl/Tk * applications; they're only used for testing. * * Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
/*
* tkOldTest.c --
*
* This file contains C command functions for additional Tcl
* commands that are used to test Tk's support for legacy
* interfaces. These commands are not normally included in Tcl/Tk
* applications; they're only used for testing.
*
* Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
* Contributions by Don Porter, NIST, 2007. (not subject to US copyright)
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#define USE_OLD_IMAGE
#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS
# define USE_TCL_STUBS
#endif
#ifndef USE_TK_STUBS
# define USE_TK_STUBS
#endif
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following data structure represents the model for a test image:
*/
typedef struct TImageModel {
Tk_ImageModel model; /* Tk's token for image model. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int ImageObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
| | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int ImageObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkOldTestInit --
*
* This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | * Creates several test commands. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkOldTestInit( | | < < < | > < | | | | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
* Creates several test commands.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkOldTestInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static int initialized = 0;
if (!initialized) {
initialized = 1;
Tk_CreateImageType(&imageType);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageCreate --
*
* This function is called by the Tk image code to create "oldtest" images.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* The data structure for a new image is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Argument strings for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageModel model, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
ClientData *clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr;
const char *varName;
int i;
varName = "log";
for (i = 0; i < argc; i += 2) {
if (strcmp(argv[i], "-variable") != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option name \"",
argv[i], "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((i+1) == argc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no value given for \"",
argv[i], "\" option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
varName = argv[i+1];
}
timPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageModel));
timPtr->model = model;
timPtr->interp = interp;
timPtr->width = 30;
timPtr->height = 15;
timPtr->imageName = ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
timPtr->varName = ckalloc(strlen(varName) + 1);
strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImageObjCmd, timPtr, NULL);
*clientDataPtr = timPtr;
Tk_ImageChanged(model, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
*
* Side effects:
* Forces windows to be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
| > | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
*
* Side effects:
* Forces windows to be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = clientData;
int x, y, width, height;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "changed") == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. */
{
| | | | | 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = clientData;
TImageInstance *instPtr;
char buffer[100];
XGCValues gcValues;
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
instPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
instPtr->modelPtr = timPtr;
instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000");
gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel;
instPtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
return instPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
| | | | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
instPtr->modelPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
drawableX, drawableY);
Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->modelPtr->interp, instPtr->modelPtr->varName, NULL,
buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
if (width > (instPtr->modelPtr->width - imageX)) {
width = instPtr->modelPtr->width - imageX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
| | | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
char buffer[200];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s free", instPtr->modelPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->modelPtr->interp, instPtr->modelPtr->varName, NULL,
buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
ckfree(instPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
static void
ImageDelete(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
| | | < | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
static void
ImageDelete(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = clientData;
char buffer[100];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->varName);
ckfree(timPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkOption.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
517 518 519 520 521 522 523 |
* option database is densely populated, or if the widget has many
* masquerading options.
*/
if (masqName != NULL) {
char *masqClass;
Tk_Uid nodeId, winClassId, winNameId;
| | | | 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 |
* option database is densely populated, or if the widget has many
* masquerading options.
*/
if (masqName != NULL) {
char *masqClass;
Tk_Uid nodeId, winClassId, winNameId;
size_t classNameLength;
Element *nodePtr, *leafPtr;
static const int searchOrder[] = {
EXACT_NODE_NAME, WILDCARD_NODE_NAME, EXACT_NODE_CLASS,
WILDCARD_NODE_CLASS, -1
};
const int *currentPtr;
int currentStack, leafCount;
/*
* Extract the masquerade class name from the name field.
*/
classNameLength = (size_t) (masqName - name);
masqClass = (char *)ckalloc(classNameLength + 1);
strncpy(masqClass, name, classNameLength);
masqClass[classNameLength] = '\0';
winClassId = Tk_GetUid(masqClass);
ckfree(masqClass);
winNameId = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->nameUid;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 |
int priority) /* Priority level to use for options in this
* file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
const char *realName;
Tcl_Obj *buffer;
| | < | 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 |
int priority) /* Priority level to use for options in this
* file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
const char *realName;
Tcl_Obj *buffer;
int result, bufferSize;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tcl_DString newName;
/*
* Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
| | | 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
if (bufferSize == -1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPack.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static void ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData); static int ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | < < | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 | /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static void ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData); static int ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static Tcl_FreeProc DestroyPacker; static Packer * GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin); static int PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr, Packer *containerPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void Unlink(Packer *packPtr); static int XExpansion(Packer *contentPtr, int cavityWidth); static int YExpansion(Packer *contentPtr, int cavityHeight); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
int halfSpace, /* The left or top padding amount */
int allSpace) /* The total amount of padding */
{
Tcl_Obj *padding[2];
if (halfSpace*2 == allSpace) {
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
| | | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
int halfSpace, /* The left or top padding amount */
int allSpace) /* The total amount of padding */
{
Tcl_Obj *padding[2];
if (halfSpace*2 == allSpace) {
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
Tcl_NewIntObj(halfSpace));
} else {
padding[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(halfSpace);
padding[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(allSpace - halfSpace);
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
Tcl_NewListObj(2, padding));
}
}
/*
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
const char *argv2;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
| | | < | < < < | < | | | | | < | > > | > > | > > | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
const char *argv2;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
"after", "append", "before", "unpack", "configure",
"content", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
enum options {
PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK, PACK_CONFIGURE,
PACK_CONTENT, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
int index;
if (objc >= 2) {
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if (string[0] == '.') {
return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[1], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
/*
* Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
* message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
* deprecated and new options.
*/
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
"option", 0, &index);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PACK_AFTER: {
Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(prevPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (prevPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, prevPtr->containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_APPEND: {
Packer *containerPtr;
Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_BEFORE: {
Packer *packPtr, *containerPtr;
Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (packPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
containerPtr = packPtr->containerPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
break;
}
}
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
| < | > > | 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 |
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
break;
}
}
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_CONFIGURE:
if (argv2[0] != '.') {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
case PACK_FORGET: {
Tk_Window content;
Packer *contentPtr;
int i;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetPacker(content))) {
continue;
}
if ((contentPtr != NULL) && (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
Tk_ManageGeometry(content, NULL, NULL);
if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin,
contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(contentPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | | 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetPacker(content))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-anchor", -1),
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(contentPtr->anchor), -1));
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-expand", -1),
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(contentPtr->flags & EXPAND));
switch (contentPtr->flags & (FILLX|FILLY)) {
case 0:
Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-fill", -1),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetPacker(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
| | > > | < | < | 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
if (!(containerPtr = GetPacker(container))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
break;
}
case PACK_UNPACK: {
Tk_Window tkwin2;
Packer *packPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
if (packPtr && (packPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL, NULL);
if (packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(packPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 | /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * GetPacker -- * * This internal function is used to locate a Packer structure for a | | > | > > > > | 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 |
/*
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPacker --
*
* This internal function is used to locate a Packer structure for a
* window, creating one if one doesn't exist already, except if the window
* is already dead.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the Packer structure corresponding to
* tkwin, or NULL when tkwin is already dead.
*
* Side effects:
* A new packer structure may be created. If so, then a callback is set
* up to clean things up when the window is deleted.
*
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Packer *
GetPacker(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window for which packer structure
* is desired. */
{
Packer *packPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
return NULL;
}
if (!dispPtr->packInit) {
dispPtr->packInit = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 | * Side effects: * The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again * in the future. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ | < | 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 |
* Side effects:
* The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
* in the future.
*
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
PackAfter(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Packer *prevPtr, /* Pack windows in argv just after this
* window; NULL means pack as first child of
* containerPtr. */
Packer *containerPtr, /* Container in which to pack windows. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 |
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (ancestor))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
badWindow:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | > > | | | 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 |
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (ancestor))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
badWindow:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't pack %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
goto badWindow;
}
if (tkwin == containerPtr->tkwin) {
goto badWindow;
}
if (!(packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Process options for this window.
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &optionCount, &options)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr->side = TOP;
packPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
int length;
const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);
c = curOpt[0];
if ((c == 't')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
packPtr->side = TOP;
} else if ((c == 'b')
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 |
&& (strcmp(curOpt, "fill")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "fillx")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "filly")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLY;
} else if ((c == 'p') && (strcmp(curOpt, "padx")) == 0) {
| | | | | 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 |
&& (strcmp(curOpt, "fill")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "fillx")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "filly")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLY;
} else if ((c == 'p') && (strcmp(curOpt, "padx")) == 0) {
if (optionCount <= (index+1)) {
missingPad:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"wrong # args: \"%s\" option must be"
" followed by screen distance", curOpt));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "OLDPACK", "BAD_PARAMETER",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, options[index+1],
&packPtr->padLeft, &packPtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr->padX /= 2;
packPtr->padLeft /= 2;
packPtr->iPadX = 0;
index++;
} else if ((c == 'p') && (strcmp(curOpt, "pady")) == 0) {
if (optionCount <= (index+1)) {
goto missingPad;
}
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, options[index+1],
&packPtr->padTop, &packPtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr->padY /= 2;
packPtr->padTop /= 2;
packPtr->iPadY = 0;
index++;
} else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1)
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", length) == 0)) {
if (optionCount <= (index+1)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"wrong # args: \"frame\""
" option must be followed by anchor point", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "OLDPACK", "BAD_PARAMETER",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 |
}
if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| < | 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 |
}
if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Unlink --
*
* Remove a packer from its container's list of content.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 |
}
packPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
/*
* If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
* handling it and should mark it as free.
| < < < < | 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 |
}
packPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
/*
* If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
* handling it and should mark it as free.
*/
if ((containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) && (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER)) {
TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "pack");
containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 | * Everything associated with the packer is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyPacker( | | > > > | 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 |
* Everything associated with the packer is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyPacker(
char *memPtr) /* Info about packed window that is now
* dead. */
{
Packer *packPtr = (Packer *)memPtr;
if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
}
ckfree(packPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PackStructureProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 |
nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
| | | | 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
(void *)packPtr->tkwin));
}
if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
}
packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, DestroyPacker);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
/*
* When a container gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
* that all of its content get remapped.
*/
if ((packPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 |
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't pack \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > > | 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 |
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't pack \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(contentPtr = GetPacker(content))) {
continue;
}
contentPtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE;
/*
* If the content isn't currently packed, reset all of its configuration
* information to default values (there could be old values left from
* a previous packing).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 |
if ((i+2) > objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"extra option \"%s\" (option with no value?)",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "BAD_PARAMETER", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | > > | 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 |
if ((i+2) > objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"extra option \"%s\" (option with no value?)",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "BAD_PARAMETER", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case CONF_AFTER:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(prevPtr = GetPacker(other))) {
continue;
}
if (prevPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
notPacked:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" isn't packed",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED",
NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 |
break;
case CONF_BEFORE:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 |
break;
case CONF_BEFORE:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(otherPtr = GetPacker(other))) {
continue;
}
if (otherPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
goto notPacked;
}
containerPtr = otherPtr->containerPtr;
prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
if (prevPtr == otherPtr) {
prevPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 |
break;
case CONF_IN:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > | 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 |
break;
case CONF_IN:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(containerPtr = GetPacker(other))) {
continue;
}
prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
positionGiven = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 |
case CONF_PADY:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, content, objv[i+1],
&contentPtr->padTop, &contentPtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_SIDE:
| | | | 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 |
case CONF_PADY:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, content, objv[i+1],
&contentPtr->padTop, &contentPtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_SIDE:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], sideNames,
"side", TCL_EXACT, &side) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
contentPtr->side = (Side) side;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 |
/*
* If none of the "-in", "-before", or "-after" options has been
* specified, arrange for the content to go at the end of the order for
* its parent.
*/
if (!positionGiven) {
| | > > | 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 |
/*
* If none of the "-in", "-before", or "-after" options has been
* specified, arrange for the content to go at the end of the order for
* its parent.
*/
if (!positionGiven) {
if (!(containerPtr = GetPacker(Tk_Parent(content)))) {
continue;
}
prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 |
parent = Tk_Parent(content);
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | | 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 |
parent = Tk_Parent(content);
for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't pack %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (content == containerPtr->tkwin) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't pack %s inside itself", Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Check for management loops.
*/
for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL;
container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) {
if (container == (TkWindow *)content) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(content)) {
((TkWindow *)content)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | static int ConfigurePanes(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void DestroyOptionTables(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int SetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr, | | | | | 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 | static int ConfigurePanes(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void DestroyOptionTables(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int SetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr, int internalOffset, char *oldInternalPtr, int flags); static Tcl_Obj * GetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int internalOffset); static void RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr); static void AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth, int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *paneWidthPtr, int *paneHeightPtr); static void MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff); static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); static char * ComputeSlotAddress(char *recordPtr, int offset); static int PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y); /* * Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than panes */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
RestoreSticky, /* restoreProc */
NULL, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
RestoreSticky, /* restoreProc */
NULL, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, background), 0,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, borderWidth),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handlePad),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-opaqueresize", "opaqueResize", "OpaqueResize",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE, -1,
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, resizeOpaque), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, orient),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, orientStrings, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground",
0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBackground),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-proxyrelief", "proxyRelief", "Relief",
0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-sashcursor", "sashCursor", "Cursor",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashCursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashpad", "sashPad", "SashPad",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashPad),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sashrelief", "sashRelief", "Relief",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashRelief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, showHandle),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec paneOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-after", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, after),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-before", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, before),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Pane, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(Pane, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, hide), 0,0,GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-minsize", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, minSize), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, padx), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, pady), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-sticky", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, sticky),
0, &stickyOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH, -1, Tk_Offset(Pane, stretch),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, stretchStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Pane, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(Pane, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
pwOpts = (OptionTables *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables", NULL);
if (pwOpts == NULL) {
/*
* The first time this function is invoked, the option tables will be
* NULL. We then create the option tables from the templates and store
| | | | 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
pwOpts = (OptionTables *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables", NULL);
if (pwOpts == NULL) {
/*
* The first time this function is invoked, the option tables will be
* NULL. We then create the option tables from the templates and store
* a pointer to the tables as the command's clientData so we'll have
* easy access to it in the future.
*/
pwOpts = ckalloc(sizeof(OptionTables));
/*
* Set up an exit handler to free the optionTables struct.
*/
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables",
DestroyOptionTables, pwOpts);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);
| | | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
if (ConfigurePanedWindow(interp, pwPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->proxywin);
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 |
if (ConfigurePanedWindow(interp, pwPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->proxywin);
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(pwPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
int index, count, i, x, y;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Pane *panePtr;
if (objc < 2) {
| | | 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
int index, count, i, x, y;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Pane *panePtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "command",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
case PW_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
| | | | 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
case PW_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
case PW_CONFIGURE:
resultObj = NULL;
if (objc <= 3) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
pwPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numPanes; i++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
| | | | | | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numPanes; i++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
(char *) pwPtr->panes[i], pwPtr->paneOpts,
objv[3], tkwin);
}
}
if (resultObj == NULL) {
if (i == pwPtr->numPanes) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"not managed by this window", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PANEDWINDOW", "UNMANAGED",
NULL);
}
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
case PW_PANECONFIGURE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"pane ?option? ?value option value ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
if (objc <= 4) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Just a plain old bad window; Tk_NameToWindow filled in an
* error message for us.
*/
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numPanes; i++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
(char *) pwPtr->panes[i], pwPtr->paneOpts,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
}
}
} else {
result = ConfigurePanes(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
}
break;
case PW_PANES:
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numPanes; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj(pwPtr->panes[i]->tkwin));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
break;
case PW_PROXY:
result = PanedWindowProxyCommand(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
* Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
* into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
* return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
* extra testing in the for loop below.
*/
memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Pane));
| | | 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 |
* Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
* into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
* return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
* extra testing in the for loop below.
*/
memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Pane));
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &options, pwPtr->paneOpts,
objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
found = 0;
for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numPanes; j++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[j] != NULL && pwPtr->panes[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
| | | 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
found = 0;
for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numPanes; j++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[j] != NULL && pwPtr->panes[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr->panes[j],
pwPtr->paneOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (pwPtr->panes[j]->minSize < 0) {
pwPtr->panes[j]->minSize = 0;
}
found = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
967 968 969 970 971 972 973 | /* * Create a new pane structure and initialize it. All panes start * out with their "natural" dimensions. */ panePtr = (Pane *)ckalloc(sizeof(Pane)); memset(panePtr, 0, sizeof(Pane)); | | | | 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 |
/*
* Create a new pane structure and initialize it. All panes start
* out with their "natural" dimensions.
*/
panePtr = (Pane *)ckalloc(sizeof(Pane));
memset(panePtr, 0, sizeof(Pane));
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)panePtr, pwPtr->paneOpts,
pwPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)panePtr, pwPtr->paneOpts,
objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
panePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
panePtr->containerPtr = pwPtr;
doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(panePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
if (panePtr->width > 0) {
panePtr->paneWidth = panePtr->width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 |
i = sizeof(Pane *) * (pwPtr->numPanes + numNewPanes);
newPanes = (Pane **)ckalloc(i);
memset(newPanes, 0, i);
if (index == -1) {
/*
* If none of the existing panes have to be moved, just copy the old
* and append the new.
*/
| > > > | | > | | | 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 |
i = sizeof(Pane *) * (pwPtr->numPanes + numNewPanes);
newPanes = (Pane **)ckalloc(i);
memset(newPanes, 0, i);
if (index == -1) {
/*
* If none of the existing panes have to be moved, just copy the old
* and append the new.
* Be careful about the case pwPtr->numPanes == 0 since in this case
* pwPtr->panes is NULL, and the memcpy would have undefined behavior.
*/
if (pwPtr->numPanes) {
memcpy(newPanes, pwPtr->panes,
sizeof(Pane *) * pwPtr->numPanes);
}
memcpy(&newPanes[pwPtr->numPanes], inserts,
sizeof(Pane *) * numNewPanes);
} else {
/*
* If some of the existing panes were moved, the old panes array
* will be partially populated, with some valid and some invalid
* entries. Walk through it, copying valid entries to the new panes
* array as we go; when we get to the insert location for the new
* panes, copy the inserts array over, then finish off the old panes
* array.
*/
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < index; i++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[i] != NULL) {
newPanes[j] = pwPtr->panes[i];
j++;
}
}
memcpy(&newPanes[j], inserts, sizeof(Pane *)*insertIndex);
j += firstOptionArg - 2;
for (i = index; i < pwPtr->numPanes; i++) {
if (pwPtr->panes[i] != NULL) {
newPanes[j] = pwPtr->panes[i];
j++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "invalid sash index", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } panePtr = pwPtr->panes[sash]; | | | | 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"invalid sash index", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
panePtr = pwPtr->panes[sash];
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(panePtr->sashx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(panePtr->sashy);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
break;
case SASH_MARK:
if (objc != 6 && objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 |
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pwPtr->panes[sash]->markx = x;
pwPtr->panes[sash]->marky = y;
} else {
| | | | 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 |
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pwPtr->panes[sash]->markx = x;
pwPtr->panes[sash]->marky = y;
} else {
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->panes[sash]->markx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->panes[sash]->marky);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
}
break;
case SASH_DRAGTO:
case SASH_PLACE:
if (objc != 6) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 |
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int typemask = 0;
| | | 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 |
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int typemask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 |
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetSticky(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
| | | 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 |
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetSticky(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int internalOffset) /* Offset within *recordPtr containing the
* sticky value. */
{
int sticky = *(int *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
char buffer[5];
char *p = &buffer[0];
if (sticky & STICK_NORTH) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
| | < | | 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
int internalOffset, /* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
* internal value is to be stored. */
char *oldInternalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
int flags) /* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int sticky = 0;
char c, *internalPtr;
const char *string;
internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);
if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
*value = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PROXY_COORD:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PROXY_COORD:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyy);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
break;
case PROXY_FORGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ComputeSlotAddress(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to the start of a record. */
int offset) /* Offset of a slot within that record; may be < 0. */
{
if (offset >= 0) {
return recordPtr + offset;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 |
* Set results. Note that the empty string is the default (this function
* is called inside the implementation of a command).
*/
if (found != -1) {
Tcl_Obj *list[2];
| | | 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 |
* Set results. Note that the empty string is the default (this function
* is called inside the implementation of a command).
*/
if (found != -1) {
Tcl_Obj *list[2];
list[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(found);
list[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj((isHandle ? "handle" : "sash"), -1);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, list));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkPkgConfig.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkPlace.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
/*
* Type masks for options:
*/
#define IN_MASK 1
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
/*
* Type masks for options:
*/
#define IN_MASK 1
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", -1,
Tk_Offset(Content, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", -1,
Tk_Offset(Content, borderMode), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, borderModeStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Content, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(Content, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, Tk_Offset(Content, inTkwin),
0, 0, IN_MASK},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, "",
Tk_Offset(Content, relHeightPtr), Tk_Offset(Content, relHeight),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, "",
Tk_Offset(Content, relWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(Content, relWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
Tk_Offset(Content, relX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
Tk_Offset(Content, relY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Content, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(Content, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Content, xPtr),
Tk_Offset(Content, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Content, yPtr),
Tk_Offset(Content, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Flag definitions for Content structures:
*
* CHILD_WIDTH - 1 means -width was specified;
* CHILD_REL_WIDTH - 1 means -relwidth was specified.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
/*
* For each container window that has a content managed by the placer there is a
* structure of the following form:
*/
typedef struct Container {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk's token for container window. */
| | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
/*
* For each container window that has a content managed by the placer there is a
* structure of the following form:
*/
typedef struct Container {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk's token for container window. */
struct Content *contentPtr; /* First in linked list of content placed
* relative to this container. */
int *abortPtr; /* If non-NULL, it means that there is a nested
* call to RecomputePlacement already working on
* this window. *abortPtr may be set to 1 to
* abort that nested call. This happens, for
* example, if tkwin or any of its content
* is deleted. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
Tk_Window tkwin;
Content *contentPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"configure", "content", "forget", "info", "slaves", NULL
};
| < < < | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
Tk_Window tkwin;
Content *contentPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"configure", "content", "forget", "info", "slaves", NULL
};
enum options { PLACE_CONFIGURE, PLACE_CONTENT, PLACE_FORGET, PLACE_INFO, PLACE_SLAVES };
int index;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option|pathName args");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
| | | | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->masterTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->slaveTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
}
return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-2, objv+2);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
| | | | | < < < < < < < < | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->masterTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->slaveTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PLACE_CONFIGURE:
if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
contentPtr = FindContent(tkwin);
if (contentPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *)contentPtr, optionTable,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) &&
(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
| | | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) &&
(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(void *)tkwin));
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, ContentStructureProc,
contentPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
FreeContent(contentPtr);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
containerPtr = FindContainer(tkwin);
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *listPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr,
| | | 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
containerPtr = FindContainer(tkwin);
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *listPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr,
TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
}
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 |
Tk_OptionTable table)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Content *contentPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
| | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
Tk_OptionTable table)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Content *contentPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
return (Content *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
* No preexisting content structure for that window, so make a new one and
* populate it with some default values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeContent(
Content *contentPtr)
{
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) contentPtr, contentPtr->optionTable,
contentPtr->tkwin);
ckfree(contentPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
| > > > | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeContent(
Content *contentPtr)
{
if (contentPtr->containerPtr && (contentPtr->containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, contentPtr->containerPtr);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) contentPtr, contentPtr->optionTable,
contentPtr->tkwin);
ckfree(contentPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
static Content *
FindContent(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired content. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
| | | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
static Content *
FindContent(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired content. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return (Content *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
return;
}
if (containerPtr->contentPtr == contentPtr) {
containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
| | | 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
return;
}
if (containerPtr->contentPtr == contentPtr) {
containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("UnlinkContent couldn't find slave to unlink");
}
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == contentPtr) {
prevPtr->nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired container. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Container *containerPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
| | | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired container. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Container *containerPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *)tkwin, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
containerPtr = (Container *)ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
containerPtr->contentPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->flags = 0;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, containerPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
static Container *
FindContainer(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired container. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
| | | 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
static Container *
FindContainer(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired container. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return (Container *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
contentPtr = CreateContent(tkwin, table);
| | | 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
contentPtr = CreateContent(tkwin, table);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)contentPtr, table, objc, objv,
contentPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Set content flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
for (ancestor = win; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | | 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
for (ancestor = win; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't place %s relative to %s",
Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(win)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
if (contentPtr->tkwin == win) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't place %s relative to itself",
Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
goto error;
}
/*
* Check for management loops.
*/
for (container = (TkWindow *)win; container != NULL;
container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) {
if (container == (TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(win)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
if (win != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
((TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)win;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
if (contentPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, "-in", -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, infoObj,
| | | 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
if (contentPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, "-in", -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, infoObj,
TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " ", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj,
"-x %d -relx %.4g -y %d -rely %.4g",
contentPtr->x, contentPtr->relX, contentPtr->y, contentPtr->relY);
if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -width %d", contentPtr->width);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
case DestroyNotify:
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = nextPtr) {
contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
| | | | 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 |
case DestroyNotify:
for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
contentPtr = nextPtr) {
contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
(char *) containerPtr->tkwin));
if (containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
}
containerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 |
Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
}
| | | | 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 |
Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(char *) contentPtr->tkwin));
FreeContent(contentPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
| | | | 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(char *) tkwin));
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, ContentStructureProc,
contentPtr);
FreeContent(contentPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkPlatDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkPlatDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform-specific public Tcl API. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkPlatDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform-specific public Tcl API. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKPLATDECLS #define _TKPLATDECLS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | EXTERN void Tk_PointerEvent(HWND hwnd, int x, int y); /* 5 */ EXTERN int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result); #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ | | > > > > > > | > | > | > | | > | | | | | | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
EXTERN void Tk_PointerEvent(HWND hwnd, int x, int y);
/* 5 */
EXTERN int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
LRESULT *result);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc);
/* 1 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void);
/* 2 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(int tkOwnsIt);
/* 3 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInitMenus(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 5 */
EXTERN void TkGenWMConfigureEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int flags);
/* 6 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 7 */
EXTERN void * TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Drawable drawable);
/* 8 */
EXTERN void * TkMacOSXGetRootControl(Drawable drawable);
/* 9 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void);
/* 10 */
EXTERN int Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void);
/* 11 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(void *w);
/* 12 */
EXTERN void * Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
/* 13 */
EXTERN void * Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
/* Slot 14 is reserved */
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
/* 16 */
EXTERN void TkGenWMConfigureEvent_(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int flags);
#endif /* AQUA */
typedef struct TkPlatStubs {
int magic;
void *hooks;
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
Window (*tk_AttachHWND) (Tk_Window tkwin, HWND hwnd); /* 0 */
HINSTANCE (*tk_GetHINSTANCE) (void); /* 1 */
HWND (*tk_GetHWND) (Window window); /* 2 */
Tk_Window (*tk_HWNDToWindow) (HWND hwnd); /* 3 */
void (*tk_PointerEvent) (HWND hwnd, int x, int y); /* 4 */
int (*tk_TranslateWinEvent) (HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result); /* 5 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
void (*tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler) (Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc); /* 0 */
void (*tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus) (void); /* 1 */
void (*tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor) (int tkOwnsIt); /* 2 */
void (*tkMacOSXInitMenus) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 3 */
void (*tkMacOSXInitAppleEvents) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 4 */
void (*tkGenWMConfigureEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int flags); /* 5 */
void (*tkMacOSXInvalClipRgns) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 6 */
void * (*tkMacOSXGetDrawablePort) (Drawable drawable); /* 7 */
void * (*tkMacOSXGetRootControl) (Drawable drawable); /* 8 */
void (*tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) (void); /* 9 */
int (*tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) (void); /* 10 */
Tk_Window (*tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow) (void *w); /* 11 */
void * (*tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 12 */
void * (*tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 13 */
void (*reserved14)(void);
void (*reserved15)(void);
void (*tkGenWMConfigureEvent_) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int flags); /* 16 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkPlatStubs;
extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 | (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_HWNDToWindow) /* 3 */ #define Tk_PointerEvent \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_PointerEvent) /* 4 */ #define Tk_TranslateWinEvent \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_TranslateWinEvent) /* 5 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ | | | | | > > > > | | < > > | | | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 | (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_HWNDToWindow) /* 3 */ #define Tk_PointerEvent \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_PointerEvent) /* 4 */ #define Tk_TranslateWinEvent \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_TranslateWinEvent) /* 5 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ #define Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler) /* 0 */ #define Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus) /* 1 */ #define Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor) /* 2 */ #define TkMacOSXInitMenus \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInitMenus) /* 3 */ #define TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInitAppleEvents) /* 4 */ #define TkGenWMConfigureEvent \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMConfigureEvent) /* 5 */ #define TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInvalClipRgns) /* 6 */ #define TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetDrawablePort) /* 7 */ #define TkMacOSXGetRootControl \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetRootControl) /* 8 */ #define Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) /* 9 */ #define Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) /* 10 */ #define Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow) /* 11 */ #define Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable) /* 12 */ #define Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable) /* 13 */ /* Slot 14 is reserved */ /* Slot 15 is reserved */ #define TkGenWMConfigureEvent_ \ (tkPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMConfigureEvent_) /* 16 */ #endif /* AQUA */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ #ifdef __cplusplus |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPointer.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkPointer.c -- * * This file contains functions for emulating the X server pointer and * grab state machine. This file is used by the Mac and Windows platforms * to generate appropriate enter/leave events, and to update the global * grab window information. * | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
/*
* tkPointer.c --
*
* This file contains functions for emulating the X server pointer and
* grab state machine. This file is used by the Mac and Windows platforms
* to generate appropriate enter/leave events, and to update the global
* grab window information.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define Cursor XCursor
#endif
typedef struct {
TkWindow *grabWinPtr; /* Window that defines the top of the grab
* tree in a global grab. */
unsigned lastState; /* Last known state flags. */
XPoint lastPos; /* Last reported mouse position. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
static int
GenerateEnterLeave(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Current Tk window (or NULL). */
int x, int y, /* Current mouse position in root coords. */
int state) /* State flags. */
{
int crossed = 0; /* 1 if mouse crossed a window boundary */
| | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
static int
GenerateEnterLeave(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Current Tk window (or NULL). */
int x, int y, /* Current mouse position in root coords. */
int state) /* State flags. */
{
int crossed = 0; /* 1 if mouse crossed a window boundary */
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkWindow *restrictWinPtr = tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr;
TkWindow *lastWinPtr = tsdPtr->lastWinPtr;
if (winPtr != tsdPtr->lastWinPtr) {
if (restrictWinPtr) {
int newPos, oldPos;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 | XEvent event; /* * Generate appropriate Enter/Leave events. */ InitializeEvent(&event, targetPtr, LeaveNotify, x, y, state, | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | XEvent event; /* * Generate appropriate Enter/Leave events. */ InitializeEvent(&event, targetPtr, LeaveNotify, x, y, state, NotifyAncestor); TkInOutEvents(&event, lastWinPtr, winPtr, LeaveNotify, EnterNotify, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); crossed = 1; } } tsdPtr->lastWinPtr = winPtr; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
| | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
TkWindow *targetWinPtr;
XPoint pos;
XEvent event;
unsigned changes = (state ^ tsdPtr->lastState) & ALL_BUTTONS;
int type, b;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
}
/*
* Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
* between the current button state and the last known button state.
*/
| | | | 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 |
}
/*
* Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
* between the current button state and the last known button state.
*/
for (b = Button1; b <= Button5; b++) {
mask = TkGetButtonMask(b);
if (changes & mask) {
if (state & mask) {
type = ButtonPress;
/*
* ButtonPress - Set restrict window if we aren't grabbed, or
* if this is the first button down.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
targetWinPtr = tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr;
} else if (tsdPtr->grabWinPtr && !winPtr) {
targetWinPtr = tsdPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (targetWinPtr != NULL) {
InitializeEvent(&event, targetWinPtr, MotionNotify, x, y,
| | | 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
targetWinPtr = tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr;
} else if (tsdPtr->grabWinPtr && !winPtr) {
targetWinPtr = tsdPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (targetWinPtr != NULL) {
InitializeEvent(&event, targetWinPtr, MotionNotify, x, y,
tsdPtr->lastState, NotifyAncestor);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
tsdPtr->lastPos = pos;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
unsigned int event_mask,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time)
{
| | < < < < < < < | | 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 |
unsigned int event_mask,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
TkpSetCapture(tsdPtr->grabWinPtr);
if (TkPositionInTree(tsdPtr->lastWinPtr, tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)
!= TK_GRAB_IN_TREE) {
UpdateCursor(tsdPtr->grabWinPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 |
*/
int
XUngrabPointer(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
| | < | | 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 |
*/
int
XUngrabPointer(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = NULL;
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
TkpSetCapture(NULL);
UpdateCursor(tsdPtr->lastWinPtr);
return Success;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkPointerDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | | 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkPointerDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->lastWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->lastWinPtr = TkGetContainer(winPtr);
}
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->grabWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
*/
static void
UpdateCursor(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
Cursor cursor = None;
| | | 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
*/
static void
UpdateCursor(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
Cursor cursor = None;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* A window inherits its cursor from its parent if it doesn't have one of
* its own. Top level windows inherit the default cursor.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
int
XDefineCursor(
Display *display,
Window w,
Cursor cursor)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(display, w);
| | < | | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
int
XDefineCursor(
Display *display,
Window w,
Cursor cursor)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(display, w);
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->cursorWinPtr == winPtr) {
UpdateCursor(winPtr);
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return Success;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkRectOval.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc, INT2PTR(2)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
TkCanvasDashParseProc, TkCanvasDashPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.offset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillStipple),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 | Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static int RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *areaPtr); static double RectToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); | < < | 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 | Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static int RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *areaPtr); static double RectToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); static void ScaleRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY, double scaleX, double scaleY); static void TranslateRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
Tk_ItemType tkOvalType = {
"oval", /* name */
sizeof(RectOvalItem), /* itemSize */
CreateRectOval, /* createProc */
configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateRectOval --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
static void
DeleteRectOval(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 |
static void
DeleteRectOval(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_DeleteOutline(display, &(rectOvalPtr->outline));
if (rectOvalPtr->fillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(rectOvalPtr->fillColor);
}
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeRectOvalBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int bloat, tmp;
double dtmp, width;
| > | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeRectOvalBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int bloat, tmp;
double dtmp, width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
748 749 750 751 752 753 754 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
short x1, y1, x2, y2;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
short x1, y1, x2, y2;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
/*
* Compute the screen coordinates of the bounding box for the item. Make
* sure that the bbox is at least one pixel large, since some X servers
* will die if it isn't.
*/
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0],rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
&x1, &y1);
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2],rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
&x2, &y2);
if (x2 == x1) {
/*
* The width of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
* on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
* width items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
* either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
*/
short ix1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[0]);
short ix2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]);
if (ix1 == ix2) {
/*
* x1 and x2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
* Note: the degenerated case (bbox[0]==bbox[2]) of a completely
* flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel at the
* right (with positive coordinate) or left (with negative
* coordinate) of the box. There is no "best choice" here.
*/
if (ix1 > 0) {
x2 += 1;
} else {
x1 -= 1;
}
} else {
/*
* (x1,x2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
* covered "area".
*/
if (ix1 > 0) {
if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix2) > (ix2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
x2 += 1;
} else {
x1 -= 1;
}
} else {
if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix1) > (ix1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
x2 += 1;
} else {
x1 -= 1;
}
}
}
}
if (y2 == y1) {
/*
* The height of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
* on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
* height items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
* either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
*/
short iy1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]);
short iy2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]);
if (iy1 == iy2) {
/*
* y1 and y2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
* Note: the degenerated case (bbox[1]==bbox[3]) of a completely
* flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel below
* (with positive coordinate) or above (with negative coordinate)
* the box. There is no "best choice" here.
*/
if (iy1 > 0) {
y2 += 1;
} else {
y1 -= 1;
}
} else {
/*
* (y1,y2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
* covered "area".
*/
if (iy1 > 0) {
if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy2) > (iy2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
y2 += 1;
} else {
y1 -= 1;
}
} else {
if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy1) > (iy1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
y2 += 1;
} else {
y1 -= 1;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
* stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
* the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
RectToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
| > | 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
RectToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
OvalToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
| > | 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
OvalToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
RectToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
| > | 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
RectToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
OvalToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against oval. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
| > | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
OvalToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against oval. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 |
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
return -1;
}
}
return result;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 |
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
return -1;
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleRectOval --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale a rectangle or oval item.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 |
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double y1, y2;
XColor *color;
XColor *fillColor;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_InterpState interpState;
| < | 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 |
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double y1, y2;
XColor *color;
XColor *fillColor;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_InterpState interpState;
y1 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]);
y2 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]);
/*
* Generate a string that creates a path for the rectangle or oval. This
* is the only part of the function's code that is type-specific.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 |
* First draw the filled area of the rectangle.
*/
if (fillColor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, pathObj);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
| | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > | 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
* First draw the filled area of the rectangle.
*/
if (fillColor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, pathObj);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "clip ", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "fill\n", -1);
}
}
/*
* Now draw the outline, if there is one.
*/
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, pathObj);
Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "0 setlinejoin 2 setlinecap\n", -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
&rectOvalPtr->outline)!= TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
}
/*
* Plug the accumulated postscript back into the result.
*/
(void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathObj);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathObj);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkScale.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkScale.c -- * * This module implements a scale widgets for the Tk toolkit. A scale * displays a slider that can be adjusted to change a value; it also * displays numeric labels and a textual label, if desired. * * The modifications to use floating-point values are based on an * implementation by Paul Mackerras. The -variable option is due to * Henning Schulzrinne. All of these are used with permission. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
/*
* tkScale.c --
*
* This module implements a scale widgets for the Tk toolkit. A scale
* displays a slider that can be adjusted to change a value; it also
* displays numeric labels and a textual label, if desired.
*
* The modifications to use floating-point values are based on an
* implementation by Paul Mackerras. The -variable option is due to
* Henning Schulzrinne. All of these are used with permission.
*
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
* used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
*/
static const char *const orientStrings[] = {
"horizontal", "vertical", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, activeBorder),
0, DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bgBorder),
0, DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-bigincrement", "bigIncrement", "BigIncrement",
DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bigIncrement),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SCALE_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, command),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_SCALE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-digits", "digits", "Digits",
DEF_SCALE_DIGITS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, digits),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_SCALE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, textColorPtr), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", DEF_SCALE_FROM, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkScale, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightBorder),
0, DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
DEF_SCALE_LABEL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, label),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, length), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_SCALE_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, orient),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, orientStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_SCALE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-resolution", "resolution", "Resolution",
DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, resolution),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showvalue", "showValue", "ShowValue",
DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, showValue),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sliderlength", "sliderLength", "SliderLength",
DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderLength),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sliderrelief", "sliderRelief", "SliderRelief",
DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderRelief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_SCALE_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, tkStateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScale, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-tickinterval", "tickInterval", "TickInterval",
DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tickInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
DEF_SCALE_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, troughColorPtr),
0, DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkScale, varNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_SCALE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the scale widget commands and map the indexes
* into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to dispatch the
* scale widget command.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr, int forTicks); static void ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr); static int ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr, int forTicks); static void ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr); static int ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyScale(char *memPtr); static double MaxTickRoundingError(TkScale *scalePtr, double tickResolution); static void ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static void ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static char * ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
244 245 246 247 248 249 250 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_ScaleObjCmd( | | < | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ScaleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET;
Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);
| | | | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET;
Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* The widget was just created, no command callback must be invoked.
*/
scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(scalePtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
static int
ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scale widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
| | | | | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
static int
ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scale widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int index, result;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
switch (index) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
} else {
x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
}
| | | | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
} else {
x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
}
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
break;
}
case COMMAND_GET: {
double value;
int x, y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
537 538 539 540 541 542 543 | * Everything associated with the scale is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyScale( | | | 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
* Everything associated with the scale is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyScale(
char *memPtr) /* Info about scale widget. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) memPtr;
scalePtr->flags |= SCALE_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->widgetCmd);
if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
| | | 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
&savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
677 678 679 680 681 682 683 |
^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
}
ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 0);
ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 1);
| | | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
}
ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 0);
ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 1);
scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? (int)strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
static void
ScaleWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
| | | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
static void
ScaleWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
TkScale *scalePtr = instanceData;
gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->troughColorPtr->pixel;
gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
if (scalePtr->troughGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC);
}
scalePtr->troughGC = gc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 |
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
if (forTicks) {
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
| | | | | | 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 |
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
if (forTicks) {
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
snprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, sizeof(scalePtr->tickFormat), "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
} else {
snprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, sizeof(scalePtr->tickFormat), "%%.%de", numDigits - 1);
}
} else {
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
snprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, sizeof(scalePtr->valueFormat), "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
} else {
snprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, sizeof(scalePtr->valueFormat), "%%.%de", numDigits - 1);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 |
*/
static void
ScaleEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 |
*/
static void
ScaleEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
DestroyScale(clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScaleCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScaleCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
* The value displayed in the scale will change to match the variable's
* new value. If the variable has a bogus value then it is reset to the
* value of the scale.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ScaleVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | < < | 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 |
* The value displayed in the scale will change to match the variable's
* new value. If the variable has a bogus value then it is reset to the
* value of the scale.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ScaleVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
const char *resultStr;
double value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
int result;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkScale.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkScale.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the scale * widget. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkScale.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the scale * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKSCALE #define _TKSCALE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
* display any tick marks. */
double resolution; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
int digits; /* Number of significant digits to print in
* values. 0 means we get to choose the number
* based on resolution and/or the range of the
* scale. */
| | | | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
* display any tick marks. */
double resolution; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
int digits; /* Number of significant digits to print in
* values. 0 means we get to choose the number
* based on resolution and/or the range of the
* scale. */
char valueFormat[16]; /* Snprintf conversion specifier computed from
* digits and other information. */
char tickFormat[16]; /* Snprintf conversion specifier computed from
* tick interval. */
double bigIncrement; /* Amount to use for large increments to scale
* value. (0 means we pick a value). */
char *command; /* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
* commands because the scale value changed.
* NULL means don't invoke commands. */
int repeatDelay; /* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
* scrolling actions (in ms). */
int repeatInterval; /* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
char *label; /* Label to display above or to right of
* scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
int labelLength; /* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
enum state state; /* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
* Value of scale cannot be changed when
* disabled. */
/*
* Information used when displaying widget:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeRelief), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, command),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, elementBorderWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-jump", "jump", "Jump",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, jump), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, vertical), 0,
&orientOption},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, relief), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatDelay), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatInterval), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, takeFocus),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
tkDefScrollbarWidth, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, width), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
scrollPtr->inset = 0;
scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
| < < | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
scrollPtr->inset = 0;
scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->cursor = NULL;
scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
scrollPtr->flags = 0;
if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(scrollPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scrollbar widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *)clientData;
| | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scrollbar widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *)clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
int length, cmdIndex;
static const char *const commandNames[] = {
"activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
"get", "identify", "set", NULL
};
enum command {
COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
goto done;
}
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
goto error;
}
| | | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
goto done;
}
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
goto error;
}
c = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;
} else {
scrollPtr->activeField = OUTSIDE;
}
if (oldActiveField != scrollPtr->activeField) {
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
case COMMAND_GET: {
Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
goto error;
}
| < | > > > > | | | | < < < < < | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
case COMMAND_GET: {
Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
goto error;
}
if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
} else {
resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
int x, y;
const char *zone = "";
if (objc != 4) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
case BOTTOM_GAP: zone = "trough2"; break;
case BOTTOM_ARROW: zone = "arrow2"; break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
break;
}
case COMMAND_SET: {
if (objc == 4) {
double first, last;
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
| > > | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
case BOTTOM_GAP: zone = "trough2"; break;
case BOTTOM_ARROW: zone = "arrow2"; break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
break;
}
case COMMAND_SET: {
int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
if (objc == 4) {
double first, last;
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
} else if (last > 1.0) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
}
| < | < | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
} else if (last > 1.0) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
}
scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
} else if (objc == 6) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (totalUnits < 0) {
totalUnits = 0;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
}
| | < > > | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
}
scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkScrollbar.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the scrollbar * widget. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkScrollbar.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement the scrollbar * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKSCROLLBAR #define _TKSCROLLBAR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
/*
* Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
* information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
* command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
* form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
* form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
* will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
| | < | | | | | < < < | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
/*
* Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
* information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
* command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
* form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
* form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
* will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
* the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
*/
int totalUnits; /* Total dimension of application, in units.
* Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
* isn't set. */
int windowUnits; /* Maximum number of units that can be
* displayed in the window at once. Valid only
* if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
int firstUnit; /* Number of last unit visible in
* application's window. Valid only if the
* NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
int lastUnit; /* Index of last unit visible in window.
* Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
* isn't set. */
double firstFraction; /* Position of first visible thing in window,
* specified as a fraction between 0 and
* 1.0. */
double lastFraction; /* Position of last visible thing in window,
* specified as a fraction between 0 and
* 1.0. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 | #define BOTTOM_ARROW 5 /* * Flag bits for scrollbars: * * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has * already been queued to redraw this window. | | < | > < | < | 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 | #define BOTTOM_ARROW 5 /* * Flag bits for scrollbars: * * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has * already been queued to redraw this window. * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS: Non-zero means the new style of commands * should be used to communicate with the widget: * ".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of * ".t yview 40", for example. * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this window has the input * focus. */ #define REDRAW_PENDING 1 #define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS 2 #define GOT_FOCUS 4 /* * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkSelect.h"
/*
* When a selection handler is set up by invoking "selection handle", one of
* the following data structures is set up to hold information about the
* command to invoke and its interpreter.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
int cmdLength; /* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next
* chunk. */
| > > > > | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkSelect.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* When a selection handler is set up by invoking "selection handle", one of
* the following data structures is set up to hold information about the
* command to invoke and its interpreter.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
int cmdLength; /* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next
* chunk. */
char buffer[4]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
* that is split across chunks. */
char command[TKFLEXARRAY]; /* Command to invoke. Actual space is
* allocated as large as necessary. This must
* be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ static int HandleTclCommand(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static void LostSelection(ClientData clientData); static int SelGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *portion); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
selPtr->proc = proc;
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
* should make a copy for this selPtr.
*/
| | | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
selPtr->proc = proc;
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
* should make a copy for this selPtr.
*/
unsigned cmdInfoLen = Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command) + 1 +
((CommandInfo *)clientData)->cmdLength;
selPtr->clientData = ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
} else {
selPtr->clientData = clientData;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* proc. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
| | | 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* proc. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
TkSelInit(tkwin);
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
| | | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
TkSelInit(tkwin);
}
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
}
case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
Atom target, format;
const char *targetName = NULL;
const char *formatName = NULL;
CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
| | | 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
}
case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
Atom target, format;
const char *targetName = NULL;
const char *formatName = NULL;
CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
int cmdLength;
static const char *const handleOptionStrings[] = {
"-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
};
enum handleOptions {
HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
};
int handleIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
896 897 898 899 900 901 902 |
if (count > 3) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
} else if (formatName != NULL) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
| | | | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 |
if (count > 3) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
} else if (formatName != NULL) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength == 0) {
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
} else {
cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *)ckalloc(Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command)
+ 1 + cmdLength);
cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength;
memcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string, cmdLength + 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
988 989 990 991 992 993 994 |
/*
* Ignore the internal clipboard window.
*/
if ((infoPtr != NULL)
&& (infoPtr->owner != winPtr->dispPtr->clipWindow)) {
| | | 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 |
/*
* Ignore the internal clipboard window.
*/
if ((infoPtr != NULL)
&& (infoPtr->owner != winPtr->dispPtr->clipWindow)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(infoPtr->owner));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objs[0]), tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 |
dispPtr->clipboardAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
dispPtr->atomPairAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "ATOM_PAIR");
/*
* Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
* support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
* necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
| | | 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
dispPtr->clipboardAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
dispPtr->atomPairAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "ATOM_PAIR");
/*
* Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
* support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
* necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
* https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32)
dispPtr->utf8Atom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "UTF8_STRING");
#else
dispPtr->utf8Atom = (Atom) 0;
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
break;
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
| | | 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 |
if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
break;
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
(eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned) infoPtr->serial)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 | * * Side effects: * None except for things done by the Tcl command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 |
*
* Side effects:
* None except for things done by the Tcl command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
HandleTclCommand(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about command to execute. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *)clientData;
int length;
Tcl_Obj *command;
const char *string;
Tcl_Interp *interp = cmdInfoPtr->interp;
Tcl_InterpState savedState;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 |
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
/*
* Compute the proper byte offset in the case where the last chunk split a
* character.
*/
| | | | | | | | | 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 |
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
/*
* Compute the proper byte offset in the case where the last chunk split a
* character.
*/
if (offset == cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset) {
charOffset = cmdInfoPtr->charOffset;
extraBytes = strlen(cmdInfoPtr->buffer);
if (extraBytes > 0) {
strcpy(buffer, cmdInfoPtr->buffer);
maxBytes -= extraBytes;
buffer += extraBytes;
}
} else {
cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
extraBytes = 0;
charOffset = 0;
}
/*
* First, generate a command by taking the command string and appending
* the offset and maximum # of bytes.
*/
command = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s %d %d",
cmdInfoPtr->command, charOffset, maxBytes);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(command);
/*
* Execute the command. Be sure to restore the state of the interpreter
* after executing the command.
*/
savedState = Tcl_SaveInterpState(interp, TCL_OK);
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, command, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(command);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
/*
* TODO: This assumes that bytes are characters; that's not true!
*/
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &length);
count = (length > maxBytes) ? maxBytes : length;
memcpy(buffer, string, (size_t) count);
buffer[count] = '\0';
/*
* Update the partial character information for the next retrieval if
* the command has not been deleted.
*/
if (cmdInfoPtr->interp != NULL) {
if (length <= maxBytes) {
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1);
cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
} else {
Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
p = string;
string += count;
numChars = 0;
while (p < string) {
p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
numChars++;
}
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += numChars;
length = p - string;
if (length > 0) {
strncpy(cmdInfoPtr->buffer, string, length);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 |
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (target == dispPtr->timestampAtom) {
if (maxBytes < 20) {
return -1;
}
| | | 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 |
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (target == dispPtr->timestampAtom) {
if (maxBytes < 20) {
return -1;
}
snprintf(buffer, maxBytes, "0x%x", (unsigned int) infoPtr->time);
*typePtr = XA_INTEGER;
return strlen(buffer);
}
if (target == dispPtr->targetsAtom) {
TkSelHandler *selPtr;
int length;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkSelect.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
* structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
* at the same time.
*/
typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Tk_Window owner; /* Current owner of this selection. */
| < | < < < | | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
* structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
* at the same time.
*/
typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Tk_Window owner; /* Current owner of this selection. */
int serial; /* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
* request made to server for this selection
* (used to filter out redundant
* SelectionClear events). */
Time time; /* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc; /* Procedure to call when owner loses
* selection. */
ClientData clearData; /* Info to pass to clearProc. */
struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of current selections on this
* display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
* for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
* list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
*/
typedef struct TkSelHandler {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Atom target; /* Target type for selection conversion, such
* as TARGETS or STRING. */
Atom format; /* Format in which selection info will be
* returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
Tk_SelectionProc *proc; /* Procedure to generate selection in this
* format. */
ClientData clientData; /* Argument to pass to proc. */
int size; /* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
* STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next selection handler associated with same
* window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
* CLIPBOARD selection is retrieved. All buffers of a given type on the same
* clipboard must have the same format. The TkClipboardTarget structure is
* used to record the information about a chain of buffers of the same type.
*/
typedef struct TkClipboardBuffer {
char *buffer; /* Null terminated data buffer. */
| | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
* CLIPBOARD selection is retrieved. All buffers of a given type on the same
* clipboard must have the same format. The TkClipboardTarget structure is
* used to record the information about a chain of buffers of the same type.
*/
typedef struct TkClipboardBuffer {
char *buffer; /* Null terminated data buffer. */
long length; /* Length of string in buffer. */
struct TkClipboardBuffer *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of buffers. NULL means end of
* list . */
} TkClipboardBuffer;
typedef struct TkClipboardTarget {
Atom type; /* Type conversion supported. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkSquare.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | < | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
"#d9d9d9", Tk_Offset(Square, bgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
"white", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
"-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
"-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
"2", Tk_Offset(Square, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-dbl", "doubleBuffer", "DoubleBuffer",
"1", Tk_Offset(Square, doubleBufferPtr), -1, 0 , NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
"-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
"#b03060", Tk_Offset(Square, fgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
"black", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posx", "posx", "PosX", "0",
Tk_Offset(Square, xPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posy", "posy", "PosY", "0",
Tk_Offset(Square, yPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
"raised", Tk_Offset(Square, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-size", "size", "Size", "20",
Tk_Offset(Square, sizeObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void SquareDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int SquareConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, Square *squarePtr);
static void SquareDisplay(ClientData clientData);
static void KeepInWindow(Square *squarePtr);
static void SquareObjEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int SquareWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | * A new widget is created and configured. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int SquareObjCmd( | | < | 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
* A new widget is created and configured.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
SquareObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Square *squarePtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record. The memset allows us to set
* just the non-NULL/0 items.
*/
| | | | | 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record. The memset allows us to set
* just the non-NULL/0 items.
*/
squarePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Square));
memset(squarePtr, 0, sizeof(Square));
squarePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
squarePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
squarePtr->interp = interp;
squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
SquareDeletedProc);
squarePtr->gc = NULL;
squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
ckfree(squarePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
static int
SquareWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
static int
SquareWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Square *squarePtr = clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
static const char *const squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
enum {
SQUARE_CGET, SQUARE_CONFIGURE
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
int index;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], squareOptions,
sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(squarePtr);
switch (index) {
case SQUARE_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
break;
case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
resultObjPtr = NULL;
if (objc == 2) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
}
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | * for squarePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SquareConfigure( | | < | 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
* for squarePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SquareConfigure(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Square *squarePtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
int borderWidth;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder;
int doubleBuffer;
/*
* Set the background for the window and create a graphics context for use
* during redisplay.
*/
bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(squarePtr->tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
*/
static void
SquareObjEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
*/
static void
SquareObjEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Square *squarePtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
squarePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(squarePtr->interp,
squarePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
}
| | | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
squarePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(squarePtr->interp,
squarePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(squarePtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SquareDeletedProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Square *squarePtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDisplay(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDisplay(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Square *squarePtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pm = None;
Drawable d;
int borderWidth, size, relief;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, fgBorder;
int doubleBuffer;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
if (doubleBuffer) {
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), pm, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), squarePtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin),
0, 0);
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pm);
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
if (doubleBuffer) {
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), pm, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), squarePtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin),
0, 0);
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pm);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* KeepInWindow --
*
* Adjust the position of the square if necessary to keep it in the
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkStubInit.c -- * * This file contains the initializers for the Tk stub vectors. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkStubInit.c -- * * This file contains the initializers for the Tk stub vectors. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #endif /* TODO: These ought to come in some other way */ #include "tkPlatDecls.h" #include "tkIntXlibDecls.h" MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs; /* * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below. */ #undef Tk_MainEx | > > | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < > > > | | < < < | > > > | | > > > < < | > > | > > > > | > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#endif
/* TODO: These ought to come in some other way */
#include "tkPlatDecls.h"
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs;
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;
/*
* Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
*/
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef XVisualIDFromVisual
#undef XSynchronize
#undef XUngrabServer
#undef XNoOp
#undef XGrabServer
#undef XFree
#undef XFlush
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define TkUnusedStubEntry 0
#define TkpCmapStressed_ TkpCmapStressed
#define TkpSync_ TkpSync
#define TkUnixContainerId_ TkUnixContainerId
#define TkUnixDoOneXEvent_ TkUnixDoOneXEvent
#define TkUnixSetMenubar_ TkUnixSetMenubar
#define TkWmCleanup_ TkWmCleanup
#define TkSendCleanup_ TkSendCleanup
#define TkpTestsendCmd_ TkpTestsendCmd
#define TkGenWMConfigureEvent_ TkGenWMConfigureEvent
#define TkGenerateActivateEvents_ TkGenerateActivateEvents
#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) && defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)
# undef TkpWillDrawWidget
# undef TkpRedrawWidget
static int
doNothing(void)
{
/* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
return 0;
}
# define TkpWillDrawWidget ((int (*)(Tk_Window))(void *)doNothing)
# define TkpRedrawWidget ((void (*)(Tk_Window))(void *)doNothing)
#endif
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# define Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable TkMacOSXDrawable
# define Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable GetCGContextForDrawable
static void *GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d) {
return TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
}
#endif
#ifdef _WIN32
int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
/* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
return 0;
}
void
TkpSync(Display *display)
{
/* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}
void
TkCreateXEventSource(void)
{
TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}
# define TkUnixContainerId 0
# define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
# define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
# define XCreateWindow 0
# define XOffsetRegion 0
# define XUnionRegion 0
# define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
# define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
# define TkpTestsendCmd 0
#else /* !_WIN32 */
/*
* Make sure that extensions which call XParseColor through the stub
* table, call TkParseColor instead. [Bug 3486474]
*/
# define XParseColor TkParseColor
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
/*
* Trick, so we don't have to include <windows.h> here, which in any
* case lacks this function anyway.
*/
#define GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_FROM_ADDRESS 0x00000004
int __stdcall GetModuleHandleExW(unsigned int, const char *, void *);
void *Tk_GetHINSTANCE()
{
void *hInstance = NULL;
GetModuleHandleExW(GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_FROM_ADDRESS,
(const char *) &tkIntStubs, &hInstance);
return hInstance;
}
void
TkSetPixmapColormap(
Pixmap pixmap,
Colormap colormap)
{
}
void
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold
* the hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
snprintf(buf, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window);
}
int
TkPutImage(
unsigned long *colors, /* Array of pixel values used by this image.
* May be NULL. */
int ncolors, /* Number of colors used, or 0. */
Display *display,
Drawable d, /* Destination drawable. */
GC gc,
XImage *image, /* Source image. */
int src_x, int src_y, /* Offset of subimage. */
int dest_x, int dest_y, /* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
/* Dimensions of subimage. */
{
return XPutImage(display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
TkRegion TkCreateRegion()
{
return (TkRegion) XCreateRegion();
}
int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion r)
{
return XDestroyRegion((Region)r);
}
int TkSetRegion(Display *d, GC g, TkRegion r)
{
return XSetRegion(d, g, (Region)r);
}
int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
return XUnionRectWithRegion(a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
int TkClipBox(TkRegion a, XRectangle *b)
{
return XClipBox((Region) a, b);
}
int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
return XIntersectRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
int TkRectInRegion (TkRegion r, int a, int b, unsigned int c, unsigned int d)
{
return XRectInRegion((Region) r, a, b, c, d);
}
int TkSubtractRegion (TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
return XSubtractRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
/* TODO: To be implemented for Cygwin */
# define Tk_AttachHWND 0
# define Tk_GetHWND 0
# define Tk_HWNDToWindow 0
# define Tk_PointerEvent 0
# define Tk_TranslateWinEvent 0
# define TkAlignImageData 0
# define TkpGetMS 0
# define TkpGetCapture 0
# define TkPointerDeadWindow 0
# define TkpSetCapture 0
# define TkpSetCursor 0
# define TkWinCancelMouseTimer 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 | # define TkWinSetWindowPos 0 # define TkWinWmCleanup 0 # define TkWinXCleanup 0 # define TkWinXInit 0 # define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0 # define TkWinDialogDebug 0 # define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0 # define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0 # define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0 # define TkWinChildProc 0 | > | < | | > | | < < < < | < < < < < > | | < < | < < > > > > > > > | | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 | # define TkWinSetWindowPos 0 # define TkWinWmCleanup 0 # define TkWinXCleanup 0 # define TkWinXInit 0 # define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0 # define TkWinDialogDebug 0 # define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0 # define TkWinGetPlatformId 0 # define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0 # define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0 # define TkWinChildProc 0 # elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */ # undef TkClipBox # undef TkCreateRegion # undef TkDestroyRegion # undef TkIntersectRegion # undef TkRectInRegion # undef TkSetRegion # undef TkUnionRectWithRegion # undef TkSubtractRegion # define TkClipBox (int (*) (TkRegion, XRectangle *)) XClipBox # define TkCreateRegion (TkRegion (*) ()) XCreateRegion # define TkDestroyRegion (int (*) (TkRegion)) XDestroyRegion # define TkIntersectRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XIntersectRegion # define TkRectInRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, int, int, unsigned int, unsigned int)) XRectInRegion # define TkSetRegion (int (*) (Display *, GC, TkRegion)) XSetRegion # define TkUnionRectWithRegion (int (*) (XRectangle *, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XUnionRectWithRegion # define TkSubtractRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XSubtractRegion # endif #endif /* !_WIN32 */ /* * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the * tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations * below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
TkGetDisplayList, /* 106 */
TkGetMainInfoList, /* 107 */
TkGetWindowFromObj, /* 108 */
TkpGetString, /* 109 */
TkpGetSubFonts, /* 110 */
TkpGetSystemDefault, /* 111 */
TkpMenuThreadInit, /* 112 */
| | | | | | | | > > > > > > | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
TkGetDisplayList, /* 106 */
TkGetMainInfoList, /* 107 */
TkGetWindowFromObj, /* 108 */
TkpGetString, /* 109 */
TkpGetSubFonts, /* 110 */
TkpGetSystemDefault, /* 111 */
TkpMenuThreadInit, /* 112 */
TkClipBox, /* 113 */
TkCreateRegion, /* 114 */
TkDestroyRegion, /* 115 */
TkIntersectRegion, /* 116 */
TkRectInRegion, /* 117 */
TkSetRegion, /* 118 */
TkUnionRectWithRegion, /* 119 */
0, /* 120 */
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
0, /* 121 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
0, /* 121 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
0, /* 121 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
TkpCreateNativeBitmap, /* 121 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
0, /* 122 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
0, /* 122 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
0, /* 122 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
TkpDefineNativeBitmaps, /* 122 */
#endif /* AQUA */
0, /* 123 */
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
0, /* 124 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
0, /* 124 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
0, /* 124 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
# endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
TkpGetNativeAppBitmap, /* 124 */
#endif /* AQUA */
0, /* 125 */
0, /* 126 */
0, /* 127 */
0, /* 128 */
0, /* 129 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
TkpGetKeySym, /* 138 */
TkpInitKeymapInfo, /* 139 */
TkPhotoGetValidRegion, /* 140 */
TkWmStackorderToplevel, /* 141 */
TkFocusFree, /* 142 */
TkClipCleanup, /* 143 */
TkGCCleanup, /* 144 */
| | | 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
TkpGetKeySym, /* 138 */
TkpInitKeymapInfo, /* 139 */
TkPhotoGetValidRegion, /* 140 */
TkWmStackorderToplevel, /* 141 */
TkFocusFree, /* 142 */
TkClipCleanup, /* 143 */
TkGCCleanup, /* 144 */
TkSubtractRegion, /* 145 */
TkStylePkgInit, /* 146 */
TkStylePkgFree, /* 147 */
TkToplevelWindowForCommand, /* 148 */
TkGetOptionSpec, /* 149 */
TkMakeRawCurve, /* 150 */
TkMakeRawCurvePostscript, /* 151 */
TkpDrawFrame, /* 152 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
#endif /* UNIX */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
0, /* 186 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
TkpWillDrawWidget, /* 186 */
#endif /* MACOSX */
| | | 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
#endif /* UNIX */
#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
0, /* 186 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
TkpWillDrawWidget, /* 186 */
#endif /* MACOSX */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 187 */
};
static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
TkpSetCapture, /* 4 */
TkpSetCursor, /* 5 */
TkpWmSetState, /* 6 */
TkAboutDlg, /* 7 */
TkMacOSXButtonKeyState, /* 8 */
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive, /* 9 */
TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent, /* 10 */
| | | 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
TkpSetCapture, /* 4 */
TkpSetCursor, /* 5 */
TkpWmSetState, /* 6 */
TkAboutDlg, /* 7 */
TkMacOSXButtonKeyState, /* 8 */
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive, /* 9 */
TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent, /* 10 */
TkMacOSXInstallCursor, /* 11 */
TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu, /* 12 */
0, /* 13 */
TkMacOSXDoHLEvent, /* 14 */
0, /* 15 */
TkMacOSXGetXWindow, /* 16 */
TkMacOSXGrowToplevel, /* 17 */
TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect, /* 18 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
0, /* 40 */
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel, /* 41 */
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow, /* 42 */
TkMacOSXContainerId, /* 43 */
TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel, /* 44 */
TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu, /* 45 */
TkpIsWindowFloating, /* 46 */
| | | | 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
0, /* 40 */
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel, /* 41 */
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow, /* 42 */
TkMacOSXContainerId, /* 43 */
TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel, /* 44 */
TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu, /* 45 */
TkpIsWindowFloating, /* 46 */
TkMacOSXGetCapture, /* 47 */
0, /* 48 */
TkGetTransientMaster, /* 49 */
TkGenerateButtonEvent, /* 50 */
TkGenWMDestroyEvent, /* 51 */
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled, /* 52 */
TkpGetMS, /* 53 */
TkMacOSXDrawable, /* 54 */
TkpScanWindowId, /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
XUngrabPointer, /* 74 */
XUnmapWindow, /* 75 */
XWindowEvent, /* 76 */
XDestroyIC, /* 77 */
XFilterEvent, /* 78 */
XmbLookupString, /* 79 */
TkPutImage, /* 80 */
| | | 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 |
XUngrabPointer, /* 74 */
XUnmapWindow, /* 75 */
XWindowEvent, /* 76 */
XDestroyIC, /* 77 */
XFilterEvent, /* 78 */
XmbLookupString, /* 79 */
TkPutImage, /* 80 */
XSetClipRectangles, /* 81 */
XParseColor, /* 82 */
XCreateGC, /* 83 */
XFreeGC, /* 84 */
XInternAtom, /* 85 */
XSetBackground, /* 86 */
XSetForeground, /* 87 */
XSetClipMask, /* 88 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
XPutImage, /* 137 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 |
XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
XPutImage, /* 137 */
0, /* 138 */
0, /* 139 */
0, /* 140 */
0, /* 141 */
0, /* 142 */
0, /* 143 */
0, /* 144 */
0, /* 145 */
0, /* 146 */
0, /* 147 */
0, /* 148 */
0, /* 149 */
0, /* 150 */
0, /* 151 */
0, /* 152 */
0, /* 153 */
0, /* 154 */
0, /* 155 */
0, /* 156 */
0, /* 157 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 158 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
XSetDashes, /* 0 */
XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
XCreateImage, /* 2 */
XGetImage, /* 3 */
XGetAtomName, /* 4 */
XKeysymToString, /* 5 */
XCreateColormap, /* 6 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
936 937 938 939 940 941 942 |
XDrawPoint, /* 85 */
XDrawPoints, /* 86 */
XWarpPointer, /* 87 */
XQueryColor, /* 88 */
XQueryColors, /* 89 */
XQueryTree, /* 90 */
XSync, /* 91 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
XDrawPoint, /* 85 */
XDrawPoints, /* 86 */
XWarpPointer, /* 87 */
XQueryColor, /* 88 */
XQueryColors, /* 89 */
XQueryTree, /* 90 */
XSync, /* 91 */
0, /* 92 */
0, /* 93 */
0, /* 94 */
0, /* 95 */
0, /* 96 */
0, /* 97 */
0, /* 98 */
0, /* 99 */
0, /* 100 */
0, /* 101 */
0, /* 102 */
0, /* 103 */
0, /* 104 */
0, /* 105 */
XSetClipRectangles, /* 106 */
XFlush, /* 107 */
XGrabServer, /* 108 */
XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
XFree, /* 110 */
XNoOp, /* 111 */
XSynchronize, /* 112 */
0, /* 113 */
XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */
0, /* 115 */
0, /* 116 */
0, /* 117 */
0, /* 118 */
0, /* 119 */
XOffsetRegion, /* 120 */
0, /* 121 */
0, /* 122 */
0, /* 123 */
0, /* 124 */
0, /* 125 */
0, /* 126 */
0, /* 127 */
0, /* 128 */
XLowerWindow, /* 129 */
0, /* 130 */
0, /* 131 */
0, /* 132 */
0, /* 133 */
0, /* 134 */
0, /* 135 */
0, /* 136 */
XPutImage, /* 137 */
0, /* 138 */
0, /* 139 */
0, /* 140 */
0, /* 141 */
0, /* 142 */
0, /* 143 */
XDestroyIC, /* 144 */
XCreatePixmapCursor, /* 145 */
XCreateGlyphCursor, /* 146 */
0, /* 147 */
0, /* 148 */
0, /* 149 */
0, /* 150 */
0, /* 151 */
0, /* 152 */
0, /* 153 */
0, /* 154 */
0, /* 155 */
0, /* 156 */
XkbKeycodeToKeysym, /* 157 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 158 */
#endif /* AQUA */
};
static const TkPlatStubs tkPlatStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
Tk_AttachHWND, /* 0 */
Tk_GetHINSTANCE, /* 1 */
Tk_GetHWND, /* 2 */
Tk_HWNDToWindow, /* 3 */
Tk_PointerEvent, /* 4 */
Tk_TranslateWinEvent, /* 5 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler, /* 0 */
Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus, /* 1 */
Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor, /* 2 */
TkMacOSXInitMenus, /* 3 */
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents, /* 4 */
TkGenWMConfigureEvent, /* 5 */
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns, /* 6 */
TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort, /* 7 */
TkMacOSXGetRootControl, /* 8 */
Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier, /* 9 */
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront, /* 10 */
Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow, /* 11 */
Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable, /* 12 */
Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable, /* 13 */
0, /* 14 */
0, /* 15 */
TkGenWMConfigureEvent_, /* 16 */
#endif /* AQUA */
};
static const TkStubHooks tkStubHooks = {
&tkPlatStubs,
&tkIntStubs,
&tkIntPlatStubs,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
Tk_GetCursor, /* 91 */
Tk_GetCursorFromData, /* 92 */
Tk_GetFont, /* 93 */
Tk_GetFontFromObj, /* 94 */
Tk_GetFontMetrics, /* 95 */
Tk_GetGC, /* 96 */
Tk_GetImage, /* 97 */
| | | 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 |
Tk_GetCursor, /* 91 */
Tk_GetCursorFromData, /* 92 */
Tk_GetFont, /* 93 */
Tk_GetFontFromObj, /* 94 */
Tk_GetFontMetrics, /* 95 */
Tk_GetGC, /* 96 */
Tk_GetImage, /* 97 */
Tk_GetImageMasterData, /* 98 */
Tk_GetItemTypes, /* 99 */
Tk_GetJoinStyle, /* 100 */
Tk_GetJustify, /* 101 */
Tk_GetNumMainWindows, /* 102 */
Tk_GetOption, /* 103 */
Tk_GetPixels, /* 104 */
Tk_GetPixmap, /* 105 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, /* 267 */
Tk_PhotoSetSize, /* 268 */
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, /* 269 */
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime, /* 270 */
Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
| | | | | | | < | | | | > | | < | | < > | < | < > | 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 |
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, /* 267 */
Tk_PhotoSetSize, /* 268 */
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, /* 269 */
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime, /* 270 */
Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
0, /* 274 */
0, /* 275 */
0, /* 276 */
0, /* 277 */
0, /* 278 */
0, /* 279 */
0, /* 280 */
0, /* 281 */
0, /* 282 */
0, /* 283 */
0, /* 284 */
0, /* 285 */
0, /* 286 */
0, /* 287 */
0, /* 288 */
0, /* 289 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 290 */
};
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
|
Changes to generic/tkStubLib.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkStubLib.c -- * * Stub object that will be statically linked into extensions that want * to access Tk. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkStubLib.c -- * * Stub object that will be statically linked into extensions that want * to access Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 1998 Paul Duffin. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
Tk_InitStubs(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version,
int exact)
{
const char *packageName = "Tk";
const char *errMsg = NULL;
| | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
Tk_InitStubs(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version,
int exact)
{
const char *packageName = "Tk";
const char *errMsg = NULL;
ClientData clientData = NULL;
const char *actualVersion = tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp,
packageName, version, 0, &clientData);
const TkStubs *stubsPtr = (const TkStubs *)clientData;
if (actualVersion == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
*/
static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
"style", /* name */
FreeStyleObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupStyleObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
| | | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
*/
static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
"style", /* name */
FreeStyleObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupStyleObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetStyleFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkStylePkgInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementSize(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementSize(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
int width, int height, /* Requested size. */
int inner, /* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
* to the requested minimum inner size. If
* FALSE, compute the inner size according to
* the requested maximum outer size. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Returned size. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getSize(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, width, height, inner,
widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetElementBox --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementBox(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementBox(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
int x, int y, /* Top left corner of available area. */
int width, int height, /* Size of available area. */
int inner, /* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
* according to the requested inscribed box
* size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
* according to the requested bounding box. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Returned top left corner. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Returned size. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBox(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, x, y, width, height,
inner, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetElementBorderWidth --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 |
*/
int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 |
*/
int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The widget window. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DrawElement --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawElement(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawElement(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw element. */
int x, int y, /* Top left corner of element. */
int width, int height, /* Size of element. */
int state) /* Drawing state flags. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->draw(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, d, x, y, width,
height, state);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateStyle --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 |
Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing name of the style to
* retrieve. */
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
| | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < | | 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 |
Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing name of the style to
* retrieve. */
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
}
return (Tk_Style)objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
*
* Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
* already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
* if none found.
*
* Side effects:
* If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
* old internal representation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object from which to get the style. */
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
}
return (Tk_Style)objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
*
* No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *))
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetStyleFromAny --
*
* Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
* internal form.
*
* Results:
* Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
* doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
const char *name;
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTest.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * tkTest.c -- * * This file contains C command functions for a bunch of additional Tcl * commands that are used for testing out Tcl's C interfaces. These * commands are not normally included in Tcl applications; they're only * used for testing. * * Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkTest.c -- * * This file contains C command functions for a bunch of additional Tcl * commands that are used for testing out Tcl's C interfaces. These * commands are not normally included in Tcl applications; they're only * used for testing. * * Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #undef STATIC_BUILD #ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | * TCL_STORAGE_CLASS is set unconditionally to DLLEXPORT because the * Tcltest_Init declaration is in the source file itself, which is only * accessed when we are building a library. */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT | < < < < < < < | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
* TCL_STORAGE_CLASS is set unconditionally to DLLEXPORT because the
* Tcltest_Init declaration is in the source file itself, which is only
* accessed when we are building a library.
*/
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
EXTERN int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
* The following data structure represents the model for a test image:
*/
typedef struct TImageModel {
Tk_ImageModel model; /* Tk's token for image model. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 | } TImageInstance; /* * The type record for test images: */ static int ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, | | | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | } TImageInstance; /* * The type record for test images: */ static int ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageModel model, ClientData *clientDataPtr); static ClientData ImageGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData); static void ImageDisplay(ClientData clientData, Display *display, Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, int drawableX, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 | static int TestmetricsObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); #endif static int TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); | | > > > > | > > | > > | > < < < < < < | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | static int TestmetricsObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); #endif static int TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int CustomOptionSet(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr, int internalOffset, char *saveInternalPtr, int flags); static Tcl_Obj * CustomOptionGet(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int internalOffset); static void CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr, char *saveInternalPtr); static void CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr); static int TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) static int TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); #endif static void TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tktest_Init -- * * This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite extensions. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
int
Tktest_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
static int initialized = 0;
| | | 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
int
Tktest_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
static int initialized = 0;
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
| < < < < | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#if defined(_WIN32)
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
static int
TestbitmapObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "bitmap");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBitmap(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
| > | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
static int
TestbitmapObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "bitmap");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBitmap(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
static int
TestborderObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(ClientData), /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "border");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBorder(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
| > | 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 |
static int
TestborderObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(ClientData), /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "border");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBorder(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
"custom option",
CustomOptionSet,
CustomOptionGet,
CustomOptionRestore,
CustomOptionFree,
INT2PTR(1)
};
| | | | | | > > > > | | | | | | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
"custom option",
CustomOptionSet,
CustomOptionGet,
CustomOptionRestore,
CustomOptionFree,
INT2PTR(1)
};
Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin;
int index, result = TCL_OK;
/*
* Structures used by the "chain1" subcommand and also shared by the
* "chain2" subcommand:
*/
typedef struct ExtensionWidgetRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *base1ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *base2ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension3ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension4ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension5ObjPtr;
} ExtensionWidgetRecord;
static const Tk_OptionSpec baseSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-one", "one", "One", "one",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base1ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index)!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (index) {
case ALL_TYPES: {
typedef struct TypesRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *booleanPtr;
Tcl_Obj *integerPtr;
Tcl_Obj *doublePtr;
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr;
Tcl_Obj *stringTablePtr;
Tcl_Obj *stringTablePtr2;
Tcl_Obj *colorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *fontPtr;
Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;
Tcl_Obj *borderPtr;
Tcl_Obj *reliefPtr;
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *activeCursorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *justifyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *anchorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *pixelPtr;
Tcl_Obj *mmPtr;
Tcl_Obj *customPtr;
} TypesRecord;
TypesRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *const stringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const char *const stringTable2[] = {
"one", "two", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec typesSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, booleanPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "7",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, integerPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x2},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, doublePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x4},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String",
"foo", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable",
"one", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringTablePtr), -1,
0, stringTable, 0x10},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-stringtable2", "StringTable2", "stringTable2",
"two", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringTablePtr2), -1,
0, stringTable2, 0x10},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
"red", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, colorPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, fontPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, bitmapPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border",
"blue", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, borderPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, reliefPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, cursorPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, justifyPtr), -1,
0, 0, 0x800},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", "center",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, anchorPtr), -1,
0, 0, 0x1000},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel",
"1", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, pixelPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, customPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, typesSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = (TypesRecord *)ckalloc(sizeof(TypesRecord));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 | recordPtr->reliefPtr = NULL; recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL; recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL; recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL; recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL; recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL; recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL; recordPtr->customPtr = NULL; | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
recordPtr->reliefPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
recordPtr->stringTablePtr2 = NULL;
recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
} else {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree(recordPtr);
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CHAIN1: {
ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, baseSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
recordPtr = (ExtensionWidgetRecord *)ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CHAIN2:
case CHAIN3: {
ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec extensionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-three", "three", "Three", "three",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension3ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-four", "four", "Four", "four",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension4ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two and a half",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING,
"-oneAgain", "oneAgain", "OneAgain", "one again",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension5ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) baseSpecs, 0}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, extensionSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
recordPtr = (ExtensionWidgetRecord *)ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CONFIG_ERROR: {
typedef struct ErrorWidgetRecord {
Tcl_Obj *intPtr;
} ErrorWidgetRecord;
ErrorWidgetRecord widgetRecord;
static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-int", "integer", "Integer", "bogus",
Tk_Offset(ErrorWidgetRecord, intPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
return Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &widgetRecord, optionTable,
(Tk_Window) NULL);
}
case DEL:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
case INTERNAL: {
/*
* This command is similar to the "alltypes" command except that it
* stores all the configuration options as internal forms instead of
* objects.
*/
| | | 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 |
case INTERNAL: {
/*
* This command is similar to the "alltypes" command except that it
* stores all the configuration options as internal forms instead of
* objects.
*/
typedef struct InternalRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
int boolean;
int integer;
double doubleValue;
char *string;
int index;
XColor *colorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
} InternalRecord;
InternalRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 |
} InternalRecord;
InternalRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, boolean), 0, 0, 0x1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "148962237",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, integer), 0, 0, 0x2},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, doubleValue), 0, 0, 0x4},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String", "foo",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, string),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable", "one",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, index),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, internalStringTable, 0x10},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", "red",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, colorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkfont),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, bitmap),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border", "blue",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, border),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, relief),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, cursor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, justify),
0, 0, 0x800},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", "center",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, anchor),
0, 0, 0x1000},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel", "1",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, pixels),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkwin),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL, "",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, custom),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, internalSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(InternalRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->boolean = 0;
recordPtr->integer = 0;
recordPtr->doubleValue = 0.0;
recordPtr->string = NULL;
recordPtr->index = 0;
recordPtr->colorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->tkfont = NULL;
recordPtr->bitmap = None;
recordPtr->border = NULL;
recordPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
recordPtr->pixels = 0;
recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
recordPtr->custom = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
} else {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree(recordPtr);
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case NEW: {
typedef struct FiveRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *one;
Tcl_Obj *two;
Tcl_Obj *three;
Tcl_Obj *four;
Tcl_Obj *five;
} FiveRecord;
FiveRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec smallSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-one", "one", "One", "1",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, one), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-two", "two", "Two", "2",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, two), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-three", "three", "Three", "3",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, three), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-four", "four", "Four", "4",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, four), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-five", NULL, NULL, NULL,
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, five), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "new name ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FiveRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
smallSpecs);
tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
(Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
} else {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
}
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(recordPtr);
}
break;
}
case NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS: {
typedef struct NotEnoughRecord {
Tcl_Obj *fooObjPtr;
} NotEnoughRecord;
NotEnoughRecord record;
static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-foo", "foo", "Foo", "0",
Tk_Offset(NotEnoughRecord, fooObjPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-foo", -1);
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
record.fooObjPtr = NULL;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, 1,
&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
return result;
}
case TWO_WINDOWS: {
typedef struct ContentRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *windowPtr;
} ContentRecord;
ContentRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec contentSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", ".bar",
Tk_Offset(ContentRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,
(Tk_Window) clientData, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = (ContentRecord *)ckalloc(sizeof(ContentRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
contentSpecs);
tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
} else {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree(recordPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
};
enum {
CGET, CONFIGURE, CSAVE
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
int index, mask;
| | | | | | | | | | | 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 |
"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
};
enum {
CGET, CONFIGURE, CSAVE
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
int index, mask;
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;
Tk_SavedOptions saved;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
switch (index) {
case CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
} else {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONFIGURE:
if (objc == 2) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
} else {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
tkwin, NULL, &mask);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
}
}
break;
case CSAVE:
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
tkwin, &saved, &mask);
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
}
break;
}
done:
Tcl_Release(clientData);
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 |
} else if (headerPtr->optionTable != NULL) {
/*
* This is a "new" object, which doesn't have a window, so we can't
* depend on cleaning up in the event function. Free its resources
* here.
*/
| | | 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
} else if (headerPtr->optionTable != NULL) {
/*
* This is a "new" object, which doesn't have a window, so we can't
* depend on cleaning up in the event function. Free its resources
* here.
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, NULL);
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 |
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (headerPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
| | | 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 |
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (headerPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, headerPtr->tkwin);
headerPtr->optionTable = NULL;
headerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(headerPtr->interp,
headerPtr->widgetCmd);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 |
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = (TImageModel *)clientData;
TImageInstance *instPtr;
char buffer[100];
XGCValues gcValues;
| | | 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 |
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = (TImageModel *)clientData;
TImageInstance *instPtr;
char buffer[100];
XGCValues gcValues;
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
instPtr = (TImageInstance *)ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
instPtr->modelPtr = timPtr;
instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000");
gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 |
if (instPtr->displayFailed == False) {
/*
* Drawing is possible on the first call to DisplayImage.
* Log the message.
*/
| | | | | 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 |
if (instPtr->displayFailed == False) {
/*
* Drawing is possible on the first call to DisplayImage.
* Log the message.
*/
snprintf(instPtr->buffer, sizeof(instPtr->buffer), "%s display %d %d %d %d",
instPtr->modelPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);
}
Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->modelPtr->interp, instPtr->modelPtr->varName,
NULL, instPtr->buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
instPtr->displayFailed = False;
} else {
/*
* Drawing is not possible on the first call to DisplayImage.
* Save the message, but do not log it until the actual display.
*/
if (instPtr->displayFailed == False) {
snprintf(instPtr->buffer, sizeof(instPtr->buffer), "%s display %d %d %d %d",
instPtr->modelPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);
}
instPtr->displayFailed = True;
}
if (width > (instPtr->modelPtr->width - imageX)) {
width = instPtr->modelPtr->width - imageX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *)clientData;
char buffer[200];
| | | 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 |
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *)clientData;
char buffer[200];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s free", instPtr->modelPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->modelPtr->interp, instPtr->modelPtr->varName, NULL,
buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
ckfree(instPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 |
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = (TImageModel *)clientData;
char buffer[100];
| | | 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 |
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageModel for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
TImageModel *timPtr = (TImageModel *)clientData;
char buffer[100];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->varName);
ckfree(timPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 |
} else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cxhscroll") == 0) {
val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 |
} else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cxhscroll") == 0) {
val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", val);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 |
} else if (actualFormat == 16) {
value = 0xffff & (*((short *) p));
p += sizeof(short);
} else {
value = 0xff & *p;
p += 1;
}
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 |
} else if (actualFormat == 16) {
value = 0xffff & (*((short *) p));
p += sizeof(short);
} else {
value = 0xff & *p;
p += 1;
}
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "0x%lx", value);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buffer);
}
}
}
if (property != NULL) {
XFree(property);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestwrapperObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 |
static int
CustomOptionSet(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
| | | | 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 |
static int
CustomOptionSet(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *saveInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
int objEmpty;
char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;
objEmpty = 0;
if (internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* See if the object is empty.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 |
}
static Tcl_Obj *
CustomOptionGet(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr,
| | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 |
}
static Tcl_Obj *
CustomOptionGet(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset)
{
return (Tcl_NewStringObj(*(char **)(recordPtr + internalOffset), -1));
}
static void
CustomOptionRestore(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr,
char *saveInternalPtr)
{
*(char **)internalPtr = *(char **)saveInternalPtr;
return;
}
static void
CustomOptionFree(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr)
{
if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkText.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * tkText.c -- * * This module provides a big chunk of the implementation of multi-line * editable text widgets for Tk. Among other things, it provides the Tcl * command interfaces to text widgets. The B-tree representation of text * and its actual display are implemented elsewhere. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkText.c -- * * This module provides a big chunk of the implementation of multi-line * editable text widgets for Tk. Among other things, it provides the Tcl * command interfaces to text widgets. The B-tree representation of text * and its actual display are implemented elsewhere. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkUndo.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | /* * Used to avoid having to allocate and deallocate arrays on the fly for * commonly used functions. Must be > 0. */ #define PIXEL_CLIENTS 5 | < < < < < < < < < < | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
/*
* Used to avoid having to allocate and deallocate arrays on the fly for
* commonly used functions. Must be > 0.
*/
#define PIXEL_CLIENTS 5
/*
* The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
* option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into the string
* table below.
*/
static const char *const wrapStrings[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | * the internal storage is just a pointer, which therefore doesn't need * freeing. */ static int SetLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr, | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
* the internal storage is just a pointer, which therefore doesn't need
* freeing.
*/
static int SetLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset, char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags);
static Tcl_Obj * GetLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset);
static void RestoreLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
char *oldInternalPtr);
static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption lineOption = {
"line", /* name */
SetLineStartEnd, /* setProc */
GetLineStartEnd, /* getProc */
RestoreLineStartEnd, /* restoreProc */
NULL, /* freeProc */
0
};
/*
* Information used to parse text configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-autoseparators", "autoSeparators",
"AutoSeparators", DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, autoSeparators),
TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, border),
0, DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth",
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-blockcursor", "blockCursor",
"BlockCursor", DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, insertCursorType), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, borderWidth),
0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_TEXT_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-endline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, end), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
&lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_TEXT_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tkfont), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, fgColor), 0,
0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightBgColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightWidth), 0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-inactiveselectbackground","inactiveSelectBackground",
"Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, inactiveSelBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorder),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorderWidth), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOnTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-insertunfocussed", "insertUnfocussed", "InsertUnfocussed",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertUnfocussed),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, insertUnfocussedStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxundo", "maxUndo", "MaxUndo",
DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, maxUndo),
TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_TEXT_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padX), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_TEXT_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_TEXT_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorder),
0, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing1", "spacing1", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING1, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing1),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing2", "spacing2", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING2, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing2),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing3", "spacing3", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING3, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing3),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-startline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, start), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
&lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_TEXT_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, state),
0, &tkStateStrings[1], 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", "tabs", "Tabs",
DEF_TEXT_TABS, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabOptionPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", "tabStyle", "TabStyle",
DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabStyle),
0, tabStyleStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-undo", "undo", "Undo",
DEF_TEXT_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, undo),
TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_TEXT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, width), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
DEF_TEXT_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, wrapMode),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, wrapStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, xScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, yScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* These three typedefs, the structure and the SearchPerform, SearchCore
* functions below are used for line-based searches of the text widget, and,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | typedef ClientData SearchAddLineProc(int lineNum, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, Tcl_Obj *theLine, int *lenPtr, int *extraLinesPtr); typedef int SearchMatchProc(int lineNum, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *theLine, | | | | | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
typedef ClientData SearchAddLineProc(int lineNum,
struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
Tcl_Obj *theLine, int *lenPtr,
int *extraLinesPtr);
typedef int SearchMatchProc(int lineNum,
struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *theLine,
int matchOffset, int matchLength);
typedef int SearchLineIndexProc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
int *linePosPtr, int *offsetPosPtr);
typedef struct SearchSpec {
int exact; /* Whether search is exact or regexp. */
int noCase; /* Case-insenstivive? */
int noLineStop; /* If not set, a regexp search will use the
* TCL_REG_NLSTOP flag. */
int overlap; /* If set, results from multiple searches
* (-all) are allowed to overlap each
* other. */
int strictLimits; /* If set, matches must be completely inside
* the from,to range. Otherwise the limits
* only apply to the start of each match. */
int all; /* Whether all or the first match should be
* reported. */
int startLine; /* First line to examine. */
int startOffset; /* Index in first line to start at. */
int stopLine; /* Last line to examine, or -1 when we search
* all available text. */
int stopOffset; /* Index to stop at, provided stopLine is not
* -1. */
int numLines; /* Total lines which are available. */
int backwards; /* Searching forwards or backwards. */
Tcl_Obj *varPtr; /* If non-NULL, store length(s) of match(es)
* in this variable. */
Tcl_Obj *countPtr; /* Keeps track of currently found lengths. */
Tcl_Obj *resPtr; /* Keeps track of currently found locations */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 | static void TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData); static void TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | | | | 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 | static void TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData); static void TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int TextFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static int TextIndexSortProc(const void *first, const void *second); static int TextInsertCmd(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate); static int TextReplaceCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
406 407 408 409 410 411 412 | static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr); static void GenerateUndoStackEvent(TkText *textPtr); static void UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr); static void TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert, const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); | | | | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 | static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr); static void GenerateUndoStackEvent(TkText *textPtr); static void UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr); static void TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert, const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); static int TextSearchIndexInLine(const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int byteIndex); static int TextPeerCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static TkUndoProc TextUndoRedoCallback; /* * Declarations of the three search procs required by the multi-line search * routines. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
sharedPtr->undoStack = TkUndoInitStack(interp,0);
sharedPtr->undo = 0;
sharedPtr->isDirty = 0;
sharedPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
sharedPtr->autoSeparators = 1;
sharedPtr->lastEditMode = TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER;
sharedPtr->stateEpoch = 0;
}
/*
* Add the new widget to the shared list.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr = sharedPtr;
| > | 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
sharedPtr->undoStack = TkUndoInitStack(interp,0);
sharedPtr->undo = 0;
sharedPtr->isDirty = 0;
sharedPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
sharedPtr->autoSeparators = 1;
sharedPtr->lastEditMode = TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER;
sharedPtr->stateEpoch = 0;
sharedPtr->imageCount = 0;
}
/*
* Add the new widget to the shared list.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr = sharedPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);
| | | | 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(textPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
NULL) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
| | | | | | | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
NULL) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
}
break;
}
case TEXT_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) textPtr,
textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
822 823 824 825 826 827 828 |
" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
| | | 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) textPtr,
textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
int value;
| | | | 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
int value;
int length;
const char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
char c;
if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
goto badOption;
}
c = option[1];
if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, length)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 |
} else {
goto badOption;
}
countDone:
found++;
if (found == 1) {
| | | | | | 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
} else {
goto badOption;
}
countDone:
found++;
if (found == 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
} else {
if (found == 2) {
/*
* Move the first item we put into the result into the
* first element of the list object.
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
}
}
if (found == 0) {
/*
* Use the default '-indices'.
*/
int value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
} else if (found > 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
badOption:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad option \"%s\" must be -chars, -displaychars, "
"-displayindices, -displaylines, -indices, -lines, -update, "
"-xpixels, or -ypixels", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "INDEX_OPTION", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
case TEXT_DEBUG:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
&base) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
| | | | | | | | | | 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
&base) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(base));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
}
break;
}
case TEXT_DUMP:
result = TextDumpCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_EDIT:
result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_GET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
const char *name;
int length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
/*
* Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
* -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
*/
i = 2;
if (objc > 3) {
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, length) == 0) {
i++;
visible = 1;
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
}
if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
i++;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
peersObj = Tcl_NewObj();
while (tPtr != NULL) {
if (tPtr != textPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, peersObj,
| | | 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
peersObj = Tcl_NewObj();
while (tPtr != NULL) {
if (tPtr != textPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, peersObj,
TkNewWindowObj(tPtr->tkwin));
}
tPtr = tPtr->next;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, peersObj);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->offsetString != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->rMarginString != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing1String != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing2String != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing3String != NULL) || (textPtr->selTagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL) | > > | > > | 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 |
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->offsetString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->rMarginString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing1String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing2String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing3String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_TABULAR)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_WORDPROCESSOR)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD)) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 1;
}
if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->border != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->selBorder != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->reliefString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->bgStipple != None)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 |
* modified if the index is not valid for
* insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr, /* Null-terminated string containing new
* information to add to text. */
int viewUpdate) /* Update the view if set. */
{
int lineIndex;
| | | | 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 |
* modified if the index is not valid for
* insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr, /* Null-terminated string containing new
* information to add to text. */
int viewUpdate) /* Update the view if set. */
{
int lineIndex;
int length;
TkText *tPtr;
int *lineAndByteIndex;
int resetViewCount;
int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);
if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
}
/*
* Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 |
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Index describing first location. */
const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
/* Index describing second location. */
{
TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
int canUndo, canRedo;
| < < < < < < < | 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 |
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Index describing first location. */
const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
/* Index describing second location. */
{
TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
int canUndo, canRedo;
/*
* Create the helpers.
*/
Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
/*
* Get the index positions.
*/
Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);
/*
* Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
* because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
* have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
* will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
* bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
* is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
*
* For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
* callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
* underlying data shared by all peers.
*/
iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
insertCmdObj, NULL);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
deleteCmdObj, NULL);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);
canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 |
*/
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, line,
byteIndex, &indexTmp);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
}
} else {
| | | > < < < | < < < < < | < | 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 |
*/
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, line,
byteIndex, &indexTmp);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
}
} else {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, line,
byteIndex, &indexTmp);
/*
* line may be before -startline of tPtr and must be
* clamped to -startline before providing it to
* TkTextSetYView otherwise lines before -startline
* would be displayed.
* There is no need to worry about -endline however,
* because the view will only be reset if the deletion
* involves the TOP line of the screen. That said,
* the following call adjusts to both.
*/
TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
}
}
resetViewCount += 2;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | < | 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TextFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about text widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first character
* to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)clientData;
TkTextIndex eof;
int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 |
while (1) {
if (maxBytes == 0) {
goto fetchDone;
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&textPtr->selIndex, &offsetInSeg);
chunkSize = segPtr->size - offsetInSeg;
| | | | 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 |
while (1) {
if (maxBytes == 0) {
goto fetchDone;
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&textPtr->selIndex, &offsetInSeg);
chunkSize = segPtr->size - offsetInSeg;
if (chunkSize > maxBytes) {
chunkSize = maxBytes;
}
if (textPtr->selIndex.linePtr == search.curIndex.linePtr) {
int leftInRange;
leftInRange = search.curIndex.byteIndex
- textPtr->selIndex.byteIndex;
if (leftInRange < chunkSize) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 |
void
TkTextLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about text widget. */
{
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)clientData;
| | | 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 |
void
TkTextLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about text widget. */
{
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)clientData;
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
TkTextIndex start, end;
if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
return;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 |
TkText *textPtr)
{
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
| | | 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 |
TkText *textPtr)
{
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "Selection", NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextBlinkProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TextSearchGetLineIndex -- * * Extract a row, text offset index position from an objPtr * | | | 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TextSearchGetLineIndex -- * * Extract a row, text offset index position from an objPtr * * This means we ignore any embedded windows/images and elided text * (unless we are searching that). * * Results: * Standard Tcl error code (with a message in the interpreter on error * conditions). * * The offset placed in offsetPosPtr is a utf-8 char* byte index for |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 |
static int
TextSearchGetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains a textual index like "1.2" */
SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, /* Contains other search parameters. */
int *linePosPtr, /* For returning the line number. */
| | | 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 |
static int
TextSearchGetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains a textual index like "1.2" */
SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, /* Contains other search parameters. */
int *linePosPtr, /* For returning the line number. */
int *offsetPosPtr) /* For returning the text offset in the
* line. */
{
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
int line;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)searchSpecPtr->clientData;
indexPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TextSearchIndexInLine -- * * Find textual index of 'byteIndex' in the searchable characters of * 'linePtr'. * | | | | < | | | | 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextSearchIndexInLine --
*
* Find textual index of 'byteIndex' in the searchable characters of
* 'linePtr'.
*
* This means we ignore any embedded windows/images and elided text
* (unless we are searching that).
*
* Results:
* The returned index is a utf-8 char* byte index for exact searches, and
* a Unicode character index for regexp searches.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TextSearchIndexInLine(
const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
/* Search parameters. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* The line we're looking at. */
int byteIndex) /* Index into the line. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextIndex curIndex;
int index, leftToScan;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)searchSpecPtr->clientData;
index = 0;
curIndex.tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
curIndex.linePtr = linePtr; curIndex.byteIndex = 0;
for (segPtr = linePtr->segPtr, leftToScan = byteIndex;
leftToScan > 0;
curIndex.byteIndex += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) &&
(searchSpecPtr->searchElide
|| !TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &curIndex, NULL))) {
if (leftToScan < segPtr->size) {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
index += leftToScan;
} else {
index += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, leftToScan);
}
} else if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
index += segPtr->size;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token returned by the 'addNextLineProc',
* TextSearchAddNextLine. May be NULL, in
* which we case we must generate it (from
* lineNum). */
Tcl_Obj *theLine, /* Text from current line, only accessed for
* exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
* for regexp searches. */
| | | | | | | | 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token returned by the 'addNextLineProc',
* TextSearchAddNextLine. May be NULL, in
* which we case we must generate it (from
* lineNum). */
Tcl_Obj *theLine, /* Text from current line, only accessed for
* exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
* for regexp searches. */
int matchOffset, /* Offset of found item in utf-8 bytes for
* exact search, Unicode chars for regexp. */
int matchLength) /* Length also in bytes/chars as per search
* type. */
{
int numChars;
int leftToScan;
TkTextIndex curIndex, foundIndex;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *)searchSpecPtr->clientData;
if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
/*
* If the current index is on the wrong side of the stopIndex, then
* the item we just found is actually outside the acceptable range,
* and the search is over.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
(matchOffset >= searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* Calculate the character count, which may need augmenting if there are
* embedded windows or elided text.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(startOfLine + matchOffset, matchLength);
} else {
numChars = matchLength;
}
/*
* If we're using strict limits checking, ensure that the match with its
* full length fits inside the given range.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits && lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
((matchOffset + numChars) > searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* The index information returned by the regular expression parser only
* considers textual information: it doesn't account for embedded windows,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
matchOffset += segPtr->size;
} else {
matchOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
} else {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
| | | 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
matchOffset += segPtr->size;
} else {
matchOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
} else {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
leftToScan -= segPtr->size;
} else {
leftToScan -= Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
}
curIndex.byteIndex += segPtr->size;
}
if (segPtr == NULL && leftToScan >= 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 |
}
/*
* Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
| | | 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 |
}
/*
* Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *tmpPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(numChars);
if (searchSpecPtr->all) {
if (searchSpecPtr->countPtr == NULL) {
searchSpecPtr->countPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, searchSpecPtr->countPtr, tmpPtr);
} else {
searchSpecPtr->countPtr = tmpPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 |
}
}
/*
* Parse the elements of the list one at a time to fill in the array.
*/
| | | 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 |
}
}
/*
* Parse the elements of the list one at a time to fill in the array.
*/
tabArrayPtr = (TkTextTabArray *)ckalloc(Tk_Offset(TkTextTabArray, tabs)
+ count * sizeof(TkTextTab));
tabArrayPtr->numTabs = 0;
prevStop = 0.0;
lastStop = 0.0;
for (i = 0, tabPtr = &tabArrayPtr->tabs[0]; i < objc; i++, tabPtr++) {
int index;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg++;
atEnd = 0;
if (objc == arg) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
} else {
| | | | 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg++;
atEnd = 0;
if (objc == arg) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
} else {
int length;
const char *str;
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[arg], &length);
if (strncmp(str, "end", length) == 0) {
atEnd = 1;
}
}
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 |
values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
if (command == NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
return 0;
} else {
| | | 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 |
values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
if (command == NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
return 0;
} else {
int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
Tcl_DString buf;
int code;
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 |
*/
static int
TextEditUndo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
| < < > > > > < < < < | < | < < < < < < < | 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 |
*/
static int
TextEditUndo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->autoSeparators) {
TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
}
/*
* Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
* the dirty handling mode to undo for the duration (unless it is
* 'fixed').
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 0;
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_UNDO;
}
status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->autoSeparators) {
TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
}
return status;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 |
*/
static int
TextEditRedo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
| < < | 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 |
*/
static int
TextEditRedo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 |
status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 |
status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
return status;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextEditCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(indexPtr1->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr1->linePtr),
indexPtr1->byteIndex, &tmpIndex);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2) < 0) {
while (1) {
| | | 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(indexPtr1->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr1->linePtr),
indexPtr1->byteIndex, &tmpIndex);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2) < 0) {
while (1) {
int offset;
TkTextSegment *segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&tmpIndex, &offset);
int last = segPtr->size, last2;
if (tmpIndex.linePtr == indexPtr2->linePtr) {
/*
* The last line that was requested must be handled carefully,
* because we may need to break out of this loop in the middle
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 |
static void
GenerateModifiedEvent(
TkText *textPtr) /* Information about text widget. */
{
for (textPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->peers; textPtr != NULL;
textPtr = textPtr->next) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(textPtr->tkwin);
| | | 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 |
static void
GenerateModifiedEvent(
TkText *textPtr) /* Information about text widget. */
{
for (textPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->peers; textPtr != NULL;
textPtr = textPtr->next) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(textPtr->tkwin);
TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "Modified", NULL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateUndoStackEvent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 |
static void
GenerateUndoStackEvent(
TkText *textPtr) /* Information about text widget. */
{
for (textPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->peers; textPtr != NULL;
textPtr = textPtr->next) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(textPtr->tkwin);
| | | 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 |
static void
GenerateUndoStackEvent(
TkText *textPtr) /* Information about text widget. */
{
for (textPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->peers; textPtr != NULL;
textPtr = textPtr->next) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(textPtr->tkwin);
TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "UndoStack", NULL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateDirtyFlag --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 |
return;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n (text sync)");
| | | 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 |
return;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n (text sync)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 |
{
/*
* For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
* they are Unicode char offsets.
*/
int firstOffset, lastOffset;
| | | | | | 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 |
{
/*
* For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
* they are Unicode char offsets.
*/
int firstOffset, lastOffset;
int matchOffset, matchLength;
int passes;
int lineNum = searchSpecPtr->startLine;
int code = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Obj *theLine;
int alreadySearchOffset = -1;
const char *pattern = NULL; /* For exact searches only. */
int firstNewLine = -1; /* For exact searches only. */
Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL; /* For regexp searches only. */
/*
* These items are for backward regexp searches only. They are for two
* purposes: to allow us to report backwards matches in the correct order,
* even though the implementation uses repeated forward searches; and to
* provide for overlap checking between backwards matches on different
* text lines.
*/
#define LOTS_OF_MATCHES 20
int matchNum = LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
int smArray[2 * LOTS_OF_MATCHES];
int *storeMatch = smArray;
int *storeLength = smArray + LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
int lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
int lastBackwardsMatchOffset = -1;
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
/*
* Convert the pattern to lower-case if we're supposed to ignore case.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 | /* * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so * it has dual purpose. */ | | | 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 | /* * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so * it has dual purpose. */ pattern = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(patObj, &matchLength); nl = strchr(pattern, '\n'); /* * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching * will work fine. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 | /* * Forward search and first pass, or backward search and * second pass. * * Only use the last part of the line. */ | | | | | | | 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 |
/*
* Forward search and first pass, or backward search and
* second pass.
*
* Only use the last part of the line.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->startOffset > firstOffset) {
firstOffset = searchSpecPtr->startOffset;
}
if ((firstOffset >= lastOffset)
&& ((lastOffset != 0) || searchSpecPtr->exact)) {
goto nextLine;
}
} else {
/*
* Use only the first part of the line.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->startOffset < lastOffset) {
lastOffset = searchSpecPtr->startOffset;
}
}
}
/*
* Check for matches within the current line 'lineNum'. If so, and if
* we're searching backwards or for all matches, repeat the search
* until we find the last match in the line. The 'lastOffset' is one
* beyond the last position in the line at which a match is allowed to
* begin.
*/
matchOffset = -1;
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
int maxExtraLines = 0;
const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
do {
int ch;
const char *p;
int lastFullLine = lastOffset;
if (firstNewLine == -1) {
if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
&& (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
/*
* Not enough characters to match.
*/
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 | p = startOfLine + skipFirst; /* * Use the fact that 'matchLength = patLength' for * exact searches. */ | | | 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 |
p = startOfLine + skipFirst;
/*
* Use the fact that 'matchLength = patLength' for
* exact searches.
*/
if ((lastTotal - skipFirst) >= matchLength) {
/*
* We now have enough text to match, so we
* make a final test and break whatever the
* result.
*/
if (strncmp(p, pattern, matchLength)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 |
alreadySearchOffset -= (matchLength ? matchLength : 1);
if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
break;
}
}
} else {
firstOffset = matchLength ? p - startOfLine + matchLength
| | | 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 |
alreadySearchOffset -= (matchLength ? matchLength : 1);
if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
break;
}
}
} else {
firstOffset = matchLength ? p - startOfLine + matchLength
: p - startOfLine + 1;
if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
/*
* Now, we have to be careful not to find
* overlapping matches either on the same or
* following lines. Assume that if we did find
* something, it goes until the last extra line we
* added.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 |
int maxExtraLines = 0;
int matches = 0;
int lastNonOverlap = -1;
do {
Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
int match;
| | | | | | 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 |
int maxExtraLines = 0;
int matches = 0;
int lastNonOverlap = -1;
do {
Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
int match;
int lastFullLine = lastOffset;
match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regexp, theLine,
firstOffset, 1, (firstOffset>0 ? TCL_REG_NOTBOL : 0));
if (match < 0) {
code = TCL_ERROR;
goto searchDone;
}
Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(regexp, &info);
/*
* If we don't have a match, or if we do, but it extends to
* the end of the line, we must try to add more lines to get a
* full greedy match.
*/
if (!match ||
((info.extendStart == info.matches[0].start)
&& (info.matches[0].end == lastOffset-firstOffset))) {
int extraLines = 0;
int prevFullLine;
/*
* If we find a match that overlaps more than one line, we
* will use this value to determine the first allowed
* starting offset for the following search (to avoid
* overlapping results).
*/
int lastTotal = lastOffset;
if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1)
&& (lastBackwardsLineMatch == (lineNum + 1))) {
lastNonOverlap = lastTotal;
}
if (info.extendStart < 0) {
/*
* No multi-line match is possible.
*/
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 | * This means we often add and search one more line * than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us * a correct value of info.extendStart under all * circumstances. */ if ((match && | | | | | | 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 |
* This means we often add and search one more line
* than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us
* a correct value of info.extendStart under all
* circumstances.
*/
if ((match &&
firstOffset + info.matches[0].end != lastTotal &&
firstOffset + info.matches[0].end < prevFullLine)
|| info.extendStart < 0) {
break;
}
/*
* If there is a match, but that match starts after
* the end of the first line, then we'll handle that
* next time around, when we're actually looking at
* that line.
*/
if (match && (info.matches[0].start >= lastOffset)) {
break;
}
if (match && ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end)
>= prevFullLine)) {
if (extraLines > 0) {
extraLinesSearched = extraLines - 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 |
- info.matches[0].start;
if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
/*
* Possible overlap or enclosure.
*/
| | | | 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 |
- info.matches[0].start;
if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
/*
* Possible overlap or enclosure.
*/
if (thisOffset - lastNonOverlap >=
lastBackwardsMatchOffset + matchLength){
/*
* Totally encloses previous match, so
* forget the previous match.
*/
lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
} else if ((thisOffset - lastNonOverlap)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 | /* * Update our local variables with the match, if we haven't * yet found anything, or if we're doing '-all' or * '-backwards' _and_ this match isn't fully enclosed in the * previous match. */ | | | | | | | | | 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 |
/*
* Update our local variables with the match, if we haven't
* yet found anything, or if we're doing '-all' or
* '-backwards' _and_ this match isn't fully enclosed in the
* previous match.
*/
if (matchOffset == -1 ||
((searchSpecPtr->all || searchSpecPtr->backwards)
&& ((firstOffset < matchOffset)
|| ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end
- info.matches[0].start)
> (matchOffset + matchLength))))) {
matchOffset = firstOffset;
matchLength = info.matches[0].end - info.matches[0].start;
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
/*
* To get backwards searches in the correct order, we
* must store them away here.
*/
if (matches == matchNum) {
/*
* We've run out of space in our normal store, so
* we must allocate space for these backwards
* matches on the heap.
*/
int *newArray = (int *)
ckalloc(4 * matchNum * sizeof(int));
memcpy(newArray, storeMatch, matchNum*sizeof(int));
memcpy(newArray + 2*matchNum, storeLength,
matchNum * sizeof(int));
if (storeMatch != smArray) {
ckfree(storeMatch);
}
matchNum *= 2;
storeMatch = newArray;
storeLength = newArray + matchNum;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 | /* * For forward matches, unless we allow overlaps, we move * this on by the length of the current match so that we * explicitly disallow overlapping matches. */ | | | 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 |
/*
* For forward matches, unless we allow overlaps, we move
* this on by the length of the current match so that we
* explicitly disallow overlapping matches.
*/
if (matchLength > 0 && !searchSpecPtr->overlap
&& !searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
firstOffset += matchLength;
if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
/*
* Now, we have to be careful not to find
* overlapping matches either on the same or
* following lines. Assume that if we did find
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 | * if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset) * break; * * might be needed here, but no test case has been * found which would exercise such a problem. */ } | | | | 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 |
* if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)
* break;
*
* might be needed here, but no test case has been
* found which would exercise such a problem.
*/
}
if (storeMatch[matches] + storeLength[matches]
>= matchOffset + matchLength) {
/*
* The new match totally encloses the previous one, so
* we overwrite the previous one.
*/
matchOffset = storeMatch[matches];
matchLength = storeLength[matches];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 | * If the 'all' flag is set, we will already have stored all matches, * so we just proceed to the next line. * * If not, and there is a match we need to store that information and * we are done. */ | | | 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 |
* If the 'all' flag is set, we will already have stored all matches,
* so we just proceed to the next line.
*
* If not, and there is a match we need to store that information and
* we are done.
*/
if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch == -1) && (matchOffset >= 0)
&& !searchSpecPtr->all) {
searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc(lineNum, searchSpecPtr, lineInfo,
theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
goto searchDone;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 |
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetLineStartEnd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
| | | | 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 |
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetLineStartEnd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int internalOffset) /* Offset within *recordPtr containing the
* line value. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = *(TkTextLine **)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (linePtr == NULL) {
return Tcl_NewObj();
}
return Tcl_NewIntObj(1 + TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetLineStartEnd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
| | | | | 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
int internalOffset, /* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
* internal value is to be stored. */
char *oldInternalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
int flags) /* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
char *internalPtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;
if (internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
*value = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkText *textPtr;
size_t len;
int lineIndex, byteIndex, byteOffset;
TkTextIndex index;
| | | 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkText *textPtr;
size_t len;
int lineIndex, byteIndex, byteOffset;
TkTextIndex index;
char buf[TK_POS_CHARS];
Tcl_CmdInfo info;
if (objc < 3) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &info) == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkText.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
typedef struct TkTextSegment {
const struct Tk_SegType *typePtr;
/* Pointer to record describing segment's
* type. */
struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of segments for this line, or
* NULL for end of list. */
| | > > | | | > | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
typedef struct TkTextSegment {
const struct Tk_SegType *typePtr;
/* Pointer to record describing segment's
* type. */
struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of segments for this line, or
* NULL for end of list. */
int size; /* Size of this segment (# of bytes of index
* space it occupies). */
union {
/* The TKFLEXARRAY macro - unfortunately - doesn't work inside a union. */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
char chars[0]; /* Characters that make up character info. */
#else /* Actual length varies to hold as many */
char chars[1]; /* characters as needed. See [dacd18294b] */
#endif
TkTextToggle toggle; /* Information about tag toggle. */
TkTextMark mark; /* Information about mark. */
TkTextEmbWindow ew; /* Information about embedded window. */
TkTextEmbImage ei; /* Information about embedded image. */
} body;
} TkTextSegment;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
528 529 530 531 532 533 534 | } TkTextState; /* * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget * that are peers. */ | < < < < < < < < | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
} TkTextState;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
* that are peers.
*/
typedef struct TkSharedText {
int refCount; /* Reference count this shared object. */
TkTextBTree tree; /* B-tree representation of text and tags for
* widget. */
Tcl_HashTable tagTable; /* Hash table that maps from tag names to
* pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
* tag does not feature in this table, since
* there's one of those for each text peer. */
int numTags; /* Number of tags currently defined for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
* image, there is no entry for it here. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
* this widget. NULL means that no bindings
* exist, so the table hasn't been created.
* Each "object" used for this table is the
* name of a tag. */
| | > < < | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
* image, there is no entry for it here. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
* this widget. NULL means that no bindings
* exist, so the table hasn't been created.
* Each "object" used for this table is the
* name of a tag. */
int stateEpoch; /* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
* contents change structurally, or when the
* start/end limits change, and means that any
* cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
* valid. */
int imageCount; /* Used for creating unique image names. */
/*
* Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
*/
TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack; /* The undo/redo stack. */
int undo; /* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
* enabled. */
int maxUndo; /* The maximum depth of the undo stack
* expressed as the maximum number of compound
* statements. */
int autoSeparators; /* Non-zero means the separators will be
* inserted automatically. */
int isDirty; /* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
* text widget. If the flag is not zero,
* unsaved modifications have been applied to
* the text widget. */
TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode; /* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
* by the isDirty flag. */
TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
* horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
char *yScrollCmd; /* Prefix of command to issue to update
* vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration
* specifications. */
| | | 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
* horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
char *yScrollCmd; /* Prefix of command to issue to update
* vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration
* specifications. */
int refCount; /* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
* refering to us. */
int insertCursorType; /* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
* cursor. */
/*
* Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
* functonality
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 | /* * Records of the following type define segment types in terms of a collection * of procedures that may be called to manipulate segments of that type. */ typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegSplitProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr, | | | | | 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
/*
* Records of the following type define segment types in terms of a collection
* of procedures that may be called to manipulate segments of that type.
*/
typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegSplitProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
int index);
typedef int Tk_SegDeleteProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone);
typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegCleanupProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef void Tk_SegLineChangeProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef int Tk_SegLayoutProc(struct TkText *textPtr,
struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX,
int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode,
struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
typedef void Tk_SegCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef struct Tk_SegType {
const char *name; /* Name of this kind of segment. */
int leftGravity; /* If a segment has zero size (e.g. a mark or
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr, int defaultHeight); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); | | | 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr, int defaultHeight); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr, int line); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr, int pixels, int *pixelOffset); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 | XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextSelectionEvent(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexBbox(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *charWidthPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextCharLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, | | | 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 | XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextSelectionEvent(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexBbox(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *charWidthPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextCharLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX, int maxChars, int noBreakYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextCreateDInfo(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextDLineInfo(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *basePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 | const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr, TkTextCountType type); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexYPixels(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextSegment *TkTextIndexToSeg(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, | | | 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 | const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr, TkTextCountType type); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexYPixels(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextSegment *TkTextIndexToSeg(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *offsetPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextLostSelection(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextIndex *TkTextMakeCharIndex(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int charIndex, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextMeasureDown(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextFreeElideInfo(TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextWindowIndex(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextYviewCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextWinFreeClient(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, TkTextEmbWindowClient *client); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd(ClientData clientData); #endif /* _TKTEXT */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ | > > | 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextWindowIndex(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextYviewCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextWinFreeClient(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, TkTextEmbWindowClient *client); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int err); #endif /* _TKTEXT */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ |
Changes to generic/tkTextBTree.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
*/
typedef struct BTree {
Node *rootPtr; /* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
int clients; /* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
int pixelReferences; /* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
* about pixel heights. */
| | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
*/
typedef struct BTree {
Node *rootPtr; /* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
int clients; /* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
int pixelReferences; /* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
* about pixel heights. */
int stateEpoch; /* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
* changes. */
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
* checking code, and to access list of all
* B-tree clients. */
int startEndCount;
TkTextLine **startEnd;
TkText **startEndRef;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 | int tkBTreeDebug = 0; /* * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments: */ | | | | | | | 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | int tkBTreeDebug = 0; /* * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments: */ #define CSEG_SIZE(chars) ((unsigned)(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + 1 + (chars))) #define TSEG_SIZE ((unsigned)(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + sizeof(TkTextToggle))) /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ static int AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight, Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end, int useReference, int newPixelReferences, int *counting); static void ChangeNodeToggleCount(Node *nodePtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, int delta); static void CharCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static int CharDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static TkTextSegment * CharCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static TkTextSegment * CharSplitProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, int index); static void CheckNodeConsistency(Node *nodePtr, int references); static void CleanupLine(TkTextLine *linePtr); static void DeleteSummaries(Summary *tagPtr); static void DestroyNode(Node *nodePtr); static TkTextSegment * FindTagEnd(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextTag *tagPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static void IncCount(TkTextTag *tagPtr, int inc, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
497 498 499 500 501 502 503 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeEpoch(
TkTextBTree tree) /* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
610 611 612 613 614 615 616 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AdjustStartEndRefs(
BTree *treePtr, /* The entire B-tree. */
TkText *textPtr, /* The text widget for which we want to adjust
| | > | | | | > > > > > > > | 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AdjustStartEndRefs(
BTree *treePtr, /* The entire B-tree. */
TkText *textPtr, /* The text widget for which we want to adjust
* its start and end cache. */
int action) /* Action to perform. */
{
if (action & TEXT_REMOVE_REFS) {
int i = 0;
int count = 0;
while (i < treePtr->startEndCount) {
if (i != count) {
treePtr->startEnd[count] = treePtr->startEnd[i];
treePtr->startEndRef[count] = treePtr->startEndRef[i];
}
if (treePtr->startEndRef[i] != textPtr) {
count++;
}
i++;
}
treePtr->startEndCount = count;
if (count > 0) {
treePtr->startEnd = (TkTextLine**)ckrealloc(treePtr->startEnd,
sizeof(TkTextLine*) * count);
treePtr->startEndRef = (TkText**)ckrealloc(treePtr->startEndRef,
sizeof(TkText*) * count);
}
else {
ckfree(treePtr->startEndRef);
treePtr->startEndRef = NULL;
ckfree(treePtr->startEnd);
treePtr->startEnd = NULL;
}
}
if ((action & TEXT_ADD_REFS)
&& (textPtr->start != NULL || textPtr->end != NULL)) {
int count;
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
treePtr->startEndCount++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
TkTextSegment *curPtr; /* Current segment; new characters are
* inserted just after this one. NULL means
* insert at beginning of line. */
TkTextLine *linePtr; /* Current line (new segments are added to
* this line). */
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
| | | 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 |
TkTextSegment *curPtr; /* Current segment; new characters are
* inserted just after this one. NULL means
* insert at beginning of line. */
TkTextLine *linePtr; /* Current line (new segments are added to
* this line). */
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
int chunkSize; /* # characters in current chunk. */
const char *eol; /* Pointer to character just after last one in
* current chunk. */
int changeToLineCount; /* Counts change to total number of lines in
* file. */
int *changeToPixelCount; /* Counts change to total number of pixels in
* file. */
int ref;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 |
static TkTextSegment *
SplitSeg(
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index identifying position at which to
* split a segment. */
{
TkTextSegment *prevPtr, *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
| | | | 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
static TkTextSegment *
SplitSeg(
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index identifying position at which to
* split a segment. */
{
TkTextSegment *prevPtr, *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int count = indexPtr->byteIndex;
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
prevPtr = NULL;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while (segPtr != NULL) {
if (segPtr->size > count) {
if (count == 0) {
return prevPtr;
}
segPtr = segPtr->typePtr->splitProc(segPtr, count);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 |
linePtr->pixels[2 * pixelReference] < pixels;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr) {
if (linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeFindPixelLine ran out of lines");
}
pixels -= linePtr->pixels[2 * pixelReference];
}
if (pixelOffset != NULL && linePtr != NULL) {
*pixelOffset = pixels;
}
return linePtr;
}
/*
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 |
linePtr->pixels[2 * pixelReference] < pixels;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr) {
if (linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeFindPixelLine ran out of lines");
}
pixels -= linePtr->pixels[2 * pixelReference];
}
/*
* Check for any start/end offset for this text widget.
*/
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
int lineBoundary = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->start);
if (TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr) < lineBoundary) {
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(tree, NULL, lineBoundary);
}
}
if (textPtr->end != NULL) {
int lineBoundary = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->end);
if (TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr) > lineBoundary) {
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(tree, NULL, lineBoundary);
}
}
if (pixelOffset != NULL && linePtr != NULL) {
*pixelOffset = pixels;
}
return linePtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 | * TkBTreePixelsTo -- * * Given a pointer to a line in a B-tree, return the numerical pixel * index of the top of that line (i.e. the result does not include the * height of the given line). * * Since the last line of text (the artificial one) has zero height by | | | 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 | * TkBTreePixelsTo -- * * Given a pointer to a line in a B-tree, return the numerical pixel * index of the top of that line (i.e. the result does not include the * height of the given line). * * Since the last line of text (the artificial one) has zero height by * definition, calling this with the last line will return the total * number of pixels in the widget. * * Results: * The result is the pixel height of the top of the given line. * * Side effects: * None. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 |
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
| | | 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 |
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
int offset;
TkTextIndex index0; /* First index of the tag. */
TkTextSegment *seg0Ptr; /* First segment of the tag. */
/*
* Find the segment that contains the first toggle for the tag. This may
* become the starting point in the search.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 |
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
| | | 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 |
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
int offset;
TkTextIndex index0; /* Last index of the tag. */
TkTextIndex backOne; /* One character before starting index. */
TkTextSegment *seg0Ptr; /* Last segment of the tag. */
/*
* Find the segment that contains the last toggle for the tag. This may
* become the starting point in the search.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 |
* Check for toggles for the tag in indexPtr's line but before indexPtr.
* If there is one, its type indicates whether or not the character is
* tagged.
*/
toggleSegPtr = NULL;
for (index = 0, segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
| | | 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 |
* Check for toggles for the tag in indexPtr's line but before indexPtr.
* If there is one, its type indicates whether or not the character is
* tagged.
*/
toggleSegPtr = NULL;
for (index = 0, segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
(index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex;
index += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType))
&& (segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr == tagPtr)) {
toggleSegPtr = segPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 |
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
index = 0;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
| | | 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 |
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
index = 0;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while ((index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
IncCount(segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, 1, &tagInfo);
}
index += segPtr->size;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 |
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
index = 0;
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
| | | 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 |
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
index = 0;
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while ((index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
tagPtr = segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr;
if (tagPtr->elideString != NULL) {
infoPtr->tagPtrs[tagPtr->priority] = tagPtr;
infoPtr->tagCnts[tagPtr->priority]++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 |
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has bogus segment type");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has too many segments");
}
if (segPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has wrong # characters: %d",
| | | 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 |
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has bogus segment type");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has too many segments");
}
if (segPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has wrong # characters: %d",
segPtr->size);
}
if ((segPtr->body.chars[0] != '\n') || (segPtr->body.chars[1] != 0)) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line had bad value: %s",
segPtr->body.chars);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextSegment *
CharSplitProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to segment to split. */
| | | 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextSegment *
CharSplitProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to segment to split. */
int index) /* Position within segment at which to
* split. */
{
TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;
newPtr1 = (TkTextSegment *)ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
newPtr2 = (TkTextSegment *)ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 |
/*
* Make sure that the segment contains the number of characters indicated
* by its header, and that the last segment in a line ends in a newline.
* Also make sure that there aren't ever two character segments adjacent
* to each other: they should be merged together.
*/
| | | 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 |
/*
* Make sure that the segment contains the number of characters indicated
* by its header, and that the last segment in a line ends in a newline.
* Also make sure that there aren't ever two character segments adjacent
* to each other: they should be merged together.
*/
if (segPtr->size <= 0) {
Tcl_Panic("CharCheckProc: segment has size <= 0");
}
if (strlen(segPtr->body.chars) != (size_t)segPtr->size) {
Tcl_Panic("CharCheckProc: segment has wrong size");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
if (segPtr->body.chars[segPtr->size-1] != '\n') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
int rMargin; /* Right margin, in pixels. */
Tk_3DBorder rMarginColor; /* Color of right margin. */
int spacing1; /* Spacing above first dline in text line. */
int spacing2; /* Spacing between lines of dline. */
int spacing3; /* Spacing below last dline in text line. */
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;/* Locations and types of tab stops (may be
* NULL). */
| | | | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
int rMargin; /* Right margin, in pixels. */
Tk_3DBorder rMarginColor; /* Color of right margin. */
int spacing1; /* Spacing above first dline in text line. */
int spacing2; /* Spacing between lines of dline. */
int spacing3; /* Spacing below last dline in text line. */
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;/* Locations and types of tab stops (may be
* NULL). */
int tabStyle; /* One of TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_TABULAR or TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_WORDPROCESSOR. */
int underline; /* Non-zero means draw underline underneath
* text. */
XColor *underlineColor; /* Foreground color for underline underneath
* text. */
int elide; /* Zero means draw text, otherwise not. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode; /* How to handle wrap-around for this tag.
* One of TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR,
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE or TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD.*/
} StyleValues;
/*
* The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
* graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
* dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
*/
typedef struct TextStyle {
int refCount; /* Number of times this structure is
* referenced in Chunks. */
GC bgGC; /* Graphics context for background. None means
* use widget background. */
GC fgGC; /* Graphics context for foreground. */
GC ulGC; /* Graphics context for underline. */
GC ovGC; /* Graphics context for overstrike. */
StyleValues *sValuePtr; /* Raw information from which GCs were
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | * neighboring lines (see DisplayLineBackground). * NEW_LAYOUT - Non-zero means that the line has been * re-layed out since the last time the display * was updated. * TOP_LINE - Non-zero means that this was the top line in * in the window the last time that the window * was laid out. This is important because a line | | | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 | * neighboring lines (see DisplayLineBackground). * NEW_LAYOUT - Non-zero means that the line has been * re-layed out since the last time the display * was updated. * TOP_LINE - Non-zero means that this was the top line in * in the window the last time that the window * was laid out. This is important because a line * may be displayed differently if it's at the top * or bottom than if it's in the middle * (e.g. beveled edges aren't displayed for * middle lines if the adjacent line has a * similar background). * BOTTOM_LINE - Non-zero means that this was the bottom line * in the window the last time that the window * was laid out. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
* calculations, if they are out of date. */
TkTextIndex metricIndex; /* If the current metric update line wraps
* into very many display lines, then this is
* used to keep track of what index we've got
* to so far... */
int metricPixelHeight; /* ...and this is for the height calculation
* so far...*/
| | | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
* calculations, if they are out of date. */
TkTextIndex metricIndex; /* If the current metric update line wraps
* into very many display lines, then this is
* used to keep track of what index we've got
* to so far... */
int metricPixelHeight; /* ...and this is for the height calculation
* so far...*/
int metricEpoch; /* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
* calculation so it can be cancelled if
* things change once more. This field will be
* -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
* progress, and take a non-negative value if
* there is such a calculation in progress. */
int lastMetricUpdateLine; /* When the current update line reaches this
* line, we are done and should stop the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
436 437 438 439 440 441 442 | } TextDInfo; /* * In TkTextDispChunk structures for character segments, the clientData field * points to one of the following structures: */ | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
} TextDInfo;
/*
* In TkTextDispChunk structures for character segments, the clientData field
* points to one of the following structures:
*/
#ifndef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
typedef struct CharInfo {
int numBytes; /* Number of bytes to display. */
char chars[TKFLEXARRAY]; /* UTF characters to display.
* Allocated as large as necessary. THIS MUST BE THE LAST
* FIELD IN THE STRUCTURE. */
} CharInfo;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
spacing3Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > tabPrio)) {
styleValues.tabArrayPtr = tagPtr->tabArrayPtr;
tabPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
| > | > | > | 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 |
spacing3Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > tabPrio)) {
styleValues.tabArrayPtr = tagPtr->tabArrayPtr;
tabPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if (((tagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_TABULAR)
|| (tagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_WORDPROCESSOR))
&& (tagPtr->priority > tabStylePrio)) {
styleValues.tabStyle = tagPtr->tabStyle;
tabStylePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->underlineString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > underlinePrio)) {
styleValues.underline = tagPtr->underline;
underlinePrio = tagPtr->priority;
if (tagPtr->underlineColor != NULL) {
styleValues.underlineColor = tagPtr->underlineColor;
} else if (fgColor != NULL) {
styleValues.underlineColor = fgColor;
}
}
if ((tagPtr->elideString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > elidePrio)) {
styleValues.elide = tagPtr->elide;
elidePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if (((tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD))
&& (tagPtr->priority > wrapPrio)) {
styleValues.wrapMode = tagPtr->wrapMode;
wrapPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
}
if (tagPtrs != NULL) {
ckfree(tagPtrs);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
TkTextDispChunk *tabChunkPtr;
/* Pointer to the chunk containing the
* previous tab stop. */
int maxBytes; /* Maximum number of bytes to include in this
* chunk. */
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;/* Tab stops for line; taken from style for
* the first character on line. */
| | < | | 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 |
TkTextDispChunk *tabChunkPtr;
/* Pointer to the chunk containing the
* previous tab stop. */
int maxBytes; /* Maximum number of bytes to include in this
* chunk. */
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;/* Tab stops for line; taken from style for
* the first character on line. */
int tabStyle; /* One of TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_TABULAR or TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_WORDPROCESSOR. */
int tabSize; /* Number of pixels consumed by current tab
* stop. */
TkTextDispChunk *lastCharChunkPtr;
/* Pointer to last chunk in display lines with
* numBytes > 0. Used to drop 0-sized chunks
* from the end of the line. */
int byteOffset, ascent, descent, code, elide, elidesize;
StyleValues *sValuePtr;
TkTextElideInfo info; /* Keep track of elide state. */
/*
* Create and initialize a new DLine structure.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 |
* Special case entirely elide line as there may be 1000s or more.
*/
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr, &info);
if (elide && indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
maxBytes = 0;
for (segPtr = info.segPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
| | | 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 |
* Special case entirely elide line as there may be 1000s or more.
*/
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr, &info);
if (elide && indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
maxBytes = 0;
for (segPtr = info.segPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->size > 0) {
if (elide == 0) {
/*
* We toggled a tag and the elide state changed to
* visible, and we have something of non-zero size.
* Therefore we must bail out.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
* TkTextIndexToSeg for this because it won't return a segment with zero
* size (such as the insertion cursor's mark).
*/
connectNextLogicalLine:
byteOffset = curIndex.byteIndex;
segPtr = curIndex.linePtr->segPtr;
| | | 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 |
* TkTextIndexToSeg for this because it won't return a segment with zero
* size (such as the insertion cursor's mark).
*/
connectNextLogicalLine:
byteOffset = curIndex.byteIndex;
segPtr = curIndex.linePtr->segPtr;
while ((byteOffset > 0) && (byteOffset >= segPtr->size)) {
byteOffset -= segPtr->size;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
if (segPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding
* of a newline.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 |
* may wish to redesign the code to remove these zero height DLines in
* the future.
*/
if (elide && (lastChunkPtr != NULL)
&& (lastChunkPtr->displayProc == NULL /*ElideDisplayProc*/)) {
elidesize = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
| | | 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
* may wish to redesign the code to remove these zero height DLines in
* the future.
*/
if (elide && (lastChunkPtr != NULL)
&& (lastChunkPtr->displayProc == NULL /*ElideDisplayProc*/)) {
elidesize = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
if (elidesize > 0) {
curIndex.byteIndex += elidesize;
lastChunkPtr->numBytes += elidesize;
breakByteOffset = lastChunkPtr->breakIndex
= lastChunkPtr->numBytes;
/*
* If have we have a tag toggle, there is a chance that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 |
}
chunkPtr->displayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
y + dlPtr->spaceAbove, dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove -
dlPtr->spaceBelow, dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove,
display, pixmap, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
}
if (dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated) {
return;
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
| > > > > > > > | 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 |
}
chunkPtr->displayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
y + dlPtr->spaceAbove, dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove -
dlPtr->spaceBelow, dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove,
display, pixmap, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
}
if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
/*
* A displayProc called in the loop above invoked a binding
* that caused the widget to be deleted. Don't do anything.
*/
return;
}
if (dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated) {
return;
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 |
dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine, 256);
dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = lineNum;
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
| | | | | 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 |
dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine, 256);
dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = lineNum;
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d %d", lineNum, dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine);
LOG("tk_textInvalidateLine", buffer);
}
/*
* If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
* and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
*/
if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1
&& lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
/*
* We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
* refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
* above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
* Cancel any pending idle task which would try to run the command
* after the afterSyncCmd pointer had been set to NULL.
*/
if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
int code;
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd, textPtr);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n (text sync)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 |
if (NewSyncState != OldSyncState) {
if (NewSyncState) {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags &= ~OUT_OF_SYNC;
} else {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags |= OUT_OF_SYNC;
}
| | | 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 |
if (NewSyncState != OldSyncState) {
if (NewSyncState) {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags &= ~OUT_OF_SYNC;
} else {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags |= OUT_OF_SYNC;
}
TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "WidgetViewSync",
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(NewSyncState));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 | } /* * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation, * then we can't be done. */ | | < | | 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 |
}
/*
* If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
* then we can't be done.
*/
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1 && lineNum == endLine) {
/*
* We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
*/
break;
}
}
if (lineNum < totalLines) {
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[4 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 3];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d %d %d %d",
lineNum, endLine, totalLines, count);
LOG("tk_textInvalidateLine", buffer);
}
/*
* Now update the line's metrics if necessary.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 |
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
if (TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr) == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Mustn't ever update line height of last artificial line");
}
| | | 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 |
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
if (TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr) == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Mustn't ever update line height of last artificial line");
}
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d %d", TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr,linePtr), pixelHeight);
LOG("tk_textNumPixels", buffer);
}
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200,
AsyncUpdateYScrollbar, textPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 |
numRedisplays++;
if (tkTextDebug) {
CLEAR("tk_textRedraw");
}
/*
* Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
| | | 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 |
numRedisplays++;
if (tkTextDebug) {
CLEAR("tk_textRedraw");
}
/*
* Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
* handlers to be invoked, hence the refcount management and the loop,
* since the handlers could conceivably necessitate yet another current
* item calculation). The tkwin check is because the whole window could go
* away in the Tcl_Release call.
*/
while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
textPtr->refCount++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 |
if (tkTextDebug) {
char string[TK_POS_CHARS];
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, string);
LOG("tk_textRedraw", string);
}
DisplayDLine(textPtr, dlPtr, prevPtr, pixmap);
if (dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
| > > > > > > > | | 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 |
if (tkTextDebug) {
char string[TK_POS_CHARS];
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, string);
LOG("tk_textRedraw", string);
}
DisplayDLine(textPtr, dlPtr, prevPtr, pixmap);
if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
/*
* DisplayDLine called a displayProc which invoked a binding
* that caused the widget to be deleted. Don't do anything.
*/
goto end;
}
if (dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
goto end;
}
dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
} else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL) {
/*
* On macOS we need to redisplay all embedded windows which
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 |
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, damageRgn, damageRgn);
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, textPtr);
}
| > > > > > > < | 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 |
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, damageRgn, damageRgn);
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
/*
* Schedule the redisplay operation if there isn't one already scheduled.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, textPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextInvalidateRegion --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 |
dlPtr->flags |= OLD_Y_INVALID;
}
}
if (dInfoPtr->topOfEof < maxY) {
dInfoPtr->topOfEof = maxY;
}
| < < < < | 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 |
dlPtr->flags |= OLD_Y_INVALID;
}
}
if (dInfoPtr->topOfEof < maxY) {
dInfoPtr->topOfEof = maxY;
}
inset = textPtr->borderWidth + textPtr->highlightWidth;
if ((rect.x < (inset + textPtr->padX))
|| (rect.y < (inset + textPtr->padY))
|| ((int) (rect.x + rect.width) > (Tk_Width(textPtr->tkwin)
- inset - textPtr->padX))
|| (maxY > (Tk_Height(textPtr->tkwin) - inset - textPtr->padY))) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "yview". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int pickPlace, type;
int pixels, count;
| | | | 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "yview". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int pickPlace, type;
int pixels, count;
int switchLength;
double fraction;
TkTextIndex index;
if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
}
if (objc == 2) {
GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
*/
pickPlace = 0;
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
const char *switchStr =
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);
if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
pickPlace = 1;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 |
* upper-left pixel. X-coord is in same
* coordinate system as chunkPtr->x. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of character, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of character, in
* pixels. */
{
| < | 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 |
* upper-left pixel. X-coord is in same
* coordinate system as chunkPtr->x. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of character, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of character, in
* pixels. */
{
*xPtr = chunkPtr->x;
*yPtr = y;
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 0;
}
/*
* Measure an elided chunk.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 |
int
TkTextCharLayoutProc(
TCL_UNUSED(TkText *), /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Index of first character to lay out
* (corresponds to segPtr and offset). */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment being layed out. */
| | | | < | 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 |
int
TkTextCharLayoutProc(
TCL_UNUSED(TkText *), /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Index of first character to lay out
* (corresponds to segPtr and offset). */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment being layed out. */
int byteOffset, /* Byte offset within segment of first
* character to consider. */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
int maxBytes, /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this display line yet. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode, /* How to handle line wrapping:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
* set by the caller. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont;
int nextX, bytesThatFit, count;
CharInfo *ciPtr;
char *p;
TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
#ifdef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
const char *line;
int lineOffset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 |
p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
#ifdef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
baseCharChunkPtr = chunkPtr;
| | | | | | 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 |
p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
#ifdef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
baseCharChunkPtr = chunkPtr;
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(BaseCharInfo));
baseString = &bciPtr->baseChars;
Tcl_DStringInit(baseString);
bciPtr->width = 0;
ciPtr = &bciPtr->ci;
} else {
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *)baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(CharInfo));
baseString = &bciPtr->baseChars;
}
lineOffset = Tcl_DStringLength(baseString);
line = Tcl_DStringAppend(baseString,p,maxBytes);
chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = baseCharChunkPtr;
ciPtr->baseOffset = lineOffset;
ciPtr->chars = NULL;
ciPtr->numBytes = 0;
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
lineOffset + maxBytes, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, maxX,
TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
int ch;
int chLen = TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
#ifdef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 |
chunkPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
| | | | 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 |
chunkPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
#ifndef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)ckalloc((Tk_Offset(CharInfo, chars) + 1) + bytesThatFit);
chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
ciPtr->numBytes--;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 |
int *nextXPtr) /* The function puts the newly calculated
* right border x-position of the span
* here. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
| | | 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 |
int *nextXPtr) /* The function puts the newly calculated
* right border x-position of the span
* here. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
#ifndef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (chars == NULL) {
chars = ciPtr->chars;
charsLen = ciPtr->numBytes;
}
if (end == -1) {
end = charsLen;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 |
* The chunk is off-screen.
*/
return;
}
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
| | | 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 |
* The chunk is off-screen.
*/
return;
}
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *)ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->clientData;
numBytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars);
string = Tcl_DStringValue(&bciPtr->baseChars);
#elif defined(TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS)
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != chunkPtr) {
/*
* Without context drawing only base chunks display their foreground.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8777 8778 8779 8780 8781 8782 8783 |
static const char *const subcommands[] = {
"moveto", "scroll", NULL
};
enum viewSubcmds {
VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
};
static const char *const units[] = {
| | | < | | | < < < < | | | < < < | | | < | | > | < | < < | 8791 8792 8793 8794 8795 8796 8797 8798 8799 8800 8801 8802 8803 8804 8805 8806 8807 8808 8809 8810 8811 8812 8813 8814 8815 8816 8817 8818 8819 8820 8821 8822 8823 8824 8825 8826 8827 8828 8829 8830 8831 8832 8833 8834 8835 8836 8837 8838 8839 8840 8841 8842 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856 |
static const char *const subcommands[] = {
"moveto", "scroll", NULL
};
enum viewSubcmds {
VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
};
static const char *const units[] = {
"units", "pages", "pixels", NULL
};
enum viewUnits {
VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS, VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES, VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS
};
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], subcommands,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum viewSubcmds) index) {
case VIEW_MOVETO:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "fraction");
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO;
case VIEW_SCROLL:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "number units|pages|pixels");
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], units,
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum viewUnits) index) {
case VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES;
}
break;
case VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, textPtr->tkwin, objv[3],
intPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_PIXELS;
}
break;
case VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
}
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
#ifdef TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8895 8896 8897 8898 8899 8900 8901 |
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
chunkPtr->x += widthAdjust;
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
if (chunkPtr->displayProc != CharDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
| | | | 8898 8899 8900 8901 8902 8903 8904 8905 8906 8907 8908 8909 8910 8911 8912 8913 8914 8915 8916 8917 8918 8919 8920 8921 8922 8923 8924 8925 8926 8927 8928 8929 |
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
chunkPtr->x += widthAdjust;
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
if (chunkPtr->displayProc != CharDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != baseCharChunkPtr) {
break;
}
ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
newwidth = 0;
CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
if (newwidth < chunkPtr->width) {
widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
}
if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)addChunkPtr->clientData;
ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
addChunkPtr->x += widthAdjust;
CharChunkMeasureChars(addChunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0,
&addChunkPtr->width);
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8963 8964 8965 8966 8967 8968 8969 |
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
}
for (chunkPtr=baseChunkPtr; chunkPtr!=NULL; chunkPtr=chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != CharUndisplayProc) {
continue;
}
| | | 8966 8967 8968 8969 8970 8971 8972 8973 8974 8975 8976 8977 8978 8979 8980 |
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
}
for (chunkPtr=baseChunkPtr; chunkPtr!=NULL; chunkPtr=chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != CharUndisplayProc) {
continue;
}
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != baseChunkPtr) {
break;
}
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = NULL;
ciPtr->chars = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9013 9014 9015 9016 9017 9018 9019 |
StyleValues *sv1;
StyleValues *sv2;
if (style1 == style2) {
return 1;
}
| | | 9016 9017 9018 9019 9020 9021 9022 9023 9024 9025 9026 9027 9028 9029 9030 |
StyleValues *sv1;
StyleValues *sv2;
if (style1 == style2) {
return 1;
}
#ifndef TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
if (
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
!TkMacOSXCompareColors(style1->fgGC->foreground,
style2->fgGC->foreground)
#else
style1->fgGC->foreground != style2->fgGC->foreground
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9083 9084 9085 9086 9087 9088 9089 |
return;
}
/*
* Reinstitute this base chunk for re-layout.
*/
| | | | 9086 9087 9088 9089 9090 9091 9092 9093 9094 9095 9096 9097 9098 9099 9100 9101 9102 9103 9104 9105 9106 9107 |
return;
}
/*
* Reinstitute this base chunk for re-layout.
*/
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
baseCharChunkPtr = ciPtr->baseChunkPtr;
/*
* Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
*/
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *)baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
!= Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {
fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
"(not last)\n");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkPort.h" #include "tkText.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment: */ #define EI_SEG_SIZE \ | > > > > | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkPort.h" #include "tkText.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment: */ #define EI_SEG_SIZE \ ((unsigned)(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage))) /* * Prototypes for functions defined in this file: */ static TkTextSegment * EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static void EmbImageDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int lineHeight, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); static int EmbImageLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static void EmbImageDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int lineHeight, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); static int EmbImageLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX, int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); static void EmbImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
/*
* Information used for parsing image configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
| | | | | | | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
/*
* Information used for parsing image configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, align),
0, alignStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-name", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *)&eiPtr->body.ei,
eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
"no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc <= 5) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
| | | 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
"no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc <= 5) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
(char *)&eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
(objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
return TCL_OK;
}
case CMD_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
| | < < < | | | | | < | < < < > > | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
return TCL_OK;
}
case CMD_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
if (objc == 3) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable,
&search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, hPtr), -1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
break;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
int objc, /* Number of strings in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of strings describing configuration
* options. */
{
Tk_Image image;
Tcl_DString newName;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| < | < < < | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
int objc, /* Number of strings in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of strings describing configuration
* options. */
{
Tk_Image image;
Tcl_DString newName;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
char *name;
int dummy, length;
if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *)&eiPtr->body.ei,
eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
if (name == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(textPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Either a \"-name\" or a \"-image\" argument must be"
" provided to the \"image create\" subcommand", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(textPtr->interp, "TK", "TEXT", "IMAGE_CREATE_USAGE",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | > > > | < | | > | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
if (name == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(textPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Either a \"-name\" or a \"-image\" argument must be"
" provided to the \"image create\" subcommand", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(textPtr->interp, "TK", "TEXT", "IMAGE_CREATE_USAGE",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&newName);
while (Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name)) {
char buf[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "#%d", ++textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageCount);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&newName, 0);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&newName, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&newName, buf, -1);
name = Tcl_DStringValue(&newName);
}
length = strlen(name);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name,
&dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
eiPtr->body.ei.name = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
memcpy(eiPtr->body.ei.name, name, length + 1);
Tcl_SetObjResult(textPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
Tcl_DStringFree(&newName);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
*/
static int
EmbImageLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
| | | | 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
*/
static int
EmbImageLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
int offset, /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkWrapMode), /* Wrap mode to use for line:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 |
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextLine *)) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (eiPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image is last segment in line");
}
if (eiPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image has size %d",
| | | 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 |
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextLine *)) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (eiPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image is last segment in line");
}
if (eiPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image has size %d",
eiPtr->size);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbImageDisplayProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 | * * TkTextImageIndex -- * * Given the name of an embedded image within a text widget, returns an * index corresponding to the image's position in the text. * * Results: | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
*
* TkTextImageIndex --
*
* Given the name of an embedded image within a text widget, returns an
* index corresponding to the image's position in the text.
*
* Results:
* The return value is TCL_OK if there is an embedded image by the given
* name in the text widget, TCL_ERROR otherwise. If the image exists,
* *indexPtr is filled in with its index.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextImageIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget containing image. */
const char *name, /* Name of image. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index information gets stored here. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkTextSegment *eiPtr;
if (textPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
indexPtr->tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
indexPtr->linePtr = eiPtr->body.ei.linePtr;
indexPtr->byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(eiPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
/*
* If indexPtr refers to somewhere outside the -startline/-endline
* range limits of the widget, error out since the image indeed is not
* reachable from this text widget (it may be reachable from a peer).
*/
if (TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbImageProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" #include "default.h" /* * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer): */ #define LAST_CHAR 1000000 /* | > > > > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" #include "default.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer): */ #define LAST_CHAR 1000000 /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | #define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \ ((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1) #define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \ (PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2)) #define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \ ((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *)(indexPtr)) #define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \ | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *)(indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch))
/*
* Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
* text widgets internally.
*/
const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
}
static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
Tcl_Obj *copyPtr) /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
| | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
}
static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
Tcl_Obj *copyPtr) /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
int epoch;
TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;
dupIndexPtr = (TkTextIndex *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);
dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
* position. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
int cache;
if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
| | | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
* position. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
int cache;
if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
int epoch;
indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);
if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
return indexPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
421 422 423 424 425 426 427 | * character on the line is guaranteed to be a '\n', we can back * up a constant sizeof(char) bytes. */ indexPtr->byteIndex = index - sizeof(char); break; } | | | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
* character on the line is guaranteed to be a '\n', we can back
* up a constant sizeof(char) bytes.
*/
indexPtr->byteIndex = index - sizeof(char);
break;
}
if (index + segPtr->size > byteIndex) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = byteIndex;
if ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) {
/*
* Prevent UTF-8 character from being split up by ensuring
* that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
* falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
* adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
* of text). */
int charIndex, /* Index of desired character. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Structure to fill in. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
char *p, *start, *end;
int index, offset;
| | | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
* of text). */
int charIndex, /* Index of desired character. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Structure to fill in. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
char *p, *start, *end;
int index, offset;
Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
indexPtr->tree = tree;
if (lineIndex < 0) {
lineIndex = 0;
charIndex = 0;
}
if (charIndex < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
end = start + segPtr->size;
for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
if (charIndex == 0) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
return indexPtr;
}
charIndex--;
| | | | 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 |
end = start + segPtr->size;
for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
if (charIndex == 0) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
return indexPtr;
}
charIndex--;
offset = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
index += offset;
}
} else {
if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
break;
}
charIndex -= segPtr->size;
index += segPtr->size;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextSegment *
TkTextIndexToSeg(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */
| | | | 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextSegment *
TkTextIndexToSeg(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */
int *offsetPtr) /* Where to store offset within segment, or
* NULL if offset isn't wanted. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int offset;
for (offset = indexPtr->byteIndex, segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
offset >= segPtr->size;
offset -= segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
if (offsetPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (TkTextMarkNameToIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
| | | | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (TkTextMarkNameToIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
if (TkTextWindowIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
if (TkTextImageIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
/*
*------------------------------------------------
* Stage 2: start again by parsing the base index.
*------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 | * See if the base position is the name of an embedded window. */ c = *endOfBase; *endOfBase = 0; result = TkTextWindowIndex(textPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(©), indexPtr); *endOfBase = c; | | | 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
* See if the base position is the name of an embedded window.
*/
c = *endOfBase;
*endOfBase = 0;
result = TkTextWindowIndex(textPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(©), indexPtr);
*endOfBase = c;
if (result == TCL_OK) {
goto gotBase;
}
}
if ((string[0] == 'e')
&& (strncmp(string, "end",
endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(©)) == 0)) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
950 951 952 953 954 955 956 | * See if the base position is the name of an embedded image. */ c = *endOfBase; *endOfBase = 0; result = TkTextImageIndex(textPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(©), indexPtr); *endOfBase = c; | | | 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
* See if the base position is the name of an embedded image.
*/
c = *endOfBase;
*endOfBase = 0;
result = TkTextImageIndex(textPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(©), indexPtr);
*endOfBase = c;
if (result == TCL_OK) {
goto gotBase;
}
}
goto error;
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
done:
if (canCachePtr != NULL) {
*canCachePtr = canCache;
}
if (indexPtr->linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Bad index created");
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad text index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "BAD_INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextPrintIndex --
*
* This function generates a string description of an index, suitable for
* reading in again later.
*
* Results:
* The characters pointed to by string are modified. Returns the number
* of characters in the string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 |
done:
if (canCachePtr != NULL) {
*canCachePtr = canCache;
}
if (indexPtr->linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Bad index created");
}
TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad text index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "BAD_INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd --
*
* Adjust indexPtr to the -startline/-endline range, or just check
* if indexPtr is out of this range.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If check is true,
* return TCL_ERROR if indexPtr is outside the -startline/-endline
* range (indexPtr is not modified).
* If check is false, adjust indexPtr to -startline/-endline.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(
TkText *textPtr,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Pointer to index. */
int check) /* 1 means only check indexPtr against
* the -startline/-endline range
* 0 means adjust to this range */
{
int bound;
TkTextIndex indexBound;
if (!textPtr) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
bound = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->start);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, bound, 0,
&indexBound);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr, &indexBound) < 0) {
if (check) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, bound, 0,
indexPtr);
}
}
if (textPtr->end != NULL) {
bound = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->end);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, bound, 0,
&indexBound);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr, &indexBound) > 0) {
if (check) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, bound, 0,
indexPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextPrintIndex --
*
* This function generates a string description of an index, suitable for
* reading in again later.
*
* Results:
* The characters pointed to by string are modified. Returns the number
* of characters in the string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextPrintIndex(
const TkText *textPtr,
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */
char *string) /* Place to store the position. Must have at
* least TK_POS_CHARS characters. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 | * Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding * of a newline. */ linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr); segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; } | | | | 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 |
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding
* of a newline.
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
}
if (numBytes <= segPtr->size) {
break;
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
charIndex += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, segPtr->size);
} else {
charIndex += segPtr->size;
}
numBytes -= segPtr->size;
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
charIndex += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, numBytes);
} else {
charIndex += numBytes;
}
return snprintf(string, TK_POS_CHARS, "%d.%d",
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr->linePtr) + 1, charIndex);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextIndexCmp --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 |
* be negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The type of item to count */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
| | | 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
* be negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The type of item to count */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
int byteOffset;
char *start, *end, *p;
int ch;
int elide = 0;
int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
if (charCount < 0) {
TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 |
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
/* Index describing location of character from
* which to count. */
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
{
| | | 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 |
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
/* Index describing location of character from
* which to count. */
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
{
int byteCount, offset;
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
if (indexPtr1->linePtr == indexPtr2->linePtr) {
return indexPtr2->byteIndex - indexPtr1->byteIndex;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 |
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The kind of indices to count. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr1;
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *seg2Ptr = NULL;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
| | < | 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 |
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The kind of indices to count. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr1;
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *seg2Ptr = NULL;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
int byteOffset, maxBytes, count = 0, elide = 0;
int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
/*
* Find seg that contains src index, and remember how many bytes not to
* count in the given segment.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 |
}
byteOffset = 0;
continue;
}
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
| | | | 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
}
byteOffset = 0;
continue;
}
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
int byteLen = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
unsigned char *str = (unsigned char *)
segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
int i;
if (segPtr == seg2Ptr) {
if (byteLen + byteOffset > maxBytes) {
byteLen = maxBytes - byteOffset;
}
}
i = byteLen;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 |
count += byteLen - i;
if (i) {
count += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset
+ (byteLen - i), i);
}
} else {
if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
| | | 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 |
count += byteLen - i;
if (i) {
count += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset
+ (byteLen - i), i);
}
} else {
if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
int byteLen = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
if (segPtr == seg2Ptr) {
if (byteLen + byteOffset > maxBytes) {
byteLen = maxBytes - byteOffset;
}
}
count += byteLen;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 | * Two logical lines merged into one display line through * eliding of a newline. */ linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr); segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; } | | | 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 |
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through
* eliding of a newline.
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
}
if (segSize <= segPtr->size) {
break;
}
segSize -= segPtr->size;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 |
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex = 0;
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordend", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
| | | 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 |
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex = 0;
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordend", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
int offset;
/*
* If the current character isn't part of a word then just move
* forward one character. Otherwise move forward until finding a
* character that isn't part of a word and stop there.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 |
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordstart", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
| | | 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 |
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordstart", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
int offset;
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 |
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
int ch;
TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
break;
}
| | > > > | < < < | 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 |
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
int ch;
TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
break;
}
if (offset > 0) {
chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
- TkUtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
segPtr->body.chars));
}
firstChar = 0;
}
if (offset == 0) {
if (indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
goto done;
}
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
} else {
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex -= chSize;
}
offset -= chSize;
if (offset < 0) {
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
}
}
if (!firstChar) {
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextMark.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | #include "tkText.h" #include "tk3d.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment: */ | | | | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | #include "tkText.h" #include "tk3d.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment: */ #define MSEG_SIZE ((unsigned)(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + sizeof(TkTextMark))) /* * Forward references for functions defined in this file: */ static Tcl_Obj * GetMarkName(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr); static void InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); static int MarkDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static TkTextSegment * MarkCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static void MarkCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static int MarkLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX, int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); static int MarkFindNext(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *markName); static int MarkFindPrev(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *markName); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
case MARK_GRAVITY: {
char c;
| | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
case MARK_GRAVITY: {
char c;
int length;
const char *str;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
} else {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
typeStr = "right";
} else {
typeStr = "left";
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
typeStr = "right";
} else {
typeStr = "left";
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
c = str[0];
if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", length) == 0)) {
newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
} else if ((c == 'r') &&
(strncmp(str, "right", length) == 0)) {
newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | * TkTextMarkNameToIndex -- * * Given the name of a mark, return an index corresponding to the mark * name. * * Results: * The return value is TCL_OK if "name" exists as a mark in the text | | | < < > | < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < | 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
* TkTextMarkNameToIndex --
*
* Given the name of a mark, return an index corresponding to the mark
* name.
*
* Results:
* The return value is TCL_OK if "name" exists as a mark in the text
* widget and is located within its -startline/-endline range. In this
* case *indexPtr is filled in with the next segment who is after the
* mark whose size is non-zero. TCL_ERROR is returned if the mark
* doesn't exist in the text widget, or if it is out of its -startline/
* -endline range. In this latter case *indexPtr still contains valid
* information, in particular TkTextMarkNameToIndex called with the
* "insert" or "current" mark name may return TCL_ERROR, but *indexPtr
* contains the correct index of this mark before -startline or after
* -endline.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextMarkNameToIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget containing mark. */
const char *name, /* Name of mark. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index information gets stored here. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
if (textPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(name, "insert")) {
segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
} else if (!strcmp(name, "current")) {
segPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
} else {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, indexPtr);
/*
* If indexPtr refers to somewhere outside the -startline/-endline
* range limits of the widget, error out since the mark indeed is not
* reachable from this text widget (it may be reachable from a peer)
* (bug 1630271).
*/
if (TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MarkDeleteProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
556 557 558 559 560 561 562 |
*/
static int
MarkLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
| | | | 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
*/
static int
MarkLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkWrapMode), /* Not used. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
* the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty tabstyle value, but the
* widget as a whole is not.
*/
static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
"tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
* the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty tabstyle value, but the
* widget as a whole is not.
*/
static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
"tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};
/* This struct can be used for booleans, relief and pixels */
typedef struct {
char *string;
int value;
} IntStruct;
typedef struct {
char *string;
Tk_Justify value;
} JustifyStruct;
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
}
return (objPtr->length == 0);
}
#define OPTION_NONNEG (1 << 10)
static int
SetPixels(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
IntStruct pixel = {NULL, INT_MIN};
IntStruct *internalPtr = (IntStruct *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (!(flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) || !ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, *value, &pixel.value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((flags & OPTION_NONNEG) && pixel.value < 0) {
pixel.value = 0;
}
pixel.string = ckalloc((*value)->length + 1);
strcpy(pixel.string, (*value)->bytes);
}
*((char **)oldInternalPtr) = NULL;
*internalPtr = pixel;
return TCL_OK;
};
static int
SetBoolean(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
IntStruct booleanVal = {NULL, -1};
IntStruct *internalPtr = (IntStruct *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (!(flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) || !ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, *value, &booleanVal.value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
booleanVal.string = ckalloc((*value)->length + 1);
strcpy(booleanVal.string, (*value)->bytes);
}
*((char **)oldInternalPtr) = NULL;
*internalPtr = booleanVal;
return TCL_OK;
};
static int
SetRelief(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
IntStruct relief = {NULL, TK_RELIEF_NULL};
IntStruct *internalPtr = (IntStruct *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (!(flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) || !ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
if (Tk_GetReliefFromObj(interp, *value, &relief.value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
relief.string = ckalloc((*value)->length + 1);
strcpy(relief.string, (*value)->bytes);
}
*((char **)oldInternalPtr) = NULL;
*internalPtr = relief;
return TCL_OK;
};
static int
SetJustify(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
JustifyStruct justify = {NULL, (Tk_Justify)-1};
JustifyStruct *internalPtr = (JustifyStruct *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (!(flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) || !ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
if (Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(interp, *value, &justify.value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
justify.string = ckalloc((*value)->length + 1);
strcpy(justify.string, (*value)->bytes);
}
*((char **)oldInternalPtr) = NULL;
*internalPtr = justify;
return TCL_OK;
};
static Tcl_Obj *GetStruct(
void *clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset)
{
char **structPtr = (char **)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (*structPtr == NULL || **structPtr == '\0') {
return Tcl_NewObj();
}
return Tcl_NewStringObj(*structPtr, -1);
};
static void
FreeStruct(void *clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr)
{
char **structPtr = (char **)internalPtr;
if (*structPtr) {
ckfree(*structPtr);
*structPtr = NULL;
}
};
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption pixelsOption = {
"pixels", /* name */
SetPixels, /* setProc */
GetStruct, /* getProc */
NULL, /* restoreProc */
FreeStruct, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption booleanOption = {
"boolean", /* name */
SetBoolean, /* setProc */
GetStruct, /* getProc */
NULL, /* restoreProc */
FreeStruct, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption justifyOption = {
"justify", /* name */
SetJustify, /* setProc */
GetStruct, /* getProc */
NULL, /* restoreProc */
FreeStruct, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption reliefOption = {
"relief", /* name */
SetRelief, /* setProc */
GetStruct, /* getProc */
NULL, /* restoreProc */
FreeStruct, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, border), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bgstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, bgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-elide", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, elideString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &booleanOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-fgstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tkfont), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, justifyString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &justifyOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-lmargin1", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-lmargin2", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-lmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, offsetString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-overstrike", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, overstrikeString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &booleanOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-overstrikefg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, overstrikeColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-relief", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, reliefString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &reliefOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-rmargin", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, rMarginString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-rmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, rMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, selBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, selFgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-spacing1", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|OPTION_NONNEG, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-spacing2", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|OPTION_NONNEG, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-spacing3", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing3String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|OPTION_NONNEG, &pixelsOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStringPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStyle),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, tabStyleStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, underlineString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &booleanOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-underlinefg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, underlineColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, wrapMode),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, wrapStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
}
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
"tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), NULL);
| | | 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
}
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
"tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), NULL);
if (tagPtr->elide > 0) {
/*
* Indices are potentially obsolete after adding or removing
* elided character ranges, especially indices having "display"
* or "any" submodifier, therefore increase the epoch.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
} else {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
} else {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *)tagPtr,
tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
break;
case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
int newTag;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
"tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
if (objc <= 5) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *)tagPtr,
tagPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
* -justify, require additional translation (this is needed
* because we need to distinguish a particular value of an option
* from "unspecified").
*/
if (tagPtr->borderWidth < 0) {
tagPtr->borderWidth = 0;
}
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(tagPtr->tabArrayPtr);
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr = NULL;
}
if (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL) {
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr =
TkTextGetTabs(interp, textPtr, tagPtr->tabStringPtr);
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (tagPtr->elideString != NULL) {
/*
* Indices are potentially obsolete after changing -elide,
* especially those computed with "display" or "any"
* submodifier, therefore increase the epoch.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | || (tagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL) || (tagPtr->offsetString != NULL) || (tagPtr->rMarginString != NULL) || (tagPtr->spacing1String != NULL) || (tagPtr->spacing2String != NULL) || (tagPtr->spacing3String != NULL) || (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL) | | > | > > | 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
|| (tagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->offsetString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->rMarginString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->spacing1String != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->spacing2String != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->spacing3String != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_TABULAR)
|| (tagPtr->tabStyle == TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_WORDPROCESSOR)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD)) {
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 1;
}
if ((tagPtr->border != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->selBorder != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->reliefString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->bgStipple != None)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 | * this for all peers, unless we actually want to synchronize * sel-style changes across the peers. */ TkTextRedrawTag(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL, tagPtr, 1); } | | | 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
* this for all peers, unless we actually want to synchronize
* sel-style changes across the peers.
*/
TkTextRedrawTag(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
NULL, NULL, tagPtr, 1);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
break;
}
case TAG_DELETE: {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (objc < 4) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
tagPtr->toggleCount = 0;
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->priority = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags;
tagPtr->border = NULL;
tagPtr->borderWidth = 0;
tagPtr->borderWidthPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->reliefString = NULL;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 |
tagPtr->toggleCount = 0;
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->priority = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags;
tagPtr->border = NULL;
tagPtr->borderWidth = 0;
tagPtr->borderWidthPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->reliefString = NULL;
tagPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_NULL;
tagPtr->bgStipple = None;
tagPtr->fgColor = NULL;
tagPtr->tkfont = NULL;
tagPtr->fgStipple = None;
tagPtr->justifyString = NULL;
tagPtr->justify = (Tk_Justify)-1;
tagPtr->lMargin1String = NULL;
tagPtr->lMargin1 = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->lMargin2String = NULL;
tagPtr->lMargin2 = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->lMarginColor = NULL;
tagPtr->offsetString = NULL;
tagPtr->offset = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->overstrikeString = NULL;
tagPtr->overstrike = -1;
tagPtr->overstrikeColor = NULL;
tagPtr->rMarginString = NULL;
tagPtr->rMargin = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->rMarginColor = NULL;
tagPtr->selBorder = NULL;
tagPtr->selFgColor = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing1String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing1 = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->spacing2String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing2 = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->spacing3String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing3 = INT_MIN;
tagPtr->tabStringPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->tabStyle = TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_NONE;
tagPtr->underlineString = NULL;
tagPtr->underline = -1;
tagPtr->underlineColor = NULL;
tagPtr->elideString = NULL;
tagPtr->elide = -1;
tagPtr->wrapMode = TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL;
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0;
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags++;
if (!strcmp(tagName, "sel")) {
tagPtr->textPtr = textPtr;
textPtr->refCount++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error message; if
* NULL, then don't record an error
* message. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
Tcl_Obj *tagName) /* Name of desired tag. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| | | | 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error message; if
* NULL, then don't record an error
* message. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
Tcl_Obj *tagName) /* Name of desired tag. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int len;
const char *str;
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str, "sel")) {
return textPtr->selTagPtr;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
Tcl_GetString(tagName));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (TkTextTag *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 |
* a button is pressed and refusing to pick a new current character while
* a button is pressed.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
| | | | 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 |
* a button is pressed and refusing to pick a new current character while
* a button is pressed.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
unsigned int mask;
mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) == mask) {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
repick = 1;
}
} else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify)
|| (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & ALL_BUTTONS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 |
if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & ALL_BUTTONS) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
}
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
}
| | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 |
if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & ALL_BUTTONS) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
}
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
}
if ((textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
if (textPtr->numCurTags > 0) {
/*
* The mouse is inside the text widget, the 'current' mark was updated.
*/
TagBindEvent(textPtr, eventPtr, textPtr->numCurTags,
textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
} else if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
/*
* Key events fire independently of the 'current' mark and use the
* 'insert' mark.
*/
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextTag** tagArrayPtr;
int numTags;
TkTextMarkNameToIndex(textPtr, "insert", &index);
tagArrayPtr = TkBTreeGetTags(&index, textPtr, &numTags);
SortTags(numTags, tagArrayPtr);
TagBindEvent(textPtr, eventPtr, numTags, tagArrayPtr);
}
}
if (repick) {
unsigned int oldState;
oldState = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(unsigned long)ALL_BUTTONS;
if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 |
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
* warning. */
| | < | 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 |
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
* warning. */
int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, size, nearby;
XEvent event;
/*
* If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
* again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
* a form of mouse grabbing.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 |
if ((textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
event = textPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = LeaveNotify;
/*
| > | | | > > > > > > > | 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 |
if ((textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
event = textPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = LeaveNotify;
/*
* Behaviour before ticket #47d4f29159:
* Always use a detail of NotifyAncestor. Besides being
* consistent, this avoids problems where the binding code will
* discard NotifyInferior events.
*
* Behaviour after ticket #47d4f29159:
* The binding mechanism doesn't discard events with detail field
* NotifyInferior anymore. It would be best to base the detail
* field on the ancestry relationship between the old and new
* tags. For the time being, retain the choice from before
* ticket #47d4f29159, which doesn't harm.
*/
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
TagBindEvent(textPtr, &event, numOldTags, oldArrayPtr);
}
ckfree(oldArrayPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextWind.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void EmbWinLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr textGeomType = {
"text", /* name */
EmbWinRequestProc, /* requestProc */
| | | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void EmbWinLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr textGeomType = {
"text", /* name */
EmbWinRequestProc, /* requestProc */
EmbWinLostContentProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
*/
#define EW_SEG_SIZE ((unsigned)(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow)))
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static TkTextSegment * EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
static void EmbWinCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
static void EmbWinBboxProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int index, int y,
int lineHeight, int baseline, int *xPtr,int *yPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
static int EmbWinConfigure(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *ewPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void EmbWinDelayedUnmap(ClientData clientData);
static int EmbWinDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone);
static int EmbWinLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr,
int offset, int maxX, int maxChars,int noCharsYet,
TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
static void EmbWinStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbWinUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
static TkTextEmbWindowClient *EmbWinGetClient(const TkText *textPtr,
TkTextSegment *ewPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
/*
* Information used for parsing window configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
| | | | | | | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
/*
* Information used for parsing window configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, align),
0, alignStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-create", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, create), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, stretch), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, tkwin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextWindowCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
| | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *)&ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
| | | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *)&ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
| | | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *)&ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
static void
EmbWinStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
| < < < < < | < | 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
static void
EmbWinStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
return;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr->windowTable,
Tk_PathName(client->tkwin));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
/*
* This may not exist if the entire widget is being deleted.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
}
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
client->tkwin = NULL;
EmbWinRequestProc(client, NULL);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinRequestProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
570 571 572 573 574 575 576 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
| | > > > > > > > > | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
TkTextIndex index;
index.tree = ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr->tree;
index.linePtr = ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr;
/*
* ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == NULL means the embedded window is already
* destroyed. The ewPtr segment is no longer linked, TkTextSegToOffset
* cannot find it within the line pointed by ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr.
*/
index.byteIndex = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin ?
TkTextSegToOffset(ewPtr, ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr) : 0;
TkTextChanged(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL, &index, &index);
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
*/
static int
EmbWinLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
| | | | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
*/
static int
EmbWinLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextIndex *), /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
int offset, /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkWrapMode), /* Wrap mode to use for line:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextLine *)) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (ewPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbWinCheckProc: embedded window is last segment in line");
}
if (ewPtr->size != 1) {
| | | 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 |
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TCL_UNUSED(TkTextLine *)) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (ewPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbWinCheckProc: embedded window is last segment in line");
}
if (ewPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbWinCheckProc: embedded window has size %d", ewPtr->size);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 | * * TkTextWindowIndex -- * * Given the name of an embedded window within a text widget, returns an * index corresponding to the window's position in the text. * * Results: | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 |
*
* TkTextWindowIndex --
*
* Given the name of an embedded window within a text widget, returns an
* index corresponding to the window's position in the text.
*
* Results:
* The return value is TCL_OK if there is an embedded window by the given
* name in the text widget, TCL_ERROR otherwise. If the window exists,
* *indexPtr is filled in with its index.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextWindowIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget containing window. */
const char *name, /* Name of window. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index information gets stored here. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr;
if (textPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ewPtr = (TkTextSegment *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
indexPtr->tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
indexPtr->linePtr = ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr;
indexPtr->byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(ewPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
/*
* If indexPtr refers to somewhere outside the -startline/-endline
* range limits of the widget, error out since the window indeed is not
* reachable from this text widget (it may be reachable from a peer).
*/
if (TkTextIndexAdjustToStartEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinGetClient --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTrig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ double TkLineToPoint( | | | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
TkLineToPoint(
double end1Ptr[], /* Coordinates of first end-point of line. */
double end2Ptr[], /* Coordinates of second end-point of line. */
double pointPtr[]) /* Points to coords for point. */
{
double x, y;
/*
* Compute the point on the line that is closest to the point. This must
* be done separately for vertical edges, horizontal edges, and other
* edges.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkLineToArea( | | | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkLineToArea(
double end1Ptr[], /* X and y coordinates for one endpoint of
* line. */
double end2Ptr[], /* X and y coordinates for other endpoint of
* line. */
double rectPtr[]) /* Points to coords for rectangle, in the
* order x1, y1, x2, y2. X1 must be no larger
* than x2, and y1 no larger than y2. */
{
int inside1, inside2;
/*
* First check the two points individually to see whether they are inside
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkThickPolyLineToArea(
double *coordPtr, /* Points to an array of coordinates for the
* polyline: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *coordPtr. */
double width, /* Width of each line segment. */
int capStyle, /* How are end-points of polyline drawn?
| > | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkThickPolyLineToArea(
double *coordPtr, /* Points to an array of coordinates for the
* polyline: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *coordPtr. */
double width, /* Width of each line segment. */
int capStyle, /* How are end-points of polyline drawn?
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ double TkOvalToPoint( | > | | | 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
double
TkOvalToPoint(
double ovalPtr[], /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) defining oval's bounding
* box. */
double width, /* Width of outline for oval. */
int filled, /* Non-zero means oval should be treated as
* filled; zero means only consider
* outline. */
double pointPtr[]) /* Coordinates of point. */
{
double xDelta, yDelta, scaledDistance, distToOutline, distToCenter;
double xDiam, yDiam;
/*
* Compute the distance between the center of the oval and the point in
* question, using a coordinate system where the oval has been transformed
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
*
* Side effects:
* The boudn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkIncludePoint(
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose bounding box is being
* calculated. */
double *pointPtr) /* Address of two doubles giving x and y
* coordinates of point. */
{
| > | 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 |
*
* Side effects:
* The boudn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
TkIncludePoint(
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose bounding box is being
* calculated. */
double *pointPtr) /* Address of two doubles giving x and y
* coordinates of point. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkUndo.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkUndo.c -- * * This module provides the implementation of an undo stack. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkUndo.c -- * * This module provides the implementation of an undo stack. * * Copyright (c) 2002 Ludwig Callewaert. * Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Vincent Darley. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkUndo.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the implementation of the "statekey" Tcl
* object, used for quickly finding a mapping in a TkStateMap.
*/
const Tcl_ObjType tkStateKeyObjType = {
"statekey", /* name */
| > > > > | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The structure below defines the implementation of the "statekey" Tcl
* object, used for quickly finding a mapping in a TkStateMap.
*/
const Tcl_ObjType tkStateKeyObjType = {
"statekey", /* name */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkStateParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
| | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkStateParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
int flags = PTR2INT(clientData);
size_t length;
Tcl_Obj *msgObj;
Tk_State *statePtr = (Tk_State *) (widgRec + offset);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkStatePrintProc( | | | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkStatePrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Tk_State *statePtr = (Tk_State *) (widgRec + offset);
switch (*statePtr) {
case TK_STATE_NORMAL:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkOrientParseProc( | | | | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkOrientParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
int *orientPtr = (int *) (widgRec + offset);
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*orientPtr = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkOrientPrintProc( | | | | | | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkOrientPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
int *statePtr = (int *) (widgRec + offset);
if (*statePtr) {
return "vertical";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
int
TkOffsetParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
| | | 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
int
TkOffsetParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset) /* Offset of tile in record */
{
Tk_TSOffset *offsetPtr = (Tk_TSOffset *) (widgRec + offset);
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset;
const char *q, *p;
int result;
Tcl_Obj *msgObj;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 | * The offset of the tile is returned. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkOffsetPrintProc( | | | | | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 |
* The offset of the tile is returned.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkOffsetPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* not used */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset, /* Offset of tile in record */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* not used */
{
Tk_TSOffset *offsetPtr = (Tk_TSOffset *) (widgRec + offset);
char *p, *q;
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
if (offsetPtr->flags >= INT_MAX) {
return "end";
}
p = (char *)ckalloc(32);
snprintf(p, 32, "%d", offsetPtr->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
return "nw";
} else if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
452 453 454 455 456 457 458 |
return "se";
}
}
q = p = (char *)ckalloc(32);
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE) {
*q++ = '#';
}
| | | 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
return "se";
}
}
q = p = (char *)ckalloc(32);
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE) {
*q++ = '#';
}
snprintf(q, 32, "%d,%d", offsetPtr->xoffset, offsetPtr->yoffset);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
TkPixelParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* If non-NULL, negative values are allowed as
* well. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
| | | 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
TkPixelParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* If non-NULL, negative values are allowed as
* well. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset) /* Offset of tile in record */
{
double *doublePtr = (double *) (widgRec + offset);
int result;
result = TkGetDoublePixels(interp, tkwin, value, doublePtr);
if ((result == TCL_OK) && (clientData == NULL) && (*doublePtr < 0.0)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
506 507 508 509 510 511 512 | * The name of the tile is returned. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkPixelPrintProc( | | | | | 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
* The name of the tile is returned.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkPixelPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* not used */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset, /* Offset of tile in record */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* not used */
{
double *doublePtr = (double *) (widgRec + offset);
char *p = (char *)ckalloc(24);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, *doublePtr, p);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, width, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetScrollInfo --
*
* This function is invoked to parse "xview" and "yview" scrolling
* commands for widgets using the new scrolling command syntax ("moveto"
* or "scroll" options).
*
* Results:
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 |
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, width, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDrawDottedRect --
*
* This function draws a dotted rectangle, used as focus ring of Ttk
* widgets and for rendering the active element of a listbox.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A dotted rectangle is drawn in the specified Drawable. On the
* windowing systems x11 and aqua the GC components line_style,
* line_width, dashes, and dash_offset are modified as needed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkDrawDottedRect(
Display *disp, /* Display containing the dotted rectangle. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw the rectangle (typically a
* pixmap for double buffering). */
GC gc, /* Graphics context to use for drawing the
* rectangle. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of the top-left corner. */
int width, int height) /* Width & height, _including the border_. */
{
#ifdef _WIN32
TkWinDrawDottedRect(disp, d, gc->foreground, x, y, width, height);
#else
XGCValues gcValues;
int widthMod2 = width % 2, heightMod2 = height % 2;
int x2 = x + width - 1, y2 = y + height - 1;
gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash;
gcValues.line_width = 1;
gcValues.dashes = 1;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
gcValues.dash_offset = 1;
#else
gcValues.dash_offset = 0;
#endif
XChangeGC(disp, gc, GCLineStyle | GCLineWidth | GCDashList | GCDashOffset,
&gcValues);
if (widthMod2 == 0 && heightMod2 == 0) {
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x+1, y, x2-1, y); /* N */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x+2, y2, x2, y2); /* S */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x, y+2, x, y2); /* W */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x2, y+1, x2, y2-1); /* E */
} else {
int dx = 1 - widthMod2, dy = 1 - heightMod2;
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x+1, y, x2-dx, y); /* N */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x+1, y2, x2-dx, y2); /* S */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x, y+1, x, y2-dy); /* W */
XDrawLine(disp, d, gc, x2, y+1, x2, y2-dy); /* E */
}
#endif
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetScrollInfo --
*
* This function is invoked to parse "xview" and "yview" scrolling
* commands for widgets using the new scrolling command syntax ("moveto"
* or "scroll" options).
*
* Results:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
}
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
} else if ((c == 's')
&& (strncmp(argv[2], "scroll", length) == 0)) {
| < | | < | | 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
}
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
} else if ((c == 's')
&& (strncmp(argv[2], "scroll", length) == 0)) {
if (argc != 5) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"wrong # args: should be \"%s %s %s\"",
argv[0], argv[1], "scroll number units|pages"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
length = strlen(argv[4]);
c = argv[4][0];
if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[4], "pages", length) == 0)) {
return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
} else if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(argv[4], "units", length) == 0)) {
return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad argument \"%s\": must be units or pages", argv[4]));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", argv[2]));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", argv[2],
NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments for command. */
double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
* any. */
int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
* scroll, if any. */
{
| < | > < | | < < < | | | | | 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 |
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments for command. */
double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
* any. */
int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
* scroll, if any. */
{
const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
size_t length = objv[2]->length;
#define ArgPfxEq(str) \
((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, length))
if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
} else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number units|pages");
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
length = objv[4]->length;
if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad argument \"%s\": must be units or pages", arg));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", arg));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", arg, NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return ensemble;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | > > | | | < | < < < < | | | 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return ensemble;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSendVirtualEvent --
*
* Send a virtual event notification to the specified target window.
* Equivalent to:
* "event generate $target <<$eventName>> -data $detail"
*
* Note that we use Tk_QueueWindowEvent, not Tk_HandleEvent, so this
* routine does not reenter the interpreter.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSendVirtualEvent(
Tk_Window target,
const char *eventName,
Tcl_Obj *detail)
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
event.virt.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
event.virt.user_data = detail;
if (detail) Tcl_IncrRefCount(detail); // Event code will DecrRefCount
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/* Tcl 8.6 has a different definition of Tcl_UniChar than other Tcl versions for TCL_UTF_MAX > 3 */
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= (3 + (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION == 6))
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUtfToUniChar --
*
* Almost the same as Tcl_UtfToUniChar but using int instead of Tcl_UniChar.
* This function is capable of collapsing a upper/lower surrogate pair to a
* single unicode character. So, up to 6 bytes might be consumed.
*
* Results:
* *chPtr is filled with the Tcl_UniChar, and the return value is the
* number of bytes from the UTF-8 string that were consumed.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkUtfToUniChar(
const char *src, /* The UTF-8 string. */
int *chPtr) /* Filled with the Unicode value represented by
* the UTF-8 string. */
{
Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;
int len = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &uniChar);
if ((uniChar & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) {
Tcl_UniChar low = uniChar;
/* This can only happen if sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)== 2 and src points
* to a character > U+FFFF */
size_t len2 = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src+len, &low);
if ((low & 0xFC00) == 0xDC00) {
*chPtr = (((uniChar & 0x3FF) << 10) | (low & 0x3FF)) + 0x10000;
return len + len2;
}
}
*chPtr = uniChar;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
if ((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF) {
/* Spit out a 4-byte UTF-8 character or 2 x 3-byte UTF-8 characters, depending on Tcl
* version and/or TCL_UTF_MAX build value */
int len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(0xD800 | ((ch - 0x10000) >> 10), buf);
return len + Tcl_UniCharToUtf(0xDC00 | (ch & 0x7FF), buf + len);
}
return Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 |
return src - 4;
}
#endif
return (first + TkUtfToUniChar(first, &ch) >= src) ? first : p ;
}
| > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < > > > | | < > > | | < > | > | 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 |
return src - 4;
}
#endif
return (first + TkUtfToUniChar(first, &ch) >= src) ? first : p ;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUtfAtIndex --
*
* Returns a pointer to the specified character (not byte) position in
* a CESU-8 string. This will never point at a low surrogate.
*
* Results:
* As above.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkUtfAtIndex(
const char *src, /* The UTF-8 string. */
int index) /* The position of the desired character. */
{
int ch;
const char *p = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(src, index);
if ((p > src) && (UCHAR(p[-1]) >= 0xF0)) {
--p;
return p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
}
return p;
}
#endif
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
* associated X class symbols.
*/
typedef struct VisualDictionary {
| | | | | | | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
/*
* The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
* associated X class symbols.
*/
typedef struct VisualDictionary {
const char *name; /* Textual name of class. */
int minLength; /* Minimum # characters that must be specified
* for an unambiguous match. */
int c_class; /* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
{"best", 1, 0},
{"directcolor", 2, DirectColor},
{"grayscale", 1, GrayScale},
{"greyscale", 1, GrayScale},
{"pseudocolor", 1, PseudoColor},
{"staticcolor", 7, StaticColor},
{"staticgray", 7, StaticGray},
{"staticgrey", 7, StaticGray},
{"truecolor", 1, TrueColor},
{NULL, 0, 0},
};
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
* colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
*/
struct TkColormap {
Colormap colormap; /* X's identifier for the colormap. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
int refCount; /* How many uses of the colormap are still
* outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
* calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
int shareable; /* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
* call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
* that the window wants it all for itself. 1
* means that the colormap was allocated as a
* default for a particular visual, so it can
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
for (p = string; *p != 0; p++) {
if (isspace(UCHAR(*p)) || isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
break;
}
}
length = p - string;
templ.c_class = -1;
| | | | | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
for (p = string; *p != 0; p++) {
if (isspace(UCHAR(*p)) || isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
break;
}
}
length = p - string;
templ.c_class = -1;
for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= (size_t)dictPtr->minLength)
&& (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name, length) == 0)) {
templ.c_class = dictPtr->c_class;
break;
}
}
if (templ.c_class == -1) {
Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ",
string);
for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(msgObj, "%s, ", dictPtr->name);
}
Tcl_AppendToObj(msgObj, "or default", -1);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, msgObj);
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "VISUAL", string, NULL);
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkPort.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * Type used to keep track of Window objects that were only partially * deallocated by Tk_DestroyWindow. */ #define HD_CLEANUP 1 | > | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkPort.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif #include "tkUuid.h" /* * Type used to keep track of Window objects that were only partially * deallocated by Tk_DestroyWindow. */ #define HD_CLEANUP 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
* the C functions that execute them.
*/
#define ISSAFE 1
#define PASSMAINWINDOW 2
#define WINMACONLY 4
#define USEINITPROC 8
typedef int (TkInitProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData);
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* Name of command. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *objProc; /* Command's object- (or string-) based
* function, or initProc. */
int flags;
| > | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
* the C functions that execute them.
*/
#define ISSAFE 1
#define PASSMAINWINDOW 2
#define WINMACONLY 4
#define USEINITPROC 8
#define SAVEUPDATECMD 16 /* better only be one of these! */
typedef int (TkInitProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData);
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* Name of command. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *objProc; /* Command's object- (or string-) based
* function, or initProc. */
int flags;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
{"option", Tk_OptionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"pack", Tk_PackObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"place", Tk_PlaceObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"raise", Tk_RaiseObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"selection", Tk_SelectionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc *)(void *)TkInitTkCmd, USEINITPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"tkwait", Tk_TkwaitObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
| | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
{"option", Tk_OptionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"pack", Tk_PackObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"place", Tk_PlaceObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"raise", Tk_RaiseObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"selection", Tk_SelectionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc *)(void *)TkInitTkCmd, USEINITPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"tkwait", Tk_TkwaitObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"update", Tk_UpdateObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE|SAVEUPDATECMD},
{"winfo", Tk_WinfoObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"wm", Tk_WmObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
/*
* Default widget class commands.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
*/
static void
TkCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
TkClipCleanup(dispPtr);
if (dispPtr->name != NULL) {
ckfree(dispPtr->name);
}
if (dispPtr->atomInit) {
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);
| > > | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
*/
static void
TkCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
TkClipCleanup(dispPtr);
TkpCancelWarp(dispPtr);
if (dispPtr->name != NULL) {
ckfree(dispPtr->name);
}
if (dispPtr->atomInit) {
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
330 331 332 333 334 335 336 | Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType); Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType); /* * Create built-in photo image formats. */ | < < > > | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);
/*
* Create built-in photo image formats.
*/
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
}
if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
screenId = Tk_ScreenNumber(parent);
} else {
dispPtr = GetScreen(interp, screenName, &screenId);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
}
winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);
/*
* Set the flags specified in the call.
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/
winPtr->flags |= flags;
/*
* Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
* is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
* In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
* window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
winPtr->atts.colormap = parentPtr->atts.colormap;
} else {
winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
}
winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
winPtr->flags = 0;
winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
winPtr->numTags = 0;
winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
winPtr->geomData = NULL;
winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL;
| > > | 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 |
winPtr->atts.colormap = parentPtr->atts.colormap;
} else {
winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
}
winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
winPtr->flags = 0;
winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
winPtr->numTags = 0;
winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
winPtr->geomData = NULL;
winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 |
* with the window and registered for "send" commands under "baseName".
* BaseName may be extended with an instance number in the form "#2" if
* necessary to make it globally unique. Tk-related commands are bound
* into interp.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkCreateMainWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
const char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window.
* Empty or NULL string means use DISPLAY
* environment variable. */
const char *baseName) /* Base name for application; usually of the
* form "prog instance". */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
int dummy, isSafe;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkMainInfo *mainPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
const TkCmd *cmdPtr;
ClientData clientData;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Panic if someone updated the TkWindow structure without also updating
* the Tk_FakeWin structure (or vice versa).
*/
| > > > > > > | 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 |
* with the window and registered for "send" commands under "baseName".
* BaseName may be extended with an instance number in the form "#2" if
* necessary to make it globally unique. Tk-related commands are bound
* into interp.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef STRINGIFY
# define STRINGIFY(x) STRINGIFY1(x)
# define STRINGIFY1(x) #x
#endif
Tk_Window
TkCreateMainWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
const char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window.
* Empty or NULL string means use DISPLAY
* environment variable. */
const char *baseName) /* Base name for application; usually of the
* form "prog instance". */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
int dummy, isSafe;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkMainInfo *mainPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
const TkCmd *cmdPtr;
ClientData clientData;
Tcl_CmdInfo info;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Panic if someone updated the TkWindow structure without also updating
* the Tk_FakeWin structure (or vice versa).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
mainPtr = (TkMainInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkMainInfo));
mainPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
mainPtr->refCount = 1;
mainPtr->interp = interp;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&mainPtr->nameTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
mainPtr->deletionEpoch = 0l;
| < > | 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 |
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
mainPtr = (TkMainInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkMainInfo));
mainPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
mainPtr->refCount = 1;
mainPtr->interp = interp;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&mainPtr->nameTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
mainPtr->deletionEpoch = 0l;
TkBindInit(mainPtr);
TkFontPkgInit(mainPtr);
TkStylePkgInit(mainPtr);
mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = NULL;
mainPtr->displayFocusPtr = NULL;
mainPtr->optionRootPtr = NULL;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&mainPtr->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
mainPtr->strictMotif = 0;
mainPtr->alwaysShowSelection = 0;
mainPtr->tclUpdateObjProc = NULL;
if (Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "tk_strictMotif", (char *) &mainPtr->strictMotif,
TCL_LINK_BOOLEAN) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
if (Tcl_CreateNamespace(interp, "::tk", NULL, NULL) == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 |
/*
* Bind in Tk's commands.
*/
isSafe = Tcl_IsSafe(interp);
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
if (cmdPtr->objProc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
}
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if ((cmdPtr->flags & WINMACONLY) && tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/*
* We are running on Cygwin, so don't use the win32 dialogs.
*/
continue;
}
#endif /* _WIN32 && !STATIC_BUILD */
if (cmdPtr->flags & PASSMAINWINDOW) {
clientData = tkwin;
} else {
clientData = NULL;
}
if (cmdPtr->flags & USEINITPROC) {
((TkInitProc *)(void *)cmdPtr->objProc)(interp, clientData);
} else {
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc,
clientData, NULL);
}
if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
}
}
/*
* Set variables for the interpreter.
*/
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 |
/*
* Bind in Tk's commands.
*/
isSafe = Tcl_IsSafe(interp);
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
if (cmdPtr->objProc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
}
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if ((cmdPtr->flags & WINMACONLY) && tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/*
* We are running on Cygwin, so don't use the win32 dialogs.
*/
continue;
}
#endif /* _WIN32 && !STATIC_BUILD */
if (cmdPtr->flags & PASSMAINWINDOW) {
clientData = tkwin;
} else {
clientData = NULL;
}
if ((cmdPtr->flags & SAVEUPDATECMD) &&
Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, cmdPtr->name, &cmdInfo) &&
cmdInfo.isNativeObjectProc && !cmdInfo.objClientData && !cmdInfo.deleteProc) {
mainPtr->tclUpdateObjProc = cmdInfo.objProc;
}
if (cmdPtr->flags & USEINITPROC) {
((TkInitProc *)(void *)cmdPtr->objProc)(interp, clientData);
} else {
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc,
clientData, NULL);
}
if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
}
}
if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, "::tcl::build-info", &info)) {
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::build-info",
info.objProc, (void *)
(TK_PATCH_LEVEL "+" STRINGIFY(TK_VERSION_UUID)
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
".aqua"
#endif
#if defined(__clang__) && defined(__clang_major__)
".clang-" STRINGIFY(__clang_major__)
#if __clang_minor__ < 10
"0"
#endif
STRINGIFY(__clang_minor__)
#endif
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__OBJC__)
".cplusplus"
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
".debug"
#endif
#if !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__GNUC__)
".gcc-" STRINGIFY(__GNUC__)
#if __GNUC_MINOR__ < 10
"0"
#endif
STRINGIFY(__GNUC_MINOR__)
#endif
#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
".icc-" STRINGIFY(__INTEL_COMPILER)
#endif
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
".memdebug"
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
".msvc-" STRINGIFY(_MSC_VER)
#endif
#ifdef USE_NMAKE
".nmake"
#endif
#ifdef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
".no-deprecate"
#endif
#ifndef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
".no-optimize"
#endif
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) && !defined(HAVE_XFT)
".no-xft"
#endif
#ifdef __OBJC__
".objective-c"
#if defined(__cplusplus)
"plusplus"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef TCL_CFG_PROFILED
".profile"
#endif
#ifdef PURIFY
".purify"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
".static"
#endif
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= (3 + (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION == 6))
".utf-16"
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
".win32"
#endif
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
".x11"
#endif
), NULL);
}
/*
* Set variables for the interpreter.
*/
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 |
* screen on which to create new window;
* window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
char *p;
Tk_Window parent;
| | | | 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 |
* screen on which to create new window;
* window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
char *p;
Tk_Window parent;
int numChars;
/*
* Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
* dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
* somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
* space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
* the situation where the parent is ".".
*/
p = (char *)strrchr(pathName, '.');
if (p == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad window path name \"%s\"", pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
return NULL;
}
numChars = (int) (p-pathName);
if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
p = (char *)ckalloc(numChars + 1);
} else {
p = fixedSpace;
}
if (numChars == 0) {
*p = '.';
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 |
halfdeadPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
halfdeadPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList;
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList = halfdeadPtr;
}
/*
* Some cleanup needs to be done immediately, rather than later, because
| | | 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 |
halfdeadPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
halfdeadPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList;
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList = halfdeadPtr;
}
/*
* Some cleanup needs to be done immediately, rather than later, because
* it needs information that will be destroyed before we get to the main
* cleanup point. For example, TkFocusDeadWindow needs to access the
* parentPtr field from a window, but if a Destroy event handler deletes
* the window's parent this field will be NULL before the main cleanup
* point is reached.
*/
if (!(halfdeadPtr->flags & HD_FOCUS)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 | * to do an explicit destroy of this X window. */ XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); } #endif Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable, | | > | > | 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 |
* to do an explicit destroy of this X window.
*/
XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
#endif
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
(char *) winPtr->window));
winPtr->window = None;
}
UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL &&
winPtr->ximGeneration == winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration) {
XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
}
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
}
TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 | * * NOTE: Only replace the commands it if the interpreter is not * being deleted. If it *is*, the interpreter cleanup will do all * the needed work. */ if ((winPtr->mainPtr->interp != NULL) && | | > > > | > > | > > > > > > | 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 |
*
* NOTE: Only replace the commands it if the interpreter is not
* being deleted. If it *is*, the interpreter cleanup will do all
* the needed work.
*/
if ((winPtr->mainPtr->interp != NULL) &&
!Tcl_InterpDeleted(winPtr->mainPtr->interp)) {
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
if ((cmdPtr->flags & SAVEUPDATECMD) &&
winPtr->mainPtr->tclUpdateObjProc != NULL) {
/* Restore Tcl's version of [update] */
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
cmdPtr->name,
winPtr->mainPtr->tclUpdateObjProc,
NULL, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
cmdPtr->name, TkDeadAppObjCmd,
NULL, NULL);
}
}
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "send",
TkDeadAppObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "tk_strictMotif");
Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
"::tk::AlwaysShowSelection");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&winPtr->mainPtr->busyTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable);
TkBindFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkDeleteAllImages(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkFontPkgFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkFocusFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkStylePkgFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
Ttk_TkDestroyedHandler(winPtr->mainPtr->interp);
/*
* When embedding Tk into other applications, make sure that all
* destroy events reach the server. Otherwise the embedding
* application may also attempt to destroy the windows, resulting
* in an X error
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 |
event.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xmap.send_event = False;
event.xmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
| | | 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 |
event.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xmap.send_event = False;
event.xmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MakeWindowExist --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 | event.type = UnmapNotify; event.xunmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display); event.xunmap.send_event = False; event.xunmap.display = winPtr->display; event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window; event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window; event.xunmap.from_configure = False; | | | 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 |
event.type = UnmapNotify;
event.xunmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xunmap.send_event = False;
event.xunmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.from_configure = False;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
}
void
Tk_ConfigureWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to re-configure. */
unsigned int valueMask, /* Mask indicating which parts of *valuePtr
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 |
void
Tk_DefineCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Tk_Cursor cursor) /* Cursor to use for window (may be None). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.cursor = (Cursor) cursor;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XDefineCursor(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.cursor);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = winPtr->dirtyAtts | CWCursor;
}
}
| > > > > | 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 |
void
Tk_DefineCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Tk_Cursor cursor) /* Cursor to use for window (may be None). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
winPtr->atts.cursor = (XCursor) cursor;
#else
winPtr->atts.cursor = (Cursor) cursor;
#endif
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XDefineCursor(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.cursor);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = winPtr->dirtyAtts | CWCursor;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 |
break;
}
}
if (window == None) {
return NULL;
}
| | | 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 |
break;
}
}
if (window == None) {
return NULL;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable, (char *) window);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_Window)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 |
return tsdPtr->numMainWindows;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 |
return tsdPtr->numMainWindows;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpAlwaysShowSelection --
*
* Indicates whether text/entry widgets should always display
* their selection, regardless of window focus.
*
* Results:
* The return value is 1 if always showing the selection has been
* requested for tkwin's application by setting the
* ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection variable in its interpreter to a true value.
* 0 is returned if it has a false value.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpAlwaysShowSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose application is to be
* checked. */
{
return ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->alwaysShowSelection;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 |
* Let error handlers catch up before actual close of displays.
* Must be done before tsdPtr->displayList is cleared, otherwise
* ErrorProc() in tkError.c cannot associate the pending X errors
* to the remaining error handlers.
*/
for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL;
| | | | 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 |
* Let error handlers catch up before actual close of displays.
* Must be done before tsdPtr->displayList is cleared, otherwise
* ErrorProc() in tkError.c cannot associate the pending X errors
* to the remaining error handlers.
*/
for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
}
/*
* Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
* possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
* calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
* old ones.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 |
}
tsdPtr->numMainWindows = 0;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = NULL;
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
| | | | | | < < < | | | < < | < > > | 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 |
}
tsdPtr->numMainWindows = 0;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = NULL;
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
static HMODULE tkcygwindll = NULL;
/*
* Run Tk_MainEx from libtk8.?.dll
*
* This function is only ever called from wish8.?.exe, the cygwin port of Tcl.
* This means that the system encoding is utf-8, so we don't have to do any
* encoding conversions.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkCygwinMainEx(
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Array of argument strings. */
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
/* Application-specific initialization
* procedure to call after most initialization
* but before starting to execute commands. */
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
WCHAR name[MAX_PATH];
int len;
void (*tkmainex)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
/* construct "<path>/libtk8.?.dll", from "<path>/tk8?.dll" */
len = GetModuleFileNameW((HINSTANCE)Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), name, MAX_PATH);
name[len-2] = '.';
name[len-1] = name[len-5];
wcscpy(name+len, L".dll");
memcpy(name+len-8, L"libtk8", 6 * sizeof(WCHAR));
tkcygwindll = LoadLibraryW(name);
if (tkcygwindll) {
tkmainex = (void (*)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *))
(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll, "Tk_MainEx");
if (tkmainex) {
tkmainex(argc, argv, appInitProc, interp);
}
}
}
#endif /* _WIN32 */
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_Init --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
| | | 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tkcygwindll) {
int (*tkinit)(Tcl_Interp *);
tkinit = (int(*)(Tcl_Interp *))(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll,"Tk_Init");
if (tkinit) {
return tkinit(interp);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 |
* - No CPU time limit, no memory allocation limits, no color limits.
* CPU time limits can be imposed by an unsafe parent interpreter.
*
* The actual code called is the same as Tk_Init but Tcl_IsSafe() is
* checked at several places to differentiate the two initialisations.
*/
| | | 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 |
* - No CPU time limit, no memory allocation limits, no color limits.
* CPU time limits can be imposed by an unsafe parent interpreter.
*
* The actual code called is the same as Tk_Init but Tcl_IsSafe() is
* checked at several places to differentiate the two initialisations.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tkcygwindll) {
int (*tksafeinit)(Tcl_Interp *);
tksafeinit = (int (*)(Tcl_Interp *))
(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll, "Tk_SafeInit");
if (tksafeinit) {
return tksafeinit(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 | * Depends on the initialization scripts that are invoked. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int CopyValue( | | < < > | 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 |
* Depends on the initialization scripts that are invoked.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CopyValue(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
void *dstPtr)
{
*(Tcl_Obj **)dstPtr = objPtr;
return 1;
}
static int
Initialize(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
int code = TCL_OK;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
Tcl_Obj *value = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *cmd;
Tcl_Obj *nameObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj* appNameObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *classObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *displayObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *colorMapObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *useObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *visualObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *geometryObj = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 |
TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
};
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
| | < < < < < < | 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 |
TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
};
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
*/
TkRegisterObjTypes();
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 |
Tcl_Interp *parent = interp;
while (Tcl_IsSafe(parent)) {
parent = Tcl_GetParent(parent);
if (parent == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"no controlling parent interpreter", -1));
| | | 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 |
Tcl_Interp *parent = interp;
while (Tcl_IsSafe(parent)) {
parent = Tcl_GetParent(parent);
if (parent == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"no controlling parent interpreter", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "NO_MASTER", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Construct the name (rewalk...)
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 |
if (nameObj == NULL) {
Tcl_DString nameDS;
Tcl_DStringInit(&nameDS);
TkpGetAppName(interp, &nameDS);
nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&nameDS),
Tcl_DStringLength(&nameDS));
Tcl_DStringFree(&nameDS);
}
/*
* The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
*/
{
| > > | | | 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 |
if (nameObj == NULL) {
Tcl_DString nameDS;
Tcl_DStringInit(&nameDS);
TkpGetAppName(interp, &nameDS);
nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&nameDS),
Tcl_DStringLength(&nameDS));
appNameObj = nameObj;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(appNameObj);
Tcl_DStringFree(&nameDS);
}
/*
* The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
*/
{
int numBytes;
const char *bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(nameObj, &numBytes);
classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, numBytes);
numBytes = Tcl_UtfToTitle(Tcl_GetString(classObj));
Tcl_SetObjLength(classObj, numBytes);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 |
TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, tsdPtr);
}
done:
if (value) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
value = NULL;
}
return code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| > > > > | 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 |
TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, tsdPtr);
}
done:
if (value) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
value = NULL;
}
if (appNameObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(appNameObj);
appNameObj = NULL;
}
return code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttk.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
}
declare 5 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
| | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
}
declare 5 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
void *clientData)
}
declare 6 {
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
void *clientData)
}
declare 7 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
}
declare 13 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state)
}
declare 14 {
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(
| | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
}
declare 13 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state)
}
declare 14 {
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(
Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State state)
}
#
# Low-level geometry utilities.
#
declare 20 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
declare 35 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
}
#
# Utilities.
#
| | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
declare 35 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
}
#
# Utilities.
#
declare 40 {
int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient)
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
int onTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor on */
int offTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor off */
} CursorManager;
/* CursorManagerDeleteProc --
* InterpDeleteProc for cursor manager.
*/
| | < < | | | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
int onTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor on */
int offTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor off */
} CursorManager;
/* CursorManagerDeleteProc --
* InterpDeleteProc for cursor manager.
*/
static void CursorManagerDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager*)clientData;
if (cm->timer) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(cm->timer);
}
ckfree(clientData);
}
/* GetCursorManager --
* Look up and create if necessary the interp's cursor manager.
*/
static CursorManager *GetCursorManager(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static const char *cm_key = "ttk::CursorManager";
CursorManager *cm = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, cm_key,0);
if (!cm) {
cm = ckalloc(sizeof(*cm));
cm->timer = 0;
cm->owner = 0;
cm->onTime = DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME;
cm->offTime = DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, cm_key, CursorManagerDeleteProc, cm);
}
return cm;
}
/* CursorBlinkProc --
* Timer handler to blink the insert cursor on and off.
*/
static void
CursorBlinkProc(ClientData clientData)
{
CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager*)clientData;
int blinkTime;
if (cm->owner->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
cm->owner->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
blinkTime = cm->offTime;
} else {
cm->owner->flags |= CURSOR_ON;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
*/
typedef struct
{
/*
* Text element resources:
*/
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
| < | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
*/
typedef struct
{
/*
* Text element resources:
*/
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
} Base;
| | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
} Base;
static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
"-1", Tk_Offset(Base,base.underlineObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
/* SB: OPTION_INT, see <<NOTE-NULLOPTIONS>> */
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.widthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
/*
* Image options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
Tk_Offset(Base,base.imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
/*
* Compound base/image options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, ttkCompoundStrings,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
/*
* Compatibility/legacy options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Base,base.stateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Variable trace procedure for -textvariable option:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(basePtr->base.textObj);
basePtr->base.textObj = newText;
TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}
static void
| | > > < | | > > > > > < < < < < < | 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(basePtr->base.textObj);
basePtr->base.textObj = newText;
TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}
static void
BaseInitialize(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
void *recordPtr)
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)recordPtr;
basePtr->base.textVariableTrace = 0;
basePtr->base.imageSpec = NULL;
}
static void
BaseCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)recordPtr;
if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}
static void
BaseImageChanged(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)clientData;
TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}
static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)recordPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
TtkCheckStateOption(&basePtr->core, basePtr->base.stateObj);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
| | > > > < < | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
TtkCheckStateOption(&basePtr->core, basePtr->base.stateObj);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
BasePostConfigure(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
void *recordPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
}
return status;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
LabelPart label;
} Label;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
LabelPart label;
} Label;
static Tk_OptionSpec LabelOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "frameColor", "FrameColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.fontObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.borderWidthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.reliefObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"w", Tk_Offset(Label,label.anchorObj), -1,
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
"left", Tk_Offset(Label, label.justifyObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label, label.wrapLengthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec LabelWidgetSpec =
{
"TLabel", /* className */
sizeof(Label), /* recordSize */
LabelOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
LabelCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
BasePart base;
ButtonPart button;
} Button;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | | 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
BasePart base;
ButtonPart button;
} Button;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec ButtonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Button, button.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Button, button.defaultStateObj), -1,
0, ttkDefaultStrings, DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static int ButtonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Button *buttonPtr = (Button *)recordPtr;
if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Handle "-default" option:
*/
if (mask & DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED) {
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
NULL, buttonPtr->button.defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&buttonPtr->core, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0);
} else {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&buttonPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
{ "invoke", ButtonInvokeCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
{ "invoke", ButtonInvokeCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ButtonWidgetSpec =
{
"TButton", /* className */
sizeof(Button), /* recordSize */
ButtonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ButtonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
BasePart base;
CheckbuttonPart checkbutton;
} Checkbutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
BasePart base;
CheckbuttonPart checkbutton;
} Checkbutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec CheckbuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "OnValue",
"1", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.onValueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "OffValue",
"0", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.offValueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect, toggle */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect, toggle */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec CheckbuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TCheckbutton", /* className */
sizeof(Checkbutton), /* recordSize */
CheckbuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
CheckbuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
CheckbuttonInitialize, /* initializeProc */
CheckbuttonCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
BasePart base;
RadiobuttonPart radiobutton;
} Radiobutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
BasePart base;
RadiobuttonPart radiobutton;
} Radiobutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec RadiobuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
"::selectedButton", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.variableObj),-1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "Value", "Value",
"1", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.valueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec RadiobuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TRadiobutton", /* className */
sizeof(Radiobutton), /* recordSize */
RadiobuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
RadiobuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
RadiobuttonCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
| | | | | | | 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
static Tk_OptionSpec MenubuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
"", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.menuObj), -1, 0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
"below", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.directionObj), -1,
0, directionStrings, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec MenubuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TMenubutton", /* className */
sizeof(Menubutton), /* recordSize */
MenubuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
MenubuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
| | | | 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkButton_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TLabel", LabelLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TButton", ButtonLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TCheckbutton", CheckbuttonLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TRadiobutton", RadiobuttonLayout);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkCache.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
*
* @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
* but this will be a transient effect.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cache window. */
Tcl_HashTable fontTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
Tcl_HashTable colorTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */
Tcl_HashTable borderTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding BorderObjs */
Tcl_HashTable imageTable; /* Entries: Tk_Images */
Tcl_HashTable namedColors; /* Entries: RGB values as Tcl_StringObjs */
};
/*
* Ttk_CreateResourceCache --
* Initialize a new resource cache.
*/
Ttk_ResourceCache Ttk_CreateResourceCache(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
| > > > > | | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
*
* @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
* but this will be a transient effect.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cache window. */
Tcl_HashTable fontTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
Tcl_HashTable colorTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */
Tcl_HashTable borderTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding BorderObjs */
Tcl_HashTable imageTable; /* Entries: Tk_Images */
Tcl_HashTable namedColors; /* Entries: RGB values as Tcl_StringObjs */
};
/*
* Ttk_CreateResourceCache --
* Initialize a new resource cache.
*/
Ttk_ResourceCache Ttk_CreateResourceCache(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = ckalloc(sizeof(*cache));
cache->tkwin = NULL; /* initialized later */
cache->interp = interp;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->fontTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->colorTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->borderTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Free fonts:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->fontTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Free fonts:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->fontTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (fontObj) {
Tk_FreeFontFromObj(cache->tkwin, fontObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fontObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->fontTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->fontTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->colorTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (colorObj) {
Tk_FreeColorFromObj(cache->tkwin, colorObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(colorObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->colorTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->colorTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free borders:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->borderTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (borderObj) {
Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(cache->tkwin, borderObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(borderObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->borderTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->borderTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free images:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->imageTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tk_Image image = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (image) {
Tk_FreeImage(image);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
/*
* Free named colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
/*
* Free named colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *colorNameObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(colorNameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->namedColors);
ckfree(cache);
}
/*
* CacheWinEventHandler --
* Detect when the cache window is destroyed, clear cache.
*/
static void CacheWinEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
return;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(cache->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
CacheWinEventHandler, clientData);
Ttk_ClearCache(cache);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
XColor *colorPtr)
{
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
char nameBuf[14];
Tcl_Obj *colorNameObj;
| | | | > > > > > > > > > > | | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
XColor *colorPtr)
{
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
char nameBuf[14];
Tcl_Obj *colorNameObj;
snprintf(nameBuf, sizeof(nameBuf), "#%04X%04X%04X",
colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue);
colorNameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nameBuf, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(colorNameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, colorName, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
Tcl_Obj *oldColor = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldColor);
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, colorNameObj);
}
/*
* CheckNamedColor(objPtr) --
* If objPtr is a registered color name, return a Tcl_Obj *
* containing the registered color value specification.
* Otherwise, return the input argument.
*/
static Tcl_Obj *CheckNamedColor(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (entryPtr) { /* Use named color instead */
objPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
return objPtr;
}
/*
* Template for allocation routines:
*/
typedef void *(*Allocator)(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);
static void *AllocFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr) {
return Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objPtr);
}
static void *AllocColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr) {
return Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, objPtr);
}
static void *AllocBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr) {
return Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj(interp, tkwin, objPtr);
}
static Tcl_Obj *Ttk_Use(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_HashTable *table,
Allocator allocate,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,Tcl_GetString(objPtr),&newEntry);
Tcl_Obj *cacheObj;
if (!newEntry) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
cacheObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cacheObj);
if (allocate(interp, tkwin, cacheObj)) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, cacheObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
* Ttk_UseFont --
* Acquire a font from the cache.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_UseFont(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
return Ttk_Use(cache->interp,
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
* Ttk_UseFont --
* Acquire a font from the cache.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_UseFont(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
return Ttk_Use(cache->interp,
&cache->fontTable, AllocFont, tkwin, objPtr);
}
/*
* Ttk_UseColor --
* Acquire a color from the cache.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_UseColor(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
objPtr = CheckNamedColor(cache, objPtr);
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
return Ttk_Use(cache->interp,
&cache->colorTable, AllocColor, tkwin, objPtr);
}
/*
* Ttk_UseBorder --
* Acquire a Tk_3DBorder from the cache.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_UseBorder(
Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
objPtr = CheckNamedColor(cache, objPtr);
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
return Ttk_Use(cache->interp,
&cache->borderTable, AllocBorder, tkwin, objPtr);
}
/* NullImageChanged --
* Tk_ImageChangedProc for Ttk_UseImage
*/
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }
/*
* Ttk_UseImage --
* Acquire a Tk_Image from the cache.
*/
Tk_Image Ttk_UseImage(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
const char *imageName = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cache->imageTable,imageName,&newEntry);
Tk_Image image;
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
if (!newEntry) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
image = Tk_GetImage(cache->interp, tkwin, imageName, NullImageChanged,0);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, image);
if (!image) {
Tcl_BackgroundException(cache->interp, TCL_ERROR);
}
return image;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case. */ #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK) | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case. */ #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK) #define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1 #else #define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0 #endif #define STR(x) StR(x) #define StR(x) #x #define SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS 14 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
int y1 = b.y, y2 = b.y + b.height - 1;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
GC gc;
if ( outerColorObj
&& (gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,outerColorObj,d)))
{
| | | | | | | | | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
int y1 = b.y, y2 = b.y + b.height - 1;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
GC gc;
if ( outerColorObj
&& (gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,outerColorObj,d)))
{
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1, x2-1+w,y1); /* N */
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y2, x2-1+w,y2); /* S */
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1,y1+1, x1,y2-1+w); /* W */
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x2,y1+1, x2,y2-1+w); /* E */
}
if ( upperColorObj
&& (gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,upperColorObj,d)))
{
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x2-1+w,y1+1); /* N */
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x1+1,y2-1); /* W */
}
if ( lowerColorObj
&& (gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,lowerColorObj,d)))
{
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x2-1,y2-1, x1+1-w,y2-1); /* S */
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x2-1,y2-1, x2-1,y1+1-w); /* E */
}
}
static GC BackgroundGC(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj)
{
Tk_3DBorder bd = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, backgroundObj);
return Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, bd, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;
| | | | | | | > | > > > | < < < > | > | > > < < | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
* in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
* With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all;
* otherwise a 2-pixel border is used. For -borderwidth > 2,
* the excess is used as padding.
*/
static void BorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *border = (BorderElement*)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, border->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (borderWidth == 1) ++borderWidth;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
BorderElement *border = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tcl_Obj *outer = 0, *upper = 0, *lower = 0;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, border->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (borderWidth == 0) return;
switch (relief) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
outer = upper = lower = border->borderColorObj;
break;
}
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, upper, lower);
}
| | < | | | < < | < < < | | | | | > | > | > | > > < < | | | | | | | | | | | | > < < | < | | < | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 |
outer = upper = lower = border->borderColorObj;
break;
}
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, upper, lower);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj);
Ttk_Box f = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
Tcl_Obj *outer = field->borderColorObj,
*inner = field->lightColorObj;
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, inner, inner);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, bg, f.x, f.y, f.width, f.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
/*
* Modified field element for comboboxes:
* Right edge is expanded to overlap the dropdown button.
*/
static void ComboboxFieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
GC gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,field->borderColorObj,d);
++b.width;
FieldElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x + b.width - 1, b.y,
b.x + b.width - 1, b.y + b.height - 1 + WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
ComboboxFieldElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Indicator elements for check and radio buttons.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *upperColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lowerColorObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,sizeObj), "10" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "1" },
{ "-indicatorbackground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ "-indicatorforeground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-upperbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,upperColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lowerbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lowerColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void IndicatorElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int size = 10;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void RadioIndicatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
GC gcb=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->backgroundObj,d);
GC gcf=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->foregroundObj,d);
GC gcu=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->upperColorObj,d);
GC gcl=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->lowerColorObj,d);
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
XFillArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcb, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcl, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 225*64,180*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcu, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 45*64,180*64);
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
b = Ttk_PadBox(b,Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
XFillArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
#if WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 300*64,360*64);
#endif
}
}
static void CheckIndicatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
GC gcb=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->backgroundObj,d);
GC gcf=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->foregroundObj,d);
GC gcu=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->upperColorObj,d);
GC gcl=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->lowerColorObj,d);
Ttk_Padding padding;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
XFillRectangle(display,d,gcb, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
XDrawLine(display,d,gcl,b.x,b.y+b.height,b.x+b.width+w,b.y+b.height);/*S*/
XDrawLine(display,d,gcl,b.x+b.width,b.y,b.x+b.width,b.y+b.height+w); /*E*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
s-=w, q-=w;
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s, r, q);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p+1, s, r, q+1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s-1, r-1, q);
}
}
| | | | | | | | | > < < | | > < < | > > > > | | | | | | > | < < | | | > | < | | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
s-=w, q-=w;
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s, r, q);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p+1, s, r, q+1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s-1, r-1, q);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec RadioIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
RadioIndicatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec CheckIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
CheckIndicatorElementDraw
};
#define MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE 5
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj),
STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
{ "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
"black" },
{ "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
"3" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
MenuIndicatorElement *indicator = (MenuIndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->paddingObj, &margins);
TtkArrowSize(size, ARROW_DOWN, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void MenuIndicatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
MenuIndicatorElement *indicator = (MenuIndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
int width, height;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
TtkArrowSize(size, ARROW_DOWN, &width, &height);
b = Ttk_StickBox(b, width, height, 0);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, ARROW_DOWN);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenuIndicatorElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenuIndicatorElement),
MenuIndicatorElementOptions,
MenuIndicatorElementSize,
MenuIndicatorElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Grips.
*
* TODO: factor this with ThumbElementDraw
*/
static Ttk_Orient GripClientData[] = {
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
} GripElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec GripElementOptions[] = {
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void GripElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GripElement *grip = (GripElement *)elementRecord;
int gripCount = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, grip->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
if (horizontal) {
*widthPtr = 2*gripCount;
} else {
*heightPtr = 2*gripCount;
}
}
static void GripElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GripElement *grip = (GripElement *)elementRecord;
GC lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,grip->lightColorObj,d);
GC darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,grip->borderColorObj,d);
int gripPad = 1, gripCount = 0;
int i;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, grip->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
if (horizontal) {
int x = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
int y1 = b.y + gripPad, y2 = b.y + b.height - gripPad - 1 + w;
for (i=0; i<gripCount; ++i) {
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x,y1, x,y2); ++x;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x,y1, x,y2); ++x;
}
} else {
int y = b.y + b.height / 2 - gripCount;
int x1 = b.x + gripPad, x2 = b.x + b.width - gripPad - 1 + w;
for (i=0; i<gripCount; ++i) {
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y, x2,y); ++y;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y, x2,y); ++y;
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(GripElement),
GripElementOptions,
GripElementSize,
GripElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowSizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
Tcl_Obj *sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | > | > > < < | > | > | > > < < < | > | > | > > | < < | | | 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowSizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
Tcl_Obj *sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,troughColorObj), DARKER_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowColorObj), "#000000" },
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowSizeObj), STR(SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS) },
{ "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
{ "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,sliderlengthObj), "30" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
GC gcb = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
GC gct = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->troughColorObj,d);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gct, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gcb, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int size = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->arrowSizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int gripCount = 0;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GC lightGC, darkGC;
int x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy, i;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
/*
* Draw grip:
*/
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
dx = 1; dy = 0;
x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
y1 = b.y + 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
}
}
| | > | > | > > | < < | | | | < | | 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slider element.
*/
static void SliderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int length, thickness;
int orient;
length = thickness = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->arrowSizeObj, &thickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->sliderlengthObj, &length);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*heightPtr = length;
*widthPtr = thickness;
} else {
*heightPtr = thickness;
*widthPtr = length;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
*widthPtr += 4;
*heightPtr += 4;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
| > | > | > > < < | < > > | | > > > < < < | > > > > > | > > > | > < > > > | < < | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > | > > | > > | < < | < > | > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > | | > > | > | > > > > > < | | > > > | > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | > > > > | > > | > | > > > | < < < < < > | > | > > < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | | > > | | | | | | | | | 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 |
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
*widthPtr += 4;
*heightPtr += 4;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
PbarElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Scrollbar arrows.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
ArrowDirection direction = *(ArrowDirection*)clientData;
Ttk_Padding padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(3);
int size = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->arrowSizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(padding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(padding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(padding);
if (*widthPtr < *heightPtr) {
*widthPtr = *heightPtr;
} else {
*heightPtr = *widthPtr;
}
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
ArrowDirection direction = *(ArrowDirection*)clientData;
Ttk_Padding padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(3);
int cx, cy;
GC gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, sb->arrowColorObj, d);
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
switch (direction) {
case ARROW_UP:
case ARROW_DOWN:
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
break;
case ARROW_LEFT:
case ARROW_RIGHT:
TtkArrowSize(b.height/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.width - cx) % 2 == 1) {
++cx;
}
break;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*
* Modified arrow element for spinboxes:
* The width and height are different.
*/
static void SpinboxArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
ArrowDirection direction = *(ArrowDirection*)clientData;
Ttk_Padding padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(3);
int size = 10;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->arrowSizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(padding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(padding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(padding);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinboxArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
SpinboxArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook elements.
*
* Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to
* their right by one pixel.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
} NotebookElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec NotebookElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TabElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
int borderWidth = 2;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
paddingPtr->top = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
paddingPtr->right = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
paddingPtr->left = 0;
break;
}
}
static void TabElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
int borderWidth = 2, delta = 0;
NotebookElement *tab = (NotebookElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, tab->backgroundObj);
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int x1, y1, x2, y2;
GC gc;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
delta = borderWidth;
}
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER2) { /* rightmost tab */
--b.width;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-1, b.height-2+delta,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
x1 = b.x; y1 = b.y; /* top left */
x2 = b.x + b.width; y2 = b.y + b.height-1; /* bottom right */
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->borderColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1, y1+1, x1, y2+1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x2, y1+1, x2, y2+1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1, x2-1+w, y1);
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->lightColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1+1, x1+1, y2+delta+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1+1, x2-1+w, y1+1);
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER2) { /* rightmost tab */
--b.width;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+2, b.y-delta, b.width-1, b.height-2+delta,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
x1 = b.x; y1 = b.y + b.height-1; /* bottom left */
x2 = b.x + b.width; y2 = b.y; /* top right */
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->borderColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1, y1-1, x1, y2-1-w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x2, y1-1, x2, y2-1-w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1, x2-1+w, y1);
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->lightColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1-1, x1+1, y2-delta-w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1-1, x2-1+w, y1-1);
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER2) { /* bottommost tab */
--b.height;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-2+delta, b.height-1,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
x1 = b.x; y1 = b.y; /* top left */
x2 = b.x + b.width-1; y2 = b.y + b.height; /* bottom right */
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->borderColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1, y1+1, x1, y2-1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1, x2+1+w, y1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y2, x2+1+w, y2);
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->lightColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1+1, x1+1, y2-1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1+1, y1+1, x2+delta+w, y1+1);
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER2) { /* bottommost tab */
--b.height;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x-delta, b.y+2, b.width-2+delta, b.height-1,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
x1 = b.x + b.width-1; y1 = b.y; /* top right */
x2 = b.x; y2 = b.y + b.height; /* bottom left */
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->borderColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1, y1+1, x1, y2-1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1-1, y1, x2-1-w, y1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1-1, y2, x2-1-w, y2);
gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin, tab->lightColorObj, d);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1-1, y1+1, x1-1, y2-1+w);
XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x1-1, y1+1, x2-delta-w, y1+1);
break;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NotebookElement),
NotebookElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
static void ClientElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
int borderWidth = 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void ClientElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
NotebookElement *ce = (NotebookElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, ce->backgroundObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth,TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
ce->borderColorObj, ce->lightColorObj, ce->darkColorObj);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NotebookElement),
NotebookElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Modified widget layouts.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkClamTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "clam", 0);
if (!theme) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "border",
&BorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "field",
&FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Combobox.field",
&ComboboxFieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough",
&TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb",
&ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.uparrow",
&SpinboxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.downarrow",
&SpinboxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Checkbutton.indicator",
&CheckIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Radiobutton.indicator",
&RadioIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Menubutton.indicator",
&MenuIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "tab", &TabElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "bar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "pbar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hgrip",
&GripElementSpec, &GripClientData[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vgrip",
&GripElementSpec, &GripClientData[1]);
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(theme, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::clam", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* +++ Highlight element implementation.
* Draw a solid highlight border to indicate focus.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightThicknessObj;
} HighlightElement;
| > | | | > > > | > > > | < < < < | > | > | > > < < | > | > > > | > > > | > | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
* +++ Highlight element implementation.
* Draw a solid highlight border to indicate focus.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightThicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} HighlightElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec HighlightElementOptions[] = {
{ "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightColorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-highlightthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightThicknessObj), "0" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void HighlightElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
HighlightElement *hl = (HighlightElement *)elementRecord;
int highlightThickness = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, hl->highlightThicknessObj, &highlightThickness);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)highlightThickness);
}
static void HighlightElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Box),
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
HighlightElement *hl = (HighlightElement *)elementRecord;
int highlightThickness = 0;
XColor *highlightColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, hl->highlightColorObj);
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, hl->highlightThicknessObj,
&highlightThickness);
if (highlightColor && highlightThickness > 0) {
GC gc;
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, hl->defaultStateObj,
&defaultState);
gc = Tk_GCForColor(highlightColor, d);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_NORMAL) {
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, highlightThickness, d, 5);
} else {
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, highlightThickness, d);
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec HighlightElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(HighlightElement),
HighlightElementOptions,
HighlightElementSize,
HighlightElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;
| | | | | | > | > > > | | < < < < | > | > | > > | < < | | | | | | > | | | | | > | > | > > < < | > | < < | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = (ButtonBorderElement *)elementRecord;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
borderWidth += 5;
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
/*
* (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
* padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color
* when the button is active.)
*/
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = (ButtonBorderElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
int inset = 0;
/*
* Get option values.
*/
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
/*
* Default ring:
*/
switch (defaultState)
{
case TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED :
break;
case TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_NORMAL :
inset += 5;
break;
case TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE :
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
inset += 2;
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
1, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
++inset;
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
inset += 2;
break;
}
/*
* 3-D border:
*/
if (border && borderWidth > 0) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
borderWidth,relief);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ButtonBorderElement),
ButtonBorderElementOptions,
ButtonBorderElementSize,
ButtonBorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow element(s).
*
* Draws a 3-D shaded triangle.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj),
DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void ArrowElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int size = 12;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int size = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
XPoint points[3];
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
/*
* @@@ There are off-by-one pixel errors in the way these are drawn;
* @@@ need to take a look at Tk_Fill3DPolygon and X11 to find the
* @@@ exact rules.
*/
switch (direction)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
points[2].x = b.x; points[2].y = b.y + size;
break;
}
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, d, border, points, 3, borderWidth, relief);
}
| | | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
points[2].x = b.x; points[2].y = b.y + size;
break;
}
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, d, border, points, 3, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
*
* Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
* swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
*
* Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
* -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj; /* sash relief */
Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj; /* overall thickness of sash */
Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj; /* padding on either side of handle */
Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj; /* handle width and height */
Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj; /* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;
| > > > > | | | | | | | | > | < < | | > | < | 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
*
* Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
* swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
*
* Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
* -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
*/
static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj; /* sash relief */
Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj; /* overall thickness of sash */
Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj; /* padding on either side of handle */
Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj; /* handle width and height */
Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj; /* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
{ "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
{ "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
{ "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
{ "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void SashElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
SashElement *sash = (SashElement *)elementRecord;
int sashPad = 2, sashThickness = 6, handleSize = 8;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->sashThicknessObj, &sashThickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handleSizeObj, &handleSize);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->sashPadObj, &sashPad);
if (sashThickness < handleSize + 2*sashPad)
sashThickness = handleSize + 2*sashPad;
if (horizontal)
*heightPtr = sashThickness;
else
*widthPtr = sashThickness;
}
static void SashElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SashElement *sash = (SashElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, sash->borderObj);
GC gc1,gc2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int handleSize = 8, handlePad = 8;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_Box hb;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handleSizeObj, &handleSize);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handlePadObj, &handlePad);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, sash->sashReliefObj, &relief);
switch (relief) {
case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
default:
gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
break;
}
/* Draw sash line:
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | > | | > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < > | | | | | | | | | 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
default:
gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
break;
}
/* Draw sash line:
*/
if (horizontal) {
int y = b.y + b.height/2 - 1;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc1, b.x, y, b.x+b.width, y); ++y;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc2, b.x, y, b.x+b.width, y);
} else {
int x = b.x + b.width/2 - 1;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc1, x, b.y, x, b.y+b.height); ++x;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc2, x, b.y, x, b.y+b.height);
}
/* Draw handle:
*/
if (handleSize >= 0) {
if (horizontal) {
hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
hb.x += handlePad;
} else {
hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
hb.y += handlePad;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SashElement),
SashOptions,
SashElementSize,
SashElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget layouts.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
TTK_GROUP("Button.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_BORDER,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TCheckbutton",
TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TRadiobutton",
TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", 0)))))
/* "classic" entry, includes highlight border */
TTK_LAYOUT("TEntry",
TTK_GROUP("Entry.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Entry.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_BORDER,
TTK_GROUP("Entry.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Entry.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
/* "classic" combobox, includes highlight border */
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
/* "classic" spinbox, includes highlight border */
TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox",
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_GROUP("null", TTK_PACK_RIGHT,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_STICK_E)
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_STICK_E))
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
/* "classic" scale, includes highlight border */
TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScale",
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScale",
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_TOP))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.Sash",
TTK_NODE("Sash.hsash", TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.Sash",
TTK_NODE("Sash.vsash", TTK_FILL_Y))
/* put highlight border around treeview */
TTK_LAYOUT("Treeview",
TTK_GROUP("Treeview.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Treeview.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_BORDER,
TTK_GROUP("Treeview.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeview.treearea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* TtkClassicTheme_Init --
* Install classic theme.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkClassicTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "classic", NULL);
if (!theme) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Register elements:
*/
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "highlight",
&HighlightElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Button.border",
&ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash",
&SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
&SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);
/*
* Register layouts:
*/
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(theme, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::classic", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | #define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) TtkInitializeStubs( \ interp, TTK_VERSION, TTK_STUBS_EPOCH, TTK_STUBS_REVISION) #else #define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_VERSION, 0, NULL) #endif | < < < < < < < < < | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | #define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) TtkInitializeStubs( \ interp, TTK_VERSION, TTK_STUBS_EPOCH, TTK_STUBS_REVISION) #else #define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_VERSION, 0, NULL) #endif /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */ #define TTK_STUBS_EPOCH 0 #define TTK_STUBS_REVISION 31 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 | /* 4 */ TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc); /* 5 */ TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, | | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | /* 4 */ TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc); /* 5 */ TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, void *clientData); /* 6 */ TTKAPI Ttk_ElementClass * Ttk_RegisterElement(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, void *clientData); /* 7 */ TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Ttk_ElementFactory factoryProc, void *clientData); /* 8 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | /* 12 */ TTKAPI Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 13 */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_StateMapLookup(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state); /* 14 */ | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | /* 12 */ TTKAPI Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 13 */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_StateMapLookup(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state); /* 14 */ TTKAPI int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State state); /* Slot 15 is reserved */ /* Slot 16 is reserved */ /* Slot 17 is reserved */ /* Slot 18 is reserved */ /* Slot 19 is reserved */ /* 20 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 | /* 35 */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box); /* Slot 36 is reserved */ /* Slot 37 is reserved */ /* Slot 38 is reserved */ /* Slot 39 is reserved */ /* 40 */ | < | | | | | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
/* 35 */
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box);
/* Slot 36 is reserved */
/* Slot 37 is reserved */
/* Slot 38 is reserved */
/* Slot 39 is reserved */
/* 40 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient);
typedef struct TtkStubs {
int magic;
int epoch;
int revision;
void *hooks;
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 0 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetDefaultTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 1 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetCurrentTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 2 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_CreateTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Ttk_Theme parent); /* 3 */
void (*ttk_RegisterCleanup) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc); /* 4 */
int (*ttk_RegisterElementSpec) (Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, void *clientData); /* 5 */
Ttk_ElementClass * (*ttk_RegisterElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, void *clientData); /* 6 */
int (*ttk_RegisterElementFactory) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Ttk_ElementFactory factoryProc, void *clientData); /* 7 */
void (*ttk_RegisterLayout) (Ttk_Theme theme, const char *className, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutSpec); /* 8 */
void (*reserved9)(void);
int (*ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_StateSpec *spec_rtn); /* 10 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewStateSpecObj) (unsigned int onbits, unsigned int offbits); /* 11 */
Ttk_StateMap (*ttk_GetStateMapFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 12 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_StateMapLookup) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state); /* 13 */
int (*ttk_StateTableLookup) (Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State state); /* 14 */
void (*reserved15)(void);
void (*reserved16)(void);
void (*reserved17)(void);
void (*reserved18)(void);
void (*reserved19)(void);
int (*ttk_GetPaddingFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_Padding *pad_rtn); /* 20 */
int (*ttk_GetBorderFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_Padding *pad_rtn); /* 21 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
Ttk_Box (*ttk_ExpandBox) (Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p); /* 33 */
Ttk_Box (*ttk_PlaceBox) (Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side, Ttk_Sticky sticky); /* 34 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewBoxObj) (Ttk_Box box); /* 35 */
void (*reserved36)(void);
void (*reserved37)(void);
void (*reserved38)(void);
void (*reserved39)(void);
| | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
Ttk_Box (*ttk_ExpandBox) (Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p); /* 33 */
Ttk_Box (*ttk_PlaceBox) (Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side, Ttk_Sticky sticky); /* 34 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewBoxObj) (Ttk_Box box); /* 35 */
void (*reserved36)(void);
void (*reserved37)(void);
void (*reserved38)(void);
void (*reserved39)(void);
int (*ttk_GetOrientFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient); /* 40 */
} TtkStubs;
extern const TtkStubs *ttkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
* Please excuse the gross misspelling "LITE" for "LIGHT",
* but it makes things line up nicer.
*/
enum BorderColor { FLAT = 1, LITE = 2, DARK = 3, BRDR = 4 };
/* top-left outer, top-left inner, bottom-right inner, bottom-right outer */
| | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
* Please excuse the gross misspelling "LITE" for "LIGHT",
* but it makes things line up nicer.
*/
enum BorderColor { FLAT = 1, LITE = 2, DARK = 3, BRDR = 4 };
/* top-left outer, top-left inner, bottom-right inner, bottom-right outer */
static int const shadowColors[6][4] = {
{ FLAT, FLAT, FLAT, FLAT }, /* TK_RELIEF_FLAT = 0*/
{ DARK, LITE, DARK, LITE }, /* TK_RELIEF_GROOVE = 1*/
{ LITE, FLAT, DARK, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED = 2*/
{ LITE, DARK, LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RIDGE = 3*/
{ BRDR, BRDR, BRDR, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_SOLID = 4*/
{ BRDR, DARK, FLAT, LITE } /* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN = 5*/
};
/* top-left, bottom-right */
static int const thinShadowColors[6][4] = {
{ FLAT, FLAT }, /* TK_RELIEF_FLAT = 0*/
{ DARK, LITE }, /* TK_RELIEF_GROOVE = 1*/
{ LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED = 2*/
{ LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RIDGE = 3*/
{ BRDR, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_SOLID = 4*/
{ DARK, LITE } /* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN = 5*/
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 1, thinShadowColors[relief][1]); break; case 0: /* no border -- do nothing */ break; default: /* Fall back to Motif-style borders: */ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, | | > > | | | | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 1, thinShadowColors[relief][1]);
break;
case 0: /* no border -- do nothing */
break;
default: /* Fall back to Motif-style borders: */
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, relief);
break;
}
}
/* Alternate shadow colors for entry fields:
* NOTE: FLAT color is normally white, and the LITE color is a darker shade.
*/
static int fieldShadowColors[4] = { DARK, BRDR, LITE, FLAT };
static void DrawFieldBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *borderColor,
Ttk_Box b)
{
GC borderGC = Tk_GCForColor(borderColor, d);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0,fieldShadowColors[0]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2, 0,fieldShadowColors[1]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2, 1,fieldShadowColors[2]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 1,fieldShadowColors[3]);
return;
}
/*
* ArrowPoints --
* Compute points of arrow polygon.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; /* for buttons */
} BorderElement;
| | | | | | | | > | > > > | | < < < < | > | | > > > | < < | | > > | | | > > > > < < < | | | | | > | > | | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > | | | > | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; /* for buttons */
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,defaultStateObj),
"disabled" },
{ "-borderwidth",TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj),
STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj),
"flat" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void BorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *bd = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
++borderWidth;
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
BorderElement *bd = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderColorObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
/*
* Get option values.
*/
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(borderColor, d);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
}
if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
/* Space for default ring: */
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(1));
}
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element:
* Used for editable fields.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
Tcl_Obj *focusWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *focusColorObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj),
"white" },
{ "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ "-focuswidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,focusWidthObj),
"2" },
{ "-focuscolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,focusColorObj),
"#4a6984" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, field->borderColorObj);
int focusWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->focusWidthObj, &focusWidth);
if (focusWidth > 0 && (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS)) {
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
XColor *focusColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, field->focusColorObj);
GC focusGC = Tk_GCForColor(focusColor, d);
if (focusWidth > 1) {
int x1 = b.x, x2 = b.x + b.width - 1;
int y1 = b.y, y2 = b.y + b.height - 1;
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
GC bgGC;
/*
* Draw the outer rounded rectangle
*/
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1+1, y1, x2-1+w, y1); /* N */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1+1, y2, x2-1+w, y2); /* S */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1, y1+1, x1, y2-1+w); /* W */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x2, y1+1, x2, y2-1+w); /* E */
/*
* Draw the inner rectangle
*/
b.x += 1; b.y += 1; b.width -= 2; b.height -= 2;
XDrawRectangle(disp, d, focusGC, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
/*
* Fill the inner rectangle
*/
bgGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
XFillRectangle(disp, d, bgGC, b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2);
} else {
/*
* Draw the field element as usual
*/
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
0, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
DrawFieldBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b);
/*
* Change the color of the border's outermost pixels
*/
XDrawRectangle(disp, d, focusGC, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
}
} else {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
0, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
DrawFieldBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
* Indicator bitmap descriptor:
*/
typedef struct {
int width; /* Width of each image */
int height; /* Height of each image */
int nimages; /* #images / row */
const char *const *pixels; /* array[height] of char[width*nimage] */
| | | | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
* Indicator bitmap descriptor:
*/
typedef struct {
int width; /* Width of each image */
int height; /* Height of each image */
int nimages; /* #images / row */
const char *const *pixels; /* array[height] of char[width*nimage] */
Ttk_StateTable *map;/* used to look up image index by state */
} IndicatorSpec;
#if 0
/*XPM*/
static const char *const button_images[] = {
/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
"52 13 8 1",
/* colors */
"A c #808000000000 s shadow",
"B c #000080800000 s highlight",
"C c #808080800000 s 3dlight",
"D c #000000008080 s window",
"E c #808000008080 s 3ddark",
"F c #000080808080 s frame",
"G c #000000000000 s foreground",
"H c #000080800000 s disabledfg",
};
#endif
static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_states[] = {
{ 0, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 1, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 2, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED },
{ 3, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
static IndicatorSpec checkbutton_spec = {
13, 13, 4, /* width, height, nimages */
checkbutton_pixels,
checkbutton_states
};
| | | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
static IndicatorSpec checkbutton_spec = {
13, 13, 4, /* width, height, nimages */
checkbutton_pixels,
checkbutton_states
};
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_states[] = {
{ 0, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 1, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 2, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED },
{ 3, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | > < < | | > > > | | 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), "#FFFFFF" },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lightColorObj), "#DDDDDD" },
{ "-shadecolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,shadeColorObj), "#888888" },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void IndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
IndicatorSpec *spec = (IndicatorSpec *)clientData;
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
*widthPtr = spec->width + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = spec->height + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void IndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
IndicatorSpec *spec = clientData;
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Ttk_Padding padding;
XColor *fgColor, *frameColor, *shadeColor, *indicatorColor, *borderColor;
int index, ix, iy;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC copyGC;
unsigned long imgColors[8];
XImage *img = NULL;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
/*
* Sanity check
*/
if ( b.x < 0
|| b.y < 0
|| Tk_Width(tkwin) < b.x + spec->width
|| Tk_Height(tkwin) < b.y + spec->height)
{
/* Oops! Not enough room to display the image.
* Don't draw anything.
*/
return;
}
/*
* Fill in imgColors palette:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
if (img == NULL) {
return;
}
#if defined(IGNORES_VISUAL)
| | | 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
if (img == NULL) {
return;
}
#if defined(IGNORES_VISUAL)
img->data = ckalloc(img->bytes_per_line * img->height);
if (img->data == NULL) {
XDestroyImage(img);
return;
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
ckfree(img->data);
img->data = NULL;
#endif
XDestroyImage(img);
}
| | > > > < | | > > | | | < < | | > | | < | | | > > > > > | > < > > > | < < | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | > | > | > > < < < > | > | > > < < | | 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 |
ckfree(img->data);
img->data = NULL;
#endif
XDestroyImage(img);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec IndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
IndicatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow element(s).
*
* Draws a solid triangle, inside a box.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj; /* Arrow color */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra color for borders */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj), "raised"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* Note asymmetric padding:
* top/left padding is 1 less than bottom/right,
* since in this theme 2-pixel borders are asymmetric.
*/
static Ttk_Padding ArrowPadding = { 3,3,4,4 };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int size = SCROLLBAR_WIDTH;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ArrowPadding);
if (*widthPtr < *heightPtr) {
*widthPtr = *heightPtr;
} else {
*heightPtr = *widthPtr;
}
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderColorObj);
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int cx = 0, cy = 0;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowPadding);
switch (direction) {
case ARROW_UP:
case ARROW_DOWN:
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
break;
case ARROW_LEFT:
case ARROW_RIGHT:
TtkArrowSize(b.height/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.width - cx) % 2 == 1) {
++cx;
}
break;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*
* Modified arrow element for comboboxes and spinboxes:
* The width and height are different, and the left edge is drawn in the
* same color as the inner part of the right one.
*/
static void BoxArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int size = SCROLLBAR_WIDTH;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ArrowPadding);
}
static void BoxArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderColorObj);
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int cx = 0, cy = 0;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC arrowGC = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
XDrawLine(disp, d, darkGC, b.x, b.y+1, b.x, b.y+b.height-2+w);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(disp, d, arrowGC, b, direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BoxArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
BoxArrowElementSize,
BoxArrowElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Menubutton indicator:
* Draw an arrow in the direction where the menu will be posted.
*/
#define MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE 5
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;
static const char *const directionStrings[] = { /* See also: button.c */
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static Ttk_Padding MenubuttonArrowPadding = { 3, 0, 3, 0 };
static void MenubuttonArrowElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
MenubuttonArrowElement *arrow = (MenubuttonArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 2 * size + 1;
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(MenubuttonArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(MenubuttonArrowPadding);
}
static void MenubuttonArrowElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
MenubuttonArrowElement *arrow = (MenubuttonArrowElement *)elementRecord;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
int postDirection = POST_BELOW;
ArrowDirection arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN;
int width = 0, height = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, arrow->directionObj, directionStrings,
sizeof(char *), ""/*message*/, 0/*flags*/, &postDirection);
/* ... this might not be such a great idea ... */
switch (postDirection) {
case POST_ABOVE: arrowDirection = ARROW_UP; break;
case POST_BELOW: arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN; break;
case POST_LEFT: arrowDirection = ARROW_LEFT; break;
case POST_RIGHT: arrowDirection = ARROW_RIGHT; break;
case POST_FLUSH: arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN; break;
}
TtkArrowSize(size, arrowDirection, &width, &height);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, MenubuttonArrowPadding);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, width, height, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, arrowDirection);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenubuttonArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenubuttonArrowElement),
MenubuttonArrowElementOptions,
MenubuttonArrowElementSize,
MenubuttonArrowElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
836 837 838 839 840 841 842 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;
| | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-troughborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
{ "-groovewidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,grooveWidthObj), "-1" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2, grooveWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->grooveWidthObj, &grooveWidth);
if (grooveWidth <= 0) {
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN, groove = -1, orient;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, troughPtr->colorObj);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->grooveWidthObj, &groove);
if (groove != -1 && groove < b.height && groove < b.width) {
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
b.y = b.y + b.height/2 - groove/2;
b.height = groove;
} else {
b.x = b.x + b.width/2 - groove/2;
b.width = groove;
}
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TroughElement),
TroughElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
922 923 924 925 926 927 928 |
Tcl_Obj *lastObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
| | | | | | | > | > | > > | < < | > | > | > > < < | < | < < | | < < | | > > | > | > | > > | | < < | < | | < > | > | > > < < | | | | | | > | > | > > | < < > > < | | > | < | | > > | | | | > > | > > > > | | | | | 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 |
Tcl_Obj *lastObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,sizeObj),
STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ThumbElement *thumb = (ThumbElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
int size;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->sizeObj, &size);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumb->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*widthPtr = size;
*heightPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
} else {
*widthPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
*heightPtr = size;
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ThumbElement *thumb = (ThumbElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderColorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int borderWidth = 2;
/*
* Don't draw the thumb if we are disabled.
* This makes it behave like Windows ... if that's what we want.
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return;
*/
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, thumb->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, border, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slider element.
*
* This is the moving part of the scale widget.
*
* The slider element is the thumb in the scale widget. This is drawn
* as an arrow-type element that can point up, down, left or right.
*
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* Short axis dimension */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* Relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* Border / background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Additional border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* Orientation of overall slider */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sliderthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
"15" },
{ "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
SliderElement *slider = (SliderElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
int thickness, borderWidth;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->thicknessObj, &thickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness + (borderWidth *2);
*heightPtr = *widthPtr/2;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*heightPtr = thickness + (borderWidth *2);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr/2;
break;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SliderElement *slider = (SliderElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderColorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, slider->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tree indicator element.
*/
#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 /* XREF: treeview.c */
#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-diameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,sizeObj), "9" },
{ "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginObj), "2 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = (TreeitemIndicator *)elementRecord;
int size = 0;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
if (size % 2 == 0) --size; /* An odd size is better for the indicator. */
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
*widthPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void TreeitemIndicatorDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = (TreeitemIndicator *)elementRecord;
XColor *color = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(color, d);
Ttk_Padding padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int cx, cy;
if (state & TTK_STATE_LEAF) {
/* don't draw anything ... */
return;
}
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x, b.y, b.width - 1, b.height - 1);
cx = b.x + (b.width - 1) / 2;
cy = b.y + (b.height - 1) / 2;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x+2, cy, b.x+b.width-3+w, cy);
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_OPEN)) {
/* turn '-' into a '+' */
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, cx, b.y+2, cx, b.y+b.height-3+w);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TreeitemIndicator),
TreeitemIndicatorOptions,
TreeitemIndicatorSize,
TreeitemIndicatorDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* TtkAltTheme_Init --
* Install alternate theme.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkAltTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "alt", NULL);
if (!theme) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "border", &BorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Checkbutton.indicator",
&IndicatorElementSpec, (void *)&checkbutton_spec);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Radiobutton.indicator",
&IndicatorElementSpec, (void *)&radiobutton_spec);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Menubutton.indicator",
&MenubuttonArrowElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.uparrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.downarrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Combobox.downarrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Treeitem.indicator",
&TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::alt", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkElements.c.
1 | /* | | > > > > > > | < < < | | | | | | > > | > | > > < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
*
* Default implementation for themed elements.
*
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
#endif
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Null element. Does nothing; used as a stub.
* Null element methods, option table and element spec are public,
* and may be used in other engines.
*/
/* public */ Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TtkNullElementOptions[] = { { NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL } };
/* public */ void
TtkNullElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
}
/* public */ void
TtkNullElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(Drawable),
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Box),
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
}
/* public */ Ttk_ElementSpec ttkNullElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
* Ttk_GetLayout() automatically includes a background element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;
| | | > | > | > > | < < | > > < < | | | | | | > | > > > | < < < < | > | > | > > < < | | | > > | | | > > > > > > | > > > | | < < < > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > | > > > > | > > | | | | | > | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
* Ttk_GetLayout() automatically includes a background element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BackgroundElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(BackgroundElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FillElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
BackgroundElement *bg = (BackgroundElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bg->backgroundObj);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
static void BackgroundElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Box),
Ttk_State state)
{
FillElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), state);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BackgroundElement),
BackgroundElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
FillElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BackgroundElement),
BackgroundElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
BackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Border element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void BorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *bd = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
BorderElement *bd = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
if (border && borderWidth > 0 && relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, relief);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element.
* Used for editable fields.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *focusWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *focusColorObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj), "white" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
{ "-focuswidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,focusWidthObj), "2" },
{ "-focuscolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,focusColorObj), "#4a6984" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2, focusWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->focusWidthObj, &focusWidth);
if (focusWidth > 0 && borderWidth < 2) {
borderWidth += (focusWidth - borderWidth);
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->borderObj);
int focusWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->focusWidthObj, &focusWidth);
if (focusWidth > 0 && (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS)) {
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
XColor *focusColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, field->focusColorObj);
GC focusGC = Tk_GCForColor(focusColor, d);
if (focusWidth > 1) {
int x1 = b.x, x2 = b.x + b.width - 1;
int y1 = b.y, y2 = b.y + b.height - 1;
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
GC bgGC;
/*
* Draw the outer rounded rectangle
*/
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1+1, y1, x2-1+w, y1); /* N */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1+1, y2, x2-1+w, y2); /* S */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x1, y1+1, x1, y2-1+w); /* W */
XDrawLine(disp, d, focusGC, x2, y1+1, x2, y2-1+w); /* E */
/*
* Draw the inner rectangle
*/
b.x += 1; b.y += 1; b.width -= 2; b.height -= 2;
XDrawRectangle(disp, d, focusGC, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
/*
* Fill the inner rectangle
*/
bgGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
XFillRectangle(disp, d, bgGC, b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2);
} else {
/*
* Draw the field element as usual
*/
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->borderWidthObj,
&borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
/*
* Change the color of the border's outermost pixels
*/
XDrawRectangle(disp, d, focusGC, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
}
} else {
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;
| | | | | | > | > > > | < < < | | | > | > < | > > > > > | > | > > | > > > > > | > | < > | | < | | | | | > > > | > > > | < < < < | > | > | > > | | > | > | | | | > | > | < < < | | | > | > | > > < < > | > | > > < < | | | | | | | | | > | > | > > < < < < < > | > | > > < < | | | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PaddingElementOptions[] = {
{ "-padding", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,paddingObj), "0" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-shiftrelief", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,shiftreliefObj), "0" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void PaddingElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
PaddingElement *padding = (PaddingElement *)elementRecord;
int shiftRelief = 0;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
Ttk_Padding pad;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, padding->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, padding->shiftreliefObj, &shiftRelief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, padding->paddingObj, &pad);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_RelievePadding(pad, relief, shiftRelief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PaddingElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(PaddingElement),
PaddingElementOptions,
PaddingElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Focus ring element.
* Draws a dashed focus ring, if the widget has keyboard focus.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *focusColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *focusThicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *focusSolidObj;
} FocusElement;
/*
* DrawFocusRing --
* Draw a dotted rectangle to indicate focus.
*/
static void DrawFocusRing(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tcl_Obj *colorObj, int thickness, int solid,
Ttk_Box b)
{
XColor *color = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, colorObj);
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
if (thickness < 1 && solid) {
thickness = 1;
}
gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
if (solid) {
XRectangle rects[4] = {
{b.x, b.y, b.width, thickness}, /* N */
{b.x, b.y + b.height - thickness, b.width, thickness}, /* S */
{b.x, b.y + thickness, thickness, b.height - 2*thickness}, /* W */
{b.x + b.width - thickness, b.y + thickness, /* E */
thickness, b.height - 2*thickness}
};
XFillRectangles(disp, d, gc, rects, 4);
} else {
TkDrawDottedRect(disp, d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FocusElementOptions[] = {
{ "-focuscolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusColorObj), "black" },
{ "-focusthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusThicknessObj), "1" },
{ "-focussolid", TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN,
Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusSolidObj), "0" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FocusElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
FocusElement *focus = (FocusElement *)elementRecord;
int focusThickness = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, focus->focusThicknessObj, &focusThickness);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)focusThickness);
}
static void FocusElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
FocusElement *focus = (FocusElement *)elementRecord;
int focusThickness = 0;
int focusSolid = 0;
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, focus->focusThicknessObj, &focusThickness);
Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, focus->focusSolidObj, &focusSolid);
DrawFocusRing(tkwin, d, focus->focusColorObj, focusThickness,
focusSolid, b);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FocusElement),
FocusElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
FocusElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Separator element.
* Just draws a horizontal or vertical bar.
* Three elements are defined: horizontal, vertical, and general;
* the general separator checks the "-orient" option.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
} SeparatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SeparatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void SeparatorElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 2;
}
static void HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SeparatorElement *separator = (SeparatorElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, separator->borderObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, b.x, b.y, b.x + b.width, b.y);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, b.x, b.y+1, b.x + b.width, b.y+1);
}
static void VerticalSeparatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SeparatorElement *separator = (SeparatorElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, separator->borderObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, b.x, b.y, b.x, b.y + b.height);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, b.x+1, b.y, b.x+1, b.y+b.height);
}
static void GeneralSeparatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
SeparatorElement *separator = (SeparatorElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, separator->orientObj, &orient);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
VerticalSeparatorElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
break;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec HorizontalSeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec VerticalSeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
GeneralSeparatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Sizegrip: lower-right corner grip handle for resizing window.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} SizegripElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SizegripOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SizegripElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{0, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, 0}
};
static void SizegripSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
int gripCount = 3, gripSpace = 2, gripThickness = 3;
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = gripCount * (gripSpace + gripThickness);
}
static void SizegripDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SizegripElement *grip = (SizegripElement *)elementRecord;
int gripCount = 3, gripSpace = 2;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, grip->backgroundObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
int x1 = b.x + b.width-1, y1 = b.y + b.height-1, x2 = x1, y2 = y1;
while (gripCount--) {
x1 -= gripSpace; y2 -= gripSpace;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1, y1, x2, y2); --x1; --y2;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1, y1, x2, y2); --x1; --y2;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1, y1, x2, y2); --x1; --y2;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SizegripElement),
SizegripOptions,
SizegripSize,
SizegripDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | | | | | 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-indicatordiameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,diameterObj), "12" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* Checkbutton indicators (default): 3-D square.
*/
static void SquareIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int diameter = 0;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->diameterObj, &diameter);
*widthPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void SquareIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = 0, interior = 0;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Ttk_Padding padding;
int borderWidth = 2;
int diameter;
interior = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->backgroundObj);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, indicator->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
diameter = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, interior, b.x, b.y,
diameter, diameter, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y,
diameter, diameter, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Radiobutton indicators: 3-D diamond.
*/
static void DiamondIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int diameter = 0;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->diameterObj, &diameter);
*widthPtr = diameter + 3 + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = diameter + 3 + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void DiamondIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = (IndicatorElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = 0, interior = 0;
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int diameter, radius;
XPoint points[4];
Ttk_Padding padding;
interior = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->backgroundObj);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, indicator->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
diameter = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
radius = diameter / 2;
points[0].x = b.x;
points[0].y = b.y + radius;
points[1].x = b.x + radius;
points[1].y = b.y + 2*radius;
points[2].x = b.x + 2*radius;
points[2].y = b.y + radius;
points[3].x = b.x + radius;
points[3].y = b.y;
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, d, interior, points, 4, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin, d, border, points, 4, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec CheckbuttonIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
SquareIndicatorElementSize,
SquareIndicatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec RadiobuttonIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
DiamondIndicatorElementSize,
DiamondIndicatorElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < | | > > > > < < | > > > > | < < | < < | | | | > | | < | | | | | > > > > > | > < > > > | < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | > | > > > | | < < < > | | > < < | | 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,widthObj), "4.0m" },
{ "-indicatorheight", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,heightObj), "1.7m" },
{ "-indicatorborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,marginObj), "5 0" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *mi = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->widthObj, widthPtr);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->heightObj, heightPtr);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->marginObj, &margins);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void MenuIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *mi = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, mi->backgroundObj);
Ttk_Padding margins;
int borderWidth = 2;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->marginObj, &margins);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenuIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenuIndicatorElement),
MenuIndicatorElementOptions,
MenuIndicatorElementSize,
MenuIndicatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow elements.
*
* Draws a solid triangle inside a box.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), "14" },
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj), "raised"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static Ttk_Padding ArrowPadding = { 3, 3, 3, 3 };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int size = 14;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
if (*widthPtr < *heightPtr) {
*widthPtr = *heightPtr;
} else {
*heightPtr = *widthPtr;
}
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int cx = 0, cy = 0;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowPadding);
switch (direction) {
case ARROW_UP:
case ARROW_DOWN:
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
break;
case ARROW_LEFT:
case ARROW_RIGHT:
TtkArrowSize(b.height/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.width - cx) % 2 == 1) {
++cx;
}
break;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*
* Modified arrow element for comboboxes and spinboxes:
* The width and height are different, and the left edge is drawn in the
* same color as the right one.
*/
static void BoxArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int size = 14;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
size -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(size/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
}
static void BoxArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ArrowElement *arrow = (ArrowElement *)elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int cx = 0, cy = 0;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC arrowGC = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
XDrawLine(disp, d, darkGC, b.x, b.y+1, b.x, b.y+b.height-1+w);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(disp, d, arrowGC, b, direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BoxArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
BoxArrowElementSize,
BoxArrowElementDraw
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Trough element.
*
* Used in scrollbars and scales in place of "border".
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} TroughElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-troughrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = (TroughElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, troughPtr->colorObj);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TroughElement),
TroughElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;
| | | | | | | > | | > | < < | > | | > < < | | 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 |
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,thicknessObj), DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ThumbElement *thumb = (ThumbElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
int thickness;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->thicknessObj, &thickness);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumb->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*widthPtr = thickness;
*heightPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
} else {
*widthPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
*heightPtr = thickness;
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ThumbElement *thumb = (ThumbElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, thumb->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* slider length */
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* slider thickness */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* the relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* the background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | | < < < | | 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 |
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* slider length */
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* slider thickness */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* the relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* the background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,lengthObj), "30" },
{ "-sliderthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj), "15" },
{ "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-sliderborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
int orient, length, thickness;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->lengthObj, &length);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->thicknessObj, &thickness);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness;
*heightPtr = length;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*widthPtr = length;
*heightPtr = thickness;
break;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2, orient;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderObj);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, slider->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
b.x+borderWidth, b.y, b.x+b.width-borderWidth, b.y);
}
}
}
}
| | | 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 |
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
b.x+borderWidth, b.y, b.x+b.width-borderWidth, b.y);
}
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 |
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* the height/width of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* default width/height of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* border relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;
| | | | | | | | > | | > | < < | > | | > < < | > > | | | > > > > | > | > > | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > | | > > | | > > | | | > > | > > | < > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | < < < > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > < | < | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | > | > > | < < < | | < < | > | | > > < < < | | > > | | | | | | > > | > > > > | | | | 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 |
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* the height/width of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* default width/height of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* border relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ "-thickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,thicknessObj),
DEFAULT_PBAR_THICKNESS },
{ "-barsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,lengthObj),
DEFAULT_PBAR_LENGTH },
{ "-pbarrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void PbarElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
PbarElement *pbar = (PbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
int thickness = 15, length = 30, borderWidth = 2;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->thicknessObj, &thickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->lengthObj, &length);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*widthPtr = length + 2 * borderWidth;
*heightPtr = thickness + 2 * borderWidth;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness + 2 * borderWidth;
*heightPtr = length + 2 * borderWidth;
break;
}
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
PbarElement *pbar = (PbarElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, pbar->borderObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, pbar->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(PbarElement),
PbarElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
PbarElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook tabs and client area.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
} TabElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TabElementOptions[] = {
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-highlight", TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,highlightObj), "0" },
{ "-highlightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,highlightColorObj), "#4a6984" },
{0, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, 0}
};
static void TabElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TabElement *tab = (TabElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 1;
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(0, tkwin, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
paddingPtr->top = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
paddingPtr->right = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
paddingPtr->left = 0;
break;
}
}
static void TabElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
TabElement *tab = (TabElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, tab->backgroundObj);
int highlight = 0;
XColor *hlColor = NULL;
XPoint pts[6];
int cut = 2;
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int borderWidth = 1;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
/*
* Draw slightly outside of the allocated parcel,
* to overwrite the client area border.
*/
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
b.height += 1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
b.height += 1; b.y -= 1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
b.width += 1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
b.width += 1; b.x -= 1;
break;
}
Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, tab->highlightObj, &highlight);
if (highlight) {
hlColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, tab->highlightColorObj);
}
}
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[1].x = b.x; pts[1].y = b.y + cut;
pts[2].x = b.x + cut; pts[2].y = b.y;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[3].y = b.y;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[4].y = b.y + cut;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x; pts[1].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[2].x = b.x + cut; pts[2].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[5].y = b.y-1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
pts[0].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x + cut; pts[1].y = b.y;
pts[2].x = b.x; pts[2].y = b.y + cut;
pts[3].x = b.x; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[4].x = b.x + cut; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height-1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[1].y = b.y;
pts[2].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[2].y = b.y + cut;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[5].x = b.x-1; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height-1;
break;
}
XFillPolygon(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
pts, 6, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
pts[5].y -= 1 - WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
pts[5].y += 1 - WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
pts[5].x -= 1 - WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
pts[5].x += 1 - WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
break;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
while (borderWidth--) {
XDrawLines(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
pts, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
XDrawLines(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC),
pts+3, 3, CoordModeOrigin);
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
++pts[0].x; ++pts[1].x; ++pts[2].y;
++pts[3].y; --pts[4].x; --pts[5].x;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
++pts[0].x; ++pts[1].x; --pts[2].y;
--pts[3].y; --pts[4].x; --pts[5].x;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
++pts[0].y; ++pts[1].y; ++pts[2].x;
++pts[3].x; --pts[4].y; --pts[5].y;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
++pts[0].y; ++pts[1].y; --pts[2].x;
--pts[3].x; --pts[4].y; --pts[5].y;
break;
}
}
if (highlight) {
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
XFillRectangle(disp, d, Tk_GCForColor(hlColor, d),
b.x + cut, b.y, b.width - 2*cut, cut);
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
XFillRectangle(disp, d, Tk_GCForColor(hlColor, d),
b.x + cut, b.y + b.height - cut, b.width - 2*cut, cut);
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
XFillRectangle(disp, d, Tk_GCForColor(hlColor, d),
b.x, b.y + cut, cut, b.height - 2*cut);
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
XFillRectangle(disp, d, Tk_GCForColor(hlColor, d),
b.x + b.width - cut, b.y + cut, cut, b.height - 2*cut);
break;
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TabElement),
TabElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
/*
* Client area element:
* Uses same resources as tab element.
*/
typedef TabElement ClientElement;
#define ClientElementOptions TabElementOptions
static void ClientElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ClientElement *ce = (ClientElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(0, tkwin, ce->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void ClientElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ClientElement *ce = (ClientElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, ce->backgroundObj);
int borderWidth = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, ce->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ClientElement),
ClientElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* TtkElements_Init --
* Register default element implementations.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkElements_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
/*
* Elements:
*/
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "background",
&BackgroundElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "fill", &FillElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "border", &BorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "focus", &FocusElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "padding", &PaddingElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Checkbutton.indicator",
&CheckbuttonIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Radiobutton.indicator",
&RadiobuttonIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Menubutton.indicator",
&MenuIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "indicator", &ttkNullElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.uparrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Spinbox.downarrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Combobox.downarrow",
&BoxArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "pbar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "separator",
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" /* * Extra bits for core.flags: */ #define GOT_SELECTION (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<1) #define SYNCING_VARIABLE (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<2) #define VALIDATING (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<3) #define VALIDATION_SET_VALUE (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<4) | > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Extra bits for core.flags: */ #define GOT_SELECTION (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<1) #define SYNCING_VARIABLE (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<2) #define VALIDATING (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<3) #define VALIDATION_SET_VALUE (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<4) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
* displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
* or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
*/
/* Style parameters:
*/
typedef struct {
| < | | | | | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
* displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
* or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
*/
/* Style parameters:
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj; /* Foreground color for normal text */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* Entry widget background color */
Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj; /* Border and background for selection */
Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj; /* Width of selection border */
Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj; /* Foreground color for selected text */
Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj; /* Color of insertion cursor */
Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj; /* Insert cursor width */
} EntryStyleData;
typedef struct {
/*
* Internal state:
*/
char *string; /* Storage for string (malloced) */
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. */
int insertPos; /* Insert index */
int selectFirst; /* Index of start of selection, or -1 */
int selectLast; /* Index of end of selection, or -1 */
Scrollable xscroll; /* Current scroll position */
ScrollHandle xscrollHandle;
/*
* Options managed by Tk_SetOptions:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
Tk_Justify justify; /* Text justification */
EntryStyleData styleData; /* Display style data (widget options) */
EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */
Tcl_Obj *stateObj; /* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */
| < < | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
Tk_Justify justify; /* Text justification */
EntryStyleData styleData; /* Display style data (widget options) */
EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */
Tcl_Obj *stateObj; /* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */
/*
* Derived resources:
*/
Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;
char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 | #define TEXTVAR_CHANGED (0x200) /* -textvariable option changed */ #define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (0x400) /* -xscrollcommand option changed */ /* * Default option values: */ #define DEF_SELECT_BG "#000000" | | < | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | < < < | | < | < < | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED (0x200) /* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (0x400) /* -xscrollcommand option changed */
/*
* Default option values:
*/
#define DEF_SELECT_BG "#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG "#FFFFFF"
#define DEF_INSERT_BG "black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT "10"
static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.textVariableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,TEXTVAR_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
"none", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validate),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validateCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.widthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
/* EntryStyleData options:
*/
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ EntryStyleData management.
* This is still more awkward than it should be;
* it should be able to use the Element API instead.
*/
/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
* Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
*/
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);
INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}
static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
/* Initialize to fallback values:
*/
*es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;
# define INIT(member, name) \
if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
es->member=tmp;
| < < | 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
/* Initialize to fallback values:
*/
*es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;
# define INIT(member, name) \
if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
es->member=tmp;
INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT
/* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
*/
es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
* Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
* from displayString and fontObj.
*/
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
| < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < > > > | | | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
* Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
* from displayString and fontObj.
*/
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);
entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
&entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
}
/* EntryEditable --
* Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
*/
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
{
return !(entryPtr->core.state & (TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_READONLY));
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Selection management.
*/
/* EntryFetchSelection --
* Selection handler for entry widgets.
*/
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
void *clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
int byteCount;
const char *string;
const char *selStart, *selEnd;
if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
|| Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
return -1;
}
string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;
selStart = TkUtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
selEnd = TkUtfAtIndex(selStart,
entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
/* @@@POSSIBLE BUG: Can transfer partial UTF-8 sequences. Is this OK? */
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/* EntryLostSelection --
* Tk_LostSelProc for Entry widgets; called when an entry
* loses ownership of the selection.
*/
static void EntryLostSelection(void *clientData)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}
/* EntryOwnSelection --
* Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
* if -exportselection set and selection is present and interp is unsafe.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
* or -invalidcommand).
*/
static void
ExpandPercents(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *templ, /* Script template */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
| | | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
* or -invalidcommand).
*/
static void
ExpandPercents(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *templ, /* Script template */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason, /* Reason for change */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Result of %-substitutions */
{
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
int number, length;
const char *string;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
if (reason == VALIDATE_INSERT) {
number = 1;
} else if (reason == VALIDATE_DELETE) {
number = 0;
} else {
number = -1;
}
| | | | | | | | 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
if (reason == VALIDATE_INSERT) {
number = 1;
} else if (reason == VALIDATE_DELETE) {
number = 0;
} else {
number = -1;
}
snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%d", number);
string = numStorage;
break;
case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */
snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%d", index);
string = numStorage;
break;
case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */
string = newValue;
break;
case 's': /* Current string value */
string = entryPtr->entry.string;
break;
case 'S': /* string to be inserted/deleted, if any */
if (reason == VALIDATE_INSERT) {
string = TkUtfAtIndex(newValue, index);
stringLength = TkUtfAtIndex(string, count) - string;
} else if (reason == VALIDATE_DELETE) {
string = TkUtfAtIndex(entryPtr->entry.string, index);
stringLength = TkUtfAtIndex(string, count) - string;
} else {
string = "";
stringLength = 0;
}
break;
case 'v': /* type of validation currently set */
string = validateStrings[entryPtr->entry.validate];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
527 528 529 530 531 532 533 |
*/
static int RunValidationScript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry being validated */
const char *templ, /* Script template */
const char *optionName, /* "-validatecommand", "-invalidcommand" */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
| | | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
*/
static int RunValidationScript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry being validated */
const char *templ, /* Script template */
const char *optionName, /* "-validatecommand", "-invalidcommand" */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason) /* Reason for change */
{
Tcl_DString script;
int code;
Tcl_DStringInit(&script);
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, templ, newValue, index, count, reason, &script);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | /* EntryValidateChange -- * Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required. * Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails. * * Returns: * TCL_OK if the change is accepted * TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected | | | | | 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
/* EntryValidateChange --
* Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
* Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
*
* Returns:
* TCL_OK if the change is accepted
* TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
* TCL_ERROR if any errors occurred
*
* The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
* or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
*/
static int
EntryValidateChange(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason) /* Reason for change */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->core.interp;
VMODE vmode = entryPtr->entry.validate;
int code, change_ok;
if ((entryPtr->entry.validateCmd == NULL)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 | /* EntryRevalidate -- * Revalidate the current value of an entry widget, * update the TTK_STATE_INVALID bit. * * Returns: * TCL_OK if valid, TCL_BREAK if invalid, TCL_ERROR on error. */ | | > > > < | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
/* EntryRevalidate --
* Revalidate the current value of an entry widget,
* update the TTK_STATE_INVALID bit.
*
* Returns:
* TCL_OK if valid, TCL_BREAK if invalid, TCL_ERROR on error.
*/
static int EntryRevalidate(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
Entry *entryPtr,
VREASON reason)
{
int code = EntryValidateChange(
entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.string, -1,0, reason);
if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&entryPtr->core, TTK_STATE_INVALID, 0);
} else if (code == TCL_OK) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&entryPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_INVALID);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
int g = nChars > 0; /* left gravity adjustment */
e->insertPos = AdjustIndex(e->insertPos, index, nChars);
e->selectFirst = AdjustIndex(e->selectFirst, index, nChars);
e->selectLast = AdjustIndex(e->selectLast, index+g, nChars);
e->xscroll.first= AdjustIndex(e->xscroll.first, index+g, nChars);
| | | | | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 |
int g = nChars > 0; /* left gravity adjustment */
e->insertPos = AdjustIndex(e->insertPos, index, nChars);
e->selectFirst = AdjustIndex(e->selectFirst, index, nChars);
e->selectLast = AdjustIndex(e->selectLast, index+g, nChars);
e->xscroll.first= AdjustIndex(e->xscroll.first, index+g, nChars);
if (e->selectLast <= e->selectFirst)
e->selectFirst = e->selectLast = -1;
}
/* EntryStoreValue --
* Replace the contents of a text entry with a given value,
* recompute dependent resources, and schedule a redisplay.
*
* See also: EntrySetValue().
*/
static void
EntryStoreValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value)
{
size_t numBytes = strlen(value);
int numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, numBytes);
if (entryPtr->core.flags & VALIDATING)
entryPtr->core.flags |= VALIDATION_SET_VALUE;
/* Make sure all indices remain in bounds:
*/
if (numChars < entryPtr->entry.numChars)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
/* InsertChars --
* Add new characters to an entry widget.
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
| | | | 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 |
/* InsertChars --
* Add new characters to an entry widget.
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Insert before this index */
const char *value) /* New characters to add */
{
char *string = entryPtr->entry.string;
size_t byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
size_t byteCount = strlen(value);
int charsAdded = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, byteCount);
size_t newByteCount = entryPtr->entry.numBytes + byteCount + 1;
char *newBytes;
int code;
if (byteCount == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
871 872 873 874 875 876 877 |
/* DeleteChars --
* Remove one or more characters from an entry widget.
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
| | | | | | | | | 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 |
/* DeleteChars --
* Remove one or more characters from an entry widget.
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
int index, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int count) /* How many characters to delete. */
{
char *string = entryPtr->entry.string;
size_t byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount;
char *newBytes;
int code;
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
if (count + index > entryPtr->entry.numChars) {
count = entryPtr->entry.numChars - index;
}
if (count <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
byteIndex = TkUtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = TkUtfAtIndex(string+byteIndex, count) - (string+byteIndex);
newByteCount = entryPtr->entry.numBytes + 1 - byteCount;
newBytes = (char *)ckalloc(newByteCount);
memcpy(newBytes, string, byteIndex);
strcpy(newBytes + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount);
code = EntryValidateChange(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
921 922 923 924 925 926 927 | /* EntryEventProc -- * Extra event handling for entry widgets: * Triggers validation on FocusIn and FocusOut events. */ #define EntryEventMask (FocusChangeMask) static void | | | 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 |
/* EntryEventProc --
* Extra event handling for entry widgets:
* Triggers validation on FocusIn and FocusOut events.
*/
#define EntryEventMask (FocusChangeMask)
static void
EntryEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case DestroyNotify:
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
946 947 948 949 950 951 952 | } /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Initialization and cleanup. */ static void | | > > < | | | 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 |
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup.
*/
static void
EntryInitialize(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
void *recordPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
entryPtr->core.tkwin, EntryEventMask, EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);
TtkBlinkCursor(&entryPtr->core);
entryPtr->entry.string = (char *)ckalloc(1);
*entryPtr->entry.string = '\0';
entryPtr->entry.displayString = entryPtr->entry.string;
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = 0;
entryPtr->entry.numBytes = entryPtr->entry.numChars = 0;
EntryInitStyleDefaults(&entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults);
entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle =
TtkCreateScrollHandle(&entryPtr->core, &entryPtr->entry.xscroll);
entryPtr->entry.insertPos = 0;
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
}
static void
EntryCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
}
/* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
| | | 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 |
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
}
/* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1)
&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))) {
EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
}
/* Handle -state compatibility option:
*/
if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 |
EntryUpdateTextLayout(entryPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* EntryPostConfigure --
* Post-configuration hook for entry widgets.
*/
| | > > > < | | 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 |
EntryUpdateTextLayout(entryPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* EntryPostConfigure --
* Post-configuration hook for entry widgets.
*/
static int EntryPostConfigure(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
void *recordPtr,
int mask)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if ((mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) && entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace != NULL) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
}
return status;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout and display.
*/
/* EntryCharPosition --
* Return the X coordinate of the specified character index.
* Precondition: textLayout and layoutX up-to-date.
*/
static int
EntryCharPosition(Entry *entryPtr, int index)
{
int xPos;
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->entry.textLayout, index, &xPos, NULL, NULL, NULL);
return xPos + entryPtr->entry.layoutX;
}
/* EntryDoLayout --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
/* EntryDisplay --
* Redraws the contents of an entry window.
*/
static void EntryDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->core.tkwin;
| | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | < | | 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
/* EntryDisplay --
* Redraws the contents of an entry window.
*/
static void EntryDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->core.tkwin;
int leftIndex = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first,
rightIndex = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.last + 1,
selFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectFirst,
selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
EntryStyleData es;
GC gc;
int showSelection, showCursor;
Ttk_Box textarea;
TkRegion clipRegion;
XRectangle rect;
EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);
textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
showCursor =
(entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
&& entryPtr->entry.insertPos >= leftIndex
&& entryPtr->entry.insertPos <= rightIndex
;
showSelection =
!(entryPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
&& selFirst >= 0
&& selLast > leftIndex
&& selFirst <= rightIndex;
/* Adjust selection range to keep in display bounds.
*/
if (showSelection) {
if (selFirst < leftIndex)
selFirst = leftIndex;
if (selLast > rightIndex)
selLast = rightIndex;
}
/* Draw widget background & border
*/
Ttk_DrawLayout(entryPtr->core.layout, entryPtr->core.state, d);
/* Draw selection background
*/
if (showSelection && es.selBorderObj) {
Tk_3DBorder selBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, es.selBorderObj);
int selStartX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selFirst);
int selEndX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selLast);
int borderWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, es.selBorderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (selBorder) {
int selWidth;
int textareaEnd = textarea.x + textarea.width;
if (selEndX > textareaEnd)
selEndX = textareaEnd;
selWidth = selEndX - selStartX + 2 * borderWidth;
if (selWidth > 0)
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, selBorder,
selStartX - borderWidth, entryPtr->entry.layoutY - borderWidth,
selWidth, entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight + 2*borderWidth,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
}
/* Initialize the clip region. Note that Xft does _not_ derive its
* clipping area from the GC, so we have to supply that by other means.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 |
if (showCursor) {
Ttk_Box field = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "field");
int cursorX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.insertPos),
cursorY = entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
cursorHeight = entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight,
cursorWidth = 1;
| | | 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 |
if (showCursor) {
Ttk_Box field = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "field");
int cursorX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.insertPos),
cursorY = entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
cursorHeight = entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight,
cursorWidth = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, es.insertWidthObj, &cursorWidth);
if (cursorWidth <= 0) {
cursorWidth = 1;
}
/* @@@ should: maybe: SetCaretPos even when blinked off */
Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, cursorX, cursorY, cursorHeight);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
/* Draw the text:
*/
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 |
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
/* Draw the text:
*/
gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.foregroundObj, clipRegion);
if (showSelection) {
/* Draw the selected and unselected portions separately.
*/
if (leftIndex < selFirst) {
Tk_DrawTextLayout(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 |
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result.
*/
static int
EntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to query */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Symbolic index name */
| | < | | < < < | > | < < < < < | | | 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 |
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result.
*/
static int
EntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to query */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Symbolic index name */
int *indexPtr) /* Return value */
{
# define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
size_t length = indexObj->length;
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
} else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
} else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) { /* for debugging */
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
} else if (strncmp(string, "right", length) == 0) { /* for debugging */
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.last;
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.", 4) == 0) {
if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"selection isn't in widget %s",
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "ENTRY", "NO_SELECTION", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 |
x = maxWidth;
roundUp = 1;
}
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
| | | > | > > > > > > | | | | | 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 |
x = maxWidth;
roundUp = 1;
}
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
if (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
}
/*
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right,
* round the index up to refer to the character just after the
* last visible one on the screen. This is needed to enable the
* last character to be selected, for example.
*/
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.numChars)) {
*indexPtr += 1;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, indexObj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (*indexPtr < 0) {
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->entry.numChars) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
badIndex:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad entry index \"%s\"", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "ENTRY", "INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* $entry bbox $index --
* Return the bounding box of the character at the specified index.
*/
static int
EntryBBoxCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Box b;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->entry.numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->entry.textLayout, index,
&b.x, &b.y, &b.width, &b.height);
b.x += entryPtr->entry.layoutX;
b.y += entryPtr->entry.layoutY;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Ttk_NewBoxObj(b));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry delete $from ?$to? --
* Delete the characters in the range [$from,$to).
* $to defaults to $from+1 if not specified.
*/
static int
EntryDeleteCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
int first, last;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (last >= first && EntryEditable(entryPtr)) {
return DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry get --
* Return the current value of the entry widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 |
* Return numeric value (0..numChars) of the specified index.
*/
static int
EntryIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
| | | | | 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 |
* Return numeric value (0..numChars) of the specified index.
*/
static int
EntryIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry insert $index $text --
* Insert $text after position $index.
* Silent no-op if the entry is disabled or read-only.
*/
static int
EntryInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 |
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | | | 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 |
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry selection present --
* Returns 1 if any characters are selected, 0 otherwise.
*/
static int EntrySelectionPresentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr->entry.selectFirst >= 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry selection range $start $end --
* Explicitly set the selection range.
*/
static int EntrySelectionRangeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
int start, end;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3], &start) != TCL_OK
|| EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[4], &end) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (entryPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (start >= end) {
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = start;
entryPtr->entry.selectLast = end;
EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 |
/* $entry xview -- horizontal scrolling interface
*/
static int EntryXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
if (objc == 3) {
| | | 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 |
/* $entry xview -- horizontal scrolling interface
*/
static int EntryXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *)recordPtr;
if (objc == 3) {
int newFirst;
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst, 1);
return TCL_OK;
}
return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry widget definition.
*/
| | > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry widget definition.
*/
static WidgetSpec EntryWidgetSpec = {
"TEntry", /* className */
sizeof(Entry), /* recordSize */
EntryOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
EntryCommands, /* subcommands */
EntryInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
EntryConfigure, /* configureProc */
EntryPostConfigure, /* postConfigureProc */
TtkWidgetGetLayout, /* getLayoutProc */
TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */
EntryDoLayout, /* layoutProc */
EntryDisplay /* displayProc */
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Named indices for the combobox "current" command
*/
static const char *const comboboxCurrentIndexNames[] = {
"end", NULL
};
enum comboboxCurrentIndices {
INDEX_END
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Combobox widget record.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *postCommandObj;
Tcl_Obj *valuesObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
int currentIndex;
} ComboboxPart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
ComboboxPart combobox;
} Combobox;
static Tk_OptionSpec ComboboxOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_LIST_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.heightObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "PostCommand",
"", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.postCommandObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
"", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.valuesObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};
/* ComboboxInitialize --
* Initialization hook for combobox widgets.
*/
static void
ComboboxInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Combobox *cb = (Combobox *)recordPtr;
cb->combobox.currentIndex = -1;
TtkTrackElementState(&cb->core);
EntryInitialize(interp, recordPtr);
}
/* ComboboxConfigure --
* Configuration hook for combobox widgets.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 |
* of the index. Instead of trying to keep currentIndex
* in sync at all times, [$cb current] double-checks
*/
static int ComboboxCurrentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Combobox *cbPtr = (Combobox *)recordPtr;
| | | | | | | | > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < | 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 |
* of the index. Instead of trying to keep currentIndex
* in sync at all times, [$cb current] double-checks
*/
static int ComboboxCurrentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Combobox *cbPtr = (Combobox *)recordPtr;
int currentIndex = cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex;
const char *currentValue = cbPtr->entry.string;
int nValues;
Tcl_Obj **values;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, cbPtr->combobox.valuesObj, &nValues, &values);
if (objc == 2) {
/* Check if currentIndex still valid:
*/
if (currentIndex < 0
|| currentIndex >= nValues
|| strcmp(currentValue,Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]))
)
{
/* Not valid. Check current value against each element in -values:
*/
for (currentIndex = 0; currentIndex < nValues; ++currentIndex) {
if (!strcmp(currentValue,Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]))) {
break;
}
}
if (currentIndex >= nValues) {
/* Not found */
currentIndex = -1;
}
}
cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(currentIndex));
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
int result, index;
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[2], comboboxCurrentIndexNames,
"", 0, &index);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
/*
* The index is one of the named indices.
*/
switch (index) {
case INDEX_END:
/* "end" index */
if (nValues <= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"index \"end\" out of range"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
currentIndex = nValues - 1;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("Unknown named index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
/*
* The index should be just an integer.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], ¤tIndex) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Incorrect index %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_VALUE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Index %s out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
return EntrySetValue((Entry *)recordPtr, Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]));
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?newIndex?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ComboboxWidgetSpec = {
"TCombobox", /* className */
sizeof(Combobox), /* recordSize */
ComboboxOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ComboboxCommands, /* subcommands */
ComboboxInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
ComboboxConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;
| | | | | | | | | | 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;
static Tk_OptionSpec SpinboxOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.valuesObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.fromObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.toObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
"1", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.incrementObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.formatObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.wrapObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};
/* SpinboxInitialize --
* Initialization hook for spinbox widgets.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec SpinboxWidgetSpec = {
"TSpinbox", /* className */
sizeof(Spinbox), /* recordSize */
SpinboxOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SpinboxCommands, /* subcommands */
SpinboxInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
SpinboxConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 |
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
} TextareaElement;
| | | | > | > | > > < < | | 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 |
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
} TextareaElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextareaElementOptions[] = {
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,fontObj), DEF_ENTRY_FONT },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,widthObj), "20" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TextareaElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
TextareaElement *textarea = (TextareaElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_Font font = Tk_GetFontFromObj(tkwin, textarea->fontObj);
int avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, "0", 1);
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
int prefWidth = 1;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(font, &fm);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, textarea->widthObj, &prefWidth);
if (prefWidth <= 0)
prefWidth = 1;
*heightPtr = fm.linespace;
*widthPtr = prefWidth * avgWidth;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextareaElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextareaElement),
TextareaElementOptions,
TextareaElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 |
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SpinboxLayout)
| | | | | | | > | | | 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 |
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SpinboxLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_GROUP("null", TTK_PACK_RIGHT,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_STICK_E)
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_STICK_E))
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkEntry_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, themePtr, "textarea", &TextareaElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "TEntry", EntryLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "TCombobox", ComboboxLayout);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
} FramePart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
} Frame;
| | | | | | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
} FramePart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
} Frame;
static Tk_OptionSpec FrameOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.borderWidthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.reliefObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.widthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.heightObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
if ((width > 0 || height > 0) && (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(framePtr->core.tkwin, width, height);
}
return TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
}
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
if ((width > 0 || height > 0) && (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(framePtr->core.tkwin, width, height);
}
return TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
}
static WidgetSpec FrameWidgetSpec = {
"TFrame", /* className */
sizeof(Frame), /* recordSize */
FrameOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
FrameCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
FrameConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
LabelframePart label;
} Labelframe;
#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100
| | | | | | | 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
LabelframePart label;
} Labelframe;
#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100
static Tk_OptionSpec LabelframeOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
"nw", Tk_Offset(Labelframe, label.labelAnchorObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.textObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
"-1", Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.underlineObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.labelWidget),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,LABELWIDGET_CHANGED|GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(FrameOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Labelframe style parameters:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
/* ASSERT: content #0 is lframe->label.labelWidget */
Ttk_PlaceContent(lframe->label.mgr, 0, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
}
}
static int LabelRequest(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
| | | | 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
/* ASSERT: content #0 is lframe->label.labelWidget */
Ttk_PlaceContent(lframe->label.mgr, 0, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
}
}
static int LabelRequest(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
return 1;
}
/* LabelRemoved --
* Unset the -labelwidget option.
*
* <<NOTE-LABELREMOVED>>:
* This routine is also called when the widget voluntarily forgets
* the window in LabelframeConfigure.
*/
static void LabelRemoved(
void *managerData,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)managerData;
lframe->label.labelWidget = 0;
}
static Ttk_ManagerSpec LabelframeManagerSpec = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 |
Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static WidgetSpec LabelframeWidgetSpec = {
"TLabelframe", /* className */
sizeof(Labelframe), /* recordSize */
LabelframeOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
FrameCommands, /* subcommands */
LabelframeInitialize, /* initializeProc */
LabelframeCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
LabelframeConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
TTK_NODE("Label.text", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* ======================================================================
* +++ Initialization.
*/
| | | | 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 |
TTK_NODE("Label.text", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* ======================================================================
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkFrame_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TFrame", FrameLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TLabelframe", LabelframeLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "Label", LabelSublayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::frame", &FrameWidgetSpec);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::labelframe", &LabelframeWidgetSpec);
}
|
Added generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 |
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
# This script generates a set of stub files for a given
# interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
#
# CHANGES:
# + Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
# instead of a platform guard.
# + Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
#
namespace eval genStubs {
# libraryName --
#
# The name of the entire library. This value is used to compute
# the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.
variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"
# interfaces --
#
# An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
# the set of valid interfaces. The value is empty.
array set interfaces {}
# curName --
#
# The name of the interface currently being defined.
variable curName "UNKNOWN"
# scspec --
#
# Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
# Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
#
variable scspec "EXTERN"
# epoch, revision --
#
# The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
# (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
#
variable epoch {}
variable revision 0
# hooks --
#
# An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
# subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.
array set hooks {}
# stubs --
#
# This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
# second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
# constant "lastNum". The lastNum entry contains the largest
# numeric offset used for a given interface.
#
# Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
# should be used for the given entry in the stub table. The spec
# consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
# Other fields TBD later.
array set stubs {}
# outDir --
#
# The directory where the generated files should be placed.
variable outDir .
}
# genStubs::library --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
# of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
# This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
# name The library name.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::library {name} {
variable libraryName $name
}
# genStubs::interface --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
# of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::interface {name} {
variable curName $name
variable interfaces
variable stubs
set interfaces($name) {}
set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
return
}
# genStubs::scspec --
#
# Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
# Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
# expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
# -DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
variable scspec $value
}
# genStubs::epoch --
#
# Define the epoch number for this library. The epoch
# should be incrememented when a release is made that
# contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
variable epoch $value
}
# genStubs::hooks --
#
# This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
# interface.
#
# Arguments:
# names The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
# hook vector.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
variable curName
variable hooks
set hooks($curName) $names
return
}
# genStubs::declare --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
# interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
# index The index number of the interface.
# status Status of the interface: one of "current",
# "deprecated", or "obsolete".
# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
# entry.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::declare {args} {
variable stubs
variable curName
variable revision
incr revision
if {[llength $args] == 2} {
lassign $args index decl
set status current
} elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
lassign $args index status decl
} else {
puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
return
}
# Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
# bump the lastNum counter if necessary.
if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
}
regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
set decl [parseDecl $decl]
set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl
if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
}
return
}
# genStubs::export --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
# that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
# entry.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::export {args} {
if {[llength $args] != 1} {
puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
}
return
}
# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
# This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
# specified file with new contents. It looks for the !BEGIN! and
# !END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
# file The name of the file to modify.
# text The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
if {![file exists $file]} {
puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
return
}
set in [open ${file} r]
fconfigure $in -eofchar "\032 {}" -encoding utf-8
set out [open ${file}.new w]
fconfigure $out -translation lf -encoding utf-8
while {![eof $in]} {
set line [gets $in]
if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
break
}
puts $out $line
}
puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
puts $out $text
while {![eof $in]} {
set line [gets $in]
if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
break
}
}
puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
close $in
close $out
file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
return
}
# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
# Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
# plat Platform to test.
#
# Results:
# Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.
proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}} {withCygwin 0}} {
set text ""
switch $plat {
win {
append text "#if defined(_WIN32)"
if {$withCygwin} {
append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
}
append text " /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
if {$eltxt ne ""} {
append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
}
append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
}
unix {
append text "#if !defined(_WIN32)"
if {$withCygwin} {
append text " && !defined(__CYGWIN__)"
}
append text " && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
/* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
if {$eltxt ne ""} {
append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
}
append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
}
macosx {
append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
if {$eltxt ne ""} {
append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
}
append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
}
aqua {
append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
if {$eltxt ne ""} {
append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
}
append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
}
x11 {
append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32)"
if {$withCygwin} {
append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
}
append text " || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
/* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
if {$eltxt ne ""} {
append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
}
append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
}
default {
append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
}
}
return $text
}
# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
# Generate the stub table slots for the given interface. If there
# are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
# platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
upvar $textVar text
forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {" void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
return
}
# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
# Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
# decl The function declaration.
#
# Results:
# Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}. The args
# element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
# element "void". If the function declaration is malformed
# then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.
proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
set prefix $decl
set args {}
}
set prefix [string trim $prefix]
if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
return
}
set rtype [string trim $rtype]
if {$args eq ""} {
return [list $rtype $fname {}]
}
foreach arg [split $args ,] {
lappend argList [string trim $arg]
}
if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
set args TCL_VARARGS
foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
lappend args $argInfo
} else {
puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
return
}
}
} else {
set args {}
foreach arg $argList {
set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
lappend args "void"
break
} elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
lappend args $argInfo
} else {
puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
return
}
}
}
return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}
# genStubs::parseArg --
#
# This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
# arg The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
# Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
# indicator. If the argument is malformed, returns "".
proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
if {$arg eq "void"} {
return $arg
} else {
return
}
}
set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
if {$array ne ""} {
lappend result $array
}
return $result
}
# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
# Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted declaration string.
proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
variable scspec
variable stubs
variable libraryName
lassign $decl rtype fname args
append text "/* $index */\n"
if {[info exists stubs($name,deprecated,$index)]} {
append text "[string toupper $libraryName]_DEPRECATED(\"$stubs($name,deprecated,$index)\")\n"
set line "$rtype"
} elseif {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
set line "$scspec [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-6]]"
} else {
set line "$scspec $rtype"
}
set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
if {$count >= 0} {
append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
}
set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
if {$pad <= 0} {
append line " "
set pad 0
}
if {$args eq ""} {
append line $fname
append text $line
append text ";\n"
return $text
}
append line $fname
set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
switch -exact $arg1 {
void {
append line "(void)"
}
TCL_VARARGS {
set sep "("
foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
append line $sep
set next {}
append next [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
append next " "
}
append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
+ $pad > 76} {
append text [string trimright $line] \n
set line "\t\t\t\t"
set pad 28
}
append line $next
set sep ", "
}
append line ", ...)"
if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
append line " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr {[llength $args] - 1}] ", " [llength $args] ")"
}
}
default {
set sep "("
foreach arg $args {
append line $sep
set next {}
append next [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
append next " "
}
append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
+ $pad > 76} {
append text [string trimright $line] \n
set line "\t\t\t\t"
set pad 28
}
append line $next
set sep ", "
}
append line ")"
}
}
if {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
append line " MP_WUR"
}
return "$text$line;\n"
}
# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
# Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted macro definition.
proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
lassign $decl rtype fname args
set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
if {$args eq ""} {
append text "*"
}
append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
append text " /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
# Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted table entry.
proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
lassign $decl rtype fname args
variable stubs
set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
set text " "
if {[info exists stubs($name,deprecated,$index)]} {
append text "TCL_DEPRECATED_API(\"$stubs($name,deprecated,$index)\") "
} elseif {[info exists stubs($name,nostub,$index)]} {
append text "TCL_DEPRECATED_API(\"$stubs($name,nostub,$index)\") "
}
if {$args eq ""} {
append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
} elseif {[string range $rtype 0 11] eq "TCL_NORETURN"} {
append text "TCL_NORETURN1 " [string trim [string range $rtype 12 end]] " (*" $lfname ") "
} elseif {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-6]] " (*" $lfname ") "
} else {
append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
}
set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
switch -exact $arg1 {
void {
append text "(void)"
}
TCL_VARARGS {
set sep "("
foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
append text " "
}
append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
set sep ", "
}
append text ", ...)"
if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
append text " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr {[llength $args] - 1}] ", " [llength $args] ")"
}
}
default {
set sep "("
foreach arg $args {
append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
append text " "
}
append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
set sep ", "
}
append text ")"
}
}
if {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
append text " MP_WUR"
}
append text "; /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
# genStubs::makeInit --
#
# Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted declaration string.
proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
append text " &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
} else {
append text " " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
}
return $text
}
# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
# This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
# a callback for each slot. The result of the callback is then
# placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# slotProc The proc to invoke to handle the slot. It will
# have the interface name, the declaration, and
# the index appended.
# guardProc The proc to invoke to add guards. It will have
# the slot status and text appended.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
# skipString The string to emit if a slot is skipped. This
# string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
# be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
variable stubs
upvar $textVar text
set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)
for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
} else {
eval {append text} $skipString
}
}
}
proc genStubs::noGuard {status text} { return $text }
proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
variable libraryName
set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
switch -- $status {
current {
# No change
}
deprecated {
set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
}
obsolete {
set text ""
}
default {
puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
}
}
return $text
}
proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}
# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
# This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
upvar $textVar text
append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
return
}
# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
# This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
variable libraryName
upvar $textVar text
set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"
forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text
append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
return
}
# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
# This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
# the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
variable outDir
variable hooks
variable epoch
variable revision
set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
append capName [string range $name 1 end]
if {$epoch ne ""} {
set CAPName [string toupper $name]
append text "\n"
append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
}
append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"
emitDeclarations $name text
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
foreach hook $hooks($name) {
set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
append text " const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
}
append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
}
append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
append text " int magic;\n"
if {$epoch ne ""} {
append text " int epoch;\n"
append text " int revision;\n"
}
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text " const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
} else {
append text " void *hooks;\n\n"
}
emitSlots $name text
append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"
append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"
emitMacros $name text
rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
return
}
# genStubs::emitInit --
#
# Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface to initialize.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted output.
proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
variable hooks
variable interfaces
variable epoch
upvar $textVar text
set root 1
set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
append capName [string range $name 1 end]
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
set sep " "
foreach sub $hooks($name) {
append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
set sep ",\n "
}
append text "\n\};\n"
}
foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
if {$name in $hooks($intf)} {
set root 0
break
}
}
}
append text "\n"
if {!$root} {
append text "static "
}
append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
if {$epoch ne ""} {
set CAPName [string toupper $name]
append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
}
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text " &${name}StubHooks,\n"
} else {
append text " 0,\n"
}
forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {" 0, /* $i */\n"}
append text "\};\n"
return
}
# genStubs::emitInits --
#
# This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
# the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
variable hooks
variable outDir
variable libraryName
variable interfaces
# Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
# all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.
set leaves {}
set roots {}
foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
lappend roots $name
} else {
lappend leaves $name
}
}
foreach name $leaves {
emitInit $name text
}
foreach name $roots {
emitInit $name text
}
rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}
# genStubs::init --
#
# This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::init {} {
global argv argv0
variable outDir
variable interfaces
if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
exit 1
}
set outDir [lindex $argv 0]
foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
source -encoding utf-8 $file
}
foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
puts "Emitting $name"
emitHeader $name
}
emitInits
}
# lassign --
#
# This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
# valueList A list containing the values to be assigned.
# args The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
# Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.
if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
proc lassign {valueList args} {
if {[llength $args] == 0} {
error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
}
uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
}
}
genStubs::init
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChanged;
ClientData imageChangedClientData;
};
/* NullImageChanged --
* Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
*/
| | | < < < < < < < < | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChanged;
ClientData imageChangedClientData;
};
/* NullImageChanged --
* Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
*/
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }
/* ImageSpecImageChanged --
* Image changes should trigger a repaint.
*/
static void ImageSpecImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChangedProc, ClientData imageChangedClientData)
{
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
| | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChangedProc, ClientData imageChangedClientData)
{
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
imageSpec = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageSpec));
imageSpec->baseImage = 0;
imageSpec->mapCount = 0;
imageSpec->states = 0;
imageSpec->images = 0;
imageSpec->imageChanged = imageChangedProc;
imageSpec->imageChangedClientData = imageChangedClientData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "IMAGE", "SPEC", NULL);
}
goto error;
}
n = (objc - 1) / 2;
| | | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
-1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "IMAGE", "SPEC", NULL);
}
goto error;
}
n = (objc - 1) / 2;
imageSpec->states = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
imageSpec->images = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));
/* Get base image:
*/
imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), ImageSpecImageChanged, imageSpec);
if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
ckfree(imageSpec);
}
/* TtkSelectImage --
* Return a state-specific image from an ImageSpec
*/
| | > > > | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
ckfree(imageSpec);
}
/* TtkSelectImage --
* Return a state-specific image from an ImageSpec
*/
Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
Ttk_State state)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < imageSpec->mapCount; ++i) {
if (Ttk_StateMatches(state, imageSpec->states+i)) {
return imageSpec->images[i];
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
*/
static void Ttk_Fill(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_Image image, Ttk_Box src, Ttk_Box dst)
{
int dr = dst.x + dst.width;
int db = dst.y + dst.height;
int x,y;
| < | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
*/
static void Ttk_Fill(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_Image image, Ttk_Box src, Ttk_Box dst)
{
int dr = dst.x + dst.width;
int db = dst.y + dst.height;
int x,y;
if (!(src.width && src.height && dst.width && dst.height))
return;
for (x = dst.x; x < dr; x += src.width) {
int cw = MIN(src.width, dr - x);
for (y = dst.y; y <= db; y += src.height) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Image element definition.
*/
typedef struct { /* ClientData for image elements */
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec; /* Image(s) to use */
int minWidth; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
| | | | | | < < | < | | | | | < | | | | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Image element definition.
*/
typedef struct { /* ClientData for image elements */
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec; /* Image(s) to use */
int minWidth; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
int minHeight; /* Minimum height; overrides image height */
Ttk_Sticky sticky; /* -stickiness specification */
Ttk_Padding border; /* Fixed border region */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* Internal padding */
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Resource cache for images */
Ttk_StateMap imageMap; /* State-based lookup table for images */
#endif
} ImageData;
static void FreeImageData(void *clientData)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
if (imageData->imageSpec) { TtkFreeImageSpec(imageData->imageSpec); }
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (imageData->imageMap) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(imageData->imageMap); }
#endif
ckfree(clientData);
}
static void ImageElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
Tk_Image image = imageData->imageSpec->baseImage;
if (image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
if (imageData->minWidth >= 0) {
*widthPtr = imageData->minWidth;
}
if (imageData->minHeight >= 0) {
*heightPtr = imageData->minHeight;
}
*paddingPtr = imageData->padding;
}
static void ImageElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
Tk_Image image = 0;
int imgWidth, imgHeight;
Ttk_Box src, dst;
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (imageData->imageMap) {
Tcl_Obj *imageObj = Ttk_StateMapLookup(NULL,imageData->imageMap,state);
if (imageObj) {
image = Ttk_UseImage(imageData->cache, tkwin, imageObj);
}
}
if (!image) {
image = TtkSelectImage(imageData->imageSpec, tkwin, state);
}
#else
image = TtkSelectImage(imageData->imageSpec, tkwin, state);
#endif
if (!image) {
return;
}
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &imgWidth, &imgHeight);
src = Ttk_MakeBox(0, 0, imgWidth, imgHeight);
dst = Ttk_StickBox(b, imgWidth, imgHeight, imageData->sticky);
Ttk_Tile(tkwin, d, image, src, dst, imageData->border);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ImageElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ImageElementSize,
ImageElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Image element factory.
*/
static int
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
void *clientData,
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *const optionStrings[] =
{ "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
ImageData *imageData = 0;
int padding_specified = 0;
int i;
if (objc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Must supply a base image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "IMAGE", "BASE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), objv[0]);
if (!imageSpec) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
imageData = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageData));
imageData->imageSpec = imageSpec;
imageData->minWidth = imageData->minHeight = -1;
imageData->sticky = TTK_FILL_BOTH;
imageData->border = imageData->padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
imageData->cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
imageData->imageMap = 0;
#endif
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int option;
if (i == objc - 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Value for %s missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "IMAGE", "VALUE", NULL);
goto error;
}
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (!strcmp("-map", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))) {
imageData->imageMap = objv[i+1];
Tcl_IncrRefCount(imageData->imageMap);
continue;
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
return TCL_OK;
error:
FreeImageData(imageData);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
return TCL_OK;
error:
FreeImageData(imageData);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkImage_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(interp, "image", Ttk_CreateImageElement, NULL);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
* See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
*/
const char *const ttkDefaultStrings[] = {
"normal", "active", "disabled", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
| | | | | < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
* See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
*/
const char *const ttkDefaultStrings[] = {
"normal", "active", "disabled", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
{
*statePtr = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkDefaultStrings,
sizeof(char *), "default state", 0, statePtr);
}
/*
* Legal values for the -compound option.
* See also: enum Ttk_Compound.
*/
const char *const ttkCompoundStrings[] = {
"none", "text", "image", "center",
"top", "bottom", "left", "right", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
{
*statePtr = TTK_COMPOUND_NONE;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkCompoundStrings,
sizeof(char *), "compound layout", 0, statePtr);
}
/*
* Legal values for the -orient option.
* See also: enum Ttk_Orient.
*/
const char *const ttkOrientStrings[] = {
"horizontal", "vertical", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
*resultPtr = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkOrientStrings,
sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}
/*
* Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
* Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
*/
static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = {
"normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
break;
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE:
SETFLAGS(TTK_STATE_ACTIVE);
break;
}
# undef SETFLAGS
}
/* TtkEnumerateOptions, TtkGetOptionValue --
* Common factors for data accessor commands.
*/
int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tk_Window tkwin)
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
break;
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE:
SETFLAGS(TTK_STATE_ACTIVE);
break;
}
# undef SETFLAGS
}
/* TtkSendVirtualEvent --
* Send a virtual event notification to the specified target window.
* Equivalent to "event generate $tgtWindow <<$eventName>> -when tail"
*
* Note that we use Tk_QueueWindowEvent, not Tk_HandleEvent,
* so this routine does not reenter the interpreter.
*/
void TtkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin, const char *eventName)
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tgtWin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tgtWin);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tgtWin);
event.virt.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/* TtkEnumerateOptions, TtkGetOptionValue --
* Common factors for data accessor commands.
*/
int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tk_Window tkwin)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionName);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionValue);
}
++specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_END && specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
/* Chain to next option spec array: */
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionName);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionValue);
}
++specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_END && specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
/* Chain to next option spec array: */
specPtr = specPtr->clientData;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
int TtkGetOptionValue(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * Core Option specifications: * type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask */ /* public */ | | | | | | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Core Option specifications:
* type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask
*/
/* public */
Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", NULL,
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, cursorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-style", "style", "Style", "",
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,styleObj), -1, 0,0,STYLE_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "", "", NULL,
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,classObj), -1, 0,0,READONLY_OPTION},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization: elements and element factories.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj;
Tcl_Obj *justifyObj;
Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthObj;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj;
Tcl_Obj *justifyObj;
Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthObj;
Tcl_Obj *embossedObj;
/*
* Computed resources:
*/
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tk_TextLayout textLayout;
int width;
int height;
int embossed;
} TextElement;
/* Text element options table.
* NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.
*/
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] = {
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,underlineObj), "-1"},
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,widthObj), "-1"},
{ "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,anchorObj), "w"},
{ "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,justifyObj), "left" },
{ "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,wrapLengthObj), "0" },
{ "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,embossedObj), "0"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static int TextSetup(TextElement *text, Tk_Window tkwin)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(text->textObj);
Tk_Justify justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
/*
* Place text according to -anchor:
*/
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);
/*
| | | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
/*
* Place text according to -anchor:
*/
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);
/*
* Clip text if it's too wide or too high:
*/
if (b.width < text->width || b.height < text->height) {
XRectangle rect;
clipRegion = TkCreateRegion();
rect.x = b.x;
rect.y = b.y;
rect.width = b.width + (text->embossed ? 1 : 0);
rect.height = b.height + (text->embossed ? 1 : 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion);
}
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc2);
}
static void TextElementSize(
| > | > | > > < < > | > | > > < < | | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion);
}
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc2);
}
static void TextElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
TextElement *text = (TextElement *)elementRecord;
if (!TextSetup(text, tkwin))
return;
*heightPtr = text->height;
*widthPtr = TextReqWidth(text);
TextCleanup(text);
return;
}
static void TextElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
TextElement *text = (TextElement *)elementRecord;
if (TextSetup(text, tkwin)) {
TextDraw(text, tkwin, d, b);
TextCleanup(text);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextElement),
TextElementOptions,
TextElementSize,
TextElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
Tk_Image tkimg;
int width;
int height;
} ImageElement;
/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table. <===
*/
| | | | | | 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
Tk_Image tkimg;
int width;
int height;
} ImageElement;
/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table. <===
*/
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ImageElementOptions[] = {
{ "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,imageObj), "" },
{ "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, /* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,stippleObj), "gray50" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* ImageSetup() --
* Look up the Tk_Image from the image element's imageObj resource.
* Caller must release the image with ImageCleanup().
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
if (!image->imageObj) {
return 0;
}
image->imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(NULL, tkwin, image->imageObj);
if (!image->imageSpec) {
return 0;
}
| | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
if (!image->imageObj) {
return 0;
}
image->imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(NULL, tkwin, image->imageObj);
if (!image->imageSpec) {
return 0;
}
image->tkimg = TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, tkwin, state);
if (!image->tkimg) {
TtkFreeImageSpec(image->imageSpec);
return 0;
}
Tk_SizeOfImage(image->tkimg, &image->width, &image->height);
return 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
* @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
* Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
* as a white rectangle otherwise.
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
| | > | > | > > < < > | > | > > < | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
* @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
* Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
* as a white rectangle otherwise.
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, tkwin, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
}
}
}
static void ImageElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ImageElement *image = (ImageElement *)elementRecord;
if (ImageSetup(image, tkwin, 0)) {
*widthPtr = image->width;
*heightPtr = image->height;
ImageCleanup(image);
}
}
static void ImageElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ImageElement *image = (ImageElement *)elementRecord;
if (ImageSetup(image, tkwin, state)) {
ImageDraw(image, tkwin, d, b, state);
ImageCleanup(image);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ImageElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ImageElement),
ImageElementOptions,
ImageElementSize,
ImageElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
* Computed values (see LabelSetup)
*/
Ttk_Compound compound;
int space;
int totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
* Computed values (see LabelSetup)
*/
Ttk_Compound compound;
int space;
int totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec LabelElementOptions[] = {
{ "-compound", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,compoundObj), "none" },
{ "-space", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,spaceObj), "4" },
/* Text element part:
* NB: Keep in sync with TextElementOptions.
*/
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.underlineObj), "-1"},
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.widthObj), ""},
{ "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.anchorObj), "w"},
{ "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.justifyObj), "left" },
{ "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.wrapLengthObj), "0" },
{ "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.embossedObj), "0"},
/* Image element part:
* NB: Keep in sync with ImageElementOptions.
*/
{ "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.imageObj), "" },
{ "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, /* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.stippleObj), "gray50" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* LabelSetup --
* Fills in computed fields of the label element.
*
* Calculate the text, image, and total width and height.
*/
#undef MAX
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b));
static void LabelSetup(
LabelElement *c, Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_Compound *compoundPtr = &c->compound;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, c->spaceObj, &c->space);
Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(NULL, c->compoundObj, (int *)compoundPtr);
/*
* Deal with TTK_COMPOUND_NONE.
*/
if (c->compound == TTK_COMPOUND_NONE) {
if (ImageSetup(&c->image, tkwin, state)) {
c->compound = TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
565 566 567 568 569 570 571 |
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT)
ImageCleanup(&c->image);
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
TextCleanup(&c->text);
}
static void LabelElementSize(
| | | 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT)
ImageCleanup(&c->image);
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
TextCleanup(&c->text);
}
static void LabelElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
LabelElement *label = (LabelElement *)elementRecord;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
/*
* DrawCompound --
* Helper routine for LabelElementDraw;
* Handles layout for -compound {left,right,top,bottom}
*/
static void DrawCompound(
LabelElement *l, Ttk_Box b, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_State state,
| | | | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
/*
* DrawCompound --
* Helper routine for LabelElementDraw;
* Handles layout for -compound {left,right,top,bottom}
*/
static void DrawCompound(
LabelElement *l, Ttk_Box b, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_State state,
int imageSide, int textSide)
{
Ttk_Box imageBox =
Ttk_PlaceBox(&b, l->image.width, l->image.height, imageSide, 0);
Ttk_Box textBox =
Ttk_PlaceBox(&b, l->text.width, l->text.height, textSide, 0);
ImageDraw(&l->image,tkwin,d,imageBox,state);
TextDraw(&l->text,tkwin,d,textBox);
}
static void LabelElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
LabelElement *l = (LabelElement *)elementRecord;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
DrawCompound(l, b, tkwin, d, state, TTK_SIDE_RIGHT, TTK_SIDE_LEFT);
break;
}
LabelCleanup(l);
}
| | | | | 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
DrawCompound(l, b, tkwin, d, state, TTK_SIDE_RIGHT, TTK_SIDE_LEFT);
break;
}
LabelCleanup(l);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec LabelElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(LabelElement),
LabelElementOptions,
LabelElementSize,
LabelElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkLabel_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "text", &TextElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "image", &ImageElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "label", &LabelElementSpec, NULL);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | /* * ttkLayout.c -- * * Generic layout processing. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkThemeInt.h" | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
/*
* ttkLayout.c --
*
* Generic layout processing.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Ttk_Box and Ttk_Padding utilities:
*/
Ttk_Box
Ttk_MakeBox(int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
Ttk_Box b;
b.x = x; b.y = y; b.width = width; b.height = height;
return b;
}
int
Ttk_BoxContains(Ttk_Box box, int x, int y)
{
return box.x <= x && x < box.x + box.width
&& box.y <= y && y < box.y + box.height;
}
int
TtkBoxEqual(Ttk_Box box1, Ttk_Box box2)
{
return box1.x == box2.x && box1.y == box2.y
&& box1.width == box2.width && box1.height == box2.height;
}
Tcl_Obj *
Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
{
Tcl_Obj *result[4];
result[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.x);
result[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.y);
result[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.width);
result[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.height);
return Tcl_NewListObj(4, result);
}
/*
* packTop, packBottom, packLeft, packRight --
* Carve out a parcel of the specified height (resp width)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
Ttk_PackBox(cavity, width, height, side), width, height, sticky);
}
/*
* Ttk_PositionBox --
* Pack and stick a box according to PositionSpec flags.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Box
Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int width, int height, Ttk_PositionSpec flags)
{
Ttk_Box parcel;
if (flags & TTK_EXPAND) parcel = *cavity;
else if (flags & TTK_PACK_TOP) parcel = packTop(cavity, height);
| > | 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
Ttk_PackBox(cavity, width, height, side), width, height, sticky);
}
/*
* Ttk_PositionBox --
* Pack and stick a box according to PositionSpec flags.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Box
Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int width, int height, Ttk_PositionSpec flags)
{
Ttk_Box parcel;
if (flags & TTK_EXPAND) parcel = *cavity;
else if (flags & TTK_PACK_TOP) parcel = packTop(cavity, height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
Ttk_Box parcel; /* allocated parcel */
Ttk_LayoutNode *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_LayoutNode *Ttk_NewLayoutNode(
unsigned flags, Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
{
| | | 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
Ttk_Box parcel; /* allocated parcel */
Ttk_LayoutNode *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_LayoutNode *Ttk_NewLayoutNode(
unsigned flags, Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
{
Ttk_LayoutNode *node = ckalloc(sizeof(*node));
node->flags = flags;
node->eclass = elementClass;
node->state = 0u;
node->next = node->child = 0;
node->parcel = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
char *name;
unsigned flags;
struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_TemplateNode *Ttk_NewTemplateNode(const char *name, unsigned flags)
{
| | | | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 |
char *name;
unsigned flags;
struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_TemplateNode *Ttk_NewTemplateNode(const char *name, unsigned flags)
{
Ttk_TemplateNode *op = ckalloc(sizeof(*op));
op->name = ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1); strcpy(op->name, name);
op->flags = flags;
op->next = op->child = 0;
return op;
}
void Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(Ttk_LayoutTemplate op)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
};
static Ttk_Layout TTKNewLayout(
Ttk_Style style,
void *recordPtr,Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tk_Window tkwin,
Ttk_LayoutNode *root)
{
| | | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
};
static Ttk_Layout TTKNewLayout(
Ttk_Style style,
void *recordPtr,Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tk_Window tkwin,
Ttk_LayoutNode *root)
{
Ttk_Layout layout = ckalloc(sizeof(*layout));
layout->style = style;
layout->recordPtr = recordPtr;
layout->optionTable = optionTable;
layout->tkwin = tkwin;
layout->root = root;
return layout;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | * * There are three conditions under which a content window is removed: * * (1) Another GM claims control * (2) Manager voluntarily relinquishes control * (3) Content window is destroyed * | | | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | * * There are three conditions under which a content window is removed: * * (1) Another GM claims control * (2) Manager voluntarily relinquishes control * (3) Content window is destroyed * * In case (1), Tk calls the manager's lostSlaveProc. * Case (2) is performed by calling Tk_ManageGeometry(window,NULL,0); * in this case Tk does _not_ call the lostSlaveProc (documented behavior). * Tk doesn't handle case (3) either; to account for that we * register an event handler on the content window to track <Destroy> events. */ /* ++ Data structures. */ typedef struct |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
struct TtkManager_
{
Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec;
void *managerData;
Tk_Window window;
unsigned flags;
| | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
struct TtkManager_
{
Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec;
void *managerData;
Tk_Window window;
unsigned flags;
int nContent;
Ttk_Content **content;
};
/* manager->flags bits:
*/
#define MGR_UPDATE_PENDING 0x1
#define MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED 0x2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
}
/* ++ RecomputeLayout --
* Recompute geometry of all content windows.
*/
static void RecomputeLayout(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
| | | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
}
/* ++ RecomputeLayout --
* Recompute geometry of all content windows.
*/
static void RecomputeLayout(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
mgr->managerSpec->PlaceSlaves(mgr->managerData);
mgr->flags &= ~MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED;
}
/* ++ ManagerIdleProc --
* DoWhenIdle procedure for deferred updates.
*/
static void ManagerIdleProc(ClientData clientData)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
* Recompute content layout when container widget is resized.
* Keep the content's map state in sync with the container's.
*/
static const int ManagerEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
static void ManagerEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
| | | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
* Recompute content layout when container widget is resized.
* Keep the content's map state in sync with the container's.
*/
static const int ManagerEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
static void ManagerEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
int i;
switch (eventPtr->type)
{
case ConfigureNotify:
RecomputeLayout(mgr);
break;
case MapNotify:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
* Notifies manager when a content window is destroyed
* (see <<NOTE-LOSTCONTENT>>).
*/
static void ContentLostEventHandler(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Content *content = (Ttk_Content *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
| | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
* Notifies manager when a content window is destroyed
* (see <<NOTE-LOSTCONTENT>>).
*/
static void ContentLostEventHandler(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Content *content = (Ttk_Content *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
content->manager->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr.lostSlaveProc(
content->manager, content->window);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Content initialization and cleanup.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
243 244 245 246 247 248 249 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Content window management. */ /* ++ InsertContent -- * Adds content to the list of managed windows. */ | | | | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Content window management.
*/
/* ++ InsertContent --
* Adds content to the list of managed windows.
*/
static void InsertContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Ttk_Content *content, int index)
{
int endIndex = mgr->nContent++;
mgr->content = (Ttk_Content **)ckrealloc(mgr->content, mgr->nContent * sizeof(Ttk_Content *));
while (endIndex > index) {
mgr->content[endIndex] = mgr->content[endIndex - 1];
--endIndex;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 | * Unmanage and delete the content window. * * NOTES/ASSUMPTIONS: * * [1] It's safe to call Tk_UnmapWindow / Tk_UnmaintainGeometry even if this * routine is called from the content window's DestroyNotify event handler. */ | | | | | 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
* Unmanage and delete the content window.
*
* NOTES/ASSUMPTIONS:
*
* [1] It's safe to call Tk_UnmapWindow / Tk_UnmaintainGeometry even if this
* routine is called from the content window's DestroyNotify event handler.
*/
static void RemoveContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
int i;
/* Notify manager:
*/
mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRemoved(mgr->managerData, index);
/* Remove from array:
*/
--mgr->nContent;
for (i = index ; i < mgr->nContent; ++i) {
mgr->content[i] = mgr->content[i+1];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tk_GeomMgr hooks.
*/
void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window window)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
| | > > | | < | | < | > | | | | | | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tk_GeomMgr hooks.
*/
void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window window)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
int index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, window);
if (index >= 0) {
int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(window);
int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(window);
if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
mgr->managerData, index, reqWidth, reqHeight)) {
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
}
}
void Ttk_LostContentProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window window)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
int index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, window);
/* ASSERT: index >= 0 */
RemoveContent(mgr, index);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Public API.
*/
/* ++ Ttk_InsertContent --
* Add a new content window at the specified index.
*/
void Ttk_InsertContent(
Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, Tk_Window tkwin, void *data)
{
Ttk_Content *content = NewContent(mgr, tkwin, data);
InsertContent(mgr, content, index);
}
/* ++ Ttk_ForgetContent --
* Unmanage the specified content window.
*/
void Ttk_ForgetContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
Tk_Window window = mgr->content[index]->window;
RemoveContent(mgr, index);
Tk_ManageGeometry(window, NULL, 0);
}
/* ++ Ttk_PlaceContent --
* Set the position and size of the specified content window.
*
* NOTES:
* Contrary to documentation, Tk_MaintainGeometry doesn't always
* map the content window.
*/
void Ttk_PlaceContent(
Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
Tk_MaintainGeometry(content->window,mgr->window,x,y,width,height);
content->flags |= CONTENT_MAPPED;
if (Tk_IsMapped(mgr->window)) {
Tk_MapWindow(content->window);
}
}
/* ++ Ttk_UnmapContent --
* Unmap the specified content window, but leave it managed.
*/
void Ttk_UnmapContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(content->window, mgr->window);
content->flags &= ~CONTENT_MAPPED;
/* Contrary to documentation, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry doesn't always
* unmap the content window:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
400 401 402 403 404 405 406 |
void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/* +++ Accessors.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/* +++ Accessors.
*/
int Ttk_NumberContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
return mgr->nContent;
}
void *Ttk_ContentData(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
return mgr->content[index]->data;
}
Tk_Window Ttk_ContentWindow(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
return mgr->content[index]->window;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utility routines.
*/
/* ++ Ttk_ContentIndex --
* Returns the index of specified content window, -1 if not found.
*/
int Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window window)
{
int index;
for (index = 0; index < mgr->nContent; ++index)
if (mgr->content[index]->window == window)
return index;
return -1;
}
/* ++ Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(interp, mgr, objPtr, indexPtr) --
* Return the index of the content window specified by objPtr.
* Content windows may be specified as an integer index or
* as the name of the managed window.
*
* Returns:
* Standard Tcl completion code. Leaves an error message in case of error.
*/
int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int index = 0;
Tk_Window tkwin;
/* Try interpreting as an integer first:
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &index) == TCL_OK) {
if (index < 0 || index >= mgr->nContent) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Slave index %d out of bounds", index));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "SLAVE", "INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = index;
return TCL_OK;
}
/* Try interpreting as a window name;
*/
if ((*string == '.') &&
(tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, mgr->window))) {
index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, tkwin);
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s is not managed by %s", string,
Tk_PathName(mgr->window)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "SLAVE", "MANAGER", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = index;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Invalid slave specification %s", string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "SLAVE", "SPEC", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* ++ Ttk_ReorderContent(mgr, fromIndex, toIndex) --
* Change content window order.
*/
void Ttk_ReorderContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int fromIndex, int toIndex)
{
Ttk_Content *moved = mgr->content[fromIndex];
/* Shuffle down: */
while (fromIndex > toIndex) {
mgr->content[fromIndex] = mgr->content[fromIndex - 1];
--fromIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
}
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
}
return 1;
badWindow:
| | | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
}
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
}
return 1;
badWindow:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("can't add %s as slave of %s",
Tk_PathName(window), Tk_PathName(container)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "GEOMETRY", "MAINTAINABLE", NULL);
return 0;
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | typedef struct TtkManager_ Ttk_Manager; /* * Geometry manager specification record: * * RequestedSize computes the requested size of the container window. * | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
typedef struct TtkManager_ Ttk_Manager;
/*
* Geometry manager specification record:
*
* RequestedSize computes the requested size of the container window.
*
* PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed content windows
* by calling Ttk_PlaceContent().
*
* SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a content window is removed.
* NB: the associated content window may have been destroyed when this
* routine is called.
*
* SlaveRequest() is called when a content window requests a size change.
* It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
*/
typedef struct { /* Manager hooks */
Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr; /* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */
int (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
void (*PlaceSlaves)(void *managerData);
int (*SlaveRequest)(void *managerData, int index, int w, int h);
void (*SlaveRemoved)(void *managerData, int index);
} Ttk_ManagerSpec;
/*
* Default implementations for Tk_GeomMgr hooks:
*/
#define Ttk_LostContentProc Ttk_LostSlaveProc
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData, Tk_Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_LostContentProc(ClientData, Tk_Window window);
/*
* Public API:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
Ttk_ManagerSpec *, void *managerData, Tk_Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *);
#define Ttk_InsertContent Ttk_InsertSlave
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_InsertContent(
Ttk_Manager *, int position, Tk_Window, void *data);
#define Ttk_ForgetContent Ttk_ForgetSlave
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ForgetContent(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
#define Ttk_ReorderContent Ttk_ReorderSlave
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ReorderContent(Ttk_Manager *, int fromIndex, int toIndex);
/* Rearrange content window positions */
#define Ttk_PlaceContent Ttk_PlaceSlave
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_PlaceContent(
Ttk_Manager *, int index, int x, int y, int width, int height);
/* Position and map the content window */
#define Ttk_UnmapContent Ttk_UnmapSlave
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UnmapContent(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
/* Unmap the content window */
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
/* Notify manager that size (resp. layout) needs to be recomputed */
/* Utilities:
*/
#define Ttk_ContentIndex Ttk_SlaveIndex
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window);
/* Returns: index in content array of specified window, -1 if not found */
#define Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Manager *, Tcl_Obj *, int *indexPtr);
/* Accessor functions:
*/
#define Ttk_NumberContent Ttk_NumberSlaves
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_NumberContent(Ttk_Manager *);
/* Returns: number of managed content windows */
#define Ttk_ContentData Ttk_SlaveData
MODULE_SCOPE void *Ttk_ContentData(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
/* Returns: client data associated with content window */
#define Ttk_ContentWindow Ttk_SlaveWindow
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_Window Ttk_ContentWindow(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
/* Returns: content window */
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window content, Tk_Window container);
/* Returns: 1 if container can manage content; 0 otherwise leaving error msg */
#endif /* _TTKMANAGER */
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkThemeInt.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #include "ttkManager.h" #define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) #define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | /* Two different option tables are used for tabs: * TabOptionSpecs is used to draw the tab, and only includes resources * relevant to the tab. * * PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement * and is used to configure the pane. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
/* Two different option tables are used for tabs:
* TabOptionSpecs is used to draw the tab, and only includes resources
* relevant to the tab.
*
* PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement
* and is used to configure the pane.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec TabOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "", "",
"normal", -1, Tk_Offset(Tab,state),
TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, TabStateStrings, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Tab,textObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
Tk_Offset(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, ttkCompoundStrings, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1",
Tk_Offset(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};
static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", "0",
Tk_Offset(Tab,paddingObj), -1, 0, 0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-sticky", "sticky", "Sticky", "nsew",
Tk_Offset(Tab,stickyObj), -1, 0, 0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(TabOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook resources.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *widthObj; /* Default width */
Tcl_Obj *heightObj; /* Default height */
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj; /* Padding around notebook */
Ttk_Manager *mgr; /* Geometry manager */
Tk_OptionTable tabOptionTable; /* Tab options */
Tk_OptionTable paneOptionTable; /* Tab+pane options */
int currentIndex; /* index of currently selected tab */
int activeIndex; /* index of currently active tab */
Ttk_Layout tabLayout; /* Sublayout for tabs */
Ttk_Box clientArea; /* Where to pack content widgets */
} NotebookPart;
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
NotebookPart notebook;
} Notebook;
static Tk_OptionSpec NotebookOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.widthObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.heightObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.paddingObj),-1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/* Notebook style options:
*/
typedef struct
{
Ttk_PositionSpec tabPosition; /* Where to place tabs */
Ttk_Padding tabMargins; /* Margins around tab row */
Ttk_PositionSpec tabPlacement; /* How to pack tabs within tab row */
Ttk_Orient tabOrient; /* ... */
int minTabWidth; /* Minimum tab width */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* External padding */
} NotebookStyle;
static void NotebookStyleOptions(
Notebook *nb, NotebookStyle *nbstyle, Tk_Window tkwin)
{
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
nbstyle->tabPosition = TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_STICK_W;
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(nb->core.layout, "-tabposition", 0)) != 0) {
TtkGetLabelAnchorFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &nbstyle->tabPosition);
}
/* Guess default tabPlacement as function of tabPosition:
*/
if (nbstyle->tabPosition & TTK_PACK_LEFT) {
nbstyle->tabPlacement = TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_STICK_E;
} else if (nbstyle->tabPosition & TTK_PACK_RIGHT) {
nbstyle->tabPlacement = TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_STICK_W;
} else if (nbstyle->tabPosition & TTK_PACK_BOTTOM) {
nbstyle->tabPlacement = TTK_PACK_LEFT | TTK_STICK_N;
} else { /* Assume TTK_PACK_TOP */
nbstyle->tabPlacement = TTK_PACK_LEFT | TTK_STICK_S;
}
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(nb->core.layout, "-tabplacement", 0)) != 0) {
TtkGetLabelAnchorFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &nbstyle->tabPlacement);
}
/* Save the stick bit for later. One of the values
* TTK_STICK_S, TTK_STICK_N, TTK_STICK_E, or TTK_STICK_W:
*/
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit = (nbstyle->tabPlacement & 0x0f);
}
/* Compute tabOrient as function of tabPlacement:
*/
if (nbstyle->tabPlacement & (TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_PACK_RIGHT)) {
nbstyle->tabOrient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
} else {
nbstyle->tabOrient = TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL;
}
nbstyle->tabMargins = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(nb->core.layout, "-tabmargins", 0)) != 0) {
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, objPtr, &nbstyle->tabMargins);
}
nbstyle->padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(nb->core.layout, "-padding", 0)) != 0) {
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, objPtr, &nbstyle->padding);
}
nbstyle->minTabWidth = DEFAULT_MIN_TAB_WIDTH;
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(nb->core.layout, "-mintabwidth", 0)) != 0) {
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, objPtr, &nbstyle->minTabWidth);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tab management.
*/
static Tab *CreateTab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tk_Window window)
{
Tk_OptionTable optionTable = nb->notebook.paneOptionTable;
Tab *record = (Tab *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
memset(record, 0, sizeof(Tab));
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)record, optionTable, window) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(record);
return NULL;
}
return record;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
| | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
objc, objv, window, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Check options:
* @@@ TODO: validate -image option.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 | } /* * IdentifyTab -- * Return the index of the tab at point x,y, * or -1 if no tab at that point. */ | | | | | | | | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 |
}
/*
* IdentifyTab --
* Return the index of the tab at point x,y,
* or -1 if no tab at that point.
*/
static int IdentifyTab(Notebook *nb, int x, int y)
{
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++index) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr,index);
if ( tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN
&& Ttk_BoxContains(tab->parcel, x,y))
{
return index;
}
}
return -1;
}
/*
* ActivateTab --
* Set the active tab index, redisplay if necessary.
*/
static void ActivateTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
if (index != nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
nb->notebook.activeIndex = index;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
}
/*
* TabState --
* Return the state of the specified tab, based on
* notebook state, currentIndex, activeIndex, and user-specified tab state.
* The USER1 bit is set for the leftmost visible tab, and USER2
* is set for the rightmost visible tab.
*/
static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
Ttk_State state = nb->core.state;
Tab *itab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
int i = 0;
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
} else {
state &= ~TTK_STATE_FOCUS;
}
if (index == nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
state |= TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
}
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
continue;
}
if (index == i) {
state |= TTK_STATE_USER1;
}
break;
}
for (i = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1; i != -1; --i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
continue;
}
if (index == i) {
state |= TTK_STATE_USER2;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
* (max height/width) but not parallel (total width/height).
*/
static void TabrowSize(
Notebook *nb, Ttk_Orient orient, int minTabWidth, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
| | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
* (max height/width) but not parallel (total width/height).
*/
static void TabrowSize(
Notebook *nb, Ttk_Orient orient, int minTabWidth, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i);
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
* Client area size determined by max size of content windows,
* overridden by -width and/or -height if nonzero.
*/
static int NotebookSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
NotebookStyle nbstyle;
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
int clientWidth = 0, clientHeight = 0,
reqWidth = 0, reqHeight = 0,
tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
| > | | | | | 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
* Client area size determined by max size of content windows,
* overridden by -width and/or -height if nonzero.
*/
static int NotebookSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
Tk_Window nbwin = nb->core.tkwin;
NotebookStyle nbstyle;
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
int clientWidth = 0, clientHeight = 0,
reqWidth = 0, reqHeight = 0,
tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
int i;
NotebookStyleOptions(nb, &nbstyle, nbwin);
/* Compute max requested size of all content windows:
*/
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
int width
= Tk_ReqWidth(window) + Ttk_PaddingWidth(tab->padding);
int height
= Tk_ReqHeight(window) + Ttk_PaddingHeight(tab->padding);
clientWidth = MAX(clientWidth, width);
clientHeight = MAX(clientHeight, height);
}
/* Client width/height overridable by widget options:
*/
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, nb->core.tkwin, nb->notebook.widthObj, &reqWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, nb->core.tkwin, nb->notebook.heightObj, &reqHeight);
if (reqWidth > 0)
clientWidth = reqWidth;
if (reqHeight > 0)
clientHeight = reqHeight;
/* Tab row:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb, i);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
Ttk_Padding expand = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
Tcl_Obj *expandObj = Ttk_QueryOption(tabLayout,"-expand",tabState);
if (expandObj) {
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 |
Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb, i);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
Ttk_Padding expand = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
Tcl_Obj *expandObj = Ttk_QueryOption(tabLayout,"-expand",tabState);
if (expandObj) {
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, nb->core.tkwin, expandObj, &expand);
}
tab->parcel =
Ttk_ExpandBox(
Ttk_PositionBox(&tabrowBox,
tab->width, tab->height, tabPlacement),
expand);
}
}
}
/*
* NotebookPlaceContent --
* Set the position and size of a child widget
* based on the current client area and content window options:
*/
static void NotebookPlaceContent(Notebook* nb, int index)
{
Tab* tab = (Tab*)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
Ttk_Box box =
Ttk_StickBox(Ttk_PadBox(nb->notebook.clientArea, tab->padding),
Tk_ReqWidth(window), Tk_ReqHeight(window), tab->sticky);
Ttk_PlaceContent(nb->notebook.mgr, index,
box.x, box.y, box.width, box.height);
}
/* NotebookDoLayout --
* Computes notebook layout and places tabs.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets clientArea, used to place panes.
*/
static void NotebookDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Tk_Window nbwin = nb->core.tkwin;
Ttk_Box cavity = Ttk_WinBox(nbwin);
int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
Ttk_Box tabrowBox;
NotebookStyle nbstyle;
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
NotebookStyleOptions(nb, &nbstyle, nbwin);
/* Notebook internal padding:
*/
cavity = Ttk_PadBox(cavity, nbstyle.padding);
/* Layout for notebook background (base layout):
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
Ttk_PlaceElement(nb->core.layout, clientNode, cavity);
cavity = Ttk_LayoutNodeInternalParcel(nb->core.layout, clientNode);
}
if (cavity.height <= 0) cavity.height = 1;
if (cavity.width <= 0) cavity.width = 1;
| > | > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
Ttk_PlaceElement(nb->core.layout, clientNode, cavity);
cavity = Ttk_LayoutNodeInternalParcel(nb->core.layout, clientNode);
}
if (cavity.height <= 0) cavity.height = 1;
if (cavity.width <= 0) cavity.width = 1;
if (!TtkBoxEqual(nb->notebook.clientArea, cavity)) {
nb->notebook.clientArea = cavity;
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
NotebookPlaceContent(nb, currentIndex);
}
}
}
/* NotebookPlaceContents --
* Geometry manager hook.
*/
static void NotebookPlaceContents(void *recordPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
NotebookDoLayout(nb);
NotebookPlaceContent(nb, currentIndex);
}
}
/*
* SelectTab(nb, index) --
* Change the currently-selected tab.
*/
static void SelectTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
if (index == currentIndex) {
return;
}
if (TabState(nb, index) & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
return;
}
/* Unhide the tab if it is currently hidden and being selected.
*/
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
}
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
Ttk_UnmapContent(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
}
/* Must be set before calling NotebookPlaceContent(), otherwise it may
* happen that NotebookPlaceContents(), triggered by an interveaning
* geometry request, will swap to old index. */
nb->notebook.currentIndex = index;
NotebookPlaceContent(nb, index);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}
/* NextTab --
* Returns the index of the next tab after the specified tab
* in the normal state (e.g., not hidden or disabled),
* or -1 if all tabs are disabled or hidden.
*/
static int NextTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
int nTabs = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
int nextIndex;
/* Scan forward for following usable tab:
*/
for (nextIndex = index + 1; nextIndex < nTabs; ++nextIndex) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
return nextIndex;
}
}
/* Not found -- scan backwards.
*/
for (nextIndex = index - 1; nextIndex >= 0; --nextIndex) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
return nextIndex;
}
}
/* Still nothing. Give up.
*/
return -1;
}
/* SelectNearestTab --
* Handles the case where the current tab is forgotten, hidden,
* or destroyed.
*
* Unmap the current tab and schedule the next available one
* to be mapped at the next GM update.
*/
static void SelectNearestTab(Notebook *nb)
{
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
int nextIndex = NextTab(nb, currentIndex);
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
Ttk_UnmapContent(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
}
if (currentIndex != nextIndex) {
TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}
nb->notebook.currentIndex = nextIndex;
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(nb->notebook.mgr);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
/* TabRemoved -- GM TabRemoved hook.
* Select the next tab if the current one is being removed.
* Adjust currentIndex to account for removed content window.
*/
static void TabRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)managerData;
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
SelectNearestTab(nb);
}
if (index < nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
--nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
DestroyTab(nb, tab);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
static int TabRequest(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* managerData */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* index */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* width */
TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* height */
{
return 1;
}
/* AddTab --
* Add new tab at specified index.
*/
static int AddTab(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb,
int destIndex, Tk_Window window,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tab *tab;
if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, nb->core.tkwin)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#if 0 /* can't happen */
if (Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window) >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s already added",
Tk_PathName(window)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "PRESENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
754 755 756 757 758 759 760 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_InsertContent(nb->notebook.mgr, destIndex, window, tab);
/* Adjust indices and/or autoselect first tab:
*/
| | | | 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_InsertContent(nb->notebook.mgr, destIndex, window, tab);
/* Adjust indices and/or autoselect first tab:
*/
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex < 0) {
SelectTab(nb, destIndex);
} else if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= destIndex) {
++nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static Ttk_ManagerSpec NotebookManagerSpec = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
* Tracks the active tab.
*/
static const int NotebookEventMask
= StructureNotifyMask
| PointerMotionMask
| LeaveWindowMask
;
| | | | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 |
* Tracks the active tab.
*/
static const int NotebookEventMask
= StructureNotifyMask
| PointerMotionMask
| LeaveWindowMask
;
static void NotebookEventHandler(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* Remove self */
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(nb->core.tkwin,
NotebookEventMask, NotebookEventHandler, clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
int index = IdentifyTab(nb, eventPtr->xmotion.x, eventPtr->xmotion.y);
ActivateTab(nb, index);
} else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
ActivateTab(nb, -1);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
819 820 821 822 823 824 825 | * * Returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an error message in interp->result * if the tab identifier was incorrect. * * See also: GetTabIndex. */ static int FindTabIndex( | | | | 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
*
* Returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an error message in interp->result
* if the tab identifier was incorrect.
*
* See also: GetTabIndex.
*/
static int FindTabIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *index_rtn)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int x, y;
*index_rtn = -1;
/* Check for @x,y ...
*/
if (string[0] == '@' && sscanf(string, "@%d,%d",&x,&y) == 2) {
*index_rtn = IdentifyTab(nb, x, y);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
847 848 849 850 851 852 853 |
/* ... or integer index or content window name:
*/
if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objPtr, index_rtn) == TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
| < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | | 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
/* ... or integer index or content window name:
*/
if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objPtr, index_rtn) == TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/* Nothing matched; Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj will have left error message.
*/
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* GetTabIndex --
* Get the index of an existing tab.
* Tab identifiers are as per FindTabIndex.
* Returns TCL_ERROR if the tab does not exist.
*/
static int GetTabIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *index_rtn)
{
int status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objPtr, index_rtn);
if (status == TCL_OK && *index_rtn < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"tab '%s' not found", Tcl_GetString(objPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "TAB", NULL);
status = TCL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
/* $nb insert $index $tab ?-option value ...?
* Insert new tab, or move existing one.
*/
static int NotebookInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
| | | | | > > | | < < | | | | | | 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
/* $nb insert $index $tab ?-option value ...?
* Insert new tab, or move existing one.
*/
static int NotebookInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int current = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
int srcIndex, destIndex;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index slave ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
destIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
} else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[2], &destIndex)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '.') {
/* Window name -- could be new or existing content window.
*/
Tk_Window window =
Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),nb->core.tkwin);
if (!window) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window);
if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content window */
return AddTab(interp, nb, destIndex, window, objc-4,objv+4);
}
} else if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[3], &srcIndex) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Move existing content window:
*/
if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb,
(Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex),
Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex),
objc-4,objv+4) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (destIndex >= nContent) {
destIndex = nContent - 1;
}
Ttk_ReorderContent(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
/* Adjust internal indexes:
*/
nb->notebook.activeIndex = -1;
if (current == srcIndex) {
nb->notebook.currentIndex = destIndex;
} else if (destIndex <= current && current < srcIndex) {
++nb->notebook.currentIndex;
} else if (srcIndex < current && current <= destIndex) {
--nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb forget $tab --
* Removes the specified tab.
*/
static int NotebookForgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
/* $nb hide $tab --
* Hides the specified tab.
*/
static int NotebookHideCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
| | < | | | > | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > | < | | | | | 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
/* $nb hide $tab --
* Hides the specified tab.
*/
static int NotebookHideCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
Tab *tab;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
tab->state = TAB_STATE_HIDDEN;
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
SelectNearestTab(nb);
} else {
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb identify $x $y --
* Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
*/
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Element element = NULL;
int x, y;
int tabIndex;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tabIndex = IdentifyTab(nb, x, y);
if (tabIndex >= 0) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, tabIndex);
Ttk_State state = TabState(nb, tabIndex);
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(tabLayout, state, tab->parcel);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(tabLayout, x, y);
}
switch (what) {
case IDENTIFY_ELEMENT:
if (element) {
const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
}
break;
case IDENTIFY_TAB:
if (tabIndex >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tabIndex));
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb index $item --
* Returns the integer index of the tab specified by $item,
* the empty string if $item does not identify a tab.
* See above for valid item formats.
*/
static int NotebookIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
int status;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Special-case for "end":
*/
if (!strcmp("end", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))) {
int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nContent));
return TCL_OK;
}
status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index);
if (status == TCL_OK && index >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
}
return status;
}
/* $nb select ?$item? --
* Select the specified tab, or return the widget path of
* the currently-selected pane.
*/
static int NotebookSelectCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= 0) {
Tk_Window pane = Ttk_ContentWindow(
nb->notebook.mgr, nb->notebook.currentIndex);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(pane), -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
int index;
int status = GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index);
if (status == TCL_OK) {
SelectTab(nb, index);
}
return status;
} /*else*/
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tab?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* $nb tabs --
* Return list of tabs.
*/
static int NotebookTabsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
int i;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 |
/* $nb tab $tab ?-option ?value -option value...??
*/
static int NotebookTabCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
| | | 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 |
/* $nb tab $tab ?-option ?value -option value...??
*/
static int NotebookTabCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
int index;
Tk_Window window;
Tab *tab;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab ?-option ?value??...");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
nb->notebook.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
&NotebookManagerSpec, recordPtr, nb->core.tkwin);
nb->notebook.tabOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,TabOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.paneOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,PaneOptionSpecs);
| | | | 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
nb->notebook.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
&NotebookManagerSpec, recordPtr, nb->core.tkwin);
nb->notebook.tabOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,TabOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.paneOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,PaneOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.currentIndex = -1;
nb->notebook.activeIndex = -1;
nb->notebook.tabLayout = 0;
nb->notebook.clientArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,1,1);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
nb->core.tkwin, NotebookEventMask, NotebookEventHandler, recordPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 |
Ttk_DrawLayout(tabLayout, state, d);
}
}
static void NotebookDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
| | | | | | 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 |
Ttk_DrawLayout(tabLayout, state, d);
}
}
static void NotebookDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
int index;
/* Draw notebook background (base layout):
*/
Ttk_DrawLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, d);
/* Draw tabs from left to right, but draw the current tab last
* so it will overwrite its neighbors.
*/
for (index = 0; index < nContent; ++index) {
if (index != nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
DisplayTab(nb, index, d);
}
}
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= 0) {
DisplayTab(nb, nb->notebook.currentIndex, d);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification and layout definitions.
*/
static WidgetSpec NotebookWidgetSpec =
{
"TNotebook", /* className */
sizeof(Notebook), /* recordSize */
NotebookOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
NotebookCommands, /* subcommands */
NotebookInitialize, /* initializeProc */
NotebookCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 |
TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_PACK_TOP))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
| | | | 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 |
TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_PACK_TOP))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkNotebook_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "Tab", TabLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "TNotebook", NotebookLayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::notebook", &NotebookWidgetSpec);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
PanedPart paned;
} Paned;
/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
*/
| | | | | | | | | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
PanedPart paned;
} Paned;
/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec PanedOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orientObj), Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orient),
0, ttkOrientStrings, READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.width),
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.height),
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Pane record.
*/
typedef struct {
int reqSize; /* Pane request size */
int sashPos; /* Folowing sash position */
int weight; /* Pane -weight, for resizing */
} Pane;
static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-weight", "weight", "Weight", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Pane,weight), 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/* CreatePane --
* Create a new pane record.
*/
static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window window)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window window,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
| | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window window,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void*)pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
objc, objv, window, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Sanity-check:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
return pane->sashPos = pos;
}
/* ShoveDown --
* Same as ShoveUp, but going in the opposite direction
* and stopping at the sentinel sash.
*/
| | | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
return pane->sashPos = pos;
}
/* ShoveDown --
* Same as ShoveUp, but going in the opposite direction
* and stopping at the sentinel sash.
*/
static int ShoveDown(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
{
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr,i);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
if (i == Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
pos = pane->sashPos; /* Sentinel value == container window size */
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
* will leave the sashes in the same place, as long as available size
* remains contant.
*/
static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
{
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
| | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
* will leave the sashes in the same place, as long as available size
* remains contant.
*/
static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
{
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
pane->reqSize = size >= 0 ? size : 0;
pos = pane->sashPos + sashThickness;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
*/
static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
{
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
int width = Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), height = Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
| | | 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
*/
static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
{
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
int width = Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), height = Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
if (size > 0) {
if (horizontal) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
static void PanedPlaceContent(void *managerData)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
PlaceSashes(pw, Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin));
PlacePanes(pw);
}
| | | | 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
static void PanedPlaceContent(void *managerData)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
PlaceSashes(pw, Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin));
PlacePanes(pw);
}
static void PaneRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
DestroyPane(pw, pane);
}
static int AddPane(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw,
int destIndex, Tk_Window window,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Pane *pane;
if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, pw->core.tkwin)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Ttk_ContentIndex(pw->paned.mgr, window) >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s already added", Tk_PathName(window)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "PANE", "PRESENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = CreatePane(interp, pw, window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | /* PaneRequest -- * Only update pane request size if pane is currently unmapped. * Geometry requests from mapped panes are not directly honored * in order to avoid unexpected pane resizes (esp. while the * user is dragging a sash [#1325286]). */ | | | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
/* PaneRequest --
* Only update pane request size if pane is currently unmapped.
* Geometry requests from mapped panes are not directly honored
* in order to avoid unexpected pane resizes (esp. while the
* user is dragging a sash [#1325286]).
*/
static int PaneRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
if (!Tk_IsMapped(window)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
PaneRequest,
PaneRemoved
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handler.
*
| < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | | 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
PaneRequest,
PaneRemoved
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handler.
*
* This event handler generates an <<EnteredChild>> virtual event
* on LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior.
* This was originally introduced because Tk used to discard events with
* detail field NotifyInferior. The <<EnteredChild>> event was then used
* to reset the cursor when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child.
* Since ticket #47d4f29159, LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior are no longer
* discarded: the <Leave> event will trigger even with NotifyInferior
* detail field. The generated <<EnteredChild>> is nevertheless kept for
* backwards compatibility purpose since it is publicly documented,
* meaning that someone could bind to it.
*/
static const unsigned PanedEventMask = LeaveWindowMask;
static void PanedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = (WidgetCore *)clientData;
if ( eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify
&& eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior)
{
TtkSendVirtualEvent(corePtr->tkwin, "EnteredChild");
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup hooks.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
602 603 604 605 606 607 608 |
{
Ttk_DrawLayout(SashLayout(pw, index), pw->core.state, d);
}
static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
| | | | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
{
Ttk_DrawLayout(SashLayout(pw, index), pw->core.state, d);
}
static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
int i, nSashes = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
TtkWidgetDisplay(recordPtr, d);
for (i = 0; i < nSashes; ++i) {
DrawSash(pw, i, d);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
/* $pw insert $index $window ?-option value ...?
* Insert new content window, or move existing one.
*/
static int PanedInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
| | | | > > | | | | < < | 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
/* $pw insert $index $window ?-option value ...?
* Insert new content window, or move existing one.
*/
static int PanedInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr);
int srcIndex, destIndex;
Tk_Window window;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index slave ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = Tk_NameToWindow(
interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), pw->core.tkwin);
if (!window) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
destIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr);
} else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &destIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(pw->paned.mgr, window);
if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content: */
return AddPane(interp, pw, destIndex, window, objc-4, objv+4);
} /* else -- move existing content: */
if (destIndex >= nContent)
destIndex = nContent - 1;
Ttk_ReorderContent(pw->paned.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
return objc == 4 ? TCL_OK :
ConfigurePane(interp, pw,
(Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
objc-4, objv+4);
}
/* $pw forget $pane
*/
static int PanedForgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
int paneIndex;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp, pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &paneIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_ForgetContent(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
int index;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | < | | 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
int index;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pos = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? x : y;
for (index = 0; index < nSashes; ++index) {
Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
if (pane->sashPos <= pos && pos <= pane->sashPos + sashThickness) {
/* Found it. */
switch (what) {
case IDENTIFY_SASH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
case IDENTIFY_ELEMENT:
{
Ttk_Element element =
Ttk_IdentifyElement(SashLayout(pw, index), x, y);
if (element) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
768 769 770 771 772 773 774 |
/* $pw pane $pane ?-option ?value -option value ...??
* Query/modify pane options.
*/
static int PanedPaneCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
| | < < | 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
/* $pw pane $pane ?-option ?value -option value ...??
* Query/modify pane options.
*/
static int PanedPaneCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
int paneIndex;
Tk_Window window;
Pane *pane;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &paneIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
switch (objc) {
case 3:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
*/
static int PanedPanesCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tcl_Obj *panes;
| | | 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 |
*/
static int PanedPanesCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tcl_Obj *panes;
int i;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
panes = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
844 845 846 847 848 849 850 |
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index ?newpos?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sashIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index ?newpos?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sashIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (sashIndex < 0 || sashIndex >= Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"sash index %d out of range", sashIndex));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "PANE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, sashIndex);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pane->sashPos));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* else -- set new sash position */
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &position) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (position < pane->sashPos) {
ShoveUp(pw, sashIndex, position);
} else {
ShoveDown(pw, sashIndex, position);
}
AdjustPanes(pw);
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(pw->paned.mgr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pane->sashPos));
return TCL_OK;
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble PanedCommands[] = {
{ "add", PanedAddCommand,0 },
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
| | | 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
static WidgetSpec PanedWidgetSpec =
{
"TPanedwindow", /* className */
sizeof(Paned), /* recordSize */
PanedOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
PanedCommands, /* subcommands */
PanedInitialize, /* initializeProc */
PanedCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
921 922 923 924 925 926 927 |
static const int DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS = 5;
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;
| | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > | | > > > > | 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 |
static const int DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS = 5;
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,thicknessObj), "5" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void SashElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
SashElement *sash = (SashElement *)elementRecord;
int thickness = DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->thicknessObj, &thickness);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = thickness;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SashElement),
SashElementOptions,
SashElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
static const int DEFAULT_GRIP_SIZE = 20;
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripSizeObj;
} GripElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec GripElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-gripsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,gripSizeObj), "20" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void GripElementSize(
void *clientData,
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
Ttk_Orient orient = (Ttk_Orient)PTR2INT(clientData);
GripElement *grip = (GripElement *)elementRecord;
int gripSize = DEFAULT_GRIP_SIZE;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, grip->gripSizeObj, &gripSize);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = gripSize;
} else {
*heightPtr = gripSize;
}
}
static void GripElementDraw(
void *clientData,
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
Ttk_Orient orient = (Ttk_Orient)PTR2INT(clientData);
GripElement *grip = (GripElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, grip->borderObj);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
int gripSize = DEFAULT_GRIP_SIZE, gripPad = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, grip->gripSizeObj, &gripSize);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC,
b.x + (b.width - gripSize) / 2, b.y + gripPad,
gripSize, b.height - 2 * gripPad);
} else {
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC,
b.x + gripPad, b.y + (b.height - gripSize) / 2,
b.width - 2 * gripPad, gripSize);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(GripElement),
GripElementOptions,
GripElementSize,
GripElementDraw
};
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(PanedLayout)
TTK_NODE("Panedwindow.background", 0)/* @@@ BUG: empty layouts don't work */
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalSashLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Sash.hsash", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Sash.hgrip", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalSashLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Sash.vsash", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Sash.vgrip", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Registration routine.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkPanedwindow_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::panedwindow", &PanedWidgetSpec);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, themePtr, "hsash", &SashElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, themePtr, "vsash", &SashElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, themePtr, "hgrip",
&GripElementSpec, INT2PTR(TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL));
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, themePtr, "vgrip",
&GripElementSpec, INT2PTR(TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL));
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "TPanedwindow", PanedLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "Horizontal.Sash", HorizontalSashLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr, "Vertical.Sash", VerticalSashLayout);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
"determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};
typedef struct {
| < | < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | < > | | | | < < < | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
"determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;
Tcl_Obj *modeObj;
Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
Tcl_Obj *maximumObj;
Tcl_Obj *valueObj;
Tcl_Obj *phaseObj;
int mode;
Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace; /* Trace handle for -variable option */
int period; /* Animation period */
int maxPhase; /* Max animation phase */
Tcl_TimerToken timer; /* Animation timer */
} ProgressbarPart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
ProgressbarPart progress;
} Progressbar;
static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
0, ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
0, ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Animation procedures:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | } /* AnimateProgressProc -- * Timer callback for progress bar animation. * Increments the -phase option, redisplays the widget, * and reschedules itself if animation still enabled. */ | | < > | | > | > < | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
}
/* AnimateProgressProc --
* Timer callback for progress bar animation.
* Increments the -phase option, redisplays the widget,
* and reschedules itself if animation still enabled.
*/
static void AnimateProgressProc(void *clientData)
{
Progressbar *pb = (Progressbar *)clientData;
pb->progress.timer = 0;
if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
int phase = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.phaseObj, &phase);
/*
* Update -phase:
*/
++phase;
if (phase > pb->progress.maxPhase) {
phase = 0;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.phaseObj);
pb->progress.phaseObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(phase);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pb->progress.phaseObj);
/*
* Reschedule:
*/
pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
pb->progress.period, AnimateProgressProc, clientData);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);
}
}
/* CheckAnimation --
* If animation is enabled and not scheduled, schedule it.
* If animation is disabled but scheduled, cancel it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
* Size hook:
* Compute base layout size, overrid
*/
static int ProgressbarSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = (Progressbar *)recordPtr;
int length = 100;
| | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
* Size hook:
* Compute base layout size, overrid
*/
static int ProgressbarSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = (Progressbar *)recordPtr;
int length = 100;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
TtkWidgetSize(recordPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr);
/* Override requested width (height) based on -length and -orient
*/
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, pb->core.tkwin, pb->progress.lengthObj, &length);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = length;
} else {
*heightPtr = length;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
static void ProgressbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = (Progressbar *)recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &pb->core;
Ttk_Element pbar = Ttk_FindElement(corePtr->layout, "pbar");
double value = 0.0, maximum = 100.0;
| | | | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
static void ProgressbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = (Progressbar *)recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &pb->core;
Ttk_Element pbar = Ttk_FindElement(corePtr->layout, "pbar");
double value = 0.0, maximum = 100.0;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
/* Adjust the bar size:
*/
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.valueObj, &value);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.orientObj, &orient);
if (pbar) {
double fraction = value / maximum;
Ttk_Box parcel = Ttk_ClientRegion(corePtr->layout, "trough");
if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
ProgressbarDeterminateLayout(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
int status;
/* ASSERT: objc >= 2 */
prefix[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(cmdName, -1);
prefix[1] = objv[0];
| | | 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
int status;
/* ASSERT: objc >= 2 */
prefix[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(cmdName, -1);
prefix[1] = objv[0];
Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, cmd, 0, 2, 2,prefix);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmd, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
return status;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
{ "stop", ProgressbarStopCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* Widget specification:
*/
| | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
{ "stop", ProgressbarStopCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* Widget specification:
*/
static WidgetSpec ProgressbarWidgetSpec =
{
"TProgressbar", /* className */
sizeof(Progressbar), /* recordSize */
ProgressbarOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ProgressbarCommands, /* subcommands */
ProgressbarInitialize, /* initializeProc */
ProgressbarCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
554 555 556 557 558 559 560 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
| | < | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*
* Initialization:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkProgressbar_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr,
"Vertical.TProgressbar", VerticalProgressbarLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(themePtr,
"Horizontal.TProgressbar", HorizontalProgressbarLayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::progressbar", &ProgressbarWidgetSpec);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * ttk::scale widget. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * ttk::scale widget. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) #define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScalePart scale;
} Scale;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScalePart scale;
} Scale;
static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1,
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient),
0, ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
0, 0, STATE_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
} else {
r = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, scalePtr->scale.valueObj, &value);
}
if (r == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *point[2];
XPoint pt = ValueToPoint(scalePtr, value);
| | | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
} else {
r = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, scalePtr->scale.valueObj, &value);
}
if (r == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *point[2];
XPoint pt = ValueToPoint(scalePtr, value);
point[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pt.x);
point[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pt.y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, point));
}
return r;
}
static void ScaleDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "set", ScaleSetCommand,0 },
{ "get", ScaleGetCommand,0 },
{ "coords", ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | > > | | > > | | > | | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "set", ScaleSetCommand,0 },
{ "get", ScaleGetCommand,0 },
{ "coords", ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ScaleWidgetSpec =
{
"TScale", /* Class name */
sizeof(Scale), /* record size */
ScaleOptionSpecs, /* option specs */
ScaleCommands, /* widget commands */
ScaleInitialize, /* initialization proc */
ScaleCleanup, /* cleanup proc */
ScaleConfigure, /* configure proc */
ScalePostConfigure, /* postConfigure */
ScaleGetLayout, /* getLayoutProc */
ScaleSize, /* sizeProc */
ScaleDoLayout, /* layoutProc */
TtkWidgetDisplay /* displayProc */
};
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalScaleLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_TOP))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalScaleLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*
* Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkScale_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "Vertical.TScale", VerticalScaleLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "Horizontal.TScale", HorizontalScaleLayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::scale", &ScaleWidgetSpec);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
};
/* TtkCreateScrollHandle --
* Initialize scroll handle.
*/
ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *corePtr, Scrollable *scrollPtr)
{
| | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
};
/* TtkCreateScrollHandle --
* Initialize scroll handle.
*/
ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *corePtr, Scrollable *scrollPtr)
{
ScrollHandle h = ckalloc(sizeof(*h));
h->flags = 0;
h->corePtr = corePtr;
h->scrollPtr = scrollPtr;
scrollPtr->first = 0;
scrollPtr->last = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
static void UpdateScrollbarBG(ClientData clientData)
{
ScrollHandle h = (ScrollHandle)clientData;
Tcl_Interp *interp = h->corePtr->interp;
int code;
h->flags &= ~SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING;
| | | | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
static void UpdateScrollbarBG(ClientData clientData)
{
ScrollHandle h = (ScrollHandle)clientData;
Tcl_Interp *interp = h->corePtr->interp;
int code;
h->flags &= ~SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
code = UpdateScrollbar(interp, h);
if (code == TCL_ERROR && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/* TtkScrolled --
* Update scroll info, schedule scrollbar update.
*/
void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle h, int first, int last, int total)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
|| (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED))
{
s->first = first;
s->last = last;
s->total = total;
if (!(h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
| | | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
|| (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED))
{
s->first = first;
s->last = last;
s->total = total;
if (!(h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateScrollbarBG, (ClientData)h);
h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
}
/* TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired --
* Force a scrollbar update at the next call to TtkScrolled(),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count)) {
| < < > > | 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count)) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
newFirst = (int) ((fraction * s->total) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
newFirst = s->first + count;
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: {
int perPage = s->last - s->first; /* @@@ */
newFirst = s->first + count * perPage;
break;
}
default:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst, 0);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
TtkRedisplayWidget(h->corePtr);
}
}
void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle h)
{
if (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING) {
| | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
TtkRedisplayWidget(h->corePtr);
}
}
void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle h)
{
if (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateScrollbarBG, (ClientData)h);
}
ckfree(h);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
} Scrollbar;
| | | | | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
} Scrollbar;
static Tk_OptionSpec ScrollbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.commandObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orient),
0, ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget hooks.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
| | | 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
static WidgetSpec ScrollbarWidgetSpec =
{
"TScrollbar", /* className */
sizeof(Scrollbar), /* recordSize */
ScrollbarOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ScrollbarCommands, /* subcommands */
ScrollbarInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
| | | | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkScrollbar_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme,"Vertical.TScrollbar",VerticalScrollbarLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme,"Horizontal.TScrollbar",HorizontalScrollbarLayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::scrollbar", &ScrollbarWidgetSpec);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
SeparatorPart separator;
} Separator;
| | | | | | | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
SeparatorPart separator;
} Separator;
static Tk_OptionSpec SeparatorOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orient),
0, ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* GetLayout hook --
* Choose layout based on -orient option.
*/
static Ttk_Layout SeparatorGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
Separator *sep = recordPtr;
return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
interp, theme, recordPtr, sep->separator.orientObj);
}
/*
* Widget commands:
*/
static const Ttk_Ensemble SeparatorCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* Widget specification:
*/
static WidgetSpec SeparatorWidgetSpec =
{
"TSeparator", /* className */
sizeof(Separator), /* recordSize */
SeparatorOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SeparatorCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
TTK_NODE("Separator.separator", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Sizegrip widget:
* Has no options or methods other than the standard ones.
*/
| | | | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
TTK_NODE("Separator.separator", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Sizegrip widget:
* Has no options or methods other than the standard ones.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec SizegripOptionSpecs[] = {
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble SizegripCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec SizegripWidgetSpec =
{
"TSizegrip", /* className */
sizeof(WidgetCore), /* recordSize */
SizegripOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SizegripCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SizegripLayout)
TTK_NODE("Sizegrip.sizegrip", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_STICK_S|TTK_STICK_E)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Initialization:
*/
| | | | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SizegripLayout)
TTK_NODE("Sizegrip.sizegrip", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_STICK_S|TTK_STICK_E)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Initialization:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkSeparator_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSeparator", SeparatorLayout);
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSizegrip", SizegripLayout);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::separator", &SeparatorWidgetSpec);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::sizegrip", &SizegripWidgetSpec);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | * This structure is the same as the option specification structure used * for Tk widgets. For each option we provide the type, name and options * database name and class name and the position in the structure and * default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option * defined for all widgets. */ | | | | | | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
* This structure is the same as the option specification structure used
* for Tk widgets. For each option we provide the type, name and options
* database name and class name and the position in the structure and
* default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option
* defined for all widgets.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec SquareOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
-1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
"50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
"50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"center", Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | /* * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation * information about this widget and this is what must be registered * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom). */ | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
/*
* The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
* information about this widget and this is what must be registered
* with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
*/
static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
"TSquare", /* className */
sizeof(Square), /* recordSize */
SquareOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SquareCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,widthObj), "20"},
{ "-height", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,heightObj), "20"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* The element geometry function is called when the layout code wishes to
* find out how big this element wants to be. We must return our preferred
* size and padding information
*/
static void SquareElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SquareElement *square = (SquareElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->widthObj, widthPtr);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->heightObj, heightPtr);
}
/*
* Draw the element in the box provided.
*/
static void SquareElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
SquareElement *square = (SquareElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder foreground = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
foreground = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, square->foregroundObj);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, square->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, foreground,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SquareElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SquareElement),
SquareElementOptions,
SquareElementSize,
SquareElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkState.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | /* * Tk widget state utilities. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. * */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" /* | | < | < > > > | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | > < < < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
/*
* Tk widget state utilities.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
/*
* Table of state names.
*/
static const struct {
char name[12];
int value;
} stateNames[] = {
{"active", TTK_STATE_ACTIVE}, /* Mouse cursor is over widget or element */
{"disabled", TTK_STATE_DISABLED}, /* Widget is disabled */
{"focus", TTK_STATE_FOCUS}, /* Widget has keyboard focus */
{"pressed", TTK_STATE_PRESSED}, /* Pressed or "armed" */
{"selected", TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, /* "on", "true", "current", etc. */
{"background", TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, /* Top-level window lost focus (Mac,Win "inactive") */
{"alternate", TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE}, /* Widget-specific alternate display style */
{"invalid", TTK_STATE_INVALID}, /* Bad value */
{"readonly", TTK_STATE_READONLY}, /* Editing/modification disabled */
{"hover", TTK_STATE_HOVER}, /* Mouse cursor is over widget */
{"user6", TTK_STATE_USER6}, /* User-definable state */
{"user5", TTK_STATE_USER5}, /* User-definable state */
{"user4", TTK_STATE_USER4}, /* User-definable state */
{"user3", TTK_STATE_USER3}, /* User-definable state */
{"user2", TTK_STATE_USER2}, /* User-definable state */
{"user1", TTK_STATE_USER1}, /* User-definable state */
{"", 0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ StateSpec object type:
*
* The string representation consists of a list of state names,
* each optionally prefixed by an exclamation point (!).
*
* The internal representation uses the upper half of the longValue
* to store the on bits and the lower half to store the off bits.
* If we ever get more than 16 states, this will need to be reconsidered...
*/
static int StateSpecSetFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static void StateSpecDupIntRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);
static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *);
static
struct Tcl_ObjType StateSpecObjType =
{
"StateSpec",
0,
StateSpecDupIntRep,
StateSpecUpdateString,
StateSpecSetFromAny
};
static void StateSpecDupIntRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
if (*stateName == '!') {
++stateName;
on = 0;
} else {
on = 1;
}
| | | | | | | | | | > | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
if (*stateName == '!') {
++stateName;
on = 0;
} else {
on = 1;
}
for (j = 0; stateNames[j].value; ++j) {
if (strcmp(stateName, stateNames[j].name) == 0)
break;
}
if (stateNames[j].value == 0) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Invalid state name %s", stateName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VALUE", "STATE", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (on) {
onbits |= stateNames[j].value;
} else {
offbits |= stateNames[j].value;
}
}
/* Invalidate old intrep:
*/
if (objPtr->typePtr && objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc) {
objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &StateSpecObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.longValue = (onbits << 16) | offbits;
return TCL_OK;
}
static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
unsigned int onbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue >> 16;
unsigned int offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits;
Tcl_DString result;
int i;
int len;
Tcl_DStringInit(&result);
for (i=0; stateNames[i].value; ++i) {
if (mask & stateNames[i].value) {
if (offbits & stateNames[i].value) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, "!", 1);
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, stateNames[i].name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, " ", 1);
}
}
len = Tcl_DStringLength(&result);
if (len) {
/* 'len' includes extra trailing ' ' */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &StateSpecObjType) {
int status = StateSpecSetFromAny(interp, objPtr);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return status;
}
| | | | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &StateSpecObjType) {
int status = StateSpecSetFromAny(interp, objPtr);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return status;
}
spec->onbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue >> 16;
spec->offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Tk_StateMapLookup --
*
* A state map is a paired list of StateSpec / value pairs.
* Returns the value corresponding to the first matching state
* specification, or NULL if not found or an error occurs.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages; may be NULL */
Ttk_StateMap map, /* State map */
Ttk_State state) /* State to look up */
{
Tcl_Obj **specs;
int j, nSpecs;
int status;
status = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, map, &nSpecs, &specs);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
for (j = 0; j < nSpecs; j += 2) {
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
* this basically just checks for errors.
*/
Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages; may be NULL */
Tcl_Obj *mapObj) /* State map */
{
Tcl_Obj **specs;
| | | | 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
* this basically just checks for errors.
*/
Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages; may be NULL */
Tcl_Obj *mapObj) /* State map */
{
Tcl_Obj **specs;
int j, nSpecs;
int status;
status = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, mapObj, &nSpecs, &specs);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
if (nSpecs % 2 != 0) {
if (interp) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
return mapObj;
}
/*
* Ttk_StateTableLooup --
* Look up an index from a statically allocated state table.
*/
| | | 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
return mapObj;
}
/*
* Ttk_StateTableLooup --
* Look up an index from a statically allocated state table.
*/
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable *map, Ttk_State state)
{
while ((state & map->onBits) != map->onBits
|| (~state & map->offBits) != map->offBits)
{
++map;
}
return map->index;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * This file is (mostly) automatically generated from ttk.decls. * It is compiled and linked in with the ttk package proper. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" MODULE_SCOPE const TtkStubs ttkStubs; | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
/*
* This file is (mostly) automatically generated from ttk.decls.
* It is compiled and linked in with the ttk package proper.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
MODULE_SCOPE const TtkStubs ttkStubs;
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
const TtkStubs ttkStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
TTK_STUBS_EPOCH,
TTK_STUBS_REVISION,
0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
/*
* Tag tables. 3/4-baked, work in progress.
*
* Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Internal data structures.
*/
struct TtkTag {
int priority; /* 1=>highest */
const char *tagName; /* Back-pointer to hash table entry */
void *tagRecord; /* User data */
};
struct TtkTagTable {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* owner window */
| > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
/*
* Tag tables. 3/4-baked, work in progress.
*
* Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Internal data structures.
*/
struct TtkTag {
int priority; /* 1=>highest */
const char *tagName; /* Back-pointer to hash table entry */
void *tagRecord; /* User data */
};
struct TtkTagTable {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* owner window */
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpecs; /* ... */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* ... */
int recordSize; /* size of tag record */
int nTags; /* #tags defined so far */
Tcl_HashTable tags; /* defined tags */
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tag tables.
*/
Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
| | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tag tables.
*/
Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[], int recordSize)
{
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = (Ttk_TagTable)ckalloc(sizeof(*tagTable));
tagTable->tkwin = tkwin;
tagTable->optionSpecs = optionSpecs;
tagTable->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
tagTable->recordSize = recordSize;
tagTable->nTags = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tagTable->tags);
ckfree(tagTable);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tagTable->tags);
ckfree(tagTable);
}
Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTag(Ttk_TagTable tagTable, const char *tagName)
{
int isNew = 0;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&tagTable->tags, tagName, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
{
const int LOWEST_PRIORITY = 0x7FFFFFFF;
int i, j;
memset(record, 0, tagTable->recordSize);
for (i = 0; tagTable->optionSpecs[i].type != TK_OPTION_END; ++i) {
| | | | | | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
{
const int LOWEST_PRIORITY = 0x7FFFFFFF;
int i, j;
memset(record, 0, tagTable->recordSize);
for (i = 0; tagTable->optionSpecs[i].type != TK_OPTION_END; ++i) {
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = tagTable->optionSpecs + i;
int offset = optionSpec->objOffset;
int prio = LOWEST_PRIORITY;
for (j = 0; j < tagSet->nTags; ++j) {
Ttk_Tag tag = tagSet->tags[j];
if (OBJ_AT(tag->tagRecord, offset) != 0 && tag->priority < prio) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = OBJ_AT(tag->tagRecord, offset);
prio = tag->priority;
}
}
}
}
void Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(
Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Style style, Ttk_State state, void *record)
{
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = tagTable->optionSpecs;
while (optionSpec->type != TK_OPTION_END) {
int offset = optionSpec->objOffset;
const char *optionName = optionSpec->optionName;
Tcl_Obj *val = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
if (val) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = val;
} else if (OBJ_AT(record, offset) == 0) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = Ttk_StyleDefault(style, optionName);
}
++optionSpec;
}
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
style = style->parentStyle;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Ttk_StyleDefault --
| | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
style = style->parentStyle;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Ttk_StyleDefault --
* Look up default resource setting in the specified style.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleDefault(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName)
{
while (style) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->defaultsTable, optionName);
if (entryPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
* +++ Elements.
*/
typedef const Tk_OptionSpec **OptionMap;
/* array of Tk_OptionSpecs mapping widget options to element options */
struct Ttk_ElementClass_ {
const char *name; /* Points to hash table key */
| | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
* +++ Elements.
*/
typedef const Tk_OptionSpec **OptionMap;
/* array of Tk_OptionSpecs mapping widget options to element options */
struct Ttk_ElementClass_ {
const char *name; /* Points to hash table key */
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr; /* Template provided during registration. */
void *clientData; /* Client data passed in at registration time */
void *elementRecord; /* Scratch buffer for element record storage */
int nResources; /* #Element options */
Tcl_Obj **defaultValues; /* Array of option default values */
Tcl_HashTable optMapCache; /* Map: Tk_OptionTable * -> OptionMap */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);
if (!optionSpec)
return 0;
/* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
*/
| | | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);
if (!optionSpec)
return 0;
/* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
*/
if (optionSpec->objOffset < 0) {
return 0;
}
/* Grrr. Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
*/
if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
BuildOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
{
OptionMap optionMap = (OptionMap)ckalloc(
sizeof(const Tk_OptionSpec) * elementClass->nResources + 1);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
| | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
BuildOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
{
OptionMap optionMap = (OptionMap)ckalloc(
sizeof(const Tk_OptionSpec) * elementClass->nResources + 1);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *e = elementClass->specPtr->options+i;
optionMap[i] = TTKGetOptionSpec(e->optionName, optionTable, e->type);
}
return optionMap;
}
/* GetOptionMap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 | /* * NewElementClass -- * Allocate and initialize an element class record * from the specified element specification. */ static Ttk_ElementClass * | | | | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
/*
* NewElementClass --
* Allocate and initialize an element class record
* from the specified element specification.
*/
static Ttk_ElementClass *
NewElementClass(const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr, void *clientData)
{
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = (Ttk_ElementClass *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_ElementClass));
int i;
elementClass->name = name;
elementClass->specPtr = specPtr;
elementClass->clientData = clientData;
elementClass->elementRecord = ckalloc(specPtr->elementSize);
/* Count #element resources:
*/
for (i = 0; specPtr->options[i].optionName != 0; ++i)
continue;
elementClass->nResources = i;
/* Initialize default values:
*/
elementClass->defaultValues = (Tcl_Obj **)
ckalloc(elementClass->nResources * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) + 1);
for (i=0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
const char *defaultValue = specPtr->options[i].defaultValue;
if (defaultValue) {
elementClass->defaultValues[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(defaultValue,-1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(elementClass->defaultValues[i]);
} else {
elementClass->defaultValues[i] = 0;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
Theme *defaultTheme; /* Default theme; global fallback*/
Theme *currentTheme; /* Currently-selected theme */
Cleanup *cleanupList; /* Cleanup records */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Resource cache */
int themeChangePending; /* scheduled ThemeChangedProc call? */
} StylePackageData;
| < < | < < < < < < < | 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
Theme *defaultTheme; /* Default theme; global fallback*/
Theme *currentTheme; /* Currently-selected theme */
Cleanup *cleanupList; /* Cleanup records */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Resource cache */
int themeChangePending; /* scheduled ThemeChangedProc call? */
} StylePackageData;
/* Ttk_StylePkgFree --
* Cleanup procedure for StylePackageData.
*/
static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Cleanup *cleanup;
/*
* Free themes.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Theme *themePtr = (Theme *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
FreeTheme(themePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
480 481 482 483 484 485 486 | * Register a function to be called when a theme engine is deleted. * (This only happens when the main interp is destroyed). The cleanup * function is called with the current Tcl interpreter and the client * data provided here. * */ void Ttk_RegisterCleanup( | | | | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
* Register a function to be called when a theme engine is deleted.
* (This only happens when the main interp is destroyed). The cleanup
* function is called with the current Tcl interpreter and the client
* data provided here.
*
*/
void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
Cleanup *cleanup = (Cleanup *)ckalloc(sizeof(*cleanup));
cleanup->clientData = clientData;
cleanup->cleanupProc = cleanupProc;
cleanup->next = pkgPtr->cleanupList;
pkgPtr->cleanupList = cleanup;
}
/* ThemeChangedProc --
* Notify all widgets that the theme has been changed.
* Scheduled as an idle callback; clientData is a StylePackageData *.
*
* Sends a <<ThemeChanged>> event to every widget in the hierarchy.
* Widgets respond to this by calling the WorldChanged class proc,
* which in turn recreates the layout.
*
* The Tk C API doesn't doesn't provide an easy way to traverse
* the widget hierarchy, so this is done by evaluating a Tcl script.
*/
static void ThemeChangedProc(void *clientData)
{
static char ThemeChangedScript[] = "ttk::ThemeChanged";
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(pkgPtr->interp, ThemeChangedScript, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundException(pkgPtr->interp, code);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 |
static void ThemeChanged(StylePackageData *pkgPtr)
{
if (!pkgPtr->themeChangePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ThemeChangedProc, pkgPtr);
pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 1;
}
}
/*
* Ttk_CreateTheme --
* Create a new theme and register it in the global theme table.
*
* Returns:
* Pointer to new Theme structure; NULL if named theme already exists.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
static void ThemeChanged(StylePackageData *pkgPtr)
{
if (!pkgPtr->themeChangePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ThemeChangedProc, pkgPtr);
pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 1;
}
}
/* Ttk_TkDestroyedHandler --
* See bug [310c74ecf440]: idle calls to ThemeChangedProc()
* need to be canceled when Tk is destroyed, since the interp
* may still be active afterward; canceling them from
* Ttk_StylePkgFree() would be too late.
*/
void Ttk_TkDestroyedHandler(
Tcl_Interp* interp)
{
StylePackageData* pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
/*
* Cancel any pending ThemeChanged calls. We might be called
* before Ttk is initialized. See bug [3981091ed336].
*/
if (pkgPtr && pkgPtr->themeChangePending) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ThemeChangedProc, pkgPtr);
}
}
/*
* Ttk_CreateTheme --
* Create a new theme and register it in the global theme table.
*
* Returns:
* Pointer to new Theme structure; NULL if named theme already exists.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
return pkgPtr->cache;
}
/*
* Register a new layout specification with a style.
* @@@ TODO: Make sure layoutName is not ".", root style must not have a layout
*/
| | | | 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
return pkgPtr->cache;
}
/*
* Register a new layout specification with a style.
* @@@ TODO: Make sure layoutName is not ".", root style must not have a layout
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
Ttk_RegisterLayoutTemplate(
Ttk_Theme theme, /* Target theme */
const char *layoutName, /* Name of new layout */
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate) /* Template */
{
Ttk_Style style = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, layoutName);
if (style->layoutTemplate) {
Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(style->layoutTemplate);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
* if interp is non-NULL.
*/
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages */
Ttk_Theme theme, /* Style engine providing the implementation. */
const char *name, /* Name of new element */
| | | 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
* if interp is non-NULL.
*/
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages */
Ttk_Theme theme, /* Style engine providing the implementation. */
const char *name, /* Name of new element */
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr, /* Static template information */
void *clientData) /* application-specific data */
{
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int newEntry;
if (specPtr->version != TK_STYLE_VERSION_2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
909 910 911 912 913 914 915 |
return elementClass;
}
/* Ttk_RegisterElementSpec (deprecated) --
* Register a new element.
*/
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme,
| | | 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
return elementClass;
}
/* Ttk_RegisterElementSpec (deprecated) --
* Register a new element.
*/
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr, void *clientData)
{
return Ttk_RegisterElement(NULL, theme, name, specPtr, clientData)
? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Element record initialization.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
* Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
*/
static
int InitializeElementRecord(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance to initialize */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style table */
| | | | | 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 |
* Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
*/
static
int InitializeElementRecord(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance to initialize */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style table */
char *widgetRecord, /* Source of widget option values */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Option table describing widget record */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Corresponding window */
Ttk_State state) /* Widget or element state */
{
char *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
int nResources = eclass->nResources;
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;
int i;
for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
((char *)elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
* Compute the requested size of the given element.
*/
void
Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element to query */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
| | | 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 |
* Compute the requested size of the given element.
*/
void
Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element to query */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Description of widget record */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Ttk_State state, /* Current widget state */
int *widthPtr, /* Requested width */
int *heightPtr, /* Reqested height */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) /* Requested inner border */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
* Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
*/
void
Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
| | | 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
* Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
*/
void
Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Description of option table */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw element. */
Ttk_Box b, /* Element area */
Ttk_State state) /* Widget or element state flags. */
{
if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 | * Helper routine. Sets interp's result to the list of all keys * in the hash table. * * Returns: TCL_OK. * Side effects: Sets interp's result. */ | | | | 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
* Helper routine. Sets interp's result to the list of all keys
* in the hash table.
*
* Returns: TCL_OK.
* Side effects: Sets interp's result.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkEnumerateHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_HashTable *ht)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 | /* + style map $style ? -resource statemap ... ? * * Note that resource names are unconstrained; the Style * doesn't know what resources individual elements may use. */ static int StyleMapCmd( | | | 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
/* + style map $style ? -resource statemap ... ?
*
* Note that resource names are unconstrained; the Style
* doesn't know what resources individual elements may use.
*/
static int
StyleMapCmd(
void *clientData, /* StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *styleName;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style configure $style -option ?value...
*/
static int StyleConfigureCmd(
| | | | | 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style configure $style -option ?value...
*/
static int StyleConfigureCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *styleName;
Style *stylePtr;
int i;
if (objc < 3) {
usage:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp,2,objv,"style ?-option ?value...??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
styleName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
stylePtr = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, styleName);
if (objc == 3) { /* style configure $styleName */
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, HashTableToDict(&stylePtr->defaultsTable));
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 4) { /* style configure $styleName -option */
const char *optionName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, optionName);
if (entryPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 |
ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue?
*/
static int StyleLookupCmd(
| | | 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 |
ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue?
*/
static int StyleLookupCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
Ttk_Style style = NULL;
const char *optionName;
Ttk_State state = 0ul;
Tcl_Obj *result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
| | | 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = NULL;
const char *name = NULL;
if (objc != 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
*/
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
| | | 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
*/
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
static const char *const optStrings[] =
{ "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 |
}
}
/* + style theme names --
* Return list of registered themes.
*/
static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
| | | | | | 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 |
}
}
/* + style theme names --
* Return list of registered themes.
*/
static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* objc */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* objv */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &pkgPtr->themeTable);
}
/* + style theme settings $theme $script
*
* Temporarily sets the current theme to $themeName,
* evaluates $script, then restores the old theme.
*/
static int
StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
void *clientData, /* StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme oldTheme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
Ttk_Theme newTheme;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 |
return status;
}
/* + style element create name type ? ...args ?
*/
static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
| | | 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
return status;
}
/* + style element create name type ? ...args ?
*/
static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *elementName, *factoryName;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
FactoryRec *recPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 | theme, elementName, objc - 5, objv + 5); } /* + style element names -- * Return a list of elements defined in the current theme. */ static int StyleElementNamesCmd( | | | | | | 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 |
theme, elementName, objc - 5, objv + 5);
}
/* + style element names --
* Return a list of elements defined in the current theme.
*/
static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &theme->elementTable);
}
/* + style element options $element --
* Return list of element options for specified element
*/
static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *elementName;
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "element");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
elementName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
elementClass = Ttk_GetElement(theme, elementName);
if (elementClass) {
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr = elementClass->specPtr;
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *option = specPtr->options;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
while (option->optionName) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
interp, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(option->optionName,-1));
++option;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "LOOKUP", "ELEMENT", elementName, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* + style layout name ?spec?
*/
static int StyleLayoutCmd(
| | | 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "LOOKUP", "ELEMENT", elementName, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* + style layout name ?spec?
*/
static int StyleLayoutCmd(
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *layoutName;
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 | } /* + style theme use $theme -- * Sets the current theme to $theme */ static int StyleThemeUseCmd( | | | 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 |
}
/* + style theme use $theme --
* Sets the current theme to $theme
*/
static int
StyleThemeUseCmd(
void *clientData, /* StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 |
{ "theme", 0, StyleThemeEnsemble },
{ "element", 0, StyleElementEnsemble },
{ NULL, 0, 0 }
};
static int
StyleObjCmd(
| | | | | 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 |
{ "theme", 0, StyleThemeEnsemble },
{ "element", 0, StyleElementEnsemble },
{ NULL, 0, 0 }
};
static int
StyleObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
return Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(StyleEnsemble, 1, clientData,interp,objc,objv);
}
MODULE_SCOPE int
Ttk_InvokeEnsemble( /* Run an ensemble command */
const Ttk_Ensemble *ensemble, int cmdIndex,
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
while (cmdIndex < objc) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp,
objv[cmdIndex], ensemble, sizeof(ensemble[0]),
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
#define Ttk_StateMatches(state, spec) \
(((state) & ((spec)->onbits|(spec)->offbits)) == (spec)->onbits)
#define Ttk_ModifyState(state, spec) \
(((state) & ~(spec)->offbits) | (spec)->onbits)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State maps and state tables.
*/
typedef Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMap;
/*
* Table for looking up an integer index based on widget state:
*/
typedef struct
{
int index; /* Value to return if this entry matches */
unsigned int onBits; /* Bits which must be set */
unsigned int offBits; /* Bits which must be cleared */
} Ttk_StateTable;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Padding.
* Used to represent internal padding and borders.
*/
typedef struct
{
short left;
short top;
short right;
short bottom;
} Ttk_Padding;
#define Ttk_PaddingWidth(p) ((p).left + (p).right)
#define Ttk_PaddingHeight(p) ((p).top + (p).bottom)
#define Ttk_SetMargins(tkwin, pad) \
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(tkwin, pad.left, pad.right, pad.top, pad.bottom)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Boxes.
* Used to represent rectangular regions
*/
typedef struct /* Hey, this is an XRectangle! */
{
int x;
int y;
int width;
int height;
} Ttk_Box;
#define Ttk_WinBox(tkwin) Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,Tk_Width(tkwin),Tk_Height(tkwin))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout utilities.
*/
typedef enum {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
#define Ttk_StateMatches(state, spec) \
(((state) & ((spec)->onbits|(spec)->offbits)) == (spec)->onbits)
#define Ttk_ModifyState(state, spec) \
(((state) & ~(spec)->offbits) | (spec)->onbits)
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, Ttk_StateSpec *);
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(unsigned int onbits,unsigned int offbits);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State maps and state tables.
*/
typedef Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMap;
TTKAPI Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(Tcl_Interp*, Ttk_StateMap, Ttk_State);
/*
* Table for looking up an integer index based on widget state:
*/
typedef struct
{
int index; /* Value to return if this entry matches */
unsigned int onBits; /* Bits which must be set */
unsigned int offBits; /* Bits which must be cleared */
} Ttk_StateTable;
TTKAPI int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Padding.
* Used to represent internal padding and borders.
*/
typedef struct
{
short left;
short top;
short right;
short bottom;
} Ttk_Padding;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(Tcl_Interp*,Tk_Window,Tcl_Obj*,Ttk_Padding*);
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(Tcl_Interp*,Tcl_Obj*,Ttk_Padding*);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_MakePadding(short l, short t, short r, short b);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_UniformPadding(short borderWidth);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_AddPadding(Ttk_Padding, Ttk_Padding);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_RelievePadding(Ttk_Padding, int relief, int n);
#define Ttk_PaddingWidth(p) ((p).left + (p).right)
#define Ttk_PaddingHeight(p) ((p).top + (p).bottom)
#define Ttk_SetMargins(tkwin, pad) \
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(tkwin, pad.left, pad.right, pad.top, pad.bottom)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Boxes.
* Used to represent rectangular regions
*/
typedef struct /* Hey, this is an XRectangle! */
{
int x;
int y;
int width;
int height;
} Ttk_Box;
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_MakeBox(int x, int y, int width, int height);
TTKAPI int Ttk_BoxContains(Ttk_Box, int x, int y);
#define Ttk_WinBox(tkwin) Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,Tk_Width(tkwin),Tk_Height(tkwin))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout utilities.
*/
typedef enum {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | /* * Aliases and useful combinations: */ #define TTK_FILL_X (0x3) /* -sticky ew */ #define TTK_FILL_Y (0xC) /* -sticky ns */ #define TTK_FILL_BOTH (0xF) /* -sticky nswe */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStickyObj(Ttk_Sticky); /* * Extra bits for position specifications (combine -side and -sticky) */ typedef unsigned int Ttk_PositionSpec; /* See below */ | > | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 | /* * Aliases and useful combinations: */ #define TTK_FILL_X (0x3) /* -sticky ew */ #define TTK_FILL_Y (0xC) /* -sticky ns */ #define TTK_FILL_BOTH (0xF) /* -sticky nswe */ TTKAPI int Ttk_GetStickyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, Ttk_Sticky *); TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStickyObj(Ttk_Sticky); /* * Extra bits for position specifications (combine -side and -sticky) */ typedef unsigned int Ttk_PositionSpec; /* See below */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
#define _TTK_CHILDREN (0x1000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- children follow */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT_END (0x2000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- end of child list */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT (0x4000)/* for LayoutSpec tables -- define layout */
#define _TTK_MASK_STICK (0x0F) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout() */
#define _TTK_MASK_PACK (0xF0) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout(), packStrings */
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_PositionSpec);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Themes.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *);
typedef struct Ttk_Theme_ *Ttk_Theme;
typedef struct Ttk_ElementClass_ Ttk_ElementClass;
typedef struct Ttk_Layout_ *Ttk_Layout;
typedef struct Ttk_LayoutNode_ *Ttk_Element;
typedef struct Ttk_Style_ *Ttk_Style;
typedef int (Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc)(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(Ttk_Theme, Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc, void *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_UseTheme(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Theme);
typedef void (Ttk_CleanupProc)(void *clientData);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Elements.
*/
enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };
typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
#define _TTK_CHILDREN (0x1000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- children follow */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT_END (0x2000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- end of child list */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT (0x4000)/* for LayoutSpec tables -- define layout */
#define _TTK_MASK_STICK (0x0F) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout() */
#define _TTK_MASK_PACK (0xF0) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout(), packStrings */
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PackBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_StickBox(Ttk_Box parcel, int w, int h, Ttk_Sticky sticky);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_AnchorBox(Ttk_Box parcel, int w, int h, Tk_Anchor anchor);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PadBox(Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_ExpandBox(Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PlaceBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w,int h, Ttk_Side,Ttk_Sticky);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_PositionSpec);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Themes.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *);
typedef struct Ttk_Theme_ *Ttk_Theme;
typedef struct Ttk_ElementClass_ Ttk_ElementClass;
typedef struct Ttk_Layout_ *Ttk_Layout;
typedef struct Ttk_LayoutNode_ *Ttk_Element;
typedef struct Ttk_Style_ *Ttk_Style;
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_CreateTheme(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Ttk_Theme parent);
typedef int (Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc)(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(Ttk_Theme, Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc, void *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_UseTheme(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Theme);
typedef void (Ttk_CleanupProc)(void *clientData);
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Elements.
*/
enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };
typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
const char *optionName; /* Command-line name of the widget option */
Tk_OptionType type; /* Accepted option types */
int offset; /* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
const char *defaultValue; /* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;
#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING
typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
enum TTKStyleVersion2 version; /* Version of the style support. */
size_t elementSize; /* Size of element record */
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *options; /* List of options, NULL-terminated */
Ttk_ElementSizeProc *size; /* Compute min size and padding */
Ttk_ElementDrawProc *draw; /* Draw the element */
} Ttk_ElementSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *, void *clientData);
typedef int (*Ttk_ElementFactory)
(Tcl_Interp *, void *clientData,
Ttk_Theme, const char *elementName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
Tcl_Interp *, const char *name, Ttk_ElementFactory, void *clientData);
/*
* Null element implementation:
* has no geometry or layout; may be used as a stub or placeholder.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *unused;
} NullElement;
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkNullElementSize
(void *, void *, Tk_Window, int *, int *, Ttk_Padding *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkNullElementDraw
(void *, void *, Tk_Window, Drawable, Ttk_Box, Ttk_State);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TtkNullElementOptions[];
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementSpec ttkNullElementSpec;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout templates.
*/
typedef struct {
const char * elementName;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
{ 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END },
#define TTK_NODE(name, flags) { name, flags },
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT | _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
#define TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(name) static TTKLayoutInstruction name[] = {
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayouts(
Ttk_Theme theme, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutTable);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout instances.
*/
| > > > | 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
{ 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END },
#define TTK_NODE(name, flags) { name, flags },
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT | _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
#define TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(name) static TTKLayoutInstruction name[] = {
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayout(
Ttk_Theme theme, const char *className, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutSpec);
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayouts(
Ttk_Theme theme, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutTable);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout instances.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 | */ typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec; TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *); TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *, Tk_ImageChangedProc *, ClientData); TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *); | | | | < < < | 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
*/
typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *, ClientData);
TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *);
TTKAPI Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *, Tk_Window, Ttk_State);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Miscellaneous enumerations.
* Other stuff that element implementations need to know about.
*/
typedef enum /* -default option values */
{
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_NORMAL, /* widget defaultable */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE, /* currently the default widget */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED /* not defaultable */
} Ttk_ButtonDefaultState;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, int *);
typedef enum /* -compound option values */
{
TTK_COMPOUND_NONE, /* image if specified, otherwise text */
TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT, /* text only */
TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE, /* image only */
TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER, /* text overlays image */
TTK_COMPOUND_TOP, /* image above text */
TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM, /* image below text */
TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT, /* image to left of text */
TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT /* image to right of text */
} Ttk_Compound;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, int *);
typedef enum { /* -orient option values */
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL,
TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
} Ttk_Orient;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utilities.
*/
typedef struct TtkEnsemble {
const char *name; /* subcommand name */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *command; /* subcommand implementation, OR: */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkThemeInt.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate; MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name); MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *); MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize( | | | > > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_UnparseLayoutTemplate(Ttk_LayoutTemplate);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_BuildLayoutTemplate(Ttk_LayoutSpec);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(Ttk_LayoutTemplate);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_RegisterLayoutTemplate(
Ttk_Theme theme, const char *layoutName, Ttk_LayoutTemplate);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Style Ttk_GetStyle(Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *styleName);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(
Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *layoutName);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_StyleName(Ttk_Style);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkBoxEqual(Ttk_Box, Ttk_Box);
#endif /* _TTKTHEMEINT */
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | }; /* * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles. */ static char * VarTraceProc( | | | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
};
/*
* Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
*/
static char *
VarTraceProc(
void *clientData, /* Widget record pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *), /* name1 */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *), /* name2 */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = (Ttk_TraceHandle *)clientData;
const char *name, *value;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
/*
* Ttk_UntraceVariable --
* Remove previously-registered trace and free the handle.
*/
void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *h)
{
if (h) {
| | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
/*
* Ttk_UntraceVariable --
* Remove previously-registered trace and free the handle.
*/
void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *h)
{
if (h) {
void *cd = NULL;
/*
* Workaround for Tcl Bug 3062331. The trace design problem is
* that when variable unset traces fire, Tcl documents that the
* traced variable has already been unset. It's already gone.
* So from within an unset trace, if you try to call
* Tcl_UntraceVar() on that variable, it will do nothing, because
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * events and updates the state of the element under the * mouse cursor. * * The "active" element is the one under the mouse cursor, * and is normally set to the ACTIVE state unless another element * is currently being pressed. * | | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
* events and updates the state of the element under the
* mouse cursor.
*
* The "active" element is the one under the mouse cursor,
* and is normally set to the ACTIVE state unless another element
* is currently being pressed.
*
* The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
* and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
* <ButtonRelease> event.
*
* TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
typedef struct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
| EnterWindowMask
| StructureNotifyMask
;
static void
ElementStateEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *ev)
{
| | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
| EnterWindowMask
| StructureNotifyMask
;
static void
ElementStateEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *ev)
{
ElementStateTracker *es = clientData;
Ttk_Layout layout = es->corePtr->layout;
Ttk_Element element;
/* Guard against dangling pointers [#2431428]
*/
if (es->tracking != layout) {
es->pressedElement = es->activeElement = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
* TtkTrackElementState --
* Register an event handler to manage the 'pressed'
* and 'active' states of individual widget elements.
*/
void TtkTrackElementState(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
| | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
* TtkTrackElementState --
* Register an event handler to manage the 'pressed'
* and 'active' states of individual widget elements.
*/
void TtkTrackElementState(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
ElementStateTracker *es = ckalloc(sizeof(*es));
es->corePtr = corePtr;
es->tracking = 0;
es->activeElement = es->pressedElement = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(corePtr->tkwin,
ElementStateMask,ElementStateEventProc,es);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::treeview widget implementation. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #define DEF_TREE_ROWS "10" #define DEF_COLWIDTH "200" #define DEF_MINWIDTH "20" static const int DEFAULT_ROWHEIGHT = 20; static const int DEFAULT_INDENT = 20; | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::treeview widget implementation. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #endif #define DEF_TREE_ROWS "10" #define DEF_COLWIDTH "200" #define DEF_MINWIDTH "20" static const int DEFAULT_ROWHEIGHT = 20; static const int DEFAULT_INDENT = 20; static const int HALO = 4; /* heading separator */ #define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 #define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2 #define STATE_CHANGED (0x100) /* item state option changed */ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
Ttk_TagSet tagset;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imagespec;
};
#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED 0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED 0x200
| | | | | | | | < < < | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
Ttk_TagSet tagset;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imagespec;
};
#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED 0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED 0x200
static Tk_OptionSpec ItemOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,textObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,valuesObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-open", "open", "Open",
"0", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,openObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tags", "tags", "Tags",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,tagsObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/* + NewItem --
* Allocate a new, uninitialized, unlinked item
*/
static TreeItem *NewItem(void)
{
TreeItem *item = (TreeItem *)ckalloc(sizeof(*item));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
Tcl_Obj *imageObj; /* taken from item */
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; /* from column <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* remainder from tag */
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;
| | | | | | | | | | | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
Tcl_Obj *imageObj; /* taken from item */
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; /* from column <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* remainder from tag */
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;
static Tk_OptionSpec TagOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,textObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"center", Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,anchorObj), -1,
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, /* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,fontObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Columns.
*
* There are separate option tables associated with the column record:
* ColumnOptionSpecs is for configuring the column,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
/* Temporary storage for cell data
*/
Tcl_Obj *data;
} TreeColumn;
static void InitColumn(TreeColumn *column)
{
| | | | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
/* Temporary storage for cell data
*/
Tcl_Obj *data;
} TreeColumn;
static void InitColumn(TreeColumn *column)
{
column->width = atoi(DEF_COLWIDTH);
column->minWidth = atoi(DEF_MINWIDTH);
column->stretch = 1;
column->idObj = 0;
column->anchorObj = 0;
column->headingState = 0;
column->headingObj = 0;
column->headingImageObj = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
if (column->headingAnchorObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingAnchorObj); }
if (column->headingStateObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingStateObj); }
if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }
/* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
if (column->headingAnchorObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingAnchorObj); }
if (column->headingStateObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingStateObj); }
if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }
/* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}
static Tk_OptionSpec ColumnOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_COLWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,width),
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-minwidth", "minWidth", "MinWidth",
DEF_MINWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,minWidth),
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
"1", -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,stretch),
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"w", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,anchorObj), -1, /* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-id", "id", "ID",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,idObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,READONLY_OPTION },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
static Tk_OptionSpec HeadingOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingImageObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"center", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingAnchorObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "", "",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingCommandObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "state", "", "",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingStateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ -show option:
* TODO: Implement SHOW_BRANCHES.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
Ttk_Layout itemLayout;
Ttk_Layout cellLayout;
Ttk_Layout headingLayout;
Ttk_Layout rowLayout;
int headingHeight; /* Space for headings */
int rowHeight; /* Height of each item */
| | | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
Ttk_Layout itemLayout;
Ttk_Layout cellLayout;
Ttk_Layout headingLayout;
Ttk_Layout rowLayout;
int headingHeight; /* Space for headings */
int rowHeight; /* Height of each item */
int indent; /* Horizontal offset for child items (screen units) */
/* Tree data:
*/
Tcl_HashTable items; /* Map: item name -> item */
int serial; /* Next item # for autogenerated names */
TreeItem *root; /* Root item */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<3)
static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<3)
static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };
static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
0, 0, COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
0, 0, DCOLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
DEFAULT_SHOW, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.showObj), -1,
0, 0, SHOW_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
"extended", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.selectModeObj), -1,
0, SelectModeStrings, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_TREE_ROWS, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.heightObj), -1,
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.xscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.yscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
693 694 695 696 697 698 699 | Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry( &tv->tree.columnNames, Tcl_GetString(columnName), &isNew); Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, tv->tree.columns + i); InitColumn(tv->tree.columns + i); Tk_InitOptions( | | | | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&tv->tree.columnNames, Tcl_GetString(columnName), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, tv->tree.columns + i);
InitColumn(tv->tree.columns + i);
Tk_InitOptions(
interp, (void *)(tv->tree.columns + i),
tv->tree.columnOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
Tk_InitOptions(
interp, (void *)(tv->tree.columns + i),
tv->tree.headingOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(columnName);
tv->tree.columns[i].idObj = columnName;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
863 864 865 866 867 868 869 |
* The "((++w % m) < r)" term is there so that the remainder r = n % m
* is distributed round-robin.
*/
static int DistributeWidth(Treeview *tv, int n)
{
int w = TreeWidth(tv);
int m = 0;
| > | | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
* The "((++w % m) < r)" term is there so that the remainder r = n % m
* is distributed round-robin.
*/
static int DistributeWidth(Treeview *tv, int n)
{
int w = TreeWidth(tv);
int m = 0;
int i;
int d, r;
for (i = FirstColumn(tv); i < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns; ++i) {
if (tv->tree.displayColumns[i]->stretch) {
++m;
}
}
if (m == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 |
tv->tree.nColumns = tv->tree.nDisplayColumns = 0;
tv->tree.columns = NULL;
tv->tree.displayColumns = NULL;
tv->tree.showFlags = ~0;
InitColumn(&tv->tree.column0);
Tk_InitOptions(
| | | | | 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 |
tv->tree.nColumns = tv->tree.nDisplayColumns = 0;
tv->tree.columns = NULL;
tv->tree.displayColumns = NULL;
tv->tree.showFlags = ~0;
InitColumn(&tv->tree.column0);
Tk_InitOptions(
interp, (void *)(&tv->tree.column0),
tv->tree.columnOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
Tk_InitOptions(
interp, (void *)(&tv->tree.column0),
tv->tree.headingOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tv->tree.items, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
tv->tree.serial = 0;
tv->tree.focus = tv->tree.endPtr = 0;
/* Create root item "":
*/
tv->tree.root = NewItem();
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (void *)tv->tree.root,
tv->tree.itemOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
tv->tree.root->tagset = Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(NULL, tv->tree.tagTable, NULL);
tv->tree.root->entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, "", &unused);
Tcl_SetHashValue(tv->tree.root->entryPtr, tv->tree.root);
/* Scroll handles:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 |
if (tv->tree.cellLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.cellLayout);
if (tv->tree.headingLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.headingLayout);
if (tv->tree.rowLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout);
TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);
if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
| | | 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 |
if (tv->tree.cellLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.cellLayout);
if (tv->tree.headingLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.headingLayout);
if (tv->tree.rowLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout);
TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);
if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
ckfree((void *)tv->tree.displayColumns);
foreachHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, FreeItemCB);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.items);
TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;
| | | 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
!= TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Make sure that -values is a valid list:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
static int ConfigureColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
| | | | | 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
static int ConfigureColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)column,
tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
&savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Attempt to change read-only option", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "READONLY", NULL);
goto error;
}
/* Propagate column width changes to overall widget request width,
* but only if the widget is currently unmapped, in order to prevent
* geometry jumping during interactive column resize.
*/
if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) {
TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core);
} else {
RecomputeSlack(tv);
ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv));
}
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_OK;
error:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 |
static int ConfigureHeading(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
| | | 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 |
static int ConfigureHeading(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)column,
tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
&savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* @@@ testing ... */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 |
Treeview *tv, /* treeview widget */
TreeItem *item, /* desired item */
TreeColumn *column, /* desired column */
Ttk_Box *bbox_rtn) /* bounding box of item */
{
int row = ItemRow(tv, item);
Ttk_Box bbox = tv->tree.treeArea;
if (row < tv->tree.yscroll.first || row > tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
/* not viewable, or off-screen */
return 0;
}
bbox.y += (row - tv->tree.yscroll.first) * tv->tree.rowHeight;
bbox.height = tv->tree.rowHeight;
bbox.x -= tv->tree.xscroll.first;
bbox.width = TreeWidth(tv);
if (column) {
| > > > > | > | 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 |
Treeview *tv, /* treeview widget */
TreeItem *item, /* desired item */
TreeColumn *column, /* desired column */
Ttk_Box *bbox_rtn) /* bounding box of item */
{
int row = ItemRow(tv, item);
Ttk_Box bbox = tv->tree.treeArea;
/* Make sure the scroll information is current before use */
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
if (row < tv->tree.yscroll.first || row > tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
/* not viewable, or off-screen */
return 0;
}
bbox.y += (row - tv->tree.yscroll.first) * tv->tree.rowHeight;
bbox.height = tv->tree.rowHeight;
bbox.x -= tv->tree.xscroll.first;
bbox.width = TreeWidth(tv);
if (column) {
int xpos = 0;
int i = FirstColumn(tv);
while (i < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns) {
if (tv->tree.displayColumns[i] == column) {
break;
}
xpos += tv->tree.displayColumns[i]->width;
++i;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 |
static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
"nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};
static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
| | > < | 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 |
static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
"nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};
static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
int x1 = 0;
int colno = IdentifyDisplayColumn(tv, x, &x1);
if (Ttk_BoxContains(tv->tree.headingArea, x, y)) {
if (colno < 0) {
return REGION_NOTHING;
} else if (-HALO <= x1 - x && x1 - x <= HALO) {
return REGION_SEPARATOR;
} else {
return REGION_HEADING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 |
/* Compute heading height.
*/
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tv->tree.headingLayout, &tv->tree.column0);
Ttk_LayoutSize(tv->tree.headingLayout, 0, &unused, &tv->tree.headingHeight);
/* Get item height, indent from style:
| < > > | | > | | 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 |
/* Compute heading height.
*/
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tv->tree.headingLayout, &tv->tree.column0);
Ttk_LayoutSize(tv->tree.headingLayout, 0, &unused, &tv->tree.headingHeight);
/* Get item height, indent from style:
*/
tv->tree.rowHeight = DEFAULT_ROWHEIGHT;
tv->tree.indent = DEFAULT_INDENT;
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(treeLayout, "-rowheight", 0))) {
(void)Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tv->core.tkwin, objPtr, &tv->tree.rowHeight);
if (tv->tree.rowHeight < 1) {
tv->tree.rowHeight = 1;
}
}
if ((objPtr = Ttk_QueryOption(treeLayout, "-indent", 0))) {
(void)Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tv->core.tkwin, objPtr, &tv->tree.indent);
}
return treeLayout;
}
/* + TreeviewDoLayout --
* DoLayout() widget hook. Computes widget layout.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 |
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_PackBox(
&tv->tree.treeArea, 1, tv->tree.headingHeight, TTK_SIDE_TOP);
} else {
tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
}
| < > | 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 |
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_PackBox(
&tv->tree.treeArea, 1, tv->tree.headingHeight, TTK_SIDE_TOP);
} else {
tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
}
tv->tree.root->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN;
visibleRows = tv->tree.treeArea.height / tv->tree.rowHeight;
TtkScrolled(tv->tree.yscrollHandle,
tv->tree.yscroll.first,
tv->tree.yscroll.first + visibleRows,
CountRows(tv->tree.root) - 1);
}
/* + TreeviewSize --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 |
* Draw an item (row background, tree label, and cells).
*/
static void DrawItem(
Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
Ttk_State state = ItemState(tv, item);
DisplayItem displayItem;
| > > | > > > > > | | | > | | 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 |
* Draw an item (row background, tree label, and cells).
*/
static void DrawItem(
Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
Ttk_State state = ItemState(tv, item);
DisplayItem displayItem;
int x, y, h, rowHeight;
rowHeight = tv->tree.rowHeight;
h = rowHeight * (row - tv->tree.yscroll.first);
if (h >= tv->tree.treeArea.height) {
/* The item is outside the visible area */
return;
}
x = tv->tree.treeArea.x - tv->tree.xscroll.first;
y = tv->tree.treeArea.y + h;
if (row % 2) state |= TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE;
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
/* Draw row background:
*/
{
Ttk_Box rowBox = Ttk_MakeBox(tv->tree.treeArea.x, y,
TreeWidth(tv), rowHeight);
DisplayLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout, &displayItem, state, rowBox, d);
}
/* Draw tree label:
*/
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_TREE) {
int indent = depth * tv->tree.indent;
int colwidth = tv->tree.column0.width;
Ttk_Box parcel = Ttk_MakeBox(
x+indent, y, colwidth-indent, rowHeight);
if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; }
if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; }
displayItem.anchorObj = tv->tree.column0.anchorObj;
DisplayLayout(tv->tree.itemLayout, &displayItem, state, parcel, d);
x += colwidth;
}
/* Draw data cells:
*/
DrawCells(tv, item, &displayItem, d, x, y);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 |
*
* Returns:
* Row number of the last item drawn.
*/
static int DrawForest(
Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 |
*
* Returns:
* Row number of the last item drawn.
*/
static int DrawForest(
Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
while (item && row <= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
row = DrawSubtree(tv, item, d, depth, row);
item = item->next;
}
return row;
}
/* + DrawTreeArea --
* Draw the tree area including the headings, if any
*/
static void DrawTreeArea(Treeview *tv, Drawable d) {
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
DrawHeadings(tv, d);
}
DrawForest(tv, tv->tree.root->children, d, 0, 0);
}
/* + TreeviewDisplay --
* Display() widget hook. Draw the widget contents.
*/
static void TreeviewDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = tv->core.tkwin;
int width, height, winWidth, winHeight;
/* Draw the general layout of the treeview widget */
Ttk_DrawLayout(tv->core.layout, tv->core.state, d);
/* When the tree area does not fit in the available space, there is a
* risk that it will be drawn over other areas of the layout.
*/
winWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
winHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
width = tv->tree.treeArea.width;
height = tv->tree.headingArea.height + tv->tree.treeArea.height;
if ((width == winWidth && height == winHeight)
|| (tv->tree.treeArea.height % tv->tree.rowHeight == 0
&& TreeWidth(tv) <= width)) {
/* No protection is needed; either the tree area fills the entire
* widget, or everything fits within the available area.
*/
DrawTreeArea(tv, d);
} else {
/* The tree area needs to be clipped
*/
int x, y;
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
Drawable p;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
x = tv->tree.treeArea.x;
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
y = tv->tree.headingArea.y;
} else {
y = tv->tree.treeArea.y;
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/* Create a temporary helper drawable */
p = Tk_GetPixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
winWidth, winHeight, Tk_Depth(tkwin));
/* Get a graphics context for copying the drawable content */
gcValues.function = GXcopy;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFunction|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
/* Copy the widget background into the helper */
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, p, gc, 0, 0,
(unsigned) winWidth, (unsigned) winHeight, 0, 0);
/* Draw the tree onto the helper without regard for borders */
DrawTreeArea(tv, p);
/* Copy only the tree area inside the borders back */
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), p, d, gc, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, x, y);
/* Clean up the temporary resources */
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), p);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
#else
Ttk_Theme currentTheme = Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(tv->core.interp);
Ttk_Theme aquaTheme = Ttk_GetTheme(tv->core.interp, "aqua");
if (currentTheme == aquaTheme && [NSApp macOSVersion] > 100800) {
y -= 4;
height += 4;
}
TkpClipDrawableToRect(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, x, y, width, height);
DrawTreeArea(tv, d);
TkpClipDrawableToRect(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, 0, 0, -1, -1);
#endif
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utilities for widget commands
*/
/* + InsertPosition --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 | int i; if (!newChildren) return TCL_ERROR; /* Sanity-check: */ | | | | | 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 |
int i;
if (!newChildren)
return TCL_ERROR;
/* Sanity-check:
*/
for (i = 0; newChildren[i]; ++i) {
if (!AncestryCheck(interp, tv, newChildren[i], item)) {
ckfree(newChildren);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Detach old children:
*/
child = item->children;
while (child) {
TreeItem *next = child->next;
DetachItem(child);
child = next;
}
/* Detach new children from their current locations:
*/
for (i = 0; newChildren[i]; ++i) {
DetachItem(newChildren[i]);
}
/* Reinsert new children:
* Note: it is not an error for an item to be listed more than once,
* though it probably should be...
*/
child = 0;
for (i = 0; newChildren[i]; ++i) {
if (newChildren[i]->parent) {
/* This is a duplicate element which has already been
* inserted. Ignore it.
*/
continue;
}
InsertItem(item, child, newChildren[i]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 |
* Return the index of $item within its parent.
*/
static int TreeviewIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
| | | | | 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 |
* Return the index of $item within its parent.
*/
static int TreeviewIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
int index = 0;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (item->prev) {
++index;
item = item->prev;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv exists $itemid --
* Test if the specified item id is present in the tree.
*/
static int TreeviewExistsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "itemid");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr != 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv bbox $itemid ?$column? --
* Return bounding box [x y width height] of specified item.
*/
static int TreeviewBBoxCommand(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | > > > | < | | | | 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc >= 4 && (column = FindColumn(interp,tv,objv[3])) == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Ttk_NewBoxObj(bbox));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv identify $x $y -- (obsolescent)
* Implements the old, horrible, 2-argument form of [$tv identify].
*
* Returns: one of
* heading #n
* cell itemid #n
* item itemid element
* row itemid
*/
static int TreeviewHorribleIdentify(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* objc */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
Treeview *tv)
{
const char *what = "nothing", *detail = NULL;
TreeItem *item = 0;
Tcl_Obj *result;
int dColumnNumber;
char dcolbuf[32];
int x, y, x1;
/* ASSERT: objc == 4 */
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dColumnNumber = IdentifyDisplayColumn(tv, x, &x1);
if (dColumnNumber < 0) {
goto done;
}
snprintf(dcolbuf, sizeof(dcolbuf), "#%d", dColumnNumber);
if (Ttk_BoxContains(tv->tree.headingArea,x,y)) {
if (-HALO <= x1 - x && x1 - x <= HALO) {
what = "separator";
} else {
what = "heading";
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 | Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout; Ttk_Box itemBox; DisplayItem displayItem; Ttk_Element element; BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox); PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); | | | | 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 |
Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout;
Ttk_Box itemBox;
DisplayItem displayItem;
Ttk_Element element;
BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox);
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; }
if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; }
Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), itemBox);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);
if (element) {
what = "item";
detail = Ttk_ElementName(element);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 |
int submethod;
int x, y;
TreeRegion region;
Ttk_Box bbox;
TreeItem *item;
TreeColumn *column = 0;
| | > | | > > > > | 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 |
int submethod;
int x, y;
TreeRegion region;
Ttk_Box bbox;
TreeItem *item;
TreeColumn *column = 0;
int colno;
int x1;
if (objc == 4) { /* Old form */
return TreeviewHorribleIdentify(interp, objc, objv, tv);
} else if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "command x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], submethodStrings,
sizeof(char *), "command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK
|| Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Make sure the scroll information is current before use */
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
region = IdentifyRegion(tv, x, y);
item = IdentifyItem(tv, y);
colno = IdentifyDisplayColumn(tv, x, &x1);
column = (colno >= 0) ? tv->tree.displayColumns[colno] : NULL;
switch (submethod)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 |
}
if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
return TCL_OK;
}
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
| | | | 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 |
}
if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
return TCL_OK;
}
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; }
if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; }
Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), bbox);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);
if (element) {
const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 |
static int TreeviewItemCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc < 3) {
| | | 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 |
static int TreeviewItemCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item ?option ?value??...");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 |
}
if (objc == 3) {
/* Return dictionary:
*/
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
Tcl_Obj *value;
| | | 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 |
}
if (objc == 3) {
/* Return dictionary:
*/
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
Tcl_Obj *value;
for (columnNumber = 0; columnNumber < tv->tree.nColumns; ++columnNumber) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, item->valuesObj, columnNumber, &value);
if (value) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
tv->tree.columns[columnNumber].idObj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, value);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc -= 2; objv += 2;
} else {
char idbuf[16];
do {
++tv->tree.serial;
| | | | | | | 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc -= 2; objv += 2;
} else {
char idbuf[16];
do {
++tv->tree.serial;
snprintf(idbuf, sizeof(idbuf), "I%03X", tv->tree.serial);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, idbuf, &isNew);
} while (!isNew);
}
/* Create and configure new item:
*/
newItem = NewItem();
Tk_InitOptions(
interp, (void *)newItem, tv->tree.itemOptionTable, tv->core.tkwin);
newItem->tagset = Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(NULL, tv->tree.tagTable, NULL);
if (ConfigureItem(interp, tv, newItem, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
FreeItem(newItem);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Store in hash table, link into tree:
*/
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, newItem);
newItem->entryPtr = entryPtr;
InsertItem(parent, sibling, newItem);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ItemID(tv, newItem));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv detach $items --
* Unlink each item in $items from the tree.
*/
static int TreeviewDetachCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem **items;
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 |
*/
static int TreeviewDeleteCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem **items, *delq;
| | > | | | | | | | | 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 |
*/
static int TreeviewDeleteCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
TreeItem **items, *delq;
int i;
int selChange = 0;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "items");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Sanity-check:
*/
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (items[i] == tv->tree.root) {
ckfree(items);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Cannot delete root item", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "ROOT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Remove items from hash table.
*/
delq = 0;
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
selChange = 1;
}
delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq);
}
/* Free items:
*/
while (delq) {
TreeItem *next = delq->next;
if (tv->tree.focus == delq)
tv->tree.focus = 0;
if (tv->tree.endPtr == delq)
tv->tree.endPtr = 0;
FreeItem(delq);
delq = next;
}
ckfree(items);
if (selChange) {
TtkSendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect");
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv move $item $parent $index
* Move $item to the specified $index in $parent's child list.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 |
parent->openObj = unshareObj(parent->openObj);
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(parent->openObj, 1);
parent->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
}
}
/* Make sure item is visible:
*/
rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
| > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > | 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 |
parent->openObj = unshareObj(parent->openObj);
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(parent->openObj, 1);
parent->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
}
}
/* Update the scroll information, if necessary */
TtkUpdateScrollInfo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
/* Make sure item is visible:
*/
rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
if (rowNumber < 0) {
/* The item cannot be moved into view because it is detached */
return TCL_OK;
}
if (rowNumber >= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle,
tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last), 1);
}
/* On small widgets (shorter than one row high, which is also the case
* before the widget is initially mapped) the above command will have
* scrolled down too far. This is why both conditions must be checked.
*/
if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) {
TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber, 1);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- interactive column resize
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 |
SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
};
static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
};
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
| | | > > | > | < > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > | > | | 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 |
SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
};
static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
};
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
int selop, i, selChange = 0;
TreeItem *item, **items;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (item = tv->tree.root->children; item; item = NextPreorder(item)) {
if (item->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, ItemID(tv, item));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?add|remove|set|toggle items?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], selopStrings,
sizeof(char *), "selection operation", 0, &selop) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[3]);
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (selop)
{
case SELECTION_SET:
/* Clear */
for (item=tv->tree.root; item; item = NextPreorder(item)) {
if (item->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
item->state &= ~TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
selChange = 1;
}
}
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
items[i]->state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
selChange = 1;
}
break;
case SELECTION_ADD:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (!(items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)) {
items[i]->state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
selChange = 1;
}
}
break;
case SELECTION_REMOVE:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
items[i]->state &= ~TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
selChange = 1;
}
}
break;
case SELECTION_TOGGLE:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
items[i]->state ^= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
selChange = 1;
}
break;
}
ckfree(items);
if (selChange) {
TtkSendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect");
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- tags and bindings.
*/
/* + $tv tag bind $tag ?$sequence ?$script??
*/
static int TreeviewTagBindCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = tv->tree.tagTable;
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable = tv->tree.bindingTable;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?sequence? ?script?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tagTable, objv[3]);
if (!tag) { return TCL_ERROR; }
if (objc == 4) { /* $tv tag bind $tag */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 |
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = tv->tree.tagTable;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4) {
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 |
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = tv->tree.tagTable;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?-option ?value ...??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tagTable, objv[3]);
if (objc == 4) {
return Ttk_EnumerateTagOptions(interp, tagTable, tag);
} else if (objc == 5) {
Tcl_Obj *result = Ttk_TagOptionValue(interp, tagTable, tag, objv[4]);
if (result) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
} /* else */
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* else */
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return Ttk_ConfigureTag(interp, tagTable, tag, objc - 4, objv + 4);
}
/* + $tv tag has $tag ?$item?
*/
static int TreeviewTagHasCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 |
} else if (objc == 5) { /* Test if item has specified tag */
Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
| | | | | 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 |
} else if (objc == 5) { /* Test if item has specified tag */
Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_TagSetContains(item->tagset, tag)));
return TCL_OK;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?item?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* + $tv tag names
*/
static int TreeviewTagNamesCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 |
tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 |
tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
AddTag(items[i], tag);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 |
if (objc == 5) {
TreeItem **items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[4]);
int i;
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | < | 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 |
if (objc == 5) {
TreeItem **items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[4]);
int i;
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
RemoveTag(items[i], tag);
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
TreeItem *item = tv->tree.root;
while (item) {
RemoveTag(item, tag);
item = NextPreorder(item);
}
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble TreeviewTagCommands[] = {
{ "add", TreeviewTagAddCommand,0 },
{ "bind", TreeviewTagBindCommand,0 },
{ "configure", TreeviewTagConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "has", TreeviewTagHasCommand,0 },
{ "names", TreeviewTagNamesCommand,0 },
{ "remove", TreeviewTagRemoveCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget definition.
*/
| | | 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget definition.
*/
static WidgetSpec TreeviewWidgetSpec = {
"Treeview", /* className */
sizeof(Treeview), /* recordSize */
TreeviewOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
TreeviewCommands, /* subcommands */
TreeviewInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TreeviewCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
TreeviewConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
| | | | | > | > | > > < < | < > > > | > | > > > < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > | > > < < | | | | 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,sizeObj), "12" },
{ "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginsObj), "2 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = (TreeitemIndicator *)elementRecord;
int size = 0;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
if (size % 2 == 0) --size; /* An odd size is better for the indicator. */
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginsObj, &margins);
*widthPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void TreeitemIndicatorDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = (TreeitemIndicator *)elementRecord;
ArrowDirection direction =
(state & TTK_STATE_OPEN) ? ARROW_DOWN : ARROW_RIGHT;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int cx, cy;
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
XGCValues gcvalues; GC gc; unsigned mask;
if (state & TTK_STATE_LEAF) /* don't draw anything */
return;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginsObj, &margins);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, margins);
switch (direction) {
case ARROW_DOWN:
TtkArrowSize(b.width/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.height - cy) % 2 == 1) {
++cy;
}
break;
case ARROW_RIGHT:
default:
TtkArrowSize(b.height/2, direction, &cx, &cy);
if ((b.width - cx) % 2 == 1) {
++cx;
}
break;
}
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
gcvalues.foreground = borderColor->pixel;
gcvalues.line_width = 1;
mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
TtkDrawArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, direction);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TreeitemIndicator),
TreeitemIndicatorOptions,
TreeitemIndicatorSize,
TreeitemIndicatorDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Row element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *rowNumberObj;
} RowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec RowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(RowElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-rownumber", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(RowElement,rowNumberObj), "0" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void RowElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
RowElement *row = (RowElement *)elementRecord;
XColor *color = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, row->backgroundObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(color, d);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec RowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(RowElement),
RowElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
RowElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialisation.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TtkTreeview_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::treeview", &TreeviewWidgetSpec);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Treeitem.indicator",
&TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Core widget utilities. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Core widget utilities. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Internal helper routines. */ /* UpdateLayout -- * Call the widget's get-layout hook to recompute corePtr->layout. * Returns TCL_OK if successful, returns TCL_ERROR and leaves |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), d);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
#else
/* No double-buffering: draw directly into the window. */
static Drawable BeginDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin) { return Tk_WindowId(tkwin); }
| | | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), d);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
#else
/* No double-buffering: draw directly into the window. */
static Drawable BeginDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin) { return Tk_WindowId(tkwin); }
static void EndDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d) { }
#endif
/* DrawWidget --
* Redraw a widget. Called as an idle handler.
*/
static void DrawWidget(ClientData recordPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
corePtr->flags &= ~REDISPLAY_PENDING;
if (Tk_IsMapped(corePtr->tkwin)) {
Drawable d = BeginDrawing(corePtr->tkwin);
corePtr->widgetSpec->layoutProc(recordPtr);
corePtr->widgetSpec->displayProc(recordPtr, d);
EndDrawing(corePtr->tkwin, d);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
}
if (!(corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DrawWidget, corePtr);
corePtr->flags |= REDISPLAY_PENDING;
}
}
/* TtkResizeWidget --
* Recompute widget size, schedule geometry propagation and redisplay.
*/
void TtkResizeWidget(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
if (corePtr->flags & WIDGET_DESTROYED) {
return;
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
}
if (!(corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DrawWidget, corePtr);
corePtr->flags |= REDISPLAY_PENDING;
}
}
/*
* WidgetWorldChanged --
* Default Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc() for widgets.
* Invoked whenever fonts or other system resources are changed;
* recomputes geometry.
*/
static void WidgetWorldChanged(ClientData clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
SizeChanged(corePtr);
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
}
/* TtkResizeWidget --
* Recompute widget size, schedule geometry propagation and redisplay.
*/
void TtkResizeWidget(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
if (corePtr->flags & WIDGET_DESTROYED) {
return;
}
WidgetWorldChanged(corePtr);
}
/* TtkWidgetChangeState --
* Set / clear the specified bits in the 'state' flag,
*/
void TtkWidgetChangeState(WidgetCore *corePtr,
unsigned int setBits, unsigned int clearBits)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmd --
* Widget instance command implementation.
*/
static int
WidgetInstanceObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmd --
* Widget instance command implementation.
*/
static int
WidgetInstanceObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
const Ttk_Ensemble *commands = corePtr->widgetSpec->commands;
int status;
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
status = Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(commands,1, clientData,interp,objc,objv);
Tcl_Release(clientData);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted --
* Widget instance command deletion callback.
*/
static void
WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted(ClientData clientData)
{
| | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted --
* Widget instance command deletion callback.
*/
static void
WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted(ClientData clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
corePtr->widgetCmd = NULL;
if (corePtr->tkwin != NULL)
Tk_DestroyWindow(corePtr->tkwin);
}
/* DestroyWidget --
* Main widget destructor; called from <DestroyNotify> event handler.
*/
static void
DestroyWidget(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
corePtr->flags |= WIDGET_DESTROYED;
corePtr->widgetSpec->cleanupProc(corePtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
(ClientData)corePtr, corePtr->optionTable, corePtr->tkwin);
if (corePtr->layout) {
Ttk_FreeLayout(corePtr->layout);
}
if (corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DrawWidget, corePtr);
}
corePtr->tkwin = NULL;
if (corePtr->widgetCmd) {
Tcl_Command cmd = corePtr->widgetCmd;
corePtr->widgetCmd = 0;
/* NB: this can reenter the interpreter via a command traces */
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(corePtr->interp, cmd);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(corePtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
* CoreEventProc --
* Event handler for basic events.
* Processes Expose, Configure, FocusIn/Out, and Destroy events.
* Also handles <<ThemeChanged>> virtual events.
*
* For Expose and Configure, simply schedule the widget for redisplay.
* For Destroy events, handle the cleanup process.
*
* For Focus events, set/clear the focus bit in the state field.
*
* For Deactivate/Activate pseudo-events, set/clear the background state
* flag.
*/
static const unsigned CoreEventMask
= ExposureMask
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
corePtr->state |= TTK_STATE_HOVER;
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
break;
case VirtualEvent: {
const char *name = ((XVirtualEvent *)eventPtr)->name;
if ((name != NULL) && !strcmp("ThemeChanged", name)) {
(void)UpdateLayout(corePtr->interp, corePtr);
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
corePtr->state |= TTK_STATE_HOVER;
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
break;
case VirtualEvent: {
const char *name = ((XVirtualEvent *)eventPtr)->name;
if ((name != NULL) && !strcmp("ThemeChanged", name)) {
(void)UpdateLayout(corePtr->interp, corePtr);
WidgetWorldChanged(corePtr);
}
break;
}
default:
/* can't happen... */
break;
}
}
static Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
WidgetWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*
* TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd --
* General-purpose widget constructor command implementation.
* ClientData is a WidgetSpec *.
*/
int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetSpec *widgetSpec = clientData;
const char *className = widgetSpec->className;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, widgetSpec->optionSpecs);
Tk_Window tkwin;
void *recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
return TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record.
*/
recordPtr = ckalloc(widgetSpec->recordSize);
memset(recordPtr, 0, widgetSpec->recordSize);
| | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
return TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record.
*/
recordPtr = ckalloc(widgetSpec->recordSize);
memset(recordPtr, 0, widgetSpec->recordSize);
corePtr = recordPtr;
corePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
corePtr->interp = interp;
corePtr->widgetSpec = widgetSpec;
corePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
WidgetInstanceObjCmd, recordPtr, WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted);
corePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
* Default getLayoutProc.
* Looks up the layout based on the -style resource (if specified),
* otherwise use the widget class.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
| | | 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
* Default getLayoutProc.
* Looks up the layout based on the -style resource (if specified),
* otherwise use the widget class.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
const char *styleName = 0;
if (corePtr->styleObj)
styleName = Tcl_GetString(corePtr->styleObj);
if (!styleName || *styleName == '\0')
styleName = corePtr->widgetSpec->className;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
* Helper routine. Same as TtkWidgetGetLayout, but prefixes
* "Horizontal." or "Vertical." to the style name, depending
* on the value of the 'orient' option.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr, Tcl_Obj *orientObj)
{
| | | | | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
* Helper routine. Same as TtkWidgetGetLayout, but prefixes
* "Horizontal." or "Vertical." to the style name, depending
* on the value of the 'orient' option.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr, Tcl_Obj *orientObj)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
const char *baseStyleName = 0;
Tcl_DString styleName;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_Layout layout;
Tcl_DStringInit(&styleName);
/* Prefix:
*/
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL)
Tcl_DStringAppend(&styleName, "Horizontal.", -1);
else
Tcl_DStringAppend(&styleName, "Vertical.", -1);
/* Add base style name:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
}
/* TtkNullInitialize --
* Default widget initializeProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
| < < < < < < | < | | | | | | 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 |
}
/* TtkNullInitialize --
* Default widget initializeProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
}
/* TtkNullPostConfigure --
* Default widget postConfigureProc (no-op)
*/
int TtkNullPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/* TtkCoreConfigure --
* Default widget configureProc.
* Handles -style option.
*/
int TtkCoreConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (mask & STYLE_CHANGED) {
status = UpdateLayout(interp, corePtr);
}
return status;
}
/* TtkNullCleanup --
* Default widget cleanupProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
return;
}
/* TtkWidgetDoLayout --
* Default widget layoutProc.
*/
void TtkWidgetDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
}
/* TtkWidgetDisplay --
* Default widget displayProc.
*/
void TtkWidgetDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_DrawLayout(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, d);
}
/* TtkWidgetSize --
* Default widget sizeProc()
*/
int TtkWidgetSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_LayoutSize(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, widthPtr, heightPtr);
return 1;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Default implementations for widget subcommands.
*/
/* $w cget -option
*/
int TtkWidgetCgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, objv[2], corePtr->tkwin);
if (result == NULL)
return TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $w configure ?-option ?value ....??
*/
int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc == 2) {
result = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, NULL, corePtr->tkwin);
} else if (objc == 3) {
result = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, recordPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
*
* Otherwise, return a statespec matching all the currently-set bits.
*/
int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
*
* Otherwise, return a statespec matching all the currently-set bits.
*/
int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
int status;
Ttk_State oldState, changed;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(corePtr->state, 0ul));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
* If $script is specified, execute script if state matches.
* Otherwise, return true/false
*/
int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | < | 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 |
* If $script is specified, execute script if state matches.
* Otherwise, return true/false
*/
int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_State state = corePtr->state;
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "state-spec ?script?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[2], &spec);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return status;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)));
} else if (objc == 4) {
if (Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)) {
status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objv[3], 0);
}
}
return status;
}
/* $w identify $x $y
* $w identify element $x $y
* Returns: name of element at $x, $y
*/
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_Element element;
static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
int x, y, what;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 5) {
/* $w identify element $x $y */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(corePtr->layout, x, y);
if (element) {
const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName,-1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
* Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
* to indicate whether the widget should take focus
* during keyboard traversal.
*/
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
| | | | | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
* Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
* to indicate whether the widget should take focus
* during keyboard traversal.
*/
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
"", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
/* WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) --
* Add this at the end of an OptionSpecs table to inherit
* the options from 'baseOptionSpecs'.
*/
#define WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) \
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0, (ClientData)baseOptionSpecs, 0}
/* All widgets should inherit from ttkCoreOptionSpecs[].
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[];
/*
* Useful routines for use inside widget implementations:
*/
/* extern int WidgetDestroyed(WidgetCore *); */
#define WidgetDestroyed(corePtr) ((corePtr)->flags & WIDGET_DESTROYED)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
typedef struct TtkTraceHandle_ Ttk_TraceHandle;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj *varnameObj, Ttk_TraceProc callback, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_FireTrace(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
/*
* Helper routines for data accessor commands:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, const Tk_OptionSpec *, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, Tcl_Obj *optName, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
| > > > > > | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
typedef struct TtkTraceHandle_ Ttk_TraceHandle;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj *varnameObj, Ttk_TraceProc callback, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_FireTrace(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
/*
* Virtual events:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin, const char *eventName);
/*
* Helper routines for data accessor commands:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, const Tk_OptionSpec *, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, Tcl_Obj *optName, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
typedef struct TtkTagTable *Ttk_TagTable;
typedef struct TtkTagSet { /* TODO: make opaque */
Ttk_Tag *tags;
int nTags;
} *Ttk_TagSet;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
| | < < | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
typedef struct TtkTagTable *Ttk_TagTable;
typedef struct TtkTagSet { /* TODO: make opaque */
Ttk_Tag *tags;
int nTags;
} *Ttk_TagSet;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionSpec[], int recordSize);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DeleteTagTable(Ttk_TagTable);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTag(Ttk_TagTable, const char *tagName);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTagFromObj(Ttk_TagTable, Tcl_Obj *);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_TagOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_Tag, Tcl_Obj *optionName);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_EnumerateTagOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_Tag);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_EnumerateTags(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_ConfigureTag(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Tag tag,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TagSet Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewTagSetObj(Ttk_TagSet);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/bgerror.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # bgerror.tcl -- # # Implementation of the bgerror procedure. It posts a dialog box with # the error message and gives the user a chance to see a more detailed # stack trace, and possible do something more interesting with that # trace (like save it to a log). This is adapted from work done by # Donal K. Fellows. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# bgerror.tcl --
#
# Implementation of the bgerror procedure. It posts a dialog box with
# the error message and gives the user a chance to see a more detailed
# stack trace, and possible do something more interesting with that
# trace (like save it to a log). This is adapted from work done by
# Donal K. Fellows.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2007 by ActiveState Software Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
# Copyright (c) 2009 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::error {
namespace import -force ::tk::msgcat::*
namespace export bgerror
option add *ErrorDialog.function.text [mc "Save To Log"] \
widgetDefault
option add *ErrorDialog.function.command [namespace code SaveToLog]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/button.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # button.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk label, button, # checkbutton, and radiobutton widgets and provides procedures # that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
# button.tcl --
#
# This file defines the default bindings for Tk label, button,
# checkbutton, and radiobutton widgets and provides procedures
# that help in implementing those bindings.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for buttons.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Radiobutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Checkbutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
}
if {"win32" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
bind Checkbutton <equal> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W select
}
bind Checkbutton <plus> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W select
}
bind Checkbutton <minus> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W deselect
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioDown %W
}
bind Checkbutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckRadioEnter %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioDown %W
}
bind Radiobutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckRadioEnter %W
}
}
if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
bind Checkbutton <Return> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::CheckInvoke %W
}
}
bind Radiobutton <Return> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W
}
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::CheckInvoke %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckEnter %W
}
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
bind Button <FocusIn> {}
bind Button <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Button <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
| | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
bind Button <FocusIn> {}
bind Button <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Button <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
bind Button <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Button <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <FocusIn> {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/choosedir.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # choosedir.tcl -- # # Choose directory dialog implementation for Unix/Mac. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
# choosedir.tcl --
#
# Choose directory dialog implementation for Unix/Mac.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
# Make sure the tk::dialog namespace, in which all dialogs should live, exists
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {}
# Make the chooseDir namespace inside the dialog namespace
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
# Cleanup traces on selectPath variable
#
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
| > | > | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
# Cleanup traces on selectPath variable
#
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
if {[winfo exists $data(dirMenuBtn)]} {
$data(dirMenuBtn) configure -textvariable {}
}
# Return value to user
#
return $Priv(selectFilePath)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/clrpick.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # clrpick.tcl -- # # Color selection dialog for platforms that do not support a # standard color selection dialog. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # clrpick.tcl -- # # Color selection dialog for platforms that do not support a # standard color selection dialog. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ToDo: # # (1): Find out how many free colors are left in the colormap and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
# Accelerator bindings
bind $lab <<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $ent]
bind $w <Escape> [list tk::ButtonInvoke $data(cancelBtn)]
bind $w <Alt-Key> [list tk::AltKeyInDialog $w %A]
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list tk::dialog::color::CancelCmd $w]
| < | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 |
# Accelerator bindings
bind $lab <<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $ent]
bind $w <Escape> [list tk::ButtonInvoke $data(cancelBtn)]
bind $w <Alt-Key> [list tk::AltKeyInDialog $w %A]
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list tk::dialog::color::CancelCmd $w]
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::SetRGBValue --
#
# Sets the current selection of the dialog box
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::SetRGBValue {w color} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/comdlg.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # comdlg.tcl -- # # Some functions needed for the common dialog boxes. Probably need to go # in a different file. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # comdlg.tcl -- # # Some functions needed for the common dialog boxes. Probably need to go # in a different file. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # tclParseConfigSpec -- # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
# w = widget record to modify. Must be the pathname of a widget.
#
# specs = {
# {-commandlineswitch resourceName ResourceClass defaultValue verifier}
# {....}
# }
#
| | > | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# w = widget record to modify. Must be the pathname of a widget.
#
# specs = {
# {-commandlineswitch resourceName ResourceClass defaultValue verifier}
# {....}
# }
#
# flags = a list of flags. Currently supported flags are:
# DONTSETDEFAULTS = skip default values setting
#
# argList = The list of "-option value" pairs.
#
proc tclParseConfigSpec {w specs flags argList} {
upvar #0 $w data
# 1: Put the specs in associative arrays for faster access
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
}
return -code error -errorcode {TK VALUE_MISSING} \
"value for \"$cmdsw\" missing"
}
# 2: set the default values
#
| > | | > | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
}
return -code error -errorcode {TK VALUE_MISSING} \
"value for \"$cmdsw\" missing"
}
# 2: set the default values
#
if {"DONTSETDEFAULTS" ni $flags} {
foreach cmdsw [array names cmd] {
set data($cmdsw) $def($cmdsw)
}
}
# 3: parse the argument list
#
foreach {cmdsw value} $argList {
if {![info exists cmd($cmdsw)]} {
return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP OPTION $cmdsw] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/console.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # console.tcl -- # # This code constructs the console window for an application. It # can be used by non-unix systems that do not have built-in support # for shells. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | # console.tcl -- # # This code constructs the console window for an application. It # can be used by non-unix systems that do not have built-in support # for shells. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # TODO: history - remember partially written command |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
menu .menubar.help -tearoff 0
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.help add command -label [mc &About...] \
-command tk::ConsoleAbout
}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add separator
if {$::tk::console::useFontchooser} {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
menu .menubar.help -tearoff 0
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.help add command -label [mc &About...] \
-command tk::ConsoleAbout
}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add separator
if {$::tk::console::useFontchooser} {
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
.menubar.edit add command -label tk_choose_font_marker
set index [.menubar.edit index tk_choose_font_marker]
.menubar.edit entryconfigure $index \
-label [mc "Show Fonts"]\
-accelerator "$mod-T"\
-command [list ::tk::console::FontchooserToggle]
bind Console <<TkFontchooserVisibility>> \
[list ::tk::console::FontchooserVisibility $index]
::tk::console::FontchooserVisibility $index
} else {
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "&Font..."] \
-command [list ::tk::console::FontchooserToggle]
}
bind Console <FocusIn> [list ::tk::console::FontchooserFocus %W 1]
bind Console <FocusOut> [list ::tk::console::FontchooserFocus %W 0]
}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "&Increase Font Size"] \
-accel "$mod++" -command {event generate .console <<Console_FontSizeIncr>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "&Decrease Font Size"] \
-accel "$mod+-" -command {event generate .console <<Console_FontSizeDecr>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "Fit To Screen Width"] \
-command {event generate .console <<Console_FitScreenWidth>>}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
.menubar add cascade -label [mc Window] -menu [menu .menubar.window]
.menubar add cascade -label [mc Help] -menu [menu .menubar.help]
}
. configure -menu .menubar
# See if we can find a better font than the TkFixedFont
catch {font create TkConsoleFont {*}[font configure TkFixedFont]}
set families [font families]
switch -exact -- [tk windowingsystem] {
aqua { set preferred {Monaco 10} }
win32 { set preferred {ProFontWindows 8 Consolas 8} }
default { set preferred {} }
}
foreach {family size} $preferred {
if {$family in $families} {
font configure TkConsoleFont -family $family -size $size
break
}
}
# Provide the right border for the text widget (platform dependent).
::ttk::style layout ConsoleFrame {
Entry.field -sticky news -border 1 -children {
ConsoleFrame.padding -sticky news
}
}
::ttk::frame .consoleframe -style ConsoleFrame
set con [text .console -yscrollcommand [list .sb set] -setgrid true \
-borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 -font TkConsoleFont]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
scrollbar .sb -command [list $con yview]
} else {
::ttk::scrollbar .sb -command [list $con yview]
}
pack .sb -in .consoleframe -fill both -side right -padx 1 -pady 1
pack $con -in .consoleframe -fill both -expand 1 -side left -padx 1 -pady 1
pack .consoleframe -fill both -expand 1 -side left
ConsoleBind $con
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleSource {} {
set filename [tk_getOpenFile -defaultextension .tcl -parent . \
-title [mc "Select a file to source"] \
-filetypes [list \
[list [mc "Tcl Scripts"] .tcl] \
[list [mc "All Files"] *]]]
if {$filename ne ""} {
| | | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleSource {} {
set filename [tk_getOpenFile -defaultextension .tcl -parent . \
-title [mc "Select a file to source"] \
-filetypes [list \
[list [mc "Tcl Scripts"] .tcl] \
[list [mc "All Files"] *]]]
if {$filename ne ""} {
set cmd [list source -encoding utf-8 $filename]
if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} result]} {
ConsoleOutput stderr "$result\n"
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsoleInvoke --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
# cmd - Which action to take: prev, next, reset.
set ::tk::HistNum 1
proc ::tk::ConsoleHistory {cmd} {
variable HistNum
switch $cmd {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
# cmd - Which action to take: prev, next, reset.
set ::tk::HistNum 1
proc ::tk::ConsoleHistory {cmd} {
variable HistNum
switch $cmd {
prev {
incr HistNum -1
if {$HistNum == 0} {
set cmd {history event [expr {[history nextid] -1}]}
} else {
set cmd "history event $HistNum"
}
if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
incr HistNum
return
}
.console delete promptEnd end
.console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
.console see end
}
next {
incr HistNum
if {$HistNum == 0} {
set cmd {history event [expr {[history nextid] -1}]}
} elseif {$HistNum > 0} {
set cmd ""
set HistNum 1
} else {
set cmd "history event $HistNum"
}
if {$cmd ne ""} {
catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd
}
.console delete promptEnd end
.console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
.console see end
}
reset {
set HistNum 1
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsolePrompt --
# This procedure draws the prompt. If tcl_prompt1 or tcl_prompt2
# exists in the main interpreter it will be called to generate the
# prompt. Otherwise, a hard coded default prompt is printed.
#
# Arguments:
# partial - Flag to specify which prompt to print.
proc ::tk::ConsolePrompt {{partial normal}} {
set w .console
if {$partial eq "normal"} {
set temp [$w index "end - 1 char"]
$w mark set output end
if {[consoleinterp eval "info exists tcl_prompt1"]} {
consoleinterp eval "eval \[set tcl_prompt1\]"
} else {
puts -nonewline [EvalAttached $::tk::console::defaultPrompt]
}
} else {
set temp [$w index output]
$w mark set output end
if {[consoleinterp eval "info exists tcl_prompt2"]} {
consoleinterp eval "eval \[set tcl_prompt2\]"
} else {
puts -nonewline "> "
}
}
flush stdout
$w mark set output $temp
::tk::TextSetCursor $w end
$w mark set promptEnd insert
$w mark gravity promptEnd left
::tk::console::ConstrainBuffer $w $::tk::console::maxLines
$w see end
}
# Copy selected text from the console
proc ::tk::console::Copy {w} {
if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
clipboard clear -displayof $w
clipboard append -displayof $w $data
}
}
# Copies selected text. If the selection is within the current active edit
# region then it will be cut, if not it is only copied.
proc ::tk::console::Cut {w} {
if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
clipboard clear -displayof $w
clipboard append -displayof $w $data
if {[$w compare sel.first >= output]} {
$w delete sel.first sel.last
}
}
}
# Paste text from the clipboard
proc ::tk::console::Paste {w} {
catch {
set clip [::tk::GetSelection $w CLIPBOARD]
set list [split $clip \n\r]
tk::ConsoleInsert $w [lindex $list 0]
foreach x [lrange $list 1 end] {
$w mark set insert {end - 1c}
tk::ConsoleInsert $w "\n"
tk::ConsoleInvoke
tk::ConsoleInsert $w $x
}
}
}
# Fit TkConsoleFont to window width
proc ::tk::console::FitScreenWidth {w} {
set width [winfo screenwidth $w]
set cwidth [$w cget -width]
set s -50
set fit 0
array set fi [font configure TkConsoleFont]
while {$s < 0} {
set fi(-size) $s
set f [font create {*}[array get fi]]
set c [font measure $f "eM"]
font delete $f
if {$c * $cwidth < 1.667 * $width} {
font configure TkConsoleFont -size $s
break
}
incr s 2
}
}
# ::tk::ConsoleBind --
# This procedure first ensures that the default bindings for the Text
# class have been defined. Then certain bindings are overridden for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <Keypress> class binding will also fire and insert the character
# which is wrong.
bind Console <Alt-Key> {# nothing }
bind Console <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind Console <Control-Key> {# nothing}
foreach {ev key} {
<<Console_NextImmediate>> <Control-n>
<<Console_PrevImmediate>> <Control-p>
<<Console_PrevSearch>> <Control-r>
<<Console_NextSearch>> <Control-s>
| > > > > | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <Keypress> class binding will also fire and insert the character
# which is wrong.
bind Console <Alt-Key> {# nothing }
bind Console <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind Console <Control-Key> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Console <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind Console <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
}
foreach {ev key} {
<<Console_NextImmediate>> <Control-n>
<<Console_PrevImmediate>> <Control-p>
<<Console_PrevSearch>> <Control-r>
<<Console_NextSearch>> <Control-s>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
bind Console <Insert> {
catch {tk::ConsoleInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
bind Console <Key> {
tk::ConsoleInsert %W %A
}
bind Console <F9> {
| | | | | | | | | | | | 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
bind Console <Insert> {
catch {tk::ConsoleInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
bind Console <Key> {
tk::ConsoleInsert %W %A
}
bind Console <F9> {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_library console.tcl]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Console <Command-q> {
exit
}
}
bind Console <<Cut>> { ::tk::console::Cut %W }
bind Console <<Copy>> { ::tk::console::Copy %W }
bind Console <<Paste>> { ::tk::console::Paste %W }
bind Console <<Console_FontSizeIncr>> {
set size [font configure TkConsoleFont -size]
if {$size < 0} {set sign -1} else {set sign 1}
set size [expr {(abs($size) + 1) * $sign}]
font configure TkConsoleFont -size $size
if {$::tk::console::useFontchooser} {
tk fontchooser configure -font TkConsoleFont
}
}
bind Console <<Console_FontSizeDecr>> {
set size [font configure TkConsoleFont -size]
if {abs($size) < 2} { return }
if {$size < 0} {set sign -1} else {set sign 1}
set size [expr {(abs($size) - 1) * $sign}]
font configure TkConsoleFont -size $size
if {$::tk::console::useFontchooser} {
tk fontchooser configure -font TkConsoleFont
}
}
bind Console <<Console_FitScreenWidth>> {
::tk::console::FitScreenWidth %W
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/check.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
} else {
set safety none
}
}
set in_check 0
}
| | | | | | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
} else {
set safety none
}
}
set in_check 0
}
trace add variable wipers write tristate_check
trace add variable brakes write tristate_check
trace add variable sober write tristate_check
trace add variable safety write tristate_check
|
Changes to library/demos/combo.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney
ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
| | < | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney
ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue
ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/cscroll.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | pack $w.msg -side top ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x frame $w.grid | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.grid
scrollbar $w.hscroll -orient horizontal -command "$c xview"
scrollbar $w.vscroll -command "$c yview"
canvas $c -relief sunken -borderwidth 2 -scrollregion {-11c -11c 50c 20c} \
-xscrollcommand "$w.hscroll set" \
-yscrollcommand "$w.vscroll set"
pack $w.grid -expand yes -fill both -padx 1 -pady 1
grid rowconfig $w.grid 0 -weight 1 -minsize 0
grid columnconfig $w.grid 0 -weight 1 -minsize 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
bind $c <Button-2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
# We must make sure that positive and negative movements are rounded
# equally to integers, avoiding the problem that
# (int)1/-30 = -1,
# but
# (int)-1/-30 = 0
| | | | | | | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
bind $c <Button-2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
# We must make sure that positive and negative movements are rounded
# equally to integers, avoiding the problem that
# (int)1/-30 = -1,
# but
# (int)-1/-30 = 0
# The following code ensures equal +/- behaviour.
bind $c <MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W yview scroll [expr {%D/-30}] units
} else {
%W yview scroll [expr {(%D-29)/-30}] units
}
}
bind $c <Option-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W yview scroll [expr {%D/-12}] units
} else {
%W yview scroll [expr {(%D-11)/-12}] units
}
}
bind $c <Shift-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W xview scroll [expr {%D/-30}] units
} else {
%W xview scroll [expr {(%D-29)/-30}] units
}
}
bind $c <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W xview scroll [expr {%D/-12}] units
} else {
%W xview scroll [expr {(%D-11)/-12}] units
}
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" && ![package vsatisfies [package provide Tk] 8.7-]} {
# Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
# the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find
# Linux configuration info at:
# https://linuxreviews.org/HOWTO_change_the_mouse_speed_in_X
bind $c <Button-4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll -5 units
}
}
bind $c <Shift-Button-4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
}
bind $c <Shift-Button-5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll 5 units
}
}
}
| < | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
}
bind $c <Shift-Button-5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll 5 units
}
}
}
proc scrollEnter canvas {
global oldFill
set id [$canvas find withtag current]
if {[lsearch [$canvas gettags current] text] >= 0} {
set id [expr {$id-1}]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/entry1.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x entry $w.e1 entry $w.e2 | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x entry $w.e1 entry $w.e2 entry $w.e3 pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x $w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value" $w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long " $w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact " $w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end." |
Changes to library/demos/entry2.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x frame $w.frame -borderwidth 10 pack $w.frame -side top -fill x -expand 1 entry $w.frame.e1 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s1 set" | | | | < | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x frame $w.frame -borderwidth 10 pack $w.frame -side top -fill x -expand 1 entry $w.frame.e1 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s1 set" ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.s1 -orient horizontal -command \ "$w.frame.e1 xview" frame $w.frame.spacer1 -width 20 -height 10 entry $w.frame.e2 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s2 set" ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.s2 -orient horizontal -command \ "$w.frame.e2 xview" frame $w.frame.spacer2 -width 20 -height 10 entry $w.frame.e3 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s3 set" ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.s3 -orient horizontal -command \ "$w.frame.e3 xview" pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \ $w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x $w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value" $w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long " $w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact " $w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end." |
Changes to library/demos/floor.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
$w move floor1 2c 2c
$w move floor2 1c 1c
# Create items for the room entry and its label.
$w create window 600 100 -anchor w -window $w.entry
$w create text 600 100 -anchor e -text "Room: "
$w config -scrollregion [$w bbox all]
}
# newRoom --
# This procedure is invoked whenever the mouse enters a room
# in the floorplan. It changes tags so that the current room is
# highlighted.
| > | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
$w move floor1 2c 2c
$w move floor2 1c 1c
# Create items for the room entry and its label.
$w create window 600 100 -anchor w -window $w.entry
$w create text 600 100 -anchor e -text "Room: "
$w config -scrollregion [$w bbox all]
}
# newRoom --
# This procedure is invoked whenever the mouse enters a room
# in the floorplan. It changes tags so that the current room is
# highlighted.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg1 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg1 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 101
set {floorItems(101)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 101 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift1}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift1)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift1}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift1)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 42 389 42 337 1 337 1 389 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 110
set {floorItems(110)} $i
$w create text 21.5 363 -text 110 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 90 385 90 337 44 337 44 389 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 109
set {floorItems(109)} $i
$w create text 67 363 -text 109 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 300 51 253 6 253 6 300 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 111
set {floorItems(111)} $i
$w create text 28.5 276.5 -text 111 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 98 248 98 309 79 309 79 248 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117B
set {floorItems(117B)} $i
$w create text 88.5 278.5 -text 117B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 251 51 204 6 204 6 251 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 112
set {floorItems(112)} $i
$w create text 28.5 227.5 -text 112 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 6 156 51 156 51 203 6 203 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 113
set {floorItems(113)} $i
$w create text 28.5 179.5 -text 113 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 85 169 79 169 79 192 85 192 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117A
set {floorItems(117A)} $i
$w create text 82 180.5 -text 117A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 77 302 77 168 53 168 53 302 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117
set {floorItems(117)} $i
$w create text 65 235 -text 117 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 155 51 115 6 115 6 155 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 114
set {floorItems(114)} $i
$w create text 28.5 135 -text 114 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 95 115 53 115 53 168 95 168 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 115
set {floorItems(115)} $i
$w create text 74 141.5 -text 115 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 87 113 87 27 10 27 10 113 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 116
set {floorItems(116)} $i
$w create text 48.5 70 -text 116 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 91 128 91 128 113 89 113 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 118
set {floorItems(118)} $i
$w create text 108.5 102 -text 118 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 178 128 178 132 216 132 216 91 163 91 163 112 149 112 149 128 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 120
set {floorItems(120)} $i
$w create text 189.5 111.5 -text 120 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 79 193 87 193 87 169 136 169 136 192 156 192 156 169 175 169 175 246 79 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 122
set {floorItems(122)} $i
$w create text 131 207.5 -text 122 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 138 169 154 169 154 191 138 191 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 121
set {floorItems(121)} $i
$w create text 146 180 -text 121 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 300 126 300 126 309 99 309 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106A
set {floorItems(106A)} $i
$w create text 112.5 304.5 -text 106A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 128 299 128 309 150 309 150 248 99 248 99 299 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 105
set {floorItems(105)} $i
$w create text 124.5 278.5 -text 105 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 174 309 174 300 152 300 152 309 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106B
set {floorItems(106B)} $i
$w create text 163 304.5 -text 106B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 176 299 176 309 216 309 216 248 152 248 152 299 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 104
set {floorItems(104)} $i
$w create text 184 278.5 -text 104 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 138 385 138 337 91 337 91 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 108
set {floorItems(108)} $i
$w create text 114.5 361 -text 108 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 337 140 337 140 385 256 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 107
set {floorItems(107)} $i
$w create text 198 361 -text 107 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 300 353 300 329 260 329 260 353 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) Smoking
set {floorItems(Smoking)} $i
$w create text 280 341 -text Smoking -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 314 135 314 170 306 170 306 246 177 246 177 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 123
set {floorItems(123)} $i
$w create text 245.5 190.5 -text 123 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 217 248 301 248 301 326 257 326 257 310 217 310 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 103
set {floorItems(103)} $i
$w create text 259 287 -text 103 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 396 188 377 188 377 169 316 169 316 131 396 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 124
set {floorItems(124)} $i
$w create text 356 150 -text 124 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 397 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 125
set {floorItems(125)} $i
$w create text 392 217.5 -text 125 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 399 187 409 187 409 207 474 207 474 164 399 164 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 126
set {floorItems(126)} $i
$w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 126 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 409 209 409 229 399 229 399 253 486 253 486 239 474 239 474 209 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 127
set {floorItems(127)} $i
$w create text 436.5 231 -text 127 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 501 164 501 174 495 174 495 188 490 188 490 204 476 204 476 164 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) MShower
set {floorItems(MShower)} $i
$w create text 488.5 184 -text MShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 497 176 513 176 513 204 492 204 492 190 497 190 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) Closet
set {floorItems(Closet)} $i
$w create text 502.5 190 -text Closet -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 237 476 206 513 206 513 254 488 254 488 237 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) WShower
set {floorItems(WShower)} $i
$w create text 494.5 230 -text WShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 486 131 558 131 558 135 724 135 724 166 697 166 697 275 553 275 531 254 515 254 515 174 503 174 503 161 486 161 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 130
set {floorItems(130)} $i
$w create text 638.5 205 -text 130 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 308 242 339 242 339 248 342 248 342 246 397 246 397 276 393 276 393 309 300 309 300 248 308 248 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 102
set {floorItems(102)} $i
$w create text 367.5 278.5 -text 102 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 255 486 255 486 276 397 276 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 128
set {floorItems(128)} $i
$w create text 441.5 265.5 -text 128 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 510 309 486 309 486 255 530 255 552 277 561 277 561 325 510 325 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 129
set {floorItems(129)} $i
$w create text 535.5 293 -text 129 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 696 281 740 281 740 387 642 387 642 389 561 389 561 277 696 277 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 133
set {floorItems(133)} $i
$w create text 628.5 335 -text 133 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 742 387 742 281 800 281 800 387 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 132
set {floorItems(132)} $i
$w create text 771 334 -text 132 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 800 168 800 280 699 280 699 168 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 134
set {floorItems(134)} $i
$w create text 749.5 224 -text 134 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 726 131 726 166 800 166 800 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 135
set {floorItems(135)} $i
$w create text 763 148.5 -text 135 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 340 360 335 363 331 365 326 366 304 366 304 312 396 312 396 288 400 288 404 288 409 290 413 292 418 297 421 302 422 309 421 318 417 325 411 330 405 332 397 333 344 333 340 334 336 336 335 338 332 342 331 347 332 351 334 354 336 357 341 359 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Ramona Stair}
set {floorItems(Ramona Stair)} $i
$w create text 368 323 -text {Ramona Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 30 23 30 5 93 5 98 5 104 7 110 10 116 16 119 20 122 28 123 32 123 68 220 68 220 87 90 87 90 23 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {University Stair}
set {floorItems(University Stair)} $i
$w create text 155 77.5 -text {University Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 352 56 358 48 363 39 365 29 348 25 335 22 321 14 300 5 283 1 260 0 246 0 242 2 236 4 231 8 227 13 223 17 221 22 220 34 260 34 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Stair}
set {floorItems(Plaza Stair)} $i
$w create text 317.5 28.5 -text {Plaza Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 220 34 260 34 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 350 83 365 94 377 100 386 104 386 128 220 128 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Deck}
set {floorItems(Plaza Deck)} $i
$w create text 303 81 -text {Plaza Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 257 336 77 336 6 336 6 301 77 301 77 310 257 310 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106
set {floorItems(106)} $i
$w create text 131.5 318.5 -text 106 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 146 110 162 110 162 91 130 91 130 115 95 115 95 128 114 128 114 151 157 151 157 153 112 153 112 130 97 130 97 168 175 168 175 131 146 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 119
set {floorItems(119)} $i
$w create text 143.5 133 -text 119 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
$w create line 155 191 155 189 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 155 177 155 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 96 129 96 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 78 169 176 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg2 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg2 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 748 188 755 188 755 205 758 205 758 222 800 222 800 168 748 168 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 238
set {floorItems(238)} $i
$w create text 774 195 -text 238 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 726 188 746 188 746 166 800 166 800 131 726 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 237
set {floorItems(237)} $i
$w create text 763 148.5 -text 237 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 497 187 497 204 559 204 559 324 641 324 643 324 643 291 641 291 641 205 696 205 696 291 694 291 694 314 715 314 715 291 715 205 755 205 755 190 724 190 724 187 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 246
set {floorItems(246)} $i
$w create text 600 264 -text 246 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 694 279 643 279 643 314 694 314 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 247
set {floorItems(247)} $i
$w create text 668.5 296.5 -text 247 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 232 250 308 250 308 242 339 242 339 246 397 246 397 255 476 255 476 250 482 250 559 250 559 274 482 274 482 278 396 278 396 274 232 274 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 202
set {floorItems(202)} $i
$w create text 285.5 260 -text 202 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 53 228 53 338 176 338 233 338 233 196 306 196 306 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 176 196 176 228 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 206
set {floorItems(206)} $i
$w create text 143 267 -text 206 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 277 6 277 6 338 51 338 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 212
set {floorItems(212)} $i
$w create text 28.5 307.5 -text 212 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 557 276 486 276 486 309 510 309 510 325 557 325 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 245
set {floorItems(245)} $i
$w create text 521.5 300.5 -text 245 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 560 389 599 389 599 326 560 326 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 244
set {floorItems(244)} $i
$w create text 579.5 357.5 -text 244 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 601 389 601 326 643 326 643 389 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 243
set {floorItems(243)} $i
$w create text 622 357.5 -text 243 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 688 316 645 316 645 365 688 365 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 242
set {floorItems(242)} $i
$w create text 666.5 340.5 -text 242 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 802 367 759 367 759 226 802 226 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Barbecue Deck}
set {floorItems(Barbecue Deck)} $i
$w create text 780.5 296.5 -text {Barbecue Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 262 755 314 717 314 717 262 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 240
set {floorItems(240)} $i
$w create text 736 288 -text 240 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 316 689 316 689 365 755 365 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 241
set {floorItems(241)} $i
$w create text 722 340.5 -text 241 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 206 717 206 717 261 755 261 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 239
set {floorItems(239)} $i
$w create text 736 233.5 -text 239 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 695 277 643 277 643 206 695 206 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 248
set {floorItems(248)} $i
$w create text 669 241.5 -text 248 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 676 135 676 185 724 185 724 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 236
set {floorItems(236)} $i
$w create text 700 160 -text 236 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 675 135 635 135 635 145 628 145 628 185 675 185 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 235
set {floorItems(235)} $i
$w create text 651.5 160 -text 235 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 626 143 633 143 633 135 572 135 572 143 579 143 579 185 626 185 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 234
set {floorItems(234)} $i
$w create text 606 160 -text 234 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 557 135 571 135 571 145 578 145 578 185 527 185 527 131 557 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 233
set {floorItems(233)} $i
$w create text 552.5 158 -text 233 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 249 557 249 557 205 476 205 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 230
set {floorItems(230)} $i
$w create text 516.5 227 -text 230 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 164 486 164 486 131 525 131 525 185 476 185 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 232
set {floorItems(232)} $i
$w create text 500.5 158 -text 232 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 186 495 186 495 204 476 204 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 229
set {floorItems(229)} $i
$w create text 485.5 195 -text 229 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 474 207 409 207 409 187 399 187 399 164 474 164 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 227
set {floorItems(227)} $i
$w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 227 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 399 228 399 253 474 253 474 209 409 209 409 228 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 228
set {floorItems(228)} $i
$w create text 436.5 231 -text 228 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 246 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 226
set {floorItems(226)} $i
$w create text 392 217.5 -text 226 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 377 169 316 169 316 131 397 131 397 188 377 188 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 225
set {floorItems(225)} $i
$w create text 356.5 150 -text 225 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 234 198 306 198 306 249 234 249 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 224
set {floorItems(224)} $i
$w create text 270 223.5 -text 224 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 270 179 306 179 306 170 314 170 314 135 270 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 223
set {floorItems(223)} $i
$w create text 292 157 -text 223 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 268 179 221 179 221 135 268 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 222
set {floorItems(222)} $i
$w create text 244.5 157 -text 222 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 177 179 219 179 219 135 177 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 221
set {floorItems(221)} $i
$w create text 198 157 -text 221 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 299 276 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 204
set {floorItems(204)} $i
$w create text 324 301.5 -text 204 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 234 276 297 276 297 327 257 327 257 338 234 338 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 205
set {floorItems(205)} $i
$w create text 265.5 307 -text 205 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 385 256 340 212 340 212 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 207
set {floorItems(207)} $i
$w create text 234 362.5 -text 207 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 210 340 164 340 164 385 210 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 208
set {floorItems(208)} $i
$w create text 187 362.5 -text 208 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 115 340 162 340 162 385 115 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 209
set {floorItems(209)} $i
$w create text 138.5 362.5 -text 209 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 156 53 156 53 228 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 217
set {floorItems(217)} $i
$w create text 71 192 -text 217 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 169 97 169 97 190 89 190 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 217A
set {floorItems(217A)} $i
$w create text 93 179.5 -text 217A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 156 89 168 95 168 95 135 53 135 53 156 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 216
set {floorItems(216)} $i
$w create text 71 145.5 -text 216 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 179 51 135 6 135 6 179 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 215
set {floorItems(215)} $i
$w create text 28.5 157 -text 215 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 227 6 227 6 180 51 180 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 214
set {floorItems(214)} $i
$w create text 28.5 203.5 -text 214 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 275 6 275 6 229 51 229 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 213
set {floorItems(213)} $i
$w create text 28.5 252 -text 213 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 114 340 67 340 67 385 114 385 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 210
set {floorItems(210)} $i
$w create text 90.5 362.5 -text 210 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 65 385 65 340 1 340 1 389 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 211
set {floorItems(211)} $i
$w create text 33 364.5 -text 211 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 393 309 350 309 350 282 342 282 342 276 393 276 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 203
set {floorItems(203)} $i
$w create text 367.5 292.5 -text 203 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 191 91 191 91 226 174 226 174 198 154 198 154 192 109 192 109 169 99 169 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 220
set {floorItems(220)} $i
$w create text 132.5 208.5 -text 220 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift2}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift2)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift 2}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift 2)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift 2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 218
set {floorItems(218)} $i
$w create text 136 149.5 -text 218 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 219
set {floorItems(219)} $i
$w create text 132.5 180 -text 219 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 201
set {floorItems(201)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 201 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
$w create line 641 186 678 186 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 757 350 757 367 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 634 133 634 144 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 634 144 627 144 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg3 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg3 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 180 70 180 70 228 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316
set {floorItems(316)} $i
$w create text 79.5 204 -text 316 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 115 368 162 368 162 323 115 323 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 309
set {floorItems(309)} $i
$w create text 138.5 345.5 -text 309 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 164 323 164 368 211 368 211 323 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 308
set {floorItems(308)} $i
$w create text 187.5 345.5 -text 308 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 368 212 368 212 323 256 323 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 307
set {floorItems(307)} $i
$w create text 234 345.5 -text 307 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 244 276 297 276 297 327 260 327 260 321 244 321 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 305
set {floorItems(305)} $i
$w create text 270.5 301.5 -text 305 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 251 219 251 203 244 203 244 219 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324B
set {floorItems(324B)} $i
$w create text 247.5 211 -text 324B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 251 249 244 249 244 232 251 232 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324A
set {floorItems(324A)} $i
$w create text 247.5 240.5 -text 324A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 223 135 223 179 177 179 177 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 320
set {floorItems(320)} $i
$w create text 200 157 -text 320 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 114 368 114 323 67 323 67 368 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 310
set {floorItems(310)} $i
$w create text 90.5 345.5 -text 310 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 23 277 23 321 68 321 68 277 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 312
set {floorItems(312)} $i
$w create text 45.5 299 -text 312 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 23 229 68 229 68 275 23 275 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 313
set {floorItems(313)} $i
$w create text 45.5 252 -text 313 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 68 227 23 227 23 180 68 180 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 314
set {floorItems(314)} $i
$w create text 45.5 203.5 -text 314 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 95 179 95 135 23 135 23 179 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 315
set {floorItems(315)} $i
$w create text 59 157 -text 315 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 226 99 204 91 204 91 226 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316B
set {floorItems(316B)} $i
$w create text 95 215 -text 316B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 91 202 99 202 99 180 91 180 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316A
set {floorItems(316A)} $i
$w create text 95 191 -text 316A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 97 169 109 169 109 192 154 192 154 198 174 198 174 226 101 226 101 179 97 179 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 319
set {floorItems(319)} $i
$w create text 141.5 209 -text 319 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 65 368 58 368 58 389 1 389 1 333 23 333 23 323 65 323 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 311
set {floorItems(311)} $i
$w create text 29.5 361 -text 311 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 318
set {floorItems(318)} $i
$w create text 132.5 180 -text 318 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 317
set {floorItems(317)} $i
$w create text 136 149.5 -text 317 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 274 194 274 221 306 221 306 194 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 323
set {floorItems(323)} $i
$w create text 290 207.5 -text 323 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 306 222 274 222 274 249 306 249 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 325
set {floorItems(325)} $i
$w create text 290 235.5 -text 325 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 263 179 224 179 224 135 263 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 321
set {floorItems(321)} $i
$w create text 243.5 157 -text 321 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 314 169 306 169 306 192 273 192 264 181 264 135 314 135 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 322
set {floorItems(322)} $i
$w create text 293.5 163.5 -text 322 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift3}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift3)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift3}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift3)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 350 284 376 284 376 276 397 276 397 309 350 309 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 303
set {floorItems(303)} $i
$w create text 373.5 292.5 -text 303 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 272 203 272 249 252 249 252 230 244 230 244 221 252 221 252 203 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324
set {floorItems(324)} $i
$w create text 262 226 -text 324 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 299 276 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 304
set {floorItems(304)} $i
$w create text 324 301.5 -text 304 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 301
set {floorItems(301)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 301 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 246 377 246 377 185 397 185 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 327
set {floorItems(327)} $i
$w create text 387 215.5 -text 327 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 316 131 316 169 377 169 377 185 397 185 397 131 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 326
set {floorItems(326)} $i
$w create text 356.5 150 -text 326 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 308 251 242 251 242 274 342 274 342 282 375 282 375 274 397 274 397 248 339 248 339 242 308 242 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 302
set {floorItems(302)} $i
$w create text 319.5 261 -text 302 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 70 321 242 321 242 200 259 200 259 203 272 203 272 193 263 180 242 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 177 196 177 228 107 228 70 228 70 275 107 275 107 248 160 248 160 301 107 301 107 275 70 275 -fill {} -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 306
set {floorItems(306)} $i
$w create text 200.5 284.5 -text 306 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
$w create line 341 275 341 283 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 162 197 155 197 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 396 247 399 247 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 399 129 399 311 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 |
bind $c <B3-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
} else {
bind $c <Button-2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
}
bind $c <Destroy> "unset currentRoom"
set currentRoom ""
| | | 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 |
bind $c <B3-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
} else {
bind $c <Button-2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
}
bind $c <Destroy> "unset currentRoom"
set currentRoom ""
trace add variable currentRoom write "roomChanged $c"
|
Changes to library/demos/goldberg.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
array set speed {1 10 2 20 3 50 4 80 5 100 6 150 7 200 8 300 9 400 10 500}
set MSTART 0; set MGO 1; set MPAUSE 2; set MSSTEP 3; set MBSTEP 4; set MDONE 5
set S(mode) $::MSTART
# Colors for everything
set C(fg) black
| < > | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
array set speed {1 10 2 20 3 50 4 80 5 100 6 150 7 200 8 300 9 400 10 500}
set MSTART 0; set MGO 1; set MPAUSE 2; set MSSTEP 3; set MBSTEP 4; set MDONE 5
set S(mode) $::MSTART
# Colors for everything
set C(fg) black
set C(bg) cornflowerblue
set C(0) white; set C(1a) darkgreen; set C(1b) yellow
set C(2) red; set C(3a) green; set C(3b) darkblue
set C(4) $C(fg); set C(5a) brown; set C(5b) white
set C(6) magenta; set C(7) green; set C(8) $C(fg)
set C(9) blue4; set C(10a) white; set C(10b) cyan
set C(11a) yellow; set C(11b) mediumblue; set C(12) tan2
set C(13a) yellow; set C(13b) red; set C(14) white
set C(15a) green; set C(15b) yellow; set C(16) gray65
set C(17) \#A65353; set C(18) $C(fg); set C(19) gray50
set C(20) cyan; set C(21) gray65; set C(22) $C(20)
set C(23a) blue; set C(23b) red; set C(23c) yellow
set C(24a) red; set C(24b) white;
set C(24c) black; set C(26) $C(0);
proc DoDisplay {w} {
global S C
ttk::frame $w.ctrl -relief ridge -borderwidth 2 -padding 5
pack [frame $w.screen -bd 2 -relief raised] \
-side left -fill both -expand 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
bind $w.c <Destroy> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(goldberg)
unset animationCallbacks(goldberg)
}
DoCtrlFrame $w
DoDetailFrame $w
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
| | | | | | | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
bind $w.c <Destroy> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(goldberg)
unset animationCallbacks(goldberg)
}
DoCtrlFrame $w
DoDetailFrame $w
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
ttk::button $w.show -text "\xbb" -command [list ShowCtrl $w] -width 2
} else {
button $w.show -text "\xbb" -command [list ShowCtrl $w] -width 2 -highlightbackground $C(bg)
}
place $w.show -in $w.c -relx 1 -rely 0 -anchor ne
update
}
proc DoCtrlFrame {w} {
global S
ttk::button $w.start -text "Start" -command [list DoButton $w 0]
ttk::checkbutton $w.pause -text "Pause" -command [list DoButton $w 1] \
-variable S(pause)
ttk::button $w.step -text "Single Step" -command [list DoButton $w 2]
ttk::button $w.bstep -text "Big Step" -command [list DoButton $w 4]
ttk::button $w.reset -text "Reset" -command [list DoButton $w 3]
ttk::labelframe $w.details
raise $w.details
set S(details) 0
ttk::checkbutton $w.details.cb -text "Details" -variable S(details)
ttk::labelframe $w.message -text "Message"
ttk::entry $w.message.e -textvariable S(message) -justify center
ttk::labelframe $w.speed -text "Speed: 0"
ttk::scale $w.speed.scale -orient horizontal -from 1 -to 10 -variable S(speed)
ttk::button $w.about -text About -command [list About $w]
grid $w.start -in $w.ctrl -row 0 -sticky ew
grid rowconfigure $w.ctrl 1 -minsize 10
grid $w.pause -in $w.ctrl -row 2 -sticky ew
grid $w.step -in $w.ctrl -sticky ew -pady 2
grid $w.bstep -in $w.ctrl -sticky ew
grid $w.reset -in $w.ctrl -sticky ew -pady 2
grid rowconfigure $w.ctrl 10 -minsize 18
grid $w.details -in $w.ctrl -row 11 -sticky ew
grid rowconfigure $w.ctrl 11 -minsize 20
$w.details configure -labelwidget $w.details.cb
grid [ttk::frame $w.details.b -height 1] ;# Work around minor bug
raise $w.details
raise $w.details.cb
grid rowconfigure $w.ctrl 50 -weight 1
trace add variable ::S(mode) write [list ActiveGUI $w]
trace add variable ::S(details) write [list ActiveGUI $w]
trace add variable ::S(speed) write [list ActiveGUI $w]
grid $w.message -in $w.ctrl -row 98 -sticky ew -pady 5
grid $w.message.e -sticky nsew
grid $w.speed -in $w.ctrl -row 99 -sticky ew -pady {0 5}
pack $w.speed.scale -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.about -in $w.ctrl -row 100 -sticky ew
bind $w.reset <Button-3> {set S(mode) -1} ;# Debugging
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
destroy $btns
}
proc DoDetailFrame {w} {
set w2 $w.details.f
ttk::frame $w2
| < | | | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
destroy $btns
}
proc DoDetailFrame {w} {
set w2 $w.details.f
ttk::frame $w2
ttk::label $w2.l -textvariable S(cnt) -background white
grid $w2.l - - - -sticky ew -row 0
for {set i 1} {1} {incr i} {
if {[info procs "Move$i"] eq ""} break
ttk::label $w2.l$i -text $i -anchor e -width 2 -background white
ttk::label $w2.ll$i -textvariable STEP($i) -width 5 -background white
set row [expr {($i + 1) / 2}]
set col [expr {(($i + 1) & 1) * 2}]
grid $w2.l$i -sticky ew -row $row -column $col
grid $w2.ll$i -sticky ew -row $row -column [incr col]
}
grid columnconfigure $w2 1 -weight 1
}
# Map or unmap the ctrl window
proc ShowCtrl {w} {
if {[winfo ismapped $w.ctrl]} {
pack forget $w.ctrl
$w.show config -text "\xbb"
} else {
pack $w.ctrl -side right -fill both -ipady 5
$w.show config -text "\xab"
}
}
proc DrawAll {w} {
ResetStep
$w.c delete all
for {set i 0} {1} {incr i} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
proc Go {w {who {}}} {
global S speed animationCallbacks MGO MPAUSE MSSTEP MBSTEP
set now [clock clicks -milliseconds]
catch {after cancel $animationCallbacks(goldberg)}
if {$who ne ""} { ;# Start here for debugging
| | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
proc Go {w {who {}}} {
global S speed animationCallbacks MGO MPAUSE MSSTEP MBSTEP
set now [clock clicks -milliseconds]
catch {after cancel $animationCallbacks(goldberg)}
if {$who ne ""} { ;# Start here for debugging
set S(active) $who
set S(mode) $MGO
}
if {$S(mode) == -1} return ;# Debugging
set n 0
if {$S(mode) != $MPAUSE} { ;# Not paused
set n [NextStep $w] ;# Do the next move
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 |
494 627 548 613 548 613 480 574 577 473 577 473 474 538 445 508
431 441 431 440 400 502 347 465 347 465
}
$w.c create poly $xy -tag I24 -fill $::C(24b) -outline $::C(24a) \
-width 10 -smooth 1
set msg [subst $S(message)]
$w.c create text [Centroid $w I24] -text $msg -tag {I24 I24t} \
-justify center -font {{Times Roman} 18 bold}
return 1
}
$w.c itemconfig I24t -font [list {Times Roman} [expr {18 + 6*$step}] bold]
$w.c move I24 0 -60
$w.c scale I24 {*}[Centroid $w I24] 1.25 1.25
| > | 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 |
494 627 548 613 548 613 480 574 577 473 577 473 474 538 445 508
431 441 431 440 400 502 347 465 347 465
}
$w.c create poly $xy -tag I24 -fill $::C(24b) -outline $::C(24a) \
-width 10 -smooth 1
set msg [subst $S(message)]
$w.c create text [Centroid $w I24] -text $msg -tag {I24 I24t} \
-fill $::C(24c) \
-justify center -font {{Times Roman} 18 bold}
return 1
}
$w.c itemconfig I24t -font [list {Times Roman} [expr {18 + 6*$step}] bold]
$w.c move I24 0 -60
$w.c scale I24 {*}[Centroid $w I24] 1.25 1.25
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 |
proc Move26 {w {step {}}} {
global S
set step [GetStep 26 $step]
if {$step >= 3} {
$w.c delete I24 I26
$w.c create text 430 755 -anchor s -tag I26 \
-text "click to continue" -font {{Times Roman} 24 bold}
bind $w.c <Button-1> [list Reset $w]
return 4
}
$w.c scale I24 {*}[Centroid $w I24] .8 .8
$w.c move I24 0 60
| > | 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
proc Move26 {w {step {}}} {
global S
set step [GetStep 26 $step]
if {$step >= 3} {
$w.c delete I24 I26
$w.c create text 430 755 -anchor s -tag I26 \
-fill $::C(26) \
-text "click to continue" -font {{Times Roman} 24 bold}
bind $w.c <Button-1> [list Reset $w]
return 4
}
$w.c scale I24 {*}[Centroid $w I24] .8 .8
$w.c move I24 0 60
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/images/earth.gif.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to library/demos/items.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
pack $w.frame -side top -fill both -expand yes
canvas $c -scrollregion {0c 0c 30c 24c} -width 15c -height 10c \
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
-xscrollcommand "$w.frame.hscroll set" \
-yscrollcommand "$w.frame.vscroll set"
ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.vscroll -command "$c yview"
| | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
pack $w.frame -side top -fill both -expand yes
canvas $c -scrollregion {0c 0c 30c 24c} -width 15c -height 10c \
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
-xscrollcommand "$w.frame.hscroll set" \
-yscrollcommand "$w.frame.vscroll set"
ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.vscroll -command "$c yview"
ttk::scrollbar $w.frame.hscroll -orient horizontal -command "$c xview"
grid $c -in $w.frame \
-row 0 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.vscroll \
-row 0 -column 1 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.hscroll \
-row 1 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/knightstour.tcl.
|
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # Copyright (C) 2008 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> # # Calculate a Knight's tour of a chessboard. # # This uses Warnsdorff's rule to calculate the next square each # time. This specifies that the next square should be the one that # has the least number of available moves. # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
[expr {$col * 30 + 30}] [expr {$row * 30 + 30}]]
$c create rectangle $coords -fill $fill -disabledfill $dfill \
-width 2 -state disabled -outline black
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {eval font create KnightFont -size -24}
| | | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
[expr {$col * 30 + 30}] [expr {$row * 30 + 30}]]
$c create rectangle $coords -fill $fill -disabledfill $dfill \
-width 2 -state disabled -outline black
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {eval font create KnightFont -size -24}
$c create text 0 0 -font KnightFont -text "\u265e" \
-anchor nw -tags knight -fill black -activefill "#600000"
} else {
# On X11 we cannot reliably tell if the \u265e glyph is available
# so just use a polygon
set pts {
2 25 24 25 21 19 20 8 14 0 10 0 0 13 0 16
2 17 4 14 5 15 3 17 5 17 9 14 10 15 5 21
}
$c create polygon $pts -tag knight -offset 8 \
-fill black -activefill "#600000"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Menu Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "menu"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
| < | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Menu Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "menu"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
$w.msg configure -text "This window has a menubar with cascaded menus. You can invoke entries with an accelerator by typing Command+x, where \"x\" is the character next to the command key symbol. The rightmost menu can be torn off into a palette by selecting the first item in the menu."
} else {
$w.msg configure -text "This window contains a menubar with cascaded menus. You can post a menu from the keyboard by typing Alt+x, where \"x\" is the character underlined on the menu. You can then traverse among the menus using the arrow keys. When a menu is posted, you can invoke the current entry by typing space, or you can invoke any entry by typing its underlined character. If a menu entry has an accelerator, you can invoke the entry without posting the menu just by typing the accelerator. The rightmost menu can be torn off into a palette by selecting the first item in the menu."
}
pack $w.msg -side top
set menustatus " "
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
set m $w.menu.basic
$w.menu add cascade -label "Basic" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
$m add command -label "Long entry that does nothing"
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set modifier Command
| | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
set m $w.menu.basic
$w.menu add cascade -label "Basic" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
$m add command -label "Long entry that does nothing"
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set modifier Command
} elseif {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
set modifier Control
} else {
set modifier Meta
}
foreach i {A B C D E F} {
$m add command -label "Print letter \"$i\"" -underline 14 \
-accelerator $modifier+$i -command "puts $i"
bind $w <$modifier-[string tolower $i]> "puts $i"
}
set m $w.menu.cascade
$w.menu add cascade -label "Cascades" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
$m add command -label "Print hello" \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 | puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ] } $m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1 set m $w.menu.more $w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0 menu $m -tearoff 0 | | > > < < < < < < < > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | | > < < | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1
set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
$m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
set emojiLabel [encoding convertfrom utf-8 "\xF0\x9F\x98\x8D Make friends"]
$m add command -label $emojiLabel -command [list puts "Menu labels can include non-BMP characters."]
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
-command [list \
tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
text string. Other than this, it is just like any other\
menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Aqua ignores the -background and -foreground options, but a compound
# button can be used for selecting colors.
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
image create photo image_$i -height 16 -width 16
image_$i put black -to 0 0 16 1
image_$i put black -to 0 1 1 16
image_$i put black -to 0 15 16 16
image_$i put black -to 15 1 16 16
image_$i put $i -to 1 1 15 15
$m add command -label $i -image image_$i -compound left -command [list \
puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]
}
} else {
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
$m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]
}
}
$w configure -menu $w.menu
bind Menu <<MenuSelect>> {
global $menustatus
if {[catch {%W entrycget active -label} label]} {
set label " "
}
set menustatus $label
update idletasks
}
|
Changes to library/demos/menubu.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Menu Button Demonstration" wm iconname $w "menubutton" positionWindow $w frame $w.body pack $w.body -expand 1 -fill both | < | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Menu Button Demonstration" wm iconname $w "menubutton" positionWindow $w frame $w.body pack $w.body -expand 1 -fill both menubutton $w.body.below -text "Below" -underline 0 -direction below -menu $w.body.below.m -relief raised menu $w.body.below.m -tearoff 0 $w.body.below.m add command -label "Below menu: first item" -command "puts \"You have selected the first item from the Below menu.\"" $w.body.below.m add command -label "Below menu: second item" -command "puts \"You have selected the second item from the Below menu.\"" grid $w.body.below -row 0 -column 1 -sticky n menubutton $w.body.right -text "Right" -underline 0 -direction right -menu $w.body.right.m -relief raised |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 |
}
$m configure -tearoff 1
foreach i {Black gray75 gray50 White} {
$m entryconfigure $i -columnbreak 1
}
pack $body.buttons.colors -side left -padx 25 -pady 25
| < < | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
}
$m configure -tearoff 1
foreach i {Black gray75 gray50 White} {
$m entryconfigure $i -columnbreak 1
}
pack $body.buttons.colors -side left -padx 25 -pady 25
|
Changes to library/demos/pendulum.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
$w.k create line 160 200 160 0 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags y_axis
$w.k create line 0 100 320 100 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags x_axis
for {set i 90} {$i>=0} {incr i -10} {
# Coordinates of these items don't matter; they will be set properly below
$w.k create line 0 0 1 1 -smooth true -tags graph$i -fill grey$i
}
| | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
$w.k create line 160 200 160 0 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags y_axis
$w.k create line 0 100 320 100 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags x_axis
for {set i 90} {$i>=0} {incr i -10} {
# Coordinates of these items don't matter; they will be set properly below
$w.k create line 0 0 1 1 -smooth true -tags graph$i -fill grey$i
}
$w.k create text 0 0 -anchor ne -text "\u03b8" -tags label_theta
$w.k create text 0 0 -anchor ne -text "\u03b4\u03b8" -tags label_dtheta
pack $w.k -in $w.p.l2 -fill both -expand true
# Initialize some variables
set points {}
set Theta 45.0
set dTheta 0.0
set pi 3.1415926535897933
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
set Theta [expr {atan2($x2, $y2) * 180/$pi}]
} else {
set angle [expr {$Theta * $pi/180}]
set x [expr {$home + $length*sin($angle)}]
set y [expr {25 + $length*cos($angle)}]
}
$canvas coords rod $home 25 $x $y
| | | | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
set Theta [expr {atan2($x2, $y2) * 180/$pi}]
} else {
set angle [expr {$Theta * $pi/180}]
set x [expr {$home + $length*sin($angle)}]
set y [expr {25 + $length*cos($angle)}]
}
$canvas coords rod $home 25 $x $y
$canvas coords bob [expr {$x - 15}] [expr {$y - 15}] \
[expr {$x + 15}] [expr {$y + 15}]
}
showPendulum $w.c
# Update the phase-space graph according to the current angle and the
# rate at which the angle is changing (the first derivative with
# respect to time.)
proc showPhase {canvas} {
global Theta dTheta points psw psh
lappend points [expr {$Theta + $psw}] [expr {-20*$dTheta + $psh}]
if {[llength $points] > 100} {
set points [lrange $points end-99 end]
}
for {set i 0} {$i<100} {incr i 10} {
set list [lrange $points end-[expr {$i-1}] end-[expr {$i-12}]]
if {[llength $list] >= 4} {
$canvas coords graph$i $list
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
bind $w.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
showPendulum %W at %x %y
set animationCallbacks(pendulum) [after 15 repeat [winfo toplevel %W]]
}
bind $w.c <Configure> {
%W coords plate 0 25 %w 25
set home [expr {%w/2}]
| | | | | | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
bind $w.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
showPendulum %W at %x %y
set animationCallbacks(pendulum) [after 15 repeat [winfo toplevel %W]]
}
bind $w.c <Configure> {
%W coords plate 0 25 %w 25
set home [expr {%w/2}]
%W coords pivot [expr {$home - 5}] 20 [expr {$home + 5}] 30
}
bind $w.k <Configure> {
set psh [expr {%h/2}]
set psw [expr {%w/2}]
%W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr {%w - 2}] $psh
%W coords y_axis $psw [expr {%h - 2}] $psw 2
%W coords label_dtheta [expr {$psw - 4}] 6
%W coords label_theta [expr {%w - 6}] [expr {$psh + 4}]
}
# This procedure is the "business" part of the simulation that does
# simple numerical integration of the formula for a simple rotational
# pendulum.
proc recomputeAngle {} {
global Theta dTheta pi length
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/puzzle.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# puzzle.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a 15-puzzle game using a collection
# of buttons.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
# puzzleSwitch --
# This procedure is invoked when the user clicks on a particular button;
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# puzzle.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a 15-puzzle game using a collection
# of buttons.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
# puzzleSwitch --
# This procedure is invoked when the user clicks on a particular button;
# if the button is next to the empty space, it moves the button into the
# empty space.
proc puzzleSwitch {w num} {
global xpos ypos
if {(($ypos($num) >= ($ypos(space) - .01))
&& ($ypos($num) <= ($ypos(space) + .01))
&& ($xpos($num) >= ($xpos(space) - .26))
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/rolodex.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# rolodex --
# This script was written as an entry in Tom LaStrange's rolodex
# benchmark. It creates something that has some of the look and
# feel of a rolodex program, although it's lifeless and doesn't
# actually do the rolodex application.
package require Tk
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# rolodex --
# This script was written as an entry in Tom LaStrange's rolodex
# benchmark. It creates something that has some of the look and
# feel of a rolodex program, although it's lifeless and doesn't
# actually do the rolodex application.
package require Tk
foreach i [winfo children .] {
catch {destroy $i}
}
set version 1.2
#------------------------------------------
# Phase 0: create the front end.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/spin.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
set australianCities {
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
spinbox $w.s1 -from 1 -to 10 -width 10 -validate key \
| | < < < | < < < < < | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
set australianCities {
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
spinbox $w.s1 -from 1 -to 10 -width 10 -validate key \
-validatecommand {string is integer %P}
spinbox $w.s2 -from 0 -to 3 -increment .5 -format %05.2f -width 10
spinbox $w.s3 -values $australianCities -width 10
pack $w.s1 $w.s2 $w.s3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10
|
Changes to library/demos/toolbar.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Toolbar Demonstration" wm iconname $w "toolbar" positionWindow $w ttk::label $w.msg -wraplength 4i -text "This is a demonstration of how to do\ a toolbar that is styled correctly and which can be torn off. The\ | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Toolbar Demonstration" wm iconname $w "toolbar" positionWindow $w ttk::label $w.msg -wraplength 4i -text "This is a demonstration of how to do\ a toolbar that is styled correctly and which can be torn off. The\ buttons are configured to be \u201Ctoolbar style\u201D buttons by\ telling them that they are to use the Toolbutton style. At the left\ end of the toolbar is a simple marker that the cursor changes to a\ movement icon over; drag that away from the toolbar to tear off the\ whole toolbar into a separate toplevel widget. When the dragged-off\ toolbar is no longer needed, just close it like any normal toplevel\ and it will reattach to the window it was torn off from." |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/ttkbut.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
set w .ttkbut
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Simple Ttk Widgets"
wm iconname $w "ttkbut"
positionWindow $w
| | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
set w .ttkbut
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Simple Ttk Widgets"
wm iconname $w "ttkbut"
positionWindow $w
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Ttk is the new Tk themed widget set. This is a Ttk themed label, and below are three groups of Ttk widgets in Ttk labelframes. The first group are all buttons that set the current application theme when pressed. The second group contains three sets of checkbuttons, with a separator widget between the sets. Note that the \u201cEnabled\u201d button controls whether all the other themed widgets in this toplevel are in the disabled state. The third group has a collection of linked radiobuttons."
pack $w.msg -side top -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w {enabled cheese tomato basil oregano happiness}]\
-side bottom -fill x
## Add buttons for setting the theme
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/ttkprogress.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
set w .ttkprogress
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Progress Bar Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ttkprogress"
positionWindow $w
| | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
set w .ttkprogress
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Progress Bar Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ttkprogress"
positionWindow $w
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Below are two progress bars. The top one is a \u201Cdeterminate\u201D progress bar, which is used for showing how far through a defined task the program has got. The bottom one is an \u201Cindeterminate\u201D progress bar, which is used to show that the program is busy but does not know how long for. Both are run here in self-animated mode, which can be turned on and off using the buttons underneath."
pack $w.msg -side top -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
ttk::frame $w.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added library/demos/ttkspin.tcl.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
# ttkspin.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates several Ttk spinbox widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttkspin
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Themed Spinbox Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ttkspin"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 5i -justify left -text "Three different\
themed spin-boxes are displayed below. You can add characters by\
pointing, clicking and typing. The normal Motif editing characters\
are supported, along with many Emacs bindings. For example, Backspace\
and Control-h delete the character to the left of the insertion\
cursor and Delete and Control-d delete the chararacter to the right\
of the insertion cursor. For values that are too large to fit in the\
window all at once, you can scan through the value by dragging with\
mouse button2 pressed. Note that the first spin-box will only permit\
you to type in integers, and the third selects from a list of\
Australian cities."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
set australianCities {
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
ttk::spinbox $w.s1 -from 1 -to 10 -width 10 -validate key \
-validatecommand {string is integer %P}
ttk::spinbox $w.s2 -from 0 -to 3 -increment .5 -format %05.2f -width 10
ttk::spinbox $w.s3 -values $australianCities -width 10
$w.s1 set 1
$w.s2 set 00.00
$w.s3 set Canberra
pack $w.s1 $w.s2 $w.s3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10
|
Changes to library/demos/unicodeout.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | positionWindow $w label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \ -text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\ non-Western character sets. However, what you will actually see\ below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\ and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\ | | > > | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | positionWindow $w label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \ -text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\ non-Western character sets. However, what you will actually see\ below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\ and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\ between platforms as well. The strings are written in Tcl using\ UNICODE characters using the \\uXXXX escape so as to do so in a\ portable fashion." pack $w.msg -side top ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x ## The frame that will contain the sample texts. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
set oldCursor [$w cget -cursor]
$w conf -cursor watch
update
## Add the samples...
if {[usePresentationFormsFor Arabic]} {
# Using presentation forms (pre-layouted)
| | > > | > > | | | | > > | > | > | > | | > > | | > > | > > > > | 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
set oldCursor [$w cget -cursor]
$w conf -cursor watch
update
## Add the samples...
if {[usePresentationFormsFor Arabic]} {
# Using presentation forms (pre-layouted)
addSample $w Arabic \
"\uFE94\uFEF4\uFE91\uFEAE\uFECC\uFEDF\uFE8D " \
"\uFE94\uFEE4\uFEE0\uFEDC\uFEDF\uFE8D"
} else {
# Using standard text characters
addSample $w Arabic \
"\u0627\u0644\u0643\u0644\u0645\u0629 " \
"\u0627\u0644\u0639\u0631\u0628\u064A\u0629"
}
addSample $w "Trad. Chinese" "\u4E2D\u570B\u7684\u6F22\u5B57"
addSample $w "Simpl. Chinese" "\u6C49\u8BED"
addSample $w French "Langue fran\xE7aise"
addSample $w Greek \
"\u0395\u03BB\u03BB\u03B7\u03BD\u03B9\u03BA\u03AE " \
"\u03B3\u03BB\u03CE\u03C3\u03C3\u03B1"
if {[usePresentationFormsFor Hebrew]} {
# Visual order (pre-layouted)
addSample $w Hebrew \
"\u05EA\u05D9\u05E8\u05D1\u05E2 \u05D1\u05EA\u05DB"
} else {
# Standard logical order
addSample $w Hebrew \
"\u05DB\u05EA\u05D1 \u05E2\u05D1\u05E8\u05D9\u05EA"
}
addSample $w Hindi \
"\u0939\u093F\u0928\u094D\u0926\u0940 \u092D\u093E\u0937\u093E"
addSample $w Icelandic "\xCDslenska"
addSample $w Japanese \
"\u65E5\u672C\u8A9E\u306E\u3072\u3089\u304C\u306A, " \
"\u6F22\u5B57\u3068\u30AB\u30BF\u30AB\u30CA"
addSample $w Korean "\uB300\uD55C\uBBFC\uAD6D\uC758 \uD55C\uAE00"
addSample $w Russian \
"\u0420\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u0438\u0439 \u044F\u0437\u044B\u043A"
if {([tk windowingsystem] ne "x11") || (![catch {tk::pkgconfig get fontsystem} fs] && ($fs eq "xft"))} {
if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
addSample $w Emoji "😀💩👍🇳🇱"
} else {
addSample $w Emoji \
"\uD83D\uDE00\uD83D\uDCA9\uD83D\uDC4D\uD83C\uDDF3\uD83C\uDDF1"
}
}
## We're done processing, so change things back to normal running...
destroy $w.wait
$w conf -cursor $oldCursor
|
Changes to library/demos/widget.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# widget --
# This script demonstrates the various widgets provided by Tk, along with many
# of the features of the Tk toolkit. This file only contains code to generate
# the main window for the application, which invokes individual
# demonstrations. The code for the actual demonstrations is contained in
# separate ".tcl" files is this directory, which are sourced by this script as
# needed.
| | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# widget --
# This script demonstrates the various widgets provided by Tk, along with many
# of the features of the Tk toolkit. This file only contains code to generate
# the main window for the application, which invokes individual
# demonstrations. The code for the actual demonstrations is contained in
# separate ".tcl" files is this directory, which are sourced by this script as
# needed.
package require Tk 8.5-
package require msgcat
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
set tk_demoDirectory [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]]]
::msgcat::mcload $tk_demoDirectory
namespace import ::msgcat::mc
wm title . [mc "Widget Demonstration"]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
# This won't work everywhere, but there's no other way in core Tk at the
# moment to display a coloured icon.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
@@demo tree A directory browser tree
@@subtitle Entries, Spin-boxes and Combo-boxes
@@demo entry1 Entries without scrollbars
@@demo entry2 Entries with scrollbars
@@demo entry3 Validated entries and password fields
@@demo spin Spin-boxes
@@demo combo Combo-boxes
@@demo form Simple Rolodex-like form
@@subtitle Text
@@demo text Basic editable text
@@demo style Text display styles
@@demo bind Hypertext (tag bindings)
| > | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
@@demo tree A directory browser tree
@@subtitle Entries, Spin-boxes and Combo-boxes
@@demo entry1 Entries without scrollbars
@@demo entry2 Entries with scrollbars
@@demo entry3 Validated entries and password fields
@@demo spin Spin-boxes
@@demo ttkspin Themed spin-boxes
@@demo combo Combo-boxes
@@demo form Simple Rolodex-like form
@@subtitle Text
@@demo text Basic editable text
@@demo style Text display styles
@@demo bind Hypertext (tag bindings)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
} else {
wm deiconify $top
raise $top
}
wm title $top [mc "Demo code: %s" [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
wm iconname $top $file
set id [open [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
| | | 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
} else {
wm deiconify $top
raise $top
}
wm title $top [mc "Demo code: %s" [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
wm iconname $top $file
set id [open [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
fconfigure $id -encoding utf-8 -eofchar "\032 {}"
$top.f.text delete 1.0 end
$top.f.text insert 1.0 [read $id]
$top.f.text mark set insert 1.0
close $id
}
# printCode --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
# tkAboutDialog --
#
# Pops up a message box with an "about" message
#
proc tkAboutDialog {} {
tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title [mc "About Widget Demo"] \
-message [mc "Tk widget demonstration application"] -detail \
| | | | | | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
# tkAboutDialog --
#
# Pops up a message box with an "about" message
#
proc tkAboutDialog {} {
tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title [mc "About Widget Demo"] \
-message [mc "Tk widget demonstration application"] -detail \
"[mc "Copyright \xA9 %s" {1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.}]
[mc "Copyright \xA9 %s" {1997-2000 Ajuba Solutions, Inc.}]
[mc "Copyright \xA9 %s" {2001-2009 Donal K. Fellows}]
[mc "Copyright \xA9 %s" {2002-2007 Daniel A. Steffen}]"
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to library/dialog.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # dialog.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_dialog, which creates a dialog # box containing a bitmap, a message, and one or more buttons. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # dialog.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_dialog, which creates a dialog # box containing a bitmap, a message, and one or more buttons. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # # ::tk_dialog: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/entry.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # entry.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk entry widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # entry.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk entry widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
bind Entry <Return> {# nothing}
bind Entry <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Tab> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Prior> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Next> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Entry <Command-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Tk-on-Cocoa generates characters for these two keys. [Bug 2971663]
bind Entry <<NextLine>> {# nothing}
bind Entry <<PrevLine>> {# nothing}
# On Windows, paste is done using Shift-Insert. Shift-Insert already
# generates the <<Paste>> event, so we don't need to do anything here.
| > | 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
bind Entry <Return> {# nothing}
bind Entry <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Tab> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Prior> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Next> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Entry <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Tk-on-Cocoa generates characters for these two keys. [Bug 2971663]
bind Entry <<NextLine>> {# nothing}
bind Entry <<PrevLine>> {# nothing}
# On Windows, paste is done using Shift-Insert. Shift-Insert already
# generates the <<Paste>> event, so we don't need to do anything here.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
}
bind Entry <<TkAccentBackspace>> {
tk::EntryBackspace %W
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
| > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
}
bind Entry <<TkAccentBackspace>> {
tk::EntryBackspace %W
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
bind Entry <Button-2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Entry <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
} else {
bind Entry <Button-3> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Entry <B3-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
}
# ::tk::EntryClosestGap --
# Given x and y coordinates, this procedure finds the closest boundary
# between characters to the given coordinates and returns the index
# of the character just after the boundary.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which the cursor is to move.
# start - Position at which to start search.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
proc ::tk::EntryNextWord {w start} {
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos >= 0} {
set pos [tcl_startOfNextWord [$w get] $pos]
}
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
} else {
proc ::tk::EntryNextWord {w start} {
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
}
# ::tk::EntryPreviousWord --
#
# Returns the index of the previous word position before a given
# position in the entry.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which the cursor is to move.
# start - Position at which to start search.
proc ::tk::EntryPreviousWord {w start} {
set pos [tcl_startOfPreviousWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return 0
}
return $pos
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which the cursor is to move.
# start - Position at which to start search.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
proc ::tk::EntryNextWord {w start} {
# the check on [winfo class] is because the spinbox also uses this proc
if {[winfo class $w] eq "Entry" && [$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return end
}
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos >= 0} {
set pos [tcl_startOfNextWord [$w get] $pos]
}
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
} else {
proc ::tk::EntryNextWord {w start} {
# the check on [winfo class] is because the spinbox also uses this proc
if {[winfo class $w] eq "Entry" && [$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return end
}
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
}
# ::tk::EntryPreviousWord --
#
# Returns the index of the previous word position before a given
# position in the entry.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which the cursor is to move.
# start - Position at which to start search.
proc ::tk::EntryPreviousWord {w start} {
# the check on [winfo class] is because the spinbox also uses this proc
if {[winfo class $w] eq "Entry" && [$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return 0
}
set pos [tcl_startOfPreviousWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return 0
}
return $pos
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/focus.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # focus.tcl -- # # This file defines several procedures for managing the input # focus. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # focus.tcl -- # # This file defines several procedures for managing the input # focus. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_focusNext -- # This procedure returns the name of the next window after "w" in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/fontchooser.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
namespace eval ::tk::fontchooser {
variable S
set S(W) .__tk__fontchooser
| | | | | | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | > | > | > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
namespace eval ::tk::fontchooser {
variable S
set S(W) .__tk__fontchooser
set S(fonts) [lsort -dictionary -unique [font families]]
set S(styles) [list \
[::msgcat::mc Regular] \
[::msgcat::mc Italic] \
[::msgcat::mc Bold] \
[::msgcat::mc {Bold Italic}] \
]
set S(sizes) {8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 36 48 72}
set S(strike) 0
set S(under) 0
set S(first) 1
set S(-parent) .
set S(-title) {}
set S(-command) ""
set S(-font) TkDefaultFont
set S(bad) [list ]
}
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Canonical {} {
variable S
foreach style $S(styles) {
lappend S(styles,lcase) [string tolower $style]
}
set S(sizes,lcase) $S(sizes)
set S(sampletext) [::msgcat::mc "AaBbYyZz01"]
# Canonical versions of font families, styles, etc. for easier searching
set S(fonts,lcase) {}
foreach font $S(fonts) {
lappend S(fonts,lcase) [string tolower $font]
}
set S(styles,lcase) {}
foreach style $S(styles) {
lappend S(styles,lcase) [string tolower $style]
}
}
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Setup {} {
variable S
Canonical
::ttk::style layout FontchooserFrame {
Entry.field -sticky news -border true -children {
FontchooserFrame.padding -sticky news
}
}
bind [winfo class .] <<ThemeChanged>> \
[list +ttk::style layout FontchooserFrame \
[ttk::style layout FontchooserFrame]]
namespace ensemble create -map {
show ::tk::fontchooser::Show
hide ::tk::fontchooser::Hide
configure ::tk::fontchooser::Configure
}
}
::tk::fontchooser::Setup
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Show {} {
variable S
Canonical
if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
Create
wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
tk::PlaceWindow $S(W) widget $S(-parent)
if {[string trim $S(-title)] eq ""} {
wm title $S(W) [::msgcat::mc "Font"]
} else {
wm title $S(W) $S(-title)
}
}
set S(fonts) [lsort -dictionary -unique [font families]]
set S(fonts,lcase) {}
foreach font $S(fonts) {
lappend S(fonts,lcase) [string tolower $font]
}
wm deiconify $S(W)
}
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Hide {} {
variable S
wm withdraw $S(W)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
}
if {[llength $args] == 0} {
set result {}
foreach spec $specs {
foreach {name xx yy default} $spec break
lappend result $name \
| | | | | < | | | < < | | > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
}
if {[llength $args] == 0} {
set result {}
foreach spec $specs {
foreach {name xx yy default} $spec break
lappend result $name \
[expr {[info exists S($name)] ? $S($name) : $default}]
}
lappend result -visible \
[expr {[winfo exists $S(W)] && [winfo ismapped $S(W)]}]
return $result
}
if {[llength $args] == 1} {
set option [lindex $args 0]
if {[string equal $option "-visible"]} {
return [expr {[winfo exists $S(W)] && [winfo ismapped $S(W)]}]
} elseif {[info exists S($option)]} {
return $S($option)
}
return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP OPTION $option] \
"bad option \"$option\": must be\
-command, -font, -parent, -title or -visible"
}
set cache [dict create -parent $S(-parent) -title $S(-title) \
-font $S(-font) -command $S(-command)]
set r [tclParseConfigSpec [namespace which -variable S] $specs DONTSETDEFAULTS $args]
if {![winfo exists $S(-parent)]} {
set code [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $S(-parent)]
set err "bad window path name \"$S(-parent)\""
array set S $cache
return -code error -errorcode $code $err
}
if {[winfo exists $S(W)]} {
if {{-font} in $args} {
Init $S(-font)
event generate $S(-parent) <<TkFontchooserFontChanged>>
}
if {[string trim $S(-title)] eq {}} {
wm title $S(W) [::msgcat::mc Font]
} else {
wm title $S(W) $S(-title)
}
$S(W).ok configure -state $S(nstate)
$S(W).apply configure -state $S(nstate)
}
return $r
}
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Create {} {
variable S
set windowName __tk__fontchooser
if {$S(-parent) eq "."} {
set S(W) .$windowName
} else {
set S(W) $S(-parent).$windowName
}
# Now build the dialog
if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
toplevel $S(W) -class TkFontDialog
if {[package provide tcltest] ne {}} {
set ::tk_dialog $S(W)
}
wm withdraw $S(W)
wm title $S(W) $S(-title)
wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
set scaling [tk scaling]
set sizeWidth [expr {int([string length [::msgcat::mc "&Size:"]] * $scaling)}]
set outer [::ttk::frame $S(W).outer -padding {10 10}]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::label $S(W).font -text [::msgcat::mc "&Font:"]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::label $S(W).style -text [::msgcat::mc "Font st&yle:"]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::label $S(W).size -text [::msgcat::mc "&Size:"] -width $sizeWidth
ttk::entry $S(W).efont -width 18 \
-textvariable [namespace which -variable S](font)
ttk::entry $S(W).estyle -width 10 \
-textvariable [namespace which -variable S](style)
ttk::entry $S(W).esize -textvariable [namespace which -variable S](size) \
-width 3 -validate key -validatecommand {regexp -- {^-*[0-9]*$} %P}
ttk_slistbox $S(W).lfonts -height 7 -exportselection 0 \
-selectmode browse -activestyle none \
-listvariable [namespace which -variable S](fonts)
ttk_slistbox $S(W).lstyles -width 5 -height 7 -exportselection 0 \
-selectmode browse -activestyle none \
-listvariable [namespace which -variable S](styles)
ttk_slistbox $S(W).lsizes -width 4 -height 7 -exportselection 0 \
-selectmode browse -activestyle none \
-listvariable [namespace which -variable S](sizes)
set WE $S(W).effects
::ttk::labelframe $WE -text [::msgcat::mc "Effects"]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::checkbutton $WE.strike \
-variable [namespace which -variable S](strike) \
-text [::msgcat::mc "Stri&keout"] \
-command [namespace code [list Click strike]]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::checkbutton $WE.under \
-variable [namespace which -variable S](under) \
-text [::msgcat::mc "&Underline"] \
-command [namespace code [list Click under]]
set bbox [::ttk::frame $S(W).bbox]
::ttk::button $S(W).ok -text [::msgcat::mc OK] -default active\
-command [namespace code [list Done 1]]
::ttk::button $S(W).cancel -text [::msgcat::mc Cancel] \
-command [namespace code [list Done 0]]
::tk::AmpWidget ::ttk::button $S(W).apply -text [::msgcat::mc "&Apply"] \
-command [namespace code [list Apply]]
wm protocol $S(W) WM_DELETE_WINDOW [namespace code [list Done 0]]
# Calculate minimum sizes
ttk::scrollbar $S(W).tmpvs
set scroll_width [winfo reqwidth $S(W).tmpvs]
destroy $S(W).tmpvs
set minsize(gap) 10
set minsize(bbox) [winfo reqwidth $S(W).ok]
set minsize(fonts) \
[expr {[font measure TkDefaultFont "Helvetica"] + $scroll_width}]
set minsize(styles) \
[expr {[font measure TkDefaultFont "Bold Italic"] + $scroll_width}]
set minsize(sizes) \
[expr {[font measure TkDefaultFont "-99"] + $scroll_width}]
set min [expr {$minsize(gap) * 4}]
foreach {what width} [array get minsize] {
incr min $width
}
wm minsize $S(W) $min 260
bind $S(W) <Return> [namespace code [list Done 1]]
bind $S(W) <Escape> [namespace code [list Done 0]]
bind $S(W) <Map> [namespace code [list Visibility %W 1]]
bind $S(W) <Unmap> [namespace code [list Visibility %W 0]]
bind $S(W) <Destroy> [namespace code [list Visibility %W 0]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
bind $S(W).apply <<AltUnderlined>> [namespace code [list Apply]]
bind $WE.strike <<AltUnderlined>> [list $WE.strike invoke]
bind $WE.under <<AltUnderlined>> [list $WE.under invoke]
set WS $S(W).sample
::ttk::labelframe $WS -text [::msgcat::mc "Sample"]
::ttk::label $WS.sample -relief sunken -anchor center \
| | < | < > | | | > > > > > | | < | > | > | > | | > > | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
bind $S(W).apply <<AltUnderlined>> [namespace code [list Apply]]
bind $WE.strike <<AltUnderlined>> [list $WE.strike invoke]
bind $WE.under <<AltUnderlined>> [list $WE.under invoke]
set WS $S(W).sample
::ttk::labelframe $WS -text [::msgcat::mc "Sample"]
::ttk::label $WS.sample -relief sunken -anchor center \
-textvariable [namespace which -variable S](sampletext)
set S(sample) $WS.sample
grid $WS.sample -sticky news -padx 6 -pady 4
grid rowconfigure $WS 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $WS 0 -weight 1
grid propagate $WS 0
grid $S(W).ok -in $bbox -sticky new -pady {0 2}
grid $S(W).cancel -in $bbox -sticky new -pady 2
grid $S(W).apply -in $bbox -sticky new -pady 2
grid columnconfigure $bbox 0 -weight 1
grid $WE.strike -sticky w -padx 10
grid $WE.under -sticky w -padx 10 -pady {0 30}
grid columnconfigure $WE 1 -weight 1
grid $S(W).font x $S(W).style x $S(W).size x -in $outer -sticky w
grid $S(W).efont x $S(W).estyle x $S(W).esize x $bbox -in $outer -sticky ew
grid $S(W).lfonts x $S(W).lstyles x $S(W).lsizes x ^ -in $outer -sticky news
grid $WE x $WS - - x ^ -in $outer -sticky news -pady {15 30}
grid configure $bbox -sticky n
grid rowconfigure $outer 2 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $outer {1 3 5} -minsize $minsize(gap)
grid columnconfigure $outer {0 2 4} -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $outer 0 -minsize $minsize(fonts)
grid columnconfigure $outer 2 -minsize $minsize(styles)
grid columnconfigure $outer 4 -minsize $minsize(sizes)
grid columnconfigure $outer 6 -minsize $minsize(bbox)
grid $outer -sticky news
grid rowconfigure $S(W) 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $S(W) 0 -weight 1
Init $S(-font)
trace add variable [namespace which -variable S](size) \
write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace add variable [namespace which -variable S](style) \
write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace add variable [namespace which -variable S](font) \
write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace add variable [namespace which -variable S](strike) \
write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace add variable [namespace which -variable S](under) \
write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
}
Init $S(-font)
return
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Done --
#
# Handles teardown of the dialog, calling -command if needed
#
# Arguments:
# ok true if user pressed OK
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Done {ok} {
variable S
if {! $ok} {
set S(result) ""
}
trace remove variable S(size) write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace remove variable S(style) write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace remove variable S(font) write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace remove variable S(strike) write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
trace remove variable S(under) write [namespace code [list Tracer]]
destroy $S(W)
if {$ok} {
if {$S(-command) ne ""} {
uplevel #0 $S(-command) [list $S(result)]
}
event generate $S(-parent) <<TkFontchooserFontChanged>>
}
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Apply --
#
# Call the -command procedure appending the current font
# Errors are reported via the background error mechanism
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
# Arguments:
# defaultFont font to use as the default
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Init {{defaultFont ""}} {
variable S
if {$S(first) || $defaultFont ne ""} {
if {$defaultFont eq ""} {
set defaultFont [[entry .___e] cget -font]
destroy .___e
}
array set F [font actual $defaultFont]
set S(font) $F(-family)
set S(size) $F(-size)
set S(strike) $F(-overstrike)
set S(under) $F(-underline)
| > > < < < < < < < | | < | < | | | | | | | > > > > | < < | > | | > | > > | | > | > > | > > > | > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > | > > | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
# Arguments:
# defaultFont font to use as the default
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Init {{defaultFont ""}} {
variable S
if {$S(first) || $defaultFont ne ""} {
Canonical
if {$defaultFont eq ""} {
set defaultFont [[entry .___e] cget -font]
destroy .___e
}
array set F [font actual $defaultFont]
set S(font) $F(-family)
set S(style) [::msgcat::mc "Regular"]
set S(size) $F(-size)
set S(strike) $F(-overstrike)
set S(under) $F(-underline)
if {$F(-weight) eq "bold" && $F(-slant) eq "italic"} {
set S(style) [::msgcat::mc "Bold Italic"]
} elseif {$F(-weight) eq "bold"} {
set S(style) [::msgcat::mc "Bold"]
} elseif {$F(-slant) eq "italic"} {
set S(style) [::msgcat::mc "Italic"]
}
set S(first) 0
}
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Click --
#
# Handles all button clicks, updating the appropriate widgets
#
# Arguments:
# who which widget got pressed
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Click {who} {
variable S
if {$who eq "font"} {
set S(font) [$S(W).lfonts get [$S(W).lfonts curselection]]
} elseif {$who eq "style"} {
set S(style) [$S(W).lstyles get [$S(W).lstyles curselection]]
} elseif {$who eq "size"} {
set S(size) [$S(W).lsizes get [$S(W).lsizes curselection]]
}
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Tracer --
#
# Handles traces on key variables, updating the appropriate widgets
#
# Arguments:
# standard trace arguments (not used)
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Tracer {var1 var2 op} {
variable S
# We don't need to process strike and under
if {$var2 ni [list strike under]} {
# Make selection in listbox
set value [string tolower $S($var2)]
$S(W).l${var2}s selection clear 0 end
set n [lsearch -exact $S(${var2}s,lcase) $value]
$S(W).l${var2}s selection set $n
if {$n >= 0} {
set S($var2) [lindex $S(${var2}s) $n]
$S(W).e$var2 icursor end
$S(W).e$var2 selection clear
if {[set i [lsearch $S(bad) $var2]] >= 0} {
set S(bad) [lreplace $S(bad) $i $i]
}
} else {
# No match, try prefix
set n [lsearch -glob $S(${var2}s,lcase) "$value*"]
if {$var2 ne "size" || !([regexp -- {^(-[0-9]+|[0-9]+)$} $value] && $value >= -4096 && $value <= 4096)} {
if {[lsearch $S(bad) $var2] < 0} {
lappend S(bad) $var2
}
} else {
if {[set i [lsearch $S(bad) $var2]] >= 0} {
set S(bad) [lreplace $S(bad) $i $i]
}
}
}
$S(W).l${var2}s see $n
}
if {[llength $S(bad)] == 0} {
set S(nstate) normal
Update
} else {
set S(nstate) disabled
}
$S(W).ok configure -state $S(nstate)
$S(W).apply configure -state $S(nstate)
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Update --
#
# Shows a sample of the currently selected font
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Update {} {
variable S
set S(result) [list $S(font) $S(size)]
if {$S(style) eq [::msgcat::mc "Bold"]} {
lappend S(result) bold
}
if {$S(style) eq [::msgcat::mc "Italic"]} {
lappend S(result) italic
}
if {$S(style) eq [::msgcat::mc "Bold Italic"]} {
lappend S(result) bold italic
}
if {$S(strike)} {
lappend S(result) overstrike
}
if {$S(under)} {
lappend S(result) underline
}
$S(sample) configure -font $S(result)
set S(-font) $S(result)
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::Visibility --
#
# Notify the parent when the dialog visibility changes
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Visibility {w visible} {
variable S
if {$w eq $S(W)} {
event generate $S(-parent) <<TkFontchooserVisibility>>
}
}
# ::tk::fontchooser::ttk_slistbox --
#
# Create a properly themed scrolled listbox.
# This is exactly right on XP but may need adjusting on other platforms.
#
proc ::tk::fontchooser::ttk_slistbox {w args} {
set f [ttk::frame $w -style FontchooserFrame -padding 2]
if {[catch {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/iconlist.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # iconlist.tcl # # Implements the icon-list megawidget used in the "Tk" standard file # selection dialog boxes. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # iconlist.tcl # # Implements the icon-list megawidget used in the "Tk" standard file # selection dialog boxes. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 2009 Donal K. Fellows # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of # this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # API Summary: # tk::IconList <path> ?<option> <value>? ... # <path> add <imageName> <itemList> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
foreach sublist $list {
set usedColumn 1
lassign $sublist iTag tTag rTag iW iH tW tH
set i_dy [expr {($dy - $iH)/2}]
set t_dy [expr {($dy - $tH)/2}]
| | | | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
foreach sublist $list {
set usedColumn 1
lassign $sublist iTag tTag rTag iW iH tW tH
set i_dy [expr {($dy - $iH)/2}]
set t_dy [expr {($dy - $tH)/2}]
$canvas coords $iTag $x [expr {$y + $i_dy}]
$canvas coords $tTag [expr {$x + $shift}] [expr {$y + $t_dy}]
$canvas coords $rTag $x $y [expr {$x+$dx}] [expr {$y+$dy}]
incr y $dy
if {($y + $dy) > $H} {
set y [expr {$pad * 1}] ; # *1 ?
incr x $dx
set usedColumn 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
}
my DrawSelection
}
method DrawSelection {} {
$canvas delete selection
| | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
}
my DrawSelection
}
method DrawSelection {} {
$canvas delete selection
$canvas itemconfigure selectionText -fill $fill
$canvas dtag selectionText
set cbg [ttk::style lookup TEntry -selectbackground focus]
set cfg [ttk::style lookup TEntry -selectforeground focus]
foreach item $selection {
set rTag [lindex $list $item 2]
foreach {iTag tTag text serial} $itemList($rTag) {
break
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
set maxIH 1
set maxTW 1
set maxTH 1
set numItems 0
set noScroll 1
set selection {}
set index(anchor) ""
| < < | < < < > | | > > > > | > > > > | | > | 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
set maxIH 1
set maxTW 1
set maxTH 1
set numItems 0
set noScroll 1
set selection {}
set index(anchor) ""
set fill black
# Creates the event bindings.
#
bind $canvas <Configure> [namespace code {my WhenIdle Arrange}]
bind $canvas <Button-1> [namespace code {my Btn1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <B1-Motion> [namespace code {my Motion1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <B1-Leave> [namespace code {my Leave1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <Control-Button-1> [namespace code {my CtrlBtn1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <Shift-Button-1> [namespace code {my ShiftBtn1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <B1-Enter> [list tk::CancelRepeat]
bind $canvas <ButtonRelease-1> [list tk::CancelRepeat]
bind $canvas <Double-ButtonRelease-1> \
[namespace code {my Double1 %x %y}]
bind $canvas <Control-B1-Motion> {;}
bind $canvas <Shift-B1-Motion> [namespace code {my ShiftMotion1 %x %y}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind $canvas <Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel [expr {40 * (%D)}]}]
bind $canvas <Option-Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel [expr {400 * (%D)}]}]
bind $canvas <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind $canvas <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
} else {
bind $canvas <Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel %D}]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind $canvas <Shift-Button-4> [namespace code {my MouseWheel 120}]
bind $canvas <Shift-Button-5> [namespace code {my MouseWheel -120}]
}
bind $canvas <<PrevLine>> [namespace code {my UpDown -1}]
bind $canvas <<NextLine>> [namespace code {my UpDown 1}]
bind $canvas <<PrevChar>> [namespace code {my LeftRight -1}]
bind $canvas <<NextChar>> [namespace code {my LeftRight 1}]
bind $canvas <Return> [namespace code {my ReturnKey}]
bind $canvas <Key> [namespace code {my KeyPress %A}]
bind $canvas <Alt-Key> {# nothing}
bind $canvas <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind $canvas <Control-Key> {# nothing}
bind $canvas <FocusIn> [namespace code {my FocusIn}]
bind $canvas <FocusOut> [namespace code {my FocusOut}]
return $w
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
my Motion1 $x $y
set ::tk::Priv(afterId) [after 50 [namespace code {my AutoScan}]]
}
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Event handlers
| | > > > | > | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
my Motion1 $x $y
set ::tk::Priv(afterId) [after 50 [namespace code {my AutoScan}]]
}
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Event handlers
method MouseWheel {amount} {
if {$noScroll || $::tk_strictMotif} {
return
}
if {$amount > 0} {
$canvas xview scroll [expr {(-119-$amount) / 120}] units
} else {
$canvas xview scroll [expr {-($amount / 120)}] units
}
}
method Btn1 {x y} {
focus $canvas
set i [$w index @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/icons.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # icons.tcl -- # # A set of stock icons for use in Tk dialogs. The icons used here # were provided by the Tango Desktop project which provides a # unified set of high quality icons licensed under the # Creative Commons Attribution Share-Alike license | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# icons.tcl --
#
# A set of stock icons for use in Tk dialogs. The icons used here
# were provided by the Tango Desktop project which provides a
# unified set of high quality icons licensed under the
# Creative Commons Attribution Share-Alike license
# (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/)
#
# See http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Desktop_Project
#
# Copyright (c) 2009 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
namespace eval ::tk::icons {}
image create photo ::tk::icons::warning -data {
iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAACAAAAAgCAYAAABzenr0AAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAABSZJREFU
WIXll1toVEcYgL+Zc87u2Yu7MYmrWRuTJuvdiMuqiJd4yYKXgMQKVkSjFR80kFIVJfWCWlvpg4h9
8sXGWGof8iKNICYSo6JgkCBEJRG8ImYThNrNxmaTeM7pQ5IlJkabi0/9YZhhZv7///4z/8zPgf+7
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/images/logo.eps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | %AI5_NumLayers: 1 %AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40 %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
put
/packedarray where not
{
userdict begin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | 4 index mul 4 1 roll } repeat 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
4 index mul 4 1 roll
} repeat
5 -1 roll pop
setcmykcolor
}
def
} if
/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
userdict /level2?
systemdict /languagelevel known dup
{
pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
} if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) %%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put /_lp /none def /_pf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
/Tx /pop load def
/Tj /pop load def
currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
} ifelse
}
{
0 eq
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
| | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
/clipForward? false ddef
} if
} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
pop pop
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/images/pwrdLogo.eps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | %AI5_NumLayers: 1 %AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40 %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
put
/packedarray where not
{
userdict begin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | 4 index mul 4 1 roll } repeat 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
4 index mul 4 1 roll
} repeat
5 -1 roll pop
setcmykcolor
}
def
} if
/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
userdict /level2?
systemdict /languagelevel known dup
{
pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
} if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) %%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put /_lp /none def /_pf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
/Tx /pop load def
/Tj /pop load def
currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
} ifelse
}
{
0 eq
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
| | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
/clipForward? false ddef
} if
} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
pop pop
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/listbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # listbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk listbox widgets # and provides procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # listbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk listbox widgets # and provides procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. #-------------------------------------------------------------------------- # tk::Priv elements used in this file: # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | # Note: the check for existence of %W below is because this binding # is sometimes invoked after a window has been deleted (e.g. because # there is a double-click binding on the widget that deletes it). Users # can put "break"s in their bindings to avoid the error, but this check # makes that unnecessary. | | | | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
# Note: the check for existence of %W below is because this binding
# is sometimes invoked after a window has been deleted (e.g. because
# there is a double-click binding on the widget that deletes it). Users
# can put "break"s in their bindings to avoid the error, but this check
# makes that unnecessary.
bind Listbox <1> {
if {[winfo exists %W]} {
tk::ListboxBeginSelect %W [%W index @%x,%y] 1
}
}
# Ignore double clicks so that users can define their own behaviors.
# Among other things, this prevents errors if the user deletes the
# listbox on a double click.
bind Listbox <Double-1> {
# Empty script
}
bind Listbox <B1-Motion> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::ListboxMotion %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
%W activate @%x,%y
}
bind Listbox <Shift-1> {
tk::ListboxBeginExtend %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <Control-1> {
tk::ListboxBeginToggle %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::ListboxAutoScan %W
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
%W selection clear 0 end
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent %W
}
}
# Additional Tk bindings that aren't part of the Motif look and feel:
| | > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
%W selection clear 0 end
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent %W
}
}
# Additional Tk bindings that aren't part of the Motif look and feel:
bind Listbox <2> {
%W scan mark %x %y
}
bind Listbox <B2-Motion> {
%W scan dragto %x %y
}
# The MouseWheel will typically only fire on Windows and Mac OS X.
# However, someone could use the "event generate" command to produce
# one on other platforms.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Listbox <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Option-MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Shift-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
} else {
bind Listbox <MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W yview scroll [expr {-%D/30}] units
} else {
%W yview scroll [expr {(29-%D)/30}] units
}
}
bind Listbox <Shift-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W xview scroll [expr {-%D/30}] units
} else {
%W xview scroll [expr {(29-%D)/30}] units
}
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
# Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
# the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find
# Linux configuration info at:
# https://linuxreviews.org/HOWTO_change_the_mouse_speed_in_X
bind Listbox <4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll -5 units
}
}
bind Listbox <Shift-4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll -5 units
}
}
bind Listbox <5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll 5 units
}
}
bind Listbox <Shift-5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll 5 units
}
}
}
# ::tk::ListboxBeginSelect --
#
# This procedure is typically invoked on button-1 presses. It begins
# the process of making a selection in the listbox. Its exact behavior
# depends on the selection mode currently in effect for the listbox;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
$w selection clear 0 end
$w selection set $el
set Priv(listboxPrev) $el
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent $w
}
extended {
set i $Priv(listboxPrev)
| | | 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
$w selection clear 0 end
$w selection set $el
set Priv(listboxPrev) $el
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent $w
}
extended {
set i $Priv(listboxPrev)
if {$i < 0} {
set i $el
$w selection set $el
}
if {[$w selection includes anchor]} {
$w selection clear $i $el
$w selection set anchor $el
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/megawidget.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # megawidget.tcl # # Basic megawidget support classes. Experimental for any use other than # the ::tk::IconList megawdget, which is itself only designed for use in # the Unix file dialogs. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # megawidget.tcl # # Basic megawidget support classes. Experimental for any use other than # the ::tk::IconList megawdget, which is itself only designed for use in # the Unix file dialogs. # # Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Donal K. Fellows # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of # this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # package require Tk |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/menu.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # menu.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk menus and menubuttons. # It also implements keyboard traversal of menus and implements a few # other utility procedures related to menus. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # menu.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk menus and menubuttons. # It also implements keyboard traversal of menus and implements a few # other utility procedures related to menus. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
"can't post $menu: it isn't a descendant of $w"
}
set cur $Priv(postedMb)
if {$cur ne ""} {
MenuUnpost {}
}
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
| | | | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
"can't post $menu: it isn't a descendant of $w"
}
set cur $Priv(postedMb)
if {$cur ne ""} {
MenuUnpost {}
}
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
set Priv(cursor) [$w cget -cursor]
$w configure -cursor arrow
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
set Priv(relief) [$w cget -relief]
$w configure -relief raised
} else {
$w configure -state active
}
set Priv(postedMb) $w
set Priv(focus) [focus]
$menu activate none
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
update idletasks
if {[catch {PostMenubuttonMenu $w $menu $x $y} msg opt]} {
# Error posting menu (e.g. bogus -postcommand). Unpost it and
# reflect the error.
MenuUnpost {}
return -options $opt $msg
}
set Priv(tearoff) $tearoff
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
catch {
if {$mb ne ""} {
set menu [$mb cget -menu]
$menu unpost
set Priv(postedMb) {}
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
| | | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
catch {
if {$mb ne ""} {
set menu [$mb cget -menu]
$menu unpost
set Priv(postedMb) {}
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
$mb configure -cursor $Priv(cursor)
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
$mb configure -relief $Priv(relief)
} else {
$mb configure -state normal
}
} elseif {$Priv(popup) ne ""} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
# x - The x position of the mouse.
# y - The y position of the mouse.
# state - Modifier state (tells whether buttons are down).
proc ::tk::MenuMotion {menu x y state} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$menu eq $Priv(window)} {
| | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
# x - The x position of the mouse.
# y - The y position of the mouse.
# state - Modifier state (tells whether buttons are down).
proc ::tk::MenuMotion {menu x y state} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$menu eq $Priv(window)} {
set activeindex [$menu index active]
if {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar"} {
if {[info exists Priv(focus)] && $menu ne $Priv(focus)} {
$menu activate @$x,$y
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
} else {
$menu activate @$x,$y
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
set index [$menu index @$x,$y]
if {[info exists Priv(menuActivated)] \
&& $index ne "none" \
&& $index >= 0 \
&& $index ne $activeindex} {
set mode [option get $menu clickToFocus ClickToFocus]
if {[string is false $mode]} {
set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}]
if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} {
# Catch these postcascade commands since the menu could be
# destroyed before they run.
set Priv(menuActivatedTimer) \
[after $delay [list catch [list \
$menu postcascade active]]]
} else {
set Priv(menuDeactivatedTimer) \
[after $delay [list catch [list
$menu postcascade none]]]
}
}
}
}
}
# ::tk::MenuButtonDown --
# Handles button presses in menus. There are a couple of tricky things
# here:
# 1. Change the posted cascade entry (if any) to match the mouse position.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
# Arguments:
# menu - The menu window.
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
| | | > | | | | | | 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
# Arguments:
# menu - The menu window.
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
return
}
set activeindex [$menu index active]
if {($activeindex eq "none") || ($activeindex < 0)} {
if {[$menu cget -type] ne "menubar" } {
set Priv(window) {}
}
return
}
$menu postcascade active
if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
} else {
while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \
&& [winfo class [winfo parent $menu]] eq "Menu" \
&& [winfo ismapped [winfo parent $menu]]} {
set menu [winfo parent $menu]
}
if {$Priv(menuBar) eq {}} {
set Priv(menuBar) $menu
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
set Priv(cursor) [$menu cget -cursor]
$menu configure -cursor arrow
}
if {[$menu type active] eq "cascade"} {
set Priv(menuActivated) 1
}
}
# Don't update grab information if the grab window isn't changing.
# Otherwise, we'll get an error when we unpost the menus and
# restore the grab, since the old grab window will not be viewable
# anymore.
if {$menu ne [grab current $menu]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
# menu - The menu window.
# rootx, rooty - Root coordinates of mouse.
# state - Modifier state.
proc ::tk::MenuLeave {menu rootx rooty state} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set Priv(window) {}
| | > | 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
# menu - The menu window.
# rootx, rooty - Root coordinates of mouse.
# state - Modifier state.
proc ::tk::MenuLeave {menu rootx rooty state} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set Priv(window) {}
set activeindex [$menu index active]
if {($activeindex eq "none") || ($activeindex < 0)} {
return
}
if {[$menu type active] eq "cascade" \
&& [winfo containing $rootx $rooty] eq \
[$menu entrycget active -menu]} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
626 627 628 629 630 631 632 |
set menu [$w entrycget active -menu]
MenuFirstEntry $menu
} elseif {[$w type active] eq "tearoff"} {
::tk::TearOffMenu $w
MenuUnpost $w
} elseif {[$w cget -type] eq "menubar"} {
$w postcascade none
| | | | | | | 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
set menu [$w entrycget active -menu]
MenuFirstEntry $menu
} elseif {[$w type active] eq "tearoff"} {
::tk::TearOffMenu $w
MenuUnpost $w
} elseif {[$w cget -type] eq "menubar"} {
$w postcascade none
set activeindex [$w index active]
set isCascade [string equal [$w type $activeindex] "cascade"]
# Only de-activate the active item if it's a cascade; this prevents
# the annoying "activation flicker" you otherwise get with
# checkbuttons/commands/etc. on menubars
if { $isCascade } {
$w activate none
event generate $w <<MenuSelect>>
}
MenuUnpost $w
# If the active item is not a cascade, invoke it. This enables
# the use of checkbuttons/commands/etc. on menubars (which is legal,
# but not recommended)
if { !$isCascade } {
uplevel #0 [list $w invoke $activeindex]
}
} else {
set activeindex [$w index active]
if {($Priv(popup) eq "") || (($activeindex ne "none") && ($activeindex >= 0))} {
MenuUnpost $w
}
uplevel #0 [list $w invoke active]
}
}
# ::tk::MenuEscape --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
while {$i >= $length} {
incr i -$length
}
set mb [lindex $buttons $i]
if {[winfo class $mb] eq "Menubutton" \
&& [$mb cget -state] ne "disabled" \
&& [$mb cget -menu] ne "" \
| | > | 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
while {$i >= $length} {
incr i -$length
}
set mb [lindex $buttons $i]
if {[winfo class $mb] eq "Menubutton" \
&& [$mb cget -state] ne "disabled" \
&& [$mb cget -menu] ne "" \
&& [[$mb cget -menu] index last] ne "none" \
&& [[$mb cget -menu] index last] >= 0} {
break
}
if {$mb eq $w} {
return
}
incr i $count
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
815 816 817 818 819 820 821 |
#
# Arguments:
# menu - Menu window that received the keystroke.
# count - 1 means go to the next lower entry,
# -1 means go to the next higher entry.
proc ::tk::MenuNextEntry {menu count} {
| | > | | | | | 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
#
# Arguments:
# menu - Menu window that received the keystroke.
# count - 1 means go to the next lower entry,
# -1 means go to the next higher entry.
proc ::tk::MenuNextEntry {menu count} {
set last [$menu index last]
if {($last eq "none") || ($last < 0)} {
return
}
set length [expr {$last+1}]
set quitAfter $length
set activeindex [$menu index active]
if {($activeindex eq "none") || ($activeindex < 0)} {
set i 0
} else {
set i [expr {$activeindex + $count}]
}
while {1} {
if {$quitAfter <= 0} {
# We've tried every entry in the menu. Either there are
# none, or they're all disabled. Just give up.
return
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
if {[catch {$menu entrycget $i -state} state] == 0} {
if {$state ne "disabled" && \
($i!=0 || [$menu cget -type] ne "tearoff" \
|| [$menu type 0] ne "tearoff")} {
break
}
}
| | | 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 |
if {[catch {$menu entrycget $i -state} state] == 0} {
if {$state ne "disabled" && \
($i!=0 || [$menu cget -type] ne "tearoff" \
|| [$menu type 0] ne "tearoff")} {
break
}
}
if {$i == $activeindex} {
return
}
incr i $count
incr quitAfter -1
}
$menu activate $i
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
proc ::tk::MenuFind {w char} {
set char [string tolower $char]
set windowlist [winfo child $w]
foreach child $windowlist {
# Don't descend into other toplevels.
| | | < | > | < | | 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
proc ::tk::MenuFind {w char} {
set char [string tolower $char]
set windowlist [winfo child $w]
foreach child $windowlist {
# Don't descend into other toplevels.
if {[winfo toplevel $w] ne [winfo toplevel $child]} {
continue
}
if {[winfo class $child] eq "Menu" && \
[$child cget -type] eq "menubar"} {
if {$char eq ""} {
return $child
}
set last [$child index last]
for {set i [$child cget -tearoff]} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
if {([$child type $i] eq "separator") || ([$child entrycget $i -state] eq "disabled")} {
continue
}
set underline [$child entrycget $i -underline]
if {$underline >= 0} {
if {$char eq [string tolower [string index [$child entrycget $i -label] $underline]]} {
return $child
}
}
}
}
}
foreach child $windowlist {
# Don't descend into other toplevels.
if {[winfo toplevel $w] ne [winfo toplevel $child]} {
continue
}
switch -- [winfo class $child] {
Menubutton {
set char2 [string index [$child cget -text] \
[$child cget -underline]]
if {$char eq [string tolower $char2] || $char eq ""} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
# menu - Name of the menu window (possibly empty).
proc ::tk::MenuFirstEntry menu {
if {$menu eq ""} {
return
}
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
| | > | 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 |
# menu - Name of the menu window (possibly empty).
proc ::tk::MenuFirstEntry menu {
if {$menu eq ""} {
return
}
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
set activeindex [$menu index active]
if {($activeindex ne "none") && ($activeindex >= 0)} {
return
}
set last [$menu index last]
if {$last eq "none"} {
return
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
set i ""
if {![regexp {^active$|^last$|^none$|^[0-9]|^@} $s]} {
catch {set i [$menu index $s]}
return $i
}
set last [$menu index last]
if {$last eq "none"} {
| | | 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
set i ""
if {![regexp {^active$|^last$|^none$|^[0-9]|^@} $s]} {
catch {set i [$menu index $s]}
return $i
}
set last [$menu index last]
if {$last eq "none"} {
return ""
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
if {![catch {$menu entrycget $i -label} label]} {
if {$label eq $s} {
return $i
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 |
# menubutton, meaning that the indicator is on and the direction is
# neither above nor below, then the menu is posted so that the current
# entry is vertically aligned with the menubutton. On the Mac this
# will expose a small amount of the blue indicator on the right hand
# side. On other platforms the entry is centered over the button.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
| | | 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
# menubutton, meaning that the indicator is on and the direction is
# neither above nor below, then the menu is posted so that the current
# entry is vertically aligned with the menubutton. On the Mac this
# will expose a small amount of the blue indicator on the right hand
# side. On other platforms the entry is centered over the button.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu cx cy} {
set entry ""
if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]]
if {$entry eq ""} {
set entry 0
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 |
}
left {
incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
}
right {
incr x [winfo width $button]
}
| | | | < < < < | | > > > > > | | > | | | | 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 |
}
left {
incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
}
right {
incr x [winfo width $button]
}
default { # flush
incr x [expr {[winfo width $button] - [winfo reqwidth $menu] - 5}]
}
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
}
} else {
proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu cx cy} {
set entry ""
if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]]
if {$entry eq ""} {
set entry 0
}
}
set x [winfo rootx $button]
set y [winfo rooty $button]
switch [$button cget -direction] {
above {
incr y [expr {-[winfo reqheight $menu]}]
# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $button]} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo rooty $button]\
+ [winfo reqheight $button]}]
}
set entry {}
}
below {
incr y [winfo height $button]
# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button])} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button] \
+ [winfo rooty $button] - $mh}]
}
set entry {}
}
left {
incr x [expr {- [winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
}
right {
incr x [expr {[winfo width $button]}]
}
default { # flush
if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
if {$cx ne ""} {
set x [expr {$cx - [winfo reqwidth $menu] / 2}]
set l [font metrics [$menu cget -font] -linespace]
set y [expr {$cy - $l/2 - 2}]
} else {
incr x [expr {([winfo width $button] - \
[winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}]
}
} else {
incr y [winfo height $button]
}
}
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
}
}
# ::tk::PostOverPoint --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 |
# If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's
# upper-left corner goes at (x,y).
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} {
if {$entry ne ""} {
$menu post $x $y $entry
| > | | 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 |
# If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's
# upper-left corner goes at (x,y).
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} {
if {$entry ne ""} {
$menu post $x $y $entry
if {[$menu type $entry] ni {separator tearoff} &&
[$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
$menu activate $entry
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
} else {
$menu post $x $y
}
return
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 |
}
focus $menu
}
proc ::tk::GenerateMenuSelect {menu} {
variable ::tk::Priv
| | | < < < | | | > | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 |
}
focus $menu
}
proc ::tk::GenerateMenuSelect {menu} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$Priv(activeMenu) ne $menu \
|| $Priv(activeItem) ne [$menu index active]} {
set Priv(activeMenu) $menu
set Priv(activeItem) [$menu index active]
event generate $menu <<MenuSelect>>
}
}
# ::tk_popup --
# This procedure pops up a menu and sets things up for traversing
# the menu and its submenus.
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 |
proc ::tk_popup {menu x y {entry {}}} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$Priv(popup) ne "" || $Priv(postedMb) ne ""} {
tk::MenuUnpost {}
}
tk::PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" && [winfo viewable $menu]} {
| | | 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 |
proc ::tk_popup {menu x y {entry {}}} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$Priv(popup) ne "" || $Priv(postedMb) ne ""} {
tk::MenuUnpost {}
}
tk::PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" && [winfo viewable $menu]} {
tk::SaveGrabInfo $menu
grab -global $menu
set Priv(popup) $menu
set Priv(window) $menu
set Priv(menuActivated) 1
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}
}
|
Changes to library/msgbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # msgbox.tcl -- # # Implements messageboxes for platforms that do not have native # messagebox support. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # msgbox.tcl -- # # Implements messageboxes for platforms that do not have native # messagebox support. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # Ensure existence of ::tk::dialog namespace # |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/msgs/cs.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f"
::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona"
::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony"
::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/da.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset da "&Abort" "&Afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset da "All Files" "Alle filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Application Error" "Programfejl"
| | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset da "&Abort" "&Afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset da "All Files" "Alle filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Application Error" "Programfejl"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Blue" "&Bl\u00E5"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cancel" "Annuller"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Cancel" "&Annuller"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ikke skifte til katalog \"%1\$s\".\nIngen rettigheder."
::msgcat::mcset da "Choose Directory" "V\u00E6lg katalog"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cl&ear" "&Ryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Clear Console" "&Ryd konsolen"
::msgcat::mcset da "Color" "Farve"
::msgcat::mcset da "Console" "Konsol"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Copy" "&Kopier"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cu&t" "Kli&p"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Delete" "&Slet"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
::msgcat::mcset da "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" findes ikke."
::msgcat::mcset da "File &name:" "Fil&navn:"
::msgcat::mcset da "File &names:" "Fil&navne:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Files of &type:" "Fil&typer:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fil&ter:"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
::msgcat::mcset da "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" findes ikke."
::msgcat::mcset da "File &name:" "Fil&navn:"
::msgcat::mcset da "File &names:" "Fil&navne:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Files of &type:" "Fil&typer:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Green" "&Gr\u00F8n"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Help" "&Hj\u00E6lp"
::msgcat::mcset da "Hi" "Hej"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Hide Console" "Skjul &konsol"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Ignore" "&Ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ugyldig fil navn \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset da "Log Files" "Logfiler"
::msgcat::mcset da "&No" "&Nej"
::msgcat::mcset da "&OK" "&O.K."
::msgcat::mcset da "OK" "O.K."
::msgcat::mcset da "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset da "Open" "\u00C5bn"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Open" "&\u00C5bn"
::msgcat::mcset da "Open Multiple Files" "\u00C5bn flere filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "P&aste" "&Inds\u00E6t"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Quit" "&Afslut"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Red" "&R\u00F8d"
::msgcat::mcset da "Replace existing file?" "Erstat eksisterende fil?"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Retry" "&Gentag"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Save" "&Gem"
::msgcat::mcset da "Save As" "Gem som"
::msgcat::mcset da "Save To Log" "Gem i log"
::msgcat::mcset da "Select Log File" "V\u00E6lg logfil"
::msgcat::mcset da "Select a file to source" "V\u00E6lg k\u00F8rbar fil"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Selection:" "&Udvalg:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Show &Hidden Directories" "Vis &skjulte kataloger"
::msgcat::mcset da "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Vis &skjulte filer og kataloger"
::msgcat::mcset da "Skip Messages" "Overspring beskeder"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Source..." "&K\u00F8r..."
::msgcat::mcset da "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl for Windows"
::msgcat::mcset da "Text Files" "Tekstfiler"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset da "abort" "afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "blue" "bl\u00E5"
::msgcat::mcset da "cancel" "afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "extension"
::msgcat::mcset da "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset da "green" "gr\u00F8n"
::msgcat::mcset da "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset da "ok"
::msgcat::mcset da "red" "r\u00F8d"
::msgcat::mcset da "retry" "gentag"
::msgcat::mcset da "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/de.msg.
1 2 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..."
::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..."
::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows"
::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn"
::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/el.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
## petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
## petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort" "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "About..." "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..."
::msgcat::mcset el "All Files" "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue" "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel" "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5"
::msgcat::mcset el "Clear" "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Color" "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Console" "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Copy" "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Cut" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Delete" "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>" "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>"
::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
"\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:" "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset el "Exit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el \
"File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;"
::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:"
::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Green" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Hi" "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console" "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore" "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
"\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&No" "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "&OK" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "OK" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "Ok" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
"\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Quit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Red" "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
"\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Save" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Save As" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
"\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..." "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..."
::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl Scripts"
::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows"
::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes" "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "abort" "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "blue" "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
::msgcat::mcset el "cancel" "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "extension" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "extensions" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "green" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "ignore" "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "ok" "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "red" "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "retry" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
::msgcat::mcset el "yes" "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/eo.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108iuj dosieroj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoeraro"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u015dan\u011di al dosierujo \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Vakigu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Vakigu konzolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Koloro"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Eltondu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forigu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u016digi la dosieron?"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas. \n\n"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolaj dosieroj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK" "&Bone"
::msgcat::mcset eo "OK" "Bone"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok" "Bone"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Malfermu plurajn dosierojn"
::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Algluu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Forlasu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Ru\u011da"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u016digi ekzistantan dosieron?"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Reprovu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Konservu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Konservu kiel"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Konservu en protokolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu mesa\u011dojn"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por Vindozo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosieroj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "kromprogramo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "kromprogramoj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignoru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da"
::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "reprovu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/es.msg.
1 2 3 4 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
| | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "Color"
::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
::msgcat::mcset es "Hi" "Hola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files" "Ficheros de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos"
::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File" "Elegir un archivo de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed"
::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset es "extension" "extensi\u00f3n"
::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed"
}
|
Added library/msgs/fi.msg.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Abort" "&Keskeyt\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&About..." "&Tietoja..."
::msgcat::mcset fi "All Files" "Kaikki tiedostot"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Application Error" "Ohjelmavirhe"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Apply" "K\u00e4&yt\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Bold" "Lihavoitu"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Bold Italic" "Lihavoitu, kursivoitu"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Blue" "&Sininen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Cancel" "Peruuta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Cancel" "&Peruuta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Ei voitu vaihtaa hakemistoon \"%1\$s\".\nLupa ev\u00e4tty."
::msgcat::mcset fi "Choose Directory" "Valitse hakemisto"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Cl&ear" "&Tyhjenn\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Clear Console" "&Tyhjenn\u00e4 konsoli"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Color" "V\u00e4ri"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Console" "Konsoli"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Copy" "K&opioi"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Cu&t" "&Leikkaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Delete" "&Poista"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Details >>" "Lis\u00e4tiedot >>"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Hakemistoa \"%1\$s\" ei ole olemassa."
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Directory:" "&Hakemisto:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Edit" "&Muokkaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Effects" "Tehosteet"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Error: %1\$s" "Virhe: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset fi "E&xit" "&Lopeta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&File" "&Tiedosto"
::msgcat::mcset fi "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Tiedosto \"%1\$s\" on jo olemassa.\nHaluatko korvata sen?"
::msgcat::mcset fi "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Tiedosto \"%1\$s\" on jo olemassa.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset fi "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Tiedostoa \"%1\$s\" ei ole olemassa."
::msgcat::mcset fi "File &name:" "Tiedosto&nimi:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "File &names:" "Tiedosto&nimet:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Files of &type:" "T&yyppi:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Fi&les:" "Ti&edostot:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Filter" "&Suodata"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Fil&ter:" "Suo&data:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Font" "Kirjasin"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Font:" "&Kirjasin:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Font st&yle:" "Kirjasint&yyli:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Green" "&Vihre\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Help" "&Ohje"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Hi" "Hei"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Hide Console" "P&iilota konsoli"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Ignore" "&Ohita"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Virheellinen tiedostonimi \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset fi "Italic" "Kursivoitu"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Log Files" "Lokitiedostot"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&No" "&Ei"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset fi "OK"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Ok" "OK"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Open" "Avaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Open" "&Avaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Open Multiple Files" "Avaa monta tiedostoa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "P&aste" "L&iit\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Quit" "&Lopeta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Red" "&Punainen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Regular" "Tavallinen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Replace existing file?" "Korvataanko olemassaoleva tiedosto?"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Retry" "&Yrit\u00e4 uudelleen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Sample" "Malli"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Save" "&Tallenna"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Save As" "Tallenna nimell\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Save To Log" "Tallenna lokiin"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Select Log File" "Valitse lokitiedosto"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Select a file to source" "Valitse l\u00e4hdetiedosto"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Selection:" "&Valinta:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Size:" "K&oko:"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Skip Messages" "J\u00e4t\u00e4 viestit huomiotta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Source..." "L&\u00e4hde..."
::msgcat::mcset fi "Stri&keout" "&Yliviivaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptit"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windowsille"
::msgcat::mcset fi "Text Files" "Tekstitiedostot"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Underline" "&Alleviivaa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "&Yes" "&Kyll\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "abort" "keskeyt\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "blue" "sininen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "cancel" "peruuta"
::msgcat::mcset fi "extension" "lis\u00e4osa"
::msgcat::mcset fi "extensions" "lis\u00e4osat"
::msgcat::mcset fi "green" "vihre\u00e4"
::msgcat::mcset fi "ignore" "ohita"
::msgcat::mcset fi "ok"
::msgcat::mcset fi "red" "punainen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "retry" "yrit\u00e4 uudelleen"
::msgcat::mcset fi "yes" "kyll\u00e4"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/fr.msg.
1 2 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
| | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..."
::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e."
::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
| | | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "\u00c9valuer..."
::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/hu.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..."
::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "M\u00e9gsem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik."
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:"
#::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik."
::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld"
#::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k"
::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek"
::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld"
::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra"
::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/it.msg.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
| | | | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
| | | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec"
::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/nl.msg.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
| | | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Be\u00ebindigen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/msgs/pl.msg.
1 2 3 4 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przyk\u0142ad"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte katalogi"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekre\u015blenie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkre\u015blenie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "ok"
::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "pon\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/pt.msg.
1 2 3 4 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplica\u00e7\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "N\u00e3o foi poss\u00edvel mudar para o diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiss\u00e3o negada."
::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diret\u00f3rio"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Console"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diret\u00f3rio:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo"
::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo \u00e9 inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&N\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset pt "OK"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiplos arquivos"
::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Sele\u00e7\u00e3o:"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..."
::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim"
::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul"
::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extens\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extens\u00f5es"
::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset pt "ok"
::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho"
::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente"
::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/ru.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | > | > > | | < > | | > | | | | | | | | > > | | > | | | | | | | | | > > > | | > | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | > > > | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "\u041f\u0440\u043e..."
::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "\u0412\u0441\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430 \u0432 \u043f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0435"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Apply" "&\u041f\u0440\u0438\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Bold" "Bold"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Bold Italic" "Bold Italic"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &\u0413\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u041d\u0435 \u043c\u043e\u0433\u0443 \u043f\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0439\u0442\u0438 \u0432 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433 \"%1\$s\".\n\u041d\u0435\u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0442\u043e\u0447\u043d\u043e \u043f\u0440\u0430\u0432 \u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0443\u043f\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "\u041e\u0447\u0438\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Clear Console" "&Clear Console"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "\u0426\u0432\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "\u041a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "\u041a\u043e\u043f\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "\u0412\u044b\u0440\u0435\u0437\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "\u0423\u0434\u0430\u043b\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "\u041f\u043e\u0434\u0440\u043e\u0431\u043d\u0435\u0435 >>"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433\u0430 \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442."
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Edit" "&Edit"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Effects" "\u042d\u0444\u0444\u0435\u043a\u0442\u044b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&File" "&File"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
"\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0435\u0433\u043e?"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u043d\u0430\u0439\u0434\u0435\u043d."
::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&\u0418\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&\u0418\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&\u0422\u0438\u043f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "\u0424\u0430\u0439&\u043b\u044b:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c\u0442\u0440"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c&\u0442\u0440:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Font" "\u0428\u0440\u0438\u0444\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Font:" "&\u0428\u0440\u0438\u0444\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Font st&yle:" "&\u0421\u0442\u0438\u043b\u044c \u0448\u0440\u0438\u0444\u0442\u0430:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &\u0417\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Help" "&Help"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "\u0421\u043f\u0440\u044f\u0442\u0430\u0442\u044c \u043a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&\u0418\u0433\u043d\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u041d\u0435\u0432\u0435\u0440\u043d\u043e\u0435 \u0438\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430 \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset ru "Italic" "Italic"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&\u041d\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&\u041e\u041a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "\u041e\u041a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "\u0414\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c \u043d\u0435\u0441\u043a\u043e\u043b\u044c\u043a\u043e \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432"
::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "\u0412\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0432\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &\u041a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Regular" "Regular"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u044e\u0449\u0438\u0439 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b?"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&\u041f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Sample" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u043c\u0435\u0440"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u043a\u0430\u043a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0432 \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0440\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b \u0434\u043b\u044f \u0438\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0430\u0446\u0438\u0438"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:" "&Selection:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Size:" "&\u0420\u0430\u0437\u043c\u0435\u0440:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Show &Hidden Directories" "Show &Hidden Directories"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Show &Hidden Files and Directories"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u043e\u043e\u0431\u0449\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "\u0418\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b..."
::msgcat::mcset ru "Stri&keout" "\u041f&\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0447\u0451\u0440\u043a\u043d\u0443\u0442\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0430 \u043d\u0430 \u044f\u0437\u044b\u043a\u0435 TCL"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL \u0434\u043b\u044f Windows"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "\u0422\u0435\u043a\u0441\u0442\u043e\u0432\u044b\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Underline" "\u041f\u043e&\u0434\u0447\u0435\u0440\u043a\u043d\u0443\u0442\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&\u0414\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " \u0433\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0435"
::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " \u0437\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "\u043f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "\u043e\u043a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " \u043a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "\u043f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "\u0434\u0430"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/sv.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Bl\u00e5"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej n\u00e5 mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar r\u00e4ttigheter."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "V\u00e4lj mapp"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "F\u00e4rg"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva \u00f6ver den?"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Gr\u00f6n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hj\u00e4lp"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&G\u00f6m konsollen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "\u00d6ppna"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&\u00d6ppna"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "\u00d6ppna flera filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&R\u00f6d"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ers\u00e4tt existerande fil?"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&F\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "V\u00e4lj loggfil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "V\u00e4lj k\u00e4llfil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa \u00f6ver meddelanden"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&K\u00e4lla..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00f6r Windows"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "bl\u00e5"
::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "gr\u00f6n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "r\u00f6d"
::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "f\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}
|
Added library/msgs/zh_cn.msg.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
# Ticket c992660e: keyboard shortcuts like (&A) should be for an English keyboard added in parenthesis
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Abort" "中止(&A)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&About..." "关于……(&A)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "All Files" "所有文件"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Application Error" "应用程序错误"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Apply" "添加(&A)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Bold" "粗体"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Bold Italic" "加粗斜体"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Blue" "蓝色(&B)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Cancel" "取消"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Cancel" "取消(&C)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "无法更改目录 \"%1\$s\"。\n访问被拒绝。"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Choose Directory" "选择文件夹"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Cl&ear" "清除(&E)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Clear Console" "清除终端(&C)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Color" "颜色"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Console" "终端"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Copy" "复制(&C)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Cu&t" "剪切(&T)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Delete" "删除(&D)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Details >>" "详细信息 >>"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "目录 \"%1\$s\" 不存在。"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Directory:" "目录(&D)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Edit" "编辑(&E)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Effects" "效果"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Error: %1\$s" "错误： %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "E&xit" "退出(&X)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&File" "文件(&F)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "文件 \"%1\$s\" 已经存在。\n您想要覆盖它吗？"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "文件 \"%1\$s\" 已经存在。\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "文件 \"%1\$s\" 不存在。"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "File &name:" "文件名(&N)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "File &names:" "文件&名(&N)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Files of &type:" "文件类型(&T)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Fi&les:" "文件(&L)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Filter" "过滤(&F)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Fil&ter:" "过滤(&T)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Font" "字体"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Font:" "字体(&G)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Font st&yle:" "字体样式(&Y)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Green" "绿色(&G)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Help" "帮助(&H)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Hi" "你好"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Hide Console" "隐藏终端(&H)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Ignore" "忽略(&I)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "无效的文件名 \"%1\$s\"。"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Italic" "斜体"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Log Files" "日志文件"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&No" "否(&N)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&OK" "确定(&O)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "OK" "确定"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Ok" "确定"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Open" "打开"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Open" "打开(&O)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Open Multiple Files" "打开多个文件"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "P&aste" "粘贴(&A)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Quit" "退出(&Q)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Red" "红色(&R)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Regular" "规则"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Replace existing file?" "替换已有文件？"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Retry" "重试(&R)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Sample" "样式"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Save" "保存(&S)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Save As" "另存为"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Save To Log" "保存到日志"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Select Log File" "选择日志文件"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Select a file to source" "选择一个源文件"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Selection:" "选择(&S)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Size:" "大小(&S)："
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Show &Hidden Directories" "显示隐藏目录(&H)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "显示隐藏文件和目录(&H)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Skip Messages" "跳过信息"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Source..." "来源……(&S)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Stri&keout" "删除线(&K)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl脚本"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Tcl for Windows" "适用于Windows的Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "Text Files" "文本文档"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Underline" "下划线(&U)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "&Yes" "确定(&Y)"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "abort" "中止"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "blue" "蓝色"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "cancel" "取消"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "extension" "拓展"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "extensions" "拓展"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "green" "绿色"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "ignore" "忽略"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "ok" "确定"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "red" "红色"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "retry" "重试"
::msgcat::mcset zh_cn "yes" "确认"
}
|
Changes to library/obsolete.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # obsolete.tcl -- # # This file contains obsolete procedures that people really shouldn't # be using anymore, but which are kept around for backward compatibility. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # obsolete.tcl -- # # This file contains obsolete procedures that people really shouldn't # be using anymore, but which are kept around for backward compatibility. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # The procedures below are here strictly for backward compatibility with # Tk version 3.6 and earlier. The procedures are no longer needed, so |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
option add *Listbox.borderWidth 2 $prio; # 1
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
option add *Listbox.selectBorderWidth 1 $prio; # 0
}
# Remove focus into Listbox added for 8.5
| | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
option add *Listbox.borderWidth 2 $prio; # 1
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
option add *Listbox.selectBorderWidth 1 $prio; # 0
}
# Remove focus into Listbox added for 8.5
bind Listbox <1> {
if {[winfo exists %W]} {
tk::ListboxBeginSelect %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
}
}
proc ::tk::classic::restore_menu {args} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/optMenu.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # optMenu.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_optionMenu, which creates # an option button and its associated menu. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # optMenu.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_optionMenu, which creates # an option button and its associated menu. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_optionMenu -- # This procedure creates an option button named $w and an associated |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/palette.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # palette.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that change the color palette used # by Tk. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # palette.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that change the color palette used # by Tk. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_setPalette -- # Changes the default color scheme for a Tk application by setting |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/safetk.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # safetk.tcl -- # # Support procs to use Tk in safe interpreters. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # safetk.tcl -- # # Support procs to use Tk in safe interpreters. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # see safetk.n for documentation # |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/scale.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # scale.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scale widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # scale.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scale widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The code below creates the default class bindings for entries. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
if {$tk_strictMotif} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
if {[%W cget -state] eq "active"} {
%W configure -state normal
}
}
| | | > > > > > > > > | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
if {$tk_strictMotif} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
if {[%W cget -state] eq "active"} {
%W configure -state normal
}
}
bind Scale <1> {
tk::ScaleButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B1-Motion> {
tk::ScaleDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B1-Leave> { }
bind Scale <B1-Enter> { }
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
tk::ScaleEndDrag %W
tk::ScaleActivate %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <2> {
tk::ScaleButton2Down %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B2-Motion> {
tk::ScaleDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B2-Leave> { }
bind Scale <B2-Enter> { }
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-2> {
tk::CancelRepeat
tk::ScaleEndDrag %W
tk::ScaleActivate %W %x %y
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
# On Windows do the same with button 3, as that is the right mouse button
bind Scale <3> [bind Scale <2>]
bind Scale <B3-Motion> [bind Scale <B2-Motion>]
bind Scale <B3-Leave> [bind Scale <B2-Leave>]
bind Scale <B3-Enter> [bind Scale <B2-Enter>]
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-3> [bind Scale <ButtonRelease-2>]
}
bind Scale <Control-1> {
tk::ScaleControlPress %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <<PrevLine>> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W up little noRepeat
}
bind Scale <<NextLine>> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W down little noRepeat
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
# repeat - Whether and how to auto-repeat the action: "noRepeat"
# means don't auto-repeat, "initial" means this is the
# first action in an auto-repeat sequence, and "again"
# means this is the second repetition or later.
proc ::tk::ScaleIncrement {w dir big repeat} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo exists $w]} return
if {$big eq "big"} {
set inc [$w cget -bigincrement]
if {$inc == 0} {
set inc [expr {abs([$w cget -to] - [$w cget -from])/10.0}]
}
if {$inc < [$w cget -resolution]} {
set inc [$w cget -resolution]
}
} else {
set inc [$w cget -resolution]
}
if {([$w cget -from] > [$w cget -to]) ^ ($dir eq "up")} {
if {$inc > 0} {
set inc [expr {-$inc}]
}
} else {
if {$inc < 0} {
set inc [expr {-$inc}]
}
}
$w set [expr {[$w get] + $inc}]
if {$repeat eq "again"} {
set Priv(afterId) [after [$w cget -repeatinterval] \
[list tk::ScaleIncrement $w $dir $big again]]
} elseif {$repeat eq "initial"} {
set delay [$w cget -repeatdelay]
if {$delay > 0} {
set Priv(afterId) [after $delay \
[list tk::ScaleIncrement $w $dir $big again]]
}
}
}
# ::tk::ScaleControlPress --
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
# repeat - Whether and how to auto-repeat the action: "noRepeat"
# means don't auto-repeat, "initial" means this is the
# first action in an auto-repeat sequence, and "again"
# means this is the second repetition or later.
proc ::tk::ScaleIncrement {w dir big repeat} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo exists $w]} return
# give the cancel callback a chance to be serviced if the execution time of
# the -command script lasts longer than -repeatdelay
set clockms [clock milliseconds]
if {$repeat eq "again" &&
[expr {$clockms - $Priv(clockms)}] > [expr {[$w cget -repeatinterval] * 1.1}]} {
set Priv(clockms) $clockms
set Priv(afterId) [after [$w cget -repeatinterval] \
[list tk::ScaleIncrement $w $dir $big again]]
return
}
if {$big eq "big"} {
set inc [$w cget -bigincrement]
if {$inc == 0} {
set inc [expr {abs([$w cget -to] - [$w cget -from])/10.0}]
}
if {$inc < [$w cget -resolution]} {
set inc [$w cget -resolution]
}
} else {
set inc [$w cget -resolution]
}
if {([$w cget -from] > [$w cget -to]) ^ ($dir eq "up")} {
if {$inc > 0} {
set inc [expr {-$inc}]
}
} else {
if {$inc < 0} {
set inc [expr {-$inc}]
}
}
# this will run the -command script (if any) during the redrawing
# of the scale at idle time
$w set [expr {[$w get] + $inc}]
if {$repeat eq "again"} {
set Priv(clockms) $clockms
set Priv(afterId) [after [$w cget -repeatinterval] \
[list tk::ScaleIncrement $w $dir $big again]]
} elseif {$repeat eq "initial"} {
set delay [$w cget -repeatdelay]
if {$delay > 0} {
set Priv(clockms) $clockms
set Priv(afterId) [after $delay \
[list tk::ScaleIncrement $w $dir $big again]]
}
}
}
# ::tk::ScaleControlPress --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/scrlbar.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # scrlbar.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scrollbar widgets. # It also provides procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # scrlbar.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scrollbar widgets. # It also provides procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The code below creates the default class bindings for scrollbars. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
bind Scrollbar <Leave> {
if {$tk_strictMotif && [info exists tk::Priv(activeBg)]} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
%W activate {}
}
| | | | | | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
bind Scrollbar <Leave> {
if {$tk_strictMotif && [info exists tk::Priv(activeBg)]} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
%W activate {}
}
bind Scrollbar <1> {
tk::ScrollButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-B2-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ScrollButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Leave> {
# Prevents <Leave> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Enter> {
# Prevents <Enter> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <2> {
tk::ScrollButton2Down %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-2> {
# Do nothing, since button 1 is already down.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-1> {
# Do nothing, since button 2 is already down.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <ButtonRelease-2> {
tk::ScrollButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-ButtonRelease-2> {
# Do nothing: B1 release will handle it.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-ButtonRelease-1> {
# Do nothing: B2 release will handle it.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Leave> {
# Prevents <Leave> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Enter> {
# Prevents <Enter> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-1> {
tk::ScrollTopBottom %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-2> {
tk::ScrollTopBottom %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <<PrevLine>> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v -1
}
bind Scrollbar <<NextLine>> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
tk::ScrollToPos %W 0
}
bind Scrollbar <<LineEnd>> {
tk::ScrollToPos %W 1
}
}
| > | | | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
tk::ScrollToPos %W 0
}
bind Scrollbar <<LineEnd>> {
tk::ScrollToPos %W 1
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-(%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Option-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-10 * (%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-(%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-10 * (%D)}]
}
} else {
bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-%D/30}]
} else {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {(29-%D)/30}]
}
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-%D/30}]
} else {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {(29-%D)/30}]
}
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind Scrollbar <4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v -5}
bind Scrollbar <5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v 5}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h -5}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h 5}
}
# tk::ScrollButtonDown --
# This procedure is invoked when a button is pressed in a scrollbar.
# It changes the way the scrollbar is displayed and takes actions
# depending on where the mouse is.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 | # # Arguments: # w - The scrollbar widget. # orient - Which kinds of scrollbars this applies to: "h" for # horizontal, "v" for vertical, "hv" for both. # amount - How many units to scroll: typically 1 or -1. | | | | | 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The scrollbar widget.
# orient - Which kinds of scrollbars this applies to: "h" for
# horizontal, "v" for vertical, "hv" for both.
# amount - How many units to scroll: typically 1 or -1.
proc ::tk::ScrollByUnits {w orient amount} {
set cmd [$w cget -command]
if {$cmd eq "" || ([string first \
[string index [$w cget -orient] 0] $orient] < 0)} {
return
}
set info [$w get]
if {[llength $info] == 2} {
uplevel #0 $cmd scroll $amount units
} else {
uplevel #0 $cmd [expr {[lindex $info 2] + $amount}]
}
}
# ::tk::ScrollByPages --
# This procedure tells the scrollbar's associated widget to scroll up
# or down by a given number of screenfuls. It notifies the associated
# widget in different ways for old and new command syntaxes.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/spinbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # spinbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk spinbox widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. The spinbox builds # off the entry widget, so it can reuse Entry bindings and procedures. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # spinbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk spinbox widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. The spinbox builds # off the entry widget, so it can reuse Entry bindings and procedures. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Jeffrey Hobbs # Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
bind Spinbox <<TraverseIn>> {
%W selection range 0 end
%W icursor end
}
# Standard Motif bindings:
| | | | | | | | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
bind Spinbox <<TraverseIn>> {
%W selection range 0 end
%W icursor end
}
# Standard Motif bindings:
bind Spinbox <1> {
::tk::spinbox::ButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Motion> {
::tk::spinbox::Motion %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <Double-1> {
::tk::spinbox::ArrowPress %W %x %y
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x sel.first
}
bind Spinbox <Triple-1> {
::tk::spinbox::ArrowPress %W %x %y
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x 0
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
%W selection adjust @%x
}
bind Spinbox <Double-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Spinbox <Triple-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
::tk::spinbox::AutoScan %W
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Spinbox <ButtonRelease-1> {
::tk::spinbox::ButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <Control-1> {
%W icursor @%x
}
bind Spinbox <<PrevLine>> {
%W invoke buttonup
}
bind Spinbox <<NextLine>> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
bind Spinbox <<SelectNone>> {
%W selection clear
}
bind Spinbox <Key> {
::tk::EntryInsert %W %A
}
| | > | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
bind Spinbox <<SelectNone>> {
%W selection clear
}
bind Spinbox <Key> {
::tk::EntryInsert %W %A
}
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, Control, and Mod4 keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <Key> class binding will also fire and insert the character,
# which is wrong. Ditto for Escape, Return, and Tab.
bind Spinbox <Alt-Key> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Control-Key> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Return> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Tab> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Prior> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Next> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Spinbox <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
}
# On Windows, paste is done using Shift-Insert. Shift-Insert already
# generates the <<Paste>> event, so we don't need to do anything here.
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
bind Spinbox <Insert> {
catch {::tk::EntryInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
| > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
bind Spinbox <2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Spinbox <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
} else {
bind Spinbox <3> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Spinbox <B3-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
}
# ::tk::spinbox::Invoke --
# Invoke an element of the spinbox
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
# a spinbox has no -show option to obscure contents.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window from which the text to get
proc ::tk::spinbox::GetSelection {w} {
return [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
| | | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
# a spinbox has no -show option to obscure contents.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window from which the text to get
proc ::tk::spinbox::GetSelection {w} {
return [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
[expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
}
|
Changes to library/tclIndex.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0 # This file is generated by the "auto_mkindex" command # and sourced to set up indexing information for one or # more commands. Typically each line is a command that # sets an element in the auto_index array, where the # element name is the name of a command and the value is # a script that loads the command. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 | # Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0 # This file is generated by the "auto_mkindex" command # and sourced to set up indexing information for one or # more commands. Typically each line is a command that # sets an element in the auto_index array, where the # element name is the name of a command and the value is # a script that loads the command. set auto_index(::tk::dialog::error::Return) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::error::Details) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::error::SaveToLog) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::error::Destroy) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::error::bgerror) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(bgerror) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir bgerror.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ButtonInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir button.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ButtonAutoInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir button.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::CheckRadioInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir button.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::Config) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::OkCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::DblClick) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::ListBrowse) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::Done) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir choosedir.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::InitValues) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::Config) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::BuildDialog) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::SetRGBValue) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::XToRgb) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::RgbToX) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::DrawColorScale) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::CreateSelector) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::RedrawFinalColor) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::RedrawColorBars) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::StartMove) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::MoveSelector) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::ResizeColorBars) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::HandleSelEntry) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::HandleRGBEntry) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::EnterColorBar) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::LeaveColorBar) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::OkCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::color::CancelCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir clrpick.tcl]] set auto_index(tclParseConfigSpec) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(tclListValidFlags) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_Create) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_BindIn) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_BindOut) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_Destroy) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_In) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusGroup_Out) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FDGetFileTypes) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir comdlg.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleInit) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleSource) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleHistory) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsolePrompt) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleBind) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleInsert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleOutput) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleExit) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ConsoleAbout) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir console.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_dialog) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir dialog.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryClosestGap) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryButton1) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryMouseSelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryPaste) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryAutoScan) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryKeySelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryInsert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryBackspace) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntrySeeInsert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntrySetCursor) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryTranspose) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryPreviousWord) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryGetSelection) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusNext) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusPrev) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusOK) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusFollowsMouse) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir iconlist.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginSelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxMotion) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginExtend) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginToggle) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxAutoScan) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxUpDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxExtendUpDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxDataExtend) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxCancel) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxSelectAll) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::Megawidget) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir megawidget.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbEnter) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbLeave) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbPost) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuUnpost) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbMotion) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbButtonUp) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuMotion) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuButtonDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuLeave) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuEscape) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuUpArrow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuDownArrow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuLeftArrow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuRightArrow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuNextMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuNextEntry) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuFind) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TraverseToMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FirstMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TraverseWithinMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuFirstEntry) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuFindName) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::PostOverPoint) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::SaveGrabInfo) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::RestoreOldGrab) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_menuSetFocus) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::GenerateMenuSelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_popup) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir mkpsenc.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MessageBox) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir msgbox.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_menuBar) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir obsolete.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_bindForTraversal) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir obsolete.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::classic::restore) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir obsolete.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_optionMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir optMenu.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_setPalette) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir palette.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::RecolorTree) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir palette.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::Darken) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir palette.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_bisque) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir palette.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::tkInterpInit) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::loadTk) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::TkInit) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::allowTk) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::disallowTk) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::tkDelete) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::safe::tkTopLevel) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir safetk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleActivate) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleButtonDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleDrag) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleEndDrag) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleIncrement) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleControlPress) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScaleButton2Down) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scale.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollButtonDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollButtonUp) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollSelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollStartDrag) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollDrag) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollEndDrag) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollByUnits) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollByPages) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollToPos) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollTopBottom) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScrollButton2Down) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir scrlbar.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Invoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::ClosestGap) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::ButtonDown) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::ButtonUp) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Paste) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Motion) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::AutoScan) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::KeySelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Insert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Backspace) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::SeeInsert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::SetCursor) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::Transpose) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::PreviousWord) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::spinbox::GetSelection) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir spinbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TearOffMenu) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tearoff.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuDup) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tearoff.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextClosestGap) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextButton1) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextSelectTo) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextKeyExtend) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextPaste) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextAutoScan) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextSetCursor) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextKeySelect) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextResetAnchor) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextInsert) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextUpDownLine) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextPrevPara) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextNextPara) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextScrollPages) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextTranspose) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_textCopy) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_textCut) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_textPaste) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextNextPos) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TextPrevPos) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::PlaceWindow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::SetFocusGrab) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::RestoreFocusGrab) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScreenChanged) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EventMotifBindings) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::CancelRepeat) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TabToWindow) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Config) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Create) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetSelectMode) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::UpdateWhenIdle) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Update) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetPath) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetFilter) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::ResolveFile) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::EntFocusIn) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::EntFocusOut) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::ActivateEnt) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::VerifyFileName) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::InvokeBtn) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::UpDirCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::OkCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::CancelCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::ListBrowse) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::ListInvoke) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Done) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_Create) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FileTypes) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_Config) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_BuildUI) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_SetListMode) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_MakeSList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_Update) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_LoadFiles) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseDList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateDList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseFList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFList) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFEnt) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateSEnt) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_OkCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source -encoding utf-8 [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]] |
Changes to library/tearoff.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # tearoff.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that implement tear-off menus. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # tearoff.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that implement tear-off menus. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk::TearoffMenu -- # Given the name of a menu, this procedure creates a torn-off menu |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
# the parent of the new menu. This guarantees that the torn off
# menu will be on the same screen as the original menu. By making
# it a child of the ancestor, rather than a child of the menu, it
# can continue to live even if the menu is deleted; it will go
# away when the toplevel goes away.
if {$x == 0} {
| | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
# the parent of the new menu. This guarantees that the torn off
# menu will be on the same screen as the original menu. By making
# it a child of the ancestor, rather than a child of the menu, it
# can continue to live even if the menu is deleted; it will go
# away when the toplevel goes away.
if {$x == 0} {
set x [winfo rootx $w]
}
if {$y == 0} {
set y [winfo rooty $w]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Shift by height of tearoff entry minus height of window titlebar
catch {incr y [expr {[$w yposition 1] - 16}]}
# Avoid the native menu bar which sits on top of everything.
if {$y < 22} {set y 22}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
# Pick a title for the new menu by looking at the parent of the
# original: if the parent is a menu, then use the text of the active
# entry. If it's a menubutton then use its text.
set parent [winfo parent $w]
if {[$menu cget -title] ne ""} {
| | | | | | | | | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
# Pick a title for the new menu by looking at the parent of the
# original: if the parent is a menu, then use the text of the active
# entry. If it's a menubutton then use its text.
set parent [winfo parent $w]
if {[$menu cget -title] ne ""} {
wm title $menu [$menu cget -title]
} else {
switch -- [winfo class $parent] {
Menubutton {
wm title $menu [$parent cget -text]
}
Menu {
wm title $menu [$parent entrycget active -label]
}
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
# [Bug 3181181]: Find the toplevel window for the menu
set parent [winfo toplevel $parent]
while {[winfo class $parent] eq "Menu"} {
set parent [winfo toplevel [winfo parent $parent]]
}
wm transient $menu [winfo toplevel $parent]
wm attributes $menu -toolwindow 1
}
$menu post $x $y
if {[winfo exists $menu] == 0} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
}
if {[lindex $option 0] eq "-type"} {
continue
}
lappend cmd [lindex $option 0] [lindex $option 4]
}
eval $cmd
set last [$src index last]
| > > > | < < | | | | | | | | < < < | < < < < < | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
}
if {[lindex $option 0] eq "-type"} {
continue
}
lappend cmd [lindex $option 0] [lindex $option 4]
}
eval $cmd
# Copy the meny entries, if any
set last [$src index last]
if {$last ne "none"} {
for {set i [$src cget -tearoff]} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
set cmd [list $dst add [$src type $i]]
foreach option [$src entryconfigure $i] {
lappend cmd [lindex $option 0] [lindex $option 4]
}
eval $cmd
}
}
# Duplicate the binding tags from the source menu, replacing src with dst
set tags [bindtags $src]
set x [lsearch -exact $tags $src]
if {$x >= 0} {lset tags $x $dst}
bindtags $dst $tags
}
|
Changes to library/text.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # text.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk text widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # text.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk text widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of ::tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | # The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets. #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Standard Motif bindings: | | | | | | | | | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
# The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard Motif bindings:
bind Text <1> {
tk::TextButton1 %W %x %y
%W tag remove sel 0.0 end
}
bind Text <B1-Motion> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <Double-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
catch {%W mark set insert sel.first}
}
bind Text <Triple-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
catch {%W mark set insert sel.first}
}
bind Text <Shift-1> {
tk::TextResetAnchor %W @%x,%y
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <Double-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y 1
}
bind Text <Triple-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::TextAutoScan %W
}
bind Text <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <Control-1> {
%W mark set insert @%x,%y
# An operation that moves the insert mark without making it
# one end of the selection must insert an autoseparator
if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
%W edit separator
}
}
# stop an accidental double click triggering <Double-Button-1>
bind Text <Double-Control-1> { # nothing }
# stop an accidental movement triggering <B1-Motion>
bind Text <Control-B1-Motion> { # nothing }
bind Text <<PrevChar>> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert-1displayindices
}
bind Text <<NextChar>> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert+1displayindices
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
bind Text <Alt-Key> {# nothing }
bind Text <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind Text <Control-Key> {# nothing}
bind Text <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Text <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <Command-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Additional emacs-like bindings:
bind Text <Control-d> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare end != insert+1c]} {
%W delete insert
| > | 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
bind Text <Alt-Key> {# nothing }
bind Text <Meta-Key> {# nothing}
bind Text <Control-Key> {# nothing}
bind Text <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Text <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind Text <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Additional emacs-like bindings:
bind Text <Control-d> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare end != insert+1c]} {
%W delete insert
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
bind Text <Control-h> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare insert != 1.0]} {
%W delete insert-1c
%W see insert
}
}
| > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
bind Text <Control-h> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare insert != 1.0]} {
%W delete insert-1c
%W see insert
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
bind Text <2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanMark %W %x %y
}
}
bind Text <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanDrag %W %x %y
}
}
} else {
bind Text <3> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanMark %W %x %y
}
}
bind Text <B3-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanDrag %W %x %y
}
}
}
set ::tk::Priv(prevPos) {}
# The MouseWheel will typically only fire on Windows and MacOS X.
# However, someone could use the "event generate" command to produce one
# on other platforms. We must be careful not to round -ve values of %D
# down to zero.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-15 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Option-MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-150 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Shift-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-15 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-150 * (%D)}] pixels
}
} else {
# We must make sure that positive and negative movements are rounded
# equally to integers, avoiding the problem that
# (int)1/3 = 0,
# but
# (int)-1/3 = -1
# The following code ensure equal +/- behaviour.
bind Text <MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W yview scroll [expr {-%D/3}] pixels
} else {
%W yview scroll [expr {(2-%D)/3}] pixels
}
}
bind Text <Shift-MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W xview scroll [expr {-%D/3}] pixels
} else {
%W xview scroll [expr {(2-%D)/3}] pixels
}
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
# Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
# the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find
# Linux configuration info at:
# https://linuxreviews.org/HOWTO_change_the_mouse_speed_in_X
bind Text <4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll -50 pixels
}
}
bind Text <5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll 50 pixels
}
}
bind Text <Shift-4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll -50 pixels
}
}
bind Text <Shift-5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W xview scroll 50 pixels
}
}
}
# ::tk::TextClosestGap --
# Given x and y coordinates, this procedure finds the closest boundary
# between characters to the given coordinates and returns the index
# of the character just after the boundary.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The text window.
# x - X-coordinate within the window.
# y - Y-coordinate within the window.
proc ::tk::TextClosestGap {w x y} {
set pos [$w index @$x,$y]
set bbox [$w bbox $pos]
if {$bbox eq ""} {
return $pos
}
# The check on y coord of the line bbox with dlineinfo is to fix
# [a9cf210a42] to properly handle selecting and moving the mouse
# out of the widget.
if {$y < [lindex [$w dlineinfo $pos] 1] ||
$x - [lindex $bbox 0] < [lindex $bbox 2]/2} {
return $pos
}
$w index "$pos + 1 char"
}
# ::tk::TextButton1 --
# This procedure is invoked to handle button-1 presses in text
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 |
if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
}
if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
$w scan dragto $x $y
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 |
if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
}
if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
$w scan dragto $x $y
}
}
|
Changes to library/tk.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # tk.tcl -- # # Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based # application. Arranges class bindings for widgets. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application. Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk 8.6.17
# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
# Set up the msgcat commands
namespace eval msgcat {
namespace export mc mcmax
if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
unset ::tk::FocusGrab($index)
} else {
set oldGrab ""
}
catch {focus $oldFocus}
grab release $grab
| > | | | | | > > > > | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
unset ::tk::FocusGrab($index)
} else {
set oldGrab ""
}
catch {focus $oldFocus}
grab release $grab
if {[winfo exists $grab]} {
if {$destroy eq "withdraw"} {
wm withdraw $grab
} else {
destroy $grab
}
}
if {[winfo exists $oldGrab] && [winfo ismapped $oldGrab]} {
# The "grab" command will fail if another application
# already holds the grab on a window with the same name.
# So catch it. See [7447ed20ec] for an example.
if {$oldStatus eq "global"} {
catch {grab -global $oldGrab}
} else {
catch {grab $oldGrab}
}
}
}
# ::tk::GetSelection --
# This tries to obtain the default selection. On Unix, we first try
# and get a UTF8_STRING, a type supported by modern Unix apps for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
if {$name} {
set op delete
} else {
set op add
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
if {$name} {
set op delete
} else {
set op add
}
event $op <<Cut>> <Control-Key-w> <Control-Lock-Key-W> <Shift-Key-Delete>
event $op <<Copy>> <Meta-Key-w> <Meta-Lock-Key-W> <Control-Key-Insert>
event $op <<Paste>> <Control-Key-y> <Control-Lock-Key-Y> <Shift-Key-Insert>
event $op <<PrevChar>> <Control-Key-b> <Control-Lock-Key-B>
event $op <<NextChar>> <Control-Key-f> <Control-Lock-Key-F>
event $op <<PrevLine>> <Control-Key-p> <Control-Lock-Key-P>
event $op <<NextLine>> <Control-Key-n> <Control-Lock-Key-N>
event $op <<LineStart>> <Control-Key-a> <Control-Lock-Key-A>
event $op <<LineEnd>> <Control-Key-e> <Control-Lock-Key-E>
event $op <<SelectPrevChar>> <Control-Key-B> <Control-Lock-Key-b>
event $op <<SelectNextChar>> <Control-Key-F> <Control-Lock-Key-f>
event $op <<SelectPrevLine>> <Control-Key-P> <Control-Lock-Key-p>
event $op <<SelectNextLine>> <Control-Key-N> <Control-Lock-Key-n>
event $op <<SelectLineStart>> <Control-Key-A> <Control-Lock-Key-a>
event $op <<SelectLineEnd>> <Control-Key-E> <Control-Lock-Key-e>
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define common dialogs on platforms where they are not implemented
# using compiled code.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define the set of common virtual events.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
| < < < | | | > | | > | | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define the set of common virtual events.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
switch -exact -- [tk windowingsystem] {
"x11" {
event add <<Cut>> <Control-Key-x> <Key-F20> <Control-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Control-Key-c> <Key-F16> <Control-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-Key-v> <Key-F18> <Control-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-2>
event add <<Undo>> <Control-Key-z> <Control-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Control-Key-Z> <Control-Lock-Key-z>
event add <<ContextMenu>> <Button-3>
# On Darwin/Aqua, buttons from left to right are 1,3,2. On Darwin/X11 with recent
# XQuartz as the X server, they are 1,2,3; other X servers may differ.
event add <<SelectAll>> <Control-Key-slash>
event add <<SelectNone>> <Control-Key-backslash>
event add <<NextChar>> <Right>
event add <<SelectNextChar>> <Shift-Right>
event add <<PrevChar>> <Left>
event add <<SelectPrevChar>> <Shift-Left>
event add <<NextWord>> <Control-Right>
event add <<SelectNextWord>> <Control-Shift-Right>
event add <<PrevWord>> <Control-Left>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
trace add variable ::tk_strictMotif write ::tk::EventMotifBindings
set ::tk_strictMotif $::tk_strictMotif
# On unix, we want to always display entry/text selection,
# regardless of which window has focus
set ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection 1
}
"win32" {
| | | | > | | > | | | 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
trace add variable ::tk_strictMotif write ::tk::EventMotifBindings
set ::tk_strictMotif $::tk_strictMotif
# On unix, we want to always display entry/text selection,
# regardless of which window has focus
set ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection 1
}
"win32" {
event add <<Cut>> <Control-Key-x> <Shift-Key-Delete> <Control-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Control-Key-c> <Control-Key-Insert> <Control-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-Key-v> <Shift-Key-Insert> <Control-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-2>
event add <<Undo>> <Control-Key-z> <Control-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Control-Key-y> <Control-Lock-Key-Y>
event add <<ContextMenu>> <Button-3>
event add <<SelectAll>> <Control-Key-slash> <Control-Key-a> <Control-Lock-Key-A>
event add <<SelectNone>> <Control-Key-backslash>
event add <<NextChar>> <Right>
event add <<SelectNextChar>> <Shift-Right>
event add <<PrevChar>> <Left>
event add <<SelectPrevChar>> <Shift-Left>
event add <<NextWord>> <Control-Right>
event add <<SelectNextWord>> <Control-Shift-Right>
event add <<PrevWord>> <Control-Left>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
event add <<PrevPara>> <Control-Up>
event add <<NextPara>> <Control-Down>
event add <<SelectPrevPara>> <Control-Shift-Up>
event add <<SelectNextPara>> <Control-Shift-Down>
event add <<ToggleSelection>> <Control-Button-1>
}
"aqua" {
| | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
event add <<PrevPara>> <Control-Up>
event add <<NextPara>> <Control-Down>
event add <<SelectPrevPara>> <Control-Shift-Up>
event add <<SelectNextPara>> <Control-Shift-Down>
event add <<ToggleSelection>> <Control-Button-1>
}
"aqua" {
event add <<Cut>> <Command-Key-x> <Key-F2> <Command-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Command-Key-c> <Key-F3> <Command-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Command-Key-v> <Key-F4> <Command-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-3>
event add <<Clear>> <Clear>
event add <<ContextMenu>> <Button-2>
# Official bindings
# See https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT201236
event add <<SelectAll>> <Command-Key-a>
event add <<Undo>> <Command-Key-z> <Command-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Shift-Command-Key-z> <Shift-Command-Lock-Key-z>
event add <<NextChar>> <Right> <Control-Key-f> <Control-Lock-Key-F>
event add <<SelectNextChar>> <Shift-Right> <Shift-Control-Key-F> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-F>
event add <<PrevChar>> <Left> <Control-Key-b> <Control-Lock-Key-B>
event add <<SelectPrevChar>> <Shift-Left> <Shift-Control-Key-B> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-B>
event add <<NextWord>> <Option-Right>
event add <<SelectNextWord>> <Shift-Option-Right>
event add <<PrevWord>> <Option-Left>
event add <<SelectPrevWord>> <Shift-Option-Left>
event add <<LineStart>> <Home> <Command-Left> <Control-Key-a> <Control-Lock-Key-A>
event add <<SelectLineStart>> <Shift-Home> <Shift-Command-Left> <Shift-Control-Key-A> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-A>
event add <<LineEnd>> <End> <Command-Right> <Control-Key-e> <Control-Lock-Key-E>
event add <<SelectLineEnd>> <Shift-End> <Shift-Command-Right> <Shift-Control-Key-E> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-E>
event add <<PrevLine>> <Up> <Control-Key-p> <Control-Lock-Key-P>
event add <<SelectPrevLine>> <Shift-Up> <Shift-Control-Key-P> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-P>
event add <<NextLine>> <Down> <Control-Key-n> <Control-Lock-Key-N>
event add <<SelectNextLine>> <Shift-Down> <Shift-Control-Key-N> <Shift-Control-Lock-Key-N>
# Not official, but logical extensions of above. Also derived from
# bindings present in MS Word on OSX.
event add <<PrevPara>> <Option-Up>
event add <<NextPara>> <Option-Down>
event add <<SelectPrevPara>> <Shift-Option-Up>
event add <<SelectNextPara>> <Shift-Option-Down>
event add <<ToggleSelection>> <Command-Button-1>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
proc ::tk::CancelRepeat {} {
variable ::tk::Priv
after cancel $Priv(afterId)
set Priv(afterId) {}
}
| < < < < < < < | 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
proc ::tk::CancelRepeat {} {
variable ::tk::Priv
after cancel $Priv(afterId)
set Priv(afterId) {}
}
# ::tk::TabToWindow --
# This procedure moves the focus to the given widget.
# It sends a <<TraverseOut>> virtual event to the previous focus window,
# if any, before changing the focus, and a <<TraverseIn>> event
# to the new focus window afterwards.
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
627 628 629 630 631 632 633 |
if {$class in {
Button Checkbutton Label Radiobutton
TButton TCheckbutton TLabel TRadiobutton
} && [string equal -nocase $char \
[string index [$path cget -text] [$path cget -underline]]]} {
return $path
}
| | | | 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
if {$class in {
Button Checkbutton Label Radiobutton
TButton TCheckbutton TLabel TRadiobutton
} && [string equal -nocase $char \
[string index [$path cget -text] [$path cget -underline]]]} {
return $path
}
set subwins [concat [grid slaves $path] [pack slaves $path] \
[place slaves $path]]
if {$class eq "Canvas"} {
foreach item [$path find all] {
if {[$path type $item] eq "window"} {
set w [$path itemcget $item -window]
if {$w ne ""} {lappend subwins $w}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
if {$length > $maxlen} {
set maxlen $length
}
}
return $maxlen
}
| < < < < < < < < < | 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 |
if {$length > $maxlen} {
set maxlen $length
}
}
return $maxlen
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
#stub procedures to respond to "do script" Apple Events
proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile {file} {
uplevel #0 $file
source -encoding utf-8 $file
}
proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptText {script} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/tkfbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # tkfbox.tcl -- # # Implements the "TK" standard file selection dialog box. This dialog # box is used on the Unix platforms whenever the tk_strictMotif flag is # not set. # # The "TK" standard file selection dialog box is similar to the file # selection dialog box on Win95(TM). The user can navigate the # directories by clicking on the folder icons or by selecting the # "Directory" option menu. The user can select files by clicking on the # file icons or by entering a filename in the "Filename:" entry. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# tkfbox.tcl --
#
# Implements the "TK" standard file selection dialog box. This dialog
# box is used on the Unix platforms whenever the tk_strictMotif flag is
# not set.
#
# The "TK" standard file selection dialog box is similar to the file
# selection dialog box on Win95(TM). The user can navigate the
# directories by clicking on the folder icons or by selecting the
# "Directory" option menu. The user can select files by clicking on the
# file icons or by entering a filename in the "Filename:" entry.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
# Cleanup traces on selectPath variable
#
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) {*}$trace
}
| > | > | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
# Cleanup traces on selectPath variable
#
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) {*}$trace
}
if {[winfo exists $data(dirMenuBtn)]} {
$data(dirMenuBtn) configure -textvariable {}
}
return $Priv(selectFilePath)
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::Config --
#
# Configures the TK filedialog according to the argument list
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
577 578 579 580 581 582 583 |
return
}
# Turn on the busy cursor. BUG?? We haven't disabled X events, though,
# so the user may still click and cause havoc ...
#
set entCursor [$data(ent) cget -cursor]
| | | | 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
return
}
# Turn on the busy cursor. BUG?? We haven't disabled X events, though,
# so the user may still click and cause havoc ...
#
set entCursor [$data(ent) cget -cursor]
set dlgCursor [$w cget -cursor]
$data(ent) configure -cursor watch
$w configure -cursor watch
update idletasks
$data(icons) deleteall
set showHidden $showHiddenVar
# Make the dir list. Note that using an explicit [pwd] (instead of '.') is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
::tk::SetAmpText $data(okBtn) [mc "&Save"]
}
}
# turn off the busy cursor.
#
$data(ent) configure -cursor $entCursor
| | | 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
::tk::SetAmpText $data(okBtn) [mc "&Save"]
}
}
# turn off the busy cursor.
#
$data(ent) configure -cursor $entCursor
$w configure -cursor $dlgCursor
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently --
#
# Sets data(selectPath) without invoking the trace procedure
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently {w path} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
} else {
set data(selectFile) $file
}
Done $w
}
}
PATH {
| | | | | | 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 |
} else {
set data(selectFile) $file
}
Done $w
}
}
PATH {
tk_messageBox -icon warning -type ok -parent $w -message \
[mc "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." $path]
$data(ent) selection range 0 end
$data(ent) icursor end
}
CHDIR {
tk_messageBox -type ok -parent $w -icon warning -message \
[mc "Cannot change to the directory\
\"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." $path]
$data(ent) selection range 0 end
$data(ent) icursor end
}
ERROR {
tk_messageBox -type ok -parent $w -icon warning -message \
[mc "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." $path]
$data(ent) selection range 0 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 |
if {
[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
&& [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
&& [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
} then {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) \
| | < | 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 |
if {
[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
&& [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
&& [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
} then {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) \
[lsearch -exact $data(-filetypes) $data(filterType)] 0]
}
}
bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | ttk::style configure "." \ -background $colors(-frame) \ -foreground black \ -troughcolor $colors(-darker) \ -bordercolor $colors(-border) \ -selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \ -selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \ | | < < | > > | > | < | > | | < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
ttk::style configure "." \
-background $colors(-frame) \
-foreground black \
-troughcolor $colors(-darker) \
-bordercolor $colors(-border) \
-selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \
-selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \
-font TkDefaultFont
ttk::style map "." -background \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) active $colors(-activebg)] ;
ttk::style map "." -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] ;
ttk::style map "." -embossed [list disabled 1] ;
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -width -11 -padding "1 1" \
-relief raised -shiftrelief 1 \
-highlightthickness 1 -highlightcolor $colors(-frame)
ttk::style map TButton -relief {
{pressed !disabled} sunken
{active !disabled} raised
} -highlightcolor {alternate black}
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
[list pressed $colors(-frame) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
[list pressed $colors(-frame) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 \
-focuswidth 2 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame -relief solid -borderwidth 1
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0} \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -relief flat -padding 2
ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
{disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
[list pressed $colors(-darker) active $colors(-activebg)]
ttk::style configure TScrollbar -relief raised
ttk::style configure TLabelframe -relief groove -borderwidth 2
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {2 2 1 0}
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -background $colors(-darker) \
-padding {4 2}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-background [list selected $colors(-frame)] \
-expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window) \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
selected $colors(-selectfg)]
ttk::style configure TScale \
-groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken -borderwidth 2
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
-background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
}
}
# ttk::theme::alt::configureNotebookStyle --
#
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook style $style and the
# style $style.Tab. Invoked by ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle.
proc ttk::theme::alt::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set tabPos [ttk::style lookup $style -tabposition {} nw]
switch -- [string index $tabPos 0] {
n {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 1 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 1 0}}
}
s {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 0 1 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 0 1 2}}
}
w {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 0 1}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 0 1}}
}
e {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {0 2 2 1}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {0 2 2 1}}
}
default {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 1 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 1 0}}
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
ttk::style theme settings aqua {
ttk::style configure . \
-font TkDefaultFont \
-background systemWindowBackgroundColor \
-foreground systemLabelColor \
-selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor \
-selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \
| < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
ttk::style theme settings aqua {
ttk::style configure . \
-font TkDefaultFont \
-background systemWindowBackgroundColor \
-foreground systemLabelColor \
-selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor \
-selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \
-insertwidth 1
ttk::style map . \
-foreground {
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
background systemLabelColor} \
-selectbackground {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
ttk::style map TButton \
-foreground {
pressed white
{alternate !pressed !background} white}
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -anchor center -padding {2 0 0 2}
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -anchor center
# Entry
ttk::style configure TEntry \
-foreground systemTextColor \
-background systemTextBackgroundColor
ttk::style map TEntry \
-foreground {
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
} \
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > | > > > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
ttk::style map TButton \
-foreground {
pressed white
{alternate !pressed !background} white}
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -anchor center -padding {2 0 0 2}
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -anchor center
# For Entry, Combobox and Spinbox widgets the selected text background
# is the "Highlight color" selected in preferences when the widget
# has focus. It is a gray color when the widget does not have focus or
# the window does not have focus. (The background state implies !focus
# so we only need to specify !focus.)
# Entry
ttk::style configure TEntry \
-foreground systemTextColor \
-background systemTextBackgroundColor
ttk::style map TEntry \
-foreground {
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
} \
-selectbackground {
!focus systemUnemphasizedSelectedTextBackgroundColor
}
# Combobox:
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-foreground {
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
} \
-selectbackground {
!focus systemUnemphasizedSelectedTextBackgroundColor
}
# Spinbox
ttk::style configure TSpinbox \
-foreground systemTextColor \
-background systemTextBackgroundColor
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-foreground {
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
} \
-selectbackground {
!focus systemUnemphasizedSelectedTextBackgroundColor
}
# Workaround for #1100117:
# Actually, on Aqua we probably shouldn't stipple images in
# disabled buttons even if it did work...
ttk::style configure . -stipple {}
# Notebook
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {10 0} -tabposition n
ttk::style configure TNotebook -padding {18 8 18 17}
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {12 3 12 2}
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -foreground systemControlTextColor
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-foreground {
background systemControlTextColor
disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
selected systemSelectedTabTextColor}
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading \
-font TkHeadingFont \
-foreground systemTextColor \
-background systemWindowBackgroundColor
ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 \
-background systemTextBackgroundColor \
-foreground systemTextColor \
-fieldbackground systemTextBackgroundColor
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background {
selected systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
}
# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 120
# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)
#
ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
-labeloutside true -labelmargins {14 0 14 4}
# TODO: panedwindow sashes should be 9 pixels (HIG:Controls:Split Views)
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
variable colors
array set colors {
-disabledfg "#999999"
-frame "#dcdad5"
-window "#ffffff"
-dark "#cfcdc8"
-darker "#bab5ab"
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
variable colors
array set colors {
-disabledfg "#999999"
-frame "#dcdad5"
-window "#ffffff"
-dark "#cfcdc8"
-darker "#bab5ab"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | -foreground black \ -bordercolor $colors(-darkest) \ -darkcolor $colors(-dark) \ -lightcolor $colors(-lighter) \ -troughcolor $colors(-darker) \ -selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \ -selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \ | < | < | | | < | < > | > | | > | < | > | > | > | < | > | > | < < | > | > | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
-foreground black \
-bordercolor $colors(-darkest) \
-darkcolor $colors(-dark) \
-lightcolor $colors(-lighter) \
-troughcolor $colors(-darker) \
-selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \
-selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \
-font TkDefaultFont
ttk::style map "." \
-background [list disabled $colors(-frame) \
active $colors(-lighter)] \
-foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] \
-selectbackground [list !focus $colors(-darkest)] \
-selectforeground [list !focus white]
# -selectbackground [list !focus "#847d73"]
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised
ttk::style map TButton \
-background [list \
disabled $colors(-frame) \
pressed $colors(-darker) \
active $colors(-lighter)] \
-lightcolor [list pressed $colors(-darker)] \
-darkcolor [list pressed $colors(-darker)] \
-bordercolor [list alternate "#000000"]
ttk::style configure Toolbutton \
-anchor center -padding 2 -relief flat
ttk::style map Toolbutton \
-relief [list \
disabled flat \
selected sunken \
pressed sunken \
active raised] \
-background [list \
disabled $colors(-frame) \
pressed $colors(-darker) \
active $colors(-lighter)] \
-lightcolor [list pressed $colors(-darker)] \
-darkcolor [list pressed $colors(-darker)]
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
-indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
-indicatorforeground "#000000" \
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
-indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
-indicatorforeground "#000000" \
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2
ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
-indicatorbackground [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) \
{alternate disabled} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-indicatorforeground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
-indicatorbackground [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) \
{alternate disabled} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-indicatorforeground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
ttk::style map TEntry \
-background [list readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-bordercolor [list focus $colors(-selectbg)] \
-lightcolor [list focus "#6f9dc6"]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
-fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] \
-bordercolor [list focus $colors(-selectbg)]
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-relief solid -borderwidth 1
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-background [list readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] \
-bordercolor [list focus $colors(-selectbg)]
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-padding [list selected {6 4 6 2}] \
-background [list selected $colors(-frame) {} $colors(-darker)] \
-lightcolor [list selected $colors(-lighter) {} $colors(-dark)]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading \
-font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
selected $colors(-selectfg)] \
-bordercolor [list focus $colors(-selectbg)]
ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
-labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
-borderwidth 2 -relief raised
ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)
ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
}
}
# ttk::theme::clam::configureNotebookStyle --
#
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook tab style $style.Tab.
# Invoked by ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle.
proc ttk::theme::clam::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set tabPos [ttk::style lookup $style -tabposition {} nw]
switch -- [string index $tabPos 0] {
n {
ttk::style configure $style.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -padding {selected {6 4 6 2}}
}
s {
ttk::style configure $style.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -padding {selected {6 2 6 4}}
}
w {
ttk::style configure $style.Tab -padding {2 6 2 6}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -padding {selected {4 6 2 6}}
}
e {
ttk::style configure $style.Tab -padding {2 6 2 6}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -padding {selected {2 6 4 6}}
}
default {
ttk::style configure $style.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -padding {selected {6 4 6 2}}
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
#
# "classic" Tk theme.
#
# Implements Tk's traditional Motif-like look and feel.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::classic {
| | > | | < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
#
# "classic" Tk theme.
#
# Implements Tk's traditional Motif-like look and feel.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::classic {
variable colors
array set colors {
-frame "#d9d9d9"
-window "#ffffff"
-activebg "#ececec"
-troughbg "#b3b3b3"
-selectbg "#c3c3c3"
-selectfg "#000000"
-disabledfg "#a3a3a3"
-indicator "#b03060"
-altindicator "#b05e5e"
}
ttk::style theme settings classic {
ttk::style configure "." \
-font TkDefaultFont \
-background $colors(-frame) \
-foreground black \
-selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \
-selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \
-troughcolor $colors(-troughbg) \
-indicatorcolor $colors(-frame) \
-highlightcolor $colors(-frame) \
-highlightthickness 1 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-insertwidth 2 \
-focuswidth 0
# To match pre-Xft X11 appearance, use:
# ttk::style configure . -font {Helvetica 12 bold}
ttk::style map "." -background \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) active $colors(-activebg)]
ttk::style map "." -foreground \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised ttk::style map TCheckbutton \ -indicatorcolor [list \ pressed $colors(-frame) \ alternate $colors(-altindicator) \ selected $colors(-indicator)] \ | | < | | < | > > > | > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > | > | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
-indicatorcolor [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
selected $colors(-indicator)] \
-indicatorrelief {alternate raised selected sunken pressed sunken}
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
-indicatorcolor [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) \
alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
selected $colors(-indicator)] \
-indicatorrelief {alternate raised selected sunken pressed sunken}
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised \
-indicatorborderwidth 2 -padding "3m 1m"
ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style element create Combobox.downarrow from default
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -arrowsize 12
ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-relief solid -borderwidth 1
ttk::style element create Spinbox.uparrow from default
ttk::style element create Spinbox.downarrow from default
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TLabelframe -borderwidth 2 -relief groove
ttk::style configure TScrollbar -relief raised -arrowsize 12 -width 12
ttk::style map TScrollbar -relief {{pressed !disabled} sunken}
ttk::style configure TScale -sliderrelief raised -sliderborderwidth 2
ttk::style map TScale -sliderrelief {{pressed !disabled} sunken}
ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background SteelBlue
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab \
-padding {3m 1m} \
-background $colors(-troughbg) \
-focussolid 1
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
selected $colors(-selectfg)]
#
# Toolbar buttons:
#
ttk::style layout Toolbutton {
Toolbutton.focus -children {
Toolbutton.border -children {
Toolbutton.padding -children {
Toolbutton.label
}
}
}
}
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat \
-shiftrelief 2 -focussolid 1
ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
{disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
[list pressed $colors(-troughbg) active $colors(-activebg)]
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
$cb selection range 0 end
$cb icursor end
event generate $cb <<ComboboxSelected>> -when mark
}
## Scroll -- Mousewheel binding
#
| | < < < < | | | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
$cb selection range 0 end
$cb icursor end
event generate $cb <<ComboboxSelected>> -when mark
}
## Scroll -- Mousewheel binding
#
proc ttk::combobox::Scroll {cb dir} {
$cb instate disabled { return }
set max [llength [$cb cget -values]]
set current [$cb current]
incr current $dir
if {$max != 0 && $current == $current % $max} {
SelectEntry $cb $current
}
}
## LBSelected $lb -- Activation binding for listbox
# Set the combobox value to the currently-selected listbox value
# and unpost the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBSelected {lb} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
LBSelect $lb
Unpost $cb
focus $cb
}
## LBCancel --
# Unpost the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBCancel {lb} {
Unpost [LBMaster $lb]
}
## LBTab -- Tab key binding for combobox listbox.
# Set the selection, and navigate to next/prev widget.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBTab {lb dir} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
switch -- $dir {
next { set newFocus [tk_focusNext $cb] }
prev { set newFocus [tk_focusPrev $cb] }
}
if {$newFocus ne ""} {
LBSelect $lb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | ttk::scrollbar $popdown.sb \ -orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview] listbox $popdown.l \ -listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \ -yscrollcommand [list $popdown.sb set] \ -exportselection false \ -selectmode browse \ | | < | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
ttk::scrollbar $popdown.sb \
-orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview]
listbox $popdown.l \
-listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \
-yscrollcommand [list $popdown.sb set] \
-exportselection false \
-selectmode browse \
-activestyle none
bindtags $popdown.l \
[list $popdown.l ComboboxListbox Listbox $popdown all]
grid $popdown.l -row 0 -column 0 -padx {1 0} -pady 1 -sticky nsew
grid $popdown.sb -row 0 -column 1 -padx {0 1} -pady 1 -sticky ns
grid columnconfigure $popdown 0 -weight 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
proc ttk::combobox::Unpost {cb} {
if {[winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
wm withdraw $cb.popdown
}
grab release $cb.popdown ;# in case of stuck or unexpected grab [#1239190]
}
| | | | | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
proc ttk::combobox::Unpost {cb} {
if {[winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
wm withdraw $cb.popdown
}
grab release $cb.popdown ;# in case of stuck or unexpected grab [#1239190]
}
## LBMaster $lb --
# Return the combobox main widget that owns the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBMaster {lb} {
winfo parent [winfo parent [winfo parent $lb]]
}
## LBSelect $lb --
# Transfer listbox selection to combobox value.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBSelect {lb} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
set selection [$lb curselection]
if {[llength $selection] == 1} {
SelectEntry $cb [lindex $selection 0]
}
}
## LBCleanup $lb --
# <Destroy> binding for combobox listboxes.
# Cleans up by unsetting the linked textvariable.
#
# Note: we can't just use { unset [%W cget -listvariable] }
# because the widget command is already gone when this binding fires).
# [winfo parent] still works, fortunately.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBCleanup {lb} {
variable Values
unset Values([LBMaster $lb])
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | ttk::style configure "." \ -borderwidth 1 \ -background $colors(-frame) \ -foreground $colors(-foreground) \ -troughcolor $colors(-darker) \ -font TkDefaultFont \ | < | < | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | ttk::style configure "." \ -borderwidth 1 \ -background $colors(-frame) \ -foreground $colors(-foreground) \ -troughcolor $colors(-darker) \ -font TkDefaultFont \ -selectbackground $colors(-selectbg) \ -selectforeground $colors(-selectfg) \ -insertwidth 1 \ -indicatordiameter 10 ttk::style map "." -background \ [list disabled $colors(-frame) active $colors(-activebg)] ttk::style map "." -foreground \ [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] ttk::style configure TButton \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief \
[list alternate raised]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
| | | > | > > > | > > > | | > > | > > | | > < | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief \
[list alternate raised]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-relief raised -indicatorborderwidth 1 -padding "10 3"
ttk::style configure TEntry \
-fieldbackground white -padding 1 \
-focuswidth 2 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TCombobox \
-arrowsize 12 -arrowcolor black \
-fieldbackground white -padding 1 \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TSpinbox \
-arrowsize 10 -arrowcolor black \
-fieldbackground white -padding {2 0 10 0} \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
-relief groove -borderwidth 2
ttk::style configure TScrollbar \
-width 12 -arrowsize 12
ttk::style map TScrollbar \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TScale \
-sliderrelief raised -sliderborderwidth 1
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
-background $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab \
-padding {4 2} -background $colors(-darker)
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-background [list selected $colors(-frame)] \
-highlight [list selected 1] \
-highlightcolor [list selected $colors(-selectbg)]
# Treeview.
#
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview \
-background $colors(-window) \
-foreground $colors(-text) \
-focuswidth 1 -focuscolor $colors(-selectbg)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
selected $colors(-selectfg)]
# Combobox popdown frame
ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
}
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-borderwidth 1 -relief solid
#
# Toolbar buttons:
#
ttk::style layout Toolbutton {
Toolbutton.border -children {
Toolbutton.focus -children {
Toolbutton.padding -children {
Toolbutton.label
}
}
}
}
ttk::style configure Toolbutton \
-padding 2 -relief flat
ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
[list disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised]
ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
[list pressed $colors(-darker) active $colors(-activebg)]
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/entry.tcl.
1 2 3 | # # DERIVED FROM: tk/library/entry.tcl r1.22 # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# DERIVED FROM: tk/library/entry.tcl r1.22
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
namespace eval ttk {
namespace eval entry {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
bind TEntry <B1-Enter> { ttk::entry::DragIn %W }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::entry::Release %W }
bind TEntry <<ToggleSelection>> {
%W instate {!readonly !disabled} { %W icursor @%x ; focus %W }
}
| | | > | | | > > > > > | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
bind TEntry <B1-Enter> { ttk::entry::DragIn %W }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::entry::Release %W }
bind TEntry <<ToggleSelection>> {
%W instate {!readonly !disabled} { %W icursor @%x ; focus %W }
}
## Button2 (Button3 on Aqua) bindings:
# Used for scanning and primary transfer.
# Note: ButtonRelease-2 (ButtonRelease-3 on Aqua)
# is mapped to <<PasteSelection>> in tk.tcl.
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
bind TEntry <Button-2> { ttk::entry::ScanMark %W %x }
bind TEntry <B2-Motion> { ttk::entry::ScanDrag %W %x }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::entry::ScanRelease %W %x }
} else {
bind TEntry <Button-3> { ttk::entry::ScanMark %W %x }
bind TEntry <B3-Motion> { ttk::entry::ScanDrag %W %x }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-3> { ttk::entry::ScanRelease %W %x }
}
bind TEntry <<PasteSelection>> { ttk::entry::ScanRelease %W %x }
## Keyboard navigation bindings:
#
bind TEntry <<PrevChar>> { ttk::entry::Move %W prevchar }
bind TEntry <<NextChar>> { ttk::entry::Move %W nextchar }
bind TEntry <<PrevWord>> { ttk::entry::Move %W prevword }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
bind TEntry <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Tab> {# nothing}
# Argh. Apparently on Windows, the NumLock modifier is interpreted
# as a Command modifier.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind TEntry <Command-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Tk-on-Cocoa generates characters for these two keys. [Bug 2971663]
bind TEntry <<PrevLine>> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <<NextLine>> {# nothing}
## Additional emacs-like bindings:
#
| > | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
bind TEntry <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Tab> {# nothing}
# Argh. Apparently on Windows, the NumLock modifier is interpreted
# as a Command modifier.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind TEntry <Command-Key> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Mod4-Key> {# nothing}
}
# Tk-on-Cocoa generates characters for these two keys. [Bug 2971663]
bind TEntry <<PrevLine>> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <<NextLine>> {# nothing}
## Additional emacs-like bindings:
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
#
## EntrySelection -- Return the selected text of the entry.
# Raises an error if there is no selection.
#
proc ttk::entry::EntrySelection {w} {
set entryString [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
| | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
#
## EntrySelection -- Return the selected text of the entry.
# Raises an error if there is no selection.
#
proc ttk::entry::EntrySelection {w} {
set entryString [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
[expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
if {[$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return [string repeat [string index [$w cget -show] 0] \
[string length $entryString]]
}
return $entryString
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
# either the next end-of-word position, or the start-of-word
# position following the next end-of-word position.
#
set ::ttk::entry::State(startNext) \
[string equal [tk windowingsystem] "win32"]
proc ttk::entry::NextWord {w start} {
variable State
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos >= 0 && $State(startNext)} {
set pos [tcl_startOfNextWord [$w get] $pos]
}
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
## PrevWord -- Find the previous word position.
#
proc ttk::entry::PrevWord {w start} {
set pos [tcl_startOfPreviousWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return 0
}
return $pos
}
| > > > > > > > > | 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
# either the next end-of-word position, or the start-of-word
# position following the next end-of-word position.
#
set ::ttk::entry::State(startNext) \
[string equal [tk windowingsystem] "win32"]
proc ttk::entry::NextWord {w start} {
# the check on [winfo class] is because the spinbox and combobox also use this proc
if {[winfo class $w] eq "TEntry" && [$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return end
}
variable State
set pos [tcl_endOfWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos >= 0 && $State(startNext)} {
set pos [tcl_startOfNextWord [$w get] $pos]
}
if {$pos < 0} {
return end
}
return $pos
}
## PrevWord -- Find the previous word position.
#
proc ttk::entry::PrevWord {w start} {
# the check on [winfo class] is because the spinbox and combobox also use this proc
if {[winfo class $w] eq "TEntry" && [$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return 0
}
set pos [tcl_startOfPreviousWord [$w get] [$w index $start]]
if {$pos < 0} {
return 0
}
return $pos
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/fonts.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | # # Note that the font for column headings (TkHeadingFont) is # _smaller_ than the default font. # # There does not appear to be any recommendations for fixed-width fonts. # # X11: | < < < > > > > | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
#
# Note that the font for column headings (TkHeadingFont) is
# _smaller_ than the default font.
#
# There does not appear to be any recommendations for fixed-width fonts.
#
# X11:
# "Classic" look used Helvetica bold for everything except
# for entry widgets, which use Helvetica medium.
# Most other toolkits use medium weight for all UI elements,
# which is what we do now.
#
# Font size specified in pixels on X11, not points.
# This is Theoretically Wrong, but in practice works better; using
# points leads to huge inconsistencies across different servers.
#
namespace eval ttk {
variable tip145 [catch {font create TkDefaultFont}]
catch {font create TkTextFont}
catch {font create TkHeadingFont}
catch {font create TkCaptionFont}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
if {![catch {tk::pkgconfig get fontsystem} F(fs)] && $F(fs) eq "xft"} {
set F(family) "sans-serif"
set F(fixed) "monospace"
} else {
set F(family) "Helvetica"
set F(fixed) "courier"
}
| | | | | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
if {![catch {tk::pkgconfig get fontsystem} F(fs)] && $F(fs) eq "xft"} {
set F(family) "sans-serif"
set F(fixed) "monospace"
} else {
set F(family) "Helvetica"
set F(fixed) "courier"
}
set F(size) -12
set F(ttsize) -10
set F(capsize) -14
set F(fixedsize) -12
font configure TkDefaultFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size)
font configure TkTextFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size)
font configure TkHeadingFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size) \
-weight bold
font configure TkCaptionFont -family $F(family) -size $F(capsize) \
-weight bold
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/menubutton.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
set buttonPad 1
set bevelPad 4
set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $buttonPad]
set bbh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $bevelPad]
set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu]
set bw [winfo width $mb]
| < < | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
set buttonPad 1
set bevelPad 4
set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $buttonPad]
set bbh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $bevelPad]
set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu]
set bw [winfo width $mb]
set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]]
if {$entry < 0} {
set entry 0
}
set x [winfo rootx $mb]
set y [winfo rooty $mb]
switch [$mb cget -direction] {
above {
set entry ""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
incr y $menuPad
incr x -$mw
}
right {
incr y $menuPad
incr x $bw
}
| | < < | | | | | < | < | < < < < | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
incr y $menuPad
incr x -$mw
}
right {
incr y $menuPad
incr x $bw
}
default { # flush
incr y $bbh
}
}
return [list $x $y $entry]
}
} else {
proc ::ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {
set mh [expr {[winfo reqheight $menu]}]
set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]}]
set mw [expr {[winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
set bw [expr {[winfo width $mb]}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
incr mh 6
incr mw 16
}
set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]]
if {$entry < 0} {
set entry 0
}
set x [winfo rootx $mb]
set y [winfo rooty $mb]
switch [$mb cget -direction] {
above {
set entry ""
incr y -$mh
# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $mb]} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo rooty $mb]\
+ [winfo reqheight $mb]}]
}
}
below {
set entry ""
incr y $bh
# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo vrootheight $mb])} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo rooty $mb] - $mh}]
}
}
left {
incr x -$mw
}
right {
incr x $bw
}
default { # flush
incr x [expr {([winfo width $mb] - [winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}]
}
}
return [list $x $y $entry]
}
}
# Popdown --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
}
set State(pulldown) 1
set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor]
$mb state pressed
$mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor]
foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
| | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
}
set State(pulldown) 1
set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor]
$mb state pressed
$mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor]
foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
if {$entry >= 0} {
$menu post $x $y $entry
} else {
$menu post $x $y
}
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
# FindMenuEntry --
# Hack to support tk_optionMenus.
# Returns the index of the menu entry with a matching -label,
# "" if not found.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::FindMenuEntry {menu s} {
set last [$menu index last]
| | | 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
# FindMenuEntry --
# Hack to support tk_optionMenus.
# Returns the index of the menu entry with a matching -label,
# "" if not found.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::FindMenuEntry {menu s} {
set last [$menu index last]
if {$last eq "none" || $last < 0} {
return ""
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
if {![catch {$menu entrycget $i -label} label]
&& ($label eq $s)} {
return $i
}
}
return ""
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/notebook.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
}
}
# CycleTab --
# Select the next/previous tab in the list.
#
proc ttk::notebook::CycleTab {w dir} {
| < | > > | > | | > | | | > | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
}
}
# CycleTab --
# Select the next/previous tab in the list.
#
proc ttk::notebook::CycleTab {w dir} {
set current [$w index current]
if {$current >= 0} {
set tabCount [$w index end]
set select [expr {($current + $dir) % $tabCount}]
set step [expr {$dir > 0 ? 1 : -1}]
while {[$w tab $select -state] ne "normal" && ($select != $current)} {
set select [expr {($select + $step) % $tabCount}]
}
if {$select != $current} {
ActivateTab $w $select
}
}
}
# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
# Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the
# specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
# otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
set key [string toupper $key]
foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
set label [$nb tab $tab -text]
set underline [$nb tab $tab -underline]
if {$underline >= 0} {
set mnemonic [string toupper [string index $label $underline]]
if {$mnemonic ne "" && $mnemonic eq $key} {
return $tab
}
}
}
return ""
}
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/panedwindow.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
bind TPanedwindow <Button-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Press %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <B1-Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Release %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Enter> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Leave> { ttk::panedwindow::ResetCursor %W }
| < < | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
bind TPanedwindow <Button-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Press %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <B1-Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Release %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Enter> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Leave> { ttk::panedwindow::ResetCursor %W }
## Sash movement:
#
proc ttk::panedwindow::Press {w x y} {
variable State
set sash [$w identify $x $y]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
set State(sash) $sash
set State(sashPos) [$w sashpos $sash]
}
proc ttk::panedwindow::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {!$State(pressed)} { return }
| | | | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
set State(sash) $sash
set State(sashPos) [$w sashpos $sash]
}
proc ttk::panedwindow::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {!$State(pressed)} { return }
switch -glob -- [$w cget -orient] {
h* { set delta [expr {$x - $State(pressX)}] }
v* { set delta [expr {$y - $State(pressY)}] }
}
$w sashpos $State(sash) [expr {$State(sashPos) + $delta}]
}
proc ttk::panedwindow::Release {w x y} {
variable State
set State(pressed) 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
ttk::saveCursor $w State(userConfCursor) \
[list [ttk::cursor hresize] [ttk::cursor vresize]]
set cursor $State(userConfCursor)
if {[llength [$w identify $x $y]]} {
# Assume we're over a sash.
| | | | | 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
ttk::saveCursor $w State(userConfCursor) \
[list [ttk::cursor hresize] [ttk::cursor vresize]]
set cursor $State(userConfCursor)
if {[llength [$w identify $x $y]]} {
# Assume we're over a sash.
switch -glob -- [$w cget -orient] {
h* { set cursor hresize }
v* { set cursor vresize }
}
}
ttk::setCursor $w $cursor
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
bind TScrollbar <Button-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Jump %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <B2-Motion> { ttk::scrollbar::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Release %W %x %y }
# Redirect scrollwheel bindings to the scrollbar widget
#
| > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
bind TScrollbar <Button-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Jump %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <B2-Motion> { ttk::scrollbar::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Release %W %x %y }
# Redirect scrollwheel bindings to the scrollbar widget
#
# The shift-bindings scroll left/right (not up/down)
# if a widget has both possibilities
set eventList [list <MouseWheel> <Shift-MouseWheel>]
switch [tk windowingsystem] {
aqua {
lappend eventList <Option-MouseWheel> <Shift-Option-MouseWheel>
}
x11 {
lappend eventList <Button-4> <Button-5> \
<Shift-Button-4> <Shift-Button-5>
}
}
foreach event $eventList {
bind TScrollbar $event [bind Scrollbar $event]
}
unset eventList event
proc ttk::scrollbar::Scroll {w n units} {
set cmd [$w cget -command]
if {$cmd ne ""} {
uplevel #0 $cmd scroll $n $units
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {![info exists State(first)]} {
# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb,
# or something screwy has happened. In either case, ignore:
| | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {![info exists State(first)]} {
# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb,
# or something screwy has happened. In either case, ignore:
return
}
set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Release {w x y} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/sizegrip.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
}
# Sanity-checks:
# If a negative X or Y position was specified for [wm geometry],
# just bail out -- there's no way to handle this cleanly.
#
if {[scan [wm geometry $top] "%dx%d+%d+%d" width height x y] != 4} {
| | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
}
# Sanity-checks:
# If a negative X or Y position was specified for [wm geometry],
# just bail out -- there's no way to handle this cleanly.
#
if {[scan [wm geometry $top] "%dx%d+%d+%d" width height x y] != 4} {
return
}
# Account for gridded geometry:
#
set grid [wm grid $top]
if {[llength $grid]} {
set State(widthInc) [lindex $grid 2]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/spinbox.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
ttk::CancelRepeat
}
## MouseWheel --
# Mousewheel callback. Turn these into <<Increment>> (-1, up)
# or <<Decrement> (+1, down) events.
#
| | | | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
ttk::CancelRepeat
}
## MouseWheel --
# Mousewheel callback. Turn these into <<Increment>> (-1, up)
# or <<Decrement> (+1, down) events.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::MouseWheel {w dir} {
if {[$w instate disabled]} { return }
if {$dir < 0} {
event generate $w <<Increment>>
} else {
event generate $w <<Decrement>>
}
}
## SelectAll --
# Select widget contents.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/ttk.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
variable currentTheme ;# @@@ Temp -- [::ttk::style theme use] doesn't work
if {$theme ni [::ttk::style theme names]} {
package require ttk::theme::$theme
}
::ttk::style theme use $theme
set currentTheme $theme
}
### Load widget bindings.
#
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library button.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library menubutton.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library scrollbar.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library scale.tcl]
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
variable currentTheme ;# @@@ Temp -- [::ttk::style theme use] doesn't work
if {$theme ni [::ttk::style theme names]} {
package require ttk::theme::$theme
}
::ttk::style theme use $theme
set currentTheme $theme
}
## ttk::configureNotebookStyle $style --
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook style $style
# and/or the style $style.Tab. To be invoked if the -tabposition option
# of $style has a non-default value (like "sw", "wn", or "en").
#
proc ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set theme [ttk::style theme use]
if {[llength [info procs theme::${theme}::configureNotebookStyle]] > 0} {
theme::${theme}::configureNotebookStyle $style
return 1
} else {
return 0
}
}
### Load widget bindings.
#
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library button.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library menubutton.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library scrollbar.tcl]
source -encoding utf-8 [file join $::ttk::library scale.tcl]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/utils.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
if {![catch {$w cget -state} state] && $state eq "disabled"} {
return 0
}
# Allow traversal to widgets with explicit key or focus bindings:
#
if {[regexp {Key|Focus} [concat [bind $w] [bind [winfo class $w]]]]} {
| | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
if {![catch {$w cget -state} state] && $state eq "disabled"} {
return 0
}
# Allow traversal to widgets with explicit key or focus bindings:
#
if {[regexp {Key|Focus} [concat [bind $w] [bind [winfo class $w]]]]} {
return 1
}
# Default is nontraversable:
#
return 0
}
## ttk::traverseTo $w --
# Set the keyboard focus to the specified window.
#
proc ttk::traverseTo {w} {
set focus [focus]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
# If called more than once without an intervening [SaveGrab $w],
# does nothing.
#
proc ttk::RestoreGrab {w} {
variable Grab
if {![info exists Grab($w)]} { # Ignore
| | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
# If called more than once without an intervening [SaveGrab $w],
# does nothing.
#
proc ttk::RestoreGrab {w} {
variable Grab
if {![info exists Grab($w)]} { # Ignore
return
}
# The previous grab/focus window may have been destroyed,
# unmapped, or some other abnormal condition; ignore any errors.
#
foreach script $Grab($w) {
catch $script
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
# Begin auto-repeat.
#
proc ttk::Repeatedly {args} {
variable Repeat
after cancel $Repeat(timer)
set script [uplevel 1 [list namespace code $args]]
set Repeat(script) $script
| < > < > | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
# Begin auto-repeat.
#
proc ttk::Repeatedly {args} {
variable Repeat
after cancel $Repeat(timer)
set script [uplevel 1 [list namespace code $args]]
set Repeat(script) $script
set Repeat(timer) [after $Repeat(delay) ttk::Repeat]
uplevel #0 $script
}
## Repeat --
# Continue auto-repeat
#
proc ttk::Repeat {} {
variable Repeat
set Repeat(timer) [after $Repeat(interval) ttk::Repeat]
uplevel #0 $Repeat(script)
}
## ttk::CancelRepeat --
# Halt auto-repeat.
#
proc ttk::CancelRepeat {} {
variable Repeat
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
bind $to $event [bind $from $event]
}
}
### Mousewheel bindings.
#
# Platform inconsistencies:
#
# MouseWheel scrolling is accelerated on X11, which is conventional
# for Tk and appears to be conventional for other toolkits (although
# Gtk+ and Qt do not appear to use as large a factor).
#
## ttk::bindMouseWheel $bindtag $command...
# Adds basic mousewheel support to $bindtag.
# $command will be passed one additional argument
# specifying the mousewheel direction (-1: up, +1: down).
#
proc ttk::bindMouseWheel {bindtag callback} {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | | < | | < < | > > > > > | > | > | > | | | > > | > | | | > | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
bind $to $event [bind $from $event]
}
}
### Mousewheel bindings.
#
# Platform inconsistencies:
#
# On X11, the server typically maps the mouse wheel to Button4 and Button5.
#
# On OSX, Tk generates sensible values for the %D field in <MouseWheel> events.
#
# On Windows, %D must be scaled by a factor of 120.
#
# OSX conventionally uses Shift+MouseWheel for horizontal scrolling,
# and Option+MouseWheel for accelerated scrolling.
#
# The Shift+MouseWheel behavior is not conventional on Windows or most
# X11 toolkits, but it's useful.
#
# MouseWheel scrolling is accelerated on X11, which is conventional
# for Tk and appears to be conventional for other toolkits (although
# Gtk+ and Qt do not appear to use as large a factor).
#
## ttk::bindMouseWheel $bindtag $command...
# Adds basic mousewheel support to $bindtag.
# $command will be passed one additional argument
# specifying the mousewheel direction (-1: up, +1: down).
#
proc ttk::bindMouseWheel {bindtag callback} {
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind $bindtag <Button-4> "$callback -1"
bind $bindtag <Button-5> "$callback +1"
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> "$callback \[expr {-%D}\]"
bind $bindtag <Option-MouseWheel> "$callback \[expr {-10 * %D}\]"
} else {
bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> "$callback \[expr {-%D / 120}\]"
}
}
## Mousewheel bindings for standard scrollable widgets.
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind TtkScrollable <Button-4> { %W yview scroll -5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <Button-5> { %W yview scroll 5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Button-4> { %W xview scroll -5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Button-5> { %W xview scroll 5 units }
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-%D}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-%D}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Option-MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-10 * %D}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-10 * %D}] units }
} else {
bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-%D / 120}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-%D / 120}] units }
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | ttk::style configure . \ -background SystemButtonFace \ -foreground SystemWindowText \ -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \ -selectbackground SystemHighlight \ -insertcolor SystemWindowText \ | | | < | < | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
ttk::style configure . \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-insertcolor SystemWindowText \
-font TkDefaultFont
ttk::style map "." \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText]
ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -padding {1 1} -width -11
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -padding {8 4}
ttk::style element create Menubutton.dropdown vsapi \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
-foreground [list \
disabled SystemGrayText \
{readonly focus} SystemHighlightText \
] \
| | < | < | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
-foreground [list \
disabled SystemGrayText \
{readonly focus} SystemHighlightText \
] \
-focusfill [list {readonly focus} SystemHighlight]
# Entry
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding {1 1 1 1} ;# Needs lookup
ttk::style element create Entry.field vsapi \
EDIT 6 {disabled 4 focus 3 hover 2 {} 1} -padding {2 2 2 2}
ttk::style element create Entry.background vsapi \
EDIT 3 {disabled 3 readonly 3 focus 4 hover 2 {} 1}
ttk::style layout TEntry {
Entry.field -sticky news -border 0 -children {
Entry.background -sticky news -children {
Entry.padding -sticky news -children {
Entry.textarea -sticky news
}
}
}
}
ttk::style map TEntry \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText]
# Spinbox
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -padding 0
ttk::style element create Spinbox.field vsapi \
EDIT 9 {disabled 4 focus 3 hover 2 {} 1} -padding {1 1 1 2}
ttk::style element create Spinbox.background vsapi \
EDIT 3 {disabled 3 readonly 3 focus 4 hover 2 {} 1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
}
}
}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
| | < | 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
}
}
}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText]
# SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
-syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
# Progressbar
ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
| < | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
# Progressbar
ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
}
}
ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
# Treeview
ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}
package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
}
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
# Treeview
ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}
package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
}
}
# ttk::theme::vista::configureNotebookStyle --
#
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook style $style and the
# style $style.Tab. Invoked by ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle.
proc ttk::theme::vista::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set tabPos [ttk::style lookup $style -tabposition {} nw]
switch -- [string index $tabPos 0] {
n {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
s {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 0 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
w {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 0 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
e {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {0 2 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
default {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | -background SystemButtonFace \ -foreground SystemWindowText \ -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \ -selectbackground SystemHighlight \ -fieldbackground SystemWindow \ -insertcolor SystemWindowText \ -troughcolor SystemScrollbar \ | | | < | | | | < | < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-fieldbackground SystemWindow \
-insertcolor SystemWindowText \
-troughcolor SystemScrollbar \
-font TkDefaultFont
ttk::style map "." -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText]
ttk::style map "." -embossed [list disabled 1]
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -width -11 -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -padding "2 4"
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -padding "2 4"
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-padding "8 4" -arrowsize 3 -relief raised
ttk::style map TButton -relief {{!disabled pressed} sunken}
ttk::style configure TEntry \
-padding 2 -insertwidth 1
ttk::style map TEntry \
-fieldbackground \
[list readonly SystemButtonFace disabled SystemButtonFace] \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 2
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
-fieldbackground [list \
readonly SystemButtonFace \
disabled SystemButtonFace] \
-foreground [list \
disabled SystemGrayText \
{readonly focus} SystemHighlightText \
] \
-focusfill [list {readonly focus} SystemHighlight]
ttk::style element create ComboboxPopdownFrame.border from default
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-borderwidth 1 -relief solid
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -padding {2 0 16 0}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \
selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \
selected SystemHighlightText]
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \
selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \
selected SystemHighlightText]
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
-background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0
}
}
# ttk::theme::winnative::configureNotebookStyle --
#
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook style $style and the
# style $style.Tab. Invoked by ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle.
proc ttk::theme::winnative::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set tabPos [ttk::style lookup $style -tabposition {} nw]
switch -- [string index $tabPos 0] {
n {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 0}}
}
s {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 0 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 0 2 2}}
}
w {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 0 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 0 2}}
}
e {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {0 2 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {0 2 2 2}}
}
default {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 0}}
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | ttk::style configure . \ -background SystemButtonFace \ -foreground SystemWindowText \ -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \ -selectbackground SystemHighlight \ -insertcolor SystemWindowText \ | | | < | < | < | < | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
ttk::style configure . \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-insertcolor SystemWindowText \
-font TkDefaultFont
ttk::style map "." \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText]
ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -padding {1 1} -width -11
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -padding {8 4}
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]
ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"
# OR: -padding {3 3 3 6}, which some apps seem to use.
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding {2 2 2 4}
ttk::style map TEntry \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 2
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
-foreground [list \
disabled SystemGrayText \
{readonly focus} SystemHighlightText \
] \
-focusfill [list {readonly focus} SystemHighlight]
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -padding {2 0 14 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText]
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \
selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \
selected SystemHighlightText]
}
}
# ttk::theme::xpnative::configureNotebookStyle --
#
# Sets theme-specific option values for the ttk::notebook style $style and the
# style $style.Tab. Invoked by ::ttk::configureNotebookStyle.
proc ttk::theme::xpnative::configureNotebookStyle {style} {
set tabPos [ttk::style lookup $style -tabposition {} nw]
switch -- [string index $tabPos 0] {
n {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
s {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 0 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
w {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 0 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
e {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {0 2 2 2}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
default {
ttk::style configure $style -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map $style.Tab -expand {selected {2 2 2 2}}
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/xmfbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # xmfbox.tcl -- # # Implements the "Motif" style file selection dialog for the # Unix platform. This implementation is used only if the # "::tk_strictMotif" flag is set. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
# xmfbox.tcl --
#
# Implements the "Motif" style file selection dialog for the
# Unix platform. This implementation is used only if the
# "::tk_strictMotif" flag is set.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_Create {dataName type argList} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName data
MotifFDialog_Config $dataName $type $argList
if {$data(-parent) eq "."} {
| | | | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_Create {dataName type argList} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName data
MotifFDialog_Config $dataName $type $argList
if {$data(-parent) eq "."} {
set w .$dataName
} else {
set w $data(-parent).$dataName
}
# (re)create the dialog box if necessary
#
if {![winfo exists $w]} {
MotifFDialog_BuildUI $w
} elseif {[winfo class $w] ne "TkMotifFDialog"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
variable ::tk::Priv
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
MotifFDialog_Update $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
# Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
| > | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
variable ::tk::Priv
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]
MotifFDialog_Update $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
# Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_Update {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
$data(fEnt) insert 0 \
| | | 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_Update {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
$data(fEnt) insert 0 \
[::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) $data(filter)]
$data(sEnt) delete 0 end
$data(sEnt) insert 0 [::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) \
$data(selectFile)]
MotifFDialog_LoadFiles $w
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
set top 0
set dlist ""
set flist ""
foreach f [glob -nocomplain .* *] {
if {[file isdir ./$f]} {
lappend dlist $f
} else {
| | | | | | 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
set top 0
set dlist ""
set flist ""
foreach f [glob -nocomplain .* *] {
if {[file isdir ./$f]} {
lappend dlist $f
} else {
foreach pat $data(filter) {
if {[string match $pat $f]} {
if {[string match .* $f]} {
incr top
}
lappend flist $f
break
}
}
}
}
eval [list $data(dList) insert end] [lsort -dictionary $dlist]
eval [list $data(fList) insert end] [lsort -dictionary $flist]
# The user probably doesn't want to see the . files. We adjust the view
# so that the listbox displays all the non-dot files
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
set Priv(selectFilePath) ""
set Priv(selectFile) ""
set Priv(selectPath) ""
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set {w} {
| | | | 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
set Priv(selectFilePath) ""
set Priv(selectFile) ""
set Priv(selectPath) ""
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set {w} {
bind Listbox <Any-Key> ""
bind $w <Destroy> [list tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset $w]
bind $w <Any-Key> [list tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key $w %A]
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
catch {after cancel $Priv(lbAccel,$w,afterId)}
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w) Priv(lbAccel,$w,afterId)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 |
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}
| > > > > > > | 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}
proc ::tk_getFileType {} {
variable ::tk::Priv
return $Priv(selectFileType)
}
|
Added macosx/Credits.html.in.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | <!doctype htmL> <html> <head> </head> <body style="font-size:120%;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;"> <p> Tcl and Tk are distributed under a modified BSD license:<br> <a href="https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/license.html"> https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/license.html </a> </p> <ul style="list-style-type:none;"> <li>© 1987-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team and Contributers.</li> <li>© 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.</li> <li>© 2014-@TK_YEAR@ Marc Culler.</li> <li>© 2002-2012 Daniel A. Steffen.</li> <li>© 2001-2009 Apple Inc.</li> <li>© 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid.</li> <li>© 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson.</li> <li>© 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc.</li> <li>© 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.</li> </ul> </body> </html> |
Changes to macosx/GNUmakefile.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
INSTALL_MANPAGES ?=
# set to non-empty value to build TkX11 instead of TkAqua:
TK_X11 ?=
# Checks and overrides for subframework builds
ifeq (${SUBFRAMEWORK}_${TK_X11},1_)
| < < < < < < | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
INSTALL_MANPAGES ?=
# set to non-empty value to build TkX11 instead of TkAqua:
TK_X11 ?=
# Checks and overrides for subframework builds
ifeq (${SUBFRAMEWORK}_${TK_X11},1_)
override BUILD_DIR = ${DESTDIR}/build
override INSTALL_PATH = /Frameworks
endif
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# meta targets
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings
PROJECT := tk
PRODUCT_NAME := Tk
UNIX_DIR := ${CURDIR}/../unix
| | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings
PROJECT := tk
PRODUCT_NAME := Tk
UNIX_DIR := ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION := $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.in)
TCL_VERSION := ${VERSION}
wish := wish
WISH = wish${VERSION}
BUILD_TARGET := binaries libraries tktest
INSTALL_TARGET := install
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
else
override CONFIGURE_ARGS := ${CONFIGURE_ARGS} --enable-xft
VERSION := ${VERSION}-X11
wish := ${wish}-X11
override EMBEDDED_BUILD :=
endif
| | | | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
else
override CONFIGURE_ARGS := ${CONFIGURE_ARGS} --enable-xft
VERSION := ${VERSION}-X11
wish := ${wish}-X11
override EMBEDDED_BUILD :=
endif
INSTALL_TARGETS = install-binaries install-libraries install-headers
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD},)
INSTALL_TARGETS += install-private-headers install-demos
endif
ifeq (${INSTALL_BUILD}_${EMBEDDED_BUILD}_${BUILD_STYLE},1__Deployment)
INSTALL_TARGETS += html-tk
ifneq (${INSTALL_MANPAGES},)
INSTALL_TARGETS += install-doc
endif
endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"
${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
| | | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"
${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-threads --enable-framework \
--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/README.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | is available when Tk is built and run on macOS 10.14 (Mojave) or later. In that case the Ttk widgets all support the "Dark Mode" appearance which was introduced in 10.14. The command accepts the following values for the optional newAppearance option: "aqua", "darkaqua", or "auto". If the appearance is set to aqua or darkaqua then the window will be displayed with the corresponding appearance independent of any preferences settings. If it is set to "auto" the appearance will be determined by the preferences. This command can be | | | | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | is available when Tk is built and run on macOS 10.14 (Mojave) or later. In that case the Ttk widgets all support the "Dark Mode" appearance which was introduced in 10.14. The command accepts the following values for the optional newAppearance option: "aqua", "darkaqua", or "auto". If the appearance is set to aqua or darkaqua then the window will be displayed with the corresponding appearance independent of any preferences settings. If it is set to "auto" the appearance will be determined by the preferences. This command can be used to opt out of Dark Mode on a per-window basis. It may be best to run the "update" command before setting the appearance property, to allow the event loop to run. - To determine the current appearance of a window in macOS 10.14 (Mojave) and higher, one can use the command: tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle isdark window? The boolean return value is true if the window is currently displayed with the dark appearance. - If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will cause us to force closing stdin & stdout. Otherwise, given how Xcode launches Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 | --------------------------------------- With the release of OSX 10.14 (Mojave), Apple introduced the DarkAqua appearance. Part of the implementation of the Dark Mode was to make some of the named NSColors have dynamic values. Apple calls these "semantic colors" because the name does not specify a specific color, but rather refers to the context in which the color should be used. | < < < | < < < < | < < | | > > > > > | | | | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 | --------------------------------------- With the release of OSX 10.14 (Mojave), Apple introduced the DarkAqua appearance. Part of the implementation of the Dark Mode was to make some of the named NSColors have dynamic values. Apple calls these "semantic colors" because the name does not specify a specific color, but rather refers to the context in which the color should be used. Tk now provides the following semantic colors as system colors: systemTextColor, systemTextBackgroundColor, systemSelectedTextColor, systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor, systemControlTextColor, systemDisabledControlTextColor, systemLabelColor, systemLinkColor, and systemControlAccentColor. All of these except the last three were present in OSX 10.0 (and those three are simulated in systems where they do not exist). The change in 10.14 was that the RGB color value of these colors became dynamic, meaning that the color value can change when the application appearance changes. In particular, when a user selects Dark Mode in the system preferences these colors change appearance. For example systemTextColor is dark in Aqua and light in DarkAqua. One additional color, systemSelectedTabTextColor, does not exist in macOS but is used by Tk to match the different colors used for Notebook tab text in different OS versions. The default background and foreground colors of most of the Tk widgets have been set to semantic colors, which means that the widgets will change appearance, and remain usable, when Dark Mode is selected in the system preferences. However, to get a close match to the native Dark Mode style it is recommended to use Ttk widgets when possible. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 | starting the event loop. Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it with a new pool. This is done by calling the method [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which we define for the subclass. Unfortunately, by itself this is not | | | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | starting the event loop. Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it with a new pool. This is done by calling the method [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which we define for the subclass. Unfortunately, by itself this is not sufficient for safe memory management because, as was made painfully evident with the release of OS X 10.13, it is possible for calls to TclDoOneEvent, and hence to CheckProc, to be nested. Draining the autorelease pool in a nested call leads to crashes as objects in use by the outer call can get freed by the inner call and then reused later. One particular situation where this happens is when a modal dialogue gets posted by a Tk Application. To address this, the NSApp object also implements a semaphore to prevent draining the autorelease pool |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
641 642 643 644 645 646 647 | occurred when scrolling a Text widget which contained embedded subwindows. It involved some specific differences between the low-level behavior of Apple's window manager versus those of the other platforms, and the fix ultimately required changes in the generic Tk implementation (documented in the comments in the DisplayText function). | | | | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 | occurred when scrolling a Text widget which contained embedded subwindows. It involved some specific differences between the low-level behavior of Apple's window manager versus those of the other platforms, and the fix ultimately required changes in the generic Tk implementation (documented in the comments in the DisplayText function). The Text widget attempts to improve performance when scrolling by minimizing the number of text lines which need to be redisplayed. It does this by calling the platform-specific TkScrollWindow function which uses a low-level routine to map one rectangle of the window to another. The TkScrollWindow function returns a damage region which is then used by the Text widget's DisplayText function to determine which text lines need to be redrawn. On the unix and win platforms, this damage region includes bounding rectangles for all embedded windows inside the Text widget. The way that this works is system dependent. On unix, the low level scrolling is done by XCopyArea, which generates a GraphicsExpose event for each embedded window. These GraphicsExposed events are processsed within TkScrollWindow, using a special handler which adds the bounding rectangle of each subwindow to the damage region. On the win platform the damage region is built by the low level function ScrollWindowEx, and it also includes bounding rectangles for all embedded windows. This is possible because on X11 and Windows every Tk widget is also known to the window manager as a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 | conditional code which is only used for macOS. 6.0 Virtual events on macOS 10.14 and later ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The 10.14 release added support for system appearance changes, including a "Dark Mode" that renders all window frames and menus in | | | 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 | conditional code which is only used for macOS. 6.0 Virtual events on macOS 10.14 and later ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The 10.14 release added support for system appearance changes, including a "Dark Mode" that renders all window frames and menus in dark colors. Tk 8.6 provides three virtual events <<LightAqua>>, <<DarkAqua>> and <<AppearanceChanged>>, to allow you to update your Tk app's appearance when the system appearance changes. These events are generated in [NSView effectiveAppearanceChanged], which is called by the Apple window manager when the General Preferences is changed either by switching between Light Mode and Dark Mode or by changing the Accent Color or Highlight Color. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | GCC_PREFIX_HEADER = $(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.h OTHER_CFLAGS = -imacros "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.h" $(OTHER_CFLAGS) GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES GCC_NO_COMMON_BLOCKS = YES GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = YES GCC_VERSION = 4.2 GCC = gcc-$(GCC_VERSION) | | | | | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | GCC_PREFIX_HEADER = $(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.h OTHER_CFLAGS = -imacros "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.h" $(OTHER_CFLAGS) GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES GCC_NO_COMMON_BLOCKS = YES GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = YES GCC_VERSION = 4.2 GCC = gcc-$(GCC_VERSION) WARNING_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wextra -Wno-unused-parameter -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-unused-value -Winit-self -Wpointer-arith -Wcast-align -Wdisabled-optimization -Winline $(WARNING_CFLAGS) REZ_RESOURCE_MAP_READ_ONLY = YES APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH = /Applications/Utilities BINDIR = $(PREFIX)/bin CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) CPPFLAGS = -mmacosx-version-min=$(MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET) $(CPPFLAGS) FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc) PREFIX = /usr/local TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION) TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION) TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)" TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION) TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H VERSION = 8.6 |
Changes to macosx/Tk-Release.xcconfig.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | // See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution // of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. #include "Tk-Common.xcconfig" DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf-with-dsym // DEPLOYMENT_POSTPROCESSING = YES | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | // See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution // of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. #include "Tk-Common.xcconfig" DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf-with-dsym // DEPLOYMENT_POSTPROCESSING = YES GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 2 GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = NDEBUG $(TCL_DEFS) $(TK_DEFS) $(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS) CONFIGURE_ARGS = --disable-symbols $(TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS) $(CONFIGURE_ARGS) MAKE_TARGET = deploy |
Changes to macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
| < | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */; };
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */; };
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */; };
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */; };
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */; };
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| > | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXEvent.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 |
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | < | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | > > | 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 |
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 |
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 |
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 |
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 |
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 |
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 | F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */, F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */, F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */, F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */, F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */, F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */, F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */, F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */, F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */, F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */, F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */, F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */, F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */, F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */, | > | 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 | F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */, F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */, F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */, F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */, F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */, F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */, F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */, F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */, F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */, F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */, F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */, F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */, F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */, F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */, F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
| | < | 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */,
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */,
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */,
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */,
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */,
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */,
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */,
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */,
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */,
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */,
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */,
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */,
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */,
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */,
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */,
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 |
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
| | > | 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 |
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 |
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 |
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 |
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
| | | | | | | | | | 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 |
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
name = "Configure Tcl";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
name = "Configure Tk";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
name = "Configure Tcl";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
name = "Configure Tk";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 | F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */, F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */, F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */, F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */, F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */, F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */, F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */, | < | 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 | F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */, F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */, F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */, F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */, F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */, F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */, F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */, F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */, F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */, F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */, F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */, F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */, F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */, F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */, |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
| < | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */; };
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */; };
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */; };
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */; };
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */; };
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| > | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXEvent.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 |
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | < | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | > > | 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 |
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 |
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 |
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 |
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 |
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
| | | 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 |
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 | F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */, F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */, F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */, F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */, F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */, F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */, F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */, F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */, F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */, F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */, F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */, F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */, F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */, F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */, | > | 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 | F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */, F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */, F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */, F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */, F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */, F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */, F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */, F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */, F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */, F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */, F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */, F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */, F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */, F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */, F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
| | < | 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */,
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */,
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */,
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */,
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */,
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */,
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */,
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */,
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */,
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */,
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */,
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */,
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */,
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */,
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */,
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 |
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
| | > > | 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 |
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 |
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 |
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
| | | 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 |
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 |
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
| | | | | | | | | | 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 |
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
name = "Configure Tcl";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
name = "Configure Tk";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
name = "Configure Tcl";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
name = "Configure Tk";
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 | F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */, F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */, F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */, F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */, F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */, F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */, F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */, | < | 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 | F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */, F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */, F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */, F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */, F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */, F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */, F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */, F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */, F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */, F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */, F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */, F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */, F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */, F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */, |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/configure.ac.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | #! /bin/bash -norc dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation dnl to configure the system for the local environment. dnl Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just dnl include the configure sources from ../unix: m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4) m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS) | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | #! /bin/bash -norc dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation dnl to configure the system for the local environment. dnl Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just dnl include the configure sources from ../unix: m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4) m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS) m4_include(../unix/configure.in) |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSX.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSX.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific exported variables and procedures. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSX.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific exported variables and procedures. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMAC #define _TKMAC |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXBitmap.c -- * * This file handles the implementation of native bitmaps. * | | | | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
/*
* tkMacOSXBitmap.c --
*
* This file handles the implementation of native bitmaps.
*
* Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
/*
* This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* Name of icon. */
OSType iconType; /* OSType of icon. */
} BuiltInIcon;
/*
* This array maps a string name to the supported builtin icons
* on the Macintosh.
*/
static BuiltInIcon builtInIcons[] = {
{"document", kGenericDocumentIcon},
{"stationery", kGenericStationeryIcon},
{"edition", kGenericEditionFileIcon},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
{"note", kAlertNoteIcon},
{"caution", kAlertCautionIcon},
{NULL, 0}
};
#define builtInIconSize 32
| < < < | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
{"note", kAlertNoteIcon},
{"caution", kAlertCautionIcon},
{NULL, 0}
};
#define builtInIconSize 32
static Tcl_HashTable iconBitmapTable = {};
typedef struct {
int kind, width, height;
char *value;
} IconBitmap;
static const char *const iconBitmapOptionStrings[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
Display *display,
NSImage* image,
CGSize size)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
Pixmap pixmap;
| | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
Display *display,
NSImage* image,
CGSize size)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
Pixmap pixmap;
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, (int)size.width, (int)size.height, 0);
if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, &dc)) {
if (dc.context) {
CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
.tx = 0, .ty = size.height};
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
[NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState];
[NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:GET_NSCONTEXT(dc.context, NO)];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
*/
Pixmap
TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
Display *display,
const void *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */
{
| | | < | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
*/
Pixmap
TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
Display *display,
const void *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */
{
NSString *filetype = TkMacOSXOSTypeToUTI(PTR2UINT(source));
NSImage *iconImage = TkMacOSXIconForFileType(filetype);
CGSize size = CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize, builtInIconSize);
Pixmap pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, size);
return pixmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
int *height)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Pixmap pixmap = None;
NSString *string;
NSImage *image = nil;
NSSize size = { .width = builtInIconSize, .height = builtInIconSize };
| < | | | | | 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
int *height)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Pixmap pixmap = None;
NSString *string;
NSImage *image = nil;
NSSize size = { .width = builtInIconSize, .height = builtInIconSize };
if (iconBitmapTable.buckets &&
(hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&iconBitmapTable, name))) {
OSType type;
IconBitmap *iconBitmap = (IconBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
name = NULL;
size = NSMakeSize(iconBitmap->width, iconBitmap->height);
switch (iconBitmap->kind) {
case ICON_FILE:
string = [[NSString stringWithUTF8String:iconBitmap->value]
stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
image = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] iconForFile:string];
break;
case ICON_FILETYPE:
string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:iconBitmap->value];
image = TkMacOSXIconForFileType(string);
break;
case ICON_OSTYPE:
if (OSTypeFromString(iconBitmap->value, &type) == TCL_OK) {
string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:iconBitmap->value];
image = TkMacOSXIconForFileType(string);
}
break;
case ICON_SYSTEMTYPE:
name = iconBitmap->value;
break;
case ICON_NAMEDIMAGE:
string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:iconBitmap->value];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
}
}
if (image) {
size = [image size];
}
}
if (image) {
| < < > > > > > | | < > > | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 |
}
}
if (image) {
size = [image size];
}
}
if (image) {
pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, image, NSSizeToCGSize(size));
} else if (name) {
/*
* As a last resort, try to interpret the name as an OSType.
* It would probably be better to just return None at this
* point.
*/
OSType iconType;
if (OSTypeFromString(name, &iconType) == TCL_OK) {
NSString *iconUTI = TkMacOSXOSTypeToUTI(iconType);
NSImage *iconImage = TkMacOSXIconForFileType(iconUTI);
pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, NSSizeToCGSize(size));
}
}
*width = (int)size.width;
*height = (int)size.height;
return pixmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| | > | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew, result = TCL_ERROR;
int i = 1, len;
const char *name, *value;
IconBitmap ib, *iconBitmap;
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name width height "
"-file|-fileType|-osType|-systemType|-namedImage|-imageFile "
"value");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
ib.value = (char *)ckalloc(len + 1);
strcpy(ib.value, value);
if (!iconBitmapTable.buckets) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&iconBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&iconBitmapTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
ib.value = (char *)ckalloc(len + 1);
strcpy(ib.value, value);
if (!iconBitmapTable.buckets) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&iconBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&iconBitmapTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
iconBitmap = (IconBitmap *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
ckfree(iconBitmap->value);
} else {
iconBitmap = (IconBitmap *)ckalloc(sizeof(IconBitmap));
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, iconBitmap);
}
*iconBitmap = ib;
result = TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXButton.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the button * widgets. * | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkMacOSXButton.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the button * widgets. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001 Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2007 Revar Desmera. * Copyright © 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * Copyright © 2015 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams;
int needhighlight = 0;
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
* Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the
* standard padding.
*/
tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);
HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
| | | | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
* Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the
* standard padding.
*/
tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);
HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
height = (int)contBounds.size.height;
}
if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
width = (int)contBounds.size.width;
}
height += 2*HI_PADY;
width += 2*HI_PADX;
}
Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 | /* * To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we set the * state to inactive in Dark Mode unless the button is pressed or is a * -default active button. This isn't perfect but it is mostly usable. * Using a ttk::button would be a much better choice, however. */ | > | | | | > | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 |
/*
* To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we set the
* state to inactive in Dark Mode unless the button is pressed or is a
* -default active button. This isn't perfect but it is mostly usable.
* Using a ttk::button would be a much better choice, however.
*/
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 101500) {
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin) &&
mbPtr->drawinfo.state != kThemeStatePressed &&
!(mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment & kThemeAdornmentDefault)) {
hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive;
}
}
HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
(MacButton *) mbPtr, 32, true);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
897 898 899 900 901 902 903 |
*/
static void
ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
*/
static void
ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkButton *buttonPtr = (TkButton *)clientData;
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
} else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) {
*btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemePushButton;
}
| | | 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 |
*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
} else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) {
*btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemePushButton;
}
if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
case TYPE_BUTTON:
*btnkind = kThemePushButton;
break;
case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
| | | 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;
TkpDisplayButton(clientData);
/*
* Fix 40ada90762: any idle calls to TkpDisplayButton need to be canceled
* in case the button is destroyed and has its data freed before the idle
* event is handled (DestroyButton only cancels calls when REDRAW_PENDING
* is set, which is not the case after calling TkpDisplayButton directly).
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXClipboard.c -- * * This file manages the clipboard for the Tk toolkit. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXClipboard.c -- * * This file manages the clipboard for the Tk toolkit. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING ||
targetPtr->type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
for (TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr;
cbPtr; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
NSString *s = [[TKNSString alloc]
initWithTclUtfBytes:cbPtr->buffer
| | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING ||
targetPtr->type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
for (TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr;
cbPtr; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
NSString *s = [[TKNSString alloc]
initWithTclUtfBytes:cbPtr->buffer
length:(NSUInteger)cbPtr->length];
[string appendString:s];
[s release];
}
break;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
NSStringPboardType]];
if (type) {
string = [pb stringForType:type];
}
if (string) {
| < | < < < < < | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
NSStringPboardType]];
if (type) {
string = [pb stringForType:type];
}
if (string) {
result = proc(clientData, interp, string.UTF8String);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"%s selection doesn't exist or form \"%s\" not defined",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection),
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "EXISTS", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
XSetSelectionOwner(
Display *display, /* X Display. */
Atom selection, /* What selection to own. */
Window owner, /* Window to be the owner. */
TCL_UNUSED(Time)) /* The current time? */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
| < | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
XSetSelectionOwner(
Display *display, /* X Display. */
Atom selection, /* What selection to own. */
Window owner, /* Window to be the owner. */
TCL_UNUSED(Time)) /* The current time? */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * TkMacOSXColor.c -- * * This file maintains a database of color values for the Tk * toolkit, in order to avoid round-trips to the server to * map color names to pixel values. * | | | | | | > > > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
/*
* TkMacOSXColor.c --
*
* This file maintains a database of color values for the Tk
* toolkit, in order to avoid round-trips to the server to
* map color names to pixel values.
*
* Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright © 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright © 2020 Marc Culler
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkMacOSXColor.h"
static Tcl_HashTable systemColors;
static int numSystemColors;
static int rgbColorIndex;
static int controlAccentIndex;
static int controlAlternatingRowIndex;
static int selectedTabTextIndex;
static int pressedButtonTextIndex;
static Bool useFakeAccentColor = NO;
static SystemColorDatum **systemColorIndex;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
static NSAppearance *lightAqua = nil;
static NSAppearance *darkAqua = nil;
#endif
static NSColorSpace* sRGB = NULL;
static const CGFloat WINDOWBACKGROUND[4] =
{236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 1.0};
static void initColorTable()
{
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
Tcl_InitHashTable(&systemColors, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
SystemColorDatum *entry, *oldEntry;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int newPtr;
int index = 0;
NSColorList *systemColorList = [NSColorList colorListNamed:@"System"];
NSString *key;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
darkAqua = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua];
lightAqua = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:NSAppearanceNameAqua];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
NSString *colorName = [[NSString alloc]
initWithCString:entry->macName
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
SEL colorSelector = NSSelectorFromString(colorName);
if (![NSColor respondsToSelector:colorSelector]) {
if ([colorName isEqualToString:@"controlAccentColor"]) {
useFakeAccentColor = YES;
| | > > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
NSString *colorName = [[NSString alloc]
initWithCString:entry->macName
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
SEL colorSelector = NSSelectorFromString(colorName);
if (![NSColor respondsToSelector:colorSelector]) {
if ([colorName isEqualToString:@"controlAccentColor"]) {
useFakeAccentColor = YES;
} else if ( ![colorName isEqualToString:@"selectedTabTextColor"]
&& ![colorName isEqualToString:@"controlAlternatingRowColor"]
&& ![colorName isEqualToString:@"pressedButtonTextColor"]) {
/* Uncomment to print all unsupported colors: */
/* printf("Unsupported color %s\n", colorName.UTF8String); */
continue;
}
}
entry->selector = [colorName retain];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
}
/*
* Add all of the colors in the System ColorList.
*/
for (key in [systemColorList allKeys]) {
| | | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
}
/*
* Add all of the colors in the System ColorList.
*/
for (key in [systemColorList allKeys]) {
NSUInteger length = [key lengthOfBytesUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
char *name;
entry = (SystemColorDatum *)ckalloc(sizeof(SystemColorDatum));
bzero(entry, sizeof(SystemColorDatum));
name = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(name, key.UTF8String);
name[0] = (char)toupper(UCHAR(name[0]));
if (!strcmp(name, "WindowBackgroundColor")) {
/*
* Avoid black windows on old systems.
*/
continue;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "Pixel");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
rgbColorIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "ControlAccentColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
controlAccentIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "SelectedTabTextColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
selectedTabTextIndex = entry->index;
[pool drain];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXRGBPixel --
| > > > > > > | 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "Pixel");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
rgbColorIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "ControlAccentColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
controlAccentIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "ControlAlternatingRowColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
controlAlternatingRowIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "SelectedTabTextColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
selectedTabTextIndex = entry->index;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, "PressedButtonTextColor");
entry = (SystemColorDatum *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
pressedButtonTextIndex = entry->index;
[pool drain];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXRGBPixel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
MODULE_SCOPE
unsigned long
TkMacOSXRGBPixel(
unsigned long red,
unsigned long green,
unsigned long blue)
{
| | | | | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
MODULE_SCOPE
unsigned long
TkMacOSXRGBPixel(
unsigned long red,
unsigned long green,
unsigned long blue)
{
MacPixel p = {0};
p.pixel.colortype = rgbColor;
p.pixel.value = (unsigned int)(((red & 0xff) << 16) |
((green & 0xff) << 8) |
(blue & 0xff));
return p.ulong;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXClearPixel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
* None.
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE
unsigned long TkMacOSXClearPixel(
void)
{
| | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
* None.
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE
unsigned long TkMacOSXClearPixel(
void)
{
MacPixel p = {0};
p.pixel.value = 0;
p.pixel.colortype = clearColor;
return p.ulong;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 | * * Side effects: * None * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SystemColorDatum*
GetEntryFromPixel(
unsigned long pixel)
{
MacPixel p = {0};
int index = rgbColorIndex;
p.ulong = pixel;
if (p.pixel.colortype != rgbColor) {
index = p.pixel.value;
}
if (index < numSystemColors) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
static void
GetRGBA(
SystemColorDatum *entry,
unsigned long pixel,
CGFloat *rgba)
{
NSColor *bgColor, *color = nil;
if (!sRGB) {
sRGB = [NSColorSpace sRGBColorSpace];
}
switch (entry->type) {
case rgbColor:
rgba[0] = ((pixel >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0;
rgba[1] = ((pixel >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0;
rgba[2] = ((pixel ) & 0xff) / 255.0;
break;
case ttkBackground:
/*
* Prior to OSX 10.14, getComponents returns black when applied to
| > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
static void
GetRGBA(
SystemColorDatum *entry,
unsigned long pixel,
CGFloat *rgba)
{
NSColor *bgColor, *color = nil;
int OSVersion = [NSApp macOSVersion];
if (!sRGB) {
sRGB = [NSColorSpace sRGBColorSpace];
}
switch (entry->type) {
case rgbColor:
rgba[0] = ((pixel >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0;
rgba[1] = ((pixel >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0;
rgba[2] = ((pixel ) & 0xff) / 255.0;
break;
case ttkBackground:
/*
* Prior to OSX 10.14, getComponents returns black when applied to
* windowBackgroundColor.
*/
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 101400) {
for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
rgba[i] = WINDOWBACKGROUND[i];
}
} else {
bgColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
[bgColor getComponents: rgba];
}
if (rgba[0] + rgba[1] + rgba[2] < 1.5) {
for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
rgba[i] += entry->value*8.0 / 255.0;
}
} else {
for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
rgba[i] -= entry->value*8.0 / 255.0;
}
}
break;
case clearColor:
rgba[0] = rgba[1] = rgba[2] = 1.0;
rgba[3] = 0;
break;
case semantic:
if (entry->index == controlAccentIndex && useFakeAccentColor) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101400
color = [[NSColor colorForControlTint: [NSColor currentControlTint]]
colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
#endif
} else if (entry->index == controlAlternatingRowIndex) {
/*
* Color which is now called alternatingContentBackgroundColor on 10.14.
* Taken from NSColor.controlAlternatingRowBackgroundColors (which was
* replaced by NSColor.alternatingContentBackgroundColors on 10.14).
*/
color = [[NSColor colorWithCatalogName:@"System"
colorName:@"controlAlternatingRowColor"]
colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
} else if (entry->index == selectedTabTextIndex) {
if (OSVersion > 100600 && OSVersion < 110000) {
color = [[NSColor whiteColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
} else {
color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
}
} else if (entry->index == pressedButtonTextIndex) {
if (OSVersion < 120000) {
color = [[NSColor whiteColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
} else {
color = [[NSColor blackColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
}
} else {
color = [[NSColor valueForKey:entry->selector] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
}
[color getComponents: rgba];
break;
case HIText:
#ifdef __LP64__
color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
[color getComponents: rgba];
#else
{
OSStatus err = noErr;
RGBColor rgb;
err = GetThemeTextColor(kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 32,
true, &rgb);
if (err == noErr) {
rgba[0] = (CGFloat) rgb.red / 65535;
rgba[1] = (CGFloat) rgb.green / 65535;
rgba[2] = (CGFloat) rgb.blue / 65535;
}
}
#endif
break;
case HIBackground:
color = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace:sRGB];
[color getComponents: rgba];
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetCGColorComponents --
*
* Set the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value and a
* SystemColorDatum. The pixel value is only used in the case where
* the color is of type rgbColor. In that case the normalized XColor RGB
* values are copied into the CGColorRef. Otherwise the components are
* computed from the SystemColorDatum.
*
* In 64 bit macOS systems there are no HITheme functions which convert
* HIText or HIBackground colors to CGColors. (GetThemeTextColor was
* removed, and it was never possible with backgrounds.) On 64-bit systems
* we replace all HIText colors by systemTextColor and all HIBackground
* colors by systemWindowBackgroundColor.
*
* Results:
* True if the function succeeds, false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Bool
SetCGColorComponents(
SystemColorDatum *entry,
unsigned long pixel,
CGColorRef *c)
{
CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1};
if (entry->type == HIBrush) {
OSStatus err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, entry->value, c);
return err == noErr;
}
/*
* This function is called before our autorelease pool is set up,
* so it needs its own pool.
*/
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
GetRGBA(entry, pixel, rgba);
*c = CGColorCreate(sRGB.CGColorSpace, rgba);
[pool drain];
return true;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
NSView *view = nil;
if (winPtr && winPtr->privatePtr) {
view = TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable((Drawable)winPtr->privatePtr);
}
if (view) {
name = [[view effectiveAppearance] name];
} else {
| | > > | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > < < < | | | < | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
NSView *view = nil;
if (winPtr && winPtr->privatePtr) {
view = TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable((Drawable)winPtr->privatePtr);
}
if (view) {
name = [[view effectiveAppearance] name];
} else {
name = [[NSApp effectiveAppearance] name];
}
return (name == NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua);
}
#else
(void) tkwin;
#endif
return false;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSetMacColor --
*
* Sets the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value. The
* pixel value is used to look up the color in the system color table, and
* then SetCGColorComponents is called with the table entry and the pixel
* value. The parameter macColor should be a pointer to a CGColorRef.
*
* Results:
* Returns false if the color is not found, true otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* The CGColorRef referenced by the variable macColor may be modified.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkSetMacColor(
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to convert. */
void *macColor) /* CGColorRef to modify. */
{
CGColorRef *color = (CGColorRef*)macColor;
SystemColorDatum *entry = GetEntryFromPixel(pixel);
if (entry) {
return SetCGColorComponents(entry, pixel, color);
} else {
return false;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSColor --
*
* Creates an autoreleased NSColor from a X style pixel value.
* The return value is nil if the pixel value is invalid.
*
* Results:
* A possibly nil pointer to an NSColor.
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSColor*
TkMacOSXGetNSColor(
TCL_UNUSED(GC),
unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to convert. */
{
CGColorRef cgColor = NULL;
NSColor *nsColor = nil;
TkSetMacColor(pixel, &cgColor);
if (cgColor) {
nsColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:sRGB
components:CGColorGetComponents(cgColor)
count:(NSInteger)CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(cgColor)];
CGColorRelease(cgColor);
}
return nsColor;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetColorInContext( | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(
TCL_UNUSED(GC),
unsigned long pixel,
CGContextRef context)
{
OSStatus err = noErr;
CGColorRef cgColor = NULL;
SystemColorDatum *entry = GetEntryFromPixel(pixel);
CGRect rect;
HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = {0, kThemeStateActive, 0};
if (entry) {
switch (entry->type) {
case HIBrush:
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, entry->value, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
if (err == noErr) {
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, entry->value, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
}
break;
case HIText:
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, entry->value, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
break;
case HIBackground:
info.kind = entry->value;
rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context);
err = ChkErr(HIThemeApplyBackground, &rect, &info,
context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
break;
default:
SetCGColorComponents(entry, pixel, &cgColor);
break;
}
}
if (cgColor) {
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
CGColorRelease(cgColor);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
691 692 693 694 695 696 697 |
{
Display *display = NULL;
TkColor *tkColPtr;
XColor color;
Colormap colormap = tkwin ? Tk_Colormap(tkwin) : noColormap;
NSView *view = nil;
static Bool initialized = NO;
| < < | | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > | | | | | | | | 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 |
{
Display *display = NULL;
TkColor *tkColPtr;
XColor color;
Colormap colormap = tkwin ? Tk_Colormap(tkwin) : noColormap;
NSView *view = nil;
static Bool initialized = NO;
if (!initialized) {
initialized = YES;
initColorTable();
}
if (tkwin) {
display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
view = TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(d);
}
/*
* Check to see if this is a system color. If not, just call XParseColor.
*/
if (strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&systemColors, name + 6);
MacPixel p = {0};
if (hPtr != NULL) {
SystemColorDatum *entry = (SystemColorDatum *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
CGColorRef c = NULL;
p.pixel.colortype = entry->type;
p.pixel.value = (unsigned int)entry->index;
color.pixel = p.ulong;
if (entry->type == semantic) {
CGFloat rgba[4];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
NSAppearance *windowAppearance;
if (view) {
windowAppearance = [view effectiveAppearance];
} else {
windowAppearance = [NSApp effectiveAppearance];
}
if ([windowAppearance name] == NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua) {
colormap = darkColormap;
} else {
colormap = lightColormap;
}
if (@available(macOS 11.0, *)) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 110000
CGFloat *rgbaPtr = rgba;
[windowAppearance performAsCurrentDrawingAppearance:^{
GetRGBA(entry, p.ulong, rgbaPtr);
}];
#endif
} else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 110000
NSAppearance *savedAppearance = [NSAppearance currentAppearance];
[NSAppearance setCurrentAppearance:windowAppearance];
GetRGBA(entry, p.ulong, rgba);
[NSAppearance setCurrentAppearance:savedAppearance];
#endif
}
} else {
GetRGBA(entry, p.ulong, rgba);
}
#else
GetRGBA(entry, p.ulong, rgba);
#endif
color.red = (unsigned short)(rgba[0] * 65535.0);
color.green = (unsigned short)(rgba[1] * 65535.0);
color.blue = (unsigned short)(rgba[2] * 65535.0);
goto validXColor;
} else if (SetCGColorComponents(entry, 0, &c)) {
const size_t n = CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(c);
const CGFloat *rgba = CGColorGetComponents(c);
switch (n) {
case 4:
color.red = (unsigned short)(rgba[0] * 65535.0);
color.green = (unsigned short)(rgba[1] * 65535.0);
color.blue = (unsigned short)(rgba[2] * 65535.0);
break;
case 2:
color.red = color.green = color.blue = (unsigned short)(rgba[0] * 65535.0);
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", (int) n);
}
CGColorRelease(c);
goto validXColor;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 |
Status
XAllocColor(
Display *display, /* Display. */
TCL_UNUSED(Colormap), /* Not used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* XColor struct to modify. */
{
| | | 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
Status
XAllocColor(
Display *display, /* Display. */
TCL_UNUSED(Colormap), /* Not used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* XColor struct to modify. */
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
colorPtr->pixel = TkpGetPixel(colorPtr);
return 1;
}
Colormap
XCreateColormap(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *), /* Display. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
* or as an index into a table of color descriptions.
*/
enum colorType {
rgbColor, /* The 24 bit value is an rgb color. */
clearColor, /* The unique rgba color with all channels 0. */
HIBrush, /* A HITheme brush color.*/
ttkBackground, /* A background color which indicates nesting level.*/
semantic, /* A semantic NSColor.*/
};
typedef struct xpixel_t {
unsigned value: 24; /* Either RGB or an index into systemColorData. */
unsigned colortype: 8;
| > > | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
* or as an index into a table of color descriptions.
*/
enum colorType {
rgbColor, /* The 24 bit value is an rgb color. */
clearColor, /* The unique rgba color with all channels 0. */
HIBrush, /* A HITheme brush color.*/
HIText, /* A HITheme text color (32-bit only). */
HIBackground, /* A HITheme background color (32-bit only). */
ttkBackground, /* A background color which indicates nesting level.*/
semantic, /* A semantic NSColor.*/
};
typedef struct xpixel_t {
unsigned value: 24; /* Either RGB or an index into systemColorData. */
unsigned colortype: 8;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
* preceded by a backup color with the same name which *is* supported. Systems
* which do support the color will replace the backup value when the table is
* constructed. Failing to ensure this will result in a Tcl_Panic abort.
*/
static SystemColorDatum systemColorData[] = {
{"Pixel", rgbColor, 0, NULL, 0, NULL },
| | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
* preceded by a backup color with the same name which *is* supported. Systems
* which do support the color will replace the backup value when the table is
* constructed. Failing to ensure this will result in a Tcl_Panic abort.
*/
static SystemColorDatum systemColorData[] = {
{"Pixel", rgbColor, 0, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"Transparent", clearColor, 0, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"Highlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"HighlightSecondary", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"HighlightText", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBlack, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"HighlightAlternate", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PrimaryHighlightColor", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ButtonFace", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
{"SheetBackgroundTransparent", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuBackgroundSelected", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewOddRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewEvenRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewColumnDivider", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider, NULL, 0, NULL },
/*
* Dynamic Colors
*/
{"WindowBackgroundColor", ttkBackground, 0, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor1", ttkBackground, 1, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor2", ttkBackground, 2, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor3", ttkBackground, 3, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor4", ttkBackground, 4, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor5", ttkBackground, 5, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor6", ttkBackground, 6, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor7", ttkBackground, 7, NULL, 0, NULL },
/* Apple's SecondaryLabelColor is the same as their LabelColor so we roll our own. */
{"SecondaryLabelColor", ttkBackground, 14, NULL, 0, NULL },
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
{"SheetBackgroundTransparent", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuBackgroundSelected", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewOddRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewEvenRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewColumnDivider", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ButtonText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuDisabled", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BlackText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBlack, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"DialogActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDialogActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"DialogInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDialogInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"AlertActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorAlertActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"AlertInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorAlertInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ModelessDialogActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ModelessDialogInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowHeaderActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowHeaderInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PlacardActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PlacardInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PlacardPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PushButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PushButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PushButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BevelButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BevelButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BevelButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"IconLabelText", HIText, kThemeTextColorIconLabel, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewText", HIText, kThemeTextColorListView, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"DocumentWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"UtilityWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"RootMenuActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"RootMenuSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"RootMenuDisabledText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuItemActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuItemSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MenuItemDisabledText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupLabelActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PopupLabelInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabFrontActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabNonFrontActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabNonFrontPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabFrontInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabNonFrontInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"IconLabelSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BevelButtonStickyActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"BevelButtonStickyInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"NotificationText", HIText, kThemeTextColorNotification, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"SystemDetailText", HIText, kThemeTextColorSystemDetail, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"PlacardBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundPlacard, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowHeaderBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"ListViewWindowHeaderBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"MetalBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundMetal, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"SecondaryGroupBoxBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"TabPaneBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundTabPane, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WhiteText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWhite, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"Black", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBlack, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"White", HIBrush, kThemeBrushWhite, NULL, 0, NULL },
/*
* Dynamic Colors
*/
{"WindowBackgroundColor", ttkBackground, 0, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor1", ttkBackground, 1, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor2", ttkBackground, 2, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor3", ttkBackground, 3, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor4", ttkBackground, 4, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor5", ttkBackground, 5, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor6", ttkBackground, 6, NULL, 0, NULL },
{"WindowBackgroundColor7", ttkBackground, 7, NULL, 0, NULL },
/* Apple's SecondaryLabelColor is the same as their LabelColor so we roll our own. */
{"SecondaryLabelColor", ttkBackground, 14, NULL, 0, NULL },
/* Color to use for notebook tab label text -- depends on OS version. */
{"SelectedTabTextColor", semantic, 0, "textColor", 0, NULL },
/* Color to use for selected button labels -- depends on OS version. */
{"PressedButtonTextColor", semantic, 0, "textColor", 0, NULL },
/* Semantic colors that we simulate on older systems which don't supoort them. */
{"SelectedMenuItemTextColor", semantic, 0, "selectedMenuItemTextColor", 0, NULL },
{"ControlAccentColor", semantic, 0, "controlAccentColor", 0, NULL },
{"LabelColor", semantic, 0, "blackColor", 0, NULL },
{"LinkColor", semantic, 0, "blueColor", 0, NULL },
{"PlaceholderTextColor", semantic, 0, "grayColor", 0, NULL },
{"SeparatorColor", semantic, 0, "grayColor", 0, NULL },
{"UnemphasizedSelectedTextBackgroundColor", semantic, 0, "grayColor", 0, NULL },
/* This color is available since 10.3, so the fallback is unused */
{"ControlAlternatingRowColor", semantic, 0, "grayColor" , 0, NULL },
{NULL, rgbColor, 0, NULL, 0, NULL }
};
#endif
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXConfig.c -- * * This module implements the Macintosh system defaults for * the configuration package. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | /* * tkMacOSXConfig.c -- * * This module implements the Macintosh system defaults for * the configuration package. * * Copyright © 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001 Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetSystemDefault -- * * Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, * return a string representation of the option. * * Results: * Returns a Tcl_Obj* with the string identifier that identifies * this option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults * that match this pair. * * Side effects: * None, once the package is initialized. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXConstants.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkMacOSXConstants.h -- * * Macros which map the names of NS constants used in the Tk code to * the new name that Apple came up with for subsequent versions of the * operating system. (Each new OS release seems to come with a new * naming convention for the same old constants.) * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkMacOSXConstants.h -- * * Macros which map the names of NS constants used in the Tk code to * the new name that Apple came up with for subsequent versions of the * operating system. (Each new OS release seems to come with a new * naming convention for the same old constants.) * * Copyright © 2017 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACCONSTANTS #define _TKMACCONSTANTS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | #define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption #define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl #define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad #define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction #define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate #define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground #define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy #define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning #define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational #define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical #define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter | > > > < > > > > > | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | #define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption #define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl #define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad #define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction #define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate #define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground #define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy #define NSCompositeSourceOver NSCompositingOperationSourceOver #define NSCompositeSourceAtop NSCompositingOperationSourceAtop #define NSCompositeDestinationIn NSCompositingOperationDestinationIn #define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning #define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational #define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical #define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter #define NSApplicationDefinedMask NSEventMaskApplicationDefined #define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow #define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel #define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow #define NSHUDWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskHUDWindow #define NSTitledWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTitled #define NSClosableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskClosable #define NSResizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskResizable #define NSUnifiedTitleAndToolbarWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUnifiedTitleAndToolbar #define NSMiniaturizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskMiniaturizable #define NSBorderlessWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskBorderless #define NSFullScreenWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskFullScreen #define NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat NSBitmapFormatAlphaFirst #define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny #define NSLeftMouseDownMask NSEventMaskLeftMouseDown #define NSMouseMovedMask NSEventMaskMouseMoved #define NSLeftMouseDraggedMask NSEventMaskLeftMouseDragged #endif #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101400 #define NSStringPboardType NSPasteboardTypeString #define NSOnState NSControlStateValueOn #define NSOffState NSControlStateValueOff #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXCursor.c -- * * This file contains Macintosh specific cursor related routines. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXCursor.c -- * * This file contains Macintosh specific cursor related routines. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXCursors.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 | /* * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ static TkMacOSXCursor *gCurrentCursor = NULL; /* A pointer to the current cursor. */ /* * Declarations of procedures local to this file */ static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string); | > > > > > > > > > | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 | /* * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ static TkMacOSXCursor *gCurrentCursor = NULL; /* A pointer to the current cursor. */ static int gResizeOverride = false; /* A boolean indicating whether we should use * the resize cursor during installations. */ static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case * where a Tk window is embedded in another * app's window, and the cursor is out of the * Tk window, we will not attempt to adjust * the cursor. */ /* * Declarations of procedures local to this file */ static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
haveHotSpot = 1;
break;
case IMAGEPATH:
path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:cursorNames[idx].id1];
break;
case IMAGEBITMAP: {
unsigned char *bitmap = (unsigned char *)(cursorNames[idx].id1);
| | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
haveHotSpot = 1;
break;
case IMAGEPATH:
path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:cursorNames[idx].id1];
break;
case IMAGEBITMAP: {
unsigned char *bitmap = (unsigned char *)(cursorNames[idx].id1);
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep = nil;
CGImageRef img = NULL, mask = NULL, maskedImg = NULL;
static const CGFloat decodeWB[] = {1, 0};
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(
kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursorPtr;
[macCursorPtr->macCursor release];
| | | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursorPtr;
[macCursorPtr->macCursor release];
macCursorPtr->macCursor = nil;
if (macCursorPtr == gCurrentCursor) {
gCurrentCursor = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 | * * Side effects: * Changes the Macintosh mouse cursor. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | > > | | 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the Macintosh mouse cursor.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXInstallCursor(
int resizeOverride)
{
TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = gCurrentCursor;
static int cursorHidden = 0;
int cursorNone = 0;
gResizeOverride = resizeOverride;
if (resizeOverride || !macCursorPtr) {
[[NSCursor arrowCursor] set];
} else {
switch (macCursorPtr->type) {
case NONE:
if (!cursorHidden) {
cursorHidden = 1;
[NSCursor hide];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
void
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
int cursorChanged = 1;
| > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
void
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
int cursorChanged = 1;
if (!gTkOwnsCursor) {
return;
}
if (cursor == NULL) {
/*
* This is a little tricky. We can't really tell whether
* gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around or
* because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input cursor is
* NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the cursorChanged
* logic.
*/
gCurrentCursor = NULL;
} else {
if (gCurrentCursor == (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor) {
cursorChanged = 0;
}
gCurrentCursor = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor;
}
if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront() && cursorChanged) {
TkMacOSXInstallCursor(gResizeOverride);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor --
*
* Sets whether Tk has the right to adjust the cursor.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May keep Tk from changing the cursor.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(
int tkOwnsIt)
{
gTkOwnsCursor = tkOwnsIt;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXCursors.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXCursors.h -- * * This file defines a set of Macintosh cursor resources that * are only available on the Macintosh platform. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
/*
* tkMacOSXCursors.h --
*
* This file defines a set of Macintosh cursor resources that
* are only available on the Macintosh platform.
*
* Copyright © 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2008-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
static const unsigned char tkMacOSXCursors[][68] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDebug.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXDebug.c -- * * Implementation of Macintosh specific functions for debugging MacOS * events, regions, etc... * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXDebug.c -- * * Implementation of Macintosh specific functions for debugging MacOS * events, regions, etc... * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDebug.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXDebug.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific functions for debugging MacOS events, * regions, etc... * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXDebug.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific functions for debugging MacOS events, * regions, etc... * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACDEBUG #define _TKMACDEBUG |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXDefault.h -- * * This file defines the defaults for all options for all of * the Tk widgets. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXDefault.h -- * * This file defines the defaults for all options for all of * the Tk widgets. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACDEFAULT #define _TKMACDEFAULT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | #define NORMAL_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" #define TEXT_BG "systemTextBackgroundColor" #define NORMAL_FG "systemTextColor" #define ACTIVE_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" #define ACTIVE_FG "systemTextColor" #define SELECT_BG "systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor" #define SELECT_FG "systemSelectedTextColor" | | | > | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | #define NORMAL_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" #define TEXT_BG "systemTextBackgroundColor" #define NORMAL_FG "systemTextColor" #define ACTIVE_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" #define ACTIVE_FG "systemTextColor" #define SELECT_BG "systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor" #define SELECT_FG "systemSelectedTextColor" #define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG "systemUnemphasizedSelectedTextBackgroundColor" #define TROUGH "#c3c3c3" #define INDICATOR "#b03060" #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" #define IGNORED "#abcdef" /* * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons: */ #define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR "systemPressedButtonTextColor" #define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP "" #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_BUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_LABEL_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_LABEL_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" //#if TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS //#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "4" //#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH_NOCM "1" //#else #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" //#endif #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | #define DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR "" #define DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT "7c" #define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | #define DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR "" #define DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT "7c" #define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH "2" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 | #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_ENTRY_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | < < | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_ENTRY_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG | < < | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_PADX "0" #define DEF_FRAME_PADY "0" #define DEF_FRAME_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_FRAME_VISUAL "" #define DEF_FRAME_WIDTH "0" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | | 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF "solid" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR "#000001" /* Detects custom bg. */ #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */ #define DEF_MENU_FG "#010000" /* Detects custom fg. */ #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO IGNORED #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD NULL #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR "w" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION "below" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE NULL #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "0" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | | 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX "-1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY "-1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT "" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 | #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" #define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 | #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" #define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH "-1" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH "-1" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS NULL |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
511 512 513 514 515 516 517 | #define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_TEXT_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" #define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG | | | | 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 | #define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_TEXT_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" #define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_BG_COLOR INACTIVE_SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "flat" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXDialog.c -- * * Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes. * | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
/*
* tkMacOSXDialog.c --
*
* Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes.
*
* Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright © 2017 Christian Gollwitzer
* Copyright © 2022 Marc Culler
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOther -1 // indicates that the -command option was used.
#define modalError -2
static void setAllowedFileTypes(
NSSavePanel *panel,
NSMutableArray *extensions)
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 110000
/* UTType exists in the SDK */
if (@available(macOS 11.0, *)) {
NSMutableArray<UTType *> *allowedTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
for (NSString *ext in extensions) {
UTType *uttype = [UTType typeWithFilenameExtension: ext];
if (uttype) {
[allowedTypes addObject:uttype];
}
}
[panel setAllowedContentTypes:allowedTypes];
} else {
# if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 110000
/* setAllowedFileTypes is not deprecated */
[panel setAllowedFileTypes:extensions];
#endif
}
#else
[panel setAllowedFileTypes:extensions];
#endif
}
/*
* Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.
*/
typedef struct {
bool doFileTypes; /* Show the accessory view which
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
/*
* Only one of these is needed for the application, so they can be static.
*/
static filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;
static NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
static NSSavePanel *savepanel;
static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
/*
* Only one of these is needed for the application, so they can be static.
*/
static filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;
static NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
static NSSavePanel *savepanel;
/*
* A thread which closes the currently running modal dialog after a timeout.
*/
@interface TKPanelMonitor: NSThread {
@private
NSTimeInterval _timeout;
}
- (id) initWithTimeout: (NSTimeInterval) timeout;
@end
@implementation TKPanelMonitor: NSThread
- (id) initWithTimeout: (NSTimeInterval) timeout {
self = [super init];
if (self) {
_timeout = timeout;
return self;
}
return self;
}
- (void) main
{
[NSThread sleepForTimeInterval:_timeout];
if ([self isCancelled]) {
[NSThread exit];
}
[NSApp stopModalWithCode:modalCancel];
}
@end
static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
};
static const char *const chooseOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialdir", "-message", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", "-command",
NULL
};
enum chooseOptions {
CHOOSE_INITDIR, CHOOSE_MESSAGE, CHOOSE_MUSTEXIST, CHOOSE_PARENT,
| | | | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
};
static const char *const chooseOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialdir", "-message", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", "-command",
NULL
};
enum chooseOptions {
CHOOSE_INITDIR, CHOOSE_MESSAGE, CHOOSE_MUSTEXIST, CHOOSE_PARENT,
CHOOSE_TITLE, CHOOSE_COMMAND
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
int multiple;
} FilePanelCallbackInfo;
static const char *const alertOptionStrings[] = {
"-default", "-detail", "-icon", "-message", "-parent", "-title",
"-type", "-command", NULL
};
enum alertOptions {
ALERT_DEFAULT, ALERT_DETAIL, ALERT_ICON, ALERT_MESSAGE, ALERT_PARENT,
ALERT_TITLE, ALERT_TYPE, ALERT_COMMAND
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
int typeIndex;
} AlertCallbackInfo;
static const char *const alertTypeStrings[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
(void)sender; (void)url;
*outError = nil;
return YES;
}
- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
returnCode: (NSModalResponse) returnCode
| | | > | < < < < < < | | > | < < < < | < | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | < > > | < > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | < | | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
(void)sender; (void)url;
*outError = nil;
return YES;
}
- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
returnCode: (NSModalResponse) returnCode
contextInfo: (const void *) contextInfo
{
const FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = (const FilePanelCallbackInfo *)contextInfo;
if (returnCode == modalOK) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));
}
} else {
resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj([[[panel URL]path] UTF8String], -1);
}
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
int objc;
int result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(callbackInfo->interp,
callbackInfo->cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
if (result == TCL_OK && objc) {
tmpv = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
tmpv[objc] = resultObj;
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree(tmpv);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
}
} else if (returnCode == modalCancel) {
Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
}
[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
}
- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
contextInfo: (const void *) contextInfo
{
AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = (AlertCallbackInfo *)contextInfo;
if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(alertButtonStrings[
alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[callbackInfo->
typeIndex][returnCode - NSAlertFirstButtonReturn]], -1);
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
int objc;
int result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(callbackInfo->interp,
callbackInfo->cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
if (result == TCL_OK && objc) {
tmpv = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
tmpv[objc] = resultObj;
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree(tmpv);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
}
}
if ([alert window] == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
}
}
- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender {
NSPopUpButton *button = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = (NSUInteger)[button indexOfSelectedItem];
if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
/*
* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from
* the NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an
* extension. Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting
* any file.
*/
setAllowedFileTypes(openpanel, nil);
} else {
NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
setAllowedFileTypes(openpanel, allowedtypes);
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
}
filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}
- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender {
NSPopUpButton *button = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = (NSUInteger)[button indexOfSelectedItem];
if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
setAllowedFileTypes(savepanel, nil);
} else {
NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
setAllowedFileTypes(savepanel, allowedtypes);
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
}
filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
static NSInteger showOpenSavePanel(
NSSavePanel *panel,
NSWindow *parent,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj,
int multiple)
{
NSInteger modalReturnCode;
int OSVersion = [NSApp macOSVersion];
const FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfo = {interp, cmdObj, multiple};
/*
* Use a sheet if -parent is specified (unless there is already a sheet).
*/
if (parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
if (OSVersion < 101500) {
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo ];
}];
modalReturnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
} else if (OSVersion < 110000) {
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo ];
}];
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
} else {
[parent beginSheet: panel completionHandler:nil];
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo ];
[parent endSheet:panel];
}
} else {
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo ];
}
return cmdObj ? modalOther : modalReturnCode;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
419 420 421 422 423 424 425 |
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int result = TCL_ERROR;
| | | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int result = TCL_ERROR;
Tk_Window parent, tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
const char *title = NULL;
int i;
NSColor *color = nil, *initialColor = nil;
NSColorPanel *colorPanel;
NSInteger returnCode, numberOfComponents = 0;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
}
value = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
switch (index) {
case COLOR_INITIAL: {
XColor *colorPtr;
| | | 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
}
value = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
switch (index) {
case COLOR_INITIAL: {
XColor *colorPtr;
colorPtr = Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i + 1]);
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
goto end;
}
initialColor = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(NULL, colorPtr->pixel);
Tk_FreeColor(colorPtr);
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
colorPanel = [NSColorPanel sharedColorPanel];
[colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
[colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
[colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
[colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
[colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
if (title) {
| | | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
colorPanel = [NSColorPanel sharedColorPanel];
[colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
[colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
[colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
[colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
[colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
if (title) {
NSString *s = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:title length:-1];
[colorPanel setTitle:s];
[s release];
}
if (initialColor) {
[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
| | | | 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
NSString *name = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes: filterPtr->name length:-1];
[filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
[name release];
NSMutableArray *clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
NSMutableArray *displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
bool allowsAll = NO;
for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {
for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
globPtr = globPtr->next) {
const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++;
}
if (*str) {
NSString *extension = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:-1];
if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
[filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
}
[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
* Check that the typevariable exists.
*/
if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
const char *selectedFileType =
Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
NSString *selectedFileTypeStr =
| | | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
* Check that the typevariable exists.
*/
if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
const char *selectedFileType =
Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
NSString *selectedFileTypeStr =
[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:selectedFileType length:-1];
NSUInteger index =
[filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];
if (index != NSNotFound) {
filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index;
filterInfo.preselectFilter = true;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | > < < | 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 |
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, multiple = 0;
int len;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
NSWindow *parent;
openpanel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
708 709 710 711 712 713 714 |
break;
case OPEN_FILETYPES:
fileTypesPtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case OPEN_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
| | | > | < > > | < > | 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
break;
case OPEN_FILETYPES:
fileTypesPtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case OPEN_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
directory = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
}
break;
case OPEN_INITFILE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
filename = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
}
break;
case OPEN_MESSAGE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
message = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
break;
case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
&multiple) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case OPEN_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case OPEN_TITLE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
break;
case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case OPEN_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
775 776 777 778 779 780 781 |
}
if (message) {
[openpanel setMessage:message];
[message release];
}
| | > | | | < < < < > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 |
}
if (message) {
[openpanel setMessage:message];
[message release];
}
[openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple != 0];
if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc]
initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc]
initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
[label setEditable:NO];
[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
[label setBordered:NO];
[label setBezeled:NO];
[label setDrawsBackground:NO];
[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
[popupButton setTarget:NSApp];
[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];
[accessoryView addSubview:label];
[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];
if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
/*
* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it
* and open the accessory view.
*/
[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:(NSInteger)filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
/*
* On OSX > 10.11, the options are not visible by default. Ergo
* allow all file types
[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
*/
setAllowedFileTypes(openpanel, filterInfo.allowedExtensions);
} else {
setAllowedFileTypes(openpanel, filterInfo.allowedExtensions);
}
if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
} else {
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
}
[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
} else {
/*
* No filters are given. Allow picking all files.
*/
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
}
if (cmdObj) {
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
if (directory || filename) {
NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
[openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
}
if (haveParentOption) {
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow];
} else {
parent = nil;
parentIsKey = False;
}
TKPanelMonitor *monitor;
if (testsAreRunning) {
/*
* We need the panel to close by itself when running tests.
*/
monitor = [[TKPanelMonitor alloc] initWithTimeout: 1.0];
[monitor start];
}
modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(openpanel, parent, interp, cmdObj,
multiple);
if (testsAreRunning) {
[monitor cancel];
}
if (cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton))
&& filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
949 950 951 952 953 954 955 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int confirmOverwrite = 1;
| | > < < | 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int confirmOverwrite = 1;
int index;
int len;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
NSWindow *parent;
savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
975 976 977 978 979 980 981 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case SAVE_DEFAULT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
| | | | | > | < > > | < > | 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case SAVE_DEFAULT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++; len--;
}
if (*str) {
defaultType = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
}
break;
case SAVE_FILETYPES:
fileTypesPtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case SAVE_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
directory = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
}
break;
case SAVE_INITFILE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
filename = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
[savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
}
break;
case SAVE_MESSAGE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
message = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
break;
case SAVE_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case SAVE_TITLE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
break;
case SAVE_TYPEVARIABLE:
typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case SAVE_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 | [label setBezeled:NO]; [label setDrawsBackground:NO]; NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO]; [popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels]; | | > < > | | < < < < | 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 |
[label setBezeled:NO];
[label setDrawsBackground:NO];
NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:(NSInteger)filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
[popupButton setTarget:NSApp];
[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];
[accessoryView addSubview:label];
[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];
[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
setAllowedFileTypes(savepanel,
[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]);
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
} else if (defaultType) {
/*
* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way to
* specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension, but
* don't display an accessory view.
*/
NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
setAllowedFileTypes(savepanel, AllowedFileTypes);
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
}
[savepanel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
[savepanel setExtensionHidden:NO];
if (cmdObj) {
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
if (directory) {
[savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
}
/*
* Check for file name and set to the empty string if nil. This prevents a crash
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 |
if (haveParentOption) {
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow];
} else {
parent = nil;
parentIsKey = False;
}
| | > > > | 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 |
if (haveParentOption) {
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow];
} else {
parent = nil;
parentIsKey = False;
}
modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(savepanel, parent, interp, cmdObj, 0);
if (cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
if (typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)
&& filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
| | > < < | 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, mustexist = 0;
int len;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
NSString *directory = nil;
NSString *message, *title;
NSWindow *parent;
NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case CHOOSE_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
| | > | < > > | < > < < < < | > > > | 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case CHOOSE_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
directory = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:str length:len]
autorelease];
}
break;
case CHOOSE_MESSAGE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
message = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
[panel setMessage:message];
[message release];
break;
case CHOOSE_MUSTEXIST:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
&mustexist) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case CHOOSE_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case CHOOSE_TITLE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:len];
[panel setTitle:title];
[title release];
break;
case CHOOSE_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
}
}
[panel setPrompt:@"Choose"];
[panel setCanChooseFiles:NO];
[panel setCanChooseDirectories:YES];
[panel setCanCreateDirectories:!mustexist];
if (cmdObj) {
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
/*
* Check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise
* crashes with exception because of nil string parameter.
*/
if (!directory) {
directory = @"/";
}
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
if (haveParentOption) {
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow];
} else {
parent = nil;
parentIsKey = False;
}
modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(panel, parent, interp, cmdObj, 0);
if (cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
end:
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkAboutDlg(void)
{
| < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkAboutDlg(void)
{
[NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:nil];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd --
*
* Implements the ::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel command.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
[NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:nil];
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, typeIndex, iconIndex, indexDefaultOption = 0;
int defaultNativeButtonIndex = 1; /* 1, 2, 3: right to left */
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
| | | 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 |
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, typeIndex, iconIndex, indexDefaultOption = 0;
int defaultNativeButtonIndex = 1; /* 1, 2, 3: right to left */
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
AlertCallbackInfo callbackInfo;
NSString *message, *title;
NSWindow *parent;
NSArray *buttons;
NSAlert *alert = [NSAlert new];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = 1;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 | * know the '-type' as well. */ indexDefaultOption = i; break; case ALERT_DETAIL: | < | > > < | > > < | > > | 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 |
* know the '-type' as well.
*/
indexDefaultOption = i;
break;
case ALERT_DETAIL:
str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
message = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:-1];
[alert setInformativeText:message];
[message release];
break;
case ALERT_ICON:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
sizeof(char *), "-icon value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case ALERT_MESSAGE:
str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
message = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:-1];
[alert setMessageText:message];
[message release];
break;
case ALERT_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case ALERT_TITLE:
str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
str length:-1];
[[alert window] setTitle:title];
[title release];
break;
case ALERT_TYPE:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
sizeof(char *), "-type value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 |
if (([ke isEqualToString:@"\r"] || [ke isEqualToString:@"\033"]) &&
![b keyEquivalentModifierMask]) {
[b setKeyEquivalent:@""];
}
}
[[buttons objectAtIndex: [buttons count]-1] setKeyEquivalent: @"\033"];
| | < | | | | | | > > > | | 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
if (([ke isEqualToString:@"\r"] || [ke isEqualToString:@"\033"]) &&
![b keyEquivalentModifierMask]) {
[b setKeyEquivalent:@""];
}
}
[[buttons objectAtIndex: [buttons count]-1] setKeyEquivalent: @"\033"];
[[buttons objectAtIndex: (NSUInteger)(defaultNativeButtonIndex-1)]
setKeyEquivalent: @"\r"];
if (cmdObj) {
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
callbackInfo.cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo.interp = interp;
callbackInfo.typeIndex = typeIndex;
parent = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(((TkWindow *)tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1090
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
[NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo];
}];
#else
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
didEndSelector:@selector(tkAlertDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
contextInfo:&callbackInfo];
#endif
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? 0 :
[alert runModal];
} else {
modalReturnCode = [alert runModal];
[NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:&callbackInfo];
}
if (cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
result = (modalReturnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
end:
[alert release];
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#pragma mark [tk fontchooser] implementation (TIP 324)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
typedef struct FontchooserData {
Tcl_Obj *titleObj;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
Tk_Window parent;
} FontchooserData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 |
NSFontPanelUnderlineEffectModeMask |
NSFontPanelStrikethroughEffectModeMask;
}
- (void) windowDidOrderOffScreen: (NSNotification *)notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
| | | 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
NSFontPanelUnderlineEffectModeMask |
NSFontPanelStrikethroughEffectModeMask;
}
- (void) windowDidOrderOffScreen: (NSNotification *)notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
if ([[notification object] isEqual:[[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
fontPanel:NO]]) {
FontchooserEvent(FontchooserClosed);
}
}
@end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 |
{
FontchooserData *fcdPtr;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
if (!fontchooserInterp) {
return;
}
| | | | | > | | 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 |
{
FontchooserData *fcdPtr;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
if (!fontchooserInterp) {
return;
}
fcdPtr = (FontchooserData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(fontchooserInterp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
switch (kind) {
case FontchooserClosed:
if (fcdPtr->parent != NULL) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
fontchooserInterp = NULL;
}
break;
case FontchooserSelection:
fontObj = TkMacOSXFontDescriptionForNSFontAndNSFontAttributes(
fontPanelFont, fontPanelFontAttributes);
if (fontObj) {
if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
int objc;
int result;
Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(fontchooserInterp,
fcdPtr->cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
tmpv = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
tmpv[objc] = fontObj;
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(fontchooserInterp, objc + 1, tmpv,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree(tmpv);
}
}
TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
}
break;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 |
FontchooserData *fcdPtr,
int optionIndex)
{
Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL;
switch(optionIndex) {
case FontchooserParent:
| | | 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 |
FontchooserData *fcdPtr,
int optionIndex)
{
Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL;
switch(optionIndex) {
case FontchooserParent:
if (fcdPtr->parent != NULL) {
resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(
((TkWindow *)fcdPtr->parent)->pathName, -1);
} else {
resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(".", 1);
}
break;
case FontchooserTitle:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 |
if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
resObj = fcdPtr->cmdObj;
} else {
resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
break;
case FontchooserVisible:
| | | | 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 |
if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
resObj = fcdPtr->cmdObj;
} else {
resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
break;
case FontchooserVisible:
resObj = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([[[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
fontPanel:NO] isVisible]);
break;
default:
resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
return resObj;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 |
FontchooserConfigureCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
| | > | | 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 |
FontchooserConfigureCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
FontchooserData *fcdPtr = (FontchooserData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser",
NULL);
int i;
int r = TCL_OK;
/*
* With no arguments we return all the options in a dict
*/
if (objc == 1) {
Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 |
if (r == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
}
return r;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
| | > | 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 |
if (r == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
}
return r;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int optionIndex;
int len;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], fontchooserOptionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FONTDIALOG", "READONLY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
case FontchooserParent: {
Tk_Window parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), tkwin);
| | | 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 |
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FONTDIALOG", "READONLY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
case FontchooserParent: {
Tk_Window parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), tkwin);
if (parent == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (fcdPtr->parent) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
}
fcdPtr->parent = parent;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 |
fcdPtr->titleObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(fcdPtr->titleObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(fcdPtr->titleObj);
} else {
fcdPtr->titleObj = NULL;
}
break;
| | | 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 |
fcdPtr->titleObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(fcdPtr->titleObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(fcdPtr->titleObj);
} else {
fcdPtr->titleObj = NULL;
}
break;
case FontchooserFont: {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &len);
if (len) {
Tk_Font f = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1]);
if (!f) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 |
NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:NO];
[fp setPanelFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
[fm setSelectedFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
[fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes
isMultiple:NO];
if ([fp isVisible]) {
| | > | 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 |
NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:NO];
[fp setPanelFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
[fm setSelectedFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
[fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes
isMultiple:NO];
if ([fp isVisible]) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent,
"TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
}
break;
}
case FontchooserCmd:
if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fcdPtr->cmdObj);
}
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &len);
if (len) {
fcdPtr->cmdObj = objv[i+1];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 |
static int
FontchooserShowCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *))
{
| | | | | 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 |
static int
FontchooserShowCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *))
{
FontchooserData *fcdPtr = (FontchooserData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser",
NULL);
if (fcdPtr->parent == NULL) {
fcdPtr->parent = (Tk_Window)clientData;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
}
NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:YES];
if ([fp delegate] != NSApp) {
[fp setDelegate:NSApp];
}
if (![fp isVisible]) {
[fm orderFrontFontPanel:NSApp];
TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
}
fontchooserInterp = interp;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 |
*/
static void
FontchooserParentEventHandler(
ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
| | | 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 |
*/
static void
FontchooserParentEventHandler(
ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
FontchooserData *fcdPtr = (FontchooserData *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
fcdPtr->parent = NULL;
FontchooserHideCmd(NULL, NULL, 0, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 |
*/
static void
DeleteFontchooserData(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
| | | 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 |
*/
static void
DeleteFontchooserData(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
FontchooserData *fcdPtr = (FontchooserData *)clientData;
if (fcdPtr->titleObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fcdPtr->titleObj);
}
if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fcdPtr->cmdObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXDraw.c -- * * This file contains functions that draw to windows. Many of thees * functions emulate Xlib functions. * | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | /* * tkMacOSXDraw.c -- * * This file contains functions that draw to windows. Many of thees * functions emulate Xlib functions. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2014-2020 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "tkButton.h" #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101000 #define GET_CGCONTEXT [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] CGContext] #else #define GET_CGCONTEXT [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort] #endif /* #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG #endif */ #define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0)) /* * Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
Display *display,
Tk_Image image,
int width,
int height)
{
Pixmap pixmap;
NSImage *nsImage;
| | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
Display *display,
Tk_Image image,
int width,
int height)
{
Pixmap pixmap;
NSImage *nsImage;
if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) {
return nsImage = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(0,0)];
}
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
nsImage = CreateNSImageFromPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
NSImage *nsImage;
unsigned long origBackground = gc->background;
gc->background = transparentColor;
XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, 0, 0);
| | | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
NSImage *nsImage;
unsigned long origBackground = gc->background;
gc->background = transparentColor;
XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, 0, 0);
XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, pixmap, gc, 0, 0, (unsigned)width, (unsigned)height, 0, 0, 1);
gc->background = origBackground;
nsImage = CreateNSImageFromPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
return [nsImage autorelease];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
return nsImage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
return nsImage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable --
*
* Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
*
* Results:
* CGContext.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CGContextRef
TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(
Drawable drawable)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0,
macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);
if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
} else {
colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
}
macDraw->context = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, (unsigned)macDraw->size.width,
(unsigned)macDraw->size.height, bitsPerComponent, 0,
colorspace, bitmapInfo);
if (macDraw->context) {
CGContextClearRect(macDraw->context, bounds);
}
if (colorspace) {
CFRelease(colorspace);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
if (npoints < 2) {
return BadValue;
}
| | | 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
if (npoints < 2) {
return BadValue;
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
double prevx, prevy;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
XSegment *segments,
int nsegments)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
| | | 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
XSegment *segments,
int nsegments)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
527 528 529 530 531 532 533 |
int
XFillPolygon(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
| | | | 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
int
XFillPolygon(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Shape to draw. */
int mode) /* Drawing mode. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
double prevx, prevy;
double o = (gc->line_width % 2) ? .5 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 |
macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
} else {
prevx += points[i].x;
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
| > | > | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
} else {
prevx += points[i].x;
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
(gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule)
? CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context)
: CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
| | > | 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
rect = CGRectMake(
macWin->xOff + x + o, macWin->yOff + y + o,
width, height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawRectangles --
*
* Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a five-point
* PolyLine protocol request were specified for each rectangle:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
int nRects)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
| | | 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
int nRects)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
rectPtr->width, rectPtr->height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillRectangles --
*
* Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
| > | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
rectPtr->width, rectPtr->height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillRectangles --
*
* Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
int n_rectangles) /* Number of rectangles. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i;
| | | 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 |
int n_rectangles) /* Number of rectangles. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
for (i = 0, rectPtr = rectangles; i < n_rectangles; i++, rectPtr++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
| | | 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawArcs --
*
* Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a
* rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the
| > | 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawArcs --
*
* Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a
* rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
877 878 879 880 881 882 883 |
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc *arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
| | | 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 |
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc *arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArc --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
| > | 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArc --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
| | | 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 |
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return BadDrawable;
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0, u = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 |
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArcs --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
*
| > | 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 |
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArcs --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc * arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
| | | 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 |
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc * arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0, u = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 |
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScrollWindow --
*
* Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 |
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
#endif
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMaxRequestSize --
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
XMaxRequestSize(
Display *display)
{
return (SHRT_MAX / 4);
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScrollWindow --
*
* Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
TCL_UNUSED(GC), /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int width, int height,
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
| | | | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > | > > | > | > > > | | | > > > | > | > | 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
TCL_UNUSED(GC), /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int width, int height,
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(macDraw);
HIShapeRef srcRgn, dstRgn;
HIMutableShapeRef dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutable();
NSRect bounds, viewSrcRect, srcRect, dstRect;
int result = 0;
if (view) {
/*
* Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left).
*/
bounds = [view bounds];
viewSrcRect = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,
bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
width, height);
/*
* Scroll the rectangle.
*/
[view scrollRect:viewSrcRect by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
/*
* Compute the damage region, using Tk coordinates (origin at top left).
*/
srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);
srcRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&srcRect);
dstRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, srcRgn, dstRgn, dmgRgn);
CFRelease(dstRgn);
CFRelease(srcRgn);
result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;
}
/*
* Convert the HIShape dmgRgn into a TkRegion and store it.
*/
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
CFRelease(dmgRgn);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 |
GC gc,
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *)d;
Bool canDraw = true;
TKContentView *view = nil;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
/*
* If the drawable is not a pixmap, get the associated NSView.
*/
if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(d);
| > > > > > > | 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 |
GC gc,
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *)d;
Bool canDraw = true;
TKContentView *view = nil;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
CGFloat drawingHeight;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG
fprintf(stderr, "TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext: %s\n",
macDraw->winPtr ? Tk_PathName(macDraw->winPtr) : "None");
#endif
/*
* If the drawable is not a pixmap, get the associated NSView.
*/
if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(d);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 |
/*
* If the drawable already has a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, we must be
* drawing to a window and we use the current context of its ContentView.
*/
dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
| | < < < < | 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 |
/*
* If the drawable already has a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, we must be
* drawing to a window and we use the current context of its ContentView.
*/
dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
if (!dc.context) {
NSRect drawingBounds, currentBounds;
dc.view = view;
dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT;
if (dc.clipRgn) {
CGRect clipBounds;
CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,
.ty = [view bounds].size.height};
HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &clipBounds);
clipBounds = CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t);
drawingBounds = NSRectFromCGRect(clipBounds);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 | * the clipping rectangle set by drawRect does not contain the clipping * region of our drawing context. (See bug [2a61eca3a8].) If part of * the drawing bounds will be clipped then we draw whatever we can, but * we also add the drawing bounds to the view's dirty rectangle so it * will get redrawn in the next call to its drawRect method. */ | | > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | < < < < < | > < < < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 |
* the clipping rectangle set by drawRect does not contain the clipping
* region of our drawing context. (See bug [2a61eca3a8].) If part of
* the drawing bounds will be clipped then we draw whatever we can, but
* we also add the drawing bounds to the view's dirty rectangle so it
* will get redrawn in the next call to its drawRect method.
*/
currentBounds = NSRectFromCGRect(CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context));
if (!NSContainsRect(currentBounds, drawingBounds)) {
[view addTkDirtyRect:drawingBounds];
}
}
/*
* Finish configuring the drawing context.
*/
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG
fprintf(stderr, "TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext: pushing GState for %s\n",
macDraw->winPtr ? Tk_PathName(macDraw->winPtr) : "None");
#endif
CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
{ /* Restricted scope for t needed for C++ */
drawingHeight = view ? [view bounds].size.height :
CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context).size.height;
CGAffineTransform t = {
.a = 1, .b = 0,
.c = 0, .d = -1,
.tx = 0,
.ty = drawingHeight
};
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
}
if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn)) {
/*
* We expect the clipping path dc.clipRgn to consist of the
* bounding rectangle of the drawable window, together with
* disjoint smaller rectangles inside of it which bound its
* geometric children. In that case the even-odd rule will
* clip to the region inside the large rectangle and outside
* of the smaller rectangles.
*/
ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG
fprintf(stderr, "Setting complex clip for %s to:\n",
macDraw->winPtr ? Tk_PathName(macDraw->winPtr) : "None");
TkMacOSXPrintRectsInRegion(dc.clipRgn);
#endif
CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
} else {
CGRect r;
HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG
fprintf(stderr, "Current clip BBox is %s\n",
NSStringFromRect(CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(GET_CGCONTEXT)).UTF8String);
fprintf(stderr, "Setting clip for %s to rect %s:\n",
macDraw->winPtr ? Tk_PathName(macDraw->winPtr) : "None",
NSStringFromRect(r).UTF8String);
#endif
CGContextClipToRect(dc.context, r);
}
}
if (gc) {
static const CGLineCap cgCap[] = {
[CapNotLast] = kCGLineCapButt,
[CapButt] = kCGLineCapButt,
[CapRound] = kCGLineCapRound,
[CapProjecting] = kCGLineCapSquare,
};
static const CGLineJoin cgJoin[] = {
[JoinMiter] = kCGLineJoinMiter,
[JoinRound] = kCGLineJoinRound,
[JoinBevel] = kCGLineJoinBevel,
};
bool shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width);
double w = gc->line_width;
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, dc.context);
if (view) {
CGSize size = NSSizeToCGSize([view bounds].size);
CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, size);
}
if (gc->function != GXcopy) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are "
"not supported for CG drawing!");
}
if (!shouldAntialias) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 |
CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context, cgJoin[(unsigned) gc->join_style]);
}
}
end:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
| | < < < | | < | 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 |
CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context, cgJoin[(unsigned) gc->join_style]);
}
}
end:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
if (!canDraw && macDraw->winPtr != NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n",
Tk_PathName(macDraw->winPtr));
}
#endif
if (!canDraw && dc.clipRgn) {
CFRelease(dc.clipRgn);
dc.clipRgn = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 |
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
if (dcPtr->context) {
CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
}
if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {
CFRelease(dcPtr->clipRgn);
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
bzero(dcPtr, sizeof(TkMacOSXDrawingContext));
| > > > > > > > | > | 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 |
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
if (dcPtr->context) {
CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CG
fprintf(stderr, "TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext: popped GState\n");
#endif
}
if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {
CFRelease(dcPtr->clipRgn);
dcPtr->clipRgn = NULL;
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
bzero(dcPtr, sizeof(TkMacOSXDrawingContext));
#endif
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetClipRgn --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
if (macDraw->drawRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->drawRgn);
} else if (macDraw->visRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->visRgn);
}
return clipRgn;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpClipDrawableToRect --
*
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 |
if (macDraw->drawRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->drawRgn);
} else if (macDraw->visRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->visRgn);
}
return clipRgn;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn --
*
* Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the specified
* X subwindow.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(
Drawable drawable) /* Drawable to update. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpClipDrawableToRect --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 |
ClipToGC(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
((TkpClipMask *)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
| | | 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 |
ClipToGC(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
((TkpClipMask *)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask *)gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *)d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin;
int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *)d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin;
HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn;
XOffsetRegion(gcClip, xOffset, yOffset);
gcClipRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(gcClip);
if (clipRgn) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | < | > | | > | 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user has
* requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
if (useThemedToplevel && Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
static Tk_3DBorder themedBorder = NULL;
if (!themedBorder) {
themedBorder = Tk_Get3DBorder(NULL, tkwin,
"systemWindowHeaderBackground");
}
if (themedBorder) {
border = themedBorder;
}
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
border, highlightWidth, highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkMacOSXEmbed.c -- * * This file contains platform-specific procedures for theMac to provide * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one * application can use as its main window an internal window from some * other application). Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same * Tk application is allowed on the Macintosh. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkMacOSXEmbed.c -- * * This file contains platform-specific procedures for theMac to provide * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one * application can use as its main window an internal window from some * other application). Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same * Tk application is allowed on the Macintosh. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkBusy.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
/*
* Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file:
*/
static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width,
int height);
static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeWindow --
*
* Creates an X Window (Mac subwindow).
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
/*
* Globals defined in this file:
*/
TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL;
/*
* Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file:
*/
static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width,
int height);
static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler --
*
* Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like Netscape
* plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does not control the
* main window
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* The embed handler is set.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc)
{
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) {
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler));
}
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc = registerWinProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getPortProc = getPortProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc = containerExistProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getClipProc = getClipProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc = getOffsetProc;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeWindow --
*
* Creates an X Window (Mac subwindow).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
Window
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr,
Window parent)
{
MacDrawable *macWin;
| < | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
Window
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr,
Window parent)
{
MacDrawable *macWin;
/*
* If this window is marked as embedded then the window structure should
* have already been created in the TkpUseWindow function.
*/
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
} else {
/*
* Allocate sub window
*/
macWin = ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
if (macWin == NULL) {
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
return None;
}
macWin->winPtr = winPtr;
winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;
macWin->visRgn = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
}
}
/*
* Make the embedded window.
*/
| | | 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
}
}
/*
* Make the embedded window.
*/
macWin = ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
if (macWin == NULL) {
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
macWin->winPtr = winPtr;
macWin->view = nil;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make
* sure the argument to -use is valid.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
| | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make
* sure the argument to -use is valid.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->embedded = None;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr;
firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
*/
MacDrawable *
TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a window. */
{
TkWindow *contWinPtr, *topWinPtr;
topWinPtr = winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr;
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(topWinPtr)) {
return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
}
contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr);
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
| > > > > < < < | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
*/
MacDrawable *
TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a window. */
{
TkWindow *contWinPtr, *topWinPtr;
if (!(winPtr && winPtr->privatePtr)) {
return NULL;
}
topWinPtr = winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr;
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(topWinPtr)) {
return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
}
contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr);
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpClaimFocus --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTestembedCmd( | | < | 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
int all;
Container *containerPtr;
Tcl_DString dString;
char buffer[50];
Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL;
if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
all = 1;
} else {
all = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
/*
* Parent id
*/
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
| < | | 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
/*
* Parent id
*/
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "0x%lx", containerPtr->parent);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
/*
* Parent pathName
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
| < < < | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
/* TODO: Implement this or decide it definitely needs no implementation */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetOtherWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
Container *containerPtr;
/*
* TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not in the same
* process...
*/
| | | 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 |
Container *containerPtr;
/*
* TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not in the same
* process...
*/
if (!(winPtr && (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES))) {
return NULL;
}
for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->parentPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
700 701 702 703 704 705 706 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
Container *containerPtr;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (!firstContainerPtr) {
/*
* When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | | 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application.
*/
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
}
if (containerPtr->embedded != None) {
/*
* Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
* deleted its window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
897 898 899 900 901 902 903 |
*/
static void
EmbedActivateProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 |
*/
static void
EmbedActivateProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
TkGenerateActivateEvents(containerPtr->embeddedPtr,1);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
TkGenerateActivateEvents(containerPtr->embeddedPtr,0);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
932 933 934 935 936 937 938 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
Display *display;
XEvent event;
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xfocus.send_event = false;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbedSendConfigure(
Container *containerPtr) /* Information about the embedding. */
{
| < | 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbedSendConfigure(
Container *containerPtr) /* Information about the embedding. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedWindowDeleted --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
* Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the information
* about the embedded application and free the container's record.
*/
prevPtr = NULL;
containerPtr = firstContainerPtr;
while (1) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
/*
* We also have to destroy our parent, to clean up the container.
* Fabricate an event to do this.
*/
if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
| > > > | 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
* Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the information
* about the embedded application and free the container's record.
*/
prevPtr = NULL;
containerPtr = firstContainerPtr;
while (1) {
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
/*
* We also have to destroy our parent, to clean up the container.
* Fabricate an event to do this.
*/
if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpShowBusyWindow(
TkBusy busy)
{
| < < < < < < < < < | 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpShowBusyWindow(
TkBusy busy)
{
}
void
TkpHideBusyWindow(
TkBusy busy)
{
}
void
TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
Window parent) /* Parent window. */
{
}
void
TkpCreateBusy(
Tk_FakeWin *winPtr,
Tk_Window tkRef,
Window* parentPtr,
Tk_Window tkParent,
TkBusy busy)
{
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXEntry.c -- * * This file implements the native aqua entry widget. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXEntry.c -- * * This file implements the native aqua entry widget. * * Copyright © 2001 Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkEntry.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
/*
* We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
* overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
* draw the highlightbackground.
*/
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
| | | | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
/*
* We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
* overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
* draw the highlightbackground.
*/
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
rects[0].x = (short)(Tk_Width(tkwin) - incDecWidth - 1);
rects[0].y = 0;
rects[0].width = (unsigned short)(incDecWidth + 1);
rects[0].height = (unsigned short)Tk_Height(tkwin);
XFillRectangles(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, bgGC, rects, 1);
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, &dc)) {
return 0;
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXEvent.c -- * * This file contains the basic Mac OS X Event handling routines. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
/*
* tkMacOSXEvent.c --
*
* This file contains the basic Mac OS X Event handling routines.
*
* Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)
enum {
NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
@implementation TKApplication(TKEvent)
/* TODO: replace by +[addLocalMonitorForEventsMatchingMask ? */
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), theEvent);
#endif
NSEvent *processedEvent = theEvent;
NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
NSInteger subtype;
switch ((NSInteger)type) {
case NSAppKitDefined:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
default:
break; /* return theEvent */
}
return processedEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
| < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
default:
break; /* return theEvent */
}
return processedEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Added macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * tkMacOSXEvent.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific functions for implementing the * Mac OS X Notifier. * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACEVENT #define _TKMACEVENT #ifndef _TKMACINT #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif /* * Currently nothing needs to be declared here. */ #endif |
Added macosx/tkMacOSXFileTypes.c.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
/*
There are situations where a graphical user interface needs to know the file
type (i.e. data format) of a file. The two main ones are when generating an
icon to represent a file, and when filtering the choice of files in a file
open or save dialog.
Early Macintosh systems used OSTypes as identifiers for file types. An OSType
is a FourCC datatype - four bytes which can be packed into a 32 bit integer. In
the HFS filesystem they were included in the file metadata. The metadata also
included another OSType (the Creator Code) which identified the application
which created the file.
In OSX 10.4 the Uniform Type Identifier was introduced as an alternative way to
describe file types. These are strings (NSStrings, actually) in a reverse DNS
format, such as "com.apple.application-bundle". Apple provided a tool for
converting OSType codes to Uniform Type Identifiers, which they deprecated in
macOS 12.0 after introducing the UTType class in macOS 11.0. An instance of the
UTType class has properties which give the Uniform Type Identifier as well as
the preferred file name extension for a given file type.
This module provides tools for working with file types which are meant to abstract
the many variants that Apple has used over the years, and which can be used
without generating deprecation warnings.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#define CHARS_TO_OSTYPE(string) (OSType) string[0] << 24 | \
(OSType) string[1] << 16 | \
(OSType) string[2] << 8 | \
(OSType) string[3]
MODULE_SCOPE NSString *TkMacOSXOSTypeToUTI(OSType ostype) {
char string[5];
string[4] = '\0';
string[3] = ostype;
string[2] = ostype >> 8;
string[1] = ostype >> 16;
string[0] = ostype >> 24;
NSString *tag = [NSString stringWithCString:string encoding:NSMacOSRomanStringEncoding];
if (tag == nil) {
return nil;
}
NSString *result = nil;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 110000
if (@available(macOS 11.0, *)) {
return [UTType typeWithTag:tag tagClass:@"com.apple.ostype" conformingToType:nil].identifier;
}
#endif
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 110000
result = (NSString *)UTTypeCreatePreferredIdentifierForTag(kUTTagClassOSType, (CFStringRef)tag, NULL);
#endif
return result;
}
/*
* The NSWorkspace method iconForFileType, which was deprecated in macOS 12.0, would
* accept an NSString which could be an encoding of an OSType, or a file extension,
* or a Uniform Type Idenfier. This function can serve as a replacement.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage *TkMacOSXIconForFileType(NSString *filetype) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 110000
// We don't have UTType but iconForFileType is not deprecated, so use it.
return [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] iconForFileType:filetype];
#else
// We might have UTType but iconForFileType might be deprecated.
if (@available(macOS 11.0, *)) {
/* Yes, we do have UTType */
if (filetype == nil) {
/*
* Bug 9be830f61b: match the behavior of
* [NSWorkspace.sharedWorkspace iconForFileType:nil]
*/
filetype = @"public.data";
}
UTType *uttype = [UTType typeWithIdentifier: filetype];
if (uttype == nil || !uttype.isDeclared) {
uttype = [UTType typeWithFilenameExtension: filetype];
}
if (uttype == nil || (!uttype.isDeclared && filetype.length == 4)) {
OSType ostype = CHARS_TO_OSTYPE(filetype.UTF8String);
NSString *UTI = TkMacOSXOSTypeToUTI(ostype);
if (UTI) {
uttype = [UTType typeWithIdentifier:UTI];
}
}
if (uttype == nil || !uttype.isDeclared) {
return nil;
}
return [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] iconForContentType:uttype];
} else {
/* No, we don't have UTType. */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 110000
/* but iconForFileType is not deprecated, so we can use it. */
return [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] iconForFileType:filetype];
#else
/*
* Cannot be reached: MIN_REQUIRED >= 110000 yet 11.0 is not available.
* But the compiler can't figure that out, so it will warn about an
* execution path with no return value unless we put a return here.
*/
return nil;
#endif
}
#endif
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.c -- * * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent font * package interface. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.c -- * * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent font * package interface. * * Copyright © 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, Benjamin.Riefenstahl@epost.de * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXFont.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
*/
#define SYSTEMFONT_NAME "system"
#define APPLFONT_NAME "application"
#define MENUITEMFONT_NAME "menu"
struct SystemFontMapEntry {
| | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
*/
#define SYSTEMFONT_NAME "system"
#define APPLFONT_NAME "application"
#define MENUITEMFONT_NAME "menu"
struct SystemFontMapEntry {
ThemeFontID id;
const char *systemName;
const char *tkName;
const char *tkName1;
};
#define ThemeFont(n, ...) { kTheme##n##Font, "system" #n "Font", ##__VA_ARGS__ }
static const struct SystemFontMapEntry systemFontMap[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
ThemeFont(PushButton, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(UtilityWindowTitle, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(AlertHeader, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(Toolbar, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(MiniSystem, NULL, NULL),
{ kThemeSystemFontDetail, "systemDetailSystemFont", NULL, NULL },
{ kThemeSystemFontDetailEmphasized, "systemDetailEmphasizedSystemFont", NULL, NULL },
| | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
ThemeFont(PushButton, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(UtilityWindowTitle, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(AlertHeader, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(Toolbar, NULL, NULL),
ThemeFont(MiniSystem, NULL, NULL),
{ kThemeSystemFontDetail, "systemDetailSystemFont", NULL, NULL },
{ kThemeSystemFontDetailEmphasized, "systemDetailEmphasizedSystemFont", NULL, NULL },
{ (ThemeFontID)-1, NULL, NULL, NULL }
};
#undef ThemeFont
static int antialiasedTextEnabled = -1;
static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil;
static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
- (instancetype)initWithTclUtfBytes:(const void *)bytes
length:(NSUInteger)len
{
self = [self init];
if (self) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&_ds);
| | | | 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
- (instancetype)initWithTclUtfBytes:(const void *)bytes
length:(NSUInteger)len
{
self = [self init];
if (self) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&_ds);
Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString((const char *)bytes, len, &_ds);
_string = [[NSString alloc]
initWithCharactersNoCopy:(unichar *)Tcl_DStringValue(&_ds)
length:Tcl_DStringLength(&_ds)>>1
freeWhenDone:NO];
self.UTF8String = _string.UTF8String;
}
return self;
}
- (instancetype)initWithString:(NSString *)aString
{
self = [self init];
if (self) {
_string = [[NSString alloc] initWithString:aString];
_UTF8String = _string.UTF8String;
}
return self;
}
- (void)dealloc
{
Tcl_DStringFree(&_ds);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
}
- (unichar)characterAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
{
return [_string characterAtIndex:index];
}
| < < < < | 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
}
- (unichar)characterAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
{
return [_string characterAtIndex:index];
}
- (Tcl_DString)DString
{
if ( _ds.string == NULL) {
/*
* The DString has not been initialized. Construct it from
* our string's unicode characters.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf([_string characterAtIndex: index], p);
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&_ds, p - Tcl_DStringValue(&_ds));
}
return _ds;
}
| < < > | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf([_string characterAtIndex: index], p);
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&_ds, p - Tcl_DStringValue(&_ds));
}
return _ds;
}
@synthesize UTF8String = _UTF8String;
@synthesize DString = _ds;
@end
#define GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr) \
((faPtr)->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? NSBoldFontMask : NSUnboldFontMask) | \
((faPtr)->slant == TK_FS_ITALIC ? NSItalicFontMask : NSUnitalicFontMask)
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
{
NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
NSFont *nsFont, *dflt = nil;
#define defaultFont (dflt ? dflt : (dflt = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:0]))
NSString *family;
if (familyName) {
| | | 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
{
NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
NSFont *nsFont, *dflt = nil;
#define defaultFont (dflt ? dflt : (dflt = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:0]))
NSString *family;
if (familyName) {
family = [[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:familyName length:-1] autorelease];
} else {
family = [defaultFont familyName];
}
if (size == 0.0) {
size = [defaultFont pointSize];
}
nsFont = [fm fontWithFamily:family traits:traits weight:weight size:size];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
}
nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
| | | | | | | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
}
nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
fmPtr->ascent = (int)floor([nsFont ascender] + [nsFont leading] + 0.5);
fmPtr->descent = (int)floor(-[nsFont descender] + 0.5);
fmPtr->maxWidth = (int)[nsFont maximumAdvancement].width;
fmPtr->fixed = [nsFont isFixedPitch]; /* Does not work for all fonts */
/*
* The ascent, descent and fixed fields are not correct for all fonts, as
* a workaround deduce that info from the metrics of some typical glyphs,
* along with screenfont kerning (space advance difference to printer font)
*/
bounds = [nsFont boundingRectForFont];
if (CTFontGetGlyphsForCharacters((CTFontRef) nsFont, ch, glyphs, nCh)) {
fmPtr->fixed = [nsFont advancementForGlyph:glyphs[0]].width ==
[nsFont advancementForGlyph:glyphs[1]].width;
bounds = NSRectFromCGRect(CTFontGetBoundingRectsForGlyphs((CTFontRef)
nsFont, defaultOrientation, ch, boundingRects, nCh));
kern = [nsFont advancementForGlyph:glyphs[2]].width -
[fontPtr->nsFont advancementForGlyph:glyphs[2]].width;
}
descent = (int)floor(-bounds.origin.y + 0.5);
ascent = (int)floor(bounds.size.height + bounds.origin.y + 0.5);
if (ascent > fmPtr->ascent) {
fmPtr->ascent = ascent;
}
if (descent > fmPtr->descent) {
fmPtr->descent = descent;
}
nsAttributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
* released. If NULL, a new TkFont structure is
* allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
MacFont *fontPtr;
| | | 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
* released. If NULL, a new TkFont structure is
* allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
MacFont *fontPtr;
CGFloat points = floor(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
NSFont *nsFont;
nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
if (!nsFont) {
const char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
}
if (!nsFont) {
Tcl_Panic("Could not determine NSFont from TkFontAttributes");
}
if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
fontPtr = (MacFont *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
} else {
| | | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
}
if (!nsFont) {
Tcl_Panic("Could not determine NSFont from TkFontAttributes");
}
if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
fontPtr = (MacFont *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
} else {
fontPtr = (MacFont *)tkFontPtr;
TkpDeleteFont(tkFontPtr);
}
CFRetain(nsFont); /* Always needed to allow unconditional CFRelease below */
InitFont(nsFont, faPtr, fontPtr);
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
| | | 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
int c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes* faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
MacFont *fontPtr = (MacFont *) tkfont;
NSFont *nsFont = fontPtr->nsFont;
*faPtr = fontPtr->font.fa;
if (nsFont && ![[nsFont coveredCharacterSet] characterIsMember:c]) {
UTF16Char ch = (UTF16Char) c;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
947 948 949 950 951 952 953 |
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
NSCharacterSet *cs;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 |
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
NSCharacterSet *cs;
/*
* Get a line breakpoint in the source string.
*/
index = start;
if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
index = CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
}
}
if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
}
/*
* Trim right whitespace/lineending characters.
*/
cs = (index <= len && (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
while (index > start &&
[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
index--;
}
/*
* If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between its
* start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
* CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index.
* However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break at a
* word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE is set, we
* must report that zero chars actually fit (in other words the
* smallest word of the source string is still larger than maxWidth).
*/
if ((index >= start) && (index < len) &&
(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) &&
![cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:index]]) {
index = start;
}
if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
index = start + 1;
}
/*
* Now measure the string width in pixels.
*/
if (index > 0) {
range.length = index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
width = 0;
}
if (width < maxWidth && (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && index < len) {
range.length = ++index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
}
/*
* The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always return
* at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded it or not.
* Clean that up now.
*/
while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK)
&& index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
range.length = --index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
}
}
CFRelease(typesetter);
[attributedString release];
[string release];
length = ceil(width - offset);
fit = (TkUtfAtIndex(source, index) - source) - rangeStart;
done:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_FONTS
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("measure: source=\"%s\" range=\"%.*s\" maxLength=%d "
"flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
source+rangeStart, maxLength,
flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ? "partialOk " : "",
flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS ? "wholeWords " : "",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 |
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
| < | 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 |
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
TkpDrawAngledCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes,
rangeStart, rangeLength, x, y, 0.0);
}
void
TkpDrawAngledCharsInContext(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *), /* Display on which to draw. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 |
NSAttributedString *attributedString;
CTTypesetterRef typesetter;
CFIndex start, length;
CTLineRef line, full=nil;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext drawingContext;
CGContextRef context;
| | | | | | > | | > > | | | | | 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 |
NSAttributedString *attributedString;
CTTypesetterRef typesetter;
CFIndex start, length;
CTLineRef line, full=nil;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext drawingContext;
CGContextRef context;
CGColorRef fg = NULL;
NSFont *nsFont;
CGAffineTransform t;
CGFloat width, height, textX = (CGFloat) x, textY = (CGFloat) y;
if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0
|| rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes
|| !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, &drawingContext)) {
return;
}
string = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:source length:numBytes];
if (!string) {
return;
}
context = drawingContext.context;
TkSetMacColor(gc->foreground, &fg);
attributes = [fontPtr->nsAttributes mutableCopy];
if (fg) {
[attributes setObject:(id)fg forKey:(id)kCTForegroundColorAttributeName];
CGColorRelease(fg);
}
nsFont = [attributes objectForKey:NSFontAttributeName];
[nsFont setInContext:GET_NSCONTEXT(context, NO)];
CGContextSetTextMatrix(context, CGAffineTransformIdentity);
attributedString = [[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:string
attributes:attributes];
[string release];
typesetter = CTTypesetterCreateWithAttributedString(
(CFAttributedStringRef)attributedString);
textX += (CGFloat) macWin->xOff;
textY += (CGFloat) macWin->yOff;
height = [drawingContext.view bounds].size.height;
textY = height - textY;
t = CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, 0.0, height);
if (angle != 0.0) {
t = CGAffineTransformTranslate(
CGAffineTransformRotate(
CGAffineTransformTranslate(t, textX, textY), angle*PI/180.0),
-textX, -textY);
}
CGContextConcatCTM(context, t);
start = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart);
length = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength) - start;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(start, length));
if (start > 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 |
textX += (width - CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL));
}
CGContextSetTextPosition(context, textX, textY);
CTLineDraw(line, context);
CFRelease(line);
CFRelease(typesetter);
[attributedString release];
| < | 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 |
textX += (width - CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL));
}
CGContextSetTextPosition(context, textX, textY);
CTLineDraw(line, context);
CFRelease(line);
CFRelease(typesetter);
[attributedString release];
[attributes release];
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&drawingContext);
}
#pragma mark -
#pragma mark Accessors:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The font we are looking in. */
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned int)) /* The character we are looking for. */
{
return 0;
}
| > | 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#undef TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing
int
TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The font we are looking in. */
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned int)) /* The character we are looking for. */
{
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 | traitsOfFont:nsFont]; id underline = [nsAttributes objectForKey: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName]; id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey: NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName]; objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1); | | | 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 |
traitsOfFont:nsFont];
id underline = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName];
objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1);
objv[i++] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)floor([nsFont pointSize] + 0.5));
#define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s), (sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1))
objv[i++] = (traits & NSBoldFontMask) ? S(bold) : S(normal);
objv[i++] = (traits & NSItalicFontMask) ? S(italic) : S(roman);
if ([underline respondsToSelector:@selector(intValue)] &&
([underline intValue] & (NSUnderlineStyleSingle |
NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineStyleDouble))) {
objv[i++] = S(underline);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.h -- * * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent * font package interface. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.h -- * * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent * font package interface. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef TKMACOSXFONT_H #define TKMACOSXFONT_H 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXHLEvents.c -- * * Implements high level event support for the Macintosh. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXHLEvents.c -- * * Implements high level event support for the Macintosh. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2015-2019 Marc Culler * Copyright © 2019 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include <sys/param.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
{
(void)sender;
[self handleQuitApplicationEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
}
- (void) superTerminate: (id) sender
{
[super terminate:nil];
}
- (void) preferences: (id) sender
{
(void)sender;
[self handleShowPreferencesEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
| > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
{
(void)sender;
[self handleQuitApplicationEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
}
- (void) superTerminate: (id) sender
{
(void) sender;
[super terminate:nil];
}
- (void) preferences: (id) sender
{
(void)sender;
[self handleShowPreferencesEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
}
Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
AEDisposeDesc(&contents);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = openDocumentProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
| < | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
}
Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
AEDisposeDesc(&contents);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = openDocumentProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenDocuments", NULL, 0)){
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
} else {
Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500, ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
Tcl_DStringInit(printCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(printCommand, printDocProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(printCommand, printFile);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = printDocProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
| < | 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
Tcl_DStringInit(printCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(printCommand, printDocProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(printCommand, printFile);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = printDocProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
}
- (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
if (theDesc == nil) {
return;
}
err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType,
NULL, 0, NULL);
if (err != noErr) {
| | | | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
if (theDesc == nil) {
return;
}
err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType,
NULL, 0, NULL);
if (err != noErr) {
snprintf(errString, sizeof(errString), "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err);
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
typeChar, errString, strlen(errString));
return;
}
if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent*)theDesc)) {
snprintf(errString, sizeof(errString), "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters");
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
typeChar,errString, strlen(errString));
return;
}
if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
Tcl_DString *scriptFileCommand = &AEInfo->command;
Tcl_DStringInit(scriptFileCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptFileCommand, scriptFileProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptFileCommand, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = scriptFileProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
| < | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
Tcl_DString *scriptFileCommand = &AEInfo->command;
Tcl_DStringInit(scriptFileCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptFileCommand, scriptFileProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptFileCommand, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = scriptFileProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
}
}
} else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type,
NULL, 0, &actual)) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptTextCommand, scriptTextProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptTextCommand, data);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = scriptTextProc;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
if (Tcl_FindCommand(AEInfo->interp, AEInfo->procedure, NULL, 0)) {
AEInfo->replyEvent = replyEvent;
| | < | | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptTextCommand, scriptTextProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptTextCommand, data);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = scriptTextProc;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
if (Tcl_FindCommand(AEInfo->interp, AEInfo->procedure, NULL, 0)) {
AEInfo->replyEvent = replyEvent;
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
} else {
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
}
}
}
}
}
- (void)handleURLEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
Tcl_DStringInit(launchCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(launchCommand, launchURLProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(launchCommand, cURL);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = launchURLProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
| < | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
Tcl_DStringInit(launchCommand);
Tcl_DStringAppend(launchCommand, launchURLProc, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(launchCommand, cURL);
AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp;
AEInfo->procedure = launchURLProc;
AEInfo->replyEvent = nil;
AEInfo->retryCount = 0;
ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo);
}
@end
#pragma mark -
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 | Size actualSize; OSStatus err; err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize); return (err != errAEDescNotFound); | | | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 | Size actualSize; OSStatus err; err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize); return (err != errAEDescNotFound); } /* * Local Variables: * mode: objc * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 79 * coding: utf-8 * End: */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXImage.c -- * * The code in this file provides an interface for XImages, * | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
/*
* tkMacOSXImage.c --
*
* The code in this file provides an interface for XImages,
*
* Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright © 2017-2021 Marc Culler.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#include "xbytes.h"
static CGImageRef CreateCGImageFromPixmap(Drawable pixmap);
static CGImageRef CreateCGImageFromDrawableRect( Drawable drawable,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
/* Pixel formats
*
* Tk uses the XImage structure defined in Xlib.h for storing images. The
* image data in an XImage is a 32-bit aligned array of bytes. Interpretation
* of that data is not specified, but the structure includes parameters which
* provide interpretation hints so that an application can use a family of
* different data structures.
*
* The possible values for the XImage format field are XYBitmap, XYPixmap and
* ZPixmap. The macOS port does not support the XYPixmap format. This means
* that bitmap images are stored as a single bit plane (XYBitmap) and that
* color images are stored as a sequence of pixel values (ZPixmap).
*
* For a ZPixmap, the number of bits allocated to each pixel is specified by
* the bits_per_pixel field of the XImage structure. The functions in this
* module which convert between XImage and native CGImage or NSImage structures
* only support XImages with 32 bits per pixel. The ImageGetPixel and PutPixel
* implementations in this file allow 1, 4, 8, 16 or 32 bits per pixel, however.
*
* In tkImgPhInstance.c the layout used for pixels is determined by the values
* of the red_mask, blue_mask and green_mask fields in the XImage structure.
* The Aqua port always sets red_mask = 0xFF0000, green_mask = 0xFF00, and
* blue_mask = 0xFF. This means that a 32bpp ZPixmap XImage uses ARGB32 pixels,
* with small-endian byte order BGRA. The data array for such an XImage can be
* passed directly to construct a CGBitmapImageRep if one specifies the
* bitmapInfo as kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big | kCGImageAlphaLast.
*
* The structures below describe the bitfields in two common 32 bpp pixel
* layouts. Note that bit field layouts are compiler dependent. The layouts
* shown in the comments are those produced by clang and gcc. Also note
* that kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big is consistently set when creating CGImages or
* CGImageBitmapReps.
*/
/* RGBA32 0xRRGGBBAA (Byte order is RGBA on big-endian systems.)
* This is used by NSBitmapImageRep when the bitmapFormat property is 0,
* the default value.
*/
typedef struct RGBA32pixel_t {
unsigned red: 8;
unsigned green: 8;
unsigned blue: 8;
unsigned alpha: 8;
} RGBA32pixel;
/*
* ARGB32 0xAARRGGBB (Byte order is ARGB on big-endian systems.)
* This is used by Aqua Tk for XImages and by NSBitmapImageReps whose
* bitmapFormat property is NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat.
*/
typedef struct ARGB32pixel_t {
unsigned blue: 8;
unsigned green: 8;
unsigned red: 8;
unsigned alpha: 8;
} ARGB32pixel;
typedef union pixel32_t {
unsigned int uint;
RGBA32pixel rgba;
ARGB32pixel argb;
} pixel32;
#pragma mark XImage handling
int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
TCL_UNUSED(XImage *)) /* image */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void ReleaseData(
void *info,
TCL_UNUSED(const void *), /* data */
| | | | > < > > | | | | | | | | | | < > > | < > > | < > < < < | > > > | < | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void ReleaseData(
void *info,
TCL_UNUSED(const void *), /* data */
TCL_UNUSED(size_t)) /* size */
{
ckfree(info);
}
static CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
XImage *image,
uint32_t bitmapInfo)
{
CGImageRef img = NULL;
size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
char *data = NULL;
CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
/*
* BW image
*/
/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
decode = decodeWB;
bitsPerComponent = 1;
bitsPerPixel = 1;
data = (char *)ckalloc(len);
if (data) {
if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
char *destPtr = data;
while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
}
} else {
memcpy(data, image->data + image->xoffset, len);
}
provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
releaseData);
if (!provider) {
ckfree(data);
}
img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height,
bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line,
provider, decode, 0);
CGDataProviderRelease(provider);
}
} else if ((image->format == ZPixmap) && (image->bits_per_pixel == 32)) {
/*
* Color image
*/
if (image->width == 0 && image->height == 0) {
/*
* CGCreateImage complains on early macOS releases.
*/
return NULL;
}
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
bitsPerComponent = 8;
bitsPerPixel = 32;
data = (char *)ckalloc(len);
if (data) {
memcpy(data, image->data + image->xoffset, len);
provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
releaseData);
if (!provider) {
ckfree(data);
}
img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
CGDataProviderRelease(provider);
}
if (colorspace) {
CFRelease(colorspace);
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
if (image && image->data) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
case 32: /* 8 bits per channel */
| > | < < < | | | < > | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
if (image && image->data) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
case 32: /* 8 bits per channel */
{
ARGB32pixel *pixel = (ARGB32pixel *)srcPtr;
r = pixel->red;
g = pixel->green;
b = pixel->blue;
}
break;
case 16: /* 5 bits per channel */
r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
break;
case 8: /* 2 bits per channel */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ImagePutPixel -- * | | > > > | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ImagePutPixel -- * * Set a single pixel in an image. The pixel is provided as an unsigned * 32-bit integer. The value of that integer is interpreted by assuming * that its low-order N bits have the format specified by the XImage, * where N is equal to the bits_per_pixel field of the XImage. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * None. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
} else {
| < < < | < | < < < | | | | 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
} else {
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
case 16:
*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = pixel & 0xffff;
break;
case 8:
*dstPtr = pixel & 0xff;
break;
case 4: {
*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (pixel & 0x0f)) :
((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((pixel << 4) & 0xf0));
break;
}
case 1:
*dstPtr = pixel ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
break;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XImage *
XCreateImage(
Display* display,
| | | | | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XImage *
XCreateImage(
Display* display,
TCL_UNUSED(Visual*), /* visual */
unsigned int depth,
int format,
int offset,
char* data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
XImage *ximage;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
ximage = (XImage *)ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
ximage->height = height;
ximage->width = width;
ximage->depth = depth;
ximage->xoffset = offset;
ximage->format = format;
ximage->data = data;
ximage->obdata = NULL;
if (format == ZPixmap) {
ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
} else {
ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
}
if (bitmap_pad) {
ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
} else {
/*
* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz performance.
*/
ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
}
if (bytes_per_line) {
ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
return ximage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | > | > > > > > > > > > | | > < > > > > | | > | > > > > | | < > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | | > > | | | | | > | > | < | < | > | < > | | | < > | > > | 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 |
return ximage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPutImage, XPutImage, TkpPutRGBAImage --
*
* These functions, which all have the same signature, copy a rectangular
* subimage of an XImage into a drawable. The first two are identical on
* macOS. They assume that the XImage data has the structure of a 32bpp
* ZPixmap in which the image data is an array of 32bit integers packed
* with 8 bit values for the Red Green and Blue channels. They ignore the
* fourth byte. The function TkpPutRGBAImage assumes that the XImage data
* has been extended by using the fourth byte to store an 8-bit Alpha
* value. (The Alpha data is assumed not to pre-multiplied). The image
* is then drawn into the drawable using standard Porter-Duff Source Atop
* Composition (kCGBlendModeSourceAtop in Apple's Core Graphics).
*
* The TkpPutRGBAImage function is used by TkImgPhotoDisplay to render photo
* images if the compile-time variable TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA is defined in
* a platform's tkXXXXPort.h header, as is the case for the macOS Aqua port.
*
* Results:
* These functions return either BadDrawable or Success.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws the image on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define USE_ALPHA (kCGImageAlphaLast | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big)
#define IGNORE_ALPHA (kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little)
static int
TkMacOSXPutImage(
uint32_t pixelFormat,
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable drawable, /* Drawable to place image on. */
GC gc, /* GC to use. */
XImage* image, /* Image to place. */
int src_x, /* Source X & Y. */
int src_y,
int dest_x, /* Destination X & Y. */
int dest_y,
unsigned int width, /* Same width & height for both */
unsigned int height) /* destination and source. */
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
int result = Success;
if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) {
return Success; /* Is OK. Nothing to see here, literally. */
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;
CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(image, pixelFormat);
/*
* The CGContext for a pixmap is RGB only, with A = 0.
*/
if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
CGContextSetBlendMode(dc.context, kCGBlendModeSourceAtop);
}
if (img) {
bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height);
srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
CFRelease(img);
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
result = BadDrawable;
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
result = BadDrawable;
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return result;
}
int XPutImage(
Display* display,
Drawable drawable,
GC gc,
XImage* image,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int dest_x,
int dest_y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height) {
return TkMacOSXPutImage(IGNORE_ALPHA, display, drawable, gc, image,
src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
int TkPutImage(
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned long *),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
Display* display,
Drawable drawable,
GC gc,
XImage* image,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int dest_x,
int dest_y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height) {
return TkMacOSXPutImage(IGNORE_ALPHA, display, drawable, gc, image,
src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
int TkpPutRGBAImage(
Display* display,
Drawable drawable,
GC gc,
XImage* image,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int dest_x,
int dest_y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height) {
return TkMacOSXPutImage(USE_ALPHA, display, drawable, gc, image,
src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateCGImageFromDrawableRect
*
* Extract image data from a MacOSX drawable as a CGImage. The drawable
* may be either a pixmap or a window, but there issues in the case of
* a window.
*
* CreateCGImageFromDrawableRect is called by XGetImage and XCopyArea.
* The Tk core uses these two functions on some platforms in order to
* implement explicit double-buffered drawing -- a pixmap is copied from a
* window, modified using CPU-based graphics composition, and then copied
* back to the window. Platforms, such as macOS, on which the system
* provides double-buffered drawing and GPU-based composition operations
* can avoid calls to XGetImage and XCopyArea from the core by defining
* the compile-time variable TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING. Nonetheless, these
* two functions are in the stubs table and therefore could be used by
* extensions.
*
* The implementation here does not always work correctly when the source
* is a window. The original version of this function relied on
* [NSBitmapImageRep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect] which was
* deprecated by Apple in OSX 10.14 and also required the use of other
* deprecated functions such as [NSView lockFocus]. Apple's suggested
* replacement is [NSView cacheDisplayInRect: toBitmapImageRep:] and that
* is being used here. However, cacheDisplayInRect works by calling
* [NSView drawRect] after setting the current graphics context to be one
* which draws to a bitmap. There are situations in which this can be
* used, e.g. when taking a screenshot of a window. But it cannot be used
* as part of a normal display procedure, using the copy-modify-paste
* paradigm that is the basis of the explicit double-buffering. Since the
* copy operation will call the same display procedure that is calling
* this function via XGetImage or XCopyArea, this would create an infinite
* recursion.
*
* An alternative to the copy-modify-paste paradigm is to use GPU-based
* graphics composition, clipping to the specified rectangle. That is
* the approach that must be followed by display procedures on macOS.
*
* Results:
* Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given rectangle of
* the given drawable. This object is retained. The caller is responsible
* for releasing it.
*
* NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
512 513 514 515 516 517 518 |
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
CGContextRef cg_context = NULL;
CGImageRef cg_image = NULL, result = NULL;
| < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | < < < > > | | < | > | | < > > > > | > | < < | | < < | | < < < | < > | > > > | 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
CGContextRef cg_context = NULL;
CGImageRef cg_image = NULL, result = NULL;
if (mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
CGContextRetain(cg_context);
} else {
NSView *view = TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(mac_drawable);
if (view == nil) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
return NULL;
}
NSSize size = view.frame.size;
NSUInteger view_width = size.width, view_height = size.height;
NSUInteger bytesPerPixel = 4,
bytesPerRow = bytesPerPixel * view_width,
bitsPerComponent = 8;
CGColorSpaceRef colorSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
cg_context = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, view_width, view_height,
bitsPerComponent, bytesPerRow, colorSpace,
kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedLast |
kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big);
CFRelease(colorSpace);
[view.layer renderInContext:cg_context];
}
if (cg_context) {
cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(cg_context);
CGContextRelease(cg_context);
}
if (cg_image) {
CGRect rect = CGRectMake(x + mac_drawable->xOff, y + mac_drawable->yOff,
width, height);
result = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, rect);
CGImageRelease(cg_image);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
610 611 612 613 614 615 616 | * constructed. * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < < < | | | < | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 |
* constructed.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XImage *
XGetImage(
Display *display,
Drawable drawable,
int x,
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned long), /* plane_mask */
int format)
{
NSBitmapImageRep* bitmapRep = nil;
NSUInteger bitmap_fmt = 0;
XImage* imagePtr = NULL;
char *bitmap = NULL;
int depth = 32, offset = 0, bitmap_pad = 0;
unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
if (format == ZPixmap) {
CGImageRef cgImage;
if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct CGImage");
return NULL;
}
bitmap_fmt = [bitmapRep bitmapFormat];
size = [bitmapRep bytesPerPlane];
bytes_per_row = [bitmapRep bytesPerRow];
| < < | | | | | | > | > > > > > | < | | | | < < | > > | | | | < < < < > > | 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 |
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct CGImage");
return NULL;
}
bitmap_fmt = [bitmapRep bitmapFormat];
size = [bitmapRep bytesPerPlane];
bytes_per_row = [bitmapRep bytesPerRow];
if ((bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat)
|| [bitmapRep samplesPerPixel] != 4
|| [bitmapRep isPlanar] != 0
|| bytes_per_row < 4 * width
|| size != bytes_per_row * height) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
[bitmapRep release];
return NULL;
}
bitmap = (char *)ckalloc(size);
memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmapRep bitmapData], size);
[bitmapRep release];
for (row = 0, n = 0; row < height; row++, n += bytes_per_row) {
for (m = n; m < n + 4*width; m += 4) {
pixel32 pixel = *((pixel32 *)(bitmap + m));
if (bitmap_fmt == 0) { // default format
/*
* This pixel is in ARGB32 format. We need RGBA32.
*/
pixel32 flipped;
flipped.rgba.red = pixel.argb.red;
flipped.rgba.green = pixel.argb.green;
flipped.rgba.blue = pixel.argb.blue;
flipped.rgba.alpha = pixel.argb.alpha;
*((pixel32 *)(bitmap + m)) = flipped;
} else { // bitmap_fmt = NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat
*((pixel32 *)(bitmap + m)) = pixel;
}
}
}
imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
(char*) bitmap, width, height,
bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
} else {
/*
* There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk code which pass
* an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap. XYPixmaps should be handled
* here.
*/
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
}
return imagePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
733 734 735 736 737 738 739 |
int dest_y)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *)src;
CGImageRef img = NULL;
CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;
| | | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 |
int dest_y)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *)src;
CGImageRef img = NULL;
CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!width || !height) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, &dc)) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");
return BadDrawable;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
int dest_y,
unsigned long plane) /* Which plane to copy. */
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *)src;
MacDrawable *dstDraw = (MacDrawable *)dst;
CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;
| | | 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 |
int dest_y,
unsigned long plane) /* Which plane to copy. */
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *)src;
MacDrawable *dstDraw = (MacDrawable *)dst;
CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (!width || !height) {
/* TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing of empty area requested"); */
return BadDrawable;
}
if (plane != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXInit.c -- * * This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization * functions. * | | | | | > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | /* * tkMacOSXInit.c -- * * This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization * functions. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2017 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" #include <dlfcn.h> #include <objc/objc-auto.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <sys/utsname.h> /* * This flag is set if tests are being run. */ int testsAreRunning = 0; static char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = ""; /* * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory * to the auto_path. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit) @implementation TKApplication @synthesize poolLock = _poolLock; @synthesize macOSVersion = _macOSVersion; @synthesize isDrawing = _isDrawing; @synthesize needsToDraw = _needsToDraw; @end /* * #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is * called while the pool is locked. */ #undef DEBUG_LOCK | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)
@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolLock = _poolLock;
@synthesize macOSVersion = _macOSVersion;
@synthesize isDrawing = _isDrawing;
@synthesize needsToDraw = _needsToDraw;
@synthesize tkLiveResizeEnded = _tkLiveResizeEnded;
@synthesize tkPointerWindow = _tkPointerWindow;
- (void) setTkPointerWindow: (TkWindow *)winPtr
{
if (winPtr) {
Tcl_Preserve(winPtr);
}
if (_tkPointerWindow) {
Tcl_Release(_tkPointerWindow);
}
_tkPointerWindow = winPtr;
return;
}
@synthesize tkEventTarget = _tkEventTarget;
- (void) setTkEventTarget: (TkWindow *)winPtr
{
if (winPtr) {
Tcl_Preserve(winPtr);
}
if (_tkEventTarget) {
Tcl_Release(_tkEventTarget);
}
_tkEventTarget = winPtr;
return;
}
@synthesize tkDragTarget = _tkDragTarget;
- (void) setTkDragTarget: (TkWindow *)winPtr
{
if (winPtr) {
Tcl_Preserve(winPtr);
}
if (_tkDragTarget) {
Tcl_Release(_tkDragTarget);
}
_tkDragTarget = winPtr;
return;
}
@synthesize tkButtonState = _tkButtonState;
@end
/*
* #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is
* called while the pool is locked.
*/
#undef DEBUG_LOCK
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
- (void) _unlockAutoreleasePool
{
[self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] - 1];
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
| | > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < > | | > > > > | < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
- (void) _unlockAutoreleasePool
{
[self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] - 1];
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
}
#endif
- (void) _setupApplicationNotifications
{
NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
observe(NSApplicationWillResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe
}
/*
* Fix for 10b38a7a7c.
*/
- (BOOL)applicationSupportsSecureRestorableState:(NSApplication *)app
{
return YES;
}
-(void)applicationWillFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification
{
(void)aNotification;
/*
* Initialize notifications.
*/
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
[self _setupWindowNotifications];
[self _setupApplicationNotifications];
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] >= 110000) {
/*
* Initialize Apple Event processing. Apple's docs (see
* https://developer.apple.com/documentation/appkit/nsapplication)
* recommend doing this here, although historically we have
* done this in applicationWillFinishLaunching. In response to
* bug 7bb246b072.
*/
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);
}
}
-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{
(void)notification;
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 110000) {
/*
* Initialize Apple Event processing on macOS versions
* older than Big Sur (11).
*/
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);
}
/*
* Initialize the graphics context.
*/
TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
/*
* Construct the menu bar.
*/
_defaultMainMenu = nil;
[self _setupMenus];
/*
* It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this method is
* called. Activating too early can cause the menu bar to be unresponsive.
* The call to activateIgnoringOtherApps was moved here to avoid this.
* However, with the release of macOS 10.15 (Catalina) that was no longer
* sufficient. (See ticket bf93d098d7.) The call to setActivationPolicy
* needed to be moved into this function as well.
*/
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
/*
* Add an event monitor so we continue to receive NSMouseMoved and
* NSMouseDragged events when the mouse moves outside of the key
* window. The handler simply returns the events it receives, so
* they can be processed in the same way as for other events.
*/
[NSEvent addLocalMonitorForEventsMatchingMask:(NSMouseMovedMask |
NSLeftMouseDraggedMask)
handler:^NSEvent *(NSEvent *event)
{
return event;
}];
/*
* Process events to ensure that the root window is fully initialized. See
* ticket 56a1823c73.
*/
[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
[NSApp setPoolLock:0];
/*
* Record the OS version we are running on.
*/
int minorVersion, majorVersion;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minorVersion);
majorVersion = 10;
#else
NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion;
systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
| > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
[NSApp setPoolLock:0];
/*
* Record the OS version we are running on.
*/
int minorVersion, majorVersion;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minorVersion);
majorVersion = 10;
#else
NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion;
systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
majorVersion = (int)systemVersion.majorVersion;
minorVersion = (int)systemVersion.minorVersion;
#endif
if (majorVersion == 10 && minorVersion == 16) {
/*
* If a program compiled with a macOS 10.XX SDK is run on macOS 11.0 or
* later then it will report majorVersion 10 and minorVersion 16, no
* matter what the actual OS version of the host may be. And of course
* Apple never released macOS 10.16. To work around this we guess the
* OS version from the kernel release number, as reported by uname.
*/
struct utsname name;
char *endptr;
if (uname(&name) == 0) {
majorVersion = (int)strtol(name.release, &endptr, 10) - 9;
minorVersion = 0;
}
}
[NSApp setMacOSVersion: 10000*majorVersion + 100*minorVersion];
/*
* We are not drawing right now.
*/
[NSApp setIsDrawing:NO];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey:
@"CFBundleIconFile"];
if (!iconFile) {
NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
if (path) {
NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
if (image) {
[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
[image release];
}
}
}
}
| > | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 |
NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey:
@"CFBundleIconFile"];
if (!iconFile) {
NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
if (path) {
NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
if (image) {
[image setName:@"NSApplicationIcon"];
[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
[image release];
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
* Tcl_Exit does not call Tcl_Finalize if there is an exit proc installed.
*/
Tcl_Finalize();
if (doCleanup == YES) {
[(TKApplication *)NSApp superTerminate:nil]; /* Should not return. */
}
| | | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
* Tcl_Exit does not call Tcl_Finalize if there is an exit proc installed.
*/
Tcl_Finalize();
if (doCleanup == YES) {
[(TKApplication *)NSApp superTerminate:nil]; /* Should not return. */
}
exit((int)PTR2INT(clientdata)); /* Convince the compiler that we don't return. */
}
#endif
/*
* This signal handler is installed for the SIGINT, SIGHUP and SIGTERM signals
* so that normal finalization occurs when a Tk app is killed by one of these
* signals (e.g when ^C is pressed while running Wish in the shell). It calls
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
TkpInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static int initialized = 0;
/*
* TkpInit can be called multiple times with different interpreters. But
| | | 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
TkpInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static int initialized = 0;
/*
* TkpInit can be called multiple times with different interpreters. But
* The application initialization should only be done once.
*/
if (!initialized) {
struct stat st;
Bool shouldOpenConsole = NO;
Bool stdinIsNullish = (!isatty(0) &&
(fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && st.st_blocks == 0)));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
* creates a race between the initialization of the NSApplication and
* the initialization of Tk. If Tk wins the race bad things happen
* with the root window (see below). If the NSApplication wins then an
* AppleEvent created during launch, e.g. by dropping a file icon on
* the application icon, will be delivered before the procedure meant
* to to handle the AppleEvent has been defined. This is handled in
* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c by scheduling a timer event to handle the
| | | 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
* creates a race between the initialization of the NSApplication and
* the initialization of Tk. If Tk wins the race bad things happen
* with the root window (see below). If the NSApplication wins then an
* AppleEvent created during launch, e.g. by dropping a file icon on
* the application icon, will be delivered before the procedure meant
* to to handle the AppleEvent has been defined. This is handled in
* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c by scheduling a timer event to handle the
* AppleEvent later, after the required procedure has been defined.
*/
[NSApp _setup:interp];
[NSApp finishLaunching];
/*
* Create a Tk event source based on the Appkit event queue.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
FILE *null = fopen("/dev/null", "w");
dup2(fileno(null), STDOUT_FILENO);
dup2(fileno(null), STDERR_FILENO);
#if defined(USE_CUSTOM_EXIT_PROC)
doCleanupFromExit = YES;
#endif
}
/*
* FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging if XCNOSTDIN is
* set. Otherwise we will fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
*/
| > > > | 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 |
FILE *null = fopen("/dev/null", "w");
dup2(fileno(null), STDOUT_FILENO);
dup2(fileno(null), STDERR_FILENO);
#if defined(USE_CUSTOM_EXIT_PROC)
doCleanupFromExit = YES;
#endif
} else if (getenv("TK_NO_STDERR") != NULL) {
FILE *null = fopen("/dev/null", "w");
dup2(fileno(null), STDERR_FILENO);
}
/*
* FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging if XCNOSTDIN is
* set. Otherwise we will fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
/*
* Initialization steps that are needed for all interpreters.
*/
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
| < < | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
/*
* Initialization steps that are needed for all interpreters.
*/
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
if (scriptPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "auto_path", NULL, scriptPath,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT|TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
}
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel",
TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::iconBitmap",
TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::GetAppPath",
TkMacOSXGetAppPathCmd, NULL, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXInt.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific shared variables and procedures. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXInt.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific shared variables and procedures. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACINT #define _TKMACINT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to * Destroy of a child. */ /* | > > > > | | | | | > | | < < | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
* TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
* still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
* freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
* Destroy of a child.
*/
/*
* This structure is for handling Netscape-type in process
* embedding where Tk does not control the top-level. It contains
* various functions that are needed by Mac specific routines, like
* TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort. The definitions of the function types
* are in tkMacOSX.h.
*/
typedef struct {
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc;
} TkMacOSXEmbedHandler;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler;
/*
* Undef compatibility platform types defined above.
*/
#ifndef _TKMACPRIV
# ifndef CGGEOMETRY_H_
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | /* * Prototypes of internal procs not in the stubs table. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpClipDrawableToRect(Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height); | < < < | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | /* * Prototypes of internal procs not in the stubs table. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpClipDrawableToRect(Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height); MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkTestLogDisplay(Drawable drawable); /* * Include the stubbed internal platform-specific API. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c -- * * This file implements functions that decode & handle keyboard events on * MacOS X. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c -- * * This file implements functions that decode & handle keyboard events on * MacOS X. * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2012 Adrian Robert. * Copyright © 2015-2020 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | > | | | > > > > > | > | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), theEvent);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [theEvent window];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w), *grabWinPtr, *focusWinPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
NSUInteger virt = [theEvent keyCode];
NSUInteger modifiers = ([theEvent modifierFlags] &
NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask);
XEvent xEvent;
MacKeycode macKC;
UniChar keychar = 0;
Bool can_input_text, has_modifiers = NO, use_text_input = NO;
static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0;
static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray = nil;
if (nsEvArray == nil) {
nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
processingCompose = NO;
}
if (!winPtr) {
return theEvent;
}
/*
* Discard repeating KeyDown events if the repeat speed has been set to
* "off" in System Preferences. It is unclear why we get these, but we do.
* See ticket [2ecb09d118].
*/
if ([theEvent type] == NSKeyDown &&
[theEvent isARepeat] &&
[NSEvent keyRepeatDelay] < 0) {
return theEvent;
}
/*
* If a local grab is in effect, key events for windows in the
* grabber's application are redirected to the grabber. Key events
* for other applications are delivered normally. If a global
* grab is in effect all key events are redirected to the grabber.
*/
grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
if (grabWinPtr) {
if (winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags || /* global grab */
grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr){ /* same application */
winPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
if (!winPtr) {
return theEvent;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
}
}
/*
* Extract the unicode character from KeyUp and KeyDown events.
*/
if (type == NSKeyUp || type == NSKeyDown) {
NSString *characters = [theEvent characters];
if (characters.length > 0) {
keychar = [characters characterAtIndex:0];
/*
* Currently, real keys always send BMP characters, but who knows?
*/
if (CFStringIsSurrogateHighCharacter(keychar)) {
UniChar lowChar = [characters characterAtIndex:1];
keychar = CFStringGetLongCharacterForSurrogatePair(
keychar, lowChar);
}
} else {
/*
* This is a dead key, such as Option-e, so it usually should get
* passed to the TextInputClient. But if it has a Command modifier
* then it is not functioning as a dead key and should not be
* handled by the TextInputClient. See ticket [1626ed65b8] and the
* method performKeyEquivalent which is implemented in
* tkMacOSXMenu.c.
*/
if (!(modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask)) {
use_text_input = YES;
}
}
/*
* Apple uses 0x10 for unrecognized keys.
*/
if (keychar == 0x10) {
keychar = UNKNOWN_KEYCHAR;
}
#if defined(TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS) || NS_KEYLOG == 1
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] repeat=%d mods=%x char=%x code=%lu c=%d type=%d",
[self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd),
(type == NSKeyDown) && [theEvent isARepeat], modifiers, keychar,
virt, w, type);
#endif
}
/*
* Build a skeleton XEvent. We need to build it here, even if we will not
* send it, so we can pass it to TkFocusKeyEvent to determine whether the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
/*
* We are not handling this event as an NSTextInputClient, so we need to
* finish constructing the XEvent and queue it.
*/
macKC.v.o_s = ((modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask ? INDEX_SHIFT : 0) |
(modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask ? INDEX_OPTION : 0));
| | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
/*
* We are not handling this event as an NSTextInputClient, so we need to
* finish constructing the XEvent and queue it.
*/
macKC.v.o_s = ((modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask ? INDEX_SHIFT : 0) |
(modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask ? INDEX_OPTION : 0));
macKC.v.virt = virt;
switch (type) {
case NSFlagsChanged:
/*
* This XEvent is a simulated KeyPress or KeyRelease event for a
* modifier key. To determine the type, note that the highest bit
* where the flags differ is 1 if and only if it is a KeyPress. The
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
/*
* Finally we can queue the XEvent, inserting a KeyRelease before a
* repeated KeyPress.
*/
if (type == NSKeyDown && [theEvent isARepeat]) {
| < | | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
/*
* Finally we can queue the XEvent, inserting a KeyRelease before a
* repeated KeyPress.
*/
if (type == NSKeyDown && [theEvent isARepeat]) {
xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
}
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
return theEvent;
}
@end
@implementation TKContentView
@synthesize tkDirtyRect = _tkDirtyRect;
@synthesize tkNeedsDisplay = _tkNeedsDisplay;
/*
* Implementation of the NSTextInputClient protocol.
*/
/* [NSTextInputClient inputText: replacementRange:] is called by
* interpretKeyEvents when a composition sequence is complete. It is also
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
* been selected from the accent menu. An unaccented letter has already
* been displayed and we need to erase it before displaying the accented
* letter.
*/
if (repRange.location == 0) {
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
| | | 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
* been selected from the accent menu. An unaccented letter has already
* been displayed and we need to erase it before displaying the accented
* letter.
*/
if (repRange.location == 0) {
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkAccentBackspace", NULL);
}
/*
* Next we generate an XEvent for each unicode character in our string.
* This string could contain non-BMP characters, for example if the
* emoji palette was used.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
keychar = [str characterAtIndex:i];
macKC.v.keychar = keychar;
if (CFStringIsSurrogateHighCharacter(keychar)) {
UniChar lowChar = [str characterAtIndex:++i];
macKC.v.keychar = CFStringGetLongCharacterForSurrogatePair(
(UniChar)keychar, lowChar);
| | | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
keychar = [str characterAtIndex:i];
macKC.v.keychar = keychar;
if (CFStringIsSurrogateHighCharacter(keychar)) {
UniChar lowChar = [str characterAtIndex:++i];
macKC.v.keychar = CFStringGetLongCharacterForSurrogatePair(
(UniChar)keychar, lowChar);
macKC.v.virt = NON_BMP_VIRTUAL;
} else if (repRange.location == 0 || sendingIMEText) {
macKC.v.virt = REPLACEMENT_VIRTUAL;
} else {
macKC.uint = TkMacOSXAddVirtual(macKC.uint);
xEvent.xkey.state |= INDEX2STATE(macKC.x.xvirtual);
}
keystr = [[NSString alloc] initWithCharacters:&keychar length:1];
lower = [keystr lowercaseString];
if (![keystr isEqual: lower]) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
*/
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString
selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
replacementRange: (NSRange)repRange
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
NSString *temp;
NSString *str;
(void)selRange;
str = ([aString isKindOfClass: [NSAttributedString class]]) ?
[aString string] : aString;
| > > > | 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
*/
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString
selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
replacementRange: (NSRange)repRange
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
if (!winPtr) {
return;
}
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
NSString *temp;
NSString *str;
(void)selRange;
str = ([aString isKindOfClass: [NSAttributedString class]]) ?
[aString string] : aString;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
return;
}
/*
* Use our insertText method to display the marked text.
*/
| | | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
return;
}
/*
* Use our insertText method to display the marked text.
*/
TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkStartIMEMarkedText", NULL);
processingCompose = YES;
temp = [str copy];
[self insertText: temp replacementRange:repRange];
privateWorkingText = temp;
TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkEndIMEMarkedText", NULL);
}
- (BOOL)hasMarkedText
{
return privateWorkingText != nil;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
if (NS_KEYLOG) {
TKLog(@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector(aSelector));
}
processingCompose = NO;
if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) {
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
| | | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
if (NS_KEYLOG) {
TKLog(@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector(aSelector));
}
processingCompose = NO;
if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) {
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkAccentBackspace", NULL);
}
}
- (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText
{
static NSArray *arr = nil;
if (arr == nil) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
}
return NSMakeRange(0, 0);
}
- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
(void)thePoint;
if (NS_KEYLOG) {
TKLog(@"characterIndexForPoint request");
}
return NSNotFound;
}
- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
| > | 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
}
return NSMakeRange(0, 0);
}
- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
(void)thePoint;
if (NS_KEYLOG) {
TKLog(@"characterIndexForPoint request");
}
return NSNotFound;
}
- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
576 577 578 579 580 581 582 |
(unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
}
[privateWorkingText release];
privateWorkingText = nil;
processingCompose = NO;
if (composeWin) {
| | | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
(unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
}
[privateWorkingText release];
privateWorkingText = nil;
processingCompose = NO;
if (composeWin) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(composeWin, "TkClearIMEMarkedText", NULL);
}
}
}
- (void)cancelComposingText
{
if (NS_KEYLOG) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
* Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
*/
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, Tk_Window tkwin, NSUInteger modifiers)
{
unsigned int state = 0;
| | > | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
* Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
*/
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, Tk_Window tkwin, NSUInteger modifiers)
{
unsigned int state = 0;
Display *display;
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
if (modifiers) {
state = (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask ? LockMask : 0) |
(modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask ? ShiftMask : 0) |
(modifiers & NSControlKeyMask ? ControlMask : 0) |
(modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask ? Mod1Mask : 0) |
(modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask ? Mod2Mask : 0) |
(modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask ? Mod3Mask : 0) |
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TkWindow *contPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(contPtr)) {
local.x -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
} else {
| > > | | | > | 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 |
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TkWindow *contPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(contPtr)) {
local.x -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
} else {
MacDrawable *topMacWin = TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(winPtr);
if (topMacWin) {
TkWindow *topPtr = topMacWin->winPtr;
local.x -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent + contPtr->changes.x);
local.y -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent + contPtr->changes.y);
}
}
} else if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) {
local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
}
tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &win_x, &win_y);
local.x = win_x;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
(void)time;
if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && captureWinPtr) {
NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(grab_window);
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)grab_window;
if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow *) captureWinPtr) {
| | > > > | > | 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
(void)time;
if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && captureWinPtr) {
NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(grab_window);
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)grab_window;
if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow *) captureWinPtr) {
if (modalSession ) {
if (keyboardGrabNSWindow == w) {
return GrabSuccess;
} else {
Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed");
}
}
keyboardGrabNSWindow = w;
[w retain];
modalSession = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:w];
}
}
return GrabSuccess;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyboard.c -- * * Routines to support keyboard events on the Macintosh. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyboard.c -- * * Routines to support keyboard events on the Macintosh. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2020 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" #include "tkMacOSXKeysyms.h" /* * About keyboards * --------------- * Keyboards are complicated. This long comment is an attempt to provide |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | /* * Prototypes for static functions used in this file. */ static void InitHashTables(void); static void UpdateKeymaps(void); static int KeyDataToUnicode(UniChar *uniChars, int maxChars, | | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
/*
* Prototypes for static functions used in this file.
*/
static void InitHashTables(void);
static void UpdateKeymaps(void);
static int KeyDataToUnicode(UniChar *uniChars, int maxChars,
UInt16 keyaction, UInt32 virt, UInt32 modifiers,
UInt32 * deadKeyStatePtr);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
keyboardChanged = YES;
UpdateKeymaps();
}
@end
#pragma mark -
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
const KeyInfo *kPtr;
const KeysymInfo *ksPtr;
int dummy, index;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&special2keysym, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&keysym2keycode, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
| | | | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
const KeyInfo *kPtr;
const KeysymInfo *ksPtr;
int dummy, index;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&special2keysym, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&keysym2keycode, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->virt != 0; kPtr++) {
MacKeycode macKC;
macKC.v.o_s = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&special2keysym, INT2PTR(kPtr->virt),
&dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym));
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keysym2keycode, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym),
&dummy);
macKC.v.virt = kPtr->virt;
macKC.v.keychar = kPtr->keychar;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(macKC.uint));
/*
* The Carbon framework does not work for finding the unicode character
* of a special key. But that does not depend on the keyboard layout,
* so we can record the information here.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
*/
static void
UpdateKeymaps()
{
static Bool keymapInitialized = false;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| | | | | | | | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
*/
static void
UpdateKeymaps()
{
static Bool keymapInitialized = false;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int virt, index, dummy;
if (!keymapInitialized) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&unichar2xvirtual, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
keymapInitialized = true;
} else {
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&unichar2xvirtual);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&unichar2xvirtual, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
/*
* This loop goes backwards so that a lookup by keychar will provide the
* minimal modifier mask. Simpler combinations will overwrite more complex
* ones when constructing the table.
*/
for (index = 3; index >= 0; index--) {
for (virt = 0; virt < 128; virt++) {
MacKeycode macKC;
macKC.v = (keycode_v) {.virt = virt, .o_s = index, .keychar = 0};
int modifiers = INDEX2CARBON(index);
UniChar keychar = 0;
KeyDataToUnicode(&keychar, 1, kUCKeyActionDown, virt,
modifiers, NULL);
if (keychar == 0x10) {
/*
* This is a special key, handled in InitHashTables.
*/
continue;
}
macKC.v.keychar = keychar;
if (! ON_KEYPAD(virt)) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&unichar2xvirtual,
INT2PTR(macKC.x.keychar), &dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(macKC.x.xvirtual));
}
xvirtual2unichar[macKC.x.xvirtual] = macKC.x.keychar;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
static int
KeyDataToUnicode(
UniChar *uniChars,
int maxChars,
UInt16 keyaction,
| | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
static int
KeyDataToUnicode(
UniChar *uniChars,
int maxChars,
UInt16 keyaction,
UInt32 virt,
UInt32 modifiers,
UInt32 *deadKeyStatePtr)
{
static const void *layoutData = NULL;
static UInt32 keyboardType = 0;
UniCharCount actuallength = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
keyboardChanged = 0;
}
if (layoutData) {
OptionBits options = 0;
UInt32 dummyState;
OSStatus err;
| | | | 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
keyboardChanged = 0;
}
if (layoutData) {
OptionBits options = 0;
UInt32 dummyState;
OSStatus err;
virt &= 0xFF;
modifiers = (modifiers >> 8) & 0xFF;
if (!deadKeyStatePtr) {
options = kUCKeyTranslateNoDeadKeysMask;
dummyState = 0;
deadKeyStatePtr = &dummyState;
}
err = ChkErr(UCKeyTranslate, (const UCKeyboardLayout *)layoutData, virt, keyaction, modifiers,
keyboardType, options, deadKeyStatePtr, maxChars,
&actuallength, uniChars);
if (!actuallength && *deadKeyStatePtr) {
/*
* We are waiting for another key.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
macKC.v.o_s = index;
/*
* First check if the virtual keycode corresponds to a special key, such as
* an Fn function key or Tab, Backspace, Home, End, etc.
*/
| | | | | | 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
macKC.v.o_s = index;
/*
* First check if the virtual keycode corresponds to a special key, such as
* an Fn function key or Tab, Backspace, Home, End, etc.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&special2keysym, INT2PTR(macKC.v.virt));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
* If the virtual value in this keycode does not correspond to an actual
* key in the current keyboard layout, try using its keychar to look up a
* keysym.
*/
if (macKC.v.virt > 127) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&unichar2keysym, INT2PTR(macKC.v.keychar));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
}
/*
* If the virtual keycode does belong to a key, use the virtual and the
* Option-Shift from index to look up a keychar by using the Carbon
* Framework; then translate the keychar to a keysym using the
* unicode2keysym hash table.
*/
modifiers = INDEX2CARBON(macKC.v.o_s);
result = KeyDataToUnicode(&keychar, 1, kUCKeyActionDown, macKC.v.virt,
modifiers, NULL);
if (result) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&unichar2keysym, INT2PTR(keychar));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
}
return NoSymbol;
}
KeySym
XKeycodeToKeysym(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
KeyCode keycode,
int index)
{
return XkbKeycodeToKeysym(NULL, keycode, 0, index);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
/*
* First check for a special key.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keysym2keycode, INT2PTR(keysym));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 |
/*
* First check for a special key.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keysym2keycode, INT2PTR(keysym));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeyCode) PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
/*
* Initialize the keycode as if the keysym cannot be converted to anything
* else.
*/
macKC.v.virt = NO_VIRTUAL;
macKC.v.o_s = 0;
macKC.v.keychar = 0;
/*
* If the keysym is recognized fill in the keychar. Also fill in the
* xvirtual field if the key exists on the current keyboard.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
if (macKC.v.o_s != eventIndex) {
macKC.v.o_s |= eventIndex;
}
if (macKC.v.keychar < 0xF700) {
UniChar keychar = macKC.v.keychar;
NSString *str, *lower, *upper;
| | | 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
if (macKC.v.o_s != eventIndex) {
macKC.v.o_s |= eventIndex;
}
if (macKC.v.keychar < 0xF700) {
UniChar keychar = macKC.v.keychar;
NSString *str, *lower, *upper;
if (macKC.v.virt != NO_VIRTUAL) {
macKC.x.keychar = xvirtual2unichar[macKC.x.xvirtual];
} else {
str = [[NSString alloc] initWithCharacters:&keychar length:1];
lower = [str lowercaseString];
upper = [str uppercaseString];
if (![str isEqual: lower]) {
macKC.v.o_s |= INDEX_SHIFT;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
777 778 779 780 781 782 783 |
}
/*
* Modifier key events have a special mac keycode (see tkProcessKeyEvent).
*/
if (macKC.v.keychar == MOD_KEYCHAR) {
| | | 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 |
}
/*
* Modifier key events have a special mac keycode (see tkProcessKeyEvent).
*/
if (macKC.v.keychar == MOD_KEYCHAR) {
switch (macKC.v.virt) {
case 54:
return XK_Meta_R;
case 55:
return XK_Meta_L;
case 56:
return XK_Shift_L;
case 57:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
949 950 951 952 953 954 955 |
hPtr = (Tcl_HashEntry *) Tcl_FindHashEntry(&unichar2xvirtual,
INT2PTR(macKC.v.keychar));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
unsigned long data = (unsigned long) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
macKC.x.xvirtual = (unsigned int) data;
} else {
| | | 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
hPtr = (Tcl_HashEntry *) Tcl_FindHashEntry(&unichar2xvirtual,
INT2PTR(macKC.v.keychar));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
unsigned long data = (unsigned long) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
macKC.x.xvirtual = (unsigned int) data;
} else {
macKC.v.virt = NO_VIRTUAL;
}
return macKC.uint;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeysyms.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXKeysyms.h -- * * Contains data used for processing key events, some of which was * moved from tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkMacOSXKeysyms.h -- * * Contains data used for processing key events, some of which was * moved from tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2020 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef TKMACOSXKEYSYMS_H #define TKMACOSXKEYSYMS_H 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
* The table includes every key listed in Apple's documentation of Function-Key
* Unicodes which is not marked as "Not on most Macintosh keyboards", as well
* as F20, which is reported to be usable in scripts even though it does not
* appear on any Macintosh keyboard.
*/
typedef struct {
| | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
* The table includes every key listed in Apple's documentation of Function-Key
* Unicodes which is not marked as "Not on most Macintosh keyboards", as well
* as F20, which is reported to be usable in scripts even though it does not
* appear on any Macintosh keyboard.
*/
typedef struct {
int virt; /* value of [NSEvent keyCode] */
KeySym keysym; /* X11 keysym */
KeyCode keychar; /* XEvent keycode & 0xFFFF */
} KeyInfo;
static const KeyInfo keyArray[] = {
{36, XK_Return, NSNewlineCharacter},
{48, XK_Tab, NSTabCharacter},
{51, XK_BackSpace, NSDeleteCharacter},
{52, XK_Return, NSNewlineCharacter}, /* Used on some Powerbooks */
{53, XK_Escape, 0x1B},
{54, XK_Meta_R, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{55, XK_Meta_L, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{56, XK_Shift_L, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{57, XK_Caps_Lock, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{58, XK_Alt_L, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{59, XK_Control_L, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{60, XK_Shift_R, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{61, XK_Alt_R, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{62, XK_Control_R, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{63, XK_Super_L, MOD_KEYCHAR},
{64, XK_F17, NSF17FunctionKey},
{65, XK_KP_Decimal, '.'},
{67, XK_KP_Multiply, '*'},
{69, XK_KP_Add, '+'},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
{100, XK_F8, NSF8FunctionKey},
{101, XK_F9, NSF9FunctionKey},
{103, XK_F11, NSF11FunctionKey},
{105, XK_F13, NSF13FunctionKey},
{106, XK_F16, NSF16FunctionKey},
{107, XK_F14, NSF14FunctionKey},
{109, XK_F10, NSF10FunctionKey},
| | | | | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
{100, XK_F8, NSF8FunctionKey},
{101, XK_F9, NSF9FunctionKey},
{103, XK_F11, NSF11FunctionKey},
{105, XK_F13, NSF13FunctionKey},
{106, XK_F16, NSF16FunctionKey},
{107, XK_F14, NSF14FunctionKey},
{109, XK_F10, NSF10FunctionKey},
{110, XK_Menu, UNKNOWN_KEYCHAR},
{111, XK_F12, NSF12FunctionKey},
{113, XK_F15, NSF15FunctionKey},
{114, XK_Help, NSHelpFunctionKey},
{115, XK_Home, NSHomeFunctionKey}, /* Fn Left */
{116, XK_Prior, NSPageUpFunctionKey}, /* Fn Up */
{117, XK_Delete, NSDeleteFunctionKey}, /* Fn Delete */
{118, XK_F4, NSF4FunctionKey},
{119, XK_End, NSEndFunctionKey}, /* Fn Right */
{120, XK_F2, NSF2FunctionKey},
{121, XK_Next, NSPageDownFunctionKey}, /* Fn Down */
{122, XK_F1, NSF1FunctionKey},
{123, XK_Left, NSLeftArrowFunctionKey},
{124, XK_Right, NSRightArrowFunctionKey},
{125, XK_Down, NSDownArrowFunctionKey},
{126, XK_Up, NSUpArrowFunctionKey},
{0, 0, 0}
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
*/
typedef struct KeysymInfo {
KeySym keysym;
KeyCode keycode;
} KeysymInfo;
| | | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
*/
typedef struct KeysymInfo {
KeySym keysym;
KeyCode keycode;
} KeysymInfo;
static const KeysymInfo keysymTable[] = {
{0x0020, 0x0020}, /* space */
{0x0021, 0x0021}, /* exclam */
{0x0022, 0x0022}, /* quotedbl */
{0x0023, 0x0023}, /* numbersign */
{0x0024, 0x0024}, /* dollar */
{0x0025, 0x0025}, /* percent */
{0x0026, 0x0026}, /* ampersand */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
{0x07c4, 0x0394}, /* Greek_DELTA */
{0x07c5, 0x0395}, /* Greek_EPSILON */
{0x07c6, 0x0396}, /* Greek_ZETA */
{0x07c7, 0x0397}, /* Greek_ETA */
{0x07c8, 0x0398}, /* Greek_THETA */
{0x07c9, 0x0399}, /* Greek_IOTA */
{0x07ca, 0x039a}, /* Greek_KAPPA */
| | | 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
{0x07c4, 0x0394}, /* Greek_DELTA */
{0x07c5, 0x0395}, /* Greek_EPSILON */
{0x07c6, 0x0396}, /* Greek_ZETA */
{0x07c7, 0x0397}, /* Greek_ETA */
{0x07c8, 0x0398}, /* Greek_THETA */
{0x07c9, 0x0399}, /* Greek_IOTA */
{0x07ca, 0x039a}, /* Greek_KAPPA */
{0x07cb, 0x039b}, /* Greek_LAMBDA */
{0x07cc, 0x039c}, /* Greek_MU */
{0x07cd, 0x039d}, /* Greek_NU */
{0x07ce, 0x039e}, /* Greek_XI */
{0x07cf, 0x039f}, /* Greek_OMICRON */
{0x07d0, 0x03a0}, /* Greek_PI */
{0x07d1, 0x03a1}, /* Greek_RHO */
{0x07d2, 0x03a3}, /* Greek_SIGMA */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Mac-platform specific features of menus. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkMacOSXMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Mac-platform specific features of menus. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2012 Adrian Robert. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMenubutton.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
ACCEL(Power, 0x233d),
ACCEL(Eject, 0xf804),
{NULL, 0, 0}
};
#undef ACCEL
#undef sl
| > > > | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
ACCEL(Power, 0x233d),
ACCEL(Eject, 0xf804),
{NULL, 0, 0}
};
#undef ACCEL
#undef sl
static int gNoTkMenus = 0; /* This is used by Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus as
* the flag that Tk is not to draw any
* menus. */
static Bool inPostMenu = false;
static SInt32 menuMarkColumnWidth = 0, menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin = 0;
static SInt32 menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin = 0, menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin = 0;
static SInt16 menuItemExtraHeight = 0, menuItemExtraWidth = 0;
static SInt16 menuSeparatorHeight = 0;
static void CheckForSpecialMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static NSString *ParseAccelerator(const char *accel, NSUInteger *maskPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 | * event loop in the mode NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode which does not return * until the menu has been dismissed. In Tk 8.6.10 and earlier, this meant * that the Tk event loop would block in its call to the check proc as long as * the menu was posted. For example, opening a menu during the Rube Goldberg * demo would cause the animation to stop. This was also the case for * menubuttons. * | | | 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | * event loop in the mode NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode which does not return * until the menu has been dismissed. In Tk 8.6.10 and earlier, this meant * that the Tk event loop would block in its call to the check proc as long as * the menu was posted. For example, opening a menu during the Rube Goldberg * demo would cause the animation to stop. This was also the case for * menubuttons. * * The TKBackgroundLoop object below works around this problem, and allows a Tk * event loop to run while a menu is open. It is a subclass of NSThread which * inserts requests to call [NSApp _runBackgroundLoop] onto the queue * associated with the NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode. One of these threads gets * started in the callback [NSApp menuBeginTracking] and cancelled in [NSApp * menuEndTracking]. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
}
[pool drain];
}
@end
TKBackgroundLoop *backgroundLoop = nil;
| < | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
}
[pool drain];
}
@end
TKBackgroundLoop *backgroundLoop = nil;
#pragma mark TKMenu
/*
* This interface is not declared in tkMacOSXPrivate.h because it requires
* tkMenu.h.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
_tkSpecial = special;
}
- (BOOL) isSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
return (_tkSpecial == special);
}
@end
@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTitle: (NSString *) aTitle
{
self = [super initWithTitle:aTitle];
if (self) {
_tkMenu = NULL;
_tkOffset = 0;
_tkItemCount = 0;
_tkSpecial = 0;
[self setDelegate:self];
}
return self;
}
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu
{
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
_tkSpecial = special;
}
- (BOOL) isSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
return (_tkSpecial == special);
}
/*
* There are cases where a KeyEquivalent (aka menu accelerator) is defined for
* a "dead key", i.e. a key which does not have an associated character but is
* only meant to be the start of a composition sequence. For example, on a
* Spanish keyboard both the ' and the ` keys are dead keys used to place
* accents over letters. But ⌘` is a standard KeyEquivalent which cycles
* through the open windows of an application, changing the focus to the next
* window. This caused a bug reported in [1626ed65b8]. When a dead key that is
* also as a KeyEquivalent is pressed, a KeyDown event with no characters would
* be passed to performKeyEquivalent. The default implementation provided by
* Apple would cause that event to be routed to some private methods of NSMenu
* which raise NSInvalidArgumentException, causing an abort. Returning NO in
* such a case prevents the abort. So the override below returns NO when the
* event has no characters.
*
* In fact, however, we never want to handle accelerators because they are
* handled by Tk. Hence this method could always return NO. But if we did
* that then we would not see the menu flash when an accelerator is pressed.
* The flash is a useful visual indicator. It turns out that the flash is an
* undocumented side effect of calling the super method for
* performKeyEquivalent. The super method also calls the NSMenuItem's action
* method - tkMenuItemInvoke in our case. This is also not documented.
*
* To enable the flash we set up a flag that tells the action method to do
* nothing, because it is being called by an accelerator. The override below
* sets the flag and then calls super. See ticket [ead70921a9].
*/
static Bool runMenuCommand = true;
- (BOOL)performKeyEquivalent:(NSEvent *)event
{
if ([[event characters] length] == 0) {
return NO;
}
runMenuCommand = false;
/* Make the menu flash and call tkMenuItemInvoke. */
return [super performKeyEquivalent: event];
}
@end
@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTitle: (NSString *) aTitle
{
self = [super initWithTitle:aTitle];
if (self) {
_tkMenu = NULL;
_tkOffset = 0;
_tkItemCount = 0;
_tkSpecial = 0;
[self setDelegate:self];
}
return self;
}
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu
{
NSString *title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:
Tk_PathName(tkMenu->tkwin) length:-1];
self = [self initWithTitle:title];
[title release];
if (self) {
_tkMenu = tkMenu;
}
return self;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
copy->_tkItemCount = _tkItemCount;
copy->_tkSpecial = _tkSpecial;
return copy;
}
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu
{
| | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
copy->_tkItemCount = _tkItemCount;
copy->_tkSpecial = _tkSpecial;
return copy;
}
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu
{
return (TkMenu *)_tkMenu;
}
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
{
return [self indexOfItem:menuItem] - _tkOffset;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
297 298 299 300 301 302 303 |
- (BOOL)worksWhenModal
{
return YES;
}
- (void) tkMenuItemInvoke: (id) sender
{
| > > | > > > | > > > | > | < < < < < < < < < < | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
- (BOOL)worksWhenModal
{
return YES;
}
- (void) tkMenuItemInvoke: (id) sender
{
if (!runMenuCommand) {
/*
* We are being called for a menu accelerator. Tk will handle it.
* Just update the runMenuCommand flag.
*/
runMenuCommand = true;
return;
}
/*
* We are being called for an actual menu item selection; run the command.
*/
if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) {
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) sender;
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) _tkMenu;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) [menuItem tag];
if (menuPtr && mePtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
int result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
if (result != TCL_OK && result != TCL_CONTINUE &&
result != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
}
Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
Tcl_Release(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
}
- (void) menuDidClose: (NSMenu *) menu
{
(void)menu;
if (_tkMenu) {
| | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 |
}
- (void) menuDidClose: (NSMenu *) menu
{
(void)menu;
if (_tkMenu) {
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu((TkMenu *)_tkMenu);
}
}
- (void) menu: (NSMenu *) menu willHighlightItem: (NSMenuItem *) item
{
(void)menu;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
if (menuPtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
| | | | > > > > | > | > > > > | 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
if (menuPtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
int result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if (result!=TCL_OK && result!=TCL_CONTINUE && result!=TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu preprocess)");
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
}
Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
}
@end
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenu)
@implementation TKApplication(TKMenu)
- (void) menuBeginTracking: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
if (backgroundLoop) {
[backgroundLoop cancel];
[backgroundLoop release];
}
backgroundLoop = [[TKBackgroundLoop alloc] init];
[backgroundLoop start];
/*
* Make sure that we can run commands when actually using a menu.
* See [412b80fcaf].
*/
runMenuCommand = true;
}
- (void) menuEndTracking: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
if (backgroundLoop) {
[backgroundLoop cancel];
[backgroundLoop release];
backgroundLoop = nil;
}
if (!inPostMenu) {
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive();
}
}
- (void) tkSetMainMenu: (TKMenu *) menu
{
if (gNoTkMenus) {
return;
}
TKMenu *applicationMenu = nil;
if (menu) {
NSMenuItem *applicationMenuItem = [menu numberOfItems] ?
[menu itemAtIndex:0] : nil;
if (![menu isSpecial:tkMainMenu]) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
NSString *title = @"";
NSAttributedString *attributedTitle = nil;
NSImage *image = nil;
NSString *keyEquivalent = @"";
NSUInteger modifierMask = NSCommandKeyMask;
NSMenu *submenu = nil;
| < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < > | | | > | > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | < > > | | | | > | < > > | > | > > > | | | | | > > < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < | 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 |
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
NSString *title = @"";
NSAttributedString *attributedTitle = nil;
NSImage *image = nil;
NSString *keyEquivalent = @"";
NSUInteger modifierMask = NSCommandKeyMask;
NSMenu *submenu = nil;
int imageWidth, imageHeight;
GC gc = (mePtr->textGC ? mePtr->textGC : mePtr->menuPtr->textGC);
Tcl_Obj *fontPtr = (mePtr->fontPtr ? mePtr->fontPtr :
mePtr->menuPtr->fontPtr);
if (mePtr->image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
image = TkMacOSXGetNSImageFromTkImage(mePtr->menuPtr->display,
mePtr->image, imageWidth, imageHeight);
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin,
mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mePtr->menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight);
image = TkMacOSXGetNSImageFromBitmap(mePtr->menuPtr->display, bitmap,
gc, imageWidth, imageHeight);
[image setTemplate:YES];
}
[menuItem setImage:image];
if ((!image || mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && mePtr->labelPtr &&
mePtr->labelLength) {
title = [[[TKNSString alloc]
initWithTclUtfBytes:Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr)
length:mePtr->labelLength]
autorelease];
if ([title hasSuffix:@"..."]) {
title = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@%C",
[title substringToIndex:[title length] - 3], 0x2026];
}
}
[menuItem setTitle:title];
#if 0
/*
* The -background and -foreground options are now ignored in Aqua.
* See ticket [635167af14].
*/
NSDictionary fontAttributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(
Tk_GetFontFromObj(mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
NSMutableDictionary *attributes = [fontAttributes mutableCopy];
static unsigned long defaultBg = 0, defaultFg = 0;
if (defaultBg == 0) {
tkColor *tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR);
defaultBg = tkColPtr->color.pixel;
ckfree(tkColPtr);
}
if (defaultFg == 0) {
tkColor *tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_FG);
defaultFg = tkColPtr->color.pixel;
ckfree(tkColPtr);
}
if (gc->foreground != defaultFg) {
NSColor *fgcolor = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc, gc->foreground);
[attributes setObject:fgcolor
forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName];
}
if (gc->background != defaultBg) {
NSColor *bgcolor = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc, gc->background);
[attributes setObject:bgcolor
forKey:NSBackgroundColorAttributeName];
}
#else
NSDictionary *attributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(
Tk_GetFontFromObj(mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
#endif
attributedTitle = [[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:title
attributes:attributes];
[menuItem setAttributedTitle:attributedTitle];
[attributedTitle release];
[menuItem setEnabled:(mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED)];
[menuItem setState:((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY ||
mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn &&
(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) ? NSOnState : NSOffState)];
if (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY && mePtr->accelPtr && mePtr->accelLength) {
keyEquivalent = ParseAccelerator(Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr),
&modifierMask);
}
[menuItem setKeyEquivalent:keyEquivalent];
[menuItem setKeyEquivalentModifierMask:modifierMask];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY && mePtr->namePtr) {
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(mePtr->menuPtr->interp,
mePtr->namePtr);
if (menuRefPtr && menuRefPtr->menuPtr) {
CheckForSpecialMenu(menuRefPtr->menuPtr);
submenu = (TKMenu *) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
if ([submenu supermenu] && [menuItem submenu] != submenu) {
/*
* This happens during a clone, where the parent menu is
* cloned before its children, so just ignore this temporary
* setting, it will be changed shortly (c.f. tkMenu.c
* CloneMenu())
*/
submenu = nil;
} else {
[submenu setTitle:title];
if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {
/*
* This menuItem might have been previously disabled which
* would have disabled all of its entries; we must re-enable the
* entries here. It is important to iterate though the Tk
* entries, not the NSMenuItems, since some NSMenuItems may
* have been added by the system. See [7185d26cf4].
*/
for (int i = 0; i < menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];
NSMenuItem *item = (NSMenuItem *) submePtr->platformEntryData;
[item setEnabled:(submePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED)];
}
}
}
}
}
[menuItem setSubmenu:submenu];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
{
NSMenuItem *menuItem;
TKMenu *menu;
NSInteger index;
| | < > > | | | | > > | 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
{
NSMenuItem *menuItem;
TKMenu *menu;
NSInteger index;
if (mePtr->platformEntryData) {
menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
if (mePtr->menuPtr->platformData) {
menu = (TKMenu *) mePtr->menuPtr->platformData;
index = [menu indexOfItem:menuItem];
if (index > -1) {
[menu removeItemAtIndex:index];
}
}
[menuItem setTag:(NSInteger) NULL];
[menuItem release];
mePtr->platformEntryData = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
NSView *view = [win contentView];
NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData;
NSInteger itemIndex = index;
NSInteger numItems = [menu numberOfItems];
NSMenuItem *item = nil;
NSPoint location = NSMakePoint(x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y);
| | | | 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
NSView *view = [win contentView];
NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData;
NSInteger itemIndex = index;
NSInteger numItems = [menu numberOfItems];
NSMenuItem *item = nil;
NSPoint location = NSMakePoint(x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y);
inPostMenu = true;
result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
inPostMenu = false;
return result;
}
if (itemIndex >= numItems) {
itemIndex = numItems - 1;
}
if (itemIndex >= 0) {
item = [menu itemAtIndex:itemIndex];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
[menu popUpMenuPositioningItem:item
atLocation:[win tkConvertPointFromScreen:location]
inView:view];
| | | 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 |
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
[menu popUpMenuPositioningItem:item
atLocation:[win tkConvertPointFromScreen:location]
inView:view];
inPostMenu = false;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpPostTearoffMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
972 973 974 975 976 977 978 |
int x, int y, int index) /* The screen coordinates where the top left
* corner of the menu, or of the specified
* entry, will be located. */
{
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
| < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 |
int x, int y, int index) /* The screen coordinates where the top left
* corner of the menu, or of the specified
* entry, will be located. */
{
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
* and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Adjust the menu y position so that the specified entry will be located
* at the given coordinates.
*/
if (index < 0 || index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
}
if (index >= 0) {
y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
}
/*
* Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
* screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
*
* 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
* are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
}
if (menuName) {
Tk_Window menubar = NULL;
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
| | | | 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 |
}
if (menuName) {
Tk_Window menubar = NULL;
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr) {
menubar = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin;
}
/*
* Attempt to find the NSMenu directly. If that fails, ask Tk to find
* it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CheckForSpecialMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are checking */
{
| | | | | | 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CheckForSpecialMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are checking */
{
if (!menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin) {
return;
}
for (TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR
&& cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin) {
TkMenu *mainMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
int i = 0;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(mainMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
while (specialMenus[i].name) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, specialMenus[i].name,
specialMenus[i].len);
if (strcmp(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= specialMenus[i].flag;
} else {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~specialMenus[i].flag;
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) -
specialMenus[i].len);
i++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 |
}
i++;
}
}
if (ch) {
return [[[NSString alloc] initWithCharacters:&ch length:1] autorelease];
} else {
| | | | 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 |
}
i++;
}
}
if (ch) {
return [[[NSString alloc] initWithCharacters:&ch length:1] autorelease];
} else {
return [[[[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:accel length:-1] autorelease]
lowercaseString];
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ModifierCharWidth --
*
* Helper measuring width of command char in given font.
*
* Results:
* Width of command char.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 |
void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
NSSize menuSize;
Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
| | | | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 |
void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
NSSize menuSize;
Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics;
int modifierCharWidth, menuModifierCharWidth;
int x, y, modifierWidth, labelWidth, indicatorSpace;
int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelWidth;
int i, maxWidth;
int entryWidth, maxIndicatorSpace, borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
int haveAccel = 0;
/*
* Do nothing if this menu is a clone.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL || menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
return;
}
menuSize = [(NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData size];
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
continue;
}
if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
| < < | 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 |
for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
continue;
}
if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
modifierCharWidth = menuModifierCharWidth;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
modifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(tkfont);
}
accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;
} else {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
MenuSelectEvent(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
MenuSelectEvent(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
bzero(&event, sizeof(event));
event.virt.type = VirtualEvent;
event.virt.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(menuPtr->display);
event.virt.send_event = false;
event.virt.display = menuPtr->display;
event.virt.event = Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin);
event.virt.root = XRootWindow(menuPtr->display, 0);
event.virt.subwindow = None;
event.virt.time = TkpGetMS();
XQueryPointer(NULL, None, NULL, NULL, &event.virt.x_root, &event.virt.y_root, NULL,
NULL, &event.virt.state);
event.virt.same_screen = true;
event.virt.name = Tk_GetUid("MenuSelect");
Tk_MakeWindowExist(menuPtr->tkwin);
if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {
Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
} else {
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RecursivelyClearActiveMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuInit --
*
* Initializes Mac-specific menu data.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a hash table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuInit(void)
{
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < | 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus --
*
* Turns off all the menu drawing code. This is more than just disabling
* the "menu" command, this means that Tk will NEVER touch the menubar.
* It is needed in the Plugin, where Tk does not own the menubar.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A flag is set which will disable all menu drawing.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void)
{
gNoTkMenus = 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuInit --
*
* Initializes Mac-specific menu data.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a hash table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuInit(void)
{
NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
[nc addObserver:NSApp selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
observe(NSMenuDidBeginTrackingNotification, menuBeginTracking:);
observe(NSMenuDidEndTrackingNotification, menuEndTracking:);
#undef observe
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpDrawMenuEntry -- * * Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given | | > > > > | | 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawMenuEntry --
*
* Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given
* attributes. This is a no-op on macOS since the menus are drawn by
* the Apple window manager, which also handles all events related to
* selecting menu items. This function is only called for tearoff
* menus, which are not supported on macOS but do get drawn as nearly
* invisible 1 pixel wide windows on macOS
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawMenuEntry(
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenuEntry *), /* The entry to draw */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the menubutton * widget. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the menubutton * widget. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001 Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2007 Revar Desmera. * Copyright © 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)clientData;
TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | * Side effects: * The menu button's window may change size. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void | | | | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
* Side effects:
* The menu button's window may change size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(
TkMenuButton *butPtr) /* Widget record for menu button. */
{
int width, height, avgWidth, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
int txtWidth, txtHeight;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
int highlightWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth > 0 ? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
TkMenuButton *butPtr)
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
| < < < < | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
TkMenuButton *butPtr)
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
int width = 0, height = 0;
int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
int x = 0, y = 0;
textXOffset = 0;
textYOffset = 0;
fullWidth = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = (TkMenuButton *)clientData;
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXMenus.c -- * * These calls set up the default menus for Tk. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXMenus.c -- * * These calls set up the default menus for Tk. * * Copyright © 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMenu.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
} else {
return [super validateUserInterfaceItem:anItem];
}
}
- (void) orderFrontStandardAboutPanel: (id) sender
{
| < < | | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
} else {
return [super validateUserInterfaceItem:anItem];
}
}
- (void) orderFrontStandardAboutPanel: (id) sender
{
if (!_eventInterp || !Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "tkAboutDialog",
NULL, 0) || (GetCurrentEventKeyModifiers() & optionKey)) {
[super orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:nil];
} else {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "tkAboutDialog", -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, code);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) tkSource: (id) sender
{
| < < | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) tkSource: (id) sender
{
if (_eventInterp) {
if (Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "tk_getOpenFile -filetypes {"
"{{TCL Scripts} {.tcl} TEXT} {{Text Files} {} TEXT}}",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *path = Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp);
int len;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) tkDemo: (id) sender
{
| < < | 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) tkDemo: (id) sender
{
if (_eventInterp) {
Tcl_Obj *path = GetWidgetDemoPath(_eventInterp);
if (path) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(path);
[_demoMenuItem setHidden:YES];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
#pragma mark TKContentView(TKMenus)
@implementation TKContentView(TKMenus)
- (BOOL) validateUserInterfaceItem: (id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>) anItem
{
| < < | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
#pragma mark TKContentView(TKMenus)
@implementation TKContentView(TKMenus)
- (BOOL) validateUserInterfaceItem: (id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>) anItem
{
return YES;
}
#define EDIT_ACTION(a, e) \
- (void) a: (id) sender \
{ \
if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) { \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
| | | | > | | | > | > > | | > | 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_Obj *libpath, *result = NULL;
libpath = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "tk_library", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (libpath) {
Tcl_Obj *demo[2] = { Tcl_NewStringObj("demos", 5),
Tcl_NewStringObj("widget", 6) };
Tcl_IncrRefCount(libpath);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(demo[0]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(demo[1]);
result = Tcl_FSJoinToPath(libpath, 2, demo);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(demo[1]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(demo[0]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(libpath);
} else {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
359 360 361 362 363 364 365 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect( | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect(
short theMenu,
unsigned short theItem,
int optionKeyPressed)
{
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect: Obsolete, no more Carbon!");
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInitMenus --
*
* This procedure initializes the Macintosh menu bar.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXInitMenus(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
[NSApp _setupMenus];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateEditEvent --
*
* Takes an edit menu item and posts the corasponding a virtual event to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateEditEvent(
const char *name)
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateEditEvent(
const char *name)
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([NSApp keyWindow]);
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (!winPtr) {
return;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
if (!tkwin) {
return;
}
bzero(&event, sizeof(event));
event.virt.type = VirtualEvent;
event.virt.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
event.virt.send_event = false;
event.virt.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
event.virt.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
event.virt.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
event.virt.subwindow = None;
event.virt.time = TkpGetMS();
XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
&event.virt.x_root, &event.virt.y_root, &x, &y, &event.virt.state);
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.virt.x, &event.virt.y);
event.virt.same_screen = true;
event.virt.name = Tk_GetUid(name);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
#pragma mark -
#pragma mark NSMenu & NSMenuItem Utilities
@implementation NSMenu(TKUtils)
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c -- * * This file implements functions that decode & handle mouse events on * MacOS X. * | | | | < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | > > > > | > > | | | | > > | | | | > | | < > > | < | > | < | > > | < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | > > | > > | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | | | | < < < < < < | < < > > | < > > < < < < < < < < < > | < < < | < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < | < | < | > > | | | > > | | | > > | > | | > > | | > | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > < | | > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | > | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
/*
* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c --
*
* This file implements functions that decode & handle mouse events on
* MacOS X.
*
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
typedef struct {
unsigned int state;
long delta;
Window window;
Point global;
Point local;
} MouseEventData;
static Tk_Window captureWinPtr = NULL; /* Current capture window; may be
* NULL. */
static int GenerateButtonEvent(MouseEventData *medPtr);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
enum {
NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
/*
* In OS X 10.6 an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved would always have a non-Nil
* window attribute pointing to the key window. As of 10.8 this behavior had
* changed. The new behavior was that if the mouse were ever moved outside of
* a window, all subsequent NSMouseMoved NSEvents would have a Nil window
* attribute until the mouse returned to the window. In 11.1 it changed again.
* The window attribute can be non-nil, but referencing a window which does not
* belong to the application.
*/
/* The basic job of tkProcessMouseEvent is to generate a call to
* Tk_UpdatePointer. That function receives a Tk_Window which (ignoring cases
* when a grab is in effect) should be the highest window within the focused
* toplevel that contains the pointer, as well as the pointer location in
* screen coordinates and the current button state. Tk maintains a cache of
* these three values. A change in any of these values causes Tk_UpdatePointer
* to generate, respectively, Enter/Leave events, or Motion events, or
* button Press/Release events. The Tk_Window value is allowed to be NULL,
* which indicates that the pointer is not in the focused toplevel.
*
* Enter or Leave events for toplevel windows are generated when the Tk_Window
* value changes to or from NULL. This is problematic on macOS due to the fact
* that Tk_UpdatePointer does not generate Motion events when the Tk_Window
* value is NULL. A consequence of this is that Tk_UpdatePointer will either
* fail to generate correct Enter/Leave events for toplevels or else be unable
* to generate Motion events when the pointer is outside of the focus window.
* It is important to be able to generate such events because otherwise a
* scrollbar on the edge of a toplevel becomes unusable. Any time that the
* pointer wanders out of the window during a scroll, the scroll will stop.
* That is an extremely annoying and unexpected behavior. Much of the code in
* this module, including the trickiest parts, is devoted to working around
* this problem. The other tricky parts are related to transcribing Apple's
* NSMouseEntered, NSMouseExited, and NSLeftMouseDragged events into a form
* that makes sense to Tk.
*/
@implementation TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessMouseEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
NSWindow *eventWindow = [theEvent window];
NSEventType eventType = [theEvent type];
TKContentView *contentView = [eventWindow contentView];
NSPoint location = [theEvent locationInWindow];
NSPoint viewLocation = [contentView convertPoint:location fromView:nil];
TkWindow *winPtr = NULL, *grabWinPtr, *scrollTarget = NULL;
Tk_Window tkwin = NULL, capture, target;
NSPoint local, global;
NSInteger button;
TkWindow *newFocus = NULL;
int win_x, win_y;
unsigned int buttonState = 0;
Bool isTestingEvent = NO;
Bool isMotionEvent = NO;
Bool isOutside = NO;
Bool firstDrag = NO;
static Bool ignoreDrags = NO;
static Bool ignoreUpDown = NO;
static NSTimeInterval timestamp = 0;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), theEvent);
#endif
/*
* If this event is not for a Tk toplevel, it should normally just be
* passed up the responder chain. However, there is are two exceptions.
* One is for synthesized events, which are used in testing. Those events
* are recognized by having their timestamp set to 0. The other is for
* motion events sent by the local event monitor, which will have their
* window attribute set to nil.
*/
if (![eventWindow isMemberOfClass:[TKWindow class]]) {
if ([theEvent timestamp] == 0) {
isTestingEvent = YES;
eventWindow = [NSApp keyWindow];
}
if (eventType == NSLeftMouseDragged ||
eventType == NSMouseMoved) {
eventWindow = [NSApp keyWindow];
isMotionEvent = YES;
}
if (!isTestingEvent && !isMotionEvent) {
return theEvent;
}
} else if (!NSPointInRect(viewLocation, [contentView bounds])) {
isOutside = YES;
}
button = [theEvent buttonNumber] + Button1;
switch (eventType) {
case NSRightMouseUp:
case NSOtherMouseUp:
buttonState &= ~TkGetButtonMask(button);
break;
case NSLeftMouseDragged:
buttonState |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
if (![NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
if (isOutside) {
ignoreDrags = YES;
} else {
firstDrag = YES;
}
}
if (ignoreDrags) {
return theEvent;
}
if (![NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
[NSApp setTkDragTarget: [NSApp tkEventTarget]];
}
break;
case NSRightMouseDragged:
case NSOtherMouseDragged:
isMotionEvent = YES;
case NSRightMouseDown:
case NSOtherMouseDown:
buttonState |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
break;
case NSMouseEntered:
if (![eventWindow isKeyWindow] || isOutside) {
return theEvent;
}
[NSApp setTkLiveResizeEnded:NO];
[NSApp setTkPointerWindow:[NSApp tkEventTarget]];
break;
case NSMouseExited:
if (![eventWindow isKeyWindow] || !isOutside) {
return theEvent;
}
[NSApp setTkPointerWindow:nil];
break;
case NSLeftMouseUp:
[NSApp setTkDragTarget: nil];
if ([theEvent clickCount] == 2) {
ignoreUpDown = NO;
}
if (ignoreUpDown) {
return theEvent;
}
if (ignoreDrags) {
ignoreDrags = NO;
return theEvent;
}
buttonState &= ~TkGetButtonMask(Button1);
break;
case NSLeftMouseDown:
/*
* There are situations where Apple does not send NSLeftMouseUp events
* even though the mouse button has been released. One of these is
* whenever a menu is posted on the screen. This causes Tk to have an
* inaccurate idea of the current button state and to behave strangely.
* (See ticket[a132b5507e].) As a work-around we watch for NSButtonDown
* events that arrive when Tk thinks the button is already down and
* we attempt to correct Tk's cached button state by insering a call to
* Tk_UpdatePointer showing the button as up.
*/
if ([NSApp tkButtonState] & TkGetButtonMask(Button1)) {
int fakeState = [NSApp tkButtonState] & ~TkGetButtonMask(Button1);
int x = location.x;
int y = floor(TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - location.y);
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) [NSApp tkEventTarget], x, y, fakeState);
}
/*
* Ignore left mouse button events which are in an NSWindow but outside
* of its contentView (see tickets [d72abe6b54] and [39cbacb9e8]).
* Ignore the first left button press after a live resize ends. (Apple
* sends the button press event that started the resize after the
* resize ends. It should not be seen by Tk. See tickets [d72abe6b54]
* and [39cbacb9e8]). Ignore button press events when ignoreUpDown is
* set. These are extraneous events which appear when double-clicking
* in a window without focus, causing duplicate Double-1 events (see
* ticket [7bda9882cb]). When a LeftMouseDown event with clickCount 2
* is received we set the ignoreUpDown flag and we clear it when the
* matching LeftMouseUp with click count 2 is received.
*/
/*
* Make sure we don't ignore LeftMouseUp and LeftMouseDown forever.
* Currently tkBind.c sets NEARBY_MS to 500 (the Windows default).
*/
if ([theEvent timestamp] - timestamp > 1) {
ignoreUpDown = NO;
}
if ([theEvent clickCount] == 2) {
if (ignoreUpDown == YES) {
return theEvent;
} else {
timestamp = [theEvent timestamp];
ignoreUpDown = YES;
}
}
if (!isTestingEvent) {
NSRect bounds = [contentView bounds];
NSRect grip = NSMakeRect(bounds.size.width - 10, 0, 10, 10);
bounds = NSInsetRect(bounds, 2.0, 2.0);
if (!NSPointInRect(viewLocation, bounds)) {
return theEvent;
}
if (NSPointInRect(viewLocation, grip)) {
return theEvent;
}
if ([NSApp tkLiveResizeEnded]) {
[NSApp setTkLiveResizeEnded:NO];
return theEvent;
}
}
/*
* If this click will change the focus, the Tk event should
* be sent to the toplevel which will be receiving focus rather than to
* the current focus window. So reset tkEventTarget.
*/
if (eventWindow != [NSApp keyWindow]) {
NSWindow *w;
if (eventWindow && isOutside) {
return theEvent;
}
for (w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
if (NSPointInRect([NSEvent mouseLocation], [w frame])) {
newFocus = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
break;
}
}
if (newFocus) {
[NSApp setTkEventTarget: newFocus];
[NSApp setTkPointerWindow: newFocus];
target = (Tk_Window) newFocus;
}
}
buttonState |= TkGetButtonMask(Button1);
break;
case NSMouseMoved:
if (eventWindow && eventWindow != [NSApp keyWindow]) {
return theEvent;
}
isMotionEvent = YES;
break;
case NSScrollWheel:
/*
* Scroll wheel events are sent to the window containing the pointer,
* or ignored if no window contains the pointer. See TIP #171. Note,
* however, that TIP #171 proposed sending scroll wheel events to the
* focus window when no window contains the pointer. That proposal was
* ultimately rejected.
*/
scrollTarget = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(eventWindow);
#if 0
case NSCursorUpdate:
case NSTabletPoint:
case NSTabletProximity:
#endif
break;
default: /* This type of event is ignored. */
return theEvent;
}
/*
* Find the toplevel window for the event.
*/
if ([NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
TkWindow *dragPtr = (TkWindow *) [NSApp tkDragTarget];
TKWindow *dragWindow = nil;
MacDrawable *topMacWin;
if (dragPtr) {
dragWindow = (TKWindow *)TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(
dragPtr->window);
}
if (!dragWindow) {
[NSApp setTkDragTarget: nil];
target = NULL;
return theEvent;
}
topMacWin = TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(dragPtr);
if (topMacWin) {
winPtr = topMacWin->winPtr;
}
} else if (eventType == NSScrollWheel) {
winPtr = scrollTarget;
} else {
winPtr = [NSApp tkEventTarget];
}
if (!winPtr) {
/*
* If we couldn't find a toplevel for this event we have to ignore it.
* (But this should never happen.)
*/
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Event received with no Tk window.");
#endif
return theEvent;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
/*
* Compute the mouse position in local (toplevel) and global (screen)
* coordinates. These are Tk coordinates, meaning that the local origin is
* at the top left corner of the containing toplevel and the global origin
* is at top left corner of the primary screen.
*/
global = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: global];
global.x = floor(global.x);
global.y = floor(TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - global.y);
local.x = floor(local.x);
local.y = floor(eventWindow.frame.size.height - local.y);
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TkWindow *contPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(contPtr)) {
local.x -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
} else {
MacDrawable *topMacWin = TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(winPtr);
if (topMacWin) {
TkWindow* topPtr = topMacWin->winPtr;
local.x -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent + contPtr->changes.x);
local.y -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent + contPtr->changes.y);
}
}
}
else {
if (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
} else {
return theEvent;
}
}
/*
* Use the toplevel coordinates to decide which Tk window should receive
* this event. Also convert the toplevel coordinates into the coordinate
* system of that window. These converted coordinates are needed for
* XEvents that we generate, namely ScrollWheel events and Motion events
* when the mouse is outside of the focused toplevel.
*/
if ([NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
Tk_Window dragTarget = (Tk_Window) [NSApp tkDragTarget];
Tk_Window dragWidget = NULL;
int x, y;
Tk_GetRootCoords(dragTarget, &x, &y);
win_x = global.x - x;
win_y = global.y - y;
if (firstDrag) {
dragWidget = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &x, &y);
if (dragWidget) {
[NSApp setTkDragTarget: (TkWindow *) dragWidget];
}
}
target = (Tk_Window) [NSApp tkDragTarget];
} else {
target = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &win_x, &win_y);
}
grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
/*
* Ignore the event if a local grab is in effect and the Tk window is
* not in the grabber's subtree.
*/
if (grabWinPtr && /* There is a grab in effect ... */
!winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* and it is a local grab ... */
grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr){ /* in the same application. */
Tk_Window w;
if (!target) {
return theEvent;
}
for (w = target; !Tk_IsTopLevel(w); w = Tk_Parent(w)) {
if (w == (Tk_Window)grabWinPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (w != (Tk_Window)grabWinPtr) {
return theEvent;
}
}
/*
* Ignore the event if a global grab is in effect and the Tk window is
* not in the grabber's subtree.
*/
if (grabWinPtr && /* There is a grab in effect ... */
winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* and it is a global grab ... */
grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) { /* in the same application. */
Tk_Window w;
if (!target) {
return theEvent;
}
for (w = target; !Tk_IsTopLevel(w); w = Tk_Parent(w)) {
if (w == (Tk_Window)grabWinPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (w != (Tk_Window)grabWinPtr) {
/* Force the focus back to the grab window. */
TkpChangeFocus(grabWinPtr, 1);
}
}
/*
* Translate the current button state into Tk's format.
*/
unsigned int state = buttonState;
NSUInteger modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];
if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
state |= LockMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
state |= ShiftMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
}
if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
state |= Mod4Mask;
}
if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {
| > > > > > > > > | > | < < > > | < > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | < < < < | > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
}
if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
state |= Mod4Mask;
}
[NSApp setTkButtonState:state];
/*
* Send XEvents. We do this here for Motion events outside of the focused
* toplevel and for MouseWheel events. In other cases the XEvents will be
* sent when we call Tk_UpdatePointer.
*/
if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {
if ([NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
/*
* When dragging the mouse into the resize area Apple shows the
* left button to be up, which confuses Tk_UpdatePointer. So
* we make sure that the button state appears the way that Tk
* expects.
*/
state |= TkGetButtonMask(Button1);
}
if (eventType == NSMouseEntered) {
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) [NSApp tkPointerWindow],
global.x, global.y, state);
} else if (eventType == NSMouseExited) {
if ([NSApp tkDragTarget]) {
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) [NSApp tkDragTarget],
global.x, global.y, state);
} else {
Tk_UpdatePointer(NULL, global.x, global.y, state);
}
} else if (eventType == NSMouseMoved ||
eventType == NSLeftMouseDragged) {
if ([NSApp tkPointerWindow]) {
Tk_UpdatePointer(target, global.x, global.y, state);
} else {
XEvent xEvent = {0};
xEvent.type = MotionNotify;
xEvent.xany.send_event = false;
xEvent.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
xEvent.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
xEvent.xmotion.x = win_x;
xEvent.xmotion.y = win_y;
xEvent.xmotion.x_root = global.x;
xEvent.xmotion.y_root = global.y;
xEvent.xmotion.state = state;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
/*
* Tk_UpdatePointer must not be called in this case. Doing so
* will break scrollbars; dragging will stop when the mouse
* leaves the window.
*/
}
} else {
Tk_UpdatePointer(target, global.x, global.y, state);
}
} else {
CGFloat delta;
int coarseDelta;
XEvent xEvent = {0};
xEvent.type = MouseWheelEvent;
xEvent.xbutton.x = win_x;
xEvent.xbutton.y = win_y;
xEvent.xbutton.x_root = global.x;
xEvent.xbutton.y_root = global.y;
xEvent.xany.send_event = false;
xEvent.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
xEvent.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
delta = [theEvent deltaY];
if (delta != 0.0) {
coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
xEvent.xbutton.state = state;
xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
delta = [theEvent deltaX];
if (delta != 0.0) {
coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
xEvent.xbutton.state = state | ShiftMask;
xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
/*
* If button events are being captured, and the target is not in the
* subtree below the capturing window, then the NSEvent should not be sent
* up the responder chain. This avoids, for example, beeps when clicking
* the mouse button outside of a posted combobox. See ticket [eb26d4ec8e].
*/
capture = TkMacOSXGetCapture();
if (capture && eventType == NSLeftMouseDown) {
Tk_Window w;
for (w = target; w != NULL; w = Tk_Parent(w)) {
if (w == capture) {
break;
}
}
if (w != capture) {
return nil;
}
}
return theEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned int
TkMacOSXButtonKeyState(void)
{
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned int
TkMacOSXButtonKeyState(void)
{
return [NSApp tkButtonState];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XQueryPointer --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Bool XQueryPointer( | | | | < < < | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Bool
XQueryPointer(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Window w,
TCL_UNUSED(Window *),
TCL_UNUSED(Window *),
int *root_x_return,
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
int getGlobal = (root_x_return && root_y_return);
int getLocal = (win_x_return && win_y_return && w != None);
if (getGlobal || getLocal) {
NSPoint global = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
if (getLocal) {
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)w;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(w);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
* should only be sent to Tk if in the front window or during an implicit
* grab.
*/
if ((medPtr->activeNonFloating == NULL)
|| ((!(TkpIsWindowFloating(medPtr->whichWin))
&& (medPtr->activeNonFloating != medPtr->whichWin))
| | < | 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
* should only be sent to Tk if in the front window or during an implicit
* grab.
*/
if ((medPtr->activeNonFloating == NULL)
|| ((!(TkpIsWindowFloating(medPtr->whichWin))
&& (medPtr->activeNonFloating != medPtr->whichWin))
&& TkMacOSXGetCapture() == NULL)) {
return false;
}
#endif
dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, medPtr->window);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, medPtr->local.h, medPtr->local.v,
&dummy, &dummy);
}
Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, medPtr->global.h, medPtr->global.v, medPtr->state);
return true;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
pt.y = y + dispPtr->warpY;
} else {
pt.x = dispPtr->warpX;
pt.y = dispPtr->warpY;
}
CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetCapture --
*
| > > > > > > | 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
pt.y = y + dispPtr->warpY;
} else {
pt.x = dispPtr->warpX;
pt.y = dispPtr->warpY;
}
CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
if (dispPtr->warpWindow) {
TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow));
} else {
TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(None);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetCapture --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
}
captureWinPtr = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 |
}
captureWinPtr = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetCapture --
*
* Results:
* Returns the current grab window
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
{
return captureWinPtr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXNotify.c -- * * This file contains the implementation of a tcl event source * for the AppKit event loop. * | | | | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
/*
* tkMacOSXNotify.c --
*
* This file contains the implementation of a tcl event source
* for the AppKit event loop.
*
* Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright © 2015 Marc Culler.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Little hack to eliminate the need for "tclInt.h" here:
Just copy a small portion of TclIntPlatStubs, just
enough to make it work. See [600b72bfbc] */
typedef struct {
int magic;
void *hooks;
void (*dummy[19]) (void); /* dummy entries 0-18, not used */
void (*tclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode) (const void *runLoopMode); /* 19 */
} TclIntPlatStubs;
extern const TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#define TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode \
(tclIntPlatStubsPtr->tclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode) /* 19 */
#elif TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 7
extern void TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(const void *runLoopMode);
#else
extern void Tcl_MacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(const void *runLoopMode);
# define TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode Tcl_MacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode
#endif
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>
/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
#define TSD_INIT() ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) \
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))
static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
* the "move completed" event without having sent the "move began" event of
* subtype 20, and then announcing their error on our stderr. Also, of
* course, no movement is occurring. The popup is not movable and is just
* being closed. The bug has been reported to Apple. If they ever fix it,
* this block should be removed.
*/
| | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
* the "move completed" event without having sent the "move began" event of
* subtype 20, and then announcing their error on our stderr. Also, of
* course, no movement is occurring. The popup is not movable and is just
* being closed. The bug has been reported to Apple. If they ever fix it,
* this block should be removed.
*/
# if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101500
if ([theEvent type] == NSAppKitDefined) {
static Bool aWindowIsMoving = NO;
switch([theEvent subtype]) {
case 20:
aWindowIsMoving = YES;
break;
case 21:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler( | | < | | > | > | | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */
{
TSD_INIT();
Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawAllViews --
*
* This static function is meant to be run as an idle task. It attempts
* to redraw all views which have the tkNeedsDisplay property set to YES.
* This relies on a feature of [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask: ...] which
* is undocumented, namely that it sometimes blocks and calls drawRect
* for all views that need display before it returns. We call it with
* deQueue=NO so that it will not change anything on the AppKit event
* queue, because we only want the side effect that it runs drawRect. The
* only times when any NSViews have the needsDisplay property set to YES
* are during execution of this function or in the addTkDirtyRect method
* of TKContentView.
*
* The reason for running this function as an idle task is to try to
* arrange that all widgets will be fully configured before they are
* drawn. Any idle tasks that might reconfigure them should be higher on
* the idle queue, so they should be run before the display procs are run
* by drawRect.
*
* If this function is called directly with non-NULL clientData parameter
* then the int which it references will be set to the number of windows
* that need display, but the needsDisplay property of those windows will
* not be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Parts of windows may get redrawn.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXDrawAllViews(
ClientData clientData)
{
int count = 0, *dirtyCount = (int *)clientData;
for (NSWindow *window in [NSApp windows]) {
if ([[window contentView] isMemberOfClass:[TKContentView class]]) {
TKContentView *view = [window contentView];
if ([view tkNeedsDisplay]) {
count++;
if (dirtyCount) {
continue;
}
[[view layer] setNeedsDisplayInRect:[view tkDirtyRect]];
[view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
}
} else {
[window displayIfNeeded];
}
}
if (dirtyCount) {
*dirtyCount = count;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 | */ #define TICK 200 static Tcl_TimerToken ticker = NULL; static void Heartbeat( | | | < | | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
*/
#define TICK 200
static Tcl_TimerToken ticker = NULL;
static void
Heartbeat(
ClientData clientData)
{
if (ticker) {
ticker = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(TICK, Heartbeat, NULL);
}
}
static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
ClientData clientData,
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
/*
* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
*/
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
/*
* After calling this setup proc, Tcl_DoOneEvent will call
* Tcl_WaitForEvent. Then it will call check proc to collect the
* events and translate them into XEvents.
*
* If we have any events waiting or if there is any drawing to be done
* we want Tcl_WaitForEvent to return immediately. So we set the block
* time to 0 and stop the heartbeat.
*/
NSEvent *currentEvent =
[NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
dequeue:NO];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
487 488 489 490 491 492 493 | * NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the Tcl * event queue. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc( | | < | 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
* NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the Tcl
* event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
ClientData clientData,
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
/*
* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
*/
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
/*
* Generate Xevents.
*/
NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
if (processedEvent) {
| < | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
/*
* Generate Xevents.
*/
NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
if (processedEvent) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@" event: %@", currentEvent);
#endif
if (modalSession) {
[NSApp _modalSession:modalSession sendEvent:currentEvent];
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPort.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkMacOSXPort.h -- * * This file is included by all of the Tk C files. It contains * information that may be configuration-dependent, such as * #includes for system include files and a few other things. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXPort.h -- * * This file is included by all of the Tk C files. It contains * information that may be configuration-dependent, such as * #includes for system include files and a few other things. * * Copyright © 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACPORT #define _TKMACPORT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H # include <sys/select.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #ifndef _TCL # include <tcl.h> #endif | < < < < | | | < < | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H # include <sys/select.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #ifndef _TCL # include <tcl.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H # include <sys/time.h> #endif #include <time.h> #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #include <unistd.h> #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__cplusplus) # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wc++-compat" #endif #include <X11/Xlib.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | # if defined(_IBMR2) # define SELECT_MASK void # else # define SELECT_MASK int # endif #endif /* * The following macro defines the number of fd_masks in an fd_set: */ #ifndef FD_SETSIZE # ifdef OPEN_MAX # define FD_SETSIZE OPEN_MAX | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | # if defined(_IBMR2) # define SELECT_MASK void # else # define SELECT_MASK int # endif #endif /* * Used to tag functions that are only to be visible within the module being * built and not outside it (where this is supported by the linker). */ #ifndef MODULE_SCOPE # ifdef __cplusplus # define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C" # else # define MODULE_SCOPE extern # endif #endif /* * The following macro defines the number of fd_masks in an fd_set: */ #ifndef FD_SETSIZE # ifdef OPEN_MAX # define FD_SETSIZE OPEN_MAX |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
/*
* The following define causes Tk to use its internal keysym hash table
*/
#define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
/*
* The following functions are not used on the Mac, so we stub them out.
*/
#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)
/*
* This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
*/
#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > < < < < < < < < | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
/*
* The following define causes Tk to use its internal keysym hash table
*/
#define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
/*
* Defines for X functions that are used by Tk but are treated as
* no-op functions on the Macintosh.
*/
#undef XFlush
#define XFlush(display) (0)
#undef XFree
#define XFree(data) (((data) != NULL) ? (ckfree(data),0) : 0)
#undef XGrabServer
#define XGrabServer(display) (0)
#undef XNoOp
#define XNoOp(display) (LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++,0)
#undef XUngrabServer
#define XUngrabServer(display) (0)
#undef XSynchronize
#define XSynchronize(display, onoff) (LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++,NULL)
#undef XVisualIDFromVisual
#define XVisualIDFromVisual(visual) (visual->visualid)
/*
* The following functions are not used on the Mac, so we stub them out.
*/
#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)
/*
* TkMacOSXGetCapture is a legacy function used on the Mac. When fixing
* [943d5ebe51], TkpGetCapture was added to the Windows port. Both
* are actually the same feature and should bear the same name. However,
* in order to avoid potential backwards incompatibilities, renaming
* TkMacOSXGetCapture into TkpGetCapture in *PlatDecls.h shall not be
* done in a patch release, therefore use a define here.
*/
#define TkpGetCapture TkMacOSXGetCapture
/*
* This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
*/
#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
snprintf((buf), TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) (w))
/*
* Turn off Tk double-buffering as Aqua windows are already double-buffered.
*/
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#define TK_HAS_DYNAMIC_COLORS 1
#define TK_DYNAMIC_COLORMAP 0x0fffffff
/*
* Inform tkImgPhInstance.c that we implement TkpPutRGBAImage to render RGBA
* images directly into a window.
*/
#define TK_CAN_RENDER_RGBA
MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPutRGBAImage(
Display* display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,XImage* image,
int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
/*
* Used by xcolor.c
*/
MODULE_SCOPE unsigned long TkMacOSXRGBPixel(unsigned long red, unsigned long green,
unsigned long blue);
#define TkpGetPixel(p) (TkMacOSXRGBPixel(p->red >> 8, p->green >> 8, p->blue >> 8))
/*
* Used by tkAppInit
*/
#define USE_CUSTOM_EXIT_PROC
EXTERN int TkpWantsExitProc(void);
EXTERN TCL_NORETURN void TkpExitProc(void *);
#endif /* _TKMACPORT */
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXPrivate.h -- * * Macros and declarations that are purely internal & private to TkAqua. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXPrivate.h -- * * Macros and declarations that are purely internal & private to TkAqua. * * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2020 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * RCS: @(#) $Id$ */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | #ifndef __clang__ #define instancetype id #endif #define TextStyle MacTextStyle #import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h> #import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h> #ifndef NO_CARBON_H #import <Carbon/Carbon.h> #endif #undef TextStyle #import <objc/runtime.h> /* for sel_isEqual() */ #ifndef _TKMACINT | > > > > | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | #ifndef __clang__ #define instancetype id #endif #define TextStyle MacTextStyle #import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h> #import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h> #import <QuartzCore/QuartzCore.h> #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 110000 #import <UniformTypeIdentifiers/UniformTypeIdentifiers.h> #endif #ifndef NO_CARBON_H #import <Carbon/Carbon.h> #endif #undef TextStyle #import <objc/runtime.h> /* for sel_isEqual() */ #ifndef _TKMACINT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
#define TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(module, ret, symbol, ...) \
static ret (* symbol)(__VA_ARGS__) = UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL; \
if (symbol == UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL) { \
symbol = TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(STRINGIFY(module), \
STRINGIFY(symbol)); \
}
/*
* The structure of a 32-bit XEvent keycode on macOS. It may be viewed as
* an unsigned int or as having either two or three bitfields.
*/
typedef struct keycode_v_t {
unsigned keychar: 22; /* UCS-32 character */
unsigned o_s: 2; /* State of Option and Shift keys. */
| > > > > > > | | 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
#define TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(module, ret, symbol, ...) \
static ret (* symbol)(__VA_ARGS__) = UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL; \
if (symbol == UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL) { \
symbol = TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(STRINGIFY(module), \
STRINGIFY(symbol)); \
}
/*
* This is set to 1 if tests are being run. Defined in tkMacOSXInit.c.
*/
extern int testsAreRunning;
/*
* The structure of a 32-bit XEvent keycode on macOS. It may be viewed as
* an unsigned int or as having either two or three bitfields.
*/
typedef struct keycode_v_t {
unsigned keychar: 22; /* UCS-32 character */
unsigned o_s: 2; /* State of Option and Shift keys. */
unsigned virt: 8; /* 8-bit virtual keycode - identifies a key. */
} keycode_v;
typedef struct keycode_x_t {
unsigned keychar: 22; /* UCS-32 character */
unsigned xvirtual: 10; /* Combines o_s and virtual. This 10-bit integer
* is used as a key for looking up the character
* produced when pressing a key with a particular
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 | } MacKeycode; /* * Macros used in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c and tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c. * Note that 0x7f is del and 0xF8FF is the Apple Logo character. */ | | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
} MacKeycode;
/*
* Macros used in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c and tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.
* Note that 0x7f is del and 0xF8FF is the Apple Logo character.
*/
#define ON_KEYPAD(virt) ((virt >= 0x41) && (virt <= 0x5C))
#define IS_PRINTABLE(keychar) ((keychar >= 0x20) && (keychar != 0x7f) && \
((keychar < 0xF700) || keychar >= 0xF8FF))
/*
* An "index" is 2-bit bitfield showing the state of the Option and Shift
* keys. It is used as an index when building the keymaps and it
* is the value of the o_s bitfield of a keycode_v.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
* Structure encapsulating current drawing environment.
*/
typedef struct TkMacOSXDrawingContext {
CGContextRef context;
NSView *view;
HIShapeRef clipRgn;
| < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
* Structure encapsulating current drawing environment.
*/
typedef struct TkMacOSXDrawingContext {
CGContextRef context;
NSView *view;
HIShapeRef clipRgn;
} TkMacOSXDrawingContext;
/*
* Prototypes for TkMacOSXRegion.c.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(TkRegion r,
HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape, const CGRect *inRect);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXCountRectsInRegion(HIShapeRef shape);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXPrintRectsInRegion(HIShapeRef shape);
/*
* Prototypes of TkAqua internal procs.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void * TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(const char *module,
const char *symbol);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
254 255 256 257 258 259 260 | CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds); MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext( TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel, CGContextRef context); | | | | < | < < | < < | < | > > | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
CGContextRef context);
#define TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(window) ((TkWindow *)Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(window))
#define TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(drawable) ((NSWindow *)TkMacOSXDrawable(drawable))
#define TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(macWin) ((NSView *)Tk_MacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable((Drawable)(macWin)))
MODULE_SCOPE CGContextRef TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage* TkMacOSXGetNSImageFromTkImage(Display *display,
Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage* TkMacOSXGetNSImageFromBitmap(Display *display,
Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor* TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSFont* TkMacOSXNSFontForFont(Tk_Font tkfont);
MODULE_SCOPE NSDictionary* TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_Font tkfont);
MODULE_SCOPE NSModalSession TkMacOSXGetModalSession(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc,
int inset, int thickness);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXServices_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TkMacOSXRegisterServiceWidgetObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE unsigned TkMacOSXAddVirtual(unsigned int keycode);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXWinNSBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, NSView *view,
NSRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkMacOSXInDarkMode(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDrawAllViews(void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE unsigned long TkMacOSXClearPixel(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSString* TkMacOSXOSTypeToUTI(OSType ostype);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage* TkMacOSXIconForFileType(NSString *filetype);
#pragma mark Private Objective-C Classes
#define VISIBILITY_HIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))
enum { tkMainMenu = 1, tkApplicationMenu, tkWindowsMenu, tkHelpMenu};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
#ifdef __i386__
/* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
int _poolLock;
int _macOSVersion; /* 10000 * major + 100*minor */
Bool _isDrawing;
Bool _needsToDraw;
#endif
}
@property int poolLock;
@property int macOSVersion;
@property Bool isDrawing;
@property Bool needsToDraw;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
#ifdef __i386__
/* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
int _poolLock;
int _macOSVersion; /* 10000 * major + 100*minor */
Bool _isDrawing;
Bool _needsToDraw;
Bool _tkLiveResizeEnded;
TkWindow *_tkPointerWindow;
TkWindow *_tkEventTarget;
TkWindow *_tkDragTarget;
unsigned int _tkButtonState;
#endif
}
@property int poolLock;
@property int macOSVersion;
@property Bool isDrawing;
@property Bool needsToDraw;
@property Bool tkLiveResizeEnded;
/*
* Persistent state variables used by processMouseEvent.
*/
@property(nonatomic) TkWindow *tkPointerWindow;
@property(nonatomic) TkWindow *tkEventTarget;
@property(nonatomic) TkWindow *tkDragTarget;
@property unsigned int tkButtonState;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
@interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInputClient>
{
@private
NSString *privateWorkingText;
Bool _tkNeedsDisplay;
NSRect _tkDirtyRect;
}
@property Bool tkNeedsDisplay;
@property NSRect tkDirtyRect;
@end
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
| > | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
@interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInputClient>
{
@private
NSString *privateWorkingText;
Bool _tkNeedsDisplay;
NSRect _tkDirtyRect;
NSTrackingArea *trackingArea;
}
@property Bool tkNeedsDisplay;
@property NSRect tkDirtyRect;
@end
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
@end
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKWindow : NSWindow
{
#ifdef __i386__
/* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
| < < | 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
@end
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKWindow : NSWindow
{
#ifdef __i386__
/* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
Window _tkWindow;
#endif
}
@property Window tkWindow;
@end
@interface TKWindow(TKWm)
- (void) tkLayoutChanged;
@end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@interface TKNSString:NSString {
@private
Tcl_DString _ds;
NSString *_string;
}
@property const char *UTF8String;
@property (readonly) Tcl_DString DString;
- (instancetype)initWithTclUtfBytes:(const void *)bytes
length:(NSUInteger)len;
@end
| > | 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@interface TKNSString:NSString {
@private
Tcl_DString _ds;
NSString *_string;
const char *_UTF8String;
}
@property const char *UTF8String;
@property (readonly) Tcl_DString DString;
- (instancetype)initWithTclUtfBytes:(const void *)bytes
length:(NSUInteger)len;
@end
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXRegion.c -- * * Implements X window calls for manipulating regions * | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
/*
* tkMacOSXRegion.c --
*
* Implements X window calls for manipulating regions
*
* Copyright © 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
static void ReleaseRegion(TkRegion r);
#ifdef DEBUG
static int totalRegions = 0;
static int totalRegionRetainCount = 0;
#define DebugLog(msg, ...) fprintf(stderr, (msg), ##__VA_ARGS__)
#else
#define DebugLog(msg, ...)
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XCreateRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* Returns an allocated region handle.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkRegion
TkCreateRegion(void)
{
TkRegion region = (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutable();
DebugLog("Created region: total regions = %d, total count is %d\n",
++totalRegions, ++totalRegionRetainCount);
return region;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDestroyRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XDestroyRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Memory is freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkDestroyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
if (r) {
DebugLog("Destroyed region: total regions = %d\n", --totalRegions);
ReleaseRegion(r);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkIntersectRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XIntersectRegion.
* See Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkIntersectRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSubtractRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XSubtractRegion.
* See X window documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkSubtractRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUnionRectWithRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function
* XUnionRectWithRegion. See Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkUnionRectWithRegion(
XRectangle* rectangle,
TkRegion src_region,
TkRegion dest_region_return)
{
const CGRect r = CGRectMake(rectangle->x, rectangle->y,
rectangle->width, rectangle->height);
if (src_region == dest_region_return) {
ChkErr(HIShapeUnionWithRect,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dest_region_return, &r);
} else {
HIShapeRef rectRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&r);
ChkErr(HIShapeUnion, rectRgn, (HIShapeRef) src_region,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dest_region_return);
CFRelease(rectRgn);
}
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion( | | | | | | | | | | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
return HIShapeIsEmpty((HIMutableShapeRef) r) ? 1 : 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkRectInRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XRectInRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a complete
* implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkRectInRegion(
TkRegion region,
int x,
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
if (TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region)) {
return RectangleOut;
} else {
const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ?
RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkClipBox --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XClipBox. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkClipBox(
TkRegion r,
XRectangle *rect_return)
{
CGRect rect;
HIShapeGetBounds((HIShapeRef) r, &rect);
rect_return->x = rect.origin.x;
rect_return->y = rect.origin.y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
279 280 281 282 283 284 285 | * The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData( | | | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
* The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(
TkRegion region, /* Region to update. */
unsigned int x, /* Where in region to update. */
unsigned int y, /* Where in region to update. */
unsigned int width, /* Size of rectangle to update. */
unsigned int height, /* Size of rectangle to update. */
unsigned char *dataPtr, /* Data to read from. */
unsigned int pixelStride, /* num bytes from one piece of alpha
* data to the next in the line. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
}
if (end > x1) {
rect.x = x + x1;
rect.y = y + y1;
rect.width = end - x1;
rect.height = 1;
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
}
if (end > x1) {
rect.x = x + x1;
rect.y = y + y1;
rect.width = end - x1;
rect.height = 1;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region);
}
}
dataPtr += lineStride;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReleaseRegion --
*
* Decreases reference count of region.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May free memory.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ReleaseRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
CFRelease(r);
DebugLog("Released region: total count is %d\n", --totalRegionRetainCount);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetEmptyRegion( | | | 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetEmptyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeSetEmpty, (HIMutableShapeRef) r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion( | | | 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HIShapeRef
TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
return (HIShapeRef) CFRetain(r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion( | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > | > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | > > > > > > | > > > > > | | > > | < > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | < > > > | | < < | | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(
TkRegion r,
HIShapeRef rgn)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeSetWithShape, (HIMutableShapeRef) r, rgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XOffsetRegion --
*
* Offsets region by given distances.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XOffsetRegion(
void *r,
int dx,
int dy)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeOffset, (HIMutableShapeRef) r, dx, dy);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCopyRegion --
*
* Makes the destination region a copy of the source region.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpCopyRegion(
TkRegion dst,
TkRegion src)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeSetWithShape, (HIMutableShapeRef)dst, (HIShapeRef)src);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect --
*
* Wrapper functions for missing/buggy HIShape API
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
OSStatus
TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect)
{
OSStatus result;
HIShapeRef rgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(inRect);
result = HIShapeDifference(inShape, rgn, inShape);
CFRelease(rgn);
return result;
}
static OSStatus
rectCounter(
int msg,
TCL_UNUSED(HIShapeRef),
const CGRect *rect,
void *ref)
{
int *count = (int *)ref;
(*count)++;
return noErr;
}
static OSStatus
rectPrinter(
int msg,
TCL_UNUSED(HIShapeRef),
const CGRect *rect,
void *ref)
{
if (rect) {
fprintf(stderr, " %s\n", NSStringFromRect(*rect).UTF8String);
}
return noErr;
}
int
TkMacOSXCountRectsInRegion(
HIShapeRef shape)
{
int rect_count = 0;
if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(shape)) {
ChkErr(HIShapeEnumerate, shape,
kHIShapeParseFromBottom|kHIShapeParseFromLeft,
rectCounter, &rect_count);
}
return rect_count;
}
void
TkMacOSXPrintRectsInRegion(
HIShapeRef shape)
{
if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(shape)) {
ChkErr(HIShapeEnumerate, shape,
kHIShapeParseFromBottom|kHIShapeParseFromLeft,
rectPrinter, NULL);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXScale.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the * scale widget. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXScale.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the * scale widget. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkScale.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
Rect bounds;
int part;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
fprintf(stderr,"MacScaleEventProc\n" );
#endif
| | | | < < | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
Rect bounds;
int part;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
fprintf(stderr,"MacScaleEventProc\n" );
#endif
TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow *) macScalePtr->info.tkwin, &bounds);
where.h = eventPtr->xbutton.x + bounds.left;
where.v = eventPtr->xbutton.y + bounds.top;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("calling TestControl");
#endif
part = TestControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, where);
if (part == 0) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkMacOSXScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC. * Copyright © 2018-2019 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
}
#endif
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
}
#endif
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *)clientData;
MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
452 453 454 455 456 457 458 |
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
| | | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC);
}
if (macScrollPtr->copyGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
double dViewSize;
HIRect contrlRect;
| | < | 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 |
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
double dViewSize;
HIRect contrlRect;
short height;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable(macWin);
CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
NSRect frame;
frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
Tk_Height(tkwin));
frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);
contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;
height = contrlRect.size.height - scrollPtr->arrowLength;
/*
* Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
* have been computed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
766 767 768 769 770 771 772 |
*/
static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | | 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 |
*/
static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *)clientData;
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case UnmapNotify:
TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
break;
case ActivateNotify:
case DeactivateNotify:
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
break;
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
case EnterNotify:
case LeaveNotify:
ScrollbarEvent(scrollPtr, eventPtr);
break;
default:
TkScrollbarEventProc(scrollPtr, eventPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the right one. * * Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what with * the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at Scriptics it * may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is offered for the brave * to attempt if they need the functionality... * | | | | | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | * interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the right one. * * Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what with * the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at Scriptics it * may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is offered for the brave * to attempt if they need the functionality... * * Copyright © 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
* application and the display. */
const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the
* interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
* be globally unique. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
Tcl_Interp *interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
| | > | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
* application and the display. */
const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the
* interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
* be globally unique. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
Tcl_Interp *interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
int suffix, result;
int i, offset;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr, *prevPtr;
const char *actualName;
Tcl_DString dString;
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr, *interpNamePtr;
char *interpName;
if (!initialized) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
}
interpName = Tcl_GetString(interpNamePtr);
if (strcmp(actualName, interpName) == 0) {
if (suffix == 1) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
| | | | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
}
interpName = Tcl_GetString(interpNamePtr);
if (strcmp(actualName, interpName) == 0) {
if (suffix == 1) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE);
actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString);
}
suffix++;
snprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "%d", suffix);
i = 0;
} else {
i++;
}
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObjPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
316 317 318 319 320 321 322 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_SendObjCmd( | | < | 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SendObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp we are sending from */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments */
{
const char *const sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL};
char *stringRep, *destName;
/*int async = 0;*/
int i, index, firstArg;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
int result = TCL_OK;
for (i = 1; i < (objc - 1); ) {
stringRep = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (stringRep[0] == '-') {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], sendOptions,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
| | < | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
riPtr = interpListPtr;
while (riPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(riPtr->name, -1));
riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 | * Sets up various data structures and windows. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SendInit( | | < | 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
* Sets up various data structures and windows.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SendInit(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXServices.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXServices.c -- *\ * This file allows the integration of Tk and the Cocoa NSServices API. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXServices.c -- *\ * This file allows the integration of Tk and the Cocoa NSServices API. * * Copyright © 2010-2019 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * Copyright © 2019 Marc Culler. * Copyright © 2010 Adrian Robert. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <tkInt.h> #include <tkMacOSXInt.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
event->proc = ServicesEventProc;
Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
@end
/*
| < | 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
event->proc = ServicesEventProc;
Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
@end
/*
* Instantiate a TkService object and register it with the NSApplication.
* This is called exactly one time from TkpInit.
*/
int
TkMacOSXServices_Init(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXSubwindows.c -- * * Implements subwindows for the macintosh version of Tk. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkMacOSXSubwindows.c -- * * Implements subwindows for the macintosh version of Tk. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
ckfree(macWin->toplevel);
}
ckfree(macWin);
return Success;
}
if (macWin->visRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
macWin->visRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->drawRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
}
macWin->view = nil;
/*
| > > | | | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
ckfree(macWin->toplevel);
}
macWin->winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
ckfree(macWin);
return Success;
}
if (macWin->visRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
macWin->visRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
}
if (macWin->drawRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
}
macWin->view = nil;
macWin->winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
/*
* Delay deletion of a toplevel data structure until all children have
* been deleted.
*/
if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
ckfree(macWin->toplevel);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMapWindow --
*
* This X11 stub maps the given X11 Window but does not update any of
* the Tk structures describing the window. Tk applications should
* never call this directly, but it is called by Tk_MapWindow and
* Tk_WmMapWindow.
*
* Results:
* Always returns Success or BadWindow.
*
* Side effects:
* The subwindow or toplevel may appear on the screen. VisibilityNotify
* events are generated.
*
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
if (!window) {
return BadWindow;
}
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(window);
static Bool initialized = NO;
/*
* Under certain situations it's possible for this function to be called
* before the toplevel window it's associated with has actually been
* mapped. In that case we need to create the real Macintosh window now as
* this function as well as other X functions assume that the portPtr is
* valid.
*/
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(macWin->toplevel->winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
}
| > > | | 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
if (!window) {
return BadWindow;
}
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(window);
static Bool initialized = NO;
NSPoint mouse = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
int x = mouse.x, y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - mouse.y;
/*
* Under certain situations it's possible for this function to be called
* before the toplevel window it's associated with has actually been
* mapped. In that case we need to create the real Macintosh window now as
* this function as well as other X functions assume that the portPtr is
* valid.
*/
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(macWin->toplevel->winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TKContentView *view = [win contentView];
/*
* We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped but we must not
* supply YES here. This is because during Tk initialization the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
if (initialized) {
if ([win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
} else {
[win orderFrontRegardless];
}
}
} else {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
/*
* Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
* the window.
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
if (initialized) {
if ([win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
} else {
[win orderFrontRegardless];
}
}
/*
* Call Tk_UpdatePointer to tell Tk whether the pointer is in the
* new window.
*/
NSPoint viewLocation = [view convertPoint:mouse fromView:nil];
if (NSPointInRect(viewLocation, NSInsetRect([view bounds], 2, 2))) {
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, [NSApp tkButtonState]);
}
} else {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
/*
* Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
* the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(window);
if (!window) {
return BadWindow;
}
| | | > | > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(window);
if (!window) {
return BadWindow;
}
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
[win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
[win orderOut:NSApp];
if ([win isKeyWindow]) {
/*
* If we are unmapping the key window then we need to make sure
* that a new key window is assigned, if possible. This is
* supposed to happen when a key window is ordered out, but as
* noted in tkMacOSXWm.c this does not happen, in spite of
* Apple's claims to the contrary.
*/
for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr;
BOOL isOnScreen;
if (!winPtr2 || !winPtr2->wmInfoPtr) {
continue;
}
wmInfoPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
isOnScreen = (wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != IconicState &&
wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState);
if (w != win && isOnScreen && [w canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[w makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
break;
}
}
}
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)winPtr);
} else {
/*
* Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
* to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed and then
* redraw the window.
*/
if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
| | | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TKWindow *w = (TKWindow *)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
if ([w styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) {
[w tkLayoutChanged];
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
| | | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 |
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
/*
* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
* surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 |
XMoveWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
| | | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 |
XMoveWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
[w setFrameTopLeftPoint: NSMakePoint(
x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y)];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
int
XRaiseWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
| | | 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
int
XRaiseWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
} else {
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
int
XLowerWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
| | | 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
int
XLowerWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)window;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
} else {
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
670 671 672 673 674 675 676 |
Window w, /* Window. */
unsigned int value_mask,
TCL_UNUSED(XWindowChanges *))
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)w;
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
| | | 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
Window w, /* Window. */
unsigned int value_mask,
TCL_UNUSED(XWindowChanges *))
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)w;
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
/*
* Change the shape and/or position of the window.
*/
if (value_mask & (CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight)) {
XMoveResizeWindow(display, w, winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
808 809 810 811 812 813 814 | HIMutableShapeRef rgn; /* * Start with a region defined by the window bounds. */ TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(winPtr, &bounds); | | | 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 | HIMutableShapeRef rgn; /* * Start with a region defined by the window bounds. */ TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(winPtr, &bounds); rgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&bounds); /* * Clip away the area of any windows that may obscure this window. * For a non-toplevel window, first, clip to the parent's visible * clip region. Second, clip away any siblings that are higher in * the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the * container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
}
} else if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
win2Ptr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (win2Ptr) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(win2Ptr);
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
win2Ptr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn, rgn, rgn);
}
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
macWin->aboveVisRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
| > > > > > > > > > | 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 |
}
} else if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
win2Ptr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (win2Ptr) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(win2Ptr);
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
win2Ptr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn, rgn, rgn);
} else if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler != NULL) {
TkRegion r = TkCreateRegion();
HIShapeRef visRgn;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getClipProc((Tk_Window)winPtr, r);
visRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(r);
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect, visRgn, rgn, rgn);
CFRelease(visRgn);
TkDestroyRegion(r);
}
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
macWin->aboveVisRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
} else if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
win2Ptr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (win2Ptr) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(win2Ptr);
}
}
| | | | | | 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 |
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
} else if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
win2Ptr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (win2Ptr) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(win2Ptr);
}
}
macWin->aboveVisRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
}
if (!macWin->visRgn) {
macWin->visRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
}
macWin->flags &= ~TK_CLIP_INVALID;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn --
*
* This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given
* window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned region
* via TkDestroyRegion().
*
* Results:
* The region.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkRegion
TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
}
return (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
InvalViewRect(
int msg,
TCL_UNUSED(HIShapeRef),
const CGRect *rect,
void *ref)
{
static CGAffineTransform t;
| | | 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 |
InvalViewRect(
int msg,
TCL_UNUSED(HIShapeRef),
const CGRect *rect,
void *ref)
{
static CGAffineTransform t;
TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)ref;
NSRect dirtyRect;
if (!view) {
return paramErr;
}
switch (msg) {
case kHIShapeEnumerateInit:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable -- * | | < | | 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable --
*
* This function returns the NSWindow for a given X drawable.
*
* Results:
* A NSWindow, or nil for off screen pixmaps.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void *
TkMacOSXDrawable(
Drawable drawable)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
NSWindow *result = nil;
if (!macWin || macWin->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
result = nil;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable((Drawable)contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable/TkMacOSXGetRootControl --
*
* The function name TkMacOSXGetRootControl is being preserved only
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 |
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable((Drawable)contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort --
*
* This function only exists because it is listed in the stubs table.
* It is useless.
*
* Results:
* NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void *
TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(
TCL_UNUSED(Drawable))
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable/TkMacOSXGetRootControl --
*
* The function name TkMacOSXGetRootControl is being preserved only
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 |
int width, /* Dimensions of pixmap. */
int height,
int depth) /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */
{
MacDrawable *macPix;
if (display != NULL) {
| | | 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 |
int width, /* Dimensions of pixmap. */
int height,
int depth) /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */
{
MacDrawable *macPix;
if (display != NULL) {
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
}
macPix = (MacDrawable *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
macPix->winPtr = NULL;
macPix->xOff = 0;
macPix->yOff = 0;
macPix->visRgn = NULL;
macPix->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to destroy */
{
MacDrawable *macPix = (MacDrawable *)pixmap;
| | < < < < < | 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to destroy */
{
MacDrawable *macPix = (MacDrawable *)pixmap;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (macPix->context) {
CFRelease(macPix->context);
}
ckfree(macPix);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXTest.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXTest.c -- * * Contains commands for platform specific tests for * the Macintosh platform. * | | | | < | < | | | < | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | /* * tkMacOSXTest.c -- * * Contains commands for platform specific tests for * the Macintosh platform. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" /* * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file: */ #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc DebuggerObjCmd; #endif static Tcl_ObjCmdProc PressButtonObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc MoveMouseObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InjectKeyEventObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc MenuBarHeightObjCmd; /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkplatformtestInit -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkplatformtestInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
#endif
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "pressbutton", PressButtonObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "injectkeyevent", InjectKeyEventObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menubarheight", MenuBarHeightObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
| > > > > > > > | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkplatformtestInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
/*
* Set a flag indicating that testing is in progress.
*/
testsAreRunning = 1;
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
#endif
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "pressbutton", PressButtonObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "movemouse", MoveMouseObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "injectkeyevent", InjectKeyEventObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menubarheight", MenuBarHeightObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 | * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 static int DebuggerObjCmd( | | | | | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
static int
DebuggerObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *) /* Not used. */
{
Debugger();
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Not used. */
{
static int height = 0;
if (height == 0) {
height = (int) [[NSApp mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
}
| | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Not used. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Not used. */
{
static int height = 0;
if (height == 0) {
height = (int) [[NSApp mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTestLogDisplay --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
* case when within [NSView drawRect].
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkTestLogDisplay(
Drawable drawable)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
NSWindow *win = nil;
if (macWin->toplevel && macWin->toplevel->winPtr &&
| > | 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
* case when within [NSView drawRect].
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkTestLogDisplay(
Drawable drawable)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)drawable;
NSWindow *win = nil;
if (macWin->toplevel && macWin->toplevel->winPtr &&
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | * * PressButtonObjCmd -- * * This Tcl command simulates a button press at a specific screen * location. It injects NSEvents into the NSApplication event queue, as * opposed to adding events to the Tcl queue as event generate would do. * One application is for testing the grab command. These events have | | < | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
*
* PressButtonObjCmd --
*
* This Tcl command simulates a button press at a specific screen
* location. It injects NSEvents into the NSApplication event queue, as
* opposed to adding events to the Tcl queue as event generate would do.
* One application is for testing the grab command. These events have
* their timestamp property set to 0 as a signal indicating that they
* should not be ignored by [NSApp tkProcessMouseEvent].
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
PressButtonObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
int x = 0, y = 0, i, value;
CGPoint pt;
NSPoint loc;
NSEvent *motion, *press, *release;
NSArray *screens = [NSScreen screens];
CGFloat ScreenHeight = 0;
enum {X=1, Y};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
}
}
pt.x = loc.x = x;
pt.y = y;
loc.y = ScreenHeight - y;
/*
| > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
}
}
pt.x = loc.x = x;
pt.y = y;
loc.y = ScreenHeight - y;
/*
* We set the timestamp to 0 as a signal to tkProcessMouseEvent.
*/
CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
motion = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSMouseMoved
location:loc
modifierFlags:0
timestamp:0
windowNumber:0
context:nil
eventNumber:0
clickCount:1
pressure:0];
[NSApp postEvent:motion atStart:NO];
press = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSLeftMouseDown
location:loc
modifierFlags:0
timestamp:0
windowNumber:0
context:nil
eventNumber:0
clickCount:1
pressure:0];
[NSApp postEvent:press atStart:NO];
release = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSLeftMouseUp
location:loc
modifierFlags:0
timestamp:0
windowNumber:0
context:nil
eventNumber:0
clickCount:1
pressure:0];
[NSApp postEvent:release atStart:NO];
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MoveMouseObjCmd --
*
* This Tcl command simulates a mouse motion to a specific screen
* location. It injects an NSEvent into the NSApplication event queue,
* as opposed to adding events to the Tcl queue as event generate would
* do.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MoveMouseObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
int x = 0, y = 0, i, value;
CGPoint pt;
NSPoint loc;
NSEvent *motion;
NSArray *screens = [NSScreen screens];
CGFloat ScreenHeight = 0;
enum {X=1, Y};
if (screens && [screens count]) {
ScreenHeight = [[screens objectAtIndex:0] frame].size.height;
}
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i],&value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (i) {
case X:
x = value;
break;
case Y:
y = value;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
pt.x = loc.x = x;
pt.y = y;
loc.y = ScreenHeight - y;
/*
* We set the timestamp to 0 as a signal to tkProcessMouseEvent.
*/
CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
motion = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSMouseMoved
location:loc
modifierFlags:0
timestamp:0
windowNumber:0
context:nil
eventNumber:0
clickCount:1
pressure:0];
[NSApp postEvent:motion atStart:NO];
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
InjectKeyEventObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
MacKeycode macKC;
if (objc < 3) {
wrongArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option keysym ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
MacKeycode macKC;
if (objc < 3) {
wrongArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option keysym ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
type = types[index];
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &keysym) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"keysym must be an integer"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEST", "INJECT", "KEYSYM", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
modifierFlags:mods
timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime()
windowNumber:0
context:nil
characters:chars
charactersIgnoringModifiers:unmod
isARepeat:NO
| | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
modifierFlags:mods
timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime()
windowNumber:0
context:nil
characters:chars
charactersIgnoringModifiers:unmod
isARepeat:NO
keyCode:macKC.v.virt];
[NSApp postEvent:keyEvent atStart:NO];
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c -- * * This file defines the routines for both creating and handling Window * Manager class events for Tk. * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c -- * * This file defines the routines for both creating and handling Window * Manager class events for Tk. * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * Copyright © 2015 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" /* #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
| | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
NSString *name = [notification name];
Bool flag = [name isEqualToString:NSWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification];
if (winPtr && flag) {
NSPoint location = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
int x = location.x;
int y = floor(TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - location.y);
/*
* The Tk event target persists when there is no key window but
* gets reset when a new window becomes the key window.
*/
[NSApp setTkEventTarget: winPtr];
/*
* Call Tk_UpdatePointer if the pointer is in the window.
*/
NSView *view = [w contentView];
NSPoint viewLocation = [view convertPoint:location fromView:nil];
if (NSPointInRect(viewLocation, NSInsetRect([view bounds], 2, 2))) {
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, [NSApp tkButtonState]);
}
}
if (winPtr && Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
GenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, flag);
}
}
- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
}
}
- (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
| | | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
}
}
- (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state =
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ? ZoomState : NormalState;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
return proposedSize;
}
- (void) windowEnteredFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
| | > > > | > > > | > | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
return proposedSize;
}
- (void) windowEnteredFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
if (![[notification object] respondsToSelector: @selector (tkLayoutChanged)]) {
return;
}
[(TKWindow *)[notification object] tkLayoutChanged];
}
- (void) windowExitedFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
if (![[notification object] respondsToSelector: @selector (tkLayoutChanged)]) {
return;
}
[(TKWindow *)[notification object] tkLayoutChanged];
}
- (void) windowCollapsed: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState;
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
}
- (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (NSWindow *) w
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), w);
#endif
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
TkGenWMDestroyEvent((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
- (void) windowBecameVisible: (NSNotification *) notification
{
NSWindow *window = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(window);
if (winPtr) {
TKContentView *view = [window contentView];
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < | | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
- (void) windowBecameVisible: (NSNotification *) notification
{
NSWindow *window = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(window);
if (winPtr) {
TKContentView *view = [window contentView];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
[view viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance];
}
#endif
[view addTkDirtyRect:[view bounds]];
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkMacOSXDrawAllViews, NULL);
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkMacOSXDrawAllViews, NULL);
}
}
- (void) windowMapped: (NSNotification *) notification
{
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {}
}
}
- (void) windowLiveResize: (NSNotification *) notification
{
NSString *name = [notification name];
if ([name isEqualToString:NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification]) {
// printf("Starting live resize.\n");
} else if ([name isEqualToString:NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification]) {
[self setTkLiveResizeEnded:YES];
// printf("Ending live resize\n");
}
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
}
- (void) windowUnmapped: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
observe(NSWindowDidResignKeyNotification, windowActivation:);
observe(NSWindowDidMoveNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidResizeNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidDeminiaturizeNotification, windowExpanded:);
observe(NSWindowDidMiniaturizeNotification, windowCollapsed:);
observe(NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification, windowMapped:);
observe(NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification, windowBecameVisible:);
| > > | < < > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > | | 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
observe(NSWindowDidResignKeyNotification, windowActivation:);
observe(NSWindowDidMoveNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidResizeNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidDeminiaturizeNotification, windowExpanded:);
observe(NSWindowDidMiniaturizeNotification, windowCollapsed:);
observe(NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification, windowMapped:);
observe(NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification, windowBecameVisible:);
observe(NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
observe(NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1070
observe(NSWindowDidEnterFullScreenNotification, windowEnteredFullScreen:);
observe(NSWindowDidExitFullScreenNotification, windowExitedFullScreen:);
#endif
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
observe(NSWindowWillMoveNotification, windowDragStart:);
observe(NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification, windowUnmapped:);
#endif
#undef observe
}
@end
/*
* Idle task which forces focus to a particular window.
*/
static void RefocusGrabWindow(void *data) {
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) data;
TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, 1);
}
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)
@implementation TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)
- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
[NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
/*
* When the application is activated with Command-Tab it will create a
* zombie window for every Tk window which has been withdrawn. So iterate
* through the list of windows and order out any withdrawn window.
* If one of the windows is the grab window for its display we focus
* it. This is done as at idle, in case the app was reactivated by
* clicking a different window. In that case we need to wait until the
* mouse event has been processed before focusing the grab window.
*/
for (NSWindow *win in [NSApp windows]) {
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win);
if (!winPtr || !winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
continue;
}
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
[win orderOut:NSApp];
}
if (winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr == winPtr) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RefocusGrabWindow, winPtr);
} else {
[[self keyWindow] orderFront: self];
}
}
}
- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
/*
* To prevent zombie windows on systems with a TouchBar, set the key window
* to nil if the current key window is not visible. This allows a closed
* Help or About window to be deallocated so it will not reappear as a
* zombie when the app is reactivated.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
return NO;
}
- (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
| | | | | 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
return NO;
}
- (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
const char *cmd = ([[notification name] isEqualToString:
NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification] ?
"::tk::mac::OnShow" : "::tk::mac::OnHide");
if (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, cmd, NULL, 0)) {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, code);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) displayChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
(void)notification;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), notification);
#endif
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
if (dispPtr) {
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(dispPtr->display);
}
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWillDrawWidget --
*
* A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it is
* being run inside of the drawRect method. If not, it may be desirable
* for the display procedure to simply clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag
* and return. The widget can be recorded in order to schedule a
* redraw, via an Expose event, from within drawRect.
*
* This is also needed for some tests, especially of the Text widget,
* which record data in a global Tcl variable and assume that display
* procedures will be run in a predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks.
*
* Results:
* True if called from the drawRect method of a TKContentView with
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}
@implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) addTkDirtyRect: (NSRect) rect
{
_tkNeedsDisplay = YES;
_tkDirtyRect = NSUnionRect(_tkDirtyRect, rect);
[NSApp setNeedsToDraw:YES];
}
- (void) clearTkDirtyRect
{
_tkNeedsDisplay = NO;
_tkDirtyRect = NSZeroRect;
[NSApp setNeedsToDraw:NO];
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 |
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}
@implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (id)initWithFrame:(NSRect)frame
{
self = [super initWithFrame:frame];
if (self) {
/*
* The layer must exist before we set wantsLayer to YES.
*/
self.layer = [CALayer layer];
self.wantsLayer = YES;
self.layerContentsRedrawPolicy = NSViewLayerContentsRedrawOnSetNeedsDisplay;
self.layer.contentsGravity = self.layer.contentsAreFlipped ?
kCAGravityTopLeft : kCAGravityBottomLeft;
/*
* Nothing gets drawn at all if the layer does not have a delegate.
* Currently, we do not implement any methods of the delegate, however.
*/
self.layer.delegate = (id) self;
trackingArea = [[NSTrackingArea alloc]
initWithRect:[self bounds]
options:(NSTrackingMouseEnteredAndExited |
NSTrackingMouseMoved |
NSTrackingEnabledDuringMouseDrag |
NSTrackingInVisibleRect |
NSTrackingActiveAlways)
owner:self
userInfo:nil];
[self addTrackingArea:trackingArea];
}
return self;
}
/*
* We will just use drawRect.
*/
- (BOOL) wantsUpdateLayer
{
return NO;
}
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1070
- (void) viewDidChangeBackingProperties
{
/*
* Make sure that the layer uses a contentScale that matches the
* backing scale factor of the screen. This avoids blurry text when
* the view is on a Retina display, as well as incorrect size when
* the view is on a normal display.
*/
self.layer.contentsScale = self.window.screen.backingScaleFactor;
}
#endif
- (void) addTkDirtyRect: (NSRect) rect
{
_tkNeedsDisplay = YES;
_tkDirtyRect = NSUnionRect(_tkDirtyRect, rect);
[NSApp setNeedsToDraw:YES];
[self setNeedsDisplay:YES];
[[self layer] setNeedsDisplay];
}
- (void) clearTkDirtyRect
{
_tkNeedsDisplay = NO;
_tkDirtyRect = NSZeroRect;
[NSApp setNeedsToDraw:NO];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 |
return;
}
NSAppearanceName effectiveAppearanceName = [[self effectiveAppearance] name];
NSUserDefaults *preferences = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
static const char *defaultColor = NULL;
if (effectiveAppearanceName == NSAppearanceNameAqua) {
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 |
return;
}
NSAppearanceName effectiveAppearanceName = [[self effectiveAppearance] name];
NSUserDefaults *preferences = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
static const char *defaultColor = NULL;
if (effectiveAppearanceName == NSAppearanceNameAqua) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(tkwin, "LightAqua", NULL);
} else if (effectiveAppearanceName == NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(tkwin, "DarkAqua", NULL);
}
if (!defaultColor) {
defaultColor = [NSApp macOSVersion] < 110000 ? "Blue" : "Multicolor";
}
NSString *accent = [preferences stringForKey:@"AppleAccentColor"];
NSArray *words = [[preferences stringForKey:@"AppleHighlightColor"]
componentsSeparatedByString: @" "];
NSString *highlight = [words count] > 3 ? [words objectAtIndex:3] : nil;
const char *accentName = accent ? accentNames[1 + accent.intValue] : defaultColor;
const char *highlightName = highlight ? highlight.UTF8String: defaultColor;
char data[256];
snprintf(data, 256, "Appearance %s Accent %s Highlight %s",
effectiveAppearanceName.UTF8String, accentName,
highlightName);
TkSendVirtualEvent(tkwin, "AppearanceChanged", Tcl_NewStringObj(data, -1));
}
- (void)observeValueForKeyPath:(NSString *)keyPath
ofObject:(id)object
change:(NSDictionary *)change
context:(void *)context
{
(void) change;
(void) context;
NSUserDefaults *preferences = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
if (object == preferences && [keyPath isEqualToString:@"AppleHighlightColor"]) {
if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
[self viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance];
}
}
}
#endif
/*
* This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget, but we
* are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
*/
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), sender);
#endif
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
(void)sender;
if (!winPtr){
return;
}
bzero(&event, sizeof(event));
event.virt.type = VirtualEvent;
event.virt.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
event.virt.send_event = false;
event.virt.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
event.virt.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
event.virt.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
event.virt.subwindow = None;
event.virt.time = TkpGetMS();
XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
&event.virt.x_root, &event.virt.y_root, &x, &y, &event.virt.state);
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.virt.x, &event.virt.y);
event.virt.same_screen = true;
event.virt.name = Tk_GetUid("ToolbarButton");
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/*
* On Catalina this is never called and drawRect clips to the rect that
* is passed to it by AppKit.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
*/
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
(void)theEvent;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
| | | 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
*/
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
(void)theEvent;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, sel_getName(_cmd), theEvent);
#endif
}
/*
* When the services menu is opened this is called for each Responder in
* the Responder chain until a service provider is found. The TKContentView
* should be the first (and generally only) Responder in the chain. We
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window manager. * | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window manager. * * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * Copyright © 2017-2019 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" /* * Setting this to 1 prints when each window is freed, setting it to 2 adds * dumps of the autorelease pools, and setting it to 3 also shows each retain * and release. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
| | | 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* The following keeps state for Aqua dock icon bounce notification.
*/
static int tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
}
#else
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};
return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};
return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif
@end
#pragma mark -
@implementation TKPanel: NSPanel
@synthesize tkWindow = _tkWindow;
@end
@implementation TKDrawerWindow: NSWindow
@synthesize tkWindow = _tkWindow;
@end
@implementation TKWindow: NSWindow
| > < | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
}
#else
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};
return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};
return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif
@end
#pragma mark -
@implementation TKPanel: NSPanel
@synthesize tkWindow = _tkWindow;
@end
@implementation TKDrawerWindow: NSWindow
@synthesize tkWindow = _tkWindow;
@end
@implementation TKWindow: NSWindow
@synthesize tkWindow = _tkWindow;
@end
#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)
@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
wmPtr->xInParent = -frameRect.origin.x;
wmPtr->yInParent = frameRect.origin.y + frameRect.size.height;
wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + frameRect.size.width;
wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + frameRect.size.height;
}
}
| | | 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
wmPtr->xInParent = -frameRect.origin.x;
wmPtr->yInParent = frameRect.origin.y + frameRect.size.height;
wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + frameRect.size.width;
wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + frameRect.size.height;
}
}
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101200
- (void)toggleTabBar:(id)sender
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);
if (!winPtr) {
return;
}
[super toggleTabBar:sender];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
742 743 744 745 746 747 748 |
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window)winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 |
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window)winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmMapWindow --
*
* This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets
* a chance to update all window-manager-related information in
* properties before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
* properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
* window after all.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
| | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmUnmapWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
938 939 940 941 942 943 944 |
*/
void
TkWmUnmapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* unmapped. */
{
| > > > | | | | | | | | < < | > | 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 |
*/
void
TkWmUnmapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* unmapped. */
{
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
if ((winPtr->window != None)
&& (XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window) == Success)) {
XEvent event;
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmDeadWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 |
while (wmPtr->transientPtr != NULL) {
Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
wmPtr->transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree(transientPtr);
}
/*
* Unregister the NSWindow and remove all references to it from the Tk
* data structures. If the NSWindow is a child, disassociate it from
* the parent. Then close and release the NSWindow.
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
while (wmPtr->transientPtr != NULL) {
Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
wmPtr->transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree(transientPtr);
}
deadNSWindow = (TKWindow *)wmPtr->window;
/*
* Remove references to the Tk window from the mouse event processing
* state which is recorded in the NSApplication object.
*/
if (winPtr == [NSApp tkPointerWindow]) {
NSWindow *w;
NSPoint mouse = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
[NSApp setTkPointerWindow:nil];
for (w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
if (w == deadNSWindow) {
continue;
}
if (NSPointInRect(mouse, [w frame])) {
TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
int x = mouse.x, y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - mouse.y;
[NSApp setTkPointerWindow:winPtr2];
Tk_UpdatePointer((Tk_Window) winPtr2, x, y,
[NSApp tkButtonState]);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Unregister the NSWindow and remove all references to it from the Tk
* data structures. If the NSWindow is a child, disassociate it from
* the parent. Then close and release the NSWindow.
*/
if (deadNSWindow && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
NSWindow *parent = [deadNSWindow parentWindow];
[deadNSWindow setTkWindow:None];
if (winPtr->window) {
((MacDrawable *)winPtr->window)->view = nil;
}
wmPtr->window = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
* there is no choice for a new key window. Moreover, if the host
* computer has a TouchBar then the TouchBar holds a reference to the
* key window which prevents it from being deallocated until it stops
* being the key window. On these systems the only option for
* preventing zombies is to set the key window to nil.
*/
for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
BOOL isOnScreen;
if (!winPtr2 || !winPtr2->wmInfoPtr) {
continue;
}
wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
isOnScreen = (wmPtr2->hints.initial_state != IconicState &&
wmPtr2->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState);
if (w != deadNSWindow && isOnScreen && [w canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[w makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
break;
}
}
/*
* Prevent zombies on systems with a TouchBar.
*/
if (deadNSWindow == [NSApp keyWindow]) {
[NSApp _setKeyWindow:nil];
[NSApp _setMainWindow:nil];
}
[deadNSWindow close];
[deadNSWindow release];
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
* there is no choice for a new key window. Moreover, if the host
* computer has a TouchBar then the TouchBar holds a reference to the
* key window which prevents it from being deallocated until it stops
* being the key window. On these systems the only option for
* preventing zombies is to set the key window to nil.
*/
/*
* Fix bug 5692042764:
* set tkEventTarget to NULL when there is no window to send Tk events to.
*/
TkWindow *newTkEventTarget = NULL;
for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
BOOL isOnScreen;
if (!winPtr2 || !winPtr2->wmInfoPtr) {
continue;
}
wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
isOnScreen = (wmPtr2->hints.initial_state != IconicState &&
wmPtr2->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState);
if (w != deadNSWindow && isOnScreen && [w canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[w makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
newTkEventTarget = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
break;
}
}
[NSApp setTkEventTarget:newTkEventTarget];
/*
* Prevent zombies on systems with a TouchBar.
*/
if (deadNSWindow == [NSApp keyWindow]) {
[NSApp _setKeyWindow:nil];
[NSApp _setMainWindow:nil];
}
[deadNSWindow close];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
NSUserDefaults *preferences = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
[preferences removeObserver:deadNSWindow.contentView
forKeyPath:@"AppleHighlightColor"];
#endif
[deadNSWindow release];
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1
fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 | WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW }; | | > | | | | 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW,
WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
int index;
int length;
char *argv1;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 3)) {
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmTracing));
return TCL_OK;
}
return Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing);
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
&& (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName,
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 |
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
| | | | | | 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 |
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 |
break;
}
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean != (([macWindow styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) != 0)) {
| | | | | 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 |
break;
}
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean != (([macWindow styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) != 0)) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1070
[macWindow toggleFullScreen:macWindow];
#else
TKLog(@"The fullscreen attribute is ignored on this system.");
#endif
}
break;
case WMATT_MODIFIED:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean != [macWindow isDocumentEdited]) {
[macWindow setDocumentEdited:(BOOL)boolean];
}
break;
case WMATT_NOTIFY:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean == !tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal) {
static NSInteger request = -1;
if (request >= 0) {
[NSApp cancelUserAttentionRequest:request];
request = -1;
}
if (boolean) {
request = [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
}
tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = boolean;
}
break;
case WMATT_TITLEPATH: {
const char *path = (const char *)Tcl_FSGetNativePath(value);
NSString *filename = @"";
if (path && *path) {
filename = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:path];
}
[macWindow setRepresentedFilename:filename];
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 |
case WMATT_ALPHA:
result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
break;
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([macWindow styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask);
break;
case WMATT_MODIFIED:
| | | | | | 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 |
case WMATT_ALPHA:
result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
break;
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([macWindow styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask);
break;
case WMATT_MODIFIED:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([macWindow isDocumentEdited]);
break;
case WMATT_NOTIFY:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal);
break;
case WMATT_TITLEPATH:
result = Tcl_NewStringObj([[macWindow representedFilename] UTF8String],
-1);
break;
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST);
break;
case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT);
break;
case WMATT_TYPE:
result = Tcl_NewStringObj("unsupported", -1);
break;
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
default:
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAttributesCmd( | | | 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAttributesCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int attribute = 0;
NSWindow *macWindow;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 |
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewObj();
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
| | | | | 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 |
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewObj();
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, (WmAttribute)attribute));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
} else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, (WmAttribute)attribute));
} else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */
int i;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, interp, (WmAttribute)attribute, objv[i+1])
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2;
| | > | | 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2;
int i, windowObjc;
int gotToplevel = 0;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr);
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
break;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window)wmPtr->cmapList[i]));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 |
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
}
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
/*
| | | 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 |
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
}
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
/*
* On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
* we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 |
((transientPtr->flags & WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER) != 0)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, NormalState);
transientPtr->flags &= ~WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER;
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
| > > | 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 |
((transientPtr->flags & WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER) != 0)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, NormalState);
transientPtr->flags &= ~WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER;
}
}
}
[[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkMacOSXDrawAllViews, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
| | | 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 |
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
| | | | | | | 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 |
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
*/
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 |
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr, TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window), interp,
| | > > | | | | | | < | 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 |
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr);
}
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr, TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window), interp,
WMATT_TITLEPATH, objv[3]) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!len) {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
}
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
} else {
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window)winPtr, Tk_GetUid(str));
if (pixmap == None) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 |
} else if (wmPtr->container != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 |
} else if (wmPtr->container != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: it is an embedded window",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
if (wmPtr->icon) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Image tk_icon;
| | < | 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Image tk_icon;
int width, height;
NSImage *newIcon = NULL;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse args.
*/
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
| | | | 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
| | | 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(oldIcon->window); /* * The old icon should be withdrawn. */ TkpWmSetState(oldIcon, WithdrawnState); | | | 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 |
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(oldIcon->window);
/*
* The old icon should be withdrawn.
*/
TkpWmSetState(oldIcon, WithdrawnState);
[win orderOut:NSApp];
[win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmManageCmd( | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmManageCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of arguments. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *)winPtr->window;
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a"
" frame, labelframe or toplevel",
Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Draw the managed widget at the top left corner of its toplevel.
* See [4a40c6cace].
*/
if (macWin) {
winPtr->changes.x -= macWin->xOff;
winPtr->changes.y -= macWin->yOff;
XMoveWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, 0, 0);
}
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr);
macWin = (MacDrawable *)winPtr->window;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMaxSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
| | | | 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMaxSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMinSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
| | | | 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMinSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
| | | 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window)winPtr)->override_redirect));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &flag) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
atts.override_redirect = flag ? True : False;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
| < | < | | 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 |
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows != NULL) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
| | | 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 |
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows != NULL) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window)*windowPtr));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
ckfree(windows);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
| | | 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't change state of %s: it is an embedded window",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 |
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window container;
TkWindow *containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
Transient *transient;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
| | > | 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 |
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window container;
TkWindow *containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
Transient *transient;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->container != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(wmPtr->container), -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
RemoveTransient(winPtr);
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &container) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
RemoveTransient(winPtr);
containerPtr = (TkWindow*) container;
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(containerPtr)) {
/*
* Ensure that the container window is actually a Tk toplevel.
*/
containerPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 |
/*
* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here.
*/
if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | | 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 |
/*
* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here.
*/
if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (w = containerPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->container) {
if (w == winPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
Tk_PathName(containerPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
| | < | 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) == PBaseSize)) {
return;
}
/*
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel units
* and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the new
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
| | | 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 |
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
| | | 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 |
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 |
*/
static void
TopLevelEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
| | | 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 |
*/
static void
TopLevelEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
/*
* A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
* manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
| | | 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y, width, height, min, max;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 |
x += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
y += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
break;
}
otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (otherPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
/*
* The container window is in the same application. Query its
* coordinates.
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 |
x += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
y += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
break;
}
otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (otherPtr == NULL) {
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc != NULL) {
Point theOffset;
/*
* We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y for a
* non-Tk container window be kept up to date. So we
* first subtract off the possibly bogus values that have
* been added on at the top of this pass through the
* loop, and then call out to the getOffsetProc to give
* us the correct offset.
*/
x -= winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
y -= winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc((Tk_Window)winPtr,
&theOffset);
x += theOffset.h;
y += theOffset.v;
}
break;
}
/*
* The container window is in the same application. Query its
* coordinates.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 |
int *newX, int *newY) /* Coordinates of point in the upperMost child
* of tkWin containing (rootX,rootY) */
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far
* that contains point. */
int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */
| < < | 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 |
int *newX, int *newY) /* Coordinates of point in the upperMost child
* of tkWin containing (rootX,rootY) */
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far
* that contains point. */
int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */
winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
x = rootX;
y = rootY;
while (1) {
nextPtr = NULL;
/*
* Container windows cannot have children. So if it is a container,
* look there, otherwise inspect the children.
*/
if (Tk_IsContainer(winPtr)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 |
ckfree(oldPtr);
}
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
/*
| | | 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 |
ckfree(oldPtr);
}
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
/*
* On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
* we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 |
TkWindow *winPtr,
Tk_Uid titleUid)
{
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
return;
}
| | | 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 |
TkWindow *winPtr,
Tk_Uid titleUid)
{
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
return;
}
NSString *title = [[TKNSString alloc] initWithTclUtfBytes:titleUid length:-1];
[TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window) setTitle:title];
[title release];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 |
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(
void *w)
{
Window window = None;
| < | > | > > > | 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 |
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(
void *w)
{
Window window = None;
if ([(NSWindow *)w respondsToSelector: @selector (tkWindow)]) {
window = [(TKWindow *)w tkWindow];
}
if (window) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
return Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, window);
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 |
*/
int
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(
void *whichWindow, /* The Macintosh window to zoom. */
short zoomPart) /* Either inZoomIn or inZoomOut */
{
| | | | 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 |
*/
int
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(
void *whichWindow, /* The Macintosh window to zoom. */
short zoomPart) /* Either inZoomIn or inZoomOut */
{
NSWindow *window = (NSWindow *)whichWindow;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(window);
WmInfo *wmPtr;
if (!winPtr || !winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
return false;
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) &&
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 |
{
static const char *const subcmds[] = {
"style", "tabbingid", "appearance", "isdark", NULL
};
enum SubCmds {
TKMWS_STYLE, TKMWS_TABID, TKMWS_APPEARANCE, TKMWS_ISDARK
};
| | | 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 |
{
static const char *const subcmds[] = {
"style", "tabbingid", "appearance", "isdark", NULL
};
enum SubCmds {
TKMWS_STYLE, TKMWS_TABID, TKMWS_APPEARANCE, TKMWS_ISDARK
};
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr;
int index;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 |
{ "canJoinAllSpaces", tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute },
{ "moveToActiveSpace", tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute },
{ "nonActivating", tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute },
{ "hud", tkHUDWindowAttribute },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
| | > | 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 |
{ "canJoinAllSpaces", tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute },
{ "moveToActiveSpace", tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute },
{ "nonActivating", tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute },
{ "hud", tkHUDWindowAttribute },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
int index;
int i;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *attributeList, *newResult = NULL;
UInt64 attributes;
for (i = 0; classMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 |
static int
WmWinTabbingId(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | > > > > > > | 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 |
static int
WmWinTabbingId(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101200
(void) interp;
(void) winPtr;
(void) objc;
(void) objv;
return TCL_OK;
#else
Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;
NSString *idString;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window);
if (win) {
idString = win.tabbingIdentifier;
result = Tcl_NewStringObj(idString.UTF8String, [idString length]);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 |
&& [win tab]
#endif
) {
[win moveTabToNewWindow:nil];
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| < > | | 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 |
&& [win tab]
#endif
) {
[win moveTabToNewWindow:nil];
}
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
#endif
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmWinAppearance --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the
* "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance" subcommand. The command
* allows you to get or set the appearance for the NSWindow associated
* with a Tk Window. The syntax is:
*
* tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance window ?newAppearance?
*
* Allowed appearance names are "aqua", "darkaqua", and "auto".
*
* Results:
* Returns the appearance setting of the window prior to calling this
* function.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 |
static int
WmWinAppearance(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | > > > > > > | 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 |
static int
WmWinAppearance(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= 1090
(void) interp;
(void) winPtr;
(void) objc;
(void) objv;
return TCL_OK;
#else
static const char *const appearanceStrings[] = {
"aqua", "darkaqua", "auto", NULL
};
enum appearances {
APPEARANCE_AQUA, APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA, APPEARANCE_AUTO
};
Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 |
if (result == NULL) {
NSLog(@"Failed to read appearance name; try calling update idletasks before getting/setting the appearance of the window.");
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc == 4) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], appearanceStrings,
| | | | < < | 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 |
if (result == NULL) {
NSLog(@"Failed to read appearance name; try calling update idletasks before getting/setting the appearance of the window.");
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc == 4) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], appearanceStrings,
sizeof(char *), "appearancename", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum appearances) index) {
case APPEARANCE_AQUA:
win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:
NSAppearanceNameAqua];
break;
case APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA:
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:
NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua];
}
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
break;
default:
win.appearance = nil;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
#endif
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 |
if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
contWinPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr);
macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
return;
}
| > | > > > > > > | 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 |
if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
contWinPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr);
macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
return;
}
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist could not find container");
}
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc &&
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc((Tk_Window)winPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic("ContainerExistProc could not make container");
}
return;
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 |
TKWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect
styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES];
if (!window) {
Tcl_Panic("couldn't allocate new Mac window");
}
TKContentView *contentView = [[TKContentView alloc]
initWithFrame:NSZeroRect];
[window setContentView:contentView];
[contentView release];
[window setDelegate:NSApp];
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 |
TKWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect
styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES];
if (!window) {
Tcl_Panic("couldn't allocate new Mac window");
}
TKContentView *contentView = [[TKContentView alloc]
initWithFrame:NSZeroRect];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
NSUserDefaults *preferences = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
/*
* AppKit calls the viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance method when the
* user changes the Accent Color but not when the user changes the
* Highlight Color. So we register to receive KVO notifications for
* Highlight Color as well.
*/
[preferences addObserver:contentView
forKeyPath:@"AppleHighlightColor"
options:NSKeyValueObservingOptionNew
context:NULL];
#endif
[window setContentView:contentView];
[contentView release];
[window setDelegate:NSApp];
[window setAcceptsMouseMovedEvents:NO];
[window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
[(TKPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
}
if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
!(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 |
if (overrideRedirect) {
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
atts.override_redirect = True;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window)winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
ApplyContainerOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpRedrawWidget --
*
| > | 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 |
if (overrideRedirect) {
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
atts.override_redirect = True;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window)winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
ApplyContainerOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
}
[window display];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpRedrawWidget --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 |
if (w) {
TKContentView *view = [w contentView];
TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &tkBounds);
bounds = NSMakeRect(tkBounds.left,
[view bounds].size.height - tkBounds.bottom,
tkBounds.right - tkBounds.left,
tkBounds.bottom - tkBounds.top);
| < | | 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 |
if (w) {
TKContentView *view = [w contentView];
TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &tkBounds);
bounds = NSMakeRect(tkBounds.left,
[view bounds].size.height - tkBounds.bottom,
tkBounds.right - tkBounds.left,
tkBounds.bottom - tkBounds.top);
[view addTkDirtyRect:bounds];
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 |
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
macWin = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window);
if (state == WithdrawnState) {
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
} else if (state == IconicState) {
/*
* The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the icon version of
* the window we also collapse it.
*/
if (macWin && ([macWin styleMask] & NSMiniaturizableWindowMask) &&
![macWin isMiniaturized]) {
[macWin miniaturize:NSApp];
}
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
} else if (state == NormalState || state == ZoomState) {
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
[macWin deminiaturize:NSApp];
[macWin orderFront:NSApp];
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(macWin, state == NormalState ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut);
}
/*
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 |
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
macWin = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(winPtr->window);
/*
* Make sure windows are updated before the state change. As an exception,
* do not process idle tasks before withdrawing a window. The purpose of
* this is to support the common paradigm of immediately withdrawing the
* root window. Processing idle tasks before changing the state causes the
* root to briefly flash on the screen, which users of this paradigm find
* annoying. Not processing the events does not guarantee that the window
* will not appear but makes it more likely.
*/
if (state != WithdrawnState) {
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {};
}
if (state == WithdrawnState) {
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
} else if (state == IconicState) {
/*
* The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the icon version of
* the window we also collapse it.
*/
if (macWin && ([macWin styleMask] & NSMiniaturizableWindowMask) &&
![macWin isMiniaturized]) {
[macWin miniaturize:NSApp];
}
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
} else if (state == NormalState || state == ZoomState) {
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr);
[macWin deminiaturize:NSApp];
[macWin orderFront:NSApp];
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(macWin, state == NormalState ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut);
}
/*
* Make sure windows are updated after the state change too.
*/
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)){}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 |
TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
if (force) {
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
if (win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
}
}
/*
* Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
* server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
* so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the
| > | 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 |
TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
if (force) {
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
if (win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
[NSApp setTkEventTarget:TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win)];
}
}
/*
* Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
* server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
* so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 |
windows = windowPtr = (TkWindow **)ckalloc((windowCount + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
if (windows != NULL) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
for (NSWindow *w in backToFront) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char*) w);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
| | | 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 |
windows = windowPtr = (TkWindow **)ckalloc((windowCount + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
if (windows != NULL) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
for (NSWindow *w in backToFront) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char*) w);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
*windowPtr++ = childWinPtr;
}
}
*windowPtr = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
}
return windows;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 |
}
if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowMiniaturizeButton]
setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowResizableAttribute |
kWindowFullZoomAttribute)) || initial) {
| < < | 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 |
}
if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowMiniaturizeButton]
setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowResizableAttribute |
kWindowFullZoomAttribute)) || initial) {
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowZoomButton]
setEnabled:(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) &&
(newAttributes & kWindowFullZoomAttribute)];
if (newAttributes & kWindowHorizontalZoomAttribute) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE);
} else {
wmPtr->flags |= (WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 | * The default max size has height less than the screen * height. This causes the window manager to refuse to * allow the window to be resized when it is a split * window. To work around this we make the max size equal * to the screen size. (For 10.11 and up, only) */ | | | 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 |
* The default max size has height less than the screen
* height. This causes the window manager to refuse to
* allow the window to be resized when it is a split
* window. To work around this we make the max size equal
* to the screen size. (For 10.11 and up, only)
*/
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] >= 101100) {
NSSize screenSize = [[macWindow screen] frame].size;
[macWindow setMaxFullScreenContentSize:screenSize];
}
}
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 | title = winPtr->nameUid; } [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask]; [macWindow setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:title]]; [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO]; wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST; } | | | 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 |
title = winPtr->nameUid;
}
[macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask];
[macWindow setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:title]];
[macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
}
if (wmPtr->container != NULL) {
TkWindow *containerWinPtr = (TkWindow *)wmPtr->container;
if (containerWinPtr && (containerWinPtr->window != None)
&& TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(containerWinPtr)) {
NSWindow *containerMacWin = TkMacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(
containerWinPtr->window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of
* the window. */
int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height
* of the window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
| | | 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of
* the window. */
int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height
* of the window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
NSRect *maxBounds = (NSRect*)(ScreenOfDisplay(winPtr->display, 0)->ext_data);
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
} else {
int maxWidth = maxBounds->size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific window manager structures. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific window manager structures. * * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACWM #define _TKMACWM |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
typedef struct Transient {
TkWindow *winPtr;
int flags;
struct Transient *nextPtr;
} Transient;
#define WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER 0x1
/*
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
* information for each top-level window in an application.
*/
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
| > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
typedef struct Transient {
TkWindow *winPtr;
int flags;
struct Transient *nextPtr;
} Transient;
#define WITHDRAWN_BY_CONTAINER 0x1
#define WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER 0x1
/*
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
* information for each top-level window in an application.
*/
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXCursors.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkMacOSXXCursors.h -- * * This file defines a set of Macintosh cursors that * emulate the X cursor set. All of these cursors were * constructed and donated by Grant Neufeld. (gneufeld@ccs.carleton.ca) * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
/*
* tkMacOSXXCursors.h --
*
* This file defines a set of Macintosh cursors that
* emulate the X cursor set. All of these cursors were
* constructed and donated by Grant Neufeld. (gneufeld@ccs.carleton.ca)
*
* Copyright © 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc.
* Copyright © 2008-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
static const unsigned char tkMacOSXXCursors[][68] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkMacOSXXStubs.c -- * * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these * calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or * their implementation just doesn't do anything. Other calls will * eventually be moved into other files. * | | | | | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | /* * tkMacOSXXStubs.c -- * * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these * calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or * their implementation just doesn't do anything. Other calls will * eventually be moved into other files. * * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2014 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h> #include <IOKit/hidsystem/IOHIDShared.h> /* * Because this file is still under major development Debugger statements are * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(
Display *display)
{
Screen *screen;
NSArray *nsScreens;
| | | | | | | | | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(
Display *display)
{
Screen *screen;
NSArray *nsScreens;
if (display == NULL || (((_XPrivDisplay)(display))->screens) == NULL) {
return;
}
screen = (((_XPrivDisplay)(display))->screens);
nsScreens = [NSScreen screens];
if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) {
NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0];
NSRect bounds = [s frame];
NSRect maxBounds = NSZeroRect;
DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) = NSBitsPerPixelFromDepth([s depth]);
WidthOfScreen(screen) = bounds.size.width;
HeightOfScreen(screen) = bounds.size.height;
WidthMMOfScreen(screen) = (bounds.size.width * 254 + 360) / 720;
HeightMMOfScreen(screen) = (bounds.size.height * 254 + 360) / 720;
for (s in nsScreens) {
maxBounds = NSUnionRect(maxBounds, [s visibleFrame]);
}
*((NSRect *)screen->ext_data) = maxBounds;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
}
return 0.0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | > | > > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
}
return 0.0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpOpenDisplay --
*
* Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
* information.
*
* Results:
* Returns a Display structure on success or NULL on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a new Display structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkDisplay *
TkpOpenDisplay(
const char *display_name)
{
Display *display;
Screen *screen;
int fd = 0;
static NSRect maxBounds = {{0, 0}, {0, 0}};
static char vendor[25] = "";
NSArray *cgVers;
if (gMacDisplay != NULL) {
if (strcmp(DisplayString(gMacDisplay->display), display_name) == 0) {
return gMacDisplay;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
display = (Display *)ckalloc(sizeof(Display));
screen = (Screen *)ckalloc(sizeof(Screen));
bzero(display, sizeof(Display));
bzero(screen, sizeof(Screen));
display->resource_alloc = MacXIdAlloc;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display) = 0;
display->qlen = 0;
display->fd = fd;
display->screens = screen;
display->nscreens = 1;
display->default_screen = 0;
display->display_name = (char *) macScreenName;
cgVers = [[[NSBundle bundleWithIdentifier:@"com.apple.CoreGraphics"]
objectForInfoDictionaryKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]
componentsSeparatedByString:@"."];
if ([cgVers count] >= 2) {
display->proto_major_version = [[cgVers objectAtIndex:1] integerValue];
}
if ([cgVers count] >= 3) {
display->proto_minor_version = [[cgVers objectAtIndex:2] integerValue];
}
if (!vendor[0]) {
snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
NSAppKitVersionNumber);
}
display->vendor = vendor;
{
int major, minor, patch;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
major = (int)systemVersion.majorVersion;
minor = (int)systemVersion.minorVersion;
patch = (int)systemVersion.patchVersion;
#endif
display->release = major << 16 | minor << 8 | patch;
}
/*
* These screen bits never change
*/
RootWindowOfScreen(screen) = ROOT_ID;
DisplayOfScreen(screen) = display;
BlackPixelOfScreen(screen) = 0x00000000;
WhitePixelOfScreen(screen) = 0x00FFFFFF;
screen->ext_data = (XExtData *) &maxBounds;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen) = (Visual *)ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->visualid = 0;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = TrueColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->bits_per_rgb = 24;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 256;
/*
* Initialize screen bits that may change
*/
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
/*
* Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
*/
TkpInitKeymapInfo(gMacDisplay);
return gMacDisplay;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
/*
* Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
*/
TkpInitKeymapInfo(gMacDisplay);
return gMacDisplay;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCloseDisplay --
*
* Deallocates a display structure created by TkpOpenDisplay.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
325 326 327 328 329 330 331 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *displayPtr)
{
| | | | | 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *displayPtr)
{
_XPrivDisplay display = (_XPrivDisplay)displayPtr->display;
if (gMacDisplay != displayPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on bad display");
}
gMacDisplay = NULL;
if (display->screens != NULL) {
if (DefaultVisualOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)) != NULL) {
ckfree(DefaultVisualOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)));
}
ckfree(display->screens);
}
ckfree(display);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
}
char *
XGetAtomName(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(Atom))
{
| | | | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
}
char *
XGetAtomName(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(Atom))
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return NULL;
}
XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
TCL_UNUSED(XErrorHandler))
{
return DefaultErrorHandler;
}
Window
XRootWindow(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return ROOT_ID;
}
int
XGetGeometry(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
Window *root_return,
int *x_return,
int *y_return,
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
unsigned int *border_width_return,
unsigned int *depth_return)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = ((MacDrawable *)d)->winPtr;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
*root_return = ROOT_ID;
if (winPtr) {
*x_return = Tk_X(winPtr);
*y_return = Tk_Y(winPtr);
*width_return = Tk_Width(winPtr);
*height_return = Tk_Height(winPtr);
*border_width_return = winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
NSBeep();
return Success;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 |
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
NSBeep();
return Success;
}
GContext
XGContextFromGC(
TCL_UNUSED(GC))
{
/*
* TODO: currently a no-op
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
595 596 597 598 599 600 601 |
XClearWindow(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Window))
{
return Success;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
XClearWindow(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Window))
{
return Success;
}
int
XWarpPointer(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Window),
TCL_UNUSED(Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
g = (p & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
b = (p & 0x000000FF);
d->red = (r << 8) | r;
d->green = (g << 8) | g;
d->blue = (b << 8) | b;
d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
d->pad = 0;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
g = (p & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
b = (p & 0x000000FF);
d->red = (r << 8) | r;
d->green = (g << 8) | g;
d->blue = (b << 8) | b;
d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
d->pad = 0;
return Success;
}
int
XQueryColors(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Colormap),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
TCL_UNUSED(Atom),
Atom *actual_type_return,
int *actual_format_return,
unsigned long *nitems_return,
unsigned long *bytes_after_return,
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned char **))
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < > | > | | > > | < > > > > > > > > | < < > > > > < < < > | | < < < | | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 |
TCL_UNUSED(Atom),
Atom *actual_type_return,
int *actual_format_return,
unsigned long *nitems_return,
unsigned long *bytes_after_return,
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned char **))
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
*actual_type_return = None;
*actual_format_return = *bytes_after_return = 0;
*nitems_return = 0;
return 0;
}
int
XRefreshKeyboardMapping(
TCL_UNUSED(XMappingEvent *))
{
/* used by tkXEvent.c */
Debugger();
return Success;
}
int
XSetIconName(
Display* display,
TCL_UNUSED(Window),
TCL_UNUSED(const char *))
{
/*
* This is a no-op, no icon name for Macs.
*/
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return Success;
}
int
XForceScreenSaver(
Display* display,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
/*
* This function is just a no-op. It is defined to reset the screen saver.
* However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
* is!
*/
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return Success;
}
void
Tk_FreeXId(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(XID))
{
/* no-op function needed for stubs implementation. */
}
int
XSync(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(Bool))
{
/*
* The main use of XSync is by the update command, which alternates
* between running an event loop to process all events without waiting and
* calling XSync on all displays until no events are left. On X11 the
* call to XSync might cause the window manager to generate more events
* which would then get processed. Apparently this process stabilizes on
* X11, leaving the window manager in a state where all events have been
* generated and no additional events can be genereated by updating widgets.
*
* It is not clear what the Aqua port should do when XSync is called, but
* currently the best option seems to be to do nothing. (See ticket
* [da5f2266df].)
*/
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetServerInfo --
*
* Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window
* server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 |
XIC
XCreateIC(TCL_UNUSED(XIM), ...)
{
Debugger();
return (XIC) 0;
}
| < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < > | > < < < < < < < | | > > | | 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
XIC
XCreateIC(TCL_UNUSED(XIM), ...)
{
Debugger();
return (XIC) 0;
}
#undef XVisualIDFromVisual
VisualID
XVisualIDFromVisual(
Visual *visual)
{
return visual->visualid;
}
#undef XSynchronize
XAfterFunction
XSynchronize(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(Bool))
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return NULL;
}
#undef XUngrabServer
int
XUngrabServer(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
return 0;
}
#undef XNoOp
int
XNoOp(
Display *display)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return 0;
}
#undef XGrabServer
int
XGrabServer(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
return 0;
}
#undef XFree
int
XFree(
void *data)
{
if ((data) != NULL) {
ckfree(data);
}
return 0;
}
#undef XFlush
int
XFlush(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * ttkMacOSXTheme.c -- * * Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API. * | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * ttkMacOSXTheme.c -- * * Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API. * * Copyright © 2004 Joe English * Copyright © 2005 Neil Madden * Copyright © 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright © 2008-2009 Apple Inc. * Copyright © 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * Copyright © 2019 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * See also: * * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | * * The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the top-level * window, not to the Tk_Window. BoxToRect() accounts for this. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" | < | | | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
*
* The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the top-level
* window, not to the Tk_Window. BoxToRect() accounts for this.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
/*
* Macros for handling drawing contexts.
*/
#define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) { \
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; \
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((d), NULL, &dc)) { \
return; \
} \
#define END_DRAWING \
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);}
#define HIOrientation kHIThemeOrientationNormal
#define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF
#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */
#define TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB TTK_STATE_USER2
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW TTK_STATE_USER1
/*
* Colors and gradients used in Dark Mode.
*/
static CGFloat darkButtonFace[4] = {
90.0 / 255, 86.0 / 255, 95.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkPressedButtonFace[4] = {
114.0 / 255, 110.0 / 255, 118.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkPressedBevelFace[4] = {
135.0 / 255, 136.0 / 255, 138.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkSelectedBevelFace[4] = {
162.0 / 255, 163.0 / 255, 165.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkDisabledButtonFace[4] = {
86.0 / 255, 87.0 / 255, 89.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkInactiveSelectedTab[4] = {
159.0 / 255, 160.0 / 255, 161.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkSelectedTab[4] = {
97.0 / 255, 94.0 / 255, 102.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkTab[4] = {
44.0 / 255, 41.0 / 255, 50.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRing[4] = {
38.0 / 255, 113.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRingTop[4] = {
50.0 / 255, 124.0 / 255, 171.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRingBottom[4] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | * and never need the CGColor property on older systems, so we can use this * CGCOLOR macro, which evaluates to NULL without raising compiler warnings. * Similarly, we never draw rounded rectangles on older systems which did not * have CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect, so we just redefine it to return NULL. */ #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1080 | | | | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
* and never need the CGColor property on older systems, so we can use this
* CGCOLOR macro, which evaluates to NULL without raising compiler warnings.
* Similarly, we never draw rounded rectangles on older systems which did not
* have CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect, so we just redefine it to return NULL.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1080
#define CGCOLOR(nscolor) (nscolor).CGColor
#else
#define CGCOLOR(nscolor) (0 ? (CGColorRef) (nscolor) : NULL)
#define CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(w, x, y, z) NULL
#endif
/*
* If we try to draw a rounded rectangle with too large of a radius
* CoreGraphics will raise a fatal exception. This macro returns if
* the width or height is less than twice the radius. Presumably this
* only happens when a widget has not yet been configured and has size
* 1x1.
*/
#define CHECK_RADIUS(radius, bounds) \
if ((radius) > (bounds).size.width / 2 || (radius) > (bounds).size.height / 2) { \
return; \
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utilities.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | * * Support for contrasting background colors when GroupBoxes or Tabbed * panes are nested inside each other. Early versions of macOS used ridged * borders, so do not need contrasting backgrounds. */ /* | | | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
*
* Support for contrasting background colors when GroupBoxes or Tabbed
* panes are nested inside each other. Early versions of macOS used ridged
* borders, so do not need contrasting backgrounds.
*/
/*
* For systems older than 10.14, [NSColor windowBackgroundColor] generates
* garbage when called from this function. In 10.14 it works correctly, and
* must be used in order to have a background color which responds to Dark
* Mode. So we use this hard-wired RGBA color on the older systems which don't
* support Dark Mode anyway.
*/
static const CGFloat WINDOWBACKGROUND[4] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
317 318 319 320 321 322 323 |
const CGFloat *rgba)
{
CGFloat x, y;
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
| | | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
const CGFloat *rgba)
{
CGFloat x, y;
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2) + 1;
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGPoint arrow[3] = {
{x, y - size / 4}, {x + size / 2, y + size / 4},
{x + size, y - size / 4}
};
CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
714 715 716 717 718 719 720 |
/*
* Fill the button face with the appropriate color.
*/
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
if (kind == kThemePushButton && (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED)) {
| > | > > > > > > | 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
/*
* Fill the button face with the appropriate color.
*/
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
if (kind == kThemePushButton && (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED)) {
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 120000) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
pressedPushButtonGradient, 2);
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkPressedButtonFace
count: 4];
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
}
} else if (kind == kThemePushButton &&
(state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) &&
!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
darkSelectedGradient, 2);
} else {
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 |
CGRect bounds,
Ttk_State state,
CGContextRef context)
{
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *faceColor, *stroke;
CGRect originalBounds = bounds;
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
/*
* Extend the bounds to one or both sides so the rounded part will be
* clipped off.
*/
| > > | | | | < | | > > | | | | | > > > > > > | | > > > > > | 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 |
CGRect bounds,
Ttk_State state,
CGContextRef context)
{
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *faceColor, *stroke;
CGRect originalBounds = bounds;
int OSVersion = [NSApp macOSVersion];
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
/*
* Extend the bounds to one or both sides so the rounded part will be
* clipped off.
*/
if (OSVersion < 110000 || !(state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)) {
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB)) {
bounds.origin.x -= 10;
bounds.size.width += 10;
}
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) {
bounds.size.width += 10;
}
}
/*
* Fill the tab face with the appropriate color or gradient. Use a solid
* color if the tab is not selected, otherwise use a blue or gray
* gradient.
*/
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)) {
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (OSVersion < 110000) {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkDisabledButtonFace
count: 4];
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkTab
count: 4];
}
} else {
if (OSVersion < 110000) {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkButtonFace
count: 4];
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkTab
count: 4];
}
}
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
/*
* Draw a separator line on the left side of the tab if it
* not first.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
} else {
| | | | | | > | | | | > > > > > > > | | > > > > > | 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 |
CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
} else {
/*
* This is the selected tab; paint it with the current accent color.
* If it is first, cover up the separator line drawn by the second one.
* (The selected tab is always drawn last.)
*/
if ((state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB) && !(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) {
bounds.size.width += 1;
}
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
if (OSVersion < 110000) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
darkSelectedGradient, 2);
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkSelectedTab
count: 4];
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
}
} else {
if (OSVersion < 110000) {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkInactiveSelectedTab
count: 4];
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkSelectedTab
count: 4];
}
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
}
HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
}
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true);
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor));
CGPathRef path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(insetBounds, 4, 4, NULL);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddPath(context, path);
CGContextAddRect(context, bounds);
CGContextEOFillPath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ DrawDarkFrame --
*
| > | 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 |
CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true);
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor));
CGPathRef path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(insetBounds, 4, 4, NULL);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddPath(context, path);
CGPathRelease(path);
CGContextAddRect(context, bounds);
CGContextEOFillPath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ DrawDarkFrame --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 |
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button elements.
*/
static void ButtonElementMinSize(
void *clientData,
| < < | < | | | | | < | 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 |
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button elements.
*/
static void ButtonElementMinSize(
void *clientData,
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = (ThemeButtonParams *)clientData;
if (params->heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) {
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, (SInt *) minHeight);
/*
* The theme height does not include the 1-pixel border around
* the button, although it does include the 1-pixel shadow at
* the bottom.
*/
*minHeight += 2;
/*
* For buttons with labels the minwidth must be 0 to force the
* correct text layout. For example, a non-zero value will cause the
* text to be left justified, no matter what -anchor setting is used in
* the style.
*/
*minWidth = 0;
}
}
static void ButtonElementSize(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = (ThemeButtonParams *)clientData;
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info =
computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0, tkwin);
static const CGRect scratchBounds = {{0, 0}, {100, 100}};
CGRect contentBounds, backgroundBounds;
int verticalPad;
ButtonElementMinSize(clientData, minWidth, minHeight);
/*
* Given a hypothetical bounding rectangle for a button, HIToolbox will
* compute a bounding rectangle for the button contents and a bounding
* rectangle for the button background. The background bounds are large
* enough to contain the image of the button in any state, which might
* include highlight borders, shadows, etc. The content rectangle is not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 |
CGRectGetMaxX(backgroundBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds);
verticalPad = backgroundBounds.size.height - contentBounds.size.height;
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = verticalPad / 2;
}
static void ButtonElementDraw(
void *clientData,
| | | | 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 |
CGRectGetMaxX(backgroundBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds);
verticalPad = backgroundBounds.size.height - contentBounds.size.height;
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = verticalPad / 2;
}
static void ButtonElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = (ThemeButtonParams *)clientData;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state, tkwin);
bounds = NormalizeButtonBounds(params->heightMetric, bounds);
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 |
bounds.size.height += 2;
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 100800) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 4,
pressedPushButtonGradient, 2);
}
} else {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 |
bounds.size.height += 2;
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 100800) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 4,
pressedPushButtonGradient, 2);
}
} else {
/*
* Apple's PushButton and PopupButton do not change their fill color
* when the window is inactive. However, except in 10.7 (Lion), the
* color of the arrow button on a PopupButton does change. For some
* reason HITheme fills inactive buttons with a transparent color that
* allows the window background to show through, leading to
* inconsistent behavior. We work around this by filling behind an
* inactive PopupButton with a text background color before asking
* HIToolbox to draw it. For PushButtons, we simply draw them in the
* active state.
*/
if (info.kind == kThemePopupButton &&
(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
NSColor *whiteRGBA = [NSColor whiteColor];
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, whiteRGBA);
}
/*
* A BevelButton with mixed value is drawn borderless, which does make
* much sense for us.
*/
if (info.kind == kThemeRoundedBevelButton &&
info.value == kThemeButtonMixed) {
info.value = kThemeButtonOff;
info.state = kThemeStateInactive;
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
NULL);
}
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonElementSpec = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 | * * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/userexperience/Conceptual/ * AppleHIGuidelines/XHIGControls/XHIGControls.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/ * TP30000359-TPXREF116> */ static void TabElementSize( | | | | | | | | 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 |
*
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/userexperience/Conceptual/
* AppleHIGuidelines/XHIGControls/XHIGControls.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/
* TP30000359-TPXREF116>
*/
static void TabElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minWidth */
int *minHeight,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *) minHeight);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2);
}
static void TabElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 | }; /* * Notebook panes: */ static void PaneElementSize( | | | | | | | | | 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 |
};
/*
* Notebook panes:
*/
static void PaneElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minWidth */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minHeight */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(9, 5, 9, 9);
}
static void PaneElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 | * inside the specified rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick." * * "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie; looks more like 4 to me * with shading. */ static void GroupElementSize( | | | | | | | | | 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 |
* inside the specified rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick."
*
* "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie; looks more like 4 to me
* with shading.
*/
static void GroupElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minWidth */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minHeight */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4);
}
static void GroupElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 |
Tcl_Obj *fieldbackgroundObj;
} EntryElement;
#define ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "systemTextBackgroundColor"
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
{"-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
| | | | | | | | | | 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 |
Tcl_Obj *fieldbackgroundObj;
} EntryElement;
#define ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "systemTextBackgroundColor"
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
{"-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(EntryElement, backgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND},
{"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(EntryElement, fieldbackgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND},
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void EntryElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minWidth */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minHeight */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(7, 5, 7, 6);
}
static void EntryElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
EntryElement *e = (EntryElement *)elementRecord;
Ttk_Box inner = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, inner);
NSColor *background;
Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = NULL;
static const char *defaultBG = ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND;
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 | * rectangle. Measurement indicates that the arrow button has width 18. * * With no help available from HIToolbox, we have to use hard-wired * constants for the padding. We shift the bounding rectangle downward by * 1 pixel to account for the fact that the button is not centered. */ | | > | | | > > > | > | | < | > > > > | | | | | > | | | | > | 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 |
* rectangle. Measurement indicates that the arrow button has width 18.
*
* With no help available from HIToolbox, we have to use hard-wired
* constants for the padding. We shift the bounding rectangle downward by
* 1 pixel to account for the fact that the button is not centered.
*/
static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = {4, 4, 20, 4};
static Ttk_Padding DarkComboboxPadding = {6, 6, 22, 6};
static void ComboboxElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*minWidth = 24;
*minHeight = 23;
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
*paddingPtr = DarkComboboxPadding;
} else {
*paddingPtr = ComboboxPadding;
}
}
static void ComboboxElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = kThemeComboBox,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 3, 3);
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
DrawDarkFocusRing(bounds, dc.context);
}
DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context);
} else {
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 100800) {
if ((state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
!(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
NSColor *background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor];
CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 4);
bounds.origin.y += 1;
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, background);
}
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
}
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 |
* drawn twice, first in unpressed state by the up arrow and then in
* "pressed down" state by the down button. The drawing must be done in
* that order. So the up button must be listed first in the layout.
*/
static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {0, 0, 2, 0};
| | | | | | | | | 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 |
* drawn twice, first in unpressed state by the up arrow and then in
* "pressed down" state by the down button. The drawing must be done in
* that order. So the up button must be listed first in the layout.
*/
static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {0, 0, 2, 0};
static void SpinButtonElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientdata */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* PaddingPtr */
{
SInt32 s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s);
*minWidth = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s);
*minHeight = (s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins)) / 2;
}
static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
int infoState;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 |
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonUpElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
| | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 |
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonUpElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SpinButtonElementSize,
SpinButtonUpElementDraw
};
static void SpinButtonDownElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
int infoState = 0;
bounds.origin.y -= bounds.size.height;
bounds.size.height += bounds.size.height;
if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
infoState = kThemeStatePressedDown;
} else {
return;
}
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 |
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonDownElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
| | | 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 |
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonDownElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SpinButtonElementSize,
SpinButtonDownElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ DrawThemeTrack-based elements --
*
* Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 |
Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */
Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */
} TrackElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 |
Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */
Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */
} TrackElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = {
{"-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, fromObj), NULL},
{"-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, toObj), NULL},
{"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, valueObj), NULL},
{"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, orientObj), NULL},
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void TrackElementSize(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
TrackElementData *data = (TrackElementData *)clientData;
SInt32 size = 24; /* reasonable default ... */
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, data->thicknessMetric, &size);
*minWidth = *minHeight = size;
}
static void TrackElementDraw(
void *clientData,
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
TrackElementData *data = (TrackElementData *)clientData;
TrackElement *elem = (TrackElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
double from = 0, to = 100, value = 0, factor;
CGRect bounds;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, elem->orientObj, &orientation);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->fromObj, &from);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->toObj, &to);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->valueObj, &value);
factor = RangeToFactor(to);
/*
* HIThemeTrackDrawInfo uses 2-byte alignment; assigning to a separate
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 | .min = from * factor, .max = to * factor, .value = value * factor, .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0), .enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state), | | | 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 |
.min = from * factor,
.max = to * factor,
.value = value * factor,
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
.trackInfo.progress.phase = 0
};
if (info.kind == kThemeSlider) {
info.trackInfo.slider.pressState = state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED ?
kThemeThumbPressed : 0;
if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbDownward;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 | * Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element, * and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually * drawn as part of the trough element. * */ static void SliderElementSize( | | | | | | 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 |
* Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element,
* and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually
* drawn as part of the trough element.
*
*/
static void SliderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
*minWidth = *minHeight = 24;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 |
Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; /* animation phase */
Tcl_Obj *modeObj; /* progress bar mode */
} PbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
{"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | > | < < < | | | < | < | 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 |
Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; /* animation phase */
Tcl_Obj *modeObj; /* progress bar mode */
} PbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
{"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"},
{"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement, valueObj), "0"},
{"-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement, maximumObj), "100"},
{"-phase", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement, phaseObj), "0"},
{"-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement, modeObj), "determinate"},
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void PbarElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
SInt32 size = 24; /* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLargeProgressBarThickness, &size);
*minWidth = *minHeight = size;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
PbarElement *pbar = (PbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, phase = 0, kind;
/*
* Using 1000 as the maximum should give better than 1 pixel
* resolution for most progress bars.
*/
int ivalue, imaximum = 1000;
CGRect bounds;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orientation);
kind = !strcmp("indeterminate", Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) ?
kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar;
if (kind == kThemeIndeterminateBar) {
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pbar->phaseObj, &phase);
/*
* On macOS 11 the fraction of an indeterminate progress bar which is
* traversed by the oscillating thumb is value / maximum. The phase
* determines the position of the moving thumb in that range and is
* apparently expected to vary between 0 and 120. On earlier systems
* it is unclear how the phase is used in generating the animation.
*/
ivalue = imaximum;
} else {
double value, maximum;
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->valueObj, &value);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->maximumObj, &maximum);
ivalue = (value / maximum)*1000;
}
/*
* HIThemeTrackDrawInfo uses 2-byte alignment; assigning to a separate
* bounds variable avoids UBSan (-fsanitize=alignment) complaints.
*/
bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.kind = kind,
.bounds = bounds,
.min = 0,
.max = imaximum,
.value = ivalue,
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
.trackInfo.progress.phase = phase
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkTrack
count: 4];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 |
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
{"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
| | | | | | | | 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 |
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
{"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"},
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void TroughElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
SInt32 thickness = 15;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricScrollBarWidth, &thickness);
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*minHeight = thickness;
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 100700) {
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(4, 4, 4, 3);
}
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 |
static CGFloat darkInactiveThumb[4] = {
116.0 / 255, 117.0 / 255, 118.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkActiveThumb[4] = {
158.0 / 255, 158.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static void TroughElementDraw(
| | | | | | | 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 |
static CGFloat darkInactiveThumb[4] = {
116.0 / 255, 117.0 / 255, 118.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkActiveThumb[4] = {
158.0 / 255, 158.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static void TroughElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State)) /* state */
{
ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *troughColor;
CGFloat *rgba = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ? darkTrough : lightTrough;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, 1);
} else {
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 0);
}
troughColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: rgba
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 |
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
| | | | | | | | | | | | 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 |
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*minHeight = 18;
*minWidth = 8;
} else {
*minHeight = 8;
*minWidth = 18;
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = (ScrollbarElement *)elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
/*
* In order to make ttk scrollbars work correctly it is necessary to be
* able to display the thumb element at the size and location which the ttk
* scrollbar widget requests. The algorithm that HIToolbox uses to
* determine the thumb geometry from the input values of min, max, value
* and viewSize is undocumented. A seemingly natural algorithm is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 |
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
static void ArrowElementSize(
| | | | | | 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 |
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
static void ArrowElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 100800) {
*minHeight = *minWidth = 14;
} else {
*minHeight = *minWidth = -1;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 | * * DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from the width * and height of the rectangle, so the same element can can be used for * horizontal, vertical, and general separators. */ static void SeparatorElementSize( | | | | | | | | 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 |
*
* DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from the width
* and height of the rectangle, so the same element can can be used for
* horizontal, vertical, and general separators.
*/
static void SeparatorElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
*minWidth = *minHeight = 1;
}
static void SeparatorElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
unsigned int state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeSeparatorDrawInfo info = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 |
* +++ Size grip elements -- (obsolete)
*/
static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection
= kThemeGrowRight | kThemeGrowDown;
static void SizegripElementSize(
| | | | | | | | | 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 |
* +++ Size grip elements -- (obsolete)
*/
static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection
= kThemeGrowRight | kThemeGrowDown;
static void SizegripElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = kThemeStateActive,
.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
};
CGRect bounds = CGRectZero;
ChkErr(HIThemeGetGrowBoxBounds, &bounds.origin, &info, &bounds);
*minWidth = bounds.size.width;
*minHeight = bounds.size.height;
}
static void SizegripElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
unsigned int state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 | * the coordinate system of the top-level window. Apparently failing to * do this used to cause graphics anomalies when drawing into an * off-screen graphics port. The code for handling this is currently * commented out. */ static void FillElementDraw( | | | | 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 |
* the coordinate system of the top-level window. Apparently failing to
* do this used to cause graphics anomalies when drawing into an
* off-screen graphics port. The code for handling this is currently
* commented out.
*/
static void FillElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 |
END_DRAWING
} else {
ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
: kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
| < | 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 |
END_DRAWING
} else {
ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
: kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
END_DRAWING
}
}
static void BackgroundElementDraw(
void *clientData,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 | * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/ * Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/ * /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321> * */ static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw( | | | | 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 |
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
* Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/
* /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321>
*
*/
static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Box),
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 |
ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field elements --
*
* Used for the Treeview widget. This is like the BackgroundElement
| | | | | | | 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 |
ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field elements --
*
* Used for the Treeview widget. This is like the BackgroundElement
* except that the fieldbackground color is configurable.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement, backgroundObj), "white"},
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void FieldElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
FieldElement *e = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr =
Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->backgroundObj);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Treeview headers --
*
* On systems older than 10.9 the header is a kThemeListHeaderButton drawn
* by HIToolbox. On newer systems those buttons do not match the Apple
* buttons, so we draw them from scratch.
*/
static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderValueTable[] = {
{kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 |
{kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0}
};
static void TreeAreaElementSize (
| | | | | | | 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 |
{kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0},
{kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0}
};
static void TreeAreaElementSize (
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minWidth */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* minHeight */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
/*
* Padding is needed to get the heading text to align correctly, since the
* widget expects the heading to be the same height as a row.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 |
ButtonElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, minWidth,
minHeight, paddingPtr);
}
}
static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
void *clientData,
| | | | 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 |
ButtonElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, minWidth,
minHeight, paddingPtr);
}
}
static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = (ThemeButtonParams *)clientData;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = params->kind,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderValueTable, state),
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderAdornmentTable, state),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 |
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = {
{kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0},
{kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0},
};
static void DisclosureElementSize(
| | | | | | | | 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 |
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = {
{kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0},
{kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0},
};
static void DisclosureElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* tkwin */
int *minWidth,
int *minHeight,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *)) /* paddingPtr */
{
SInt32 s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleWidth, &s);
*minWidth = s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight, &s);
*minHeight = s;
}
static void DisclosureElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
if (!(state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF)) {
int triangleState = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ?
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 |
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | | 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 |
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
MODULE_SCOPE int
Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
return AquaTheme_Init(interp);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to tests/arc.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
.t.c create arc 340 450 460 570 -start 320 -extent 270 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c create arc 500 450 620 570 -start 350 -extent -110 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c addtag arc withtag all
.t.c addtag circle withtag [.t.c create oval 320 200 340 220 -fill MistyRose3]
| | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
.t.c create arc 340 450 460 570 -start 320 -extent 270 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c create arc 500 450 620 570 -start 350 -extent -110 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c addtag arc withtag all
.t.c addtag circle withtag [.t.c create oval 320 200 340 220 -fill MistyRose3]
.t.c bind arc <Any-Enter> {
set prevFill [lindex [.t.c itemconf current -fill] 4]
set prevOutline [lindex [.t.c itemconf current -outline] 4]
if {($prevFill != "") || ($prevOutline == "")} {
.t.c itemconf current -fill $fill3
}
if {$prevOutline != ""} {
.t.c itemconf current -outline $outline2
}
}
.t.c bind arc <Any-Leave> {.t.c itemconf current -fill $prevFill -outline $prevOutline}
bind .t.c <Button-1> {markarea %x %y}
bind .t.c <B1-Motion> {strokearea %x %y}
proc markarea {x y} {
global areaX1 areaY1
set areaX1 $x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
}
bind .t.c <Control-f> {
puts stdout "Enclosed: [.t.c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
puts stdout "Overlapping: [.t.c find overl $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
}
| | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
}
bind .t.c <Control-f> {
puts stdout "Enclosed: [.t.c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
puts stdout "Overlapping: [.t.c find overl $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
}
bind .t.c <3> {puts stdout "%x %y"}
# The code below allows the circle to be move by shift-dragging.
bind .t.c <Shift-Button-1> {
set curx %x
set cury %y
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bell.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bell" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bell" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body {
bell a
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}
test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body {
bell a b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}
test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body {
bell -displayof gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "gorp"}
test bell-1.4 {bell command} -body {
bell -nice -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "bell ?-displayof window? ?-nice?"}
test bell-1.5 {bell command} -body {
bell -nice -nice -nice
} -returnCodes {ok} -result {} ;#keep -result {} and -returnCodes {ok} for clarity?
test bell-1.6 {bell command} -body {
bell -displayof . -nice
} -returnCodes {ok} -result {}
test bell-1.7 {bell command} -body {
bell -nice -displayof . -nice
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "bell ?-displayof window? ?-nice?"}
test bell-1.8 {bell command} -body {
puts "Bell should ring now ..."
flush stdout
after 200
bell -displayof .
after 200
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bgerror.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the bgerror command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the bgerror command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bind.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bind" and "bindtags" # commands plus the procedures in tkBind.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bind" and "bindtags"
# commands plus the procedures in tkBind.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
tk useinputmethods 0
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update idletasks
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
foreach event [bind Test] {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | # move the mouse pointer away of the testing area # otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests toplevel .top wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50 update event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1 | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
destroy .top
test bind-1.1 {bind command} -body {
bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "bind window ?pattern? ?command?"}
test bind-1.2 {bind command} -body {
bind a b c d
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
429 430 431 432 433 434 435 |
test bind-13.1 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
| | | | | | | | | | | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
test bind-13.1 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind Test <Key> {lappend x "%W %K Test KeyPress"}
bind all <Key> {lappend x "%W %K all KeyPress"}
bind Test : {lappend x "%W %K Test :"}
bind all _ {lappend x "%W %K all _"}
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f :"}
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
event generate .t.f <Key-plus>
event generate .t.f <Key-underscore>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
bind all <Key> {}
bind Test <Key> {}
bind all _ {}
bind Test : {}
} -result {{.t.f colon .t.f :} {.t.f colon Test :} {.t.f colon all KeyPress} {.t.f plus Test KeyPress} {.t.f plus all KeyPress} {.t.f underscore Test KeyPress} {.t.f underscore all _}}
test bind-13.2 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind Test <Key> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break}
bind all <Key> {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"}
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"}
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
bind all <Key> {}
bind Test <Key> {}
} -result {{.t.f colon .t.f pressed colon} {.t.f colon Test press any}}
test bind-13.3 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
proc bgerror args {}
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind Test <Key> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; error Test}
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"}
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
update
list $x $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
bind Test <Key> {}
rename bgerror {}
} -result {{{.t.f colon .t.f pressed colon} {.t.f colon Test press any}} {Test
while executing
"error Test"
(command bound to event)}}
test bind-13.4 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
proc foo {} {
set x 44
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
}
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 |
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W (.t.f binding)"}
bind Test : {lappend x "%W (Test binding)"}
bind all : {bind .t.f : {}; lappend x "%W (all binding)"}
| | | | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W (.t.f binding)"}
bind Test : {lappend x "%W (Test binding)"}
bind all : {bind .t.f : {}; lappend x "%W (all binding)"}
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
return $x
} -cleanup {
bind Test : {}
bind all : {}
destroy .t.f
} -result {{.t.f (.t.f binding)} {.t.f (Test binding)} {.t.f (all binding)}}
test bind-13.8 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W (.t.f binding)"}
bind Test : {lappend x "%W (Test binding)"}
bind all : {destroy .t.f; lappend x "%W (all binding)"}
event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
return $x
} -cleanup {
bind Test : {}
bind all : {}
destroy .t.f
} -result {{.t.f (.t.f binding)} {.t.f (Test binding)} {.t.f (all binding)}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
bind .t.f <Button> {lappend x "%W z (.t.f <Button> binding)"}
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {{.t.f z (.t.f <Button-1> binding)} {.t.f z (.t.f <Button> binding)}}
| | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
bind .t.f <Button> {lappend x "%W z (.t.f <Button> binding)"}
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {{.t.f z (.t.f <Button-1> binding)} {.t.f z (.t.f <Button> binding)}}
test bind-13.10 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: don't ignore NotifyInferior - bug 47d4f29159} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x Enter%#"
bind .t.f <Leave> "lappend x Leave%#"
event generate .t.f <Enter> -serial 100 -detail NotifyAncestor
event generate .t.f <Enter> -serial 101 -detail NotifyInferior
event generate .t.f <Leave> -serial 102 -detail NotifyAncestor
event generate .t.f <Leave> -serial 103 -detail NotifyInferior
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {Enter100 Enter101 Leave102 Leave103}
test bind-13.11 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: collapse Motions} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#"
bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#"
| | | | 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#"
bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#"
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test bind-13.13 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: valid key detail} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
bind Test <Button-2> {}
proc bgerror args {}
} -result {b1 {invalid command name "blap"}}
test bind-15.1 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f 12 {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-1>
event generate .t.f <Key-2>
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.2 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f 12 {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
event generate .t.f <Enter>
| > > | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 |
bind Test <Button-2> {}
proc bgerror args {}
} -result {b1 {invalid command name "blap"}}
test bind-15.1 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
update idletasks
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f 12 {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-1>
event generate .t.f <Key-2>
event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.2 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
update idletasks
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f 12 {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
event generate .t.f <Enter>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 |
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.7 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.8 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <Key-c>
event generate .t.f <Key-b>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.9 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.10 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0xfc
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.11 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x8
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
# This test is non-portable because the Shift_L keysym may behave
# differently on some platforms.
bind .t.f aB {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L>
event generate .t.f <Key-b> -state 1
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.13 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking detail} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <Key-c>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.14 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
event delete <<V1>> <Button>
event delete <<V2>> <Button-1>
event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
set x none
| > > > | 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 |
event delete <<V1>> <Button>
event delete <<V2>> <Button-1>
event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
update idletasks
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-1>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
update idletasks
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-2>
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 0
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
update idletasks
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x 0}
bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
set x none
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 |
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
| | | | 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 1
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x "%A"}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x "%A"}
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <Key-A> -state 1
event generate .t.f <Key-Tab>
event generate .t.f <Key-Return>
event generate .t.f <Key-F1>
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L>
event generate .t.f <Key-space>
event generate .t.f <Key-dollar> -state 1
event generate .t.f <Key-braceleft> -state 1
event generate .t.f <Key-Multi_key>
event generate .t.f <Key-e>
event generate .t.f <Key-apostrophe>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {a A { } {\r} {{}} {{}} { } {\$} \\\{ {{}} {{}} \u00e9}
test bind-16.36 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Configure> {set x "%B"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x %K}
| | | | | | | | | | | | 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {lappend x %K}
event generate .t.f <Key-a>
event generate .t.f <Key-A> -state 1
event generate .t.f <Key-Tab>
event generate .t.f <Key-F1>
event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L>
event generate .t.f <Key-space>
event generate .t.f <Key-dollar> -state 1
event generate .t.f <Key-braceleft> -state 1
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {a A Tab F1 Shift_L space dollar braceleft}
test bind-16.39 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x "%N"}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-space>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result 32
test bind-16.40 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x "%S"}
set x none
event generate .t.f <Key-space> -subwindow .t
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result [winfo id .t]
test bind-16.41 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 |
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
update
} -body {
bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
set x none; set y none; set z none
| | | | 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 |
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
update
} -body {
bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
set x none; set y none; set z none
event gen .t.e <Key-a>
list $x $y $z
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.e
bind all <Key> $savedBind(All)
bind Entry <Key> $savedBind(Entry)
unset savedBind
} -result {0 1 2}
test bind-16.46 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
entry .t.e
pack .t.e
focus -force .t.e
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
update
} -body {
bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
set x none; set y none; set z none
event gen .t.e <Key-a>
list $x $y $z
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.e
bind Entry <Key> $savedBind(Entry)
bind all <Key> $savedBind(All)
unset savedBind
} -result {0 1 2}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "event add virtual sequence ?sequence ...?"}
test bind-17.4 {event command: add 1} -body {
event delete <<Paste>>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-v>
event info <<Paste>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<Paste>> <Control-v>
| | | 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "event add virtual sequence ?sequence ...?"}
test bind-17.4 {event command: add 1} -body {
event delete <<Paste>>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-v>
event info <<Paste>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<Paste>> <Control-v>
} -result <Control-Key-v>
test bind-17.5 {event command: add 2} -body {
event delete <<Paste>>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2>
lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} -cleanup {
event delete <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2>
} -result {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v>}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"}
test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body {
event delete <<xyz>>
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
| | | | 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"}
test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body {
event delete <<xyz>>
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -result <Control-Key-v>
test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} -body {
event delete <<xyz>>
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -result <Control-Key-v>
test bind-18.5 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: existing physical} -body {
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<abc>> <Control-v>
list [lsort [event info]] [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>]
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 |
} -result {}
test bind-19.4 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, not owned} -setup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -body {
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <Button-1>
event info <<xyz>>
| | | 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 |
} -result {}
test bind-19.4 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, not owned} -setup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -body {
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <Button-1>
event info <<xyz>>
} -result <Control-Key-v>
test bind-19.5 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, badly formed} -body {
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <xyz>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}
test bind-19.6 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, badly formed} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 |
test bind-20.2 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: non-existent event} -body {
event delete <<asd>>
event info <<asd>>
} -result {}
test bind-20.3 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1} -setup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -body {
| | | | | | 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 |
test bind-20.2 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: non-existent event} -body {
event delete <<asd>>
event info <<asd>>
} -result {}
test bind-20.3 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1} -setup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -body {
event add <<xyz>> <Control-Key-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -result <Control-Key-v>
test bind-20.4 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: owns many} -setup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -body {
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Button-2> spack
event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -result {<Control-Key-v> <Button-2> spack}
test bind-21.1 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: no events} -body {
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
event info
} -result {}
test bind-21.2 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: 1 event} -body {
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
} -result <<xyz>>
test bind-21.3 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: many events} -body {
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Control-v>
event add <<def>> <Key-F6>
lsort [event info]
} -cleanup {
event delete <<xyz>>
event delete <<abc>>
event delete <<def>>
} -result {<<abc>> <<def>> <<xyz>>}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x "%s %K"}
| | | 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 |
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key> {set x "%s %K"}
event generate .t.f <Control-Key-space>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {4 space}
test bind-22.11 {HandleEventGenerate} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result test
test bind-25.2 {ParseEventDescription procedure: misinterpreted modifier} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
bind .b <Control-M> a
| | | | 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result test
test bind-25.2 {ParseEventDescription procedure: misinterpreted modifier} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
bind .b <Control-M> a
bind .b <Meta-M> b
lsort [bind .b]
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {<Control-Key-M> <Meta-Key-M>}
test bind-25.3 {ParseEventDescription procedure} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .t.f <a---> {nothing}
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result a
test bind-25.4 {ParseEventDescription} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .t.f <<Shift-Paste>> {puts hi}
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <<Shift-Paste>>
# Assorted error cases in event sequence parsing
test bind-25.5 {ParseEventDescription procedure error cases} -body {
bind .t \x7 {puts hi}
} -returnCodes error -result {bad ASCII character 0x7}
test bind-25.6 {ParseEventDescription procedure error cases} -body {
bind .t \x7f {puts hi}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Meta-Key-a>
test bind-25.22 {modifier names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
| | | 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Meta-Key-a>
test bind-25.22 {modifier names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .t.f <Meta-a> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Meta-Key-a>
test bind-25.23 {modifier names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 |
} -body {
bind .t.f <Extended-Return> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Extended-Key-Return>
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 |
} -body {
bind .t.f <Extended-Return> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Extended-Key-Return>
test bind-26.1 {event names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .t.f <FocusIn> {nothing}
bind .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 |
test bind-26.6 {event names: ButtonPress} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
| | | | 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 |
test bind-26.6 {event names: ButtonPress} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button> "set x {event ButtonPress}"
set x xyzzy
event generate .t.f <Button>
list $x [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {{event ButtonPress} <Button>}
test bind-26.7 {event names: ButtonRelease} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 |
} -result {{event Unmap} <Unmap>}
test bind-27.1 {button names} -body {
bind .t <Expose-1> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified button "1" for non-button event}
test bind-27.2 {button names} -body {
| | | | 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 |
} -result {{event Unmap} <Unmap>}
test bind-27.1 {button names} -body {
bind .t <Expose-1> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified button "1" for non-button event}
test bind-27.2 {button names} -body {
bind .t <Button-6> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad button number "6"}
test bind-27.3 {button names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-1> {lappend x "button 1"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 |
set x [bind .t.f]
event generate .t.f <Button-5>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-5>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-5> {button 5}}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 |
set x [bind .t.f]
event generate .t.f <Button-5>
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-5>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-5> {button 5}}
test bind-28.1 {keysym names} -body {
bind .t <Expose-a> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified keysym "a" for non-key event}
test bind-28.2 {keysym names} -body {
bind .t <Gorp> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
test bind-28.3 {keysym names} -body {
bind .t <Key-Stupid> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Stupid"}
test bind-28.4 {keysym names} -body {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .t.f <a> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {a}
test bind-28.5 {keysym names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key-colon> "lappend x \"keysym received\""
bind .t.f <Key-underscore> "lappend x {bad binding match}"
set x [lsort [bind .t.f]]
event generate .t.f <Key-colon> ;# -state 0
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {: _ {keysym received}}
test bind-28.6 {keysym names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key-Return> "lappend x \"keysym Return\""
bind .t.f <Key-x> "lappend x {bad binding match}"
set x [lsort [bind .t.f]]
event generate .t.f <Key-Return> -state 0
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {<Key-Return> x {keysym Return}}
test bind-28.7 {keysym names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key-X> "lappend x \"keysym X\""
bind .t.f <Key-x> "lappend x {bad binding match}"
set x [lsort [bind .t.f]]
event generate .t.f <Key-X> -state 1
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {X x {keysym X}}
test bind-28.8 {keysym names} -setup {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key-X> "lappend x \"keysym X\""
bind .t.f <Key-x> "lappend x {bad binding match}"
set x [lsort [bind .t.f]]
event generate .t.f <Key-X> -state 1
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {X x {keysym X}}
test bind-28.9 {keysym names, Eth -> ETH} -body {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .t.f <Eth> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Key-ETH>
test bind-28.10 {keysym names, Ooblique -> Oslash} -body {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .t.f <Ooblique> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Key-Oslash>
test bind-28.11 {keysym names, gcedilla} -body {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .t.f <gcedilla> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Key-gcedilla>
test bind-28.12 {keysym names, Greek_IOTAdiaeresis -> Greek_IOTAdieresis} -body {
frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .t.f <Greek_IOTAdiaeresis> foo
bind .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result <Key-Greek_IOTAdieresis>
test bind-29.1 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
proc bgerror msg {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 |
event generate .t.f <<TestUserData>> -data [string index abc 1] -when head
list $x [update] $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {{} {} {TestUserData >b<}}
test bind-32.1 {-warp, window was destroyed before the idle callback DoWarp} -setup {
| < < > | 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 |
event generate .t.f <<TestUserData>> -data [string index abc 1] -when head
list $x [update] $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {{} {} {TestUserData >b<}}
test bind-32.1 {-warp, window was destroyed before the idle callback DoWarp} -setup {
frame .t.f
pack .t.f
focus -force .t.f
update
} -body {
event generate .t.f <Button-1> -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
destroy .t.f
update ; # shall simply not crash
} -cleanup {
} -result {}
test bind-32.2 {detection of double click should not fail} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 |
} -result {Double}
test bind-32.3 {should trigger best match of modifier states} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
| | | | | | 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 |
} -result {Double}
test bind-32.3 {should trigger best match of modifier states} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Alt-Control-Key-A> { lappend x "Alt-Control" }
bind .t.f <Shift-Control-Key-A> { lappend x "Shift-Control" }
bind .t.f <Shift-Key-A> { lappend x "Shift" }
event generate .t.f <Alt-Control-Key-A>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {Shift-Control}
test bind-32.4 {should not trigger Double-1} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 |
} -result {Double}
test bind-32.9 {trigger events for modifier keys} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
| | | | | | | | | 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 |
} -result {Double}
test bind-32.9 {trigger events for modifier keys} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Any-Key> { set x "Key" }
event generate .t.f <Key> -keysym Caps_Lock
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {Key}
test bind-32.10 {reset key state when destroying window} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f
bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" }
event generate .t.f <Key-A>
event generate .t.f <Key-A>
destroy .t.f; update
pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f
bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" }
bind .t.f <Double-Key-A> { set x "AA" }
event generate .t.f <Key-A>
destroy .t.f
set x
} -result {A}
test bind-32.11 {match detailed virtual} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f -class Test]
focus -force .t.f
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 |
} -result 1
test bind-32.13 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
pack [frame .t.g]
update
set x {}
} -body {
| | | | | | | 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 |
} -result 1
test bind-32.13 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
pack [frame .t.g]
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" }
bind .t.f <Double-Key-A> { set x "AA" }
focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <Key-A>
focus -force .t.g; event generate .t.g <Key-A>
focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <Key-A>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
destroy .t.g
} -result {A}
test bind-32.14 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 |
bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> { lappend x "Double" }
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "11" }
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
| > > > > | | > > > > | | 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 |
bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> { lappend x "Double" }
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "11" }
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
# This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because
# it is expected that <Double-Button-1> is matching, this binding
# is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old,
# and so "11" is the expected result.
} -result 11
test bind-33.3 {should prefer most specific event} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <a><Double-Button-1><a> { lappend x "Double" }
bind .t.f <a><Button-1><Button-1><a> { lappend x "11" }
event generate .t.f <a>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <a>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
# Also this test case shows that old implementation has an issue, it is
# expected that <a><Double-Button-1><a> is matching, because <Double-Button-1> is more
# specific than <Button-1><Button-1>. But new implementation will be conform to old,
# and so "11" is the expected result.
} -result 11
test bind-33.4 {prefer most specific event} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "11" }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 |
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
| | | > > > > | | | | | | | | 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 |
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result last
test bind-33.10 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-1><Double-Button-2><Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button-2><Button-2><Double-Button-1> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result last
test bind-33.11 {should prefer most specific} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-2><Double-Button-1><Double-Button-2><Double-Button-1><Button-2><Button-2> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Button-2><Button-1><Button-1><Button-2><Button-2><Double-Button-1><Double-Button-2> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
event generate .t.f <Button-2>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
# This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because
# it is expected that first one is matching, this binding
# is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old,
# and so "last" is the expected result.
} -result last
test bind-33.12 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Control-Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Button-1><Control-Button-1> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Control-Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Control-Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result last
test bind-33.13 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-1><Control-Button-1> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Control-Button-1><Button-1> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Control-Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Control-Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
# Old implementation failed, and returned "first", but this was wrong,
# because both bindings are homogeneous equal, so the most recently defined
# must be preferred.
} -result last
test bind-33.14 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button><Button-1><Button> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Button><Button-1><Button><Button-1> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result last
test bind-33.15 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Button><Button-1><Button><Button-1> { lappend x "first" }
bind .t.f <Button-1><Button><Button-1><Button> { lappend x "last" }
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
event generate .t.f <Button-1>
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
# Old implementation failed, and returned "first", but this was wrong,
# because both bindings are homogeneous equal, so the most recently defined
# must be preferred.
} -result last
test bind-33.16 {simulate use of the keyboard to trigger a pattern sequence with modifier - bug [16ef161925]} -setup {
pack [frame .t.f]
focus -force .t.f
update
set x {}
} -body {
bind .t.f <Escape><Control-c> { lappend x "Esc_Control-c" }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {1_Button1 1_Button1_2}
test bind-34.1 {-warp works relatively to a window} -setup {
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +100+100
| | | > | > | > > > > > | 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {1_Button1 1_Button1_2}
test bind-34.1 {-warp works relatively to a window} -setup {
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +100+100
after 10 ; update
} -body {
# In order to avoid platform-dependent coordinate results due to
# decorations and borders, this test warps the pointer twice
# relatively to a window that moved in the meantime, and checks
# how much the pointer moved
wm geometry .top +200+200
after 10 ; update
event generate .top <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
set pointerPos1 [winfo pointerxy .top]
wm geometry .top +600+600
after 10 ; update
event generate .top <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
set pointerPos2 [winfo pointerxy .top]
# from the first warped position to the second one, the mouse
# pointer should have moved the same amount as the window moved
set res 1
foreach pos1 $pointerPos1 pos2 $pointerPos2 {
if {$pos1 != ($pos2 - 400)} {
set res [list $pointerPos1 $pointerPos2]
}
}
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .top
} -result 1
test bind-34.2 {-warp works relatively to the screen} -setup {
} -body {
# Contrary to bind-34.1, we're directly checking screen coordinates
event generate {} <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
set res [winfo pointerxy .]
event generate {} <Motion> -x 200 -y 200 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
lappend res {*}[winfo pointerxy .]
} -cleanup {
} -result {20 20 200 200}
test bind-34.3 {-warp works with null or negative coordinates} -setup {
# On some OS/WM, at least Linux with KDE, the "Screen edges" feature
# provides hot spots that can be associated with some action.
# When activated, the WM will not allow warping to happen on top of
# a hot spot (which would trigger the corresponding action as an
# unwanted effect) but will warp the pointer to the hot spot limit only.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
set halo 1
} else {
set halo 0
}
set res {}
} -body {
event generate {} <Motion> -x 0 -y 0 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
foreach dim [winfo pointerxy .] {
if {$dim <= $halo} {
lappend res ok
} else {
lappend res $dim
}
}
event generate {} <Motion> -x 100 -y 100 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
event generate {} <Motion> -x -1 -y -1 -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
foreach dim [winfo pointerxy .] {
if {$dim <= $halo} {
lappend res ok
} else {
lappend res $dim
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 |
} -result {F2 F2}
test bind-35.3 {Events agree for modifier keys} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
} -body {
global keyInfo numericalKeysym
set result {}
bind . <Key> {
| | | | 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 |
} -result {F2 F2}
test bind-35.3 {Events agree for modifier keys} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
} -body {
global keyInfo numericalKeysym
set result {}
bind . <Key> {
set keyInfo [format "%K,0x%%X,0x%%X,%A" %N %k]
set numericalKeysym [format "0x%x" %N]
}
foreach event {
{<Control_L> -control}
{<Control_R> -control}
{<Alt_L> -option}
{<Alt_R> -option}
{<Meta_L> -command}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 |
}
return pass
} -cleanup {
} -result pass
test bind-36.1 {pointer warp with grab on toplevel, bug [e3888d5820]} -setup {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
toplevel .top
grab release .top
wm geometry .top 200x200+300+300
label .top.l -height 5 -width 20 -highlightthickness 2 \
-highlightbackground black -bg yellow -text "My label"
pack .top.l -side bottom
update
# On KDE/Plasma _with_the_Aurorae_theme_ (at least), setting up the toplevel
# and the label will not be finished after the above 'update'. The WM still
# needs some time before the window is fully ready. For me 50 ms is enough,
# but let's wait more (it depends on computer performance).
after 100 ; update
} -body {
grab .top
event generate .top.l <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10
foreach {x1 y1} [winfo pointerxy .top.l] {}
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
grab release .top
event generate .top.l <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10
foreach {x2 y2} [winfo pointerxy .top.l] {}
# success if the coords are the same with or without the grab, and if they
# are at (10,10) inside the label widget as requested by the warping
expr {$x1==$x2 && $y1==$y2 && $x1==[winfo rootx .top.l]+10 \
&& $y1==[winfo rooty .top.l]+10}
} -cleanup {
destroy .top
unset x1 y1 x2 y2
} -result 1
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# vi:set ts=4 sw=4 et:
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 |
}
return pass
} -cleanup {
} -result pass
test bind-36.1 {pointer warp with grab on toplevel, bug [e3888d5820]} -setup {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
controlPointerWarpTiming
toplevel .top
grab release .top
wm geometry .top 200x200+300+300
label .top.l -height 5 -width 20 -highlightthickness 2 \
-highlightbackground black -bg yellow -text "My label"
pack .top.l -side bottom
update
# On KDE/Plasma _with_the_Aurorae_theme_ (at least), setting up the toplevel
# and the label will not be finished after the above 'update'. The WM still
# needs some time before the window is fully ready. For me 50 ms is enough,
# but let's wait more (it depends on computer performance).
after 100 ; update
} -body {
grab .top
event generate .top.l <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10
controlPointerWarpTiming
foreach {x1 y1} [winfo pointerxy .top.l] {}
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
controlPointerWarpTiming
grab release .top
event generate .top.l <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10
controlPointerWarpTiming
foreach {x2 y2} [winfo pointerxy .top.l] {}
# success if the coords are the same with or without the grab, and if they
# are at (10,10) inside the label widget as requested by the warping
expr {$x1==$x2 && $y1==$y2 && $x1==[winfo rootx .top.l]+10 \
&& $y1==[winfo rooty .top.l]+10}
} -cleanup {
destroy .top
unset x1 y1 x2 y2
} -result 1
test bind-37.1 {Promotion tables do not contain duplicate sequences, bug [43573999ca]} -body {
proc A {} {
bind .c <B1-Motion><Enter> {}
set myv(a) 1
set b [array get myv]
bind .c <B1-Motion><Enter> "puts Trigger"
}
pack [canvas .c]
bind .c <ButtonRelease-1> "A"
A
update
event generate .c <Button-1>
event generate .c <B1-Motion>
event generate .c <B1-Motion>
event generate .c <B1-Motion>
event generate .c <ButtonRelease-1>
event generate .c <B1-Motion>
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes ok -result {} ; # shall not crash (assertion failed)
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# vi:set ts=4 sw=4 et:
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/bitmap.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBitmap.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBitmap.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/border.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBorder.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBorder.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/busy.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # Tests for the tk busy command. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk built-in # commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and generates output for errors. # No output means no errors were found. # | | | | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | | < | | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
# Tests for the tk busy command.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk built-in
# commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and generates output for errors.
# No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Jos Decoster. All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
# There's currently no way to test the actual grab effect, per se, in an
# automated test. Therefore, this test suite only covers the interface to the
# grab command (ie, error messages, etc.)
test busy-1.1 {Tk_BusyObjCmd} -returnCodes error -body {
tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}
test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
tk busy hold .
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
tk busy .
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
pack [frame .f]
} -body {
tk busy hold .f
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
pack [frame .f]
} -body {
tk busy .f
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
toplevel .f
} -body {
tk busy hold .f
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
toplevel .f
} -body {
tk busy .f
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
tk busy hold .f
update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
tk busy .f
update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
tk busy hold . -cursor arrow
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
tk busy . -cursor arrow
update
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {hand1}
test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
tk busy configure
| | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f
destroy .f
} -result {hand1}
test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}
test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
tk busy configure .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-4.3 {tk busy configure non-busy window} -setup {
pack [frame .f]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f2
destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
tk busy forget .f2
destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}
::tcltest::cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/butGeom2.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 |
# This file creates a visual test for button layout. It is part of
# the Tk visual test suite, which is invoked via the "visual" script.
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm title .t "Visual Tests for Button Geometry"
wm iconname .t "Button Geometry"
wm geom .t +0+0
wm minsize .t 1 1
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# This file creates a visual test for button layout. It is part of
# the Tk visual test suite, which is invoked via the "visual" script.
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm title .t "Visual Tests for Button Geometry"
wm iconname .t "Button Geometry"
wm geom .t +0+0
wm minsize .t 1 1
label .t.l -text {This screen exercises the color options for various flavors of buttons. Select display options below, and they will be applied to the appropriate button widgets.} -wraplength 5i
pack .t.l -side top -fill both
button .t.quit -text Quit -command {destroy .t}
pack .t.quit -side bottom -pady 2m
set sepId 1
proc sep {} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/button.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and # radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the widgets defined in tkButton.c). It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and # radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the widgets defined in tkButton.c). It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.3 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -activebackground #012345
.b cget -activebackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#012345}
test button-1.4 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.5 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -activebackground #012345
.c cget -activebackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#012345}
test button-1.6 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.7 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -activebackground #012345
.r cget -activebackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#012345}
test button-1.8 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.9 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.l cget -activeforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.10 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.11 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.b cget -activeforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.12 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.13 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.c cget -activeforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.14 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.15 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.r cget -activeforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.16 {configuration option: "activeforeground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.17 {configuration option: "anchor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -anchor nw
.l cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {nw}
test button-1.18 {configuration option: "anchor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test button-1.19 {configuration option: "anchor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -anchor nw
.b cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {nw}
test button-1.20 {configuration option: "anchor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test button-1.21 {configuration option: "anchor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -anchor nw
.c cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {nw}
test button-1.22 {configuration option: "anchor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test button-1.23 {configuration option: "anchor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -anchor nw
.r cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {nw}
test button-1.24 {configuration option: "anchor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test button-1.25 {configuration option: "background" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -background #ff0000
.l cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.26 {configuration option: "background" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.27 {configuration option: "background" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -background #ff0000
.b cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.28 {configuration option: "background" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.29 {configuration option: "background" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -background #ff0000
.c cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.30 {configuration option: "background" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.31 {configuration option: "background" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -background #ff0000
.r cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.32 {configuration option: "background" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.33 {configuration option: "bd" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bd 4
.l cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 4
test button-1.34 {configuration option: "bd" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.35 {configuration option: "bd" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bd 4
.b cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 4
test button-1.36 {configuration option: "bd" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.37 {configuration option: "bd" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bd 4
.c cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 4
test button-1.38 {configuration option: "bd" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.39 {configuration option: "bd" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bd 4
.r cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 4
test button-1.40 {configuration option: "bd" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.41 {configuration option: "bg" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bg #ff0000
.l cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.42 {configuration option: "bg" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.43 {configuration option: "bg" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bg #ff0000
.b cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.44 {configuration option: "bg" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.45 {configuration option: "bg" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bg #ff0000
.c cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.46 {configuration option: "bg" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.47 {configuration option: "bg" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bg #ff0000
.r cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#ff0000}
test button-1.48 {configuration option: "bg" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.49 {configuration option: "bitmap" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bitmap questhead
.l cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {questhead}
test button-1.50 {configuration option: "bitmap" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -bitmap badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badValue" not defined}
test button-1.51 {configuration option: "bitmap" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bitmap questhead
.b cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {questhead}
test button-1.52 {configuration option: "bitmap" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -bitmap badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badValue" not defined}
test button-1.53 {configuration option: "bitmap" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bitmap questhead
.c cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {questhead}
test button-1.54 {configuration option: "bitmap" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -bitmap badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badValue" not defined}
test button-1.55 {configuration option: "bitmap" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bitmap questhead
.r cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {questhead}
test button-1.56 {configuration option: "bitmap" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -bitmap badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badValue" not defined}
test button-1.57 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
label .l -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -borderwidth 1.3
.l cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.58 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.59 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
button .b -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -borderwidth 1.3
.b cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.60 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.61 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -borderwidth 1.3
.c cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.62 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.63 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -borderwidth 1.3
.r cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.64 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.65 {configuration option: "command" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -command {set x}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -compound bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -compound bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad compound "bogus": must be bottom, center, left, none, right, or top}
test button-1.71 {configuration option: "compound" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -compound left
.b cget -compound
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {left}
test button-1.72 {configuration option: "compound" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -compound bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad compound "bogus": must be bottom, center, left, none, right, or top}
test button-1.73 {configuration option: "compound" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -compound left
.c cget -compound
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {left}
test button-1.74 {configuration option: "compound" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -compound bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad compound "bogus": must be bottom, center, left, none, right, or top}
test button-1.75 {configuration option: "compound" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -compound left
.r cget -compound
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {left}
test button-1.76 {configuration option: "compound" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -compound bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad compound "bogus": must be bottom, center, left, none, right, or top}
test button-1.77 {configuration option: "cursor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -cursor arrow
.l cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {arrow}
test button-1.78 {configuration option: "cursor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test button-1.79 {configuration option: "cursor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -cursor arrow
.b cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {arrow}
test button-1.80 {configuration option: "cursor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test button-1.81 {configuration option: "cursor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -cursor arrow
.c cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {arrow}
test button-1.82 {configuration option: "cursor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test button-1.83 {configuration option: "cursor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -cursor arrow
.r cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {arrow}
test button-1.84 {configuration option: "cursor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test button-1.85 {configuration option: "default" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -default active
.b cget -default
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {active}
test button-1.86 {configuration option: "default" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -default huh?
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad default "huh?": must be active, disabled, or normal}
test button-1.87 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -disabledforeground #00ff00
.l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#00ff00}
test button-1.88 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -disabledforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.89 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -disabledforeground #00ff00
.b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#00ff00}
test button-1.90 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -disabledforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.91 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -disabledforeground #00ff00
.c cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#00ff00}
test button-1.92 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -disabledforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.93 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -disabledforeground #00ff00
.r cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#00ff00}
test button-1.94 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -disabledforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.95 {configuration option: "fg" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -fg #110022
.l cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.96 {configuration option: "fg" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.97 {configuration option: "fg" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -fg #110022
.b cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.98 {configuration option: "fg" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.99 {configuration option: "fg" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -fg #110022
.c cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.100 {configuration option: "fg" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.101 {configuration option: "fg" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -fg #110022
.r cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.102 {configuration option: "fg" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.103 {configuration option: "font" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -font {Helvetica -12}
.l cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.104 {configuration option: "activebackground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.105 {configuration option: "font" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -font {Helvetica -12}
.b cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.106 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.107 {configuration option: "font" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -font {Helvetica -12}
.c cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.108 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.109 {configuration option: "font" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -font {Helvetica -12}
.r cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.110 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.111 {configuration option: "foreground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -foreground #110022
.l cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.112 {configuration option: "foreground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -foreground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.113 {configuration option: "foreground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -foreground #110022
.b cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.114 {configuration option: "foreground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -foreground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.115 {configuration option: "foreground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -foreground #110022
.c cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.116 {configuration option: "foreground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -foreground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.117 {configuration option: "foreground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -foreground #110022
.r cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.118 {configuration option: "foreground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -foreground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.119 {configuration option: "height" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -height 18
.l cget -height
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 18
test button-1.120 {configuration option: "height" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -height 20.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.0"}
test button-1.121 {configuration option: "height" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -height 18
.b cget -height
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 18
test button-1.122 {configuration option: "height" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -height 20.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.0"}
test button-1.123 {configuration option: "height" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -height 18
.c cget -height
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 18
test button-1.124 {configuration option: "height" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -height 20.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.0"}
test button-1.125 {configuration option: "height" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -height 18
.r cget -height
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 18
test button-1.126 {configuration option: "height" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -height 20.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.0"}
test button-1.127 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightbackground #110022
.l cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.128 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.129 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightbackground #110022
.b cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.130 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.131 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightbackground #110022
.c cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.132 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.133 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightbackground #110022
.r cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.134 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.135 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightcolor #110022
.l cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.136 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.137 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightcolor #110022
.b cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.138 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.139 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightcolor #110022
.c cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.140 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.141 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightcolor #110022
.r cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.142 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.143 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightthickness 6m
.l cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {6m}
test button-1.144 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.145 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightthickness 6m
.b cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {6m}
test button-1.146 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.147 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightthickness 6m
.c cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {6m}
test button-1.148 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.149 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightthickness 6m
.r cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {6m}
test button-1.150 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.151 {configuration option: "image" for label} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.153 {configuration option: "image" for button} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 |
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
| | | 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 |
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.155 {configuration option: "image" for checkbutton} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
| | | 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.157 {configuration option: "image" for radiobutton} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
| | | | | | | | | | | 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.159 {configuration option: "indicatoron" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -indicatoron yes
.c cget -indicatoron
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 1
test button-1.160 {configuration option: "indicatoron" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -indicatoron no_way
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "no_way"}
test button-1.161 {configuration option: "indicatoron" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -indicatoron yes
.r cget -indicatoron
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 1
test button-1.162 {configuration option: "indicatoron" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -indicatoron no_way
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "no_way"}
test button-1.163 {configuration option: "justify" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -justify right
.l cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {right}
test button-1.164 {configuration option: "justify" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test button-1.165 {configuration option: "justify" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -justify right
.b cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {right}
test button-1.166 {configuration option: "justify" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test button-1.167 {configuration option: "justify" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -justify right
.c cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {right}
test button-1.168 {configuration option: "justify" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test button-1.169 {configuration option: "justify" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -justify right
.r cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {right}
test button-1.170 {configuration option: "justify" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test button-1.171 {configuration option: "offrelief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -offrelief flat
.c cget -offrelief
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {flat}
test button-1.172 {configuration option: "offrelief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -offrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.173 {configuration option: "offrelief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -offrelief flat
.r cget -offrelief
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {flat}
test button-1.174 {configuration option: "offrelief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -offrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.175 {configuration option: "offvalue" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -offvalue lousy
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 |
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -overrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 |
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -overrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.179 {configuration option: "overrelief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -overrelief ""
.c cget -overrelief
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {}
test button-1.180 {configuration option: "overrelief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -overrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.181 {configuration option: "overrelief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -overrelief ""
.r cget -overrelief
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {}
test button-1.182 {configuration option: "overrelief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -overrelief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.183 {configuration option: "padx" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -padx 12m
.l cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {12m}
test button-1.184 {configuration option: "padx" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.185 {configuration option: "padx" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -padx 12m
.b cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {12m}
test button-1.186 {configuration option: "padx" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.187 {configuration option: "padx" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -padx 12m
.c cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {12m}
test button-1.188 {configuration option: "padx" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.189 {configuration option: "padx" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -padx 12m
.r cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {12m}
test button-1.190 {configuration option: "padx" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.191 {configuration option: "pady" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -pady 12m
.l cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {12m}
test button-1.192 {configuration option: "pady" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.193 {configuration option: "pady" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -pady 12m
.b cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {12m}
test button-1.194 {configuration option: "pady" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.195 {configuration option: "pady" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -pady 12m
.c cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {12m}
test button-1.196 {configuration option: "pady" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.197 {configuration option: "pady" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -pady 12m
.r cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {12m}
test button-1.198 {configuration option: "pady" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test button-1.199 {configuration option: "repeatdelay" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -repeatdelay 100
.b cget -repeatdelay
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 100
test button-1.200 {configuration option: "repeatdelay" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -repeatdelay foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test button-1.201 {configuration option: "repeatinterval" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -repeatinterval 100
.b cget -repeatinterval
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 100
test button-1.202 {configuration option: "repeatinterval" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -repeatinterval foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test button-1.203 {configuration option: "relief" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -relief flat
.l cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {flat}
test button-1.204 {configuration option: "relief" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.205 {configuration option: "relief" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -relief flat
.b cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {flat}
test button-1.206 {configuration option: "relief" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.207 {configuration option: "relief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -relief flat
.c cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {flat}
test button-1.208 {configuration option: "relief" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.209 {configuration option: "relief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -relief flat
.r cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {flat}
test button-1.210 {configuration option: "relief" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test button-1.211 {configuration option: "selectcolor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -selectcolor #110022
.c cget -selectcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.212 {configuration option: "selectcolor" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -selectcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.213 {configuration option: "selectcolor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -selectcolor #110022
.r cget -selectcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {#110022}
test button-1.214 {configuration option: "selectcolor" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -selectcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test button-1.215 {configuration option: "selectimage" for checkbutton} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -selectimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
| | | 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -selectimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.217 {configuration option: "selectimage" for radiobutton} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -selectimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
| | | | | | | 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -selectimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.219 {configuration option: "state" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -state normal
.l cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {normal}
test button-1.220 {configuration option: "state" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}
test button-1.221 {configuration option: "state" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -state normal
.b cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {normal}
test button-1.222 {configuration option: "state" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}
test button-1.223 {configuration option: "state" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -state normal
.c cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {normal}
test button-1.224 {configuration option: "state" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}
test button-1.225 {configuration option: "state" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -state normal
.r cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {normal}
test button-1.226 {configuration option: "state" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}
test button-1.227 {configuration option: "takefocus" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -takefocus "any string"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -tristateimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
| | | 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 |
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -tristateimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.241 {configuration option: "tristateimage" for radiobutton} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -tristateimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
| | | | | | | 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 |
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -tristateimage bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-1.243 {configuration option: "underline" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -underline 5
.l cget -underline
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 5
test button-1.244 {configuration option: "underline" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -underline 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.245 {configuration option: "underline" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -underline 5
.b cget -underline
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 5
test button-1.246 {configuration option: "underline" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -underline 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.247 {configuration option: "underline" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -underline 5
.c cget -underline
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 5
test button-1.248 {configuration option: "underline" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -underline 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.249 {configuration option: "underline" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -underline 5
.r cget -underline
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 5
test button-1.250 {configuration option: "underline" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -underline 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.251 {configuration option: "tristatevalue" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -tristatevalue unknowable
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | | | | | | | | | 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 |
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.256 {configuration option: "width" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -width 402
.b cget -width
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 402
test button-1.257 {configuration option: "width" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.258 {configuration option: "width" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -width 402
.c cget -width
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 402
test button-1.259 {configuration option: "width" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.260 {configuration option: "width" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -width 402
.r cget -width
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 402
test button-1.261 {configuration option: "width" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test button-1.262 {configuration option: "wraplength" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -wraplength 100
.l cget -wraplength
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 100
test button-1.263 {configuration option: "wraplength" for label} -setup {
label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .l
update
} -body {
.l configure -wraplength 6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test button-1.264 {configuration option: "wraplength" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -wraplength 100
.b cget -wraplength
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 100
test button-1.265 {configuration option: "wraplength" for button} -setup {
button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .b
update
} -body {
.b configure -wraplength 6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test button-1.266 {configuration option: "wraplength" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -wraplength 100
.c cget -wraplength
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 100
test button-1.267 {configuration option: "wraplength" for checkbutton} -setup {
checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .c
update
} -body {
.c configure -wraplength 6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test button-1.268 {configuration option: "wraplength" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -wraplength 100
.r cget -wraplength
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result 100
test button-1.269 {configuration option: "wraplength" for radiobutton} -setup {
radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .r
update
} -body {
.r configure -wraplength 6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test button-1.270 {configuration options} -body {
# Additional check to make sure that -selectcolor may be empty in
# checkbox widgets
checkbutton .c
.c configure -selectcolor {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {}
# ex-tests 3.*
test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body {
button
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body {
label .x
winfo class .x
} -cleanup {
destroy .x
} -result {Label}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 |
rename gorp button
} -result {Button}
test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
button foo
} -cleanup {
destroy foo
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 |
rename gorp button
} -result {Button}
test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
button foo
} -cleanup {
destroy foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
######### test ex 3.8
test button-2.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
option add *funny.background bogus
button .funny
} -cleanup {
option clear
destroy .funny
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-2.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
option add *funny.background bogus
catch {button .funny}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
option clear
destroy .funny
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
(database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
invoked from within
"button .funny"}
test button-2.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
button .x -gorp foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-2.11 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
catch {button .x -gorp foo}
winfo exists .x
} -cleanup {
destroy .x
} -result 0
######### ex 3.10
test button-2.12 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} -body {
set x [button .abcd]
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .abcd
} -result {.abcd}
######### ex 4.*
test button-3.1 {ButtonWidgetCmd - too few arguments} -body {
button .b
.b
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".b option ?arg ...?"}
test button-3.2 {ButtonWidgetCmd - bad option name} -body {
button .b
.b c
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "c": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}
test button-3.3 {ButtonWidgetCmd - bad option name} -body {
button .b
.b bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "bogus": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}
test button-3.4 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
button .b
.b cget a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".b cget option"}
test button-3.5 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
button .b
.b cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
#ex 4.7
test button-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
label .l
.l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
button .b
.b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
button .b
.b cget -variable
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-variable"}
test button-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
.c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
.c cget -value
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-value"}
test button-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
radiobutton .r
.r cget -value
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
radiobutton .r
.r cget -onvalue
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-onvalue"}
# ex 4.6
test button-3.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
button .b -highlightthickness 3
lindex [.b configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result 3
test button-3.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
llength [.c configure]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result 41
test button-3.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
button .b
.b configure -gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-3.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b co -bg #ffffff -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-fg" missing}
test button-3.17 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -fg #123456
.b configure -bg #654321
lindex [.b configure -fg] 4
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {#123456}
test button-3.18 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
.c deselect foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c deselect"}
test button-3.19 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
label .l
.l deselect
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "deselect": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.20 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
button .b
.b deselect
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "deselect": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}
test button-3.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
set checkvar 1
.c d
return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {}
test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
set checkvar 1
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {}
test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
set checkvar 1
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
.c deselect
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
set checkvar 1
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
catch {.c deselect}
list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
destroy .c
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c deselect"} 0}
test button-3.26 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
set radiovar red
trace add variable radiovar write bogusTrace
.r deselect
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable radiovar write bogusTrace
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {can*t set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
set radiovar red
trace add variable radiovar write bogusTrace
catch {.r deselect}
list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable radiovar write bogusTrace
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".r deselect"} {}}
test button-3.28 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
button .b
.b flash foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}
test button-3.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
label .l
.l flash
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
button .b
catch {.b flash}
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
catch {.c flash}
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
radiobutton .r
catch {.r f}
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test button-3.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {
label .l
.l invoke
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "invoke": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.34 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {
button .b
.b invoke foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".b invoke"}
test button-3.35 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {
button .b
.b configure -command {set x invoked}
set x "not invoked"
.b invoke
return $x
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 |
} -result {invoked red}
test button-3.39 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
label .l
.l select
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 |
} -result {invoked red}
test button-3.39 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
label .l
.l select
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "select": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.40 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
button .b
.b select
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "select": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}
test button-3.41 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
.c select foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c select"}
test button-3.42 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue lovely -offvalue 0
set checkvar bogus
.c s
return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {lovely}
test button-3.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
set radiovar green
.r select
return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {red}
test button-3.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
set radiovar yellow
trace add variable radiovar write bogusTrace
.r select
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable radiovar write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
set radiovar yellow
trace add variable radiovar write bogusTrace
catch {.r select}
list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable radiovar write bogusTrace
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".r select"} red}
# ex 4.43
test button-3.46 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
label .l
.l toggle
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "toggle": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.47 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
button .b
.b toggle
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "toggle": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}
test button-3.48 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
radiobutton .r
.r toggle
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "toggle": must be cget, configure, deselect, flash, invoke, or select}
test button-3.49 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
checkbutton .c
.c toggle foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c toggle"}
test button-3.50 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
set checkvar bogus
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue sunshine -offvalue rain
.c toggle
set result $checkvar
.c toggle
lappend result $checkvar
.c toggle
lappend result $checkvar
return $result
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-3.51 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set checkvar xyz
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
.c toggle
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.52 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set checkvar xyz
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
catch {.c toggle}
list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
destroy .c
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-3.53 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set checkvar abc
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
.c toggle
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.54 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set checkvar abc
trace add variable checkvar write bogusTrace
catch {.c toggle}
list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable checkvar write bogusTrace
destroy .c
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-3.55 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
unset checkvar
set checkvar(1) 1
.c toggle
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "checkvar": variable is *array}
test button-3.56 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
unset checkvar
set checkvar(1) 1
catch {.c toggle}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -match glob -result {can*t set "checkvar": variable is *array
while executing
".c toggle"}
test button-4.1 {DestroyButton procedure} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 |
} -result {}
test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
button .b -bd 4 -bg green
.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
| | | 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 |
} -result {}
test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
button .b -bd 4 -bg green
.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-5.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
button .b -bd 4 -bg green
catch {.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus}
list [.b cget -bd] [.b cget -bg]
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {4 green}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {}
test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
| | | | | | 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {}
test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
radiobutton .r -variable x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "x": trace aborted}
test button-5.11 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} -body {
button .b -image bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
test button-5.12 {ConfigureButton - setting variable from current text value} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
button .b -textvariable x -text "Button 1"
return $x
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {Override}
test button-5.14 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
| | | | | | | | | | | 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {Override}
test button-5.14 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
destroy .r
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "x": trace aborted}
test button-5.15 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
catch {radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x}
return $x
} -cleanup {
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
destroy .r
} -result {foo}
#ex 6.14
test button-5.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
button .b -text "Button 1"
.b configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "1i"}
test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
button .b -text "Button 1"
catch {.b configure -width 1i}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "1i"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".b configure -width 1i"}
test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
button .b -text "Button 1"
.b configure -height 0.5c
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"}
test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
button .b -text "Button 1"
catch {.b configure -height 0.5c}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"
(processing -height option)
invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5c"}
#ex 6.16
test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
button .b -bitmap questhead
.b configure -width abc
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "abc"}
test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
button .b -bitmap questhead
catch {.b configure -width abc}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".b configure -width abc"}
test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
} -body {
button .b -image image1
.b configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
image delete image1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test button-5.23 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
image create test image1
} -body {
#ztestImageType
button .b -image image1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 |
destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}
test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 0
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable x
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 |
destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}
test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 0
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable x
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
.c invoke
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 0
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable x
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
catch {.c invoke}
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -result 1
test button-8.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 1
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable x
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
.c invoke
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 1
} -body {
checkbutton .c -variable x
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
catch {.c invoke}
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -result 0
test button-8.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set x 0
} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
set result $x
.r invoke
lappend result $x
.r invoke
lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
} -result {0 red red}
test button-8.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
set x green
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
.r invoke
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
set x green
trace add variable x write bogusTrace
catch {.r invoke}
list $errorInfo $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .r
trace remove variable x write bogusTrace
} -match glob -result {{*trace aborted
while executing
*
".r invoke"} red}
#ex 9.6
test button-8.9 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
set result untouched
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvImg.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvImg.c, # which implement canvas "image" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvImg.c, # which implement canvas "image" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -result {-anchor {} {} center nw}
test canvImg-1.2 {options for image items} -body {
.c create image 50 50 -anchor gorp -tags i1
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -result {-anchor {} {} center nw}
test canvImg-1.2 {options for image items} -body {
.c create image 50 50 -anchor gorp -tags i1
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor position "gorp": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test canvImg-1.3 {options for image items} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
.c delete all
} -body {
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
.c itemconfigure i1 -image
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -result {-image {} {} {} foo}
test canvImg-1.4 {options for image items} -body {
.c create image 50 50 -image unknown -tags i1
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {image "unknown" doesn't exist}
test canvImg-1.5 {options for image items} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
.c delete all
} -body {
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags {i1 foo}
.c itemconfigure i1 -tags
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -result {-tags {} {} {} {i1 foo}}
test canvImg-2.1 {CreateImage procedure} -body {
.c create image 40
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvImg-2.2 {CreateImage procedure} -body {
.c create image 40 50 60
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "60"}
test canvImg-2.3 {CreateImage procedure} -body {
.c delete all
set i [.c create image 50 50]
list [lindex [.c itemconf $i -anchor] 4] \
[lindex [.c itemconf $i -image] 4] \
[lindex [.c itemconf $i -tags] 4]
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -result {center {} {}}
test canvImg-2.4 {CreateImage procedure} -body {
.c create image xyz 40
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test canvImg-2.5 {CreateImage procedure} -body {
.c create image 50 qrs
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "qrs"}
test canvImg-2.6 {CreateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -body {
.c create image 50 50 -gorp foo
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test canvImg-3.1 {ImageCoords procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
} -body {
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.c coords i1]
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -result {50 100}
test canvImg-3.2 {ImageCoords procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
} -body {
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
.c coords i1 dumb 100
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "dumb"}
test canvImg-3.3 {ImageCoords procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
} -body {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
.c coords i1 250 dumb0
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "dumb0"}
test canvImg-3.4 {ImageCoords procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
} -body {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
.c coords i1 250
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvImg-3.5 {ImageCoords procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
image create test foo
} -body {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
.c coords i1 250 300 400
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got 3}
test canvImg-4.1 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
.c delete all
} -body {
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
image create test foo -variable x
image create test foo2 -variable y
foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
set y {}
| | | 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
image create test foo -variable x
image create test foo2 -variable y
foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
set y {}
set timer [after 500 {lappend y "timed out"}]
.c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
update idletasks
update
# On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run.
while {"timed out" ni $y && [lindex $y end 1] ne "display"} {
vwait y
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
update
set x {}
set y {}
.c itemconfigure i1 -image lousy
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo foo2
| | | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
update
set x {}
set y {}
.c itemconfigure i1 -image lousy
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo foo2
} -returnCodes error -result {image "lousy" doesn't exist}
test canvImg-5.1 {DeleteImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
.c delete all
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create test foo -variable x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
.c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -result {5 23 35 38}
| < < < | | | 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
.c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
image delete foo
} -result {5 23 35 38}
test canvImg-7.1 {DisplayImage procedure} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
.c delete all
} -body {
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
.c create rect 55 110 65 115 -width 1 -outline black -fill white
update
set x
} -result {{foo display 4 9 12 6}}
test canvImg-7.2 {DisplayImage procedure, no image} -body {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -tags i1
update
.c create rect 55 110 65 115 -width 1 -outline black -fill white
update
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvMoveto.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the canvas "moveto" command. It is # derived from canvRect.test. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the canvas "moveto" command. It is # derived from canvRect.test. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # Copyright (c) 2004 Neil McKay. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands canvas .c -width 400 -height 300 -bd 2 -relief sunken |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvPs.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out procedures to write postscript # for canvases to files and channels. It exercises the procedure # TkCanvPostscriptCmd in generic/tkCanvPs.c # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out procedures to write postscript # for canvases to files and channels. It exercises the procedure # TkCanvPostscriptCmd in generic/tkCanvPs.c # # Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
destroy .c
| | < < | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
destroy .c
test canvPs-3.1 {test ps generation with an embedded window} -setup {
set bar [makeFile {} bar.ps]
file delete $bar
} -body {
pack [canvas .c -width 200 -height 200 -background white]
.c create rect 20 20 150 150 -tags rect0 -dash . -width 2
.c create arc 0 50 200 200 -tags arc0 \
-dash {4 4} -stipple question -outline red -fill green
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
test canvPs-4.1 {test ps generation with single-point uncolored poly, bug 734498} -body {
pack [canvas .c]
.c create poly 10 20 10 20
.c postscript
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
# cleanup
unset -nocomplain foo bar
imageFinish
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
test canvPs-4.1 {test ps generation with single-point uncolored poly, bug 734498} -body {
pack [canvas .c]
.c create poly 10 20 10 20
.c postscript
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
test canvPs-5.1 {test ps generation with bitmap, bug 424773a00c} -body {
pack [canvas .c]
update
.c create bitmap 50 50 -bitmap questhead
.c postscript ; # was crashing on macOS
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
test canvPs-5.2 {test ps generation with image} -body {
pack [canvas .c]
update
.c create image 50 50 -image ::tk::icons::information
.c postscript
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
# cleanup
unset -nocomplain foo bar
imageFinish
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvRect.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkRectOval.c, # which implement canvas "rectangle" and "oval" items. It is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkRectOval.c, # which implement canvas "rectangle" and "oval" items. It is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "c"}
test canvRect-3.5 {RectOvalCoords procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x
.c coords x 1 2 3 d
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "d"}
| | < < < | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "c"}
test canvRect-3.5 {RectOvalCoords procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x
.c coords x 1 2 3 d
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "d"}
test canvRect-3.6 {RectOvalCoords procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x
.c coords x 10 25 15 40
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result {9 24 16 41}
test canvRect-3.7 {RectOvalCoords procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
} -result {1.0}
test canvRect-4.3 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1
.c itemconfigure x -width -5
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "-5"}
| | < > > > > > > > | < | | < | < | < | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
} -result {1.0}
test canvRect-4.3 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1
.c itemconfigure x -width -5
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "-5"}
test canvRect-4.4 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1
.c itemconfigure x -width 10
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result {5 15 35 45}
# I can't come up with any good tests for DeleteRectOval.
# On Windows the bbox of rectangle items is 1 pixel larger at each border due
# to the "bloat" implemented in ComputeRectOvalBbox() in case -outline is {}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
set result_5_1 {9 4 21 16}
} else {
set result_5_1 {10 5 20 15}
}
test canvRect-5.1 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1 -outline {}
.c coords x 20 15 10 5
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result $result_5_1
test canvRect-5.2 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1 -outline {}
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 1 -outline red
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result {9 9 31 21}
test canvRect-5.3 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1 -outline {}
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 2 -outline red
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result {9 9 31 21}
test canvRect-5.4 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} -body {
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1 -outline {}
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 3 -outline red
.c bbox x
} -cleanup {
.c delete withtag all
} -result {8 8 32 22}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
424 425 426 427 428 429 430 |
.c create rect 100 300 200 350 -tags x
.c move x 100 -10
format {%.6g %.6g %.6g %.6g} {*}[.c coords x]
} -result {200 290 300 340}
test canvRect-11.1 {RectOvalToPostscript procedure} -constraints {
| | < < | | | 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
.c create rect 100 300 200 350 -tags x
.c move x 100 -10
format {%.6g %.6g %.6g %.6g} {*}[.c coords x]
} -result {200 290 300 340}
test canvRect-11.1 {RectOvalToPostscript procedure} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
.c delete withtag all
} -body {
# This test is non-portable because different color information
# will get generated on different displays (e.g. mono displays
# vs. color).
.c configure -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
.c create rect 50 60 90 80 -fill black -stipple gray50 -outline {}
.c create oval 100 150 200 200 -fill {} -outline #ff0000 -width 5
update
set x [.c postscript]
string range $x [string first "-200 -150 translate" $x] end
} -result {-200 -150 translate
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvText.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvText.c, # which implement canvas "text" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvText.c,
# which implement canvas "text" items. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# Canvas used in 1.* - 17.* tests
canvas .c -width 400 -height 300 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .c
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
lappend result [.c itemcget test -angle]
} -result {30.0 330.0 0.0}
.c delete test
test canvText-2.1 {CreateText procedure: args} -body {
.c create text
| | | | | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
lappend result [.c itemcget test -angle]
} -result {30.0 330.0 0.0}
.c delete test
test canvText-2.1 {CreateText procedure: args} -body {
.c create text
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c create text coords ?arg ...?"}
test canvText-2.2 {CreateText procedure: args} -body {
.c create text xyz 0
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test canvText-2.3 {CreateText procedure: args} -body {
.c create text 0 xyz
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test canvText-2.4 {CreateText procedure: args} -body {
.c create text 0 0 -xyz xyz
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-xyz"}
test canvText-2.5 {CreateText procedure} -body {
.c create text 0 0 -tags x
.c coords x
} -cleanup {
.c delete x
} -result {0.0 0.0}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
} -result {0.0 0.0}
test canvText-3.2 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test xyz 0
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
| | | | | | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
} -result {0.0 0.0}
test canvText-3.2 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test xyz 0
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test canvText-3.3 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test 0 xyz
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test canvText-3.4 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test 10 10
set result {}
foreach element [.c coords test] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -result {10.0 10.0}
test canvText-3.5 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test 10
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvText-3.6 {TextCoords procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c coords test 10 10 10
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got 3}
test canvText-4.1 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c itemconfig test -fill xyz
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "xyz"}
test canvText-4.2 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
} -body {
.c itemconfig test -fill blue
.c itemcget test -fill
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
test canvText-5.1 {ConfigureText procedure: adjust cursor} -body {
.c create text 10 10 -tag x -fill blue -font "times 40" -stipple gray50 \
-text "xyz"
.c delete x
} -result {}
| | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
test canvText-5.1 {ConfigureText procedure: adjust cursor} -body {
.c create text 10 10 -tag x -fill blue -font "times 40" -stipple gray50 \
-text "xyz"
.c delete x
} -result {}
test canvText-6.1 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints {fonts failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
.c delete test
} -body {
set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
set ax [font measure $font 0]
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor sw; .c bbox test] \
eq "-1 -$ay [expr $ax+1] 0"}
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -result 1
| | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor sw; .c bbox test] \
eq "-1 -$ay [expr $ax+1] 0"}
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.5 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints {fonts failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
.c delete test
} -body {
set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
set ax [font measure $font 0]
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor ne; .c bbox test] \
eq "[expr -$ax-1] 0 1 $ay"}
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -result 1
| | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor ne; .c bbox test] \
eq "[expr -$ax-1] 0 1 $ay"}
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.9 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints {fonts failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
.c delete test
} -body {
set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
set ax [font measure $font 0]
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
} -result {4 5}
test canvText-9.8 {TextInsert procedure: selectFirst > selectLast: deselect} -body {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 3 10
.c index test sel.first
| | | 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
} -result {4 5}
test canvText-9.8 {TextInsert procedure: selectFirst > selectLast: deselect} -body {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 3 10
.c index test sel.first
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in item}
test canvText-9.9 {TextInsert procedure: selectFirst <= selectLast} -body {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 4 7
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} -result {4 4}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
focus .c
.c focus test
} -body {
.c select clear
.c index test sel.first
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
| | | | | | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 |
focus .c
.c focus test
} -body {
.c select clear
.c index test sel.first
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in item}
test canvText-14.3 {GetTextIndex procedure: select error} -setup {
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
focus .c
.c focus test
} -body {
.c select clear
.c index test sel.last
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in item}
test canvText-14.4 {GetTextIndex procedure: select error} -setup {
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
focus .c
.c focus test
} -body {
.c select clear
.c index test sel.
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "sel."}
test canvText-14.5 {GetTextIndex procedure: bad int or unknown index} -setup {
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
focus .c
.c focus test
} -body {
.c index test xyz
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "xyz"}
test canvText-14.6 {select clear errors} -setup {
.c create text 0 0 -tag test
} -body {
.c select clear test
} -cleanup {
.c delete test
} -returnCodes error -result "wrong \# args: should be \".c select clear\""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
$c delete all
after 100 "set done 1"; vwait done
} -body {
set f {Arial 28 bold}
set s1 { Yeah-ah-ah-ah-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-Yow}
set s2 { Yeah ah ah ah oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh Yow}
$c create text 21 18 \
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | > | | | | 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
$c delete all
after 100 "set done 1"; vwait done
} -body {
set f {Arial 28 bold}
set s1 { Yeah-ah-ah-ah-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-Yow}
set s2 { Yeah ah ah ah oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh Yow}
$c create text 21 18 \
-font $f \
-text $s1 \
-fill white \
-width 922 \
-anchor nw \
-tags tbox1
$c create rect {*}[$c bbox tbox1] -outline red
$c create text 21 160 \
-font $f \
-text $s2 \
-fill white \
-width 922 \
-anchor nw \
-tags tbox2
$c create rect {*}[$c bbox tbox2] -outline red
after 500 "set done 1" ; vwait done
set results [list]
$c select from tbox2 4
$c select to tbox2 8
lappend results [selection get]
$c select from tbox1 4
$c select to tbox1 8
lappend results [selection get]
array set metrics [font metrics $f]
set x [expr {21 + [font measure $f " "] \
+ ([font measure {Arial 28 bold} "Y"] / 2)}]
set y1 [expr {18 + ($metrics(-linespace) / 2)}]
set y2 [expr {160 + ($metrics(-linespace) / 2)}]
lappend results [$c index tbox1 @$x,$y1]
lappend results [$c index tbox2 @$x,$y2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {{Yeah } Yeah- 4 4}
test canvText-20.1 {angled text bounding box} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
proc transpose {bbox} {
lassign $bbox a b c d
list $b $a $d $c
}
proc almosteq {b1 b2} {
# check whether the two boxes are equal, with 1 unit tolerance on each x y w h
lassign $b1 a b c d
lassign $b2 e f g h
expr {($e-$a)<=1 && ($f-$b)<=1 && ($g-$c)<=1 && ($h-$d)<=1}
}
} -body {
.c create text 2 2 -tag t -anchor center -text 0 -font {TkDefaultFont 24}
set bb0 [.c bbox t]
.c itemconf t -angle 90
set bb1 [.c bbox t]
.c itemconf t -angle 180
set bb2 [.c bbox t]
.c itemconf t -angle 270
set bb3 [.c bbox t]
# bboxes should be the same, possibly with a small (platform-specific) rounding difference
list [expr {[almosteq $bb0 $bb2] ? "ok" : "$bb0,$bb2"}] \
[expr {[almosteq $bb1 $bb3] ? "ok" : "$bb1,$bb3"}] \
[expr {[almosteq $bb0 [transpose $bb1]] ? "ok" : "$bb0,$bb1"}]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
rename transpose {}
} -result {ok ok ok}
test canvText-20.2 {crash on angled text selection (X11, without xft) - bug 2712f43f6e} -setup {
destroy .c
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvWind.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvWind.c, # which implement canvas "window" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvWind.c, # which implement canvas "window" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {{1 3} {1 -79} {0 -79} {1 255} {0 255}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {{1 3} {1 -79} {0 -79} {1 255} {0 255}}
test canvWind-2.1 {DisplayWinItem, window gets destroyed during <Configure>} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
canvas .t.c
pack .t.c
frame .t.c.f -width 50 -height 50 -background red
set id [.t.c create window 50 50 -window .t.c.f]
update
bind .t.c.f <Configure> {destroy .t.c.f}
.t.c coords $id 60 60 ; # was crashing
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/canvas.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvas.c, which # implements generic code for canvases. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvas.c, which # implements generic code for canvases. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
.c configure -insertwidth 1.3
.c cget -insertwidth
} -result 1
test canvas-1.32 {configuration options: bad value for "insertwidth"} -body {
.c configure -insertwidth 6x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test canvas-1.33 {configuration options: good value for "relief"} -body {
| | | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
.c configure -insertwidth 1.3
.c cget -insertwidth
} -result 1
test canvas-1.32 {configuration options: bad value for "insertwidth"} -body {
.c configure -insertwidth 6x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "6x"}
test canvas-1.33 {configuration options: good value for "relief"} -body {
.c configure -relief g
.c cget -relief
} -result {groove}
test canvas-1.34 {configuration options: bad value for "relief"} -body {
.c configure -relief r
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "r": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test canvas-1.35 {configuration options: good value for "selectbackground"} -body {
.c configure -selectbackground #110022
.c cget -selectbackground
} -result {#110022}
test canvas-1.36 {configuration options: bad value for "selectbackground"} -body {
.c configure -selectbackground bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
.c xview moveto 0
update
set x [list [.c xview]]
.c xview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c xview]
} -result {{0.0 0.3} {0.4 0.7}}
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
.c xview moveto 0
update
set x [list [.c xview]]
.c xview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c xview]
} -result {{0.0 0.3} {0.4 0.7}}
test canvas-2.4 {CanvasWidgetCmd, xview option} -body {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 0 -yscrollincrement 5
.c xview moveto 0.6
update
set x [list [.c xview]]
.c xview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c xview]
} -result {{0.6 0.9} {0.66 0.96}}
catch {destroy .c}
# Canvas used in 3.* test cases
canvas .c -width 60 -height 40 -scrollregion {0 0 200 80} \
-borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0
pack .c
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
} -body {
.c create arc -100 10 100 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style arc -tags arc1
set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
.c create arc 100 10 300 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style chord -tags arc2
set coordBox [.c bbox arc2]
.c create arc 300 10 500 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style pieslice -tags arc3
set pieBox [.c bbox arc3]
| < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
} -body {
.c create arc -100 10 100 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style arc -tags arc1
set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
.c create arc 100 10 300 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style chord -tags arc2
set coordBox [.c bbox arc2]
.c create arc 300 10 500 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style pieslice -tags arc3
set pieBox [.c bbox arc3]
list $arcBox $coordBox $pieBox
} -result {{48 21 100 94} {248 21 300 94} {398 21 500 112}}
test canvas-9.1 {canvas id creation and deletion} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
} -body {
# With Tk 8.0.4 the ids are now stored in a hash table. You can use this
# test as a performance test with older versions by changing the value of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
# This would crash
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
.c create polygon 0 0 0 10 10 0
.c dchars 1 2 end
.c coords 1
} {}
test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
set qx [expr {1.+1.}]
# qx has type double and no string representation
| > > > > > > > | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
# This would crash
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
.c create polygon 0 0 0 10 10 0
.c dchars 1 2 end
.c coords 1
} {}
test canvas-11.4 {canvas line dchars crash with -arrows, bug 51ece3786f} {
# This would crash
destroy .c
canvas .c
.c create line 10 10 100 100 -arrow last
.c dchars 1 0 1
} {}
test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
set qx [expr {1.+1.}]
# qx has type double and no string representation
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
}]
}
test canvas-13.1 {canvas delete during event, SF bug-228024} -body {
kill_canvas .c
set ::x {}
# do this many times to improve chances of triggering the crash
for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
| | | 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
}]
}
test canvas-13.1 {canvas delete during event, SF bug-228024} -body {
kill_canvas .c
set ::x {}
# do this many times to improve chances of triggering the crash
for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
event generate .c <1> -x 100 -y 100
event generate .c <ButtonRelease-1> -x 100 -y 100
}
return $::x
} -result {okokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokok}
test canvas-14.1 {canvas scan SF bug 581560} -setup {
destroy .c
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
} -returnCodes error -body {
.c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 |
} -returnCodes error -body {
.c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create rect 0 0 1c 1c]
expr {[lindex [.c coords $id] 2]>1}
} -result 1
test canvas-15.20 {bug [237971ce]} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create line {0 0 50 50 100 50}]
.c insert $id end {200 200}
.c coords $id
} -result {0.0 0.0 50.0 50.0 100.0 50.0 200.0 200.0}
test canvas-15.21 {bug [237971ce]} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create poly {0 0 50 50 100 50}]
.c insert $id end {200 200}
.c coords $id
} -result {0.0 0.0 50.0 50.0 100.0 50.0 200.0 200.0}
destroy .c
test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create arc {0 10 20 30} -start 33]
.c itemcget $id -start
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 |
set res [list [.c gettags 1]]
.c dtag 1 tagA
lappend res [.c gettags 1]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {{tagA tagA tagA tagA tagA tagA} {}}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
set res [list [.c gettags 1]]
.c dtag 1 tagA
lappend res [.c gettags 1]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {{tagA tagA tagA tagA tagA tagA} {}}
# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/choosedir.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseDir" and # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseDir" and # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
proc ToEnterDirsByKey {parent dirs} {
after 100 [list EnterDirsByKey $parent $dirs]
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
| | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
proc ToEnterDirsByKey {parent dirs} {
after 100 [list EnterDirsByKey $parent $dirs]
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc EnterDirsByKey {parent dirs} {
global tk_strictMotif
if {$parent == "."} {
set w .__tk_choosedir
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
| | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# The test suite proper
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/clipboard.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's clipboard management code, # especially the "clipboard" command. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's clipboard management code,
# especially the "clipboard" command. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Note: Multiple display clipboard handling will only be tested if the
# environment variable TK_ALT_DISPLAY is set to an alternate display.
#
#################################################################
# Note that some of these tests may fail if another application #
# is grabbing the clipboard (e.g. an X server, or a VNC viewer) #
#################################################################
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# set up a very large buffer to test INCR retrievals
set longValue ""
foreach i {a b c d e f g j h i j k l m o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
clipboard append "first chunk"
selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
clipboard append " second chunk"
clipboard get
} -cleanup {
clipboard clear
} -returnCodes ok -result {first chunk second chunk}
| | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
clipboard append "first chunk"
selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
clipboard append " second chunk"
clipboard get
} -cleanup {
clipboard clear
} -returnCodes ok -result {first chunk second chunk}
test clipboard-6.2 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
clipboard clear
} -body {
setupbg
clipboard append -f INTEGER -t TEST "16"
set result [dobg {clipboard get TEST}]
return $result
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/clrpick.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseColor" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseColor" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
}
}
.c delete $i
incr i
}
destroy .c
} else {
| | | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
}
}
.c delete $i
incr i
}
destroy .c
} else {
testConstraint colorsLeftover 1
}
test clrpick-1.1 {tk_chooseColor command} -body {
tk_chooseColor -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialcolor, -parent, or -title}
test clrpick-1.2 {tk_chooseColor command } -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
test clrpick-1.7 {tk_chooseColor command} -body {
tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}
# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
| | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
test clrpick-1.7 {tk_chooseColor command} -body {
tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}
# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
# before setting isNative
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]
proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 200 "SendButtonPress . $btn mouse"
}
}
proc ToChooseColorByKey {parent r g b} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 200 ChooseColorByKey . $r $g $b
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc ChooseColorByKey {parent r g b} {
set w .__tk__color
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
| | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
test clrpick-2.1 {tk_chooseColor command} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover
} -setup {
set verylongstring [string repeat longstring: 100]
} -body {
ToPressButton . ok
tk_chooseColor -title "Press Ok $verylongstring" -initialcolor #404040 \
-parent .
} -result {#404040}
test clrpick-2.2 {tk_chooseColor command} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/cmds.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkCmds.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkCmds.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
update
test cmds-1.1 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} -body {
tkwait visibility
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tkwait variable|visibility|window name"}
test cmds-1.2 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} -body {
tkwait visibility foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tkwait variable|visibility|window name"}
test cmds-1.3 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} -body {
tkwait visibility bad_window
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "bad_window"}
test cmds-1.4 {tkwait visibility, waiting for window to be mapped} -setup {
button .b -text "Test"
set x init
} -body {
after 100 {set x delay; place .b -x 0 -y 0}
tkwait visibility .b
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {delay}
test cmds-1.5 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
frame .f
button .f.b -text "Test"
pack .f.b
set x init
} -body {
after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
tkwait visibility .f.b
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed}
test cmds-1.6 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
frame .f
button .f.b -text "Test"
pack .f.b
set x init
} -body {
after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/color.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkColor.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkColor.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands # cname -- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
pack .b2 -side top
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}
test color-1.5 {Color table} nonPortable {
set fd [open ../xlib/rgb.txt]
set result {}
while {[gets $fd line] >= 0} {
| | | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
pack .b2 -side top
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}
test color-1.5 {Color table} nonPortable {
set fd [open ../xlib/rgb.txt]
set result {}
while {[gets $fd line] >= 0} {
if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
append result $line\n
}
}
return $result
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
winfo rgb . #abz
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#abz"}
test color-2.11 {Tk_GetColor, 6 hex digits, last one invalid} -body {
winfo rgb . #12345g
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#12345g"}
test color-3.1 {Tk_FreeColor procedure, reference counting} colorsFree {
| | | | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
winfo rgb . #abz
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#abz"}
test color-2.11 {Tk_GetColor, 6 hex digits, last one invalid} -body {
winfo rgb . #12345g
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#12345g"}
test color-3.1 {Tk_FreeColor procedure, reference counting} colorsFree {
destroy {*}[winfo children .t]
mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 240 240 0 -6 0 0 0 -40
pack .t.c
mkColors .t.c2 20 1 250 0 0 -10 0 0 0 0 0
pack .t.c2
update
set last [.t.c2 create rectangle 50 50 70 60 -outline {} \
-fill [cname 0 240 240]]
.t.c delete 1
set result [colorsFree .t]
.t.c2 delete $last
lappend result [colorsFree .t]
} {0 1}
test color-3.2 {Tk_FreeColor procedure, flushing stressed cmap information} colorsFree {
destroy {*}[winfo children .t]
mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 240 240 0 -6 0 0 0 -40
pack .t.c
mkColors .t.c2 20 1 250 0 0 -10 0 0 0 0 0
mkColors .t.c2 20 1 250 250 0 -10 -10 0 0 0 0
pack .t.c2
update
closest .t 241 241 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/config.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in tkConfig.c, # which comprise the new new option configuration system. It is # organized in the standard "white-box" fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in tkConfig.c, # which comprise the new new option configuration system. It is # organized in the standard "white-box" fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
testobjconfig alltypes .a
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
testobjconfig alltypes .b
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
set x
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
testobjconfig alltypes .a
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
testobjconfig alltypes .b
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
set x
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result {{1 17 -boolean} {2 17 -boolean}}
test config-1.2 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - synonym initialization} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a -synonym green
.a cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result green
test config-1.3 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - option database initialization} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
option add *b.string different
testobjconfig alltypes .b
list [.a cget -string] [.b cget -string]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
killTables
option clear
} -result {foo bar}
test config-1.5 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - default initialization} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
| | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
killTables
option clear
} -result {foo bar}
test config-1.5 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - default initialization} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result center
test config-1.6 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - chained tables} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig chain2 .b
testobjconfig info chain2
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
} -body {
option add *a.color blue
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -color]
} -cleanup {
killTables
option clear
| | | | | | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
} -body {
option add *a.color blue
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -color]
} -cleanup {
killTables
option clear
} -result blue
test config-3.3 {Tk_InitOptions - initialize from database} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
option add *a.justify bogus
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -justify]
} -cleanup {
killTables
option clear
} -result left
test config-3.4 {Tk_InitOptions - initialize from widget class} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -color]
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result red
test config-3.5 {Tk_InitOptions - no initial value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a cget -relief
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result {}
test config-3.6 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
option add *a.color non-existent
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
test config-4.1 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 0
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
test config-4.1 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 0
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.2 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 0
.foo cget -boolean
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.4 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 1
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.4 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 1
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.5 {DoObjConfig - boolean} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 1
.foo cget -boolean
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
test config-4.9 {DoObjConfig - integer} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -integer 3
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
test config-4.9 {DoObjConfig - integer} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -integer 3
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.10 {DoObjConfig - integer} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -integer 3
.foo cget -integer
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
test config-4.14 {DoObjConfig - double} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double 3.14
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
test config-4.14 {DoObjConfig - double} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double 3.14
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.15 {DoObjConfig - double} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double 3.14
.foo cget -double
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 3.14
test config-4.16 {DoObjConfig - double} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double 3.14
.foo cget -double
rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -double 62.75
.foo cget -double
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -double 62.75
.foo cget -double
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result 62.75
test config-4.19 {DoObjConfig - string} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string test
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.20 {DoObjConfig - string} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string test
.foo cget -string
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result test
test config-4.21 {DoObjConfig - string} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string test
.foo cget -string
rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.22 {DoObjConfig - null string} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.23 {DoObjConfig - null string} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string {}
.foo cget -string
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
killTables
} -result {this is a test}
test config-4.26 {DoObjConfig - string table} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | > > > > > > | | | | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
killTables
} -result {this is a test}
test config-4.26 {DoObjConfig - string table} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.27 {DoObjConfig - string table} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
.foo cget -stringtable
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result two
test config-4.28 {DoObjConfig - string table} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
.foo cget -stringtable
rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.29 {DoObjConfig - invalid string table} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad stringtable "foo": must be one, two, three, or four}
test config-4.29a {DoObjConfig - invalid string table} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable2 foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad stringtable2 "foo": must be one or two}
test config-4.30 {DoObjConfig - new string table} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
.foo configure -stringtable three
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 16
test config-4.31 {DoObjConfig - new string table} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
.foo configure -stringtable three
.foo cget -stringtable
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result three
test config-4.32 {DoObjConfig - new string table} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
.foo configure -stringtable three
.foo cget -stringtable
rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.33 {DoObjConfig - stringtable internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -stringtable "four"
.foo cget -stringtable
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result four
test config-4.34 {DoObjConfig - color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color blue
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.35 {DoObjConfig - color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color blue
.foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result blue
test config-4.36 {DoObjConfig - color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color blue
.foo cget -color
rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 |
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -color purple
.foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -color purple
.foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result purple
test config-4.39 {DoObjConfig - null color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.40 {DoObjConfig - null color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
.foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test config-4.41 {DoObjConfig - null color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
test config-4.45 {DoObjConfig - font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 72}
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
test config-4.45 {DoObjConfig - font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 72}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.46 {DoObjConfig - font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 72}
.foo cget -font
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown font style "foo"}
test config-4.50 {DoObjConfig - null font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown font style "foo"}
test config-4.50 {DoObjConfig - null font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.51 {DoObjConfig - null font} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {}
.foo cget -font
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
killTables
} -result {Times 16}
test config-4.53 {DoObjConfig - bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | | | | | | 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 |
killTables
} -result {Times 16}
test config-4.53 {DoObjConfig - bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.54 {DoObjConfig - bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
.foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result gray75
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
.foo configure -bitmap gray50
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 128
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
.foo configure -bitmap gray50
.foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result gray50
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foobar
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "foobar" not defined}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
.foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test config-4.60 {DoObjConfig - bitmap internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -bitmap gray25
.foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result gray25
test config-4.61 {DoObjConfig - border} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border green
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.62 {DoObjConfig - border} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border green
.foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result green
test config-4.63 {DoObjConfig - invalid border} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border xxx
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "xxx"}
test config-4.64 {DoObjConfig - null border} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.65 {DoObjConfig - null border} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border {}
.foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test config-4.66 {DoObjConfig - border internal value} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.69 {DoObjConfig - relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief flat
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.69 {DoObjConfig - relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief flat
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.70 {DoObjConfig - relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief flat
.foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result flat
test config-4.71 {DoObjConfig - invalid relief} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "foo": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test config-4.72 {DoObjConfig - relief internal value} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
.foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result ridge
test config-4.73 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
.foo configure -relief flat
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 512
test config-4.74 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
.foo configure -relief flat
.foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result flat
test config-4.75 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.76 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow
.foo cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result arrow
test config-4.77 {DoObjConfig - invalid cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "foo"}
test config-4.78 {DoObjConfig - null cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.79 {DoObjConfig - null cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor {}
.foo cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test config-4.80 {DoObjConfig - new cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor xterm
.foo configure -cursor arrow
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 1024
test config-4.81 {DoObjConfig - new cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor xterm
.foo configure -cursor arrow
.foo cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result arrow
test config-4.82 {DoObjConfig - cursor internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -cursor watch
.foo cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result watch
test config-4.83 {DoObjConfig - justify} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify center
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.84 {DoObjConfig - justify} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify center
.foo cget -justify
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result center
test config-4.85 {DoObjConfig - invalid justify} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "foo": must be left, right, or center}
test config-4.86 {DoObjConfig - new justify} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify left
.foo configure -justify right
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 2048
test config-4.87 {DoObjConfig - new justify} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify left
.foo configure -justify right
.foo cget -justify
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result right
test config-4.88 {DoObjConfig - justify internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -justify center
.foo cget -justify
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result center
test config-4.89 {DoObjConfig - anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor center
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.90 {DoObjConfig - anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor center
.foo cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result center
test config-4.91 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test config-4.92 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
.foo configure -anchor n
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 4096
test config-4.93 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
.foo configure -anchor n
.foo cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result n
test config-4.94 {DoObjConfig - anchor internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -anchor sw
.foo cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result sw
test config-4.95 {DoObjConfig - pixel} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.96 {DoObjConfig - pixel} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42
.foo cget -pixel
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 42
test config-4.97 {DoObjConfig - invalid pixel} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
960 961 962 963 964 965 966 |
} -returnCodes ok -result 8192
test config-4.99 {DoObjConfig - new pixel} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42m
.foo configure -pixel 3c
.foo cget -pixel
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | | 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 |
} -returnCodes ok -result 8192
test config-4.99 {DoObjConfig - new pixel} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42m
.foo configure -pixel 3c
.foo cget -pixel
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result 3c
test config-4.100 {DoObjConfig - pixel internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -pixel [winfo screenmmwidth .]m
set screenW [winfo screenwidth .]
set result [.foo cget -pixel]
expr {$screenW eq $result}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result 1
test config-4.101 {DoObjConfig - window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
toplevel .bar
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.102 {DoObjConfig - window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
toplevel .bar
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
.foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .bar
test config-4.103 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
toplevel .bar
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test config-4.104 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
toplevel .bar
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.105 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
toplevel .bar
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
.foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
toplevel .bar
toplevel .blamph
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
.foo configure -window .blamph
.foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
toplevel .bar
toplevel .blamph
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
.foo configure -window .blamph
.foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .blamph
test config-4.108 {DoObjConfig - window internal value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .foo -window .
.foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result .
test config-4.109 {DoObjConfig - releasing old values} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -setup {
catch {rename .foo {}}
} -body {
# This test doesn't generate a useful value to check; if an
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 |
killTables
} -result {}
test config-4.111 {DoObjConfig - custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom test
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 |
killTables
} -result {}
test config-4.111 {DoObjConfig - custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom test
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.112 {DoObjConfig - custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom test
.foo cget -custom
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result TEST
test config-4.113 {DoObjConfig - null custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom {}
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result .foo
test config-4.114 {DoObjConfig - null custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom {}
.foo cget -custom
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test config-4.115 {DoObjConfig - custom internal value} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 |
test config-6.2 {GetOptionFromObj - exact match} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig chain2 .a
.a cget -one
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 |
test config-6.2 {GetOptionFromObj - exact match} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig chain2 .a
.a cget -one
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result one
test config-6.3 {GetOptionFromObj - abbreviation} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig chain2 .a
.a cget -fo
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result four
test config-6.4 {GetOptionFromObj - ambiguous abbreviation} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig chain2 .a
.a cget -on
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 |
killTables
} -result {two and a half}
test config-6.6 {GetOptionFromObj - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .b
.b cget -synonym
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
killTables
} -result {two and a half}
test config-6.6 {GetOptionFromObj - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .b
.b cget -synonym
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result red
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
}
test config-7.1 {Tk_SetOptions - basics} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -color green -rel sunken
list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -relief]
} -result {green sunken}
test config-7.2 {Tk_SetOptions - bogus option name} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-bogus"}
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -synonym blue
.a cget -color
} -result blue
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -color green -relief
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-relief" missing}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
catch {.a configure -color green -relief}
.a cget -color
} -result green
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 |
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
catch {.a csave -color green -color black -color blue \
-color #ffff00 -color #ff00ff -color bogus}
.a cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 |
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
catch {.a csave -color green -color black -color blue \
-color #ffff00 -color #ff00ff -color bogus}
.a cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result red
test config-8.3 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - freeing object memory} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a csave -color green -color black -color blue -color #ffff00 -color #ff00ff
} -cleanup {
killTables
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 |
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -double 62.4 -color bogus}
.a cget -double
} -cleanup {
killTables
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 |
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -double 62.4 -color bogus}
.a cget -double
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result 3.14159
test config-8.9 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - string internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -string "A long string" -color bogus}
.a cget -string
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result foo
test config-8.10 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - string table internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -stringtable three -color bogus}
.a cget -stringtable
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result one
test config-8.11 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - color internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -color green -color bogus}
.a cget -color
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result red
test config-8.12 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - font internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig nonPortable
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -font {Times 12} -color bogus}
.a cget -font
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result {Helvetica 12}
test config-8.13 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - bitmap internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -bitmap questhead -color bogus}
.a cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result gray50
test config-8.14 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - border internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -border brown -color bogus}
.a cget -border
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result blue
test config-8.15 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - anchor internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -anchor e -color bogus}
.a cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result center
test config-8.16 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - cursor internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -cursor watch -color bogus}
.a cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result xterm
test config-8.17 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - justify internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -justify right -color bogus}
.a cget -justify
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result left
test config-8.18 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - anchor internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a
catch {.a csave -anchor n -color bogus}
.a cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result center
test config-8.19 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - window internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a -window .a
catch {.a csave -window .a -color bogus}
.a cget -window
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result .a
test config-8.20 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - custom internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig internal .a -custom "foobar"
catch {.a csave -custom "barbaz" -color bogus}
.a cget -custom
} -cleanup {
killTables
} -result FOOBAR
# Most of the tests below will cause memory leakage if there is a
# problem. This may not be evident unless the tests are run in
# conjunction with a memory usage analyzer such as Purify.
test config-9.1 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - string internal form} -constraints {
testobjconfig
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 |
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
killTables
}
test config-10.1 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - one item} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
| | | | | | 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 |
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
killTables
}
test config-10.1 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - one item} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -anchor e
.foo configure -anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
} -result {-anchor anchor Anchor center e}
test config-10.2 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - one item, synonym} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -color black
.foo configure -synonym
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
} -result {-color color Color red black}
test config-10.3 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - all items} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 18} -integer 13563
.foo configure
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
} -result {{-boolean boolean Boolean 1 1} {-integer integer Integer 7 13563} {-double double Double 3.14159 3.14159} {-string string String foo foo} {-stringtable StringTable stringTable one one} {-stringtable2 StringTable2 stringTable2 two two} {-color color Color red red} {-font font Font {Helvetica 12} {Helvetica 18}} {-bitmap bitmap Bitmap gray50 gray50} {-border border Border blue blue} {-relief relief Relief {} {}} {-cursor cursor Cursor xterm xterm} {-justify {} {} left left} {-anchor anchor Anchor center center} {-pixel pixel Pixel 1 1} {-custom {} {} {} {}} {-synonym -color}}
test config-10.4 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - chaining through tables} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
testobjconfig chain2 .foo -one asdf -three xyzzy
.foo configure
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
} -result {{-three three Three three xyzzy} {-four four Four four four} {-two two Two {two and a half} {two and a half}} {-oneAgain oneAgain OneAgain {one again} {one again}} {-one one One one asdf} {-two two Two two {two and a half}}}
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 |
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -justify
} -result {-justify {} {} left left}
test config-11.3 {GetConfigList - null default and current value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
| | | | 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 |
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -justify
} -result {-justify {} {} left left}
test config-11.3 {GetConfigList - null default and current value} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -relief
} -result {-relief relief Relief {} {}}
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
killTables
}
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig internal .a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 |
.a cget -string
} -result {test value}
test config-12.5 {GetObjectForOption - stringTable} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -stringtable "two"
.a cget -stringtable
| | | | | | | | | | | 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 |
.a cget -string
} -result {test value}
test config-12.5 {GetObjectForOption - stringTable} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -stringtable "two"
.a cget -stringtable
} -result two
test config-12.6 {GetObjectForOption - color} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -color "green"
.a cget -color
} -result green
test config-12.7 {GetObjectForOption - font} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -font {Times 36}
.a cget -font
} -result {Times 36}
test config-12.8 {GetObjectForOption - bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -bitmap "questhead"
.a cget -bitmap
} -result questhead
test config-12.9 {GetObjectForOption - border} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -border #33217c
.a cget -border
} -result {#33217c}
test config-12.10 {GetObjectForOption - relief} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -relief groove
.a cget -relief
} -result groove
test config-12.11 {GetObjectForOption - cursor} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -cursor watch
.a cget -cursor
} -result watch
test config-12.12 {GetObjectForOption - justify} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -justify right
.a cget -justify
} -result right
test config-12.13 {GetObjectForOption - anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -anchor e
.a cget -anchor
} -result e
test config-12.14 {GetObjectForOption - pixels} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -pixel 193.2
.a cget -pixel
} -result 193
test config-12.15 {GetObjectForOption - window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -window .a
.a cget -window
} -result .a
test config-12.16 {GetObjectForOption -custom} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
.a configure -custom foobar
.a cget -custom
} -result FOOBAR
test config-12.17 {GetObjectForOption - null values} -constraints {
testobjconfig
} -body {
.a configure -string {} -color {} -font {} -bitmap {} -border {} \
-cursor {} -window {} -custom {}
list [.a cget -string] [.a cget -color] [.a cget -font] \
[.a cget -bitmap] [.a cget -border] [.a cget -cursor] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/constraints.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
}
Export bg::setup as setupbg
Export bg::cleanup as cleanupbg
Export bg::do as dobg
namespace export deleteWindows
proc deleteWindows {} {
| | > > > > > > < | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
}
Export bg::setup as setupbg
Export bg::cleanup as cleanupbg
Export bg::do as dobg
namespace export deleteWindows
proc deleteWindows {} {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
# This update is needed to avoid intermittent failures on macOS in unixEmbed.test
# with the (GitHub Actions) CI runner.
# Reason for the failures is unclear but could have to do with window ids being deleted
# after the destroy command returns. The detailed mechanism of such delayed deletions
# is not understood, but it appears that this update prevents the test failures.
update
}
namespace export fixfocus
proc fixfocus {} {
catch {destroy .focus}
toplevel .focus
wm geometry .focus +0+0
entry .focus.e
.focus.e insert 0 "fixfocus"
pack .focus.e
update
focus -force .focus.e
destroy .focus
}
namespace export imageInit imageFinish imageCleanup imageNames
variable ImageNames
proc imageInit {} {
variable ImageNames
if {![info exists ImageNames]} {
set ImageNames [lsort [image names]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
set r {}
foreach img [image names] {
if {$img ni $ImageNames} {lappend r $img}
}
return $r
}
}
}
namespace import -force tk::test::*
namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
set r {}
foreach img [image names] {
if {$img ni $ImageNames} {lappend r $img}
}
return $r
}
#
# CONTROL TIMING ASPECTS OF POINTER WARPING
#
# The proc [controlPointerWarpTiming] is intended to ensure that the (mouse)
# pointer has actually been moved to its new position after a Tk test issued:
#
# [event generate $w $event -warp 1 ...]
#
# It takes care of the following timing details of pointer warping:
#
# a. Allow pointer warping to happen if it was scheduled for execution at
# idle time.
# - In Tk releases 8.6 and older, pointer warping is scheduled for
# execution at idle time
# - In release 8.7 and newer this happens synchronously if $w refers to the
# whole screen or if the -when option to [event generate] is "now".
# The namespace variable idle_pointer_warping records which of these is
# the case.
#
# b. Work around a race condition associated with OS notification of
# mouse motion on Windows.
#
# When calling [event generate $w $event -warp 1 ...], the following
# sequence occurs:
# - At some point in the processing of this command, either via a
# synchronous execution path, or asynchronously at idle time, Tk calls
# an OS function* to carry out the mouse cursor motion.
# - Tk has previously registered a callback function** with the OS, for
# the OS to call in order to notify Tk when a mouse move is completed.
# - Tk doesn't wait for the callback function to receive the notification
# from the OS, but continues processing. This suits most use cases
# because usually the notification arrives fast enough (within a few tens
# of microseconds). However ...
# - A problem arises if Tk performs some processing, immediately following
# up on [event generate $w $event -warp 1 ...], and that processing
# relies on the mouse pointer having actually moved. If such processing
# happens just before the notification from the OS has been received,
# Tk will be using not yet updated info (e.g. mouse coordinates).
#
# Hickup, choke etc ... !
#
# * the function SendInput() of the Win32 API
# ** the callback function is TkWinChildProc()
#
# This timing issue can be addressed by putting the Tk process on hold
# (do nothing at all) for a somewhat extended amount of time, while
# letting the OS complete its job in the meantime. This is what is
# accomplished by calling [after ms].
#
# ----
# For the history of this issue please refer to Tk ticket [69b48f427e],
# specifically the comment on 2019-10-27 14:24:26.
#
#
# Beware: there are cases, not (yet) exercised by the Tk test suite, where
# [controlPointerWarpTiming] doesn't ensure the new position of the pointer.
# For example, when issued under Tk8.7+, if the value for the -when option
# to [event generate $w] is not "now", and $w refers to a Tk window, i.e. not
# the whole screen.
#
variable idle_pointer_warping [expr {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tk] 8.7-]}]
proc controlPointerWarpTiming {{duration 50}} {
variable idle_pointer_warping
if {$idle_pointer_warping} {
update idletasks ;# see a. above
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
after $duration ;# see b. above
}
}
namespace export controlPointerWarpTiming
}
}
namespace import -force tk::test::*
namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [expr {[info exists env(DISPLAY)] && [testConstraint x11]}]
testConstraint altDisplay [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]
testConstraint noExceed [expr {
![testConstraint unix] || [catch {font actual "\{xyz"}]
}]
# constraints for testing facilities defined in the tktest executable...
testConstraint testImageType [expr {"test" in [image types]}]
testConstraint testOldImageType [expr {"oldtest" in [image types]}]
testConstraint testbitmap [llength [info commands testbitmap]]
testConstraint testborder [llength [info commands testborder]]
testConstraint testcbind [llength [info commands testcbind]]
| > > > | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [expr {[info exists env(DISPLAY)] && [testConstraint x11]}]
testConstraint altDisplay [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]
testConstraint noExceed [expr {
![testConstraint unix] || [catch {font actual "\{xyz"}]
}]
# constraint for running a test on all windowing system except aqua
# where the test fails due to a known bug
testConstraint aquaKnownBug [expr {[testConstraint notAqua] || [testConstraint knownBug]}]
# constraints for testing facilities defined in the tktest executable...
testConstraint testImageType [expr {"test" in [image types]}]
testConstraint testOldImageType [expr {"oldtest" in [image types]}]
testConstraint testbitmap [llength [info commands testbitmap]]
testConstraint testborder [llength [info commands testborder]]
testConstraint testcbind [llength [info commands testcbind]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 | testConstraint testmetrics [llength [info commands testmetrics]] testConstraint testobjconfig [llength [info commands testobjconfig]] testConstraint testsend [llength [info commands testsend]] testConstraint testtext [llength [info commands testtext]] testConstraint testwinevent [llength [info commands testwinevent]] testConstraint testwrapper [llength [info commands testwrapper]] | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
testConstraint testmetrics [llength [info commands testmetrics]]
testConstraint testobjconfig [llength [info commands testobjconfig]]
testConstraint testsend [llength [info commands testsend]]
testConstraint testtext [llength [info commands testtext]]
testConstraint testwinevent [llength [info commands testwinevent]]
testConstraint testwrapper [llength [info commands testwrapper]]
# constraints about what sort of fonts are available
testConstraint fonts 1
destroy .e
entry .e -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12} -bd 1 -highlightthickness 1
.e insert end a.bcd
if {([winfo reqwidth .e] != 37) || ([winfo reqheight .e] != 20)} {
testConstraint fonts 0
}
destroy .e
destroy .t
text .t -width 80 -height 20 -font {Times -14} -bd 1
pack .t
.t insert end "This is\na dot."
update
set x [list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 2.5]]
destroy .t
if {![string match {{22 3 6 15} {31 18 [34] 15}} $x]} {
testConstraint fonts 0
}
# Although unexpected, some systems may have a very limited set of fonts available.
# The following constraints happen to evaluate to false at least on one system: the
# Github CI runner for Linux with --disable-xft, which has exactly ONE single font
# ([font families] returns a single element: "fixed"), for which [font actual]
# returns:
# -family fixed -size 9 -weight normal -slant roman -underline 0
# and [font metrics] returns:
# -ascent 11 -descent 2 -linespace 13 -fixed 1
# The following constraints are hence tailored to check exactly what is needed in the
# tests they constrain (that is: availability of any font having the given font
# attributes), so that these constrained tests will in fact run on all systems having
# reasonable font dotation.
testConstraint haveTimes12Font [expr {
[font actual {times 12} -size] == 12
}]
testConstraint haveCourier37Font [expr {
[font actual {-family courier -size 37} -size] == 37
}]
testConstraint haveTimes14BoldFont [expr {
([font actual {times 14 bold} -size] == 14) &&
([font actual {times 14 bold} -weight] eq "bold")
}]
testConstraint haveTimes12BoldItalicUnderlineOverstrikeFont [expr {
([font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline} -weight] eq "bold") &&
([font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline} -slant] eq "italic") &&
([font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline} -underline] eq "1") &&
([font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline} -overstrike] eq "1")
}]
set fixedFont {Courier 12} ; # warning: must be consistent with the files using the constraint below!
set bigFont {Helvetica 24} ; # ditto
testConstraint haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont [expr {
[font actual $fixedFont -size] * 2 <= [font actual $bigFont -size]
}]
unset fixedFont bigFont
# constraints for the visuals available
testConstraint pseudocolor8 [expr {
([catch {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
}] == 0) && ([winfo depth .t] == 8)
}]
destroy .t
testConstraint haveTruecolor24 [expr {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added tests/corruptTruncatedColormap.gif.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/cursor.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkCursor.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkCursor.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/dialog.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
test dialog-2.1 {tk_dialog operation} -setup {
proc PressButton {btn} {
if {![winfo ismapped $btn]} {
update
}
event generate $btn <Enter>
| | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
test dialog-2.1 {tk_dialog operation} -setup {
proc PressButton {btn} {
if {![winfo ismapped $btn]} {
update
}
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
} -body {
set x [after 5000 [list set tk::Priv(button) "no response"]]
after 100 PressButton .d.button0
set res [tk_dialog .d foo foo info 0 click]
after cancel $x
return $res
} -cleanup {
destroy .d
} -result 0
test dialog-2.2 {tk_dialog operation} -setup {
proc HitReturn {w} {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
} -body {
set x [after 5000 [list set tk::Priv(button) "no response"]]
after 100 HitReturn .d
set res [tk_dialog .d foo foo info 1 click default]
after cancel $x
return $res
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/earth.gif.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/embed.test.
1 2 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out embedded Windows. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out embedded Windows. # # Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/entry.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# For xscrollcommand
set scrollInfo {}
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace add variable
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
}
set cy [font metrics {Courier -12} -linespace]
test entry-1.1 {configuration option: "background" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
}
set cy [font metrics {Courier -12} -linespace]
test entry-1.1 {configuration option: "background" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -background #ff0000
.e cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#ff0000}
test entry-1.2 {configuration option: "background" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.3 {configuration option: "bd" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -bd 4
.e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-1.4 {configuration option: "bd" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test entry-1.5 {configuration option: "bg" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -bg #ff0000
.e cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#ff0000}
test entry-1.6 {configuration option: "bg" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.7 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -borderwidth 1.3
.e cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-1.8 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test entry-1.9 {configuration option: "cursor" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -cursor arrow
.e cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {arrow}
test entry-1.10 {configuration option: "cursor" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test entry-1.11 {configuration option: "disabledbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledbackground green
.e cget -disabledbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {green}
test entry-1.12 {configuration option: "disabledbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.13 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledforeground blue
.e cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {blue}
test entry-1.14 {configuration option: "disabledforeground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.15 {configuration option: "exportselection" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -exportselection yes
.e cget -exportselection
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-1.16 {configuration option: "exportselection" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -exportselection xyzzy
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}
test entry-1.17 {configuration option: "fg" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -fg #110022
.e cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.18 {configuration option: "fg" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.19 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -font {Helvetica -12}
.e cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test entry-1.20 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test entry-1.21 {configuration option: "foreground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -foreground #110022
.e cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.22 {configuration option: "foreground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -foreground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightbackground #110022
.e cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightcolor #110022
.e cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightcolor" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.27 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightthickness 6
.e cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 6
test entry-1.28 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightthickness -2
.e cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-1.29 {configuration option: "highlightthickness" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test entry-1.30 {configuration option: "insertbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertbackground #110022
.e cget -insertbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.31 {configuration option: "insertbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
.e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-1.33 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertborderwidth 2.6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.6x"}
test entry-1.34 {configuration option: "insertofftime" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertofftime 100
.e cget -insertofftime
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 100
test entry-1.35 {configuration option: "insertofftime" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertofftime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3.2"}
test entry-1.36 {configuration option: "insertontime" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertontime 100
.e cget -insertontime
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 100
test entry-1.37 {configuration option: "insertontime" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertontime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3.2"}
test entry-1.38 {configuration option: "invalidcommand" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -invalidcommand "any string"
.e cget -invalidcommand
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {any string}
test entry-1.39 {configuration option: "invcmd" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -invcmd "any string"
.e cget -invcmd
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {any string}
test entry-1.40 {configuration option: "justify" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -justify right
.e cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {right}
test entry-1.41 {configuration option: "justify" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test entry-1.42 {configuration option: "readonlybackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -readonlybackground green
.e cget -readonlybackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {green}
test entry-1.43 {configuration option: "readonlybackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -readonlybackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.44 {configuration option: "relief" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -relief flat
.e cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {flat}
test entry-1.45 {configuration option: "selectbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectbackground #110022
.e cget -selectbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.46 {configuration option: "selectbackground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.47 {configuration option: "selectborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectborderwidth 1.3
.e cget -selectborderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-1.48 {configuration option: "selectborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectborderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test entry-1.49 {configuration option: "selectforeground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectforeground #110022
.e cget -selectforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {#110022}
test entry-1.50 {configuration option: "selectforeground" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test entry-1.51 {configuration option: "show" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -show *
.e cget -show
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {*}
test entry-1.52 {configuration option: "state" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -state n
.e cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {normal}
test entry-1.53 {configuration option: "state" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be disabled, normal, or readonly}
test entry-1.54 {configuration option: "takefocus" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -takefocus "any string"
.e cget -takefocus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {any string}
test entry-1.55 {configuration option: "textvariable" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable i
.e cget -textvariable
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {i}
test entry-1.56 {configuration option: "width" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -width 402
.e cget -width
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 402
test entry-1.57 {configuration option: "width" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test entry-1.58 {configuration option: "xscrollcommand" for entry} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
.e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Some command}
test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
entry gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "gorp"}
test entry-2.3 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
list [winfo exists .e] [winfo class .e] [info commands .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 Entry .e}
test entry-2.4 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
entry .e -gorp foo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e}
test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e}
test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e bbox
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]
# Previously the result was count using previousli counted font measurements
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
.e insert 0 "abc"
list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
.e bbox end
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
.e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
.e bbox end
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
820 821 822 823 824 825 826 |
.e configure -bd 4
.e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
.e configure -bd 4
.e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 36
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
.e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
873 874 875 876 877 878 879 |
} -body {
.e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | | | | | | | 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
} -body {
.e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 2 4
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 014567890
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0123457890
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
.e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6 5
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 01234567890
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e delete 2 8
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 01234567890
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state readonly
.e delete 2 8
.e configure -state normal
.e get
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 |
} -body {
.e index foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 |
} -body {
.e index foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e index 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
# UTF
.e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 |
} -body {
.e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | | | | | | 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 |
} -body {
.e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e insert 3 xxx
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e insert 3 xxx
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 01234567890
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state readonly
.e insert 3 xxx
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 01234567890
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
.e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e scan a
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}
# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
.e insert end "very very long string"
.e scan mark 30
.e scan dragto 28
.e index @0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 |
.e select clear
selection get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 |
.e select clear
selection get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 4
update
.e select clear
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 |
} -body {
.e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
} -body {
.e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e selection present
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e configure -exportselection false
.e selection present
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e delete 0 end
.e selection present
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 |
} -body {
.e select adjust 2 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection adjust index"}
test entry-3.57 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 |
} -body {
.e select adjust 2 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection adjust index"}
test entry-3.57 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 4
selection get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 123
test entry-3.58 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 |
.e select range 4 4
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-3.63 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 |
.e select range 4 4
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-3.63 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 7
.e select range 2 9
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last] [.e index anchor]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {2 9 3}
test entry-3.64 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e selection range 0 end
.e configure -state disabled
.e selection range 2 4
.e configure -state normal
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0 10}
test entry-3.64a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end 0123456789
.e selection range 0 end
.e configure -state readonly
.e selection range 2 4
.e configure -state normal
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {2 4}
test entry-3.64b {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection to" widget command} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
} -body {
.e select to 2 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}
test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview 5
format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "gorp"}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview 0
.e icursor 10
.e xview insert
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview moveto 0.5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview moveto 0
.e xview scroll 1 pages
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview moveto .9
update
.e xview scroll -2 p
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll 2 units
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 32
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll -1 units
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 29
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview 0
update
.e xview -1
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview 300
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 73
test entry-3.86 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e insert 10 \u4e4e
update
# UTF
# If Tcl_NumUtfChars wasn't used, wrong answer would be:
# 0.106383 0.117021 0.117021
set x {}
.e xview moveto .1
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .11
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .12
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}
test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
# The test below doesn't actually check anything directly, but if run
# with Purify or some other memory-allocation-checking program it will
# ensure that resources get properly freed.
test entry-4.1 {DestroyEntry procedure} -body {
entry .e -textvariable x -show *
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end "Sample text"
update
destroy .e
} -result {}
test entry-5.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} -body {
set x 12345
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Some text}
test entry-5.4 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e
} -body {
| | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Some text}
test entry-5.4 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e
} -body {
trace add variable x write override
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
trace remove variable x write override
unset x;
} -result {12345 12345}
test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
set x {}
entry .e1
entry .e2
} -body {
.e2 insert end "This is some sample text"
.e1 configure -exportselection false
.e1 insert end "0123456789"
pack .e1 .e2 ; update idletasks
.e2 select from 0
.e2 select to 10
lappend x [selection get]
.e1 select from 1
.e1 select to 5
lappend x [selection get]
.e1 configure -exportselection 1
lappend x [selection get]
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e configure -exportselection 0
selection get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-5.6.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e configure -exportselection 0
catch {selection get}
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 5}
test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e configure -width 5
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.454545}
test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
.e insert end "0123"
update
.e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
update
winfo geom .e
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {62x37+0+0}
test entry-5.9 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0 0 1 1}
test entry-5.10 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief flat
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0 0 1 1}
test entry-5.11 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
.e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
.e scan dragto 30
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
-highlightthickness 3
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
-justify center -highlightthickness 3
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
-justify right -highlightthickness 3
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 6
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 6
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 7
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 6
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
.e insert end "01234\t67890"
update
.e xview 3
list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {5 6}
test entry-6.7 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 5
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {77 39}
test entry-6.8 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
unix fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
.e insert 0 12345
update
set x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show X
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show ""
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {23 53 43}
test entry-6.11 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
win
} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show . -font {helvetica 12}
.e insert 0 12345
update
set x1 [winfo reqwidth .e]
set x2 [expr {8+5*[font measure {helvetica 12} .]}]
set x [expr {$x1 eq $x2}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 |
destroy .e
} -result {1 1 1}
test entry-6.12 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20
| | | > | < > < | > | < > < | | | | | | | | | | > | < > < | > | < > < | > | < > < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 |
destroy .e
} -result {1 1 1}
test entry-6.12 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert end "012\t456\t"
update
list [.e index @80] [.e index @81] [.e index @115] [.e index @116]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {6 7 7 8}
test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 2 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 500 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 2 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {5 9 5 8}
test entry-7.4 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 3 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {2 9 2 8}
test entry-7.5 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 5 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {2 9 2 8}
test entry-7.6 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 6 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 7
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 5 XXX
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 3 XXX
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 7
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e insert 2 00
winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 59
test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 2 4
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete -1 2
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 3 1000
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 3
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 4
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 8
update
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 8
update
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 5 8
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 8 10
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 4
update
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 5
update
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 4 6
update
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 4
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 5
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 4 6
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e delete 2 4
# To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
# of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
# in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
# for computation of the reqwidth
# note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded #define XPAD 1
set XPAD 1
set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
+ 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
[.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) } ]
expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
unset XPAD expected
} -result {1}
test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
trace add variable x write override
entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
.e insert 0 foo
list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
trace remove variable x write override
unset x
} -result {12345 12345}
test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
set x abcde
set y ab
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -width 0
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e configure -textvariable x
.e configure -textvariable y
update
list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "a"
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefg"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefghijklmn"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "abcdefg"
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "1234567890123456789012"
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 10
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123"
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 3
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123456"
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 5
test entry-11.1 {EntryEventProc procedure} -setup {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 abcdefg
destroy .e
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}
test entry-13.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
| | | | | | | | 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}
test entry-13.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index end
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 21
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
entry .e
.e index abogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "abogus"}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
.e index anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-13.4 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 4
.e select to 1
.e index anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-13.5 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 3
.e select to 15
.e select adjust 4
.e index anchor
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 15
test entry-13.6 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
.e index ebogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "ebogus"}
test entry-13.7 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e icursor 2
.e index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 2
test entry-13.8 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e
} -body {
.e index ibogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "ibogus"}
test entry-13.9 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
} -body {
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 |
test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
| | | | | | | | | 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 |
test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range. When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
catch {selection get}
.e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 1
test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
.e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
# why when string in .e index changed to not beginning with s,
# it behaves differently?
test entry-13.12.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
.e index bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-13.13 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
.e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "sbogus"}
test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range. When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
selection clear .e
selection get
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}
test entry-13.14.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range. When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}
test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}
test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @4
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-13.17 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @11
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test entry-13.18 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @12
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 5
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6}]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 8
test entry-13.20 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 5}]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 9
test entry-13.21 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index @1000
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 9
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
entry .e
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
} -body {
.e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "1xyz"}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index -1
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index 12
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 12
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
-font {Courier -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
.e index 49
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 21
test entry-13.26 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
selection clear .e
.e configure -show .
.e insert 0 XXXYZZY
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
list [.e index @7] [.e index @8]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0 1}
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Text Text}
# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
| | | | | | | < > | < > < > | < > < | > | | 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Text Text}
# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
.e insert 0 "............................."
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
unix fonts
} -body {
entry .e -show X -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
.e insert 0 "............................."
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.275862}
test entry-16.3 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
win
} -body {
entry .e -show . -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
pack .e ; update idletasks
update
.e insert 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.4 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -body {
entry .e -show ""
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 1.000000}
test entry-17.1 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 123
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 1.000000}
test entry-17.2 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 0123456789abcdef
.e xview 3
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.187500 0.812500}
test entry-17.3 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs
.e xview 6
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.315789 0.842105}
test entry-17.4 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -setup {
proc bgerror msg {
global x
set x $msg
}
} -body {
entry .e -width 5
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e configure -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand
update
list $x $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
rename bgerror {}
} -result {{invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"} {invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"
while executing
"thisisnotacommand 0.0 1.0"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 a
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e 1 0 a {} a all key}
test entry-19.2 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 a ;# previous settings
.e insert 1 b
return $::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e 1 1 ab a b all key}
test entry-19.3 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 ab ;# previous settings
.e insert end c
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e 1 2 abc ab c all key}
test entry-19.4 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 abc ;# previous settings
.e insert 1 123
list $::vVals $::e
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{.e 1 1 a123bc abc 123 all key} a123bc}
test entry-19.5 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 a123bc ;# previous settings
.e delete 2
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e 0 2 a13bc a123bc 2 all key}
test entry-19.6 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 a13bc ;# previous settings
.e configure -validate key
.e delete 1 3
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e 0 1 abc a13bc 13 key key}
test entry-19.7 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focus \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abc ;# previous settings
set ::vVals {}
.e insert end d
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
test entry-19.8 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e configure -validate focus ;# previous settings
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusin}
test entry-19.9 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focus \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
focus -force .e ;# previous settings
update ;# previous settings
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusout}
test entry-19.10 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusin}
test entry-19.11 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
focus -force .e ;# previous settings
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update ;# previous settings
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusout}
test entry-19.12 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focusin \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert 0 abcd ;# previous settings
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusin focusin}
test entry-19.13 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focusin \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
set ::vVals {}
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
test entry-19.14 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
set ::vVals {} ;# previous settings
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
test entry-19.15 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
set ::vVals {} ;# previous settings
focus -force .e ;# previous settings
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update ;# previous settings
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
| | | 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
set ::vVals {} ;# previous settings
focus -force .e ;# previous settings
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update ;# previous settings
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
| | | | | 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate focuso \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
.e insert end abcd ;# previous settings
set ::e newdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {focusout {.e -1 -1 newdata abcd {} focusout forced}}
# proc doval changed - returns 0
test entry-19.18 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
set ::e newdata ;# previous settings
.e configure -validate all
set ::e nextdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
## This sets validate to none because it shows that we prevent a possible
## loop condition in the validation, when the entry textvar is also set
# proc doval2 used
test entry-19.19 {entry widget validation} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
set ::e nextdata ;# previous settings
.e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
.e validate
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
| | | 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 |
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e ; update idletasks
set ::e nextdata ;# previous settings
.e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
.e validate ;# previous settings
.e configure -validate all
set ::e testdata
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 |
## different value in the entry widget shown as is in the textvar.
test entry-19.21 {entry widget validation - bug 40e4bf6198} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate key \
-validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-textvariable ::e
| | | 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 |
## different value in the entry widget shown as is in the textvar.
test entry-19.21 {entry widget validation - bug 40e4bf6198} -setup {
unset -nocomplain ::e ::vVals
} -body {
entry .e -validate key \
-validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-textvariable ::e
pack .e ; update idletasks
set ::e origdata
.e insert 0 A
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {none origdata mydata {.e 1 0 Aorigdata origdata A key key}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 |
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-20.7 {widget deletion with textvariable active} -body {
# SF bugs 607390 and 617446
set FOO init
entry .e -textvariable FOO -validate all \
| | | 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 |
destroy .e
} -result 0
test entry-20.7 {widget deletion with textvariable active} -body {
# SF bugs 607390 and 617446
set FOO init
entry .e -textvariable FOO -validate all \
-validatecommand {%W configure -bg white; format 1}
bind .e <Destroy> { set FOO hello }
destroy .e
winfo exists .e
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 |
test entry-22.1 {lost namespaced textvar} -body {
namespace eval test { variable foo {a b} }
entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo
namespace delete test
set ::test::foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | | | | | | | | | 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 |
test entry-22.1 {lost namespaced textvar} -body {
namespace eval test { variable foo {a b} }
entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo
namespace delete test
set ::test::foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {can*t read "::test::foo": no such variable}
test entry-22.2 {lost namespaced textvar} -body {
namespace eval test { variable foo {a b} }
entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo
namespace delete test
catch {.e insert end "more stuff"} result1
catch {.e delete 5 end } result2
catch {set ::test::foo} result3
list [.e get] [.e cget -textvar] $result1 $result2 $result3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -match glob -result [list "a bmo" ::test::foo \
{can*t set "::test::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} \
{can*t set "::test::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} \
{can*t read "::test::foo": no such variable}]
test entry-23.1 {error in trace proc attached to the textvariable} -setup {
destroy .e
} -body {
trace add variable myvar write traceit
proc traceit args {error "Intentional error here!"}
entry .e -textvariable myvar
catch {.e insert end mystring} result1
catch {.e delete 0} result2
list $result1 $result2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -match glob -result [list {ca*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!}]
test entry-24.1 {textvariable lives in a non-existing namespace} -setup {
destroy .e
} -body {
catch {entry .e -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
set result1
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -match glob -result {can*t trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace does*t exist}
test entry-25.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
# Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name
set var INIT
entry .b -textvariable var
trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
.b configure -textvariable {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 |
}}}
pack .b
bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
update
destroy .b
unset new
} {}
# Gathered comments about lacks
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc,
# and EntryTextVarProc.
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 |
}}}
pack .b
bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
update
destroy .b
unset new
} {}
test entry-25.3 {Bug [2a32225cd1] - Navigation in a password made of several words} -setup {
destroy .e
pack [entry .e -show *]
update
set res {}
} -body {
.e insert end "A sample password made of several words"
.e icursor end
event generate .e <<PrevWord>> ; # shall move insert to index 0
.e delete insert end
lappend res [.e get]
.e insert end "A sample password made of several words"
.e icursor 2
event generate .e <<NextWord>> ; # shall move insert to index end
.e delete 0 insert
lappend res [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{} {}}
# Gathered comments about lacks
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc,
# and EntryTextVarProc.
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/event.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in tkEvent.c. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in tkEvent.c. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
# XXX This test file is woefully incomplete. Right now it only tests
# a few of the procedures in tkEvent.c. Please add more tests whenever
# possible.
# Setup table used to query key events.
proc _init_keypress_lookup {} {
global keypress_lookup
scan A %c start
scan Z %c finish
for {set i $start} {$i <= $finish} {incr i} {
set l [format %c $i]
set keypress_lookup($l) $l
}
scan a %c start
scan z %c finish
for {set i $start} {$i <= $finish} {incr i} {
set l [format %c $i]
set keypress_lookup($l) $l
}
scan 0 %c start
scan 9 %c finish
for {set i $start} {$i <= $finish} {incr i} {
set l [format %c $i]
set keypress_lookup($l) $l
}
# Most punctuation
array set keypress_lookup {
! exclam
% percent
& ampersand
( parenleft
) parenright
* asterisk
+ plus
, comma
. period
/ slash
: colon
< less
= equal
? question
@ at
^ asciicircum
_ underscore
| bar
~ asciitilde
' apostrophe
}
# Characters with meaning to Tcl...
array set keypress_lookup [list \
- minus \
> greater \
\" quotedbl \
\# numbersign \
\$ dollar \
\; semicolon \
\[ bracketleft \
\\ backslash \
\] bracketright \
\{ braceleft \
\} braceright \
" " space \
\xA0 nobreakspace \
"\n" Return \
"\t" Tab]
}
# Lookup an event in the keypress table.
# For example:
# Q -> Q
# ; -> semicolon
# > -> greater
# Delete -> Delete
# Escape -> Escape
proc _keypress_lookup {char} {
global keypress_lookup
if {! [info exists keypress_lookup]} {
_init_keypress_lookup
}
if {$char == ""} {
error "empty char"
}
if {[info exists keypress_lookup($char)]} {
return $keypress_lookup($char)
} else {
return $char
}
}
# Lookup and generate a pair of Key and KeyRelease events
proc _keypress {win key} {
set keysym [_keypress_lookup $key]
# Force focus to the window before delivering
# each event so that a window manager using
# a focus follows mouse will not steal away
# the focus if the mouse is moved around.
if {[focus] != $win} {
focus -force $win
}
event generate $win <Key-$keysym>
_pause 50
if {[focus] != $win} {
focus -force $win
}
event generate $win <KeyRelease-$keysym>
_pause 50
}
# Call _keypress for each character in the given string
proc _keypress_string {win string} {
foreach letter [split $string ""] {
_keypress $win $letter
}
}
# Delay script execution for a given amount of time
proc _pause {{msecs 1000}} {
global _pause
if {! [info exists _pause(number)]} {
set _pause(number) 0
}
set num [incr _pause(number)]
set _pause($num) 0
after $msecs "set _pause($num) 1"
vwait _pause($num)
unset _pause($num)
}
# Helper proc to convert index to x y position
proc _text_ind_to_x_y {text ind} {
set bbox [$text bbox $ind]
if {[llength $bbox] != 4} {
error "got bbox \{$bbox\} from $text, index $ind"
}
foreach {x1 y1 width height} $bbox break
set middle_y [expr {$y1 + ($height / 2)}]
return [list $x1 $middle_y]
}
# Return selection only if owned by the given widget
proc _get_selection {widget} {
if {[string compare $widget [selection own]] != 0} {
return ""
}
if {[catch {selection get} sel]} {
return ""
}
return $sel
}
# Begining of the actual tests
test event-1.1 {Tk_HandleEvent procedure, filter events for dead windows} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
_keypress $e BackSpace
_keypress $e BackSpace
$e get
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {MEL}
test event-2.3(keypress) {type into entry widget, triple click, hit Delete key,
| | | | | | | 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
_keypress $e BackSpace
_keypress $e BackSpace
$e get
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {MEL}
test event-2.3(keypress) {type into entry widget, triple click, hit Delete key,
and then type some more} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e JUMP
set result [$e get]
event generate $e <Enter>
for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
_pause 100
event generate $e <Button-1>
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1>
}
_keypress $e Delete
_keypress_string $e UP
lappend result [$e get]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
$e get 1.0 1.end
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {MEL}
test event-2.6(keypress) {type into text widget, triple click,
hit Delete key, and then type some more} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e JUMP
set result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
event generate $e <Enter>
for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
| > | | | | | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
$e get 1.0 1.end
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {MEL}
test event-2.6(keypress) {type into text widget, triple click,
hit Delete key, and then type some more} -setup {
deleteWindows
update idletasks
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e JUMP
set result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
event generate $e <Enter>
for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
_pause 100
event generate $e <Button-1>
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1>
}
_keypress $e Delete
_keypress_string $e UP
lappend result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
| | | | | | | | | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
set current [$e index [list $current + 1 char]]
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
event generate $e <Button-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
while {[$e compare $current >= [list $anchor - 4 char]]} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
set current [$e index [list $current - 1 char]]
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 |
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
while {$current <= $selend} {
| | | | | | | | | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 |
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
while {$current <= $selend} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
incr current
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
event generate $e <Button-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
while {$current >= ($anchor - 4)} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
incr current -1
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}
test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a
| | | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}
test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a
text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "LINE ONE\nLINE TWO\nLINE THREE"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
666 667 668 669 670 671 672 |
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list "LINE THREE\n" "LINE TWO\nLINE THREE\n" \
| | | | | | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list "LINE THREE\n" "LINE TWO\nLINE THREE\n" \
"LINE ONE\nLINE TWO\nLINE THREE\n"]
test event-6.1(button-state) {button press in a window that is then
destroyed, when the mouse is moved into another window it
should not generate a <B1-motion> event since the mouse
was not pressed down in that window} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
event generate $t <Button-1>
destroy $t
set t [toplevel .t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1.3 A 1.3 A}
test event-7.2(double-click) {A double click on a lone character
in an entry widget should select that character} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
| > | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
unset x1 y1 width height middle_y left_x left_y right_x right_y
} -result {1.3 A 1.3 A}
test event-7.2(double-click) {A double click on a lone character
in an entry widget should select that character} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}
test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
| > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
unset x1 y1 width height middle_y left_x left_y right_x right_y
} -result {4 A 4 A}
test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
multi-byte virtual keycodes - bug
e36963bfe8df9f5e528134707a91b9c0051de723} -constraints nonPortable -setup {
deleteWindows
set res [list ]
} -body {
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
bind $e <Key> {lappend res keycode: %k keysym: %K}
focus -force $e
update
event generate $e <diaeresis>
# The value now contained in $res depends on the actual
# physical keyboard layout and keycode generated, from
# the hardware on which the test suite happens to run.
# We don't need (and we can't really) check correctness
# of the (system-dependent) keycode received, however
# Tk should be able to associate this keycode to a
# (system-independent) known keysym, unless the system
# running the test does not have a keyboard with a
# diaeresis key.
if {[lindex $res 3] ne "??"} {
# keyboard has a physical diaeresis key and bug is fixed
return "OK"
} else {
return "Test failed, unless the keyboard tied to the system \
on which this test is run does NOT have a diaeresis \
physical key - in this case, test is actually void."
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {OK}
test event-9.1 {enter . window by destroying a toplevel - bug b1d115fa60} -setup {
set EnterBind [bind . <Enter>]
} -body {
wm geometry . 200x200+300+300
wm deiconify .
_pause 200
toplevel .top2 -width 200 -height 200
wm geometry .top2 +[expr {[winfo rootx .]+50}]+[expr {[winfo rooty .]+50}]
_pause 200
wm deiconify .top2
raise .top2
_pause 400
event generate .top2 <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
_pause 100
bind . <Enter> {lappend res %W}
set res [list ]
destroy .top2
_pause 200
set res
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
bind . <Enter> $EnterBind
} -result {.}
test event-9.2 {enter toplevel window by destroying a toplevel - bug b1d115fa60} -setup {
set iconified false
if {[winfo ismapped .]} {
wm iconify .
update
set iconified true
}
} -body {
toplevel .top1
wm geometry .top1 200x200+300+300
wm deiconify .top1
_pause 200
toplevel .top2 -width 200 -height 200
_pause 200
wm geometry .top2 +[expr {[winfo rootx .top1]+50}]+[expr {[winfo rooty .top1]+50}]
_pause 200
wm deiconify .top2
raise .top2
_pause 400
event generate .top2 <Motion> -warp 1 -x 50 -y 50
_pause 100
bind .top1 <Enter> {lappend res %W}
set res [list ]
destroy .top2
_pause 200
set res
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows ; # destroy all children of ".", this already includes .top1
if {$iconified} {
wm deiconify .
update
}
} -result {.top1}
# cleanup
update
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/filebox.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_getOpenFile" and # "tk_getSaveFile" commands. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_getOpenFile" and
# "tk_getSaveFile" commands. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test fileDialog-0.1 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() fails} {
# MacOS type that is too long
set res [list [catch {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo {\0\0\0\0\0}}}} msg] $msg]
regsub -all "\0" $res {\\0}
} {1 {bad Macintosh file type "\0\0\0\0\0"}}
test fileDialog-0.2 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() fails} {
# MacOS type that is too short, but looks ok in utf (4 bytes).
set x [catch {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo {\0\0}}}} msg]
regsub -all "\0" $msg {\\0} msg
list $x $msg
} {1 {bad Macintosh file type "\0\0"}}
test fileDialog-0.3 {GetFileName: file types: bad filetype} \
-constraints {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} \
-body {
# Check for the Aqua crash reported in ticket 080a28104.
set filename [tk_getOpenFile -filetypes {
{"Invalid extension" {x.y}}
{"All files" {*}}
}]
} -result {}
set tk_strictMotif_old $tk_strictMotif
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Procedures needed by this test file
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 EnterFileByKey $parent [list $fileName] [list $fileDir]
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
| | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 EnterFileByKey $parent [list $fileName] [list $fileDir]
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc EnterFileByKey {parent fileName fileDir} {
global tk_strictMotif
if {$parent == "."} {
set w .__tk_filedialog
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
}
update
SendButtonPress $parent ok mouse
}
proc SendButtonPress {parent btn type} {
| < | | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
}
update
SendButtonPress $parent ok mouse
}
proc SendButtonPress {parent btn type} {
if {$parent == "."} {
set w .__tk_filedialog
} else {
set w $parent.__tk_filedialog
}
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::__tk_filedialog data
set button $data($btn\Btn)
if ![winfo ismapped $button] {
update
}
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# The test suite proper
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
| < | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
test filebox-2.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" nonUnixUserInteraction {
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Cancel ($verylongstring)" -parent $parent
} ""
set fileName $tmpFile
set fileDir [tcltest::temporaryDirectory]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
}
foreach {x res} [list 1 "-unset-" 2 "Text files"] {
set t [expr {$x + [llength [array names filters]]}]
test filebox-3.$t-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" nonUnixUserInteraction {
catch {unset tv}
catch {unset typeName}
ToPressButton $parent ok
| < < < | 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
}
foreach {x res} [list 1 "-unset-" 2 "Text files"] {
set t [expr {$x + [llength [array names filters]]}]
test filebox-3.$t-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" nonUnixUserInteraction {
catch {unset tv}
catch {unset typeName}
ToPressButton $parent ok
set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
-filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
-initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
-typevariable tv]
if {[info exists tv]} {
set typeName $tv
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad file type "Foo", should be "typeName {extension ?extensions ...?} ?{macType ?macTypes ...?}?"}
set isNative [expr {
[info commands ::tk::MotifFDialog] eq "" &&
[info commands ::tk::dialog::file::] eq ""
}]
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad file type "Foo", should be "typeName {extension ?extensions ...?} ?{macType ?macTypes ...?}?"}
set isNative [expr {
[info commands ::tk::MotifFDialog] eq "" &&
[info commands ::tk::dialog::file::] eq ""
}]
test filebox-5.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" nonUnixUserInteraction {
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_getSaveFile -title "Press Cancel ($verylongstring)" -parent $parent
} ""
set fileName "12x 455"
set fileDir [pwd]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/focus.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "focus" command and the # other procedures in the file tkFocus.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "focus" command and the
# other procedures in the file tkFocus.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
proc focusSetup {} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
foreach i {b1 b2 b3 b4} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
# the X server and possibly also the window manager.
proc focusClear {} {
global x;
after 200 {set x 1}
tkwait variable x
dobg {focus -force .; update}
update
}
# Button used in some tests in the whole test file
button .b -text .b -relief raised -bd 2
pack .b
# Make sure the window manager knows who has focus
catch {fixfocus}
# cleanupbg will be after 4.3 test
setupbg
update
bind all <FocusIn> {
append focusInfo "in %W %d\n"
}
bind all <FocusOut> {
append focusInfo "out %W %d\n"
}
| > > > > > > > > | > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
# the X server and possibly also the window manager.
proc focusClear {} {
global x;
after 200 {set x 1}
tkwait variable x
dobg {focus -force .; update}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# In Aqua we need to explicitly wait until focus is cleared.
while {[focus] != ""} {
after 100 {set y 1}
tkwait variable y
}
}
update
}
# Button used in some tests in the whole test file
button .b -text .b -relief raised -bd 2
pack .b
# Make sure the window manager knows who has focus
catch {fixfocus}
# cleanupbg will be after 4.3 test
setupbg
update
bind all <FocusIn> {
append focusInfo "in %W %d\n"
}
bind all <FocusOut> {
append focusInfo "out %W %d\n"
}
bind all <KeyPress> {
append focusInfo "press %W %K"
}
focusSetup
if {[testConstraint altDisplay]} {
focusSetupAlt
}
test focus-1.1 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
focusClear
after 100
focus
} -result {}
test focus-1.2 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints {
unix altDisplay
} -body {
focus .alt.b
focus
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
} -body {
focus .t.b1
focus .
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor
set focusInfo {}
set x [focus]
| | | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
} -body {
focus .t.b1
focus .
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor
set focusInfo {}
set x [focus]
event gen . <KeyPress-x>
list $x $focusInfo
} -result {.t.b1 {press .t.b1 x}}
test focus-2.7 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
unix testwrapper failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz
} -body {
set result {}
foreach detail {NotifyAncestor NotifyInferior NotifyNonlinear
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
lappend result [focus]
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {.t {} {}}
destroy .t
bind all <FocusIn> {}
bind all <FocusOut> {}
| | | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
lappend result [focus]
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {.t {} {}}
destroy .t
bind all <FocusIn> {}
bind all <FocusOut> {}
bind all <KeyPress> {}
fixfocus
test focus-6.1 {miscellaneous - embedded application in same process} -constraints {
unix testwrapper
} -setup {
eval interp delete [interp slaves]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 |
focus -force .top.s3
update
focus
} -cleanup {
destroy .top
} -result {.top.s3}
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
focus -force .top.s3
update
focus
} -cleanup {
destroy .top
} -result {.top.s3}
test focus-8.1 {fdc0ed342d - segfault on focus -force} -body {
pack [button .b0]
toplevel .one
update
event generate .one <Motion> -warp 1 -x 175 -y 175
update idletasks
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t
pack [canvas .t.c]
update
destroy .t.c
pack [label .t.l]
update
destroy .t.l
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
proc crashit {} {
pack [listbox .l]
update
focus -force .l; # This line segfaulted *with xvfb*
set res Reached
}
crashit
} -result {Reached}
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/focusTcl.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the features of the script # file focus.tcl, which includes the procedures tk_focusNext and # tk_focusPrev, among other things. This file is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the features of the script # file focus.tcl, which includes the procedures tk_focusNext and # tk_focusPrev, among other things. This file is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/font.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "font" command # plus the procedures in tkFont.c. It is organized in the # standard white-box fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | < | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "font" command
# plus the procedures in tkFont.c. It is organized in the
# standard white-box fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Some tests require support for 4-byte UTF-8 sequences
testConstraint fullutf [expr {[format %c 0x010000] != "\uFFFD"}]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
set defaultfontlist [font names]
proc getnondefaultfonts {} {
global defaultfontlist
set nondeffonts [list ]
foreach afont [font names] {
if {$afont ni $defaultfontlist} {
lappend nondeffonts $afont
}
}
set nondeffonts
}
proc clearnondefaultfonts {} {
foreach afont [getnondefaultfonts] {
font delete $afont
}
}
deleteWindows
# Toplevel used (in some tests) of the whole file
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
update idletasks
switch [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 {set fixed "TkFixedFont"}
win32 {set fixed "courier 12"}
aqua {set fixed "monaco 9"}
}
# Procedure used in tests: 24.15, 26.*, 28.*, 30.*, 31.*, 32.1
proc csetup {{str ""}} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (skip < 0)
font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (objc < 3)
font actual
| | | | | | | | | | | | 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (skip < 0)
font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (objc < 3)
font actual
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
font actual xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {
catch {font actual xyz -displayof . -size}
} -result 0
test font-4.5 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {
lindex [font actual xyz -displayof .] 0
} -result {-family}
test font-4.6 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
# (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 2
font actual xyz -displayof . abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.7 {font command: actual: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body {
# (tkfont == NULL)
font actual "\{xyz"
} -returnCodes error -result "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"
test font-4.8 {font command: actual: all attributes} -body {
# not (objc > 3) so objPtr = NULL
lindex [font actual {-family times}] 0
} -result {-family}
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed failsOnUbuntu} -body {
# (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
# (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-4.12 {font command: actual} -body {
font actual {-family times} -- \ud800
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.13 {font command: actual} -body {
font actual {-family times} -- \udc00
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.14 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
font actual {-family times} -family -- \uD800\uDC00
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.15 {font command: actual} -body {
font actual {-family times} -- \udc00\ud800
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {expected a single character but got "*"}
test font-4.16 {font command: actual} -constraints {fullutf win} -body {
font actual {-family times} -family -- \U10000
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
# (objc < 3)
font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (skip < 0)
font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (objc < 3)
font metrics
| | | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (skip < 0)
font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (objc < 3)
font metrics
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
font metrics xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
# (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 2
font metrics xyz -displayof . abc
} -returnCodes error -result {bad metric "abc": must be -ascent, -descent, -linespace, or -fixed}
test font-10.6 {font command: metrics: bad font} -constraints noExceed -body {
# (tkfont == NULL)
font metrics "\{xyz"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
519 520 521 522 523 524 525 |
} -cleanup {
font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-12.2 {UpdateDependantFonts procedure: pings the widgets} -setup {
destroy .t.f
catch {font delete xyz}
pack [label .t.f]
| | | | | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
} -cleanup {
font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-12.2 {UpdateDependantFonts procedure: pings the widgets} -setup {
destroy .t.f
catch {font delete xyz}
pack [label .t.f]
update idletasks
} -body {
font create xyz -family times -size 20
.t.f config -font xyz -text "abcd" -padx 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
set a1 [font measure xyz "abcd"]
update idletasks
set b1 [winfo reqwidth .t.f]
font configure xyz -family helvetica -size 20
set a2 [font measure xyz "abcd"]
update idletasks
set b2 [winfo reqwidth .t.f]
expr {$a1==$b1 && $a2==$b2}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
font delete xyz
} -result 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
testfont
} -setup {
destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
| | | > | | | > | | | > | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
testfont
} -setup {
destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
set x [font create font-15.1_font -family Times -size 16]
lindex $x 0
button .b1 -font $x
lindex $x 0
testfont counts $x
} -cleanup {
font delete font-15.1_font
destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints {
testfont
} -setup {
destroy .b1 .b2
set result {}
} -body {
set x [font create font-15.2_font -family Times -size 16]
button .b1 -font $x
destroy .b1
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
button .b2 -font $x
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
} -cleanup {
font delete font-15.2_font
destroy .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints {
testfont
} -setup {
destroy .b1 .b2
set result {}
} -body {
set x [font create font-15.3_font -family Times -size 16]
button .b1 -font $x
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
button .b2 -font $x
pack .b1 .b2 -side top
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
} -cleanup {
font delete font-15.3_font
destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test font-15.4 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: bump ref count} -setup {
destroy .t.f
pack [label .t.f]
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
.t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
| | | | | | | > > | 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 |
.t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
testfont
} -setup {
destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
set result {}
} -body {
set x [font create font-17.1_font -family Courier -size 12]
button .b1 -font $x
button .b3 -font $x
button .b2 -font $x
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
destroy .b2
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
destroy .b3
lappend result [testfont counts $x]
} -cleanup {
font delete font-17.1_font
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}
test font-17.2 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: one ref} -setup {
destroy .t.f
pack [label .t.f]
update
} -body {
# (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
} -result {-family -family}
test font-18.1 {FreeFontObjProc} -constraints testfont -setup {
destroy .b1
set result {}
} -body {
| > | | | | | | | > > | 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
} -result {-family -family}
test font-18.1 {FreeFontObjProc} -constraints testfont -setup {
destroy .b1
set result {}
} -body {
set f [font create font-18.1_font -family Courier -size 12]
set x [join [list $f 50] { }]
button .b1 -font $x
set y [join [list $f 50] { }]
.b1 configure -font $y
set z [join [list $f 50] { }]
.b1 configure -font $z
lappend result [testfont counts [list $f 50]]
set x red
lappend result [testfont counts [list $f 50]]
set z 32
lappend result [testfont counts [list $f 50]]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testfont counts [list $f 50]]
set y bogus
return $result
} -cleanup {
font delete font-18.1_font
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
test font-19.1 {Tk_FontId} -setup {
destroy .t.f
pack [label .t.f]
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
935 936 937 938 939 940 941 |
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x AvantGarde-Book
}
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x AvantGarde-Demi
}
} -result {AvantGarde-Demi}
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x AvantGarde-BookOblique
}
} -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique}
test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x AvantGarde-DemiOblique
}
} -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique}
test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {bookman 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Bookman-Light
}
} -result {Bookman-Light}
test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {bookman 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Bookman-Demi
}
} -result {Bookman-Demi}
test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {bookman 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Bookman-LightItalic
}
} -result {Bookman-LightItalic}
test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {bookman 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Bookman-DemiItalic
}
} -result {Bookman-DemiItalic}
test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {courier 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Courier
}
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {courier 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Courier-Bold
}
} -result {Courier-Bold}
test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {courier 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Courier-Oblique
}
} -result {Courier-Oblique}
test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {courier 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Courier-BoldOblique
}
} -result {Courier-BoldOblique}
test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {helvetica 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Helvetica
}
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {helvetica 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Helvetica-Bold
}
} -result {Helvetica-Bold}
test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {helvetica 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Helvetica-Oblique
}
} -result {Helvetica-Oblique}
test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {helvetica 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Helvetica-BoldOblique
}
} -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique}
test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
}
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
}
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}
test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
}
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}
test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
}
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}
test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {palatino 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Palatino-Roman
}
} -result {Palatino-Roman}
test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {palatino 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Palatino-Bold
}
} -result {Palatino-Bold}
test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {palatino 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Palatino-Italic
}
} -result {Palatino-Italic}
test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {palatino 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Palatino-BoldItalic
}
} -result {Palatino-BoldItalic}
test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {symbol 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Symbol
}
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {symbol 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Symbol
}
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {symbol 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Symbol
}
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {symbol 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Symbol
}
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {times 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Times-Roman
}
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {times 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Times-Bold
}
} -result {Times-Bold}
test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {times 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Times-Italic
}
} -result {Times-Italic}
test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {times 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x Times-BoldItalic
}
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}
test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
}
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
}
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
}
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
}
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfDingbats
}
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfDingbats
}
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfDingbats
}
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
unix
} -body {
set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold}
if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
} else {
set x ZapfDingbats
}
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.47 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
win
} -body {
set x [psfontname {arial 12 roman normal}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 |
test font-38.9 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} -body {
font actual {times 20 xyz xyz}
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown font style "xyz"}
test font-38.10 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} -body {
font actual {times xyz xyz}
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test font-38.11 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: stylelist loop} -constraints {
| | | 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 |
test font-38.9 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} -body {
font actual {times 20 xyz xyz}
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown font style "xyz"}
test font-38.10 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} -body {
font actual {times xyz xyz}
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test font-38.11 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: stylelist loop} -constraints {
unixOrWin haveTimes12BoldItalicUnderlineOverstrikeFont
} -body {
lrange [font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline}] 4 end
} -result {-weight bold -slant italic -underline 1 -overstrike 1}
test font-38.12 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: stylelist error} -body {
font actual {times 12 bold xyz}
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown font style "xyz"}
test font-38.13 "ParseFontNameObj: options with hyphenated family: bug #2791352" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 |
font actual -xyz-times-*-*-* -family
} -result [font actual {times 0} -family]
test font-40.4 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields unspecified} -body {
lindex [font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 0
} -result {-family}
test font-40.5 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields specified} -body {
lindex [font actual \
| | | 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 |
font actual -xyz-times-*-*-* -family
} -result [font actual {times 0} -family]
test font-40.4 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields unspecified} -body {
lindex [font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 0
} -result {-family}
test font-40.5 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields specified} -body {
lindex [font actual \
-foundry-times-weight-slant-setwidth-addstyle-10-10-10-10-spacing-avgwidth-registry-encoding] 1
} -result [font actual {times 0} -family]
test font-41.1 {TkParseXLFD procedure: arguments} -body {
# XLFD with bad pointsize: fallback to some system font.
font actual -*-*-*-*-*-*-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
set x {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 |
font actual -xyz--*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-?-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} -result [font actual {times 0} -family]
| | > | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 |
font actual -xyz--*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-?-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} -result [font actual {times 0} -family]
test font-44.1 {TkFontGetPixels: size < 0} -setup {
set oldscale [tk scaling]
} -body {
# if this test failed, start the investigations by reading ticket [8162e9b7a9]
tk scaling 0.5
font actual {times -13} -size
} -cleanup {
tk scaling $oldscale
} -result 26
test font-44.2 {TkFontGetPoints: size >= 0} -constraints {noExceed haveTimes12Font} -setup {
set oldscale [tk scaling]
} -body {
tk scaling 0.5
font actual {times 12} -size
} -cleanup {
tk scaling $oldscale
} -result 12
test font-44.3 {font create with display scaling not 100% - bug 8162e9b7a9} -body {
set font1 TkDefaultFont
set font2 [font create Font2 {*}[font actual $font1]]
expr {[font actual $font1 -size] == [font actual $font2 -size]}
} -cleanup {
font delete $font2
} -result 1
test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {noExceed failsOnUbuntu} -body {
if {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq "Times New Roman"} {
# avoid test failure on systems that have a real "times new roman" font
set res 1
} else {
set res [expr {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq \
[font actual {times 10} -family]} ]
}
} -result 1
test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} -body {
font actual {times 10} a
} -match glob -result [list -family [font actual {times 10} -family] -size *\
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 |
load {} Tk one
load {} Tk two
one eval menu .menubar
two eval menu .menubar
interp delete one
interp delete two
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 |
load {} Tk one
load {} Tk two
one eval menu .menubar
two eval menu .menubar
interp delete one
interp delete two
} -result {}
test font-47.2 {Bug 3049518 - Canvas} -body {
if {"MyFont" ni [font names]} {
font create MyFont -family "Liberation Sans" -size 13
}
set text Hello!
destroy .t.c
set c [canvas .t.c]
set textid [$c create text 20 20 -font MyFont -text $text -anchor nw]
set twidth [font measure MyFont $text]
set theight [font metrics MyFont -linespace]
set circid [$c create polygon \
15 15 \
[expr {15 + $twidth}] 15 \
[expr {15 + $twidth}] [expr {15 + $theight}] \
15 [expr {15 + $theight}] \
-width 1 -joinstyle round -smooth true -fill {} -outline blue]
pack $c -fill both -expand 1 -side top
update
# Lambda test functions
set circle_text {{w user_data text circ} {
if {[winfo class $w] ne "Canvas"} {
puts "Wrong widget type: $w"
return
}
if {$user_data ne "FontChanged"} {
return
}
lappend ::results called-$w
lassign [$w bbox $text] x0 y0 x1 y1
set offset 5
set coord [lmap expr {
$x0-$offset $y0-$offset $x1+$offset $y0-$offset
$x1+$offset $y1+$offset $x0-$offset $y1+$offset
} {expr $expr}]
if {[catch {$w coord $circ $coord} err]} {
puts Error:$err
}
}}
set enclosed {{can id} {$can find enclosed {*}[$can bbox $id]}}
set results {}
apply $circle_text $c FontChanged $textid $circid
update
bind $c <<TkWorldChanged>> [list apply $circle_text %W %d $textid $circid]
# Begin test:
set results {}
lappend results [apply $enclosed $c $circid]
font configure MyFont -size 26
update ; # services the "TheWorldHasChanged" event, queues "TkWorldChanged" events
update ; # services the queued "TkWorldChanged" events
lappend results [apply $enclosed $c $circid]
font configure MyFont -size 9
update idletasks
update
lappend results [apply $enclosed $c $circid]
font configure MyFont -size 12
update idletasks
update
lappend results [apply $enclosed $c $circid]
} -cleanup {
destroy $c
unset -nocomplain ::results
} -result {{1 2} called-.t.c {1 2} called-.t.c {1 2} called-.t.c {1 2}}
test font-47.3 {Bug 3049518 - Label} -body {
if {"MyFont" ni [font names]} {
font create MyFont -family "Liberation Sans" -size 13
}
set text "Label Test"
destroy .t.l
set make-img {{size} {
set img [image create photo -width $size -height $size]
$img blank
set max [expr {$size - 1}]
for {set x 0} {$x < $size} {incr x} {
$img put red -to $x $x
$img put black -to 0 $x
$img put black -to $x 0
$img put black -to $max $x
$img put black -to $x $max
}
return $img
}}
set testWorldChanged {{w user_data} {
global make-img
if {$user_data ne "FontChanged"} {
return
}
if {![winfo exists $w] || [winfo class $w] ne "Label"} {
return
}
if {[$w cget -image] ne ""} {
image delete [$w cget -image]
}
set size [font metrics [$w cget -font] -linespace]
set img [apply ${make-img} $size]
$w configure -image $img
}}
set check {{w} {
global results
set f [$w cget -font]
set i [$w cget -image]
set fs [font metrics $f -linespace]
set ish [image height $i]
set isw [image width $i]
lappend results [list [expr {$fs == $ish ? 1 : [list $fs $ish]}] [expr {$fs == $isw ? 1 : [list $fs $isw]}]]
}}
set size [font metrics MyFont -linespace]
set img [apply ${make-img} $size]
set l [label .t.l -compound left -image $img -text $text -font MyFont]
pack $l -side top -fill both -expand 1
update
bind $l <<TkWorldChanged>> [list apply $testWorldChanged %W %d]
set ::results {}
apply $check $l
font configure MyFont -size 26
update ; # services the "TheWorldHasChanged" event, queues "TkWorldChanged" events
update ; # services the queued "TkWorldChanged" events
apply $check $l
font configure MyFont -size 9
update idletasks
update
apply $check $l
font configure MyFont -size 13
update idletasks
update
apply $check $l
set results
} -cleanup {
destroy $l
unset -nocomplain ::results
} -result {{1 1} {1 1} {1 1} {1 1}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/fontchooser.test.
1 2 | # Test the "tk::fontchooser" command # | | < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# Test the "tk::fontchooser" command
#
# Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# the following helper functions are related to the functions used
# in winDialog.test where they are used to send messages to the win32
# dialog (hence the weirdness).
proc start {cmd} {
set ::tk_dialog {}
set ::iter_after 0
after 1 $cmd
}
proc then {cmd} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
}
set x
} -result {Hello}
test fontchooser-2.1 {fontchooser -title (cyrillic)} -constraints scriptImpl -body {
start {
tk::fontchooser::Configure \
| | | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
}
set x
} -result {Hello}
test fontchooser-2.1 {fontchooser -title (cyrillic)} -constraints scriptImpl -body {
start {
tk::fontchooser::Configure \
-title "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
tk::fontchooser::Show
}
then {
set x [wm title $::tk_dialog]
Click cancel
}
set x
} -result "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
test fontchooser-3.0 {fontchooser -parent} -constraints scriptImpl -body {
start {
tk::fontchooser::Configure -parent .
tk::fontchooser::Show
}
then {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
}
then {
Click ok
}
expr {$::testfont ne {}}
} -result 1
| | > > > > > > | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
}
then {
Click ok
}
expr {$::testfont ne {}}
} -result 1
test fontchooser-4.4 {fontchooser -font} -constraints {scriptImpl haveTimes14BoldFont} -body {
start {
tk::fontchooser::Configure -command ApplyFont -font {times 14 bold}
tk::fontchooser::Show
}
then {
Click ok
}
lrange $::testfont 1 end
} -result {14 bold}
test fontchooser-5.1 {fontchooser multiple configure} -constraints {scriptImpl} -body {
tk fontchooser configure -title TestTitle -command foo
tk fontchooser configure -command bar
tk fontchooser configure -title
} -result {TestTitle}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# End:
|
Changes to tests/frame.test.
|
| | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "frame" and "toplevel"
# commands of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
tcltest::testConstraint x11 [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"}]
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to use up all
# the slots in an 8-bit colormap.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
# Returns the option names out of a list of option details.
#
# Arguments:
# options - The option detail list.
proc optnames {options} {
lsort [lmap desc $options {lindex $desc 0}]
}
| | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
# Returns the option names out of a list of option details.
#
# Arguments:
# options - The option detail list.
proc optnames {options} {
lsort [lmap desc $options {lindex $desc 0}]
}
test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f -class NewFrame
.f configure -class
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
frame .f
set opts {}
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
| | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
frame .f
set opts {}
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
eval frame .g $opts
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .g
deleteWindows
} -result .g
destroy .f
frame .f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
# Make sure all options can be set to the default value
toplevel .f
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
| | | 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
# Make sure all options can be set to the default value
toplevel .f
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
eval toplevel .g $opts
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .g
deleteWindows
} -result .g
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 150
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green
tkwait visibility .x
list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
[expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
[winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
| < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green
tkwait visibility .x
list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
[expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
[winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 0 140 300}
test frame-3.10 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
option add *x.use [winfo id .t]
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -bg green
tkwait visibility .x
update
list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
[expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
[winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
option clear
} -result {0 0 140 300}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
910 911 912 913 914 915 916 |
toplevel .t
.t cget -screen
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
test frame-5.8 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
optnames [.f configure]
| | | | 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
toplevel .t
.t cget -screen
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *
test frame-5.8 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
optnames [.f configure]
} -result {-background -bd -bg -borderwidth -class -colormap -container -cursor -height -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness -padx -pady -relief -takefocus -visual -width}
test frame-5.9 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
.f configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.10 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
.f configure -gorp bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.11 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
.f configure -width 200 -height
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-height" missing}
test frame-5.12 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} -body {
.f swizzle
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "swizzle": must be cget or configure}
test frame-5.13 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
optnames [. configure]
} -result {-background -bd -bg -borderwidth -class -colormap -container -cursor -height -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness -menu -padx -pady -relief -screen -takefocus -use -visual -width}
destroy .f
test frame-6.1 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f -width 150
list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 |
test frame-9.1 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
set result [winfo ismapped .t]
| | | 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 |
test frame-9.1 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
set result [winfo ismapped .t]
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 1}
test frame-9.2 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
tkwait visibility .t2
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t2.f -width 50 -height 50
bind .t2.f <Configure> {destroy .t}
pack .t2.f -side top
| | | 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 |
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
tkwait visibility .t2
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t2.f -width 50 -height 50
bind .t2.f <Configure> {destroy .t}
pack .t2.f -side top
update
winfo exists .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test frame-10.1 {frame widget vs hidden commands} -setup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1}
test frame-12.3 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
| < < < < | < < | < | < | 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 |
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1}
test frame-12.3 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Check reaction on font change
font create myfont -family courier -size 10
labelframe .f -font myfont -text Mupp
place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
update
set h1 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
set y1 [winfo y .f.f]
font configure myfont -size 20
update ; # services the "TheWorldHasChanged" event, queues "TkWorldChanged" events
update ; # services the queued "TkWorldChanged" events
set h2 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
set y2 [winfo y .f.f]
expr {($h2 - $h1) - ($y2 - $y1)}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
font delete myfont
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
.f configure -labelwidget .f.l
update
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 |
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
.f configure -labelwidget .f.l
update
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
deleteWindows
apply {cmds {foreach cmd $cmds {rename $cmd {}}}} {
eatColors colorsFree uniq optnames
}
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/geometry.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkGeometry.c (generic support for geometry managers). It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkGeometry.c (generic support for geometry managers). It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
proc getsize w {
regexp {(^[^+-]*)} [wm geometry $w] foo x
return $x
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/get.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkGet.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # white-box tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkGet.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # white-box tests. # # Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
} -result {center}
test get-1.11 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj - error} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -anchor unknown
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
| | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
} -result {center}
test get-1.11 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj - error} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -anchor unknown
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "unknown": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test get-2.1 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -justify left
.b cget -justify
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
} -result {center}
test get-2.4 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj - error} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -justify stupid
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
| | | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
} -result {center}
test get-2.4 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj - error} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -justify stupid
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "stupid": must be left, right, or center}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/grab.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # Tests for the grab command. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk # built-in commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # Tests for the grab command. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk # built-in commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/grid.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the *NEW* "grid" command of Tk. It is # (almost) organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the *NEW* "grid" command of Tk. It is
# (almost) organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
# helper routine to return "." to a sane state after a test.
# The variable GRID_VERBOSE can be used to "look" at the result of one or all
# of the tests
proc grid_reset {{test ?} {top .}} {
global GRID_VERBOSE
if {[info exists GRID_VERBOSE]} {
if {$GRID_VERBOSE eq "" || $GRID_VERBOSE eq $test} {
puts -nonewline "grid test $test: "
flush stdout
gets stdin
}
}
destroy {*}[winfo children $top]
update
foreach {cols rows} [grid size .] {}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $cols} {incr i} {
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform ""
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $rows} {incr i} {
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform ""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
wm geometry . {}
test grid-1.1 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid option arg ?arg ...?"}
test grid-1.2 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid foo bar
| | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
wm geometry . {}
test grid-1.1 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid option arg ?arg ...?"}
test grid-1.2 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be anchor, bbox, columnconfigure, configure, content, forget, info, location, propagate, remove, rowconfigure, size, or slaves}
test grid-1.3 {basic argument checking} -body {
button .b
grid .b -row 0 -column
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 1.3
} -returnCodes error -result {extra option or option with no value}
test grid-1.4 {basic argument checking} -body {
button .b
grid configure .b - foo
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 1.4
} -returnCodes error -result {unexpected parameter "foo" in configure list: should be window name or option}
test grid-1.5 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid .
} -returnCodes error -result {can't manage ".": it's a top-level window}
test grid-1.6 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid x
} -returnCodes error -result {can't determine master window}
test grid-1.7 {basic argument checking} -body {
grid configure x
} -returnCodes error -result {can't determine master window}
test grid-1.8 {basic argument checking} -body {
button .b
grid x .b
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 1.8
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test grid-1.9 {basic argument checking} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
grid .b
destroy .b
update
grid bbox .
} -result {0 0 0 0}
test grid-2.3 {bbox: argument checking} -body {
grid bbox . 0 0 5
| | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
grid .b
destroy .b
update
grid bbox .
} -result {0 0 0 0}
test grid-2.3 {bbox: argument checking} -body {
grid bbox . 0 0 5
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid bbox master ?column row ?column row??"}
test grid-2.4 {bbox} -body {
grid bbox .bad 0 0
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".bad"}
test grid-2.5 {bbox} -body {
grid bbox . x 0
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "x"}
test grid-2.6 {bbox} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad columnspan value "0": must be a positive integer}
test grid-3.7 {configure: basic argument checking} -body {
frame .f
button .f.b
grid .f .f.b
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.7
| | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad columnspan value "0": must be a positive integer}
test grid-3.7 {configure: basic argument checking} -body {
frame .f
button .f.b
grid .f .f.b
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.7
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f.b inside .}
test grid-3.8 {configure: basic argument checking} -body {
button .b
grid configure x .b
grid content .
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.8
} -result {.b}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
test grid-3.11 {prevent management loops} -body {
frame .f1
frame .f2
grid .f1 -in .f2
grid .f2 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.11
| | | | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
test grid-3.11 {prevent management loops} -body {
frame .f1
frame .f2
grid .f1 -in .f2
grid .f2 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.11
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test grid-3.12 {prevent management loops} -body {
frame .f1
frame .f2
frame .f3
grid .f1 -in .f2
grid .f2 -in .f3
grid .f3 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 3.12
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test grid-4.1 {forget: basic argument checking} -body {
grid forget foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test grid-4.2 {forget} -body {
button .c
grid [button .b]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
grid info .1
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 5.4
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test grid-6.1 {location: basic argument checking} -body {
grid location .
| | | 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 |
grid info .1
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 5.4
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test grid-6.1 {location: basic argument checking} -body {
grid location .
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid location master x y"}
test grid-6.2 {location: basic argument checking} -body {
grid location .bad 0 0
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".bad"}
test grid-6.3 {location: basic argument checking} -body {
grid location . x y
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "x"}
test grid-6.4 {location: basic argument checking} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
set got $a
}
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 6.8
} -result {{-10->-1 -1} {0->0 0} {16->0 1} {201->1 1}}
| | < < | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
set got $a
}
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 6.8
} -result {{-10->-1 -1} {0->0 0} {16->0 1} {201->1 1}}
test grid-6.9 {location: check updates pending} -body {
set a ""
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -width 120 -height 75 -bg red
lappend a [grid location . 150 90]
grid .$i -row $i -column $i
}
return $a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
} -result {{0{.0-x .0}} {1{.1-x .1}} {2{.2-x .2}} 3{} 0{.0} {1{.1 .0-x}} {2{.2 .1-x}} 3{.2-x}}
# column/row configure
test grid-10.1 {column/row configure} -body {
grid columnconfigure .
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 10.1
| | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
} -result {{0{.0-x .0}} {1{.1-x .1}} {2{.2-x .2}} 3{} 0{.0} {1{.1 .0-x}} {2{.2 .1-x}} 3{.2-x}}
# column/row configure
test grid-10.1 {column/row configure} -body {
grid columnconfigure .
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 10.1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid columnconfigure master index ?-option value ...?"}
test grid-10.2 {column/row configure} -body {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 0 -pad
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 10.2
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "grid columnconfigure master index ?-option value ...?"}
test grid-10.3 {column/row configure} -body {
grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 10.3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test grid-10.4 {column/row configure} -body {
grid columnconfigure . nine -weight
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
852 853 854 855 856 857 858 |
grid_reset 10.39
# auto-placement tests
test grid-11.1 {default widget placement} -body {
grid ^
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.1
| | | | 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 |
grid_reset 10.39
# auto-placement tests
test grid-11.1 {default widget placement} -body {
grid ^
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't use '^', cant find master}
test grid-11.2 {default widget placement} -body {
button .b
grid .b ^
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't find slave to extend with "^"}
test grid-11.3 {default widget placement} -body {
button .b
grid .b - - .c
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".c"}
test grid-11.4 {default widget placement} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
} -returnCodes error -result {must specify window before shortcut '-'}
test grid-11.9 {default widget placement} -body {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -row 5 -column 5
grid .f x ^
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.9
| | | 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
} -returnCodes error -result {must specify window before shortcut '-'}
test grid-11.9 {default widget placement} -body {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -row 5 -column 5
grid .f x ^
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 11.9
} -returnCodes error -result {can't find slave to extend with "^"}
test grid-11.10 {default widget placement} -body {
foreach i {1 2 3} {
frame .f$i -width 100 -height 50 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
}
grid .f1 .f2 -sticky nsew
grid .f3 ^ -sticky nsew
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".bad"}
test grid-13.4 {-in} -body {
frame .f -bg red
toplevel .top
grid .f -in .top
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 13.3
| | | 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 |
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".bad"}
test grid-13.4 {-in} -body {
frame .f -bg red
toplevel .top
grid .f -in .top
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 13.3
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f inside .top}
destroy .top
test grid-13.5 {-ipadx} -body {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -ipadx x
} -cleanup {
grid_reset 13.4
} -returnCodes error -result {bad ipadx value "x": must be positive screen distance}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
pack .f
update
pack forget .f
update
winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} 1
grid_reset 23
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 |
pack .f
update
pack forget .f
update
winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} 1
grid_reset 23
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/image.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "image" command and the # other procedures in the file tkImage.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "image" command and the # other procedures in the file tkImage.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
image type myimage
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
| | < < | 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
image type myimage
} -cleanup {
.c delete all
imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
image types x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
lsort [image types]
} -match glob -result {bitmap*photo test}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/imgBmap.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out images of type "bitmap" (i.e., # the procedures in the file tkImgBmap.c). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out images of type "bitmap" (i.e., # the procedures in the file tkImgBmap.c). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
destroy .c
} -result {}
test imageBmap-5.1 {GetBitmapData procedure} -body {
list [catch {image create bitmap -file ~bad_user/a/b} msg] \
[string tolower $msg]
| | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
destroy .c
} -result {}
test imageBmap-5.1 {GetBitmapData procedure} -body {
list [catch {image create bitmap -file ~bad_user/a/b} msg] \
[string tolower $msg]
} -result {1 {couldn't read bitmap file "~bad_user/a/b": no such file or directory}}
test imageBmap-5.2 {GetBitmapData procedure} -body {
list [catch {image create bitmap -file bad_name} msg] [string tolower $msg]
} -result {1 {couldn't read bitmap file "bad_name": no such file or directory}}
test imageBmap-5.3 {GetBitmapData procedure} -setup {imageCleanup} -body {
image create bitmap -data { }
} -returnCodes error -result {format error in bitmap data}
test imageBmap-5.4 {GetBitmapData procedure} -setup {imageCleanup} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted tests/imgListFormat.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/imgPNG.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPNG.c, which reads # and write PNG-format image files for photo widgets. The files is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPNG.c, which reads # and write PNG-format image files for photo widgets. The files is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # Copyright (c) 1998 Willem van Schaik (images only) # Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
} -body {
# the image contains an unknown chunk iDOT
# since the name of this chunk starts with a lowercase letter,
# it's an ancillary chunk that shall not trigger an error
catch {set i [image create photo -file $fileName]}
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
| | | > | 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 |
} -body {
# the image contains an unknown chunk iDOT
# since the name of this chunk starts with a lowercase letter,
# it's an ancillary chunk that shall not trigger an error
catch {set i [image create photo -file $fileName]}
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
} -result {0}
}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:
|
Changes to tests/imgPPM.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPPM.c, # which reads and write PPM-format image files for photo widgets. # The files is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPPM.c, # which reads and write PPM-format image files for photo widgets. # The files is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other # procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other
# procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Donal K. Fellows
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au)
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Used for 4.65 - 4.73 tests
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
proc foreachPixel {img xVar yVar script} {
upvar 1 $xVar x $yVar y
set width [image width $img]
set height [image height $img]
for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
uplevel 1 $script
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
}
imageInit
set README [makeFile {
README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]
| < < < < < < < | | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
}
imageInit
set README [makeFile {
README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
test imgPhoto-1.1 {options for photo images} -body {
image create photo photo1 -width 79 -height 83
list [photo1 cget -width] [photo1 cget -height] \
[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {79 83 79 83}
test imgPhoto-1.2 {options for photo images} -body {
list [catch {image create photo photo1 -file no.such.file} err] \
[string tolower $err]
} -result {1 {couldn't open "no.such.file": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-1.3 {options for photo images} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile -format no.such.format
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "no.such.format" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-1.4 {options for photo images} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {256 256}
test imgPhoto-1.5 {options for photo images} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile \
-format ppm -width 79 -height 83
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 cget -file] [photo1 cget -format]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result [list 79 83 $teapotPhotoFile ppm]
test imgPhoto-1.6 {options for photo images} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
catch {image create photo -blah blah}
imageNames
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
# image create photo photo1
# image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
# catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
# photo1 copy photo2
# set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}
| | | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
# image create photo photo1
# image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
# catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
# photo1 copy photo2
# set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}
test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-3.2 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
list [catch {photo1 configure -file bogus} err] [string tolower $err] \
[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory} 256 256}
test imgPhoto-3.3 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
update
} -body {
image create photo photo1
.c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1 -anchor nw
.c create image 300 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2 -anchor nw
update
photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
update
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}
test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 option ?arg ...?"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
test imgPhoto-4.9 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing}
| | < < | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
test imgPhoto-4.9 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing}
test imgPhoto-4.10 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -width 25 -height 30
} -body {
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
photo1 configure -width 0 -height 0 -palette {} -gamma 1
photo1 copy photo2
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 100]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from -to
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values}
| | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | | < < | | | < < | | < < | < < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from -to
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values}
test imgPhoto-4.15 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -shrink
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 20 10]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {60 50 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.16 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 120 0 70 -to 20 50
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 40 80]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {80 100 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-4.17 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 120 60 70 -to 0 0 100 100
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 80 60]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {100 100 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.18 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 70 0 120 -zoom 2
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.19 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -zoom 2
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.20 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2 -from 20 20 200 180 -subsample 2 -shrink
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 50 30]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {90 80 {207 146 112}}
test imgPhoto-4.21 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
photo1 copy photo2
set result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]]
photo1 conf -width 49 -height 51
lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
photo1 copy photo2
lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
photo1 conf -width 0
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
photo1 conf -height 0
photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}
test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
list [photo1 get 100 100] [photo1 get 150 100] [photo1 get 100 150]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {{169 117 90} {172 115 84} {35 35 35}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 get 256 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 get 0 -1
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 get
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put {{white} {white white}}
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {all elements of color list must have the same number of elements}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put {{blahgle}}
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't parse color "blahgle"}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
photo1 get 19 19
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {255 255 255}
test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.31 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -zoom 2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {unrecognized option "-zoom": must be -format, -from, -shrink, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.32 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
list [catch {photo1 read bogus} err] [string tolower $err]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-4.33 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -format bogus
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-4.34 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $README
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result [subst {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}]
test imgPhoto-4.35 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 120 120]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {161 109 82}}
test imgPhoto-4.36 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -from 0 70 60 120 -to 10 10 -shrink
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 29 19]
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {70 60 {244 180 144}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}
| < | | | | | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}
test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency option ?arg ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency get
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency get 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency get 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency get bogus 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
724 725 726 727 728 729 730 |
} -body {
photo1 put white
photo1 blank
photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result 1
| < < | < | < | | < | < | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 |
} -body {
photo1 put white
photo1 blank
photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result 1
test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set bogus 0 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set 0 bogus 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
} -body {
photo1 put white
photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result 1
| < | 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
} -body {
photo1 put white
photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -result 1
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
checkImgTrans photo1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
| | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < < | < < | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.75 {<photo> read command: filename starting with '-'} -body {
file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
image create photo photo1
photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -setup {
imageCleanup
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
# non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash
photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000
photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
.c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1
.c create image 256 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2
.c create image 0 256 -image photo1 -tags photo1.3
update
.c delete i1.1
photo1 configure -width 1
update
.c delete i1.2
photo1 configure -height 1
update
image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -width 10 -height 10
photo1 blank
.c create image 10 10 -image photo1
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
.c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -anchor nw
update
.c delete all
image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.2 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, unlinking} -setup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
pack [canvas .c]
.c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -anchor nw
button .b1 -image photo1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 |
destroy .b1
update
.c delete all
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
image delete photo1
} -result {}
| | < < | | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < | 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
destroy .b1
update
.c delete all
} -cleanup {
destroy .c
image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.3 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, multiple visuals} -setup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
button .b1 -image photo1
frame .f -visual best
button .f.b2 -image photo1
pack .f.b2
pack .b1 .f
update
destroy .b1
update
.f.b2 configure -image {}
update
destroy .f
image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -body {
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
image delete photo2
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
rename photo2 newphoto2
lappend x [info command photo2] [info command new*] [newphoto2 cget -file]
image delete photo2
lappend x [info command new*]
} -result [list {} newphoto2 $teapotPhotoFile {}]
test imgPhoto-8.3 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure, name cleanup} -body {
image create photo photo1
image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
image delete photo2
photo1 copy photo2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}
test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -body {
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
rename photo2 {}
list [expr {"photo2" in [imageNames]}] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg
} -result {0 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}}
test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1
photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0
photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0
list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0]
} -result {{0 255 0} {0 255 0} {255 0 0}}
test imgPhoto-10.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
# Test for bug e4336bef5d
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
photo2 copy photo1 -to 1 2
photo1 copy photo1 -to 1 2
string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -result 1
test imgPhoto-10.3 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
# Test for bug e4336bef5d
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
photo2 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300
photo1 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 |
} -body {
image create bitmap i1
image create photo photo1
photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}
| | | | < < | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
} -body {
image create bitmap i1
image create photo photo1
photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}
test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -body {
image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
} -cleanup {
image delete p3
} -result {{19 92 192} {169 117 90} 512 512 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-12.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, same source and dest img} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
# Test for bug e4336bef5d
image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
photo2 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3
photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 |
} -body {
image create photo photo1
photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}
test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup {
imageCleanup
set data {
R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t
ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz
pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 |
} -body {
image create photo photo1
photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}
test imgPhoto-12.5 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, copy from area outside the image, bug [a0241c0e25]} -setup {
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo photo1 -width 20 -height 20
image create photo photo2 -width 9 -height 10
# next line used to loop for a very long time; if the bug is present
# the CI runner will time out, leading to test suite failure
photo2 copy photo1 -to 0 5 3 8 -from 21 0
} -cleanup {
imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {coordinates for -from option extend outside source image}
test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup {
imageCleanup
set data {
R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t
ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz
pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 |
} -body {
x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
interp delete x1
interp delete x2
} -result T1_data
| | | 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 |
} -body {
x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
interp delete x1
interp delete x2
} -result T1_data
test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 |
test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -body {
# This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
# free memory available...
image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}
| | | | 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 |
test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -body {
# This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
# free memory available...
image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}
test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} -setup {
set i [image create photo]
} -body {
# Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated
# area.
$i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
$i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
} -result {}
# Check that we can guess our supported output formats [Bug 2983824]
test imgPhoto-17.1 {photo write: format guessing from filename} -setup {
set i [image create photo -width 3 -height 3]
} -body {
set f [makeFile {} test.png]
$i write $f
set fd [open $f]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 |
set fd [open $f]
read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
catch {close $fd}
image delete $i
catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 |
set fd [open $f]
read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
catch {close $fd}
image delete $i
catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"
# Reject corrupted or truncated image [Bug b601ce3ab1].
# WARNING - tests 18.1-18.9 will cause a segfault on 8.5.19 and lower,
# and on 8.6.6 and lower.
test imgPhoto-18.1 {Reject corrupted GIF (binary string)} -setup {
set data [binary decode base64 {
R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.2 {Reject corrupted GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.3 {Reject corrupted GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.4 {Reject truncated GIF (binary string)} -setup {
set data [binary decode base64 {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.5 {Reject truncated GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.6 {Reject truncated GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncated.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.6.1 {Reject truncated GIF in Colormap - ticket 865af0148c - file} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncatedColormap.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {GIF file truncated}
test imgPhoto-18.6.2 {Reject truncated GIF in Colormap - ticket 865af0148c - data} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncatedColormap.gif]
set h [open $fileName rb]
set d [read $h]
close $h
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $d
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {GIF file truncated}
test imgPhoto-18.7 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (binary string)} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
set data [binary decode base64 {
R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.8 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (base 64 string)} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
set data {
R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.9 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (file)} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled4G.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.10 {Valid GIF (binary string)} -setup {
# Test the binary string reader with a valid GIF.
# This is not tested elsewhere.
# Tests 18.11, 18.12, with matching data, are included for completeness.
set data [binary decode base64 {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.11 {Valid GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.12 {Valid GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] red.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
test imgPhoto-19.1 {Read GIF file with -from option - Bug [1576528]} -body {
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo gif1
gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97
list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 0] 0] [image width gif1] [image height gif1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result {{#d8c8b8} 33 35}
test imgPhoto-19.2 {Read GIF file, copy with -from option} -body {
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo gif1 -file $earthPhotoFile
image create photo gif2
gif2 copy gif1 -from 152 62 185 97
list [lindex [lindex [gif2 data] 0] 0] [image width gif2] [image height gif2]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1 ; image delete gif2}
} -result {{#d8c8b8} 33 35}
test imgPhoto-19.3 {Read GIF file with -to option} -body {
image create photo gif1
gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -to 100 200
list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 262] 252] [image width gif1] [image height gif1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result {{#d8c8b8} 420 400}
test imgPhoto-19.4 {Read GIF file with -from and -to options} -body {
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo gif1
gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97 -to 100 200
list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 200] 100] [image width gif1] [image height gif1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result {{#d8c8b8} 133 235}
test imgPhoto-19.5 {Read GIF file with -from, -to and -shrink options} -body {
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo gif1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97 -to 80 120 -shrink
list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 120] 80] [image width gif1] [image height gif1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result {{#d8c8b8} 113 155}
test imgPhoto-19.6 {Read GIF file with -from option, read large region from small file} -body {
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo gif1
catch {gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 2000 1000} msg
list $msg [image width gif1] [image height gif1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result {{coordinates for -from option extend outside source image} 0 0}
unset earthPhotoFile
set ousterPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] ouster.png]
test imgPhoto-20.1 {Read PNG file with -from option - Bug [1576528]} -body {
image create photo png1
png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97
list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 0] 0] [image width png1] [image height png1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1}
} -result {{#c97962} 33 35}
test imgPhoto-20.2 {Read PNG file, copy with -from option} -body {
image create photo png1 -file $ousterPhotoFile
image create photo png2
png2 copy png1 -from 102 62 135 97
list [lindex [lindex [png2 data] 0] 0] [image width png2] [image height png2]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1 ; image delete png2}
} -result {{#c97962} 33 35}
test imgPhoto-20.3 {Read PNG file with -to option} -body {
image create photo png1
png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -to 100 200
list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 262] 202] [image width png1] [image height png1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1}
} -result {{#c97962} 242 381}
test imgPhoto-20.4 {Read PNG file with -from and -to options} -body {
image create photo png1
png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97 -to 100 200
list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 200] 100] [image width png1] [image height png1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1}
} -result {{#c97962} 133 235}
test imgPhoto-20.5 {Read PNG file with -from, -to and -shrink options} -body {
image create photo png1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97 -to 80 120 -shrink
list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 120] 80] [image width png1] [image height png1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1}
} -result {{#c97962} 113 155}
test imgPhoto-20.6 {Read PNG file with -from option, read large region from small file} -body {
image create photo png1
catch {png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 2000 1000} msg
list $msg [image width png1] [image height png1]
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete png1}
} -result {{coordinates for -from option extend outside source image} 0 0}
unset ousterPhotoFile
catch {rename foreachPixel {}}
catch {rename checkImgTrans {}}
catch {rename checkImgTransLoop {}}
imageFinish
# cleanup
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted tests/imgSVGnano.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/listbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "listbox" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "listbox" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
714 715 716 717 718 719 720 |
.l index @
} -returnCodes error -result {bad listbox index "@": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}
test listbox-3.60 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index 2
} -result 2
test listbox-3.61 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index -1
| | | | 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
.l index @
} -returnCodes error -result {bad listbox index "@": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}
test listbox-3.60 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index 2
} -result 2
test listbox-3.61 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index -1
} -result {-1}
test listbox-3.62 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index end
} -result 18
test listbox-3.63 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -body {
.l index 34
} -result 34
test listbox-3.64 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -body {
.l insert
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l insert index ?element ...?"}
test listbox-3.65 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -body {
.l insert badIndex
} -returnCodes error -result {bad listbox index "badIndex": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}
test listbox-3.66 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
unset -nocomplain ::foo
listbox .l2 -listvar foo
.l2 insert end a b c d
catch {.l2 configure -listvar ::zoo::bar::foo} result
list [.l2 get 0 end] [.l2 cget -listvar] $foo $result
} -cleanup {
destroy .l2
| | | | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
unset -nocomplain ::foo
listbox .l2 -listvar foo
.l2 insert end a b c d
catch {.l2 configure -listvar ::zoo::bar::foo} result
list [.l2 get 0 end] [.l2 cget -listvar] $foo $result
} -cleanup {
destroy .l2
} -match glob -result [list [list a b c d] foo [list a b c d] \
{can*t set "::zoo::bar::foo": parent namespace does*t exist}]
# No tests for DisplayListbox: I don't know how to test this procedure.
test listbox-5.1 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 |
} -body {
pack [listbox .l]
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
update
.l index 20
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 |
} -body {
pack [listbox .l]
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
update
.l index 20
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 20
test listbox-10.18 {GetListboxIndex procedure} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
pack [listbox .l]
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
update
.l get 20
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 |
pack [listbox .l]
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
.l delete 0 end
update
.l index 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 |
pack [listbox .l]
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
.l delete 0 end
update
.l index 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result 1
test listbox-11.1 {ChangeListboxView procedure, boundary conditions for index} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l -height 5
pack .l
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 |
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemconfigure 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
| | | | | | | | 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 |
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemconfigure 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result [list {-background {} {} {} {}} \
{-bg -background} \
{-fg -foreground} \
{-foreground {} {} {} {}} \
{-selectbackground {} {} {} {}} \
{-selectforeground {} {} {} {}}]
test listbox-23.3 {ConfigureListboxItem, itemco shortcut} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemco 0 -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {-background {} {} {} {}}
test listbox-23.4 {ConfigureListboxItem, wrong num args} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l
.l insert end a
catch {.l itemco} result
set result
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {wrong # args: should be ".l itemconfigure index ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test listbox-23.5 {ConfigureListboxItem, multiple calls} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
listbox .l
set i 0
foreach color {red orange yellow green blue white violet} {
.l insert end $color
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 |
unset -nocomplain res
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -state normal]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [%W curselection]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
| | | 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 |
unset -nocomplain res
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -state normal]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [%W curselection]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5 ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
.l configure -state disabled
focus -force .l
event generate .l <Control-Home> ; # <<ListboxSelect>> does NOT fire
.l configure -state normal
focus -force .l
event generate .l <Control-End> ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
.l selection clear 0 end ; # <<ListboxSelect>> does NOT fire
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 |
destroy .l
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -exportselection true]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [list [selection own] [%W curselection]]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
| | | 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 |
destroy .l
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -exportselection true]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [list [selection own] [%W curselection]]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5 ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
selection clear ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires again
update
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {{.l 0} {{} {}}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/main.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # This file contains tests for the tkMain.c file. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # This file contains tests for the tkMain.c file. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
test main-2.1 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
| | > | > | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
test main-2.1 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]; exit"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -encoding utf-8 script]" r]}
} -body {
read $f
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
} -result "script {} 0\n1\n"
test main-2.2 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]; exit"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -encoding ascii script]" r]}
} -body {
read $f
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
test main-2.3 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
| | > | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
test main-2.3 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -enc utf-8 script]" r+]}
} -body {
type $f {
puts $argv
exit
}
gets $f
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
} -returnCodes ok -result {-enc utf-8 script}
test main-3.1 {Tk_ParseArgv: -help option} -constraints unix -body {
# Run only on unix as Win32 pops up native dialog
exec [interpreter] -help
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*application-specific initialization failed: Command-specific options:*}
test main-3.2 {Tk_ParseArgv: -help option} -setup {
set maininterp [interp create]
} -body {
$maininterp eval { set argc 1 ; set argv -help }
load {} Tk $maininterp
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/menu.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
imageInit
testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]]
testConstraint movemouse [llength [info commands movemouse]]
test menu-1.1 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body {
menu
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "menu pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test menu-1.2 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body {
menu bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "bogus"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
.m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
.m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
| < < < < < < < < | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
.m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
.m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
.m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.7 {configuration options -background #ff0000} -body {
.m1 configure -background #ff0000
.m1 cget -background
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.8 {configuration options -background non-existent} -body {
.m1 configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
292 293 294 295 296 297 298 | menu .m2 -tearoff 1 .m2 add command -label "test" .m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2 .m1 add separator .m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off .m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio | | | < | 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
menu .m2 -tearoff 1
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
test menu-2.31 {entry configuration options 0 -activebackground #012345 tearoff} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 0 -activebackground #012345
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-activebackground"}
test menu-2.32 {entry configuration options 1 -activebackground #012345 command} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -activebackground #012345
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.120 {entry configuration options 5 -foreground non-existent radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
| | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.120 {entry configuration options 5 -foreground non-existent radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.121 {entry configuration options 0 -image image1 tearoff} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 0 -image image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}
test menu-2.122 {entry configuration options 1 -image image1 command} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -result {image1}
test menu-2.123 {entry configuration options 2 -image image1 cascade} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -result {image1}
test menu-2.124 {entry configuration options 3 -image image1 separator} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 3 -image image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}
test menu-2.125 {entry configuration options 4 -image image1 checkbutton} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image {}
} -result {image1}
test menu-2.126 {entry configuration options 5 -image image1 radiobutton} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image {}
} -result {image1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
985 986 987 988 989 990 991 |
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.180 {entry configuration options 5 -selectcolor non-existent radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
| | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 |
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.180 {entry configuration options 5 -selectcolor non-existent radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test menu-2.181 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage image1 tearoff} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}
test menu-2.182 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage image1 command} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}
test menu-2.183 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage image1 cascade} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}
test menu-2.184 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage image1 separator} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage image1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}
test menu-2.185 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage image1 checkbutton} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage {}
} -result {image1}
test menu-2.186 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage image1 radiobutton} -setup {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage {}
} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage image1
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4
} -cleanup {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage {}
} -result {image1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 |
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test menu-2.228 {entry configuration options 5 -underline 3p radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -underline 3p
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
deleteWindows
| < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 |
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test menu-2.228 {entry configuration options 5 -underline 3p radiobutton} -body {
.m1 entryconfigure 5 -underline 3p
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
deleteWindows
image delete image1
test menu-3.1 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg ...?"}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
.m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 activate
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 activate "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.5 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add separator
.m1 activate 2
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.6 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state disabled
.m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.7 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.8 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 add type ?-option value ...?"}
test menu-3.9 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry type "foo": must be cascade, checkbutton, command, radiobutton, or separator}
test menu-3.10 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.11 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 cget
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 cget option"}
test menu-3.12 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 cget -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.13 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand "Some string"
.m1 cget -postcommand
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {Some string}
test menu-3.14 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 clone newMenuName ?menuType?"}
test menu-3.15 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone a b c d
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 clone newMenuName ?menuType?"}
test menu-3.16 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m1.clone1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.17 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m1.clone1 tearoff
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
llength [.m1 configure]
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result 20
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand "A random String"
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.21 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand "Another string"
lindex [.m1 configure -postcommand] 4
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {Another string}
test menu-3.22 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 delete first ?last?"}
test menu-3.23 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 delete 0 "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 delete 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
.m1 delete 1 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 delete 1 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.28 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 activate 2
.m1 delete 1 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.29 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 activate 3
.m1 delete 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.29+1 {MenuWidgetCmd, "delete", Bug 220950} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "bogus"
.m1 add command -label "ok"
.m1 delete 10 20
.m1 entrycget last -label
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result ok
test menu-3.30 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 entrycget
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entrycget index option"}
test menu-3.31 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 entrycget index option foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entrycget index option"}
test menu-3.32 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 entrycget foo -label
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.33 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {test}
test menu-3.34 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 entryconfigure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entryconfigure index ?-option value ...?"}
test menu-3.35 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 entryconfigure foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.36 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
llength [.m1 entryconfigure 1]
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result 15
test menu-3.37 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label] 4
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {test}
test menu-3.38 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "changed"
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label] 4
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {changed}
test menu-3.39 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 index
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 index string"}
test menu-3.40 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 index foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 add command -label "another label"
.m1 add command -label "end"
.m1 add command -label "3a"
.m1 add command -label "final entry"
list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"]
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {1 3 5 6}
test menu-3.42 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 insert
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 insert index type ?-option value ...?"}
test menu-3.43 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 insert 1 command -label "test"
.m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {test}
test menu-3.44 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 invoke
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 invoke index"}
test menu-3.45 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 invoke foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.46 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "set foo" -command "set foo hello"
list [.m1 invoke 1] [set foo] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {hello hello {}}
test menu-3.47 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "On Windows, hit Escape to get this menu to go away"
.m1 post
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y ?index?"}
test menu-3.48 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 post foo 40
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test menu-3.49 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 post 40 bar
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.50: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
.m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 postcascade
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 postcascade index"}
test menu-3.52 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 postcascade foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.53 - hit Escape"
menu .m2
.m1 post 40 40
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
.m1 postcascade 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}
test menu-3.54 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label "menu-3.57 - hit Escape"
.m1 postcascade 1
.m1 postcascade none
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}
test menu-3.55 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 type
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 type index"}
test menu-3.56 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 type foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.57 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {command}
test menu-3.58 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
.m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {separator}
test menu-3.59 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test"
.m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {checkbutton}
test menu-3.60 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "test"
.m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {radiobutton}
test menu-3.61 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "test"
.m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {cascade}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 type 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {tearoff}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 unpost foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -constraints {
nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.64 - hit Escape"
.m1 post 40 40
.m1 unpost
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 yposition
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"}
test menu-3.66a {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, no tearoff} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result 0
test menu-3.66b {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
notAqua
} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
# on Win or Linux, tearoff menus are supported
# see menu-3.66c for aqua
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result 1
test menu-3.66c {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
aqua
} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
# on OS X, tearoff menus are not supported
# see menu-3.66b for win or linux
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result 0
test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be activate, add, cget, clone, configure, delete, entrycget, entryconfigure, index, insert, invoke, post, postcascade, type, unpost, xposition, or yposition}
test menu-3.68 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, fix for bug#508988} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set t .t
set m1 .t.m1
set c1 .t.c1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 |
menu .m1
} -body {
.m1 xposition 1
subst {} ;# just checking that the xposition does not produce an error...
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
| < < < < < < < < | | | | 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 |
menu .m1
} -body {
.m1 xposition 1
subst {} ;# just checking that the xposition does not produce an error...
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-4.1 {TkInvokeMenu: disabled} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off \
-state disabled
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 off}
test menu-4.2 {TkInvokeMenu: tearoff} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
catch {.m1 invoke 0}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test menu-4.3 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -on} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 \
[catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.4 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -off} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 |
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
| | | | | | | | | | 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 |
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 one 0 {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 two 0 {}}
test menu-4.8 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 3} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 three 0 {}}
test menu-4.9 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton array element} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo(2) -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo(2) -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo(2) -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 3} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(2)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 three 0 {}}
test menu-4.10 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -command "set menu_test menu-4.8"
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set menu_test} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset menu_test} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"}}
test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
destroy .m1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 |
} -result {0 0}
test menu-6.9 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
| | | | | | | | 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 |
} -result {0 0}
test menu-6.9 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
list [destroy .m2] [destroy .m3] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}
test menu-6.10 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
list [destroy .m3] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-6.11 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [destroy .m2] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-6.12 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [destroy .m3] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-6.13 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [destroy .m4] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-6.14 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
list [destroy .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-6.15 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 |
toplevel .t3
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
. configure -menu .m1
.t2 configure -menu .m1
.t3 configure -menu .m1
list [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2] [destroy .t3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -result {{} {} {} {}}
test menu-7.1 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
destroy .m1
| > > > > > > > > | 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 |
toplevel .t3
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
. configure -menu .m1
.t2 configure -menu .m1
.t3 configure -menu .m1
list [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2] [destroy .t3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -result {{} {} {} {}}
test menu-6.17 {TkDestroyMenu - bug 14a9b62e1d} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -command {destroy .m1}
.m1 invoke end
winfo exists .m1
} -result {0}
test menu-7.1 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
destroy .m1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 |
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} -result {{} {}}
| | | 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 |
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.2 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {image delete image1a}
} -body {
image create photo image1a -file $earthPhotoFile
menu .m1
.m1 add command -image image1a
list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1a]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 |
image create test image1
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -result {}
test menu-11.19 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints {
| | | | > > | 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 |
image create test image1
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -result {}
test menu-11.19 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create test image1
image create photo image2 -file $earthPhotoFile
menu .m1
.m1 add command -image image1
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -result {}
test menu-11.20 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -result {}
test menu-11.21 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -body {
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
image create test image2
image create test image3
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image3
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
imageCleanup
} -result {}
unset earthPhotoFile
test menu-12.1 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 |
menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test -tearoff 0
.menubar add cascade -label Test -underline 0 -menu .menubar.test
menu .menubar.test.cascade -tearoff 0
.menubar.test.cascade add command -label SubItem -command "puts SubItemSelected"
. configure -menu .menubar
list [catch {.menubar.test add cascade -label SubMenu \
| | | | | | | | | | 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 |
menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test -tearoff 0
.menubar add cascade -label Test -underline 0 -menu .menubar.test
menu .menubar.test.cascade -tearoff 0
.menubar.test.cascade add command -label SubItem -command "puts SubItemSelected"
. configure -menu .menubar
list [catch {.menubar.test add cascade -label SubMenu \
-menu .menubar.test.cascade}] \
[info commands .\#menubar.\#menubar\#test.\#menubar\#test\#cascade] \
[. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#test#cascade {}}
test menu-17.1 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
[unset foo]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
# menu-17.2 - Don't know how to generate the flags in the if
test menu-17.2 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
[set foo ""]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-17.3 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.4 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
set foo "goodbye"
list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.5 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
[set foo "goodbye"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} goodbye {}}
test menu-17.6 {MenuVarProc [5d991b822e]} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Want this not to crash
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 |
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 clone .m2
} -returnCodes error -result {window name "m2" already exists in parent}
test menu-21.1 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 yposition glorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "glorp"}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 |
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 clone .m2
} -returnCodes error -result {window name "m2" already exists in parent}
test menu-20.12 {CloneMenu - copied bindings on empty menu} -setup {
deleteWindows
set x {}
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
bind .m1 <<Test>> {append x <<Test>>}
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
.m2 post 100 100
event generate .m2 <<Test>>
return $x
} -result {<<Test>>}
test menu-20.13 {CloneMenu - copied bindings on non-empty menu} -setup {
deleteWindows
set x {}
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
bind .m1 <<Test>> {append x <<Test>>}
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
.m2 post 100 100
event generate .m2 <<Test>>
return $x
} -result {<<Test>>}
test menu-20.14 {CloneMenu - new binding on empty menu} -setup {
deleteWindows
set x {}
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
.m2 post 100 100
bind .m1 <<Test>> {append x <<Test>>}
event generate .m2 <<Test>>
return $x
} -result {<<Test>>}
test menu-20.15 {CloneMenu - new binding on non-empty menu} -setup {
deleteWindows
set x {}
} -body {
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
.m2 post 100 100
bind .m1 <<Test>> {append x <<Test>>}
event generate .m2 <<Test>>
return $x
} -result {<<Test>>}
test menu-20.16 {CloneMenu - bindtags} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
bindtags .m1 [linsert [bindtags .m1] 1 .m1.sub1]
.m1 clone .m2
bindtags .m2
} -result {.m2 .m1 .m1.sub1 Menu all}
test menu-21.1 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 yposition glorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "glorp"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 |
wm geometry .m1 200x100
update
set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
.m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test menu-23.1 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
. configure -menu ""
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 |
wm geometry .m1 200x100
update
set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
.m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test menu-22.6 {GetIndexFromCoords: syntax error in @x,y indices} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m
.m add command -label "First entry"
.m add command -label "Second entry"
.m add command -label "Last entry"
.m index @4bogus
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "@4bogus"}
test menu-22.7 {GetIndexFromCoords: syntax error in @x,y indices} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m
.m add command -label "First entry"
.m add command -label "Second entry"
.m add command -label "Last entry"
.m index @10,4bogus
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "@10,4bogus"}
test menu-22.8 {GetIndexFromCoords: syntax error in @x,y indices} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m
.m add command -label "First entry"
.m add command -label "Second entry"
.m add command -label "Last entry"
.m index @10,bogus
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "@10,bogus"}
test menu-22.9 {GetIndexFromCoords: index type pecedence} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m -tearoff 0
.m add command -label "First entry"
.m add command -label "@42nd street"
.m add command -label "Last entry"
.m index "@42nd*" ; # shall be interpreted as a pattern, not as @42
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test menu-22.10 {tk_popup on separator entry} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
menu .m1
label .l -text ClickMe!
.m1 add command -label "Example 1" -command bell
.m1 add command -label "Example 2" -command bell
.m1 add separator
.m1 add command -label "Example Other" -command "bell;bell"
tk_popup .m1 100 100 2
set waiting 0
tkwait visibility .m1
after 333 incr waiting
vwait waiting
.m1 invoke 4
after 333 incr waiting
vwait waiting
destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-23.1 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
. configure -menu ""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 |
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.3 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .#m
rename .#m hideme
list [catch {. configure -menu [menu .m]}] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .#m] \
| | | 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 |
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.3 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .#m
rename .#m hideme
list [catch {. configure -menu [menu .m]}] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .#m] \
[destroy .m] [destroy hideme]
} -result {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-25.1 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
. configure -menu ""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 |
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.6 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - reentrancy - crashes tk8.0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test \
| | | 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 |
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.6 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - reentrancy - crashes tk8.0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test \
-command ".m1 delete test ; .m1 add command -label test -command \".m1 delete test\"; .m1 delete test"
.m1 invoke test
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.7 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - one entry} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 |
} -body {
# SF bug #465324
menu .menubar
. configure -menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test
.menubar.test add command -label "hi"
for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
| | | | 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 |
} -body {
# SF bug #465324
menu .menubar
. configure -menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test
.menubar.test add command -label "hi"
for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
.menubar delete Test
}
info commands .#menubar*test*
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.9 {Ensure deleting of clones doesn't corrupt menu refs} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 |
deleteWindows
} -result {.menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade .menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade}
test menu-33.1 {menu vs command hiding} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
| | | | | 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 |
deleteWindows
} -result {.menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade .menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade}
test menu-33.1 {menu vs command hiding} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set l [interp hidden]
menu .m
interp hide {} .m
destroy .m
set result [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
expr {$result eq [list {} $l]}
} -result 1
# menu-34 MenuInit only called at boot time
# creating menus on two different screens then deleting the
# menu from the first screen crashes Tk8.3.1
#
test menu-34.1 {menus on multiple screens - crashes tk8.3.1, Bug 5454} -constraints {
altDisplay
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .one
menu .one.m
toplevel .two -screen $::env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
menu .two.m
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 |
menu .m -type menubar
list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}
test menu-38.1 {Can't dismiss ttk::menubutton menu until mouse has hovered over it - bug fa32290898} -setup {
| | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 |
menu .m -type menubar
list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}
test menu-38.1 {Can't dismiss ttk::menubutton menu until mouse has hovered over it - bug fa32290898} -setup {
} -constraints {x11} -body {
toplevel .top
ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text "Some menu";
menu .top.mb.m;
.top.mb.m add command -label "Item 1";
.top.mb.m add command -label "Item 2";
.top.mb configure -menu .top.mb.m;
pack .top.mb
update
# simulate mouse click on the menubutton, which posts its menu
event generate .top.mb <Button-1> -warp 1
controlPointerWarpTiming
event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
update
# simulate mouse click on the menu again, i.e. without
# entering/leaving the posted menu
event generate .top.mb <Button-1>
update
after 50
event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
update
# the menu shall have been unposted by the second click
winfo ismapped .top.mb.m
} -cleanup {
destroy .top.mb.m .top.m .top
} -result 0
test menu-39.1 {empty -type - bug be8f5b9fc2} -setup {
catch {destroy .m}
} -body {
menu .m -type {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous type "": must be normal, tearoff, or menubar}
test menu-39.2 {use-after-free fix - bug 1797555fff} -setup {
toplevel .t
menu .t.menubar -type menubar
menu .t.menubar.select -title Select
menu .t.menubar.select.chain -title Chain
.t.menubar.select insert 1 cascade -menu .t.menubar.select.chain -label Chain
.t.menubar add cascade -menu .t.menubar.select -label Select
.t configure -menu .t.menubar
.t.menubar.select.chain insert 1 command
update idletasks
} -body {
# The following two lines caused Tk to read from and write to freed memory
destroy .t.menubar.select.chain
.t.menubar.select delete 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test menu-40.1 {Use-after-free if menu destroyed while posted - bug 09a11fb1228f} -setup {
} -constraints {pressbutton} -body {
set done false
event generate {} <Motion> -x 100 -y 100
toplevel .t
menu .t.m
.t.m add command -command {puts Marco} -label Marco
.t.m add command -command {puts Polo} -label Polo
after 1000 {.t.m post 500 500}
after 2000 {destroy .t}
after 2500 {pressbutton 530 510}
after 3000 {set done true}
tkwait variable done
}
test menu-40.2 {Use-after-free if menu destroyed while posted - bug 09a11fb1228f} -setup {
} -constraints {movemouse} -body {
set done false
event generate {} <Motion> -x 100 -y 100
toplevel .t
menu .t.m
.t.m add command -command {puts Marco} -label Marco
.t.m add command -command {puts Polo} -label Polo
after 1000 {.t.m post 500 500}
after 2000 {movemouse 530 510}
after 3000 {destroy .t}
after 3500 {movemouse 530 530}
after 4000 pressbutton 530 530
after 4500 {set done true}
tkwait variable done
pressbutton 530 510
}
# cleanup
imageFinish
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test drawing of menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test drawing of menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/menubut.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menubuttons in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menubuttons in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. # XXX This test file is woefully incomplete right now. If any part # XXX of a procedure has tests then the whole procedure has tests, # XXX but many procedures have no tests. package require tcltest 2.2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
538 539 540 541 542 543 544 |
menubutton .mb1
rename .mb1 {}
list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
| | | 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
menubutton .mb1
rename .mb1 {}
list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set extraWidth 36
} else {
set extraWidth 0
}
test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
testImageType
} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/message.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "message" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "message" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* tcltest::loadTestedCommands eval tcltest::configure $argv |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test message-1.3 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -aspect 3
.m cget -aspect
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result 3
test message-1.4 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -aspect bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test message-1.5 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -background #ff0000
.m cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.6 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test message-1.7 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -bd 4
.m cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result 4
test message-1.8 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test message-1.9 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -bg #ff0000
.m cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.10 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test message-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -borderwidth 1.3
.m cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result 1
test message-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test message-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -cursor arrow
.m cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {arrow}
test message-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test message-1.15 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -fg #00ff00
.m cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {#00ff00}
test message-1.16 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -fg badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "badValue"}
test message-1.17 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -font fixed
.m cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {fixed}
test message-1.18 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test message-1.19 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -foreground green
.m cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {green}
test message-1.20 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -foreground badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "badValue"}
test message-1.21 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightbackground #112233
.m cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {#112233}
test message-1.22 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test message-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightcolor #123456
.m cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {#123456}
test message-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test message-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightthickness 2
.m cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result 2
test message-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test message-1.27 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -justify right
.m cget -justify
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {right}
test message-1.28 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test message-1.29 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -padx 12m
.m cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.30 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test message-1.31 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -pady 12m
.m cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.32 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "420x"}
test message-1.33 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -relief ridge
.m cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -result {ridge}
test message-1.34 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -relief badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test message-1.35 {configuration options: "text"} -setup {
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -text "Sample text"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -width badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
| | | | | | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
pack .m
update
} -body {
.m configure -width badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test message-2.1 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
message
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
message foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
catch {message foo}
winfo children .
} -result {}
test message-2.4 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
message .s -gorp dump
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test message-2.5 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
catch {message .s -gorp dump}
winfo children .
} -result {}
test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} -setup {
message .m
} -body {
.m
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/msgbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 SendEventToMsg $parent $btn key
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
| | | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 SendEventToMsg $parent $btn key
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc SendEventToMsg {parent btn type} {
if {$parent != "."} {
set w $parent.__tk__messagebox
} else {
set w .__tk__messagebox
}
if ![winfo ismapped $w.$btn] {
update
}
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $w.$btn
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $w.$btn <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
test msgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/obj.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test new object types in Tk. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | # This file is a Tcl script to test new object types in Tk. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/oldpack.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the old syntax of Tk's # "pack" command (before release 3.3). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the old syntax of Tk's # "pack" command (before release 3.3). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | place .pack.green.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0 frame .pack.blue -width 40 -height 40 label .pack.blue.l -text B -bd 2 -relief raised place .pack.blue.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0 frame .pack.violet -width 80 -height 20 label .pack.violet.l -text P -bd 2 -relief raised place .pack.violet.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0 | < < < < < | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
place .pack.green.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
frame .pack.blue -width 40 -height 40
label .pack.blue.l -text B -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.blue.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
frame .pack.violet -width 80 -height 20
label .pack.violet.l -text P -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.violet.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
test oldpack-1.1 {basic positioning} -body {
pack ap .pack .pack.red top
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} -result 10x20+45+0
test oldpack-1.2 {basic positioning} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.red bottom
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
pack append .pack .pack.green left .pack.violet {bottom expand} \
.pack.blue {bottom expand} .pack.red {bottom expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.violet] [winfo geometry .pack.blue] \
[winfo geometry .pack.red]
} -result {70x20+30+77 40x40+45+30 10x20+60+3}
test oldpack-7.3 {multiple expanded windows} -body {
| | | | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
pack append .pack .pack.green left .pack.violet {bottom expand} \
.pack.blue {bottom expand} .pack.red {bottom expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.violet] [winfo geometry .pack.blue] \
[winfo geometry .pack.red]
} -result {70x20+30+77 40x40+45+30 10x20+60+3}
test oldpack-7.3 {multiple expanded windows} -body {
foreach i [winfo children .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.green {left e fill} .pack.red {left expand fill} \
.pack.blue {top fill}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.green] [winfo geometry .pack.red] \
[winfo geometry .pack.blue]
} -result {40x100+0+0 20x100+40+0 40x40+60+0}
test oldpack-7.4 {multiple expanded windows} -body {
foreach i [winfo children .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.red {top expand} .pack.violet {top expand} \
.pack.blue {right fill}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.red] [winfo geometry .pack.violet] \
[winfo geometry .pack.blue]
} -result {10x20+45+5 80x20+10+35 40x40+60+60}
test oldpack-7.5 {multiple expanded windows} -body {
foreach i [winfo children .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.green {right frame s} .pack.red {top expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.green] [winfo geometry .pack.red]
} -result {30x40+70+60 10x20+30+40}
test oldpack-7.6 {multiple expanded windows} -body {
foreach i [winfo children .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.violet {bottom frame e} .pack.red {right expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.violet] [winfo geometry .pack.red]
} -result {80x20+20+80 10x20+45+30}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.2 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.3 {syntax errors} -body {
pack gorp foo
| | | | 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.2 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.3 {syntax errors} -body {
pack gorp foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be configure, content, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}
test oldpack-8.4 {syntax errors} -body {
pack a .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "a": must be configure, content, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}
test oldpack-8.5 {syntax errors} -body {
pack after foobar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.6 {syntax errors} -setup {
destroy .pack.yellow
} -body {
frame .pack.yellow -bg yellow
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
pack info foobar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.12 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: window ".pack.blue" should be followed by options}
test oldpack-8.13 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append . .pack.blue top
| | | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
pack info foobar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.12 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: window ".pack.blue" should be followed by options}
test oldpack-8.13 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append . .pack.blue top
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.blue inside .}
test oldpack-8.14 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "f": should be top, bottom, left, right, expand, fill, fillx, filly, padx, pady, or frame}
test oldpack-8.15 {syntax errors} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue pad
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "pad": should be top, bottom, left, right, expand, fill, fillx, filly, padx, pady, or frame}
test oldpack-8.16 {syntax errors} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
test oldpack-9.3 {information output} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue {frame center} .pack.red {frame center} \
.pack.green {frame c} .pack.violet {frame c}
list [pack content .pack] [pack info .pack.blue] [pack info .pack.red] \
[pack info .pack.green] [pack info .pack.violet]
} -result {{.pack.blue .pack.red .pack.green .pack.violet} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top}}
| < | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
test oldpack-9.3 {information output} -body {
pack append .pack .pack.blue {frame center} .pack.red {frame center} \
.pack.green {frame c} .pack.violet {frame c}
list [pack content .pack] [pack info .pack.blue] [pack info .pack.red] \
[pack info .pack.green] [pack info .pack.violet]
} -result {{.pack.blue .pack.red .pack.green .pack.violet} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top}}
destroy .pack
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/option.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the option-handling facilities # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the option-handling facilities # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
test option-14.12 {error conditions} -body {
option get .gorp.gorp a A
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp.gorp"}
set option1 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file1]
test option-15.1 {database files} -body {
| | | | 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
test option-14.12 {error conditions} -body {
option get .gorp.gorp a A
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp.gorp"}
set option1 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file1]
test option-15.1 {database files} -body {
list [catch {option read non-existent} msg] [string tolower $msg]
} -result {1 {couldn't open "non-existent": no such file or directory}}
test option-15.2 {database files} -body {
option read $option1
option get . x1 color
} -result blue
test option-15.3 {database files} -constraints appNameIsTktest -body {
option read $option1
option get . x2 color
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
} -result burgundy
test option-15.10 {database files} -body {
set option2 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file2]
option read $option2
} -returnCodes error -result {missing colon on line 2}
set option3 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file3]
option read $option3
| | | | | > > | | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
} -result burgundy
test option-15.10 {database files} -body {
set option2 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file2]
option read $option2
} -returnCodes error -result {missing colon on line 2}
set option3 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file3]
option read $option3
test option-15.11 {database files} {option get . {x 4} color} br\xf3wn
test option-16.1 {ReadOptionFile} -body {
set option4 [makeFile {} option.file4]
set file [open $option4 w]
fconfigure $file -translation crlf
puts $file "*x7: true\n*x8: false"
close $file
option read $option4 userDefault
list [option get . x7 color] [option get . x8 color]
} -cleanup {
removeFile $option4
} -result {true false}
set opt162val {label {
foo bar
}
}
set opt162list [split $opt162val \n]
test option-16.2 {ticket 766ef52f3} -body {
set option5 [makeFile {} option.file5]
set file [open $option5 w]
fconfigure $file -translation crlf
puts $file "*notok: $opt162list"
close $file
option read $option5 userDefault
option get . notok notok
} -cleanup {
removeFile $option5
} -result $opt162list
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Added tests/ouster.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/pack.test.
|
| | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# Create some test windows.
destroy .pack
toplevel .pack
wm geom .pack 300x200+0+0
wm minsize .pack 1 1
update idletasks
foreach i {a b c d} {
frame .pack.$i
label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30
test pack-1.1 {-side option} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a -side top
pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change container window} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
winfo manager .pack.a
pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
| | | | > | 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 |
lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change container window} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
winfo manager .pack.a
pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}
test pack-10.5 {prevent management loops} -body {
frame .f1
frame .f2
pack .f1 -in .f2
pack .f2 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
destroy .f1
destroy .f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test pack-10.6 {prevent management loops} -body {
frame .f1
frame .f2
frame .f3
pack .f1 -in .f2
pack .f2 -in .f3
pack .f3 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
destroy .f1
destroy .f2
destroy .f3
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a -in .pack
set i [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -in]+1]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 |
} -body {
pack .pack.a ? 22
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "?": must be -after, -anchor, -before, -expand, -fill, -in, -ipadx, -ipady, -padx, -pady, or -side}
test pack-12.33 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a -in .
| | | | | 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 |
} -body {
pack .pack.a ? 22
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "?": must be -after, -anchor, -before, -expand, -fill, -in, -ipadx, -ipady, -padx, -pady, or -side}
test pack-12.33 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a -in .
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside .}
test pack-12.34 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
frame .pack.a.a
pack .pack.a.a -in .pack.b
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a.a inside .pack.b}
test pack-12.35 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}
test pack-12.36 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack forget .pack.a .pack.d
pack content .pack
} -result {.pack.b .pack.c}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 |
} -body {
pack content .pack.a
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack lousy .pack
| | | 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 |
} -body {
pack content .pack.a
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
pack lousy .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "lousy": must be configure, content, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}
test pack-13.1 {window deletion} -setup {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
pack .pack.right -side right
pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 |
place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
update
winfo manager .pack.a
winfo geometry .pack.a
pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}
| < | > | < > | | > > > | < | > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | < < < < < | | < < | > | | < < > | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 |
place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
update
winfo manager .pack.a
winfo geometry .pack.a
pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}
# Tests pack-18.1.1 and pack-18.2 are constrained with failsOnUbuntu
# because they are failing in the GitHub CI environment, using Linux Ubuntu.
# These tests are also constrained with failsOnXQuarz because they fail
# on macOS when building with clang --disable-aqua (which uses XQuartz)
# (this is the case both at GitHub CI and on a real Mac).
# Analysis shows that, on both cases, WaitForMapNotify is giving up on
# waiting for the MapNotify event that should show up when running
# 'wm iconify'. The timeout delay (2s) is exceeded without the unmapping
# having happened. The cause for this is unknown (see comments in WaitForMapNotify).
# Tests pack-18.1.* are constrained because on Windows, when the width/height
# is configured while the window is unmapped, the changes don't take
# effect until the window is remapped. This is apparently by design of the
# OS, and Tk accommodates this behavior (see UpdateGeometryInfo() and
# ConfigureTopLevel() in tkWinWm.c).
# pack-18.1.1 checks that, on Linux or macOS, width/height changes are taken
# into account while the window is unmapped.
# pack-18.1.2 checks that, on Windows, width/height changes are taken into
# account on window remapping.
test pack-18.1.1 {unmap content when container unmapped} -constraints {
macOrUnix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
destroy {*}[winfo children .pack]
# adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
# that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
# as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).
wm geometry .pack +100+100
} -body {
frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
pack .pack.a
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
wm iconify .pack
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
.pack.a configure -width 200 -height 75
update
lappend result [winfo width .pack.a] [winfo height .pack.a] \
[winfo ismapped .pack.a]
wm deiconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.1.2 {unmap content when container unmapped} -constraints {
win
} -setup {
destroy {*}[winfo children .pack]
# adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
# that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
# as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).
wm geometry .pack +100+100
} -body {
frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
pack .pack.a
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
wm iconify .pack
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
.pack.a configure -width 200 -height 75
update
wm deiconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo width .pack.a] [winfo height .pack.a]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap content when container unmapped} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
destroy {*}[winfo children .pack]
# adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
# that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
# as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).
wm geometry .pack +100+100
} -body {
frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2
pack .pack.a
pack .pack.b -in .pack.a
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
wm iconify .pack
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
.pack.b configure -width 100 -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .pack.b] [winfo height .pack.b] \
[winfo ismapped .pack.b]
wm deiconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -result {1 0 100 30 0 1}
test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} -setup {
catch {pack forget {*}[pack content .pack]}
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
wm geometry .pack 200x200
frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f
pack .pack.lf.f -fill both -expand 1
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor e -padx 3 -pady 5
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {196x188+2+10 177x186+5+7}
test pack-19.2 {test support for minreqsize} -setup {
catch {pack forget {*}[pack content .pack]}
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
wm geometry .pack {}
frame .pack.l -width 150 -height 100
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f -width 20 -height 25
pack .pack.lf.f
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
} -cleanup {
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/packgrid.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out interaction between Tk's "pack" and # "grid" commands. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out interaction between Tk's "pack" and
# "grid" commands.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Spjuth
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::*
test packgrid-1.1 {pack and grid in same container window} -setup {
grid propagate . true
pack propagate . true
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
} -body {
# Basic conflict
grid .g
pack .p
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager pack inside . which already has slaves managed by grid}
test packgrid-1.2 {pack and grid in same container window} -setup {
grid propagate . true
pack propagate . true
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
} -body {
# Basic conflict
pack .p
grid .g
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}
test packgrid-1.3 {pack and grid in same container window} -setup {
grid propagate . false
pack propagate . true
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
grid .g
update
} -body {
grid propagate . true
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
| | | | | | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
grid .g
update
} -body {
grid propagate . true
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}
test packgrid-2.2 {pack and grid in same container window, change propagation} -setup {
grid propagate . true
pack propagate . false
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
pack .p
grid .g
update
} -body {
pack propagate . true
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
update
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager pack inside . which already has slaves managed by grid}
test packgrid-2.3 {pack and grid in same container window, change propagation} -setup {
grid propagate . false
pack propagate . false
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
pack .p
grid .g
update
} -body {
grid propagate . true
update
pack propagate . true
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager pack inside . which already has slaves managed by grid}
test packgrid-2.4 {pack and grid in same container window, change propagation} -setup {
grid propagate . false
pack propagate . false
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
pack .p
grid .g
update
} -body {
pack propagate . true
grid propagate . true
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}
test packgrid-3.1 {stealing content} -setup {
grid propagate . true
pack propagate . true
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
# Not ok to steal if the other one is not emptied
grid .g
grid .p
pack .g
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
| | | | 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
# Not ok to steal if the other one is not emptied
grid .g
grid .p
pack .g
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager pack inside . which already has slaves managed by grid}
test packgrid-3.4 {stealing content} -setup {
grid propagate . true
pack propagate . true
label .p -text PACK
label .g -text GRID
} -body {
# Not ok to steal if the other one is not emptied
pack .g
pack .p
grid .g
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .p
destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}
test packgrid-4.1 {content stolen after container destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
frame .f
button .b -text hello
} -body {
pack .f
grid .b -in .f
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/panedwindow.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
test panedwindow-1.58 {configuration options: -width (bad)} -body {
.p paneconfigure .b -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
deleteWindows
test panedwindow-2.1 {panedwindow widget command} -setup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
test panedwindow-1.58 {configuration options: -width (bad)} -body {
.p paneconfigure .b -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
deleteWindows
test panedwindow-2.1 {panedwindow widget command} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p foo
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad command "foo": must be add, cget, configure, forget, identify, panecget, paneconfigure, panes, proxy, or sash}
test panedwindow-3.1 {panedwindow panes subcommand} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b
lappend result [.p panes]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list .b .c] [list .c]]
test panedwindow-4.1 {forget subcommand} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p forget
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p forget widget ?widget ...?"}
test panedwindow-4.2 {forget subcommand, forget one from start} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b
lappend result [.p panes]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list {.b .c} .c]
test panedwindow-4.3 {forget subcommand, forget one from end} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .d
update
lappend result [.p panes]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list {.b .c .d} {.b .c}]
test panedwindow-4.4 {forget subcommand, forget multiple} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b .c
update
lappend result [.p panes]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list {.b .c .d} .d]
test panedwindow-4.5 {forget subcommand, panes are unmapped} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo ismapped .b] [winfo ismapped .c]]
.p forget .b
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .b] [winfo ismapped .c]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 1 0 1]
test panedwindow-4.6 {forget subcommand, changes reqsize of panedwindow} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .g -width 20 -height 20]
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p]]
.p forget .f
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 44 20]
test panedwindow-5.1 {sash subcommand} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p sash option ?arg ...?"}
test panedwindow-5.2 {sash subcommand} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash foo
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be coord, dragto, mark, or place}
test panedwindow-6.1 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash coord
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p sash coord index"}
test panedwindow-6.2 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid sash index}
test panedwindow-6.3 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash coord foo
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-6.4 {sash coord subcommand sashes correctly placed} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-6.5 {sash coord subcommand sashes correctly placed} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-6.6 {sash coord subcommand, sashes correctly placed} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-6.7 {sash coord subcommand, sashes correctly placed} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-6.8 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.9 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .p.f]
list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 2} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-7.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash mark
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p sash mark index ?x y?"}
test panedwindow-7.2 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash mark foo
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-7.3 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash mark 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid sash index}
test panedwindow-7.4 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash mark 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-7.5 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash mark 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test panedwindow-7.6 {sash mark subcommand, mark defaults to 0 0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash mark 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-7.7 {sash mark subcommand, set mark} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
.p sash mark 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-8.1 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash dragto
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p sash dragto index x y"}
test panedwindow-8.2 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash dragto foo bar baz
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-8.3 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash dragto 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid sash index}
test panedwindow-8.4 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash dragto 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-8.5 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash dragto 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test panedwindow-9.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
.p sash dragto 0 20 10
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-9.2 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [button .p.c -text foobar]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
.p sash dragto 0 10 20
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-9.3 {sash mark/sash dragto, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash mark 0 20 10
.p sash dragto 0 10 10
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 15 0]
test panedwindow-10.1 {sash place subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash place
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p sash place index x y"}
test panedwindow-10.2 {sash place subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash place foo bar baz
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-10.3 {sash place subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p sash place 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid sash index}
test panedwindow-10.4 {sash place subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-10.5 {sash place subcommand, errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test panedwindow-10.6 {sash place subcommand, moves sash} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 10 0
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-10.7 {sash place subcommand, moves sash} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 0 10
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-10.8 {sash place subcommand, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash place 0 10 0
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 15 0]
test panedwindow-10.9 {sash place subcommand, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg pink]
.p sash place 0 2 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid sash index}
test panedwindow-11.1 {moving sash changes size of pane to left} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar] -sticky nsew
.p sash place 0 30 0
pack .p
update
winfo width .f
} -result 30
test panedwindow-11.2 {moving sash changes size of pane to right} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo width .f2]
.p sash place 0 30 0
update
lappend result [winfo width .f2]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 10}
test panedwindow-11.3 {moving sash does not change reqsize of panedwindow} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash place 0 30 0
winfo reqwidth .p
} -result 44
test panedwindow-11.4 {moving sash changes size of pane above} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [button .c -text foobar] -sticky nsew
.p sash place 0 0 20
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .f]
set result
} -result 20
test panedwindow-11.5 {moving sash changes size of pane below} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .f2]
.p sash place 0 0 15
update
lappend result [winfo height .f2]
set result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {10 5}
test panedwindow-11.6 {moving sash does not change reqsize of panedwindow} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 20
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
set result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 24 24]
test panedwindow-11.7 {moving sash does not alter reqsize of widget} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
set result [winfo reqheight .f]
.p sash place 0 0 20
lappend result [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-11.8 {moving sash restricted to minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
winfo width .f
} -result 15
test panedwindow-11.9 {moving sash restricted to minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [button .c] -minsize 10
.p sash place 0 0 5
pack .p
update
winfo height .f
} -result 10
test panedwindow-11.10 {moving sash in unmapped window restricted to reqsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [list [.p sash coord 0]]
.p sash place 0 100 0
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list {20 0} {40 0}]
test panedwindow-11.11 {moving sash right pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
.p sash place 0 80 0
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{60 0} {64 0}}
test panedwindow-11.12 {moving sash left pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
.p sash place 1 0 0
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{0 0} {4 0}}
test panedwindow-11.13 {move sash in mapped window restricted to visible win} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 50
update
.p sash place 1 100 0
update
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {46 0}
test panedwindow-11.14 {move sash in mapped window restricted to visible win} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 100
update
.p sash place 1 200 0
update
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {96 0}
test panedwindow-11.15 {moving sash into "virtual" space on last pane increases reqsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 100
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
update
.p sash place 1 200 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {68 100}
test panedwindow-12.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
deleteWindows
set result {}
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
pack .p
update
foreach w [.p panes] {lappend result [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w]}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 2 2 28 2 54 2]
test panedwindow-12.2 {vertical panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
deleteWindows
set result {}
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
pack .p
update
foreach w [.p panes] {lappend result [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w]}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 2 2 2 18 2 34]
test panedwindow-12.3 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach {win color} {.p.f blue .p.f2 green} {
.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20 -bg $color] -padx 10 -pady 5 \
-sticky ""
}
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -padx 0 -pady 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 80 30 10 5 50 5 60 30 0 5 30 5]
test panedwindow-12.4 {vertical panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {
.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20] -padx 10 -pady 5 -sticky ""
}
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -padx 0 -pady 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 60 10 5 10 35 40 50 10 0 10 25]
test panedwindow-12.5 {panedwindow respects reqsize of panes when possible} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -sticky ""
place .p -width 40
update
set result [list [winfo width .p.f]]
.p.f configure -width 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 20 30]
test panedwindow-12.6 {panedwindow takes explicit widget width over reqwidth} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -width 20 -sticky ""
place .p -width 40
update
set result [list [winfo width .p.f]]
.p.f configure -width 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 20 20]
test panedwindow-12.7 {horizontal panedwindow reqheight is max pane height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p.f config -height 40
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 40}
test panedwindow-12.8 {horizontal panedwindow reqheight is max pane height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -height 15
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p.f config -height 40
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 20}
test panedwindow-12.9 {panedwindow pane width overrides widget width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
set result [winfo width .p.f]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -width 30
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-12.10 {panedwindow respects reqsize of panes when possible} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -sticky ""
place .p -height 40
update
set result [list [winfo height .p.f]]
.p.f configure -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 20 30]
test panedwindow-12.11 {panedwindow takes explicit height over reqheight} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -height 20 -sticky ""
place .p -height 40
update
set result [list [winfo height .p.f]]
.p.f configure -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 20 20]
test panedwindow-12.12 {vertical panedwindow reqwidth is max pane width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p.f config -width 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 40}
test panedwindow-12.13 {vertical panedwindow reqwidth is max pane width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -width 15
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p.f config -width 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 20}
test panedwindow-12.14 {panedwindow pane height overrides widget width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p sash place 0 0 10
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .p.f]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -height 30
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-13.1 {PanestructureProc, widget yields managements} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Check that the panedwindow correctly yields geometry management of
# a pane when the pane is destroyed.
# This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause
# a memory leak.
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
destroy .p
pack .b
destroy .b
set result ""
} -result {}
test panedwindow-13.2 {PanedWindowLostPaneProc, widget yields management} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
# a pane when some other geometry manager steals the pane from us.
# This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
# memory leak.
panedwindow .p
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 |
list news [winfo x .p.f] [winfo y .p.f] [winfo width .p.f] [winfo height .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {news 0 0 40 40}
test panedwindow-16.1 {setting minsize when pane is too small snaps width} -setup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 |
list news [winfo x .p.f] [winfo y .p.f] [winfo width .p.f] [winfo height .p.f]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {news 0 0 40 40}
test panedwindow-16.1 {setting minsize when pane is too small snaps width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f -height 20 -width 20 -bg red]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -minsize 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 20 40]
test panedwindow-17.1 {MoveSash, move right} -setup {
deleteWindows
set result {}
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p sash place 0 30 0
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-17.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
update
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
update
.p sash place 0 200 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-17.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-17.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-17.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-17.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 0 50 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-17.11 {MoveSash, move left} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p sash place 0 10 0
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-17.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 -100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-17.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-17.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 1 10 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]
test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move down} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 30
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
update
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
update
.p sash place 0 0 200
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 0 0 50
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move up} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 10
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 -100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
.p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 1 0 10
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]
# The following tests check that the panedwindow is correctly computing its
# geometry based on the various configuration options that can affect the
# geometry.
test panedwindow-19.1 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.f3 configure -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 60 20] [list 60 40]]
test panedwindow-19.2 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 60 20] [list 60 40]]
test panedwindow-19.3 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] -pady 20
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 60 60] [list 60 80]]
test panedwindow-19.4 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.f3 configure -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 20 60] [list 40 60]]
test panedwindow-19.5 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 20 60] [list 40 60]]
test panedwindow-19.6 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] -padx 20
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 60 60] [list 80 60]]
test panedwindow-19.7 {ComputeGeometry, one pane, reqsize set properly} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# With just one pane, sashpad and sashwidth should not
# affect the panedwindow's geometry, since no sash should
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 |
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{5 13 20 20} {5 71 20 20} {5 129 20 20}}
test panedwindow-20.1 {destroyed widgets are removed from panedwindow} -setup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 |
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{5 13 20 20} {5 71 20 20} {5 129 20 20}}
test panedwindow-20.1 {destroyed widgets are removed from panedwindow} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
destroy .f
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-20.2 {destroyed pane causes geometry recomputation} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
destroy .f
winfo reqwidth .p
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 20
test panedwindow-21.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -width 100 -x 0 -y 0
update
winfo width .f2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 78
test panedwindow-21.2 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -height 100 -x 0 -y 0
update
winfo height .f2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 78
test panedwindow-21.3 {ArrangePanes, explicit height/width are preferred} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky ""
.p paneconfigure .f1 -width 10 -height 15
pack .p
update
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {10 15}
test panedwindow-21.4 {ArrangePanes, panes clipped by size of pane} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {10 20}
test panedwindow-21.5 {ArrangePanes, panes clipped by size of pane} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
.p sash place 0 0 10
pack .p
update
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {20 10}
test panedwindow-21.6 {ArrangePanes, height of pane taken from total height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red] -sticky ""
pack .p
update
winfo y .p.f1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 10
test panedwindow-21.7 {ArrangePanes, width of pane taken from total width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 40 -height 40 -bg red] -sticky ""
pack .p
update
winfo x .p.f1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 10
test panedwindow-21.8 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 0}
test panedwindow-21.9 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 0}
test panedwindow-21.10 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 0}
test panedwindow-21.11 {ArrangePanes, last pane shrinks} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -width 40 -x 0 -y 0
update
winfo width .f2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 18
test panedwindow-21.12 {ArrangePanes, last pane shrinks} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -height 40 -x 0 -y 0
update
winfo height .f2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 18
test panedwindow-21.13 {ArrangePanes, panedwindow resizes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -width 200 -borderwidth 0
frame .f1 -height 50 -bg blue
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
.p add .f1
pack .p
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {200 1 200 50}
test panedwindow-21.14 {ArrangePanes, panedwindow resizes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -height 200 -borderwidth 0 -orient vertical
frame .f1 -width 50 -bg blue
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
.p add .f1
pack .p
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 200 50 200}
test panedwindow-21.15 {ArrangePanes, last pane grows} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 50
.p add [frame .f1 -width 50 -bg red] [frame .f2 -width 50 -bg white] \
[frame .f3 -width 50 -bg blue] [frame .f4 -width 50 -bg green]
.p sash place 1 250 0
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p configure -width 300
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {50 150 1 1 211 50 150 1 89 300}
test panedwindow-22.1 {PanedWindowReqProc, react to pane geometry changes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Basically just want to make sure that the PanedWindowReqProc is called
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.f1 configure -height 80
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {40 80}
test panedwindow-22.2 {PanedWindowReqProc, react to pane geometry changes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -orient horizontal -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 10] [frame .f2 -width 10]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.f1 configure -width 20
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
expr {[lindex $result 1] - [lindex $result 0]}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 10
test panedwindow-23.1 {ConfigurePanes, can't add panedwindow to itself} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add .p
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't add .p to itself}
test panedwindow-23.2 {ConfigurePanes, bad window throws error} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add .b
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".b"}
test panedwindow-23.3 {ConfigurePanes, bad window aborts processing} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .b
catch {.p add .b .a}
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-23.4 {ConfigurePanes, bad option aborts processing} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .b
catch {.p add .b -sticky foobar}
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-23.5 {ConfigurePanes, after win isn't managed by panedwin} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .b
button .c
.p add .b -after .c
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".c" is not managed by .p}
test panedwindow-23.6 {ConfigurePanes, before win isn't managed by panedwin} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .b
button .c
.p add .b -before .c
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".c" is not managed by .p}
test panedwindow-23.7 {ConfigurePanes, -after {} is a no-op} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p paneconfigure .b -after {}
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b .c}
test panedwindow-23.8 {ConfigurePanes, -before {} is a no-op} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p paneconfigure .b -before {}
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b .c}
test panedwindow-23.9 {ConfigurePanes, new panes are added} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b .c}
test panedwindow-23.10 {ConfigurePanes, options applied to all panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c] -sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10
set result {}
foreach w {.b .c} {
set val {}
foreach option {-sticky -height -width -minsize} {
lappend val $option [.p panecget $w $option]
}
lappend result $w $val
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b {-sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10} .c {-sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10}}
test panedwindow-23.11 {ConfigurePanes, existing panes are reconfigured} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] -sticky nw -height 10
.p add .b [button .c] -sticky se -height 2
list [.p panes] [.p panecget .b -sticky] [.p panecget .b -height] \
[.p panecget .c -sticky] [.p panecget .c -height]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result [list {.b .c} es 2 es 2]
test panedwindow-23.12 {ConfigurePanes, widgets added to end by default} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b .c .d}
test panedwindow-23.13 {ConfigurePanes, -after, single addition} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .b
.p add .c -after .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .c .b}
test panedwindow-23.14 {ConfigurePanes, -after, multiple additions} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b
.p add .c .d -after .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .c .d .b}
test panedwindow-23.15 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widget} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d -after .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .d .b .c}
test panedwindow-23.16 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .b .d -after .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .b .d .c}
test panedwindow-23.17 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d .a -after .b
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.b .d .a .c}
test panedwindow-23.18 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d .a -after .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.d .a .b .c}
test panedwindow-23.19 {ConfigurePanes, -after, after last window} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d -after .c
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .b .c .d}
test panedwindow-23.20 {ConfigurePanes, -before, before first window} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d -before .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.d .a .b .c}
test panedwindow-23.21 {ConfigurePanes, -before, relocate existing windows} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d .b -before .a
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.d .b .a .c}
test panedwindow-23.22 {ConfigurePanes, pane specified multiple times} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# This test should not cause a core dump
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .a .b .c
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.a .b .c}
test panedwindow-23.23 {ConfigurePanes, pane specified multiple times} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# This test should not cause a core dump
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .a .b .c
.p add .a .b .a -after .c
.p panes
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.c .a .b}
test panedwindow-23.24 {ConfigurePanes, panedwindow cannot manage toplevels} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
toplevel .t
.p add .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't add toplevel .t to .p}
test panedwindow-23.25 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
frame .f
button .f.b
.p add .f.b
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't add .f.b to .p}
test panedwindow-23.26 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f
panedwindow .f.p
button .b
.f.p add .b
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-23.27 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
button .p.b
.p add .p.b
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-23.28 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f
frame .f.f
frame .f.f.f
panedwindow .f.f.f.p
button .b
.f.f.f.p add .b
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-23.29 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false
frame .f1 -width 40 -height 100 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -height 100 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -height 100 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -height 100 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 1 40 40 40 40 171 1 0 1 1 40 40 40 40 128}
test panedwindow-23.30 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 130 -height 100
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 0 39 40 40 1 130 1 0 1 1 40 40 40 42 130}
test panedwindow-23.30a {ConfigurePanes, hidden panes are unmapped} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p1 -sashrelief raised
panedwindow .p2 -sashrelief raised
label .l1 -text Label1
label .l2 -text Label2
label .l3 -text Label3
.p2 add .l2 -sticky nsew
.p2 add .l3 -sticky nsew
.p1 add .p2 -sticky nsew
.p1 add .l1 -sticky nsew
pack .p1 -side top -expand 1 -fill both
update
set result [list]
lappend result [list [winfo ismapped .p1] [winfo ismapped .p2] \
[winfo ismapped .l1] [winfo ismapped .l2] [winfo ismapped .l3]]
.p2 paneconfigure .l1 -hide 1
update
lappend result [list [winfo ismapped .p1] [winfo ismapped .p2] \
[winfo ismapped .l1] [winfo ismapped .l2] [winfo ismapped .l3]]
.p1 paneconfigure .p2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [list [winfo ismapped .p1] [winfo ismapped .p2] \
[winfo ismapped .l1] [winfo ismapped .l2] [winfo ismapped .l3]]
.p1 paneconfigure .p2 -hide 0
update
lappend result [list [winfo ismapped .p1] [winfo ismapped .p2] \
[winfo ismapped .l1] [winfo ismapped .l2] [winfo ismapped .l3]]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{1 1 1 1 1} {1 1 0 1 1} {1 0 0 0 0} {1 1 0 1 1}}
test panedwindow-23.31 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works, last pane stretches} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 200 -height 200 -borderwidth 0
frame .f1 -width 50 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 50 -bg green
frame .f3 -width 50 -bg blue
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {50 50 94 50 50 147}
test panedwindow-23.32 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works, last pane stretches} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 200 -height 200 \
-borderwidth 0 -orient vertical
frame .f1 -height 50 -bg red
frame .f2 -height 50 -bg green
frame .f3 -height 50 -bg blue
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo height .f1] [winfo height .f2] [winfo height .f3]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo height .f1] [winfo height .f2] [winfo height .f3]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {50 50 94 50 50 147}
test panedwindow-23.33 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch first} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch first
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {51 40 40 40 94 40 40 40}
test panedwindow-23.34 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch middle} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch middle
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {40 45 46 40 40 45 94 40}
test panedwindow-23.35 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch always} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch always
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {42 43 43 43 58 43 58 58}
test panedwindow-23.36 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch never} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch never
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40}
test panedwindow-24.1 {Unlink, remove a paned with -before/-after refs} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# Bug 928413
set result {}
panedwindow .pw
label .pw.l1 -text Label1
label .pw.l2 -text Label2
label .pw.l3 -text Label3
.pw add .pw.l1
.pw add .pw.l3
.pw add .pw.l2 -before .pw.l3
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
destroy .pw.l3
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
.pw paneconfigure .pw.l2 -before .pw.l1
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.pw.l3 {} .pw.l1}
test panedwindow-25.1 {DestroyPanedWindow} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
# This test should not result in any memory leaks.
panedwindow .p
foreach w {.a .b .c .d .e .f .g .h .i .j .k .l .m .n .o .q .r .s .t} {
.p add [button $w]
}
foreach w {.a .b .c .d .e .f .g .h .i .j .k .l .m .n .o .p .q .r .s .t} {
destroy $w
}
set result {}
} -result {}
test panedwindow-25.2 {UnmapNotify and MapNotify events are propagated to panes} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .pw
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 |
pack .pw
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw.b]
destroy .pw .pw.b
set result
} -cleanup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 |
pack .pw
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw.b]
destroy .pw .pw.b
set result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 0 0 1 1}
test panedwindow-26.1 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.2 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords, padding is included} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 20 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.3 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 22 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.4 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 24 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.5 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 26 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.6 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 26 -1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.7 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 26 100
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.8 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 22 4
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.9 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 22 5
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 handle}
test panedwindow-26.10 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 20 5
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 handle}
test panedwindow-26.11 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 20 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.12 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -bg green -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 48 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 sash}
test panedwindow-26.13 {identify subcommand errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4
.p identify
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".p identify x y"}
test panedwindow-26.14 {identify subcommand errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p identify foo bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test panedwindow-26.15 {identify subcommand errors} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p
.p identify 0 bar
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test panedwindow-26.16 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 0
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.17 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords, padding is included} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 20
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.18 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 22
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.19 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 24
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.20 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 26
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.21 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify -1 26
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.22 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 100 26
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-26.23 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 4 22
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.24 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 5 22
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 handle}
test panedwindow-26.25 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 5 20
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 handle}
test panedwindow-26.26 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 20
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 sash}
test panedwindow-26.27 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -bg green -width 20 -height 20]
.p identify 0 48
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 sash}
test panedwindow-27.1 {destroy the window cleanly on error [Bug #616589]} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bogusopt bogus
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-bogusopt"}
test panedwindow-27.2 {destroy the window cleanly on rename [Bug #616589]} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
destroy .p
panedwindow .p
rename .p {}
winfo exists .p
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test panedwindow-28.1 {resizing width} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -bd 5
frame .f1 -width 100 -height 50 -bg blue
frame .f2 -width 100 -height 50 -bg red
.p add .f1 -sticky news
.p add .f2 -sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 |
update
set b "$a [winfo width .f2]"
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {100 110}
test panedwindow-28.2 {resizing height} -setup {
| | | 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 |
update
set b "$a [winfo width .f2]"
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {100 110}
test panedwindow-28.2 {resizing height} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
panedwindow .p -orient vertical -bd 5
frame .f1 -width 50 -height 100 -bg blue
frame .f2 -width 50 -height 100 -bg red
.p add .f1 -sticky news
.p add .f2 -sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 |
deleteWindows
} -result {100 110}
test panedwindow-29.1 {display on depths other than the default one} -constraints {
pseudocolor8 haveTruecolor24
} -setup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 |
deleteWindows
} -result {100 110}
test panedwindow-29.1 {display on depths other than the default one} -constraints {
pseudocolor8 haveTruecolor24
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -visual {truecolor 24}
pack [panedwindow .t.p]
.t.p add [frame .t.p.f1] [frame .t.p.f2]
update
# If we got here, we didn't crash and that's good
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test panedwindow-29.2 {display on depths other than the default one} -constraints {
pseudocolor8 haveTruecolor24
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8}
pack [frame .t.f -visual {truecolor 24}]
pack [panedwindow .t.f.p]
.t.f.p add [frame .t.f.p.f1 -width 5] [frame .t.f.p.f2 -width 5]
update
.t.f.p proxy place 1 1
update
.t.f.p proxy forget
update
# If we got here, we didn't crash and that's good
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/pkgconfig.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/place.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "place" command. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "place" command. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Used for constraining memory leak tests
testConstraint memory [llength [info commands memory]]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete. At present, only a
# few of the features are tested.
# Widgets used in tests 1.* - 8.*
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bd 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
} -result 60
test place-4.1 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in options} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
place .t.f2 -in .t.f2
| | | | | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
} -result 60
test place-4.1 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in options} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
place .t.f2 -in .t.f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to itself}
test place-4.2 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
set result [list [winfo manager .t.f2]]
catch {place .t.f2 -in .t.f2}
lappend result [winfo manager .t.f2]
} -result {{} {}}
test place-4.3 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
winfo manager .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to itself}
test place-4.4 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
place .t.f2 -in .
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to .}
test place-4.5 {ConfigureContent procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
} -body {
frame .t.f1
place .t.f1 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f1 relative to itself}
test place-4.6 {prevent management loops} -setup {
place forget .t.f1
} -body {
place .t.f1 -in .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f2 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop}
test place-4.7 {prevent management loops} -setup {
place forget .t.f1
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
frame .t.f3
place .t.f1 -in .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f3
place .t.f3 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f3 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop}
test place-5.1 {ConfigureContent procedure, -relwidth option} -body {
place .t.f2 -relwidth abcd
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "abcd"}
test place-5.2 {ConfigureContent procedure, -relwidth option} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
} -body {
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 10 -relwidth .4 -height -4 -relheight .5
place .t.f2 -width {} -relwidth {} -height {} -relheight {}
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} -result {30 60}
| < | > | < > | | < < > > > | | | < | | | | 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
} -body {
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 10 -relwidth .4 -height -4 -relheight .5
place .t.f2 -width {} -relwidth {} -height {} -relheight {}
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} -result {30 60}
# Tests place-8.1 and place-8.2 are constrained with failsOnUbuntu
# because they are failing in the GitHub CI environment, using Linux Ubuntu.
# These tests are also constrained with failsOnXQuarz because they fail
# on macOS when building with clang --disable-aqua (which uses XQuartz)
# (this is the case both at GitHub CI and on a real Mac).
# Analysis shows that, on both cases, WaitForMapNotify is giving up on
# waiting for the MapNotify event that should show up when running
# 'wm iconify'. The timeout delay (2s) is exceeded without the unmapping
# having happened. The cause for this is unknown (see comments in WaitForMapNotify).
test place-8.1 {PlaceStructureProc, mapping and unmapping content} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
place forget .t.f
} -body {
place .t.f2 -relx 1.0 -rely 1.0 -anchor sw
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm iconify .t
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
place .t.f2 -x 40 -y 30 -relx 0 -rely 0 -anchor nw
update
lappend result [winfo x .t.f2] [winfo y .t.f2] [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
} -result {1 0 40 30 0 1}
test place-8.2 {PlaceStructureProc, mapping and unmapping content} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
place forget .t.f2
place forget .t.f
} -body {
place .t.f -x 0 -y 0 -width 200 -height 100
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relx 1.0 -rely 1.0 -anchor sw -width 50 -height 20
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm iconify .t
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
place .t.f2 -x 40 -y 30 -relx 0 -rely 0 -anchor nw
update
lappend result [winfo x .t.f2] [winfo y .t.f2] [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
} -result {1 0 42 32 0 1}
destroy .t
test place-9.1 {PlaceObjCmd} -body {
place
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
test place-9.5 {PlaceObjCmd} -setup {
destroy .foo
} -body {
frame .foo
place badopt .foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
| | | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
test place-9.5 {PlaceObjCmd} -setup {
destroy .foo
} -body {
frame .foo
place badopt .foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "badopt": must be configure, content, forget, info, or slaves}
test place-9.6 {PlaceObjCmd, configure errors} -setup {
destroy .foo
} -body {
frame .foo
place configure .foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .foo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
return $res
}
} -body {
# Test all manners of forgetting content
frame .f
frame .f.f
stress {
| | | | | > | | | | | 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
return $res
}
} -body {
# Test all manners of forgetting content
frame .f
frame .f.f
stress {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
place forget .f.f
} {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
pack .f.f
update; # Needed because of TIP #518, handle <<NoManagedChild>> event.
} {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
destroy .f
frame .f
frame .f.f
}
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
rename getbytes {}
rename stress {}
} -result {0 0 0}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/raise.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "raise" and # "lower" commands, plus associated code to manage window # stacking order. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "raise" and
# "lower" commands, plus associated code to manage window
# stacking order. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
# Procedure to create a bunch of overlapping windows, which should
# make it easy to detect differences in order.
proc raise_setup {} {
destroy {*}[winfo children .raise]
update idletasks
foreach i {a b c d e} {
label .raise.$i -text $i -relief raised -bd 2
}
place .raise.a -x 20 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.b -x 60 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.c -x 100 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.d -x 40 -y 20 -width 100 -height 60
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/safe.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Safe Tk facility. It is organized in # the standard fashion for Tk tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Safe Tk facility. It is organized in # the standard fashion for Tk tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
} -result {ok {appname not accessible in a safe interpreter}}
test safe-2.4 {Unsafe subcommands not available} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status broken
| | | | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
} -result {ok {appname not accessible in a safe interpreter}}
test safe-2.4 {Unsafe subcommands not available} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status broken
if {[catch {interp eval a {tk scaling 1}} msg]} {
set status ok
}
list $status $msg
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -result {ok {setting the scaling not accessible in a safe interpreter}}
test safe-3.1 {Unsafe commands are available hidden} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status ok
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/safePrimarySelection.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/scale.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "scale" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "scale" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
scale foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
catch {scale foo}
| | | | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
scale foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
catch {scale foo}
winfo children .
} -result {}
test scale-2.4 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
scale .s -gorp dumb
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test scale-2.5 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
catch {scale .s -gorp dumb}
winfo children .
} -result {}
# Widget used in 3.* tests
destroy .s
scale .s -from 100 -to 200
pack .s
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
set traceInfo $args
}
.s configure -from 0 -to 100 -command {set x} -variable y
update
.s set 50
update
| | | 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 |
set traceInfo $args
}
.s configure -from 0 -to 100 -command {set x} -variable y
update
.s set 50
update
trace add variable y write varTrace
set traceInfo empty
set x untouched
.s set 50
update
list $x $traceInfo
} -result {untouched empty}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
proc bgerror {args} {set ::error $args}
} -body {
set y 5
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
tkwait visibility .s
list [catch {
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 |
proc bgerror {args} {set ::error $args}
} -body {
set y 5
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
tkwait visibility .s
list [catch {
event generate .s <1> -x 0 -y 0
event generate .s <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
update
set ::error
} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
unset ::error
rename bgerror {}
destroy .s
} -result {0 {}}
test scale-18.3 {Scale button 2 events [Bug 787065]} -setup {
destroy .s
set ::error {}
proc bgerror {args} {set ::error $args}
} -body {
set y 5
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
tkwait visibility .s
list [catch {
event generate .s <2> -x 0 -y 0
event generate .s <ButtonRelease-2> -x 0 -y 0
update
set ::error
} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
unset ::error
rename bgerror {}
destroy .s
} -result {0 {}}
test scale-18.4 {Bug [415415ffff] - Long callback: One click -> Several steps} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 5 -resolution 1 -variable x1 -orient horizontal -length 100 \
-command longCmd -repeatdelay 300
pack .s
update
proc longCmd {unused} {
after 500 ; # larger than -repeatdelay
}
} -body {
foreach {x y} [.s coord 50] {}
event generate .s <Button-1> -x $x -y $y
update
event generate .s <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
update
set x1
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {1}
test scale-19 {Bug [3529885fff] - Click in through goes in wrong direction} \
-setup {
catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4}
unset -nocomplain x1 x2 x3 x4 x y
scale .s1 -from 0 -to 100 -resolution 1 -variable x1 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s2 -from 0 -to 100 -resolution -1 -variable x2 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s3 -from 100 -to 0 -resolution 1 -variable x3 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s4 -from 100 -to 0 -resolution -1 -variable x4 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
pack .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4 -side left
update
} \
-body {
foreach {x y} [.s1 coord 50] {}
event generate .s1 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s1 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s2 coord 50] {}
event generate .s2 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s2 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s3 coord 50] {}
event generate .s3 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s3 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s4 coord 50] {}
event generate .s4 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s4 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
update
list $x1 $x2 $x3 $x4
} \
-cleanup {
unset x1 x2 x3 x4 x y
destroy .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 |
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {10 -1}
test scale-20.4 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 4} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
| < < > > > < > > > > > | 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 |
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {10 -1}
test scale-20.4 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 4} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
} -body {
scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -command {set commandedVar}
pack .s
update idletasks
.s set 10
set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}]
set commandedVar -1
vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
after cancel $timeout
destroy .s
} -result {10 10}
test scale-20.5 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 5} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
set commandedVar -1
} -body {
scale .s -from 1 -to 50
pack .s
update idletasks
.s set 10
.s configure -command {set commandedVar}
update ; # -command callback shall NOT fire
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {10 -1}
test scale-20.6 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 6} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
set commandedVar -1
} -body {
scale .s -from 1 -to 50
pack .s
update idletasks
.s configure -command {set commandedVar}
.s set 10
set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}]
vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
after cancel $timeout
} -result {10 10}
test scale-20.7 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 7} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
set commandedVar -1
} -body {
scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -command {set commandedVar}
pack .s
update idletasks
.s set 10
set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}]
vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
after cancel $timeout
} -result {10 10}
test scale-20.8 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 8} -setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set res {}
set commandedVar -1
set scaleVar 7
} -body {
scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -variable scaleVar -command {set commandedVar}
pack .s
update idletasks
.s set 10
set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}]
vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire
set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
after cancel $timeout
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/scrollbar.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out scrollbar widgets and # the "scrollbar" command of Tk. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out scrollbar widgets and
# the "scrollbar" command of Tk. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
proc getTroughSize {w} {
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} 1
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr {(21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
/([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]]
| | > | | | > | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} 1
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr {(21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
/([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} [format %.6g [expr {(179.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
/([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]]
} 1
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} [format %.6g [expr {(178.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
/([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
expr {
[format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2}]]]
== [format %g [expr {(200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2)
/ ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)}]]}
} 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 |
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} 0
destroy .t
test scrollbar-3.43 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.s get a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s get"}}
| | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} 0
destroy .t
test scrollbar-3.43 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.s get a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s get"}}
test scrollbar-3.44 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.s set 100 10 13 14
.s get
} {100 10 13 14}
test scrollbar-3.45 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.s set 0.6 0.8
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.50.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} notAqua {
.s identify 5 5
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-3.50.2 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} aqua {
| | | | 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.50.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} notAqua {
.s identify 5 5
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-3.50.2 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 5 5
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.51 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s identify 5 35
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.52 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s set .3 .6
.s identify 5 80
} {slider}
test scrollbar-3.53 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s identify 5 145
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.54.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} notAqua {
.s identify 5 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-3.54.2 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 5 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.56 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} unix {
.s identify 0 0
} {}
test scrollbar-3.57 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set abc def} msg] $msg
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
.s set .4 .3
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {0.4 0.4}
| | | | | | | | | | | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
.s set .4 .3
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {0.4 0.4}
test scrollbar-3.64 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set abc def ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "abc"}}
test scrollbar-3.65 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 def ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "def"}}
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set -10 50 20 30
.s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set 100 -10 20 30
.s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set 100 50 30 20
.s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify [winfo width .s] [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
.s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.11.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
| | | > > | | | | 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify [winfo width .s] [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
.s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.11.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 8 4
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.12.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
# x11 scrollbars have arrows 19 pixels height,
# but on XQuartz they are 15 pixels height
.s identify 8 15
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 8 15
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] 0
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {arrow1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1])
+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s]
- [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {trough2}
| | > > | | | | | > > > | | | | > > > | | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1])
+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s]
- [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
# x11 scrollbars have arrows at least 19 pixels height
# but on XQuartz they are 15 pixels height
.s identify 8 184
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.29.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 8 184
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.30.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
.s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.30.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 8 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s]
- [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s] - 1}]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.34 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 4 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.35 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
# Linux x11 scrollbars have arrows 18 pixels width
# macOS XQuartz scrollbars have arrows 14 pixels width
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.s identify 14 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.37 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify 0 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.38 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] - 1}] 100
} {trough2}
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update
test scrollbar-6.39.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
.t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.39.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.t.s identify 4 8
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.t.s identify 0 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
.t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.41.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.t.s identify 82 8
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.t.s identify [expr {int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]
- 1}] [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
# Linux x11 scrollbars have arrows 18 pixels height
# macOS XQuartz scrollbars have arrows 14 pixels height
# macOS aqua scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
.t.s identify 100 14
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.t.s identify 100 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] - 1}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
.s configure -orient horizontal
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
wm geometry .t 100x100
.t.f.s set 0 .5
update
set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
| | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 |
scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
wm geometry .t 100x100
.t.f.s set 0 .5
update
set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5
event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
update
lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
rename bgerror {}
set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} notAqua {
# constrained by notAqua because this test clicks on an arrow of the
# scrollbar - but macOS has no such arrows in modern scrollbars
proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
proc bgerror {args} {}
destroy .t.f
frame .t.f
scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
wm geometry .t 100x100
.t.f.s set 0 .5
update
set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -button 1
update
lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
rename bgerror {}
set result
} {1 0 1}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test scrollbar-9.1 {scrollbar widget vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .s}
scrollbar .s
interp hide {} .s
destroy .s
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
test scrollbar-10.1.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {notAqua} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}
test scrollbar-10.1.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -4
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}
test scrollbar-10.2.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {notAqua} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -120
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}
test scrollbar-10.2.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -4
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}
test scrollbar-11.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
proc destroy_scrollbar {} {
if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
destroy .top.s
}
}
toplevel .top
scrollbar .top.s
bind .top.s <2> {destroy_scrollbar}
pack .top.s
focus -force .top.s
update
event generate .top.s <2>
update ; # shall not trigger error invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}
test scrollbar-11.2 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
proc destroy_scrollbar {{y 0}} {
if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
destroy .top.s
}
}
toplevel .top
wm minsize .top 50 400
update
scrollbar .top.s
bind .top.s <2> {after idle destroy_scrollbar}
pack .top.s -expand true -fill y
focus -force .top.s
update
event generate .top.s <2> -x 2 -y [expr {[winfo height .top.s] / 2}]
update ; # shall not trigger error invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}
catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/select.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's selection management code, # especially the "selection" command. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's selection management code,
# especially the "selection" command. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Note: Multiple display selection handling will only be tested if the
# environment variable TK_ALT_DISPLAY is set to an alternate display.
#
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
namespace import ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 0
if {![catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS}]} {
if {"SAVE_TARGETS" in [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS]} {
testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 1
}
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
global longValue selValue selInfo
set selValue {}
set selInfo {}
proc handler {type offset count} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/send.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the
# other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint xhost [llength [auto_execok xhost]]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# Compute a script that will load Tk into a child interpreter.
foreach pkg [info loaded] {
if {[lindex $pkg 1] == "Tk"} {
set loadTk "load $pkg"
break
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory
while executing
"open bogus_file_name"
invoked from within
"if 1 {open bogus_file_name}"
invoked from within
"send t_s_1 {if 1 {open bogus_file_name}}"} {POSIX ENOENT {no such file or directory}}}
| | | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory
while executing
"open bogus_file_name"
invoked from within
"if 1 {open bogus_file_name}"
invoked from within
"send t_s_1 {if 1 {open bogus_file_name}}"} {POSIX ENOENT {no such file or directory}}}
test send-8.16 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, bogusCommWindow} {secureserver testsend failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "10234 bogus\n"
set result [list [catch {send bogus bogus command} msg] $msg]
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
set result
} {1 {no application named "bogus"}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
}
test send-10.8 {SendEventProc procedure, exceptional return} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm {}
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n tktest\n-r $id 62\n-s break\n"
update
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm
| < < | < < < < < | < < | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
}
test send-10.8 {SendEventProc procedure, exceptional return} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm {}
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n tktest\n-r $id 62\n-s break\n"
update
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm
} "\nr\n-s 62\n-r \n-c 3\n"
test send-10.9 {SendEventProc procedure, empty return} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm {}
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n tktest\n-r $id 62\n-s concat\n"
update
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm
} "\nr\n-s 62\n-r \n"
test send-10.10 {SendEventProc procedure, asynchronous calls} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm {}
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n tktest\n-s foreach i {1 2 3} {error {test error} {Initial errorInfo} {test code}}\n"
update
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm
} {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
519 520 521 522 523 524 525 |
setupbg
dobg {tk appname t_s_3}
set x [list [catch {send t_s_3 exit} msg] $msg]
cleanupbg
set x
} {1 {target application died}}
| | | | | 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
setupbg
dobg {tk appname t_s_3}
set x [list [catch {send t_s_3 exit} msg] $msg]
cleanupbg
set x
} {1 {target application died}}
test send-11.1 {AppendPropCarefully and AppendErrorProc procedures} -constraints {secureserver testsend} -body {
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "0x21447 dummy\n"
send dummy foo
} -returnCodes 1 -match regexp -result {^(target application died|no application named "dummy")$}
test send-11.2 {AppendPropCarefully and AppendErrorProc procedures} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop comm Comm "c\n-r0x123 44\n-n tktest\n-s concat a b c\n"
update
} {}
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/spinbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test spinbox widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test spinbox widgets in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# For xscrollcommand
set scrollInfo {}
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace add variable
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -activebackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.3 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.5 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test spinbox-1.7 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.9 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test spinbox-1.11 {configuration option: "buttonbackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -buttonbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -buttonbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.13 {configuration option: "buttoncursor"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -buttoncursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -buttoncursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test spinbox-1.15 {configuration option: "command"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test spinbox-1.18 {configuration option: "disabledbackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.20 {configuration option: "disabledforeground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledforeground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -disabledforeground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.22 {configuration option: "exportselection"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -exportselection xyzzy
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -exportselection xyzzy
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}
test spinbox-1.24 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.26 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test spinbox-1.28 {configuration option: "foreground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -foreground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -foreground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.30 {configuration option: "format"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -format %d
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -format %d
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox format specifier "%d"}
test spinbox-1.32 {configuration option: "from"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -from bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -from bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.34 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test spinbox-1.36 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightcolor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightcolor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.38 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
467 468 469 470 471 472 473 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightthickness bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -highlightthickness bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.40 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -increment bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -increment bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.43 {configuration option: "insertbackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertborderwidth 2.6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertborderwidth 2.6x
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.6x"}
test spinbox-1.47 {configuration option: "insertofftime"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertofftime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertofftime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3.2"}
test spinbox-1.49 {configuration option: "insertontime"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertontime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -insertontime 3.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3.2"}
test spinbox-1.51 {configuration option: "invalidcommand"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test spinbox-1.55 {configuration option: "readonlybackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -readonlybackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -readonlybackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test spinbox-1.57 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -relief 1.5
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test spinbox-1.59 {configuration option: "repeatdelay"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -repeatdelay 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -repeatdelay 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test spinbox-1.61 {configuration option: "repeatinterval"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -repeatinterval 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -repeatinterval 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test spinbox-1.63 {configuration option: "selectbackground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
745 746 747 748 749 750 751 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.65 {configuration option: "selectborderwidth"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectborderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectborderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test spinbox-1.67 {configuration option: "selectforeground"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectforeground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -selectforeground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.69 {configuration option: "state"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
811 812 813 814 815 816 817 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -state bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "bogus": must be disabled, normal, or readonly}
test spinbox-1.71 {configuration option: "takefocus"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
857 858 859 860 861 862 863 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -to bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -to bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}
test spinbox-1.75 {configuration option: "validate"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -validate "bogus"
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -validate "bogus"
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad validate "bogus": must be all, key, focus, focusin, focusout, or none}
test spinbox-1.77 {configuration option: "validatecommand"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -values {bad {}list}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | | | | 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -values {bad {}list}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {list element in braces followed by "list" instead of space}
test spinbox-1.80 {configuration option: "validatecommand"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -validatecommand "a command"
.e cget -validatecommand
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {a command}
test spinbox-1.81 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
947 948 949 950 951 952 953 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -width 3p
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "3p"}
test spinbox-1.83 {configuration option: "wrap"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -wrap xyzzy
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e configure -wrap xyzzy
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}
test spinbox-1.85 {configuration option: "xscrollcommand"} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
-relief sunken
pack .e
update
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 |
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
| | | | 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 |
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
.e bbox end
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
.e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 |
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
} -body {
| | | 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 |
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
} -body {
llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 |
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
} -body {
llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 49
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
} -body {
.e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
| | | | | | 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
.e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
} -body {
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6 5
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 |
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
} -body {
# UTF
| | | 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 |
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
pack .e
update
} -body {
# UTF
.e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 |
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | | 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 |
update
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 |
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 |
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
.e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 |
} -result 73
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
| | | 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 |
} -result 73
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
.e insert 10 \u4e4e
update
# UTF
# If Tcl_NumUtfChars wasn't used, wrong answer would be:
# 0.106383 0.117021 0.117021
set x {}
.e xview moveto .1
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Some text}
test spinbox-5.4 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
spinbox .e
} -body {
| | | | 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {Some text}
test spinbox-5.4 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
spinbox .e
} -body {
trace add variable x write override
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
trace remove variable x write override
} -result {12345 12345}
test spinbox-5.5 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
set x {}
spinbox .e1
spinbox .e2
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 |
test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert end "01234567890"
| | | | < | | 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 |
test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e configure -width 5
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.454545}
test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 |
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
.e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
.e scan dragto 30
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 |
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
.e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
.e scan dragto 30
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {}
# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.
test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
fonts
} -setup {
spinbox .e
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 |
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
| | | | < | | | < | 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 |
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 2 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 500 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 |
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
| | | | < | | | < | | | < | 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 |
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e delete 2 4
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e delete -1 2
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain contents
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert 0 abcde
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e delete 3 1000
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 |
.e xview 4
.e delete 4 6
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
| | | 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 |
.e xview 4
.e delete 4 6
update
.e index @0
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result 4
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .e
focus .e
} -body {
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e delete 2 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 |
+ 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
[.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) \
+ $buttonWidth } ]
expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
unset XPAD buttonWidth expected
| | | | | 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 |
+ 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
[.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) \
+ $buttonWidth } ]
expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
unset XPAD buttonWidth expected
} -result {1}
test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
trace add variable x write override
spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
.e insert 0 foo
list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
trace remove variable x write override
} -result {12345 12345}
test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
set x abcde
set y ab
spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -width 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 |
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 1.000000}
test spinbox-17.1 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
| | | | < | | | < | | | < | > | | 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 |
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 1.000000}
test spinbox-17.1 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 123
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 1.000000}
test spinbox-17.2 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
.e insert 0 0123456789abcdef
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e xview 3
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.187500 0.812500}
test spinbox-17.3 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body {
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12}
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs
.e xview
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.526316}
test spinbox-17.4 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -setup {
proc bgerror msg {
global x
set x $msg
}
} -body {
spinbox .e -width 5
pack .e
update
set scrollInfo wrong
.e configure -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand
update
list $x $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
rename bgerror {}
} -result {{invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"} {invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"
while executing
"thisisnotacommand 0.0 1.0"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 |
destroy .e
} -returnCodes ok
test spinbox-20.5 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
spinbox .e
.e config -format %2e-1f
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
| | | | | 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 |
destroy .e
} -returnCodes ok
test spinbox-20.5 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
spinbox .e
.e config -format %2e-1f
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox format specifier "%2e-1f"}
test spinbox-20.6 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
spinbox .e
.e config -format 2.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox format specifier "2.2"}
test spinbox-20.7 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
spinbox .e
.e config -format %2.-2f
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox format specifier "%2.-2f"}
test spinbox-20.8 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
spinbox .e
.e config -format %-2.02f
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -returnCodes ok
test spinbox-20.9 {spinbox config, -format specifier} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 1 345}
test spinbox-24.1 {error in trace proc attached to the textvariable} -setup {
destroy .s
} -body {
| | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {1 1 345}
test spinbox-24.1 {error in trace proc attached to the textvariable} -setup {
destroy .s
} -body {
trace add variable myvar write traceit
proc traceit args {error "Intentional error here!"}
spinbox .s -textvariable myvar -from 1 -to 10
catch {.s set mystring} result1
catch {.s insert 0 mystring} result2
catch {.s delete 0} result3
catch {.s invoke buttonup} result4
list $result1 $result2 $result3 $result4
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -match glob -result [list {can*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can*t set "myvar": Intentional error here!}]
test spinbox-25.1 {textvariable lives in a non-existing namespace} -setup {
destroy .s
} -body {
catch {spinbox .s -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
set result1
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -match glob -result {can*t trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace does*t exist}
test spinbox-25.3 {Bugs [2a32225cd1] and [9fa3e08243]} -setup {
destroy .s
pack [spinbox .s]
update
} -body {
.s insert end "A sample text"
.s icursor end
event generate .s <<PrevWord>> ; # shall move insert to index 9
.s delete insert end
.s get
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {A sample }
# Collected comments about lacks from the test
# XXX Still need to write tests for SpinboxBlinkProc, SpinboxFocusProc,
# and SpinboxTextVarProc.
# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.
# XXX Still need to write tests for SpinboxScanTo and SpinboxSelectTo.
# No tests for EventuallyRedraw
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted tests/teapotTransparent.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/text.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkText.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkText.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -autoseparators nah
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -autoseparators nah
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.3 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -background #ff00ff
.t cget -background
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#ff00ff}
test text-1.4 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -background <gorp>
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.5 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -bd 4
.t cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 4
test text-1.6 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -bd foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.7 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -bg blue
.t cget -bg
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {blue}
test text-1.8 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -bg #xx
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.9 {configuration option: "blockcursor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -blockcursor 0
.t cget -blockcursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.10 {configuration option: "blockcursor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -blockcursor xx
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -borderwidth 7
.t cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 7
test text-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -borderwidth ++
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -cursor watch
.t cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {watch}
test text-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -cursor lousy
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.15 {configuration option: "exportselection"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -exportselection no
.t cget -exportselection
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.16 {configuration option: "exportselection"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -exportselection maybe
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.17 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -fg red
.t cget -fg
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {red}
test text-1.18 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -fg stupid
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.19 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -font fixed
.t cget -font
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {fixed}
test text-1.20 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.21 {configuration option: "foreground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -foreground #012
.t cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#012}
test text-1.22 {configuration option: "foreground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -foreground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.23 {configuration option: "height"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -height 5
.t cget -height
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 5
test text-1.24 {configuration option: "height"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -height bad
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightbackground #123
.t cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#123}
test text-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.27 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightcolor #234
.t cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#234}
test text-1.28 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightcolor bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.29 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightthickness -2
.t cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.30 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -highlightthickness bad
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.31 {configuration option: "inactiveselectbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -inactiveselectbackground #ffff01234567
.t cget -inactiveselectbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#ffff01234567}
test text-1.32 {configuration option: "inactiveselectbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -inactiveselectbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.33 {configuration option: "insertbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertbackground green
.t cget -insertbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {green}
test text-1.34 {configuration option: "insertbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertbackground <bogus>
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.35 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertborderwidth 45
.t cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 45
test text-1.36 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertborderwidth bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.37 {configuration option: "insertofftime"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertofftime 100
.t cget -insertofftime
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 100
test text-1.38 {configuration option: "insertofftime"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertofftime 2.4
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.39 {configuration option: "insertontime"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertontime 47
.t cget -insertontime
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 47
test text-1.40 {configuration option: "insertontime"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertontime e1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.41 {configuration option: "insertwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertwidth 2.3
.t cget -insertwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 2
test text-1.42 {configuration option: "insertwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -insertwidth 47d
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.43 {configuration option: "maxundo"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -maxundo 5
.t cget -maxundo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -maxundo noway
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -maxundo noway
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.45 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -padx 3.4
.t cget -padx
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 3
test text-1.46 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -padx 2.4.
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.47 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -pady 82
.t cget -pady
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 82
test text-1.48 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -pady bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.49 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -relief raised
.t cget -relief
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {raised}
test text-1.50 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -relief bumpy
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.51 {configuration option: "selectbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectbackground #ffff01234567
.t cget -selectbackground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {#ffff01234567}
test text-1.52 {configuration option: "selectbackground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.53 {configuration option: "selectborderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectborderwidth 21
.t cget -selectborderwidth
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 21
test text-1.54 {configuration option: "selectborderwidth"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectborderwidth 3x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.55 {configuration option: "selectforeground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectforeground yellow
.t cget -selectforeground
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {yellow}
test text-1.56 {configuration option: "selectforeground"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -selectforeground #12345
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.57 {configuration option: "spacing1"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 20
.t cget -spacing1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 20
test text-1.58 {configuration option: "spacing1"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 1.3x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.59 {configuration option: "spacing1"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 -5
.t cget -spacing1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.60 {configuration option: "spacing1"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.61 {configuration option: "spacing2"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing2 5
.t cget -spacing2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 5
test text-1.62 {configuration option: "spacing2"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing2 bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.63 {configuration option: "spacing2"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing2 -1
.t cget -spacing2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.64 {configuration option: "spacing2"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing2 bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.65 {configuration option: "spacing3"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing3 20
.t cget -spacing3
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 20
test text-1.66 {configuration option: "spacing3"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing3 bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.67 {configuration option: "spacing3"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing3 -10
.t cget -spacing3
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-1.68 {configuration option: "spacing3"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -spacing3 bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.69 {configuration option: "state"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -state d
.t cget -state
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {disabled}
test text-1.70 {configuration option: "state"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -state foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.71 {configuration option: "tabs"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -tabs {1i 2i 3i 4i}
.t cget -tabs
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1i 2i 3i 4i}
test text-1.72 {configuration option: "tabs"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -tabs bad_tabs
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.73 {configuration option: "tabstyle"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
.t cget -tabstyle
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {wordprocessor}
test text-1.74 {configuration option: "tabstyle"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -tabstyle garbage
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.75 {configuration option: "undo"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -undo 1
.t cget -undo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
763 764 765 766 767 768 769 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -undo eh
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -undo eh
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.77 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -width 73
.t cget -width
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 73
test text-1.78 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -width 2.4
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.79 {configuration option: "wrap"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -wrap w
.t cget -wrap
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {word}
test text-1.80 {configuration option: "wrap"} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -wrap bad_wrap
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -match glob -returnCodes error -result {*}
test text-1.81 {text options} -setup {
text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
pack .t
update
} -body {
.t configure -takefocus "any old thing"
.t cget -takefocus
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {bad insertunfocussed "gorp": must be hollow, none, or solid}
test text-2.1 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
text
| | | | | 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {bad insertunfocussed "gorp": must be hollow, none, or solid}
test text-2.1 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
text
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "text pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test text-2.2 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
text foobar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foobar"}
test text-2.3 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
text .t -gorp nofun
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test text-2.4 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
catch {text .t -gorp nofun}
winfo exists .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test text-2.5 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
941 942 943 944 945 946 947 |
test text-3.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, basics} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 |
test text-3.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, basics} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t option ?arg ...?"}
test text-3.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t gorp 1.0 z 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, compare, configure, count, debug, delete, dlineinfo, dump, edit, get, image, index, insert, mark, peer, pendingsync, replace, scan, search, see, sync, tag, window, xview, or yview}
test text-4.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t bbox
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t bbox index"}
test text-4.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t bbox a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t bbox index"}
test text-4.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t bbox bad_mark
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bad_mark"}
test text-5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t cget
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t cget option"}
test text-5.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t cget a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t cget option"}
test text-5.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test text-5.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -bd 17
.t cget -bd
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 17
test text-6.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t compare a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t compare index1 op index2"}
test text-6.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t compare a b c d
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t compare index1 op index2"}
test text-6.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t compare @x == 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@x"}
test text-6.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t compare 1.0 < @y
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@y"}
test text-6.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 |
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t compare 1.0 <x 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | | 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 |
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t compare 1.0 <x 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad comparison operator "<x": must be <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=}
test text-6.12 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t compare 1.0 >> 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad comparison operator ">>": must be <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=}
test text-6.13 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t compare 1.0 z 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad comparison operator "z": must be <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=}
test text-6.14 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "compare" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t co 1.0 z 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "co": must be bbox, cget, compare, configure, count, debug, delete, dlineinfo, dump, edit, get, image, index, insert, mark, peer, pendingsync, replace, scan, search, see, sync, tag, window, xview, or yview}
# "configure" option is already covered above
test text-7.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "debug" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t debug 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t debug boolean"}
test text-7.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "debug" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t de 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "de": must be bbox, cget, compare, configure, count, debug, delete, dlineinfo, dump, edit, get, image, index, insert, mark, peer, pendingsync, replace, scan, search, see, sync, tag, window, xview, or yview}
test text-7.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "debug" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t debug true
.t deb
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 |
test text-8.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t delete
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 |
test text-8.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t delete
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t delete index1 ?index2 ...?"}
test text-8.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t delete a b c
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "a"}
test text-8.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t delete @x 2.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@x"}
test text-8.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
.t delete 2.3 @y
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@y"}
test text-8.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 |
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
# All indices are checked before we actually delete anything
.t delete 2.1 2.3 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 |
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
# All indices are checked before we actually delete anything
.t delete 2.1 2.3 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test text-8.9 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
# All indices are checked before we actually delete anything
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 |
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
.t replace 1.3 2.3
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 |
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
.t replace 1.3 2.3
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t replace index1 index2 chars ?tagList chars tagList ...?"}
test text-8.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345"
.t replace 3.1 2.3 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {index "2.3" before "3.1" in the text}
test text-8.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
.t edit undo
return $res
} -cleanup {
rename .t {}
rename test.t .t
destroy .t
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 |
proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
.t edit undo
return $res
} -cleanup {
rename .t {}
rename test.t .t
destroy .t
} -result {{edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert}}
test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 |
test text-9.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t get
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 |
test text-9.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t get
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t get ?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?"}
test text-9.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t get a b c
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "a"}
test text-9.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t get @q 3.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@q"}
test text-9.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t get 3.1 @r
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@r"}
test text-9.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
.t get 5.2 5.4 5.5 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
.t get 5.2 5.4 5.5 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test text-9.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 |
test text-10.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 |
test text-10.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t count ?-option value ...? index1 index2"}
test text-10.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count blah 1.0 2.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "blah" must be -chars, -displaychars, -displayindices, -displaylines, -indices, -lines, -update, -xpixels, or -ypixels}
test text-10.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "a"}
test text-10.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count @q 3.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@q"}
test text-10.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t count 3.1 @r
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@r"}
test text-10.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 |
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
} -body {
.t count 5.2 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 |
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
} -body {
.t count 5.2 foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test text-10.13 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displayindices 2.0 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 3
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 |
!@#$%
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displayindices 2.2 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
.t mark set a 2.2
| | | 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
.t mark set a 2.2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3, but 'a' is automatically moved to 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displayindices a 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displayindices 2.0 4.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 6
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.2 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3, but 'a' is automatically moved to 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars a 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 4.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 5
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 4.2
list [.t count -indices 2.2 3.0] [.t count 2.2 3.0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3, but 'a' is automatically moved to 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
list [.t count -indices a 3.0] [.t count a 3.0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {9 9}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 4.2
.t count -indices 2.0 4.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 4.2
.t count -chars 2.2 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 |
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
.t mark set a 2.2
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3, but 'a' is automatically moved to 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -chars a 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 9
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
| | | 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 |
Line 7"
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 2.2 3.4
.t tag add elide 4.0 4.1
# Create one visible and one invisible window
frame .t.w1
frame .t.w2
# Creating this window here means that the elided text
# now starts at 2.3
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.w1
.t window create 3.1 -window .t.w2
.t count -displaychars 2.0 4.2
.t count -chars 2.0 4.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 |
} -body {
.t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
.t count -lines 1.0 2.0 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 |
} -body {
.t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
.t count -lines 1.0 2.0 3.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "1.0" must be -chars, -displaychars, -displayindices, -displaylines, -indices, -lines, -update, -xpixels, or -ypixels}
test text-10.33 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
.t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
.t count -lines end end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 |
# At this time the line metrics should be up-to-date (pendingsync is 0).
lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .top.yt .top
} -result {Sync:0 Pending:1 Sync:1 Pending:0}
| | | 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 |
# At this time the line metrics should be up-to-date (pendingsync is 0).
lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .top.yt .top
} -result {Sync:0 Pending:1 Sync:1 Pending:0}
test text-11a.51 {<<WidgetViewSync>> calls TkSendVirtualEvent(),
NOT Tk_HandleEvent().
Bug [b362182e45704dd7bbd6aed91e48122035ea3d16]} -setup {
destroy .top.t .top
} -body {
set res {}
toplevel .top
pack [text .top.t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 |
test text-12.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t index
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 |
test text-12.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t index
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t index index"}
test text-12.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t ind a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t index index"}
test text-12.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t in a b
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, compare, configure, count, debug, delete, dlineinfo, dump, edit, get, image, index, insert, mark, peer, pendingsync, replace, scan, search, see, sync, tag, window, xview, or yview}
test text-12.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t index @xyz
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "@xyz"}
test text-12.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
[text .t] insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 |
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
} -body {
.t insert 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 |
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
} -body {
.t insert 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t insert index chars ?tagList chars tagList ...?"}
test text-13.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 |
} -result {{1.3 1.4} {1.3 1.4} {1.0 1.3 1.4 1.12} {1.0 1.3 1.4 1.12} {1.0 1.12}}
test text-13.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text" "a \{b"
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 |
} -result {{1.3 1.4} {1.3 1.4} {1.0 1.3 1.4 1.12} {1.0 1.3 1.4 1.12} {1.0 1.12}}
test text-13.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text" "a \{b"
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list}
test text-13.9 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "First" bold " " {} second "x y z" " third"
list [.t get 1.0 1.end] [.t tag ranges bold] [.t tag ranges x] \
[.t tag ranges y] [.t tag ranges z]
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 |
test text-14.1 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -state foobar
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 |
test text-14.1 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -state foobar
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad state "foobar": must be disabled or normal}
test text-14.2 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 -2 -spacing2 1 -spacing3 1
list [.t cget -spacing1] [.t cget -spacing2] [.t cget -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 |
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 |
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test text-14.6 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
catch {.t configure -tabs {30 foo}}
.t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 |
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 |
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad wrap "bogus": must be char, none, or word}
test text-14.9 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
.t configure -selectborderwidth 17 -selectforeground #332211 \
-selectbackground #abc
list [lindex [.t tag config sel -borderwidth] 4] \
[lindex [.t tag config sel -foreground] 4] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 |
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 |
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "foo"}
test text-14.12 {ConfigureText procedure} -body {
text .t
entry .t.e
.t.e insert end abcdefg
.t.e select from 0
.t.e select to 2
text .t2 -exportselection 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 |
destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
# On macOS, however, there is no way to make the window overlap the menubar.
| | | 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 |
destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
# On macOS, however, there is no way to make the window overlap the menubar.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set minY [expr [menubarheight] + 1]
} else {
set minY 0
}
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
toplevel .top
text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 |
} -result {
}
test text-19.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
text .t
.t delete foobar
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 |
} -result {
}
test text-19.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
text .t
.t delete foobar
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foobar"}
test text-19.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
text .t
.t delete 1.0 lousy
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "lousy"}
test text-19.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
text .t
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcde
12345
Line 4"
.t delete 2.1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 |
} -result {1.9 2}
test text-22.8 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -count option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -count
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 |
} -result {1.9 2}
test text-22.8 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -count option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -count
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {no value given for "-count" option}
test text-22.9 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -nocase option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
list [.t search -nocase BaR 1.1] [.t search BaR 1.1]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {2.13 2.23}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 |
} -result {2.13}
test text-22.12 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -nolinestop option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -nolinestop BaR 1.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 |
} -result {2.13}
test text-22.12 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -nolinestop option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -nolinestop BaR 1.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {the "-nolinestop" option requires the "-regexp" option to be present}
test text-22.13 {TextSearchCmd procedure, -nolinestop option} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
set msg ""
list [.t search -nolinestop -regexp -count msg e.*o 1.1] $msg
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 |
} -result {2.4}
test text-22.15 {TextSearchCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search abc
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 |
} -result {2.4}
test text-22.15 {TextSearchCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search abc
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t search ?switches? pattern index ?stopIndex?"}
test text-22.16 {TextSearchCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search abc d e f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t search ?switches? pattern index ?stopIndex?"}
test text-22.17 {TextSearchCmd procedure, check index} -body {
text .t
.t search abc gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test text-22.18 {TextSearchCmd procedure, startIndex == "end"} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search non-existent end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.19 {TextSearchCmd procedure, startIndex == "end"} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search non-existent end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.20 {TextSearchCmd procedure, bad stopIndex} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search abc 1.0 lousy
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "lousy"}
test text-22.21 {TextSearchCmd procedure, pattern case conversion} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
list [.t search -nocase BAR 1.1] [.t search BAR 1.1]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {2.13 {}}
test text-22.22 {TextSearchCmd procedure, bad regular expression pattern} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -regexp a( 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*t compile regular expression pattern: parentheses () not balanced}
test text-22.23 {TextSearchCmd procedure, skip dummy last line} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -backwards BaR end 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {2.23}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 |
test text-22.56 {TextSearchCmd procedure, error setting variable} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
set a 44
.t search -count a(2) xyz 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 |
test text-22.56 {TextSearchCmd procedure, error setting variable} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
set a 44
.t search -count a(2) xyz 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "a(2)": variable is* array}
test text-22.57 {TextSearchCmd procedure, wrap-around} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "xxyz xyz x. the\nfoo -forward bar xxxxx BaR foo\nxyz xxyzx"
.t search -backwards xyz 1.1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {3.5}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 |
set p $p$p$p$p$p
.t search -nocase $p 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.69 {TextSearchCmd, unicode} -body {
text .t
| | | | | | | | | 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 |
set p $p$p$p$p$p
.t search -nocase $p 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.69 {TextSearchCmd, unicode} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "foo\u30c9\u30cabar"
.t search \u30c9\u30ca 1.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1.3}
test text-22.70 {TextSearchCmd, unicode} -body {
text .t
.t insert end "foo\u30c9\u30cabar"
list [.t search -count n \u30c9\u30ca 1.0] $n
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1.3 2}
test text-22.71 {TextSearchCmd, unicode with non-text segments} -body {
text .t
button .b1 -text baz
.t insert end "foo\u30c9"
.t window create end -window .b1
.t insert end "\u30cabar"
list [.t search -count n \u30c9\u30ca 1.0] $n
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .b1
} -result {1.3 3}
test text-22.72 {TextSearchCmd, hidden text does not affect match index} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert end "12345H7890"
.t search 7 1.0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 |
} -result {{} {} 1.0 2.1 2.0 3.1 2.0 3.0}
test text-22.217.1 {elide up to match, with UTF-8 chars before the match} -setup {
pack [text .t]
set res {}
} -body {
.t tag configure e -elide 0
.t insert end A {} xyz e bb\n
| | | 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 |
} -result {{} {} 1.0 2.1 2.0 3.1 2.0 3.0}
test text-22.217.1 {elide up to match, with UTF-8 chars before the match} -setup {
pack [text .t]
set res {}
} -body {
.t tag configure e -elide 0
.t insert end A {} xyz e bb\n
.t insert end \u00c4 {} xyz e bb
set res {}
lappend res [.t search bb 1.0 "1.0 lineend"]
lappend res [.t search bb 2.0 "2.0 lineend"]
lappend res [.t search -regexp bb 1.0 "1.0 lineend"]
lappend res [.t search -regexp bb 2.0 "2.0 lineend"]
.t tag configure e -elide 1
lappend res [.t search bb 1.0 "1.0 lineend"]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 |
lappend res [.t search -backwards a end] ; # works
lappend res [.t search -backwards -all a end] ; # used to hang
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1.1 1.0 1.0}
test text-23.1 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 |
lappend res [.t search -backwards a end] ; # works
lappend res [.t search -backwards -all a end] ; # used to hang
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1.1 1.0 1.0}
test text-23.1 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs "\{{}"
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list}
test text-23.2 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs xyz
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}
test text-23.3 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs {100 200}
update idletasks
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {100 200}
test text-23.4 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs {100 right 200 left 300 center 400 numeric}
update idletasks
list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {100 200 300 400}
test text-23.5 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs {105 r 205 l 305 c 405 n}
update idletasks
list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {105 205 305 405}
test text-23.6 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs {100 left 200 lork}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "lork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test text-23.7 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 150
pack .t
} -body {
.t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
.t configure -tabs {100 !44 200 lork}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "!44"}
test text-24.1 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t dump
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.2 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t dump -all
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.3 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t dump -command
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.4 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t dump -bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-bogus": must be -all, -command, -image, -mark, -tag, -text, or -window}
test text-24.5 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t dump bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test text-24.6 {TextDumpCmd procedure, one index} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert 1.0 "One Line"
.t dump -text 1.2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {text e 1.2}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 |
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
rename Append {}
} -result {mark 1.0 current mark 1.0 insert mark 2.4 m}
test text-24.25 {TextDumpCmd procedure, unicode characters} -body {
text .t
| | | | | | 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 |
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
rename Append {}
} -result {mark 1.0 current mark 1.0 insert mark 2.4 m}
test text-24.25 {TextDumpCmd procedure, unicode characters} -body {
text .t
.t insert 1.0 \xb1\xb1\xb1
.t dump -all 1.0 2.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result "text \xb1\xb1\xb1 1.0 mark insert 1.3 mark current 1.3 text {\n} 1.3"
test text-24.26 {TextDumpCmd procedure, unicode characters} -body {
text .t
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 abc\xb1\xb1\xb1
.t dump -all 1.0 2.0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result "text abc\xb1\xb1\xb1 1.0 mark insert 1.6 mark current 1.6 text {\n} 1.6"
test text-24.27 {TextDumpCmd procedure, peer present} -body {
text .t
.t peer create .t.t
.t dump -all 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result "mark insert 1.0 mark current 1.0 text {\n} 1.0"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 |
test text-27.1 {TextEditCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t edit
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 |
test text-27.1 {TextEditCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t edit
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t edit option ?arg ...?"}
test text-27.2 {TextEditCmd procedure, argument parsing} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t edit gorp
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad edit option "gorp": must be canundo, canredo, modified, redo, reset, separator, or undo}
test text-27.3 {TextEditUndo procedure, undoing changes} -body {
text .t -undo 1
pack .t
.t insert end "line 1\n"
.t delete 1.4 1.6
.t insert end "should be gone after undo\n"
.t edit undo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 |
} -result 1
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
text .t
pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
update
set ::retval {}
| < | 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 |
} -result 1
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
text .t
pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
update
set ::retval {}
} -body {
bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified"
# Shouldn't require [update idle] to trigger event [Bug 1809538]
lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
.t edit modified 1
update
lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 |
.t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
.t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received.\n"
.t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
.t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
update
set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
| | | | 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 |
.t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
.t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received.\n"
.t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
.t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
update
set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y [lindex [.t dlineinfo 1.0] 1]
update
set ::retval
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15c {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <<PasteSelection>> outside widget selection} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
.t insert end "but it will not be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received."
.t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
update
set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y [lindex [.t dlineinfo 2.0] 1]
update
set ::retval
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.15d {<<Selection>> virtual event on <Delete> with cursor inside selection} -body {
pack [text .t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 |
.t edit undo
update ; lappend res $nbUS
.t edit reset
update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}
| | < | < < < | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | | | 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 |
.t edit undo
update ; lappend res $nbUS
.t edit reset
update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}
test text-27.26 {bug ab839efc5f - .text edit undo inserts separators} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
text .t -undo 1
.t insert 1.0 "1. 123 5 789012 LINE-1\n2.\n3. 123 5 789012 LINE-3\n"
.t tag add sel 3.0 3.end
.t delete sel.first sel.last
.t edit undo
.t tag add sel 3.0 3.end
.t delete sel.first sel.last
.t edit undo
.t get 3.0 3.end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {3. 123 5 789012 LINE-3}
test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
pack [text .t -wrap none]
.t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-29.1 {tabs - must be positive and must be increasing} -body {
pack [text .t -wrap none]
.t configure -tabs 0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {tab stop "0" is not at a positive distance}
test text-29.2 {tabs - must be positive and must be increasing} -body {
pack [text .t -wrap none]
.t configure -tabs -5
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {tab stop "-5" is not at a positive distance}
test text-29.3 {tabs - must be positive and must be increasing} -constraints {
knownBug
} -body {
# This bug will be fixed in Tk 9.0, when we can allow a minor
# incompatibility with Tk 8.x
pack [text .t -wrap none]
.t configure -tabs {10c 5c}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {tabs must be monotonically increasing, but "5c" is smaller than or equal to the previous tab}
test text-29.4 {tabs - must be positive and must be increasing} -body {
pack [text .t -wrap none]
.t insert end "a\tb\tc\td\te"
catch {.t configure -tabs {10c 5c}}
update ; update ; update
# This test must simply not go into an infinite loop to succeed
set result 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 |
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t tag delete sel
.t index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 |
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t tag delete sel
.t index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {text doesn't contain any characters tagged with "sel"}
test text-32.1 {line heights on creation} -setup {
text .t
proc makeText {} {
set w .g
set font "Times 11"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 |
.t configure -startline 5
.pt configure -startline 3
# the following delete shall not crash
# (it did before fixing bug 1630262)
.pt delete 2.0 3.0
# moreover -startline shall be correct
# (was wrong before fixing bug 1630262)
| | | | 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 |
.t configure -startline 5
.pt configure -startline 3
# the following delete shall not crash
# (it did before fixing bug 1630262)
.pt delete 2.0 3.0
# moreover -startline shall be correct
# (was wrong before fixing bug 1630262)
lappend res [.t cget -start] [.pt cget -start] [.t get @0,0 "@0,0 lineend"]
} -cleanup {
destroy .pt
} -result {4 3 {Line 5}}
test text-32.4 {peer widget -start, -endline and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
destroy .t .pt
set res {}
} -body {
text .t
.t peer create .pt
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 |
test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer foo 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 |
test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer foo 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad peer option "foo": must be create or names}
test text-33.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer names foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t peer names"}
test text-33.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer names
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes {ok} -result {}
test text-33.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer names
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-33.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
} -body {
.t peer create foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test text-33.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
text .t
set res {}
} -body {
.t peer create .t2
lappend res [.t peer names]
lappend res [.t2 peer names]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 |
text .t
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t configure -startline 10 -endline 5
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 |
text .t
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t configure -startline 10 -endline 5
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {-startline must be less than or equal to -endline}
test text-33.9 {peer widget -start, -end} -body {
text .t
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t configure -startline 5 -endline 10
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 |
set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
rename returnerror-37.1 ""
interp bgerror {} $save
unset -nocomplain save ::my_error
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 |
set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
rename returnerror-37.1 ""
interp bgerror {} $save
unset -nocomplain save ::my_error
} -result {}
test text-38.1 {Extending selection with mouse going outside the widget - Bug a9cf210a42} -setup {
pack [text .t -width 40 -height 10]
for {set n 1} {$n <= 5} {incr n} {
.t insert end "This is line $i of text\n"
}
update
} -body {
event generate .t <Button-1> -x 50 -y 50
event generate .t <B1-Motion> -x 50 -y -50
.t index sel.first
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1.0}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/textBTree.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the B-tree facilities of # Tk's text widget (the contents of the file "tkTextBTree.c". There are # several file with additional tests for other features of text widgets. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the B-tree facilities of # Tk's text widget (the contents of the file "tkTextBTree.c". There are # several file with additional tests for other features of text widgets. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 |
} -result "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.21 {deleting with negative range} -body {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 3.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} -result "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-3.1 {inserting with tags} -body {
setup
.t insert 1.0 XXX
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{1.4 1.5 1.8 1.16 2.2 2.6} {1.8 1.9}}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
} -result "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.21 {deleting with negative range} -body {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 3.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} -result "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.22 {deleting into beginning of elided range} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
for {set n 1} {$n <= 10} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 end
.t delete 5.0 "5.0 + 8 chars"
.t get 4.0 7.0
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete Elided
.t delete 1.0 end
} -result "Line 4\nine 6\nLine 7\n"
test btree-2.23 {deleting from within elided range} -body {
for {set n 1} {$n <= 10} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 8.0
.t delete 7.0 9.0
.t get 6.0 8.0
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete Elided
.t delete 1.0 end
} -result "Line 6\nLine 9\n"
test btree-2.24 {deleting whole elided range} -body {
for {set n 1} {$n <= 10} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 8.0
.t delete 5.0 9.0
.t get 4.0 6.0
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete Elided
.t delete 1.0 end
} -result "Line 4\nLine 9\n"
test btree-2.25 {deleting several elided ranges} -body {
for {set n 1} {$n <= 10} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 7.2 7.6
.t delete 5.0 9.0
.t get 4.0 7.0
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete Elided
.t delete 1.0 end
} -result "Line 4\nLine 9\nLine 10\n"
test btree-2.26 {deleting first char of elided range} -body {
for {set n 1} {$n <= 10} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 end
.t delete 6.0 6.1
.t get 5.0 7.0
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete Elided
.t delete 1.0 end
} -result "Line 5\nine 6\n"
test btree-3.1 {inserting with tags} -body {
setup
.t insert 1.0 XXX
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{1.4 1.5 1.8 1.16 2.2 2.6} {1.8 1.9}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/textDisp.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextDisp.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | | > > < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextDisp.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
# The delay procedure needs to wait long enough for the asynchronous updates
# performed by the text widget to run.
proc delay {} {
update
after 100
update
}
# The procedure below is used as the scrolling command for the text;
# it just saves the scrolling information in a variable "scrollInfo".
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# The procedure below is used to generate errors during scrolling commands.
proc scrollError args {
error "scrolling error"
}
# Return 1 if the two given lists are the same, otherwise return the two lists.
# This is used to compare a test actual result with a test expected result.
proc lequal {res expected} {
if {[llength $res] != [llength $expected]} {
return [list "Lengths differ" result: $res - expected: $expected]
}
for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $res]} {incr i} {
if {[lindex $res $i] ne [lindex $expected $i]} {
return [list result: $res - expected: $expected]
}
}
return 1
}
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have selected values.
option add *Text.borderWidth 2 ; # tests work with [1-3]
option add *Text.highlightThickness 2 ; # tests work with [0-5]
option add *Text.padX 1 ; # same padding in x and y, see proc bo; tests work with [0-4]
option add *Text.padY 1 ; # same padding in x and y, see proc bo; tests work with [0-4]
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow. This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.
catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left
set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set bigFont {Helvetica -24} ; # note: not a fixed-width font!
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]
set heightDiff [expr {$bigHeight - $fixedHeight}]
# On Windows at least, the tests do work with {Courier -10}, {Courier -12} or {Courier -14} as fixedFont.
# Warn the user if the actual font is too different from what was requested.
if {[font metrics [font actual $fixedFont] -fixed] != 1} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
does not seem to be a fixed-width font as expected. If this is really the case, many upcoming\
tests will fail."
}
if {$fixedHeight < 12 || $fixedHeight > 17} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
is $fixedHeight pixels height while the tests expect between 12 and 17 (inclusive) pixels.\
Some of the upcoming tests will probably fail."
}
if {$fixedWidth < 6 || $fixedWidth > 8} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
is $fixedWidth pixels in width while the tests expect between 6 and 8 (inclusive) pixels.\
Some of the upcoming tests will probably fail."
}
# Option -width 20 (characters) below is a fundamental assumption of many
# upcoming tests when wrapping enters in play
# Also -height 10 (lines) is an important assumption
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
# full border size of the text widget, i.e. first x or y coordinate inside the text widget
# warning: -padx is supposed to be the same as -pady (same border size horizontally and
# vertically around the widget)
proc bo {{w .t}} {
return [expr {[$w cget -borderwidth] + [$w cget -highlightthickness] + [$w cget -padx]}]
}
# x-width of $n chars, fixed width font
proc xw {n} {
global fixedWidth
return [expr {$n * $fixedWidth}]
}
# x-coordinate of the first pixel of $n-th char (count starts at zero), left justified
proc xchar {n {w .t}} {
return [expr {[bo $w] + [xw $n]}]
}
# x-coordinate in widget $w of the first pixel of $n-th char counted from the right, right justified
proc xcharr {n {w .t}} {
return [expr {[winfo width $w] - [bo $w] - [xw $n]}]
}
# y-coordinate of the first pixel of $l-th display line (count starts at 1)
proc yline {l {w .t}} {
global fixedHeight
return [expr {[bo $w] + ($l - 1) * $fixedHeight}]
}
# x-pixels of empty space in widget $w on a line containing $n chars
proc xe {n {w .t}} {
return [expr {[winfo width $w] - (2 * [bo $w]) - [xw $n]}]
}
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
update
# Some window managers (like olwm under SunOS 4.1.3) misbehave in a way
# that tends to march windows off the top and left of the screen. If
# this happens, some tests will fail because parts of the window will
# not need to be displayed (because they're off-screen). To keep this
# from happening, move the window if it's getting near the left or top
# edges of the screen.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {TRAFFIC SYSTEM}
| | | | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {TRAFFIC SYSTEM}
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-0.4 {double tag elide transition} {
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
# Crash was here.
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-0.5 {double tag elide transition} {
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
.txt tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
.txt insert end "\n" WELCOME
# Crash was here.
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-1.1 {GetStyle procedure, priorities and tab stops} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "x\ty"
.t tag delete x y z
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
set x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs {}
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs 30
.t tag raise x
update idletasks
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
| | | | | > > | > | | > | | > | | > | > | > > | | > | | > > > | < > | | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > | | > > > | | > > > | > > | > | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > | | > | > > > > | > > > > | < > | | > > > | | > > | | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
set x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs {}
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs 30
.t tag raise x
update idletasks
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
} [list [expr {[bo]+70}] [expr {[bo]+50}] [expr {[bo]+50}]]
.t tag delete x y z
test textDisp-1.2 {GetStyle procedure, wrapmode} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcd\nefg hijkl mnop qrstuv wxyz"
.t tag configure x -wrap word
.t tag configure y -wrap none
.t tag raise y
update
set result [list [.t bbox 2.20]]
.t tag add x 2.0 2.1
lappend result [.t bbox 2.20]
.t tag add y 1.end 2.2
lappend result [.t bbox 2.20]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 5] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{}]
.t tag delete x y
test textDisp-2.1 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.2 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.3 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.4 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.21]
} [list [list [xchar 13] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 20] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list [xchar 15] [yline 1] [xe 15] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
.t tag add foo 1.4 1.6
.t mark set insert 1.8
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.11]
} [list [list [xchar 2] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 5] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 11] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
foreach m [.t mark names] {
catch {.t mark unset $m}
}
test textDisp-2.8 {LayoutDLine, extra chunk at end of dline} -setup {
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d width height
} -body {
wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
update
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxx some sample text for testing."
.t mark set foo 1.20
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} -cleanup {
wm geom . {}
update
} -result [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+1}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.9 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is a very_very_long_word_that_wraps."
list [.t bbox 1.9] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.25]
} [list [list [xchar 9] [yline 1] [xe 9] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 15] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.10 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is a very_very_long_word_that_wraps."
.t tag add foo 1.13
.t tag add foo 1.15
.t tag add foo 1.17
.t tag add foo 1.19
list [.t bbox 1.9] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.25]
} [list [list [xchar 9] [yline 1] [xe 9] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 15] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.11 {LayoutDLine, newline width} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a\nbb\nccc\ndddd"
list [.t bbox 2.2] [.t bbox 3.3]
} [list [list [xchar 2] [yline 2] [xe 2] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 3] [yline 3] [xe 3] $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.12 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "\na\nbb\nccc\ndddd"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 3.0 3.2
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 4.0] [.t bbox 4.2]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 0]/2}] [yline 1] [expr {[xe 0]-[xe 0]/2}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 1]/2}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 3]/2}] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 3]/2+[xw 2]}] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.13 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "\na\nbb\nccc\ndddd"
.t tag configure x -justify right
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 3.0 3.2
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 4.0] [.t bbox 4.2]
} [list [list [xcharr 0] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 1] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 3] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 1] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.14 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "\na\nbb\nccc\ndddd"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 2.0 3.1
.t tag configure y -justify right
.t tag add y 3.0 4.0
.t tag raise y
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0] [.t bbox 3.end] [.t bbox 4.0]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 1]/2}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 2] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 0] [yline 3] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.15 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "\na\nbb\nccc\ndddd"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 2.0 3.1
.t tag configure y -justify right
.t tag add y 3.0 4.0
.t tag lower y
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0] [.t bbox 3.end] [.t bbox 4.0]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 1]/2}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 2]/2}] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 2]/2+[xw 2]}] [yline 3] [expr {[xe 2]/2}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.1 1.20
.t tag add x 1.21 1.end
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.41] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 4]/2}] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of very long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.18
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.18] [.t bbox 1.35] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 17]/2}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
.t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag configure y -justify right
.t tag add x 2.0
.t tag add y 3.0
.t xview scroll 5 units
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 4]/2-[xw 5]}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[xcharr 10]-[xw 5]}] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete x
.t tag delete y
test textDisp-2.19 {LayoutDLine, margins} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
# margins in pixels depend on the font width for more flexibility
set lm1 [expr {3*$fixedWidth}]
set lm2 [expr {2*$lm1}]
set rm [expr {2*$fixedWidth}]
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 $lm1 -lmargin2 $lm2 -rmargin $rm
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+$lm1}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+$lm1+[xw 12]}] [yline 1] [expr {[xe 12]-$lm1}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+$lm2}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+$lm1}] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.12] [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 2.0]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-2.20 {LayoutDLine, margins} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 20 -lmargin2 10 -rmargin 3
.t tag configure y -lmargin1 15 -lmargin2 5 -rmargin 0
.t tag raise y
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.13
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.30] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+20}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+5}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+10}] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+20}] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.21 {LayoutDLine, margins} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text"
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 80 -lmargin2 80 -rmargin 100
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.2]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+80}] [yline 1] [expr {[xe 0]-80}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+80}] [yline 2] [expr {[xe 0]-80}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+80}] [yline 3] [expr {[xe 0]-80}] $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete x
.t tag delete y
test textDisp-2.22 {LayoutDLine, spacing options} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
.t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 |
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 2 7 10 15]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
| | | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 2 7 10 15]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.23 {LayoutDLine, spacing options} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
.t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 1 5 13 16]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
| | | | > > | > | | > | > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | | | | | > > > > | | | | | > > > > | | | | > > > | | > > > | | | | | > > > | | | | | | < | > > | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | > | | > > | | | | > > > < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | > | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | | | | | | | | > > | > | | | > > > | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > > < < | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 |
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 1 5 13 16]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.24 {LayoutDLine, tabs, saving from first chunk} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t tag configure x -tabs 70
.t tag configure y -tabs 80
.t insert 1.0 "ab\tcde"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.1 end
lindex [.t bbox 1.3] 0
} [expr {[bo]+70}]
test textDisp-2.25 {LayoutDLine, tabs, breaking chunks at tabs} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x
# compute a tab width allowing to let 4 tab stops (followed by a single char) on a single line
set tw [expr {([winfo width .t]-2*[bo]-$fixedWidth)/4}]
.t tag configure x -tabs [list $tw [expr {$tw*2}] [expr {$tw*3}] [expr {$tw*4}]]
.t insert 1.0 "a\tb\tc\td\te"
.t mark set dummy1 1.1
.t mark set dummy2 1.2
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [expr {[bo]+$tw}] [expr {[bo]+2*$tw}] [expr {[bo]+3*$tw}] [expr {[bo]+4*$tw}]]
set res [list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0]]
lequal $res $expected
} {1}
# Next test is currently constrained to not run on mac (aqua) because on
# aqua it fails due to wrong implementation of tabs with right justification
# (the text is not rendered at all). This is a bug.
test textDisp-2.26 {LayoutDLine, tabs, breaking chunks at tabs} {notAqua} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs [list 30 60 90 120] -justify right
.t insert 1.0 "a\tb\tc\td\te"
.t mark set dummy1 1.1
.t mark set dummy2 1.2
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0]
} [list [xcharr 4] [xcharr 3] [xcharr 2] [xcharr 1]]
test textDisp-2.27 {LayoutDLine, tabs, calling AdjustForTab} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs [list 30 60]
.t insert 1.0 "a\tb\tcd"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0]
} [list [expr {[bo]+30}] [expr {[bo]+60}]]
test textDisp-2.28 {LayoutDLine, tabs, running out of space in dline} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a\tb\tc\td"
.t bbox 1.6
} [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-2.29 {LayoutDLine, tabs, running out of space in dline} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a\tx\tabcd"
.t bbox 1.4
} [list [xchar [expr {2*8}]] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-2.30 {LayoutDLine, tabs, running out of space in dline} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a\tx\tabc"
.t bbox 1.4
} [list [xchar [expr {2*8}]] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-3.1 {different character sizes} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Some sample text, including both large\n"
.t insert end "characters and\nsmall\n"
.t insert end "abc\nd\ne\nfghij"
.t tag add big 1.5 1.10
.t tag add big 2.11 2.14
list [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.6] [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list [xchar 1] [expr {[yline 1]+$ascentDiff}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[xchar 5]+[font measure $bigFont s]}] [yline 1] [font measure $bigFont a] $bigHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 1] [expr {[xw 5]+[font measure $bigFont sampl]+[xw 2]}] $bigHeight $bigAscent] \
[list [bo] [expr {[bo]+2*$bigHeight+2*$fixedHeight}] [xw 5] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-4.1 {UpdateDisplayInfo, basic} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
update
.t delete 2.0 2.end
update
set res $tk_textRelayout
.t insert 2.0 "New Line 2"
update
lappend res [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list 2.0 \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
2.0]
test textDisp-4.2 {UpdateDisplayInfo, re-use tail of text line} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
.t mark set x 2.21
.t delete 2.2
update
set res $tk_textRelayout
.t insert 2.0 X
update
lappend res [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list 2.0 2.20 \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 1] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{2.0 2.20}]
test textDisp-4.3 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tail of text line shifts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
.t mark set x 2.21
.t delete 2.2
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 4] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{2.0 2.20}]
.t mark unset x
test textDisp-4.4 {UpdateDisplayInfo, wrap-mode "none"} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.25] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{1.0 2.0 3.0}]
test textDisp-4.5 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
wm geom . 103x$height
update
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.1] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] 1 $fixedHeight] \
{} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] 1 $fixedHeight] \
{1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
# was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
# requested. The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
# the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size. On Unix, setting
# the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
# causes subsequent tests to fail.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
pack .f2 -before .f
wm geom . 103x103
update
.t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]
wm overrideredirect . 0
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 1] 1 1] {} 1.0]
lequal $x $expected
} {1}
catch {destroy .f2}
.t configure -borderwidth 0 -wrap char
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
# was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
# requested. The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
# the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size. On Unix, setting
# the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
# causes subsequent tests to fail.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview 16.0
update
set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
wm overrideredirect . 0
update
set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 16.0
update
.t delete 5.0 14.0
update
set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
} {1.0 {5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 eof}}
test textDisp-4.9 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 16.0
update
.t delete 15.0 end
list [.t bbox 7.0] [.t bbox 12.0]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 8] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.10 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview end
update
.t delete 13.0 end
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {5.0 {12.0 7.0 6.40 6.20 6.0 5.0} {5.0 6.0 6.20 6.40 7.0 12.0}}
test textDisp-4.11 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around, not once but really quite a few times.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview end
update
.t delete 14.0 end
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {6.40 {13.0 7.0 6.80 6.60 6.40} {6.40 6.60 6.80 7.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.12 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16"
button .b -text "Test" -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
.t window create 3.end -window .b
.t yview moveto 1
update
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t yview moveto 1
update
winfo ismapped .b
} 0
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\nLine 6\nLine 7\n"
.t insert end "Line 8\nLine 9\nLine 10\nLine 11\nLine 12\nLine 13\n"
.t insert end "Line 14\nLine 15\nLine 16"
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background white
test textDisp-4.13 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {4.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.14 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {11.0 12.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.15 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t yview 4.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0 4.0 11.0}}
test textDisp-4.16 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t yview 4.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-4.17 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.5] \
[.t bbox 2.23]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} \
{} \
[list [expr {[xchar 5]-[xw 3]}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{}]
test textDisp-4.18 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview scroll 100 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} \
[list [xcharr 19] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.19 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll -10 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.5]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} \
[list [xchar 5] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.20 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview moveto 0.0
.t xview scroll 100 units
update
.t delete 2.30 2.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25]
} [list 2.0 {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} \
[list [xcharr 5] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.21 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview moveto .9
update
.t xview moveto .6
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {}}
test textDisp-4.22 {UpdateDisplayInfo, no horizontal scrolling except for -wrap none} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
.t configure -wrap word
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 1] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.23 {UpdateDisplayInfo, no horizontal scrolling except for -wrap none} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
.t configure -wrap char
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 16] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-5.1 {DisplayDLine, handling of spacing} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijkl\nmnopqrstuvwzyz"
.t tag configure spacing -spacing1 8 -spacing3 2
.t tag add spacing 1.0 end
frame .t.f1 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f2 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f3 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f4 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f1 -align top
.t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom
.t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline
update
list [winfo geometry .t.f1] [winfo geometry .t.f2] \
[winfo geometry .t.f3] [winfo geometry .t.f4]
} [list 10x4+[xchar 3]+[expr {[yline 1]+8}] \
10x4+[expr {[xchar 6]+10}]+[expr {[yline 1]+8+($fixedHeight-4)/2}] \
10x4+[xchar 1]+[expr {[yline 2]+8+2+8+($fixedHeight-4)}] \
10x4+[expr {[xchar 9]+10}]+[expr {[yline 2]+8+2+8+($fixedAscent-4)}]]
.t tag delete spacing
# Although the following test produces a useful result, its main
# effect is to produce a core dump if Tk doesn't handle display
# relayout that occurs during redisplay.
test textDisp-5.2 {DisplayDLine, line resizes during display} {
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .t.f -width 20 -height 20 -bd 2 -relief raised
bind .t.f <Configure> {.t.f configure -width 30 -height 30}
.t window create insert -window .t.f
update
list [winfo width .t.f] [winfo height .t.f]
} [list 30 30]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-6.1 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll up} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.0 3.0
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 10.0} {2.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-6.2 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll down} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.0 "New Line 2\n"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-6.3 {scrolling in DisplayText, multiple scrolls} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps"
.t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20}}
test textDisp-6.4 {scrolling in DisplayText, scrolls interfere} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps around, not once but three times"
.t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20 6.0}}
test textDisp-6.5 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll source obscured} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
.t configure -wrap char
frame .f2 -bg red
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.5 -rely 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -relheight 0.5
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, a couple of times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.6 1.end
update
destroy .f2
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 4.0 5.0 9.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-6.6 {scrolling in DisplayText, Expose events after scroll} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
# this test depends on all of the expose events being handled at once
.t configure -wrap char
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.2 -rely 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -relheight 0.5
.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised
.t delete 1.0 end
# Line 1 must wrap exactly twice to get the expected result
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it occupies 3 display lines"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.6 1.end
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0}}
.t configure -bd 0
test textDisp-6.7 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-6.8 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {10.0/13}]]
.t configure -yscrollcommand {} -xscrollcommand scroll
test textDisp-6.9 {DisplayText, horizontal scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo unchanged
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
test textDisp-6.10 {DisplayText, redisplay embedded windows after scroll} {aqua} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\n"
.t window create end -create {
button %W.button_one -text "Button 1"}
.t insert end "\nLine 6\n"
.t window create end -create {
button %W.button_two -text "Button 2"}
.t insert end "\nLine 8\n"
.t window create end -create {
button %W.button_three -text "Button 3"}
update
.t delete 2.0 3.0
update
list $tk_textEmbWinDisplay
} {{4.0 6.0}}
.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, a couple of times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
test textDisp-7.1 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.2 -relwidth 0.6 -rely 0.22 -relheight 0.55
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {1.40 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0}}
test textDisp-7.2 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0 -relheight 0.5
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {1.0 1.20 1.40 2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-7.3 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0.5 -relheight 0.5
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-7.4 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0 -relheight 0.2 \
-bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 1.0 1.20}}
test textDisp-7.5 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 1.0 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor s -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 7.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-7.6 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor w -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}}
test textDisp-7.7 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 1.0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor e -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}}
test textDisp-7.8 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {aquaKnownBug} {
# constrained by aquaKnownBug until ticket [aad0231f07] is fixed
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\nLine 6\n"
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.0 -relwidth 0.4 -rely 0.35 -relheight 0.4 \
-anchor nw -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 eof}}
.t configure -bd 0
test textDisp-8.1 {TkTextChanged: redisplay whole lines} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.36 2.38
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.32]
} [list {2.0 2.18 2.38} {2.0 2.18 2.38} [list [xchar 14] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-8.2 {TkTextChanged, redisplay whole lines} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 1.2 xx
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.3 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.0 xx
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.0}
test textDisp-8.4 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.5
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.5 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.40 1.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.6 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.41 1.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.7 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.2 1.end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 9.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-8.8 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.0}
test textDisp-8.9 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.0 3.0
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 8.0} {2.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-8.10 {TkTextChanged} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 2.19
update
.t delete 2.19
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.20 eof}
test textDisp-8.11 {TkTextChanged, scrollbar notification when changes are off-screen} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n"
.t configure -yscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo ""
.t insert end "a\nb\nc\n"
# We need to wait for our asychronous callbacks to update the
# scrollbar
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update
.t configure -yscrollcommand ""
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 0.625}
test textDisp-8.12 {TkTextChanged, moving the insert cursor redraws only past and new lines} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -wrap none
for {set i 1} {$i < 25} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i Line $i\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.0 8.0
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t mark set insert 9.0
update
.t mark set insert 8.0 ; # up one line
update
set res [list $tk_textRedraw]
.t mark set insert 12.2 ; # in the visible text
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 6.5 ; # in the hidden text
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 3.5 ; # in the visible text again
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 3.8 ; # within the same line
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
} {{8.0 9.0} {8.0 12.0} {8.0 12.0} {3.0 8.0} {3.0 4.0}}
test textDisp-8.13 {TkTextChanged, used to crash, see [06c1433906]} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 \nLine2\nLine3\n
update
.t insert 3.0 ""
.t delete 1.0 2.0
update idletasks
} {}
test textDisp-9.1 {TkTextRedrawTag} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.4
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
# glob matching is to have some tolerance on actually used font size
# while still testing what we want to test
} -match glob -result {{2.0 2.1[78]} {2.0 2.1[78]}}
test textDisp-9.2 {TkTextRedrawTag} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 1.2 2.4
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
# glob matching is to have some tolerance on actually used font size
# while still testing what we want to test
} -match glob -result {{1.0 2.0 2.1[678]} {1.0 2.0 2.1[678]}}
test textDisp-9.3 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.4
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.4 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.20
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.5 {TkTextRedrawTag} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -setup {
.t configure -wrap char -height [expr {[.t cget -height]+10}]
} -body {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.end
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} -cleanup {
.t configure -height [expr {[.t cget -height]-10}]
update
} -result {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.6 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 3.5
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20} {2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.7 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 2.19
update
.t tag remove big 2.19
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.20 eof}
test textDisp-9.8 {TkTextRedrawTag} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 2.0 2.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
# glob matching is to have some tolerance on actually used font size
# while still testing what we want to test
} -match glob -result {2.0 2.1[678]}
test textDisp-9.9 {TkTextRedrawTag} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 1.5 2.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
# glob matching is to have some tolerance on actually used font size
# while still testing what we want to test
} -match glob -result {2.0 2.1[678]}
test textDisp-9.10 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
set tk_textRedraw none
.t tag add big 1.3 1.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
} none
test textDisp-9.11 {TkTextRedrawTag} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {}
test textDisp-9.12 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i\n"
}
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t tag add hidden 2.6 3.6
update
.t tag add hidden 3.11 4.6
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 {2.0 eof}}
test textDisp-9.13 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 2.8 2.17
.t tag add hidden 6.8 7.17
.t tag configure hidden -background red
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
.t tag configure hidden -elide false
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 6.0 7.0} {2.0 6.0 7.0}}
test textDisp-9.14 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
pack [text .tnocrash]
for {set i 1} {$i < 6} {incr i} {
.tnocrash insert end \nfoo$i
}
.tnocrash tag configure mytag1 -relief raised
.tnocrash tag configure mytag2 -relief solid
update
proc doit {} {
.tnocrash tag add mytag1 4.0 5.0
.tnocrash tag add mytag2 4.0 5.0
after idle {
.tnocrash tag remove mytag1 1.0 end
.tnocrash tag remove mytag2 1.0 end
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 |
vwait done
} {}
test textDisp-10.1 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 |
vwait done
} {}
test textDisp-10.1 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
update
.t configure -bg black
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0} {borders 1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0 eof}}
.t configure -bg [lindex [.t configure -bg] 3]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-10.2 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
toplevel .top -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -relief raised -bd 2
place .top.t -x 0 -y 0 -width 20 -height 20
.top.t insert end "First line"
.top.t see insert
tkwait visibility .top.t
place .top.t -width 150 -height 100
update
.top.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
catch {destroy .top}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
test textDisp-11.1 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {30.0}
test textDisp-11.2 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 32.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {32.0 {40.0 41.0}}
test textDisp-11.3 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 28.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {28.0 {28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.4 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 31.4
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {31.0 40.0}
test textDisp-11.5 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 31.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {30.0 {}}
test textDisp-11.6 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 28.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {28.0 {28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.7 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 26.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {21.0 {21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.8 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 41.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {32.0 {40.0 41.0}}
test textDisp-11.9 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 43.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {38.0 {40.0 41.0 42.0 43.0 44.0 45.0 46.0 47.0 48.0}}
test textDisp-11.10 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview 10000.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0 197.0 198.0 199.0 200.0}}
test textDisp-11.11 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 195.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview 197.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0}}
test textDisp-11.12 {TkTextSetYView, wrapped line is off-screen} {
.t insert 10.0 "Long line with enough text to wrap\n"
.t yview 1.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t see 10.30
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 10.20}
.t delete 10.0 11.0
test textDisp-11.13 {TkTestSetYView, partially visible last line} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
pack .top.t
.top.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
scan [wm geometry .top] "%dx%d" w2 h2
wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr {$h2-2}]
update
.top.t yview 1.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.top.t see 5.0
update
# Note, with smooth scrolling, the results of this test
# have changed, and the old '2.0 {5.0 6.0}' is quite wrong.
list [.top.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {1.0 5.0}
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 30 -height 3
pack .top.t
.top.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
test textDisp-11.14 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 5.0
update
.top.t see 10.0
.top.t index @0,0
} {8.0}
test textDisp-11.15 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 5.0
update
.top.t see 11.0
.top.t index @0,0
# The index 9.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels
} {9.0}
test textDisp-11.16 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 8.0
update
.top.t see 5.0
.top.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-11.17 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 8.0
update
.top.t see 4.0
.top.t index @0,0
# The index 2.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels
} {2.0}
test textDisp-11.18 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 10]
.top.t insert end "\n"
}
.top.t yview 4.0
.top.t tag add hidden 4.10 "4.10 lineend"
.top.t tag add hidden 5.15 10.3
.top.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
.top.t see "8.0 lineend"
# The index "8.0 lineend" is on screen despite elided -> no scroll
.top.t index @0,0
} {4.0}
test textDisp-11.19 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 50} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
# button just for having a line with a larger height
button .top.t.b -text "Test" -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
.top.t window create 21.0 -window .top.t.b
.top.t tag add hidden 15.36 21.0
.top.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.top.t configure -height 15
wm geometry .top 300x200+0+0
# Indices 21.0, 17.0 and 15.0 are all on the same display line
# therefore index @0,0 shall be the same for all of them
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 21.0
update
set ind1 [.top.t index @0,0]
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 17.0
update
set ind2 [.top.t index @0,0]
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 15.0
update
set ind3 [.top.t index @0,0]
list [expr {$ind1 == $ind2}] [expr {$ind1 == $ind3}]
} {1 1}
test textDisp-11.20 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
.top.t configure -wrap none
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
test textDisp-11.21 {TkTextSetYView, window height smaller than the line height} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i <= 10} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
set lineheight [font metrics [.top.t cget -font] -linespace]
wm geometry .top 200x[expr {$lineheight / 2}]
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 |
test textDisp-11.21 {TkTextSetYView, window height smaller than the line height} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i <= 10} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
set lineheight [font metrics [.top.t cget -font] -linespace]
wm geometry .top 200x[expr {$lineheight / 2}]
update
.top.t see 1.0
.top.t index @0,[expr {$lineheight - 2}]
} {1.0}
test textDisp-11.22 {TkTextSetYView, peer has -startline} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i <= 50} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
pack [.top.t peer create .top.p] -side left
pack [scrollbar .top.sb -command {.top.p yview}] -side left -fill y
.top.p configure -startline 5 -endline 35 -yscrollcommand {.top.sb set}
update
.top.p yview moveto 0
update
set res [.top.p get @0,0 "@0,0 lineend"]
destroy .top.p
set res
} {Line 5}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-12.1 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 52.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-12.2 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {50.0}
test textDisp-12.3 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 50.10
update
.t index @0,0
} {45.0}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-12.4 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {48.0}
test textDisp-12.5 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 50.10
update
.t index @0,0
} {45.0}
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t see index"}}
test textDisp-13.3 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t see badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "badIndex"}}
test textDisp-13.4 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
| | | | | | | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t see index"}}
test textDisp-13.3 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t see badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "badIndex"}}
test textDisp-13.4 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 4.2
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-13.5 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 12.1
.t index @0,0
} {3.0}
test textDisp-13.6 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 30.50
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -wrap none
set x
} {27.0}
test textDisp-13.7 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.40
update
.t see 30.50
.t yview 25.0
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.39
lappend x [.t bbox 30.39]
.t see 30.38
lappend x [.t bbox 30.38]
.t see 30.20
lappend x [.t bbox 30.20]
} [list [list [xchar 10] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 10] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-13.8 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.50
update
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.60
lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
.t see 30.65
lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
.t see 30.90
lappend x [.t bbox 30.90]
# contrary to textDisp-13.7 above there is no yview command in this test
# therefore take into account that the top line is partially hidden
set y [expr {[yline 6] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 1] - [bo]}]
set expected [list [list [xchar 10] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 19] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 19] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 10] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal $x $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-13.9 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
wm geom . [expr {$width-2}]x$height
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.50
update
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.60
lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
.t see 30.65
lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
.t see 30.90
lappend x [.t bbox 30.90]
# contrary to textDisp-13.7 above there is no yview command in this test
# therefore take into account that the top line is partially hidden
set y [expr {[yline 6] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 1] - [bo]}]
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+round([winfo width .t]-2*[bo])/2}] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 1] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xcharr 1] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+round([winfo width .t]-2*[bo])/2}] $y $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal $x $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-13.10 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
# SF Bug 641778
set w .tsee
destroy $w
text $w -font {Helvetica 8 normal} -bd 16
$w insert end Hello
$w see end
set res [$w bbox end]
destroy $w
set res
} {}
test textDisp-13.11 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {} {
# insertion of a character at end of a line containing multi-byte
# characters and calling see at the line end shall actually show
# this character
toplevel .top2
pack [text .top2.t2 -wrap none]
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
.top2.t2 insert end [string repeat "Line $i: éèàçù" 5]\n
}
wm geometry .top2 300x200+0+0
update
.top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend"
update
set ref [.top2.t2 index @0,0]
.top2.t2 insert "1.0 lineend" ç
.top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend"
update
set new [.top2.t2 index @0,0]
set res [.top2.t2 compare $ref == $new]
destroy .top2
set res
} 0
wm geom . {}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-14.1 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto .5
.t xview
} [list 0.5 [expr {6./7.}]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-14.2 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx"
.t xview
} {0.0 1.0}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-14.3 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx"
.t xview
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-14.4 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview moveto} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview moveto fraction"}}
test textDisp-14.5 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview moveto a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview moveto fraction"}}
test textDisp-14.6 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview moveto a} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "a"}}
test textDisp-14.7 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n" ; # 56 chars on this line
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto .3
.t xview
} [list [expr {round(0.3*(56*$fixedWidth))/(56.0*$fixedWidth)}] [expr {round(0.3*(56*$fixedWidth)+20*$fixedWidth)/(56.0*$fixedWidth)}]]
test textDisp-14.8 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n" ; # 56 chars on this line
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto -.4
.t xview
} [list 0.0 [expr {20.0/56}]]
test textDisp-14.9 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n" ; # 56 chars on this line
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview m 1.4
.t xview
} [list [expr {(56.0-20)/56}] 1.0]
test textDisp-14.10 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.11 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.12 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test textDisp-14.13 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 2 pa
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 |
.t xview scroll 100 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
.t xview scroll -15 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
| | | | | | | | | | 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 |
.t xview scroll 100 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
.t xview scroll -15 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "globs": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-14.16 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview flounder} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "flounder": must be moveto or scroll}}
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t insert end "Line 100"
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-15.1 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 45.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 units
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-15.2 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 51.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.20}
test textDisp-15.3 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 51.0
update
.t yview scroll -4 units
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-15.4 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 50.20
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-15.5 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 50.40
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.0}
test textDisp-15.6 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 3.2
update
.t yview scroll -5 units
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-15.7 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling forwards} {
.t yview 48.0
update
.t yview scroll 4 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.40}
test textDisp-15.8 {Scrolling near end of window} {
set textheight 12
set textwidth 30
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
.tf.f.t tag configure Header -font {Helvetica 14 bold italic} \
-wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4
.tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
| | | | | > > > > > > | | | > | > > > > > > > > > | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < > | > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | > > | | | | | > > > > > | < < < < | | | | | | | | 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 |
.tf.f.t tag configure Header -font {Helvetica 14 bold italic} \
-wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4
.tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
set refind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
# Should scroll and should not crash!
.tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
# Check that it has scrolled
set newind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
set res [.tf.f.t compare $newind > $refind]
destroy .tf
set res
} 1
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t tag add big 100.0 105.0
.t insert 151.end { has a lot of extra text, so that it wraps around on the screen several times over.}
.t insert 153.end { also has largely enough extra text to wrap.}
update
set totpix [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
# check that the wrapping lines wrap exactly 6 times in total (4 times for line 151, and twice for line 153),
# this is an assumption of the upcoming tests
if {double(($totpix-5*$heightDiff)/$fixedHeight) != 206.0} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual [.t cget -font]]\",\
is too different from the requested \"[.t cget -font]\". Some of the upcoming tests will probably fail."
}
test textDisp-16.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
.t yview 21.0
set x [.t yview]
.t yview 1.0
list [expr {int([lindex $x 0]*100)}] [expr {int([lindex $x 1]*100)}]
} {9 14}
test textDisp-16.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "2": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.3 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -pickplace} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview -pickplace lineNum|index"}}
test textDisp-16.4 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -pickplace 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview -pickplace lineNum|index"}}
test textDisp-16.5 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-bogus": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.6 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, integer position} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview 98
.t index @0,0
} {99.0}
test textDisp-16.7 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
.t yview 2.0
.t yv -pickplace 13.0
.t index @0,0
} {4.0}
test textDisp-16.8 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview bad_mark_name} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "bad_mark_name"}}
test textDisp-16.9 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
list [catch {.t yview moveto a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview moveto fraction"}}
test textDisp-16.10 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
list [catch {.t yview moveto gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "gorp"}}
test textDisp-16.11 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
# constrained because text tagged with the big font plays a role
.t yview moveto 0.5
.t index @0,0
} {103.0}
test textDisp-16.12 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
.t yview moveto -1
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-16.13 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
.t yview moveto 1.1
.t index @0,0
} {191.0}
test textDisp-16.14 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
# y move to 3/4 of text widget content height
.t yview moveto .75
# target y position is inside line 151, which wraps 4 times
# exactly which display line depends on actual font size
set ytargetline [expr {150*$fixedHeight+5*$heightDiff}]
set expected 151.0
while {[expr {$ytargetline+$fixedHeight}] <= [expr {round(0.75*$totpix)}]} {
incr ytargetline $fixedHeight
set expected [.t index "$expected + 1 display line"]
}
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-16.15 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
# y move to 3/4 of text widget content height plus just one line height minus one pixel
.t yview moveto .75
set pixtonextline [expr {-[bo] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 1] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 3]}]
.t yview moveto [expr {0.75 + ($pixtonextline-1)/double($totpix)}]
# target y position is inside line 151, which wraps 4 times
# exactly which display line depends on actual font size
set ytargetline [expr {150*$fixedHeight+5*$heightDiff}]
set expected 151.0
while {[expr {$ytargetline+$fixedHeight}] <= [expr {round(0.75*$totpix + ($pixtonextline-1))}]} {
incr ytargetline $fixedHeight
set expected [.t index "$expected + 1 display line"]
}
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-16.16 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} {
# y move to 3/4 of text widget content height plus exactly one line height
.t yview moveto .75
set pixtonextline [expr {-[bo] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 1] + [lindex [.t bbox @0,0] 3]}]
.t yview moveto [expr {0.75 + $pixtonextline/double($totpix)}]
# target y position is inside line 151, which wraps 4 times
# exactly which display line depends on actual font size
set ytargetline [expr {150*$fixedHeight+5*$heightDiff}]
set expected 151.0
while {[expr {$ytargetline+$fixedHeight}] <= [expr {round(0.75*$totpix + $pixtonextline)}]} {
incr ytargetline $fixedHeight
set expected [.t index "$expected + 1 display line"]
}
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-16.17 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" option} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
# constrained because text tagged with the big font plays a role
.t yview moveto .755
.t index @0,0
} {151.80}
test textDisp-16.18 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" roundoff} {
catch {destroy .top1}
toplevel .top1
wm geometry .top1 +0+0
text .top1.t -height 3 -width 4 -wrap none -setgrid 1 -padx 6 \
-spacing3 6
pack .top1.t
update
.top1.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6"
.top1.t yview moveto 0.3333
set result [.top1.t yview]
destroy .top1
set result
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] [expr {5.0/6}]]
test textDisp-16.19 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.20 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.21 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.21.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "badInt"}}
test textDisp-16.22 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -1 pages
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.22.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll -3 p} res] $res
} {1 {ambiguous argument "p": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.23 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 pa
.t index @0,0
} {26.0}
test textDisp-16.24 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 5.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 pa
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-16.25 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} -setup {
# this frame is needed because some window managers don't allow the overall
# height of a window to get very narrow, triggering false test failure
frame .f2 -height 20
pack .f2 -side top
} -body {
.t configure -height 1
update
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -1 pages
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -height 10
update
set x
} -cleanup {
destroy .f2
} -result {49.0}
test textDisp-16.26 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 1 pages
.t index @0,0
} {58.0}
test textDisp-16.27 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 2 pages
.t index @0,0
} {66.0}
test textDisp-16.28 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t yview 98.0
update
# The man page does not say it but the code does: scrolling 1 page actually uses the
# window height minus two lines, so that there's some overlap between adjacent pages.
# Note: it's a bit tricky but we only need to subtract one [bo] from [winfo height .t] here
# because the origin of @x,y coordinates is at borderwidth start, not at text area start.
set expected [.t index @0,[expr {[winfo height .t]-[bo]-2*$fixedHeight}]]
.t yview scroll 1 page
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-16.29 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t configure -height 1
update
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 1 pages
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -height 10
update
set x
} {51.0}
test textDisp-16.30 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} {
.t yview 45.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 units
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.31 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} {
.t yview 149.0
update
.t yview scroll 4 units
.t index @0,0
} {151.40}
test textDisp-16.32 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 12 bogoids} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogoids": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.33 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview bad_arg 1 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bad_arg": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.34 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
set res {}
.t yview 1.0
lappend res [format %.12g [expr {[lindex [.t yview] 0]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 |
} {0 {}}
test textDisp-16.38 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 1.3blah pixels} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "1.3blah"}}
test textDisp-16.39 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 1.3i pixels} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
| | | | 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 |
} {0 {}}
test textDisp-16.38 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 1.3blah pixels} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "1.3blah"}}
test textDisp-16.39 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 1.3i pixels} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textDisp-16.40 {text count -xpixels} {
set res {}
lappend res [.t count -xpixels 1.0 1.5] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.5 1.0] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.0 13.0] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.0 "1.0 displaylineend"] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.0 "1.0 lineend"] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.0 "1.0 displaylineend"] \
[.t count -xpixels 1.0 end]
} [list [expr {5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {-5*$fixedWidth}] 0 [expr {6*$fixedWidth}] [expr {6*$fixedWidth}] [expr {6*$fixedWidth}] 0]
test textDisp-16.41 {text count -xpixels with indices in elided lines} {
set res {}
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 40} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 |
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
| | | | | | 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 |
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
update
.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-16.43 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll -15 units
update
.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-16.44 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, scroll down, with elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
foreach x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0] {
.t insert end "$x aaa1\n$x bbb2\n$x ccc3\n$x ddd4\n$x eee5\n$x fff6"
.t insert end "$x 1111\n$x 2222\n$x 3333\n$x 4444\n$x 5555\n$x 6666" hidden
}
.t tag configure hidden -elide true ; # 5 hidden lines
update
.t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight + 1}].0
update
.t index @0,0
} {2.0}
.t delete 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i 11111 $i 22222 $i 33333 $i 44444 $i 55555"
.t insert end " $i 66666 $i 77777 $i 88888 $i"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 |
} {1 {expected integer but got "b"}}
test textDisp-17.4 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t scan stupid -2 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test textDisp-17.5 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t scan stupid 123 456} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad scan option "stupid": must be mark or dragto}}
| | > > > | | | > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 |
} {1 {expected integer but got "b"}}
test textDisp-17.4 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t scan stupid -2 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test textDisp-17.5 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t scan stupid 123 456} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad scan option "stupid": must be mark or dragto}}
test textDisp-17.6 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
.t yview 1.0
.t xview moveto 0
update
set expected [.t index @[expr {[bo]+50}],[expr {[bo]+50}]]
.t scan mark 40 60
.t scan dragto 35 55
update
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-17.7 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
# 1st result
.t yview 1.0
.t xview moveto 0
update
set expected [.t index @[expr {[bo]+20*$fixedWidth-50}],[expr {[bo]+9*$fixedHeight-50}]]
.t yview 10.0
.t xview scroll 20 units
update
.t scan mark -10 60
.t scan dragto -5 65
update
set x [.t index @0,0]
# 2nd result
.t yview 1.0
.t xview moveto 0
update
lappend expected [.t index @[expr {[bo]+20*$fixedWidth-50-50}],[expr {[bo]+9*$fixedHeight-50-70}]]
.t yview 10.0
.t xview scroll 20 units
update
.t scan mark -10 60
.t scan dragto -5 65
update
.t scan dragto 0 72
update
lequal [list $x [.t index @0,0]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-17.8 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
.t yview 1.0
.t xview moveto 0
update
set expected [.t index @[expr {[bo]+50}],[expr {[bo]+50}]]
.t scan mark 0 60
.t scan dragto 30 100
update
.t scan dragto 25 95
update
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-17.9 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {
.t yview end
.t xview moveto 0
update
# this brings us at lower right corner of the text
.t xview scroll 100 units
update
# this does not trigger any scroll, we're already at the corner
.t scan mark 90 60
.t scan dragto 10 0
update
set expected [.t index @[expr {[winfo width .t]-[bo]-40}],[expr {[winfo height .t]-[bo]-50}]]
set expected [.t index "$expected - [.t cget -height] lines - [.t cget -width] chars"]
.t scan dragto 14 5
update
lequal [.t index @0,0] $expected
} {1}
.t configure -wrap word
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {
.t yview 10.0
update
set origin [.t index @0,0]
set expected [.t index "$origin - [expr {int(ceil(50.0/$fixedHeight))}] display lines"]
.t scan mark -10 60
.t scan dragto -5 65
update
set x [.t index @0,0]
lappend expected [.t index "$origin - [expr {int(ceil((50.0+70.0)/$fixedHeight))}] display lines"]
.t scan dragto 0 72
update
lequal [list $x [.t index @0,0]] $expected
} {1}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
test textDisp-18.2 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.3 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.4 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.5 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
.t xview scroll 31 units
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {31.0/55}] [expr {51.0/55}]]
test textDisp-18.6 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 31 units
update
set x {}
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap char
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap word
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap none
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
} [list [list [expr {31.0/56}] [expr {51.0/56}]] {0.0 1.0} {0.0 1.0} [list 0.0 [expr {5.0/14}]]]
test textDisp-18.7 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo unchanged
.t insert end xxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-18.8 {GetXView procedure} {
proc bgerror msg {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
}
proc bogus args {
error "bogus scroll proc"
}
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
update
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -xscrollcommand scrollError
update
set x
} {{scrolling error} {scrolling error
while executing
"error "scrolling error""
(procedure "scrollError" line 2)
invoked from within
"scrollError 0.0 1.0"
(horizontal scrolling command executed by text)}}
catch {rename bgerror {}}
catch {rename bogus {}}
.t configure -xscrollcommand {} -yscrollcommand scroll
test textDisp-19.1 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.2 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t insert 1.0 "Line1\nLine2"
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.3 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.4 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {70.0/91}]]
test textDisp-19.5 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
update
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.0 0.625}
test textDisp-19.6 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 4.0
update
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.375 1.0}
test textDisp-19.7 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 2.26
update
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.125 0.75}
test textDisp-19.8 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 10.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 2.0
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.0625 0.6875}
test textDisp-19.9 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 3.0
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {4.0/30}] 0.8]
test textDisp-19.10 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 11.0
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] 1.0]
test textDisp-19.10.1 {Widget manipulation causes height miscount} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 11.0
update
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
.t yview insert
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
.t yview insert
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} 20
test textDisp-19.11.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 |
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
.top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5"
# Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
| | | | | | | | | | | | 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 |
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
.top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5"
# Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
update
scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}]
update
.top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
test textDisp-19.13 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
.top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4 has enough text to wrap around at least once"
# Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
update
scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}]
update
.top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-19.14 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
# Need to update so everything is calculated.
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
delay
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t mark set insert 3.0
.t tag configure x -background red
.t tag add x 1.0 5.0
update
.t tag delete x
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.15 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit little left on the last line."
update
.t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
proc bgerror args {
global x errorInfo errorCode
set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
}
.t delete 1.0 end
update
rename bgerror {}
.t configure -yscrollcommand scroll
set x
} {{{scrolling error}} {scrolling error
while executing
"error "scrolling error""
(procedure "scrollError" line 2)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 |
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
# Need to update so everything is calculated.
| | | | < | > > > | > > | | > | | | > > > > > > > | | > | | | | | | > > > > > | < > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | > | | | | > | > > | | > | | 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 |
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
# Need to update so everything is calculated.
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update
set res [list \
[.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
[.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
[.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 15.0 "16.0 displaylineend +1c"] \
[.t count -ypixels 16.0 "16.0 displaylineend +1c"] \
[.t count -ypixels "16.0 +1 displaylines" "16.0 +4 displaylines +3c"] ]
} [list [expr {20 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {20 * $fixedHeight}] \
$fixedHeight \
[expr {2*$fixedHeight}] \
$fixedHeight \
[expr {3*$fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.17 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update
set res [list \
[.t count -ypixels 1.0 6.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 2.0 7.5] \
[.t count -ypixels 5.0 8.5] \
[.t count -ypixels 6.1 6.2] \
[.t count -ypixels 6.1 18.8] \
[.t count -ypixels 18.0 20.50] \
[.t count -ypixels 5.2 20.60] \
[.t count -ypixels 20.60 20.70] \
[.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.0 5.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.4 27.50] \
[.t count -ypixels 35.0 38.0] ]
.t yview 35.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
} [list [expr {4 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] \
0 0 0 0 0 0 \
[expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {- 5 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {2 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] \
[expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.18 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update
set res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
} [list [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.19 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 25} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i -" 6]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.27 11.0
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 5.0
update
set res [list [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.0] [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.20]]
} [list [expr {1 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {2 * $fixedHeight}]]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
[.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 7] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
set centlineY [lindex [.t bbox 53.0] 1]
set expectedY [expr {$centlineY - int(($centlineY-[bo])/$fixedHeight)*$fixedHeight - $fixedHeight}]
set expected [list [list [bo] $expectedY [xw 20] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] $expectedY [xw 20] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [expr {$expectedY+$fixedHeight}] [xw 19] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
set res [list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.21]]
lequal $res $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 49.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 20] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 3] [xw 19] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
{}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 42.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list [bo] [yline 9] [xw 20] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 10] [xw 19] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
{}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list [bo] [yline 3] [xw 53] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 3] [xw 53] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 3] [xw 53] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {
.t yview 48.0
set off [expr {[bo]+3}]
list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @$off,$off] [.t index @[expr {[xchar 2]+2}],$off] \
[.t index @[expr {[xchar 14]+1}],$off] [.t index @[xchar 5],[yline 5]]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.45}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {
.t yview 195.0
set off [expr {[xchar 1]+1}]
list [.t index @$off,[expr {[yline 6]+2}]] \
[.t index @$off,[expr {[yline 7]+2}]] \
[.t index @$off,[expr {[yline 8]+2}]] \
[.t index @$off,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "12345\n"
.t insert end "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
.t xview scroll 2 units
set off [expr {[yline 1]+4}]
list [.t index @-5,$off] [.t index @[expr {[xchar 1]-2}],$off] [.t index @[expr {[xchar 4]+2}],[expr {[yline 2]+2}]]
} {1.2 1.2 2.6}
test textDisp-21.4 {count -displaylines regression} {
set message {
QOTW: "C/C++, which is used by 16% of users, is the most popular programming language, but Tcl, used by 0%, seems to be the language of choice for the highest scoring users."
(new line)
Use the Up (cursor) key to scroll up one line at a time. At the second press, the cursor either gets locked or jumps several lines.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 |
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
| | | | > > > > | | > > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > | | | | > > > | > > > | < > | | | | > | | > > > > > | | | > > > > > | | | | | | | > > > > | | | | | | | > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | | | | > > | | > > | | > | > > > > > > > > | | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | | > | > | > > > | | > | > | | | > | > > > > > > > > | | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > | | < | > > | > > > | > > | < > | | | | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | | > > | | > | > | | | | > | | | > | > > | | | > > | | > > > | > > | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | > | | > > > | | | | | | > > | | | | > > | | > > | 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 |
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {
.t config -wrap word
.t yview 48.0
list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
[.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 5] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 5] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {
.t config -wrap none
.t yview 48.0
list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list [xchar 5] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 10] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}]
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 1] [yline 10] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 1] [yline 11] $fixedWidth [expr {($height-1)-$oriHeight}]]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-22.4 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}]
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 1] [yline 10] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 1] [yline 11] $fixedWidth [expr {($height+1)-$oriHeight}]]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-22.5 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off char} {
wm geometry . {}
update
.t config -wrap none
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . [expr {$width-(20-7)*$fixedWidth}]x$height
update
.t bbox 15.6
} [list [xchar 6] [yline 6] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-22.6 {TkTextCharBbox, line visible but not char} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
.t tag add big 20.2 20.5
wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+3}]
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 1] [yline 10] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{} \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 11] [font measure $bigFont "n"] [expr {($height+3)-$oriHeight}]]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] [.t bbox 20.2]] $expected
} {1}
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-22.7 {TkTextCharBbox, different character sizes} haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
.t tag add big 12.2 12.5
update
list [.t bbox 12.1] [.t bbox 12.2]
} [list [list [xchar 1] [expr {[yline 3]+$ascentDiff}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 3] [font measure $bigFont "n"] $bigHeight]]
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
test textDisp-22.8 {TkTextCharBbox, horizontal scrolling} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "12345\n"
.t insert end "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
.t xview scroll 4 units
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4] [.t bbox 2.3] [.t bbox 2.4] \
[.t bbox 2.23] [.t bbox 2.24]
} [list {} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{} \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 19] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
{}]
test textDisp-22.9 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of spacing} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijkl\nmnopqrstuvwzyz"
.t tag configure spacing -spacing1 8 -spacing3 2
.t tag add spacing 1.0 end
frame .t.f1 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f2 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f3 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f4 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f1 -align top
.t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom
.t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline
update
list [.t bbox .t.f1] [.t bbox .t.f2] [.t bbox .t.f3] [.t bbox .t.f4] \
[.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.9]
} [list [list [xchar 3] [expr {[yline 1]+8}] 10 4] \
[list [expr {[xchar 3]+10+[xw 3]}] [expr {[yline 1]+8+($fixedHeight-4)/2}] 10 4] \
[list [xchar 1] [expr {[yline 2]+8+2+8+($fixedHeight-4)}] 10 4] \
[list [expr {[xchar 1]+10+[xw 8]}] [expr {[yline 2]+8+2+8+($fixedAscent-4)}] 10 4] \
[list [xchar 1] [expr {[yline 1]+8}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[xchar 1]+10+[xw 7]}] [expr {[yline 2]+8+2+8}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete spacing
test textDisp-22.10 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 2.8 2.13
.t tag add hidden 6.8 7.13
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
list \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.9] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.10] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.13] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.9] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.10] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.13] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.14] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.15] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.0] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.1] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.12] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}]
} [list 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0]
test textDisp-22.11 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of wrapped elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 1.30 2.5
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
list \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.4] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.5] 0]}]
} [list 0 0]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {
.t config -wrap word
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
[.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} \
[list [bo] [yline 1] [xw 7] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 5] [xw 13] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
{}]
.t config -bd 4
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {
.t config -wrap word
update
.t yview 48.0
.t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list [bo] [yline 5] [xw 13] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {
.t config -wrap none
update
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list [bo] [yline 3] [xw 53] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 10] [xw 7] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
test textDisp-23.4 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}]
update
set expected [list [list [bo] [yline 10] [xw 7] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 11] [xw 7] [expr {($height-1)-$oriHeight}] $fixedAscent]]
lequal [list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-23.5 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}]
update
set expected [list [list [bo] [yline 10] [xw 7] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 11] [xw 7] [expr {($height+1)-$oriHeight}] $fixedAscent]]
lequal [list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]] $expected
} {1}
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-23.6 {TkTextDLineInfo, horizontal scrolling} {
.t config -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "First line\n"
.t insert end "Second line is a very long one that doesn't all fit.\n"
.t insert end "Third"
.t xview scroll 6 units
update
list [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 2.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list [expr {[xw -6]+[bo]}] [yline 1] [xw 10] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [expr {[xw -6]+[bo]}] [yline 2] [xw 52] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [expr {[xw -6]+[bo]}] [yline 3] [xw 5] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
.t xview moveto 0
test textDisp-23.7 {TkTextDLineInfo, centering} {
.t config -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "First line\n"
.t insert end "Second line is a very long one that doesn't all fit.\n"
.t insert end "Third"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag configure y -justify right
.t tag add x 1.0
.t tag add y 3.0
list [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 2.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 10]/2}] [yline 1] [xw 10] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 17] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [xcharr 5] [yline 5] [xw 5] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent]]
.t tag delete x y
test textDisp-24.1 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.2 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
# be tolerant about borderwidth et al. - don't let another char fit on the line
set wi $width
while {$wi+1-$oriWidth >= $fixedWidth} {
incr wi -$fixedWidth
}
wm geom . [expr {$wi+1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($wi+1-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.3 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($width-1-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.4 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, newline not visible} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 01234567890123456789\n012345678901234567890
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 2.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 20] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.5 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, char doesn't fit, newline not visible} {nonwin} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 0\n1\n
# set text widget width to 1-char width minus [bo] pixels
# note: windows refuses to shrink enough therefore the constraint
set wi [expr {[winfo width .f]+[bo]+[xw 1]}]
wm geom . ${wi}x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[xchar 1]-[bo]}] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] [expr {$fixedWidth-[bo]}] $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.6 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.7 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
# be tolerant about borderwidth et al. - don't let another char fit on the line
set wi $width
while {$wi+1-$oriWidth >= $fixedWidth} {
incr wi -$fixedWidth
}
wm geom . [expr {$wi+1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($wi+1-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.8 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($width-1-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.9 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr {$width-6}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($width-6-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.10 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr {$width-7}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] [expr {$fixedWidth+($width-7-$oriWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.11 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space that doesn't quite fit} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "01234567890123456789 \nabcdefg"
# set text widget width to 2 pixels more than 20-char width
set wi [expr {[winfo width .f]+2*[bo]+[xw 20]+2}]
wm geom . ${wi}x$height
update
set result [list [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]]
.t mark set insert 1.21
lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list [expr {[xchar 20]+2}] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[xchar 20]+2}] [yline 1] 0 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-24.12 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, tab causes wrap} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghi"
.t mark set insert 1.4
.t insert insert \t\t\t
set expected [list [list [expr {[xchar 0]+2*8*$fixedWidth}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-([xchar 0]+2*8*$fixedWidth)-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox {insert -1c}] [.t bbox insert]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.13 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-24.14 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 20] [yline 1] [expr {$width+1-$oriWidth}] $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.15 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {
wm geometry . {}
update
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d oriWidth oriHeight
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
update
set expected [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 20] [yline 1] [expr {$width-1-$oriWidth}] $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-24.16 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, no chars fit} {
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
# set text widget width to [bo] pixels (no chars fit in the widget at all)
set wi [expr {[winfo width .f]+[bo]}]
wm geom . ${wi}x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.2]
} [list [list [xchar 0] [yline 1] 1 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] 1 $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 3] 1 $fixedHeight]]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-24.17 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [xchar 19] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16] [.t bbox 1.17] [.t bbox 1.21]
} [list [list [xchar 15] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 16] [yline 1] [xe 16] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 4] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list [xchar 14] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 15] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 16] [yline 1] [xe 16] $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.20 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, vertical offset} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
set result {}
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag configure up -offset 6
.t tag add up 2.1
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag configure up -offset -2
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag delete up
set result
} [list [list [xchar 1] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 6] $fixedHeight $fixedAscent] \
[list [xchar 1] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 6] [expr {$fixedHeight+6}] [expr {$fixedAscent+6}]] \
[list [xchar 1] [expr {[yline 2]+2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] [xw 6] [expr {$fixedHeight+2}] $fixedAscent]]
.t configure -width 30
update
test textDisp-24.21 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, word breaks} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text xxxxxxx yyyyy zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt u vvvvv"
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg black
.t window create 1.36 -window .t.f
.t bbox 1.26
} [list [xchar 0] [expr {[yline 2]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-24.22 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, word breaks} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg black
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text xxxxxxx yyyyyyy"
.t window create end -window .t.f
.t insert end "zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt u vvvvv"
.t bbox 1.28
} [list [expr {[bo]+30}] [expr {[yline 2]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-24.23 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, word breaks} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .t.f -width 50 -height 20 -bg black
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text xxxxxxx yyyyyyy "
.t insert end "zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt"
.t window create end -window .t.f
.t insert end "u vvvvv"
.t bbox .t.f
} [list [xchar 0] [yline 3] 50 20]
catch {destroy .t.f}
.t configure -width 20
update
# Next test is currently constrained to not run on mac (aqua) because on
# aqua it fails due to wrong implementation of tabs with right justification
# (the text is not rendered at all). This is a bug.
test textDisp-24.24 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} notAqua {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t insert 1.0 aa\tbb\tcc\tdd\t
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.10]
} [list [list [expr {[bo]+[xe 8]/2}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+[xe 8]/2+[xw 7]}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.25 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} -setup {
text .tt -tabs {40 right} -wrap none -font $fixedFont
pack .tt
} -body {
.tt insert end \t9\n\t99\n\t999
update
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo .tt]+40-$fixedWidth}] [yline 1 .tt] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo .tt]+40-$fixedWidth}] [yline 2 .tt] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo .tt]+40-$fixedWidth}] [yline 3 .tt] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.tt bbox 1.1] [.tt bbox 2.2] [.tt bbox 3.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt
} -result {1}
.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 \
-tabs 100
update
test textDisp-25.1 {CharBboxProc procedure, check tab width} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 abc\td\tfgh
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]
} [list [list [xchar 3] [yline 1] [expr {100-3*$fixedWidth}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+100+$fixedWidth}] [yline 1] [expr {200-(100+$fixedWidth)}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [expr {[bo]+200}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 \
-tabs {}
update
test textDisp-26.1 {AdjustForTab procedure, no tabs} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.12] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.14] 0]
} [list [expr {[bo]+8*$fixedWidth}] \
[expr {[bo]+2*8*$fixedWidth+2*$fixedWidth}] \
[expr {[bo]+3*8*$fixedWidth}]]
test textDisp-26.1.2 {AdjustForTab procedure, no tabs} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
set res [list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.12] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.14] 0]]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
set res
} [list [expr {[bo]+8*$fixedWidth}] \
[expr {[bo]+3*8*$fixedWidth}] \
[expr {[bo]+4*8*$fixedWidth}]]
test textDisp-26.2 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough tabs specified} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs 40
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 |
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.7
.t tag add y 1.9
button .b -text "="
.t window create 1.3 -window .b
| | | > > > > | > | | > | | > > > > | > | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | > > > | > > | < > | | | > | | | | > | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | > | | > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | < > > > | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | > | < > > | | > | | > > > | > > > | | > > > > > | | > | | > > | > > > > > | | > | | > > | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | > > | | > | | | > | | > > | | > | > > | | > | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 |
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.7
.t tag add y 1.9
button .b -text "="
.t window create 1.3 -window .b
update
lindex [.t bbox 1.5] 0
} 120
test textDisp-26.13 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abc\txyz\tqrs\txyz\t0"
.t tag delete x
set t1 [expr { $fixedWidth+3}]
set t2 [expr { 4*$fixedWidth+2}]
set t3 [expr { 7*$fixedWidth+1}]
set t4 [expr {17*$fixedWidth+1}]
.t tag configure x -tabs "$t1 $t2 center $t3 right $t4"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [xchar 4] [xchar 8] [xchar 12] $t4]
set res [list [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.12] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.16] 0]]
lequal $res $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-26.13.2 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abc\txyz\tqrs\txyz\t0"
.t tag delete x
set t1 [expr { $fixedWidth+3}]
set t2 [expr { 4*$fixedWidth+2}]
set t3 [expr { 7*$fixedWidth+1}]
set t4 [expr {17*$fixedWidth+1}]
.t tag configure x -tabs "$t1 $t2 center $t3 right $t4" -tabstyle wordprocessor
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [xchar 4] [xchar 8] $t4 [expr {$t4+($t4-$t3)}]]
set res [list [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.12] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.16] 0]]
.t tag configure x -tabstyle tabular
lequal $res $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-26.14 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "a \tb \tc \td \te \tf \tg\n"
.t insert end "Watch the \tX and the \t\t\tY\n"
.t tag configure moop -tabs [expr {8*$fixedWidth}]
.t insert end "Watch the \tX and the \t\t\tY\n" moop
list [lindex [.t bbox 2.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 2.24] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 3.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 3.24] 0]
} [list [xchar 11] [xchar 32] [xchar 11] [xchar 32]]
test textDisp-26.14.2 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
.t insert end "a \tb \tc \td \te \tf \tg\n"
.t insert end "Watch the \tX and the \t\t\tY\n"
.t tag configure moop -tabs [expr {8*$fixedWidth}]
.t insert end "Watch the \tX and the \t\t\tY\n" moop
set res [list [lindex [.t bbox 2.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 2.24] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 3.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 3.24] 0]]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
set res
} [list [xchar 16] [xchar 8] [xchar 16] [xchar 8]]
.t configure -width 20 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken -tabs {} \
-wrap char
update
test textDisp-27.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, old-style tabs} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.12]
} [list [list [xchar 8] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar [expr {8+8}]] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar [expr {8+8+1+1}]] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.1.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, old-style tabs} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
set res [list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.12]]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
set res
} [list [list [xchar 8] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar [expr {8+8}]] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.2 {SizeOfTab procedure, choosing tabX and alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcd
.t tag delete x
# compute a tab width such that the first display line is just not large enough
# to show the last char 'd', which then wraps on display line 2
set tw [expr {(20-2)*$fixedWidth-($fixedWidth-1)}]
.t tag configure x -tabs $tw
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+$tw+[xw 1]}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-([bo]+$tw+[xw 1])-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-27.3 {SizeOfTab procedure, choosing tabX and alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t\t\tbcd
.t tag delete x
# compute a tab width such that the first display line is just not large enough
# to show the last char 'd', which then wraps on display line 2
set tw [expr {int(ceil(((20-2)*$fixedWidth-($fixedWidth-1))/3.0))}]
.t tag configure x -tabs $tw
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+3*$tw+[xw 1]}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-([bo]+3*$tw+[xw 1])-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-27.4 {SizeOfTab procedure, choosing tabX and alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t\t\tbcd
.t tag delete x
# compute a tab width such that the first display line is just not large enough
# to show the last char 'd', which then wraps on display line 2
set tw [expr {int(ceil(((20-2)*$fixedWidth-($fixedWidth-1) + 20)/2.0))}]
.t tag configure x -tabs "20 center $tw left"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+$tw+($tw-20)+[xw 1]}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-([bo]+$tw+($tw-20)+[xw 1])-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-27.5 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
# compute a tab width such that the last y on the first display line is the last displayed char
# while 'xyzzyabc' is centered at the tab stop; the 'abc" part of the line wraps on display line 2
set tw [expr {[winfo width .t]-2*[bo]-3*$fixedWidth+1}]
.t tag configure x -tabs "$tw center"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
set expected [list [list [expr {[bo]+$tw+round(1.5*$fixedWidth)}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-([bo]+$tw+round(1.5*$fixedWidth))-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-27.6 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs "[expr {round(21.4*$fixedWidth)}] center"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]
} [list [list [xchar 4] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 5] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.7 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment, wrap -none (potential numerical problems)} {
.t delete 1.0 end
set cm [winfo fpixels .t 1c]
.t configure -tabs {1c 2c center 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c} -wrap none -width 40
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te\n012345678934567890a\tbb\tcc\tdd
set width [expr {$fixedWidth * 19}]
set tab $cm
while {$tab < $width} {
set tab [expr {$tab + $cm}]
}
# Now we've calculated to the end of the tab after 'a', add one
# more for 'bb\t' and we're there, with some pixels for the border. Since
# Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding,
# so must we.
set tab [expr {[bo] + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}]
update
set res [.t bbox 2.23]
set expected [list [expr {[xchar 23]-$tab}] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
lequal [lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}]] $expected
} {1}
test textDisp-27.7.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment, wrap -none (potential numerical problems)} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
set cm [winfo fpixels .t 1c]
.t configure -tabs {1c 2c center 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c} -wrap none -width 40
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te\n012345678934567890a\tbb\tcc\tdd
set width [expr {$fixedWidth * 19}]
set tab $cm
while {$tab < $width} {
set tab [expr {$tab + $cm}]
}
# Now we've calculated to the end of the tab after 'a', add one
# more for 'bb\t' and we're there, with some pixels for the border. Since
# Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding,
# so must we.
set tab [expr {[bo] + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}]
update
set res [.t bbox 2.23]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}]
} [list 0 [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-27.7.2 {SizeOfTab procedure, fractional tab interpolation problem} {
.t delete 1.0 end
set interpolatetab {1c 2c}
set precisetab {}
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
lappend precisetab "${i}c"
}
.t configure -tabs $interpolatetab -wrap none -width 150
.t insert 1.0 [string repeat "a\t" 20]
update
set res [.t bbox 1.20]
# Now, Tk's interpolated tabs should be the same as
# non-interpolated.
.t configure -tabs $precisetab
update
expr {[lindex $res 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 1.20] 0]}
} 0
.t configure -wrap char -tabs {} -width 20
update
test textDisp-27.8 {SizeOfTab procedure, right alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs "[expr {14.3*$fixedWidth}] left [expr {[.t cget -width]*$fixedWidth}] right"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]
} [list [list [xcharr 1] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.9 {SizeOfTab procedure, left alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs "[expr {17.14*$fixedWidth}]"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4]
} [list [list [expr {round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth+$fixedWidth)}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth+$fixedWidth)-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.10 {SizeOfTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t123.4
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs "[expr {17.14*$fixedWidth}] numeric"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4]
} [list [list [expr {round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth-$fixedWidth)}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth-$fixedWidth)-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.11 {SizeOfTab procedure, making tabs at least as wide as a space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 abc\tdefghijklmnopqrst
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs "[expr {17.14*$fixedWidth}]"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]
} [list [list [expr {round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth+$fixedWidth)}] [yline 1] [expr {[winfo width .t]-round([bo]+17.14*$fixedWidth+$fixedWidth)-[bo]}] $fixedHeight] \
[list [bo] [yline 2] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
proc bizarre_scroll args {
.t2.t delete 5.0 end
}
test textDisp-28.1 {"yview" option with bizarre scroll command} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
text .t2.t -width 40 -height 4
.t2.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n"
pack .t2.t
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
update
.t2.t configure -yscrollcommand bizarre_scroll
.t2.t yview 100.0
set result [.t2.t index @0,0]
update
lappend result [.t2.t index @0,0]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {6.0 1.0}
test textDisp-29.1 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
set expected [list [list 0.0 [expr {20.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] \
300x50+[bo .t2.t]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
[list [xchar 1 .t2.t] [expr {[yline 2 .t2.t]+50}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-29.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 1 unit
update
set expected [list [list [expr {1.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {21.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] \
300x50+[expr {[bo .t2.t]-$fixedWidth}]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
[list [expr {[bo .t2.t]-$fixedWidth+$fixedWidth}] [expr {[yline 2 .t2.t]+50}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-29.2.1 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap none -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 1\n
.t2.t insert end [string repeat "abc" 30]
update
.t2.t xview scroll 5 unit
update
.t2.t xview
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result [list [expr {5.0/90}] [expr {25.0/90}]]
test textDisp-29.2.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 2 unit
update
set expected [list [list [expr {2.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {22.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] \
300x50+[expr {[bo .t2.t]-2*$fixedWidth}]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
{}]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-29.2.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 7 pixels
update
set expected [list [list [expr {7.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth+7)/300}]] \
300x50+[expr {[bo .t2.t]-7}]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
[list [expr {[bo .t2.t]+$fixedWidth-7}] [expr {[yline 2 .t2.t]+50}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-29.2.4 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 17 pixels
update
set expected [list [list [expr {17.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth+17)/300}]] \
300x50+[expr {[bo .t2.t]-17}]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
{}]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-29.2.5 {miscellaneous: can show last character} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 121x141+200+200
text .t2.t -width 5 -height 5 -font {Arial 10} \
-wrap none -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set" \
-bd 2 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 1
.t2.t insert end "WWWWWWWWWWWWi"
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
grid .t2.t -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew
grid .t2.s -row 1 -column 0 -sticky ew
grid columnconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .t2 1 -weight 0
update
set xv [.t2.t xview]
set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
.t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
.t2.t xview scroll 2 units
set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
if {($iWidth == $iWidth2) && $iWidth >= 2} {
set result "correct"
} else {
set result "last character is not completely visible when it should be"
}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {correct}
test textDisp-29.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 200 units
update
set expected [list [list [expr {double(300-20*$fixedWidth)/300}] 1.0] \
300x50+[expr {-(300-20*$fixedWidth-[bo .t2.t])}]+[yline 2 .t2.t] \
{}]
lequal [list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]] $expected
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-30.1 {elided text joining multiple logical lines} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont
pack .t2.t -side top
.t2.t delete 1.0 end
.t2.t insert 1.0 "1111\n2222\n3333"
.t2.t tag configure elided -elide 1 -background red
.t2.t tag add elided 1.2 3.2
update
.t2.t count -update -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1}
test textDisp-30.2 {elided text joining multiple logical lines} -setup {
catch {destroy .t2}
} -body {
toplevel .t2
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont
pack .t2.t -side top
.t2.t delete 1.0 end
.t2.t insert 1.0 "1111\n2222\n3333"
.t2.t tag configure elided -elide 1 -background red
.t2.t tag add elided 1.2 2.2
update
.t2.t count -update -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {2}
catch {destroy .t2}
.t configure -height 1
update
test textDisp-31.1 {line embedded window height update} {
set res {}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "abcd\nefgh\nijkl\nmnop\nqrst\nuvwx\nyx"
frame .t.f -background red -width 50 -height 100
.t window create 3.0 -window .t.f
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}]]
test textDisp-31.2 {line update index shifting} {
set res {}
.t.f configure -height 100
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*8}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*9}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}]]
test textDisp-31.3 {line update index shifting} {
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
.t.f configure -height 100
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*8}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*9}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}]]
test textDisp-31.4 {line embedded image height update} {
set res {}
image create photo textest -height 100 -width 10
.t delete 3.0
.t image create 3.0 -image textest
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}]]
test textDisp-31.5 {line update index shifting} {
set res {}
textest configure -height 100
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*8}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*9}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}]]
test textDisp-31.6 {line update index shifting} {
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
textest configure -height 100
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*8}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*9}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*7}] \
[expr {100+$fixedHeight*6}]]
test textDisp-31.7 {line update index shifting, elided} {
# The 'update' and 'delay' must be long enough to ensure all
# asynchronous updates have been performed.
set res {}
.t delete 1.0 end
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t insert 1.0 "abc\nabc"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 1.3 2.1
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
delay
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {$fixedHeight*1}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*3}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*3}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*2}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*1}] \
[expr {$fixedHeight*1}]]
test textDisp-32.0 {everything elided} {
# Must not crash
pack [text .tt]
.tt insert 0.0 HELLO
.tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1
.tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end
update
destroy .tt
} {}
test textDisp-32.1 {everything elided} {
# Must not crash
pack [text .tt]
update
.tt insert 0.0 HELLO
update
.tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1
update
.tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end
update
destroy .tt
} {}
test textDisp-32.2 {elide and tags} {
pack [text .tt -height 30 -width 100 -bd 0 \
-highlightthickness 0 -padx 0]
.tt insert end \
{test text using tags 1 and 3 } \
{testtag1 testtag3} \
{[this bit here uses tags 2 and 3]} \
{testtag2 testtag3}
update
# indent left margin of tag 1 by 20 pixels
# text should be indented
.tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 20
update
#1
set res {}
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should not be indented, since
# the indented tag and character is hidden.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1
update
#2
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# reset
.tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 0
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 0
# indent left margin of tag 2 by 20 pixels
# text should not be indented, since tag1 has lmargin1 of 0.
.tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 20
update
#3
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should now be indented, but
# the bbox of 1.0 should have zero width and zero indent,
# since it is elided at that position.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1
update
#4
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# reset
.tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 {}
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 0
# indent left margin of tag 3 by 20 pixels
# text should be indented, since this tag takes
# precedence over testtag1, and is applied to the
# start of the text.
.tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 20
update
#5
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should still be indented,
# since it still has testtag3 on it. Again the
# bbox of 1.0 should have 0.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1
update
#6
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
.tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 {} -elide 0
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 -lmargin1 20
#7
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 |
.tt tag configure emoticon -elide 1
.tt insert end X
.tt mark set MSGLEFT "end - 1 char"
.tt mark gravity MSGLEFT left
.tt insert end ":)" emoticon
.tt image create end -image $img
pack .tt
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | < | | < < < < | < | | 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 |
.tt tag configure emoticon -elide 1
.tt insert end X
.tt mark set MSGLEFT "end - 1 char"
.tt mark gravity MSGLEFT left
.tt insert end ":)" emoticon
.tt image create end -image $img
pack .tt
update
} -cleanup {
image delete $img
destroy .tt
}
test textDisp-32.4 {Button-1 click with elided lines - Bug 18371b7ce7} -setup {
pack [text .tt -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]
for {set n 1} {$n <= 5} {incr n} {
.tt insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.tt tag configure Elided -elide 1
.tt tag add Elided 1.2 4.0
update
} -body {
event generate .tt <Button-1> -x 1 -y 1
.tt index insert
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt
} -result {1.0}
test textDisp-33.0 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
update
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update
.tt see 1.0
lindex [.tt yview] 0
} {0.0}
test textDisp-33.1 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
update
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update
.tt yview "1.0 +1 displaylines"
update
if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} {
set result "window should be scrolled to the top"
} else {
set result "ok"
}
} {ok}
test textDisp-33.2 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt debug 1
update
set tk_textHeightCalc ""
set timer [after 200 lappend tk_textHeightCalc "Timed out"]
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 1]
vwait tk_textHeightCalc
after cancel $timer
set tk_textHeightCalc
} {1.0}
test textDisp-33.3 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
set tk_textHeightCalc ""
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update
.tt sync
# Each line should have been recalculated just once
expr {[llength $tk_textHeightCalc] == [.tt count -displaylines 1.0 end]}
} 1
test textDisp-33.4 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update
set idx [.tt index "1.0 + 1 displaylines"]
.tt yview $idx
if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} {
set result "window should be scrolled to the top"
} else {
set result "ok"
}
set idx [.tt index "1.0 + 1 displaylines"]
set result
} {ok}
destroy .tt
test textDisp-33.5 {bold or italic fonts} win {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char -font {{MS Sans Serif} 15}]
font create no -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font create bi -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font configure bi -weight bold -slant italic
.tt tag configure bi -font bi
.tt tag configure no -font no
.tt insert end abcd no efgh bi ijkl\n no
update
set bb {}
for {set i 0} {$i < 12} {incr i 4} {
lappend bb [lindex [.tt bbox 1.$i] 0]
}
foreach {a b c} $bb {}
unset bb
if {($b - $a) * 1.5 < ($c - $b)} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 |
set txt ""
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
append txt "Line $i\n"
}
set result {}
} -body {
.t1 insert end $txt
| < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 |
set txt ""
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
append txt "Line $i\n"
}
set result {}
} -body {
.t1 insert end $txt
set ge [winfo geometry .]
scan $ge "%dx%d+%d+%d" width height left top
update
.t1 sync
set negative 0
bind .t1 <<WidgetViewSync>> { if {%d < 0} {set negative 1} }
# Without the fix for bug 2677890, changing the width of the toplevel
# will launch recomputation of the line heights, but will produce negative
# number of still remaining outdated lines, which is obviously wrong.
# Thus we use this way to check for regression regarding bug 2677890,
# i.e. to check that the fix for this bug really is still in.
wm geometry . "[expr {$width * 2}]x$height+$left+$top"
update
.t1 sync
set negative
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result 0
test textDisp-35.1 {Init value of charHeight - Dancing scrollbar bug 1499165} -setup {
pack [text .t1] -fill both -expand y -side left
# We don't want debug for this test case, because it takes some hours
# if valgrind check is fully enabled. In this test case only the scrollbar
# behavior is relevant, all other involved functions (insert, see, ...) are
# already tested with debug mode in other test cases.
.t debug off
.t insert end "[string repeat a\nb\nc\n 500000]THE END\n"
set res {}
} -body {
.t see 10000.0
after 300 {set fr1 [.t yview] ; set done 1}
vwait done
after 300 {set fr2 [.t yview] ; set done 1}
vwait done
lappend res [expr {[lindex $fr1 0] == [lindex $fr2 0]}]
lappend res [expr {[lindex $fr1 1] == [lindex $fr2 1]}]
} -cleanup {
.t debug on ;# re-enable debugging
destroy .t1
} -result {1 1}
test textDisp-36.1 {Display bug with 'yview insert'} -constraints {knownBug} -setup {
text .t1 -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 3 -wrap word
pack .t1
.t1 delete 1.0 end
.t1 tag configure elide -elide 1
.t1 insert end "Line 1\nThis line is wrapping around two times."
} -body {
.t1 tag add elide 1.3 2.0
.t1 yview insert
update
# wish now panics: "CalculateDisplayLineHeight called with bad indexPtr"
.t1 yview scroll -1 pixels
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {}
deleteWindows
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textImage.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # textImage.test -- test images embedded in text widgets # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # textImage.test -- test images embedded in text widgets # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
.t image create end -image small -name small
.t image create end -image small -name small#6342
.t image create end -image small -name small
lsort [.t image names]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
image delete small
| | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
.t image create end -image small -name small
.t image create end -image small -name small#6342
.t image create end -image small -name small
lsort [.t image names]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
image delete small
} -result {small small#1 small#2 small#6342}
test textImage-2.1 {debug} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
}
font create test_font2 -size 5
text .t -font test_font2 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small -align baseline
.t insert end test
# Sizes larger than 25 can be too big and lead to a negative 'norm',
# at least on Windows XP with certain settings.
foreach size {10 15 20 25} {
| > | | > | | | | | | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
}
font create test_font2 -size 5
text .t -font test_font2 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small -align baseline
.t insert end test
update
# Sizes larger than 25 can be too big and lead to a negative 'norm',
# at least on Windows XP with certain settings.
foreach size {10 15 20 25} {
font configure test_font2 -size $size
array set Metrics [font metrics test_font2]
update ; # services the idle "TheWorldHasChanged" event, queues "TkWorldChanged" events
update ; # services the queued "TkWorldChanged" events
foreach {x y w h} [.t bbox small] {}
set norm [expr {
(([image height large] - $Metrics(-linespace))/2
+ $Metrics(-ascent) - [image height small] - $y)
}]
lappend result "$size $norm"
}
return $result
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
image delete small large
font delete test_font2
unset Metrics
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/textIndex.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextIndex.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextIndex.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | wm positionfrom . user wm deiconify . .t insert 1.0 "Line 1 abcdefghijklm 12345 Line 4 | | | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
b\u4e4fy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
image create photo textimage -width 10 -height 10
textimage put red -to 0 0 9 9
test textIndex-1.1 {TkTextMakeByteIndex} {testtext} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
| | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
# Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).
set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
testtext .t byteindex 5 1
.t get insert
} "\u4e4f"
test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
# (lineIndex < 0)
.t index -1.3
} 1.0
test textIndex-2.2 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
# (lineIndex < 0), because lineIndex == strtol(argv[2]) - 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.11 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr == NULL)
.t index 3.4
} 3.4
test textIndex-2.12 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
| | | 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.11 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr == NULL)
.t index 3.4
} 3.4
test textIndex-2.12 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
# Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).
.t mark set insert 5.2
.t get insert
} y
test textIndex-2.13 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
test textIndex-4.8 {TkTextGetIndex, tags} {
.t tag add z 1.0
set result [list [.t index z.first] [.t index z.last]]
.t tag delete z
set result
} {1.0 1.1}
| | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
test textIndex-4.8 {TkTextGetIndex, tags} {
.t tag add z 1.0
set result [list [.t index z.first] [.t index z.last]]
.t tag delete z
set result
} {1.0 1.1}
test textIndex-5.1 {TkTextGetIndex, "@"} {fonts} {
.t index @12,9
} 1.1
test textIndex-5.2 {TkTextGetIndex, "@"} {fonts} {
.t index @-2,7
} 1.0
test textIndex-5.3 {TkTextGetIndex, "@"} {fonts} {
.t index @10,-7
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
.t index {2.5 - 6 chars}
} 1.6
test textIndex-14.15 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 1 chars}
} y
test textIndex-14.16 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 2 chars}
| | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
.t index {2.5 - 6 chars}
} 1.6
test textIndex-14.15 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 1 chars}
} y
test textIndex-14.16 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 2 chars}
} \u4e4f
test textIndex-14.17 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 3 chars}
} b
proc getword index {
.t get [.t index "$index wordstart"] [.t index "$index wordend"]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
}
set str [string repeat "hello " 20]
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
test textIndex-19.1 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.7 displaylinestart"
} {2.0}
test textIndex-19.2 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.7 displaylineend"
| > | 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 |
}
set str [string repeat "hello " 20]
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
.t insert end "$str one two three four five six seven height nine ten\n"
update
test textIndex-19.1 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.7 displaylinestart"
} {2.0}
test textIndex-19.2 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.7 displaylineend"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 |
.txt insert HISTORY "\n" {NICK NICK-tick}
.txt insert HISTORY {[23:51] } STAMP
.txt insert HISTORY "\n" {NICK NICK-tick}
# Must not crash
.txt index "2.0 - 2 display lines"
destroy .txt .sbar
} {}
proc text_test_word {startend chars start} {
destroy .t
text .t
.t insert end $chars
if {[regexp {end} $start]} {
set start [.t index "${start}chars -2c"]
| > > > > > > > > > > > > | 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
.txt insert HISTORY "\n" {NICK NICK-tick}
.txt insert HISTORY {[23:51] } STAMP
.txt insert HISTORY "\n" {NICK NICK-tick}
# Must not crash
.txt index "2.0 - 2 display lines"
destroy .txt .sbar
} {}
test textIndex-19.14 {Display lines with elided lines} {
catch {destroy .t}
pack [text .t]
for {set n 1} {$n <= 1000} {incr n} {
.t insert end "Line $n\n"
}
.t tag configure Elided -elide 1
.t tag add Elided 6.0 951.0
update
set res [.t index "951.0 + 1 displaylines"]
} {952.0}
proc text_test_word {startend chars start} {
destroy .t
text .t
.t insert end $chars
if {[regexp {end} $start]} {
set start [.t index "${start}chars -2c"]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
867 868 869 870 871 872 873 |
test textIndex-21.8 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" 0
} 1
test textIndex-21.9 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" end-1
} 2
test textIndex-21.10 {text index wordend, unicode} {
| | | | | | | 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 |
test textIndex-21.8 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" 0
} 1
test textIndex-21.9 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" end-1
} 2
test textIndex-21.10 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u00c7de fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.11 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\uc700de fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.12 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u203fde fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.13 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u2045de fg" 0
} 3
test textIndex-21.14 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "\uc700\uc700 abc" 8
} 6
test textIndex-22.5 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three_words" 400
} 8
test textIndex-22.6 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three_words" 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
test textIndex-22.9 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" 4
} 4
test textIndex-22.10 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" end-5
} 7
test textIndex-22.11 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
| | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > | 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 |
test textIndex-22.9 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" 4
} 4
test textIndex-22.10 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" end-5
} 7
test textIndex-22.11 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "one tw\u00c7o three" 7
} 4
test textIndex-22.12 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "ab\uc700\uc700 cdef ghi" 12
} 10
test textIndex-22.13 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "\uc700\uc700 abc" 8
} 3
test textIndex-22.14 {text index wordstart, unicode, start index at internal segment start} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t insert end "C'est du texte en fran\u00e7ais\n"
.t insert end "\u042D\u0442\u043E\u0020\u0442\u0435\u043A\u0441\u0442\u0020\u043D\u0430\u0020\u0440\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u043E\u043C"
.t mark set insert 1.23
set res [.t index "1.23 wordstart"]
.t mark set insert 2.16
lappend res [.t index "2.16 wordstart"] [.t index "2.15 wordstart"]
} {1.18 2.13 2.13}
test textIndex-22.15 {text index display wordstart} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t index "1.0 display wordstart" ; # used to crash
} 1.0
test textIndex-22.16 {text index wordstart, bug [57b821d2db]} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t insert 1.0 " 123 5 789012 LINE-1\n\n 123 5 789000 LINE-3\n\n0123 5 789012 LINE-5"
set res [.t index "1.1 wordstart"]
lappend res [.t index "5.0 wordstart"]
.t mark set insert 1.1
lappend res [.t index "insert wordstart"]
lappend res [.t index "5.1 wordstart"]
} {1.1 5.0 1.1 5.0}
test textIndex-23.1 {text paragraph start} {
pack [text .t2]
.t2 insert end " Text"
set res 2.0
for {set i 0} {$i < 2} {incr i} {
lappend res [::tk::TextPrevPara .t2 [lindex $res end]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
.t2 insert end "21\n22\n23\n25\n26\n27\n28\n29\n30\n31"
.t2 insert end "32\n33\n34\n36\n37\n38\n39" elided
# then this used to crash Tk:
.t2 see end
focus -force .t2 ; # to see the cursor blink
destroy .t2
} {}
# cleanup
rename textimage {}
catch {destroy .t}
cleanupTests
return
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
.t2 insert end "21\n22\n23\n25\n26\n27\n28\n29\n30\n31"
.t2 insert end "32\n33\n34\n36\n37\n38\n39" elided
# then this used to crash Tk:
.t2 see end
focus -force .t2 ; # to see the cursor blink
destroy .t2
} {}
test textIndex-26.1 {GetIndex restricts the returned index to -startline/-endline in peers, bug [34db75c0ac]} {
set res {}
pack [text .t2]
.t2 insert end "line 1\nline 2\nline 3\nline 4\nline 5\nline 6\n"
pack [.t2 peer create .p2 -startline 2 -endline 3]
lappend res [.p2 index "end"]
lappend res [.p2 index "end lineend"]
lappend res [.p2 index "end display lineend"]
destroy .t2 .p2
set res
} {2.0 2.0 2.0}
test textIndex-26.2 {GetIndex errors out if mark, image, window, or tag is outside peer -startline/-endline, bug [34db75c0ac]} {
set res {}
pack [text .t2]
.t2 insert end "line 1\nline 2\nline 3\nline 4\nline 5\nline 6\n"
pack [.t2 peer create .p2 -startline 2 -endline 3]
.p2 configure -startline 3 -endline {}
.t2 mark set mymark 1.0
catch {.p2 index mymark} msg
lappend res [.t2 index mymark] $msg
image create photo redsquare -width 5 -height 5
redsquare put red -to 0 0 4 4
.t2 image create 1.0 -image redsquare
catch {.p2 index redsquare} msg
lappend res [.t2 index redsquare] $msg
frame .f -width 10 -height 10 -bg blue
.t2 window create 1.2 -window .f
catch {.p2 index .f} msg
lappend res [.t2 index .f] $msg
.t2 tag add mytag 1.3
catch {.p2 index mytag.first} msg
lappend res [.t2 index mytag.first] $msg
destroy .t2 .p2
set res
} {1.0 {bad text index "mymark"} 1.0 {bad text index "redsquare"} 1.2\
{bad text index ".f"} 1.3 {text doesn't contain any characters tagged with "mytag"}}
# cleanup
rename textimage {}
catch {destroy .t}
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textMark.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextMark.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextMark.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
test textMark-6.5 {insert and current marks in an empty peer - bug 3487407} -body {
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t configure -startline 5 -endline 5
set res [.t index insert]
} -cleanup {
.t configure -startline {} -endline {}
} -result {1.0}
test textMark-7.1 {MarkFindNext - invalid mark name} -body {
.t mark next bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test textMark-7.2 {MarkFindNext - marks at same location} -body {
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark set current 2.0
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
test textMark-6.5 {insert and current marks in an empty peer - bug 3487407} -body {
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t configure -startline 5 -endline 5
set res [.t index insert]
} -cleanup {
.t configure -startline {} -endline {}
} -result {1.0}
test textMark-6.6 {attempt to move the insert mark beyond peer -endline - bug 34db75c0ac} -body {
.t peer create .p -startline 1 -endline 2
pack .p
update
.p mark set insert 1.2
focus -force .p
event generate .p <<NextLine>> ; # shall not error out
set res [.p index insert]
} -cleanup {
destroy .p
} -result {1.9}
test textMark-7.1 {MarkFindNext - invalid mark name} -body {
.t mark next bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test textMark-7.2 {MarkFindNext - marks at same location} -body {
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark set current 2.0
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/textTag.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | < < < < < < < | | | < > > | < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
set fixedFont {Courier 12}
set bigFont {Helvetica 24}
# Warn the user if the actual font is too different from what was requested.
if {[font metrics [font actual $fixedFont] -fixed] != 1} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
does not seem to be a fixed-width font as expected. If this is really the case, many upcoming\
tests will fail."
}
destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
.t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
.t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
| | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
.t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
.t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.6 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth 46q
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "46q"}
test textTag-1.7 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -fgstipple gray25
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -justify left
.t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
| | | > > | | | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -justify left
.t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
test textTag-1.13 {configuration options, bug [026e2bb685]} -body {
.t tag configure x -justify right
catch {.t tag configure x -justify middle} msg
list $msg [.t tag configure x -justify]
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {{bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center} {-justify {} {} {} right}}
test textTag-1.14 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 10
.t tag cget x -lmargin1
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.15 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 bad
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.16 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -lmargin2 10
.t tag cget x -lmargin2
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.17 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -lmargin2 bad
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.17a {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -lmargincolor lightgreen
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
.t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -offset 2
.t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
| | | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
.t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -offset 2
.t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.19 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -offset 100xyz
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "100xyz"}
test textTag-1.20 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -overstrike on
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
.t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -rmargin 10
.t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
| | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
.t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -rmargin 10
.t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.25 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -rmargin bad
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.25a {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -rmargincolor darkblue
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
.t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 10
.t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
| | | | | > | | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
.t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 10
.t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.27 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 bad
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.28 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing2 10
.t tag cget x -spacing2
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.29 {configuration options, bug [026e2bb685]} -body {
catch {.t tag configure x -spacing3 5 -spacing2 bad -spacing1 morebad} msg
list $msg [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] [.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3] -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3] -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {{bad screen distance "bad"} {-spacing1 {} {} {} {}} {-spacing2 {} {} {} {}} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 5}}
test textTag-1.30 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing3 10
.t tag cget x -spacing3
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.31 {configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -spacing3 bad
} -cleanup {
.t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.32 {tag configuration options} -body {
.t tag configure x -tabs {10 20 30}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} -body {
text .tt
for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
.tt insert end "Line $i\n"
}
| | | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} -body {
text .tt
for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
.tt insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.tt tag configure mytag -offset 2
.tt peer create .ptt
.ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
# the test succeeds if next line does not crash
.tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
destroy .ptt .tt
set res 1
} -result {1}
test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {
.t tag bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {
.t tag bind 1 2 3 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -result {red}
test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag configure
| | | 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -result {red}
test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag configure x -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag configure x -background red -underline
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -justify left
.t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
| | | > | | 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -justify left
.t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option, bug [026e2bb685]} -body {
.t tag delete x
catch {.t tag configure x -justify bogus} msg
list $msg [.t tag configure x -justify]
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -result {{bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center} {-justify {} {} {} {}}}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -justify fill
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 |
.t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 |
.t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y1 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y2 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y3 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
.t tag delete x y
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
.t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
.t tag delete x y
bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}
test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
.t tag delete x y
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
| | > | | | 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 |
.t tag delete x y
bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}
test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
.t tag delete x y
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
.t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
.t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
.t tag bind y <Enter> {lappend x y-enter}
.t tag bind y <ButtonPress> {lappend x y-down}
.t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
.t tag bind y <Leave> {lappend x y-leave}
event gen .t <Motion> -x 0 -y 0
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 |
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}
test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
.t tag delete x y
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
| | > | | | | | 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 |
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}
test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
.t tag delete x y
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
.t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
.t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
.t tag bind y <Enter> {lappend x y-enter}
.t tag bind y <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x y-down}
.t tag bind y <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x y-up}
.t tag bind y <Leave> {lappend x y-leave}
event gen .t <Motion> -x 0 -y 0
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
lappend x |
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
lappend x |
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
return $x
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}
test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | > > | | < | > | 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 |
lappend x |
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
return $x
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}
test textTag-15.4 {TkTextBindProc, key event with mouse outside the widget} -setup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
} -body {
set res {}
.t tag add tag1 1.0 end
.t tag bind tag1 <KeyPress> {lappend res %K}
.t mark set insert 1.2
update
event generate .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x -50 -y -50
controlPointerWarpTiming
focus -force .t
event generate .t <KeyPress> -keysym a
set res
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete tag1
} -result {a}
test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
set x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}
test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -setup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
# update needed here to stabilize the test
update
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
set x [.t index current]
.t tag add big 3.0
update
lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete big
} -result {3.2 3.1}
test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
.t tag bind $i <Leave> "lappend x leave-$i"
}
.t tag lower b
.t tag lower a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 |
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}
test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
| | > | 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 |
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}
test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
.t tag bind $i <Leave> "lappend x leave-$i"
}
.t tag lower b
.t tag lower a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 |
.t tag lower c
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
return $x
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}
| | < < | < > | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | > > > > > | | 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 |
.t tag lower c
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
return $x
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}
test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
foreach i {big a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 3.2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
.t index current
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete a big
} -result {3.2}
test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -setup {
foreach i {big a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 3.2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
update
.t index current
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete a big
} -result {3.1}
test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
haveBigFontTwiceLargerThanTextFont
} -setup {
foreach i {big a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 3.2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 2.1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
update
.t index current
} -cleanup {
.t tag delete a big
} -result {3.1}
test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
# Objectification of the text widget had a problem
# with inserting tags when using 'end'. Check that
# bug has been fixed.
.t insert end abcd {x} \n {} efgh {y} \n {}
.t dump -tag 1.0 end
} -result {tagon x 1.0 tagoff x 1.4 tagon y 2.0 tagoff y 2.4}
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
destroy .t
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5
controlPointerWarpTiming
} -body {
text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
-highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
pack .t
update ; # map the window, otherwise -warp can't be done
.t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
.t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
.t tag bind TAG <Enter> {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
.t tag bind TAG <Leave> {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}
set res {}
# Bindings must not trigger on the widget border, only over
# the actual tagged characters themselves.
# Note that we don't need to call controlPointerWarpTiming
# in the following six calls because we're not checking that
# the mouse pointer has actually moved but rather that the
# tag binding mechanism of the text widget correctly triggers.
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 0 -y 0 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 20 -y 20 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {Enter {25 25 tag-Enter} {20 20 tag-Leave} {25 25 tag-Enter}}
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textWind.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > | | > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > < < < < < < < | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
deleteWindows
set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
# On Windows at least, the tests do work with {Courier -10}, {Courier -12} or {Courier -14} as fixedFont.
# Warn the user if the actual font is too different from what was requested.
if {[font metrics [font actual $fixedFont] -fixed] != 1} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
does not seem to be a fixed-width font as expected. If this is really the case, many upcoming\
tests will fail."
}
if {$fixedHeight < 12 || $fixedHeight > 17} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
is $fixedHeight pixels height while the tests expect between 12 and 17 (inclusive) pixels.\
Some of the upcoming tests will probably fail."
}
if {$fixedWidth < 6 || $fixedWidth > 8} {
puts "---> Warning: the font actually used by the tests, which is \"[font actual $fixedFont]\",\
is $fixedWidth pixels in width while the tests expect between 6 and 8 (inclusive) pixels.\
Some of the upcoming tests will probably fail."
}
# Widget used in almost all tests
# Option -width 30 (characters) below is a fundamental assumption of many
# upcoming tests when wrapping enters in play
# Also -height 6 (lines) is an important assumption
# Moreover the widget must have the same padding in x and y (see proc bo)
# However the tests are not sensitive to -borderwidth and -highlightthickness
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 30 -height 6 -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
# full border size of the text widget, i.e. first x or y coordinate inside the text widget
# warning: -padx is supposed to be the same as -pady (same border size horizontally and
# vertically around the widget)
proc bo {{w .t}} {
return [expr {[$w cget -borderwidth] + [$w cget -highlightthickness] + [$w cget -padx]}]
}
# x-width of $n chars, fixed width font
proc xw {n} {
global fixedWidth
return [expr {$n * $fixedWidth}]
}
# x-coordinate of the first pixel of $n-th char (count starts at zero), left justified
proc xchar {n {w .t}} {
return [expr {[bo $w] + [xw $n]}]
}
# y-coordinate of the first pixel of $l-th display line (count starts at 1)
proc yline {l {w .t}} {
global fixedHeight
return [expr {[bo $w] + ($l - 1) * $fixedHeight}]
}
set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
# This update is needed on MacOS to make sure that the window is mapped
# when the tests begin.
update
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
test textWind-1.1 {basic tests of options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
[.t window configure .f -window]
} -result [list \
1 \
3x3+[xchar 2]+[expr {[yline 2]+($fixedHeight-3)/2}] \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 2]+($fixedHeight-3)/2}] 3 3] \
{-window {} {} {} .f}]
test textWind-1.2 {basic tests of options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align top
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
[.t window configure .f -align]
} -result [list \
1 \
3x3+[xchar 2]+[yline 2] \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 2] 3 3] \
{-align {} {} center top}]
test textWind-1.3 {basic tests of options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
# the window .f should be wider than the fixed width
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -padx 5
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -padx] [.t bbox 2.3]
} -result [list \
| | | | | | < | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
# the window .f should be wider than the fixed width
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -padx 5
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -padx] [.t bbox 2.3]
} -result [list \
10x20+[expr {[xchar 2]+5}]+[yline 2] \
{-padx {} {} 0 5} \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+10+2*5}] [expr {[yline 2]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-1.5 {basic tests of options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -pady 4
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -pady] [.t bbox 2.31]
} -result [list \
10x20+[xchar 2]+[expr {[yline 2]+4}] \
{-pady {} {} 0 4} \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 2]+20+2*4}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-1.6 {basic tests of options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -stretch]
} -result [list \
5x$fixedHeight+[xchar 2]+[yline 2] \
{-stretch {} {} 0 1}]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
test textWind-2.1 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -body {
.t window
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t window option ?arg ...?"}
test textWind-2.2 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
update
.t window configure .f
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {{-align {} {} center baseline} {-create {} {} {} foo} {-padx {} {} 0 1} {-pady {} {} 0 2} {-stretch {} {} 0 0} {-window {} {} {} .f}}
test textWind-2.12 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
| < < | 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
update
.t window configure .f
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {{-align {} {} center baseline} {-create {} {} {} foo} {-padx {} {} 0 1} {-pady {} {} 0 2} {-stretch {} {} 0 0} {-window {} {} {} .f}}
test textWind-2.12 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
update
list [.t window configure .f -padx 33] [.t window configure .f -padx]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {{} {-padx {} {} 0 33}}
test textWind-2.13 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t window create index ?-option value ...?"}
test textWind-2.15 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t window create gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textWind-2.16 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, don't insert after end} -setup {
| < < < | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t window create index ?-option value ...?"}
test textWind-2.15 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t window create gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textWind-2.16 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, don't insert after end} -setup {
destroy .f
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t index .f
} -result {2.6}
test textWind-2.17 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
list [catch {.t window create 1.0} msg] $msg [.t window configure 1.0]
} -result {0 {} {{-align {} {} center center} {-create {} {} {} {}} {-padx {} {} 0 0} {-pady {} {} 0 0} {-stretch {} {} 0 0} {-window {} {} {} {}}}}
test textWind-2.18 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 1.0 -window .f -gorp stupid
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test textWind-2.19 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
catch {.t window create 1.0 -window .f -gorp stupid}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
.t window create end -window $i
}
lsort [.t window names]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2 .t.f .t.f2
} -result {.f .f2 .t.f .t.f2}
| < | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
.t window create end -window $i
}
lsort [.t window names]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2 .t.f .t.f2
} -result {.f .f2 .t.f .t.f2}
test textWind-3.1 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
} -body {
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 1.0 -window .f
.t window configure 1.0 -foo bar
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
test textWind-3.3 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .f
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
| > < | | | | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
test textWind-3.3 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .f
update
set res [winfo ismapped .f]
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
lappend res [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list 1 0 \
[list [xchar 3] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-3.4 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .t.f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
test textWind-3.5 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .t.f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
| > < | | | | > > > > < > | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 |
test textWind-3.5 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .t.f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
update
set res [winfo ismapped .t.f]
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
lappend res [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result [list 1 0 \
[list [xchar 3] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-3.6 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window .f
update
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list 0 1.3 1 \
[list [expr {[xchar 3]+10}] [expr {[yline 1]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-3.7 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f
frame .f.f -width 15 -height 20 -bg $color
pack .f.f
.t window create 1.3 -window .f.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -returnCodes error -result {can't embed .f.f in .t}
test textWind-3.8 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .t2 -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3
.t window configure 1.3 -window .t2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't embed .t2 in .t}
test textWind-3.9 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .t2 -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3
catch {.t window configure 1.3 -window .t2}
.t window configure 1.3 -window
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {-window {} {} {} {}}
test textWind-3.10 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.3
.t window configure 1.3 -window .t
} -returnCodes error -result {can't embed .t in .t}
test textWind-3.11 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
# This test checks for various errors when the text claims
# a window away from itself.
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
button .t.b -text "Hello!"
.t window create 1.4 -window .t.b
.t window create 1.6 -window .t.b
update
.t index .t.b
} -result {1.6}
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.0 -window .f
test textWind-4.1 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} -body {
.t window configure 1.0 -align baseline
.t window configure 1.0 -align
} -result {-align {} {} center baseline}
test textWind-4.2 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} -body {
.t window configure 1.0 -align bottom
.t window configure 1.0 -align
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
catch {.t index .f}
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
| | | | 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
catch {.t index .f}
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0] \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-5.3 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
.t window create 1.2 -align bottom
.t window configure 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
catch {.t index .f}
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
| | | | | < | | | < | | | | | | | < < | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
.t window create 1.2 -align bottom
.t window configure 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
catch {.t index .f}
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 2] 0 0] \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-5.5 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color}
update
.t window configure 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color}
destroy .f
update
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list 0 1.2 \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 1]+($fixedHeight-10)/2}] 20 10] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+20}] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-6.1 {EmbWinRequestProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
set result {}
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
.f configure -width 25 -height 30
lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 1] 10 20] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+10}] [expr {[yline 1]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 1] 25 30] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+25}] [expr {[yline 1]+(30-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-7.1 {EmbWinLostContentProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
place .f -in .t -x 100 -y 50
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
10x20+[expr {[bo]+100}]+[expr {[bo]+50}] \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-7.2 {EmbWinLostContentProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t.f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
update
place .t.f -x 100 -y 50
update
list [winfo geom .t.f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
} -result [list \
10x20+[expr {[bo]+100}]+[expr {[bo]+50}] \
[list [xchar 2] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-8.1 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
set x XXX
.t delete 1.2
list $x [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3] [winfo exists .f]
} -result [list destroyed \
[list [xchar 2] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
[list [xchar 3] [yline 1] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
0]
test textWind-8.2 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
set x XXX
.t delete 1.2
.t index .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}
test textWind-9.1 {EmbWinCleanupProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nA second line."
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.3 -window .f
.t delete 1.5 2.1
.t index .f
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {1.7}
test textWind-10.1 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
set msg xyzzy
update
list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{couldn't create window}} \
| | | | 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
set msg xyzzy
update
list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{couldn't create window}} \
[list [xchar 5] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.3 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
proc bgerror args {
global msg
set msg $args
}
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
concat gorp
}
set msg xyzzy
update
list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{bad window path name "gorp"}} \
[list [xchar 5] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.4 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t.f
proc bgerror args {
global msg
lappend msg $args
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
}
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5] [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} {{window name "f" already exists in parent}} \
| | | | 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
}
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5] [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} {{window name "f" already exists in parent}} \
[list [xchar 5] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0] \
1]
test textWind-10.5 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t.f
proc bgerror args {
global msg
if {$msg == ""} {
lappend msg $args
}
}
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
set msg {}
.t window create 1.5 -create {
frame .t.f
frame .t.f.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
}
update
lappend msg [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
rename bgerror {}
} -result {{{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} 1}
test textWind-10.6 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
set msg {}
update
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{can't embed .t relative to .t}} \
| | | | | | 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 |
set msg {}
update
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{can't embed .t relative to .t}} \
[list [xchar 5] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.7 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t2
proc bgerror args {
global msg
lappend msg $args
}
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
wm geom .t2 +0+0
concat .t2
}
set msg {}
update idletasks ; after 100 ; update
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
{{can't embed .t2 relative to .t}} {{window name "t2" already exists in parent}} \
[list [xchar 5] [expr {[yline 1]+$fixedHeight/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.8 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t2
proc bgerror args {
global msg
lappend msg $args
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
858 859 860 861 862 863 864 |
test textWind-10.10 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 |
test textWind-10.10 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width [expr {([.t cget -width]-12)*$fixedWidth-1}] -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 12] [yline 1] [xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]] 20] \
[list [xchar 0] [expr {[yline 1]+20}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-10.11 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width [expr {([.t cget -width]-12)*$fixedWidth}] -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 12] [yline 1] [xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]] 20] \
[list [xchar 0] [expr {[yline 1]+20}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-10.12 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width [expr {([.t cget -width]-12)*$fixedWidth+1}] -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] [expr {[xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]]+1}] 20] \
[list [expr {[xchar 0]+[expr {[xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]]+1}]}] [expr {[yline 2]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-10.13 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width [expr {([.t cget -width]-12)*$fixedWidth+5}] -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 12] [yline 1] [xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]] 20] \
{}]
test textWind-10.14 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width [expr {([.t cget -width]-12)*$fixedWidth+5}] -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 12] [yline 1] [xw [expr {[.t cget -width]-12}]] [expr {[.t cget -height]*$fixedHeight}]] \
{}]
test textWind-10.15 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap char
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 250 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
[list [xchar 0] [yline 2] [xw [.t cget -width]] [expr {([.t cget -height]-1)*$fixedHeight}]] \
{}]
test textWind-11.1 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
place forget .t
pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
update
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
pack forget .t
place .t -x 30 -y 50
update
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
winfo geom .f
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
place forget .t
} -result [list 30x20+[expr {[xchar 12]+30}]+[expr {[yline 1]+50}]]
test textWind-11.2 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .t.f
place forget .t
pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
update
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
pack forget .t
place .t -x 30 -y 50
update
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .t.f
update
winfo geom .t.f
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f
place forget .t
pack .t
} -result [list 30x20+[xchar 12]+[yline 1]]
test textWind-11.3 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, configuration optimization} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
place forget .t
pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
update
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
bind .f <Configure> {set x ".f configured"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 5 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] [winfo ismapped .f2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
} -result [list 1 \
| | | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 5 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] [winfo ismapped .f2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
} -result [list 1 \
30x20+[xchar 14]+[yline 2] \
[list [xchar 14] [yline 2] 30 20] \
0]
test textWind-11.5 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f .f2
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 |
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo ismapped .f2] [winfo geom .f2] [.t bbox .f2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
.t configure -wrap char
} -result [list 0 1 \
| | | > < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo ismapped .f2] [winfo geom .f2] [.t bbox .f2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
.t configure -wrap char
} -result [list 0 1 \
40x10+[expr {[xchar [expr {37-25}]]+30}]+[expr {[yline 2]+(20-10)/2}] \
[list [expr {[xchar [expr {37-25}]]+30}] [expr {[yline 2]+(20-10)/2}] 40 10]]
test textWind-12.1 {EmbWinUndisplayProc procedure, mapping/unmapping} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
bind .f <Map> {lappend x mapped}
bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
set x created
update
lappend x modified
.t delete 1.0
update
lappend x replaced
.t window configure .f -window {}
.t delete 1.1
update
.t window create 1.4 -window .f
update
lappend x off-screen
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Enough text to make the line run off-screen"
update
return $x
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {created mapped modified replaced unmapped mapped off-screen unmapped}
test textWind-13.1 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x5+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1}] 5 5]]
test textWind-13.2 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x5+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1+(($fixedHeight-7)/2)}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1+(($fixedHeight-7)/2)}] 5 5]]
test textWind-13.3 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x5+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1+($fixedAscent-6)}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1+($fixedAscent-6)}] 5 5]]
test textWind-13.4 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x5+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1+($fixedHeight-7)}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1+($fixedHeight-7)}] 5 5]]
test textWind-13.5 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]
test textWind-13.6 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]
test textWind-13.7 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x[expr {$fixedAscent-1}]+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedAscent-1}]]]
test textWind-13.8 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+1}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]
test textWind-13.9 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure, spacing options} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -spacing1 5 -spacing3 2
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing3 0
destroy .f
} -result [list \
5x5+[expr {[xchar 2]+2}]+[expr {[yline 1]+5+(($fixedHeight-5)/2)}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 2]+2}] [expr {[yline 1]+5+(($fixedHeight-5)/2)}] 5 5]]
test textWind-14.1 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 |
.t window create 1.6 -window .f
.t tag add a 1.1
.t tag add a 1.3
list [.t index .f] [.t bbox 1.7]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list 1.6 \
| < | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 |
.t window create 1.6 -window .f
.t tag add a 1.1
.t tag add a 1.3
list [.t index .f] [.t bbox 1.7]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result [list 1.6 \
[list [expr {[xchar 6]+30}] [expr {[yline 1]+(20-$fixedHeight)/2}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textWind-16.1 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
destroy .f
} -body {
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 |
frame .f2 -width 150 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .f2 -before .t
update
lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
} -result [list \
| | | | | | 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 |
frame .f2 -width 150 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .f2 -before .t
update
lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .f .f2
} -result [list \
30x20+[expr {[xchar 6]}]+[yline 1] \
[list [expr {[xchar 6]}] [yline 1] 30 20] \
30x20+[expr {[xchar 6]}]+[expr {[yline 1]+30}] \
[list [expr {[xchar 6]}] [yline 1] 30 20]]
test textWind-16.3 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
.t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.6
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 |
.t window create 1.6 -window .t.f
update
pack forget .t
update
list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox .t.f]
} -cleanup {
pack .t
| | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > | | > | | > | | > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 |
.t window create 1.6 -window .t.f
update
pack forget .t
update
list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox .t.f]
} -cleanup {
pack .t
} -result [list 1 [list [expr {[xchar 6]}] [yline 1] 30 20]]
test textWind-17.1 {peer widgets and embedded windows} -setup {
destroy .t .tt .f
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert end "Line 1"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg blue
.t window create 1.3 -window .f
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update
destroy .t .tt
winfo exists .f
} -result 0
test textWind-17.2 {peer widgets and embedded windows} -setup {
destroy .t .f .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg blue
.t window create 1.4 -window .f
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update
destroy .t
.tt.t insert 1.0 "foo"
update
destroy .tt
} -result {}
test textWind-17.3 {peer widget and -create} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update
destroy .t .tt
} -result {}
test textWind-17.4 {peer widget deleted one window shouldn't delete others} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
set res {}
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update
destroy .tt
lappend res [.t get 1.2]
update
lappend res [.t get 1.2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {{} {}}
test textWind-17.5 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update
list [.t window cget 1.2 -window] [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {.t.f .tt.t.f}
test textWind-17.6 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update
list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} .tt.t.f}}
test textWind-17.7 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update
list [.t window cget 1.2 -window] [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {.t.f {}}
test textWind-17.8 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update
list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} {}}}
test textWind-17.9 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update
.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window [frame .tt.t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg red]
list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] [.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} .tt.t.f}}
test textWind-17.10 {peer widget window configuration} -setup {
destroy .t .tt
} -body {
set res {}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update
# There is a blue window in the main widget .t but not in the peer .tt.t
lappend res [.t window cget 1.2 -window]
lappend res [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
# Insert a green window in the peer. Warning: the blue window previously
# inserted in .t at index 1.2 will now be found in .t at index 1.3
# The underlying linked segments are common in a text widget and its peers.
.tt.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .tt.t.f -width 25 -height 20 -bg green]
update
lappend res [.t window cget 1.2 -window]
lappend res [.t window cget 1.3 -window]
# In the peer, the green window still is at 1.2, and there is no window at 1.3
lappend res [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
lappend res [.tt.t window cget 1.3 -window]
# Insert a red window in .t at index 1.2. This replaces the blue window originally at 1.2
# in .t, because the green window inserted in the peer is not visible from .t, therefore
# the embedded window found at index 1.2 in .t is the one originally at 1.2 in .t, i.e.
# the blue one
.t window configure 1.2 -create {destroy %W.f ; update ; frame %W.f -width 50 -height 7 -bg red}
update
# The main widget .t still has a window named .t.f at 1.2. This is NOT the blue
# frame but the red frame from the -create script, which bears the same name.
lappend res [.t window cget 1.2 -window]
# The peer still has its green .tt.t.f at 1.2
lappend res [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
# When removing the -window option the create script plays, therefore .t still has
# the red frame .t.f at 1.2
.t window configure 1.2 -window {}
update
lappend res [.t window cget 1.2 -window]
# The -create script associated to index 1.2 applies to all peers (that's the reason
# why the manual states that "If multiple peer widgets are in use, it is usually simpler
# to use the -create option if embedded windows are desired in each peer."). Therefore
# when removing the -window option in the peer, the -create script is run, which replaces
# the green frame by the red one named as per the -create script, i.e. .tt.t.f
.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window {}
update
lappend res [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tt .t
} -result {.t.f {} {} .t.f .tt.t.f {} .t.f .tt.t.f .t.f .tt.t.f}
test textWind-18.1 {embedded window deletion triggered by a script bound to <Map>} -setup {
catch {destroy .t .f .f2}
} -body {
pack [text .t]
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
.t window create end -window [frame .f -background red -width 80 -height 80]
.t window create end -window [frame .f2 -background blue -width 80 -height 80]
bind .f <Map> {.t delete .f}
update
# this shall not crash (bug 1501749)
after 100 {.t yview end}
tkwait visibility .f2
after 200
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .f .f2
} -result {}
test textWind-18.2 {text widget deletion triggered by a script bound to embedded window mapping} -setup {
catch {destroy .t .f}
} -body {
pack [text .t]
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
.t window create end -window [frame .f -background red -width 80 -height 80]
bind .f <Map> {destroy .t}
update
# this shall not crash (bug 1501749)
after 100 {.t yview end}
tkwait window .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .f
} -result {}
test textWind-18.3 {embedded window destruction in cascade} -setup {
catch {destroy .t .f}
set x 0
} -body {
pack [text .t]
button .t.b1
.t window create 1.0 -window .t.b1
bind .t.b1 <Destroy> {destroy .t.b2 ; set x 1}
button .t.b2
.t window create 2.0 -window .t.b2
update
# this shall not crash (bug 54fe7a5e71)
after 100 {.t delete 1.0 end}
tkwait variable x
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .f
} -result {}
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/tk.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk subcommand ?arg ...?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous subcommand "xyz": must be appname, busy, caret, fontchooser, inactive, scaling, useinputmethods, or windowingsystem}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
tk inactive reset foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "tk inactive ?-displayof window? ?reset?"}
test tk-6.5 {tk inactive} -body {
tk inactive reset
update
after 100
set i [tk inactive]
| | < < < < | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
tk inactive reset foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "tk inactive ?-displayof window? ?reset?"}
test tk-6.5 {tk inactive} -body {
tk inactive reset
update
after 100
set i [tk inactive]
expr {$i < 0 || ( $i > 90 && $i < 300 )}
} -result 1
test tk-7.1 {tk inactive in a safe interpreter} -body {
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
safe::interpCreate foo
safe::loadTk foo
foo eval {tk inactive}
} -cleanup {
::safe::interpDelete foo
} -result -1
test tk-7.2 {tk inactive reset in a safe interpreter} -body {
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
safe::interpCreate foo
safe::loadTk foo
foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}
# tests of [tk busy] in busy.test
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
}
toplevel .top
ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text Button -style TLabel
bind .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1> destroy_button
pack .top.mb
focus -force .top.mb
update
| | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
}
toplevel .top
ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text Button -style TLabel
bind .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1> destroy_button
pack .top.mb
focus -force .top.mb
update
event generate .top.mb <1>
event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
update ; # shall not trigger error invalid command name ".top.b"
} -result {}
# Bug [fa8de77936]
test checkbutton-1.8 "Empty -variable" -body {
# shall simply not crash
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
} -result thelastone
test combobox-2.6 "current -- set to unknown index" -body {
.cb configure -values [list a b c d e]
.cb current notanindex
} -returnCodes error -result {Incorrect index notanindex}
test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }
test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
pack .cb -expand true -fill both
ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
ttk::combobox::Post .cb
expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
destroy .cb
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
} -result thelastone
test combobox-2.6 "current -- set to unknown index" -body {
.cb configure -values [list a b c d e]
.cb current notanindex
} -returnCodes error -result {Incorrect index notanindex}
test combobox-2.7 {current -- set to 0 index when empty [bug 924835c36d]} -body {
.cb configure -values {}
.cb current 0
} -returnCodes error -result {Index 0 out of range}
test combobox-2.8 "current -- set to end index in an empty combobox" -body {
.cb configure -values {}
.cb current end
} -returnCodes error -result {index "end" out of range}
test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }
test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
pack .cb -expand true -fill both
update idletasks
ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
after 500 {
pressbutton [expr {[winfo rootx .cb] + 25}] [expr {[winfo rooty .cb] + 25}]
}
}
ttk::combobox::Post .cb
expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
destroy .cb
}
test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" \
-constraints {notAqua} -body {
# whitebox test...
pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
update idletasks
set result [list]
bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
}
lappend result Start 0 [.cb get]
ttk::combobox::Post .cb
lappend result Post [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
.cb.popdown.f.l selection clear 0 end; .cb.popdown.f.l selection set 1
ttk::combobox::LBSelected .cb.popdown.f.l
lappend result Select [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | # # Tile package: entry widget tests # package require Tk package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import -force tcltest::* loadTestedCommands | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
#
# Tile package: entry widget tests
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
variable scrollInfo
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# Some of the tests raise background errors;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
# Scrollbar tests.
test entry-2.1 "Create entry before scrollbar" -body {
pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \
-expand true -fill both
pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \
| | | | > | | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
# Scrollbar tests.
test entry-2.1 "Create entry before scrollbar" -body {
pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \
-expand true -fill both
pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \
-expand false -fill x
} -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb}
test entry-2.1.1 "Create entry before scrollbar - scrollbar catches up" -body {
pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \
-expand true -fill both
.te insert end [string repeat "abc" 50]
catch {update} ; # error triggers because the -xscrollcommand callback
# errors out: invalid command name ".tsb"
focus -force .te ; # needed on some systems such as Ubuntu (see ticket [3c2a3a988f])
pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \
-expand false -fill x
update ; # no error
set res [expr [lindex [.tsb get] 1] < 1] ; # scrollbar did update
} -result 1 -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb}
test entry-2.2 "Initial scroll position" -body {
ttk::entry .e -font fixed -width 5 -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert end "0123456789"
pack .e;
set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
ttk::style theme use default
variable fixed TkFixedFont
variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
| | | | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
ttk::style theme use default
variable fixed TkFixedFont
variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
variable bd 3 ;# border + padding + extra space for focus ring
variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]
pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
update
}
test entry-3.1 "bbox widget command" -body {
.e delete 0 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
test entry-6.1 {Update linked variable in write trace} -body {
proc override args {
global x
set x "Overridden!"
}
catch {destroy .e}
set x ""
| | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
test entry-6.1 {Update linked variable in write trace} -body {
proc override args {
global x
set x "Overridden!"
}
catch {destroy .e}
set x ""
trace add variable x write override
ttk::entry .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "Some text"
set result [list $x [.e get]]
set result
} -result {Overridden! Overridden!} -cleanup {
unset x
rename override {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
test entry-8.2 "Unset linked variable by deleting namespace" -body {
namespace eval ::test { variable foo "bar" }
pack [ttk::entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo]
namespace delete ::test
.e insert end "baz" ;# <== error here
list [.e cget -textvariable] [.e get] [set foo]
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
test entry-8.2 "Unset linked variable by deleting namespace" -body {
namespace eval ::test { variable foo "bar" }
pack [ttk::entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo]
namespace delete ::test
.e insert end "baz" ;# <== error here
list [.e cget -textvariable] [.e get] [set foo]
} -returnCodes error -result {can*t set "::test::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} -match glob
# '-result [list ::test::foo "baz" "baz"]' would also be sensible,
# but Tcl namespaces don't work that way.
test entry-8.2a "Followup to test 8.2" -body {
.e cget -textvariable
} -result ::test::foo -cleanup { destroy .e }
# For 8.2a, -result {} would also be sensible.
test entry-9.1 "Index range invariants" -setup {
# See bug#1721532 for discussion
proc entry-9.1-trace {n1 n2 op} {
set ::V NO!
}
variable V
trace add variable V write entry-9.1-trace
ttk::entry .e -textvariable V
} -body {
set result [list]
.e insert insert a ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
.e insert insert b ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
.e insert insert c ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
.e insert insert d ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
.e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
set result
} -result [list 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3] -cleanup {
unset V
destroy .e
}
test entry-11.1 {Bug [2830360fff] - Don't loose invalid at focus events} -setup {
pack [ttk::entry .e]
update
} -body {
.e state invalid
set res [.e state]
event generate .e <FocusOut>
lappend res [.e state]
} -result {invalid invalid} -cleanup {
destroy .e
}
test entry-11.2 {Bug [2a32225cd1] - Navigation in a password made of several words} -setup {
destroy .e
pack [ttk::entry .e -show *]
update
set res {}
} -body {
.e insert end "A sample password made of several words"
.e icursor end
event generate .e <<PrevWord>> ; # shall move insert to index 0
.e delete insert end
lappend res [.e get]
.e insert end "A sample password made of several words"
.e icursor 2
event generate .e <<NextWord>> ; # shall move insert to index end
.e delete 0 insert
lappend res [.e get]
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
} -result {{} {}}
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/labelframe.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-4.4 "Re-manage nonchild content" -body {
pack .cb -side right
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] \
| | | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-4.4 "Re-manage nonchild content" -body {
pack .cb -side right
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] \
[winfo manager .cb] \
[.lf cget -labelwidget]
} -result [list 1 pack {}]
test labelframe-4.5 "Re-add nonchild content" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] \
[winfo manager .cb] \
[.lf cget -labelwidget]
} -result [list 1 labelframe .cb]
test labelframe-4.6 "Destroy nonchild content" -body {
destroy .cb
.lf cget -labelwidget
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/notebook.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
test notebook-2.4 "tab - set value" -body {
.nb tab .nb.foo -text "Changed Foo"
.nb tab .nb.foo -text
} -result "Changed Foo"
test notebook-2.5 "tab - get all options" -body {
.nb tab .nb.foo
} -result [list \
-padding 0 -sticky nsew \
| > | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
test notebook-2.4 "tab - set value" -body {
.nb tab .nb.foo -text "Changed Foo"
.nb tab .nb.foo -text
} -result "Changed Foo"
test notebook-2.5 "tab - get all options" -body {
.nb tab .nb.foo -underline 0
.nb tab .nb.foo
} -result [list \
-padding 0 -sticky nsew \
-state normal -text "Changed Foo" -image "" -compound {} -underline 0]
test notebook-4.1 "Test .nb index end" -body {
.nb index end
} -result 2
test notebook-4.2 "'end' is not a selectable index" -body {
.nb select end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
.nb configure -padding "5 5 5 5"
}
test notebook-4.end "Cleanup test suite 1-4.*" -body { destroy .nb }
test notebook-5.1 "Virtual events" -body {
toplevel .t
set ::events [list]
bind .t <<NotebookTabChanged>> { lappend events changed %W }
| > > < | | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
.nb configure -padding "5 5 5 5"
}
test notebook-4.end "Cleanup test suite 1-4.*" -body { destroy .nb }
test notebook-5.1 "Virtual events" -body {
toplevel .t
update
set ::events [list]
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .t.nb]] -expand true -fill both; update
bind .t <<NotebookTabChanged>> { lappend events changed %W }
$nb add [frame $nb.f1] ; # triggers <<NotebookTabChanged>> (first tab gets autoselected)
$nb add [frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [frame $nb.f3]
update
$nb select $nb.f1 ; # does not trigger <<NotebookTabChanged>> (tab to select is already selected)
update; set events
} -result [list changed .t.nb]
test notebook-5.2 "Virtual events, continued" -body {
set events [list]
$nb select $nb.f3
update ; set events
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f2
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
| > | | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f2
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
lappend result [winfo ismapped $nb.f3]
} -result [list 1 1 2 0 1]
# See 1370833
test notebook-6.2 "Forget selected tab" -setup {
ttk::notebook .n
pack .n
label .n.l -text abc
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
$nb select $nb.f1
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
$nb hide $nb.f1
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
} -result [list 0 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.4 "Forget first tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f1
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
$nb forget $nb.f1
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
} -result [list 0 1 0 0]
test notebook-6.5 "Hide last tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f3
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f3]
$nb hide $nb.f3
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f3]
} -result [list 2 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.6 "Forget a middle tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f2
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.7 "Hide a middle tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f2
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 2 0]
test notebook-6.8 "Forget a non-current tab < current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f1
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 0 1]
test notebook-6.9 "Hide a non-current tab < current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f1
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.10 "Forget a non-current tab > current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f3
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.11 "Hide a non-current tab > current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f3
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.12 "Hide and re-add a tab" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
$nb hide $nb.f2
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
$nb add $nb.f2
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
} -result [list 1 normal 2 hidden 2 normal]
#
# Insert:
#
unset nb
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
$nb select $nb.f1
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
$nb hide $nb.f1
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
} -result [list 0 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.4 "Forget first tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f1
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
$nb forget $nb.f1
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f1]
} -result [list 0 1 0 0]
test notebook-6.5 "Hide last tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f3
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f3]
$nb hide $nb.f3
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f3]
} -result [list 2 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.6 "Forget a middle tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f2
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 0]
test notebook-6.7 "Hide a middle tab when it's the current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f2
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 2 0]
test notebook-6.8 "Forget a non-current tab < current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f1
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 0 1]
test notebook-6.9 "Hide a non-current tab < current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f1
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.10 "Forget a non-current tab > current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]] ; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb forget $nb.f3
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.11 "Hide a non-current tab > current" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
$nb hide $nb.f3
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [winfo ismapped $nb.f2]
} -result [list 1 1 1 1]
test notebook-6.12 "Hide and re-add a tab" -setup {
pack [set nb [ttk::notebook .nb]]; update
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f1]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f2]
$nb add [ttk::frame $nb.f3]
$nb select $nb.f2
} -cleanup {
destroy $nb
} -body {
set result [list]
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
$nb hide $nb.f2
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
$nb add $nb.f2
update idletasks
lappend result [$nb index current] [$nb tab $nb.f2 -state]
} -result [list 1 normal 2 hidden 2 normal]
#
# Insert:
#
unset nb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
.nb insert 1 3
.nb index current
} -result 4
test notebook-7.8a "move tabs - current tab undisturbed - exhaustive" -body {
.nb select .nb.f0
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
| | | 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 |
.nb insert 1 3
.nb index current
} -result 4
test notebook-7.8a "move tabs - current tab undisturbed - exhaustive" -body {
.nb select .nb.f0
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
.nb insert $i .nb.f$i
}
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
.nb select .nb.f$i
foreach j {0 1 2 3 4} {
foreach k {0 1 2 3 4} {
.nb insert $j $k
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
} -result [list "" .nb.l1] -cleanup { destroy .nb }
test notebook-1817596-2 "error in insert should have no effect" -body {
pack [ttk::notebook .nb]
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l1]
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l2]
list \
| | | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
} -result [list "" .nb.l1] -cleanup { destroy .nb }
test notebook-1817596-2 "error in insert should have no effect" -body {
pack [ttk::notebook .nb]
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l1]
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l2]
list \
[catch { .nb insert .l2 0 -badoption badvalue } err] \
[.nb tabs] \
} -result [list 1 [list .nb.l1 .nb.l2]] -cleanup { destroy .nb }
test notebook-1817596-3 "insert/configure" -body {
pack [ttk::notebook .nb]
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l0] -text "L0"
.nb insert end [ttk::label .nb.l1] -text "L1"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
test notebook-1343984-2 "don't autoselect on destroy" -body {
set ::history [list]
destroy .nb
update
set ::history
} -result [list DESTROY .nb.frame1 DESTROY .nb.frame2 DESTROY .nb.frame3]
tcltest::cleanupTests
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
test notebook-1343984-2 "don't autoselect on destroy" -body {
set ::history [list]
destroy .nb
update
set ::history
} -result [list DESTROY .nb.frame1 DESTROY .nb.frame2 DESTROY .nb.frame3]
test notebook-198376af5a {moving tab position to a different edge} -body {
destroy .nb
ttk::notebook .nb -width 200 -height 100 -padding 0
ttk::frame .nb.f1
ttk::frame .nb.f2
.nb add .nb.f1 -text "One"
.nb add .nb.f2 -text "Two"
pack .nb
update
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabposition s
update
expr {[winfo y .nb.f1] < 10}
} -result 1
test notebook-9.1 "move last tab by numerical index" -body {
::ttk::notebook .n
foreach tabs {TabA TabB TabC} {
::ttk::entry .n.[string tolower $tabs]
.n add .n.[string tolower $tabs] -text $tabs
}
.n insert 0 2 ; # allowed: TabC moves to first tab position
.n insert 0 3 ; # not allowed: position 3 is after last tab
} -cleanup {
destroy .n
} -result {Slave index 3 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
test notebook-9.2 "move first tab to last position by numerical index" -body {
::ttk::notebook .n
foreach tabs {TabA TabB TabC} {
::ttk::entry .n.[string tolower $tabs]
.n add .n.[string tolower $tabs] -text $tabs
}
.n insert 2 0 ; # allowed: TabA moves to last tab position
.n insert 3 0 ; # not allowed: position 3 is after last tab
} -cleanup {
destroy .n
} -result {Slave index 3 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
proc propagate-geometry {} { update idletasks }
# Basic sanity checks:
#
test panedwindow-1.0 "Setup" -body {
ttk::panedwindow .pw
} -result .pw
test panedwindow-1.1 "Make sure empty panedwindow doesn't crash" -body {
pack .pw -expand true -fill both
update
}
test panedwindow-1.2 "Add a pane" -body {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
proc propagate-geometry {} { update idletasks }
# Basic sanity checks:
#
test panedwindow-1.0 "Setup" -body {
ttk::panedwindow .pw
} -result .pw
test panedwindow-1.0.1 "Make sure pane 0 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body {
.pw pane 0
} -result {Slave index 0 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
test panedwindow-1.0.2 "Make sure pane -1 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body {
.pw pane -1
} -result {Slave index -1 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
test panedwindow-1.0.3 "Make sure forget 0 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body {
.pw forget 0
} -result {Slave index 0 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
test panedwindow-1.0.4 "Make sure forget -1 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body {
.pw forget -1
} -result {Slave index -1 out of bounds} -returnCodes error
test panedwindow-1.1 "Make sure empty panedwindow doesn't crash" -body {
pack .pw -expand true -fill both
update
}
test panedwindow-1.2 "Add a pane" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
# checkorder $winlist --
# Ensure that Y coordinates windows in $winlist are strictly increasing.
#
proc checkorder {winlist} {
set pos -1
set positions [list]
foreach win $winlist {
| | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
# checkorder $winlist --
# Ensure that Y coordinates windows in $winlist are strictly increasing.
#
proc checkorder {winlist} {
set pos -1
set positions [list]
foreach win $winlist {
lappend positions [set nextpos [winfo y $win]]
if {$nextpos <= $pos} {
error "window $win out of order ($positions)"
}
set pos $nextpos
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
### sashpos tests.
#
proc sashpositions {pw} {
set positions [list]
set npanes [llength [winfo children $pw]]
for {set i 0} {$i < $npanes - 1} {incr i} {
| | | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
### sashpos tests.
#
proc sashpositions {pw} {
set positions [list]
set npanes [llength [winfo children $pw]]
for {set i 0} {$i < $npanes - 1} {incr i} {
lappend positions [$pw sashpos $i]
}
return $positions
}
test paned-sashpos-setup "Setup for sash position test" -body {
ttk::style theme use default
ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 5
ttk::panedwindow .pw
.pw add [frame .pw.f1 -width 20 -height 20]
.pw add [frame .pw.f2 -width 20 -height 20]
.pw add [frame .pw.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
.pw add [frame .pw.f4 -width 20 -height 20]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [sashpositions .pw]
} -result [list 20 120 [list 30 60 90]]
test paned-sashpos-cleanup "Clean up" -body { destroy .pw }
test paned-propagation-setup "Setup." -body {
ttk::style theme use default
| | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [sashpositions .pw]
} -result [list 20 120 [list 30 60 90]]
test paned-sashpos-cleanup "Clean up" -body { destroy .pw }
test paned-propagation-setup "Setup." -body {
ttk::style theme use default
ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 5
wm geometry . {}
ttk::panedwindow .pw -orient vertical
frame .pw.f1 -width 100 -height 50
frame .pw.f2 -width 100 -height 50
list [winfo reqwidth .pw.f1] [winfo reqheight .pw.f1]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/progressbar.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
.pb configure -variable PB ;# @@@
set PB 5
.pb step
set PB
} -result 6.0
test progressbar-2.5 "error in write trace" -body {
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
.pb configure -variable PB ;# @@@
set PB 5
.pb step
set PB
} -result 6.0
test progressbar-2.5 "error in write trace" -body {
trace add variable PB write { error "YIPES!" ;# }
.pb step
set PB ;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*YIPES!"
test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
destroy .pb
}
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/radiobutton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
#
# ttk::radiobutton widget tests.
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test radiobutton-1.1 "Radiobutton check" -body {
pack \
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
#
# ttk::radiobutton widget tests.
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test radiobutton-1.1 "Radiobutton check" -body {
pack \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb1 -text "One" -variable choice -value 1] \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb2 -text "Two" -variable choice -value 2] \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb3 -text "Three" -variable choice -value 3] \
;
}
test radiobutton-1.2 "Radiobutton invoke" -body {
.rb1 invoke
set ::choice
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
}
test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... regardless of whether -style ..." \
-constraints {
coreScrollbar
} -body {
ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
| | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
}
test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... regardless of whether -style ..." \
-constraints {
coreScrollbar
} -body {
ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar
list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
destroy .sb
}
test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class is specified." -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
pack .tsb -side bottom -anchor s -expand 1 -fill x
wm geometry . 200x200
update
set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb]
expr {$h < $w}
} -result 1
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
pack .tsb -side bottom -anchor s -expand 1 -fill x
wm geometry . 200x200
update
set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb]
expr {$h < $w}
} -result 1
#
# Scale tests:
#
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
trace add variable v write { destroy .s ;# }
ttk::scale .s -variable v
pack .s ; update
.s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*"
test scale-2.1 "-state option" -setup {
ttk::scale .s
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
} -body {
.sb configure -validate bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
} -returnCodes error -result {bad validate "bogus": must be all, key, focus, focusin, focusout, or none}
test spinbox-1.8.4 "-validate option: " -setup {
| < > | > > > | > | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
} -body {
.sb configure -validate bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
} -returnCodes error -result {bad validate "bogus": must be all, key, focus, focusin, focusout, or none}
test spinbox-1.8.4 "-validate option: " -setup {
ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100
set ::spinbox_test {}
} -body {
.sb configure -validate all -validatecommand {set ::spinbox_test %P}
pack .sb
update idletasks
.sb set 50
focus -force .sb
set ::spinbox_wait 0
set timer [after 100 {set ::spinbox_wait 1}]
vwait ::spinbox_wait
after cancel $timer
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
} -result 50
test spinbox-2.0 "current command -- unset should be 0" -constraints nyi -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
lappend ::spinbox_test [.sb get]
}
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
unset -nocomplain ::spinbox_test max
} -result {one two three 4 5 two six six six two 5 4 three two one one one one}
# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
set SBV 55
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
lappend ::spinbox_test [.sb get]
}
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
unset -nocomplain ::spinbox_test max
} -result {one two three 4 5 two six six six two 5 4 three two one one one one}
test spinbox-11.2 {Bugs [2a32225cd1] and [9fa3e08243]} -setup {
destroy .s
pack [ttk::spinbox .s]
update
} -body {
.s insert end "A sample text"
.s icursor end
event generate .s <<PrevWord>> ; # shall move insert to index 9
.s delete insert end
.s get
} -cleanup {
destroy .s
} -result {A sample }
# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
set SBV 55
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treetags.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
itemConstraints $tv {}
}
#
###
test treetags-1.0 "Setup" -body {
| | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
itemConstraints $tv {}
}
#
###
test treetags-1.0 "Setup" -body {
set tv [ttk::treeview .tv -columns "A B C"]
.tv insert {} end -id item1 -text "Item 1"
pack .tv
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
}
test treetags-1.1 "Bad tag list" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list tag1]
test treetags-1.3 "tag has - test" -body {
$tv insert {} end -id item2 -text "Item 2" -tags tag2
set result [list]
foreach item {item1 item2} {
| | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list tag1]
test treetags-1.3 "tag has - test" -body {
$tv insert {} end -id item2 -text "Item 2" -tags tag2
set result [list]
foreach item {item1 item2} {
foreach tag {tag1 tag2 tag3} {
lappend result $item $tag [$tv tag has $tag $item]
}
}
set result
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]
test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
$tv tag configure tag5
lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
| < < < < < < | | | | | | | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]
test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
$tv tag configure tag5
lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
test treetags-1.end "cleanup" -body {
$tv item item1 -tags tag1
$tv item item2 -tags tag2
list [$tv tag has tag1] [$tv tag has tag2] [$tv tag has tag3]
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list [list item1] [list item2] [list]]
test treetags-2.0 "tag bind" -body {
$tv tag bind tag1 <KeyPress> {set ::KEY %A}
$tv tag bind tag1 <KeyPress>
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result {set ::KEY %A}
test treetags-2.1 "Events delivered to tags" -body {
focus -force $tv ; update ;# needed so [event generate] delivers KeyPress
$tv focus item1
event generate $tv <KeyPress-a>
set ::KEY
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result a
test treetags-2.2 "Events delivered to correct tags" -body {
$tv tag bind tag2 <KeyPress> [list set ::KEY2 %A]
$tv focus item1
event generate $tv <KeyPress-b>
$tv focus item2
event generate $tv <KeyPress-c>
list $::KEY $::KEY2
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list b c]
test treetags-2.3 "Virtual events delivered to focus item" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
$tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}
test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
set result [list]
$tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
$tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
| | | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
$tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}
test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
set result [list]
$tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
$tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
lappend ::result rm2 [%W focus] <<Remove>>
%W item [%W focus] -tags {tag1}
}
$tv tag bind rm3 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm3 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
$tv item item1 -tags {rm1 rm2 rm3}
$tv focus item1
event generate $tv <<Remove>>
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treeview.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# Traverse the tree to make sure the item data structures
# are properly linked.
#
# Since [$tv children] follows ->next links and [$tv index]
# follows ->prev links, this should cover all invariants.
#
proc consistencyCheck {tv {item {}}} {
| | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
# Traverse the tree to make sure the item data structures
# are properly linked.
#
# Since [$tv children] follows ->next links and [$tv index]
# follows ->prev links, this should cover all invariants.
#
proc consistencyCheck {tv {item {}}} {
set i 0
foreach child [$tv children $item] {
assert {[$tv parent $child] == $item} "parent $child = $item"
assert {[$tv index $child] == $i} "index $child [$tv index $child]=$i"
incr i
consistencyCheck $tv $child
}
}
proc assert {expr {message ""}} {
if {![uplevel 1 [list expr $expr]]} {
set error "PANIC! PANIC! PANIC: $message ($expr failed)"
puts stderr $error
error $error
}
}
proc tvSetup {} {
destroy .tv
ttk::treeview .tv -columns {a b c}
pack .tv -expand true -fill both
.tv column #0 -width 50
.tv column a -width 50
.tv column b -width 50
.tv column c -width 50
# Make sure everything is created and updated
tkwait visibility .tv
update
after 10
update
}
proc tvSetupWithItems {} {
tvSetup
.tv insert {} end -id nn -text "nn"
.tv insert nn end -id nn.n1 -text "nn.1"
.tv insert nn end -id nn.n2 -text "nn.3"
.tv insert nn end -id nn.n3 -text "nn.3"
for {set t 2} {$t < 100} {incr t} {
.tv insert {} end -id nn$t -text "nn$t"
if {$t % 3 == 0} {
.tv insert nn$t end -id nn$t.n1 -text "nn$t.n1"
.tv insert nn$t end -id nn$t.n2 -text "nn$t.n2"
.tv insert nn$t end -id nn$t.n3 -text "nn$t.n3"
}
}
}
test treeview-1.1 "columns" -body {
tvSetup
.tv configure -columns {a b c}
}
test treeview-1.2 "Bad columns" -body {
#.tv configure -columns {illegal "list"value}
ttk::treeview .badtv -columns {illegal "list"value}
} -returnCodes error -result "list element in quotes followed by*" -match glob
test treeview-1.3 "bad displaycolumns" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns {a b d}
} -returnCodes error -result "Invalid column index d"
test treeview-1.4 "more bad displaycolumns" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns {1 2 3}
} -returnCodes error -result {Column index 3 out of bounds}
test treeview-1.5 "Don't forget to check negative numbers" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns {1 -2 3}
} -returnCodes error -result {Column index -2 out of bounds}
# Item creation.
#
test treeview-2.1 "insert -- not enough args" -body {
.tv insert
} -returnCodes error -result "wrong # args: *" -match glob
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
test treeview-2.8 "insert -- new node at end" -body {
.tv insert {} end -id lastnode
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list newnode lastnode]
| < < | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
test treeview-2.8 "insert -- new node at end" -body {
.tv insert {} end -id lastnode
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list newnode lastnode]
test treeview-2.9 "insert -- new node at beginning" -body {
.tv insert {} 0 -id firstnode
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list firstnode newnode lastnode]
test treeview-2.10 "insert -- one more node" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
.tv detach newnode
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list newfirstone firstnode anotherone onemore lastnode newlastone]
test treeview-3.11 "Can't detach root item" -body {
.tv detach [list {}]
update
consistencyCheck .tv
} -returnCodes error -result "Cannot detach root item"
| > < | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
.tv detach newnode
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list newfirstone firstnode anotherone onemore lastnode newlastone]
test treeview-3.11 "Can't detach root item" -body {
.tv detach [list {}]
} -cleanup {
update
consistencyCheck .tv
} -returnCodes error -result "Cannot detach root item"
test treeview-3.12 "Reattach" -body {
.tv move newnode {} end
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children {}
} -result [list newfirstone firstnode anotherone onemore lastnode newlastone newnode]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
test treeview-5.6 "set illegal cell" -body {
.tv set newnode #0 YYY
} -returnCodes error -result "Display column #0 cannot be set"
test treeview-5.7 "set illegal cell" -body {
.tv set newnode 3 YY ;# 3 == current #columns
| | | 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
test treeview-5.6 "set illegal cell" -body {
.tv set newnode #0 YYY
} -returnCodes error -result "Display column #0 cannot be set"
test treeview-5.7 "set illegal cell" -body {
.tv set newnode 3 YY ;# 3 == current #columns
} -returnCodes error -result {Column index 3 out of bounds}
test treeview-5.8 "set display columns" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns [list 2 1 0]
.tv set newnode #1 X
.tv set newnode #2 Y
.tv set newnode #3 Z
.tv item newnode -values
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
test treeview-6.1.1 "delete" -body {
.tv delete b
consistencyCheck .tv
list [.tv exists b] [.tv children dtest]
} -result [list 0 [list a c d e]]
| < < | 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
test treeview-6.1.1 "delete" -body {
.tv delete b
consistencyCheck .tv
list [.tv exists b] [.tv children dtest]
} -result [list 0 [list a c d e]]
test treeview-6.2 "delete - duplicate items in list" -body {
.tv delete [list a e a e]
consistencyCheck .tv
.tv children dtest
} -result [list c d]
test treeview-6.3 "delete - descendants removed" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
# Just check to make sure the test suite so far has left
# us in the state we expect to be in:
list [.tv parent newnode] [.tv children newnode]
} -result [list {} [list newnode.n1 newnode.n2 newnode.n3]]
test treeview-7.6 "Replace children - illegal move" -body {
.tv children newnode.n1 [list newnode.n1 newnode.n2 newnode.n3]
| < | | > | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
# Just check to make sure the test suite so far has left
# us in the state we expect to be in:
list [.tv parent newnode] [.tv children newnode]
} -result [list {} [list newnode.n1 newnode.n2 newnode.n3]]
test treeview-7.6 "Replace children - illegal move" -body {
.tv children newnode.n1 [list newnode.n1 newnode.n2 newnode.n3]
} -cleanup {
consistencyCheck .tv
} -returnCodes error -result "Cannot insert newnode.n1 as descendant of newnode.n1"
test treeview-8.0 "Selection set" -body {
.tv selection set [list newnode.n1 newnode.n3 newnode.n2]
.tv selection
} -result [list newnode.n1 newnode.n2 newnode.n3]
test treeview-8.1 "Selection add" -body {
.tv selection add [list newnode]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
.tv selection
} -result {}
test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
.tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}
| | > > > | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | | 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 |
.tv selection
} -result {}
test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
.tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}
test treeview-8.7 "<<TreeviewSelect>> when deleting items" -body {
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
.tv insert "" end -id myItem1 -text FirstItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem2 -text SecondItem
.tv selection add myItem1
update
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res $val}
set res {}
set val 1
.tv delete myItem2 ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set val 2
.tv delete myItem1 ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set res
} -cleanup {
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {}
} -result {2}
test treeview-8.8 "<<TreeviewSelect>> when setting the selection" -body {
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
.tv insert "" end -id myItem1 -text FirstItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem2 -text SecondItem
update
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res $val}
set res {}
set val 1
.tv selection set "" ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set val 2
.tv selection set myItem1 ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
# Current implementation generates an event for this case
set val 3
.tv selection set myItem1 ; # (already selected)
update
set val 4
.tv selection set {myItem1 myItem2} ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set val 5
.tv selection set {myItem2} ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set res
} -cleanup {
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {}
} -result {2 3 4 5}
test treeview-8.9 "<<TreeviewSelect>> when removing items from the selection" -body {
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
.tv insert "" end -id myItem1 -text FirstItem
.tv selection set myItem1
update
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res $val}
set res {}
set val 1
.tv selection remove "" ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set val 2
.tv selection remove myItem1 ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set val 3
.tv selection remove myItem1 ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set res
} -cleanup {
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {}
} -result {2}
test treeview-8.10 "<<TreeviewSelect>> when adding items in the selection" -body {
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
.tv insert "" end -id myItem1 -text FirstItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem2 -text SecondItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem3 -text ThirdItem
update
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res $val}
set res {}
set val 1
.tv selection add myItem2 ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set val 2
.tv selection add myItem2 ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set val 3
.tv selection add myItem3 ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set res
} -cleanup {
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {}
} -result {1 3}
test treeview-8.11 "<<TreeviewSelect>> when toggling" -body {
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
.tv insert "" end -id myItem1 -text FirstItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem2 -text SecondItem
.tv insert "" end -id myItem3 -text ThirdItem
update
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res $val}
set res {}
set val 1
.tv selection toggle "" ; # no <<TreeviewSelect>> (selection unchanged)
update
set val 2
.tv selection toggle {myItem1 myItem3} ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set val 3
.tv selection toggle {myItem3 myItem2} ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set val 4
.tv selection toggle {myItem3 myItem2} ; # <<TreeviewSelect>> triggers
update
set res
} -cleanup {
bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {}
} -result {2 3 4}
### NEED: more tests for see/yview/scrolling
proc scrollcallback {args} {
set ::scrolldata $args
}
test treeview-9.0 "scroll callback - empty tree" -body {
tvSetup
.tv configure -yscrollcommand scrollcallback
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
update
set ::scrolldata
} -result [list 0.0 1.0]
test treeview-9.1 "scrolling" -setup {
pack [ttk::treeview .tree -show tree] -fill y
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.tree insert {} end -text $i
}
} -body {
.tree yview scroll 5 units
# This is sensitive to the exact layout of a tree.
# It assumes that (8,8) should be far enough in to be in the tree,
# while still being in the first item.
.tree identify item 8 8
} -cleanup {
destroy .tree
} -result {I006}
test treeview-9.2 {scrolling on see command - bug [14188104c3]} -setup {
toplevel .top
ttk::treeview .top.tree -show {} -height 10 -columns {label} \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
}
return $result
}
test treeview-identify-setup "identify series - setup" -body {
destroy .tv
ttk::setTheme default
ttk::treeview .tv -columns [list A B C]
.tv insert {} end -id branch -text branch -open true
.tv insert branch end -id item1 -text item1
.tv insert branch end -id item2 -text item2
.tv insert branch end -id item3 -text item3
| > > | | | | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | > > > | 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 |
}
return $result
}
test treeview-identify-setup "identify series - setup" -body {
destroy .tv
ttk::setTheme default
ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 10m
ttk::style configure Treeview.Heading -font {Arial 10}
ttk::treeview .tv -columns [list A B C]
.tv insert {} end -id branch -text branch -open true
.tv insert branch end -id item1 -text item1
.tv insert branch end -id item2 -text item2
.tv insert branch end -id item3 -text item3
.tv column #0 -width 200 ;# 0-200
.tv column A -width 200 ;# 200-400
.tv column B -width 200 ;# 400-600
.tv column C -width 200 ;# 600-800 (plus slop for margins)
wm geometry . {} ; pack .tv ; update
}
# treeview-identify-setup sets heading row font to Arial with size 10 points,
# so the heading line center y-coordinate is (in pixels):
set yHLC [expr {([font metrics {Arial 10} -linespace] + 2) / 2.0}]
# which makes the following in millimeters:
set yHLC [expr {$yHLC / [winfo screenwidth .] * [winfo screenmmwidth .]}]
test treeview-identify-1 "identify heading" -body {
.tv configure -show {headings tree}
update idletasks
identify* .tv {region column} 10 ${yHLC}m
} -result [list heading #0]
test treeview-identify-2 "identify columns" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns #all
update idletasks
columnids .tv [identify* .tv column 100 ${yHLC}m 300 ${yHLC}m 500 ${yHLC}m 700 ${yHLC}m]
} -result [list {} A B C]
test treeview-identify-3 "reordered columns" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns {B A C}
update idletasks
columnids .tv [identify* .tv column 100 ${yHLC}m 300 ${yHLC}m 500 ${yHLC}m 700 ${yHLC}m]
} -result [list {} B A C]
test treeview-identify-4 "no tree column" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns #all -show {headings}
update idletasks
identify* .tv {region column} 100 ${yHLC}m 300 ${yHLC}m 500 ${yHLC}m 700 ${yHLC}m
} -result [list heading #1 heading #2 heading #3 nothing {}]
# Item height (-rowheight) is 10 millimeters (set in treeview-identify-setup)
test treeview-identify-5 "vertical scan - no headings" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns #all -show {tree}
update idletasks
identify* .tv {region item} 100 5m 100 15m 100 35m 100 45m 100 55m 100 65m
} -result [list tree branch tree item1 tree item3 nothing {} nothing {} nothing {}]
test treeview-identify-6 "vertical scan - with headings" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns #all -show {tree headings}
update idletasks
identify* .tv {region item} 100 ${yHLC}m 100 [expr {$yHLC+5}]m 100 [expr {$yHLC+15}]m 100 [expr {$yHLC+35}]m 100 [expr {$yHLC+45}]m
} -result [list heading {} tree branch tree item1 tree item3 nothing {}]
test treeview-identify-7 "vertical scan - headings, no tree" -body {
.tv configure -displaycolumns #all -show {headings}
update idletasks
identify* .tv {region item} 100 ${yHLC}m 100 [expr {$yHLC+5}]m 100 [expr {$yHLC+15}]m 300 [expr {$yHLC+35}]m 100 [expr {$yHLC+45}]m
} -result [list heading {} cell branch cell item1 cell item3 nothing {}]
# Disclosure element name is "Treeitem.indicator"
set disclosure "*.indicator"
test treeview-identify-8 "identify element" -body {
.tv configure -show {tree}
.tv insert branch 0 -id branch2 -open true
.tv insert branch2 0 -id branch3 -open true
.tv insert branch3 0 -id leaf3
ttk::style configure Treeview -indent 8m
update idletasks
identify* .tv {item element} 4m 5m 12m 15m 20m 25m
} -match glob -result [list \
branch $disclosure branch2 $disclosure branch3 $disclosure]
ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 20
# See #2381555
test treeview-identify-9 "identify works when horizontally scrolled" -setup {
.tv configure -show {tree headings}
foreach column {#0 A B C} {
.tv column $column -stretch 0 -width 50
}
# Scrollable area is 200, visible is 100
place .tv -x 0 -y 0 -width 100
} -body {
set result [list]
foreach xoffs {0 50 100} {
.tv xview $xoffs ; update
lappend result [identify* .tv {region column} 10 10 60 10]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
685 686 687 688 689 690 691 | } ### NEED: tests for focus item, selection ### Misc. tests: destroy .tv | | | 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 |
}
### NEED: tests for focus item, selection
### Misc. tests:
destroy .tv
test treeview-1541739 "Root node properly initialized (#1541739)" -setup {
ttk::treeview .tv
.tv insert {} end -id a
.tv see a
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
.tv configure -displaycolumns {bar colC colA colB}
update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks)
lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \
[expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
} -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1}
tcltest::cleanupTests
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 |
.tv configure -displaycolumns {bar colC colA colB}
update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks)
lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \
[expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}]
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
} -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1}
test treeview-bc602049ab "treeview with custom background does not change size when switching themes" -setup {
image create photo tvbg -data {
iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABQAAAAUCAYAAACNiR0NAAAACXBIWXMAAAnXAAAJ1wG
xbhe3AAAAGXRFWHRTb2Z0d2FyZQB3d3cuaW5rc2NhcGUub3Jnm+48GgAAACJJREFUOI
1jPLF9+38GKgImaho2auCogaMGjho4auBQMhAAyR0DXUEyypsAAAAASUVORK5CYII=
}
ttk::style theme create foo-bc602049ab -parent clam -settings {
ttk::style element create Treeview.field image tvbg -width 0 -height 0
}
ttk::style theme use foo-bc602049ab
pack [ttk::treeview .tv]
update idletasks
} -body {
set g1 [winfo geometry .tv]
ttk::style theme use foo-bc602049ab
update idletasks
set g2 [winfo geometry .tv]
expr {$g1 eq $g2 ? 1 : "$g1 --> $g2"}
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
image delete tvbg
} -result {1}
test treeview-6ee162c3d9 "style configure Treeview -rowheight 0" -setup {
tvSetupWithItems
} -body {
ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 0 ; # shall not crash
update
} -result {}
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
# Do these early, so any memory corruption has a longer time to cause a crash.
#
proc selfdestruct {w args} {
destroy $w
}
test ttk-6.1 "Self-destructing checkbutton" -body {
pack [ttk::checkbutton .sd -text "Self-destruction" -variable ::sd]
| | | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
# Do these early, so any memory corruption has a longer time to cause a crash.
#
proc selfdestruct {w args} {
destroy $w
}
test ttk-6.1 "Self-destructing checkbutton" -body {
pack [ttk::checkbutton .sd -text "Self-destruction" -variable ::sd]
trace add variable sd write [list selfdestruct .sd]
update
.sd invoke
} -returnCodes error
test ttk-6.2 "Checkbutton self-destructed" -body {
winfo exists .sd
} -result 0
# test ttk-6.3 not applicable [see #2175411]
test ttk-6.4 "Destroy widget in configure" -setup {
set OUCH ouch
trace add variable OUCH read { kill.b }
proc kill.b {args} { destroy .b }
} -cleanup {
unset OUCH
} -body {
pack [ttk::checkbutton .b]
set rc [catch { .b configure -variable OUCH } msg]
list $rc $msg [winfo exists .b] [info commands .b]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
.b invoke
destroy .b
set ::A
} -result {it worked}
test ttk-6.9 "Bad font spec in styles" -setup {
ttk::style theme create badfont -settings {
| | | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
.b invoke
destroy .b
set ::A
} -result {it worked}
test ttk-6.9 "Bad font spec in styles" -setup {
ttk::style theme create badfont -settings {
ttk::style configure . -font {Helvetica 12 Bogus}
}
ttk::style theme use badfont
} -cleanup {
ttk::style theme use default
} -body {
pack [ttk::label .l -text Hi! -font {}]
event generate .l <Expose>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
} -body {
catch {ttk::label .l} errmsg
list $errmsg [info commands .l] [winfo exists .l]
} -result [list {bad cursor spec "badCursor"} {} 0]
test ttk-construction-failure-2 "Destroy widget in constructor" -setup {
set OUCH ouch
| | | | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
} -body {
catch {ttk::label .l} errmsg
list $errmsg [info commands .l] [winfo exists .l]
} -result [list {bad cursor spec "badCursor"} {} 0]
test ttk-construction-failure-2 "Destroy widget in constructor" -setup {
set OUCH ouch
trace add variable OUCH read { kill.b }
proc kill.b {args} { destroy .b }
} -cleanup {
unset OUCH
} -body {
list \
[catch { ttk::checkbutton .b -variable OUCH } msg] \
$msg \
[winfo exists .b] \
[info commands .b] \
;
} -result [list 1 "widget has been destroyed" 0 {}]
test ttk-selfdestruct-ok-1 "Intentional self-destruction" -body {
# see #2298720
toplevel .t
ttk::button .t.b -command [list destroy .t]
.t.b invoke
list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]
#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create button" -body {
pack [ttk::button .t] -expand true -fill both
update
}
test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
.t cget -style
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
proc checkstate {w} {
foreach statespec {
{!active !disabled}
{!active disabled}
{active !disabled}
{active disabled}
| | | | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
proc checkstate {w} {
foreach statespec {
{!active !disabled}
{!active disabled}
{active !disabled}
{active disabled}
active
disabled
} {
lappend result [$w instate $statespec]
}
set result
}
# NB: this will fail if the top-level window pops up underneath the cursor
test ttk-2.0 "Check state" -body {
checkstate .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
destroy .b
set ttk28 {}
pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
update
} -body {
bind .b <Button-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
after 1 {event generate .b <Button-1>}
| | | 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
destroy .b
set ttk28 {}
pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
update
} -body {
bind .b <Button-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
after 1 {event generate .b <Button-1>}
after 50 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
vwait ::ttk28
after cancel $aid
set ttk28
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
unset -nocomplain ttk28 aid
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
test ttk-3.2 "Propagate errors from variable traces" -body {
set A 0
trace add variable A write {error "failure" ;# }
ttk::checkbutton .cb -variable A
.cb invoke
} -cleanup {
unset ::A ; destroy .cb
| | | 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
test ttk-3.2 "Propagate errors from variable traces" -body {
set A 0
trace add variable A write {error "failure" ;# }
ttk::checkbutton .cb -variable A
.cb invoke
} -cleanup {
unset ::A ; destroy .cb
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {can*t set "A": failure}
test ttk-3.3 "Constructor failure with cursor" -body {
ttk::button .b -cursor bottom_right_corner -style BadStyle
} -returnCodes error -result "Layout BadStyle not found"
test ttk-3.4 "SF#2009213" -body {
ttk::style configure TScale -sliderrelief {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
# @@@ but that's not really feasible in the current framework.
}
pack [ttk::button .tb1 -text "Ouch"]
ttk::style theme use alt
update;
# As long as we haven't crashed, everything's OK
ttk::style theme settings alt {
| | | 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
# @@@ but that's not really feasible in the current framework.
}
pack [ttk::button .tb1 -text "Ouch"]
ttk::style theme use alt
update;
# As long as we haven't crashed, everything's OK
ttk::style theme settings alt {
ttk::style configure TButton -font TkDefaultFont
}
ttk::style theme use default
destroy .tb1
}
#
# -compound tests:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
icon blank
} -cleanup { destroy .b }
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
test ttk-9.1 "Traces on nonexistant namespaces" -body {
ttk::checkbutton .tcb -variable foo::bar
| | | | 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
icon blank
} -cleanup { destroy .b }
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
test ttk-9.1 "Traces on nonexistant namespaces" -body {
ttk::checkbutton .tcb -variable foo::bar
} -returnCodes error -result "*parent namespace does*t exist" -match glob
test ttk-9.2 "Traces on nonexistant namespaces II" -body {
ttk::checkbutton .tcb -variable X
.tcb configure -variable foo::bar
} -returnCodes error -result "*parent namespace does*t exist" -match glob
test ttk-9.3 "Restore saved options on configure error" -body {
.tcb cget -variable
} -result X
test ttk-9.4 "Textvariable tests" -body {
set tcbLabel "Testing..."
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
test ttk-9.8 "-textvariable overrides -text" -body {
ttk::label .tl -textvariable TV
set TV Foo
.tl configure -text Bar
.tl cget -text
} -cleanup { destroy .tl } -result "Foo"
#
# Frame widget tests:
#
test ttk-10.1 "ttk::frame -class resource" -body {
ttk::frame .f -class Foo
| > > > > > > > > > | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
test ttk-9.8 "-textvariable overrides -text" -body {
ttk::label .tl -textvariable TV
set TV Foo
.tl configure -text Bar
.tl cget -text
} -cleanup { destroy .tl } -result "Foo"
test ttk-9.9 "default for -justify" -body {
ttk::label .tl
.tl cget -justify
} -cleanup { destroy .tl } -result "left"
test ttk-9.10 "default for -anchor" -body {
ttk::label .tl
.tl cget -anchor
} -cleanup { destroy .tl } -result "w"
#
# Frame widget tests:
#
test ttk-10.1 "ttk::frame -class resource" -body {
ttk::frame .f -class Foo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
.tb1 configure -style badstyle
} -cleanup {
destroy .tb1
} -returnCodes error -result "*badstyle not found*" -match glob
test ttk-13.5 "Custom layouts -- missing element definition" -body {
ttk::style layout badstyle {
| | | | | | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
.tb1 configure -style badstyle
} -cleanup {
destroy .tb1
} -returnCodes error -result "*badstyle not found*" -match glob
test ttk-13.5 "Custom layouts -- missing element definition" -body {
ttk::style layout badstyle {
NoSuchElement
}
ttk::button .tb1 -style badstyle
} -cleanup {
destroy .tb1
} -result .tb1
# @@@ Should: signal an error, possibly a background error.
#
# See #793909
#
test ttk-14.1 "-variable in nonexistant namespace" -body {
ttk::checkbutton .tw -variable ::nsn::foo
} -returnCodes error -result {can*t trace "::nsn::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} \
-match glob -cleanup { destroy .tw }
test ttk-14.2 "-textvariable in nonexistant namespace" -body {
ttk::label .tw -textvariable ::nsn::foo
} -returnCodes error -result {can*t trace "::nsn::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} \
-match glob -cleanup { destroy .tw }
test ttk-14.3 "-textvariable in nonexistant namespace" -body {
ttk::entry .tw -textvariable ::nsn::foo
} -returnCodes error -result {can*t trace "::nsn::foo": parent namespace does*t exist} \
-match glob -cleanup { destroy .tw }
test ttk-15.1 {Bug 3062331} -setup {
destroy .b
} -body {
set Y {}
ttk::button .b -textvariable Y
trace add variable Y unset "destroy .b; #"
unset Y
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {}
test ttk-15.2 {Bug 3341056} -setup {
proc foo {} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
ttk::style element create plain.background from
} -returnCodes error -result [wrong#args theme ?element?]
test ttk-ensemble-5 "style element create: valid" -body {
ttk::style element create plain.background from default
} -returnCodes 0 -result ""
| | | 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
ttk::style element create plain.background from
} -returnCodes error -result [wrong#args theme ?element?]
test ttk-ensemble-5 "style element create: valid" -body {
ttk::style element create plain.background from default
} -returnCodes 0 -result ""
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
tcltest::cleanupTests
#*EOF*
|
Changes to tests/ttk/validate.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
set ::vVals {}
.e configure -validate focus
.e insert end d
set ::vVals
} -result {}
test validate-1.8 {entry widget validation - vmode focus} -body {
focus -force .e
| > > < > | > > < > | > > < > | > > < > | > > < > | < > < | 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
set ::vVals {}
.e configure -validate focus
.e insert end d
set ::vVals
} -result {}
test validate-1.8 {entry widget validation - vmode focus} -body {
set ::vVals {}
set timer [after 300 lappend ::vVals timeout]
focus -force .e
vwait ::vVals
after cancel $timer
set ::vVals
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusin}
test validate-1.9 {entry widget validation - vmode focus} -body {
set ::vVals {}
set timer [after 300 lappend ::vVals timeout]
focus -force .
vwait ::vVals
after cancel $timer
set ::vVals
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusout}
.e configure -validate all
test validate-1.10 {entry widget validation - vmode all} -body {
set ::vVals {}
set timer [after 300 lappend ::vVals timeout]
focus -force .e
vwait ::vVals
after cancel $timer
set ::vVals
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusin}
test validate-1.11 {entry widget validation} -body {
set ::vVals {}
set timer [after 300 lappend ::vVals timeout]
focus -force .
vwait ::vVals
after cancel $timer
set ::vVals
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusout}
.e configure -validate focusin
test validate-1.12 {entry widget validation} -body {
set ::vVals {}
set timer [after 300 lappend ::vVals timeout]
focus -force .e
vwait ::vVals
after cancel $timer
set ::vVals
} -result {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusin focusin}
test validate-1.13 {entry widget validation} -body {
set ::vVals {}
focus -force .
update
set ::vVals
} -result {}
.e configure -validate focuso
test validate-1.14 {entry widget validation} -body {
set ::vVals {}
focus -force .e
update
set ::vVals
} -result {}
test validate-1.15 {entry widget validation} -body {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
### invalid state behavior
#
test validate-3.0 "Setup" -body {
set ::E "123"
ttk::entry .e \
| | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
### invalid state behavior
#
test validate-3.0 "Setup" -body {
set ::E "123"
ttk::entry .e \
-validatecommand {string is integer -strict %P} \
-validate all \
-textvariable ::E \
;
return [list [.e get] [.e state]]
} -result [list 123 {}]
test validate-3.1 "insert - valid" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixButton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Unix specific behavior of # labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the # widgets defined in tkUnixButton.c). It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Unix specific behavior of # labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the # widgets defined in tkUnixButton.c). It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test imageInit |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixEmbed.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkUnixEmbed.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkUnixEmbed.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Proc ::_test_tmp::testInterp
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]]
test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 |
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]]
test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -use xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -use 47
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't create child of window "47"}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
unix nonPortable
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
eatColors .t.t
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t.f]
colorsFree .x
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test unixEmbed-1.4 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
unix nonPortable
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t -container 1 -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
eatColors .t2
toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t]
colorsFree .x
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 1
test unixEmbed-1.5 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t -use $w
list [testembed] [expr [lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - $w]
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}
test unixEmbed-1.5a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
child alias w winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t -use [w]
list [testembed] [expr {[lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - [w]}]
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}
test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg "set w2 [winfo id .f2]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
toplevel .t2 -use $w2
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.6a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child alias w2 winfo id .f2
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
toplevel .t2 -use [w2]
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.7 {TkpUseWindow procedure, container and embedded in same app} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .f2]
testembed
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{XXX .f2 {} .t2} {XXX .f1 {} .t1}}
# Can't think of any way to test the procedures TkpMakeWindow,
# TkpMakeContainer, or EmbedErrorProc.
test unixEmbed-2.1 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
testembed
}
destroy .f1
update
dobg {
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.1a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
testembed
}
destroy .f1
update
child eval {
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.2 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
testembed
destroy .t1
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.2a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
testembed
destroy .t1
testembed
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.3 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
update
destroy .f1
testembed
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.4 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
pack [frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50]
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
set x [testembed]
update
destroy .t1
update
list $x [winfo exists .t1] [winfo exists .f1] [testembed]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result "{{XXX .f1 {} .t1}} 0 0 {}"
test unixEmbed-3.1 {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints {
unix testembed nonPortable
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
set x [testembed]
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
wm withdraw .t1
}
list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.1a {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
set x [testembed]
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
wm withdraw .t1
}
list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 {} {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
update
} -body {
toplevel .t1 -container 1
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
update
wm geometry .t2
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
update
wm geometry .t1 +30+40
}
update
dobg {
wm geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -bd 2 -relief raised
update
wm geometry .t1 +30+40
update
wm geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
update
wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
}
update
dobg {
wm geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
update
wm geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
}
update
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5a {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
update
}
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [child eval {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
set x unmapped
bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
}
update
dobg {
after 100
update
set x
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.6a {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
set x unmapped
bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
update
after 100
update
set x
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
set x alive
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
destroy .t1
}
update
list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}
test unixEmbed-3.7a {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
set x alive
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
destroy .t1
}
update
list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}
test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
.t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
}
update
dobg {
winfo geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {180x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-4.1a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
.t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
update
winfo geometry .t1
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {180x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-4.2 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
set x [testembed]
destroy .f1
update
list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-4.2a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
}
set x [testembed]
destroy .f1
list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result "{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}"
test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
set x {}
}
focus -force .f1
update
dobg {set x}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.1a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
update
set x {}
}
focus -force .f1
update
child eval {set x}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
after 200 {destroy .t1}
}
after 400
focus -force .f1
update
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.2a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
after 200 {destroy .t1}
}
after 400
focus -force .f1
update
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
set x {}
}
focus -force .f1
update
set x [dobg {update; set x}]
focus .
update
list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}
test unixEmbed-5.3a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
set x {}
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
update
}
focus -force .f1
update
set x [child eval {update; set x }]
focus .
update
list $x [child eval {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}
test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
update
bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.1a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{configure .t1 300 120} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
update
bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
update
bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{configure .t1 200 200} 200x200+0+0}
# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.
test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
focus -force .
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A %E}}
set x {}
set y [dobg {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
set y
}]
update
list $x $y
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
# TkpRedirectKeyEvent is not implemented in win or aqua. If someone
# implements it they should change the constraints for this test.
test unixEmbed-7.1a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
unix notAqua failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
}
focus -force .
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A %E}}
set x {}
set y [child eval {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
set y
}]
update
list $x $y
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
unix notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
focus -force .f1
update
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A}}
set x {}
set y [dobg {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym b
set y
}]
update
list $x $y
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{} {{key b}}}
test unixEmbed-7.2a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
}
update
focus -force .f1
update
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A}}
set x {}
set y [child eval {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym b
set y
}]
update
list $x $y
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{} {{key b}}}
test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints {
unix notAqua failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
}
focus -force .f2
update
list [dobg {
focus .t1
set x [list [focus]]
update
after 500
update
lappend x [focus]
}] [focus]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .t1} .f1}
test unixEmbed-8.1a {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
update
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
}
# This should clear focus from the application embedded in .f1
focus -force .f2
update
list [child eval {
set x [list [focus]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
update
set w1 [winfo id .f1]
child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}"
load {} Tk child
child eval {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | > | > > | < | | | < | > | | < > | < | | 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 |
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
update
set w1 [winfo id .f1]
child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}"
load {} Tk child
child eval {
. configure -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken
}
focus -force .f2
update
list [child eval {
focus .
set x [list [focus]]
update
lappend x [focus]
}] [focus]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .} .f1}
catch {interp delete child}
test unixEmbed-9.1 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check parentPtr} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f3 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f4 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
set x {}
lappend x [testembed]
foreach w {.f3 .f4 .f1 .f2} {
destroy $w
lappend x [testembed]
}
set x
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f3 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints {
unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
set x {}
lappend x [testembed]
destroy .t1
lappend x [testembed]
}
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2a {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints {
unix testembed
} -setup {
deleteWindows
catch {interp delete child}
::_test_tmp::testInterp child
load {} Tktest child
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
child alias w1 winfo id .f1
child eval {
destroy {*}[winfo children .]
toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
set x {}
lappend x [testembed]
destroy .t1
lappend x [testembed]
}
} -cleanup {
interp delete child
deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
update
wm geometry .t1 +40+50
update
wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
update
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
update
wm geometry .t1 70x300+10+20
update
wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {70x300+0+0}
test unixEmbed-11.1 {focus -force works for embedded toplevels} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
toplevel .t
pack [frame .t.f -container 1 -width 200 -height 200] -fill both
update
toplevel .embed -use [winfo id .t.f] -bg green
update
focus -force .t
focus -force .embed
focus
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result .embed
test unixEmbed-11.2 {mouse coordinates in embedded toplevels} -constraints {
unix pressbutton
} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
set result {}
toplevel .main
update
frame .main.f -container 1 -width 200 -height 200
button .main.b -text "Main Button" -command {lappend result "pushed .main.b"}
wm geometry .main 200x400+100+100
pack .main.f -fill both
pack .main.b -padx 30 -pady 30
update
toplevel .embed -use [winfo id .main.f] -bg green
button .embed.b -text "Emb Button" -command {lappend result "pushed .embed.b"}
pack .embed.b -padx 30 -pady 30
update
focus -force .main
update
set x [expr {[winfo rootx .main.b] + [winfo width .main.b]/2}]
set y [expr {[winfo rooty .main.b] + [winfo height .main.b]/2}]
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
pressbutton $x $y
update
set x [expr {[winfo rootx .embed.b] + [winfo width .embed.b]/2}]
set y [expr {[winfo rooty .embed.b] + [winfo height .embed.b]/2}]
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
pressbutton $x $y
update
set result
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.main.b {pushed .main.b} .embed.b {pushed .embed.b}}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupbg
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/unixFont.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked # programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be # underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question, # but there are no results that can be checked. Some tests depend on the # fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid # at all sites. # | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked. Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
set xlsf [auto_execok xlsfonts]
}
foreach {constraint font} {
hasArial arial
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
{x11 noExceed hasTimesNew failsOnUbuntu} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
| | | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
{x11 noExceed hasTimesNew failsOnUbuntu} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
{x11 noExceed hasCourierNew failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
{x11 noExceed hasArial failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} x11 {
font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} {x11 failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {x11 noExceed failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
| | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} {x11 failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {x11 noExceed failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} {x11 haveCourier37Font} {
lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} 37
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} x11 {
# On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
# actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
# unexpectedly. Now falls back to another font if that happens.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} x11 {
set f [.b.l cget -font]
.b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
update
.b.l config -font $f
} {}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} x11 {
set f [.b.l cget -font]
.b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
update
.b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-8.1 {InitFont procedure: use old font} x11 {
font create xyz
button .c -font xyz
font configure xyz -family times
update
destroy .c
font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {InitFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} x11 {
expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} 0
test unixfont-8.3 {InitFont procedure: can't parse info from name} x11 {
catch {unset fontArray}
# check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
# the values of those attributes are system dependent.
array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
catch {unset fontArray}
set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {InitFont procedure: classify characters} {x11 failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
set x 0
incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"] ;# 6
incr x [font measure $courier "\002"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\012"] ;# 2
incr x [font measure $courier "\101"] ;# 1
set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {InitFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} x11 {
font metrics $courier -fixed
} 1
test unixfont-8.6 {InitFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} {x11 failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
set x 0
incr x [font measure $courier "\001"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\002"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\012"] ;# 2
set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {InitFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {InitFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {InitFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {InitFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {InitFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} x11 {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} {x11 failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
.b.c dchars $t 0 end
.b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixMenu.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This # file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu # system. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This # file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu # system. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixSelect.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # This file contains tests for the tkUnixSelect.c file. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
# This file contains tests for the tkUnixSelect.c file.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
global longValue selValue selInfo
set selValue {}
set selInfo {}
proc handler {type offset count} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
x11
} -setup {
destroy .e
setupbg
} -body {
pack [entry .e]
update
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
x11
} -setup {
destroy .e
setupbg
} -body {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fcber
.e selection range 0 end
dobg {string length [selection get]}
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
destroy .e
} -result 4
test unixSelect-1.2 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso8859-1} -constraints {
x11 failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc?
test unixSelect-1.3 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
setup
} -body {
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue \u00fc\u0444
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
}]
lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.4 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
setup
} -body {
# This test is subtle. The selection ends up getting fetched twice by
# Tk: once to compute the length, and again to actually send the data.
# The first time through, we don't convert the data to ISO2022, so the
# buffer boundaries end up being different in the two passes.
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc\u0444[string repeat x 3999]
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \
[string repeat x 3999]\u00fc\u0444[string repeat x 3999] $x] \
[string length $x]
}]
lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {1 8000 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3999 COMPOUND_TEXT 7998 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3998 COMPOUND_TEXT 7997 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
setup
} -body {
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue \u00fc\u0444
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
}]
lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.6 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg [subst -nobackslashes {entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \u00fcber$longValue
.e selection range 0 end}]
string length [selection get]
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [expr {4 + [string length $longValue]}]
test unixSelect-1.7 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
test unixSelect-1.8 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
test unixSelect-1.9 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
# Now some tests to make sure that the right thing is done when
# transferring UTF8 selections, to prevent [Bug 614650] and its ilk
# from rearing its ugly head again.
test unixSelect-1.10 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
test unixSelect-1.11 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
test unixSelect-1.12 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
test unixSelect-1.13 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11 failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
destroy .e
setupbg
} -body {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fcber\u0444
.e selection range 0 end
dobg {string length [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]}
} -cleanup {
destroy .e
cleanupbg
} -result 5
test unixSelect-1.14 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11 failsOnXQuarz
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc\u0444
test unixSelect-1.15 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
test unixSelect-1.16 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [entry .e]
update
.e insert 0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
.e selection range 0 end
}
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
test unixSelect-1.17 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [text .t]
update
.t insert 1.0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
# Has to be selected in a separate stage
.t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
}
after 10
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
test unixSelect-1.18 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
x11
} -setup {
setupbg
} -body {
dobg {
pack [text .t]
update
.t insert 1.0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
# Has to be selected in a separate stage
.t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
}
after 10
selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
test unixSelect-1.19 {Automatic UTF8_STRING support for selection handle} -constraints {
unix
} -setup {
destroy .l
} -body {
# See Bug #666346 "Selection handling crashes under KDE 3.0"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixWm.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with # the window manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with
# the window manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized
# in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# Starting with macOS Ventura it became necessary to wait for windows to be restacked
# or to be raised after creation.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
proc restackDelay {} {
after 200;
update idletasks
}
} else {
proc restackDelay {} {}
}
proc sleep ms {
global x
after $ms {set x 1}
vwait x
}
# Procedure to set up a collection of top-level windows
proc makeToplevels {} {
deleteWindows
foreach i {.raise1 .raise2 .raise3} {
toplevel $i
wm geom $i 150x100+0+0
update
}
}
# On macOS windows are not allowed to overlap the menubar at the top of the
# screen or the dock. So tests which move a window and then check whether it
# got moved to the requested location should use a y coordinate larger than the
# height of the menubar (normally 23 pixels) and an x coordinate larger than the
# width of the dock, if it happens to be on the left.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set mb [expr [menubarheight] + 1]
set X 100
set Y0 $mb
set Y2 [expr $mb + 2]
set Y5 [expr $mb + 5]
} else {
set X 20
set Y0 0
set Y2 2
set Y5 5
}
set i 1
foreach geom "+$X+80 +80+$Y0 +$X+$Y0" {
destroy .t
test unixWm-1.$i {initial window position} unix {
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 150
wm geom .t $geom
update
wm geom .t
} 200x150$geom
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
} $geom
incr i
}
set i 1
| | | | | 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
} $geom
incr i
}
set i 1
foreach geom "+$X+80 +$X+40 +$X+$Y0" {
test unixWm-4.$i {moving window while withdrawn} unix {
wm withdraw .t
sleep 10
wm geom .t $geom
update idletasks
wm deiconify .t
sleep 10
wm geom .t
} 100x150$geom
incr i
}
test unixWm-5.1 {compounded state changes} {unix nonPortable} {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
wm withdraw .t
wm iconify .t
list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
| | | | | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
wm withdraw .t
wm iconify .t
list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geom .t +100+$Y0
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
test unixWm-6.1 {size changes} unix {
.t config -width 180 -height 150
update
wm geom .t
} 180x150+100+$Y0
test unixWm-6.2 {size changes} unix {
wm geom .t 250x60
.t config -width 170 -height 140
update
wm geom .t
} 250x60+100+$Y0
test unixWm-6.3 {size changes} unix {
wm geom .t 250x60
.t config -width 170 -height 140
wm geom .t {}
update
wm geom .t
} 170x140+100+$Y0
test unixWm-6.4 {size changes} {unix nonPortable userInteraction} {
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
puts stdout "Please resize window \"t\" with the mouse (but don't move it!),"
puts -nonewline stdout "then hit return: "
flush stdout
gets stdin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
set w2 [winfo width .t]
set h2 [winfo height .t]
.t config -width 114 -height 261
update
list $width $height $w2 $h2 [wm geom .t]
} {0 0 230 110 114x261+10+10}
| < < < < | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
set w2 [winfo width .t]
set h2 [winfo height .t]
.t config -width 114 -height 261
update
list $width $height $w2 $h2 [wm geom .t]
} {0 0 230 110 114x261+10+10}
test unixWm-6.5 {window initially iconic} {unix nonPortable} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
wm geometry .t +0+0
wm title .t 2
wm iconify .t
update idletasks
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
list [catch {wm iconwindow} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}}
test unixWm-8.3 {icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
list [catch {wm iconwindow .t b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconwindow window ?pathName?"}}
| | | 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
list [catch {wm iconwindow} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}}
test unixWm-8.3 {icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
list [catch {wm iconwindow .t b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconwindow window ?pathName?"}}
test unixWm-8.4 {icon windows} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
destroy .t
destroy .icon
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
wm geom .t +0+0
update idletasks
set result [wm iconwindow .t]
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
destroy .icon
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
wm iconwindow .t .icon
set result [list [catch {wm deiconify .icon} msg] $msg]
destroy .icon
set result
} {1 {can't deiconify .icon: it is an icon for .t}}
| | | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
destroy .icon
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
wm iconwindow .t .icon
set result [list [catch {wm deiconify .icon} msg] $msg]
destroy .icon
set result
} {1 {can't deiconify .icon: it is an icon for .t}}
test unixWm-16.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "deiconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
wm iconify .t
set result {}
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
wm deiconify .t
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic 1 normal}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
811 812 813 814 815 816 817 |
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
wm iconbitmap .t {}
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
| < < < < < | < < > | 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
wm iconbitmap .t {}
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}}
test unixWm-23.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconify .t 12} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconify window"}}
test unixWm-23.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} unix {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
set result [list [catch {wm iconify .t2} msg] $msg]
destroy .t2
set result
| | | | | 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 |
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
set result [list [catch {wm iconify .t2} msg] $msg]
destroy .t2
set result
} {1 {can't iconify .t2: it is an icon for .t}}
test unixWm-23.5 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update idletasks
wm iconify .t2
update idletasks
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
destroy .t2
set result
} 0
test unixWm-23.6 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
update idletasks
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm iconify .t2
update idletasks
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0xa & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_NORMAL_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm sizefrom .t] $bit
} {{} program 0x8 user 0x2}
test unixWm-34.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "sizefrom" option} unix {
list [catch {wm sizefrom .t none} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "none": must be program or user}}
| | | 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0xa & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_NORMAL_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm sizefrom .t] $bit
} {{} program 0x8 user 0x2}
test unixWm-34.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "sizefrom" option} unix {
list [catch {wm sizefrom .t none} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "none": must be program or user}}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set result_35_1 {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, withdrawn, or zoomed}}
} else {
set result_35_1 {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, or withdrawn}}
}
test unixWm-35.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} {unix notAqua} {
list [catch {wm state .t 1} msg] $msg
} $result_35_1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
| | | | 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 |
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 200x100+100+$Y0
listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
.t.l configure -setgrid 1
update
wm geometry .t
} "20x20+100+$Y0"
test unixWm-41.1 {ConfigureEvent procedure, internally generated size changes} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
update idletasks
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 |
update
set result
} {configured: 130 200}
# No tests for ReparentEvent or ComputeReparentGeometry; I can't figure
# out how to exercise these procedures reliably.
| | | 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 |
update
set result
} {configured: 130 200}
# No tests for ReparentEvent or ComputeReparentGeometry; I can't figure
# out how to exercise these procedures reliably.
test unixWm-42.1 {WrapperEventProc procedure, map and unmap events} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set result {}
bind .t <Map> {set x "mapped"}
bind .t <Unmap> {set x "unmapped"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 |
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t 20x1
update
list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {100 1}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
| | < > | < > | 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 |
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t 20x1
update
list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {100 1}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.7 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} {unix} {
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
update
wm geometry .t +5-10
update
list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list 5 [expr [winfo screenheight .t] - 70]]
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.8 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} {unix} {
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
update
wm geometry .t -30+$Y2
update
list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] $Y2]
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {40 30 320 210 10 5}
| | | 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {40 30 320 210 10 5}
test unixWm-45.2 {UpdateSizeHints procedure} {unix testwrapper} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
wm minsize .t 30 40
wm maxsize .t 200 500
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 |
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [winfo height .t] \
[expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {60 40 53 320 233 10 5}
| | | 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 |
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [winfo height .t] \
[expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {60 40 53 320 233 10 5}
test unixWm-45.4 {UpdateSizeHints procedure, not resizable with menu} {testmenubar testwrapper} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
frame .t.menu -height 23 -width 50
testmenubar window .t .t.menu
wm resizable .t 0 0
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 |
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20-} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20-"}}
test unixWm-48.10 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20+10z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20+10z"}}
test unixWm-48.11 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +-10+20}
| | | 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 |
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20-} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20-"}}
test unixWm-48.10 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20+10z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20+10z"}}
test unixWm-48.11 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +-10+20}
} {0}
test unixWm-48.12 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +30+-10}
} 0
test unixWm-48.13 {ParseGeometry procedure, resize causes window to move} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
wm geom .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 |
update
list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
[expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}
deleteWindows
wm withdraw .
| | | 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 |
update
list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
[expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}
deleteWindows
wm withdraw .
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Modern mac windows have no border.
set result_50_1 {{} {} .t .t .t2 {} .t2 .t .t}
} else {
# Windows are assumed to have a border (invisible in Gnome 3).
set result_50_1 {{} {} .t {} .t2 {} .t2 {} .t}
}
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords, title bar} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 |
[winfo containing [expr $x + 199] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 220] [expr $y + 250]] \
} $result_50_1
test unixWm-50.2 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, y-coords and overrideredirect} unix {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 300 -bg yellow
| < > > > < > > > | 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 |
[winfo containing [expr $x + 199] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 220] [expr $y + 250]] \
} $result_50_1
test unixWm-50.2 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, y-coords and overrideredirect} unix {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 300 -bg yellow
tkwait visibility .t
wm geom .t +100+100
update
restackDelay
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 100 -bg blue
wm overrideredirect .t2 1
tkwait visibility .t2
wm geom .t2 +200+200
update
raise .t2
restackDelay
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
set y2 [winfo rooty .t2]
list [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y - 30]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y - 1]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +200] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y2 - 1]] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 |
toplevel .x -width 100 -height 80 -use [frameid] -bg yellow
tkwait visibility .x
update
set x [winfo rootx .x]
set y [winfo rooty .x]
}
set result [list [child eval {winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 50]}] \
| | < > | > | 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 |
toplevel .x -width 100 -height 80 -use [frameid] -bg yellow
tkwait visibility .x
update
set x [winfo rootx .x]
set y [winfo rooty .x]
}
set result [list [child eval {winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 50]}] \
[child eval {winfo containing $x [expr $y + 50]}]]
interp delete child
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
lappend result [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 49]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y +50]]
set result
} {{} .x .t .t.f}
test unixWm-50.4 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, window in other application} unix {
destroy .t
catch {interp delete child}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t +100+100
update
interp create child
load {} Tk child
child eval {wm geometry . 200x200+100+100; update}
restackDelay
set result [list [winfo containing 200 200] \
[child eval {winfo containing 200 200}]]
interp delete child
set result
} {{} .}
test unixWm-50.5 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, handling menubars} {unix testmenubar} {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 |
set y [expr [winfo rooty .t] + 150]
list [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 150] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 250] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 350] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 450] $y]
} {.t .t.f .t.f.f .t {}}
| | < > > > < > > > > | | 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 |
set y [expr [winfo rooty .t] + 150]
list [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 150] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 250] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 350] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 450] $y]
} {.t .t.f .t.f.f .t {}}
test unixWm-50.9 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, unmapped windows} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} {
destroy .t
destroy .t2
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
tkwait visibility .t
update
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
tkwait visibility .t2
update
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
update
restackDelay
set result [list [winfo containing 100 100]]
wm iconify .t2
update
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.t2 .t}
test unixWm-50.10 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, unmapped windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 150 -bd 2 -relief raised
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 |
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
deleteWindows
test unixWm-51.6 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, window to be stacked isn't mapped} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
| < > > > < > < > | > > | > > | > > > | > > | | 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 |
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
deleteWindows
test unixWm-51.6 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, window to be stacked isn't mapped} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
restackDelay
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
# This test assumes that .t2 is not mapped yet, but that is not really guaranteed.
winfo containing 100 100
} {.t}
test unixWm-51.7 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window isn't mapped} {unix failsOnXQuarz} {
foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} {
destroy $w
toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
tkwait visibility $w
wm geometry $w +100+100
update
}
raise .t .t2
restackDelay
update
set result [list [winfo containing 200 200]]
lower .t3
restackDelay
sleep 10
lappend result [winfo containing 200 200]
} {.t3 .t}
test unixWm-51.8 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, overrideredirect windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm overrideredirect .t 1
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
wm overrideredirect .t2 1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
tkwait visibility .t2
restackDelay
# Need to use vrootx and vrooty to make tests work correctly with
# virtual root window measures managers: overrideredirect windows
# come up at (0,0) in display coordinates, not virtual root
# coordinates.
set x [expr 100-[winfo vrootx .]]
set y [expr 100-[winfo vrooty .]]
set result [list [winfo containing $x $y]]
raise .t
restackDelay
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
raise .t2
restackDelay
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
} {.t2 .t .t2}
# The mac won't put an overrideredirect window above the root,
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
wm withdraw .
}
test unixWm-51.9 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window overrideredirect} unix {
foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} {
destroy $w
update
toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm overrideredirect $w 1
wm geometry $w +0+0
tkwait visibility $w
update
}
lower .t3 .t2
restackDelay
update
# Need to use vrootx and vrooty to make tests work correctly with
# virtual root window measures managers: overrideredirect windows
# come up at (0,0) in display coordinates, not virtual root
# coordinates.
set x [expr 100-[winfo vrootx .]]
set y [expr 100-[winfo vrooty .]]
set result [list [winfo containing $x $y]]
lower .t2
restackDelay
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
} {.t2 .t3}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
wm deiconify .
}
test unixWm-51.10 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, don't move window that's already in the right place} unix {
makeToplevels
raise .raise1
set time [lindex [time {raise .raise1}] 0]
expr {$time < 2000000}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 | # # wm attributes tests: # # NOTE: since [wm attributes] is not guaranteed to have any effect, # the only thing we can really test here is the syntax. # | | | 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 |
#
# wm attributes tests:
#
# NOTE: since [wm attributes] is not guaranteed to have any effect,
# the only thing we can really test here is the syntax.
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set result_60_1 {-alpha 1.0 -fullscreen 0 -modified 0 -notify 0\
-titlepath {} -topmost 0 -transparent 0\
-type unsupported}
} else {
set result_60_1 {-alpha 1.0 -topmost 0 -zoomed 0 -fullscreen 0 -type {}}
}
test unixWm-60.1 {wm attributes - test} -constraints unix -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/util.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkUtil.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkUtil.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
test util-1.3 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 0
.l yview moveto .5
.l yview
} -result {0.5 0.75}
test util-1.4 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll a
| | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
test util-1.3 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 0
.l yview moveto .5
.l yview
} -result {0.5 0.75}
test util-1.4 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}
test util-1.5 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}
test util-1.6 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll xyz units
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test util-1.7 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 0
.l yview scroll 2 pages
.l nearest 0
} -result 6
test util-1.8 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 15
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
test util-1.10 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 15
.l yview scroll -2 units
.l nearest 0
} -result 13
test util-1.11 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll 3 zips
| | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
test util-1.10 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview 15
.l yview scroll -2 units
.l nearest 0
} -result 13
test util-1.11 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview scroll 3 zips
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "zips": must be units or pages}
test util-1.12 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
.l yview dropdead 3 times
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "dropdead": must be moveto or scroll}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/visual.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the visual- and colormap-handling # procedures in the file tkVisual.c. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the visual- and colormap-handling
# procedures in the file tkVisual.c. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/visual_bb.test.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
# Each menu entry invokes a visual test file
proc runTest {file} {
global testNum
test "2.$testNum" "testing $file" {userInteraction} {
| | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
# Each menu entry invokes a visual test file
proc runTest {file} {
global testNum
test "2.$testNum" "testing $file" {userInteraction} {
uplevel \#0 source -encoding utf-8 [file join [testsDirectory] $file]
concat ""
} {}
incr testNum
}
# The following procedure is invoked to print the contents of a canvas:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
-command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}
pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m
# Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal
| | | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
-command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}
pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m
# Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal
bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
focus .menu
}
}
tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps
# Set up a class binding to allow objects to be deleted from a canvas
# by clicking with mouse button 1:
bind Canvas <1> {%W delete [%W find closest %x %y]}
concat ""
} -result {}
if {![testConstraint userInteraction]} {
cleanupTests
} else {
vwait EndOfVisualTests
}
|
Changes to tests/winButton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of # labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the # widgets defined in tkWinButton.c). It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of
# labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the
# widgets defined in tkWinButton.c). It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
imageInit
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/winClipboard.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's Windows specific # clipboard code. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # tests. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's Windows specific # clipboard code. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # tests. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # # Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
test winClipboard-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} -constraints {
win testclipboard
} -setup {
clipboard clear
} -body {
set map [list "\r" "\\r" "\n" "\\n"]
| | | | | > | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
test winClipboard-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} -constraints {
win testclipboard
} -setup {
clipboard clear
} -body {
set map [list "\r" "\\r" "\n" "\\n"]
clipboard append "line 1\u00c7\nline 2"
list [string map $map [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]]\
[string map $map [testclipboard]]
} -cleanup {
clipboard clear
} -result [list "line 1\u00c7\\nline 2" "line 1\u00c7\\nline 2"]
test winClipboard-1.6 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} -constraints {
win testclipboard
} -setup {
clipboard clear
} -body {
clipboard append "\u043f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442 \u043c\u0438\u0444"
list [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD] [testclipboard]
} -cleanup {
clipboard clear
} -result [list "\u043f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442 \u043c\u0438\u0444"\
"\u043f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442 \u043c\u0438\u0444"]
test winClipboard-2.1 {TkSelUpdateClipboard reentrancy problem} -constraints {
win testclipboard
} -setup {
clipboard clear
} -body {
clipboard append -type OUR_ACTION "action data"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/winDialog.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # -*- tcl -*- # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of # the common dialog boxes. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
# -*- tcl -*-
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of
# the common dialog boxes. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 ActiveState Corporation.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
set x {}
start {
set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" \
| | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
set x {}
start {
set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" \
-title "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"]
}
then {
if {[catch {
array set a [testgetwindowinfo $::tk_dialog]
if {[info exists a(text)]} {lappend x $a(text)}
} err]} { lappend x $err }
lappend x [Click ok]
}
lappend x $clr
} -result [list "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442" 0 "#ff9933"]
test winDialog-1.6 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd: -parent} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
start {set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" -parent .]}
set x {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
}
string equal $x [file join $newdir testfile]
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.4 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: unicode} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
| | | 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
}
string equal $x [file join $newdir testfile]
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.4 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: unicode} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
set dir [tcltest::makeDirectory "\u0167\u00e9\u015d\u0167"]
unset -nocomplain x
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \
-initialdir $dir \
-initialfile "testfile" -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
}
} finally {
cd $cur
}
string equal $x [file join $dir testfile]
} -result 1
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
}
} finally {
cd $cur
}
string equal $x [file join $dir testfile]
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.7 {tk_getOpenFile: initial directory: ~} -setup {
# Ensure there's at least one file in the home directory in CI environments
set makeEmpty [expr {![llength [glob -nocomplain -type f -directory ~ *]]}]
if {$makeEmpty} {
for {set i 1} {$i < 1000} {incr i} {
# Technically a race condition...
set actualFilename [format "~/tkWinDialog5_12_7_%03d" $i]
if {![file exists $actualFilename]} break
}
close [open $actualFilename w]
}
} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
set fn [file tail [lindex [glob -types f ~/*] 0]]
unset -nocomplain x
start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
-initialdir ~ \
-initialfile $fn -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
}
string equal $x [file normalize [file join ~ $fn]]
} -cleanup {
if {$makeEmpty} {
file delete $actualFilename
}
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.8 {tk_getOpenFile: initial directory: .} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# Windows remembers dirs from previous selections so use
# a subdir for this test, not [initialdir] itself
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
627 628 629 630 631 632 633 |
}
string equal $x $path
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.9 {tk_getOpenFile: initial directory: unicode} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
| | | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
}
string equal $x $path
} -result 1
test winDialog-5.12.9 {tk_getOpenFile: initial directory: unicode} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
set dir [tcltest::makeDirectory "\u0167\u00e9\u015d\u0167"]
set path [tcltest::makeFile "" testfile $dir]
unset -nocomplain x
start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
-initialdir $dir \
-initialfile "testfile" -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
return $x
} -result 0
test winDialog-5.25 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() succeeds} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# MacOS type that is correct, but has embedded high-bit chars.
| | | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
return $x
} -result 0
test winDialog-5.25 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() succeeds} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# MacOS type that is correct, but has embedded high-bit chars.
start {set x [catch {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo {\u2022\u2022\u2022\u2022}}}}]}
then {
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 |
test winDialog-10.9 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: -title} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -setup {
array set a {text failed}
} -body {
start {
tk fontchooser configure -command ApplyFont \
| | | | 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
test winDialog-10.9 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: -title} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -setup {
array set a {text failed}
} -body {
start {
tk fontchooser configure -command ApplyFont \
-title "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
tk fontchooser show
}
then {
array set a [testgetwindowinfo $::tk_dialog]
Click cancel
}
set a(text)
} -result "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 0}
}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winFont.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked # programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be # underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question, # but there are no results that can be checked. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
win
} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
| | | | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
win
} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {{Times New Roman} {Times New Roman} {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
win
} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -result {{Courier New} {Courier New} {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
win
} -setup {
set x {}
} -body {
lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -result {Arial Arial Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
win
} -body {
# No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
.t.l config -text "a"
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.l
} -result {}
| | | | | | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
.t.l config -text "a"
update
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.l
} -result {}
test winfont-7.1 {InitFont procedure: use old font} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .c
} -setup {
catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
font create xyz
button .c -font xyz
font configure xyz -family times
update
destroy .c
font delete xyz
} -result {}
test winfont-7.2 {InitFont procedure: extract info from logfont} -constraints {
win
} -body {
font actual {arial 10 bold italic underline overstrike}
} -result {-family Arial -size 10 -weight bold -slant italic -underline 1 -overstrike 1}
test winfont-7.3 {InitFont procedure: extract info from textmetric} -constraints {
win
} -body {
font metric {arial 10 bold italic underline overstrike} -fixed
} -result 0
test winfont-7.4 {InitFont procedure: extract info from textmetric} -constraints {
win
} -body {
font metric systemfixed -fixed
} -result 1
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winMenu.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This # file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu # system. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This
# file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu
# system.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/winMsgbox.test.
1 2 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific message box # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific message box
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint getwindowinfo [expr {[llength [info command ::testgetwindowinfo]] > 0}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.2 [pid]"
| | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.2 [pid]"
set message "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\u0020\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\u0020\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"]
test winMsgbox-2.4 {tk_messageBox message (empty)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-3.1 [pid]"
| | | | | 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-3.1 [pid]"
set message "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a"
set detail "\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message -detail $detail]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\n\n\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"]
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 0}
}
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winSend.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands # Compute a script that will load Tk into a child interpreter. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/winWm.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # This file tests is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkWinWm.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
# This file tests is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkWinWm.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
test winWm-1.1 {TkWmMapWindow} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
wm override .t 1
wm geometry .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
wm attributes .t -disabled
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test winWm-6.3 {wm attributes} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
| < | | 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
wm attributes .t -disabled
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test winWm-6.3 {wm attributes} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -foo
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad attribute "-foo": must be -alpha, -transparentcolor, -disabled, -fullscreen, -toolwindow, or -topmost}
test winWm-6.4 {wm attributes -alpha} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
# Expect this to return all 1.0 {} on pre-2K/XP
toplevel .t
set res [wm attributes .t -alpha]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
} -result {}
test winWm-9.0 "Bug #2799589 - delayed activation of destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm90click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
| | | 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
} -result {}
test winWm-9.0 "Bug #2799589 - delayed activation of destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm90click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $w <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc winwm90proc3 {} {
global winwm90done winwm90check
set w .sd
toplevel $w
pack [button $w.b -text "OK" -command {set winwm90check 1}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
} -result ok
test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm91click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
| | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 |
} -result ok
test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm91click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $w <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc winwm91proc3 {} {
global winwm91done winwm91check
set w .sd
toplevel $w
pack [button $w.b -text "OK" -command {set winwm91check 1}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
} -cleanup {
foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
rename winwm91$cmd {}
}
destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result ok
| | | 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
} -cleanup {
foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
rename winwm91$cmd {}
}
destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result ok
test winWm-9.2 "check wm forget for unmapped parent (#3205464,#2967911)" -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
set winwm92 {}
frame .t.f -background blue -height 200 -width 200
frame .t.f.x -background red -height 100 -width 100
} -body {
pack .t.f.x
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/window.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkWindow.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkWindow.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import ::tk::test::loadTkCommand
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} -result {0 YES}
test window-3.1 {Tk_MakeWindowExist procedure, stacking order and menubars} -constraints {
unix testmenubar
} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} -result {0 YES}
test window-2.12 {Test for ticket [9b6065d1fd] - restore Tcl [update] command} -constraints {
unixOrWin
} -body {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
after 1000 {set forever 1}
after 100 {destroy .}
after 200 {catch bell msg; puts "ringing the bell -> $msg"}
after 250 {update idletasks}
after 300 {update}
puts "waiting"
vwait forever
puts "done waiting"
catch {bell} msg
puts "bell -> $msg"
catch update msg
puts "update -> $msg"
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} -result {0 {waiting
ringing the bell -> can't invoke "bell" command: application has been destroyed
done waiting
bell -> can't invoke "bell" command: application has been destroyed
update -> }}
test window-3.1 {Tk_MakeWindowExist procedure, stacking order and menubars} -constraints {
unix testmenubar
} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
update
lower .t.e2 .t.f
update
# If stacking order isn't handled properly, generates an X error.
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
| > | 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
update
lower .t.e2 .t.f
update
# If stacking order isn't handled properly, generates an X error.
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winfo.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "winfo" command. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "winfo" command. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "winfo viewable window"}
test winfo-9.2 {"winfo viewable" command} -body {
winfo viewable foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test winfo-9.3 {"winfo viewable" command} -body {
winfo viewable .
} -result 1
| | | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "winfo viewable window"}
test winfo-9.2 {"winfo viewable" command} -body {
winfo viewable foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test winfo-9.3 {"winfo viewable" command} -body {
winfo viewable .
} -result 1
test winfo-9.4 {"winfo viewable" command} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
wm iconify .
winfo viewable .
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result 0
test winfo-9.5 {"winfo viewable" command} -setup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
395 396 397 398 399 400 401 |
rooty [expr {[winfo rooty .emb] == [winfo rooty .con]}]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {rootx 1 rooty 1}
# Windows does not destroy the container when an embedded window is
# destroyed. Unix and macOS do destroy it. See ticket [67384bce7d].
| | | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
rooty [expr {[winfo rooty .emb] == [winfo rooty .con]}]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {rootx 1 rooty 1}
# Windows does not destroy the container when an embedded window is
# destroyed. Unix and macOS do destroy it. See ticket [67384bce7d].
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 1}
} else {
set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 0}
}
test winfo-13.2 {destroying embedded toplevel} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/wm.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with the window # manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with the window # manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. # This file tests window manager interactions that work across platforms. # Window manager tests that only work on a specific platform should be placed # in unixWm.test or winWm.test. package require tcltest 2.2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
proc stdWindow {} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
}
| | | | | | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
proc stdWindow {} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnXQuarz [expr {$tcl_platform(os) ne "Darwin" || [tk windowingsystem] ne "x11" }]
# [raise] and [lower] may return before the window manager has completed the
# operation. The raiseDelay procedure idles for a while to give the operation
# a chance to complete.
#
proc raiseDelay {} {
after 250;
update idletasks
update
}
# How to carry out a small delay while processing events
proc eventDelay {{delay 200}} {
after $delay "set done 1" ; vwait done
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
### wm attributes ###
test wm-attributes-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.1 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
| < < < > < < < > | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
### wm attributes ###
test wm-attributes-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.1 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -transparentcolor, -disabled, -fullscreen, -toolwindow, or -topmost}
test wm-attributes-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . -alpha 1.0 -disabled
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm attributes window ?-alpha ?double?? ?-transparentcolor ?color?? ?-disabled ?bool?? ?-fullscreen ?bool?? ?-toolwindow ?bool?? ?-topmost ?bool??"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . -to
} -result {bad attribute "-to": must be -alpha, -transparentcolor, -disabled, -fullscreen, -toolwindow, or -topmost}
test wm-attributes-1.2.4 {usage} -constraints {unix notAqua} -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type}
test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -fullscreen, -modified, -notify, -titlepath, -topmost, -transparent, or -type}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
wm deiconify .embed
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t.f .embed
} -result {can't deiconify .embed: it is an embedded window}
deleteWindows
test wm-deiconify-2.1 {a window that has never been mapped\
| | | | | | | | | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
wm deiconify .embed
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t.f .embed
} -result {can't deiconify .embed: it is an embedded window}
deleteWindows
test wm-deiconify-2.1 {a window that has never been mapped\
should not be mapped by a call to deiconify} -body {
toplevel .t
wm deiconify .t
winfo ismapped .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 0
test wm-deiconify-2.2 {a window that has already been\
mapped should be mapped by deiconify} -body {
toplevel .t
update idletasks
wm withdraw .t
wm deiconify .t
winfo ismapped .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result 1
test wm-deiconify-2.3 {geometry for an unmapped window\
should not be calculated by a call to deiconify,\
it should be done at idle time} -setup {
set results {}
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
lappend results [wm geometry .t]
wm deiconify .t
lappend results [wm geometry .t]
update idletasks
lappend results [lindex [split \
[wm geometry .t] +] 0]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1x1+0+0 1x1+0+0 200x200}
test wm-deiconify-2.4 {invoking destroy after a deiconify\
should not result in a crash because of a callback\
set on the toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t
wm withdraw .t
wm deiconify .t
destroy .t
update
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
738 739 740 741 742 743 744 |
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
| | | | 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 |
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap
} -result {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}
test wm-iconbitmap-2.1 {setting and reading values} -setup {
set result {}
} -body {
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
wm iconbitmap .t hourglass
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
wm iconbitmap .t {}
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
test wm-iconify-2.3 {Misc errors} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2
| | | | | | 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 |
test wm-iconify-2.3 {Misc errors} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {can't iconify .t2: it is an icon for .t}
# test embedded window for Windows
test wm-iconify-2.4.1 {Misc errors} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t.f]
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .r.f
} -result {can't iconify .t2: the container does not support the request}
# test embedded window for other platforms
test wm-iconify-2.4.2 {Misc errors} -constraints !win -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t.f]
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .r.f
} -result {can't iconify .t2: it is an embedded window}
test wm-iconify-3.1 {iconify behavior} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
update idletasks
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm iconify .t2
update idletasks
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t2]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
876 877 878 879 880 881 882 |
} -result {can't use "notanimage" as iconphoto: not a photo image}
test wm-iconphoto-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
# we currently have no return info
wm iconphoto . -default
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"}
test wm-iconphoto-1.5.1 {usage} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconphoto . -default [image create photo -file {}]
| | > | 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 |
} -result {can't use "notanimage" as iconphoto: not a photo image}
test wm-iconphoto-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
# we currently have no return info
wm iconphoto . -default
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"}
test wm-iconphoto-1.5.1 {usage} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconphoto . -default [image create photo -file {}]
} -match glob -result {failed to create an iconphoto with image *}
test wm-iconphoto-1.5.2 {usage} -constraints x11 -body {
wm iconphoto . -default [image create photo -file {}]
} -result {}
# All other iconphoto tests are platform specific
### wm iconposition ###
test wm-iconposition-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconposition
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
wm iconwindow .t2 .icon
wm iconwindow .t .icon
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .icon
} -result {.icon is already an icon for .t2}
test wm-iconwindow-2.1 {setting and reading values} -setup {
destroy .icon
set result {}
} -body {
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t]
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg green
wm iconwindow .t .icon
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t]
| > > | 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 |
wm iconwindow .t2 .icon
wm iconwindow .t .icon
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .icon
} -result {.icon is already an icon for .t2}
test wm-iconwindow-2.1 {setting and reading values} -setup {
# without this macOS crashes for unknown reasons
wm iconwindow .t {}
destroy .icon
set result {}
} -body {
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t]
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg green
wm iconwindow .t .icon
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 |
expr {($t_width <= $s_width) && ($t_height <= $s_height)}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
destroy .t
test wm-maxsize-2.1 {setting the maxsize to a value smaller\
| | | | | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 |
expr {($t_width <= $s_width) && ($t_height <= $s_height)}
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
destroy .t
test wm-maxsize-2.1 {setting the maxsize to a value smaller\
than the current size will resize a toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 300
update
wm maxsize .t 200 150
# UpdateGeometryInfo invoked at idle
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {200 150}
test wm-maxsize-2.2 {setting the maxsize to a value smaller\
than the current size will resize a gridded toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t
wm grid .t 0 0 50 50
wm geometry .t 6x6
update
wm maxsize .t 4 3
# UpdateGeometryInfo invoked at idle
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {4 3}
test wm-maxsize-2.3 {attempting to resize to a value\
bigger than the current maxsize will set it to the max size} -body {
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
wm maxsize .t 300 250
update
wm geom .t 400x300
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 |
wm minsize .t2 300 200
wm minsize .t2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {300 200}
test wm-minsize-2.1 {setting the minsize to a value larger\
| | | | | 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 |
wm minsize .t2 300 200
wm minsize .t2
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {300 200}
test wm-minsize-2.1 {setting the minsize to a value larger\
than the current size will resize a toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
update
wm minsize .t 400 300
# UpdateGeometryInfo invoked at idle
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {400 300}
test wm-minsize-2.2 {setting the minsize to a value larger\
than the current size will resize a gridded toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t
wm grid .t 1 1 50 50
wm geom .t 4x4
update
wm minsize .t 8 8
# UpdateGeometryInfo invoked at idle
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {8 8}
test wm-minsize-2.3 {attempting to resize to a value\
smaller than the current minsize will set it to the minsize} -body {
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 400
wm minsize .t 300 300
update
wm geom .t 200x200
update
lrange [split [wm geom .t] x+] 0 1
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".t" isn't mapped}
deleteWindows
test wm-stackorder-2.1 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {. .t}
test wm-stackorder-2.2 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-2.3 {stacking order} -body {
| > > | > > | > > > > | > | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".t" isn't mapped}
deleteWindows
test wm-stackorder-2.1 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {. .t}
test wm-stackorder-2.2 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-2.3 {stacking order} -body {
set res {}
toplevel .t
tkwait visibility .t
raiseDelay
toplevel .t2
tkwait visibility .t2
raiseDelay
lappend res [wm stackorder .]
raise .
raiseDelay
lappend res [wm stackorder .]
raise .t2
raiseDelay
lappend res [wm stackorder .]
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .t2
} -result {{. .t .t2} {.t .t2 .} {.t . .t2}}
test wm-stackorder-2.4 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
raise .
lower .t2
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 |
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .parent
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.parent.child2 .parent.child1 .parent}
test wm-stackorder-2.6 {stacking order: non-toplevel widgets ignored} -body {
toplevel .t1
button .t1.b
pack .t1.b
update
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {. .t1}
test wm-stackorder-2.7 {stacking order: no children returns self} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
wm stackorder .
} -result {.}
deleteWindows
| > | > > > > | 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 |
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .parent
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.parent.child2 .parent.child1 .parent}
test wm-stackorder-2.6 {stacking order: non-toplevel widgets ignored} -body {
toplevel .t1
raiseDelay
button .t1.b
pack .t1.b
update
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {. .t1}
test wm-stackorder-2.7 {stacking order: no children returns self} -setup {
deleteWindows
} -body {
wm stackorder .
} -result {.}
deleteWindows
test wm-stackorder-3.1 {unmapped toplevel} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t1 ; update
raiseDelay
toplevel .t2 ; update
raiseDelay
wm iconify .t1
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1 .t2
} -result {. .t2}
test wm-stackorder-3.2 {unmapped toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t1 ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
wm withdraw .t2
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1 .t2
} -result {. .t1}
test wm-stackorder-3.3 {unmapped toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t1 ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 |
toplevel .t1.t2 ; update
wm withdraw .t1
wm stackorder .t1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {.t1.t2}
test wm-stackorder-3.6 {unmapped toplevel} -body {
| | > | > | > > | 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 |
toplevel .t1.t2 ; update
wm withdraw .t1
wm stackorder .t1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {.t1.t2}
test wm-stackorder-3.6 {unmapped toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t1
tkwait visibility .t1
toplevel .t1.t2
tkwait visibility .t1.t2
toplevel .t1.t2.t3
tkwait visibility .t1.t2.t3
wm withdraw .t1.t2
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t1
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1
} -result {.t1 .t1.t2.t3}
test wm-stackorder-3.7 {unmapped toplevel, mapped children returned} -body {
toplevel .t1 ; update
toplevel .t1.t2 ; update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 |
toplevel .t ; update
raise .t
wm stackorder . isbelow .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-4.3 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
| | > | | 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 |
toplevel .t ; update
raise .t
wm stackorder . isbelow .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-4.3 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t
tkwait visibility .t
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t isabove .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test wm-stackorder-4.4 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .
raiseDelay
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 |
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be raised above an \
overrideredirect toplevel on unix} -constraints {x11 failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
| < > < > | < > | > | | 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 |
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be raised above an \
overrideredirect toplevel on unix} -constraints {x11 failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
raise .
update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test wm-stackorder-5.2.1 {A normal toplevel can be raised above an \
overrideredirect toplevel on macOS or win} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
toplevel .t
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
raise .
update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-5.3 {An overrideredirect window\
can be explicitly lowered} -body {
toplevel .t
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
lower .t
update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t isbelow .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-6.1 {An embedded toplevel does not appear in the \
stacking order} -body {
toplevel .real -container 1
raiseDelay
toplevel .embd -bg blue -use [winfo id .real]
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {. .real}
stdWindow
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 |
} -result {t Apa {}}
### wm transient ###
test wm-transient-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t 1 2
| | | 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
} -result {t Apa {}}
### wm transient ###
test wm-transient-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t 1 2
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm transient window ?master?"}
test wm-transient-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t foo
} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test wm-transient-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient foo .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 |
toplevel .icon -bg blue
toplevel .top
wm iconwindow .top .icon
toplevel .dummy
wm transient .dummy .icon
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
| | | | | | 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 |
toplevel .icon -bg blue
toplevel .top
wm iconwindow .top .icon
toplevel .dummy
wm transient .dummy .icon
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".icon" a master: it is an icon for .top}
test wm-transient-1.7 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .top
wm transient .top .top
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".top" as master creates a transient/master cycle}
test wm-transient-1.8 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .t3
wm transient .t2 .t1
wm transient .t3 .t2
wm transient .t1 .t3
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".t3" as master creates a transient/master cycle}
test wm-transient-1.9 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .top
frame .top.f
wm transient .top .top.f
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".top" as master creates a transient/master cycle}
test wm-transient-2.1 {basic get/set of toplevel} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
lappend results [wm transient .subject]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 |
wm transient .subject .top.f
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.top}
test wm-transient-3.1 {transient toplevel is withdrawn
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 |
wm transient .subject .top.f
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.top}
test wm-transient-3.1 {transient toplevel is withdrawn
when mapped if toplevel is withdrawn} -body {
toplevel .top
wm withdraw .top
update
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .top
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-3.2 {already mapped transient toplevel
takes on withdrawn state of toplevel} -body {
toplevel .top
wm withdraw .top
update
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .top
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-3.3 {withdraw/deiconify on the toplevel
also does a withdraw/deiconify on the transient} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .top
wm withdraw .top
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
wm deiconify .top
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0 normal 1}
test wm-transient-4.1 {transient toplevel is withdrawn
when mapped if toplevel is iconic} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .top
wm iconify .top
update
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .top
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-4.2 {already mapped transient toplevel
is withdrawn if toplevel is iconic} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .top
raiseDelay
wm iconify .top
update idletasks
toplevel .subject
update idletasks
wm transient .subject .top
update idletasks
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-4.3 {iconify/deiconify on the toplevel
does a withdraw/deiconify on the transient} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update idletasks
wm transient .subject .top
wm iconify .top
update idletasks
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
wm deiconify .top
update idletasks
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0 normal 1}
test wm-transient-5.1 {an error during transient command should not
cause the map/unmap binding to be deleted} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .top
# Expect a bad window path error here
lappend results [catch {wm transient .subject .bad}]
wm withdraw .top
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
wm deiconify .top
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 withdrawn normal}
test wm-transient-5.2 {remove transient property when toplevel
is destroyed} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .top
update
destroy .top
update
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-transient-5.3 {remove transient property from window
that had never been mapped when toplevel is destroyed} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .top
destroy .top
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-transient-6.1 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the toplevel} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .top
wm withdraw .subject
wm withdraw .top
wm deiconify .top
# idle handler should not map the transient
update
wm state .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn}
test wm-transient-6.2 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the toplevel} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .top
wm withdraw .subject
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 |
# idle handler should map transient
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn normal withdrawn normal}
test wm-transient-6.3 {a withdrawn transient does not track
| | | 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 |
# idle handler should map transient
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn normal withdrawn normal}
test wm-transient-6.3 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the toplevel} -body {
toplevel .top
toplevel .subject
update
# withdraw before making window a transient
wm withdraw .subject
wm transient .subject .top
wm withdraw .top
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 |
}
test wm-transient-7.4 {Reassign transient, destroy new toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t1
wm transient .transient .t2
| | | | | 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 |
}
test wm-transient-7.4 {Reassign transient, destroy new toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t1
wm transient .transient .t2
destroy .t2 ;# caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t1
destroy .transient
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
test wm-transient-7.5 {Reassign transient, destroy transient} -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t1
wm transient .transient .t2
destroy .transient
destroy .t2 ;# caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t1 ;# so did this
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
test wm-transient-8.1 {transient to withdrawn window, Bug 1163496} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -setup {
deleteWindows
set result {}
} -body {
# Verifies that transients stay on top of their toplevels, even if they were
# made transients when those toplevels were withdrawn.
toplevel .t1; wm withdraw .t1; update
toplevel .t2; wm transient .t2 .t1; update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t1] [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm deiconify .t1; update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t1] [winfo ismapped .t2]
raise .t1; raiseDelay; update
lappend result [lsearch -all -inline -glob [wm stackorder .] ".t?"]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {0 0 1 1 {.t1 .t2}}
### wm state ###
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 |
test wm-state-2.7 {state change before map} -body {
toplevel .t
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
| | | | 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
test wm-state-2.7 {state change before map} -body {
toplevel .t
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
test wm-state-2.8 {state change after map} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
update
wm state .t iconic
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
test wm-state-2.9 {state change after map} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnXQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
update
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 |
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-forget-2 {bug [e9112ef96e] - [wm forget] doesn't completely} -setup {
catch {destroy .l .f.b .f}
set res {}
| < < < < < | | | | 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 |
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-forget-2 {bug [e9112ef96e] - [wm forget] doesn't completely} -setup {
catch {destroy .l .f.b .f}
set res {}
} -body {
label .l -text "Top Dot"
frame .f
button .f.b -text Hello -command "puts Hello!"
pack .l -side top
pack .f.b
pack .f -side bottom
set res [winfo manager .f]
pack forget .f
update
lappend res [winfo manager .f]
wm manage .f
update
lappend res [winfo manager .f]
wm forget .f
update
lappend res [winfo manager .f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .l .f.b .f
unset res
} -result {pack {} wm {}}
# FIXME:
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/xmfbox.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # xmfbox.test -- # # This file is a Tcl script to test the file dialog that's used # when the tk_strictMotif flag is set. Because the file dialog # runs in a modal loop, the only way to test it sufficiently is # to call the internal Tcl procedures in xmfbox.tcl directly. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
# xmfbox.test --
#
# This file is a Tcl script to test the file dialog that's used
# when the tk_strictMotif flag is set. Because the file dialog
# runs in a modal loop, the only way to test it sufficiently is
# to call the internal Tcl procedures in xmfbox.tcl directly.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
# Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/Makefile.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | # Directory in which to install html documentation: HTML_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR) # Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh: CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir) # Directory in which to install the demo files: | | | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
# Directory in which to install html documentation:
HTML_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR)
# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh:
CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)
# Directory in which to install the demo files:
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos
# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
# been replaced by the configure script):
TCLDIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
TCL_GENERIC_DIR = $(TCLDIR)/generic
# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers
# appropriate for this version of Tk:
TCL_PLATFORM_DIR = $(TCLDIR)/unix
# The directory containing the Tcl library archive file appropriate
# for this version of Tk:
TCL_BIN_DIR = @TCL_BIN_DIR@
# The linker flags needed to link in the Tcl library (ex: -ltcl8.6)
TCL_LIB_FLAG = @TCL_LIB_FLAG@
# Flag, 1: we're building a shared lib, 0 we're not
TK_SHARED_BUILD = @TK_SHARED_BUILD@
# Subdirectory of $(libdir) containing the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk
TK_PKG_DIR = @TK_PKG_DIR@
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | # XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP. KEYSYM_FLAGS = #KEYSYM_FLAGS = -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP # Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should # compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own # set of deprecated code uncomment the second line. | | | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 | # XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP. KEYSYM_FLAGS = #KEYSYM_FLAGS = -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP # Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should # compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own # set of deprecated code uncomment the second line. NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = #NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED # Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to # determine which shell to use for executing commands: SHELL = @SHELL@ # BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
TKTEST_EXE = tktest${EXE_SUFFIX}
# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use
# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of
# "install" around; better to use the install-sh script that comes
# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work.
| | | | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
TKTEST_EXE = tktest${EXE_SUFFIX}
# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use
# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of
# "install" around; better to use the install-sh script that comes
# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work.
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = strip
INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY = strip -x
INSTALL = $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755
# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries. See configure.in for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.
SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk
# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 | # Libraries to use when linking. This definition is determined by the # configure script. LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@ # The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared | | | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 | # Libraries to use when linking. This definition is determined by the # configure script. LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@ # The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared # libraries. See configure.in for a description of what the # symbols mean. The values of the symbols are normally set by the # configure script. You shouldn't normally need to modify any of # these definitions by hand. STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@ SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@ SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@ TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS = @TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@ # Additional search flags needed to find the various shared libraries # at run-time. The first symbol is for use when creating a binary # with cc, and the second is for use when running ld directly. CC_SEARCH_FLAGS = @CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@ LD_SEARCH_FLAGS = @LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@ # support for embedded libraries on Darwin / Mac OS X DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(libdir) # support for building the Aqua resource file TK_RSRC_FILE = @TK_RSRC_FILE@ WISH_RSRC_FILE = @WISH_RSRC_FILE@ REZ = @REZ@ REZ_SWITCHES = @REZ_FLAGS@ -i $(GENERIC_DIR) -i $(TCL_GENERIC_DIR) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
354 355 356 357 358 359 360 | tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \ tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \ tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \ | | | | < | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 | tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \ tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \ tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \ tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \ tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o # either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft) # FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@ GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkBusy.o \ tkClipboard.o \ tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \ tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \ tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o tkPlace.o \ tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o tkVisual.o tkWindow.o TTK_OBJS = \ ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \ ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \ ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \ ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \ ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | tkUnixFocus.o $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \ tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \ tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \ tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \ tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \ | | | | | | | < | | | 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | tkUnixFocus.o $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \ tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \ tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \ tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \ tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \ tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFileTypes.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o \ tkMacOSXImage.o tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o \ tkMacOSXMenu.o tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o \ tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o \ tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o tkMacOSXServices.o \ tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o tkMacOSXWm.o \ tkMacOSXXStubs.o tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o \ tkUnixScale.o xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \ ttkMacOSXTheme.o AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o OBJS = $(GENERIC_OBJS) $(WIDG_OBJS) $(CANV_OBJS) $(IMAGE_OBJS) $(TEXT_OBJS) \ $(STUB_OBJS) $(TTK_OBJS) \ $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_OBJS) @PLAT_OBJS@ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
431 432 433 434 435 436 437 | $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \ | < < | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 | $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 | AQUA_SRCS = \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \ | | | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 | AQUA_SRCS = \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFileTypes.c\ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | AQUA_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSX.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h AQUA_XLIB_HDRS = $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(XLIB_DIR)/xbytes.h AQUA_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXPort.h $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInt.h | | > | > > > > > | 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
AQUA_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSX.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h
AQUA_XLIB_HDRS = $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(XLIB_DIR)/xbytes.h
AQUA_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXPort.h $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInt.h
X11_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixPort.h $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDefault.h
# Currently private, eventually public
TTK_HDRS = $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.h $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDecls.h
PUBLIC_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h \
$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_HDRS)
# The private headers we want installed for install-private-headers
PRIVATE_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h \
$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h \
$(TTK_HDRS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_PRIVATE_HDRS)
DEMOPROGS = browse hello ixset rmt rolodex square tcolor timer widget
SHELL_ENV = \
@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}"; \
export @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@; \
TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library; export TCL_LIBRARY; \
TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library; export TK_LIBRARY;
all: binaries libraries doc
binaries: ${LIB_FILE} ${WISH_EXE}
libraries:
$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros:
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
doc: $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
# The following target is configured by autoconf to generate either
# a shared library or non-shared library for Tk.
${LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_FILE} @LIB_RSRC_FILE@ ${OBJS}
rm -f $@
@MAKE_LIB@
${STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
@echo ${OBJS}
# This targets actually build the objects needed for the lib in the above
# case
objs: ${OBJS}
${WISH_EXE}: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) @APP_RSRC_FILE@
| | | | | | 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
@echo ${OBJS}
# This targets actually build the objects needed for the lib in the above
# case
objs: ${OBJS}
${WISH_EXE}: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) @APP_RSRC_FILE@
${CC} ${CFLAGS} $(WISH_OBJS) @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ ${LDFLAGS} \
$(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o ${WISH_EXE}
# Resetting the LIB_RUNTIME_DIR below is required so that
# the generated tktest executable gets the build directory
# burned into its ld search path. This keeps tktest from
# picking up an already installed version of the Tcl or
# Tk shared libraries.
$(TKTEST_EXE): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE)
$(MAKE) tktest-real LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="`pwd`:$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"
tktest-real: ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
${CC} ${CFLAGS} $(TKTEST_OBJS) @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ ${LDFLAGS} $(WISH_LIBS) \
${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o $(TKTEST_EXE)
# # FIXME: This xttest rule seems to be broken in a number of ways. It should
# # use CC_SEARCH_FLAGS, it does not include the shared lib location logic from
# # tktest, and it is not clear where this test.o object file comes from.
#
# xttest: test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
# ${CC} ${CFLAGS} test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o \
# @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ ${LDFLAGS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} \
# $(WISH_LIBS) $(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS) -lXt -o xttest
# Note, in the target below TCL_LIBRARY needs to be set or else
# "make test" won't work in the case where the compilation directory
# isn't the same as the source directory.
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
699 700 701 702 703 704 705 | $(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(SCRIPT) INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS = install-binaries install-libraries INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS = install-doc INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS = install-headers INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS = install-demos INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS = @EXTRA_INSTALL@ | | | | | | | | | < < | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 |
$(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(SCRIPT)
INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS = install-binaries install-libraries
INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS = install-doc
INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS = install-headers
INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS = install-demos
INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS = @EXTRA_INSTALL@
INSTALL_TARGETS = $(INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS) \
$(INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS)
install: $(INSTALL_TARGETS)
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(INSTALL_TARGETS) \
INSTALL_PROGRAM="STRIPPROG='${INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM}' $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s" \
INSTALL_LIBRARY="STRIPPROG='${INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY}' $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) -s"
install-binaries: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${WISH_EXE}
@for i in "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" \
"$(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \
do \
if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
echo "Making directory $$i"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
else true; \
fi; \
done;
@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
(\
echo "if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.0]} return";\
relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]]]";\
else \
echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]]]";\
echo "} else {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll]]]";\
echo "}";\
fi \
) > "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
fi
@echo "Installing $(LIB_FILE) to $(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/"
@@INSTALL_LIB@
@chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"
@if test -f "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \
$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)";\
chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll";\
fi
@echo "Installing ${WISH_EXE} as $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
@$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${WISH_EXE} "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
@echo "Installing tkConfig.sh to $(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/"
@$(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.sh "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/tkConfig.sh"
@if test "$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" != "" ; then \
echo "Installing $(STUB_LIB_FILE) to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 | Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(SHELL) config.status #tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in # $(SHELL) config.status clean: rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \ | > | > | | 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in
$(SHELL) config.status
#tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in
# $(SHELL) config.status
clean:
rm -rf *.vfs
rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \
errors ${WISH_EXE} $(TKTEST_EXE) lib.exp Tk *.rsrc \
*.zip
distclean: clean
rm -rf Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
tkConfig.h *.plist Tk.framework tk.pc tkUuid.h
depend:
makedepend -- $(DEPEND_SWITCHES) -- $(SRCS)
# Test binaries. The rule for tkTestInit.o is complicated because
# it is is compiled from tkAppInit.c. Can't use the "-o" option
# because this doesn't work on some strange compilers (e.g. UnixWare).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 | tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 | tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c tkStyle.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c tkUtil.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c tkVisual.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c tkWindow.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c tkUuid.h $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -I. $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c tkButton.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c tkEntry.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 | tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c | < < < < < < | | 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 | tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c tkImgPhInstance.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c tkTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c tkUuid.h $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c tkText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c tkTextBTree.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 | tkStubInit.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c # Stub library binaries, these must be compiled for use in a shared library # even though they will be placed in a static archive tkStubLib.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c | | | 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 | tkStubInit.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c # Stub library binaries, these must be compiled for use in a shared library # even though they will be placed in a static archive tkStubLib.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @CFLAGS_NOLTO@ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c tkUndo.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c tkUnix.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 | tkMacOSXEntry.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c tkMacOSXEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c | > > > | 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 | tkMacOSXEntry.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c tkMacOSXEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c tkMacOSXFileTypes.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFileTypes.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFileTypes.c tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 | ttkState.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c ttkStubInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c ttkStubLib.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c | | | 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 | ttkState.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c ttkStubInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c ttkStubLib.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @CFLAGS_NOLTO@ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c ttkTagSet.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c ttkTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 | ttkWidget.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c ttkMacOSXTheme.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c .c.o: $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $< # # Target to regenerate header files and stub files from the *.decls tables. # | > > > > > | 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 | ttkWidget.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c ttkMacOSXTheme.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c tkUuid.h: $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid echo "#define TK_VERSION_UUID \\" >$@ cat $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid >>$@ echo "" >>$@ .c.o: $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $< # # Target to regenerate header files and stub files from the *.decls tables. # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 | @echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date." @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls | | | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 | @echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date." @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls $(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls # # Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs # tables. # checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 |
# to put the distribution. DISTDIR must be an absolute path name.
#
DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
| < < < < < < | | | | | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
# to put the distribution. DISTDIR must be an absolute path name.
#
DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@
$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid:
printf "git-" >$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
(cd $(TOP_DIR); git rev-parse HEAD >>$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid || printf "unknown" >$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid)
dist: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid $(DISTDIR)
cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDefault.h \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInt.h $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixPort.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in
cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh \
$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
$$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README.md \
$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win
cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/*.in \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/*.c $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkWin.h $(TOP_DIR)/win/tkWinDefault.h \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkWinInt.h \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkWinPort.h $(TOP_DIR)/win/tkWinSendCom.h \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(TOP_DIR)/win/README \
$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/compat/unistd.h \
$(TOP_DIR)/compat/stdlib.h \
$(DISTDIR)/compat
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib
cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
$(DISTDIR)/library
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/.github/workflows
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/.github/workflows/*.yml $(DISTDIR)/.github/workflows
alldist: dist
rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/configure.
more than 10,000 changes
Deleted unix/configure.ac.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added unix/configure.in.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl to configure the system for the local environment.
AC_INIT([tk],[8.6])
AC_PREREQ([2.59])
dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H -imacros tkConfig.h"])
AH_TOP([
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG])
AH_BOTTOM([
/* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
* include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
#endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])
TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".17"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
CFLAGS=""
fi
AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
if test $tk_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],[tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
fi
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_THREADS
# Add the threads support libraries
LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"
SC_ENABLE_SHARED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_C_BIGENDIAN(,,,[#])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'
if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi
if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
[[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
# that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
# This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX. Some
# systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
# other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
# pernicious. If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
# special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>]], [[fd_set readMask, writeMask;]])],[tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes],[tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no])])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
tk_ok=yes
fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
# they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
#-------------------------------------------
# In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <pwd.h>]], [[struct passwd pwd; (void)pwd.pw_gecos;]])],[tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes],[tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
[use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
tk_aqua=yes
if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
tk_aqua=no
fi
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
done
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]], [[XrmInitialize();]])],
[tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes],[tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
fi
# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
done
fi
fi
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <math.h>]], [[double f = sin(1.0);]])],
[tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes],[tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
#if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
#error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
#endif
#elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
#error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
#endif
int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
]], [[rand();]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
#if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
#error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
#endif
#elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#endif
#define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
]], [[]])],[tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
[Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
fi
fi
else
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit -framework QuartzCore"
if test -d "/System/Library/Frameworks/UniformTypeIdentifiers.framework"; then
LIBS="$LIBS -weak_framework UniformTypeIdentifiers"
fi
EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
fi
else
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try
# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
# (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
# a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the
# autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
# no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_X
TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
# find shared libraries:
# 1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
# add the X library location into that search path.
# 2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
# search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
# directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
# 3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
# and the other for when the linker is invoked directly. In
# the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
# be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for the existence of various libraries. The order here
# is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
# command line generated by make. The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
# require a couple of special tricks:
# 1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
# "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
# 2. Use each function name only once: can't redo a check because
# autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
# 3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
# aren't already present in the normal libraries. This is because
# IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
# bogus: they goof up name resolution if used.
# 4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries. The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined. However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
]], [[
XOpenDisplay(0);
]])],[
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
],[AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
[use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
XFT_CFLAGS=""
XFT_LIBS=""
if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
else
found_xft="yes"
dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
dnl says that xft is present.
XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
found_xft=yes
XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
found_xft=no
],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
found_xft=no
])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
], [])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
fi
enable_xft=no
XFT_CFLAGS=""
XFT_LIBS=""
else
enable_xft=yes
fi
fi
if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
else
UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
fi
AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
xkblib_header_found=yes
], [
xkblib_header_found=no
], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
], [
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
])
else
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
fi
if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
fi
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
]], [[
XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
]])],[
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
],[
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
xss_header_found=no
xss_lib_found=no
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
[use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
xss_header_found=yes
],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
xss_lib_found=yes
], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
else
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
fi
xss_lib_found=yes
],, -lXext)
])
])
fi
if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
fi
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out whether "char" is unsigned. If so, set a
# #define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"
# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi
test -z "$TK_LIBRARY" && TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'
# Note: in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..": this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
EXTRA_WISH_LIBS=${EXTRA_WISH_LIBS}' -sectcreate __TEXT __credits_html Credits.html'
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0"; then
EXTRA_WISH_LIBS=${EXTRA_WISH_LIBS}' -ObjC'
fi
EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in Credits.html:../macosx/Credits.html.in])
for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi
if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
# Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
# '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
unset n f v
], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
# override libdir default
libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
fi
TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Credits.html to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Credits.html "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Credits.html to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Credits.html "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
fi
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
# Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
# needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
# can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
# into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
eval libdir="$libdir"
if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
else
if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
else
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
# stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=\"${libdir}\""
if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)
AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)
AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT
dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
|
Changes to unix/install-sh.
1 2 3 | #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 | # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 # Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755. # This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020). mkdir_umask=22 chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= | > | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 # Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755. # This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020). mkdir_umask=22 backupsuffix= chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
| | > < > > > > > > > > > | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-p pass -p to $cpprog.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
| > > | | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) backupsuffix="$2"
shift;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
| > > > > | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
# Don't chown directories that already exist.
if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
chowncmd=""
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
| > > > > > > > | | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
# already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
# e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
fi
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/installManPage.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | #!/bin/sh ######################################################################## ### Parse Options ### Gzip=: | > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
### Parse Options
###
Gzip=:
Sym=""
Loc=""
Gz=""
Suffix=""
while true; do
case $1 in
-s | --symlinks ) Sym="-s " ;;
-z | --compress ) Gzip=$2; shift ;;
-e | --extension ) Gz=$2; shift ;;
-x | --suffix ) Suffix=$2; shift ;;
-*) cat <<EOF
Unknown option "$1". Supported options:
-s Use symbolic links for manpages with multiple names.
-z PROG Use PROG to compress manual pages.
-e EXT Defines the extension added by -z PROG when compressing.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
echo "source manual page file must exist"
exit 1
fi
if test -d "$Dir" ; then : ; else
echo "target directory must exist"
exit 1
fi
| | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
echo "source manual page file must exist"
exit 1
fi
if test -d "$Dir" ; then : ; else
echo "target directory must exist"
exit 1
fi
test -z "$Sym" && Loc="$Dir/"
########################################################################
### Extract Target Names from Manual Page
###
# A sed script to parse the alternative names out of a man page.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
if test -z "$First" ; then
First=$Target
sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \
$ManPage > "$Dir/$First"
chmod 644 "$Dir/$First"
$Gzip "$Dir/$First"
else
| | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
if test -z "$First" ; then
First=$Target
sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \
$ManPage > "$Dir/$First"
chmod 644 "$Dir/$First"
$Gzip "$Dir/$First"
else
ln $Sym"$Loc$First$Gz" "$Dir/$Target$Gz"
fi
done
########################################################################
exit 0
|
Changes to unix/tcl.m4.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
| | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
[with_tclconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
| | | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
| | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
[with_tkconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tkconfig}" in
*/tkConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
| | | | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
# TCL_LIB_FILE
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
| | | | | | | 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 |
# TCL_LIB_FILE
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
fi
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
case ${TCL_DEFS} in
*TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
# TK_BIN_DIR
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
| | | | | | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
# TK_BIN_DIR
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
fi
# If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
# against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
case ${TK_DEFS} in
*TK_FRAMEWORK*)
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
# Sets the following vars:
# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
| | < < < < < < < < | 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
# Sets the following vars:
# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
[build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
SHARED_BUILD=0
AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
# FRAMEWORK_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework,
| | | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
# FRAMEWORK_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-framework],
[package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks (default: off)]),
[enable_framework=$enableval], [enable_framework=no])
if test $enable_framework = yes; then
if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes])
enable_framework=no
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
fi
FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
# can also be enabled.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
fi
FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
# Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --enable-threads
#
# Sets the following vars:
# THREADS_LIBS Thread library(s)
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_THREADS
# _REENTRANT
# _THREAD_SAFE
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
[build with threads (default: on)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
tcl_threaded_core=1;
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
TCL_THREADS=1
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
[Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
fi
AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
# defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
# exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359]
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
else
TCL_THREADS=0
AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
fi
fi
fi
fi
# Does the pthread-implementation provide
# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?
ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
else
TCL_THREADS=0
fi
# Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
# can also be enabled.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
605 606 607 608 609 610 611 |
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
| | | 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
[build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
#
# Defines the following vars:
# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
| | | | | 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
#
# Defines the following vars:
# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
[use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
[langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
HAVE_LANGINFO=0
if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <langinfo.h>]], [[nl_langinfo(CODESET);]])],
[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes], [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
# according to the user's selection.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks,
| | | | | | | | | > > | | > > > > > > | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 |
# according to the user's selection.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-symlinks],
[use symlinks for the manpages (default: off)]),
[test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks"],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to compress the manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-compression,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-compression=PROG],
[compress the manpages with PROG (default: off)]),
[case $enableval in
yes) AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument to --enable-man-compression]);;
no) ;;
*) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";;
esac],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
if test "$enableval" != "no"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for compressed file suffix])
touch TeST
$enableval TeST
Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'`
rm -f TeST*
MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z"
AC_MSG_RESULT([$Z])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-suffix,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-suffix=STRING],
[use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names (default: no, AC_PACKAGE_NAME if enabled without specifying STRING)]),
[case $enableval in
yes) enableval="AC_PACKAGE_NAME" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
no) ;;
*) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
esac],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
AC_SUBST(MAN_FLAGS)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
# Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
# on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
# "uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
# this doesn't work.
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
# Defines the following var:
#
# system - System/platform/version identification code.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
else
tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
else
# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
# results, and the version is kept in special file).
if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
fi
if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
fi
if test "`uname -s`" = "NetBSD" -a -f /etc/debian_version ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=NetBSD-Debian
fi
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
# into a shared library.
# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically
# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
# shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
# be specified when creating a shared library. If
| | | | 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
# into a shared library.
# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically
# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
# shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
# be specified when creating a shared library. If
# dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
# SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
# general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
# libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
# as its value.
# SHLIB_SUFFIX - Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
# extensions. An empty string means we don't know how
# to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
888 889 890 891 892 893 894 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
| | | | > | | | | 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
[enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
[do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
# Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
[enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
[do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
# Force 64bit on with VIS
AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes])
# Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
# that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"],
tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
void f(void) {}]], [[f();]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes],
[tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE,
[extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))],
[Compiler support for module scope symbols])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
])
# Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath],
[disable rpath support (default: on)]),
[doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath])
# Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
# for the system.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
| | < < < < < < < < | | | | 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 |
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wpointer-arith"
], [
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
CFLAGS_WARNING=""
])
AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
PLAT_OBJS=""
PLAT_SRCS=""
LDAIX_SRC=""
AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0"],[SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}"])
case $system in
AIX-*)
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
case "${CC}" in
*_r|*_r\ *)
# ok ...
;;
*)
# Make sure only first arg gets _r
CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'`
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads])
])
LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 | SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="-ldl" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" ;; | | < < < | | | | > > > | | | 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 |
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MSYS_*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for Cygwin version of gcc,
ac_cv_cygwin,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
#error cygwin
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_cygwin=no],
[ac_cv_cygwin=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
fi
if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads])
fi
do64bit_ok=yes
if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args --enable-64bit --host=x86_64-w64-mingw32"
# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args --enable-64bit --host=x86_64-w64-mingw32; cd ../unix
then :
else
{ echo "configure: error: configure failed for ../win" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
fi
;;
dgux*)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 |
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
# Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
| | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | > > | | | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | | | | | | | > > | 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 |
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
# Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
], [
do64bit_ok=yes
SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
])
])
;;
Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -fno-common"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
# egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
# when you inline the string and math operations. Turn this off to
# get rid of the warnings.
#CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
case $system in
DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
;;
esac
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_m64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
do64bit_ok=yes
])
])
# The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
# functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
# this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
# of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
# files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
;;
Lynx*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'])
;;
MP-RAS-02*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
MP-RAS-*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OpenBSD-*)
arch=`arch -s`
case "$arch" in
alpha|sparc64)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
;;
*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
;;
esac
SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread
# Don't link with -lpthread
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
])
# OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
;;
NetBSD-*)
# NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
])
;;
Darwin-*)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
# To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
# preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
# -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`"
CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`"
AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
case `arch` in
ppc)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag],
tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
do64bit_ok=yes
]);;
i386|x86_64)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag],
tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
do64bit_ok=yes
]);;
arm64)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch arm64 flag],
tcl_cv_cc_arch_arm64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch arm64"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_arm64=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_arch_arm64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_arm64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch arm64"
do64bit_ok=yes
]);;
*)
AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);;
esac
], [
# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64|arm64) ' \
&& echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [
fat_32_64=yes])
])
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],[tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes],
[tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
])
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
DL_LIBS=""
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],
[tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes],
[tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
])
AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__],
[Compiler support for module scope symbols])
tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
])
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH"
AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TCL, 1, [Is this a Mac I see before me?])
PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}'
PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}'
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use CoreFoundation])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(corefoundation,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-corefoundation],
[use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on)]),
[tcl_corefoundation=$enableval], [tcl_corefoundation=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_corefoundation])
AS_IF([test $tcl_corefoundation = yes], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CoreFoundation.framework],
tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation, [
hold_libs=$LIBS
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
# On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit
# archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for
# presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in
# tclUnixPort.h if necessary.
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
done])
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>]],
[[CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();]])],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no])
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
LIBS=$hold_libs])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes], [
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_COREFOUNDATION, 1,
[Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework?])
], [tcl_corefoundation=no])
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes],[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit CoreFoundation],
tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64, [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
done
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>]],
[[CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();]])],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no], [
AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
[Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
])
])
])
;;
NEXTSTEP-*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OS/390-*)
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy
AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1, # needed in sys/socket.h
[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
;;
OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
# OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
# Hack: make package name same as library name
SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OSF1-1.*)
# OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [
SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
])
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OSF1-V*)
# Digital OSF/1
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
], [
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -non_shared'
])
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='"-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}"'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
# see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
])
])
;;
QNX-6*)
# QNX RTP
# This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
# dlopen is in -lc on QNX
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 | SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="" CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" ;; SunOS-5.[[0-6]]) # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris # won't define thread-safe library routines. AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 |
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
SINIX*5.4*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
SunOS-4*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
SHLIB_LD="ld"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
# SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
# specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead. Also, it
# requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
# So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
;;
SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
# Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
# Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
# won't define thread-safe library routines.
AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="-ldl" # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [ hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" | | | | 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 |
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
# Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
# that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],[tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes],[tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
])
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
esac
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 |
dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
# Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
| | | 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 |
dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
# Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-load],
[allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: on)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = no], [DL_OBJS=""])
AS_IF([test "x$DL_OBJS" != x], [BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"], [
AC_MSG_WARN([Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system.])
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 |
# libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
# standard manufacturer compiler.
AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
case $system in
AIX-*) ;;
BSD/OS*) ;;
| | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | < > > > > > > > | 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 |
# libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
# standard manufacturer compiler.
AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
case $system in
AIX-*) ;;
BSD/OS*) ;;
CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MSYS_*) ;;
HP-UX*) ;;
Darwin-*) ;;
IRIX*) ;;
NetBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
OSF1-*) ;;
SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
*) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
esac])
AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern],
[No Compiler support for module scope symbols])
])
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'])
AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a'])
DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
AS_IF([test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""], [
LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o [$]@ ${OBJS} ${LDFLAGS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}'
AS_IF([test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"], [
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
], [
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
])
], [
LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) [$]@ ${OBJS}'
], [
MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
])
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
])
# Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration
AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}'
], [
MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
])
INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"'
# Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is.
# The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if
# it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk.
AS_IF([test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x], [
TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}"])
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
]])],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
[Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working -fno-lto,
ac_cv_nolto,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])],
[ac_cv_nolto=yes],
[ac_cv_nolto=no])
)
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_nolto" = "yes" ; then
CFLAGS_NOLTO="-fno-lto"
else
CFLAGS_NOLTO=""
fi
# FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS
# entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone
# would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS.
AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(DL_OBJS)
AC_SUBST(PLAT_OBJS)
AC_SUBST(PLAT_SRCS)
AC_SUBST(LDAIX_SRC)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_NOLTO)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 | ]) #-------------------------------------------------------------------- # SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS # # Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files. Special # notes: | | | > > | | | > > > | | 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 |
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
#
# Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files. Special
# notes:
# - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
# strtod insome versions of SunOS
# - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
# as strstr
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Defines some of the following vars:
# NO_DIRENT_H
# NO_FLOAT_H
# NO_VALUES_H
# NO_STDLIB_H
# NO_STRING_H
# NO_SYS_WAIT_H
# NO_DLFCN_H
# HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
# HAVE_STRING_H ?
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]], [[
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
# ifdef __Lynx__
/*
* Generate compilation error to make the test fail: Lynx headers
* are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
*/
missing_procedure();
# endif
#endif
DIR *d;
struct dirent *entryPtr;
char *p;
d = opendir("foobar");
entryPtr = readdir(d);
p = entryPtr->d_name;
closedir(d);
]])],[tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes],[tcl_cv_dirent_h=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
# See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
# set and why.
if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])])
# OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/param.h])
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_PATH_X
#
# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try
# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [
AC_PATH_X
not_really_there=""
if test "$no_x" = ""; then
if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
| | | | 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [
AC_PATH_X
not_really_there=""
if test "$no_x" = ""; then
if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]])],[],[not_really_there="yes"])
else
if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
not_really_there="yes"
fi
fi
fi
if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
found_xincludes="no"
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]])],[found_xincludes="yes"],[found_xincludes="no"])
if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
for i in $dirs ; do
if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
found_xincludes="yes"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 |
SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
case $system in
OSF*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
;;
esac
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
| > > > > | 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 |
SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
case $system in
OSF*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
SunOS-4*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
;;
esac
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
| | | > | | > | > | | | | > | | | | | < < < < < < < | 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]], [[struct tm tm; (void)tm.tm_tzadj;]])],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]], [[struct tm tm; (void)tm.tm_gmtoff;]])],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
fi
#
# Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
# (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>
#include <stdlib.h>]],
[[extern long timezone;
timezone += 1;
exit (0);]])],
[tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes], [tcl_cv_timezone_long=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
else
#
# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>
#include <stdlib.h>]],
[[extern time_t timezone;
timezone += 1;
exit (0);]])],
[tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes], [tcl_cv_timezone_time=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
fi
fi
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
# Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
# Things like the math library (-lm), socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
# -lnsl), zlib (-lz) and libtommath (-ltommath) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
#
# Results:
#
# Might append to the following vars:
# LIBS
# MATH_LIBS
#
# Might define the following vars:
# HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 |
if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
[LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < | | | | | | < < | 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 |
if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
[LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
# Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
# features are available.
#
# Arguments:
# None
#
# Results:
#
# Might define the following vars:
# _ISOC99_SOURCE
# _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[$2]], [[$3]])],
[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[[#define ]$1[ ]m4_default([$4],[1])[
]$2]], [[$3]])],
[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)]))
if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
AC_DEFINE($1, m4_default([$4],[1]), [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags])
tcl_flags=""
SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>],
[char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;])
SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
[switch (0) { case 0: case (sizeof(off_t)==sizeof(long long)): ; }],64)
if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([none])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}])
fi
])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 |
#
# Might define the following vars:
# TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
# TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
# HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, HAVE_DIR64
# HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
# HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
| > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 |
#
# Might define the following vars:
# TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
# TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
# HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, HAVE_DIR64
# HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
# HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
# _TIME_BITS
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;]])],
[tcl_type_64bit=__int64], [tcl_type_64bit="long long"])
# See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the
# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[switch (0) {
case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
}]])],[tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}],[])])
if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
else
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
[What type should be used to define wide integers?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
# Now check for auxiliary declarations
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit time_t], tcl_cv_time_t_64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>]],
[[switch (0) {case 0: case (sizeof(time_t)==sizeof(long long)): ;}]])],
[tcl_cv_time_t_64=yes],[tcl_cv_time_t_64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_time_t_64}" = "xno" ; then
# Note that _TIME_BITS=64 requires _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64
# which SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS has defined if necessary.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if _TIME_BITS=64 enables 64-bit time_t], tcl_cv__time_bits,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#define _TIME_BITS 64
#include <sys/types.h>]],
[[switch (0) {case 0: case (sizeof(time_t)==sizeof(long long)): ;}]])],
[tcl_cv__time_bits=yes],[tcl_cv__time_bits=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv__time_bits}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(_TIME_BITS, 64, [_TIME_BITS=64 enables 64-bit time_t.])
fi
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]], [[struct dirent64 p;]])],
[tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes],[tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DIR64], tcl_cv_DIR64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]], [[struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64(".");
p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);]])],
[tcl_cv_DIR64=yes], [tcl_cv_DIR64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIR64, 1, [Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/stat.h>]], [[struct stat64 p;
]])],
[tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes], [tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>]], [[off64_t offset;
]])],
[tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes], [tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no])])
dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
fi
])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 |
# Will define the following vars:
# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
AC_ARG_WITH(encoding,
| | | | 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 |
# Will define the following vars:
# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
AC_ARG_WITH(encoding,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-encoding],
[encoding for configuration values (default: iso8859-1)]),
[with_tcencoding=${withval}])
if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}",
[What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
else
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"iso8859-1",
[What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 |
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken],
| | | | | 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 |
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken],
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[[
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int main() {]$2[}]]])],[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=ok],
[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=broken],[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=unknown]))
if test ["$tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken"] = "ok"; then
tcl_ok=1
else
tcl_ok=0
fi
fi
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 0; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyaddr_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [
| | | | | | | | 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyaddr_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *addr;
int length;
int type;
struct hostent *result;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
&h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 7 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 8 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *addr;
int length;
int type;
struct hostent *result, *resultp;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
&resultp, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 8 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyname_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [
| | | | | | | | | | | 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyname_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he, *res;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &res, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 6 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 3 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he;
struct hostent_data data;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, &data);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 3 args.])
fi
fi
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 |
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 |
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
uid_t uid;
struct passwd pw, *pwp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getpwuid_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
uid_t uid;
struct passwd pw;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getpwnam_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 |
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 |
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct passwd pw, *pwp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct passwd pw;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 |
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 |
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
gid_t gid;
struct group gr, *grp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
gid_t gid;
struct group gr;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 |
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 |
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct group gr, *grp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct group gr;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 | #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #include <netinet/in.h> #include <netdb.h> ]]) if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1, | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 | #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #include <netinet/in.h> #include <netdb.h> ]]) if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1, [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends]) AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553]) AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy) fi ]) # Local Variables: # mode: autoconf # End: |
Changes to unix/tk.pc.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # tk pkg-config source file prefix=@prefix@ exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ libdir=@libdir@ includedir=@includedir@ | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# tk pkg-config source file
prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
libdir=@libdir@
includedir=@includedir@
Name: The Tk Toolkit
Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well.
URL: https://www.tcl-lang.org/
Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
Requires: tcl >= 8.6
Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tk.spec.
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.
%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}
Name: tk
Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
| | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.
%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}
Name: tk
Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version: 8.6.17
Release: 2
License: BSD
Group: Development/Languages
Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL: https://www.tcl-lang.org/
Buildroot: /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version
Requires: tcl >= %version
%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks. When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X. Tcl
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkAppInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#undef BUILD_tk
#undef STATIC_BUILD
#include "tk.h"
#include "tkPort.h"
#ifdef TK_TEST
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
| > > > > | > > > | > | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#undef BUILD_tk
#undef STATIC_BUILD
#include "tk.h"
#include "tkPort.h"
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 7
# define Tcl_LibraryInitProc Tcl_PackageInitProc
# define Tcl_StaticLibrary Tcl_StaticPackage
#endif
#ifdef TK_TEST
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
extern Tcl_LibraryInitProc Tktest_Init;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using
* a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The
* #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist.
*/
#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
#endif
#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
# else
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern
# endif
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *);
MODULE_SCOPE int main(int, char **);
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
* script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc.,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
int
main(
int argc, /* Number of command-line arguments. */
char **argv) /* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
| < < < | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
int
main(
int argc, /* Number of command-line arguments. */
char **argv) /* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#endif
Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
return 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | < | | | 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
#if defined(USE_CUSTOM_EXIT_PROC)
if (TkpWantsExitProc()) {
Tcl_SetExitProc(TkpExitProc);
}
#endif
#ifdef TK_TEST
if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, 0);
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
* like this:
*
* if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkConfig.h.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG
| < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG
/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H
/* Defined when compiler supports casting to union type. */
#undef HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION
/* Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework? */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | /* Do we have the intptr_t type? */ #undef HAVE_INTPTR_T /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H | | | | | | | > > > | | | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | /* Do we have the intptr_t type? */ #undef HAVE_INTPTR_T /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the 'Xft' library (-lXft). */ #undef HAVE_LIBXFT /* Define to 1 if you have the 'lseek64' function. */ #undef HAVE_LSEEK64 /* Define to 1 if you have the 'open64' function. */ #undef HAVE_OPEN64 /* Define to 1 if you have the 'pthread_atfork' function. */ #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK /* Define to 1 if you have the 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' function. */ #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE /* Does struct password have a pw_gecos field? */ #undef HAVE_PW_GECOS /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDIO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 | #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Is weak import available? */ #undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT /* Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)? */ #undef HAVE_XFT /* Is XScreenSaver available? */ #undef HAVE_XSS /* Is this a Mac I see before me? */ #undef MAC_OSX_TCL | > > > | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Is weak import available? */ #undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT /* Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)? */ #undef HAVE_XFT /* Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym? */ #undef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM /* Is XScreenSaver available? */ #undef HAVE_XSS /* Is this a Mac I see before me? */ #undef MAC_OSX_TCL |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | #undef NDEBUG /* Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit? */ #undef NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 /* Do we have fd_set? */ #undef NO_FD_SET /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME | > > > | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 | #undef NDEBUG /* Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit? */ #undef NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 /* Do we have fd_set? */ #undef NO_FD_SET /* Do we have <stdlib.h>? */ #undef NO_STDLIB_H /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Is this a static build? */ #undef STATIC_BUILD | | > > < < < > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | > | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD
/* Define to 1 if all of the C89 standard headers exist (not just the ones
required in a freestanding environment). This macro is provided for
backward compatibility; new code need not use it. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT
/* Is this an optimized build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT
/* Are we building with threads enabled? */
#undef TCL_THREADS
/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. This
macro is obsolete. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Is Tk built as a framework? */
#undef TK_FRAMEWORK
/* Are TkAqua debug messages enabled? */
#undef TK_MAC_DEBUG
/* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */
#undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
# endif
#else
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# endif
#endif
/* Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated? */
#undef XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED
/* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */
#undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
/* Add the _FILE_OFFSET_BITS flag when building */
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
/* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */
#undef _ISOC99_SOURCE
/* # needed in sys/socket.h Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets? */
#undef _OE_SOCKETS
/* Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do! */
#undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
/* Do we want the reentrant OS API? */
#undef _REENTRANT
/* Do we want the thread-safe OS API? */
#undef _THREAD_SAFE
/* _TIME_BITS=64 enables 64-bit time_t. */
#undef _TIME_BITS
/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
/* Define to 1 if type 'char' is unsigned and your compiler does not
predefine this macro. */
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
# undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#endif
/* Define as 'int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef gid_t
/* Define to '__inline__' or '__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */
#undef intptr_t
/* Define to 'int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef mode_t
/* Define as a signed integer type capable of holding a process identifier. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define as 'unsigned int' if <stddef.h> doesn't define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define as 'int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef uid_t
/* Unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */
#undef uintptr_t
/* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
* include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
#endif /* _TKCONFIG */
|
Changes to unix/tkConfig.sh.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ | < | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ # TK_DBGX used to be used to distinguish debug vs. non-debug builds. # This was a righteous pain so the core doesn't do that any more. TK_DBGX= # The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library): TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@' |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory. TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory. TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@' | < < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory. TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory. TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@' |
Changes to unix/tkUnix.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
| < > | < < > | > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
/*
* This function intentionally left blank
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCopyRegion --
*
* Makes the destination region a copy of the source region.
* Currently unused on X11.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return);
void
TkpCopyRegion(
TkRegion dst,
TkRegion src)
{
/* XUnionRegion() in Xlib is optimized to detect copying */
XUnionRegion((Region)src, (Region)src, (Region)dst);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData --
*
* Set up a rectangle of the given region based on the supplied alpha
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 | * Side effects: * None. *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ long Tk_GetUserInactiveTime( | > | > > > | 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
* Side effects:
* None.
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
#ifdef HAVE_XSS
Display *dpy) /* The display for which to query the inactive
* time. */
#else
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
#endif /* HAVE_XSS */
{
long inactiveTime = -1;
#ifdef HAVE_XSS
int eventBase, errorBase, major, minor;
/*
* Calling XScreenSaverQueryVersion seems to be needed to prevent a crash
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnix3d.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnix3d.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3d * borders in the Motif style. * | | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * tkUnix3d.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3d * borders in the Motif style. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #else #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Unix 3D * borders. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixButton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkUnixButton.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the button widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkUnixButton.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the button widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkButton.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixColor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixColor.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X * support. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkUnixColor.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X * support. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkColor.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color);
}
}
| | | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color);
}
}
tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color = color;
return tkColPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
| | | 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
TkColor *tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color.red = colorPtr->red;
tkColPtr->color.green = colorPtr->green;
tkColPtr->color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &tkColPtr->color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
{
TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
double tmp, distance, closestDistance;
int i, closest, numFound;
XColor *colorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
| | | | | | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
{
TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
double tmp, distance, closestDistance;
int i, closest, numFound;
XColor *colorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr;
/*
* Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create a new
* one if needed.
*/
for (stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; ; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr == NULL) {
stressPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkStressedCmap));
stressPtr->colormap = colormap;
template.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin));
visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin),
VisualIDMask, &template, &numFound);
if (numFound < 1) {
Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor couldn't lookup visual");
}
stressPtr->numColors = visInfoPtr->colormap_size;
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
stressPtr->colorPtr =
ckalloc(stressPtr->numColors * sizeof(XColor));
for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) {
stressPtr->colorPtr[i].pixel = (unsigned long) i;
}
XQueryColors(dispPtr->display, colormap, stressPtr->colorPtr,
stressPtr->numColors);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixConfig.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixConfig.c -- * * This module implements the Unix system defaults for the configuration * package. * | | | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
/*
* tkUnixConfig.c --
*
* This module implements the Unix system defaults for the configuration
* package.
*
* Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetSystemDefault --
*
* Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a
* string representation of the option.
*
* Results:
* Returns a Tcl_Obj* with the string identifier that identifies this
* option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this
* pair.
*
* Side effects:
* None, once the package is initialized.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
}
cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv,
tkCursorPtr);
}
if (cursor != None) {
| | | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
}
cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv,
tkCursorPtr);
}
if (cursor != None) {
cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
cursorPtr->display = display;
}
cleanup:
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree(argv);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
(unsigned) height);
cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap,
maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap);
if (cursor != None) {
| | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
(unsigned) height);
cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap,
maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap);
if (cursor != None) {
cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
cursorPtr->display = display;
}
return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixDefault.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. | < < | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. */ #define BLACK "#000000" #define WHITE "#ffffff" #define NORMAL_BG "#d9d9d9" #define ACTIVE_BG "#ececec" #define SELECT_BG "#c3c3c3" #define TROUGH "#b3b3b3" #define INDICATOR WHITE #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" /* * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons: */ #define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_BUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_BUTTON_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | > | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_LABEL_FG BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_BUTTON_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "3m" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1m" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" #define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE "selectedButton" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE | | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
150 151 152 153 154 155 156 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" | < < | | < < | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for individual entries of menus: */ #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" #define DEF_MENU_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
318 319 320 321 322 323 324 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 | #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" | | | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for scrollbars: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" | | | 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "11" /* * Defaults for texts: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" | | | | 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_BG_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" #define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted unix/tkUnixDialog.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to unix/tkUnixDraw.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
* from TkScrollWindow.
*/
typedef struct ScrollInfo {
int done; /* Flag is 0 until filtering is done. */
Display *display; /* Display to filter. */
Window window; /* Window to filter. */
| | | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* from TkScrollWindow.
*/
typedef struct ScrollInfo {
int done; /* Flag is 0 until filtering is done. */
Display *display; /* Display to filter. */
Window window; /* Window to filter. */
TkRegion region; /* Region into which damage is accumulated. */
int dx, dy; /* Amount by which window was shifted. */
} ScrollInfo;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
| | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc;
ClientData prevArg;
ScrollInfo info;
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), gc,
x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, x+dx, y+dy);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
TkpSync(info.display);
prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ScrollRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg);
while (!info.done) {
Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS);
}
Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
| | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
TkpSync(info.display);
prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ScrollRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg);
while (!info.done) {
Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS);
}
Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
if (XEmptyRegion((Region) damageRgn)) {
return 0;
} else {
return 1;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) {
info->done = 1;
} else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) {
rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height;
| | | | | | | | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) {
info->done = 1;
} else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) {
rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
if (eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.count == 0) {
info->done = 1;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
/*
* This case is tricky. This event was already queued before the
* XCopyArea was issued. If this area overlaps the area being copied,
* then some of the copied area may be invalid. The easiest way to
* handle this case is to mark both the original area and the shifted
* area as damaged.
*/
rect.x = eventPtr->xexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xexpose.height;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
rect.x += info->dx;
rect.y += info->dy;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
} else {
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
}
return TK_DISCARD_EVENT;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
| < < | | < | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This function draws the rectangular frame area.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixEmbed.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *usePtr;
int anyError;
Window parent;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
Container *containerPtr;
XWindowAttributes parentAtts;
| | | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *usePtr;
int anyError;
Window parent;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
Container *containerPtr;
XWindowAttributes parentAtts;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->window != None) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"can't modify container after widget is created", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "POST_CREATE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
if (containerPtr->parent == parent) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
break;
}
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
| | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
if (containerPtr->parent == parent) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
break;
}
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = parent;
containerPtr->parentRoot = parentAtts.root;
containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->wrapper = None;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Tk's information about the window that is
* to be instantiated. */
Window parent) /* Window system token for the parent in which
* the window is to be created. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
| | | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Tk's information about the window that is
* to be instantiated. */
Window parent) /* Window system token for the parent in which
* the window is to be created. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
/*
* This window is embedded. Don't create the new window in the given
* parent; instead, create it as a child of the root window of the
* container's screen. The window will get reparented into a wrapper
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
void
TkpMakeContainer(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for a window that is about to become
* a container. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
Container *containerPtr;
| | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
void
TkpMakeContainer(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for a window that is about to become
* a container. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
Container *containerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
containerPtr->parentRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->wrapper = None;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
static int
EmbedErrorProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to integer to set. */
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* Points to information about error (not
* used). */
{
| | < | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
static int
EmbedErrorProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to integer to set. */
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* Points to information about error (not
* used). */
{
int *iPtr = clientData;
*iPtr = 1;
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
359 360 361 362 363 364 365 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | | 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
Container *containerPtr;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this function (almost any
* operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
* deleted its window).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | | 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application.
*/
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) {
TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
}
if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {
/*
* Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
* deleted its window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
Display *display;
display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
/*
* The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to move
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
TkWindow *
TkpGetOtherWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or embedded
* window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
| | | 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
TkWindow *
TkpGetOtherWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or embedded
* window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->parentPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
Container *containerPtr;
Window saved;
| | | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
Container *containerPtr;
Window saved;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* First, find the top-level window corresponding to winPtr.
*/
while (1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
* window; should be embedded. */
int force) /* One means that the container should claim
* the focus if it doesn't currently have
* it. */
{
XEvent event;
Container *containerPtr;
| | | 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
* window; should be embedded. */
int force) /* One means that the container should claim
* the focus if it doesn't currently have
* it. */
{
XEvent event;
Container *containerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
return;
}
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
869 870 871 872 873 874 875 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTestembedCmd( | | | < | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
int all;
Container *containerPtr;
Tcl_DString dString;
char buffer[50];
Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
all = 1;
} else {
all = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
continue;
}
Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
/* Parent id */
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
| | | | 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
continue;
}
Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
/* Parent id */
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "0x%lx", containerPtr->parent);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
/* Parent pathName */
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL ||
parentInterp != interp) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
}
/* Wrapper */
if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "0x%lx", containerPtr->wrapper);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
/* Embedded window pathName */
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL ||
embeddedInterp != interp) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
static void
EmbedWindowDeleted(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's information about window that was
* deleted. */
{
Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr;
| | > | 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
static void
EmbedWindowDeleted(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's information about window that was
* deleted. */
{
Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the
* information about the embedded application and free the container's
* record.
*/
prevPtr = NULL;
containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
while (1) {
if (containerPtr == NULL) return;
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
containerPtr->wrapper = None;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
break;
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 |
*/
Window
TkUnixContainerId(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
| | | 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 |
*/
Window
TkUnixContainerId(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
containerPtr != NULL; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->parent;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 |
Tk_Window tkRef,
Window *parentPtr,
Tk_Window tkParent,
TkBusy busy)
{
Window root, parent, *dummy;
unsigned int count;
| < | 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 |
Tk_Window tkRef,
Window *parentPtr,
Tk_Window tkParent,
TkBusy busy)
{
Window root, parent, *dummy;
unsigned int count;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) {
/*
* This works around a bug in the implementation of menubars for
* non-MacIntosh window systems (Win32 and X11). Tk doesn't reset the
* pointers to the parent window when the menu is reparented (since
* winPtr->parentPtr points to the wrong window). We get around this
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include <signal.h> | | < | > | > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include <signal.h>
#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
# include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#else
# define XkbOpenDisplay(D,V,E,M,m,R) (((void)D),((void)V),((void)E),((void)M),((void)m),((void)R),(NULL))
#endif
/*
* The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in
* the current thread.
*/
typedef struct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayExitHandler( | | < | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_DeleteEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Display *display;
int event = 0;
int error = 0;
int major = 1;
int minor = 0;
int reason = 0;
/* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
| > | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Display *display;
int event = 0;
int error = 0;
int major = 1;
int minor = 0;
int reason = 0;
unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
/* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
static int xinited = 0;
static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;
if (!xinited) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
if (!xinited) {
/* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&xinitMutex);
}
#endif
/*
** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized and confirmed
| | > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > | 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&xinitMutex);
}
#endif
/*
** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized and confirmed
** that the serve supports it. The XkbOpenDisplay call
** will perform this check and return NULL if the extension
** is not supported.
**
** Work around un-const-ified Xkb headers using (char *) cast.
*/
display = XkbOpenDisplay((char *)displayNameStr, &event, &error, &major,
&minor, &reason);
if (display == NULL) {
/*fprintf(stderr,"event=%d error=%d major=%d minor=%d reason=%d\nDisabling xkb\n",
event, error, major, minor, reason);*/
display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr);
} else {
use_xkb = TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Using xkb %d.%d\n", major, minor);*/
}
if (display == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
dispPtr->display = display;
dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XSetLocaleModifiers("");
OpenIM(dispPtr);
XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
#endif
Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 | * Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplaySetupProc( | | < | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
* Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplaySetupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int flags)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
static Tcl_Time blockTime = { 0, 0 };
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return;
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 |
* until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work
* correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough
* for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761]
*/
while (QLength(display) > 0) {
XNextEvent(display, &event.x);
| | > > | 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
* until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work
* correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough
* for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761]
*/
while (QLength(display) > 0) {
XNextEvent(display, &event.x);
if ((event.type >= VirtualEvent) && (event.type <= MouseWheelEvent)) {
/* See [fe87e9af39]. Those are internal Tk event types, if they come
* from an external source they most likely would be totally mis-interpreted */
continue;
}
w = None;
if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) {
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); ; dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 | * Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayCheckProc( | | < | 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
* Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayCheckProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int flags)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return;
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
*/
static void
DisplayFileProc(
ClientData clientData, /* The display pointer. */
int flags) /* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
| | < | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
*/
static void
DisplayFileProc(
ClientData clientData, /* The display pointer. */
int flags) /* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
Display *display = dispPtr->display;
int numFound;
XFlush(display);
numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading);
if (numFound == 0) {
/*
* Things are very tricky if there aren't any events readable at this
* point (after all, there was supposedly data available on the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
static void
InstantiateIMCallback(
Display *display,
XPointer client_data,
XPointer call_data)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
| < < < < | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 |
static void
InstantiateIMCallback(
Display *display,
XPointer client_data,
XPointer call_data)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
OpenIM(dispPtr);
XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}
static void
DestroyIMCallback(
XIM im,
XPointer client_data,
XPointer call_data)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
731 732 733 734 735 736 737 |
OpenIM(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's structure for the display. */
{
int i;
XIMStyles *stylePtr;
XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;
| < < < < | 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
OpenIM(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's structure for the display. */
{
int i;
XIMStyles *stylePtr;
XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;
++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
return;
}
/* Require X11R6 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
/* Builtin space for a limited number of
* SubFonts. */
int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */
SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
| | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
/* Builtin space for a limited number of
* SubFonts. */
int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */
SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
* InitFont() from the original set of font
* attributes. Usually points to
* staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
* space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
SubFont controlSubFont; /* Font to use to display control-character
* expansions. */
Display *display; /* Display that owns font. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 | int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); static int UtfToUcs2beProc(void *clientData, const char*src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * FontPkgCleanup -- * * This function is called when an application is created. It initializes | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static int UtfToUcs2beProc(void *clientData, const char*src,
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XLoadQueryFontNoXError --
*
* This function is XLoadQueryFont wrapped in a NULL error handler.
* It is a temporary workaround for ticket [36e379c01b],
* "macOS Ventura, X11 build with XQuartz: crash in XLoadQueryFont",
* which actually is issue #216 in XQuartz:
* https://github.com/XQuartz/XQuartz/issues/216
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static XFontStruct *
XLoadQueryFontNoXError(Display *display, const char *name)
{
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr = NULL;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
/* 45 is the major opcode of X_OpenFont */
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, BadValue, 45, -1, NULL, NULL);
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, name);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
return fontStructPtr;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FontPkgCleanup --
*
* This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that
* correspond to the bytes stored in the
* output buffer. */
{
const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
int ch, result;
| | | 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that
* correspond to the bytes stored in the
* output buffer. */
{
const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
int ch, result;
static const char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
static const char mapChars[] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
};
result = TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xF];
dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xF];
dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xF];
dst += 6;
} else {
/* TODO we can do better here */
dst[1] = 'u';
| | | | | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xF];
dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xF];
dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xF];
dst += 6;
} else {
/* TODO we can do better here */
dst[1] = 'u';
dst[2] = 'f';
dst[3] = 'f';
dst[4] = 'f';
dst[5] = 'd';
dst += 6;
}
}
*srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
*dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
*dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
return result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 |
* Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
UtfToUcs2beProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* TableEncodingData that specifies
* encoding. */
const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */
int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */
| > > > > > > > > | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
* Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
/* Since the UCS-2BE encoding is only used when Tk is dynamically loaded in Tcl 8.6,
* make sure that Tcl_UtfCharComplete is ALWAYS the pre-TIP #575 version,
* even though Tk is being compiled with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED! */
# undef Tcl_UtfCharComplete
# define Tcl_UtfCharComplete ((int (*)(const char *, int))(void *)((&tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgProvideEx)[326]))
#endif
static int
UtfToUcs2beProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* TableEncodingData that specifies
* encoding. */
const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */
int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
hasWild = 1;
}
}
if ((dashes < 14) && !hasWild && hasSpace) {
return NULL;
}
| | | 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 |
hasWild = 1;
}
}
if ((dashes < 14) && !hasWild && hasSpace) {
return NULL;
}
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFontNoXError(Tk_Display(tkwin), (char *)name);
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Handle all names that look like XLFDs here. Otherwise, when
* TkpGetFontFromAttributes is called from generic code, any foundry
* or encoding information specified in the XLFD will have been parsed
* out and lost. But make sure we don't have an "-option value" string
* since TkFontParseXLFD would return a false success when attempting
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
943 944 945 946 947 948 949 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
| | | 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
int c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
FontAttributes atts;
UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
/* Structure describing the logical font */
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
/* Pointer to subfont array in case
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 |
* means return at least one character even if
* no characters fit. */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
| > | | 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
* means return at least one character even if
* no characters fit. */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
int curByte;
int curX, ch;
/*
* Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when
* displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure
* individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o
* any "off-by-one-pixel" errors.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 |
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that is
* passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
| | < < | 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 |
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that is
* passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
double x, double y, /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
double angle) /* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
int widthUntilStart;
double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
TkDrawAngledChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
rangeLength, x+cosA*widthUntilStart, y-sinA*widthUntilStart, angle);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 |
const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (ch < 0 || ch >= FONTMAP_NUMCHARS) {
ch = 0xFFFD;
}
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
}
}
| > > > > < < < < | 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 |
const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (ch < 0 || ch >= FONTMAP_NUMCHARS) {
ch = 0xFFFD;
}
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->controlSubFont, ch)) {
return &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
}
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
}
}
/*
* Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some name
* multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 |
/*
* Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
* can be used.
*/
nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames);
for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
| | | | | | 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 |
/*
* Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
* can be used.
*/
nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames);
for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
fallback = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-') + 1;
strchr(fallback, '-')[0] = '\0';
if (SeenName(fallback, &ds) == 0) {
subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, fallback, ch,
fixSubFontPtrPtr);
if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
XFreeFontNames(nameList);
goto end;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 |
static XFontStruct *
GetScreenFont(
Display *display, /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the
* best font was scalable. */
char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */
| | | | 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 |
static XFontStruct *
GetScreenFont(
Display *display, /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the
* best font was scalable. */
char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */
int bestIdx[], /* Indices into above array for XLFD of best
* bitmapped and best scalable font. */
unsigned bestScore[]) /* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable
* font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score
* will be constructed. */
{
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
if ((bestIdx[0] < 0) && (bestIdx[1] < 0)) {
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 |
str = strchr(str + 1, '-');
}
rest = str;
for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
}
*str = '\0';
| | | | | 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 |
str = strchr(str + 1, '-');
}
rest = str;
for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
}
*str = '\0';
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
(int)(-wantPtr->fa.size+0.5), rest);
*str = '-';
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFontNoXError(display, buf);
bestScore[1] = INT_MAX;
}
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFontNoXError(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]);
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
/*
* This shouldn't happen because the font name is one of the names
* that X gave us to use, but it does anyhow.
*/
if (bestScore[1] < INT_MAX) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 |
static XFontStruct *
GetSystemFont(
Display *display) /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
{
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
| | | | 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 |
static XFontStruct *
GetSystemFont(
Display *display) /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
{
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFontNoXError(display, "fixed");
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFontNoXError(display, "*");
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkpGetFontFromAttributes: cannot get any font");
}
}
return fontStructPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 |
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
* if no names were found. */
{
char buf[256];
| | | 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 |
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
* if no names were found. */
{
char buf[256];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "-*-%.80s-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*", faceName);
return XListFonts(display, buf, 10000, numNamesPtr);
}
static char **
ListFontOrAlias(
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | * * Side effects: * Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < > | < < < < < < > | 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
*
* Side effects:
* Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetLibraryPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
#ifdef TK_FRAMEWORK
int foundInFramework = TCL_ERROR;
char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1];
foundInFramework = Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
tkLibPath);
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
return foundInFramework;
#else
return TCL_ERROR;
#endif
}
#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixKey.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixKey.c -- * * This file contains routines for dealing with international keyboard * input. * | | > > > > > > | > > > > > | > | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
/*
* tkUnixKey.c --
*
* This file contains routines for dealing with international keyboard
* input.
*
* Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef __GNUC__
/*
* We know that XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated, nothing we can do about it.
*/
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
#endif
/*
** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized. TkpOpenDisplay
** does this and sets the USE_XKB flag if xkb is supported.
** (should this be function ptr?)
*/
#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
# include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#else
# define XkbKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) XKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,L)
#endif
#define TkKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) \
((D)->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB) ? \
XkbKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,G,L) : \
XKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,L)
/*
* Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
*/
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
const char *
TkpGetString(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
| | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
const char *
TkpGetString(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
int len;
Tcl_DString buf;
TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;
/*
* If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | * Overallocate the dstring to the maximum stack amount. */ Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1); len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
* Overallocate the dstring to the maximum stack amount.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf),
&kePtr->keysym, &status);
/*
* If the buffer wasn't big enough, grow the buffer and try again.
*/
if (status == XBufferOverflow) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
kePtr->charValueLen = len;
memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), len + 1);
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
| | | 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
kePtr->charValueLen = len;
memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), len + 1);
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
* modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
* into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
*/
void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keySym,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
* Side effects:
* In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get
* loaded.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
TkpGetKeySym(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */
{
KeySym sym;
int index;
TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr;
/*
* X11 keycodes always lie in the inclusive range [8,255].
*/
if (eventPtr->xkey.keycode > 0xff) {
| > > > > | | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
* Side effects:
* In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get
* loaded.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
#endif
KeySym
TkpGetKeySym(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */
{
KeySym sym;
int index;
TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr;
/*
* X11 keycodes always lie in the inclusive range [8,255].
*/
if (eventPtr->xkey.keycode > 0xff) {
return NoSymbol;
}
/*
* Refresh the mapping information if it's stale. This must happen before
* we do any input method processing. [Bug 3599312]
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
index = 2;
}
if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
|| ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
&& (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
index += 1;
}
| | | | | 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 |
index = 2;
}
if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
|| ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
&& (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
index += 1;
}
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, 0,
index);
/*
* Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is
* only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case
* alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym.
*/
#ifndef XK_Oslash
/* XK_Oslash is the official name, but might not be present in older X11 headers */
# define XK_Oslash XK_Ooblique
#endif
if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
&& (dispPtr->lockUsage == LU_CAPS)) {
if (!(((sym >= XK_A) && (sym <= XK_Z))
|| ((sym >= XK_Agrave) && (sym <= XK_Odiaeresis))
|| ((sym >= XK_Oslash) && (sym <= XK_Thorn)))) {
index &= ~1;
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
0, index);
}
}
/*
* Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there is
* no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key.
*/
if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) {
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
0, index & ~1);
}
return sym;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
TkpInitKeymapInfo(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap
* information. */
{
XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr;
KeyCode *codePtr;
KeySym keysym;
| | > | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
TkpInitKeymapInfo(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap
* information. */
{
XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr;
KeyCode *codePtr;
KeySym keysym;
int count, i, max;
int j, arraySize;
#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 20
dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 0;
modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display);
/*
* Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is
* associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be
* interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock.
*/
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex;
for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_SHIFT;
break;
}
if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS;
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap;
max = 8 * modMapPtr->max_keypermod;
for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
| | | 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap;
max = 8 * modMapPtr->max_keypermod;
for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
if (keysym == XK_Mode_switch) {
dispPtr->modeModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
}
if ((keysym == XK_Meta_L) || (keysym == XK_Meta_R)) {
dispPtr->metaModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkUnixMenu.c -- * * This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus. * | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkUnixMenu.c -- * * This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "default.h" #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" /* * Constants used for menu drawing. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
bgBorder = activeBorder;
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else {
| | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
bgBorder = activeBorder;
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else {
relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
activeBorderWidth, relief);
} else {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 |
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The font to draw with */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* The font metrics from the font */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
points[1].x = x + width - 1;
| > | 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The font to draw with */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* The font metrics from the font */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
points[1].x = x + width - 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
856 857 858 859 860 861 862 |
len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
if (mePtr->underline < len) {
int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge, ch;
const char *label, *start, *end;
label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
| | | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
if (mePtr->underline < len) {
int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge, ch;
const char *label, *start, *end;
label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
start = TkUtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
end = start + TkUtfToUniChar(start, &ch);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
leftEdge += 5;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
924 925 926 927 928 929 930 | * The menu is posted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpPostTearoffMenu( | | < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > | 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 |
* The menu is posted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostTearoffMenu(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* The interpreter of the menu */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */
int x, int y, int index) /* The root X,Y coordinates where the
* specified entry will be posted */
{
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
* and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Adjust the menu y position so that the specified entry will be located
* at the given coordinates.
*/
if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
}
if (index >= 0) {
y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
}
/*
* Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
* screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
*
* 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
* are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 | * has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we * decide which set to give the geometry routines. */ menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics); | | | 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
* has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we
* decide which set to give the geometry routines.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
lastEntry--;
}
if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
}
x = borderWidth;
| | | 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 |
lastEntry--;
}
if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
}
x = borderWidth;
for (j = lastRowBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
if (j == helpMenuIndex) {
continue;
}
menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
- menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 |
return;
}
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if ((cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
| | | | | | | | 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 |
return;
}
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if ((cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)) {
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
char *helpMenuName = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(Tk_PathName(
masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) + strlen(".help") + 1);
strcpy(helpMenuName, Tk_PathName(masterMenuPtr->tkwin));
strcat(helpMenuName, ".help");
if (strcmp(helpMenuName,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
} else {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
}
ckfree(helpMenuName);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 |
* and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
| | | 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
* and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 |
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
| | | 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 |
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 | * An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( | | | 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 |
* An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* The interp the menu lives in. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *)) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixMenubu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixMenubu.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the menubutton * widget. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkUnixMenubu.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the menubutton * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenubutton.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
{
| < | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixPort.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | #include <assert.h> #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <math.h> #include <string.h> #include <limits.h> | > > > | > | | | > | > > > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | #include <assert.h> #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <math.h> #include <string.h> #include <limits.h> #ifdef NO_STDLIB_H # include "../compat/stdlib.h" #else # include <stdlib.h> #endif #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/file.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H # include <sys/select.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #ifndef _TCL # include <tcl.h> #endif #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME # include <sys/time.h> # include <time.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H # include <sys/time.h> # else # include <time.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #ifndef NO_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #else # include "../compat/unistd.h" #endif #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__cplusplus) # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wc++-compat" #endif #include <X11/Xlib.h> #include <X11/cursorfont.h> #include <X11/keysym.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | * Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined. */ #ifndef NBBY # define NBBY 8 #endif | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
* Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined.
*/
#ifndef NBBY
# define NBBY 8
#endif
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
# define UINT unsigned int
# define HWND void *
# define HDC void *
# define HINSTANCE void *
# define COLORREF void *
# define HMENU void *
# define TkWinDCState void
# define HPALETTE void *
# define WNDPROC void *
# define WPARAM void *
# define LPARAM void *
# define LRESULT void *
#else /* !__CYGWIN__ */
/*
* The TkPutImage macro strips off the color table information, which isn't
* needed for X.
*/
# define TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, desty, width, height) \
XPutImage(display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, \
desty, width, height);
#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */
/*
* Supply macros for seek offsets, if they're not already provided by
* an include file.
*/
#ifndef SEEK_SET
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | /* * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string. * This should perhaps use the real size of an XID. */ #ifndef __CYGWIN__ #define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \ | | < < < < < < | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 | /* * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string. * This should perhaps use the real size of an XID. */ #ifndef __CYGWIN__ #define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \ snprintf((buf), TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "0x%08lx", (unsigned long) (w)) #endif #endif /* _UNIXPORT */ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> | < > > > > > > > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
#define MAX_CACHED_COLORS 16
/*
* Debugging support...
*/
#define DEBUG_FONTSEL 0
#define DEBUG(arguments) \
if (DEBUG_FONTSEL) { \
printf arguments; fflush(stdout); \
}
typedef struct {
XftFont *ftFont;
XftFont *ft0Font;
FcPattern *source;
FcCharSet *charset;
double angle;
} UnixFtFace;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
*/
typedef struct {
Region clipRegion; /* The clipping region, or None. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFontPkgInit --
*
* This procedure is called when an application is created. It
* initializes all the structures that are used by the
* platform-dependant code on a per application basis.
* Note that this is called before TkpInit() !
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
| > > > > < > > > > | > | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
* the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
*/
typedef struct {
Region clipRegion; /* The clipping region, or None. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(xftMutex);
#define LOCK Tcl_MutexLock(&xftMutex)
#define UNLOCK Tcl_MutexUnlock(&xftMutex)
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFontPkgInit --
*
* This procedure is called when an application is created. It
* initializes all the structures that are used by the
* platform-dependant code on a per application basis.
* Note that this is called before TkpInit() !
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int utf8ToUcs4(const char *source, FcChar32 *c, int numBytes)
{
if (numBytes >= 6) {
return TkUtfToUniChar(source, (int *)c);
}
return FcUtf8ToUcs4((const FcChar8 *)source, c, numBytes);
}
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
static const Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
{ 0,0 }
};
Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, "utf-8");
}
static XftFont *
GetFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr,
FcChar32 ucs4,
double angle)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
mat.xx = mat.yy = c;
mat.xy = -(mat.yx = s);
if (angle != 0.0) {
FcPatternAddMatrix(pat, FC_MATRIX, &mat);
}
ftFont = XftFontOpenPattern(fontPtr->display, pat);
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call to XftFontOpenPattern() should not fail, but
* sometimes does anyway. Usual cause appears to be a
* misconfigured fontconfig installation; see [Bug 1090382]. Try a
* fallback:
*/
ftFont = XftFontOpen(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->screen,
FC_FAMILY, FcTypeString, "sans",
FC_SIZE, FcTypeDouble, 12.0,
FC_MATRIX, FcTypeMatrix, &mat,
NULL);
}
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call should definitely not fail. Impossible to
* proceed at this point.
*/
Tcl_Panic("Cannot find a usable font");
}
if (angle == 0.0) {
fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = ftFont;
} else {
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
}
fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = ftFont;
fontPtr->faces[i].angle = angle;
}
}
return (angle==0.0? fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font : fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkFontAttributes --
* Fill in TkFontAttributes from an XftFont.
*/
static void
GetTkFontAttributes(
XftFont *ftFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
const char *family = "Unknown";
const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
| > > > > > > > > | < | | | | | | < | | < > > > > | | 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
mat.xx = mat.yy = c;
mat.xy = -(mat.yx = s);
if (angle != 0.0) {
FcPatternAddMatrix(pat, FC_MATRIX, &mat);
}
LOCK;
ftFont = XftFontOpenPattern(fontPtr->display, pat);
UNLOCK;
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call to XftFontOpenPattern() should not fail, but
* sometimes does anyway. Usual cause appears to be a
* misconfigured fontconfig installation; see [Bug 1090382]. Try a
* fallback:
*/
LOCK;
ftFont = XftFontOpen(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->screen,
FC_FAMILY, FcTypeString, "sans",
FC_SIZE, FcTypeDouble, 12.0,
FC_MATRIX, FcTypeMatrix, &mat,
NULL);
UNLOCK;
}
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call should definitely not fail. Impossible to
* proceed at this point.
*/
Tcl_Panic("Cannot find a usable font");
}
if (angle == 0.0) {
fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = ftFont;
} else {
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
LOCK;
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
UNLOCK;
}
fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = ftFont;
fontPtr->faces[i].angle = angle;
}
}
return (angle==0.0? fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font : fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkFontAttributes --
* Fill in TkFontAttributes from an XftFont.
*/
static void
GetTkFontAttributes(
Tk_Window tkwin,
XftFont *ftFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
const char *family = "Unknown";
const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
double ptSize, dblPxSize, size;
int intPxSize, weight, slant;
(void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0,
&ptSize) == XftResultMatch) {
size = ptSize;
} else if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
&dblPxSize) == XftResultMatch) {
size = -dblPxSize;
} else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
&intPxSize) == XftResultMatch) {
size = (double)-intPxSize;
} else {
size = 12.0;
}
if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0,
&weight) != XftResultMatch) {
weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
}
if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0,
&slant) != XftResultMatch) {
slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
}
DEBUG(("GetTkFontAttributes: family %s size %ld weight %d slant %d\n",
family, lround(size), weight, slant));
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family);
/*
* Make sure that faPtr->size will be > 0 even
* in the very unprobable case that size < 0
*/
faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, size);
faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
faPtr->underline = 0;
faPtr->overstrike = 0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
static void
FinishedWithFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr);
static int
InitFontErrorProc(
| | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
static void
FinishedWithFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr);
static int
InitFontErrorProc(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(XErrorEvent *))
{
int *errorFlagPtr = (int *)clientData;
if (errorFlagPtr != NULL) {
*errorFlagPtr = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
/*
* Fill in platform-specific fields of TkFont.
*/
errorFlag = 0;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin),
| | | | 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
/*
* Fill in platform-specific fields of TkFont.
*/
errorFlag = 0;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin),
-1, -1, -1, InitFontErrorProc, (void *)&errorFlag);
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, 0, 0.0);
if ((ftFont == NULL) || errorFlag) {
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
FinishedWithFont(fontPtr);
ckfree(fontPtr);
return NULL;
}
fontPtr->font.fid = XLoadFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), "fixed");
GetTkFontAttributes(tkwin, ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fa);
GetTkFontMetrics(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fm);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (errorFlag) {
FinishedWithFont(fontPtr);
ckfree(fontPtr);
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
*/
{
TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font;
fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin),
| | | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
*/
{
TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font;
fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin),
-1, -1, -1, InitFontErrorProc, (void *)&errorFlag);
errorFlag = 0;
Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fPtr, "I", 1, -1, 0, &iWidth);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (errorFlag) {
FinishedWithFont(fontPtr);
ckfree(fontPtr);
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
Display *display = fontPtr->display;
int i;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
}
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) {
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font);
}
if (fontPtr->faces[i].charset) {
FcCharSetDestroy(fontPtr->faces[i].charset);
}
}
if (fontPtr->faces) {
ckfree(fontPtr->faces);
| > > > > | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
Display *display = fontPtr->display;
int i;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
LOCK;
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
UNLOCK;
}
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) {
LOCK;
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font);
UNLOCK;
}
if (fontPtr->faces[i].charset) {
FcCharSetDestroy(fontPtr->faces[i].charset);
}
}
if (fontPtr->faces) {
ckfree(fontPtr->faces);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
FcPattern *pattern;
| | | < | 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
FcPattern *pattern;
DEBUG(("TkpGetNativeFont: %s\n", name));
pattern = XftXlfdParse(name, FcFalse, FcFalse);
if (!pattern) {
return NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
XftPattern *pattern;
int weight, slant;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
| < | | | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
XftPattern *pattern;
int weight, slant;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
DEBUG(("TkpGetFontFromAttributes: %s %ld %d %d\n", faPtr->family,
lround(faPtr->size), faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant));
pattern = XftPatternCreate();
if (faPtr->family) {
XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family);
}
if (faPtr->size > 0.0) {
XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, faPtr->size);
} else if (faPtr->size < 0.0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 | * character. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( | | | | 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
* character.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
int c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
/* Structure describing the logical font */
FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
/* UCS-4 character to map */
XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);
/* Actual font used to render the character */
GetTkFontAttributes(tkwin, ftFont, faPtr);
faPtr->underline = fontPtr->font.fa.underline;
faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
}
int
Tk_MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 |
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XftFont *ftFont;
FcChar32 c;
XGlyphInfo extents;
| > | | < | | > < > > > | 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XftFont *ftFont;
FcChar32 c;
XGlyphInfo extents;
int clen;
int curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace;
int termByte = 0, termX = 0, errorFlag = 0;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
char string[256];
int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(fontPtr->display,
-1, -1, -1, InitFontErrorProc, &errorFlag);
curX = 0;
curByte = 0;
sawNonSpace = 0;
while (numBytes > 0) {
int unichar;
clen = TkUtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
c = (FcChar32) unichar;
if (clen <= 0) {
/*
* This can't happen (but see #1185640)
*/
goto measureCharsEnd;
}
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
if (c < 256 && isspace(c)) { /* I18N: ??? */
if (sawNonSpace) {
termByte = curByte;
termX = curX;
sawNonSpace = 0;
}
} else {
sawNonSpace = 1;
}
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
string[len++] = (char) c;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
if (!errorFlag) {
LOCK;
XftTextExtents32(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &c, 1, &extents);
UNLOCK;
}
if (errorFlag) {
extents.xOff = 0;
errorFlag = 0;
}
newX = curX + extents.xOff;
newByte = curByte + clen;
if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
}
break;
}
curX = newX;
curByte = newByte;
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
| > | | | < < | 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
}
break;
}
curX = newX;
curByte = newByte;
}
measureCharsEnd:
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
string[len] = '\0';
DEBUG(("MeasureChars: %s length %d bytes %d\n", string, curX, curByte));
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
*lengthPtr = curX;
return curByte;
}
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont,
const char *source,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
int rangeStart,
int rangeLength,
int maxLength,
int flags,
int *lengthPtr)
{
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XGCValues values;
XftColor *xftcolor;
int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
XGlyphInfo metrics;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
| | < | < | 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XGCValues values;
XftColor *xftcolor;
int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
XGlyphInfo metrics;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%lx\n", drawable));
fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
} else {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 |
}
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
if (ftFont) {
specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
&metrics);
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
specs[nspec].x = x;
specs[nspec].y = y;
if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
specs, nspec);
nspec = 0;
}
}
x += metrics.xOff;
y += metrics.yOff;
}
}
if (nspec) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
}
doUnderlineStrikeout:
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != NULL) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
}
if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
| > > > > > > | 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 |
}
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
if (ftFont) {
specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
LOCK;
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
&metrics);
UNLOCK;
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
specs[nspec].x = x;
specs[nspec].y = y;
if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
specs, nspec);
UNLOCK;
nspec = 0;
}
}
x += metrics.xOff;
y += metrics.yOff;
}
}
if (nspec) {
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
UNLOCK;
}
doUnderlineStrikeout:
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != NULL) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
}
if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 |
const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XGCValues values;
XftColor *xftcolor;
int xStart = x, yStart = y;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
| | < | < | 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 |
const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XGCValues values;
XftColor *xftcolor;
int xStart = x, yStart = y;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
#ifdef XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT
int clen, nglyph;
FT_UInt glyphs[NUM_SPEC];
XGlyphInfo metrics;
XftFont *currentFtFont;
int originX, originY;
if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable));
fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
} else {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
/*
* We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to
* perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing.
* If only the current Xft implementation could make use of
* this information... but we'll be ready when it does!
*/
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
nglyph, &metrics);
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
/*
* NOTE:
* The whole algorithm has a design problem, the choice of
* NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so the inter-glyph spacing could
* look arbitrary. This algorithm has to draw the whole string
* at once (or whole blocks with same font), this requires a
* dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow the array has to
* be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC)
| > > > | | | | > > > > > > | > < | < | 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 |
/*
* We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to
* perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing.
* If only the current Xft implementation could make use of
* this information... but we'll be ready when it does!
*/
LOCK;
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
nglyph, &metrics);
UNLOCK;
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
/*
* NOTE:
* The whole algorithm has a design problem, the choice of
* NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so the inter-glyph spacing could
* look arbitrary. This algorithm has to draw the whole string
* at once (or whole blocks with same font), this requires a
* dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow the array has to
* be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC)
* Given the resolution of current displays though, this should
* not be a huge issue since NUM_SPEC is 1024 and thus able to
* cover about 6000 pixels for a 6 pixel wide font (which is
* a very small barely readable font)
*/
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
UNLOCK;
}
}
originX = ROUND16(x);
originY = ROUND16(y);
currentFtFont = ftFont;
}
glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
}
if (nglyph) {
LOCK;
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
nglyph, &metrics);
UNLOCK;
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
UNLOCK;
}
}
#else /* !XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
int clen;
int nspec;
XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
XGlyphInfo metrics;
double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%lx\n", drawable));
fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
} else {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 |
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
&metrics);
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
specs, nspec);
nspec = 0;
}
}
x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;
y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;
}
}
if (nspec) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
}
#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
doUnderlineStrikeout:
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != NULL) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
}
| > > > > > > | 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 |
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
LOCK;
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
&metrics);
UNLOCK;
/*
* Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
*/
if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
specs, nspec);
UNLOCK;
nspec = 0;
}
}
x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;
y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;
}
}
if (nspec) {
LOCK;
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
UNLOCK;
}
#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
doUnderlineStrikeout:
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != NULL) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 |
const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
| | < < | < < | | | | 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 |
const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
int widthUntilStart;
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
}
void
TkpDrawAngledCharsInContext(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
* be the same as font used in GC. */
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that is
* passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
double x, double y, /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
double angle) /* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
int widthUntilStart;
double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
TkDrawAngledChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
rangeLength, x+cosA*widthUntilStart, y-sinA*widthUntilStart, angle);
}
void
TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(
TkRegion clipRegion) /* The clipping region to install. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->clipRegion = (Region)clipRegion;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkUnixScale.c -- * | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | /* * tkUnixScale.c -- * * This file implements the X specific portion of the scale widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkScale.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static void DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr, |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkUnixScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixSelect.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 |
for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
if (type == XA_ATOM) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr,
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) *propPtr));
} else {
char buf[12];
| | | 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 |
for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
if (type == XA_ATOM) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr,
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) *propPtr));
} else {
char buf[12];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%x", (unsigned int) *propPtr);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf);
}
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
}
static void
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 |
* hexadecimal string. We build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is
* easier than trying to get the quoting correct ourselves.
*/
for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
char buf[12];
| | | 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 |
* hexadecimal string. We build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is
* easier than trying to get the quoting correct ourselves.
*/
for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
char buf[12];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%x", (unsigned char) *propPtr);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf);
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixSend.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkUnixSend.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkUnixSend.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
* registered. */
Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of
* application. */
{
char id[30], *newProp;
int idLength, newBytes;
| | | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 |
* registered. */
Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of
* application. */
{
char id[30], *newProp;
int idLength, newBytes;
snprintf(id, sizeof(id), "%x ", (unsigned) commWindow);
idLength = strlen(id);
newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1;
newProp = (char *)ckalloc(regPtr->propLength + newBytes);
strcpy(newProp, id);
strcpy(newProp+idLength, name);
if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
memcpy(newProp + newBytes, regPtr->property, regPtr->propLength);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
871 872 873 874 875 876 877 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1); Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2); offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE); actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString); } | | | 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE);
actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString);
}
snprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "%d", i);
}
w = RegFindName(regPtr, actualName);
if (w == None) {
break;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 |
async = 0;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
| | | 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 |
async = 0;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objv[i], sendOptions,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (index == SEND_ASYNC) {
++async;
} else if (index == SEND_DISPLAYOF) {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[++i]),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 |
localData.sendSerial++;
Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0c\0-n ", 6);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, destName, -1);
if (!async) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
| | | 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 |
localData.sendSerial++;
Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0c\0-n ", 6);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, destName, -1);
if (!async) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%x %d",
(unsigned) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
localData.sendSerial);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1);
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
*/
returnResult:
if (commWindow != None) {
if (result != TCL_OK) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
| | | 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 |
*/
returnResult:
if (commWindow != None) {
if (result != TCL_OK) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", result);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-c ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, buffer, -1);
}
(void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply),
Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL);
XFlush(dispPtr->display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 |
* Make sure this command is still pending.
*/
for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((pcPtr == pendingPtr) && (pcPtr->result == NULL)) {
pcPtr->result = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50);
| | | 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 |
* Make sure this command is still pending.
*/
for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((pcPtr == pendingPtr) && (pcPtr->result == NULL)) {
pcPtr->result = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50);
snprintf(pcPtr->result, strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50, "no application named \"%s\"",
pcPtr->target);
pcPtr->code = TCL_ERROR;
pcPtr->gotResponse = 1;
break;
}
}
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 |
XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
}
} else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
| | | 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 |
XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
}
} else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixWm.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | * for this protocol arrives. The actual size * of the structure varies to accommodate the * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ } ProtocolHandler; #define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \ | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((unsigned)((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))
/*
* Data for [wm attributes] command:
*/
typedef struct {
double alpha; /* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
| | | | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
static const Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = {
"menubar", /* name */
MenubarReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Structures of the following type are used for communication between
* WaitForEvent, WaitRestrictProc, and WaitTimeoutProc.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 | WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW }; | | | | | | | | 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 |
WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
int index, length;
const char *argv1;
TkWindow *winPtr;
Tk_Window targetWin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
&& (length >= 3)) {
int wmTracing;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmTracing) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 |
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
| | | | | | 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
| | | | | 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost);
case WMATT_ZOOMED:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed);
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen);
case WMATT_TYPE:
return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
break;
}
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 |
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
| | | | | 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 |
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
return TCL_OK;
} else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */
int i;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr,interp,attribute,objv[i+1]) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| > | | | 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
| | | 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 |
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
| | | | | | | 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 |
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
*/
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
const char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| > | | 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 |
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
| | | 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 |
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
wmPtr->leaderName = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
}
UpdateHints(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 |
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 |
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: it is an embedded window",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"couldn't send iconify message to window manager", -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
| > | | | 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
| | | | 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
| | | 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
| | | | 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
| | | | 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
if (objc == 3) {
| | | 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (curValue != boolean) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
const char *cmd;
| | | 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
const char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
| | | 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *)ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
protPtr->interp = interp;
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
| | | | 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
| | | 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->title) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
| > | | | 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->title) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->title = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *containerPtr = wmPtr->containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
| | | | 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *containerPtr = wmPtr->containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) containerPtr));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If we had a container, tell them that we aren't tied to them
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 |
wmPtr2 = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | | 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 |
wmPtr2 = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (w = containerPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->containerPtr) {
if (w == winPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
Tk_PathName(containerPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (containerPtr != wmPtr->containerPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
| | < | 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) == PBaseSize)) {
return;
}
/*
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
* units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
| | | 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 |
}
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
| | | 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 |
}
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 |
hintsPtr->width_inc = wmPtr->widthInc;
hintsPtr->height_inc = wmPtr->heightInc;
hintsPtr->min_aspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.x;
hintsPtr->min_aspect.y = wmPtr->minAspect.y;
hintsPtr->max_aspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.x;
hintsPtr->max_aspect.y = wmPtr->maxAspect.y;
hintsPtr->win_gravity = wmPtr->gravity;
| | | 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 |
hintsPtr->width_inc = wmPtr->widthInc;
hintsPtr->height_inc = wmPtr->heightInc;
hintsPtr->min_aspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.x;
hintsPtr->min_aspect.y = wmPtr->minAspect.y;
hintsPtr->max_aspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.x;
hintsPtr->max_aspect.y = wmPtr->maxAspect.y;
hintsPtr->win_gravity = wmPtr->gravity;
hintsPtr->flags = wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags | PMinSize | PResizeInc;
/*
* If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
* maximum dimensions to be the same.
*/
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 |
if (objc > 0) {
atoms = (Atom *)ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
}
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
| | | | 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 |
if (objc > 0) {
atoms = (Atom *)ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
}
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
int len;
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);
Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 |
if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
&children, &numChildren) == 0) {
ckfree(windows);
windows = NULL;
} else {
for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
| | | 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 |
if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
&children, &numChildren) == 0) {
ckfree(windows);
windows = NULL;
} else {
for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *)children[i]);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 |
atts.save_under = True;
if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN) {
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1);
} else {
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("popup_menu", -1);
}
}
SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj);
/*
* The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper
* window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the
* override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm
* overrideredirect" command will see it.
*/
| > > | 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 |
atts.save_under = True;
if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN) {
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1);
} else {
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("popup_menu", -1);
}
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(typeObj);
SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(typeObj);
/*
* The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper
* window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the
* override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm
* overrideredirect" command will see it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixXId.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkUnixXId.c -- * * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_GetPixmap -- * | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
/*
* tkUnixXId.c --
*
* Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeXId --
*
* This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is
* now free.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its
* display, so that it can be re-used.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeXId(
Display *display, /* Display for which xid was allocated. */
XID xid) /* Identifier that is no longer in use. */
{
/*
* This does nothing, because the XC-MISC extension takes care of
* freeing XIDs for us. It has been a standard X11 extension for
* about 15 years as of 2008. Keith Packard and another X.org
* developer suggested that we remove the previous code that used:
* #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetPixmap --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/Makefile.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library # procedures: MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in Tk commands: MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann # Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk | > > > | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library # procedures: MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in Tk commands: MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann # Libraries built with optimization switches have this additional extension TK_DBGX = @TK_DBGX@ # Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk PKG_INSTALL_DIR = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/tk$(VERSION)$(TK_DBGX) # Package index file for loadable Tk PKG_INDEX = $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgIndex.tcl # The directory containing the Tcl source and header files. TCL_SRC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)')
TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)')
TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)')
DLLSUFFIX = @DLLSUFFIX@
LIBSUFFIX = @LIBSUFFIX@
EXESUFFIX = @EXESUFFIX@
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
TK_LIB_FILE = @TK_LIB_FILE@
TK_DLL_FILE = @TK_DLL_FILE@
TEST_DLL_FILE = tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}
| > > | | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)')
TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)')
TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)')
DLLSUFFIX = @DLLSUFFIX@
LIBSUFFIX = @LIBSUFFIX@
EXESUFFIX = @EXESUFFIX@
VER = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
DOTVER = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@.@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
TK_LIB_FILE = @TK_LIB_FILE@
TK_DLL_FILE = @TK_DLL_FILE@
TEST_DLL_FILE = tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}
TEST_LIB_FILE = @LIBPREFIX@tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}.a
SHARED_LIBRARIES = $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
STATIC_LIBRARIES = $(TK_LIB_FILE)
WISH = wish$(VER)${EXESUFFIX}
TKTEST = tktest${EXESUFFIX}
CAT32 = cat32${EXESUFFIX}
MAN2TCL = man2tcl${EXESUFFIX}
@SET_MAKE@
# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the
# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
# dependencies.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 | LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@ # To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to # debugging symbols, change the following line: #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) | | | < < | | < | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING=1 -D__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO=0
# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS = @MAN2TCLFLAGS@
AR = @AR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
CC = @CC@
RC = @RC@
RES = @RES@
TK_RES = @TK_RES@
AC_FLAGS = @EXTRA_CFLAGS@ @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE = @LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@
LDFLAGS_WINDOW = @LDFLAGS_WINDOW@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
SHLIB_SUFFIX = @SHLIB_SUFFIX@
LIBS = $(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) @LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@
RMDIR = rm -rf
MKDIR = mkdir -p
SHELL = @SHELL@
RM = rm -f
COPY = cp
BUILD_TCLSH = @BUILD_TCLSH@
# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS =
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED
# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE = @TCLSH_PROG@
CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 | tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \ | < < < | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 | tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \ tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMacWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMain.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMain2.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenu.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenubutton.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenuDraw.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMessage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPanedWindow.$(OBJEXT) \ tkObj.$(OBJEXT) \ tkOldConfig.$(OBJEXT) \ tkOption.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPack.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPlace.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPointer.$(OBJEXT) \ tkRectOval.$(OBJEXT) \ tkScale.$(OBJEXT) \ tkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \ tkSelect.$(OBJEXT) \ tkStyle.$(OBJEXT) \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 | # Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass # args to tcltest, ie: # % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" test: test-classic test-ttk test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32) | | | | | | | | | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 | # Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass # args to tcltest, ie: # % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" test: test-classic test-ttk test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \ $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \ $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT) # This target can be used to run wish from the build directory # via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl` shell: binaries $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT) demo: $(WISH) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget # This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight gdb: binaries @echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run @echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \ gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
481 482 483 484 485 486 487 | echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \ $(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ fi; \ done @echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; @$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX); @(\ | | | | | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
fi; \
done
@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
@(\
echo "if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.0]} return";\
echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]]]";\
echo "} else {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]]]";\
echo "}";\
) > $(PKG_INDEX);
@for i in tkConfig.sh $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE); \
do \
if [ -f $$i ]; then \
echo "Installing $$i to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
$(COPY) $$i "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) testMain.$(OBJEXT) $(TEST_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
$(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
${TEST_DLL_FILE}: ${TKTEST_OBJS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
@MAKE_DLL@ ${TKTEST_OBJS} $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
# Msys make requires this next rule for some reason.
$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c:
cat32.${OBJEXT}: $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE "$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c" $(CC_OBJNAME)
| > > > > > > > > > | 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) testMain.$(OBJEXT) $(TEST_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
$(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
${TEST_DLL_FILE}: ${TKTEST_OBJS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
@MAKE_DLL@ ${TKTEST_OBJS} $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid:
printf "git-" >$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
(cd $(TOP_DIR); git rev-parse HEAD >>$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid || printf "unknown" >$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid)
tkUuid.h: $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
echo "#define TK_VERSION_UUID \\" >$@
cat $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid >>$@
echo "" >>$@
# Msys make requires this next rule for some reason.
$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c:
cat32.${OBJEXT}: $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE "$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c" $(CC_OBJNAME)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT): tkWinTest.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkSquare.$(OBJEXT): tkSquare.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkMain2.$(OBJEXT): tkMain.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DUNICODE=1 -D_UNICODE=1 @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixMenubu.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixMenubu.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixScale.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixScale.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
# Extra dependency info
tkConsole.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkMain.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkMain2.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
| > > > > > > > > > < | 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 |
tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT): tkWinTest.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkSquare.$(OBJEXT): tkSquare.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkStubLib.$(OBJEXT): tkStubLib.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @CFLAGS_NOLTO@ @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
ttkStubLib.$(OBJEXT): ${TTK_DIR}/ttkStubLib.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @CFLAGS_NOLTO@ @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkMain2.$(OBJEXT): tkMain.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DUNICODE=1 -D_UNICODE=1 @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixMenubu.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixMenubu.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixScale.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixScale.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkWindow.$(OBJEXT): ${GENERIC_DIR}/tkWindow.c configure Makefile tkUuid.h
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -I. -DBUILD_tk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
# Extra dependency info
tkConsole.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkMain.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkMain2.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
# Add the object extension to the implicit rules. By default .obj is not
# automatically added.
.SUFFIXES: .${OBJEXT}
.SUFFIXES: .$(RES)
.SUFFIXES: .rc
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
cleanhelp:
$(RM) *.hlp *.cnt *.hpj *.GID *.rtf man2tcl.exe
clean: cleanhelp
$(RM) *.lib *.a *.exp *.dll *.res *.${OBJEXT} *~ \#* TAGS a.out
$(RM) $(WISH) $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
| | > | | | 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 |
cleanhelp:
$(RM) *.hlp *.cnt *.hpj *.GID *.rtf man2tcl.exe
clean: cleanhelp
$(RM) *.lib *.a *.exp *.dll *.res *.${OBJEXT} *~ \#* TAGS a.out
$(RM) $(WISH) $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
$(RM) *.pch *.ilk *.pdb *.zip
$(RMDIR) *.vfs
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
wish.exe.manifest tkUuid.h
Makefile: $(SRC_DIR)/Makefile.in
./config.status
#
# Regenerate the stubs files.
#
$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \
$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
@echo "Warning: tkStubInit.c may be out of date."
@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"
genstubs:
$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
"$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
"$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
"$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
$(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \
"$(TTK_DIR)" \
"$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"
#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/README.
|
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Tk 8.6 for Windows Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows version of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk that are specific to Microsoft Windows. The rest of this file contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/configure.
1 2 | #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. | | < | < < | | | | < | | < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | > | | < < < | < < < | | | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | < > > | < < | > > | < > > > | | > | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | | > < < < < | | | < < | < | < | < < | > < | < > < < > > > | | < | < | < | > | < < | > > | | < | < | > > > > > | > > | | > > < < > > > > > > | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for tk 8.6.
#
# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## --------------------- ##
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_unset=unset
else
as_unset=false
fi
# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '
# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
do
if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
else
$as_unset $as_var
fi
done
# Required to use basename.
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
as_basename=basename
else
as_basename=false
fi
# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
# relative or not.
case $0 in
*[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
*) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done
;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
case $CONFIG_SHELL in
'')
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
case $as_dir in
/*)
if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
$as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
$as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
export CONFIG_SHELL
exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
fi;;
esac
done
done
;;
esac
# Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
# uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
# line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
# work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
# with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
# substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
# (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
# second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
sed '=' <$as_myself |
sed '
N
s,$,-,
: loop
s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
t loop
s,-$,,
s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
' >$as_me.lineno &&
chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
. ./$as_me.lineno
# Exit status is that of the last command.
exit
}
case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
*c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
*c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
# We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
# and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
if test -f conf$$.exe; then
# Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
as_ln_s='cp -p'
else
as_ln_s='ln -s'
fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
as_mkdir_p=:
else
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
as_executable_p="test -f"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" $as_nl"
# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH
# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
exec 6>&1
#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
ac_config_libobj_dir=.
cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and
# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='tk'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='tk'
PACKAGE_VERSION='8.6'
PACKAGE_STRING='tk 8.6'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"
ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING CFLAGS_NOLTO MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX EXTRA_CFLAGS DEPARG CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW TK_RES STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES RES LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
ac_subst_files=''
# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 | x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. | < | < > < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < | < < | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
x_libraries=NONE
# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
infodir='${prefix}/info'
mandir='${prefix}/man'
ac_prev=
for ac_option
do
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
ac_prev=
continue
fi
ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
# Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
case $ac_option in
-bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
ac_prev=bindir ;;
-bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
--config-cache | -C)
cache_file=config.cache ;;
| | | < < < | < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
--config-cache | -C)
cache_file=config.cache ;;
-datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
ac_prev=datadir ;;
-datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
| --da=*)
datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-disable-* | --disable-*)
ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
-enable-* | --enable-*)
ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
case $ac_option in
*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
| --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
| --exec | --exe | --ex)
ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
| --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
ac_init_help=short ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < < | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
ac_init_help=short ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
| --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
ac_prev=includedir ;;
-includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
| --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < | > | > | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
| --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
| --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
| --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
| --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
ac_prev=mandir ;;
-mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 |
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < < < < < < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
silent=yes ;;
-sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 |
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
ac_init_version=: ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
| | | | | | | < | | < < | | | | < > | < < | < < < < < | | > < | | > | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < > | < < < | < | < < > > > > | > > > > | | > < > > < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > | | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | | | | > > > | > | < < < < < < < < < < | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | < | | > > > | | | | | > | | | | | | < < | < | < < < < < | > > < > > > < | | < < > < < | | < < | | | < < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | | < | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | > > | > > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | < | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
ac_init_version=: ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case $ac_option in
*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-without-* | --without-*)
ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
--x)
# Obsolete; use --with-x.
with_x=yes ;;
-x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
| --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
| --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
| --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
| --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
;;
*=*)
ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
export $ac_envvar ;;
*)
# FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
: ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
;;
esac
done
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
{ echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
case $ac_val in
[\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
*) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
case $ac_val in
[\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
*) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias
# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
cross_compiling=maybe
echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
cross_compiling=yes
fi
fi
ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
# Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$0" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
srcdir=$ac_confdir
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
srcdir=..
fi
else
ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
{ echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures tk 8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
Configuration:
-h, --help display this help and exit
--help=short display options specific to this package
--help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
-V, --version display version information and exit
-q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
--cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-n, --no-create do not create output files
--srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
_ACEOF
cat <<_ACEOF
Installation directories:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[$ac_default_prefix]
--exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
[PREFIX]
By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
For better control, use the options below.
Fine tuning of the installation directories:
--bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
--sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
--libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
--datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
--sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
--sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
--localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
--libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
--includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
--oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
--infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info]
--mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man]
_ACEOF
cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tk 8.6:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
Optional Features:
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
--enable-threads build with threads (default: on)
--enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
--enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)
--enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
--enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)
--enable-embedded-manifest
embed manifest if possible (default: yes)
Optional Packages:
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration
(tclConfig.sh)
--with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR
Some influential environment variables:
CC C compiler command
CFLAGS C compiler flags
LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
nonstandard directory <lib dir>
CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
CPP C preprocessor
Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
# If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
ac_popdir=`pwd`
for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
test -d $ac_dir || continue
ac_builddir=.
if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi
case $srcdir in
.) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
ac_srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
ac_top_srcdir=.
else
ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
fi ;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
*) # Relative path.
ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac
# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_top_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
cd $ac_dir
# Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
echo
$SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive
elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
echo
$SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive
elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
echo
$ac_configure --help
else
echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
fi
cd $ac_popdir
done
fi
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
tk configure 8.6
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
exit 0
fi
exec 5>config.log
cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
It was created by tk $as_me 8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
_ACEOF
{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##
hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
_ASUNAME
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
echo "PATH: $as_dir"
done
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
## ----------- ##
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 |
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
for ac_arg
do
case $ac_arg in
-no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
continue ;;
| > | | | | | > > | | | | > | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | > | | < < > > | | > | < < < | > | | | > | < < < | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | > > > > < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | | < | | < | > | < < | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < | | | | > > | | < < | | > | > < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 |
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_sep=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
for ac_arg
do
case $ac_arg in
-no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
continue ;;
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
esac
case $ac_pass in
1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
2)
ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
else
case $ac_arg in
*=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
| -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
| -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
| -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
"$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
esac
;;
-* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
esac
fi
ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
# Get rid of the leading space.
ac_sep=" "
;;
esac
done
done
$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
trap 'exit_status=$?
# Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
{
echo
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
{
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
*ac_space=\ *)
sed -n \
"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
;;
*)
sed -n \
"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
;;
esac;
}
echo
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
done | sort
echo
if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------- ##
## Output files. ##
## ------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
done | sort
echo
fi
if test -s confdefs.h; then
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
echo
fi
test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
} >&5
rm -f core *.core &&
rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
exit $exit_status
' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0
# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo >confdefs.h
# Predefined preprocessor variables.
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF
# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
else
CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
. "$ac_site_file"
fi
done
if test -r "$cache_file"; then
# Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
# files actually), so we avoid doing that.
if test -f "$cache_file"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
case $cache_file in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
*) . ./$cache_file;;
esac
fi
else
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
>$cache_file
fi
# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
set,)
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
,set)
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
,);;
*)
if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5
echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=:
fi;;
esac
# Pass precious variables to config.status.
if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
case $ac_new_val in
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
*) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
esac
case " $ac_configure_args " in
*" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
esac
fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh
TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".17"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 |
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
| | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | > > | | | < | | | | > > | | | > | < < < < < < < | | < | > > > > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > | > | | | < | | > > > < < | > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > | > > > | < < > > | | < | > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | | | | | > | | | | > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > > < < < < < < | | | | | < | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < < < < > | | | | | < < > | > | > > | | < < | | | < < < | < < < < < | < | < | > > > > > | | | | < | < > > | > > | < < | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
# Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
# Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
ac_prog_rejected=yes
continue
fi
ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
# We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
shift
if test $# != 0; then
# We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
# However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
# first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
shift
ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
for ac_prog in cl
do
# Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
test -n "$CC" && break
done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
for ac_prog in cl
do
# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done
CC=$ac_ct_CC
fi
fi
test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Provide some information about the compiler.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
"checking for C compiler version" >&5
ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
# Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is
# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
# resort.
# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
ac_cv_exeext=
# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
do
test -f "$ac_file" || continue
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
;;
conftest.$ac_ext )
# This is the source file.
;;
[ab].out )
# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
# certainly right.
break;;
*.* )
ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
# but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody
# maintain Libtool? --akim.
export ac_cv_exeext
break;;
* )
break;;
esac
done
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
fi
ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
cross_compiling=no
else
if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
cross_compiling=yes
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
# If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
test -f "$ac_file" || continue
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
*.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
export ac_cv_exeext
break;;
* ) break;;
esac
done
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
*) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
break;;
esac
done
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
choke me
#endif
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="-g"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
CFLAGS="-g -O2"
else
CFLAGS="-g"
fi
else
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
CFLAGS="-O2"
else
CFLAGS=
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
char **p;
int i;
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 | va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated | | | < < < < < > > | > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | < | | | < < < | | | > > | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | < | | > | 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 |
va_end (v);
return s;
}
/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
that's true only with -std1. */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
# HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae
# HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
CC=$ac_save_CC
fi
case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
x|xno)
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
*)
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac
# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit',
# in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler
# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
#ifndef __cplusplus
choke me
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
for ac_declaration in \
'' \
'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
'void exit (int);'
do
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_declaration
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_declaration
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
rm -f conftest*
if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h
echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h
fi
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6
case $ac_cv_c_inline in
inline | yes) ;;
*)
case $ac_cv_c_inline in
no) ac_val=;;
*) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 | esac ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > | | | > > > > | | | | > > > > | 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 |
esac
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
# Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
do
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
# Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
# Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
# <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
# OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
# can be detected and how.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
# Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
break
fi
done
ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
# Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
# Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
# <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
# OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
# can be detected and how.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
# Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
:
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <string.h>
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
:
else
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
:
else
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
:
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 |
int
main ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
| | | > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > | | < < | | > | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | > | > < | | > | | < | | | | | | > | > | 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 |
int
main ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
exit(2);
exit (0);
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
( exit $ac_status )
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$AR"; then
ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
ac_ct_AR=$AR
# Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
AR=$ac_ct_AR
else
AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
else
RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$RC"; then
ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
ac_ct_RC=$RC
# Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
RC=$ac_ct_RC
else
RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
set x ${MAKE-make}
ac_make=`echo "" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
SHELL = /bin/sh
all:
@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
*@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
*)
eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
esac
rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
SET_MAKE=
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_threads"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=yes
fi;
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (default)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (default)" >&6
TCL_THREADS=1
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_THREADS 1
_ACEOF
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
_ACEOF
else
TCL_THREADS=0
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_shared"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=yes
fi;
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
SHARED_BUILD=0
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STATIC_BUILD 1
_ACEOF
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
# First, look for one uninstalled.
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_tcl"
with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
fi ;;
esac
if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
# then check for a private Tcl installation
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
../tcl \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 |
fi
fi
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
| > | > | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > < < > > > | | | > | > > > | | | < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | < | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > | 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 |
fi
fi
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
no_tcl=
TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
fi
#
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
#
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
#
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
#
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_64bit"
do64bit=$enableval
else
do64bit=no
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6
# Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_wince"
doWince=$enableval
else
doWince=no
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_celib"
CELIB_DIR=$withval
else
CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
_ACEOF
# Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
# MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
# which requires x86|amd64|arm64|ia64.
MACHINE="X86"
if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef _WIN32
#error cross-compiler
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_cross=no
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6
if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
arm64|aarch64)
CC="aarch64-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="aarch64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
*)
CC="i686-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 |
if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
echo "END" >> $conftest
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > > > > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | > > | | > | | | | | | | | 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 |
if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
echo "END" >> $conftest
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6
cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
CYGPATH=echo
fi
conftest=
cyg_conftest=
fi
if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
DEPARG='"$<"'
else
DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
fi
# set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
extra_cflags="-pipe"
extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef _WIN32
#error win32
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_win32=no
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6
if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "arm64"; then
extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DHAVE_CPUID=1"
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for working -municode linker flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_municode+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <windows.h>
int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_municode=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_municode=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_municode" >&6
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
else
extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working -fno-lto" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for working -fno-lto... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_nolto+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_nolto=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_nolto=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_nolto" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_nolto" >&6
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_nolto" = "yes" ; then
CFLAGS_NOLTO="-fno-lto"
else
CFLAGS_NOLTO=""
fi
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wl,--enable-auto-image-base"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working --enable-auto-image-base" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for working --enable-auto-image-base... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base" >&6
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base" = "yes" ; then
extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -Wl,--enable-auto-image-base"
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
SHLIB_LD=""
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
RC_OUT=-o
RC_TYPE=
RC_INCLUDE=--include
RC_DEFINE=--define
RES=res.o
MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
LIBPREFIX="lib"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
runtime=
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
# ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
runtime=
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
fi
# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \$@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\$@)"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wpointer-arith"
LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
case "${CC}" in
*++)
CFLAGS_WARNING="${CFLAGS_WARNING} -Wno-format"
;;
*)
CFLAGS_WARNING="${CFLAGS_WARNING} -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
;;
esac
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 |
#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
| | | > > > > > | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 |
#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
;;
arm64|aarch64)
MACHINE="ARM64"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using ARM64 $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using ARM64 $MACHINE mode" >&6
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using IA64 $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using IA64 $MACHINE mode" >&6
;;
*)
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef _WIN64
#error 32-bit
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_win_64bit=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_win_64bit=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
do64bit=amd64
MACHINE="AMD64"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
fi
;;
esac
else
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
runtime=-MT
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
runtime=-MD
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[4-9]*)
lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
fi
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\$@"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
;;
arm64|aarch64)
MACHINE="ARM64"
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
fi
LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[4-9]*)
LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
RC="rc"
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE}"
LINKBIN="link"
# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
LIBS="$LIBS bufferoverflowU.lib"
else
RC="rc"
# -Od - no optimization
# -WX - warnings as errors
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
# If !yes then the user specified something
# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
ARCH=
eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
if ($1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
}'`
if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
fi
fi
OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
fi
fi
if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
fi
fi
# The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
# not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
else
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
fi
CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
for i in $defs ; do
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define $i 1
_ACEOF
done
# if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
# AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
# fi
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
else
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
fi
# celib currently stuck at wce300 status
#LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
else
LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
fi
SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
RC_OUT=-fo
RC_TYPE=-r
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 | # Specify the CC output file names based on the target name CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@" CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\"" # Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being # built -- Console vs. Window. | | > | > | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | < < | | > | > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | | < < < < < < | < < | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | > > > > > > > | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | > | | < > > | > | | > | > > | | > | > > | > > | > | | | | > > | | | | | > | < | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > | > > > | | | < | > > > | > > > > | > > | 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 |
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
else
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
fi
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
tcl_cv_seh=no
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int main(int argc, char** argv) {
int a, b = 0;
__try {
a = 666 / b;
}
__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_seh=yes
else
echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
( exit $ac_status )
tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1
_ACEOF
fi
#
# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
#
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int
main ()
{
EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int
_ACEOF
fi
# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#define VOID void
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int
main ()
{
CHAR c;
SHORT s;
LONG l;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1
_ACEOF
fi
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
_ACEOF
fi
fi
# DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do
as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
#include <$ac_header>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
fi
done
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
else
# Is the header compilable?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_header_compiler=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
# Is the header present?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
ac_header_preproc=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
# So? What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
yes:no: )
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
ac_header_preproc=yes
;;
no:yes:* )
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
(
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------------------- ##
## Report this to the tk lists. ##
## ----------------------------- ##
_ASBOX
) |
sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2
;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
:
else
MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi
#-------------------------------------------
# Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NO_STRTOI64 1
_ACEOF
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
if ((intptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (intptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_intptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size signed integer type" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size signed integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "__int64" none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t))];
test_array [0] = 0
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_ok=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_ok=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define intptr_t $tcl_cv_intptr_t
_ACEOF
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uintptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uintptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
if ((uintptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (uintptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned __int64" \
none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t))];
test_array [0] = 0
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_ok=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_ok=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define uintptr_t $tcl_cv_uintptr_t
_ACEOF
fi
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1
_ACEOF
else
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for vssym32.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for vssym32.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_vssym32_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#include <vssym32.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1
_ACEOF
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option. This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_symbols"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=no
fi;
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
DBGX=""
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NDEBUG 1
_ACEOF
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
_ACEOF
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
DBGX=g
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
fi
fi
TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest"
embed_ok=$enableval
else
embed_ok=yes
fi;
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
result=no
if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
-a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
# in this compiler case
# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
result=yes
if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
fi
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}\${EXESUFFIX}
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
for dir in $search_path ; do
for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
`ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
if test -f "$j" ; then
ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
break
fi
fi
done
done
fi
if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
else
# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
TCLSH_PROG=""
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; $CYGPATH $(pwd)`\""
eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
else
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a"
fi
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
eval "TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC=\"-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
eval "TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
eval "TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH=\"`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"
CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0; then
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
fi
TK_RES=""
else
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES=""
fi
TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi
# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
*a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
*b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 |
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > | | < | < | | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | | | < > | | | | | < < < < < < | < < > > > > > > > > | > < > | < | < | | | < | | < | < | | | | | | | < | | < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | | > | | < < | | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | > | | < < < | < < < | | | | < | | > | < | > > > > > > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | > | < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > | < < | | | < < < < | < < | > > | | > | < > > | | > > > | > > | < | | > > > | > > > | < < > > > | | | > > > > | | < < > | < < < | > > | < > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | < | > < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | > > | | | > | | | > > > > > > > > | | | > | < | > | | < > > > > > > > > | < | | < | | < | | < < | | | | < > | < | | | | < < | < | | > < < < < < | | | | > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < < > > | | > | < | > | < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | | | | | > < | | < < < | < < < | > | | | | > > | < > | | > | > | > | | < < < < < | | < | > | | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | | < < | > > | > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > | < > > > > > | < > > | | < < < > > > > > > | | | | | < > | < < > > | < > | | | < < > > | > | < < < > > | < > | < < < > > | < < > | | | < < < > > > | < < > > | > > > | < < < | < > | | | | | < < | < < > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > | < < > | > > > > > > > > > | | | < | < < | < < < < | | < | > > > > | < < < < > > > | < < < < < < < > | | | > > > > > > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | > | | | < < | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | < < < | > > > > > | | < < | | | < < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | | < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < > | < | < | > > | | | | < | < < < < > | < | < < < < > | | < < < < < < < < < > > | > < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | > > | > < < < | < < < < | 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 |
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"
cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.
_ACEOF
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
{
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
*ac_space=\ *)
# `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
# substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
sed -n \
"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
;;
*)
# `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
sed -n \
"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
;;
esac;
} |
sed '
t clear
: clear
s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
t end
/^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
: end' >>confcache
if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
if test -w $cache_file; then
test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
cat confcache >$cache_file
else
echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
fi
fi
rm -f confcache
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{
s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/;
s/:*$//;
s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//;
}'
fi
# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section. Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
t clear
: clear
s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
d
: quote
s,[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
s,\[,\\&,g
s,\],\\&,g
s,\$,$$,g
p
_ACEOF
# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
# line-breaks from the sub-command output. A line-break within
# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
# would break.
ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
rm -f confdef2opt.sed
ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=
for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
# 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
# 2. Add them.
ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false
SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## --------------------- ##
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_unset=unset
else
as_unset=false
fi
# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '
# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
do
if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
else
$as_unset $as_var
fi
done
# Required to use basename.
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
as_basename=basename
else
as_basename=false
fi
# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
# relative or not.
case $0 in
*[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
*) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done
;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
case $CONFIG_SHELL in
'')
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
case $as_dir in
/*)
if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
$as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
$as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
export CONFIG_SHELL
exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
fi;;
esac
done
done
;;
esac
# Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
# uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
# line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
# work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
# with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
# substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
# (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
# second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
sed '=' <$as_myself |
sed '
N
s,$,-,
: loop
s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
t loop
s,-$,,
s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
' >$as_me.lineno &&
chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
. ./$as_me.lineno
# Exit status is that of the last command.
exit
}
case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
*c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
*c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
# We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
# and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
if test -f conf$$.exe; then
# Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
as_ln_s='cp -p'
else
as_ln_s='ln -s'
fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
as_mkdir_p=:
else
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
as_executable_p="test -f"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" $as_nl"
# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH
exec 6>&1
# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK.
exec 5>>config.log
{
echo
sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
This file was extended by tk $as_me 8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
$ $0 $@
_CSEOF
echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
echo >&5
_ACEOF
# Files that config.status was made for.
if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
current configuration.
Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-V, --version print version number, then exit
-q, --quiet do not print progress messages
-d, --debug don't remove temporary files
--recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
--file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
instantiate the configuration file FILE
Configuration files:
$config_files
Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
ac_cs_version="\\
tk config.status 8.6
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
srcdir=$srcdir
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
case $1 in
--*=*)
ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
ac_shift=:
;;
-*)
ac_option=$1
ac_optarg=$2
ac_shift=shift
;;
*) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
# arguments.
ac_option=$1
ac_need_defaults=false;;
esac
case $ac_option in
# Handling of the options.
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
--version | --vers* | -V )
echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
--he | --h)
# Conflict between --help and --header
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
--help | --hel | -h )
echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
--debug | --d* | -d )
debug=: ;;
--file | --fil | --fi | --f )
$ac_shift
CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
ac_need_defaults=false;;
--header | --heade | --head | --hea )
$ac_shift
CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
ac_need_defaults=false;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
ac_cs_silent=: ;;
# This is an error.
-*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
*) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
esac
shift
done
ac_configure_extra_args=
if $ac_cs_silent; then
exec 6>/dev/null
ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
fi
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
case "$ac_config_target" in
# Handling of arguments.
"Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
"tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
"wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;
*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi
# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
$debug ||
{
trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
}
# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
{
tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
} ||
{
tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
(umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
} ||
{
echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }
}
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#
# CONFIG_FILES section.
#
# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
s,@AR@,$AR,;t t
s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
s,@RC@,$RC,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t
s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t
s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t
s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_NOLTO@,$CFLAGS_NOLTO,;t t
s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t
s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t
s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t
s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t
s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t
s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t
s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t
s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t
s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t
s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t
s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t
s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t
s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t
s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t
s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t
s,@RES@,$RES,;t t
s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
CEOF
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
ac_max_sed_lines=48
ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
ac_more_lines=:
ac_sed_cmds=
while $ac_more_lines; do
if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
else
sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
fi
if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
ac_more_lines=false
else
# The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
# speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
# is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
# These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
(echo ':t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
else
ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
fi
ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
ac_beg=$ac_end
ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
fi
done
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds=cat
fi
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
case $ac_file in
- | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
cat >$tmp/stdin
ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
*:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
* ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
esac
# Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$ac_file" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
{ if $as_mkdir_p; then
mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
else
as_dir="$ac_dir"
as_dirs=
while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$as_dir" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
done
test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
ac_builddir=.
if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi
case $srcdir in
.) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
ac_srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
ac_top_srcdir=.
else
ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
fi ;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
*) # Relative path.
ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac
# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_top_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
rm -f "$ac_file"
fi
# Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
# use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
# /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
configure_input=
else
configure_input="$ac_file. "
fi
configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
# First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
# src tree.
ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
for f in $ac_file_in; do
case $f in
-) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
[\\/$]*)
# Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
echo "$f";;
*) # Relative
if test -f "$f"; then
# Build tree
echo "$f"
elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
# Source tree
echo "$srcdir/$f"
else
# /dev/null tree
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi;;
esac
done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
sed "$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
rm -f $tmp/stdin
if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
mv $tmp/out $ac_file
else
cat $tmp/out
rm -f $tmp/out
fi
done
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
_ACEOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
ac_cs_success=:
ac_config_status_args=
test "$silent" = yes &&
ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
exec 5>/dev/null
$SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
exec 5>>config.log
# Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
# would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
$ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
fi
|
Deleted win/configure.ac.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added win/configure.in.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.
AC_INIT([tk],[8.6])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([../generic/tk.h])
AC_PREREQ([2.59])
# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh
TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".17"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
CFLAGS=""
fi
AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_THREADS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_SHARED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)
#-------------------------------------------
# Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <stdlib.h>]],
[[_strtoi64(0,0,0)]])],[tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes],[tcl_cv_strtoi64=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi
AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "__int64" none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned __int64" \
none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
[#include <windows.h>])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
[#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option. This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)
SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; $CYGPATH $(pwd)`\""
eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
else
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a"
fi
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
eval "TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC=\"-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
eval "TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
eval "TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH=\"`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"
CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0; then
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
fi
TK_RES=""
else
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES=""
fi
TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi
# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
*a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
*b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)
# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)
AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(RES)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest])
AC_OUTPUT
dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
|
Added win/gitmanifest.in.
> | 1 | git- |
Changes to win/makefile.vc.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | # Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts. # Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # General usage: # nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]] # | | | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | # Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts. # Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # General usage: # nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]] # # For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/main/tip/477.md) # or examine Sections 7-9 in rules.vc. This makefile has the following # values for the OPTS macro in addition to the ones described there. # noxp = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you # cannot include support for XP themeing. # square = Include the demo square widget. # # Possible values for TARGET are: # release -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default) # dlls -- Just builds the windows extensions. # shell -- Just builds the shell and the core. # core -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)]. # all -- Builds everything. # test -- Builds and runs the test suite. # tktest -- Just builds the test shell. # install -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR) # as the root of the install tree. # cwish -- Builds a console version of wish. # tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning. # genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only). # depend -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this # makefile. Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | # Default target to build if no target is specified. If unspecified, the # rules.vc file will set up "all" as the target. DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = release # We have a custom resource file RCFILE = tk.rc | < < | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | # Default target to build if no target is specified. If unspecified, the # rules.vc file will set up "all" as the target. DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = release # We have a custom resource file RCFILE = tk.rc # The rules.vc file does much of the hard work in terms of defining # the build configuration, macros, output directories etc. !include "rules-ext.vc" # TCLINSTALL is set to 1 by rules.vc to indicate we are building against # an installed Tcl and 0 if building against Tcl source. Tk needs the latter. !if $(TCLINSTALL) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | !message *** Include ttk square demo widget TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 1 !else TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0 !endif !endif | < < < < < < < | | > | 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | !message *** Include ttk square demo widget TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 1 !else TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0 !endif !endif WISHC = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" TKTEST = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" CAT32 = "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe" WISHOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \ !if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) $(TCLDDELIB) \ $(TCLREGLIB) \ !endif $(TMP_DIR)\wish.res TKTESTOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tktest.res XLIBOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\xcolors.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\xdraw.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\xgc.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\ximage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\xutil.obj |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \ | < < < | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenu.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMessage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkObj.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkOption.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPack.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPlace.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPointer.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkRectOval.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkScale.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkSelect.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkStyle.obj \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
311 312 313 314 315 316 317 | BITMAPDIR = $(ROOT)\bitmaps # Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules # defined in rules.vc PRJ_INCLUDES = -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" CONFIG_DEFS =/DSTDC_HEADERS=1 /DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 /DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \ | | < < < < | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | BITMAPDIR = $(ROOT)\bitmaps # Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules # defined in rules.vc PRJ_INCLUDES = -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" CONFIG_DEFS =/DSTDC_HEADERS=1 /DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 /DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \ /DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 /DHAVE_STRING_H=1 /DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \ /DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 \ !if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H) /DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \ !endif !if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) /DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \ !endif PRJ_DEFINES = /DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) /Dinline=__inline /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE # Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc PRJ_LIBS = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 | $(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB) $(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $** $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) $(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c $(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE /DCONSOLE /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $? | | > | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 | $(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB) $(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $** $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) $(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c $(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE /DCONSOLE /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $? $(CONEXECMD) -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # Regenerate the stubs files. [Development use only] #--------------------------------------------------------------------- genstubs: !if !exist($(TCLSH)) @echo Build tclsh first! !else set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) $(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \ $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls $(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR)\ttk $(GENERICDIR)\ttk\ttk.decls !endif #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # Build the Windows HTML help file. #--------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------- $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) /DTK_TEST /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE \ /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\tkWinTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE \ /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE -Fo$@ $? # The following objects are part of the stub library and should not # be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported # and no reference made to a C runtime. $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $? | > > > > > > > > > > | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------- $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) /DTK_TEST /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE \ /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ -Fo$@ $? $(ROOT)\manifest.uuid: copy $(WIN_DIR)\gitmanifest.in $(ROOT)\manifest.uuid git rev-parse HEAD >>$(ROOT)\manifest.uuid $(TMP_DIR)\tkUuid.h: $(ROOT)\manifest.uuid copy $(WIN_DIR)\tkUuid.h.in+$(ROOT)\manifest.uuid $(TMP_DIR)\tkUuid.h $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\tkWinTest.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE \ /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkWindow.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkWindow.c $(TMP_DIR)\tkUuid.h $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -I$(TMP_DIR) -Fo$@ $? # The following objects are part of the stub library and should not # be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported # and no reference made to a C runtime. $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<
$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
install-binaries:
@echo installing binaries
@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
@echo creating package index
@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
| > | | | | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<
$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\tktest.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
install-binaries:
@echo installing binaries
@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
@echo creating package index
@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.0]} return
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll]]
} else {
package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)]]
}
<<
@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
#"
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/mkd.bat.
> > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | @echo off if exist %1\nul goto end md %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end echo Created directory %1 :end |
Changes to win/nmakehlp.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * nmakehlp.c -- * * This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment. * | | | | < < < | < | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* nmakehlp.c --
*
* This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 David Gravereaux.
* Copyright (c) 2006 Pat Thoyts
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
#include <windows.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/*
* This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
*/
#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
#endif
#endif
/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif
/* protos */
static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(char **options, int count);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
/* globals */
#define CHUNK 25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE 1000
typedef struct {
HANDLE pipe;
char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
} pipeinfo;
pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
/*
* exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
*/
int
main(
int argc,
char *argv[])
{
char msg[300];
DWORD dwWritten;
int chars;
const char *s;
/*
* Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
*/
SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
/*
* Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
*/
SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
case 'c':
if (argc != 3) {
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
&dwWritten, NULL);
return 2;
}
return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
char msg[300];
BOOL ok;
HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
char cmdline[100];
hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
| | | | | | | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
char msg[300];
BOOL ok;
HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
char cmdline[100];
hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
memset(&pi, 0, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
memset(&si, 0, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
/*
* Create a non-inheritable pipe.
*/
CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
/*
* Dupe the write side, make it inheritable, and close the original.
*/
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
/*
* Same as above, but for the error side.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
274 275 276 277 278 279 280 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
| | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
(300-chars), 0);
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
return 2;
}
/*
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
/*
* Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
* - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
*/
return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
| | | | | | | | | | | | 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
/*
* Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
* - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
*/
return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}
static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
char **options,
int count)
{
STARTUPINFO si;
PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
DWORD threadID;
char msg[300];
BOOL ok;
HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
int i;
char cmdline[255];
hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
memset(&pi, 0, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
memset(&si, 0, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
/*
* Create a non-inheritible pipe.
*/
CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
/*
* Dupe the write side, make it inheritable, and close the original.
*/
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
/*
* Same as above, but for the error side.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
| | | 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
(300-chars), 0);
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
return 2;
}
/*
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
static const char *
GetVersionFromFile(
const char *filename,
const char *match,
int numdots)
{
| < | | | | < | | | 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
static const char *
GetVersionFromFile(
const char *filename,
const char *match,
int numdots)
{
static char szBuffer[100];
char *szResult = NULL;
FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
if (fp != NULL) {
/*
* Read data until we see our match string.
*/
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
LPSTR p, q;
p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
if (p != NULL) {
/*
* Skip to first digit after the match.
*/
p += strlen(match);
while (*p && !isdigit((unsigned char)*p)) {
++p;
}
/*
* Find ending whitespace.
*/
q = p;
while (*q && (strchr("0123456789.ab", *q)) && (((!strchr(".ab", *q)
&& !strchr("ab", q[-1])) || --numdots))) {
++q;
}
*q = 0;
szResult = p;
break;
}
}
fclose(fp);
}
return szResult;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
char * value;
} list_item_t;
/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
static list_item_t *
list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
{
| | | 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 |
char * value;
} list_item_t;
/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
static list_item_t *
list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
{
list_item_t *itemPtr = (list_item_t *)malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
if (itemPtr) {
itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
while(*listPtrPtr) {
listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
}
}
/*
* SubstituteFile --
* As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
* to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
| | | | | < < | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | < < < > | | > | > | > | > | > | | | | | | | > | | | > | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
}
}
/*
* SubstituteFile --
* As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
* to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
* e.g. compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
* option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
* The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
* consist of lines matching the regular expression:
* \s*\S+\s+\S*$
*
* Usage is something like:
* nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
* @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
* @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
* <<
*/
static int
SubstituteFile(
const char *substitutions,
const char *filename)
{
static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
FILE *fp, *sp;
fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
if (fp != NULL) {
/*
* Build a list of substitutions from the first filename
*/
sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
if (sp != NULL) {
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), sp) != NULL) {
unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
ke = ks;
while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
vs = ke;
while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
ve = vs;
while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
}
fclose(sp);
}
/* debug: dump the list */
#ifndef NDEBUG
{
int n = 0;
list_item_t *p = NULL;
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
}
}
#endif
/*
* Run the substitutions over each line of the input
*/
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
list_item_t *p = NULL;
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
if (m) {
char *cp, *op, *sp;
cp = szCopy;
op = szBuffer;
while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
sp = p->value;
while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
op += strlen(p->key);
while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
*cp = 0;
memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
}
}
printf("%s", szBuffer);
}
list_free(&substPtr);
}
fclose(fp);
return 0;
}
BOOL FileExists(LPCTSTR szPath)
{
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
#define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
#endif
DWORD pathAttr = GetFileAttributes(szPath);
return (pathAttr != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
!(pathAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY));
}
/*
* QualifyPath --
*
* This composes the current working directory with a provided path
* and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
* Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
*/
static int
QualifyPath(
const char *szPath)
{
char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
GetFullPathName(szPath, sizeof(szCwd)-1, szCwd, NULL);
printf("%s\n", szCwd);
return 0;
}
/*
* Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
* for an explanation.
* Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
* Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
* Returns 2 on any kind of error
* Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
*/
static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
{
HANDLE hSearch;
char path[MAX_PATH+1];
size_t dirlen;
int keylen, ret;
WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;
if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL) {
return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
}
dirlen = strlen(dir);
if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path)) {
return 2;
}
strncpy(path, dir, dirlen);
strncpy(path+dirlen, "\\*", 3); /* Including terminating \0 */
keylen = strlen(keypath);
#if 0 /* This function is not available in Visual C++ 6 */
/*
* Use numerics 0 -> FindExInfoStandard,
* 1 -> FindExSearchLimitToDirectories,
* as these are not defined in Visual C++ 6
*/
hSearch = FindFirstFileEx(path, 0, &finfo, 1, NULL, 0);
#else
hSearch = FindFirstFile(path, &finfo);
#endif
if (hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
return 1; /* Not found */
}
/* Loop through all subdirs checking if the keypath is under there */
ret = 1; /* Assume not found */
do {
int sublen;
/*
* We need to check it is a directory despite the
* FindExSearchLimitToDirectories in the above call. See SDK docs
*/
if ((finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0) {
continue;
}
sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path)) {
continue; /* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
}
strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
if (FileExists(path)) {
/* Found a match, print to stdout */
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
QualifyPath(path);
ret = 0;
break;
}
} while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
FindClose(hSearch);
return ret;
}
/*
* LocateDependency --
*
* Locates a dependency for a package.
* keypath - a relative path within the package directory
* that is used to confirm it is the correct directory.
* The search path for the package directory is currently only
* the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
* If found, the command prints
* name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
* and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
*/
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
{
size_t i;
int ret;
static const char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};
for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
if (ret == 0) {
return ret;
}
}
return ret;
}
/*
* Local variables:
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/rc/tk.rc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif #define SUFFIX SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_DEBUG VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL #ifdef DEBUG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "040904b0"
BEGIN
VALUE "FileDescription", "Tk DLL\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tk" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".dll\0"
| < | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "040904b0"
BEGIN
VALUE "FileDescription", "Tk DLL\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tk" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".dll\0"
VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 1987-2022 Regents of the University of California and other parties\0"
VALUE "ProductName", "Tk " TK_VERSION " for Windows\0"
VALUE "ProductVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
END
END
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
BEGIN
VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/rc/tktest.rc.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
//
// Version Resource Script
//
#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>
//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//
#if TCL_THREADS
#define SUFFIX_THREADS "t"
#else
#define SUFFIX_THREADS ""
#endif
#if STATIC_BUILD
#define SUFFIX_STATIC "s"
#else
#define SUFFIX_STATIC ""
#endif
#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG ""
#endif
#define SUFFIX SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG
VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
FILEVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG
FILEFLAGS VS_FF_DEBUG
#else
FILEFLAGS 0x0L
#endif
FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
FILETYPE VFT_APP
FILESUBTYPE 0x0L
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "040904b0"
BEGIN
VALUE "FileDescription", "Tktest Application\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tktest" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".exe\0"
VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 1987-2022 Regents of the University of California and other parties\0"
VALUE "ProductName", "Tk " TK_VERSION " for Windows\0"
VALUE "ProductVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
END
END
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
BEGIN
VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
END
END
//
// Icon
//
// The icon whose name or resource ID is lexigraphically first, is used
// as the application's icon.
//
app ICON DISCARDABLE "wish.ico"
#if STATIC_BUILD
#include "tk_base.rc"
#endif
//
// This enables themed scrollbars in XP by trying to use comctl32 v6.
//
#ifndef RT_MANIFEST
#define RT_MANIFEST 24
#endif
#ifndef CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID
#define CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID 1
#endif
CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID RT_MANIFEST "wish.exe.manifest"
|
Changes to win/rc/wish.rc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if STATIC_BUILD #define SUFFIX_STATIC "s" #else #define SUFFIX_STATIC "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif #if STATIC_BUILD #define SUFFIX_STATIC "s" #else #define SUFFIX_STATIC "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif #define SUFFIX SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL #ifdef DEBUG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "040904b0"
BEGIN
VALUE "FileDescription", "Wish Application\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "wish" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".exe\0"
| < | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "040904b0"
BEGIN
VALUE "FileDescription", "Wish Application\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "wish" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".exe\0"
VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 1987-2022 Regents of the University of California and other parties\0"
VALUE "ProductName", "Tk " TK_VERSION " for Windows\0"
VALUE "ProductVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
END
END
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
BEGIN
VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/rmd.bat.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | @echo off if not exist %1\nul goto end echo Removing directory %1 if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt deltree /y %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end goto success :winnt rmdir /s /q %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end :success echo Deleted directory %1 :end |
Changes to win/rules-ext.vc.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | !if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl" !error The rules-ext.vc file is not intended for Tcl itself. !endif # We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use # the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that # one if it is newer. | > | > > > > | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | !if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl" !error The rules-ext.vc file is not intended for Tcl itself. !endif # We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use # the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that # one if it is newer. !if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "$(NATIVE_ARCH)" !if [$(CC) -nologo -DNDEBUG "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul] !endif !else !if [copy x86_64-w64-mingw32-nmakehlp.exe nmakehlp.exe >NUL] !endif !endif # First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with. !if "$(TCLDIR)" != "" _RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\) |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/rules.vc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | #------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*- # rules.vc -- # # Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions. # This file does all the hard work in terms of parsing build options, # compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile # directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc". # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | #------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*- # rules.vc -- # # Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions. # This file does all the hard work in terms of parsing build options, # compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile # directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc". # # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/main/tip/477.md) for # detailed documentation. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux. # Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts # Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ !ifndef _RULES_VC _RULES_VC = 1 # The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system # For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change # the major version. RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1 RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 10 # The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile. !if "$(PROJECT)" == "" !error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc !endif !if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == "" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | # 1. First define the external tools used for compiling, copying etc. # as this is independent of everything else. # 2. Figure out our build structure in terms of the directory, whether # we are building Tcl or an extension, etc. # 3. Determine the compiler and linker versions # 4. Build the nmakehlp helper application # 5. Determine the supported compiler options and features | > > | | | < | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | # 1. First define the external tools used for compiling, copying etc. # as this is independent of everything else. # 2. Figure out our build structure in terms of the directory, whether # we are building Tcl or an extension, etc. # 3. Determine the compiler and linker versions # 4. Build the nmakehlp helper application # 5. Determine the supported compiler options and features # 6. Extract Tcl, Tk, and possibly extensions, version numbers from the # headers # 7. Parse the OPTS macro value for user-specified build configuration # 8. Parse the STATS macro value for statistics instrumentation # 9. Parse the CHECKS macro for additional compilation checks # 10. Based on this selected configuration, construct the output # directory and file paths # 11. Construct the paths where the package is to be installed # 12. Set up the actual options passed to compiler and linker based # on the information gathered above. # 13. Define some standard build targets and implicit rules. These may # be optionally disabled by the parent makefile. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | # following macros: # VCVERSION - the internal compiler version as 1200, 1400, 1910 etc. # This is also printed by the compiler in dotted form 19.10 etc. # VCVER - the "marketing version", for example Visual C++ 6 for internal # compiler version 1200. This is kept only for legacy reasons as it # does not make sense for recent Microsoft compilers. Only used for # output directory names. | | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
# following macros:
# VCVERSION - the internal compiler version as 1200, 1400, 1910 etc.
# This is also printed by the compiler in dotted form 19.10 etc.
# VCVER - the "marketing version", for example Visual C++ 6 for internal
# compiler version 1200. This is kept only for legacy reasons as it
# does not make sense for recent Microsoft compilers. Only used for
# output directory names.
# ARCH - set to IX86, ARM64 or AMD64 depending on 32- or 64-bit target
# NATIVE_ARCH - set to IX86, ARM64 or AMD64 for the host machine
# MACHINE - same as $(ARCH) - legacy
# _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_{DLL,EXE} - commands for embedding a manifest if needed
cc32 = $(CC) # built-in default.
link32 = link
lib32 = lib
rc32 = $(RC) # built-in default.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
&& ![$(cc32) -nologo -TC -P vercl.x 2>NUL]
!include vercl.i
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1900
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
&& ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
| > > | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_ARM64) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=ARM64 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
&& ![$(cc32) -nologo -TC -P vercl.x 2>NUL]
!include vercl.i
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1900
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
&& ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- # The MACHINE macro is used by legacy makefiles so set it as well !ifdef MACHINE !if "$(MACHINE)" == "x86" !undef MACHINE MACHINE = IX86 !elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "x64" !undef MACHINE MACHINE = AMD64 !endif !if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)" !error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH). !endif !else MACHINE=$(ARCH) !endif #--------------------------------------------------------------- # The PLATFORM_IDENTIFY macro matches the values returned by # the Tcl platform::identify command !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-x86_64 !else PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-ix86 !endif # The MULTIPLATFORM macro controls whether binary extensions are installed # in platform-specific directories. Intended to be set/used by extensions. !ifndef MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL = 0 !endif #------------------------------------------------------------ # Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry !if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86] NATIVE_ARCH=IX86 !else NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64 !endif # Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources. !if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400 _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1 | > > > > > > > | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- # The MACHINE macro is used by legacy makefiles so set it as well !ifdef MACHINE !if "$(MACHINE)" == "x86" !undef MACHINE MACHINE = IX86 !elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "arm64" !undef MACHINE MACHINE = ARM64 !elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "x64" !undef MACHINE MACHINE = AMD64 !endif !if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)" !error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH). !endif !else MACHINE=$(ARCH) !endif #--------------------------------------------------------------- # The PLATFORM_IDENTIFY macro matches the values returned by # the Tcl platform::identify command !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-x86_64 !elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM64" PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-arm !else PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-ix86 !endif # The MULTIPLATFORM macro controls whether binary extensions are installed # in platform-specific directories. Intended to be set/used by extensions. !ifndef MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL = 0 !endif #------------------------------------------------------------ # Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry !if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86] NATIVE_ARCH=IX86 !elseif ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i ARM | findstr /i 64-bit] NATIVE_ARCH=ARM64 !else NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64 !endif # Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources. !if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400 _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 | !endif # $(TCLINSTALL) !endif # !$(DOING_TCL) !endif # NMAKEHLPC # We always build nmakehlp even if it exists since we do not know # what source it was built from. !if [$(cc32) -nologo "$(NMAKEHLPC)" -link -subsystem:console > nul] !endif ################################################################ # 5. Test for compiler features # Visual C++ compiler options have changed over the years. Check # which options are supported by the compiler in use. # # The following macros are set: | > > > > > | 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 | !endif # $(TCLINSTALL) !endif # !$(DOING_TCL) !endif # NMAKEHLPC # We always build nmakehlp even if it exists since we do not know # what source it was built from. !if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "$(NATIVE_ARCH)" !if [$(cc32) -nologo "$(NMAKEHLPC)" -link -subsystem:console > nul] !endif !else !if [copy $(NMAKEHLPC:nmakehlp.c=x86_64-w64-mingw32-nmakehlp.exe) nmakehlp.exe >NUL] !endif !endif ################################################################ # 5. Test for compiler features # Visual C++ compiler options have changed over the years. Check # which options are supported by the compiler in use. # # The following macros are set: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 | # If compiler has enabled link time optimization, linker must too with -ltcg !ifdef CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED !if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)] LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS) -ltcg !endif !endif ######################################################################## | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | < < | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 |
# If compiler has enabled link time optimization, linker must too with -ltcg
!ifdef CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS) -ltcg
!endif
!endif
################################################################
# 6. Extract various version numbers from headers
# For Tcl and Tk, version numbers are extracted from tcl.h and tk.h
# respectively. For extensions, versions are extracted from the
# configure.in or configure.ac from the TEA configuration if it
# exists, and unset otherwise.
# Sets the following macros:
# TCL_MAJOR_VERSION
# TCL_MINOR_VERSION
# TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL
# TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
# TCL_PATCH_LETTER
# TCL_VERSION
# TK_MAJOR_VERSION
# TK_MINOR_VERSION
# TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
# TK_PATCH_LEVEL
# TK_PATCH_LETTER
# TK_VERSION
# DOTVERSION - set as (for example) 2.5
# VERSION - set as (for example 25)
#--------------------------------------------------------------
!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" "define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION" >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if defined(_TK_H)
!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) "define TK_MAJOR_VERSION" >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_RELEASE_SERIAL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TK_H)" TK_RELEASE_SERIAL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!endif # _TK_H
!include versions.vc
TCL_VERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
TCL_DOTVERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!if [nmakehlp -f $(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL) "a"]
TCL_PATCH_LETTER = a
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL) "b"]
TCL_PATCH_LETTER = b
!else
TCL_PATCH_LETTER = .
!endif
!if defined(_TK_H)
TK_VERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_DOTVERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!if [nmakehlp -f $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) "a"]
TK_PATCH_LETTER = a
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) "b"]
TK_PATCH_LETTER = b
!else
TK_PATCH_LETTER = .
!endif
!endif
# Set DOTVERSION and VERSION
!if $(DOING_TCL)
DOTVERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
VERSION = $(TCL_VERSION)
!elseif $(DOING_TK)
DOTVERSION = $(TK_DOTVERSION)
VERSION = $(TK_VERSION)
!else # Doing a non-Tk extension
# If parent makefile has not defined DOTVERSION, try to get it from TEA
# first from a configure.in file, and then from configure.ac
!ifndef DOTVERSION
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
|| [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.in ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
|| [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.ac ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!error *** Could not figure out extension version. Please define DOTVERSION in parent makefile before including rules.vc.
!endif
!endif
!include versions.vc
!endif # DOTVERSION
VERSION = $(DOTVERSION:.=)
!endif # $(DOING_TCL) ... etc.
# Windows RC files have 3 version components. Ensure this irrespective
# of how many components the package has specified. Basically, ensure
# minimum 4 components by appending 4 0's and then pick out the first 4.
# Also take care of the fact that DOTVERSION may have "a" or "b" instead
# of "." separating the version components.
DOTSEPARATED=$(DOTVERSION:a=.)
DOTSEPARATED=$(DOTSEPARATED:b=.)
!if [echo RCCOMMAVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
|| [for /f "tokens=1,2,3,4,5* delims=." %a in ("$(DOTSEPARATED).0.0.0.0") do echo %a,%b,%c,%d >> versions.vc]
!error *** Could not generate RCCOMMAVERSION ***
!endif
!include versions.vc
########################################################################
# 7. Parse the OPTS macro to work out the requested build configuration.
# Based on this, we will construct the actual switches to be passed to the
# compiler and linker using the macros defined in the previous section.
# The following macros are defined by this section based on OPTS
# STATIC_BUILD - 0 -> Tcl is to be built as a shared library
# 1 -> build as a static library and shell
# TCL_THREADS - legacy but always 1 on Windows since winsock requires it.
# DEBUG - 1 -> debug build, 0 -> release builds
# SYMBOLS - 1 -> generate PDB's, 0 -> no PDB's
# PROFILE - 1 -> generate profiling info, 0 -> no profiling
# PGO - 1 -> profile based optimization, 0 -> no
# MSVCRT - 1 -> link to dynamic C runtime even when building static Tcl build
# 0 -> link to static C runtime for static Tcl build.
# Does not impact shared Tcl builds (STATIC_BUILD == 0)
# Default: 1 for Tcl 8.7 and up, 0 otherwise.
# TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES - 1 -> statically link the registry and dde extensions
# in the Tcl and Wish shell. 0 -> keep them as shared libraries. Does
# not impact shared Tcl builds. Implied by STATIC_BUILD since Tcl 8.7.
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC - 1 -> Use a shared global free pool for allocation.
# 0 -> Use the non-thread allocator.
# UNCHECKED - 1 -> when doing a debug build with symbols, use the release
# C runtime, 0 -> use the debug C runtime.
# USE_STUBS - 1 -> compile to use stubs interfaces, 0 -> direct linking
# CONFIG_CHECK - 1 -> check current build configuration against Tcl
# configuration (ignored for Tcl itself)
# _USE_64BIT_TIME_T - forces a build using 64-bit time_t for 32-bit build
# (CRT library should support this, not needed for Tcl 9.x)
# Further, LINKERFLAGS are modified based on above.
# Default values for all the above
STATIC_BUILD = 0
TCL_THREADS = 1
DEBUG = 0
SYMBOLS = 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
720 721 722 723 724 725 726 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"] !message *** Doing nomsvcrt MSVCRT = 0 !else !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"] !message *** Doing msvcrt !else | | | < < < < < | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"] !message *** Doing nomsvcrt MSVCRT = 0 !else !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"] !message *** Doing msvcrt !else !if $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) == 8 && $(TCL_MINOR_VERSION) < 7 && $(STATIC_BUILD) MSVCRT = 0 !endif !endif !endif # [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"] !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD) !message *** Doing staticpkg TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 1 !endif !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"] !message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl TCL_THREADS = 0 USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0 !endif !if $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) == 8 !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "time64bit"] !message *** Force 64-bit time_t _USE_64BIT_TIME_T = 1 !endif !endif # Yes, it's weird that the "symbols" option controls DEBUG and # the "pdbs" option controls SYMBOLS. That's historical. !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"] !message *** Doing symbols DEBUG = 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 | MSG=^ This compiler does not support profile guided optimization. !error $(MSG) !endif !endif ################################################################ | | | 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 | MSG=^ This compiler does not support profile guided optimization. !error $(MSG) !endif !endif ################################################################ # 8. Parse the STATS macro to configure code instrumentation # The following macros are set by this section: # TCL_MEM_DEBUG - 1 -> enables memory allocation instrumentation # 0 -> disables # TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG - 1 -> enables byte compiler logging # 0 -> disables # Default both are off |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
862 863 864 865 866 867 868 | !else TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0 !endif !endif #################################################################### | | | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 | !else TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0 !endif !endif #################################################################### # 9. Parse the CHECKS macro to configure additional compiler checks # The following macros are set by this section: # WARNINGS - compiler switches that control the warnings level # TCL_NO_DEPRECATED - 1 -> disable support for deprecated functions # 0 -> enable deprecated functions # Defaults - Permit deprecated functions and warning level 3 TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
894 895 896 897 898 899 900 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64] !message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings WARNINGS = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64 !endif !endif | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64] !message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings WARNINGS = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64 !endif !endif ################################################################ # 10. Construct output directory and file paths # Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories. # In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using # different compilers, build configurations etc., # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 | !error *** Could not fully qualify path TMP_DIR=$(TMP_DIR) !endif !include nmakehlp.out # The name of the stubs library for the project being built STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub # Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions | > > | > > > > > | 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 | !error *** Could not fully qualify path TMP_DIR=$(TMP_DIR) !endif !include nmakehlp.out # The name of the stubs library for the project being built STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub # # Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions # # TIP 430. Unused for 8.6 but no harm defining it to allow a common rules.vc TCLSCRIPTZIPNAME = libtcl$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)$(TCL_PATCH_LETTER)$(TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL).zip TKSCRIPTZIPNAME = libtk$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)$(TK_PATCH_LETTER)$(TK_RELEASE_SERIAL).zip !if $(DOING_TCL) TCLSHNAME = $(PROJECT)sh$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe TCLSH = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME) TCLIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib TCLLIBNAME = $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT) TCLLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME) TCLSCRIPTZIP = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSCRIPTZIPNAME) TCLSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib TCLSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME) TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" !else # !$(DOING_TCL) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 |
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
!else # Building against Tcl sources
TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
!endif # TCLINSTALL
tcllibs = "$(TCLSTUBLIB)" "$(TCLIMPLIB)"
| > > | 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLSCRIPTZIP = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\$(TCLSCRIPTZIPNAME)
TCLTOOLSDIR = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
!else # Building against Tcl sources
TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLSCRIPTZIP = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TCLSCRIPTZIPNAME)
TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
!endif # TCLINSTALL
tcllibs = "$(TCLSTUBLIB)" "$(TCLIMPLIB)"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 | !endif !endif # Do the same for Tk and Tk extensions that require the Tk libraries !if $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK) WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish WISHNAME = $(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe | | > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 |
!endif
!endif
# Do the same for Tk and Tk extensions that require the Tk libraries
!if $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
WISHNAME = $(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TKLIBNAME8 = tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKLIBNAME9 = tcl9tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
!if $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) == 8
TKLIBNAME = tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKIMPLIBNAME = tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
!else
TKLIBNAME = tcl9tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKIMPLIBNAME = tcl9tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
!endif
TKSTUBLIBNAME = tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib
!if $(DOING_TK)
WISH = $(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
TKLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"
TKSCRIPTZIP = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSCRIPTZIPNAME)
!else # effectively NEED_TK
!if $(TKINSTALL) # Building against installed Tk
WISH = $(_TKDIR)\bin\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB = $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB = $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")
TKIMPLIBNAME = tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB = $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
TKSCRIPTZIP = $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKSCRIPTZIPNAME)
!else # Building against Tk sources
WISH = $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB = $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB = $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")
TKIMPLIBNAME = tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB = $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
TKSCRIPTZIP = $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKSCRIPTZIPNAME)
!endif # TKINSTALL
tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"
!endif # $(DOING_TK)
!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)
# Various output paths
PRJIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
PRJLIBNAME8 = $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
PRJLIBNAME9 = tcl9$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
!if $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) == 8
PRJLIBNAME = $(PRJLIBNAME8)
!else
PRJLIBNAME = $(PRJLIBNAME9)
!endif
PRJLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)
PRJSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
PRJSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)
# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 | # 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker # Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and # options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main # makefile should use these in combination with whatever other flags # and switches are specific to it. # The following macros are defined, names are for historical compatibility: # OPTDEFINES - /Dxxx C macro flags based on user-specified OPTS | | | | | 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 | # 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker # Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and # options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main # makefile should use these in combination with whatever other flags # and switches are specific to it. # The following macros are defined, names are for historical compatibility: # OPTDEFINES - /Dxxx C macro flags based on user-specified OPTS # COMPILERFLAGS - /Dxxx C macro flags independent of any configuration options # crt - Compiler switch that selects the appropriate C runtime # cdebug - Compiler switches related to debug AND optimizations # cwarn - Compiler switches that set warning levels # cflags - complete compiler switches (subsumes cdebug and cwarn) # ldebug - Linker switches controlling debug information and optimization # lflags - complete linker switches (subsumes ldebug) except subsystem type # dlllflags - complete linker switches to build DLLs (subsumes lflags) # conlflags - complete linker switches for console program (subsumes lflags) # guilflags - complete linker switches for GUI program (subsumes lflags) # baselibs - minimum Windows libraries required. Parent makefile can # define PRJ_LIBS before including rules.rc if additional libs are needed OPTDEFINES = /DSTDC_HEADERS /DUSE_NMAKE=1 !if $(VCVERSION) > 1600 OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 !else OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DMP_NO_STDINT=1 !endif !if $(VCVERSION) >= 1800 OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 /DHAVE_STDBOOL_H=1 !endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1 !endif !endif !if $(STATIC_BUILD) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DSTATIC_BUILD !elseif $(TCL_VERSION) > 86 OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_WITH_EXTERNAL_TOMMATH | | | 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1 !endif !endif !if $(STATIC_BUILD) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DSTATIC_BUILD !elseif $(TCL_VERSION) > 86 OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_WITH_EXTERNAL_TOMMATH !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM64" OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DMP_64BIT !endif !endif !if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED !endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 | !if $(OPTIMIZING) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED !endif !endif !if $(PROFILE) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_PROFILED !endif | | | < < < | 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 | !if $(OPTIMIZING) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED !endif !endif !if $(PROFILE) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_PROFILED !endif !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM64" OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT !endif !if $(VCVERSION) < 1300 OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DNO_STRTOI64=1 !endif !if $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) == 8 !if "$(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)" == "1" OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /D_USE_64BIT_TIME_T=1 !endif # _ATL_XP_TARGETING - Newer SDK's need this to build for XP COMPILERFLAGS = /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING !endif # Like the TEA system only set this non empty for non-Tk extensions # Note: some extensions use PACKAGE_NAME and others use PACKAGE_TCLNAME |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 | cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) !if $(SYMBOLS) cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi !endif !endif # $(DEBUG) | | | | > > > > > | 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 | cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) !if $(SYMBOLS) cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi !endif !endif # $(DEBUG) # cwarn includes default warning levels, also C4090 (buggy) and C4146 is useless. cwarn = $(WARNINGS) -wd4090 -wd4146 !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM64" # Disable pointer<->int warnings related to cast between different sizes # There are a gadzillion of these due to use of ClientData and # clutter up compiler # output increasing chance of a real warning getting lost. So disable them. # Eventually some day, Tcl will be 64-bit clean. cwarn = $(cwarn) -wd4311 -wd4312 !endif ### Common compiler options that are architecture specific !if "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM" carch = /D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE !else carch = !endif # cpuid is only available on intel machines !if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" carch = $(carch) /DHAVE_CPUID=1 !endif !if $(DEBUG) # Turn warnings into errors cwarn = $(cwarn) -WX !endif INCLUDES = $(TCL_INCLUDES) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(PRJ_INCLUDES) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 | # here irrespective of the OPTS setting. # # TBD - tclvfs has a comment that stubs libs should not be compiled with -GL # without stating why. Tcl itself compiled stubs libs with this flag. # so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions # compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library # compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly. | | | 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 | # here irrespective of the OPTS setting. # # TBD - tclvfs has a comment that stubs libs should not be compiled with -GL # without stating why. Tcl itself compiled stubs libs with this flag. # so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions # compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library # compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly. stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) /Zl /GL- /DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) # Link flags !if $(DEBUG) ldebug = -debug -debugtype:cv !else ldebug = -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 | !endif ### Declarations common to all linker versions lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug) !if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900 lflags = $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 | !endif ### Declarations common to all linker versions lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug) !if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900 lflags = $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib !endif dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows # Libraries that are required for every image. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 | LIBCMD = $(lib32) -nologo $(LINKERFLAGS) -out:$@ DLLCMD = $(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs) CONEXECMD = $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs) GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs) RESCMD = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \ | | > | > > > > > | > > > > > > | 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 |
LIBCMD = $(lib32) -nologo $(LINKERFLAGS) -out:$@
DLLCMD = $(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
CONEXECMD = $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
RESCMD = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \
$(TCL_INCLUDES) /DSTATIC_BUILD=$(STATIC_BUILD) \
/DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
/DCOMMAVERSION=$(RCCOMMAVERSION) \
/DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \
/DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \
/DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \
/DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \
/DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\"
!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET
DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)
!endif
default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)
!if $(MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL)
default-pkgindex:
@echo if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 9.0-]} { > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
[list load [file join $$dir $(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) $(PRJLIBNAME9)]] >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo } else { >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
[list load [file join $$dir $(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) $(PRJLIBNAME8)]] >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo } >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
!else
default-pkgindex:
@echo if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 9.0-]} { > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
[list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME9)]] >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo } else { >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
[list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME8)]] >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@echo } >> $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
!endif
default-pkgindex-tea:
@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(DOTVERSION)
@PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@ $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE@ $(PRJLIBNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE8@ $(PRJLIBNAME8)
@PKG_LIB_FILE9@ $(PRJLIBNAME9)
<<
default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries
!if $(SYMBOLS)
default-install: default-install-pdbs
!endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 |
@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
default-install-pdbs:
@echo Installing PDBs to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)'
@if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
@$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
default-install-docs-html:
@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
default-install-docs-n:
| > > | 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 |
@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
default-install-pdbs:
@echo Installing PDBs to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)'
@if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
@$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix
default-install-docs-html:
@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
default-install-docs-n:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 |
!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!else # !$(TCLINSTALL) - building against Tcl source
| | | | 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 |
!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!else # !$(TCLINSTALL) - building against Tcl source
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!endif # TCLINSTALL
!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)
!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG
!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/stubs.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
return 0;
}
int
XNoOp(
Display *display)
{
| | | | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 |
return 0;
}
int
XNoOp(
Display *display)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return 0;
}
XAfterFunction
XSynchronize(
Display *display,
Bool onoff)
{
(void)onoff;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return NULL;
}
int
XSync(
Display *display,
Bool discard)
{
(void)discard;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return 0;
}
VisualID
XVisualIDFromVisual(
Visual *visual)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/svnmanifest.in.
> | 1 | svn-r |
Changes to win/targets.vc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | #------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*- # targets.vc -- # # Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions. # This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions # and can be optionally included by the extension makefile. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | #------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*- # targets.vc -- # # Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions. # This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions # and can be optionally included by the extension makefile. # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/main/tip/477.md) for docs. $(PROJECT): setup pkgindex $(PRJLIB) !ifdef PRJ_STUBOBJS $(PROJECT): $(PRJSTUBLIB) $(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJ_STUBOBJS) $(LIBCMD) $** |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tcl.m4.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
| | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
[with_tclconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
| | | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
[with_tkconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tkconfig}" in
*/tkConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 | # # Results: # # Substitutes the following vars: # TCL_BIN_DIR # TCL_SRC_DIR # TCL_LIB_FILE | < | | | | | > > > > > > > > < | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
#
# Results:
#
# Substitutes the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR
# TCL_SRC_DIR
# TCL_LIB_FILE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
fi
#
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
#
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
#
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
#
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
# TK_BIN_DIR
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
| | | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
# TK_BIN_DIR
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
fi
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
[ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
| < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
[ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
SHARED_BUILD=0
AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
# Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --enable-threads=yes|no
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_THREADS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [ --enable-threads build with threads (default: on)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
TCL_THREADS=1
AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS)
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
else
TCL_THREADS=0
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED)
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
| > > > | 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# DBGX Debug library extension
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
DBGX=""
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED)
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
DBGX=g
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 | # Results: # # Can the following vars: # EXTRA_CFLAGS # CFLAGS_DEBUG # CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE # CFLAGS_WARNING # LDFLAGS_DEBUG # LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE # LDFLAGS_CONSOLE # LDFLAGS_WINDOW # CC_OBJNAME # CC_EXENAME # CYGPATH | > | 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 | # Results: # # Can the following vars: # EXTRA_CFLAGS # CFLAGS_DEBUG # CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE # CFLAGS_WARNING # CFLAGS_NOLTO # LDFLAGS_DEBUG # LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE # LDFLAGS_CONSOLE # LDFLAGS_WINDOW # CC_OBJNAME # CC_EXENAME # CYGPATH |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[ --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])
AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
| > > > > > > > > > > > < | | | | | > > > > > > > | 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[ --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)
# Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[ --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($doWince)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[ --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR],
CELIB_DIR=$withval, CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB)
AC_MSG_RESULT([$CELIB_DIR])
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])
AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
# MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
# which requires x86|amd64|arm64|ia64.
MACHINE="X86"
if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc,
ac_cv_cross,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifndef _WIN32
#error cross-compiler
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_cross=no],
[ac_cv_cross=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
arm64|aarch64)
CC="aarch64-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="aarch64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="aarch64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
*)
CC="i686-w64-mingw32-${CC}"
LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
CYGPATH=echo
fi
conftest=
cyg_conftest=
fi
if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
| | | | | | | > > > | | < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
CYGPATH=echo
fi
conftest=
cyg_conftest=
fi
if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
DEPARG='"$<"'
else
DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
fi
# set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
extra_cflags="-pipe"
extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for mingw32 version of gcc,
ac_cv_win32,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef _WIN32
#error win32
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_win32=no],
[ac_cv_win32=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} cannot produce win32 executables.])
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "arm64"; then
extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DHAVE_CPUID=1"
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working -municode linker flag,
ac_cv_municode,
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <windows.h>
int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_municode=yes],
[ac_cv_municode=no])
)
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
else
extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working -fno-lto,
ac_cv_nolto,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])],
[ac_cv_nolto=yes],
[ac_cv_nolto=no])
)
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_nolto" = "yes" ; then
CFLAGS_NOLTO="-fno-lto"
else
CFLAGS_NOLTO=""
fi
fi
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wl,--enable-auto-image-base"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working --enable-auto-image-base,
ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])],
[ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base=yes],
[ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base=no])
)
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
if test "$ac_cv_enable_auto_image_base" = "yes" ; then
extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -Wl,--enable-auto-image-base"
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([compiler flags])
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
SHLIB_LD=""
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \[$]@"
MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \[$]@"
LIBPREFIX="lib"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \[$]@"
MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \[$]@"
LIBPREFIX="lib"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
runtime=
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
# ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain.])
fi
runtime=
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
fi
# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[$]@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\[$]@)"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wpointer-arith"
LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
case "${CC}" in
*++)
CFLAGS_WARNING="${CFLAGS_WARNING} -Wno-format"
;;
*)
CFLAGS_WARNING="${CFLAGS_WARNING} -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
;;
esac
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
| > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 |
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
;;
arm64|aarch64)
MACHINE="ARM64"
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using ARM64 $MACHINE mode])
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using IA64 $MACHINE mode])
;;
*)
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifndef _WIN64
#error 32-bit
#endif
]], [[]])],
[tcl_win_64bit=yes],
[tcl_win_64bit=no]
)
if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
do64bit=amd64
MACHINE="AMD64"
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
fi
;;
esac
else
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
runtime=-MT
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
runtime=-MD
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[[4-9]]*)
lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
fi
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\[$]@"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
;;
arm64|aarch64)
MACHINE="ARM64"
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
fi
LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[[4-9]]*)
LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
RC="rc"
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE}"
LINKBIN="link"
# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
LIBS="$LIBS bufferoverflowU.lib"
else
RC="rc"
# -Od - no optimization
# -WX - warnings as errors
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
# If !yes then the user specified something
# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
ARCH=
eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
if ([$]1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
}'`
if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
fi
fi
OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
fi
fi
if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
fi
fi
# The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
# not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"])
fi
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
else
CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
else
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
fi
CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
for i in $defs ; do
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i)
done
# if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
# AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
# fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION)
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
else
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
fi
# celib currently stuck at wce300 status
#LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
else
LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
fi
SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
RC_OUT=-fo
RC_TYPE=-r
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 | # Specify the CC output file names based on the target name CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@" CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\"" # Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being # built -- Console vs. Window. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | > | | | | | 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 |
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
else
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
fi
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT)
fi
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler,
tcl_cv_seh,
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int main(int argc, char** argv) {
int a, b = 0;
__try {
a = 666 / b;
}
__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
]])],
[tcl_cv_seh=yes],
[tcl_cv_seh=no],
[tcl_cv_seh=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1,
[Defined when mingw does not support SEH])
fi
#
# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files,
tcl_cv_eh_disposition,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
]], [[
EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
]])],
[tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes],
[tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int,
[Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION])
fi
# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define,
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#define VOID void
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
]], [[
CHAR c;
SHORT s;
LONG l;
]])],
[tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes],
[tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1,
[Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h])
fi
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
]])],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
[Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
fi
fi
# DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version
AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_NOLTO)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_WITH_TCL --
#
# Location of the Tcl build directory.
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --with-tcl=...
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
if test -d ../../tcl8.6$1/win; then
TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6$1/win
else
TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6/win
fi
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.6 binaries from DIR],
TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
fi
if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR: perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 | # extension can't assume that an executable Tcl shell exists at # build time. # # Arguments # none # # Results | | | 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 |
# extension can't assume that an executable Tcl shell exists at
# build time.
#
# Arguments
# none
#
# Results
# Substitutes the following values:
# TCLSH_PROG
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_PROG_TCLSH], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_tclsh, [
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 | # when running tests from an extension build directory. It is not # correct to use the TCLSH_PROG in cases like this. # # Arguments # none # # Results | | | | 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 |
# when running tests from an extension build directory. It is not
# correct to use the TCLSH_PROG in cases like this.
#
# Arguments
# none
#
# Results
# Substitutes the following values:
# BUILD_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory])
BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}\${EXESUFFIX}
AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_TCLSH)
AC_SUBST(BUILD_TCLSH)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING TIP #59
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 |
# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest,
| | | 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 |
# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-embedded-manifest],
[embed manifest if possible (default: yes)]),
[embed_ok=$enableval], [embed_ok=yes])
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
result=no
if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
fi
])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 |
fi
])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])
|
Changes to win/tkConfig.sh.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ | < | | | | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ # This indicates if Tk was build with debugging symbols TK_DBGX=@TK_DBGX@ # The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library): TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@' # Additional libraries to use when linking Tk. TK_LIBS='@LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@' # Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-independent files are # installed. TK_PREFIX='@prefix@' # Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-specific files (e.g. # executables) are installed. TK_EXEC_PREFIX='@exec_prefix@' # -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk library TK_LIB_FLAG='@TK_LIB_FLAG@' # String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its # build directory. TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@' # String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/tkUuid.h.in.
> | 1 | #define TK_VERSION_UUID \ |
Changes to win/tkWin.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWin.h -- * * Declarations of public types and interfaces that are only * available under Windows. * | | | < | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | /* * tkWin.h -- * * Declarations of public types and interfaces that are only * available under Windows. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKWIN #define _TKWIN /* * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments. * * WINVER = 0x0500 means Windows 2000 and above */ #ifndef WINVER #define WINVER 0x0500 #endif #ifndef _WIN32_WINNT #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 #endif #ifndef _TK #include <tk.h> #endif #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWin32Dll.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
BOOL APIENTRY
DllMain(
HINSTANCE hInstance,
DWORD reason,
LPVOID reserved)
{
| | < | > > | | | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
BOOL APIENTRY
DllMain(
HINSTANCE hInstance,
DWORD reason,
LPVOID reserved)
{
#if defined(HAVE_NO_SEH) && !defined(__aarch64__)
TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION registration;
#endif
/*
* If we are attaching to the DLL from a new process, tell Tk about the
* hInstance to use.
*/
switch (reason) {
case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);
TkWinSetHINSTANCE(hInstance);
break;
case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
/*
* Protect the call to TkFinalize in an SEH block. We can't be
* guaranteed Tk is always being unloaded from a stable condition.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
# if defined(__aarch64__)
/* Don't run TkFinalize(NULL) on mingw-w64 for ARM64, since we don't have corresponding assembler-code. */
# elif defined(_WIN64)
__asm__ __volatile__ (
/*
* Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
* TkFinalize
*/
"leaq %[registration], %%rdx" "\n\t"
"movq %%gs:0, %%rax" "\n\t"
"movq %%rax, 0x0(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* link */
"leaq 1f(%%rip), %%rax" "\n\t"
"movq %%rax, 0x8(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* handler */
"movq %%rbp, 0x10(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* rbp */
"movq %%rsp, 0x18(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* rsp */
"movl %[error], 0x20(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* status */
/*
* Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWin3d.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWin3d.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3D * borders in the Windows 95 style. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkWin3d.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3D * borders in the Windows 95 style. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
| | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
WinBorder *borderPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinBorder));
borderPtr->light2ColorPtr = NULL;
borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr = NULL;
return (TkBorder *) borderPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinButton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinButton.c -- * * This file implements the Windows specific portion of the button * widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkWinButton.c -- * * This file implements the Windows specific portion of the button * widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define OEMRESOURCE #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
*/
void
TkpButtonSetDefaults(void)
{
int width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
if (width > 0) {
| | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
*/
void
TkpButtonSetDefaults(void)
{
int width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
if (width > 0) {
snprintf(tkDefButtonBorderWidth, sizeof(tkDefButtonBorderWidth), "%d", width);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateButton --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 | * Registers an event handler for the widget. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkButton * TkpCreateButton( | | < | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
* Registers an event handler for the widget.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))
{
WinButton *butPtr;
butPtr = (WinButton *)ckalloc(sizeof(WinButton));
butPtr->hwnd = NULL;
return (TkButton *) butPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
Tk_3DBorder border;
Pixmap pixmap;
int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
* warning. */
int y, relief;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
int width = 0, height = 0, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, drawRing = 0;
| < | 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
Tk_3DBorder border;
Pixmap pixmap;
int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
* warning. */
int y, relief;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
int width = 0, height = 0, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, drawRing = 0;
int defaultWidth; /* Width of default ring. */
int offset; /* 0 means this is a label widget. 1 means it
* is a flavor of button, so we offset the
* text to make the button appear to move up
* and down as the relief changes. */
int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
/* Text offsets for use with compound buttons
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
* Draw the focus ring. If this is a push button then we need to put it
* around the inner edge of the border, otherwise we put it around the
* text. The text offsets are only non-zero when this is a compound
* button.
*/
if (drawRing && butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS && butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
| < | > | | | | | < | < < < < | 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
* Draw the focus ring. If this is a push button then we need to put it
* around the inner edge of the border, otherwise we put it around the
* text. The text offsets are only non-zero when this is a compound
* button.
*/
if (drawRing && butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS && butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON || !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
int dottedWidth = butPtr->borderWidth + 1 + defaultWidth;
TkWinDrawDottedRect(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc->foreground,
dottedWidth, dottedWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*dottedWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*dottedWidth);
} else {
TkWinDrawDottedRect(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc->foreground,
x-1 + textXOffset, y-1 + textYOffset,
butPtr->textWidth + 2, butPtr->textHeight + 3);
}
}
y += height/2;
/*
* Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point x
* and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 |
}
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
| | | 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 |
}
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
return result;
}
}
return DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinClipboard.c -- * * This file contains functions for managing the clipboard. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkWinClipboard.c -- * * This file contains functions for managing the clipboard. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
{
char *data, *destPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
HGLOBAL handle;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
int result, locale, noBackslash = 0;
if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"clipboard cannot be opened, another application grabbed it"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CLIPBOARD", "BUSY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| > > > > < < < < | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
{
char *data, *destPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
HGLOBAL handle;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
int result, locale, noBackslash = 0;
if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"))
|| (target != XA_STRING)) {
goto error;
}
if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"clipboard cannot be opened, another application grabbed it"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CLIPBOARD", "BUSY", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is less
* work that CF_TEXT.
*/
result = TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 | * Empties the system clipboard, and claims ownership. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XSetSelectionOwner( | | | < < | 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
* Empties the system clipboard, and claims ownership.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XSetSelectionOwner(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Atom selection,
Window owner,
TCL_UNUSED(Time))
{
HWND hwnd = owner ? TkWinGetHWND(owner) : NULL;
Tk_Window tkwin;
/*
* This is a gross hack because the Tk_InternAtom interface is broken. It
* expects a Tk_Window, even though it only needs a Tk_Display.
*/
tkwin = (Tk_Window) TkGetMainInfoList()->winPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinClipboardRender(
TkDisplay *dispPtr,
| | < | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinClipboardRender(
TkDisplay *dispPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(UINT))
{
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
HGLOBAL handle;
char *buffer, *p, *rawText, *endPtr;
int length;
Tcl_DString ds;
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING) {
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
}
*buffer++ = *p;
}
}
}
*buffer = '\0';
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
}
*buffer++ = *p;
}
}
}
*buffer = '\0';
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(rawText, -1, &ds);
ckfree(rawText);
handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
if (!handle) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return;
}
buffer = (char *)GlobalLock(handle);
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSelUpdateClipboard --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelUpdateClipboard(
TkWindow *winPtr,
| | < | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelUpdateClipboard(
TkWindow *winPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(TkClipboardTarget *))
{
HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
UpdateClipboard(hwnd);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelPropProc( | | < | 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelPropProc(
TCL_UNUSED(XEvent *)) /* X PropertyChange event. */
{
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinColor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
{"InactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
{"InactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
{"InactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
{"InfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK},
{"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
{"Menu", COLOR_MENU},
{"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
| < | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
{"InactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
{"InactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
{"InactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
{"InfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK},
{"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
{"Menu", COLOR_MENU},
{"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
{"Scrollbar", COLOR_SCROLLBAR},
{"Window", COLOR_WINDOW},
{"WindowFrame", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME},
{"WindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT}
};
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
297 298 299 300 301 302 303 | * Allocates a new color in the palette. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XAllocColor( | | < | 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
* Allocates a new color in the palette.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XAllocColor(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Colormap colormap,
XColor *color)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
PALETTEENTRY entry, closeEntry;
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
entry.peRed = (color->red) >> 8;
entry.peGreen = (color->green) >> 8;
entry.peBlue = (color->blue) >> 8;
entry.peFlags = 0;
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | * set. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XFreeColors( | | | < < | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
* set.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFreeColors(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Colormap colormap,
unsigned long *pixels,
int npixels,
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned long))
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
COLORREF cref;
UINT count, index;
size_t refCount;
int i;
PALETTEENTRY entry, *entries;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
/*
* We don't have to do anything for non-palette devices.
*/
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
472 473 474 475 476 477 478 | * Allocates an empty palette and color list. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Colormap XCreateColormap( | | | | | < < < < | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
* Allocates an empty palette and color list.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Colormap
XCreateColormap(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Window),
TCL_UNUSED(Visual *),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
char logPalBuf[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + 256 * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)];
LOGPALETTE *logPalettePtr;
PALETTEENTRY *entryPtr;
TkWinColormap *cmap;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
int isNew;
UINT i;
HPALETTE sysPal;
/*
* Allocate a starting palette with all of the reserved colors.
*/
logPalettePtr = (LOGPALETTE *) logPalBuf;
logPalettePtr->palVersion = 0x300;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
539 540 541 542 543 544 545 | * palette must not be selected into a device context when this occurs. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XFreeColormap( | | < | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
* palette must not be selected into a device context when this occurs.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFreeColormap(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Colormap colormap)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
if (!DeleteObject(cmap->palette)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to free colormap, palette is still selected");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cmap->refCounts);
ckfree(cmap);
return Success;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinConfig.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinConfig.c -- * * This module implements the Windows system defaults for the * configuration package. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | /* * tkWinConfig.c -- * * This module implements the Windows system defaults for the * configuration package. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetSystemDefault -- * * Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a * string representation of the option. * * Results: * Returns a Tcl_Obj* with the string identifier that identifies this * option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this * pair. * * Side effects: * None, once the package is initialized. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | #endif /* * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its * resource identifier. */ | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
#endif
/*
* The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
* resource identifier.
*/
static const struct CursorName {
const char *name;
LPCTSTR id;
} cursorNames[] = {
{"starting", IDC_APPSTARTING},
{"arrow", IDC_ARROW},
{"ibeam", IDC_IBEAM},
{"icon", IDC_ICON},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
TkCursor *
TkGetCursorByName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
| | < | | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
TkCursor *
TkGetCursorByName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
const struct CursorName *namePtr;
TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
int argc;
const char **argv = NULL;
/*
* All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
* Unix-compatibility), even unadorned system cursor names.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
if (argc == 0) {
goto badCursorSpec;
}
cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursorPtr;
cursorPtr->winCursor = NULL;
cursorPtr->system = 0;
if (argv[0][0] == '@') {
/*
* Check for system cursor of type @<filename>, where only the name is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
| < < < < < < < < < < | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFreeCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
| < < | 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
/* TkWinCursor *winCursorPtr = (TkWinCursor *) cursorPtr; */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDefault.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_BUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG TEXT_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | > | | | | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_LABEL_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG TEXT_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE | | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" | < < | | < < | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR "SystemButtonFace" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for individual entries of menus: */ #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR MENU_BG #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" #define DEF_MENU_FG MENU_FG #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR MENU_FG #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" | | | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" | | | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 | #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for scrollbars: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" | | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "10" /* * Defaults for texts: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" | | | | 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_BG_COLOR NULL #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" #define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
564 565 566 567 568 569 570 | */ static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr); | | | | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
*/
static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg,
LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
static void CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr);
static int ParseOFNOptions(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper, OFNOpts *optsPtr);
static int GetFileNameXP(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
enum OFNOper oper);
static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
enum OFNOper oper);
static int GetFileName(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper);
static int MakeFilterVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
DWORD *countPtr, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr,
DWORD *defaultFilterIndexPtr);
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr);
static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
int *indexPtr);
static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void SetTkDialog(void *clientData);
static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(LPCWSTR, Tcl_DString *);
static void LoadShellProcs(void);
/* Definitions of dynamically loaded Win32 calls */
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc)(
PCWSTR pszPath, IBindCtx *pbc, REFIID riid, void **ppv);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
742 743 744 745 746 747 748 | * application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( | | | 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 |
* application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData, parent;
HWND hWnd;
int i, oldMode, winCode, result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
778 779 780 781 782 783 784 |
dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10);
}
oldColor = RGB(0xa0, 0xa0, 0xa0);
inited = 1;
}
parent = tkwin;
| | | | | | 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 |
dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10);
}
oldColor = RGB(0xa0, 0xa0, 0xa0);
inited = 1;
}
parent = tkwin;
chooseColor.lStructSize = sizeof(CHOOSECOLORW);
chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL;
chooseColor.hInstance = NULL;
chooseColor.rgbResult = oldColor;
chooseColor.lpCustColors = dwCustColors;
chooseColor.Flags = CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) NULL;
chooseColor.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC)(void *)ColorDlgHookProc;
chooseColor.lpTemplateName = (LPWSTR) interp;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
const char *string;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings,
"option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "COLORDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case COLOR_INITIAL: {
XColor *colorPtr;
colorPtr = Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr);
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
chooseColor.rgbResult = RGB(colorPtr->red / 0x100,
colorPtr->green / 0x100, colorPtr->blue / 0x100);
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
898 899 900 901 902 903 904 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static UINT CALLBACK
ColorDlgHookProc(
HWND hDlg, /* Handle to the color dialog. */
UINT uMsg, /* Type of message. */
| | | < | | 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static UINT CALLBACK
ColorDlgHookProc(
HWND hDlg, /* Handle to the color dialog. */
UINT uMsg, /* Type of message. */
TCL_UNUSED(WPARAM), /* First message parameter. */
LPARAM lParam) /* Second message parameter. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
const char *title;
CHOOSECOLORW *ccPtr;
if (WM_INITDIALOG == uMsg) {
/*
* Set the title string of the dialog.
*/
ccPtr = (CHOOSECOLORW *) lParam;
title = (const char *) ccPtr->lCustData;
if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
SetWindowTextW(hDlg, Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(title, -1, &ds));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
935 936 937 938 939 940 941 |
}
return FALSE;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | | | | | 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 |
}
return FALSE;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
*
* This function implements the "open file" dialog box for the Windows
* platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* See user documentation.
*
* Side effects:
* A dialog window is created the first this function is called.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, OFN_FILE_OPEN);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
*
* Same as Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box
* instead
*
* Results:
* Same as Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd.
*
* Side effects:
* Same as Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, OFN_FILE_SAVE);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 | * Returns option values in *optsPtr. Note these may include string * pointers into objv[] *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseOFNOptions( | | | 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
* Returns option values in *optsPtr. Note these may include string
* pointers into objv[]
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseOFNOptions(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */
enum OFNOper oper, /* 1 for Open, 0 for Save */
OFNOpts *optsPtr) /* Output, uninitialized on entry */
{
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
{"-parent", FILE_PARENT},
{"-title", FILE_TITLE},
{"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
{NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
};
static const struct Options dirOptions[] = {
{"-initialdir", FILE_INITDIR},
| | | | | 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 |
{"-parent", FILE_PARENT},
{"-title", FILE_TITLE},
{"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
{NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
};
static const struct Options dirOptions[] = {
{"-initialdir", FILE_INITDIR},
{"-mustexist", FILE_MUSTEXIST},
{"-parent", FILE_PARENT},
{"-title", FILE_TITLE},
{NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
};
const struct Options *options = NULL;
switch (oper) {
case OFN_FILE_SAVE: options = saveOptions; break;
case OFN_DIR_CHOOSE: options = dirOptions; break;
case OFN_FILE_OPEN: options = openOptions; break;
}
memset(optsPtr, 0, sizeof(*optsPtr));
/* optsPtr->forceXPStyle = 1; */
optsPtr->tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
optsPtr->confirmOverwrite = 1; /* By default we ask for confirmation */
Tcl_DStringInit(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
optsPtr->file[0] = 0;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 |
&optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL)
goto error_return;
break;
case FILE_INITFILE:
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL)
goto error_return;
Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(),
| | | < | 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
&optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL)
goto error_return;
break;
case FILE_INITFILE:
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL)
goto error_return;
Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(),
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0,
NULL, (char *)&optsPtr->file[0], sizeof(optsPtr->file), NULL, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
break;
case FILE_PARENT:
optsPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, (Tk_Window)clientData);
if (optsPtr->tkwin == NULL)
goto error_return;
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 |
{
HRESULT hr;
IFileDialog *fdlgPtr = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_INIT) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
{
HRESULT hr;
IFileDialog *fdlgPtr = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_INIT) {
tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState = FDLG_STATE_USE_OLD;
LoadShellProcs();
if (ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName != NULL) {
hr = CoInitialize(0);
/* XXX - need we schedule CoUninitialize at thread shutdown ? */
/* Ensure all COM interfaces we use are available */
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileOpenDialog, NULL,
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileOpenDialog, (void **) &fdlgPtr);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
fdlgPtr->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgPtr);
hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileSaveDialog, NULL,
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileSaveDialog, (void **) &fdlgPtr);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
fdlgPtr->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgPtr);
/* Looks like we have all we need */
tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState = FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW;
}
}
}
}
}
return (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 |
HWND hWnd;
Tcl_DString utfFilterString, ds;
Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString;
const char *str;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 |
HWND hWnd;
Tcl_DString utfFilterString, ds;
Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString;
const char *str;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
memset(&ofnData, 0, sizeof(OFNData));
Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString);
Tcl_DStringInit(&dirString); /* XXX - original code was missing this
leaving dirString uninitialized for
the unlikely code path where cwd failed */
if (MakeFilter(interp, optsPtr->filterObj, &utfFilterString,
optsPtr->initialTypeObj, &filterIndex) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(optsPtr->tkwin);
hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin));
memset(&ofn, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAME));
ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME);
ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd;
ofn.hInstance = TkWinGetHInstance(ofn.hwndOwner);
ofn.lpstrFile = optsPtr->file;
ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH;
ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
| OFN_EXPLORER| OFN_ENABLEHOOK| OFN_ENABLESIZING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) ||
(Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
| | | | 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) ||
(Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
Tcl_DStringInit(&dirString);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd),
Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd);
}
ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString);
if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 | * See user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int GetFileName( | | | 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 |
* See user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetFileName(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */
enum OFNOper oper) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call
* GetSaveFileName(). */
{
OFNOpts ofnOpts;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 | /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * OFNHookProc -- * | | | < | 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 |
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* OFNHookProc --
*
* Dialog box hook function. This is used to set the "tk_dialog"
* variable for test/debugging when the dialog is ready to receive
* messages. When multiple file selection is enabled this function
* is used to process the list of names.
*
* Results:
* Returns 0 to allow default processing of messages to occur.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static UINT APIENTRY
OFNHookProc(
HWND hdlg, /* Handle to child dialog window. */
UINT uMsg, /* Message identifier */
TCL_UNUSED(WPARAM), /* Message parameter */
LPARAM lParam) /* Message parameter */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
OPENFILENAME *ofnPtr;
OFNData *ofnData;
if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, lParam);
} else if (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY) {
OFNOTIFY *notifyPtr = (OFNOTIFY *) lParam;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
} else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
/*
* This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the
* debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug
* information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
*/
| | | 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 |
} else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
/*
* This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the
* debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug
* information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
*/
ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *)TkWinGetUserData(hdlg);
if (ofnPtr != NULL) {
ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData;
if (ofnData->interp != NULL) {
hdlg = GetParent(hdlg);
tsdPtr->debugInterp = ofnData->interp;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hdlg);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 |
*p++ = '.';
*p++ = '*';
*p++ = '\0';
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
} else {
| | | | 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 |
*p++ = '.';
*p++ = '*';
*p++ = '\0';
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
} else {
int len;
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
len = 0;
} else {
(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &len);
}
/*
* We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text
* Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents
* (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0"
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 |
* characters.
*/
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
}
| | | | | 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 |
* characters.
*/
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, filterStr, p - filterStr);
ckfree(filterStr);
TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeFilterVista
*
* Frees storage previously allocated by MakeFilterVista.
* count is the number of elements in dlgFilterPtr[]
*/
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
{
if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
DWORD dw;
for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
}
ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 |
int nbytes;
/* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */
if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)
initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */
/* First stash away the text description of the pattern */
| | | | 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 |
int nbytes;
/* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */
if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)
initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */
/* First stash away the text description of the pattern */
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(filterPtr->name, -1, &ds);
nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */
dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = (LPCWSTR)ckalloc(nbytes);
memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1); Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1); sep = ";"; } } /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */ | | | | 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1);
sep = ";";
}
}
/* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), -1, &ds);
nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */
dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = (LPCWSTR)ckalloc(nbytes);
memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&patterns, 0);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 | * - -title is really -message. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd( | | | 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 |
* - -title is really -message.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
int oldMode, result;
LPCITEMIDLIST pidl; /* Returned by browser */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 |
CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts);
return result;
}
/* Older dialogs */
path[0] = '\0';
| | | | | | | 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 |
CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts);
return result;
}
/* Older dialogs */
path[0] = '\0';
memset(&cdCBData, 0, sizeof(ChooseDir));
cdCBData.interp = interp;
cdCBData.mustExist = ofnOpts.mustExist;
utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString);
if (utfDir[0] != '\0') {
LPCWSTR uniStr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&tempString);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), -1,
&tempString);
uniStr = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString);
/* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */
GetFullPathNameW(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL);
wcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH);
}
/* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */
/*
* Get ready to call the browser
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 |
* -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected.
*
* Not called when user changes edit box directly.
*/
if (SHGetPathFromIDListW((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) {
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXTW, 0, (LPARAM) selDir);
| | | | 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 |
* -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected.
*
* Not called when user changes edit box directly.
*/
if (SHGetPathFromIDListW((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) {
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXTW, 0, (LPARAM) selDir);
/* enable the OK button */
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1);
} else {
/* disable the OK button */
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
}
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
return 1;
case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 | * This function implements the MessageBox window for the Windows * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * See user documentation. * * Side effects: | | | | 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 |
* This function implements the MessageBox window for the Windows
* platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* See user documentation.
*
* Side effects:
* None. The MessageBox window will be destroyed before this function
* returns.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData, parent;
HWND hWnd;
Tcl_Obj *messageObj, *titleObj, *detailObj, *tmpObj;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 |
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
| | | | 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 |
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings,
"option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "VALUE", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 | * the test command 'tkwinevent debug 1'. * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void SetTkDialog( | | | | 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 |
* the test command 'tkwinevent debug 1'.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetTkDialog(
void *clientData)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
char buf[32];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)clientData);
Tcl_SetVar2(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", NULL, buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
/*
* Factored out a common pattern in use in this file.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 |
resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(plf->lfFaceName, wcslen(plf->lfFaceName), &ds);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
pt = -MulDiv(plf->lfHeight, 72, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
| | | 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 |
resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(plf->lfFaceName, wcslen(plf->lfFaceName), &ds);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
pt = -MulDiv(plf->lfHeight, 72, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(pt));
if (plf->lfWeight >= 700) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("bold", -1));
}
if (plf->lfItalic) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("italic", -1));
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 |
static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
HookProc(
HWND hwndDlg,
UINT msg,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
| | | 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 |
static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
HookProc(
HWND hwndDlg,
UINT msg,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
CHOOSEFONTW *pcf = (CHOOSEFONTW *) lParam;
HWND hwndCtrl;
static HookData *phd = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (WM_INITDIALOG == msg && lParam != 0) {
phd = (HookData *) pcf->lCustData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 |
if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
}
hwndCtrl = GetDlgItem(hwndDlg, 0x473);
if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
}
| | | | | 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 |
if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
}
hwndCtrl = GetDlgItem(hwndDlg, 0x473);
if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
}
TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
return 1; /* we handled the message */
}
if (WM_DESTROY == msg) {
phd->hwnd = NULL;
TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
return 0;
}
/*
* Handle apply button by calling the provided command script as a
* background evaluation (ie: errors dont come back here).
*/
if (WM_COMMAND == msg && LOWORD(wParam) == 1026) {
LOGFONTW lf = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0, 0}};
HDC hdc = GetDC(hwndDlg);
SendMessageW(hwndDlg, WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM) &lf);
if (phd && phd->cmdObj) {
ApplyLogfont(phd->interp, phd->cmdObj, hdc, &lf);
}
if (phd && phd->parent) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
}
return 1;
}
return 0; /* pass on for default processing */
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 |
if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
resObj = hdPtr->cmdObj;
} else {
resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
}
break;
case FontchooserVisible:
| | | 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 |
if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
resObj = hdPtr->cmdObj;
} else {
resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
}
break;
case FontchooserVisible:
resObj = Tcl_NewBooleanObj((hdPtr->hwnd != NULL) && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd));
break;
default:
resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
}
return resObj;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 | * Per-interp data structure may be modified * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FontchooserConfigureCmd( | | > | | 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 |
* Per-interp data structure may be modified
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FontchooserConfigureCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
HookData *hdPtr = NULL;
int i;
int r = TCL_OK;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"-parent", "-title", "-font", "-command", "-visible", NULL
};
hdPtr = (HookData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 |
}
return r;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int optionIndex;
| | | | 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 |
}
return r;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int optionIndex;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
/*
* If one option and no arg - return the current value.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 | * additional state. * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FontchooserShowCmd( | | | | < < | | | | 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 |
* additional state.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FontchooserShowCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window */
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *))
{
Tcl_DString ds;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData, parent;
CHOOSEFONTW cf;
LOGFONTW lf;
HDC hdc;
HookData *hdPtr;
int r = TCL_OK, oldMode = 0;
hdPtr = (HookData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
parent = tkwin;
if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(hdPtr->parentObj),
tkwin);
if (parent == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
memset(&cf, 0, sizeof(CHOOSEFONTW));
memset(&lf, 0, sizeof(LOGFONTW));
lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
cf.lStructSize = sizeof(CHOOSEFONTW);
cf.hwndOwner = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent));
cf.lpLogFont = &lf;
cf.nFontType = SCREEN_FONTTYPE;
cf.Flags = CF_SCREENFONTS | CF_EFFECTS | CF_ENABLEHOOK;
cf.rgbColors = RGB(0,0,0);
cf.lpfnHook = HookProc;
cf.lCustData = (INT_PTR) hdPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 |
if (TCL_OK == r) {
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
if (ChooseFontW(&cf)) {
if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
ApplyLogfont(hdPtr->interp, hdPtr->cmdObj, hdc, &lf);
}
if (hdPtr->parent) {
| | | 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 |
if (TCL_OK == r) {
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
if (ChooseFontW(&cf)) {
if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
ApplyLogfont(hdPtr->interp, hdPtr->cmdObj, hdc, &lf);
}
if (hdPtr->parent) {
TkSendVirtualEvent(hdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
}
}
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
EnableWindow(cf.hwndOwner, 1);
}
ReleaseDC(cf.hwndOwner, hdc);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 | * destroy the dialog * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FontchooserHideCmd( | | | | < < < | > > < | 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 |
* destroy the dialog
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FontchooserHideCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *))
{
HookData *hdPtr = (HookData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
if (hdPtr->hwnd && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd)) {
EndDialog(hdPtr->hwnd, 0);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteHookData --
*
* Clean up the font chooser configuration data when the interp is
* destroyed.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteHookData(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
{
HookData *hdPtr = (HookData *)clientData;
if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->parentObj);
}
if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 |
{ "configure", FontchooserConfigureCmd, NULL },
{ "show", FontchooserShowCmd, NULL },
{ "hide", FontchooserHideCmd, NULL },
{ NULL, NULL, NULL }
};
int
| | > > < | 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 |
{ "configure", FontchooserConfigureCmd, NULL },
{ "show", FontchooserShowCmd, NULL },
{ "hide", FontchooserHideCmd, NULL },
{ NULL, NULL, NULL }
};
int
TkInitFontchooser(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(void *))
{
HookData *hdPtr = (HookData *)ckalloc(sizeof(HookData));
memset(hdPtr, 0, sizeof(HookData));
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", DeleteHookData, hdPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
* the last array if it is large enough.
*/
if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) {
if (tsdPtr->winPoints != NULL) {
ckfree(tsdPtr->winPoints);
}
| | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
* the last array if it is large enough.
*/
if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) {
if (tsdPtr->winPoints != NULL) {
ckfree(tsdPtr->winPoints);
}
tsdPtr->winPoints = ckalloc(sizeof(POINT) * npoints);
if (tsdPtr->winPoints == NULL) {
tsdPtr->nWinPoints = -1;
return NULL;
}
tsdPtr->nWinPoints = npoints;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
unsigned long plane)
{
HDC srcDC, destDC;
TkWinDCState srcState, destState;
HBRUSH bgBrush, fgBrush, oldBrush;
TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask;
| | | 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
unsigned long plane)
{
HDC srcDC, destDC;
TkWinDCState srcState, destState;
HBRUSH bgBrush, fgBrush, oldBrush;
TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (plane != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
}
srcDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, src, &srcState);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 | /* * Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the * destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel * is set. */ fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground); | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
/*
* Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the
* destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel
* is set.
*/
fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush);
SetBkColor(destDC, RGB(255,255,255));
SetTextColor(destDC, RGB(0,0,0));
BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC,
src_x, src_y, MASKPAT);
SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush);
DeleteObject(fgBrush);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 | */ BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); | | | 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 | */ BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush); BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC, 0, 0, MASKPAT); /* * Set background bits. Same as foreground, except we use ((NOT * source) AND mask) and the background brush. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkPutImage, XPutImage -- * | | | 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkPutImage, XPutImage -- * * Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of the * specified drawable. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Draws the image on the specified drawable. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
{
HDC dc, dcMem;
TkWinDCState state;
BITMAPINFO *infoPtr;
HBITMAP bitmap;
char *data;
| | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 |
{
HDC dc, dcMem;
TkWinDCState state;
BITMAPINFO *infoPtr;
HBITMAP bitmap;
char *data;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
/*
* Do not use a palette for TrueColor images.
*/
usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16);
if (usePalette) {
| | | | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
/*
* Do not use a palette for TrueColor images.
*/
usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16);
if (usePalette) {
infoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)
+ sizeof(RGBQUAD)*ncolors);
} else {
infoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
}
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biWidth = image->width;
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biHeight = -image->height; /* Top-down order */
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biBitCount = image->bits_per_pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
}
bitmap = CreateDIBitmap(dc, &infoPtr->bmiHeader, CBM_INIT,
image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
ckfree(infoPtr);
}
if (!bitmap) {
Tcl_Panic("Fail to allocate bitmap");
| < < < | < | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
}
bitmap = CreateDIBitmap(dc, &infoPtr->bmiHeader, CBM_INIT,
image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
ckfree(infoPtr);
}
if (!bitmap) {
Tcl_Panic("Fail to allocate bitmap");
}
bitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
SRCCOPY);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
DeleteDC(dcMem);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
int
XPutImage(
Display *display,
Drawable d, /* Destination drawable. */
GC gc,
XImage *image, /* Source image. */
int src_x, int src_y, /* Offset of subimage. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
668 669 670 671 672 673 674 | /* * Select stipple pattern into destination dc. */ stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle); SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL); | | | | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
/*
* Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
*/
stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
/*
* For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
* the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
* result with the stipple pattern.
*/
while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[0].width,
rectangles[0].height);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
rect.left = 0;
rect.top = 0;
rect.right = rectangles[0].width;
rect.bottom = rectangles[0].height;
FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y, rectangles[0].width,
rectangles[0].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
rect.top = rectangles[0].y;
rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[0].height;
FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
++rectangles;
}
} else {
HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
| | | | 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 |
rect.top = rectangles[0].y;
rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[0].height;
FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
++rectangles;
}
} else {
HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
Rectangle(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
rectangles[0].x + rectangles[0].width + 1,
rectangles[0].y + rectangles[0].height + 1);
++rectangles;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
845 846 847 848 849 850 851 | height = rect.bottom - rect.top; /* * Select stipple pattern into destination dc. */ SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL); | | | | | | 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
/*
* Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
*/
SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle));
/*
* Create temporary drawing surface containing a copy of the
* destination equal in size to the bounding box of the object.
*/
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, width,
height));
oldPen = SelectObject(dcMem, pen);
BitBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, width, height, dc, rect.left, rect.top, SRCCOPY);
/*
* Translate the object for rendering in the temporary drawing
* surface.
*/
for (i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
winPoints[i].x -= rect.left;
winPoints[i].y -= rect.top;
}
/*
* Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the
* destination wherever the pattern is set.
*/
SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
: WINDING);
oldMemBrush = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func);
BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
/*
* If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the
* background color and copy it to the destination wherever the
* pattern is clear.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
898 899 900 901 902 903 904 |
}
SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
DeleteDC(dcMem);
} else {
| | | | 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
}
SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
DeleteDC(dcMem);
} else {
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
: WINDING);
MakeAndStrokePath(dc, winPoints, npoints, func);
SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
int npoints,
int shape,
int mode)
{
HPEN pen;
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
| < | | 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 |
int npoints,
int shape,
int mode)
{
HPEN pen;
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
if (d == None) {
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = GetStockObject(NULL_PEN);
RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, Polygon);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 |
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
| | | | 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 |
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, GetStockObject(NULL_BRUSH));
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
| | | | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}
int
XDrawArcs(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XArc *arcs,
int narcs)
{
int ret = Success;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
while (narcs-- > 0) {
ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 0);
if (ret != Success) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
| | | | 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}
int
XFillArcs(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XArc *arcs,
int narcs)
{
int ret = Success;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
while (narcs-- > 0) {
ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 1);
if (ret != Success) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
/*
* Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the
* size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel
* definitions between X and Windows.
*/
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
| | | | 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 |
/*
* Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the
* size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel
* definitions between X and Windows.
*/
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
if (!fill) {
/*
* Note that this call will leave a gap of one pixel at the end of the
* arc for thin arcs. We can't use ArcTo because it's only supported
* under Windows NT.
*/
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
Arc(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), xstart, ystart,
xend, yend);
} else {
brush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
if (gc->arc_mode == ArcChord) {
Chord(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
} else if (gc->arc_mode == ArcPieSlice) {
Pie(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
| | < | 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
RECT scrollRect;
scrollRect.left = x;
scrollRect.top = y;
scrollRect.right = x + width;
scrollRect.bottom = y + height;
return (ScrollWindowEx(hwnd, dx, dy, &scrollRect, NULL, (HRGN) damageRgn,
NULL, 0) == NULLREGION) ? 0 : 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | | 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinDrawDottedRect --
*
* This function draws a dotted rectangle, used as focus ring of Ttk
* widgets and for rendering the active element of a listbox.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A dotted rectangle is drawn in the specified Drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinDrawDottedRect(
Display *disp, /* Display containing the dotted rectangle. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw the rectangle (typically a
* pixmap for double buffering). */
long pixel, /* Color to use for drawing the rectangle. If
* pixel < 0 then the black color and the
* foreground mix mode R2_NOT are used. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of the top-left corner. */
int width, int height) /* Width & height, _including the border_. */
{
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
LOGBRUSH lb;
HPEN pen;
int widthMod2 = width % 2, heightMod2 = height % 2;
int x2 = x + width - 1, y2 = y + height - 1;
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(disp, d, &state);
lb.lbStyle = BS_SOLID;
lb.lbColor = pixel < 0 ? RGB(0, 0, 0) : (COLORREF)pixel;
lb.lbHatch = 0;
if (pixel < 0) {
SetROP2(dc, R2_NOT);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
}
pen = ExtCreatePen(PS_COSMETIC | PS_ALTERNATE, 1, &lb, 0, NULL);
SelectObject(dc, pen);
SelectObject(dc, GetStockObject(NULL_BRUSH));
if (widthMod2 == 0 && heightMod2 == 0) {
MoveToEx(dc, x+1, y, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2, y); /* N */
MoveToEx(dc, x+2, y2, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2+1, y2); /* S */
MoveToEx(dc, x, y+2, NULL); LineTo(dc, x, y2+1); /* W */
MoveToEx(dc, x2, y+1, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2, y2); /* E */
} else {
int dx = widthMod2, dy = heightMod2;
MoveToEx(dc, x+1, y, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2+dx, y); /* N */
MoveToEx(dc, x+1, y2, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2+dx, y2); /* S */
MoveToEx(dc, x, y+1, NULL); LineTo(dc, x, y2+dy); /* W */
MoveToEx(dc, x2, y+1, NULL); LineTo(dc, x2, y2+dy); /* E */
}
DeleteObject(pen);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This function draws the rectangular frame area.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinEmbed.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinCleanupContainerList(void)
{
Container *nextPtr;
| | | 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinCleanupContainerList(void)
{
Container *nextPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (; tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr != NULL;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree(tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | * * Side effects: * Currently it does not do anything. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTestembedCmd( | > | < < < < < | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
*
* Side effects:
* Currently it does not do anything.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
/* empty body */
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
}
| | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
/* empty body */
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData)winPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpUseWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);
/*
* Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
* window.
*/
| | | | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);
/*
* Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
* window.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) winPtr);
Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, (ClientData) winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
| | | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->parentHWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
/*
* Unlike in tkUnixEmbed.c, we don't make any requests for events in the
* embedded window here. Now we just allow the embedding of another TK
* application into TK windows. When the embedded window makes a request,
* that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message,
* which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc.
*
* We need to get structure events of the container itself, though.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinEmbeddedEventProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
| < < | 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
/* not implemented */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedWindowDeleted --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 |
* Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the
* information about the embedded application and free the container's
* record. The main container may be null. [Bug #476176]
*/
prevPtr = NULL;
containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
| < > | 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
* Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the
* information about the embedded application and free the container's
* record. The main container may be null. [Bug #476176]
*/
prevPtr = NULL;
containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
while (1) {
if (containerPtr == NULL) return;
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
break;
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
SendMessageW(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinFont.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkWinFont.c -- * * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independent font * package interface. * * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkWinFont.c -- * * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independent font * package interface. * * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
/* Builtin space for a limited number of
* SubFonts. */
int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */
SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
| | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
/* Builtin space for a limited number of
* SubFonts. */
int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */
SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
* InitFont() from the original set of font
* attributes. Usually points to
* staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
* space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
HWND hwnd; /* Toplevel window of application that owns
* this font, used for getting HDC for
* offscreen measurements. */
int pixelSize; /* Original pixel size used when font was
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
/*
* If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these named
* fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only seen it fail when
* WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than we are running on.
* (i.e. WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
*/
| | | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
/*
* If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these named
* fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only seen it fail when
* WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than we are running on.
* (i.e. WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
*/
memset(&ncMetrics, 0, sizeof(ncMetrics));
ncMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(ncMetrics);
if (SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) {
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
end = start + numBytes;
for (p = start; p < end; ) {
next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
| | | 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 |
end = start + numBytes;
for (p = start; p < end; ) {
next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
p - start, &runString);
size.cx = 0;
familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
874 875 876 877 878 879 880 | /* * We get here if the previous loop was just finished normally, * without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it. */ familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, | | | 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 |
/*
* We get here if the previous loop was just finished normally,
* without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it.
*/
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
p - start, &runString);
size.cx = 0;
familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
moretomeasure = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 |
* string when drawing. */
{
HDC dc;
WinFont *fontPtr;
TkWinDCState state;
fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
| | | 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
* string when drawing. */
{
HDC dc;
WinFont *fontPtr;
TkWinDCState state;
fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (drawable == None) {
return;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 |
double angle)
{
HDC dc;
WinFont *fontPtr;
TkWinDCState state;
fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
| | | 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 |
double angle)
{
HDC dc;
WinFont *fontPtr;
TkWinDCState state;
fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (drawable == None) {
return;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 |
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that is
* passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
| | < | 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 |
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that is
* passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
double x, double y, /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
double angle) /* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
int widthUntilStart;
double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
TkDrawAngledChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
rangeLength, x+cosA*widthUntilStart, y-sinA*widthUntilStart, angle);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
* well in practice.
*/
if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
if (p > source) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
| | | | | | 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 |
* well in practice.
*/
if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
if (p > source) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
p - source, &runString);
familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, (int)(x-(double)tm.tmOverhang/2.0), y,
(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
x += cosA*size.cx;
y -= sinA*size.cx;
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
}
lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
source = p;
SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
GetTextMetricsW(hdc, &tm);
}
p = next;
}
if (p > source) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
p - source, &runString);
familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, (int)(x-(double)tm.tmOverhang/2.0), y,
(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
}
SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 |
familyPtr->refCount = 2;
familyPtr->segCount = LoadFontRanges(hdc, hFont, &familyPtr->startCount,
&familyPtr->endCount, &familyPtr->isSymbolFont);
encoding = NULL;
| | | 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 |
familyPtr->refCount = 2;
familyPtr->segCount = LoadFontRanges(hdc, hFont, &familyPtr->startCount,
&familyPtr->endCount, &familyPtr->isSymbolFont);
encoding = NULL;
if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont) {
/*
* Symbol fonts are handled specially. For instance, Unicode 0393
* (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA) must be mapped to Symbol character 0047
* (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA), because the Symbol font doesn't have a GREEK
* CAPITAL GAMMA at location 0393. If Tk interpreted the Symbol font
* using the Unicode encoding, it would decide that the Symbol font
* has no GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, because the Symbol encoding (of course)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 |
static int
FamilyExists(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font family will be used. */
const char *faceName) /* Font family to query. */
{
int result;
Tcl_DString faceString;
Tcl_DStringInit(&faceString);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(faceName, -1, &faceString);
/*
* If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
* EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 |
static int
FamilyExists(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font family will be used. */
const char *faceName) /* Font family to query. */
{
int result;
Tcl_DString faceString;
/*
* Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
* ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
* corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
*/
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
return 0;
}
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
return 0;
}
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
return 0;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&faceString);
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(faceName, -1, &faceString);
/*
* If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
* EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 |
HFONT hFont, /* HFONT to query. */
USHORT **startCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character
* range information. */
USHORT **endCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character
* range information. */
int *symbolPtr)
{
| | | 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 |
HFONT hFont, /* HFONT to query. */
USHORT **startCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character
* range information. */
USHORT **endCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character
* range information. */
int *symbolPtr)
{
int n, i, j, k, swapped, offset, cbData, segCount;
DWORD cmapKey;
USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
CMAPTABLE cmapTable;
ENCODINGTABLE encTable;
SUBTABLE subTable;
char *s;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 |
endCount = (USHORT *)ckalloc(cbData);
offset = encTable.offset + sizeof(subTable.segment);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, endCount, cbData);
offset += cbData + sizeof(USHORT);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, startCount, cbData);
if (swapped) {
| | | | | | | | | | 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 |
endCount = (USHORT *)ckalloc(cbData);
offset = encTable.offset + sizeof(subTable.segment);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, endCount, cbData);
offset += cbData + sizeof(USHORT);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, startCount, cbData);
if (swapped) {
for (j = 0; j < segCount; j++) {
SwapShort(&endCount[j]);
SwapShort(&startCount[j]);
}
}
if (*symbolPtr != 0) {
/*
* Empirically determined: When a symbol font is loaded,
* the character existence metrics obtained from the
* system are mildly wrong. If the real range of the
* symbol font is from 0020 to 00FE, then the metrics are
* reported as F020 to F0FE. When we load a symbol font,
* we must fix the character existence metrics.
*
* Symbol fonts should only use the symbol encoding for
* 8-bit characters [note Bug: 2406]
*/
for (k = 0; k < segCount; k++) {
if (((startCount[k] & 0xff00) == 0xf000)
&& ((endCount[k] & 0xff00) == 0xf000)) {
startCount[k] &= 0xff;
endCount[k] &= 0xff;
}
}
}
}
}
} else if (GetTextCharset(hdc) == ANSI_CHARSET) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
int offset,
char *data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
| | < < < | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
int offset,
char *data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
XImage* imagePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
imagePtr->width = width;
imagePtr->height = height;
imagePtr->xoffset = offset;
imagePtr->format = format;
imagePtr->data = data;
imagePtr->byte_order = LSBFirst;
imagePtr->bitmap_unit = 8;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0;
int size;
unsigned int n;
unsigned int depth;
unsigned char *data;
TkWinDCState state;
BOOL ret;
| < | | 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0;
int size;
unsigned int n;
unsigned int depth;
unsigned char *data;
TkWinDCState state;
BOOL ret;
if (format != ZPixmap) {
TkpDisplayWarning("Only ZPixmap types are implemented",
"XGetImageZPixmap Failure");
return NULL;
}
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
/*
* Need to do a Blt operation to copy into a new bitmap.
*/
hbmp = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, (int) width, (int) height);
hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
hbmpPrev = SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmp);
hPal = state.palette;
if (hPal) {
hPalPrev1 = SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPal, FALSE);
n = RealizePalette(hdcMem);
if (n > 0) {
UpdateColors(hdcMem);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
depth = twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
}
size = sizeof(BITMAPINFO);
if (depth <= 8) {
size += sizeof(unsigned short) << depth;
}
| | | | 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
depth = twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
}
size = sizeof(BITMAPINFO);
if (depth <= 8) {
size += sizeof(unsigned short) << depth;
}
bmInfo = ckalloc(size);
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight = -(int) height;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount = depth;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter = 0;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter = 0;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0;
if (depth == 1) {
unsigned char *p, *pend;
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 32, (int) ((width + 31) >> 3) & ~1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
}
} else if (depth == 8) {
unsigned short *palette;
unsigned int i;
unsigned char *p;
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
| | | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
}
} else if (depth == 8) {
unsigned short *palette;
unsigned int i;
unsigned char *p;
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 8, (int) width);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
p = data;
palette = (unsigned short *) bmInfo->bmiColors;
for (i = 0; i < bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage; i++, p++) {
*p = (unsigned char) palette[*p];
}
} else if (depth == 16) {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
| | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
p = data;
palette = (unsigned short *) bmInfo->bmiColors;
for (i = 0; i < bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage; i++, p++) {
*p = (unsigned char) palette[*p];
}
} else if (depth == 16) {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 16, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 16, 0 /* will be calc'ed from bitmap_pad */);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
ckfree(ret_image->data);
ckfree(ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
} else {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
| | | 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
ckfree(ret_image->data);
ckfree(ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
} else {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
data = ckalloc(width * height * 4);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 0, (int) width * 4);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | * can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs */ unsigned char *smallBitData, *smallBitBase, *bigBitData; unsigned int byte_width, h, w; byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~(unsigned)3); | | | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
* can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs
*/
unsigned char *smallBitData, *smallBitBase, *bigBitData;
unsigned int byte_width, h, w;
byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~(unsigned)3);
smallBitBase = ckalloc(byte_width * height);
if (!smallBitBase) {
ckfree(ret_image->data);
ckfree(ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
smallBitData = smallBitBase;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
585 586 587 588 589 590 591 |
unsigned long plane_mask,
int format)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
XImage *imagePtr;
HDC dc;
| | | 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
unsigned long plane_mask,
int format)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
XImage *imagePtr;
HDC dc;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Avoid unmapped windows or bad drawables
*/
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
614 615 616 617 618 619 620 | COLORREF pixel; dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state); imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, format, 0, NULL, width, height, 32, 0); size = imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height; | | | | 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
COLORREF pixel;
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, format, 0, NULL,
width, height, 32, 0);
size = imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height;
imagePtr->data = ckalloc(size);
memset(imagePtr->data, 0, size);
for (yy = 0; yy < height; yy++) {
for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx++) {
pixel = GetPixel(dc, x+(int)xx, y+(int)yy);
if (pixel == CLR_INVALID) {
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
661 662 663 664 665 666 667 | TkpDisplayWarning(errMsg, "XGetImage Failure"); return NULL; } imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, NULL, width, height, 32, 0); | | | 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 | TkpDisplayWarning(errMsg, "XGetImage Failure"); return NULL; } imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, NULL, width, height, 32, 0); imagePtr->data = ckalloc(imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height); dc = GetDC(NULL); GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, height, NULL, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS); infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | * Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpInit( | | < | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
* Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpInit(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
{
/*
* This is necessary for static initialization, and is ok otherwise
* because TkWinXInit flips a static bit to do its work just once.
*/
TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinInt.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkWinInt.h -- * * This file contains declarations that are shared among the * Windows-specific parts of Tk, but aren't used by the rest of Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkWinInt.h -- * * This file contains declarations that are shared among the * Windows-specific parts of Tk, but aren't used by the rest of Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKWININT #define _TKWININT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | /* * Internal functions used by more than one source file. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" | < < < | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 | /* * Internal functions used by more than one source file. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" /* * Special proc needed as tsd accessor function between * tkWinX.c:GenerateXEvent and tkWinClipboard.c:UpdateClipboard */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
190 191 192 193 194 195 196 | #define TK_THEME_WIN_XP 2 #define TK_THEME_WIN_VISTA 3 /* * The following is implemented in tkWinWm and used by tkWinEmbed.c */ | | | | | | | | | < < < < | > > > > > > > | | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | #define TK_THEME_WIN_XP 2 #define TK_THEME_WIN_VISTA 3 /* * The following is implemented in tkWinWm and used by tkWinEmbed.c */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpWinToplevelIconify(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE long TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE long TkpWinToplevelMove(TkWindow *winPtr, int x, int y); MODULE_SCOPE long TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(TkWindow *winPtr, int reqValue); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpWmGetState(TkWindow *winPtr); /* * The following is implemented in tkWinPointer.c and also used in tkWinWindow.c */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkSetCursorPos(int x, int y); /* * The following is implemented in tkWinDraw.c and used in tkUtil.c */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinDrawDottedRect(Display *disp, Drawable d, long pixel, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* * Common routines used in Windows implementation */ MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkWin32ErrorObj(HRESULT hrError); /* * The following functions are not present in old versions of Windows * API headers but are used in the Tk source to ensure 64bit * compatibility. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 | #define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC #define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT GWL_HWNDPARENT #define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA #define GWLP_ID GWL_ID #endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */ | > > > > > | < | 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 | #define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC #define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT GWL_HWNDPARENT #define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA #define GWLP_ID GWL_ID #endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */ /* * MSVC versions before 2015 don't know snprintf, but _snprintf is compatible. * Note that sprintf is deprecated. */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900 # define snprintf _snprintf #endif #endif /* _TKWININT */ |
Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ const char * TkpGetString( | | < | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkpGetString(
TCL_UNUSED(TkWindow *), /* Window where event occurred: needed to get
* input context. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
* result. */
{
XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;
int len;
char buf[6];
Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
TkKeyEvent *ev = (TkKeyEvent *)keyEv;
if (ev->nbytes > 0) {
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
ev->trans_chars, ev->nbytes, dsPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym( | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
XKeycodeToKeysym(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
unsigned int keycode,
int index)
{
int state = 0;
if (index & 0x01) {
state |= ShiftMask;
}
return KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, 0);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
nextModCode: continue;
}
XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
| | | < | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
nextModCode: continue;
}
XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
* modifier state that should be used so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym
* taking into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
*/
void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
KeySym keySym,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
int i;
SHORT result;
int shift;
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
return;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
623 624 625 626 627 628 629 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode( | | < | 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeyCode
XKeysymToKeycode(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
KeySym keysym)
{
int i;
SHORT result;
/*
* We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will
* return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be
* due to just casting problems below, but this works.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
672 673 674 675 676 677 678 | * Allocates a new modifier map data structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping( | | < | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
* Allocates a new modifier map data structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XModifierKeymap *
XGetModifierMapping(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
XModifierKeymap *map = (XModifierKeymap *)ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
map->max_keypermod = 1;
map->modifiermap = (KeyCode *)ckalloc(sizeof(KeyCode) * 8);
map->modifiermap[ShiftMapIndex] = VK_SHIFT;
map->modifiermap[LockMapIndex] = VK_CAPITAL;
map->modifiermap[ControlMapIndex] = VK_CONTROL;
map->modifiermap[Mod1MapIndex] = VK_NUMLOCK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
734 735 736 737 738 739 740 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeySym XStringToKeysym( | | < < | 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
XStringToKeysym(
TCL_UNUSED(_Xconst char *))
{
return NoSymbol;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeysymToString --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
759 760 761 762 763 764 765 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * XKeysymToString( | | < < | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
XKeysymToString(
TCL_UNUSED(KeySym))
{
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of * menus. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of * menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define OEMRESOURCE #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static int GetNewID(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, WORD *menuIDPtr); | | < < | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static int GetNewID(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, WORD *menuIDPtr); static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd; static void MenuSelectEvent(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu(void *clientData); static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void SetDefaults(int firstTime); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu();
if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
| | | | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu();
if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(menuPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"No more menus can be allocated.", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(menuPtr->interp, "TK", "MENU", "SYSTEM_RESOURCES", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* We hash all of the HMENU's so that we can get their menu ptrs back when
* dispatch messages.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, winMenuHdl);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
| | | 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, winMenuHdl);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
}
menuPtr->platformData = NULL;
if (menuPtr == tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr) {
tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 | int i; const char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? "" : Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); const char *accel = ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) || (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL)) ? "" : Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); const char *p, *next; Tcl_DString itemString; | | | | | > | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
int i;
const char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? ""
: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
const char *accel = ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) || (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL)) ? ""
: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
const char *p, *next;
Tcl_DString itemString;
Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
/*
* We have to construct the string with an ampersand preceding the
* underline character, and a tab separating the text and the accel
* text. We have to be careful with ampersands in the string.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&itemString);
for (p = label, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
if (i == mePtr->underline) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
if (*p == '&') {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
}
ch = 0;
if (mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "\t", 1);
for (p = accel, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
if (*p == '&') {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
}
}
itemText = (char *)ckalloc(Tcl_DStringLength(&itemString) + 1);
strcpy(itemText, Tcl_DStringValue(&itemString));
Tcl_DStringFree(&itemString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
577 578 579 580 581 582 583 |
LPCWSTR lpNewItem;
UINT flags;
UINT itemID;
int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
Tcl_DString translatedText;
if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
| | | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
LPCWSTR lpNewItem;
UINT flags;
UINT itemID;
int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
Tcl_DString translatedText;
if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
return;
}
/*
* Reconstruct the entire menu. Takes care of nasty system menu and index
* problem.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
& MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
| | | | 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 |
& MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, ".system", 7);
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)
&& (systemMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr
== menuRefPtr->menuPtr)) {
HMENU systemMenuHdl = (HMENU) systemMenuPtr->platformData;
HWND wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr
->parentTopLevelPtr);
if (wrapper != NULL) {
DestroyMenu(systemMenuHdl);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
757 758 759 760 761 762 763 | * The menu is posted and handled. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpPostMenu( | | < | | | 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 |
* The menu is posted and handled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostMenu(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
TkMenu *menuPtr,
int x, int y, int index)
{
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
int result, flags;
RECT noGoawayRect;
POINT point;
Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin);
int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode();
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->inPostMenu++;
CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);
result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
return result;
}
if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
}
if (index >= 0) {
y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means
* we are dead and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (NULL == parentWindow) {
noGoawayRect.top = y - 50;
noGoawayRect.bottom = y + 50;
noGoawayRect.left = x - 50;
noGoawayRect.right = x + 50;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 |
}
TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0,
tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
GetCursorPos(&point);
| | | 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 |
}
TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0,
tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
GetCursorPos(&point);
Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, point.x, point.y);
if (tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu = 0;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 | * The menu is posted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpPostTearoffMenu( | | < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 |
* The menu is posted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostTearoffMenu(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* The interpreter of the menu */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */
int x, int y, int index) /* The root X,Y coordinates where we are
* posting */
{
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
* and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Adjust the menu y position so that the specified entry will be located
* at the given coordinates.
*/
if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
}
if (index >= 0) {
y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
}
/*
* Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
* screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
*
* 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
* are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
* uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
* the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
967 968 969 970 971 972 973 |
TkpMenuNewEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
{
WORD commandID;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (GetNewID(mePtr, &commandID) != TCL_OK) {
| | | 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 |
TkpMenuNewEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
{
WORD commandID;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (GetNewID(mePtr, &commandID) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) INT2PTR(commandID);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 | * should be returned to windows from this message. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkWinHandleMenuEvent( | | < | 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
* should be returned to windows from this message.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinHandleMenuEvent(
TCL_UNUSED(HWND *),
UINT *pMessage,
WPARAM *pwParam,
LPARAM *plParam,
LRESULT *plResult)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int returnResult = 0;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
switch (*pMessage) {
case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP:
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
*pwParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
menuPtr = (TkMenu *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 |
TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr,
parentEntryPtr->index);
}
}
interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
}
Tcl_Release(interp);
*plResult = 0;
returnResult = 1;
}
break;
case WM_MENUCHAR: {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
*plParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
| > > | | 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr,
parentEntryPtr->index);
}
}
interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
}
Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
Tcl_Release(interp);
*plResult = 0;
returnResult = 1;
}
break;
case WM_MENUCHAR: {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
*plParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
int i, len;
int underline;
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;
WCHAR *wlabel;
int menuChar;
Tcl_DString ds;
*plResult = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 |
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
/*
* Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
*/
| | | | 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 |
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
/*
* Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
*/
const char *src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(labelPtr, &len);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
wlabel = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds);
if ((underline < len) && (menuChar ==
Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) {
*plResult = (2 << 16) | i;
returnResult = 1;
break;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 |
menuPtr = (TkMenu *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
if (menuPtr != NULL) {
long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 |
menuPtr = (TkMenu *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
if (menuPtr != NULL) {
long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && menuPtr->tearoff) {
/*
* Windows passes the entry index starting at 0 for
* the first menu entry. However this entry #0 is the
* tearoff entry for Tk (the menu has -tearoff 1),
* which is ignored for MENUBAR menues on Windows.
*/
entryIndex++;
}
mePtr = NULL;
if (flags != 0xFFFF) {
if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex < menuPtr->numEntries)) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex];
} else {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
INT2PTR(entryIndex));
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
}
if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
} else {
if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist");
}
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
}
MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
Tcl_ServiceAll();
*plResult = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
int i;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
}
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
}
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 | * The menubar is changed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpSetMainMenubar( | | | | | < < < < | 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 |
* The menubar is changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* The interpreter of the application */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* The frame we are setting up */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *)) /* The name of the menu to put in front. If
* NULL, use the default menu bar. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
| | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* Precalculated font */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* Precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = indicatorDimensions[0];
if (mePtr->hideMargin) {
*widthPtr = 0;
} else {
int borderWidth;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
*widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth;
/*
* Quite dubious about the above (why would borderWidth play a role?)
* and about how indicatorDimensions[1] is obtained in SetDefaults().
* At least don't let the result be negative!
*/
if (*widthPtr < 0) {
*widthPtr = 0;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetMenuAccelGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
| | | | | | | | | 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
/*
* Cascade entries have no accelerator but do show an arrow. Set
* this field width to the width of the OBM_MNARROW system bitmap
* used to display the arrow. I couldn't find how to query the
* system for this value, therefore I resort to hardcoding.
*/
*widthPtr = CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
} else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) {
const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength);
} else {
*widthPtr = 0;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTearoffEntryGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
| | | < < < | 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenuEntry *), /* The entry we are measuring */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
if (menuPtr->menuType != MAIN_MENU) {
*heightPtr = 0;
} else {
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
}
*widthPtr = 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry( | | | | < < < < | 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenu *), /* The menu we are measuring */
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenuEntry *), /* The entry we are measuring */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*widthPtr = 0;
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace - (2 * fmPtr->descent);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 |
void
DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
GC indicatorGC, /* The gc for indicator objects */
| | | | | < < < < < | | 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 |
void
DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
GC indicatorGC, /* The gc for indicator objects */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The precalculated font */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left edge */
int y, /* Top edge */
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
if (mePtr->indicatorOn && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
RECT rect;
GC whichGC;
int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_NORMAL) {
whichGC = gc;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 |
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
| | | < < < | | 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 |
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_3DBorder), /* The border when an item is active */
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Width of menu entry */
int height) /* Height of menu entry */
{
int baseline;
int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth;
const char *accel;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
return;
}
if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
} else {
accel = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 |
void
DrawMenuEntryArrow(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
| | < < | | | 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
void
DrawMenuEntryArrow(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_3DBorder), /* The border when an item is active */
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height, /* Height of menu entry */
int drawArrow) /* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
* the arrow. I cannot figure out Windows'
* algorithm for where to draw this. */
{
COLORREF oldFgColor;
COLORREF oldBgColor;
RECT rect;
if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
return;
}
/*
* Don't draw the arrow if a submenu is not attached to this
* cascade entry.
*/
if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL)
|| (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL)) {
return;
}
oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
oldBgColor = gc->background;
/*
* Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawMenuSeparator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
| | | | | < < < < | 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawMenuSeparator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenuEntry *), /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
TCL_UNUSED(GC), /* The gc we are drawing with */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The precalculated font */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of item */
int height) /* height of item */
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height / 2;
points[1].x = x + width - 1;
points[1].y = points[0].y;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 |
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left Edge */
int y, /* Top Edge */
| | < < < | | > > | | 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 |
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left Edge */
int y, /* Top Edge */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Width of entry */
int height) /* Height of entry */
{
if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
int len;
len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
if (mePtr->underline < len) {
const char *label, *start, *end;
int activeBorderWidth, ch;
label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
start = TkUtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
end = start + TkUtfToUniChar(start, &ch);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d,
gc, tkfont, label, x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth,
y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2,
(int) (start - label), (int) (end - label));
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 | * The menu system may take over and process user events for menu input. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd( | | < | 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 |
* The menu system may take over and process user events for menu input.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
UINT scanCode;
UINT virtualKey;
XEvent *eventPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr;
KeySym keySym;
int i;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window keySym");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 |
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
| | | | 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 |
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt-KeyPress>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt-KeyRelease>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyPress-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 |
leftEdge = x + indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
/*
* Work out what we will need to draw first.
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
| | | 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 |
leftEdge = x + indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
/*
* Work out what we will need to draw first.
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 |
}
/*
* Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry.
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
| | | | | | | | 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 |
}
/*
* Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry.
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
if ((mePtr->selectImage != NULL)
&& (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
} else {
Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth,
imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
}
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d, gc, 0, 0,
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
}
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() != TK_THEME_WIN_XP) {
/*
* Win 95/98 systems draw disabled menu text with a 3D
* highlight, unless the menu item is highlighted,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawTearoffEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
| | | | | < < < < | 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawTearoffEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TCL_UNUSED(TkMenuEntry *), /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */
TCL_UNUSED(GC), /* The gc we are drawing with */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Font), /* The font we are drawing with */
TCL_UNUSED(const Tk_FontMetrics *),/* The metrics we are drawing with */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
int segmentWidth, maxX;
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType != MAIN_MENU) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 |
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState);
memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc);
oldBitmap = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(memDc,
| | | 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 |
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState);
memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc);
oldBitmap = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(memDc,
CreateCompatibleBitmap(menuDc, width, height) );
memWinDraw.type = TWD_WINDC;
memWinDraw.winDC.hdc = memDc;
d = (Drawable)&memWinDraw;
adjustedX = 0;
adjustedY = padY;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 |
if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) && !strictMotif) {
gc = mePtr->activeGC;
if (gc == NULL) {
gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
}
} else {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 |
if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) && !strictMotif) {
gc = mePtr->activeGC;
if (gc == NULL) {
gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
}
} else {
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int parentDisabled = 0;
const char *name;
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr);
if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
parentDisabled = 1;
}
break;
}
}
if (((parentDisabled || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)))
&& (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) {
gc = mePtr->disabledGC;
if (gc == NULL) {
gc = menuPtr->disabledGC;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 |
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label
* portion */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
int haveImage = 0;
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
| | | | | 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 |
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label
* portion */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
int haveImage = 0;
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else {
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = 0;
}
if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) {
/*
* We don't care about the text in this case.
*/
} else {
/*
* Either it is compound or we don't have an image,
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) {
int textWidth;
const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) {
switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 |
}
} else {
/*
* An empty entry still has this height.
*/
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
| | | 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 |
}
} else {
/*
* An empty entry still has this height.
*/
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
}
}
*heightPtr += 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */
int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */
{
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
| < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */
int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */
{
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
bgBorder = activeBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 |
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
| | | | | | 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 |
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
}
if ((i > 0) && menuPtr->entries[i]->columnBreak) {
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 |
indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
lastColumnBreak = i;
y = borderWidth;
}
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 |
indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
lastColumnBreak = i;
y = borderWidth;
}
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
} else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
} else {
/*
* For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
* entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
* allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
* (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
* the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
* on the type of the entry.
*/
GetMenuLabelGeometry(menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width,
&height);
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
if (width > labelWidth) {
labelWidth = width;
}
GetMenuAccelGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) {
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
}
if (width > accelWidth) {
accelWidth = width;
}
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) {
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
}
if (width > indicatorSpace) {
indicatorSpace = width;
}
menuPtr->entries[i]->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 1;
}
menuPtr->entries[i]->y = y;
y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height;
if (y > windowHeight) {
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 |
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.virt.type = VirtualEvent;
| | | 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 |
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virt;} event;
union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.virt.type = VirtualEvent;
event.virt.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(menuPtr->display);
event.virt.send_event = 0;
event.virt.display = menuPtr->display;
Tk_MakeWindowExist(menuPtr->tkwin);
event.virt.event = Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin);
event.virt.root = XRootWindow(menuPtr->display, 0);
event.virt.subwindow = None;
event.virt.time = TkpGetMS();
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 |
{
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
if ((menuName != NULL) && (menuName[0] != '\0')) {
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, menuName);
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
| | | 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 |
{
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
if ((menuName != NULL) && (menuName[0] != '\0')) {
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, menuName);
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
for (menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuPtr != NULL;
menuPtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ HWND Tk_GetMenuHWND( | | < | 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HWND
Tk_GetMenuHWND(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkMenuInit();
return tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 | * Menus have to be reinitialized next time. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void MenuExitHandler( | | < < | 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 |
* Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuExitHandler(
TCL_UNUSED(void *)) /* Not used */
{
UnregisterClassW(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
UnregisterClassW(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 | * Menus have to be reinitialized next time. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void MenuThreadExitHandler( | | < | 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 |
* Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuThreadExitHandler(
TCL_UNUSED(void *))
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->menuHWND);
DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND);
tsdPtr->menuHWND = NULL;
tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 | * Storage is allocated. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Tcl_Obj * TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault( | | | < < | | 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 |
* Storage is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *)) /* The name of the option class. */
{
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;
if ((strcmp(dbName, "activeBorderWidth") == 0) ||
(strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(defaultBorderWidth);
} else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1);
}
return valuePtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 |
HDC scratchDC;
int bold = 0;
int italic = 0;
TEXTMETRICW tm;
int pointSize;
HFONT menuFont;
/* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
| > | > > > > | | | | | | | 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 |
HDC scratchDC;
int bold = 0;
int italic = 0;
TEXTMETRICW tm;
int pointSize;
HFONT menuFont;
/* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
struct {
NONCLIENTMETRICSW metrics;
#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
int padding;
#endif
} nc;
/*
* Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
* of options via a break statement.
*/
defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
}
scratchDC = CreateDCW(L"DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (!firstTime) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);
nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);
if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() != TK_THEME_WIN_VISTA) {
nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
}
SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
&nc.metrics, 0);
menuFont = CreateFontIndirectW(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
GetTextMetricsW(scratchDC, &tm);
GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
bold = 1;
}
if (tm.tmItalic) {
italic = 1;
}
SelectObject(scratchDC, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
DeleteDC(scratchDC);
DeleteObject(menuFont);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, faceName);
snprintf(sizeString, sizeof(sizeString), "%d", pointSize);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, sizeString);
if (bold || italic) {
Tcl_DString boldItalicDString;
Tcl_DStringInit(&boldItalicDString);
if (bold) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPixmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
int height,
int depth)
{
TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr;
int planes;
Screen *screen;
| | | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
int height,
int depth)
{
TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr;
int planes;
Screen *screen;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
newTwdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
newTwdPtr->type = TWD_BITMAP;
newTwdPtr->bitmap.depth = depth;
twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) d;
if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
if (twdPtr->window.winPtr == NULL) {
newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = DefaultColormap(display,
DefaultScreen(display));
} else {
newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = twdPtr->window.winPtr->atts.colormap;
}
} else {
newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = twdPtr->bitmap.colormap;
}
screen = ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0);
planes = 1;
if (depth == DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen)) {
planes = PTR2INT(screen->ext_data);
depth /= planes;
}
newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle =
CreateBitmap(width, height, (DWORD) planes, (DWORD) depth, NULL);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
| | | 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (twdPtr != NULL) {
DeleteObject(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
ckfree(twdPtr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
193 194 195 196 197 198 199 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XGetGeometry( | | | | | | | < < < < < < | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XGetGeometry(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
Drawable d,
TCL_UNUSED(Window *),
TCL_UNUSED(int *),
TCL_UNUSED(int *),
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned int *),
TCL_UNUSED(unsigned int *))
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
if (twdPtr->type == TWD_BITMAP) {
HDC dc;
BITMAPINFO info;
if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid pixmap");
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPointer.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinPointer.c -- * * Windows specific mouse tracking code. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkWinPointer.c -- * * Windows specific mouse tracking code. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
}
return state;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
}
return state;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PointerEvent --
*
* This procedure is called for each pointer-related event. It converts
* the position to root coords and updates the global pointer state
* machine. It also ensures that the mouse timer is scheduled.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May queue events and change the grab state.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PointerEvent(
HWND hwnd, /* Window for coords, or NULL for the root
* window. */
int x, int y) /* Coords relative to hwnd, or screen if hwnd
* is NULL. */
{
POINT pos;
int state;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
Display *display,
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
| < < < < < < | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
Display *display,
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
keyboardWinPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(grab_window);
return GrabSuccess;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
*/
int
XUngrabKeyboard(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
| < < < | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
*/
int
XUngrabKeyboard(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
keyboardWinPtr = NULL;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 | * May schedule a new timer and/or generate enter/leave events. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void MouseTimerProc( | | < < < < < < | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
* May schedule a new timer and/or generate enter/leave events.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
MouseTimerProc(
ClientData clientData)
{
POINT pos;
mouseTimerSet = 0;
GetCursorPos(&pos);
Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, pos.x, pos.y);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinCancelMouseTimer --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
void
TkGetPointerCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies screen on which
* lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
POINT point;
| < | 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
void
TkGetPointerCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies screen on which
* lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
POINT point;
GetCursorPos(&point);
*xPtr = point.x;
*yPtr = point.y;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
Window *child_return,
int *root_x_return,
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
| < < < < < | < | 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
Window *child_return,
int *root_x_return,
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
TkGetPointerCoords(NULL, root_x_return, root_y_return);
*mask_return = TkWinGetModifierState();
return True;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
void TkSetCursorPos(
int x,
int y)
{
INPUT input;
int xscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN) - 1);
int yscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN) - 1);
input.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
input.mi.dx = (x * 65535 + xscreen/2) / xscreen;
input.mi.dy = (y * 65535 + yscreen/2) / yscreen;
/*
* Horrible workaround here. There is a bug on Win 10: when warping to
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
void TkSetCursorPos(
int x,
int y)
{
INPUT input;
int xscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN) - 1);
int yscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN) - 1);
/*
* A multi-screen system may have different logical pixels/inch, with
* Windows applying behind-the-scenes scaling on secondary screens.
* Don't try and emulate that, instead fall back to SetCursor if the
* requested position is off the primary screen.
*/
if ( x < 0 || x > xscreen || y < 0 || y > yscreen ) {
SetCursorPos(x, y);
return;
}
input.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
input.mi.dx = (x * 65535 + xscreen/2) / xscreen;
input.mi.dy = (y * 65535 + yscreen/2) / yscreen;
/*
* Horrible workaround here. There is a bug on Win 10: when warping to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height,
int dest_x,
int dest_y)
{
RECT r;
| < < < < < < | 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height,
int dest_x,
int dest_y)
{
RECT r;
GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(dest_w), &r);
TkSetCursorPos(r.left+dest_x, r.top+dest_y);
return Success;
}
void
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
XGetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window *focus_return,
int *revert_to_return)
{
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus());
| | | | 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
XGetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window *focus_return,
int *revert_to_return)
{
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus());
*focus_return = tkwin ? Tk_WindowId(tkwin) : None;
*revert_to_return = RevertToParent;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XSetInputFocus --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
int
XSetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window focus,
int revert_to,
Time time)
{
| < < | < | 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 |
int
XSetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window focus,
int revert_to,
Time time)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
if (focus != None) {
SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(focus));
}
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPort.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 | #define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP /* * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # pragma warning(disable:4146) # pragma warning(disable:4267) # pragma warning(disable:4244) # pragma warning(disable:4311) # pragma warning(disable:4312) # pragma warning(disable:4996) #if !defined(_WIN64) | > | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | #define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP /* * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # pragma warning(disable:4090) /* see: https://developercommunity.visualstudio.com/t/c-compiler-incorrect-propagation-of-const-qualifie/390711 */ # pragma warning(disable:4146) # pragma warning(disable:4267) # pragma warning(disable:4244) # pragma warning(disable:4311) # pragma warning(disable:4312) # pragma warning(disable:4996) #if !defined(_WIN64) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 | /* * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows. */ #define TkpGetPixel(p) (((((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff) \ | ((p)->green & 0xff00) | (((p)->blue << 8) & 0xff0000)) | 0x20000000) | < < < < < < | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 | /* * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows. */ #define TkpGetPixel(p) (((((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff) \ | ((p)->green & 0xff00) | (((p)->blue << 8) & 0xff0000)) | 0x20000000) /* * These calls implement native bitmaps which are not currently * supported under Windows. The macros eliminate the calls. */ #define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps() #define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None #define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None #endif /* _WINPORT */ |
Changes to win/tkWinRegion.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkWinRegion.c -- * * Tk Region emulation code. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkCreateRegion -- * * Construct an empty region. | > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | /* * tkWinRegion.c -- * * Tk Region emulation code. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #undef TkCreateRegion #undef TkDestroyRegion #undef TkClipBox #undef TkIntersectRegion #undef TkUnionRectWithRegion #undef TkRectInRegion #undef TkSubtractRegion /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkCreateRegion -- * * Construct an empty region. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 |
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF);
return Success;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCopyRegion --
*
* Makes the destination region a copy of the source region.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpCopyRegion(
TkRegion dst,
TkRegion src)
{
CombineRgn((HRGN)dst, (HRGN)src, NULL, RGN_COPY);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinScrlbr.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Windows specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkWinScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Windows specific portion of the scrollbar * widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
int arrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
hArrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
hThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
vArrowHeight = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
vThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
| | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
int arrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
hArrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
hThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
vArrowHeight = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
vThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
snprintf(tkDefScrollbarWidth, sizeof(tkDefScrollbarWidth), "%d", arrowWidth);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
case WM_VSCROLL: {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString cmdString;
int command = LOWORD(wParam);
int code;
GetCursorPos(&point);
| | | 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
case WM_VSCROLL: {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString cmdString;
int command = LOWORD(wParam);
int code;
GetCursorPos(&point);
Tk_TranslateWinEvent(NULL, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0,
MAKELPARAM(point.x, point.y), &result);
if (command == SB_ENDSCROLL) {
return 0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString);
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
default:
| | | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString);
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
default:
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
return result;
}
}
return CallWindowProcW(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpConfigureScrollbar( | | < | 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
TCL_UNUSED(TkScrollbar *))
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ModalLoop --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinSend.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkWinSend.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | /* * tkWinSend.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkWinSendCom.h" #include "tkWinInt.h" /* * Should be defined in WTypes.h but mingw 1.0 is missing them. */ #ifndef _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED #define _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
Tcl_Obj *displayPtr = NULL;
/*
* Process the command options.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
| | | 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
Tcl_Obj *displayPtr = NULL;
/*
* Process the command options.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objv[i], sendOptions,
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optind) != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (optind == SEND_ASYNC) {
++async;
} else if (optind == SEND_DISPLAYOF) {
displayPtr = objv[++i];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
676 677 678 679 680 681 682 |
for (i = 1; SUCCEEDED(hr); i++) {
if (i > 1) {
if (i == 2) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
| | | | 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
for (i = 1; SUCCEEDED(hr); i++) {
if (i > 1) {
if (i == 2) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE);
actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString);
}
snprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "%d", i);
}
hr = BuildMoniker(actualName, &pmk);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = pROT->lpVtbl->Register(pROT,
ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
static int
Send(
LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, /* Pointer to the remote interp's COM
* object. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The local interpreter. */
int async, /* Flag for the calling style. */
| < | < | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 |
static int
Send(
LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, /* Pointer to the remote interp's COM
* object. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The local interpreter. */
int async, /* Flag for the calling style. */
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
int objc, /* Number of arguments to be sent. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments to be sent. */
{
VARIANT vCmd, vResult;
DISPPARAMS dp;
EXCEPINFO ei;
UINT uiErr = 0;
HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK;
Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
DISPID dispid;
Tcl_DString ds;
const char *src;
cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv);
/*
* Setup the arguments for the COM method call.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
966 967 968 969 970 971 972 |
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SendEventProc(
Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
| | < | 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 |
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SendEventProc(
Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
SendEvent *evPtr = (SendEvent *)eventPtr;
TRACE("SendEventProc\n");
Tcl_EvalObjEx(evPtr->interp, evPtr->cmdPtr,
TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinSendCom.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 | * The interpreters state and result will be modified. * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static HRESULT Send( | | | | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
* The interpreters state and result will be modified.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static HRESULT
Send(
TkWinSendCom *obj,
VARIANT vCmd,
VARIANT *pvResult,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
int result = TCL_OK;
VARIANT v;
Tcl_Interp *interp = obj->interp;
Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
(void)puArgErr;
if (interp == NULL) {
return S_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkWinTest.c -- * * Contains commands for platform specific tests for the Windows * platform. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | > > | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | /* * tkWinTest.c -- * * Contains commands for platform specific tests for the Windows * platform. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #undef USE_TCL_STUBS #define USE_TCL_STUBS #undef USE_TK_STUBS #define USE_TK_STUBS #include "tkWinInt.h" #undef TCLBOOLWARNING #define TCLBOOLWARNING(boolPtr) /* needed here because we compile with -Wc++-compat */ HWND tkWinCurrentDialog; /* * Forward declarations of functions defined later in this file: */ static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TestclipboardObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TestwineventObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TestfindwindowObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd; static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TestwinlocaleObjCmd; static Tk_GetSelProc SetSelectionResult; /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkplatformtestInit -- * * Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for Windows |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
LocalFree(msgPtr);
}
}
if (length == 0) {
if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
} else {
| | | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
LocalFree(msgPtr);
}
}
if (length == 0) {
if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
} else {
snprintf(msgBuf, sizeof(msgBuf), "unknown error: %ld", error);
}
msg = msgBuf;
} else {
char *msgPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(wMsgPtr, wcslen(wMsgPtr), &ds);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
if (msgPtr[length-1] == '\r') {
--length;
}
msgPtr[length] = 0;
msg = msgPtr;
}
| | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
if (msgPtr[length-1] == '\r') {
--length;
}
msgPtr[length] = 0;
msg = msgPtr;
}
snprintf(id, sizeof(id), "%ld", error);
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "WINDOWS", id, msg, NULL);
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, msg, length);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
if (length != 0) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SetSelectionResult( | | < < | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetSelectionResult(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *selection)
{
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, selection, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
TestclipboardObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
if (objc != 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TestwineventObjCmd( | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestwineventObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
HWND hwnd = 0;
HWND child = 0;
HWND control;
int id;
char *rest;
UINT message;
WPARAM wParam;
LPARAM lParam;
LRESULT result;
static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = {
{WM_LBUTTONDOWN, "WM_LBUTTONDOWN"},
{WM_LBUTTONUP, "WM_LBUTTONUP"},
{WM_CHAR, "WM_CHAR"},
{WM_GETTEXT, "WM_GETTEXT"},
{WM_SETTEXT, "WM_SETTEXT"},
{WM_COMMAND, "WM_COMMAND"},
{-1, NULL}
};
if ((objc == 3) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "debug") == 0)) {
int b;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &b) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkWinDialogDebug(b);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc < 4) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
buf[0] = 0;
SendMessageA(control, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)sizeof(buf),
(LPARAM) buf);
#endif
| | < < | < | | | | < | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 |
Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
buf[0] = 0;
SendMessageA(control, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)sizeof(buf),
(LPARAM) buf);
#endif
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, -1, &ds), NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
break;
}
case WM_SETTEXT: {
Tcl_DString ds;
control = TestFindControl(hwnd, id);
if (control == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), -1, &ds);
result = SendMessageA(control, WM_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if (result == 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to send text to dialog: ", -1));
AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
case WM_COMMAND: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc < 5) {
wParam = MAKEWPARAM(id, 0);
lParam = (LPARAM)child;
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", (int) SendMessageA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
break;
}
default: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d",
(int) SendDlgItemMessageA(hwnd, id, message, wParam, lParam));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* testfindwindow title ?class?
* Find a Windows window using the FindWindowW API call. This takes the window
* title and optionally the window class and if found returns the HWND and
* raises an error if the window is not found.
* eg: testfindwindow Console TkTopLevel
* Can find the console window if it is visible.
* eg: testfindwindow "TkTest #10201" "#32770"
* Can find a messagebox window with this title.
*/
static int
TestfindwindowObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
LPCWSTR title = NULL, windowClass = NULL;
Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
HWND hwnd = NULL;
int r = TCL_OK;
DWORD myPid;
Tcl_DStringInit(&classString);
Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "title ?class?");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
return TRUE;
}
static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
| | < | 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
return TRUE;
}
static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tcl_WideInt hwnd;
Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
WCHAR buf[512];
int cch, cchBuf = 256;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
| | | | | < < | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));
cch = GetWindowTextW((HWND)INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(buf, cch, &ds);
textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((HWND)INT2PTR(hwnd)))));
childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
EnumChildWindows((HWND)INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
TestwinlocaleObjCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
if (objc != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetThreadLocale()));
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinWindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold the
* hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0;
| | | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold the
* hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0;
snprintf(buf, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)hwnd);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScanWindowId --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)w;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)w;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
/*
* Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
* drawable.
*/
TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * XMapWindow -- * * Cause the given window to become visible. * * Results: | | | > > > > | | 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMapWindow --
*
* Cause the given window to become visible.
*
* Results:
* Always returns Success or BadWindow.
*
* Side effects:
* Causes the window state to change, and generates a MapNotify event.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XMapWindow(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
XEvent event;
TkWindow *parentPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (!w) {
return BadWindow;
}
winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
ShowWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
/*
* Check to see if this window is visible now. If all of the parent
* windows up to the first toplevel are mapped, then this window and its
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
}
if (parentPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
break;
}
}
} else {
event.type = MapNotify;
| | | | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
}
if (parentPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
break;
}
}
} else {
event.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xmap.send_event = False;
event.xmap.display = display;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/*
* Generate VisibilityNotify events for this window and its mapped
* children.
*/
event.type = VisibilityNotify;
event.xvisibility.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xvisibility.send_event = False;
event.xvisibility.display = display;
event.xvisibility.window = winPtr->window;
event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
NotifyVisibility(&event, winPtr);
return Success;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * XUnmapWindow -- * * Cause the given window to become invisible. * * Results: | | | > > > > | | | 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XUnmapWindow --
*
* Cause the given window to become invisible.
*
* Results:
* Always returns Success or BadWindow.
*
* Side effects:
* Causes the window state to change, and generates an UnmapNotify event.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XUnmapWindow(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
XEvent event;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (!w) {
return BadWindow;
}
winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
/*
* Bug fix: Don't short circuit this routine based on TK_MAPPED because it
* will be cleared before XUnmapWindow is called.
*/
ShowWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), SW_HIDE);
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED) {
event.type = UnmapNotify;
event.xunmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xunmap.send_event = False;
event.xunmap.display = display;
event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.from_configure = False;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
int
XMoveResizeWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int x, int y, /* Position relative to parent. */
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
{
| | | 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
int
XMoveResizeWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int x, int y, /* Position relative to parent. */
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
{
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, (int) width, (int) height, TRUE);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
XMoveWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int x, int y) /* Position relative to parent */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
| | | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
XMoveWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int x, int y) /* Position relative to parent */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, winPtr->changes.width,
winPtr->changes.height, TRUE);
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
XResizeWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
| | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
XResizeWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, (int)width,
(int)height, TRUE);
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
int
XRaiseWindow(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
| | | | 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
int
XRaiseWindow(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
return Success;
}
int
XLowerWindow(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
SetWindowPos(window, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
Window w,
unsigned int valueMask,
XWindowChanges *values)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
| | | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 |
Window w,
unsigned int valueMask,
XWindowChanges *values)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
/*
* Change the shape and/or position of the window.
*/
if (valueMask & (CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight)) {
MoveWindow(hwnd, winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
699 700 701 702 703 704 705 |
RECT rc;
HBRUSH brush;
HPALETTE oldPalette, palette;
TkWindow *winPtr;
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
HDC dc = GetDC(hwnd);
| | | | 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 |
RECT rc;
HBRUSH brush;
HPALETTE oldPalette, palette;
TkWindow *winPtr;
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
HDC dc = GetDC(hwnd);
palette = TkWinGetPalette(DefaultColormapOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)));
oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, palette, FALSE);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
brush = CreateSolidBrush(winPtr->atts.background_pixel);
GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc);
rc.right = rc.right - rc.left;
rc.bottom = rc.bottom - rc.top;
rc.left = rc.top = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSetWindowPos --
*
* Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 |
XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XReparentWindow --
*
* TODO: currently placeholder to satisfy Xlib stubs.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* TODO.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XReparentWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
Window parent,
int x,
int y)
{
return BadWindow;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSetWindowPos --
*
* Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
Window window;
if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
Tk_MapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
window = Tk_WindowId(busyPtr->tkBusy);
display = Tk_Display(busyPtr->tkBusy);
hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(window);
| | | 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 |
Window window;
if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
Tk_MapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
window = Tk_WindowId(busyPtr->tkBusy);
display = Tk_Display(busyPtr->tkBusy);
hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(window);
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
SetWindowPos(hWnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
}
/*
* Under Win32, cursors aren't associated with windows. Tk fakes this by
* watching Motion events on its windows. So Tk will automatically change
* the cursor when the pointer enters the Busy window. But Windows does
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinWm.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkWinWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkWinWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include <shellapi.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | * for this protocol arrives. The actual size * of the structure varies to accommodate the * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ } ProtocolHandler; #define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \ | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength)
/*
* Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
*/
typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
Tcl_HashTable *table;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */
WORD idType; /* Resource type (1 for icons) */
WORD idCount; /* How many images? */
ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* The entries for each image */
} ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR;
/*
| | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */
WORD idType; /* Resource type (1 for icons) */
WORD idCount; /* How many images? */
ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* The entries for each image */
} ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR;
/*
* A pointer to one of these structures is associated with each toplevel.
* This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon resources when a
* window is deleted or if the window's icon is changed. They are simply
* reference counted according to:
*
* (1) How many WmInfo structures point to this object
* (2) Whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains a pointer
* to this object.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 | #define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW) #define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS) #define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0) #define WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE \ (WS_POPUP|WS_CAPTION|WS_SYSMENU|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS) | > > > > > > | | | | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
#define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW)
#define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS)
#define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0)
#define WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE \
(WS_POPUP|WS_CAPTION|WS_SYSMENU|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
/*
* Bug 159aa5eb: Removed extended style WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME. This style has
* the undocumented side effect to enable the unwanted system menu items
* "Resize", "Minimize" and "Maximize". "Resise" menu item may be correctly
* enabled by "wm resizable".
*/
#define EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE (0)
/*
* The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
* of top-level windows.
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(void *, Tk_Window);
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
typedef struct {
HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently
* installed foreground logical palette. */
TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This
* value is set immediately before a call to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
419 420 421 422 423 424 425 | TkWindow *winPtr); static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr); static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info); static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table); static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); | | | | | > < | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 | TkWindow *winPtr); static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr); static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info); static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table); static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void TopLevelEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void TopLevelReqProc(void *dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); static void UpdateGeometryInfo(void *clientData); static void UpdateWrapper(TkWindow *winPtr); static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon); static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName); static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers(LPICONIMAGE lpImage); static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap(Display *dsPtr, Pixmap pixmap); static int ReadICOHeader(Tcl_Channel channel); static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon); static HICON GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size); static int WinSetIcon(Tcl_Interp *interp, WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw); static void FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR); static void DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
867 868 869 870 871 872 873 |
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
if (!initialized) {
WNDCLASSW windowClass;
initialized = 1;
| | | 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 |
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
if (!initialized) {
WNDCLASSW windowClass;
initialized = 1;
memset(&windowClass, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASSW));
windowClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
windowClass.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
windowClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
windowClass.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
windowClass.hIcon = LoadIconW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), L"tk");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 |
if (res != 0) {
DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
}
DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
return NULL;
}
| | | 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 |
if (res != 0) {
DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
}
DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
return NULL;
}
memset(lpIR, 0, size);
lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1);
lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16;
lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16;
lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4;
lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 |
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
return NULL;
}
| < < < < < | 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 |
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate memory for the resource structure
*/
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 | } /* * Read it in. */ dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits, | | | 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 |
}
/*
* Read it in.
*/
dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
(int)lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"error reading file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
goto readError;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
/*
* Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
*/
| | | 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
/*
* Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
*/
memset(wmPtr, 0, sizeof(WmInfo));
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 | * A window property may get updated. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkWmSetClass( | | < < | 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 |
* A window property may get updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmSetClass(
TCL_UNUSED(TkWindow *)) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
/* Do nothing */
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_WmObjCmd( | | | 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
void *clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 |
WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
WMOPT_WITHDRAW
};
int index;
| | | | | | | | 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 |
WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
WMOPT_WITHDRAW
};
int index;
int length;
const char *argv1;
TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length)
&& (length >= 3)) {
int wmTracing;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmTracing) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAspectCmd( | | < | | | | | 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAspectCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
const char *string;
| | | | 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
const char *string;
int boolValue;
int i, length;
int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
configArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | | | < < < | 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(style & WS_DISABLED));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
stylePtr = &style;
styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)
|| ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor",
length) == 0))) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 |
if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't set topmost flag on %s: it is an embedded window",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "TOPMOST", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
goto configArgs;
}
if (styleBit == WS_EX_LAYERED) {
if (objc == 4) {
if (string[1] == 'a') { /* -alpha */
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
| > > > > > > | 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 |
if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't set topmost flag on %s: it is an embedded window",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "TOPMOST", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (i == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"bad attribute \"%s\": must be -alpha, -transparentcolor, -disabled, -fullscreen, -toolwindow, or -topmost",
string));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "UNRECOGNIZED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
goto configArgs;
}
if (styleBit == WS_EX_LAYERED) {
if (objc == 4) {
if (string[1] == 'a') { /* -alpha */
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 |
if (dval < 0.0) {
dval = 0;
} else if (dval > 1.0) {
dval = 1;
}
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
| | | | 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 |
if (dval < 0.0) {
dval = 0;
} else if (dval > 1.0) {
dval = 1;
}
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);
if (length == 0) {
/* reset to no transparent color */
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
}
} else {
XColor *cPtr =
Tk_AllocColorFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1]);
if (cPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 |
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
(unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
(wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
}
}
} else {
if ((i < objc-1)
| | | | | | | | 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 |
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
(unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
(wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
}
}
} else {
if ((i < objc-1)
&& Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolValue)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (config_fullscreen) {
if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
} else {
fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
fullscreen_attr = boolValue;
}
config_fullscreen = 0;
} else if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(*stylePtr & styleBit));
} else if (boolValue) {
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
} else {
*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
}
}
if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmClientCmd( | | | < | | 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmClientCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 |
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
!= 0) {
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
&textProp);
| | | 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 |
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
!= 0) {
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
&textProp);
XFree((char *)textProp.value);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
| | > | | 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 |
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
int i, windowObjc;
int gotToplevel;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
break;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) wmPtr->cmapList[i]));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmCommandCmd( | | < | 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmCommandCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int cmdArgc;
const char **cmdArgv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmDeiconifyCmd( | | < | 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmDeiconifyCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFocusmodelCmd( | | < | | | 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFocusmodelCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"active", "passive", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
"argument", 0,&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmForgetCmd( | | | | | < < < < | | | | | 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmForgetCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Current interpreter. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of arguments. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window));
/*
* Make sure wm no longer manages this window
*/
Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL);
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
} else {
/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFrameCmd( | | < | | 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFrameCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
HWND hwnd;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (hwnd == NULL) {
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)hwnd);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGeometryCmd( | | < | 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGeometryCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char xSign, ySign;
int width, height;
const char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGridCmd( | | < | | | | | | 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGridCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
*/
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
const char *argv3;
| | | | 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconbitmapCmd( | | < | 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconbitmapCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
const char *string;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc == 5) {
/*
* If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconifyCmd( | | < | | 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconifyCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
if (!SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: the container does not support the request",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 |
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 |
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconnameCmd( | | | < | | 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconnameCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(wmPtr->iconName ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), -1));
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->iconName = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, length + 1);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconphotoCmd( | | > | < | 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
int i;
int width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraMask;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
HICON hIcon;
unsigned size;
BITMAPINFO bmInfo;
ICONINFO iconInfo;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 |
*/
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)attemptckalloc(size);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 |
*/
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)attemptckalloc(size);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memset(lpIR, 0, size);
lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj;
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
/*
* Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color
* bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use
* CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps and
* converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
*/
memset(&iconInfo, 0, sizeof(iconInfo));
iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;
/*
* Create device-independent color bitmap.
*/
memset(&bmInfo, 0, sizeof(bmInfo));
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "failed to create mask bitmap for \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "MASK", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } | | | 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "failed to create mask bitmap for \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "MASK", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } memset(bgraMask.ptr, 0, width*height/8); /* * Create an icon from the bitmaps. */ hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&iconInfo); DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconpositionCmd( | | < | | | 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconpositionCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
| | | 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 |
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmManageCmd( | | | | < < < | 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmManageCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of arguments. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame,"
" labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMaxsizeCmd( | | < | | | 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMaxsizeCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMinsizeCmd( | | < | | | 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMinsizeCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmOverrideredirectCmd( | | | < | | | | | | 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int boolValue, curValue;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
curValue = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1;
if (curValue < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"Container does not support overrideredirect", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolValue) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (curValue != boolValue) {
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolValue, 0);
} else {
/*
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
* some funky stuff to occur.
*/
atts.override_redirect = boolValue ? True : False;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
&atts);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmPositionfromCmd( | | < | | | 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmPositionfromCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
const char *sourceStr = "";
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
sourceStr = "user";
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
sourceStr = "program";
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
"argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
} else {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmProtocolCmd( | | | < | 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmProtocolCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
const char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
| | | 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 |
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *)ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
protPtr->interp = interp;
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmResizableCmd( | | < | | | 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmResizableCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmSizefromCmd( | | < | | | 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmSizefromCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
const char *sourceStr = "";
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
sourceStr = "user";
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
sourceStr = "program";
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
"argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 |
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows != NULL) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
| | | 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 |
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows != NULL) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
ckfree(windows);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 |
Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
} else if (index2 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
}
ckfree(windows);
| | | | | 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 |
Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
} else if (index2 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
}
ckfree(windows);
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
"argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmStateCmd( | | < | | | 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmStateCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED
};
int index;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
"argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
int state = 0;
switch (index) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 |
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
| < | | 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 |
winPtr->pathName));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(winPtr);
} else if (index == OPT_ZOOMED) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
} else {
Tcl_Panic("wm state not matched");
}
} else {
const char *stateStr = "";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmTitleCmd( | | | < | 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmTitleCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
HWND wrapper;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
| | | 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->title = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, length + 1);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
Tcl_DString titleString;
Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *containerPtr = wmPtr->containerPtr, **containerPtrPtr = &containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
| | | | 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *containerPtr = wmPtr->containerPtr, **containerPtrPtr = &containerPtr, *w;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) containerPtr));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If we had a container, tell them that we aren't tied to them
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
| | | | | 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (w = containerPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->containerPtr) {
if (w == winPtr) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
Tk_PathName(containerPtr)));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (containerPtr != wmPtr->containerPtr) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmWithdrawCmd( | | < | 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmWithdrawCmd(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't withdraw %s: the container does not support the request",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
| < | | 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't withdraw %s: the container does not support the request",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(winPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
* update.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 |
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
static void
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
| | | 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 |
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
static void
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
void *clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
TkWindow *containerPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->containerPtr;
if (containerPtr == NULL)
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
| | < | 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 |
return;
}
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) == PBaseSize)) {
return;
}
/*
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
* units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
| | | 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 |
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 |
}
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
| | | 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 |
}
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
return;
}
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PBaseSize;
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 | * the structural change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TopLevelEventProc( | | | 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 |
* the structural change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TopLevelEventProc(
void *clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 | * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TopLevelReqProc( | | < | 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 |
* happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TopLevelReqProc(
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr) {
if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 | * from happening. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void UpdateGeometryInfo( | | | 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 |
* from happening.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateGeometryInfo(
void *clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */
int width, height; /* Size of client area. */
int min, max;
RECT rect;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 | * Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_GetVRootGeometry( | | < < | 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 |
* Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),/* Window whose virtual root is to be
* queried. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
{
*xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN);
*yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN);
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 |
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
(TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
| | | 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 |
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
(TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *)hwnd);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
/*
* Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 |
XEvent event;
/*
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event.
*/
event.type = ConfigureNotify;
| | | 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 |
XEvent event;
/*
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event.
*/
event.type = ConfigureNotify;
event.xconfigure.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xconfigure.send_event = False;
event.xconfigure.display = winPtr->display;
event.xconfigure.event = winPtr->window;
event.xconfigure.window = winPtr->window;
event.xconfigure.border_width = winPtr->changes.border_width;
event.xconfigure.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
event.xconfigure.x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 |
/*
* Display and/or color resolution changed.
*/
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr) {
Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
| | | | | | | 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 |
/*
* Display and/or color resolution changed.
*/
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr) {
Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) != (int) wParam) {
/*
* Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of
* display parameters. This will affect the display for all Tk
* windows. We will receive this event for each toplevel, but
* this check makes us update only once, for the first
* toplevel that receives the message.
*/
TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr));
} else {
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
WidthOfScreen(screen) = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */
HeightOfScreen(screen) = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */
WidthMMOfScreen(screen) = MulDiv(WidthOfScreen(screen), 254,
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
HeightMMOfScreen(screen) = MulDiv(HeightOfScreen(screen), 254,
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
}
if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) {
/*
* Defer the window depth check to here so that each toplevel
* will properly update depth info.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 |
result = 0;
goto done;
case WM_NCHITTEST: {
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
| | | 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 |
result = 0;
goto done;
case WM_NCHITTEST: {
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
* This window is outside the grab hierarchy, so don't let any of
* the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this
* implementation is not strictly correct because the grab might
* change between now and when the event would have been processed
* by Tk, but it's close enough.
*/
result = HTCLIENT;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 |
if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
SetFocus(child);
result = 0;
| | | 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 |
if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
SetFocus(child);
result = 0;
} else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam,
&result)) {
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
} else {
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 |
if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) {
return 1;
}
/*
* If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then
* we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus
| | | 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305 8306 8307 |
if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) {
return 1;
}
/*
* If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then
* we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus
* while the window manager is in control.
*/
if (eventPtr->flagPtr && *eventPtr->flagPtr) {
return 0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinToplevelWithdraw -- * | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > | | 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369 8370 8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428 8429 8430 8431 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWinToplevelWithdraw --
*
* This function is to be used by a window manager to withdraw a toplevel
* window.
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* May withdraw the toplevel window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int resetTempStyle = 0;
LONG exStyle = 0;
/*
* Special handling of transient toplevels (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL),
* in order to work around a Windows 10 & 11 problem where withdrawn
* transients still appear in the thumbnail preview of the parent window,
* when hovering over it in the Windows taskbar. Temporarily setting this
* window style to include WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW prevents it being captured in
* the Windows thumbnail preview.
* See ticket 91d0e9d8.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)
&& !(wmPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)
&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
&& (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
exStyle = GetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE);
if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW) ) {
SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
exStyle | WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW);
resetTempStyle=1;
}
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
if (resetTempStyle) {
SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
exStyle & ~WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWinToplevelIconify --
*
* This function is to be used by a window manager to iconify a toplevel
* window.
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* May iconify the toplevel window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinToplevelDeiconify -- * | | | 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinToplevelDeiconify -- * * This function is to be used by a window manager to deiconify a toplevel * window. * * Results: * none * * Side effects: * May deiconify the toplevel window. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm -- * | | | 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm -- * * This function is to be used by a window manager to see if wm has * canceled geometry control. * * Results: * 0 - if the window manager has canceled its control * 1 - if the window manager controls the geometry * * Side effects: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow -- * | | | 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow -- * * This function is to be used for changing a toplevel's wrapper or * container. * * Results: * The window's wrapper/container is removed. * * Side effects: * None. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinX.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkWinX.c -- * * This file contains Windows emulation procedures for X routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. | | > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | /* * tkWinX.c -- * * This file contains Windows emulation procedures for X routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS #include "tkWinInt.h" /* * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in * commctrl.h. */ #ifndef _WIN32_IE #define _WIN32_IE 0x0550 /* IE 5.5 */ #endif #include <commctrl.h> #ifdef _MSC_VER # pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib") # pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib") #endif /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGetServerInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this
* interpreter's result. */
| | < | | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGetServerInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this
* interpreter's result. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Token for window; this selects a particular
* display and server. */
{
static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
if (!buffer[0]) {
HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandleW(L"NTDLL");
int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) = (int(__stdcall *)(void *))
(void *)GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
GetVersionExW(&os);
}
/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
snprintf(buffer+1, sizeof(buffer)-1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
"Win64"
#else
"Win32"
#endif
);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
}
return tkWinTheme;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetDefaultScreenName --
*
* Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
* initialization.
*
* Results:
* Returns a statically allocated string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
}
return tkWinTheme;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinGetPlatformId --
*
* Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime
* conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported.
*
* Results:
* The return value is always:
* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT Win32 on Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinGetPlatformId(void)
{
return VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetDefaultScreenName --
*
* Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
* initialization.
*
* Results:
* Returns a statically allocated string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
const char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */
{
if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
screenName = winScreenName;
}
return screenName;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
void
TkWinDisplayChanged(
Display *display)
{
HDC dc;
Screen *screen;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
void
TkWinDisplayChanged(
Display *display)
{
HDC dc;
Screen *screen;
if (display == NULL || ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0) == NULL) {
return;
}
screen = ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0);
dc = GetDC(NULL);
WidthOfScreen(screen) = GetDeviceCaps(dc, HORZRES);
HeightOfScreen(screen) = GetDeviceCaps(dc, VERTRES);
WidthMMOfScreen(screen) = MulDiv(WidthOfScreen(screen), 254,
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
HeightMMOfScreen(screen) = MulDiv(HeightOfScreen(screen), 254,
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
/*
* On windows, when creating a color bitmap, need two pieces of
* information: the number of color planes and the number of pixels per
* plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an
* HBITMAP for offscreen rendering, we can specify the correct value for
* the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with
* the HWND and we'll just get blank spots copied onto the screen.
*/
screen->ext_data = (XExtData *)INT2PTR(GetDeviceCaps(dc, PLANES));
DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) = GetDeviceCaps(dc, BITSPIXEL) * PTR2INT(screen->ext_data);
if (DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen) != NULL) {
ckfree(DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen));
}
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen) = (Visual *)ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->visualid = 0;
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE);
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = PseudoColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->red_mask = 0x0;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->green_mask = 0x0;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->blue_mask = 0x0;
} else if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 4) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = StaticColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 16;
} else if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 8) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = StaticColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 256;
} else if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 12) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = TrueColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 32;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->red_mask = 0xf0;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->green_mask = 0xf000;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->blue_mask = 0xf00000;
} else if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 16) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = TrueColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 64;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->red_mask = 0xf8;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->green_mask = 0xfc00;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->blue_mask = 0xf80000;
} else if (DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) >= 24) {
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->c_class = TrueColor;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->map_entries = 256;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->red_mask = 0xff;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->green_mask = 0xff00;
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->blue_mask = 0xff0000;
}
DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen)->bits_per_rgb = DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen);
ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
if (DefaultColormapOfScreen(screen) != None) {
XFreeColormap(display, DefaultColormapOfScreen(screen));
}
DefaultColormapOfScreen(screen) = XCreateColormap(display, None, DefaultVisualOfScreen(screen),
AllocNone);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpOpenDisplay --
*
* Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
* information.
*
* Results:
* Returns a TkDisplay structure on success or NULL on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a new TkDisplay structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkDisplay *
TkpOpenDisplay(
const char *display_name)
{
Display *display;
Screen *screen;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
DWORD initialWheelTick;
if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) {
if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) {
return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
display = ckalloc(sizeof(Display));
memset(display, 0, sizeof(Display));
display->display_name = ckalloc(strlen(display_name) + 1);
strcpy(display->display_name, display_name);
display->nscreens = 1;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display) = 1;
display->qlen = 0;
screen = ckalloc(sizeof(Screen));
memset(screen, 0, sizeof(Screen));
DisplayOfScreen(screen) = display;
/*
* Set up the root window.
*/
twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
twdPtr->window.winPtr = NULL;
twdPtr->window.handle = NULL;
RootWindowOfScreen(screen) = (Window)twdPtr;
/*
* Note that these pixel values are not palette relative.
*/
WhitePixelOfScreen(screen) = RGB(255, 255, 255);
BlackPixelOfScreen(screen) = RGB(0, 0, 0);
DefaultColormapOfScreen(screen) = None;
display->screens = screen;
display->nscreens = 1;
display->default_screen = 0;
TkWinDisplayChanged(display);
tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
memset(tsdPtr->winDisplay, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
initialWheelTick = GetTickCount();
tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick;
tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick;
tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = 0;
tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = 0;
/*
* Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
*/
TkpInitKeymapInfo(tsdPtr->winDisplay);
return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCloseDisplay --
*
* Closes and deallocates a Display structure created with the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
}
tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL;
if (display->display_name != NULL) {
ckfree(display->display_name);
}
| | | | | | | | | | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
}
tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL;
if (display->display_name != NULL) {
ckfree(display->display_name);
}
if (ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0) != NULL) {
if (DefaultVisualOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)) != NULL) {
ckfree(DefaultVisualOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)));
}
if (RootWindowOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)) != None) {
ckfree(RootWindowOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)));
}
if (DefaultColormapOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)) != None) {
XFreeColormap(display, DefaultColormapOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0)));
}
ckfree(ScreenOfDisplay(display, 0));
}
ckfree(display);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
713 714 715 716 717 718 719 | * Plays a sounds out the system speakers. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int XBell( | | | < < < | 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
* Plays a sounds out the system speakers.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XBell(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
MessageBeep(MB_OK);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
case WM_UNICHAR:
if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) {
/* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes
* this message, then return TRUE. */
result = 1;
} else {
/* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */
| | | | | | 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
case WM_UNICHAR:
if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) {
/* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes
* this message, then return TRUE. */
result = 1;
} else {
/* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
result = 0;
} else {
result = 1;
}
}
break;
default:
if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
break;
}
/*
* Handle any newly queued events before returning control to Windows.
*/
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TranslateWinEvent --
*
* This function is called by widget window functions to handle the
* translation from Win32 events to Tk events.
*
* Results:
* Returns 1 if the event was handled, else 0.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on the event.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_TranslateWinEvent(
HWND hwnd,
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam,
LRESULT *resultPtr)
{
*resultPtr = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
case WM_XBUTTONUP:
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
| | | 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 |
case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
case WM_XBUTTONUP:
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
return 1;
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
case WM_KEYDOWN:
if (wParam == VK_PACKET) {
/*
* This will trigger WM_CHAR event(s) with unicode data.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 |
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
if (!winPtr || winPtr->window == None) {
return;
}
memset(&event.x, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
| | | 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
if (!winPtr || winPtr->window == None) {
return;
}
memset(&event.x, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
event.x.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display)++;
event.x.xany.send_event = False;
event.x.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.x.xany.window = winPtr->window;
switch (message) {
case WM_PAINT: {
PAINTSTRUCT ps;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 |
TkKeyEvent *xkey,
UINT type)
{
MSG msg;
xkey->nbytes = 0;
| | | 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 |
TkKeyEvent *xkey,
UINT type)
{
MSG msg;
xkey->nbytes = 0;
while ((xkey->nbytes < sizeof(xkey->trans_chars))
&& (PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)) {
if (msg.message != type) {
break;
}
GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 |
return;
}
if (charsetInfo.ciACP == CP_UTF8) {
strcpy(codepage, "utf-8");
} else {
| | | 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 |
return;
}
if (charsetInfo.ciACP == CP_UTF8) {
strcpy(codepage, "utf-8");
} else {
snprintf(codepage, sizeof(codepage), "cp%d", charsetInfo.ciACP);
}
if ((encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, codepage)) == NULL) {
/*
* The encoding is not supported by Tcl.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 | * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129] */ winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent)); | | | 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 | * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129] */ winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent)); event.xkey.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display)++; event.xkey.send_event = -3; event.xkey.display = winPtr->display; event.xkey.window = winPtr->window; event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); event.xkey.subwindow = None; event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState(); event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS(); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 |
}
ckfree(buff);
}
ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinResendEvent --
*
* This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 |
}
ckfree(buff);
}
ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeXId --
*
* This interface is not needed under Windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeXId(
Display *display,
XID xid)
{
/* Do nothing */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinResendEvent --
*
* This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
break;
case Button3:
msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
break;
| | | | 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 |
msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
break;
case Button3:
msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
break;
case Button4:
msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON1, XBUTTON1);
break;
case Button5:
msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON2, XBUTTON2);
break;
default:
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ long Tk_GetUserInactiveTime( | | < | 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
LASTINPUTINFO li;
li.cbSize = sizeof(li);
if (!GetLastInputInfo(&li)) {
return -1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 | * to zero. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime( | | < | 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 |
* to zero.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *))
{
INPUT inp;
inp.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
inp.mi.dx = 0;
inp.mi.dy = 0;
inp.mi.mouseData = 0;
inp.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE;
inp.mi.time = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/ttkWinMonitor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name;
int index;
} SystemColorEntry;
| | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name;
int index;
} SystemColorEntry;
static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = {
{ "System3dDarkShadow", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW },
{ "System3dLight", COLOR_3DLIGHT },
{ "SystemActiveBorder", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER },
{ "SystemActiveCaption", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION },
{ "SystemAppWorkspace", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE },
{ "SystemBackground", COLOR_BACKGROUND },
{ "SystemButtonFace", COLOR_BTNFACE },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
{ "SystemWindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
| | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
{ "SystemWindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
SystemColorEntry *sysColor;
for (sysColor = sysColors; sysColor->name; ++sysColor) {
DWORD pixel = GetSysColor(sysColor->index);
XColor colorSpec;
colorSpec.red = GetRValue(pixel) * 257;
colorSpec.green = GetGValue(pixel) * 257;
colorSpec.blue = GetBValue(pixel) * 257;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
HWND hwnd;
hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
| | | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
HWND hwnd;
hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, (ClientData)hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow);
TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to win/ttkWinTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #endif | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #endif #include "tkWinInt.h" #ifndef DFCS_HOT /* Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP only */ #define DFCS_HOT 0 #endif #include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State tables for FrameControlElements.
*/
| | | | | | | > | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State tables for FrameControlElements.
*/
static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_statemap[] = { /* see also SF#1865898 */
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] = {
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable arrow_statemap[] = {
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED | DFCS_FLAT, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ FrameControlElement --
* General-purpose element for things drawn with DrawFrameControl
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* element name */
int classId; /* class id for DrawFrameControl */
int partId; /* part id for DrawFrameControl */
unsigned cxId; /* system metric ids for width/height... */
unsigned cyId; /* ... or size if FIXEDSIZE bit set */
Ttk_StateTable *stateMap; /* map Tk states to Win32 flags */
Ttk_Padding margins; /* additional placement padding */
} FrameControlElementData;
#define BASE_DIM 13
#define _FIXEDSIZE 0x80000000UL
#define _HALFMETRIC 0x40000000UL
#define FIXEDSIZE(id) (id|_FIXEDSIZE)
#define HALFMETRIC(id) (id|_HALFMETRIC)
#define GETMETRIC(m) \
((m) & _FIXEDSIZE ? (int)((m) & ~_FIXEDSIZE) : GetSystemMetrics((m)&0xFFFFFFF))
static FrameControlElementData FrameControlElements[] = {
{ "Checkbutton.indicator",
DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONCHECK, FIXEDSIZE(BASE_DIM), FIXEDSIZE(BASE_DIM),
checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
{ "Radiobutton.indicator",
DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONRADIO, FIXEDSIZE(BASE_DIM), FIXEDSIZE(BASE_DIM),
checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
{ "uparrow",
DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLUP, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
{ "downarrow",
DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLDOWN, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
{ 0,0,0,0,0,0, {0,0,0,0} }
};
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
static void FrameControlElementSize(
| | > > | > > < < < > | > > | > > < | | | < < < | | | | | > | > | > | > > < < | | | < < < | | | | | > | > | > | > > < < | | | | | > | > > > | | < < < < | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
{ 0,0,0,0,0,0, {0,0,0,0} }
};
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
static void FrameControlElementSize(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
FrameControlElementData *p = (FrameControlElementData *)clientData;
int cx = GETMETRIC(p->cxId);
int cy = GETMETRIC(p->cyId);
if (p->cxId & _HALFMETRIC) cx /= 2;
if (p->cyId & _HALFMETRIC) cy /= 2;
*widthPtr = cx + Ttk_PaddingWidth(p->margins);
*heightPtr = cy + Ttk_PaddingHeight(p->margins);
}
static void FrameControlElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
FrameControlElementData *elementData = (FrameControlElementData *)clientData;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->margins));
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
elementData->classId,
elementData->partId|Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->stateMap, state));
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FrameControlElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
FrameControlElementSize,
FrameControlElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Border element implementation.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void BorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
BorderElement *border = (BorderElement *)elementRecord;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief);
if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
UINT xFlags = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) ? BF_FLAT : 0;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, ReliefToEdge(relief), BF_RECT | xFlags);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*
* Entry field borders:
* Sunken border; also fill with window color.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
FieldElement *field = (FieldElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj);
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, bg, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_SUNKEN, BF_RECT);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button borders.
* Drawn with DrawFrameControl instead of DrawEdge;
* Also draw default indicator and focus ring.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = (ButtonBorderElement *)elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
short int cx, cy;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
/* Space for default indicator:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
cx += 2;
cy += 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy);
}
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
| > | > | > > | < | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
cx += 2;
cy += 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy);
}
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = (ButtonBorderElement *)elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
RECT rc;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
XColor *highlightColor =
Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->highlightColorObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
rc = BoxToRect(b);
DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
DFC_BUTTON, /* classId */
DFCS_BUTTONPUSH | Ttk_StateTableLookup(pushbutton_statemap, state));
/* Draw focus ring:
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
short int borderWidth = 3; /* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/
| > > | | > < | | < < < | | | | | > | > > | | < < | > | < < | | < | | | > | > | < < | > | < | | < | | < | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
rc = BoxToRect(b);
DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
DFC_BUTTON, /* classId */
DFCS_BUTTONPUSH | Ttk_StateTableLookup(pushbutton_statemap, state));
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
/* Draw focus ring:
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
short int borderWidth = 3; /* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(borderWidth));
TkWinDrawDottedRect(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, -1, b.x, b.y,
b.width, b.height);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ButtonBorderElement),
ButtonBorderElementOptions,
ButtonBorderElementSize,
ButtonBorderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Focus element.
* Draw dotted focus rectangle.
*/
static void FocusElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(1);
}
static void FocusElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
TkWinDrawDottedRect(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, -1, b.x, b.y,
b.width, b.height);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
FocusElementDraw
};
/* FillFocusElement --
* Draws a focus ring filled with the selection color
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj;
} FillFocusElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = {
{ "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" },
{NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL}
};
/* @@@ FIX THIS */
static void FillFocusElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
FillFocusElement *focus = (FillFocusElement *)elementRecord;
XColor *fillColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, focus->fillColorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(fillColor, d);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
TkWinDrawDottedRect(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, -1, b.x, b.y,
b.width, b.height);
}
}
/*
* ComboboxFocusElement --
* Read-only comboboxes have a filled focus ring, editable ones do not.
*/
static void ComboboxFocusElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_READONLY) {
FillFocusElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FillFocusElement),
FillFocusElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
ComboboxFocusElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
cd->PatternBitmap = CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, Pattern);
cd->PatternBrush = CreatePatternBrush(cd->PatternBitmap);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, cd, TroughClientDataDeleteProc);
return cd;
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
| | > > | > > < < | | | > | > | > > | < < < | > > | | > > < < | | | > | > | > > | < < < | > > | | > > < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > < < < | | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
cd->PatternBitmap = CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, Pattern);
cd->PatternBrush = CreatePatternBrush(cd->PatternBitmap);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, cd, TroughClientDataDeleteProc);
return cd;
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
TroughClientData *cd = (TroughClientData *)clientData;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
HBRUSH hbr;
COLORREF bk, oldbk, oldtxt;
hbr = (HBRUSH)SelectObject(hdc, GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_SCROLLBAR));
bk = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
oldtxt = SetTextColor(hdc, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE));
oldbk = SetBkColor(hdc, bk);
/* WAS: if (bk (COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT) == GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)) ... */
if (GetSysColor(COLOR_SCROLLBAR) == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) {
/* Draw using the pattern brush */
SelectObject(hdc, cd->PatternBrush);
}
PatBlt(hdc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, PATCOPY);
SetBkColor(hdc, oldbk);
SetTextColor(hdc, oldtxt);
SelectObject(hdc, hbr);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Thumb element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
ThumbElement *thumbPtr = (ThumbElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumbPtr->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
} else {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
/* Windows doesn't show a thumb when the scrollbar is disabled */
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* The slider element is the shaped thumb used in the slider widget.
* Windows likes to call this a trackbar.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* orientation of the slider widget */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
{
SliderElement *slider = (SliderElement *)elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
} else {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
*heightPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook elements.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} TabElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TabElementOptions[] = {
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{0,TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN,0,0}
};
static void TabElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TabElement *tab = (TabElement *)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 1;
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(0, tkwin, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
paddingPtr->top = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
paddingPtr->right = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
paddingPtr->left = 0;
break;
}
}
static void TabElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
TabElement *tab = (TabElement *)elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, tab->backgroundObj);
XPoint pts[6];
int cut = 2;
Display *disp = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int borderWidth = 1;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
/*
* Draw slightly outside of the allocated parcel,
* to overwrite the client area border.
*/
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
b.height += 2;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
b.height += 2; b.y -= 2;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
b.width += 2;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
b.width += 2; b.x -= 2;
break;
}
}
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[1].x = b.x; pts[1].y = b.y + cut;
pts[2].x = b.x + cut; pts[2].y = b.y;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[3].y = b.y;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[4].y = b.y + cut;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x; pts[1].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[2].x = b.x + cut; pts[2].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[5].y = b.y-1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
pts[0].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x + cut; pts[1].y = b.y;
pts[2].x = b.x; pts[2].y = b.y + cut;
pts[3].x = b.x; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[4].x = b.x + cut; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[5].x = b.x + b.width; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height-1;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
pts[0].x = b.x; pts[0].y = b.y;
pts[1].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[1].y = b.y;
pts[2].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[2].y = b.y + cut;
pts[3].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[3].y = b.y + b.height-1 - cut;
pts[4].x = b.x + b.width-1 - cut; pts[4].y = b.y + b.height-1;
pts[5].x = b.x-1; pts[5].y = b.y + b.height-1;
break;
}
XFillPolygon(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
pts, 6, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
while (borderWidth--) {
XDrawLines(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
pts, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
XDrawLines(disp, d, Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC),
pts+3, 3, CoordModeOrigin);
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
++pts[0].x; ++pts[1].x; ++pts[2].y;
++pts[3].y; --pts[4].x; --pts[5].x;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
++pts[0].x; ++pts[1].x; --pts[2].y;
--pts[3].y; --pts[4].x; --pts[5].x;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
++pts[0].y; ++pts[1].y; ++pts[2].x;
++pts[3].x; --pts[4].y; --pts[5].y;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
++pts[0].y; ++pts[1].y; --pts[2].x;
--pts[3].x; --pts[4].y; --pts[5].y;
break;
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TabElement),
TabElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
static void ClientElementSize(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* widthPtr */
TCL_UNUSED(int *), /* heightPtr */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void ClientElementDraw(
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* clientData */
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_State))
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_SOFT);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
750 751 752 753 754 755 756 |
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
| | > | > < > | 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkWinTheme_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TCL_UNUSED(HWND))
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr;
const FrameControlElementData *fce = FrameControlElements;
parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "alt");
themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "winnative", parentPtr);
if (!themePtr) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "border", &BorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.border",
&ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "focus", &FocusElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.focus",
&ComboboxFocusElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec,
TroughClientDataInit(interp));
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "tab", &TabElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
for (fce = FrameControlElements; fce->name != 0; ++fce) {
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, fce->name,
&FrameControlElementSpec, (void *)fce);
}
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::winnative", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 | /* * Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API * Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch. * | | | | > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
/*
* Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API
* Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003 Georgios Petasis, petasis@iit.demokritos.gr.
* Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
* Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
* See also:
*
* <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
* shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
*/
#define WINVER 0x0501 /* Requires Windows XP APIs */
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
typedef HTHEME (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
OPTIONAL const RECT *pClipRect);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemePartSizeProc)(HTHEME,HDC,
int iPartId, int iStateId,
RECT *prc, enum THEMESIZE eSize, SIZE *psz);
typedef int (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeSysSizeProc)(HTHEME,int);
/* GetThemeTextExtent and DrawThemeText only used with BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount,
| > > > > | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
typedef HTHEME (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
OPTIONAL const RECT *pClipRect);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeEdgeProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pDestRect,
unsigned int uEdge, unsigned int uFlags,
OPTIONAL RECT *pContentRect);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemePartSizeProc)(HTHEME,HDC,
int iPartId, int iStateId,
RECT *prc, enum THEMESIZE eSize, SIZE *psz);
typedef int (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeSysSizeProc)(HTHEME,int);
/* GetThemeTextExtent and DrawThemeText only used with BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
typedef struct
{
OpenThemeDataProc *OpenThemeData;
CloseThemeDataProc *CloseThemeData;
GetThemePartSizeProc *GetThemePartSize;
GetThemeSysSizeProc *GetThemeSysSize;
DrawThemeBackgroundProc *DrawThemeBackground;
DrawThemeTextProc *DrawThemeText;
GetThemeTextExtentProc *GetThemeTextExtent;
IsThemeActiveProc *IsThemeActive;
IsAppThemedProc *IsAppThemed;
HWND stubWindow;
} XPThemeProcs;
| > | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
typedef struct
{
OpenThemeDataProc *OpenThemeData;
CloseThemeDataProc *CloseThemeData;
GetThemePartSizeProc *GetThemePartSize;
GetThemeSysSizeProc *GetThemeSysSize;
DrawThemeBackgroundProc *DrawThemeBackground;
DrawThemeEdgeProc *DrawThemeEdge;
DrawThemeTextProc *DrawThemeText;
GetThemeTextExtentProc *GetThemeTextExtent;
IsThemeActiveProc *IsThemeActive;
IsAppThemedProc *IsAppThemed;
HWND stubWindow;
} XPThemeProcs;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
(0 != (procs->name = (name ## Proc *)(void *)GetProcAddress(handle, #name) ))
if ( LOADPROC(OpenThemeData)
&& LOADPROC(CloseThemeData)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemePartSize)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemeSysSize)
&& LOADPROC(DrawThemeBackground)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemeTextExtent)
&& LOADPROC(DrawThemeText)
&& LOADPROC(IsThemeActive)
&& LOADPROC(IsAppThemed)
)
{
return procs;
| > | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
(0 != (procs->name = (name ## Proc *)(void *)GetProcAddress(handle, #name) ))
if ( LOADPROC(OpenThemeData)
&& LOADPROC(CloseThemeData)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemePartSize)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemeSysSize)
&& LOADPROC(DrawThemeBackground)
&& LOADPROC(DrawThemeEdge)
&& LOADPROC(GetThemeTextExtent)
&& LOADPROC(DrawThemeText)
&& LOADPROC(IsThemeActive)
&& LOADPROC(IsAppThemed)
)
{
return procs;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
FreeLibrary(themeData->hlibrary);
ckfree(clientData);
}
static int
| | > > < | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
FreeLibrary(themeData->hlibrary);
ckfree(clientData);
}
static int
XPThemeEnabled(
TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Theme),
void *clientData)
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
int active = themeData->procs->IsThemeActive();
int themed = themeData->procs->IsAppThemed();
return (active && themed);
}
/*
* BoxToRect --
* Helper routine. Returns a RECT data structure.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
rc.right = b.x + b.width;
return rc;
}
/*
* Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
rc.right = b.x + b.width;
return rc;
}
/*
* Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values.
*/
static Ttk_StateTable null_statemap[] = { {0,0,0} };
/*
* Pushbuttons (Tk: "Button")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] =
{
{ PBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ PBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ PBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ PBS_DEFAULTED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ PBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Checkboxes (Tk: "Checkbutton")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable checkbox_statemap[] =
{
{CBS_MIXEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Radiobuttons:
*/
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Groupboxes (tk: "frame")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable groupbox_statemap[] =
{
{GBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{GBS_NORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Edit fields (tk: "entry")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable edittext_statemap[] =
{
{ ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ETS_READONLY, TTK_STATE_READONLY, 0 },
{ ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
/* NOT USED: ETS_ASSIST, ETS_SELECTED */
};
/*
* Combobox text field statemap:
* Same as edittext_statemap, but doesn't use ETS_READONLY
* (fixes: #1032409)
*/
static Ttk_StateTable combotext_statemap[] =
{
{ ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Combobox button: (CBP_DROPDOWNBUTTON)
*/
static Ttk_StateTable combobox_statemap[] = {
{ CBXS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ CBXS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_HOVER, 0 },
{ CBXS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Toolbar buttons (TP_BUTTON):
*/
static Ttk_StateTable toolbutton_statemap[] = {
{ TS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ TS_HOTCHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ TS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TS_NORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Scrollbars (Tk: "Scrollbar.thumb")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable scrollbar_statemap[] =
{
{ SCRBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ SCRBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ SCRBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ SCRBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable uparrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_UPDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_UPPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_UPHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_UPNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable downarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_DOWNDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable leftarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_LEFTDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable rightarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_RIGHTDISABLED,TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable spinbutton_statemap[] =
{
{ DNS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DNS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DNS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DNS_NORMAL, 0, 0 },
};
/*
* Trackbar thumb: (Tk: "scale slider")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable scale_statemap[] =
{
{ TUS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TUS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ TUS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ TUS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TUS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable tabitem_statemap[] =
{
{ TIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ TIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TIS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ TIS_NORMAL, 0, 0 },
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
* This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular,
* BP_PUSHBUTTONS). Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call.
*/
typedef struct /* XP element specifications */
{
const char *elementName; /* Tk theme engine element name */
| | | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
* This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular,
* BP_PUSHBUTTONS). Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call.
*/
typedef struct /* XP element specifications */
{
const char *elementName; /* Tk theme engine element name */
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec;
/* Element spec (usually GenericElementSpec) */
LPCWSTR className; /* Windows window class name */
int partId; /* BP_PUSHBUTTON, BP_CHECKBUTTON, etc. */
Ttk_StateTable *statemap; /* Map Tk states to XP states */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
unsigned flags;
# define IGNORE_THEMESIZE 0x80000000U /* See NOTE-GetThemePartSize */
# define PAD_MARGINS 0x40000000U /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
# define HEAP_ELEMENT 0x20000000U /* ElementInfo is on heap */
# define HALF_HEIGHT 0x10000000U /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
# define HALF_WIDTH 0x08000000U /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 | * +++ Generic element implementation. * * Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API, * such as radiobutton and checkbutton indicators, scrollbar arrows, etc. */ static void GenericElementSize( | | > > | > > < | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
* +++ Generic element implementation.
*
* Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API,
* such as radiobutton and checkbutton indicators, scrollbar arrows, etc.
*/
static void GenericElementSize(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ElementData *elementData = (ElementData *)clientData;
HRESULT result;
SIZE size;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
return;
if (!(elementData->info->flags & IGNORE_THEMESIZE)) {
result = elementData->procs->GetThemePartSize(
elementData->hTheme,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) {
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(elementData->info->padding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(elementData->info->padding);
}
}
static void GenericElementDraw(
| | > > | > > < | 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) {
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(elementData->info->padding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(elementData->info->padding);
}
}
static void GenericElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ElementData *elementData = (ElementData *)clientData;
RECT rc;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) {
return;
}
if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) {
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->info->padding);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
&rc,
NULL/*pContentRect*/);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
| | | 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
&rc,
NULL/*pContentRect*/);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
elementData->info->flags & 0xff);
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT)
*heightPtr /= 2;
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH)
*widthPtr /= 2;
}
| | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
elementData->info->flags & 0xff);
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT)
*heightPtr /= 2;
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH)
*widthPtr /= 2;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericSizedElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericSizedElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
/* force the arrow button height to half size */
*heightPtr /= 2;
}
| | | > > | > > < | | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 |
GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
/* force the arrow button height to half size */
*heightPtr /= 2;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinboxArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SpinboxArrowElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Scrollbar thumb element.
* Same as a GenericElement, but don't draw in the disabled state.
*/
static void ThumbElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
ElementData *elementData = (ElementData *)clientData;
unsigned stateId = Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state);
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
/*
* Don't draw the thumb if we are disabled.
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
return;
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC, elementData->info->partId, stateId,
&rc, NULL);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) {
*widthPtr *= nBars;
} else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) {
*heightPtr *= nBars;
}
}
| | | 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 |
if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) {
*widthPtr *= nBars;
} else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) {
*heightPtr *= nBars;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 | * tab is exactly at the right edge of the notebook, but * not if it's simply the rightmost tab. This information * is not available. * * The TIS_* and TILES_* definitions are identical, so * we can use the same statemap no matter what the partId. */ static void TabElementDraw( | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 |
* tab is exactly at the right edge of the notebook, but
* not if it's simply the rightmost tab. This information
* is not available.
*
* The TIS_* and TILES_* definitions are identical, so
* we can use the same statemap no matter what the partId.
*/
static void TabElementSize(
void *clientData,
void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr,
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
GenericElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(3);
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
paddingPtr->top = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
paddingPtr->right = 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
paddingPtr->left = 0;
break;
}
}
static void TabElementDraw(
void *clientData,
TCL_UNUSED(void *), /* elementRecord */
Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d,
Ttk_Box b,
Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_PositionSpec nbTabsStickBit = TTK_STICK_S;
TkMainInfo *mainInfoPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
ElementData *elementData = (ElementData *)clientData;
int partId = elementData->info->partId;
int isSelected = (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED);
int stateId = Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state);
RECT rc;
if (mainInfoPtr != NULL) {
nbTabsStickBit = (Ttk_PositionSpec) mainInfoPtr->ttkNbTabsStickBit;
}
/*
* Correct the members of b if needed
*/
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
b.y -= isSelected ? 0 : 1; b.height -= isSelected ? 1 : 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
b.width -= isSelected ? 1 : 0;
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
b.x -= isSelected ? 1 : 2; b.width -= isSelected ? 1 : 0;
break;
}
rc = BoxToRect(b);
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
return;
if (nbTabsStickBit == TTK_STICK_S) {
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER1) {
partId = TABP_TABITEMLEFTEDGE;
}
/*
* Draw the border and fill into rc
*/
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, stateId, &rc, NULL);
} else {
/*
* Draw the fill but no border into rc
*/
RECT rc2 = rc;
--rc2.top; --rc2.left; ++rc2.bottom; ++rc2.right;
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, stateId, &rc2, &rc);
}
/*
* Draw a flat border at 3 edges
*/
switch (nbTabsStickBit) {
default:
case TTK_STICK_S:
break;
case TTK_STICK_N:
elementData->procs->DrawThemeEdge(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, stateId, &rc,
BDR_RAISEDINNER, BF_FLAT|BF_LEFT|BF_RIGHT|BF_BOTTOM, NULL);
break;
case TTK_STICK_E:
elementData->procs->DrawThemeEdge(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, stateId, &rc,
BDR_RAISEDINNER, BF_FLAT|BF_LEFT|BF_TOP|BF_BOTTOM, NULL);
break;
case TTK_STICK_W:
elementData->procs->DrawThemeEdge(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, stateId, &rc,
BDR_RAISEDINNER, BF_FLAT|BF_TOP|BF_RIGHT|BF_BOTTOM, NULL);
break;
}
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tree indicator element.
*
* Generic element, but don't display at all if TTK_STATE_LEAF (=USER2) set
*/
#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable header_statemap[] =
{
{ HIS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ HIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ HIS_NORMAL, 0,0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable treeview_statemap[] =
{
{ TREIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TREIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{ TREIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TREIS_NORMAL, 0,0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable tvpglyph_statemap[] =
{
{ GLPS_OPENED, TTK_STATE_OPEN, 0 },
{ GLPS_CLOSED, 0,0 },
};
static void TreeIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LEAF)) {
GenericElementDraw(clientData,elementRecord,tkwin,d,b,state);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeIndicatorElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
TreeIndicatorElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;
static const Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 |
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;
static const Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ NULL }
};
static void TextElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TextElement *element = elementRecord;
ElementData *elementData = clientData;
RECT rc = {0, 0};
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
const char *src;
int len;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
return;
src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC,
elementData->info->partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
-1,
DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
NULL,
&rc);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
}
if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80;
if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20;
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static void TextElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TextElement *element = elementRecord;
ElementData *elementData = clientData;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
const char *src;
int len;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
return;
src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC,
elementData->info->partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
-1,
DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
&rc);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextElement),
TextElementOptions,
TextElementSize,
TextElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
*/
#define PAD(l,t,r,b) {l,t,r,b}
#define NOPAD {0,0,0,0}
/* name spec className partId statemap padding flags */
| | | 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 |
*/
#define PAD(l,t,r,b) {l,t,r,b}
#define NOPAD {0,0,0,0}
/* name spec className partId statemap padding flags */
static ElementInfo ElementInfoTable[] = {
{ "Checkbutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_CHECKBOX, checkbox_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Radiobutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_RADIOBUTTON, radiobutton_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Button.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_PUSHBUTTON, pushbutton_statemap, PAD(3, 3, 3, 3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
{ "Labelframe.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 |
{ "tab", &TabElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_TABITEM, tabitem_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,0), 0 },
{ "client", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_PANE, null_statemap, PAD(1,1,3,3), 0 },
{ "NotebookPane.background", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_BODY, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
{ "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
| | | | | > | | | | | 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 |
{ "tab", &TabElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_TABITEM, tabitem_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,0), 0 },
{ "client", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_PANE, null_statemap, PAD(1,1,3,3), 0 },
{ "NotebookPane.background", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
TABP_BODY, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
{ "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_BUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
{ "Menubutton.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
{ "Menubutton.dropdown", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTONDROPDOWN, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,
(SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL },
{ "Treeview.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
TVP_TREEITEM, treeview_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
{ "Treeitem.indicator", &TreeIndicatorElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
TVP_GLYPH, tvpglyph_statemap, PAD(1,1,6,0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Treeheading.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"HEADER",
HP_HEADERITEM, header_statemap, PAD(4,0,4,0), 0 },
{ "sizegrip", &GenericElementSpec, L"STATUS",
SP_GRIPPER, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
{ "Spinbox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT",
EP_EDITTEXT, edittext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
{ "Spinbox.uparrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN",
SPNP_UP, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD,
PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) },
{ "Spinbox.downarrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN",
SPNP_DOWN, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD,
PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) },
#ifdef BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT
{ "Labelframe.text", &TextElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_GROUPBOX, groupbox_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
#endif
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, NOPAD, 0 }
};
#undef PAD
static int
GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 |
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
| | | | | | > | | | 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 |
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
void *elementData;
LPCWSTR className;
int partId = 0;
Ttk_StateTable *stateTable;
Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
int flags = 0;
int length = 0;
char *name;
LPWSTR wname;
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;
Tcl_DString classBuf;
static const char *const optionStrings[] =
{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
"-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "REQUIRED", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
Tcl_DStringInit(&classBuf);
className = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(name, length, &classBuf);
/* flags or padding */
if (objc > 3) {
int i = 3;
int option = 0;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
int tmp = 0;
if (i == objc -1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"Missing value for \"%s\".",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "MISSING", NULL);
goto retErr;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
goto retErr;
switch (option) {
case O_PADDING:
if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
goto retErr;
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 |
}
}
}
/* convert a statemap into a state table */
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_Obj **specs;
| > | | 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 |
}
}
}
/* convert a statemap into a state table */
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_Obj **specs;
int n, j, count;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK)
goto retErr;
/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization routine:
*/
| > | | 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization routine:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)
{
XPThemeData *themeData;
XPThemeProcs *procs;
HINSTANCE hlibrary;
Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr, vistaPtr;
const ElementInfo *infoPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
}
}
/*
* New elements:
*/
for (infoPtr = ElementInfoTable; infoPtr->elementName != 0; ++infoPtr) {
| | | 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 |
}
}
/*
* New elements:
*/
for (infoPtr = ElementInfoTable; infoPtr->elementName != 0; ++infoPtr) {
void *clientData = NewElementData(procs, infoPtr);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
themePtr, infoPtr->elementName, infoPtr->elementSpec, clientData);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, clientData, DestroyElementData);
}
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.trough", &ttkNullElementSpec, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/winMain.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#include "tk.h"
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <locale.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <tchar.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__)
int _CRT_glob = 0;
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#ifdef TK_TEST
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
| > > > > | | | > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > | > | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
#include "tk.h"
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <locale.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <tchar.h>
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 7
# define Tcl_LibraryInitProc Tcl_PackageInitProc
# define Tcl_StaticLibrary Tcl_StaticPackage
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__)
int _CRT_glob = 0;
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#ifdef TK_TEST
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
extern Tcl_LibraryInitProc Tktest_Init;
#endif /* TK_TEST */
#if !defined(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
# if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 || TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 6
# define TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES 1
# else
# define TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES 0
# endif
#endif
#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
extern Tcl_LibraryInitProc Registry_Init;
extern Tcl_LibraryInitProc Dde_Init;
extern Tcl_LibraryInitProc Dde_SafeInit;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
static void setargv(int *argcPtr, TCHAR ***argvPtr);
#endif
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static BOOL consoleRequired = TRUE;
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using
* a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The
* #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist.
*/
#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
#endif
#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
# else
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern
# endif
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
* script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc.,
* without needing to rewrite Tk_Main()
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
if (*p == '\\') {
*p = '/';
}
}
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
| < < < | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
if (*p == '\\') {
*p = '/';
}
}
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#endif
Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
return 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
if (Registry_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Registry", Registry_Init, 0);
if (Dde_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Dde", Dde_Init, Dde_SafeInit);
#endif
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
/*
* Initialize the console only if we are running as an interactive
* application.
*/
if (consoleRequired) {
if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
#ifdef TK_TEST
if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticLibrary(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, 0);
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
* like this:
*
* if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/x86_64-w64-mingw32-nmakehlp.exe.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to xlib/X11/DECkeysym.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | /* * DEC private keysyms * (29th bit set) */ /* two-key compose sequence initiators, chosen to map to Latin1 characters */ | | | | | | | | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | /* * DEC private keysyms * (29th bit set) */ /* two-key compose sequence initiators, chosen to map to Latin1 characters */ #define DXK_ring_accent 0x1000feb0 #define DXK_circumflex_accent 0x1000fe5e #define DXK_cedilla_accent 0x1000fe2c #define DXK_acute_accent 0x1000fe27 #define DXK_grave_accent 0x1000fe60 #define DXK_tilde 0x1000fe7e #define DXK_diaeresis 0x1000fe22 /* special keysym for LK2** "Remove" key on editing keypad */ #define DXK_Remove 0x1000ff00 /* Remove */ |
Changes to xlib/X11/HPkeysym.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 | DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. */ #ifndef _HPKEYSYM_H #define _HPKEYSYM_H #define hpXK_ClearLine 0x1000ff6f #define hpXK_InsertLine 0x1000ff70 #define hpXK_DeleteLine 0x1000ff71 #define hpXK_InsertChar 0x1000ff72 #define hpXK_DeleteChar 0x1000ff73 #define hpXK_BackTab 0x1000ff74 #define hpXK_KP_BackTab 0x1000ff75 #define hpXK_Modelock1 0x1000ff48 #define hpXK_Modelock2 0x1000ff49 #define hpXK_Reset 0x1000ff6c #define hpXK_System 0x1000ff6d #define hpXK_User 0x1000ff6e #define hpXK_mute_acute 0x100000a8 #define hpXK_mute_grave 0x100000a9 #define hpXK_mute_asciicircum 0x100000aa #define hpXK_mute_diaeresis 0x100000ab #define hpXK_mute_asciitilde 0x100000ac #define hpXK_lira 0x100000af #define hpXK_guilder 0x100000be #define hpXK_Ydiaeresis 0x100000ee #define hpXK_IO 0x100000ee /* deprecated alias for hpYdiaeresis */ #define hpXK_longminus 0x100000f6 #define hpXK_block 0x100000fc #ifndef _OSF_Keysyms #define _OSF_Keysyms #define osfXK_Copy 0x1004ff02 #define osfXK_Cut 0x1004ff03 #define osfXK_Paste 0x1004ff04 #define osfXK_BackTab 0x1004ff07 #define osfXK_BackSpace 0x1004ff08 #define osfXK_Clear 0x1004ff0b #define osfXK_Escape 0x1004ff1b #define osfXK_AddMode 0x1004ff31 #define osfXK_PrimaryPaste 0x1004ff32 #define osfXK_QuickPaste 0x1004ff33 #define osfXK_PageLeft 0x1004ff40 #define osfXK_PageUp 0x1004ff41 #define osfXK_PageDown 0x1004ff42 #define osfXK_PageRight 0x1004ff43 #define osfXK_Activate 0x1004ff44 #define osfXK_MenuBar 0x1004ff45 #define osfXK_Left 0x1004ff51 #define osfXK_Up 0x1004ff52 #define osfXK_Right 0x1004ff53 #define osfXK_Down 0x1004ff54 #define osfXK_EndLine 0x1004ff57 #define osfXK_BeginLine 0x1004ff58 #define osfXK_EndData 0x1004ff59 #define osfXK_BeginData 0x1004ff5a #define osfXK_PrevMenu 0x1004ff5b #define osfXK_NextMenu 0x1004ff5c #define osfXK_PrevField 0x1004ff5d #define osfXK_NextField 0x1004ff5e #define osfXK_Select 0x1004ff60 #define osfXK_Insert 0x1004ff63 #define osfXK_Undo 0x1004ff65 #define osfXK_Menu 0x1004ff67 #define osfXK_Cancel 0x1004ff69 #define osfXK_Help 0x1004ff6a #define osfXK_SelectAll 0x1004ff71 #define osfXK_DeselectAll 0x1004ff72 #define osfXK_Reselect 0x1004ff73 #define osfXK_Extend 0x1004ff74 #define osfXK_Restore 0x1004ff78 #define osfXK_Delete 0x1004ffff #endif /* _OSF_Keysyms */ /************************************************************** * The use of the following macros is deprecated. * They are listed below only for backwards compatibility. */ #define XK_Reset 0x1000ff6c /* deprecated alias for hpReset */ #define XK_System 0x1000ff6d /* deprecated alias for hpSystem */ #define XK_User 0x1000ff6e /* deprecated alias for hpUser */ #define XK_ClearLine 0x1000ff6f /* deprecated alias for hpClearLine */ #define XK_InsertLine 0x1000ff70 /* deprecated alias for hpInsertLine */ #define XK_DeleteLine 0x1000ff71 /* deprecated alias for hpDeleteLine */ #define XK_InsertChar 0x1000ff72 /* deprecated alias for hpInsertChar */ #define XK_DeleteChar 0x1000ff73 /* deprecated alias for hpDeleteChar */ #define XK_BackTab 0x1000ff74 /* deprecated alias for hpBackTab */ #define XK_KP_BackTab 0x1000ff75 /* deprecated alias for hpKP_BackTab */ #define XK_Ext16bit_L 0x1000ff76 /* deprecated */ #define XK_Ext16bit_R 0x1000ff77 /* deprecated */ #define XK_mute_acute 0x100000a8 /* deprecated alias for hpmute_acute */ #define XK_mute_grave 0x100000a9 /* deprecated alias for hpmute_grave */ #define XK_mute_asciicircum 0x100000aa /* deprecated alias for hpmute_asciicircum */ #define XK_mute_diaeresis 0x100000ab /* deprecated alias for hpmute_diaeresis */ #define XK_mute_asciitilde 0x100000ac /* deprecated alias for hpmute_asciitilde */ #define XK_lira 0x100000af /* deprecated alias for hplira */ #define XK_guilder 0x100000be /* deprecated alias for hpguilder */ #ifndef XK_Ydiaeresis #define XK_Ydiaeresis 0x100000ee /* deprecated */ #endif #define XK_IO 0x100000ee /* deprecated alias for hpYdiaeresis */ #define XK_longminus 0x100000f6 /* deprecated alias for hplongminus */ #define XK_block 0x100000fc /* deprecated alias for hpblock */ #endif /* _HPKEYSYM_H */ |
Changes to xlib/X11/Sunkeysym.h.
1 | /* | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * Copyright (c) 1991, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | ***********************************************************/ /* * Floating Accent */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 | ***********************************************************/ /* * Floating Accent */ #define SunXK_FA_Grave 0x1005ff00 #define SunXK_FA_Circum 0x1005ff01 #define SunXK_FA_Tilde 0x1005ff02 #define SunXK_FA_Acute 0x1005ff03 #define SunXK_FA_Diaeresis 0x1005ff04 #define SunXK_FA_Cedilla 0x1005ff05 /* * Miscellaneous Functions */ #define SunXK_F36 0x1005ff10 /* Labeled F11 */ #define SunXK_F37 0x1005ff11 /* Labeled F12 */ #define SunXK_Sys_Req 0x1005ff60 #define SunXK_Print_Screen 0x0000ff61 /* Same as XK_Print */ /* * International & Multi-Key Character Composition */ #define SunXK_Compose 0x0000ff20 /* Same as XK_Multi_key */ #define SunXK_AltGraph 0x0000ff7e /* Same as XK_Mode_switch */ /* * Cursor Control */ #define SunXK_PageUp 0x0000ff55 /* Same as XK_Prior */ #define SunXK_PageDown 0x0000ff56 /* Same as XK_Next */ /* * Open Look Functions */ #define SunXK_Undo 0x0000ff65 /* Same as XK_Undo */ #define SunXK_Again 0x0000ff66 /* Same as XK_Redo */ #define SunXK_Find 0x0000ff68 /* Same as XK_Find */ #define SunXK_Stop 0x0000ff69 /* Same as XK_Cancel */ #define SunXK_Props 0x1005ff70 #define SunXK_Front 0x1005ff71 #define SunXK_Copy 0x1005ff72 #define SunXK_Open 0x1005ff73 #define SunXK_Paste 0x1005ff74 #define SunXK_Cut 0x1005ff75 #define SunXK_PowerSwitch 0x1005ff76 #define SunXK_AudioLowerVolume 0x1005ff77 #define SunXK_AudioMute 0x1005ff78 #define SunXK_AudioRaiseVolume 0x1005ff79 #define SunXK_VideoDegauss 0x1005ff7a #define SunXK_VideoLowerBrightness 0x1005ff7b #define SunXK_VideoRaiseBrightness 0x1005ff7c #define SunXK_PowerSwitchShift 0x1005ff7d |
Changes to xlib/X11/X.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ #define X_PROTOCOL 11 /* current protocol version */ #define X_PROTOCOL_REVISION 0 /* current minor version */ /* Resources */ | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | | | > | > > > > | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ #define X_PROTOCOL 11 /* current protocol version */ #define X_PROTOCOL_REVISION 0 /* current minor version */ #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # define Cursor XCursor # define Region XRegion #endif /* Resources */ /* * _XSERVER64 must ONLY be defined when compiling X server sources on * systems where unsigned long is not 32 bits, must NOT be used in * client or library code. */ #ifndef _XSERVER64 # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_XID # define _XTYPEDEF_XID # ifdef _WIN64 # ifdef _MSC_VER typedef unsigned __int64 XID; # else typedef unsigned long long XID; # endif # else typedef unsigned long XID; # endif # endif # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_MASK # define _XTYPEDEF_MASK typedef unsigned long Mask; # endif # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_ATOM # define _XTYPEDEF_ATOM typedef unsigned long Atom; /* Also in Xdefs.h */ # endif typedef unsigned long VisualID; typedef unsigned long Time; #else # include <X11/Xmd.h> # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_XID # define _XTYPEDEF_XID typedef CARD32 XID; # endif # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_MASK # define _XTYPEDEF_MASK typedef CARD32 Mask; # endif # ifndef _XTYPEDEF_ATOM # define _XTYPEDEF_ATOM typedef CARD32 Atom; # endif typedef CARD32 VisualID; typedef CARD32 Time; #endif typedef XID Window; typedef XID Drawable; #ifndef _XTYPEDEF_FONT # define _XTYPEDEF_FONT typedef XID Font; #endif typedef XID Pixmap; typedef XID Cursor; typedef XID Colormap; typedef XID GContext; typedef XID KeySym; typedef unsigned long KeyCode; /* In order to use IME, the Macintosh needs * to pack 3 bytes into the keyCode field in * the XEvent. In the real X.h, a KeyCode is * defined as an unsigned char, which wouldn't * be big enough. */ /***************************************************************** * RESERVED RESOURCE AND CONSTANT DEFINITIONS *****************************************************************/ #ifndef _WIN32 # define None 0L /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */ #else /* Perl-Tk expects None to be a macro. See ticket [593eb0227c] */ # define None None /* uses the enum below */ #endif #define ParentRelative 1L /* background pixmap in CreateWindow and ChangeWindowAttributes */ #define CopyFromParent 0L /* border pixmap in CreateWindow and ChangeWindowAttributes special VisualID and special window |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | #define PropertyNotify 28 #define SelectionClear 29 #define SelectionRequest 30 #define SelectionNotify 31 #define ColormapNotify 32 #define ClientMessage 33 #define MappingNotify 34 | < | > | > > > > > | > | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
#define PropertyNotify 28
#define SelectionClear 29
#define SelectionRequest 30
#define SelectionNotify 31
#define ColormapNotify 32
#define ClientMessage 33
#define MappingNotify 34
#define LASTEvent 35 /* must be bigger than any event # */
/* Key masks. Used as modifiers to GrabButton and GrabKey, results of QueryPointer,
state in various key-, mouse-, and button-related events. */
#define ShiftMask (1<<0)
#define LockMask (1<<1)
#ifndef _WIN32
# define ControlMask (1<<2) /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */
#else
/* Perl-Tk expects ControlMask to be a macro. See ticket [593eb0227c] */
# define ControlMask ControlMask /* uses the enum below */
#endif
#define Mod1Mask (1<<3)
#define Mod2Mask (1<<4)
#define Mod3Mask (1<<5)
#define Mod4Mask (1<<6)
#define Mod5Mask (1<<7)
/* See bug [9e31fd9449], this way prevents conflicts with Win32 headers */
#ifdef _WIN32
enum { None = 0, ControlMask = (1<<2) };
#endif
/* modifier names. Used to build a SetModifierMapping request or
to read a GetModifierMapping request. These correspond to the
masks defined above. */
#define ShiftMapIndex 0
#define LockMapIndex 1
#define ControlMapIndex 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 | #define DirectColor 5 /* Byte order used in imageByteOrder and bitmapBitOrder */ #define LSBFirst 0 #define MSBFirst 1 #endif /* X_H */ | > > > > > | 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 | #define DirectColor 5 /* Byte order used in imageByteOrder and bitmapBitOrder */ #define LSBFirst 0 #define MSBFirst 1 #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # undef Cursor # undef Region #endif #endif /* X_H */ |
Changes to xlib/X11/XF86keysym.h.
1 2 3 | /* * XFree86 vendor specific keysyms. * | | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > | | > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 | /* * XFree86 vendor specific keysyms. * * The XFree86 keysym range is 0x10080001 - 0x1008ffff. * * The XF86 set of keysyms is a catch-all set of defines for keysyms found * on various multimedia keyboards. Originally specific to XFree86 they have * been been adopted over time and are considered a "standard" part of X * keysym definitions. * XFree86 never properly commented these keysyms, so we have done our * best to explain the semantic meaning of these keys. * * XFree86 has removed their mail archives of the period, that might have * shed more light on some of these definitions. Until/unless we resurrect * these archives, these are from memory and usage. */ /* * ModeLock * * This one is old, and not really used any more since XKB offers this * functionality. */ #define XF86XK_ModeLock 0x1008ff01 /* Mode Switch Lock */ /* Backlight controls. */ #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessUp 0x1008ff02 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessDown 0x1008ff03 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ #define XF86XK_KbdLightOnOff 0x1008ff04 /* Keyboards may be lit */ #define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessUp 0x1008ff05 /* Keyboards may be lit */ #define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessDown 0x1008ff06 /* Keyboards may be lit */ #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessCycle 0x1008ff07 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ /* * Keys found on some "Internet" keyboards. */ #define XF86XK_Standby 0x1008ff10 /* System into standby mode */ #define XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume 0x1008ff11 /* Volume control down */ #define XF86XK_AudioMute 0x1008ff12 /* Mute sound from the system */ #define XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume 0x1008ff13 /* Volume control up */ #define XF86XK_AudioPlay 0x1008ff14 /* Start playing of audio > */ #define XF86XK_AudioStop 0x1008ff15 /* Stop playing audio */ #define XF86XK_AudioPrev 0x1008ff16 /* Previous track */ #define XF86XK_AudioNext 0x1008ff17 /* Next track */ #define XF86XK_HomePage 0x1008ff18 /* Display user's home page */ #define XF86XK_Mail 0x1008ff19 /* Invoke user's mail program */ #define XF86XK_Start 0x1008ff1a /* Start application */ #define XF86XK_Search 0x1008ff1b /* Search */ #define XF86XK_AudioRecord 0x1008ff1c /* Record audio application */ /* These are sometimes found on PDA's (e.g. Palm, PocketPC or elsewhere) */ #define XF86XK_Calculator 0x1008ff1d /* Invoke calculator program */ #define XF86XK_Memo 0x1008ff1e /* Invoke Memo taking program */ #define XF86XK_ToDoList 0x1008ff1f /* Invoke To Do List program */ #define XF86XK_Calendar 0x1008ff20 /* Invoke Calendar program */ #define XF86XK_PowerDown 0x1008ff21 /* Deep sleep the system */ #define XF86XK_ContrastAdjust 0x1008ff22 /* Adjust screen contrast */ #define XF86XK_RockerUp 0x1008ff23 /* Rocker switches exist up */ #define XF86XK_RockerDown 0x1008ff24 /* and down */ #define XF86XK_RockerEnter 0x1008ff25 /* and let you press them */ /* Some more "Internet" keyboard symbols */ #define XF86XK_Back 0x1008ff26 /* Like back on a browser */ #define XF86XK_Forward 0x1008ff27 /* Like forward on a browser */ #define XF86XK_Stop 0x1008ff28 /* Stop current operation */ #define XF86XK_Refresh 0x1008ff29 /* Refresh the page */ #define XF86XK_PowerOff 0x1008ff2a /* Power off system entirely */ #define XF86XK_WakeUp 0x1008ff2b /* Wake up system from sleep */ #define XF86XK_Eject 0x1008ff2c /* Eject device (e.g. DVD) */ #define XF86XK_ScreenSaver 0x1008ff2d /* Invoke screensaver */ #define XF86XK_WWW 0x1008ff2e /* Invoke web browser */ #define XF86XK_Sleep 0x1008ff2f /* Put system to sleep */ #define XF86XK_Favorites 0x1008ff30 /* Show favorite locations */ #define XF86XK_AudioPause 0x1008ff31 /* Pause audio playing */ #define XF86XK_AudioMedia 0x1008ff32 /* Launch media collection app */ #define XF86XK_MyComputer 0x1008ff33 /* Display "My Computer" window */ #define XF86XK_VendorHome 0x1008ff34 /* Display vendor home web site */ #define XF86XK_LightBulb 0x1008ff35 /* Light bulb keys exist */ #define XF86XK_Shop 0x1008ff36 /* Display shopping web site */ #define XF86XK_History 0x1008ff37 /* Show history of web surfing */ #define XF86XK_OpenURL 0x1008ff38 /* Open selected URL */ #define XF86XK_AddFavorite 0x1008ff39 /* Add URL to favorites list */ #define XF86XK_HotLinks 0x1008ff3a /* Show "hot" links */ #define XF86XK_BrightnessAdjust 0x1008ff3b /* Invoke brightness adj. UI */ #define XF86XK_Finance 0x1008ff3c /* Display financial site */ #define XF86XK_Community 0x1008ff3d /* Display user's community */ #define XF86XK_AudioRewind 0x1008ff3e /* "rewind" audio track */ #define XF86XK_BackForward 0x1008ff3f /* ??? */ #define XF86XK_Launch0 0x1008ff40 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch1 0x1008ff41 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch2 0x1008ff42 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch3 0x1008ff43 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch4 0x1008ff44 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch5 0x1008ff45 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch6 0x1008ff46 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch7 0x1008ff47 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch8 0x1008ff48 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_Launch9 0x1008ff49 /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchA 0x1008ff4a /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchB 0x1008ff4b /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchC 0x1008ff4c /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchD 0x1008ff4d /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchE 0x1008ff4e /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_LaunchF 0x1008ff4f /* Launch Application */ #define XF86XK_ApplicationLeft 0x1008ff50 /* switch to application, left */ #define XF86XK_ApplicationRight 0x1008ff51 /* switch to application, right*/ #define XF86XK_Book 0x1008ff52 /* Launch bookreader */ #define XF86XK_CD 0x1008ff53 /* Launch CD/DVD player */ #define XF86XK_Calculater 0x1008ff54 /* Launch Calculater */ #define XF86XK_Clear 0x1008ff55 /* Clear window, screen */ #define XF86XK_Close 0x1008ff56 /* Close window */ #define XF86XK_Copy 0x1008ff57 /* Copy selection */ #define XF86XK_Cut 0x1008ff58 /* Cut selection */ #define XF86XK_Display 0x1008ff59 /* Output switch key */ #define XF86XK_DOS 0x1008ff5a /* Launch DOS (emulation) */ #define XF86XK_Documents 0x1008ff5b /* Open documents window */ #define XF86XK_Excel 0x1008ff5c /* Launch spread sheet */ #define XF86XK_Explorer 0x1008ff5d /* Launch file explorer */ #define XF86XK_Game 0x1008ff5e /* Launch game */ #define XF86XK_Go 0x1008ff5f /* Go to URL */ #define XF86XK_iTouch 0x1008ff60 /* Logitech iTouch- don't use */ #define XF86XK_LogOff 0x1008ff61 /* Log off system */ #define XF86XK_Market 0x1008ff62 /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_Meeting 0x1008ff63 /* enter meeting in calendar */ #define XF86XK_MenuKB 0x1008ff65 /* distinguish keyboard from PB */ #define XF86XK_MenuPB 0x1008ff66 /* distinguish PB from keyboard */ #define XF86XK_MySites 0x1008ff67 /* Favourites */ #define XF86XK_New 0x1008ff68 /* New (folder, document... */ #define XF86XK_News 0x1008ff69 /* News */ #define XF86XK_OfficeHome 0x1008ff6a /* Office home (old Staroffice)*/ #define XF86XK_Open 0x1008ff6b /* Open */ #define XF86XK_Option 0x1008ff6c /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_Paste 0x1008ff6d /* Paste */ #define XF86XK_Phone 0x1008ff6e /* Launch phone; dial number */ #define XF86XK_Q 0x1008ff70 /* Compaq's Q - don't use */ #define XF86XK_Reply 0x1008ff72 /* Reply e.g., mail */ #define XF86XK_Reload 0x1008ff73 /* Reload web page, file, etc. */ #define XF86XK_RotateWindows 0x1008ff74 /* Rotate windows e.g. xrandr */ #define XF86XK_RotationPB 0x1008ff75 /* don't use */ #define XF86XK_RotationKB 0x1008ff76 /* don't use */ #define XF86XK_Save 0x1008ff77 /* Save (file, document, state */ #define XF86XK_ScrollUp 0x1008ff78 /* Scroll window/contents up */ #define XF86XK_ScrollDown 0x1008ff79 /* Scrool window/contentd down */ #define XF86XK_ScrollClick 0x1008ff7a /* Use XKB mousekeys instead */ #define XF86XK_Send 0x1008ff7b /* Send mail, file, object */ #define XF86XK_Spell 0x1008ff7c /* Spell checker */ #define XF86XK_SplitScreen 0x1008ff7d /* Split window or screen */ #define XF86XK_Support 0x1008ff7e /* Get support (??) */ #define XF86XK_TaskPane 0x1008ff7f /* Show tasks */ #define XF86XK_Terminal 0x1008ff80 /* Launch terminal emulator */ #define XF86XK_Tools 0x1008ff81 /* toolbox of desktop/app. */ #define XF86XK_Travel 0x1008ff82 /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_UserPB 0x1008ff84 /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_User1KB 0x1008ff85 /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_User2KB 0x1008ff86 /* ?? */ #define XF86XK_Video 0x1008ff87 /* Launch video player */ #define XF86XK_WheelButton 0x1008ff88 /* button from a mouse wheel */ #define XF86XK_Word 0x1008ff89 /* Launch word processor */ #define XF86XK_Xfer 0x1008ff8a #define XF86XK_ZoomIn 0x1008ff8b /* zoom in view, map, etc. */ #define XF86XK_ZoomOut 0x1008ff8c /* zoom out view, map, etc. */ #define XF86XK_Away 0x1008ff8d /* mark yourself as away */ #define XF86XK_Messenger 0x1008ff8e /* as in instant messaging */ #define XF86XK_WebCam 0x1008ff8f /* Launch web camera app. */ #define XF86XK_MailForward 0x1008ff90 /* Forward in mail */ #define XF86XK_Pictures 0x1008ff91 /* Show pictures */ #define XF86XK_Music 0x1008ff92 /* Launch music application */ #define XF86XK_Battery 0x1008ff93 /* Display battery information */ #define XF86XK_Bluetooth 0x1008ff94 /* Enable/disable Bluetooth */ #define XF86XK_WLAN 0x1008ff95 /* Enable/disable WLAN */ #define XF86XK_UWB 0x1008ff96 /* Enable/disable UWB */ #define XF86XK_AudioForward 0x1008ff97 /* fast-forward audio track */ #define XF86XK_AudioRepeat 0x1008ff98 /* toggle repeat mode */ #define XF86XK_AudioRandomPlay 0x1008ff99 /* toggle shuffle mode */ #define XF86XK_Subtitle 0x1008ff9a /* cycle through subtitle */ #define XF86XK_AudioCycleTrack 0x1008ff9b /* cycle through audio tracks */ #define XF86XK_CycleAngle 0x1008ff9c /* cycle through angles */ #define XF86XK_FrameBack 0x1008ff9d /* video: go one frame back */ #define XF86XK_FrameForward 0x1008ff9e /* video: go one frame forward */ #define XF86XK_Time 0x1008ff9f /* display, or shows an entry for time seeking */ #define XF86XK_Select 0x1008ffa0 /* Select button on joypads and remotes */ #define XF86XK_View 0x1008ffa1 /* Show a view options/properties */ #define XF86XK_TopMenu 0x1008ffa2 /* Go to a top-level menu in a video */ #define XF86XK_Red 0x1008ffa3 /* Red button */ #define XF86XK_Green 0x1008ffa4 /* Green button */ #define XF86XK_Yellow 0x1008ffa5 /* Yellow button */ #define XF86XK_Blue 0x1008ffa6 /* Blue button */ #define XF86XK_Suspend 0x1008ffa7 /* Sleep to RAM */ #define XF86XK_Hibernate 0x1008ffa8 /* Sleep to disk */ #define XF86XK_TouchpadToggle 0x1008ffa9 /* Toggle between touchpad/trackstick */ #define XF86XK_TouchpadOn 0x1008ffb0 /* The touchpad got switched on */ #define XF86XK_TouchpadOff 0x1008ffb1 /* The touchpad got switched off */ #define XF86XK_AudioMicMute 0x1008ffb2 /* Mute the Mic from the system */ #define XF86XK_Keyboard 0x1008ffb3 /* User defined keyboard related action */ #define XF86XK_WWAN 0x1008ffb4 /* Toggle WWAN (LTE, UMTS, etc.) radio */ #define XF86XK_RFKill 0x1008ffb5 /* Toggle radios on/off */ #define XF86XK_AudioPreset 0x1008ffb6 /* Select equalizer preset, e.g. theatre-mode */ #define XF86XK_RotationLockToggle 0x1008ffb7 /* Toggle screen rotation lock on/off */ #define XF86XK_FullScreen 0x1008ffb8 /* Toggle fullscreen */ /* Keys for special action keys (hot keys) */ /* Virtual terminals on some operating systems */ #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_1 0x1008fe01 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_2 0x1008fe02 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_3 0x1008fe03 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_4 0x1008fe04 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_5 0x1008fe05 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_6 0x1008fe06 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_7 0x1008fe07 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_8 0x1008fe08 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_9 0x1008fe09 #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_10 0x1008fe0a #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_11 0x1008fe0b #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_12 0x1008fe0c #define XF86XK_Ungrab 0x1008fe20 /* force ungrab */ #define XF86XK_ClearGrab 0x1008fe21 /* kill application with grab */ #define XF86XK_Next_VMode 0x1008fe22 /* next video mode available */ #define XF86XK_Prev_VMode 0x1008fe23 /* prev. video mode available */ #define XF86XK_LogWindowTree 0x1008fe24 /* print window tree to log */ #define XF86XK_LogGrabInfo 0x1008fe25 /* print all active grabs to log */ /* * Reserved range for evdev symbols: 0x10081000-0x10081FFF * * Key syms within this range must match the Linux kernel * input-event-codes.h file in the format: * XF86XK_CamelCaseKernelName _EVDEVK(kernel value) * For example, the kernel * #define KEY_MACRO_RECORD_START 0x2b0 * effectively ends up as: * #define XF86XK_MacroRecordStart 0x100812b0 * * For historical reasons, some keysyms within the reserved range will be * missing, most notably all "normal" keys that are mapped through default * XKB layouts (e.g. KEY_Q). * * CamelCasing is done with a human control as last authority, e.g. see VOD * instead of Vod for the Video on Demand key. * * The format for #defines is strict: * * #define XF86XK_FOO<tab...>_EVDEVK(0xABC)<tab><tab> |* kver KEY_FOO *| * * Where * - alignment by tabs * - the _EVDEVK macro must be used * - the hex code must be in uppercase hex * - the kernel version (kver) is in the form v5.10 * - kver and key name are within a slash-star comment (a pipe is used in * this example for technical reasons) * These #defines are parsed by scripts. Do not stray from the given format. * * Where the evdev keycode is mapped to a different symbol, please add a * comment line starting with Use: but otherwise the same format, e.g. * Use: XF86XK_RotationLockToggle _EVDEVK(0x231) v4.16 KEY_ROTATE_LOCK_TOGGLE * */ #define _EVDEVK(_v) (0x10081000 + _v) /* Use: XF86XK_Eject _EVDEVK(0x0a2) KEY_EJECTCLOSECD */ /* Use: XF86XK_New _EVDEVK(0x0b5) v2.6.14 KEY_NEW */ /* Use: XK_Redo _EVDEVK(0x0b6) v2.6.14 KEY_REDO */ /* KEY_DASHBOARD has been mapped to LaunchB in xkeyboard-config since 2011 */ /* Use: XF86XK_LaunchB _EVDEVK(0x0cc) v2.6.28 KEY_DASHBOARD */ /* Use: XF86XK_Display _EVDEVK(0x0e3) v2.6.12 KEY_SWITCHVIDEOMODE */ /* Use: XF86XK_KbdLightOnOff _EVDEVK(0x0e4) v2.6.12 KEY_KBDILLUMTOGGLE */ /* Use: XF86XK_KbdBrightnessDown _EVDEVK(0x0e5) v2.6.12 KEY_KBDILLUMDOWN */ /* Use: XF86XK_KbdBrightnessUp _EVDEVK(0x0e6) v2.6.12 KEY_KBDILLUMUP */ /* Use: XF86XK_Send _EVDEVK(0x0e7) v2.6.14 KEY_SEND */ /* Use: XF86XK_Reply _EVDEVK(0x0e8) v2.6.14 KEY_REPLY */ /* Use: XF86XK_MailForward _EVDEVK(0x0e9) v2.6.14 KEY_FORWARDMAIL */ /* Use: XF86XK_Save _EVDEVK(0x0ea) v2.6.14 KEY_SAVE */ /* Use: XF86XK_Documents _EVDEVK(0x0eb) v2.6.14 KEY_DOCUMENTS */ /* Use: XF86XK_Battery _EVDEVK(0x0ec) v2.6.17 KEY_BATTERY */ /* Use: XF86XK_Bluetooth _EVDEVK(0x0ed) v2.6.19 KEY_BLUETOOTH */ /* Use: XF86XK_WLAN _EVDEVK(0x0ee) v2.6.19 KEY_WLAN */ /* Use: XF86XK_UWB _EVDEVK(0x0ef) v2.6.24 KEY_UWB */ /* Use: XF86XK_Next_VMode _EVDEVK(0x0f1) v2.6.23 KEY_VIDEO_NEXT */ /* Use: XF86XK_Prev_VMode _EVDEVK(0x0f2) v2.6.23 KEY_VIDEO_PREV */ /* Use: XF86XK_MonBrightnessCycle _EVDEVK(0x0f3) v2.6.23 KEY_BRIGHTNESS_CYCLE */ #define XF86XK_BrightnessAuto _EVDEVK(0x0f4) /* v3.16 KEY_BRIGHTNESS_AUTO */ #define XF86XK_DisplayOff _EVDEVK(0x0f5) /* v2.6.23 KEY_DISPLAY_OFF */ /* Use: XF86XK_WWAN _EVDEVK(0x0f6) v3.13 KEY_WWAN */ /* Use: XF86XK_RFKill _EVDEVK(0x0f7) v2.6.33 KEY_RFKILL */ /* Use: XF86XK_AudioMicMute _EVDEVK(0x0f8) v3.1 KEY_MICMUTE */ #define XF86XK_Info _EVDEVK(0x166) /* KEY_INFO */ /* Use: XF86XK_CycleAngle _EVDEVK(0x173) KEY_ANGLE */ /* Use: XF86XK_FullScreen _EVDEVK(0x174) v5.1 KEY_FULL_SCREEN */ #define XF86XK_AspectRatio _EVDEVK(0x177) /* v5.1 KEY_ASPECT_RATIO */ #define XF86XK_DVD _EVDEVK(0x185) /* KEY_DVD */ #define XF86XK_Audio _EVDEVK(0x188) /* KEY_AUDIO */ /* Use: XF86XK_Video _EVDEVK(0x189) KEY_VIDEO */ /* Use: XF86XK_Calendar _EVDEVK(0x18d) KEY_CALENDAR */ #define XF86XK_ChannelUp _EVDEVK(0x192) /* KEY_CHANNELUP */ #define XF86XK_ChannelDown _EVDEVK(0x193) /* KEY_CHANNELDOWN */ /* Use: XF86XK_AudioRandomPlay _EVDEVK(0x19a) KEY_SHUFFLE */ #define XF86XK_Break _EVDEVK(0x19b) /* KEY_BREAK */ #define XF86XK_VideoPhone _EVDEVK(0x1a0) /* v2.6.20 KEY_VIDEOPHONE */ /* Use: XF86XK_Game _EVDEVK(0x1a1) v2.6.20 KEY_GAMES */ /* Use: XF86XK_ZoomIn _EVDEVK(0x1a2) v2.6.20 KEY_ZOOMIN */ /* Use: XF86XK_ZoomOut _EVDEVK(0x1a3) v2.6.20 KEY_ZOOMOUT */ #define XF86XK_ZoomReset _EVDEVK(0x1a4) /* v2.6.20 KEY_ZOOMRESET */ /* Use: XF86XK_Word _EVDEVK(0x1a5) v2.6.20 KEY_WORDPROCESSOR */ #define XF86XK_Editor _EVDEVK(0x1a6) /* v2.6.20 KEY_EDITOR */ /* Use: XF86XK_Excel _EVDEVK(0x1a7) v2.6.20 KEY_SPREADSHEET */ #define XF86XK_GraphicsEditor _EVDEVK(0x1a8) /* v2.6.20 KEY_GRAPHICSEDITOR */ #define XF86XK_Presentation _EVDEVK(0x1a9) /* v2.6.20 KEY_PRESENTATION */ #define XF86XK_Database _EVDEVK(0x1aa) /* v2.6.20 KEY_DATABASE */ /* Use: XF86XK_News _EVDEVK(0x1ab) v2.6.20 KEY_NEWS */ #define XF86XK_Voicemail _EVDEVK(0x1ac) /* v2.6.20 KEY_VOICEMAIL */ #define XF86XK_Addressbook _EVDEVK(0x1ad) /* v2.6.20 KEY_ADDRESSBOOK */ /* Use: XF86XK_Messenger _EVDEVK(0x1ae) v2.6.20 KEY_MESSENGER */ #define XF86XK_DisplayToggle _EVDEVK(0x1af) /* v2.6.20 KEY_DISPLAYTOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_SpellCheck _EVDEVK(0x1b0) /* v2.6.24 KEY_SPELLCHECK */ /* Use: XF86XK_LogOff _EVDEVK(0x1b1) v2.6.24 KEY_LOGOFF */ /* Use: XK_dollar _EVDEVK(0x1b2) v2.6.24 KEY_DOLLAR */ /* Use: XK_EuroSign _EVDEVK(0x1b3) v2.6.24 KEY_EURO */ /* Use: XF86XK_FrameBack _EVDEVK(0x1b4) v2.6.24 KEY_FRAMEBACK */ /* Use: XF86XK_FrameForward _EVDEVK(0x1b5) v2.6.24 KEY_FRAMEFORWARD */ #define XF86XK_ContextMenu _EVDEVK(0x1b6) /* v2.6.24 KEY_CONTEXT_MENU */ #define XF86XK_MediaRepeat _EVDEVK(0x1b7) /* v2.6.26 KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT */ #define XF86XK_10ChannelsUp _EVDEVK(0x1b8) /* v2.6.38 KEY_10CHANNELSUP */ #define XF86XK_10ChannelsDown _EVDEVK(0x1b9) /* v2.6.38 KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN */ #define XF86XK_Images _EVDEVK(0x1ba) /* v2.6.39 KEY_IMAGES */ #define XF86XK_NotificationCenter _EVDEVK(0x1bc) /* v5.10 KEY_NOTIFICATION_CENTER */ #define XF86XK_PickupPhone _EVDEVK(0x1bd) /* v5.10 KEY_PICKUP_PHONE */ #define XF86XK_HangupPhone _EVDEVK(0x1be) /* v5.10 KEY_HANGUP_PHONE */ #define XF86XK_Fn _EVDEVK(0x1d0) /* KEY_FN */ #define XF86XK_Fn_Esc _EVDEVK(0x1d1) /* KEY_FN_ESC */ #define XF86XK_FnRightShift _EVDEVK(0x1e5) /* v5.10 KEY_FN_RIGHT_SHIFT */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_1 _EVDEVK(0x1f1) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT1 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_2 _EVDEVK(0x1f2) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT2 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_3 _EVDEVK(0x1f3) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT3 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_4 _EVDEVK(0x1f4) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT4 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_5 _EVDEVK(0x1f5) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT5 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_6 _EVDEVK(0x1f6) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT6 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_7 _EVDEVK(0x1f7) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT7 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_8 _EVDEVK(0x1f8) v2.6.17 KEY_BRL_DOT8 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_9 _EVDEVK(0x1f9) v2.6.23 KEY_BRL_DOT9 */ /* Use: XK_braille_dot_1 _EVDEVK(0x1fa) v2.6.23 KEY_BRL_DOT10 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric0 _EVDEVK(0x200) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_0 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric1 _EVDEVK(0x201) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_1 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric2 _EVDEVK(0x202) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_2 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric3 _EVDEVK(0x203) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_3 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric4 _EVDEVK(0x204) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_4 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric5 _EVDEVK(0x205) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_5 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric6 _EVDEVK(0x206) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_6 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric7 _EVDEVK(0x207) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_7 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric8 _EVDEVK(0x208) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_8 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric9 _EVDEVK(0x209) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_9 */ #define XF86XK_NumericStar _EVDEVK(0x20a) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_STAR */ #define XF86XK_NumericPound _EVDEVK(0x20b) /* v2.6.28 KEY_NUMERIC_POUND */ #define XF86XK_NumericA _EVDEVK(0x20c) /* v4.1 KEY_NUMERIC_A */ #define XF86XK_NumericB _EVDEVK(0x20d) /* v4.1 KEY_NUMERIC_B */ #define XF86XK_NumericC _EVDEVK(0x20e) /* v4.1 KEY_NUMERIC_C */ #define XF86XK_NumericD _EVDEVK(0x20f) /* v4.1 KEY_NUMERIC_D */ #define XF86XK_CameraFocus _EVDEVK(0x210) /* v2.6.33 KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS */ #define XF86XK_WPSButton _EVDEVK(0x211) /* v2.6.34 KEY_WPS_BUTTON */ /* Use: XF86XK_TouchpadToggle _EVDEVK(0x212) v2.6.37 KEY_TOUCHPAD_TOGGLE */ /* Use: XF86XK_TouchpadOn _EVDEVK(0x213) v2.6.37 KEY_TOUCHPAD_ON */ /* Use: XF86XK_TouchpadOff _EVDEVK(0x214) v2.6.37 KEY_TOUCHPAD_OFF */ #define XF86XK_CameraZoomIn _EVDEVK(0x215) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_ZOOMIN */ #define XF86XK_CameraZoomOut _EVDEVK(0x216) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_ZOOMOUT */ #define XF86XK_CameraUp _EVDEVK(0x217) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_UP */ #define XF86XK_CameraDown _EVDEVK(0x218) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_DOWN */ #define XF86XK_CameraLeft _EVDEVK(0x219) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_LEFT */ #define XF86XK_CameraRight _EVDEVK(0x21a) /* v2.6.39 KEY_CAMERA_RIGHT */ #define XF86XK_AttendantOn _EVDEVK(0x21b) /* v3.10 KEY_ATTENDANT_ON */ #define XF86XK_AttendantOff _EVDEVK(0x21c) /* v3.10 KEY_ATTENDANT_OFF */ #define XF86XK_AttendantToggle _EVDEVK(0x21d) /* v3.10 KEY_ATTENDANT_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_LightsToggle _EVDEVK(0x21e) /* v3.10 KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_ALSToggle _EVDEVK(0x230) /* v3.13 KEY_ALS_TOGGLE */ /* Use: XF86XK_RotationLockToggle _EVDEVK(0x231) v4.16 KEY_ROTATE_LOCK_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_Buttonconfig _EVDEVK(0x240) /* v3.16 KEY_BUTTONCONFIG */ #define XF86XK_Taskmanager _EVDEVK(0x241) /* v3.16 KEY_TASKMANAGER */ #define XF86XK_Journal _EVDEVK(0x242) /* v3.16 KEY_JOURNAL */ #define XF86XK_ControlPanel _EVDEVK(0x243) /* v3.16 KEY_CONTROLPANEL */ #define XF86XK_AppSelect _EVDEVK(0x244) /* v3.16 KEY_APPSELECT */ #define XF86XK_Screensaver _EVDEVK(0x245) /* v3.16 KEY_SCREENSAVER */ #define XF86XK_VoiceCommand _EVDEVK(0x246) /* v3.16 KEY_VOICECOMMAND */ #define XF86XK_Assistant _EVDEVK(0x247) /* v4.13 KEY_ASSISTANT */ /* Use: XK_ISO_Next_Group _EVDEVK(0x248) v5.2 KEY_KBD_LAYOUT_NEXT */ #define XF86XK_EmojiPicker _EVDEVK(0x249) /* v5.13 KEY_EMOJI_PICKER */ #define XF86XK_Dictate _EVDEVK(0x24a) /* v5.17 KEY_DICTATE */ #define XF86XK_CameraAccessEnable _EVDEVK(0x24b) /* v6.2 KEY_CAMERA_ACCESS_ENABLE */ #define XF86XK_CameraAccessDisable _EVDEVK(0x24c) /* v6.2 KEY_CAMERA_ACCESS_DISABLE */ #define XF86XK_CameraAccessToggle _EVDEVK(0x24d) /* v6.2 KEY_CAMERA_ACCESS_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_BrightnessMin _EVDEVK(0x250) /* v3.16 KEY_BRIGHTNESS_MIN */ #define XF86XK_BrightnessMax _EVDEVK(0x251) /* v3.16 KEY_BRIGHTNESS_MAX */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistPrev _EVDEVK(0x260) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_PREV */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistNext _EVDEVK(0x261) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_NEXT */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistPrevgroup _EVDEVK(0x262) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_PREVGROUP */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistNextgroup _EVDEVK(0x263) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_NEXTGROUP */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistAccept _EVDEVK(0x264) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_ACCEPT */ #define XF86XK_KbdInputAssistCancel _EVDEVK(0x265) /* v3.18 KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_CANCEL */ #define XF86XK_RightUp _EVDEVK(0x266) /* v4.7 KEY_RIGHT_UP */ #define XF86XK_RightDown _EVDEVK(0x267) /* v4.7 KEY_RIGHT_DOWN */ #define XF86XK_LeftUp _EVDEVK(0x268) /* v4.7 KEY_LEFT_UP */ #define XF86XK_LeftDown _EVDEVK(0x269) /* v4.7 KEY_LEFT_DOWN */ #define XF86XK_RootMenu _EVDEVK(0x26a) /* v4.7 KEY_ROOT_MENU */ #define XF86XK_MediaTopMenu _EVDEVK(0x26b) /* v4.7 KEY_MEDIA_TOP_MENU */ #define XF86XK_Numeric11 _EVDEVK(0x26c) /* v4.7 KEY_NUMERIC_11 */ #define XF86XK_Numeric12 _EVDEVK(0x26d) /* v4.7 KEY_NUMERIC_12 */ #define XF86XK_AudioDesc _EVDEVK(0x26e) /* v4.7 KEY_AUDIO_DESC */ #define XF86XK_3DMode _EVDEVK(0x26f) /* v4.7 KEY_3D_MODE */ #define XF86XK_NextFavorite _EVDEVK(0x270) /* v4.7 KEY_NEXT_FAVORITE */ #define XF86XK_StopRecord _EVDEVK(0x271) /* v4.7 KEY_STOP_RECORD */ #define XF86XK_PauseRecord _EVDEVK(0x272) /* v4.7 KEY_PAUSE_RECORD */ #define XF86XK_VOD _EVDEVK(0x273) /* v4.7 KEY_VOD */ #define XF86XK_Unmute _EVDEVK(0x274) /* v4.7 KEY_UNMUTE */ #define XF86XK_FastReverse _EVDEVK(0x275) /* v4.7 KEY_FASTREVERSE */ #define XF86XK_SlowReverse _EVDEVK(0x276) /* v4.7 KEY_SLOWREVERSE */ #define XF86XK_Data _EVDEVK(0x277) /* v4.7 KEY_DATA */ #define XF86XK_OnScreenKeyboard _EVDEVK(0x278) /* v4.12 KEY_ONSCREEN_KEYBOARD */ #define XF86XK_PrivacyScreenToggle _EVDEVK(0x279) /* v5.5 KEY_PRIVACY_SCREEN_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_SelectiveScreenshot _EVDEVK(0x27a) /* v5.6 KEY_SELECTIVE_SCREENSHOT */ #define XF86XK_NextElement _EVDEVK(0x27b) /* v5.18 KEY_NEXT_ELEMENT */ #define XF86XK_PreviousElement _EVDEVK(0x27c) /* v5.18 KEY_PREVIOUS_ELEMENT */ #define XF86XK_AutopilotEngageToggle _EVDEVK(0x27d) /* v5.18 KEY_AUTOPILOT_ENGAGE_TOGGLE */ #define XF86XK_MarkWaypoint _EVDEVK(0x27e) /* v5.18 KEY_MARK_WAYPOINT */ #define XF86XK_Sos _EVDEVK(0x27f) /* v5.18 KEY_SOS */ #define XF86XK_NavChart _EVDEVK(0x280) /* v5.18 KEY_NAV_CHART */ #define XF86XK_FishingChart _EVDEVK(0x281) /* v5.18 KEY_FISHING_CHART */ #define XF86XK_SingleRangeRadar _EVDEVK(0x282) /* v5.18 KEY_SINGLE_RANGE_RADAR */ #define XF86XK_DualRangeRadar _EVDEVK(0x283) /* v5.18 KEY_DUAL_RANGE_RADAR */ #define XF86XK_RadarOverlay _EVDEVK(0x284) /* v5.18 KEY_RADAR_OVERLAY */ #define XF86XK_TraditionalSonar _EVDEVK(0x285) /* v5.18 KEY_TRADITIONAL_SONAR */ #define XF86XK_ClearvuSonar _EVDEVK(0x286) /* v5.18 KEY_CLEARVU_SONAR */ #define XF86XK_SidevuSonar _EVDEVK(0x287) /* v5.18 KEY_SIDEVU_SONAR */ #define XF86XK_NavInfo _EVDEVK(0x288) /* v5.18 KEY_NAV_INFO */ /* Use: XF86XK_BrightnessAdjust _EVDEVK(0x289) v5.18 KEY_BRIGHTNESS_MENU */ #define XF86XK_Macro1 _EVDEVK(0x290) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO1 */ #define XF86XK_Macro2 _EVDEVK(0x291) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO2 */ #define XF86XK_Macro3 _EVDEVK(0x292) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO3 */ #define XF86XK_Macro4 _EVDEVK(0x293) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO4 */ #define XF86XK_Macro5 _EVDEVK(0x294) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO5 */ #define XF86XK_Macro6 _EVDEVK(0x295) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO6 */ #define XF86XK_Macro7 _EVDEVK(0x296) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO7 */ #define XF86XK_Macro8 _EVDEVK(0x297) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO8 */ #define XF86XK_Macro9 _EVDEVK(0x298) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO9 */ #define XF86XK_Macro10 _EVDEVK(0x299) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO10 */ #define XF86XK_Macro11 _EVDEVK(0x29a) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO11 */ #define XF86XK_Macro12 _EVDEVK(0x29b) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO12 */ #define XF86XK_Macro13 _EVDEVK(0x29c) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO13 */ #define XF86XK_Macro14 _EVDEVK(0x29d) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO14 */ #define XF86XK_Macro15 _EVDEVK(0x29e) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO15 */ #define XF86XK_Macro16 _EVDEVK(0x29f) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO16 */ #define XF86XK_Macro17 _EVDEVK(0x2a0) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO17 */ #define XF86XK_Macro18 _EVDEVK(0x2a1) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO18 */ #define XF86XK_Macro19 _EVDEVK(0x2a2) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO19 */ #define XF86XK_Macro20 _EVDEVK(0x2a3) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO20 */ #define XF86XK_Macro21 _EVDEVK(0x2a4) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO21 */ #define XF86XK_Macro22 _EVDEVK(0x2a5) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO22 */ #define XF86XK_Macro23 _EVDEVK(0x2a6) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO23 */ #define XF86XK_Macro24 _EVDEVK(0x2a7) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO24 */ #define XF86XK_Macro25 _EVDEVK(0x2a8) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO25 */ #define XF86XK_Macro26 _EVDEVK(0x2a9) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO26 */ #define XF86XK_Macro27 _EVDEVK(0x2aa) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO27 */ #define XF86XK_Macro28 _EVDEVK(0x2ab) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO28 */ #define XF86XK_Macro29 _EVDEVK(0x2ac) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO29 */ #define XF86XK_Macro30 _EVDEVK(0x2ad) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO30 */ #define XF86XK_MacroRecordStart _EVDEVK(0x2b0) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_RECORD_START */ #define XF86XK_MacroRecordStop _EVDEVK(0x2b1) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_RECORD_STOP */ #define XF86XK_MacroPresetCycle _EVDEVK(0x2b2) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_PRESET_CYCLE */ #define XF86XK_MacroPreset1 _EVDEVK(0x2b3) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_PRESET1 */ #define XF86XK_MacroPreset2 _EVDEVK(0x2b4) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_PRESET2 */ #define XF86XK_MacroPreset3 _EVDEVK(0x2b5) /* v5.5 KEY_MACRO_PRESET3 */ #define XF86XK_KbdLcdMenu1 _EVDEVK(0x2b8) /* v5.5 KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU1 */ #define XF86XK_KbdLcdMenu2 _EVDEVK(0x2b9) /* v5.5 KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU2 */ #define XF86XK_KbdLcdMenu3 _EVDEVK(0x2ba) /* v5.5 KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU3 */ #define XF86XK_KbdLcdMenu4 _EVDEVK(0x2bb) /* v5.5 KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU4 */ #define XF86XK_KbdLcdMenu5 _EVDEVK(0x2bc) /* v5.5 KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU5 */ #undef _EVDEVK |
Changes to xlib/X11/Xfuncproto.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
#if __has_attribute(__format__) \
|| defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 203)
# define _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(x,y) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,x,y)))
#else /* not gcc >= 2.3 */
# define _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(x,y)
#endif
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
#if __has_attribute(__format__) \
|| defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 203)
# define _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(x,y) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,x,y)))
#else /* not gcc >= 2.3 */
# define _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(x,y)
#endif
/* requires xproto >= 7.0.22 */
#if __has_attribute(__unused__) \
|| defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 205)
#define _X_UNUSED __attribute__((__unused__))
#else
#define _X_UNUSED /* */
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 | /* requires xproto >= 7.0.30 */ #if __has_attribute(no_sanitize_thread) # define _X_NOTSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize_thread)) #else # define _X_NOTSAN #endif #endif /* _XFUNCPROTO_H_ */ | > > > > > > > > | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | /* requires xproto >= 7.0.30 */ #if __has_attribute(no_sanitize_thread) # define _X_NOTSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize_thread)) #else # define _X_NOTSAN #endif /* Mark a char array/pointer as not containing a NUL-terminated string */ /* requires xproto >= 7.0.33 */ #if __has_attribute(nonstring) # define _X_NONSTRING __attribute__((nonstring)) #else # define _X_NONSTRING #endif #endif /* _XFUNCPROTO_H_ */ |
Changes to xlib/X11/Xlib.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | #include <sys/types.h> #if defined(__SCO__) || defined(__UNIXWARE__) #include <stdint.h> #endif #include <X11/X.h> /* applications should not depend on these two headers being included! */ #include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> #ifndef X_WCHAR #include <stddef.h> #else | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | #include <sys/types.h> #if defined(__SCO__) || defined(__UNIXWARE__) #include <stdint.h> #endif #include <X11/X.h> #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK # define Cursor XCursor # define Region XRegion #endif /* applications should not depend on these two headers being included! */ #include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> #ifndef X_WCHAR #include <stddef.h> #else /* replace this with #include or typedef appropriate for your system */ typedef unsigned long wchar_t; #endif /* API mentioning "UTF8" or "utf8" is an XFree86 extension, introduced in November 2000. Its presence is indicated through the following macro. */ #define X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING 1 /* The Xlib structs are full of implicit padding to properly align members. We can't clean that up without breaking ABI, so tell clang not to bother complaining about it. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | #define True 1 #define False 0 #define QueuedAlready 0 #define QueuedAfterReading 1 #define QueuedAfterFlush 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | #define True 1 #define False 0 #define QueuedAlready 0 #define QueuedAfterReading 1 #define QueuedAfterFlush 2 #define ConnectionNumber(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->fd) #define RootWindow(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->root) #define DefaultScreen(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->default_screen) #define DefaultRootWindow(dpy) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,DefaultScreen(dpy))->root) #define DefaultVisual(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->root_visual) #define DefaultGC(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->default_gc) #define BlackPixel(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->black_pixel) #define WhitePixel(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->white_pixel) #define AllPlanes ((unsigned long)~0L) #define QLength(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->qlen) #define DisplayWidth(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->width) #define DisplayHeight(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->height) #define DisplayWidthMM(dpy, scr)(ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->mwidth) #define DisplayHeightMM(dpy, scr)(ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->mheight) #define DisplayPlanes(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->root_depth) #define DisplayCells(dpy, scr) (DefaultVisual(dpy,scr)->map_entries) #define ScreenCount(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->nscreens) #define ServerVendor(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->vendor) #define ProtocolVersion(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->proto_major_version) #define ProtocolRevision(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->proto_minor_version) #define VendorRelease(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->release) #define DisplayString(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->display_name) #define DefaultDepth(dpy, scr) (ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->root_depth) #define DefaultColormap(dpy, scr)(ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,scr)->cmap) #define BitmapUnit(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->bitmap_unit) #define BitmapBitOrder(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->bitmap_bit_order) #define BitmapPad(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->bitmap_pad) #define ImageByteOrder(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->byte_order) #define NextRequest(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->request + 1) #define LastKnownRequestProcessed(dpy) (((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->request) /* macros for screen oriented applications (toolkit) */ #define ScreenOfDisplay(dpy, scr)(&((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->screens[scr]) #define DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy) ScreenOfDisplay(dpy,DefaultScreen(dpy)) #define DisplayOfScreen(s) ((s)->display) #define RootWindowOfScreen(s) ((s)->root) #define BlackPixelOfScreen(s) ((s)->black_pixel) #define WhitePixelOfScreen(s) ((s)->white_pixel) #define DefaultColormapOfScreen(s)((s)->cmap) #define DefaultDepthOfScreen(s) ((s)->root_depth) #define DefaultGCOfScreen(s) ((s)->default_gc) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 | unsigned long background;/* background pixel */ int line_width; /* line width */ int line_style; /* LineSolid, LineOnOffDash, LineDoubleDash */ int cap_style; /* CapNotLast, CapButt, CapRound, CapProjecting */ int join_style; /* JoinMiter, JoinRound, JoinBevel */ int fill_style; /* FillSolid, FillTiled, | | | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
unsigned long background;/* background pixel */
int line_width; /* line width */
int line_style; /* LineSolid, LineOnOffDash, LineDoubleDash */
int cap_style; /* CapNotLast, CapButt,
CapRound, CapProjecting */
int join_style; /* JoinMiter, JoinRound, JoinBevel */
int fill_style; /* FillSolid, FillTiled,
FillStippled, FillOpaqueStippled */
int fill_rule; /* EvenOddRule, WindingRule */
int arc_mode; /* ArcChord, ArcPieSlice */
Pixmap tile; /* tile pixmap for tiling operations */
Pixmap stipple; /* stipple 1 plane pixmap for stippling */
int ts_x_origin; /* offset for tile or stipple operations */
int ts_y_origin;
Font font; /* default text font for text operations */
int subwindow_mode; /* ClipByChildren, IncludeInferiors */
Bool graphics_exposures;/* boolean, should exposures be generated */
int clip_x_origin; /* origin for clipping */
int clip_y_origin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
Pixmap background_pixmap; /* background or None or ParentRelative */
unsigned long background_pixel; /* background pixel */
Pixmap border_pixmap; /* border of the window */
unsigned long border_pixel; /* border pixel value */
int bit_gravity; /* one of bit gravity values */
int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */
int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */
| | | 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
Pixmap background_pixmap; /* background or None or ParentRelative */
unsigned long background_pixel; /* background pixel */
Pixmap border_pixmap; /* border of the window */
unsigned long border_pixel; /* border pixel value */
int bit_gravity; /* one of bit gravity values */
int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */
int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */
unsigned long backing_planes;/* planes to be preserved if possible */
unsigned long backing_pixel;/* value to use in restoring planes */
Bool save_under; /* should bits under be saved? (popups) */
long event_mask; /* set of events that should be saved */
long do_not_propagate_mask; /* set of events that should not propagate */
Bool override_redirect; /* boolean value for override-redirect */
Colormap colormap; /* color map to be associated with window */
Cursor cursor; /* cursor to be displayed (or None) */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
int format; /* XYBitmap, XYPixmap, ZPixmap */
char *data; /* pointer to image data */
int byte_order; /* data byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_unit; /* quant. of scanline 8, 16, 32 */
int bitmap_bit_order; /* LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_pad; /* 8, 16, 32 either XY or ZPixmap */
int depth; /* depth of image */
| | | | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
int format; /* XYBitmap, XYPixmap, ZPixmap */
char *data; /* pointer to image data */
int byte_order; /* data byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_unit; /* quant. of scanline 8, 16, 32 */
int bitmap_bit_order; /* LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_pad; /* 8, 16, 32 either XY or ZPixmap */
int depth; /* depth of image */
int bytes_per_line; /* accelerator to next line */
int bits_per_pixel; /* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
unsigned long red_mask; /* bits in z arrangement */
unsigned long green_mask;
unsigned long blue_mask;
XPointer obdata; /* hook for the object routines to hang on */
struct funcs { /* image manipulation routines */
struct _XImage *(*create_image)(
struct _XDisplay* /* display */,
Visual* /* visual */,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 | /* * Display datatype maintaining display specific data. * The contents of this structure are implementation dependent. * A Display should be treated as opaque by application code. */ | > > > | > > | 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
/*
* Display datatype maintaining display specific data.
* The contents of this structure are implementation dependent.
* A Display should be treated as opaque by application code.
*/
struct _XPrivate; /* Forward declare before use for C++ */
struct _XrmHashBucketRec;
typedef struct
_XDisplay
{
XExtData *ext_data; /* hook for extension to hang data */
struct _XPrivate *private1;
int fd; /* Network socket. */
int private2;
int proto_major_version;/* major version of server's X protocol */
int proto_minor_version;/* minor version of servers X protocol */
char *vendor; /* vendor of the server hardware */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 | int bitmap_bit_order; /* LeastSignificant or MostSignificant */ int nformats; /* number of pixmap formats in list */ ScreenFormat *pixmap_format; /* pixmap format list */ int private8; int release; /* release of the server */ struct _XPrivate *private9, *private10; int qlen; /* Length of input event queue */ | < | 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 | int bitmap_bit_order; /* LeastSignificant or MostSignificant */ int nformats; /* number of pixmap formats in list */ ScreenFormat *pixmap_format; /* pixmap format list */ int private8; int release; /* release of the server */ struct _XPrivate *private9, *private10; int qlen; /* Length of input event queue */ unsigned long request; /* sequence number of last request. */ XPointer private11; XPointer private12; XPointer private13; XPointer private14; unsigned max_request_size; /* maximum number 32 bit words in request*/ struct _XrmHashBucketRec *db; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
536 537 538 539 540 541 542 | unsigned long private16; int min_keycode; /* minimum defined keycode */ int max_keycode; /* maximum defined keycode */ XPointer private17; XPointer private18; int private19; char *xdefaults; /* contents of defaults from server */ | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | > > | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
unsigned long private16;
int min_keycode; /* minimum defined keycode */
int max_keycode; /* maximum defined keycode */
XPointer private17;
XPointer private18;
int private19;
char *xdefaults; /* contents of defaults from server */
/* there is more to this structure, but it is private to Xlib */
}
Display,
*_XPrivDisplay;
#define XMaxTransChars 7
#undef _XEVENT_
#ifndef _XEVENT_
/*
* Definitions of specific events.
*/
typedef struct {
int type; /* of event */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 | XKeymapEvent xkeymap; XGenericEvent xgeneric; XGenericEventCookie xcookie; XID pad[24]; } XEvent; #endif | | | 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 |
XKeymapEvent xkeymap;
XGenericEvent xgeneric;
XGenericEventCookie xcookie;
XID pad[24];
} XEvent;
#endif
#define XAllocID(dpy) ((*((_XPrivDisplay)(dpy))->resource_alloc)((dpy)))
/*
* per character font metric information.
*/
typedef struct {
short lbearing; /* origin to left edge of raster */
short rbearing; /* origin to right edge of raster */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 | _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN #if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_XLIBINT_) #define _Xdebug *_Xdebug_p #endif | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > | 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 |
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_XLIBINT_)
#define _Xdebug *_Xdebug_p
#endif
typedef int (*XErrorHandler) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
Display* /* display */,
XErrorEvent* /* error_event */
);
typedef int (*XIOErrorHandler) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
Display* /* display */
);
typedef void (*XIOErrorExitHandler) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
Display*, /* display */
void* /* user_data */
);
typedef void (*XConnectionWatchProc)(
Display* /* dpy */,
XPointer /* client_data */,
int /* fd */,
Bool /* opening */, /* open or close flag */
XPointer* /* watch_data */ /* open sets, close uses */
);
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
#ifdef __clang__
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# undef Cursor
# undef Region
#endif
#endif /* _X11_XLIB_H_ */
|
Changes to xlib/X11/Xutil.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | We can't clean that up without breaking ABI, so tell clang not to bother complaining about it. */ #ifdef __clang__ #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" #endif /* * Bitmask returned by XParseGeometry(). Each bit tells if the corresponding * value (x, y, width, height) was found in the parsed string. */ #define NoValue 0x0000 #define XValue 0x0001 #define YValue 0x0002 | > > > > | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | We can't clean that up without breaking ABI, so tell clang not to bother complaining about it. */ #ifdef __clang__ #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" #endif #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # define Region XRegion #endif /* * Bitmask returned by XParseGeometry(). Each bit tells if the corresponding * value (x, y, width, height) was found in the parsed string. */ #define NoValue 0x0000 #define XValue 0x0001 #define YValue 0x0002 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
} XIconSize;
typedef struct {
char *res_name;
char *res_class;
} XClassHint;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
} XIconSize;
typedef struct {
char *res_name;
char *res_class;
} XClassHint;
#ifdef XUTIL_DEFINE_FUNCTIONS
extern int XDestroyImage(
XImage *ximage);
extern unsigned long XGetPixel(
XImage *ximage,
int x, int y);
extern int XPutPixel(
XImage *ximage,
int x, int y,
unsigned long pixel);
extern XImage *XSubImage(
XImage *ximage,
int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
extern int XAddPixel(
XImage *ximage,
long value);
#else
/*
* These macros are used to give some sugar to the image routines so that
* naive people are more comfortable with them.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
int chars_matched; /* match state */
} XComposeStatus;
/*
* Keysym macros, used on Keysyms to test for classes of symbols
*/
#define IsKeypadKey(keysym) \
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
int chars_matched; /* match state */
} XComposeStatus;
/*
* Keysym macros, used on Keysyms to test for classes of symbols
*/
#define IsKeypadKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_KP_Space) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_KP_Equal))
#define IsPrivateKeypadKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= 0x11000000) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= 0x1100FFFF))
#define IsCursorKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Home) && ((unsigned)(keysym) < XK_Select))
#define IsPFKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_KP_F1) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_KP_F4))
#define IsFunctionKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_F1) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_F35))
#define IsMiscFunctionKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Select) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_Break))
#ifdef XK_XKB_KEYS
#define IsModifierKey(keysym) \
((((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Shift_L) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_Hyper_R)) \
|| (((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_ISO_Lock) && \
((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_ISO_Level5_Lock)) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Num_Lock))
#else
#define IsModifierKey(keysym) \
((((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Shift_L) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_Hyper_R)) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Num_Lock))
#endif
/*
* opaque reference to Region data type
*/
typedef struct _XRegion *Region;
/* Return values from XRectInRegion() */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 | #define XUniqueContext() ((XContext) XrmUniqueQuark()) #define XStringToContext(string) ((XContext) XrmStringToQuark(string)) _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN /* The following declarations are alphabetized. */ | | > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | > | > | < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
#define XUniqueContext() ((XContext) XrmUniqueQuark())
#define XStringToContext(string) ((XContext) XrmStringToQuark(string))
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* The following declarations are alphabetized. */
extern XClassHint *XAllocClassHint (
void
);
extern XIconSize *XAllocIconSize (
void
);
extern XSizeHints *XAllocSizeHints (
void
);
extern XStandardColormap *XAllocStandardColormap (
void
);
extern XWMHints *XAllocWMHints (
void
);
extern int XClipBox(
Region /* r */,
XRectangle* /* rect_return */
);
extern Region XCreateRegion(
void
);
extern const char *XDefaultString (void);
extern int XDeleteContext(
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */
);
extern int XDestroyRegion(
Region /* r */
);
extern Bool XEmptyRegion(
Region /* r */
);
extern Bool XEqualRegion(
Region /* r1 */,
Region /* r2 */
);
extern int XFindContext(
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */,
XPointer* /* data_return */
);
extern Status XGetClassHint(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints_return */
);
extern Status XGetIconSizes(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XIconSize** /* size_list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
);
extern Status XGetNormalHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */
);
extern Status XGetRGBColormaps(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap** /* stdcmap_return */,
int* /* count_return */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern Status XGetSizeHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern Status XGetStandardColormap(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* colormap_return */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern Status XGetTextProperty(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* window */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern Status XGetWMClientMachine(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
);
extern XWMHints *XGetWMHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */
);
extern Status XGetWMIconName(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
);
extern Status XGetWMName(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
);
extern Status XGetWMNormalHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
long* /* supplied_return */
);
extern Status XGetWMSizeHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
long* /* supplied_return */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern Status XGetZoomHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* zhints_return */
);
extern int XIntersectRegion(
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
);
extern void XConvertCase(
KeySym /* sym */,
KeySym* /* lower */,
KeySym* /* upper */
);
extern int XLookupString(
XKeyEvent* /* event_struct */,
char* /* buffer_return */,
int /* bytes_buffer */,
KeySym* /* keysym_return */,
XComposeStatus* /* status_in_out */
);
extern Status XMatchVisualInfo(
Display* /* display */,
int /* screen */,
int /* depth */,
int /* class */,
XVisualInfo* /* vinfo_return */
);
extern int XOffsetRegion(
Region /* r */,
int /* dx */,
int /* dy */
);
extern Bool XPointInRegion(
Region /* r */,
int /* x */,
int /* y */
);
extern Region XPolygonRegion(
XPoint* /* points */,
int /* n */,
int /* fill_rule */
);
extern int XRectInRegion(
Region /* r */,
int /* x */,
int /* y */,
unsigned int /* width */,
unsigned int /* height */
);
extern int XSaveContext(
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */,
_Xconst char* /* data */
);
extern int XSetClassHint(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
);
extern int XSetIconSizes(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XIconSize* /* size_list */,
int /* count */
);
extern int XSetNormalHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
);
extern void XSetRGBColormaps(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* stdcmaps */,
int /* count */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern int XSetSizeHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern int XSetStandardProperties(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
_Xconst char* /* window_name */,
_Xconst char* /* icon_name */,
Pixmap /* icon_pixmap */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
);
extern void XSetTextProperty(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern int XSetWMHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */
);
extern void XSetWMIconName(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */
);
extern void XSetWMName(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */
);
extern void XSetWMNormalHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
);
extern void XSetWMProperties(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* window_name */,
XTextProperty* /* icon_name */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* normal_hints */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
);
extern void XmbSetWMProperties(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
_Xconst char* /* window_name */,
_Xconst char* /* icon_name */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* normal_hints */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
);
extern void Xutf8SetWMProperties(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
_Xconst char* /* window_name */,
_Xconst char* /* icon_name */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* normal_hints */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
);
extern void XSetWMSizeHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern int XSetRegion(
Display* /* display */,
GC /* gc */,
Region /* r */
);
extern void XSetStandardColormap(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* colormap */,
Atom /* property */
);
extern int XSetZoomHints(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* zhints */
);
extern int XShrinkRegion(
Region /* r */,
int /* dx */,
int /* dy */
);
extern int XSubtractRegion(
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
);
extern int XmbTextListToTextProperty(
Display* display,
char** list,
int count,
XICCEncodingStyle style,
XTextProperty* text_prop_return
);
extern int XwcTextListToTextProperty(
Display* display,
wchar_t** list,
int count,
XICCEncodingStyle style,
XTextProperty* text_prop_return
);
extern int Xutf8TextListToTextProperty(
Display* display,
char** list,
int count,
XICCEncodingStyle style,
XTextProperty* text_prop_return
);
extern void XwcFreeStringList(
wchar_t** list
);
extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
char*** /* list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
);
extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
Display* display,
const XTextProperty* text_prop,
char*** list_return,
int* count_return
);
extern int XwcTextPropertyToTextList(
Display* display,
const XTextProperty* text_prop,
wchar_t*** list_return,
int* count_return
);
extern int Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList(
Display* display,
const XTextProperty* text_prop,
char*** list_return,
int* count_return
);
extern int XUnionRectWithRegion(
XRectangle* /* rectangle */,
Region /* src_region */,
Region /* dest_region_return */
);
extern int XUnionRegion(
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
);
extern int XWMGeometry(
Display* /* display */,
int /* screen_number */,
_Xconst char* /* user_geometry */,
_Xconst char* /* default_geometry */,
unsigned int /* border_width */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
int* /* x_return */,
int* /* y_return */,
int* /* width_return */,
int* /* height_return */,
int* /* gravity_return */
);
extern int XXorRegion(
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
);
#ifdef __clang__
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# undef Region
#endif
#endif /* _X11_XUTIL_H_ */
|
Changes to xlib/X11/ap_keysym.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | that the above copyright notice appear in such copy and that this copyright notice appear in all supporting documentation, and that the names of Apollo Computer Inc., the Hewlett-Packard Company, or the X Consortium not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without written prior permission. HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | that the above copyright notice appear in such copy and that this copyright notice appear in all supporting documentation, and that the names of Apollo Computer Inc., the Hewlett-Packard Company, or the X Consortium not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without written prior permission. HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. This software is not subject to any license of the American |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to xlib/X11/keysymdef.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | * hash tables that can be accessed with X11 library functions such as * XStringToKeysym() and XKeysymToString(). * * Where a keysym corresponds one-to-one to an ISO 10646 / Unicode * character, this is noted in a comment that provides both the U+xxxx * Unicode position, as well as the official Unicode name of the * character. * * Where the correspondence is either not one-to-one or semantically * unclear, the Unicode position and name are enclosed in * parentheses. Such legacy keysyms should be considered deprecated * and are not recommended for use in future keyboard mappings. * * For any future extension of the keysyms with characters already * found in ISO 10646 / Unicode, the following algorithm shall be * used. The new keysym code position will simply be the character's * Unicode number plus 0x01000000. The keysym values in the range * 0x01000100 to 0x0110ffff are reserved to represent Unicode * characters in the range U+0100 to U+10FFFF. * * While most newer Unicode-based X11 clients do already accept * Unicode-mapped keysyms in the range 0x01000100 to 0x0110ffff, it * will remain necessary for clients -- in the interest of * compatibility with existing servers -- to also understand the * existing legacy keysym values in the range 0x0100 to 0x20ff. * * Where several mnemonic names are defined for the same keysym in this | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
* hash tables that can be accessed with X11 library functions such as
* XStringToKeysym() and XKeysymToString().
*
* Where a keysym corresponds one-to-one to an ISO 10646 / Unicode
* character, this is noted in a comment that provides both the U+xxxx
* Unicode position, as well as the official Unicode name of the
* character.
*
* Some keysyms map to a character already mapped by another keysym,
* with compatible but more precise semantics, such as the keypad-
* related keysyms. In this case, none of the keysym are deprecated.
* The most generic keysym is annotated as previously and more specific
* keysyms have the same annotation between angle brackets:
*
* #define XK_space 0x0020 // U+0020 SPACE
* #define XK_KP_Space 0xff80 //<U+0020 SPACE>
*
* Where the correspondence is either not one-to-one or semantically
* unclear, the Unicode position and name are enclosed in
* parentheses. Such legacy keysyms should be considered deprecated
* and are not recommended for use in future keyboard mappings.
*
* For any future extension of the keysyms with characters already
* found in ISO 10646 / Unicode, the following algorithm shall be
* used. The new keysym code position will simply be the character's
* Unicode number plus 0x01000000. The keysym values in the range
* 0x01000100 to 0x0110ffff are reserved to represent Unicode
* characters in the range U+0100 to U+10FFFF.
*
* While most newer Unicode-based X11 clients do already accept
* Unicode-mapped keysyms in the range 0x01000100 to 0x0110ffff, it
* will remain necessary for clients -- in the interest of
* compatibility with existing servers -- to also understand the
* existing legacy keysym values in the range 0x0100 to 0x20ff.
*
* Where several mnemonic names are defined for the same keysym in this
* file, the first one listed is considered the "canonical" name. This
* is the name that should be used when retrieving a keysym name from
* its code. The next names are considered "aliases" to the canonical
* name.
*
* Aliases are made explicit by writing in their comment "alias for",
* followed by the corresponding canonical name. Example:
*
* #define XK_dead_tilde 0xfe53
* #define XK_dead_perispomeni 0xfe53 // alias for dead_tilde
*
* The rules to consider a keysym mnemonic name deprecated are:
*
* 1. A legacy keysym with its Unicode mapping in parentheses is
* deprecated (see above).
*
* 2. A keysym name is *explicitly* deprecated by starting its comment
* with "deprecated". Examples:
*
* #define XK_L1 0xffc8 // deprecated alias for F11
* #define XK_quoteleft 0x0060 // deprecated
*
* 3. A keysym name is *explicitly* *not* deprecated by starting its
* comment with "non-deprecated alias". Examples:
*
* #define XK_dead_tilde 0xfe53
* #define XK_dead_perispomeni 0xfe53 // non-deprecated alias for dead_tilde
*
* 4. If none of the previous rules apply, an alias is *implicitly*
* deprecated if there is at least one previous name for the
* corresponding keysym that is *not* explicitly deprecated.
*
* Examples:
*
* // SingleCandidate is the canonical name
* #define XK_SingleCandidate 0xff3c
* // Hangul_SingleCandidate is deprecated because it is an alias
* // and it does not start with "non-deprecated alias"
* #define XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate 0xff3c // Single candidate
*
* // guillemotleft is the canonical name, but it is deprecated
* #define XK_guillemotleft 0x00ab // deprecated alias for guillemetleft (misspelling)
* // guillemetleft is not deprecated, because the keysym has no endorsed name before it.
* #define XK_guillemetleft 0x00ab // U+00AB LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK
* // The following hypothetical name is deprecated because guillemetleft come before.
* #define XK_guillemetleft2 0x00ab
*
* Mnemonic names for keysyms are defined in this file with lines
* that match one of these Perl regular expressions:
*
* /^\#define XK_([a-zA-Z_0-9]+)\s+0x([0-9a-f]+)\s*\/\* U\+([0-9A-F]{4,6}) (.*) \*\/\s*$/
* /^\#define XK_([a-zA-Z_0-9]+)\s+0x([0-9a-f]+)\s*\/\*<U\+([0-9A-F]{4,6}) (.*)>\*\/\s*$/
* /^\#define XK_([a-zA-Z_0-9]+)\s+0x([0-9a-f]+)\s*\/\*\(U\+([0-9A-F]{4,6}) (.*)\)\*\/\s*$/
* /^\#define XK_([a-zA-Z_0-9]+)\s+0x([0-9a-f]+)\s*(\/\*\s*(.*)\s*\*\/)?\s*$/
*
* Before adding new keysyms, please do consider the following: In
* addition to the keysym names defined in this file, the
* XStringToKeysym() and XKeysymToString() functions will also handle
* any keysym string of the form "U0020" to "U007E" and "U00A0" to
* "U10FFFF" for all possible Unicode characters. In other words,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 | * * - the mappings in src/KeyBind.c in the libX11 repo * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11 * * - the protocol specification in specs/keysyms.xml in this repo * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/proto/xorgproto * */ #define XK_VoidSymbol 0xffffff /* Void symbol */ #ifdef XK_MISCELLANY /* * TTY function keys, cleverly chosen to map to ASCII, for convenience of * programming, but could have been arbitrary (at the cost of lookup * tables in client code). */ | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | * * - the mappings in src/KeyBind.c in the libX11 repo * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11 * * - the protocol specification in specs/keysyms.xml in this repo * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/proto/xorgproto * * Before removing or changing the order of the keysyms, please consider * the following: it is very difficult to know what keysyms are used and * how. * * - A sandboxed application may have incompatibilities with the host * system. For example, if new keysym name is introduced and is made * the canonical name, then an application with an older keysym parser * will not be able to parse the new name. * - Customization of keyboard layout and Compose files are two popular * use cases. Checking the standard keyboard layout database xkeyboard-config * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config * and the standard Compose files in libx11 * https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11 is a mandatory * step, but may *not* be enough for a proper impact assessment for * e.g. keysyms removals. * * Therefore, it is advised to proceed to no removal and to make a new * name canonical only 10 years after its introduction. This means that * some keysyms may have their first listed name deprecated during the * period of transition. Once this period is over, the deprecated name * should be moved after the new canonical name. */ #define XK_VoidSymbol 0xffffff /* Void symbol */ #ifdef XK_MISCELLANY /* * TTY function keys, cleverly chosen to map to ASCII, for convenience of * programming, but could have been arbitrary (at the cost of lookup * tables in client code). */ #define XK_BackSpace 0xff08 /* U+0008 BACKSPACE */ #define XK_Tab 0xff09 /* U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION */ #define XK_Linefeed 0xff0a /* U+000A LINE FEED */ #define XK_Clear 0xff0b /* U+000B LINE TABULATION */ #define XK_Return 0xff0d /* U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN */ #define XK_Pause 0xff13 /* Pause, hold */ #define XK_Scroll_Lock 0xff14 #define XK_Sys_Req 0xff15 #define XK_Escape 0xff1b /* U+001B ESCAPE */ #define XK_Delete 0xffff /* U+007F DELETE */ /* International & multi-key character composition */ #define XK_Multi_key 0xff20 /* Multi-key character compose */ #define XK_Codeinput 0xff37 #define XK_SingleCandidate 0xff3c #define XK_MultipleCandidate 0xff3d #define XK_PreviousCandidate 0xff3e /* Japanese keyboard support */ #define XK_Kanji 0xff21 /* Kanji, Kanji convert */ #define XK_Muhenkan 0xff22 /* Cancel Conversion */ #define XK_Henkan_Mode 0xff23 /* Start/Stop Conversion */ #define XK_Henkan 0xff23 /* non-deprecated alias for Henkan_Mode */ #define XK_Romaji 0xff24 /* to Romaji */ #define XK_Hiragana 0xff25 /* to Hiragana */ #define XK_Katakana 0xff26 /* to Katakana */ #define XK_Hiragana_Katakana 0xff27 /* Hiragana/Katakana toggle */ #define XK_Zenkaku 0xff28 /* to Zenkaku */ #define XK_Hankaku 0xff29 /* to Hankaku */ #define XK_Zenkaku_Hankaku 0xff2a /* Zenkaku/Hankaku toggle */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | #define XK_Home 0xff50 #define XK_Left 0xff51 /* Move left, left arrow */ #define XK_Up 0xff52 /* Move up, up arrow */ #define XK_Right 0xff53 /* Move right, right arrow */ #define XK_Down 0xff54 /* Move down, down arrow */ #define XK_Prior 0xff55 /* Prior, previous */ | | | | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | #define XK_Home 0xff50 #define XK_Left 0xff51 /* Move left, left arrow */ #define XK_Up 0xff52 /* Move up, up arrow */ #define XK_Right 0xff53 /* Move right, right arrow */ #define XK_Down 0xff54 /* Move down, down arrow */ #define XK_Prior 0xff55 /* Prior, previous */ #define XK_Page_Up 0xff55 /* deprecated alias for Prior */ #define XK_Next 0xff56 /* Next */ #define XK_Page_Down 0xff56 /* deprecated alias for Next */ #define XK_End 0xff57 /* EOL */ #define XK_Begin 0xff58 /* BOL */ /* Special Windows keyboard keys */ #define XK_Win_L 0xFF5B /* Left-hand Windows */ #define XK_Win_R 0xFF5C /* Right-hand Windows */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 | #define XK_Redo 0xff66 /* Redo, again */ #define XK_Menu 0xff67 #define XK_Find 0xff68 /* Find, search */ #define XK_Cancel 0xff69 /* Cancel, stop, abort, exit */ #define XK_Help 0xff6a /* Help */ #define XK_Break 0xff6b #define XK_Mode_switch 0xff7e /* Character set switch */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 | #define XK_Redo 0xff66 /* Redo, again */ #define XK_Menu 0xff67 #define XK_Find 0xff68 /* Find, search */ #define XK_Cancel 0xff69 /* Cancel, stop, abort, exit */ #define XK_Help 0xff6a /* Help */ #define XK_Break 0xff6b #define XK_Mode_switch 0xff7e /* Character set switch */ #define XK_script_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #define XK_Num_Lock 0xff7f /* Keypad functions, keypad numbers cleverly chosen to map to ASCII */ #define XK_KP_Space 0xff80 /*<U+0020 SPACE>*/ #define XK_KP_Tab 0xff89 /*<U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION>*/ #define XK_KP_Enter 0xff8d /*<U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN>*/ #define XK_KP_F1 0xff91 /* PF1, KP_A, ... */ #define XK_KP_F2 0xff92 #define XK_KP_F3 0xff93 #define XK_KP_F4 0xff94 #define XK_KP_Home 0xff95 #define XK_KP_Left 0xff96 #define XK_KP_Up 0xff97 #define XK_KP_Right 0xff98 #define XK_KP_Down 0xff99 #define XK_KP_Prior 0xff9a #define XK_KP_Page_Up 0xff9a /* deprecated alias for KP_Prior */ #define XK_KP_Next 0xff9b #define XK_KP_Page_Down 0xff9b /* deprecated alias for KP_Next */ #define XK_KP_End 0xff9c #define XK_KP_Begin 0xff9d #define XK_KP_Insert 0xff9e #define XK_KP_Delete 0xff9f #define XK_KP_Equal 0xffbd /*<U+003D EQUALS SIGN>*/ #define XK_KP_Multiply 0xffaa /*<U+002A ASTERISK>*/ #define XK_KP_Add 0xffab /*<U+002B PLUS SIGN>*/ #define XK_KP_Separator 0xffac /*<U+002C COMMA>*/ #define XK_KP_Subtract 0xffad /*<U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS>*/ #define XK_KP_Decimal 0xffae /*<U+002E FULL STOP>*/ #define XK_KP_Divide 0xffaf /*<U+002F SOLIDUS>*/ #define XK_KP_0 0xffb0 /*<U+0030 DIGIT ZERO>*/ #define XK_KP_1 0xffb1 /*<U+0031 DIGIT ONE>*/ #define XK_KP_2 0xffb2 /*<U+0032 DIGIT TWO>*/ #define XK_KP_3 0xffb3 /*<U+0033 DIGIT THREE>*/ #define XK_KP_4 0xffb4 /*<U+0034 DIGIT FOUR>*/ #define XK_KP_5 0xffb5 /*<U+0035 DIGIT FIVE>*/ #define XK_KP_6 0xffb6 /*<U+0036 DIGIT SIX>*/ #define XK_KP_7 0xffb7 /*<U+0037 DIGIT SEVEN>*/ #define XK_KP_8 0xffb8 /*<U+0038 DIGIT EIGHT>*/ #define XK_KP_9 0xffb9 /*<U+0039 DIGIT NINE>*/ /* * Auxiliary functions; note the duplicate definitions for left and right * function keys; Sun keyboards and a few other manufacturers have such * function key groups on the left and/or right sides of the keyboard. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 | #define XK_F5 0xffc2 #define XK_F6 0xffc3 #define XK_F7 0xffc4 #define XK_F8 0xffc5 #define XK_F9 0xffc6 #define XK_F10 0xffc7 #define XK_F11 0xffc8 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | #define XK_F5 0xffc2 #define XK_F6 0xffc3 #define XK_F7 0xffc4 #define XK_F8 0xffc5 #define XK_F9 0xffc6 #define XK_F10 0xffc7 #define XK_F11 0xffc8 #define XK_L1 0xffc8 /* deprecated alias for F11 */ #define XK_F12 0xffc9 #define XK_L2 0xffc9 /* deprecated alias for F12 */ #define XK_F13 0xffca #define XK_L3 0xffca /* deprecated alias for F13 */ #define XK_F14 0xffcb #define XK_L4 0xffcb /* deprecated alias for F14 */ #define XK_F15 0xffcc #define XK_L5 0xffcc /* deprecated alias for F15 */ #define XK_F16 0xffcd #define XK_L6 0xffcd /* deprecated alias for F16 */ #define XK_F17 0xffce #define XK_L7 0xffce /* deprecated alias for F17 */ #define XK_F18 0xffcf #define XK_L8 0xffcf /* deprecated alias for F18 */ #define XK_F19 0xffd0 #define XK_L9 0xffd0 /* deprecated alias for F19 */ #define XK_F20 0xffd1 #define XK_L10 0xffd1 /* deprecated alias for F20 */ #define XK_F21 0xffd2 #define XK_R1 0xffd2 /* deprecated alias for F21 */ #define XK_F22 0xffd3 #define XK_R2 0xffd3 /* deprecated alias for F22 */ #define XK_F23 0xffd4 #define XK_R3 0xffd4 /* deprecated alias for F23 */ #define XK_F24 0xffd5 #define XK_R4 0xffd5 /* deprecated alias for F24 */ #define XK_F25 0xffd6 #define XK_R5 0xffd6 /* deprecated alias for F25 */ #define XK_F26 0xffd7 #define XK_R6 0xffd7 /* deprecated alias for F26 */ #define XK_F27 0xffd8 #define XK_R7 0xffd8 /* deprecated alias for F27 */ #define XK_F28 0xffd9 #define XK_R8 0xffd9 /* deprecated alias for F28 */ #define XK_F29 0xffda #define XK_R9 0xffda /* deprecated alias for F29 */ #define XK_F30 0xffdb #define XK_R10 0xffdb /* deprecated alias for F30 */ #define XK_F31 0xffdc #define XK_R11 0xffdc /* deprecated alias for F31 */ #define XK_F32 0xffdd #define XK_R12 0xffdd /* deprecated alias for F32 */ #define XK_F33 0xffde #define XK_R13 0xffde /* deprecated alias for F33 */ #define XK_F34 0xffdf #define XK_R14 0xffdf /* deprecated alias for F34 */ #define XK_F35 0xffe0 #define XK_R15 0xffe0 /* deprecated alias for F35 */ /* Modifiers */ #define XK_Shift_L 0xffe1 /* Left shift */ #define XK_Shift_R 0xffe2 /* Right shift */ #define XK_Control_L 0xffe3 /* Left control */ #define XK_Control_R 0xffe4 /* Right control */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
345 346 347 348 349 350 351 | #define XK_ISO_Level2_Latch 0xfe02 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Shift 0xfe03 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Latch 0xfe04 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Lock 0xfe05 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Shift 0xfe11 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Latch 0xfe12 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Lock 0xfe13 | | | 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 | #define XK_ISO_Level2_Latch 0xfe02 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Shift 0xfe03 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Latch 0xfe04 #define XK_ISO_Level3_Lock 0xfe05 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Shift 0xfe11 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Latch 0xfe12 #define XK_ISO_Level5_Lock 0xfe13 #define XK_ISO_Group_Shift 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #define XK_ISO_Group_Latch 0xfe06 #define XK_ISO_Group_Lock 0xfe07 #define XK_ISO_Next_Group 0xfe08 #define XK_ISO_Next_Group_Lock 0xfe09 #define XK_ISO_Prev_Group 0xfe0a #define XK_ISO_Prev_Group_Lock 0xfe0b #define XK_ISO_First_Group 0xfe0c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 | #define XK_ISO_Center_Object 0xfe33 #define XK_ISO_Enter 0xfe34 #define XK_dead_grave 0xfe50 #define XK_dead_acute 0xfe51 #define XK_dead_circumflex 0xfe52 #define XK_dead_tilde 0xfe53 | | | | | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 | #define XK_ISO_Center_Object 0xfe33 #define XK_ISO_Enter 0xfe34 #define XK_dead_grave 0xfe50 #define XK_dead_acute 0xfe51 #define XK_dead_circumflex 0xfe52 #define XK_dead_tilde 0xfe53 #define XK_dead_perispomeni 0xfe53 /* non-deprecated alias for dead_tilde */ #define XK_dead_macron 0xfe54 #define XK_dead_breve 0xfe55 #define XK_dead_abovedot 0xfe56 #define XK_dead_diaeresis 0xfe57 #define XK_dead_abovering 0xfe58 #define XK_dead_doubleacute 0xfe59 #define XK_dead_caron 0xfe5a #define XK_dead_cedilla 0xfe5b #define XK_dead_ogonek 0xfe5c #define XK_dead_iota 0xfe5d #define XK_dead_voiced_sound 0xfe5e #define XK_dead_semivoiced_sound 0xfe5f #define XK_dead_belowdot 0xfe60 #define XK_dead_hook 0xfe61 #define XK_dead_horn 0xfe62 #define XK_dead_stroke 0xfe63 #define XK_dead_abovecomma 0xfe64 #define XK_dead_psili 0xfe64 /* non-deprecated alias for dead_abovecomma */ #define XK_dead_abovereversedcomma 0xfe65 #define XK_dead_dasia 0xfe65 /* non-deprecated alias for dead_abovereversedcomma */ #define XK_dead_doublegrave 0xfe66 #define XK_dead_belowring 0xfe67 #define XK_dead_belowmacron 0xfe68 #define XK_dead_belowcircumflex 0xfe69 #define XK_dead_belowtilde 0xfe6a #define XK_dead_belowbreve 0xfe6b #define XK_dead_belowdiaeresis 0xfe6c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
432 433 434 435 436 437 438 | #define XK_dead_E 0xfe83 #define XK_dead_i 0xfe84 #define XK_dead_I 0xfe85 #define XK_dead_o 0xfe86 #define XK_dead_O 0xfe87 #define XK_dead_u 0xfe88 #define XK_dead_U 0xfe89 | | > | > > | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | #define XK_dead_E 0xfe83 #define XK_dead_i 0xfe84 #define XK_dead_I 0xfe85 #define XK_dead_o 0xfe86 #define XK_dead_O 0xfe87 #define XK_dead_u 0xfe88 #define XK_dead_U 0xfe89 #define XK_dead_small_schwa 0xfe8a /* deprecated alias for dead_schwa */ #define XK_dead_schwa 0xfe8a #define XK_dead_capital_schwa 0xfe8b /* deprecated alias for dead_SCHWA */ #define XK_dead_SCHWA 0xfe8b #define XK_dead_greek 0xfe8c #define XK_dead_hamza 0xfe8d #define XK_First_Virtual_Screen 0xfed0 #define XK_Prev_Virtual_Screen 0xfed1 #define XK_Next_Virtual_Screen 0xfed2 #define XK_Last_Virtual_Screen 0xfed4 #define XK_Terminate_Server 0xfed5 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 | #define XK_currency 0x00a4 /* U+00A4 CURRENCY SIGN */ #define XK_yen 0x00a5 /* U+00A5 YEN SIGN */ #define XK_brokenbar 0x00a6 /* U+00A6 BROKEN BAR */ #define XK_section 0x00a7 /* U+00A7 SECTION SIGN */ #define XK_diaeresis 0x00a8 /* U+00A8 DIAERESIS */ #define XK_copyright 0x00a9 /* U+00A9 COPYRIGHT SIGN */ #define XK_ordfeminine 0x00aa /* U+00AA FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR */ | > | | > > | | 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 | #define XK_currency 0x00a4 /* U+00A4 CURRENCY SIGN */ #define XK_yen 0x00a5 /* U+00A5 YEN SIGN */ #define XK_brokenbar 0x00a6 /* U+00A6 BROKEN BAR */ #define XK_section 0x00a7 /* U+00A7 SECTION SIGN */ #define XK_diaeresis 0x00a8 /* U+00A8 DIAERESIS */ #define XK_copyright 0x00a9 /* U+00A9 COPYRIGHT SIGN */ #define XK_ordfeminine 0x00aa /* U+00AA FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR */ #define XK_guillemotleft 0x00ab /* deprecated alias for guillemetleft (misspelling) */ #define XK_guillemetleft 0x00ab /* U+00AB LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK */ #define XK_notsign 0x00ac /* U+00AC NOT SIGN */ #define XK_hyphen 0x00ad /* U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN */ #define XK_registered 0x00ae /* U+00AE REGISTERED SIGN */ #define XK_macron 0x00af /* U+00AF MACRON */ #define XK_degree 0x00b0 /* U+00B0 DEGREE SIGN */ #define XK_plusminus 0x00b1 /* U+00B1 PLUS-MINUS SIGN */ #define XK_twosuperior 0x00b2 /* U+00B2 SUPERSCRIPT TWO */ #define XK_threesuperior 0x00b3 /* U+00B3 SUPERSCRIPT THREE */ #define XK_acute 0x00b4 /* U+00B4 ACUTE ACCENT */ #define XK_mu 0x00b5 /* U+00B5 MICRO SIGN */ #define XK_paragraph 0x00b6 /* U+00B6 PILCROW SIGN */ #define XK_periodcentered 0x00b7 /* U+00B7 MIDDLE DOT */ #define XK_cedilla 0x00b8 /* U+00B8 CEDILLA */ #define XK_onesuperior 0x00b9 /* U+00B9 SUPERSCRIPT ONE */ #define XK_masculine 0x00ba /* deprecated alias for ordmasculine (inconsistent name) */ #define XK_ordmasculine 0x00ba /* U+00BA MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR */ #define XK_guillemotright 0x00bb /* deprecated alias for guillemetright (misspelling) */ #define XK_guillemetright 0x00bb /* U+00BB RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK */ #define XK_onequarter 0x00bc /* U+00BC VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER */ #define XK_onehalf 0x00bd /* U+00BD VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF */ #define XK_threequarters 0x00be /* U+00BE VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS */ #define XK_questiondown 0x00bf /* U+00BF INVERTED QUESTION MARK */ #define XK_Agrave 0x00c0 /* U+00C0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_Aacute 0x00c1 /* U+00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_Acircumflex 0x00c2 /* U+00C2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
698 699 700 701 702 703 704 | #define XK_Ograve 0x00d2 /* U+00D2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_Oacute 0x00d3 /* U+00D3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_Ocircumflex 0x00d4 /* U+00D4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_Otilde 0x00d5 /* U+00D5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE */ #define XK_Odiaeresis 0x00d6 /* U+00D6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_multiply 0x00d7 /* U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN */ #define XK_Oslash 0x00d8 /* U+00D8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE */ | | | 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 | #define XK_Ograve 0x00d2 /* U+00D2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_Oacute 0x00d3 /* U+00D3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_Ocircumflex 0x00d4 /* U+00D4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_Otilde 0x00d5 /* U+00D5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE */ #define XK_Odiaeresis 0x00d6 /* U+00D6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_multiply 0x00d7 /* U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN */ #define XK_Oslash 0x00d8 /* U+00D8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE */ #define XK_Ooblique 0x00d8 /* deprecated alias for Oslash */ #define XK_Ugrave 0x00d9 /* U+00D9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_Uacute 0x00da /* U+00DA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_Ucircumflex 0x00db /* U+00DB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_Udiaeresis 0x00dc /* U+00DC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_Yacute 0x00dd /* U+00DD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_THORN 0x00de /* U+00DE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN */ #define XK_Thorn 0x00de /* deprecated */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
732 733 734 735 736 737 738 | #define XK_ograve 0x00f2 /* U+00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_oacute 0x00f3 /* U+00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_ocircumflex 0x00f4 /* U+00F4 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_otilde 0x00f5 /* U+00F5 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE */ #define XK_odiaeresis 0x00f6 /* U+00F6 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_division 0x00f7 /* U+00F7 DIVISION SIGN */ #define XK_oslash 0x00f8 /* U+00F8 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE */ | | | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 | #define XK_ograve 0x00f2 /* U+00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_oacute 0x00f3 /* U+00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_ocircumflex 0x00f4 /* U+00F4 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_otilde 0x00f5 /* U+00F5 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE */ #define XK_odiaeresis 0x00f6 /* U+00F6 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_division 0x00f7 /* U+00F7 DIVISION SIGN */ #define XK_oslash 0x00f8 /* U+00F8 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE */ #define XK_ooblique 0x00f8 /* deprecated alias for oslash */ #define XK_ugrave 0x00f9 /* U+00F9 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE */ #define XK_uacute 0x00fa /* U+00FA LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_ucircumflex 0x00fb /* U+00FB LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX */ #define XK_udiaeresis 0x00fc /* U+00FC LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS */ #define XK_yacute 0x00fd /* U+00FD LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE */ #define XK_thorn 0x00fe /* U+00FE LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN */ #define XK_ydiaeresis 0x00ff /* U+00FF LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 | #define XK_kana_RU 0x04d9 /* U+30EB KATAKANA LETTER RU */ #define XK_kana_RE 0x04da /* U+30EC KATAKANA LETTER RE */ #define XK_kana_RO 0x04db /* U+30ED KATAKANA LETTER RO */ #define XK_kana_WA 0x04dc /* U+30EF KATAKANA LETTER WA */ #define XK_kana_N 0x04dd /* U+30F3 KATAKANA LETTER N */ #define XK_voicedsound 0x04de /* U+309B KATAKANA-HIRAGANA VOICED SOUND MARK */ #define XK_semivoicedsound 0x04df /* U+309C KATAKANA-HIRAGANA SEMI-VOICED SOUND MARK */ | | | 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 | #define XK_kana_RU 0x04d9 /* U+30EB KATAKANA LETTER RU */ #define XK_kana_RE 0x04da /* U+30EC KATAKANA LETTER RE */ #define XK_kana_RO 0x04db /* U+30ED KATAKANA LETTER RO */ #define XK_kana_WA 0x04dc /* U+30EF KATAKANA LETTER WA */ #define XK_kana_N 0x04dd /* U+30F3 KATAKANA LETTER N */ #define XK_voicedsound 0x04de /* U+309B KATAKANA-HIRAGANA VOICED SOUND MARK */ #define XK_semivoicedsound 0x04df /* U+309C KATAKANA-HIRAGANA SEMI-VOICED SOUND MARK */ #define XK_kana_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #endif /* XK_KATAKANA */ /* * Arabic * Byte 3 = 5 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 | #define XK_Arabic_jeh 0x1000698 /* U+0698 ARABIC LETTER JEH */ #define XK_Arabic_veh 0x10006a4 /* U+06A4 ARABIC LETTER VEH */ #define XK_Arabic_keheh 0x10006a9 /* U+06A9 ARABIC LETTER KEHEH */ #define XK_Arabic_gaf 0x10006af /* U+06AF ARABIC LETTER GAF */ #define XK_Arabic_noon_ghunna 0x10006ba /* U+06BA ARABIC LETTER NOON GHUNNA */ #define XK_Arabic_heh_doachashmee 0x10006be /* U+06BE ARABIC LETTER HEH DOACHASHMEE */ #define XK_Farsi_yeh 0x10006cc /* U+06CC ARABIC LETTER FARSI YEH */ | | | | 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 | #define XK_Arabic_jeh 0x1000698 /* U+0698 ARABIC LETTER JEH */ #define XK_Arabic_veh 0x10006a4 /* U+06A4 ARABIC LETTER VEH */ #define XK_Arabic_keheh 0x10006a9 /* U+06A9 ARABIC LETTER KEHEH */ #define XK_Arabic_gaf 0x10006af /* U+06AF ARABIC LETTER GAF */ #define XK_Arabic_noon_ghunna 0x10006ba /* U+06BA ARABIC LETTER NOON GHUNNA */ #define XK_Arabic_heh_doachashmee 0x10006be /* U+06BE ARABIC LETTER HEH DOACHASHMEE */ #define XK_Farsi_yeh 0x10006cc /* U+06CC ARABIC LETTER FARSI YEH */ #define XK_Arabic_farsi_yeh 0x10006cc /* deprecated alias for Farsi_yeh */ #define XK_Arabic_yeh_baree 0x10006d2 /* U+06D2 ARABIC LETTER YEH BARREE */ #define XK_Arabic_heh_goal 0x10006c1 /* U+06C1 ARABIC LETTER HEH GOAL */ #define XK_Arabic_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #endif /* XK_ARABIC */ /* * Cyrillic * Byte 3 = 6 */ #ifdef XK_CYRILLIC |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 | #ifdef XK_GREEK #define XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent 0x07a1 /* U+0386 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_EPSILONaccent 0x07a2 /* U+0388 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_ETAaccent 0x07a3 /* U+0389 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_IOTAaccent 0x07a4 /* U+038A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_IOTAdieresis 0x07a5 /* U+03AA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA */ | | | 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 | #ifdef XK_GREEK #define XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent 0x07a1 /* U+0386 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_EPSILONaccent 0x07a2 /* U+0388 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_ETAaccent 0x07a3 /* U+0389 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_IOTAaccent 0x07a4 /* U+038A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_IOTAdieresis 0x07a5 /* U+03AA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA */ #define XK_Greek_IOTAdiaeresis 0x07a5 /* deprecated (old typo) */ #define XK_Greek_OMICRONaccent 0x07a7 /* U+038C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_UPSILONaccent 0x07a8 /* U+038E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_UPSILONdieresis 0x07a9 /* U+03AB GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA */ #define XK_Greek_OMEGAaccent 0x07ab /* U+038F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_accentdieresis 0x07ae /* U+0385 GREEK DIALYTIKA TONOS */ #define XK_Greek_horizbar 0x07af /* U+2015 HORIZONTAL BAR */ #define XK_Greek_alphaaccent 0x07b1 /* U+03AC GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 | #define XK_Greek_EPSILON 0x07c5 /* U+0395 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON */ #define XK_Greek_ZETA 0x07c6 /* U+0396 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA */ #define XK_Greek_ETA 0x07c7 /* U+0397 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA */ #define XK_Greek_THETA 0x07c8 /* U+0398 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA */ #define XK_Greek_IOTA 0x07c9 /* U+0399 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA */ #define XK_Greek_KAPPA 0x07ca /* U+039A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA */ #define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x07cb /* U+039B GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA */ | | | 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 | #define XK_Greek_EPSILON 0x07c5 /* U+0395 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON */ #define XK_Greek_ZETA 0x07c6 /* U+0396 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA */ #define XK_Greek_ETA 0x07c7 /* U+0397 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA */ #define XK_Greek_THETA 0x07c8 /* U+0398 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA */ #define XK_Greek_IOTA 0x07c9 /* U+0399 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA */ #define XK_Greek_KAPPA 0x07ca /* U+039A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA */ #define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x07cb /* U+039B GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA */ #define XK_Greek_LAMBDA 0x07cb /* non-deprecated alias for Greek_LAMDA */ #define XK_Greek_MU 0x07cc /* U+039C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU */ #define XK_Greek_NU 0x07cd /* U+039D GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU */ #define XK_Greek_XI 0x07ce /* U+039E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI */ #define XK_Greek_OMICRON 0x07cf /* U+039F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON */ #define XK_Greek_PI 0x07d0 /* U+03A0 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI */ #define XK_Greek_RHO 0x07d1 /* U+03A1 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO */ #define XK_Greek_SIGMA 0x07d2 /* U+03A3 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 | #define XK_Greek_epsilon 0x07e5 /* U+03B5 GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON */ #define XK_Greek_zeta 0x07e6 /* U+03B6 GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA */ #define XK_Greek_eta 0x07e7 /* U+03B7 GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA */ #define XK_Greek_theta 0x07e8 /* U+03B8 GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA */ #define XK_Greek_iota 0x07e9 /* U+03B9 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA */ #define XK_Greek_kappa 0x07ea /* U+03BA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA */ #define XK_Greek_lamda 0x07eb /* U+03BB GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA */ | | | | 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 | #define XK_Greek_epsilon 0x07e5 /* U+03B5 GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON */ #define XK_Greek_zeta 0x07e6 /* U+03B6 GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA */ #define XK_Greek_eta 0x07e7 /* U+03B7 GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA */ #define XK_Greek_theta 0x07e8 /* U+03B8 GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA */ #define XK_Greek_iota 0x07e9 /* U+03B9 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA */ #define XK_Greek_kappa 0x07ea /* U+03BA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA */ #define XK_Greek_lamda 0x07eb /* U+03BB GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA */ #define XK_Greek_lambda 0x07eb /* non-deprecated alias for Greek_lamda */ #define XK_Greek_mu 0x07ec /* U+03BC GREEK SMALL LETTER MU */ #define XK_Greek_nu 0x07ed /* U+03BD GREEK SMALL LETTER NU */ #define XK_Greek_xi 0x07ee /* U+03BE GREEK SMALL LETTER XI */ #define XK_Greek_omicron 0x07ef /* U+03BF GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON */ #define XK_Greek_pi 0x07f0 /* U+03C0 GREEK SMALL LETTER PI */ #define XK_Greek_rho 0x07f1 /* U+03C1 GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO */ #define XK_Greek_sigma 0x07f2 /* U+03C3 GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA */ #define XK_Greek_finalsmallsigma 0x07f3 /* U+03C2 GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA */ #define XK_Greek_tau 0x07f4 /* U+03C4 GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU */ #define XK_Greek_upsilon 0x07f5 /* U+03C5 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON */ #define XK_Greek_phi 0x07f6 /* U+03C6 GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI */ #define XK_Greek_chi 0x07f7 /* U+03C7 GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI */ #define XK_Greek_psi 0x07f8 /* U+03C8 GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI */ #define XK_Greek_omega 0x07f9 /* U+03C9 GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA */ #define XK_Greek_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #endif /* XK_GREEK */ /* * Technical * (from the DEC VT330/VT420 Technical Character Set, http://vt100.net/charsets/technical.html) * Byte 3 = 8 */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 | #define XK_twofifths 0x0ab3 /* U+2156 VULGAR FRACTION TWO FIFTHS */ #define XK_threefifths 0x0ab4 /* U+2157 VULGAR FRACTION THREE FIFTHS */ #define XK_fourfifths 0x0ab5 /* U+2158 VULGAR FRACTION FOUR FIFTHS */ #define XK_onesixth 0x0ab6 /* U+2159 VULGAR FRACTION ONE SIXTH */ #define XK_fivesixths 0x0ab7 /* U+215A VULGAR FRACTION FIVE SIXTHS */ #define XK_careof 0x0ab8 /* U+2105 CARE OF */ #define XK_figdash 0x0abb /* U+2012 FIGURE DASH */ | | | | 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 | #define XK_twofifths 0x0ab3 /* U+2156 VULGAR FRACTION TWO FIFTHS */ #define XK_threefifths 0x0ab4 /* U+2157 VULGAR FRACTION THREE FIFTHS */ #define XK_fourfifths 0x0ab5 /* U+2158 VULGAR FRACTION FOUR FIFTHS */ #define XK_onesixth 0x0ab6 /* U+2159 VULGAR FRACTION ONE SIXTH */ #define XK_fivesixths 0x0ab7 /* U+215A VULGAR FRACTION FIVE SIXTHS */ #define XK_careof 0x0ab8 /* U+2105 CARE OF */ #define XK_figdash 0x0abb /* U+2012 FIGURE DASH */ #define XK_leftanglebracket 0x0abc /*(U+2329 LEFT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET)*/ #define XK_decimalpoint 0x0abd /*(U+002E FULL STOP)*/ #define XK_rightanglebracket 0x0abe /*(U+232A RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET)*/ #define XK_marker 0x0abf #define XK_oneeighth 0x0ac3 /* U+215B VULGAR FRACTION ONE EIGHTH */ #define XK_threeeighths 0x0ac4 /* U+215C VULGAR FRACTION THREE EIGHTHS */ #define XK_fiveeighths 0x0ac5 /* U+215D VULGAR FRACTION FIVE EIGHTHS */ #define XK_seveneighths 0x0ac6 /* U+215E VULGAR FRACTION SEVEN EIGHTHS */ #define XK_trademark 0x0ac9 /* U+2122 TRADE MARK SIGN */ #define XK_signaturemark 0x0aca /*(U+2613 SALTIRE)*/ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 | #define XK_hebrew_zadi 0x0cf6 /* deprecated */ #define XK_hebrew_qoph 0x0cf7 /* U+05E7 HEBREW LETTER QOF */ #define XK_hebrew_kuf 0x0cf7 /* deprecated */ #define XK_hebrew_resh 0x0cf8 /* U+05E8 HEBREW LETTER RESH */ #define XK_hebrew_shin 0x0cf9 /* U+05E9 HEBREW LETTER SHIN */ #define XK_hebrew_taw 0x0cfa /* U+05EA HEBREW LETTER TAV */ #define XK_hebrew_taf 0x0cfa /* deprecated */ | | | 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 | #define XK_hebrew_zadi 0x0cf6 /* deprecated */ #define XK_hebrew_qoph 0x0cf7 /* U+05E7 HEBREW LETTER QOF */ #define XK_hebrew_kuf 0x0cf7 /* deprecated */ #define XK_hebrew_resh 0x0cf8 /* U+05E8 HEBREW LETTER RESH */ #define XK_hebrew_shin 0x0cf9 /* U+05E9 HEBREW LETTER SHIN */ #define XK_hebrew_taw 0x0cfa /* U+05EA HEBREW LETTER TAV */ #define XK_hebrew_taf 0x0cfa /* deprecated */ #define XK_Hebrew_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ #endif /* XK_HEBREW */ /* * Thai * Byte 3 = 0x0d */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 | #define XK_Thai_sarai 0x0dd4 /* U+0E34 THAI CHARACTER SARA I */ #define XK_Thai_saraii 0x0dd5 /* U+0E35 THAI CHARACTER SARA II */ #define XK_Thai_saraue 0x0dd6 /* U+0E36 THAI CHARACTER SARA UE */ #define XK_Thai_sarauee 0x0dd7 /* U+0E37 THAI CHARACTER SARA UEE */ #define XK_Thai_sarau 0x0dd8 /* U+0E38 THAI CHARACTER SARA U */ #define XK_Thai_sarauu 0x0dd9 /* U+0E39 THAI CHARACTER SARA UU */ #define XK_Thai_phinthu 0x0dda /* U+0E3A THAI CHARACTER PHINTHU */ | | | 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 | #define XK_Thai_sarai 0x0dd4 /* U+0E34 THAI CHARACTER SARA I */ #define XK_Thai_saraii 0x0dd5 /* U+0E35 THAI CHARACTER SARA II */ #define XK_Thai_saraue 0x0dd6 /* U+0E36 THAI CHARACTER SARA UE */ #define XK_Thai_sarauee 0x0dd7 /* U+0E37 THAI CHARACTER SARA UEE */ #define XK_Thai_sarau 0x0dd8 /* U+0E38 THAI CHARACTER SARA U */ #define XK_Thai_sarauu 0x0dd9 /* U+0E39 THAI CHARACTER SARA UU */ #define XK_Thai_phinthu 0x0dda /* U+0E3A THAI CHARACTER PHINTHU */ #define XK_Thai_maihanakat_maitho 0x0dde /*(U+0E3E Unassigned code point)*/ #define XK_Thai_baht 0x0ddf /* U+0E3F THAI CURRENCY SYMBOL BAHT */ #define XK_Thai_sarae 0x0de0 /* U+0E40 THAI CHARACTER SARA E */ #define XK_Thai_saraae 0x0de1 /* U+0E41 THAI CHARACTER SARA AE */ #define XK_Thai_sarao 0x0de2 /* U+0E42 THAI CHARACTER SARA O */ #define XK_Thai_saraaimaimuan 0x0de3 /* U+0E43 THAI CHARACTER SARA AI MAIMUAN */ #define XK_Thai_saraaimaimalai 0x0de4 /* U+0E44 THAI CHARACTER SARA AI MAIMALAI */ #define XK_Thai_lakkhangyao 0x0de5 /* U+0E45 THAI CHARACTER LAKKHANGYAO */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 | #define XK_Hangul_Banja 0xff39 /* Banja mode */ #define XK_Hangul_PreHanja 0xff3a /* Pre Hanja conversion */ #define XK_Hangul_PostHanja 0xff3b /* Post Hanja conversion */ #define XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate 0xff3c /* Single candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate 0xff3d /* Multiple candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate 0xff3e /* Previous candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_Special 0xff3f /* Special symbols */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 | #define XK_Hangul_Banja 0xff39 /* Banja mode */ #define XK_Hangul_PreHanja 0xff3a /* Pre Hanja conversion */ #define XK_Hangul_PostHanja 0xff3b /* Post Hanja conversion */ #define XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate 0xff3c /* Single candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate 0xff3d /* Multiple candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate 0xff3e /* Previous candidate */ #define XK_Hangul_Special 0xff3f /* Special symbols */ #define XK_Hangul_switch 0xff7e /* non-deprecated alias for Mode_switch */ /* Hangul Consonant Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_Kiyeog 0x0ea1 /* U+3131 HANGUL LETTER KIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_SsangKiyeog 0x0ea2 /* U+3132 HANGUL LETTER SSANGKIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_KiyeogSios 0x0ea3 /* U+3133 HANGUL LETTER KIYEOK-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_Nieun 0x0ea4 /* U+3134 HANGUL LETTER NIEUN */ #define XK_Hangul_NieunJieuj 0x0ea5 /* U+3135 HANGUL LETTER NIEUN-CIEUC */ #define XK_Hangul_NieunHieuh 0x0ea6 /* U+3136 HANGUL LETTER NIEUN-HIEUH */ #define XK_Hangul_Dikeud 0x0ea7 /* U+3137 HANGUL LETTER TIKEUT */ #define XK_Hangul_SsangDikeud 0x0ea8 /* U+3138 HANGUL LETTER SSANGTIKEUT */ #define XK_Hangul_Rieul 0x0ea9 /* U+3139 HANGUL LETTER RIEUL */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulKiyeog 0x0eaa /* U+313A HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-KIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulMieum 0x0eab /* U+313B HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-MIEUM */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulPieub 0x0eac /* U+313C HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-PIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulSios 0x0ead /* U+313D HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulTieut 0x0eae /* U+313E HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-THIEUTH */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulPhieuf 0x0eaf /* U+313F HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-PHIEUPH */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulHieuh 0x0eb0 /* U+3140 HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-HIEUH */ #define XK_Hangul_Mieum 0x0eb1 /* U+3141 HANGUL LETTER MIEUM */ #define XK_Hangul_Pieub 0x0eb2 /* U+3142 HANGUL LETTER PIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_SsangPieub 0x0eb3 /* U+3143 HANGUL LETTER SSANGPIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_PieubSios 0x0eb4 /* U+3144 HANGUL LETTER PIEUP-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_Sios 0x0eb5 /* U+3145 HANGUL LETTER SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_SsangSios 0x0eb6 /* U+3146 HANGUL LETTER SSANGSIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_Ieung 0x0eb7 /* U+3147 HANGUL LETTER IEUNG */ #define XK_Hangul_Jieuj 0x0eb8 /* U+3148 HANGUL LETTER CIEUC */ #define XK_Hangul_SsangJieuj 0x0eb9 /* U+3149 HANGUL LETTER SSANGCIEUC */ #define XK_Hangul_Cieuc 0x0eba /* U+314A HANGUL LETTER CHIEUCH */ #define XK_Hangul_Khieuq 0x0ebb /* U+314B HANGUL LETTER KHIEUKH */ #define XK_Hangul_Tieut 0x0ebc /* U+314C HANGUL LETTER THIEUTH */ #define XK_Hangul_Phieuf 0x0ebd /* U+314D HANGUL LETTER PHIEUPH */ #define XK_Hangul_Hieuh 0x0ebe /* U+314E HANGUL LETTER HIEUH */ /* Hangul Vowel Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_A 0x0ebf /* U+314F HANGUL LETTER A */ #define XK_Hangul_AE 0x0ec0 /* U+3150 HANGUL LETTER AE */ #define XK_Hangul_YA 0x0ec1 /* U+3151 HANGUL LETTER YA */ #define XK_Hangul_YAE 0x0ec2 /* U+3152 HANGUL LETTER YAE */ #define XK_Hangul_EO 0x0ec3 /* U+3153 HANGUL LETTER EO */ #define XK_Hangul_E 0x0ec4 /* U+3154 HANGUL LETTER E */ #define XK_Hangul_YEO 0x0ec5 /* U+3155 HANGUL LETTER YEO */ #define XK_Hangul_YE 0x0ec6 /* U+3156 HANGUL LETTER YE */ #define XK_Hangul_O 0x0ec7 /* U+3157 HANGUL LETTER O */ #define XK_Hangul_WA 0x0ec8 /* U+3158 HANGUL LETTER WA */ #define XK_Hangul_WAE 0x0ec9 /* U+3159 HANGUL LETTER WAE */ #define XK_Hangul_OE 0x0eca /* U+315A HANGUL LETTER OE */ #define XK_Hangul_YO 0x0ecb /* U+315B HANGUL LETTER YO */ #define XK_Hangul_U 0x0ecc /* U+315C HANGUL LETTER U */ #define XK_Hangul_WEO 0x0ecd /* U+315D HANGUL LETTER WEO */ #define XK_Hangul_WE 0x0ece /* U+315E HANGUL LETTER WE */ #define XK_Hangul_WI 0x0ecf /* U+315F HANGUL LETTER WI */ #define XK_Hangul_YU 0x0ed0 /* U+3160 HANGUL LETTER YU */ #define XK_Hangul_EU 0x0ed1 /* U+3161 HANGUL LETTER EU */ #define XK_Hangul_YI 0x0ed2 /* U+3162 HANGUL LETTER YI */ #define XK_Hangul_I 0x0ed3 /* U+3163 HANGUL LETTER I */ /* Hangul syllable-final (JongSeong) Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Kiyeog 0x0ed4 /* U+11A8 HANGUL JONGSEONG KIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_J_SsangKiyeog 0x0ed5 /* U+11A9 HANGUL JONGSEONG SSANGKIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_J_KiyeogSios 0x0ed6 /* U+11AA HANGUL JONGSEONG KIYEOK-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Nieun 0x0ed7 /* U+11AB HANGUL JONGSEONG NIEUN */ #define XK_Hangul_J_NieunJieuj 0x0ed8 /* U+11AC HANGUL JONGSEONG NIEUN-CIEUC */ #define XK_Hangul_J_NieunHieuh 0x0ed9 /* U+11AD HANGUL JONGSEONG NIEUN-HIEUH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Dikeud 0x0eda /* U+11AE HANGUL JONGSEONG TIKEUT */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Rieul 0x0edb /* U+11AF HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulKiyeog 0x0edc /* U+11B0 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-KIYEOK */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulMieum 0x0edd /* U+11B1 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-MIEUM */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulPieub 0x0ede /* U+11B2 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-PIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulSios 0x0edf /* U+11B3 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulTieut 0x0ee0 /* U+11B4 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-THIEUTH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulPhieuf 0x0ee1 /* U+11B5 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-PHIEUPH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_RieulHieuh 0x0ee2 /* U+11B6 HANGUL JONGSEONG RIEUL-HIEUH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Mieum 0x0ee3 /* U+11B7 HANGUL JONGSEONG MIEUM */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Pieub 0x0ee4 /* U+11B8 HANGUL JONGSEONG PIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_J_PieubSios 0x0ee5 /* U+11B9 HANGUL JONGSEONG PIEUP-SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Sios 0x0ee6 /* U+11BA HANGUL JONGSEONG SIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_SsangSios 0x0ee7 /* U+11BB HANGUL JONGSEONG SSANGSIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Ieung 0x0ee8 /* U+11BC HANGUL JONGSEONG IEUNG */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Jieuj 0x0ee9 /* U+11BD HANGUL JONGSEONG CIEUC */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Cieuc 0x0eea /* U+11BE HANGUL JONGSEONG CHIEUCH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Khieuq 0x0eeb /* U+11BF HANGUL JONGSEONG KHIEUKH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Tieut 0x0eec /* U+11C0 HANGUL JONGSEONG THIEUTH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Phieuf 0x0eed /* U+11C1 HANGUL JONGSEONG PHIEUPH */ #define XK_Hangul_J_Hieuh 0x0eee /* U+11C2 HANGUL JONGSEONG HIEUH */ /* Ancient Hangul Consonant Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_RieulYeorinHieuh 0x0eef /* U+316D HANGUL LETTER RIEUL-YEORINHIEUH */ #define XK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumMieum 0x0ef0 /* U+3171 HANGUL LETTER KAPYEOUNMIEUM */ #define XK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumPieub 0x0ef1 /* U+3178 HANGUL LETTER KAPYEOUNPIEUP */ #define XK_Hangul_PanSios 0x0ef2 /* U+317F HANGUL LETTER PANSIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_KkogjiDalrinIeung 0x0ef3 /* U+3181 HANGUL LETTER YESIEUNG */ #define XK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumPhieuf 0x0ef4 /* U+3184 HANGUL LETTER KAPYEOUNPHIEUPH */ #define XK_Hangul_YeorinHieuh 0x0ef5 /* U+3186 HANGUL LETTER YEORINHIEUH */ /* Ancient Hangul Vowel Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_AraeA 0x0ef6 /* U+318D HANGUL LETTER ARAEA */ #define XK_Hangul_AraeAE 0x0ef7 /* U+318E HANGUL LETTER ARAEAE */ /* Ancient Hangul syllable-final (JongSeong) Characters */ #define XK_Hangul_J_PanSios 0x0ef8 /* U+11EB HANGUL JONGSEONG PANSIOS */ #define XK_Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung 0x0ef9 /* U+11F0 HANGUL JONGSEONG YESIEUNG */ #define XK_Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh 0x0efa /* U+11F9 HANGUL JONGSEONG YEORINHIEUH */ /* Korean currency symbol */ #define XK_Korean_Won 0x0eff /*(U+20A9 WON SIGN)*/ #endif /* XK_KOREAN */ /* * Armenian */ #ifdef XK_ARMENIAN #define XK_Armenian_ligature_ew 0x1000587 /* U+0587 ARMENIAN SMALL LIGATURE ECH YIWN */ #define XK_Armenian_full_stop 0x1000589 /* U+0589 ARMENIAN FULL STOP */ #define XK_Armenian_verjaket 0x1000589 /* deprecated alias for Armenian_full_stop */ #define XK_Armenian_separation_mark 0x100055d /* U+055D ARMENIAN COMMA */ #define XK_Armenian_but 0x100055d /* deprecated alias for Armenian_separation_mark */ #define XK_Armenian_hyphen 0x100058a /* U+058A ARMENIAN HYPHEN */ #define XK_Armenian_yentamna 0x100058a /* deprecated alias for Armenian_hyphen */ #define XK_Armenian_exclam 0x100055c /* U+055C ARMENIAN EXCLAMATION MARK */ #define XK_Armenian_amanak 0x100055c /* deprecated alias for Armenian_exclam */ #define XK_Armenian_accent 0x100055b /* U+055B ARMENIAN EMPHASIS MARK */ #define XK_Armenian_shesht 0x100055b /* deprecated alias for Armenian_accent */ #define XK_Armenian_question 0x100055e /* U+055E ARMENIAN QUESTION MARK */ #define XK_Armenian_paruyk 0x100055e /* deprecated alias for Armenian_question */ #define XK_Armenian_AYB 0x1000531 /* U+0531 ARMENIAN CAPITAL LETTER AYB */ #define XK_Armenian_ayb 0x1000561 /* U+0561 ARMENIAN SMALL LETTER AYB */ #define XK_Armenian_BEN 0x1000532 /* U+0532 ARMENIAN CAPITAL LETTER BEN */ #define XK_Armenian_ben 0x1000562 /* U+0562 ARMENIAN SMALL LETTER BEN */ #define XK_Armenian_GIM 0x1000533 /* U+0533 ARMENIAN CAPITAL LETTER GIM */ #define XK_Armenian_gim 0x1000563 /* U+0563 ARMENIAN SMALL LETTER GIM */ #define XK_Armenian_DA 0x1000534 /* U+0534 ARMENIAN CAPITAL LETTER DA */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 | #define XK_yhook 0x1001ef7 /* U+1EF7 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH HOOK ABOVE */ #define XK_Ytilde 0x1001ef8 /* U+1EF8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH TILDE */ #define XK_ytilde 0x1001ef9 /* U+1EF9 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH TILDE */ #define XK_Ohorn 0x10001a0 /* U+01A0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH HORN */ #define XK_ohorn 0x10001a1 /* U+01A1 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH HORN */ #define XK_Uhorn 0x10001af /* U+01AF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH HORN */ #define XK_uhorn 0x10001b0 /* U+01B0 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH HORN */ #endif /* XK_VIETNAMESE */ #ifdef XK_CURRENCY #define XK_EcuSign 0x10020a0 /* U+20A0 EURO-CURRENCY SIGN */ #define XK_ColonSign 0x10020a1 /* U+20A1 COLON SIGN */ #define XK_CruzeiroSign 0x10020a2 /* U+20A2 CRUZEIRO SIGN */ | > > > > > | 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 | #define XK_yhook 0x1001ef7 /* U+1EF7 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH HOOK ABOVE */ #define XK_Ytilde 0x1001ef8 /* U+1EF8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH TILDE */ #define XK_ytilde 0x1001ef9 /* U+1EF9 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH TILDE */ #define XK_Ohorn 0x10001a0 /* U+01A0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH HORN */ #define XK_ohorn 0x10001a1 /* U+01A1 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH HORN */ #define XK_Uhorn 0x10001af /* U+01AF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH HORN */ #define XK_uhorn 0x10001b0 /* U+01B0 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH HORN */ #define XK_combining_tilde 0x1000303 /* U+0303 COMBINING TILDE */ #define XK_combining_grave 0x1000300 /* U+0300 COMBINING GRAVE ACCENT */ #define XK_combining_acute 0x1000301 /* U+0301 COMBINING ACUTE ACCENT */ #define XK_combining_hook 0x1000309 /* U+0309 COMBINING HOOK ABOVE */ #define XK_combining_belowdot 0x1000323 /* U+0323 COMBINING DOT BELOW */ #endif /* XK_VIETNAMESE */ #ifdef XK_CURRENCY #define XK_EcuSign 0x10020a0 /* U+20A0 EURO-CURRENCY SIGN */ #define XK_ColonSign 0x10020a1 /* U+20A1 COLON SIGN */ #define XK_CruzeiroSign 0x10020a2 /* U+20A2 CRUZEIRO SIGN */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 | #define XK_foursubscript 0x1002084 /* U+2084 SUBSCRIPT FOUR */ #define XK_fivesubscript 0x1002085 /* U+2085 SUBSCRIPT FIVE */ #define XK_sixsubscript 0x1002086 /* U+2086 SUBSCRIPT SIX */ #define XK_sevensubscript 0x1002087 /* U+2087 SUBSCRIPT SEVEN */ #define XK_eightsubscript 0x1002088 /* U+2088 SUBSCRIPT EIGHT */ #define XK_ninesubscript 0x1002089 /* U+2089 SUBSCRIPT NINE */ #define XK_partdifferential 0x1002202 /* U+2202 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL */ | | | | | | | | | | | 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 | #define XK_foursubscript 0x1002084 /* U+2084 SUBSCRIPT FOUR */ #define XK_fivesubscript 0x1002085 /* U+2085 SUBSCRIPT FIVE */ #define XK_sixsubscript 0x1002086 /* U+2086 SUBSCRIPT SIX */ #define XK_sevensubscript 0x1002087 /* U+2087 SUBSCRIPT SEVEN */ #define XK_eightsubscript 0x1002088 /* U+2088 SUBSCRIPT EIGHT */ #define XK_ninesubscript 0x1002089 /* U+2089 SUBSCRIPT NINE */ #define XK_partdifferential 0x1002202 /* U+2202 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL */ #define XK_emptyset 0x1002205 /* U+2205 EMPTY SET */ #define XK_elementof 0x1002208 /* U+2208 ELEMENT OF */ #define XK_notelementof 0x1002209 /* U+2209 NOT AN ELEMENT OF */ #define XK_containsas 0x100220b /* U+220B CONTAINS AS MEMBER */ #define XK_squareroot 0x100221a /* U+221A SQUARE ROOT */ #define XK_cuberoot 0x100221b /* U+221B CUBE ROOT */ #define XK_fourthroot 0x100221c /* U+221C FOURTH ROOT */ #define XK_dintegral 0x100222c /* U+222C DOUBLE INTEGRAL */ #define XK_tintegral 0x100222d /* U+222D TRIPLE INTEGRAL */ #define XK_because 0x1002235 /* U+2235 BECAUSE */ #define XK_approxeq 0x1002248 /*(U+2248 ALMOST EQUAL TO)*/ #define XK_notapproxeq 0x1002247 /*(U+2247 NEITHER APPROXIMATELY NOR ACTUALLY EQUAL TO)*/ #define XK_notidentical 0x1002262 /* U+2262 NOT IDENTICAL TO */ #define XK_stricteq 0x1002263 /* U+2263 STRICTLY EQUIVALENT TO */ #endif /* XK_MATHEMATICAL */ #ifdef XK_BRAILLE #define XK_braille_dot_1 0xfff1 #define XK_braille_dot_2 0xfff2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 | #define XK_braille_dots_12 0x1002803 /* U+2803 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3 0x1002804 /* U+2804 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13 0x1002805 /* U+2805 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23 0x1002806 /* U+2806 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123 0x1002807 /* U+2807 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4 0x1002808 /* U+2808 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14 0x1002809 /* U+2809 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14 */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 | #define XK_braille_dots_12 0x1002803 /* U+2803 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3 0x1002804 /* U+2804 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13 0x1002805 /* U+2805 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23 0x1002806 /* U+2806 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123 0x1002807 /* U+2807 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4 0x1002808 /* U+2808 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14 0x1002809 /* U+2809 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14 */ #define XK_braille_dots_24 0x100280a /* U+280A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-24 */ #define XK_braille_dots_124 0x100280b /* U+280B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-124 */ #define XK_braille_dots_34 0x100280c /* U+280C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-34 */ #define XK_braille_dots_134 0x100280d /* U+280D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-134 */ #define XK_braille_dots_234 0x100280e /* U+280E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-234 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1234 0x100280f /* U+280F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1234 */ #define XK_braille_dots_5 0x1002810 /* U+2810 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-5 */ #define XK_braille_dots_15 0x1002811 /* U+2811 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-15 */ #define XK_braille_dots_25 0x1002812 /* U+2812 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-25 */ #define XK_braille_dots_125 0x1002813 /* U+2813 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-125 */ #define XK_braille_dots_35 0x1002814 /* U+2814 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-35 */ #define XK_braille_dots_135 0x1002815 /* U+2815 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-135 */ #define XK_braille_dots_235 0x1002816 /* U+2816 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-235 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1235 0x1002817 /* U+2817 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1235 */ #define XK_braille_dots_45 0x1002818 /* U+2818 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-45 */ #define XK_braille_dots_145 0x1002819 /* U+2819 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-145 */ #define XK_braille_dots_245 0x100281a /* U+281A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-245 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1245 0x100281b /* U+281B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1245 */ #define XK_braille_dots_345 0x100281c /* U+281C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-345 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1345 0x100281d /* U+281D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1345 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2345 0x100281e /* U+281E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2345 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12345 0x100281f /* U+281F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12345 */ #define XK_braille_dots_6 0x1002820 /* U+2820 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-6 */ #define XK_braille_dots_16 0x1002821 /* U+2821 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-16 */ #define XK_braille_dots_26 0x1002822 /* U+2822 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-26 */ #define XK_braille_dots_126 0x1002823 /* U+2823 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-126 */ #define XK_braille_dots_36 0x1002824 /* U+2824 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-36 */ #define XK_braille_dots_136 0x1002825 /* U+2825 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-136 */ #define XK_braille_dots_236 0x1002826 /* U+2826 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-236 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1236 0x1002827 /* U+2827 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1236 */ #define XK_braille_dots_46 0x1002828 /* U+2828 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-46 */ #define XK_braille_dots_146 0x1002829 /* U+2829 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-146 */ #define XK_braille_dots_246 0x100282a /* U+282A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-246 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1246 0x100282b /* U+282B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1246 */ #define XK_braille_dots_346 0x100282c /* U+282C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-346 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1346 0x100282d /* U+282D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1346 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2346 0x100282e /* U+282E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2346 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12346 0x100282f /* U+282F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12346 */ #define XK_braille_dots_56 0x1002830 /* U+2830 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-56 */ #define XK_braille_dots_156 0x1002831 /* U+2831 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-156 */ #define XK_braille_dots_256 0x1002832 /* U+2832 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-256 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1256 0x1002833 /* U+2833 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1256 */ #define XK_braille_dots_356 0x1002834 /* U+2834 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-356 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1356 0x1002835 /* U+2835 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1356 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2356 0x1002836 /* U+2836 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2356 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12356 0x1002837 /* U+2837 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12356 */ #define XK_braille_dots_456 0x1002838 /* U+2838 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1456 0x1002839 /* U+2839 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2456 0x100283a /* U+283A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12456 0x100283b /* U+283B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3456 0x100283c /* U+283C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13456 0x100283d /* U+283D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23456 0x100283e /* U+283E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123456 0x100283f /* U+283F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123456 */ #define XK_braille_dots_7 0x1002840 /* U+2840 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-7 */ #define XK_braille_dots_17 0x1002841 /* U+2841 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-17 */ #define XK_braille_dots_27 0x1002842 /* U+2842 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-27 */ #define XK_braille_dots_127 0x1002843 /* U+2843 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-127 */ #define XK_braille_dots_37 0x1002844 /* U+2844 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-37 */ #define XK_braille_dots_137 0x1002845 /* U+2845 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-137 */ #define XK_braille_dots_237 0x1002846 /* U+2846 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-237 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1237 0x1002847 /* U+2847 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1237 */ #define XK_braille_dots_47 0x1002848 /* U+2848 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-47 */ #define XK_braille_dots_147 0x1002849 /* U+2849 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-147 */ #define XK_braille_dots_247 0x100284a /* U+284A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-247 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1247 0x100284b /* U+284B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1247 */ #define XK_braille_dots_347 0x100284c /* U+284C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-347 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1347 0x100284d /* U+284D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1347 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2347 0x100284e /* U+284E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2347 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12347 0x100284f /* U+284F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12347 */ #define XK_braille_dots_57 0x1002850 /* U+2850 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-57 */ #define XK_braille_dots_157 0x1002851 /* U+2851 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-157 */ #define XK_braille_dots_257 0x1002852 /* U+2852 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-257 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1257 0x1002853 /* U+2853 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1257 */ #define XK_braille_dots_357 0x1002854 /* U+2854 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-357 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1357 0x1002855 /* U+2855 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1357 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2357 0x1002856 /* U+2856 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2357 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12357 0x1002857 /* U+2857 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12357 */ #define XK_braille_dots_457 0x1002858 /* U+2858 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1457 0x1002859 /* U+2859 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2457 0x100285a /* U+285A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12457 0x100285b /* U+285B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3457 0x100285c /* U+285C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13457 0x100285d /* U+285D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23457 0x100285e /* U+285E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123457 0x100285f /* U+285F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123457 */ #define XK_braille_dots_67 0x1002860 /* U+2860 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-67 */ #define XK_braille_dots_167 0x1002861 /* U+2861 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-167 */ #define XK_braille_dots_267 0x1002862 /* U+2862 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-267 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1267 0x1002863 /* U+2863 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1267 */ #define XK_braille_dots_367 0x1002864 /* U+2864 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-367 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1367 0x1002865 /* U+2865 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1367 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2367 0x1002866 /* U+2866 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2367 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12367 0x1002867 /* U+2867 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12367 */ #define XK_braille_dots_467 0x1002868 /* U+2868 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1467 0x1002869 /* U+2869 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2467 0x100286a /* U+286A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12467 0x100286b /* U+286B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3467 0x100286c /* U+286C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13467 0x100286d /* U+286D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23467 0x100286e /* U+286E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123467 0x100286f /* U+286F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123467 */ #define XK_braille_dots_567 0x1002870 /* U+2870 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1567 0x1002871 /* U+2871 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2567 0x1002872 /* U+2872 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12567 0x1002873 /* U+2873 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3567 0x1002874 /* U+2874 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13567 0x1002875 /* U+2875 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23567 0x1002876 /* U+2876 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123567 0x1002877 /* U+2877 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4567 0x1002878 /* U+2878 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14567 0x1002879 /* U+2879 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_24567 0x100287a /* U+287A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-24567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_124567 0x100287b /* U+287B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-124567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_34567 0x100287c /* U+287C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-34567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_134567 0x100287d /* U+287D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-134567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_234567 0x100287e /* U+287E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-234567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1234567 0x100287f /* U+287F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1234567 */ #define XK_braille_dots_8 0x1002880 /* U+2880 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-8 */ #define XK_braille_dots_18 0x1002881 /* U+2881 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-18 */ #define XK_braille_dots_28 0x1002882 /* U+2882 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-28 */ #define XK_braille_dots_128 0x1002883 /* U+2883 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-128 */ #define XK_braille_dots_38 0x1002884 /* U+2884 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-38 */ #define XK_braille_dots_138 0x1002885 /* U+2885 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-138 */ #define XK_braille_dots_238 0x1002886 /* U+2886 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-238 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1238 0x1002887 /* U+2887 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1238 */ #define XK_braille_dots_48 0x1002888 /* U+2888 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-48 */ #define XK_braille_dots_148 0x1002889 /* U+2889 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-148 */ #define XK_braille_dots_248 0x100288a /* U+288A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-248 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1248 0x100288b /* U+288B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1248 */ #define XK_braille_dots_348 0x100288c /* U+288C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-348 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1348 0x100288d /* U+288D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1348 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2348 0x100288e /* U+288E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2348 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12348 0x100288f /* U+288F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12348 */ #define XK_braille_dots_58 0x1002890 /* U+2890 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-58 */ #define XK_braille_dots_158 0x1002891 /* U+2891 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-158 */ #define XK_braille_dots_258 0x1002892 /* U+2892 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-258 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1258 0x1002893 /* U+2893 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1258 */ #define XK_braille_dots_358 0x1002894 /* U+2894 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-358 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1358 0x1002895 /* U+2895 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1358 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2358 0x1002896 /* U+2896 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2358 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12358 0x1002897 /* U+2897 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12358 */ #define XK_braille_dots_458 0x1002898 /* U+2898 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1458 0x1002899 /* U+2899 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2458 0x100289a /* U+289A BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12458 0x100289b /* U+289B BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3458 0x100289c /* U+289C BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13458 0x100289d /* U+289D BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23458 0x100289e /* U+289E BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123458 0x100289f /* U+289F BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123458 */ #define XK_braille_dots_68 0x10028a0 /* U+28A0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-68 */ #define XK_braille_dots_168 0x10028a1 /* U+28A1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-168 */ #define XK_braille_dots_268 0x10028a2 /* U+28A2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-268 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1268 0x10028a3 /* U+28A3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1268 */ #define XK_braille_dots_368 0x10028a4 /* U+28A4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-368 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1368 0x10028a5 /* U+28A5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1368 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2368 0x10028a6 /* U+28A6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2368 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12368 0x10028a7 /* U+28A7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12368 */ #define XK_braille_dots_468 0x10028a8 /* U+28A8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1468 0x10028a9 /* U+28A9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2468 0x10028aa /* U+28AA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12468 0x10028ab /* U+28AB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3468 0x10028ac /* U+28AC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13468 0x10028ad /* U+28AD BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23468 0x10028ae /* U+28AE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123468 0x10028af /* U+28AF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123468 */ #define XK_braille_dots_568 0x10028b0 /* U+28B0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1568 0x10028b1 /* U+28B1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2568 0x10028b2 /* U+28B2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12568 0x10028b3 /* U+28B3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3568 0x10028b4 /* U+28B4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13568 0x10028b5 /* U+28B5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23568 0x10028b6 /* U+28B6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123568 0x10028b7 /* U+28B7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4568 0x10028b8 /* U+28B8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14568 0x10028b9 /* U+28B9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_24568 0x10028ba /* U+28BA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-24568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_124568 0x10028bb /* U+28BB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-124568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_34568 0x10028bc /* U+28BC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-34568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_134568 0x10028bd /* U+28BD BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-134568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_234568 0x10028be /* U+28BE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-234568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1234568 0x10028bf /* U+28BF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1234568 */ #define XK_braille_dots_78 0x10028c0 /* U+28C0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-78 */ #define XK_braille_dots_178 0x10028c1 /* U+28C1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-178 */ #define XK_braille_dots_278 0x10028c2 /* U+28C2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-278 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1278 0x10028c3 /* U+28C3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1278 */ #define XK_braille_dots_378 0x10028c4 /* U+28C4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-378 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1378 0x10028c5 /* U+28C5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1378 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2378 0x10028c6 /* U+28C6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2378 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12378 0x10028c7 /* U+28C7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12378 */ #define XK_braille_dots_478 0x10028c8 /* U+28C8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1478 0x10028c9 /* U+28C9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2478 0x10028ca /* U+28CA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12478 0x10028cb /* U+28CB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3478 0x10028cc /* U+28CC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13478 0x10028cd /* U+28CD BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23478 0x10028ce /* U+28CE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123478 0x10028cf /* U+28CF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123478 */ #define XK_braille_dots_578 0x10028d0 /* U+28D0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1578 0x10028d1 /* U+28D1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2578 0x10028d2 /* U+28D2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12578 0x10028d3 /* U+28D3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3578 0x10028d4 /* U+28D4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13578 0x10028d5 /* U+28D5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23578 0x10028d6 /* U+28D6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123578 0x10028d7 /* U+28D7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4578 0x10028d8 /* U+28D8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14578 0x10028d9 /* U+28D9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_24578 0x10028da /* U+28DA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-24578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_124578 0x10028db /* U+28DB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-124578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_34578 0x10028dc /* U+28DC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-34578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_134578 0x10028dd /* U+28DD BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-134578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_234578 0x10028de /* U+28DE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-234578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1234578 0x10028df /* U+28DF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1234578 */ #define XK_braille_dots_678 0x10028e0 /* U+28E0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1678 0x10028e1 /* U+28E1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2678 0x10028e2 /* U+28E2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12678 0x10028e3 /* U+28E3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_3678 0x10028e4 /* U+28E4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-3678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_13678 0x10028e5 /* U+28E5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-13678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_23678 0x10028e6 /* U+28E6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-23678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_123678 0x10028e7 /* U+28E7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-123678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_4678 0x10028e8 /* U+28E8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-4678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_14678 0x10028e9 /* U+28E9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-14678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_24678 0x10028ea /* U+28EA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-24678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_124678 0x10028eb /* U+28EB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-124678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_34678 0x10028ec /* U+28EC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-34678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_134678 0x10028ed /* U+28ED BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-134678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_234678 0x10028ee /* U+28EE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-234678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1234678 0x10028ef /* U+28EF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1234678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_5678 0x10028f0 /* U+28F0 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-5678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_15678 0x10028f1 /* U+28F1 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-15678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_25678 0x10028f2 /* U+28F2 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-25678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_125678 0x10028f3 /* U+28F3 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-125678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_35678 0x10028f4 /* U+28F4 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-35678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_135678 0x10028f5 /* U+28F5 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-135678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_235678 0x10028f6 /* U+28F6 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-235678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1235678 0x10028f7 /* U+28F7 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1235678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_45678 0x10028f8 /* U+28F8 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-45678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_145678 0x10028f9 /* U+28F9 BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-145678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_245678 0x10028fa /* U+28FA BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-245678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1245678 0x10028fb /* U+28FB BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1245678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_345678 0x10028fc /* U+28FC BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-345678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_1345678 0x10028fd /* U+28FD BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-1345678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_2345678 0x10028fe /* U+28FE BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-2345678 */ #define XK_braille_dots_12345678 0x10028ff /* U+28FF BRAILLE PATTERN DOTS-12345678 */ #endif /* XK_BRAILLE */ /* * Sinhala (http://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf) * http://www.nongnu.org/sinhala/doc/transliteration/sinhala-transliteration_6.html */ #ifdef XK_SINHALA #define XK_Sinh_ng 0x1000d82 /* U+0D82 SINHALA SIGN ANUSVARAYA */ #define XK_Sinh_h2 0x1000d83 /* U+0D83 SINHALA SIGN VISARGAYA */ #define XK_Sinh_a 0x1000d85 /* U+0D85 SINHALA LETTER AYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_aa 0x1000d86 /* U+0D86 SINHALA LETTER AAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ae 0x1000d87 /* U+0D87 SINHALA LETTER AEYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_aee 0x1000d88 /* U+0D88 SINHALA LETTER AEEYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_i 0x1000d89 /* U+0D89 SINHALA LETTER IYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ii 0x1000d8a /* U+0D8A SINHALA LETTER IIYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_u 0x1000d8b /* U+0D8B SINHALA LETTER UYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_uu 0x1000d8c /* U+0D8C SINHALA LETTER UUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ri 0x1000d8d /* U+0D8D SINHALA LETTER IRUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_rii 0x1000d8e /* U+0D8E SINHALA LETTER IRUUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_lu 0x1000d8f /* U+0D8F SINHALA LETTER ILUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_luu 0x1000d90 /* U+0D90 SINHALA LETTER ILUUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_e 0x1000d91 /* U+0D91 SINHALA LETTER EYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ee 0x1000d92 /* U+0D92 SINHALA LETTER EEYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ai 0x1000d93 /* U+0D93 SINHALA LETTER AIYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_o 0x1000d94 /* U+0D94 SINHALA LETTER OYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_oo 0x1000d95 /* U+0D95 SINHALA LETTER OOYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_au 0x1000d96 /* U+0D96 SINHALA LETTER AUYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ka 0x1000d9a /* U+0D9A SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA KAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_kha 0x1000d9b /* U+0D9B SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA KAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ga 0x1000d9c /* U+0D9C SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA GAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_gha 0x1000d9d /* U+0D9D SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA GAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ng2 0x1000d9e /* U+0D9E SINHALA LETTER KANTAJA NAASIKYAYA */ #define XK_Sinh_nga 0x1000d9f /* U+0D9F SINHALA LETTER SANYAKA GAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ca 0x1000da0 /* U+0DA0 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA CAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_cha 0x1000da1 /* U+0DA1 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA CAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ja 0x1000da2 /* U+0DA2 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA JAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_jha 0x1000da3 /* U+0DA3 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA JAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_nya 0x1000da4 /* U+0DA4 SINHALA LETTER TAALUJA NAASIKYAYA */ #define XK_Sinh_jnya 0x1000da5 /* U+0DA5 SINHALA LETTER TAALUJA SANYOOGA NAAKSIKYAYA */ #define XK_Sinh_nja 0x1000da6 /* U+0DA6 SINHALA LETTER SANYAKA JAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_tta 0x1000da7 /* U+0DA7 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA TTAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ttha 0x1000da8 /* U+0DA8 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA TTAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_dda 0x1000da9 /* U+0DA9 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA DDAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ddha 0x1000daa /* U+0DAA SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA DDAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_nna 0x1000dab /* U+0DAB SINHALA LETTER MUURDHAJA NAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ndda 0x1000dac /* U+0DAC SINHALA LETTER SANYAKA DDAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_tha 0x1000dad /* U+0DAD SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA TAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_thha 0x1000dae /* U+0DAE SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA TAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_dha 0x1000daf /* U+0DAF SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA DAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_dhha 0x1000db0 /* U+0DB0 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA DAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_na 0x1000db1 /* U+0DB1 SINHALA LETTER DANTAJA NAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ndha 0x1000db3 /* U+0DB3 SINHALA LETTER SANYAKA DAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_pa 0x1000db4 /* U+0DB4 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA PAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_pha 0x1000db5 /* U+0DB5 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA PAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ba 0x1000db6 /* U+0DB6 SINHALA LETTER ALPAPRAANA BAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_bha 0x1000db7 /* U+0DB7 SINHALA LETTER MAHAAPRAANA BAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ma 0x1000db8 /* U+0DB8 SINHALA LETTER MAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_mba 0x1000db9 /* U+0DB9 SINHALA LETTER AMBA BAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ya 0x1000dba /* U+0DBA SINHALA LETTER YAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ra 0x1000dbb /* U+0DBB SINHALA LETTER RAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_la 0x1000dbd /* U+0DBD SINHALA LETTER DANTAJA LAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_va 0x1000dc0 /* U+0DC0 SINHALA LETTER VAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_sha 0x1000dc1 /* U+0DC1 SINHALA LETTER TAALUJA SAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ssha 0x1000dc2 /* U+0DC2 SINHALA LETTER MUURDHAJA SAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_sa 0x1000dc3 /* U+0DC3 SINHALA LETTER DANTAJA SAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_ha 0x1000dc4 /* U+0DC4 SINHALA LETTER HAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_lla 0x1000dc5 /* U+0DC5 SINHALA LETTER MUURDHAJA LAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_fa 0x1000dc6 /* U+0DC6 SINHALA LETTER FAYANNA */ #define XK_Sinh_al 0x1000dca /* U+0DCA SINHALA SIGN AL-LAKUNA */ #define XK_Sinh_aa2 0x1000dcf /* U+0DCF SINHALA VOWEL SIGN AELA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_ae2 0x1000dd0 /* U+0DD0 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KETTI AEDA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_aee2 0x1000dd1 /* U+0DD1 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA AEDA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_i2 0x1000dd2 /* U+0DD2 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KETTI IS-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_ii2 0x1000dd3 /* U+0DD3 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA IS-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_u2 0x1000dd4 /* U+0DD4 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KETTI PAA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_uu2 0x1000dd6 /* U+0DD6 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA PAA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_ru2 0x1000dd8 /* U+0DD8 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN GAETTA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_e2 0x1000dd9 /* U+0DD9 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KOMBUVA */ #define XK_Sinh_ee2 0x1000dda /* U+0DDA SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA KOMBUVA */ #define XK_Sinh_ai2 0x1000ddb /* U+0DDB SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KOMBU DEKA */ #define XK_Sinh_o2 0x1000ddc /* U+0DDC SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KOMBUVA HAA AELA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_oo2 0x1000ddd /* U+0DDD SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KOMBUVA HAA DIGA AELA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_au2 0x1000dde /* U+0DDE SINHALA VOWEL SIGN KOMBUVA HAA GAYANUKITTA */ #define XK_Sinh_lu2 0x1000ddf /* U+0DDF SINHALA VOWEL SIGN GAYANUKITTA */ #define XK_Sinh_ruu2 0x1000df2 /* U+0DF2 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA GAETTA-PILLA */ #define XK_Sinh_luu2 0x1000df3 /* U+0DF3 SINHALA VOWEL SIGN DIGA GAYANUKITTA */ #define XK_Sinh_kunddaliya 0x1000df4 /* U+0DF4 SINHALA PUNCTUATION KUNDDALIYA */ #endif /* XK_SINHALA */ /* Multimedia keys, defined same as on Linux * /usr/include/pkg/libxkbcommon/xkbcommon/xkbcommon-keysyms.h */ #define XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume 0x1008FF11 /* Volume control down */ #define XK_XF86AudioMute 0x1008FF12 /* Mute sound from the system */ #define XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume 0x1008FF13 /* Volume control up */ #define XK_XF86AudioPlay 0x1008FF14 /* Start playing of audio > */ #define XK_XF86AudioStop 0x1008FF15 /* Stop playing audio */ #define XK_XF86AudioPrev 0x1008FF16 /* Previous track */ #define XK_XF86AudioNext 0x1008FF17 /* Next track */ |
Changes to xlib/xcolors.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * xcolors.c -- * * This file contains the routines used to map from X color names to RGB * and pixel values. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * xcolors.c -- * * This file contains the routines used to map from X color names to RGB * and pixel values. * * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2012 Jan Nijtmans * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
* are handled by this table, above that is handled especially.
*/
typedef char elem[32];
static const elem xColors[] = {
/* Colors starting with 'a' */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
* are handled by this table, above that is handled especially.
*/
typedef char elem[32];
static const elem xColors[] = {
/* Colors starting with 'a' */
"liceBlue\0 \360\370\377",
"ntiqueWhite\0 \213\203\170\315\300\260\356\337\314\377\357\333\372\353\327\4",
"qua\0 \000\377\377",
"quamarine\0 \105\213\164\146\315\252\166\356\306\177\377\324\177\377\324\4",
"zure\0 \203\213\213\301\315\315\340\356\356\360\377\377\360\377\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'b' */
"eige\0 \365\365\334",
"isque\0 \213\175\153\315\267\236\356\325\267\377\344\304\377\344\304\4",
"lack\0 \000\000\000",
"lanchedAlmond\0 \377\353\315",
"lue\0 \000\000\213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\377\4",
"lueViolet\0 \212\053\342",
"rown\0 \213\043\043\315\063\063\356\073\073\377\100\100\245\052\052\4",
"urlywood\0 \213\163\125\315\252\175\356\305\221\377\323\233\336\270\207\4",
/* Colors starting with 'c' */
"adetBlue\0 \123\206\213\172\305\315\216\345\356\230\365\377\137\236\240\4",
"hartreuse\0 \105\213\000\146\315\000\166\356\000\177\377\000\177\377\000\4",
"hocolate\0 \213\105\023\315\146\035\356\166\041\377\177\044\322\151\036\4",
"oral\0 \213\076\057\315\133\105\356\152\120\377\162\126\377\177\120\4",
"ornflowerBlue\0 \144\225\355",
"ornsilk\0 \213\210\170\315\310\261\356\350\315\377\370\334\377\370\334\4",
"rimson\0 \334\024\074",
"yan\0 \000\213\213\000\315\315\000\356\356\000\377\377\000\377\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'd' */
"arkBlue\0 \000\000\213",
"arkCyan\0 \000\213\213",
"arkGoldenrod\0 \213\145\010\315\225\014\356\255\016\377\271\017\270\206\013\4",
"arkGray\0 \251\251\251",
"arkGreen\0 \000\144\000",
"arkGrey\0 \251\251\251",
"arkKhaki\0 \275\267\153",
"arkMagenta\0 \213\000\213",
"arkOliveGreen\0 \156\213\075\242\315\132\274\356\150\312\377\160\125\153\057\4",
"arkOrange\0 \213\105\000\315\146\000\356\166\000\377\177\000\377\214\000\4",
"arkOrchid\0 \150\042\213\232\062\315\262\072\356\277\076\377\231\062\314\4",
"arkRed\0 \213\000\000",
"arkSalmon\0 \351\226\172",
"arkSeaGreen\0 \151\213\151\233\315\233\264\356\264\301\377\301\217\274\217\4",
"arkSlateBlue\0 \110\075\213",
"arkSlateGray\0 \122\213\213\171\315\315\215\356\356\227\377\377\057\117\117\4",
"arkSlateGrey\0 \057\117\117",
"arkTurquoise\0 \000\316\321",
"arkViolet\0 \224\000\323",
"eepPink\0 \213\012\120\315\020\166\356\022\211\377\024\223\377\024\223\4",
"eepSkyBlue\0 \000\150\213\000\232\315\000\262\356\000\277\377\000\277\377\4",
"imGray\0 \151\151\151",
"imGrey\0 \151\151\151",
"odgerBlue\0 \020\116\213\030\164\315\034\206\356\036\220\377\036\220\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'e' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'f' */
"irebrick\0 \213\032\032\315\046\046\356\054\054\377\060\060\262\042\042\4",
"loralWhite\0 \377\372\360",
"orestGreen\0 \042\213\042",
"uchsia\0 \377\000\377",
/* Colors starting with 'g' */
"ainsboro\0 \334\334\334",
"hostWhite\0 \370\370\377",
"old\0 \213\165\000\315\255\000\356\311\000\377\327\000\377\327\000\4",
"oldenrod\0 \213\151\024\315\233\035\356\264\042\377\301\045\332\245\040\4",
"ray\0\024\024\024\022\022\022\017\017\017\015\015\015\012\012\012"
"\010\010\010\005\005\005\003\003\003\200\200\200\10",
"ray0\0 \000\000\000",
"reen\0 \000\213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\200\000\4",
"reenYellow\0 \255\377\057",
"rey\0\024\024\024\022\022\022\017\017\017\015\015\015\012\012\012"
"\010\010\010\005\005\005\003\003\003\200\200\200\10",
"rey0\0 \000\000\000",
/* Colors starting with 'h' */
"oneydew\0 \203\213\203\301\315\301\340\356\340\360\377\360\360\377\360\4",
"otPink\0 \213\072\142\315\140\220\356\152\247\377\156\264\377\151\264\4",
/* Colors starting with 'i' */
"ndianRed\0 \213\072\072\315\125\125\356\143\143\377\152\152\315\134\134\4",
"ndigo\0 \113\000\202",
"vory\0 \213\213\203\315\315\301\356\356\340\377\377\360\377\377\360\4",
/* Colors starting with 'j' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'k' */
"haki\0 \213\206\116\315\306\163\356\346\205\377\366\217\360\346\214\4",
/* Colors starting with 'l' */
"avender\0 \346\346\372",
"avenderBlush\0 \213\203\206\315\301\305\356\340\345\377\360\365\377\360\365\4",
"awnGreen\0 \174\374\000",
"emonChiffon\0 \213\211\160\315\311\245\356\351\277\377\372\315\377\372\315\4",
"ightBlue\0 \150\203\213\232\300\315\262\337\356\277\357\377\255\330\346\4",
"ightCoral\0 \360\200\200",
"ightCyan\0 \172\213\213\264\315\315\321\356\356\340\377\377\340\377\377\4",
"ightGoldenrod\0 \213\201\114\315\276\160\356\334\202\377\354\213\356\335\202\4",
"ightGoldenrodYellow\0 \372\372\322",
"ightGray\0 \323\323\323",
"ightGreen\0 \220\356\220",
"ightGrey\0 \323\323\323",
"ightPink\0 \213\137\145\315\214\225\356\242\255\377\256\271\377\266\301\4",
"ightSalmon\0 \213\127\102\315\201\142\356\225\162\377\240\172\377\240\172\4",
"ightSeaGreen\0 \040\262\252",
"ightSkyBlue\0 \140\173\213\215\266\315\244\323\356\260\342\377\207\316\372\4",
"ightSlateBlue\0 \204\160\377",
"ightSlateGray\0 \167\210\231",
"ightSlateGrey\0 \167\210\231",
"ightSteelBlue\0 \156\173\213\242\265\315\274\322\356\312\341\377\260\304\336\4",
"ightYellow\0 \213\213\172\315\315\264\356\356\321\377\377\340\377\377\340\4",
"ime\0 \000\377\000",
"imeGreen\0 \062\315\062",
"inen\0 \372\360\346",
/* Colors starting with 'm' */
"agenta\0 \213\000\213\315\000\315\356\000\356\377\000\377\377\000\377\4",
"aroon\0 \213\034\142\315\051\220\356\060\247\377\064\263\200\000\000\4",
"ediumAquamarine\0 \146\315\252",
"ediumBlue\0 \000\000\315",
"ediumOrchid\0 \172\067\213\264\122\315\321\137\356\340\146\377\272\125\323\4",
"ediumPurple\0 \135\107\213\211\150\315\237\171\356\253\202\377\223\160\333\4",
"ediumSeaGreen\0 \074\263\161",
"ediumSlateBlue\0 \173\150\356",
"ediumSpringGreen\0 \000\372\232",
"ediumTurquoise\0 \110\321\314",
"ediumVioletRed\0 \307\025\205",
"idnightBlue\0 \031\031\160",
"intCream\0 \365\377\372",
"istyRose\0 \213\175\173\315\267\265\356\325\322\377\344\341\377\344\341\4",
"occasin\0 \377\344\265",
/* Colors starting with 'n' */
"avajoWhite\0 \213\171\136\315\263\213\356\317\241\377\336\255\377\336\255\4",
"avy\0 \000\000\200",
"avyBlue\0 \000\000\200",
/* Colors starting with 'o' */
"ldLace\0 \375\365\346",
"live\0 \200\200\000",
"liveDrab\0 \151\213\042\232\315\062\263\356\072\300\377\076\153\216\043\4",
"range\0 \213\132\000\315\205\000\356\232\000\377\245\000\377\245\000\4",
"rangeRed\0 \213\045\000\315\067\000\356\100\000\377\105\000\377\105\000\4",
"rchid\0 \213\107\211\315\151\311\356\172\351\377\203\372\332\160\326\4",
/* Colors starting with 'p' */
"aleGoldenrod\0 \356\350\252",
"aleGreen\0 \124\213\124\174\315\174\220\356\220\232\377\232\230\373\230\4",
"aleTurquoise\0 \146\213\213\226\315\315\256\356\356\273\377\377\257\356\356\4",
"aleVioletRed\0 \213\107\135\315\150\211\356\171\237\377\202\253\333\160\223\4",
"apayaWhip\0 \377\357\325",
"eachPuff\0 \213\167\145\315\257\225\356\313\255\377\332\271\377\332\271\4",
"eru\0 \315\205\077",
"ink\0 \213\143\154\315\221\236\356\251\270\377\265\305\377\300\313\4",
"lum\0 \213\146\213\315\226\315\356\256\356\377\273\377\335\240\335\4",
"owderBlue\0 \260\340\346",
"urple\0 \125\032\213\175\046\315\221\054\356\233\060\377\200\000\200\4",
/* Colors starting with 'q' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'r' */
"ed\0 \213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\377\000\000\4",
"osyBrown\0 \213\151\151\315\233\233\356\264\264\377\301\301\274\217\217\4",
"oyalBlue\0 \047\100\213\072\137\315\103\156\356\110\166\377\101\151\341\4",
/* Colors starting with 's' */
"addleBrown\0 \213\105\023",
"almon\0 \213\114\071\315\160\124\356\202\142\377\214\151\372\200\162\4",
"andyBrown\0 \364\244\140",
"eaGreen\0 \056\213\127\103\315\200\116\356\224\124\377\237\056\213\127\4",
"eashell\0 \213\206\202\315\305\277\356\345\336\377\365\356\377\365\356\4",
"ienna\0 \213\107\046\315\150\071\356\171\102\377\202\107\240\122\055\4",
"ilver\0 \300\300\300",
"kyBlue\0 \112\160\213\154\246\315\176\300\356\207\316\377\207\316\353\4",
"lateBlue\0 \107\074\213\151\131\315\172\147\356\203\157\377\152\132\315\4",
"lateGray\0 \154\173\213\237\266\315\271\323\356\306\342\377\160\200\220\4",
"lateGrey\0 \160\200\220",
"now\0 \213\211\211\315\311\311\356\351\351\377\372\372\377\372\372\4",
"pringGreen\0 \000\213\105\000\315\146\000\356\166\000\377\177\000\377\177\4",
"teelBlue\0 \066\144\213\117\224\315\134\254\356\143\270\377\106\202\264\4",
/* Colors starting with 't' */
"an\0 \213\132\053\315\205\077\356\232\111\377\245\117\322\264\214\4",
"eal\0 \000\200\200",
"histle\0 \213\173\213\315\265\315\356\322\356\377\341\377\330\277\330\4",
"omato\0 \213\066\046\315\117\071\356\134\102\377\143\107\377\143\107\4",
"urquoise\0 \000\206\213\000\305\315\000\345\356\000\365\377\100\340\320\4",
/* Colors starting with 'u' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'v' */
"iolet\0 \356\202\356",
"ioletRed\0 \213\042\122\315\062\170\356\072\214\377\076\226\320\040\220\4",
/* Colors starting with 'w' */
"heat\0 \213\176\146\315\272\226\356\330\256\377\347\272\365\336\263\4",
"hite\0 \377\377\377",
"hiteSmoke\0 \365\365\365",
/* Colors starting with 'x' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'y' */
"ellow\0 \213\213\000\315\315\000\356\356\000\377\377\000\377\377\000\4",
"ellowGreen\0 \232\315\062\0"
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
notequal = 1;
}
c = *spec++;
if ((unsigned)(c - 'A') <= (unsigned)('Z' - 'A')) {
c += 'a' - 'A';
} else if (((unsigned)(c - '1') <= (unsigned)('9' - '1'))) {
if (d == '0') {
| | | 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
notequal = 1;
}
c = *spec++;
if ((unsigned)(c - 'A') <= (unsigned)('Z' - 'A')) {
c += 'a' - 'A';
} else if (((unsigned)(c - '1') <= (unsigned)('9' - '1'))) {
if (d == '0') {
d += 10;
} else if (!d) {
num = c - '0';
while ((unsigned)((c = *spec++) - '0') <= (unsigned)('9' - '0')) {
num = num * 10 + c - '0';
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
332 333 334 335 336 337 338 | #define RED(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[0]) #define GREEN(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[1]) #define BLUE(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[2]) #define US(expr) ((unsigned short) (expr)) Status XParseColor( | | | < < < | 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
#define RED(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[0])
#define GREEN(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[1])
#define BLUE(p) ((unsigned char) (p)[2])
#define US(expr) ((unsigned short) (expr))
Status
XParseColor(
TCL_UNUSED(Display *),
TCL_UNUSED(Colormap),
const char *spec,
XColor *colorPtr)
{
if (spec[0] == '#') {
char *p;
Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);
/*
* If *p does not point to the end of the string, there were invalid
* digits in the spec. Ergo, it is not a valid color string.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
if (!size) {
return 0;
}
r = colorcmp(spec + 1, *p, &num);
}
if (num > (*p)[31]) {
if (((*p)[31] != 8) || num > 100) {
| | | | 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
if (!size) {
return 0;
}
r = colorcmp(spec + 1, *p, &num);
}
if (num > (*p)[31]) {
if (((*p)[31] != 8) || num > 100) {
return 0;
}
num = (num * 255 + 50) / 100;
if ((num == 230) || (num == 128)) {
/*
* Those two entries have a deviation i.r.t the table.
*/
num--;
}
num |= (num << 8);
colorPtr->red = colorPtr->green = colorPtr->blue = num;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to xlib/xgc.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < < | | | | < < < < > < < < | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
* Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# define Cursor XCursor
# define Region XRegion
#endif
#undef TkSetRegion
#define MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE 10
typedef struct {
XGCValues gc;
char dash[MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE];
} XGCValuesWithDash;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AllocClipMask --
*
* Static helper proc to allocate new or clear existing TkpClipMask.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
static TkpClipMask *AllocClipMask(GC gc) {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask;
if (clip_mask == NULL) {
clip_mask = (TkpClipMask *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkpClipMask));
gc->clip_mask = (Pixmap) clip_mask;
}
return clip_mask;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeClipMask --
*
* Static helper proc to free TkpClipMask.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
| > > > > | | > > | > > > | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
static TkpClipMask *AllocClipMask(GC gc) {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask;
if (clip_mask == NULL) {
clip_mask = (TkpClipMask *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkpClipMask));
gc->clip_mask = (Pixmap) clip_mask;
} else if (clip_mask->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkDestroyRegion(clip_mask->value.region);
}
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = None;
return clip_mask;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeClipMask --
*
* Static helper proc to free TkpClipMask.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
TkpClipMask * clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask;
if (clip_mask == NULL) {
return;
}
if (clip_mask->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkDestroyRegion(clip_mask->value.region);
}
ckfree(clip_mask);
gc->clip_mask = None;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XCreateGC --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
/*
* In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars
* are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed
* to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitly during
* initialization.
*/
| | < < < | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
/*
* In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars
* are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed
* to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitly during
* initialization.
*/
gp = (GC)ckalloc(sizeof(XGCValuesWithDash));
#define InitField(name,maskbit,default) \
(gp->name = (mask & (maskbit)) ? values->name : (default))
InitField(function, GCFunction, GXcopy);
InitField(plane_mask, GCPlaneMask, (unsigned long)(~0));
InitField(foreground, GCForeground,
BlackPixelOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)));
InitField(background, GCBackground,
WhitePixelOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)));
InitField(line_width, GCLineWidth, 1);
InitField(line_style, GCLineStyle, LineSolid);
InitField(cap_style, GCCapStyle, 0);
InitField(join_style, GCJoinStyle, 0);
InitField(fill_style, GCFillStyle, FillSolid);
InitField(fill_rule, GCFillRule, EvenOddRule);
InitField(arc_mode, GCArcMode, ArcPieSlice);
InitField(tile, GCTile, 0);
InitField(stipple, GCStipple, 0);
InitField(ts_x_origin, GCTileStipXOrigin, 0);
InitField(ts_y_origin, GCTileStipYOrigin, 0);
InitField(font, GCFont, 0);
InitField(subwindow_mode, GCSubwindowMode, ClipByChildren);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
gp->clip_mask = None;
if (mask & GCClipMask) {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gp);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = values->clip_mask;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
gp->clip_mask = None;
if (mask & GCClipMask) {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gp);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = values->clip_mask;
}
return gp;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XChangeGC --
*
* Changes the GC components specified by valuemask for the specified GC.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
Display *d,
GC gc)
{
(void)d;
if (gc != NULL) {
FreeClipMask(gc);
| < | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
Display *d,
GC gc)
{
(void)d;
if (gc != NULL) {
FreeClipMask(gc);
ckfree(gc);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 |
gc->clip_y_origin = clip_y_origin;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | < < | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
gc->clip_y_origin = clip_y_origin;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSetRegion, XSetClipMask, XSetClipRectangles --
*
* Sets the clipping region/pixmap for a GC.
*
* Like the Xlib equivalent, it is safe to delete the
* region after setting it into the GC.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates or deallocates a TkpClipMask.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
if (r == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("must not pass NULL to TkSetRegion for compatibility with X11; use XSetClipMask instead");
} else {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_REGION;
clip_mask->value.region = r;
}
return Success;
}
int
XSetClipMask(
Display *display,
| > > | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
if (r == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("must not pass NULL to TkSetRegion for compatibility with X11; use XSetClipMask instead");
} else {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_REGION;
clip_mask->value.region = r;
clip_mask->value.region = TkCreateRegion();
TkpCopyRegion(clip_mask->value.region, r);
}
return Success;
}
int
XSetClipMask(
Display *display,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = pixmap;
}
return Success;
}
/*
* Some additional dummy functions (hopefully implemented soon).
*/
#if 0
Cursor
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = pixmap;
}
return Success;
}
int
XSetClipRectangles(
TCL_UNUSED(Display*),
GC gc,
int clip_x_origin,
int clip_y_origin,
XRectangle* rectangles,
int n,
TCL_UNUSED(int))
{
TkRegion clipRgn = TkCreateRegion();
TkpClipMask * clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_REGION;
clip_mask->value.region = clipRgn;
while (n--) {
XRectangle rect = *rectangles;
rect.x += clip_x_origin;
rect.y += clip_y_origin;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, clipRgn, clipRgn);
rectangles++;
}
return 1;
}
/*
* Some additional dummy functions (hopefully implemented soon).
*/
#if 0
Cursor
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 |
(void)segments;
(void)nsegments;
return BadDrawable;
}
#endif
char *
XFetchBuffer(
Display *display,
int *nbytes_return,
int buffer)
{
(void)display;
| > | 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 |
(void)segments;
(void)nsegments;
return BadDrawable;
}
#endif
#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
Display *display,
int *nbytes_return,
int buffer)
{
(void)display;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 |
{
(void)pts;
(void)n;
(void)rule;
return 0;
}
void
XDestroyIC(
XIC ic)
{
(void)ic;
}
| > | 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
{
(void)pts;
(void)n;
(void)rule;
return 0;
}
#endif
void
XDestroyIC(
XIC ic)
{
(void)ic;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 |
(void)mask_char;
(void)foreground_color;
(void)background_color;
return (Cursor) NULL;
}
XFontSet
XCreateFontSet(
Display *display /* display */,
_Xconst char *base_font_name_list /* base_font_name_list */,
char ***missing_charset_list /* missing_charset_list */,
int *missing_charset_count /* missing_charset_count */,
char **def_string /* def_string */
| > | 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
(void)mask_char;
(void)foreground_color;
(void)background_color;
return (Cursor) NULL;
}
#if 0
XFontSet
XCreateFontSet(
Display *display /* display */,
_Xconst char *base_font_name_list /* base_font_name_list */,
char ***missing_charset_list /* missing_charset_list */,
int *missing_charset_count /* missing_charset_count */,
char **def_string /* def_string */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 |
XSetIMValues(
XIM im /* im */, ...
) {
(void)im;
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
| > | 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
XSetIMValues(
XIM im /* im */, ...
) {
(void)im;
return NULL;
}
#endif
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to xlib/ximage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
pix = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, (int) width, (int) height, 1);
gc = XCreateGC(display, pix, 0, NULL);
if (gc == NULL) {
return None;
}
ximage = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char*) data, width,
height, 8, (width + 7) / 8);
| > | | | | | > | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
pix = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, (int) width, (int) height, 1);
gc = XCreateGC(display, pix, 0, NULL);
if (gc == NULL) {
return None;
}
ximage = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char*) data, width,
height, 8, (width + 7) / 8);
if (ximage) {
ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(ximage);
TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, pix, gc, ximage, 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height);
ximage->data = NULL;
XDestroyImage(ximage);
}
XFreeGC(display, gc);
return pix;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to xlib/xutil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Atom
XInternAtom(
Display *display,
| | | < < | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Atom
XInternAtom(
Display *display,
TCL_UNUSED(_Xconst char *),
TCL_UNUSED(Bool))
{
static Atom atom = XA_LAST_PREDEFINED;
LastKnownRequestProcessed(display)++;
return ++atom;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XGetVisualInfo --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |